te Kiss ed &

OF THE

COUNCIL AND OFFICERS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL

SOCIETY OF LONDON.

1876.

COUNCIL.

THe Marauis oF Twreppan, F.R.S., President.

THE Lorp ABINGER.

Tut Lorp CaLrHorPE.

Masor-Gen. Henry Crerk, R.A.,

FR.S:

Rosgert Drummonp, Esq., Z'rea-

surer.

Proressor Frower, F.R.S., Vice-

President.

Joun P. Gasstorr, Jun., Esq.

Artuur Grote, Esq.

Dr. AtBert GintHER, F.R.S.,

Vice-President.

Dr. E. Haminton, Vice-President.

Epmunp W. H. Hotpsworra, Esq.

Rosert Hvpson, Esq., F.RS.,

Vice-President.

Proressor Mivart, F.R.S.

Proressor Newton, F.R.S., Vice-

President.

| Henry Potrock, Esq.

THE Lorp Anruvur Russett, M.P.

OsseErt Satvin, Esq., F.R.S.

Painie Lourie, Scrater, Esq.,

M.A., Pu.D., F.R.S., Secretary.

Ricwarp H. 8. Vyvyan, Esq.

Tur Lorp WALSINGHAM.

Grorcr R. Waternouse, Esq.,

Vice-President.

PRINCIPAL OFFICERS.

Office, 11 Hanover Square, W.

P. L. Scuater, Esq., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary.

Mr. F. H. Warernovuse, Librarian.

Mr. W. J. WitttaMms, Clerk.

Gardens, Regent's Park, N.W.

Mr. A. D. Bartierr, Superintendent.

Proressor Garrop, F.R.S., Prosector

Gist

OF THE

CON TRIBU LORS,

With References to the several Articles contributed by each.

Apams, Henry, F.L.S., and Ancas, Georcre Frenca,

F.L.S., C.M.Z.S.

Descriptions of five new Species of Land-Sheils from Mada-

gascar, New Guinea, Central Australia, and the Solomon

sland st Cblate Doin ViE Le cis cient rave wid) asec uareaie ig tia akon s

Auston, Epwarp R., F.G.S., F.Z.S.

On the Classification of the Order Glires. (Plate IV.) ..

On the Genus Dasyprocta; with Description of a new

SPecleser snk ALG: A MUNG). appar Merete srs ae, titel cl gbesemn cre

On two new Species of Hesperomys..........

ANDERSON, ANDREW, F.Z.S.

Corrections of, and Additions to ‘ Raptorial Birds of

North-western India.””— Part II. (Plate XXIII.)........

Exhibition of a coloured drawing of Hmys hamiltonii.. .

Corrections of, and Additions to the “ Raptorial Birds of

North-western India.’ Part III. (Plate LX XXII.)

Page

488

Page

Aneas, Grorce Frencu, F.L.S., C.M.Z.S.

Descriptions of Four new Species of Helix ; with some

Notes on Helix angasiana of Pfeiffer. (Plate XX.) ...... 265

AnGas, Grorce Frencu, F.L.S., C.M.Z.S., and Apams

Henry, F.L.S.

Descriptions of five new Species of Land-Shells from Ma-

dagascar, New Guinea, Central Australia, and the Solomon

islands: “(Plate MLVIL.)) Si. oe. eses ee) eee mee

BarTLeTT, Epwarp, and Druce, Hersert, F.L.S., F.Z.8.

List of the Butterflies of Peru, with Descriptions of new

Species. sblates! XV PL XV LT es ie so. ateue olan toratentes 205

Beppomg, Lieut.-Col. R.H., C.M.Z.S8.

Description of a new Species of Indian Snake of the Genus

Piatyplectrurus tromethe: Wynad 2, sio% i. spelste s1:1ee cielo eiaeae%e 701

Be.t, F. Jerrrey, Exhibitioner of Magdalen College, Oxford.

Notes on the Myology of the Limbs of Moschus moschiferus 182

Bennett, Dr. Grorce, F.Z.S.

Wetter fro mits cit ets Ac esas ee ee ee LG

Buanrorp, W. T., Assoc. Roy. Sch. Min., F.R.S., F.G.S.,

F.Z.S.

Note on the ‘ Africa-Indien’ of A. von Pelzeln, and on

the Mammalian’ Fauna of Tibet “2. 2... «2. 0 ase eee oe 631

On some of the Specific Identifications in Dr. Giinther’s

Second Report on Collections of Indian Reptiles obtained by

the BritishoMiusetn a5..;¢: 2c... ee. tie oe « See

BoweERBANK, JAMEs Scort, LL.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S.

A Monograph of the Siliceo-fibrous Sponges.—Part VI.

(Plates LVIi:& LVI) it room dese che atest ot as eeeedete ee 00D

Contributions to a General History of the Spongiade.—

Part VII. » (Plates LXAMVITTALX XXL) ie bec seam (708

Page

Brooke, Sir Vicror, Bart., F.Z.S8.

Supplementary Notes on Cervus mesopotamicus .......-- 298

On: Cervus-schomburght (Blyth) 0. csice. Gece sie o ses 304

Brown, Rev. Grorce, C.M.Z.S.

Letter from, on birds transmitted to the Society from

Duke-of YOre Isianaty oy sctsen.s tos aferrsee wating eeewhe 2

Buckiey, T. E., .B-A:, F:Z.8.

On the past and present Geographical Distribution of the

Iharge Mammals: of, South Agric ... cio viesa si oeiss 90 po acess 277

BurMEISTER, HERMANN, Director of the National Museum,

Buenos Aires, F.M.Z.S.

Additional Notes on Dolichotis salinicola ........00-- 461

Busk, GrorGe, F.R.S., F.Z.S.

Notice of a Memoir on the Ancient or Quaternary Fauna

of Gibraltar, to be published in the Society’s ‘Transactions’ 415

Butter, ARTHUR GARDINER, F.L.S., F.Z.S., Assistant, Zoo-

logical Department, British Museum.

Revision of the Lepidopterous Genus Teracolus, with De-

scriptions of the new Species. (Plates VI. & VII.) ...... 126

On a small Collection of Butterflies from the New Hebrides 251

Descriptions of Lepidoptera from the Collection of Lieut.

Howland Roberts. (Plate XXII.) ............ Sartre she 308

Descriptions of new Species of Lepidoptera from New

Guinea, with notice of anew Genus. (Plate LXXVII.) .. 765

CampripGe, Rev. O. Pickarp, M.A., C.M.Z.S., Hon. Mem.

New-Zealand Institute.

On a new Order and some new Genera of Arachnida from

Kerguelen’s Land. (Plate XIX.)

Page

Catalogue of a Collection of Spiders made in Egypt, with

Descriptions of new Species and Characters of a new Genus.

(Plates TiVILE EX) iitraaes sotsiesla cee eaten 54}

Cuark, J. W., M.A., F.Z.S.

Notes on a Dolphin taken off the Coast of Norfolk.

(Plates XIV: & LXV...) a clas 2% Ws ie's.sks aie Se Oe stegetereners 686

Cosson, T. Seencer, M.D., F.R.S., F.L.S., Correspondent

of the Academy of Sciences of Philadelphia.

Notes on Entozoa.—Part III. (Plate XVI.) ........ 200

Exhibition of and remarks on a parasite (2chinorhynchus). 256

Notes on Entozoa.—Part IV. (Plate XXI.) ........ 294

Comrig, Dr. P.

Exhibition of, and remarks on, zoological specimens col-

lected during the survey, by H.M.S. ‘ Basilisk,’ of the 8.E.

Goastrol NewasGiine ass 02i..5 leah iain ted os isis eee te pete wee 422

Cooxson, Commander W. E., R.N.

Letter from, containing remarks on the Tortoises of the

Gala ae Os Ue i parai mr snaph svete conta acetate ote Unave eieks eye crete eteee 520

Cunnincuam, D. J., M.B., Demonstrator of Anatomy, Uni-

versity of Edinburgh.

Description of a young Specimen of the Delphinus albi-

rostres. iP late dais) cs t,0% ste oe eiuas eect ate eee: Od

D’Avsertis, Luic1 Maria, C.M.Z.S8.

Letter from: ‘Hayes elie Skis Ge by aided ere aie eee 519

Day, Surgeon-Major Francis, F.Z.8. &c.

On the Fishes of Yarkand ........ iB ine$,c Saves ees 781

Dosson, G. E., M.A., M.B., F.L.S., C.M.Z.S., &c.

On Uystacina.tuberculata dt i. .site «bss vtiiited vietere 486

vil

On peculiar Structures in the Feet of certain Species of

Mammals which enable them to walk on smooth perpendi-

cular surfaces. (Plate LV.)........

A Monograph of the Group Molosst ...........+.04.

‘Dresser, Henry E., F.ZS.

Remarks on a Hybrid between the Black Grouse and the

Hazel Grouse......

On a new Species of Broad-billed Sandpiper ........

On a new Species of Tetraogallus......

Druce, HEersBert, F.L.S., F.Z.S., and BartLett, Epwarp,

Curator of the Museum and Public Library, Maid-

stone.

List of the Butterflies of Peru, with Descriptions of new

SMecien.-, quelabes 6 V (ede eV LL.) Vos See cw bieed auie we

Drummonp, W. H.

On the African Rhinoceroses.. ............

Duncan, Professor P. Martin, F.R.S., Pres. G.S.

Notice of the second part of his Memoir on the Madrepo-

raria dredged up during the Expedition of H.M.S. ‘ Porcu-

pines in, T8692 70. says. <i tins Bewley aye awa oh ees sue

Notices of some Deep-sea and Littoral Corals from the

Atlantic Ocean, Caribbean, Indian, New-Zealand, Persian

Gulf, and Japanese, &c. Seas. (Plates XXXVIII.-XLI.)..

FerGuson, Wiiu1aM, F.L.S.

Description of a New Snake of the Genus Aspidura from

Ceylon ia eis dts acid vita ate ards os! Fx idle er Haas! Waioraeeterens

Finscu, Orro, Ph.D., C.M.Z.S. &c., Curator of the Bremen

Museum.

Notes on some Fijian Birds, including Description of a

new Genus and Species .............

Letter from, containing remarks on the supposed existence

of the Wild Camel in Central Asia .........

205

109

424

819

.. 696

Vill

Fiowrer, WittiamM Henry, F.R.S., F.L.S., V.P.Z.S., Con-

servator of the Museum of the Royal College of Sur-

geons, and Hunterian Professor.

Description of the Skull of a Species of Xiphodon, Cuvier.

(BlatesE.)it..< Soames

On some Cranial and Dental Characters of the existing

Species of Rhinoceroses .......-..-- day's die dela

Remarks upon Dr. von Haast’s Communication on Ziphius

NOUE=2CULANAEE. 1.5 5 careulereleie eee cts erehee)* ev efies = etelete fetal:

Remarks upon Dr. von Haast’s Communication on Mesop-

LOOM LOWETE 608. cidciah ac a Ctins 6G nts lela our nie sofa = = eee rene

Garrop, Atrrep Henry, B.A., F.Z.S., Fellow of St. John’s

College, Cambridge, Prosector to the Society.

On the Cecum Coli of the Capybara (Hydrocherus capy-

bara)

- eee eer eee es oor ew eeosr se CF ooo eH Ee Heo we Oe ew ee oO @

On a Peculiarity in the Carotid Arteries, and other Points

in the Anatomy, of the Ground-Hornbill (Bucorvus abyssi-

On the Anatomy of Chauna derbiana, and on the Systematic

Position of the Screamers (Palamedeide). (Plates XII.—

XV.)

ec ew ot ees eww ee Oo eo eee eo eea ers OF FFF Foo oOR Hoe He rE

On the Anatomy of Aramus scolopaceus ......

Notes on the Anatomy of Plotus anhinga. (Plates

MOVES XVI ink cosets ees

Notes on the Anatomy of the Colies (Colius)

cere ee ewes

On some Anatomical Characters which bear upon the

Major Divisions of the Passerine Birds.—Part I. (Plates

DELV ITE LES) 24) si2e singe erence

Notes on the Anatomy of certain Parrots

On the Chinese Deer named Lophotragus michianus by

Mr. Swinhoe: “(Plate XX VIE) ons 6 hone ae

Page

485

Grote, Artuur, F.L.S., F.Z.S.

Exhibition of and remarks upon the original drawing, by

Colonel Gordon, from which the Plate of Ovis polii in the

‘Proceedings’ (1874, plate L111.) was prepared ..........

Gintuer, Augert, M.D., Ph.D., F.R.S., V.P.Z.8., Keeper

of the Zoological Department, British Museum.

Exhibition of specimens of Antechinus minutissimus, from

Roekhampton, Australia’ 2.02. S205 o6. 5 o0.06 ors. are dies eure

Exhibition of and observations on specimens of a Species

Page

414

OPP ONEROG, saciais as ee. 2 oleate wee Gwe Fars Seca s 5 274

Extract from a letter received from Commander W. E.

Cookson, R. N., concerning two large Land-Tortoises from

the Galapagos Islands .... 422

Remarks on some Indian and, more especially, Bornean

Mammals. (Plates XXXVI. & XXXVII.) ..... deveseetts 424

Notes on a small Collection brought by Lieut. L. Cameron,

UB trom Aneola, 2 ire onc cca Sales a vere ees 678

Report on some of the Additions to the Collection of Mam-

malia in the British Museum. (Plates LXIX.-LXXIV.).. 735

Description of a new Species of Lizard from Asia Minor.. 818

Gurney, J. H., Jun., F.Z.S.

Letter from, containing Notes on the Breeding of a pair of

the Polish Swan (Cygnus immutabilis)........ 002000000. 466

Exhibition of an example of the Lesser White-fronted Goose

(Anser erythropus) killed in Egypt................ . 414

Haast, Juxuius von, Ph.D., F.R.S., C.M.Z.S., Director of the

Canterbury Museum, Christchurch, New Zealand.

Further Notes on Oulodon, a new Genus of Ziphioid

Whales from the New-Zealand Seas.......... ; 457

Notes on the Skeleton of Ziphius nove-zealandia. (Plates

MGV. & MOVIES. x. sacmubrage EaeEoe atch save stna es Goethe sO

Notes on Mesoplodon floweri. (Plates XLV. & XLVI.) . 478

Hector, James, M.D., F.R.S., C.M.Z.S., Director of the i

Geological Survey of New Zealand.

Exhibition of and remarks on three feather mats, by the

Maoris‘of New Zealand. 3: .0..16i. cote cos taster re 2

Hupson, Wittiam Henry, C.M.Z.S.

Note on the Spoonbills of the Argentine Republic ...... 15

Notes on the Rails of the Argentine Republic.......... 102

Huxtey, Toomas H., LL.D., Sec.R.S.

Contributions to Morphology. Icurnyopstpa. No. 1.

On Ceratodus forsteri, with Observations on the Classification

OL PUSNOSE sa rats 6 @ 2itcc-o cua to alse em \e Retitnn es 310) vc bia ets, escarole gee

On the Position of the Anterior Nasal Apertures in Lepz-

WOOT ate sedi Oe bene ial ae,s S Haus LEE wee ee ae | ROU

Jacosy, MARTIN.

Description ef new Genera and Species of Phytophagous

Woleopterayc 565 cos.5 ss ame ace ee Ad acn eee ee ST,

Layarp, EpGar Lreopotp, C.M.G., F.Z.S., H.B.M. Consul

at New Caledonia.

Description of a New Thrush from Taviuni, one of the Fiji

IE SU 0 CLS sacs Pobefessciigs ss aa seie oh Bas eae eyes ws oe wae HS Paha es eee 420

Notes on the Birds of the Navigators’ and Friendly Islands,

with some Additions to the Ornithology of Fiji .......... 490

LiarpeET, E. A., C.M.Z.S.

On the Land-Shells of Taviuni, Fiji Islands, with Descrip-

tions of mew, species. (Plate \.) cic ace tess 99

Newron, Aurrep, M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.8., Professor of Zoolog

and Comparative Anatomy in the University of Cam-

bridge.

Exhibition of and remarks on a book belonging to the

Rev. R. Hooper, containing a notice of the Dodo ........ 333

Note upon Canon Tristram’s recent Discovery of the Roe-

buck (Cervus ecapreolus) in Palestine ..........ee....4. 700

Page

Parker, W. K., F.R.S., F.Z.S.

Memoir on AZgithognathous Birds. Part II. (Abstract). 256

Abstract of a Memoir on the Structure and Development

of the Skull in Sharkssand Rays: 2. cscs. 662 oss'se acvee sa 699

Ramsay, E. Pierson, C.M.Z.S.

List of Birds met with in North-eastern Queensland, chiefly

at Rockingham Baye Part Uli... piace caskaeuceers, LIA

Letter from, containing notes on the habits of some living

Ceratodi in the Australian Museum, Sydney ............ 698

Ramsay, Lieutenant R. Warp.aw, F.Z.S.

On an undescribed Species of Nuthatch and another Bird

from Maren-nee. (Plate: XI.) oiccug wwe cae ness 677

Row Ley, GeorGe Dawson, M.A., F.Z.S.

Exhibition of a specimen of Macherirhynchus nigripectus 414

SaLtvaport, Tuomas, M.D., C.M.Z.S.

Letter from, containing remarks on some birds mentioned

by Signor D’ Albertis as seen by him during his first excursion

up. the Fly River .......... wis Seahee ate Meuete ab oahais de Papeete 752

Letter from, addressed to the Secretary, concerning the

discovery of a supposed new species of Drepanornis ...... 776

SALVIN, Ossert, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S.

Exhibition of a portion of a trunk of a pine from Guate-

mala, perforated by a Woodpecker ........:..--+..- eae. Ata

Satvin, Ossert, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S., and Scuater, P. L.,

M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S.

On Peruvian Birds collected by Mr. Whitely—Part IX.

CB leben TE ye wish 2 aise so Se aes Sen oral a ate eee ere wen eo 15

Descriptions of new Birds obtained by Mr. C. Buckley in

BROLVAR: get ta eet eS ae dd EE Bretiesy oe tase GeOO

Notes on some of the Blue Crows of America,......... 268

Page

On new Species of Bolivian Birds. (PlatesXXX.-XXXIII.) 352

A Revision of the Neotropical Anatidee. (Plate XXXIV.) 358

Saunpers, Howarp, F.Z.S.

On the Stercorariine, or Skua Gulls. (Plate XXIV.).. 317

On the Sterning, or Terns, with Descriptions of three

new opecics. (Plate LEXT)'... ss swede >. «ses are sleremnele 638

Scuirer, Epwarp A., Assistant-Professor of Physiology, and

WituraMs, D. James, Student of Medicine, in Uni-

versity College, London.

On the Structure of the Mucous Membrane of the Stomach

in‘the Kangaroos, (Plates*VITE=XI-) 3.2 sei eis eee 165

ScuaTerR, Puiiie Lutvey, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to

the Society.

Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in

WecemberAS(a.. tow sca s fe 45 5 se aha eee tec ounce

On some additional Species of Birds from St. Lucia, West

Tndiessor CP lates.) c..wenwe sae ee sins «ae oe 6 nee Sew eee ple

Extract from a Report of the visit of H.M.S. ‘ Peterel’

to the Galapagos Islands ..caes 22sec ce ees ns Soya. wee og HLS

Exhibition of, and remarks on, an antler of a Rusa Deer.. 179

Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in

DANUARV AL SAO. sj casi tase csintertr tie ste ewes «ata ae TM ree 254

Exhibition of, and remarks on, a new Parrot (Conurus

illigeri) belonging to the Museum of Neuchatel.......... 255

Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in

Bebruary 18/65 resco tac titi «sone ee Seer 273

Exhibition of and remarks on the skin of a female of

Anderson's Pheasants: <i chaos eee eee 274

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a series of skins of the

Parrots of the Fiji Islands, obtained by Mr. E. L. Layard,

Page

Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in

March 1876., (Plate XXV.) ........ 332

Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in

April 1876, and remarks on the Cassowaries in the Society’s

Collection... CPiater SENN) 2.5 .¢.2.sieyes 4 acaeeews 2% 413

Extracts from several letters addressed to him by Dr. G.

Bennett, F.Z.S., referring to the proceedings of Mr. L. M.

D’ Albertis, C.M.Z.S......... 414

Exhibition of a rare Pacific Parrot, Coriphilus huhli, and

remarks on its habitat ........ 421

On the Birds collected by Dr. Comrie on the South-east

Coast of New Guinea during the Survey of H.M.S. ‘ Basilisk.’

(Plates XabTL.: & MEE: ) acs oo ie 459

Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in May

1876, and list of Indian animals deposited by H.R.H. the

Prince of Wales........ - 462

Exhibition of Land-Crabs from Ascension Island, pre-

sented by Dro Sy Bs Drew: f53455 sus « salen seas 464

Exhibition of, and remarks on, the skins of a male and

female Pheasant (Lobiophasis bulweri). (Plate XLIV.) .. 465

Exhibition of a drawing of a Fruit-Pigeon living in the

DOCIEhY(S- CHATUCHS) 5 a cin ein 02.4524 9) aes ho Ws nes ees 519

Exhibition of a collection of birds received from Signor

L. M. D’Albertis, and descriptions of two new Parrots.

CREW cg i dere ces pie PAs aaa ae Ee eet: 519

Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in June,

July, August, and September 1876. (Plates LXVI.-LXVIII.) 693

Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in

Ociober-18 76. fs bots sedis os eRe ea eee Pod

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a skin of a young

Rhinoceros from the Sunderbunds ................ 006. 751

Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in

November 18767... 2. 779

xiv

Scuater, P. L., M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., and Savin, OSBERT,

M.A., F.B.S., F.Z.S.

On Peruvian Birds collected a Mr. Whitely.—Part IX.

(Plate III.) ie

Descriptions of new Birds obtained by Mr. C. Buckley in

Olivine | eee ree ee ieee eh ore ide Sis SRS cn eee

Notes on some of the Blue Crows of America....

On new Species of Bolivian Birds. (Plates XXX.—XXXIII.)

A Revision of the Neotropical Anatidee. (Plate XXXIV.) ;

Sexous, FrepeErtck, Jun.

Exhibition of, and remarks on, a series of horns of

African Rhinoceroses .....

Saarre, Ricuarp Bowpter, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &c., Senior

Assistant, Zoological Department, British Museum.

Exhibition of a specimen of Hawk-Owl (Surnia ulula),

killed in Great Britain’ > ir. - 6... 52.5

Description of an apparently new Species of Owl from the

Solomon Islands; s@BlatesE ITs) F.:. iiss. niece sie «sess auegee

Sowersy, G. B., Jun.

Descriptions of six new Species of Shells from the Col-

lections of the Marchioness Paulucci and Dr. Prevost.

(Nites TPN) anes ot tots avons Sotiale a tote eter aneh alin ea ate anal eee

Taczanowskl, L., C.M.Z.S.

Description d’un nouveau Cerf tacheté du pays d’Ussuri

méridional, Cervus dybowsktt, 2... 002. cess scsenceanses

Trimren, Rowanp, F.Z.S., Curator of the South-African

Museum, Capetown.

Letter from, addressed to the Secretary, containing re-

marks on Canis chama, Smith ........

Page

253

334

673

752

123

Tristram, Rev. H. B., F.Z.S.

Note on the Discovery of the Roebuck (Cervus capreolus)

PASE BICRLINE! <5 <-soeeeremeea as, 9 aie fuses RG PMsorienenn ae 420

WiuiurAMs, D. James, Student of Medicine, and Scuirer,

Epwarp A., Assistant-Professor of Physiology, in

University College, London.

On the Structure of the Mucous Membrane of the Stomach

in the Kangaroos. (Plates VIII.-XI.) ...,.,..,,..,,., 165

Plate Page

I. Xephodon platyceners. cars; ng ais wete nays sisrecemasualecerouer 3

Le? Pencopeza Semperd. 4.5 vv, arcsivieus a0 a ot aii eee 13

III. “ Thamnophilus melanchrous .....002-+0000ee08%005 15

IV. Chart of Families of the order Glires.............. 61

V. New Land-Shells from Taviuni .. ..0.0:5. 000004 0 99

ae New Species of Leracolus..c: seis «> si « %o monies siete eres ase 126

VIII. Fig. 1. Stomach of Macropus giganteus............

1X | Figs. 2 & 3. Stomach of Macropus giganteus ......

’ | Fig. 4. Stomach of Dorcopsis luctuosa .........605 [ 16

Fig. 5. Stomach of Macropus giganteus............ pee

ie Fie 6. Stomach of Dorcopsis luctuosa ............ [

XI. Figs. 7-10. Stomach of Dorcopsis luctuosa ........ J

x1)

ae \ Anatomy of Chauna derbiana ...cccececec eee eves 189

XV.

KVL VEchinorhynchus elegans. << ios0 sam sic rsuere esi Hs eloses 200

ear PCLUVIADID UGLELi bes injec ote! -'a'e sain a edete sieiceal seiner 205

XVIII.

XIX. Kerguelen-Island Arachnida .......i..ecseceeees 258

XX. New Australian and Solomon-Island Helices........ 265

AXIS (New or rare Hntozoa. c2vvij.sige «ets ces ttaess oe cnet 294

XXII. New Malayan: Lepidoptera os.sc. + steers secteaneee 308 |

RTT Paleo Gaby lonicus.,.c.0. .vsea ss wie one ce tear 310

DORI V.. 5 USLENCOTOTIUS CRUENEIS. \.. sarees etnies asec e Sean ee oe OL7

RXV «2 Lol y GOGUS TROTUS NAVs a 6 wicis tue 5 emits oe ones aes ene 333

XXVI.

XXVII.} Anatomy of Plotus anhinga ...0....--..05+0ee: 335

XX VAN.

XIX, Dasyprocta aZzare@: ass .anciaseiec 04,0 347

XXX. Fig. 1. Calliste fulvicervix ; Fig. 2. C. argyrofenges.

XXX]. Malacothraupis dentata saves css 6 s+0 00s SE 359

XXXII. Lathria uropygialis ...... AD Ocoee dons dons =

XXXII... Thamnophilus subfasctatus-.... 0. o<csen+>ssmacees

AEXIV. Querquedula andiwm.... cases as sco - eee eee 358

LIST OF PLATES.

xvil

Plate Page

MOEN . Coles CastanOnOlus scars sG'eSia.s viz, areraveere ss ou atstem or 413

XXXVI. Tupaia tana, var. CRYSUTE.. 05.66 k ese cee cee oe |

RAXVU -Viverra megaspilaad et jr sa.5 acs ca ceoav owes vc ae

XXXVIII.

ae Deep-sea and Littoral Corals ...........0s.eeeee 428

XLI.

ML. Manucodia comritinin aks seni s fates bares WING we

XLII. Megapodius macgillivrayit .....ccceccerccenccves sce

XLIV. Lobiophasis bulwerit. Fig. 1. 9. Fig. 2. d ...... 465

xv. 5 Fis: 1. Skeleton of Mesoplodon flower? .........++.

| Fig. 2. Skeleton of Ziphius nove zealandi@........ bee

XLVI. } Fig. 1. Skull of Mesoplodon floweri, upper view .... ;

Fig. 2. Skull of Ziphius nove zealandie, upper view

XLVIL j Land-Shells from New Guinea, Madagascar, and Aus-

} EVAL Ate eee see remeRe Hr ecec hore orators Cletaer a clone ore 488

XLVIII. )

XLIX.

LL Anatomy of the Passeres........sceeeeeecesevens 506

LIL.

LUI. }

LIV. Cyclopsitia suavissima.....ccecceeccessesscesees 520

LV. Suctorial and Adhesive Foot-pads of Mammals .... 526

LVI. Figs.1,2. Deanea favoides. Figs.3,4. Farrea ees 535

LVII. Figs.1,2. Farrea perarmata. Figs.3,4. F.irregularis

LVIII.

LIX.} New Egyptian Spiders..........seeecesesevceees 541

LX.

Fig. 1. Anous tenuirostris ....cesceccceescecevecs

LXI, |B 2, Anous melanogenysS 0. ccsevecsecsoverare | 638

Fig. 3. Anous leucocapillus......eceeeeeeeecenees

LXII. Ninow solomonis .....ccecerereceeccscorsvccens 673

TRULY. Stet agnd occsc acca ve ve bates wesc ened eeees 677

LXIV. Delphinus albirostris. Fig. 1. Specimen from eis 679

Grimsby. Fig. 2. Specimen from Lowestoft ....

LXV. Stomach of Delphinus albirostris ......+0+s00e005 686

LXVI. Corvus capellanus ....ccceccccsesaceccsccvcscere 694

LXVII. Sarcidiornis melanonota .....ceeeeeececeverevecs 695

LXVIII. Sarcidiornis carunculata .....scccevccesesasscess

TGRUNGY SCLUTUS SECCTIU: oot cots oreiche elalss oi evavere syeteyelaterel etal e's) ops >

LXX. Hystria crassispinis ...... 00 cccccccese cece eevee

LXXL, Vrichaysilepur ws ois alee wainn og Sralrsle aie sina wine «ele lee = 35

EXXEL, Hapale leucopus: 64 cic.so senses orale 21 816) wouanrsings ie i

LXXITII. Loncheres caniceps ....ccccccsscsceseseccvcecce |

LXXIV. Echimys ferrugineus......sccecesesececerececens J

Plate

LXXV.

LXXVI.

LXXVII.

LXXVIII.

LXXIX.

LXXX.

LXXXI.

LXXXII.

xvill

Page

New shells from the Eastern Hemisphere.......... 792

Head of Lophotragus michianus......00eccceceees Haye

Butterflies from New Guinea .....:.c800ccceec0es 765

Desmacidon plumosa. 6.ccc cscs s+ so vecees wlecen os

Chaling Gerticilatd. san Pak «soso teeter 768

OplitospOnGid FUCOIDES sive. aie s+. vio 0) siete seeisiodetede euels

Riaphiodesme FadtOSt: « 5)s's <n ss. 20 oe ae pro :

POLOGCtUS PLULINDCUS ss 5:4-¢:5iavloiw Dot sien Me eileen 776

CORRECTED DESCRIPTION OF PLATE VI. (p. 165.)

Fig. 1. Teracolus subfumosus, p. 139.) Fig. 7. Teracolus halyattes, p. 145.

D: lyeus, p. 141. 8. ithonus, p. 146.

3. flaminia, p. 140. o; suffusus, p. 152.

4. —— lycoris, p. 140. 10; pseudocale, p. 154.

5. ——friga, p. 142. ll. hero, p. 150.

6. —— lucullus, p. 143. | 12. pseudacaste, p. 156,

PROCEEDINGS

OF TILE

SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

January 4, 1876.

Prof. Newton, F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the

Society’s Menagerie during the month of December 1875 :—

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the

month of December were 86 in number. Of these, 17 were acquired

by presentation, 54 by purchase, | by exchange, | by birth, and 13

were received on deposit. The total number of departures during

the same period, by death and removals, was 113.

The most noticeable additions during the month of December

were as follows :—

A Haast’s Apteryx (Apteryx haasti) from New Zealand, pre-

sented by Baron F. von Mueller, C.M.Z.S., 18th December, 1875.

Two examples of this Apteryx were despatched by our esteemed

correspondent from Melbourne; but only one reached us alive—the

first living individual of this recently determined species (assuming

that its distinctness from A. oweni is fairly established) that has

arrived in this country.

A Night-Parrot (Stringops habroptilus) from New Zealand, pre-

sented by Mr. T. E. Featherston, 23rd December, 1875.

Three male Moose (Alces machlis) from North Ameriea, deposited

28th December, 1875.

—_—__—.

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1876, No. I. l

2 DR. HECTOR ON MAORI FEATHER MATS. [Jan. 4,

A letter was read, addressed to the Secretary by Mr. George

Brown, Corresponding Member, dated Port Hunter, Duke-of-York

Island (lat. 4° 7'S., long. 152° 22' E.), Sept. 5, 1875, stating that he

had shipped by the ‘ John Wesley,’ for the Society, to the care of

Dr. George Bennett at Sydney two Cassowaries, and a Cockatoo

from the adjoining island of New Britain, and two Pigeons and two

Parrots from Duke-of- York Island, and some other birds, whieh he

trusted would arrive safely. Mr. Brown stated that he had a col-

lector at work along with him, and hoped shortly to have made a

good series of specimens of the hitherto almost unknown fauna of

this and the neighbouring islands.

The Secretary had received intelligence from Dr. Bennett of the

safe arrival of the two Cassowaries (Casuarius bennetti) and of four

of the other birds at Sydney, and that they would be forwarded to

the Society by the ‘ Paramatta’ on her next return voyage.

The following extract was read from a letter addressed to the

Secretary by Mr. R. Trimen, Curator of the South-African Museum,

Cape-town, dated 24th Nov. 1875.

“Your note (P. Z.S. 1875, pp. 81, 82) on Canis chama, Smith,

leads me to think that you may be interested in hearing that there

are two specimens of that species in this Museum.

“They have hitherto been labelled C. variegatoides, Smith (South

Afr. Qu. Journ. il. p. 87), the example first received having been so

determined by the late Curator; but on comparison of them with

the characteristic plate (xviii.) in the ‘ Proceedings,’ and with Dr.

Smith’s descriptions of the two species, it is clear that they are C.

chama and not C. variegatoides.

“7 should be glad to hear if you know any thing about the latter

species.

“The jate Dr. J. E. Gray referred it (List Mamm. Brit. Mus. 1843,

p- 58) to C. mesomelas, Schreb.; but as Dr. Smith was well ac-

quainted with C’. mesomelas, it seems improbable that he would have

founded a new species on any thing less than a well-marked

variety.

* C’. chama is more widely spread than Dr. Smith’s account would

lead one to suppose, one of our two examples being from the neigh-

bourhood of Beaufort (about the centre of this colony) and the other

from near Caledon, a-town about 70 miles east (and a little to the

south) of Cape-town.”

Dr. Hector, F.R.S., sent for exhibition three feather mats, made

by the Maoris of New Zealand :—

No. 1. An ancient mat, obtained by Dr. Buller from a chief be-

longing to the Upper Wanganui river. Centre of pigeon’s feathers

( Carpophaga nove-zealandice ) trimmed with feathers from the Kaka

(Nestor meridionalis) and North-Island Kiwi (Apteryx mantelii),

and also tufts of hair of the ancient Maori dog, now extinct.

No. 2. A mat of Kiwi feathers (Apteryx mantelli) from Tampo

Lake, North Island. The harsh feel, from the prolonged shafts

eS ie -

va ‘

' ,

’ 5 . t

- : -

. & r a .

of fi 7

. ,

t 7 ;

= ‘

; ;

; :

; A

% : rs

; j

pre)

4 — a

J.Smit,

lath

XIPHODON, PLATYCEP S372

Hanhart

imp

1876.] PROF. FLOWER ON THE SKULL OF A XIPHODON,. 3

characteristic of this species, is obvious. Each feather is worked into

the flax of the mat.

No. 3. A mat of wing-feathers of the Kaka (Nestor meridionalis),

made by the natives near Wellington.

The following papers were read :—

1. Description of the Skull of a Species of Xiphodon, Cuvier.

By Wituiam Henry Frower, F.R.S., F.Z.S., F.G.S.,

&e.

[Received November 16, 1875.]

(Plate I.)

The Hon. Auberon Herbert has lately presented to the Museum

of the Royal College of Surgeons a fossil cranium which merits de-

scription, as in some measure assisting to fill up one of the still in-

numerable vacant spaces in the vast and complex history of living

beings, a history gradually, slowly, but no less surely, being recon-

structed by the united labours of explorers and paleeontographers in

all parts of the world.

In some respects, the specimen is provokingly unsatisfactory for

the purpose, partly from its own incompleteness, but especially in

the absence of certain knowledge as to its locality and geological an-

tiquity. As it had passed through several hands before it came into

Mr. Herbert’s possession, there is no external history belonging to

it, except a traditional statement that it was found in the neighbour-

hood of Woodbridge, in Suffolk.

At first little more was to be seen in it than an ovoid mass, nearly

nine inches long, of dark grey, very compact, micaceous sandstone,

with the surface smoothly rounded, and almost polished, evidently by

the action of water. Toa superficial observer it might have passed

for a large rolled pebble; but closer examination showed that, be-

sides having the general form of the head of an animal, the surface

here and there presented darker patches, having a distinctly bony

structure, which, from their situation and form, plainly revealed the

general outline of the cranium within.

After a considerable amount of trouble, the closely adhering en-

veloping matrix was completely cleared away. The specimen was

then shown to consist of the almost entire cranium (skull without

lower jaw) of an animal of the size of a small sheep, with all its

cavities and external depressions filled up with a matrix of the above-

described sandstone, and then so rolled as to wear down some of

the most prominent parts, as the zygomatic arch and, unfortunately

the whole of the crowns of the teeth; for the palatal surface was

exposed, smooth and polished, and the dental characters are only

indicated by the alveoli or by roots worn down to the level of the sur-

rounding bone. This is a very great loss, more especially as it is

mainly by the form of the enamelled crowns of the teeth, generally

4 PROF, FLOWER ON THE SKULL OF A XIPHODON. |Jan. 4,

better preserved than any other part of the body, that extinct forms

of the group to which this one is allied have been characterized.

The anterior portion of the skull has also been broken off close to the

premaxillary suture, and consequently is wanting in the specimen.

Before proceeding to the description of the skull, the question

naturally arises—W hat inference can be drawn from the condition of

the fossil and its matrix as to its probable origin? Several experi-

enced paleontologists to whom it was shown while still partially

imbedded, declared that they knew of no fossil remains in a cor-

responding condition ; and on comparing it with all the Mammalian

specimens from every part of the world, contained in the British

Museum, not one was found agreeing with it.

It certainly approximates very nearly in most of its characters to

the curious ‘‘ box stones” of the Suffolk Crag, to which Mr. Ray

Lankester directed attention in the ‘Quarterly Journal of the Geolo-

gical Society’ for 1870 (p. 499), though less ferruginous in colour

than they generally are. If this suggestion should prove to be

correct, it will confirm the indication as ‘to locality mentioned above.

The “box stones”? are evidently waterworn aggregations of sand-

stone, generally, though by no means invariably, surrounding some

organic body, and are remnants of a broken-up formation of an

earlier age than the Red Crag in which they are now found. They

are boneidercd by Mr. Taneenter, from a comparison of the mol-

luscous fossils found in them, to be of “ Diestien ”’ age, or approxi-

mately equivalent to the so-called ‘ Black Crag” of Antwerp; but,

as will be mentioned hereafter, the zoological characters of the present

specimen indicate a much greater geological antiquity.

The skull is that of a rather young animal, as shown by the still

open suture between the basioccipital and the basisphenoid bones ;

but (at least in the case of existing Ruminants) this sign of imma-

turity remains some time after all the permanent teeth are in place,

as appears to have been the case in the present specimen.

The cranium differs most notably from that of all existing species

of Ruminants in the breadth and flatness of the frontal region be-

tween the orbits, the sudden contraction behind the orbits, vand the

large extent of the temporal fossee, which is increased by well-

marked sagittal and occipital crests. Hyomoschus is that to which

it comes nearest ; indeed, if we could imagine a larger animal of the

Traguline type (7. e. an animal with a more lengthened head, and

greater surface for the implantation of teeth and for the attachment

of muscles, without corresponding increase of size of the brain-cavity

and orbits—the modifications, in fact, which always occur in larger,

as compared with smaller, members of a natural group), we should

obtain a form closely resembling the present skull. Its special pecu-

liarity would still be the flatness and width of the interorbital region

above, in consequence of which the cavities of the orbits look directly

outwards, instead of upwards and outwards as in /Zyomoschus.

The sides of the face in front of the orbits are flat, as in the Tra-

gulidee and in many trae Ruminants, without any sign of depression

for a suborbital gland; but further forward, commencing just be-

1876.] PROF. FLOWER ON THE SKULL OF A XIPHODON. i)

hind the large infraorbital foramen, is a wide and deep oval depres-

sion, extending over the whole cf the region above the premolar

teeth. Indications only of such a depression are seen in the Tragu-

lide. ‘There is no vacuity at the point of junction between the

nasals, maxillee, lachrymals and frontals, as in so many Cervidee and

Antelopes, and as is slightly indicated in Hyomoschus, though not

in Tragulus. The sutures bounding the lachrymal bone, and be-

tween the maxilla and malar, are beautifully marked by deeply in-

dented and wavy lines; but the premaxillary suture cannot be dis-

tinguished, being probably situated anteriorly to the point of frac-

ture of the skull The supraorbital foramina are not very large,

and are placed in depressions rather nearer the middle line than ite

margin of the orbit, on a level with the anterior angle of that

cavity ; and, as in many existing Artiodactyles, a groove is continued

forwards from them.

The posterior margin of the orbits, if, as is provable, they were

originally complete, have been broken away, as has the entire zygo-

matic arch.

Turning to the base of the skull, the occipital condyles are lost ;

but the greater part of the basioccipital, with its pair of pr minent

tubercles, remains. On each side of this the oval form of the bases

of the large auditory bulle can be distinctly made out, though they

have been worn level to the rest of the surface of the skull. Their

interior, however, can be seen to be filled with a fine network of

eancellar tissue—a character common to the Suidee, Tragulidee, and

Camelidze, and absent in nearly all the true Ruminants. On the

ower surface of the skull, as well as above, the elongation of the

middle region is a conspicuous feature.

The hinder margin of the palate is produced backwards to the

extent of fully three quarters of an inch beyond the notches on each

side; but as its edge has been broken off, it is impossibie to describe

its true form.

Between the teeth the surface is long, narrow, and depressed

along the middle line. ‘There is no sign, even at the anterior frac-

tured edge, of the incisive foramina, which must consequently have

been small ; but there is a conspicuous foramen opening forwards

near the oliver edge of the palate opposite the second premolar tooth,

and placed rather more posteriorly on the left than on the right side.

The alveoli, in most of which broken roots of teeth remain, form

a continuous series along each side of the palate, as far forward as

the line of fracture. Posteriorly they have been so much injured

that their form and number cannot be made out with perfect cer-

tainty ; but they appear to indicate teeth of the following character,

Beginning at the hinder end of the series, there are three molars,

with four roots, wider transversely than from before backwards.

The most anterior of the three must have been considerably smaller

than the other two, which appear to have been nearly equal in size.

{n front of the molars there are seven roots, rounded or transversely

elongated, placed in a single line, and nearly .equidistant, indi-

cating a series of compressed teeth, each with an anterior and a

6 PROF. FLOWER ON THE SKULL OF A XIPHODON. [ Jan. 4,

posterior root. Unfortunately the region in which the posterior of

these teeth is situated is most damaged, and its form cannot be clearly

made out; but, judging from the analogy of Cenotherium, Xiphodon,

and allied forms, we have here the whole premolar series, the last

having two external, and one internal root, obliterated in the speci-

men, and each of the others two roots only. The canines would

thus be the teeth next beyond the line of fracture ; but they evidently

could not have been large, or deeply implanted, as in Tragulidze.

Of the incisors, nothing can be said from actual knowledge ; but all

analogies of allied forms lead to the supposition that the complete

number (three on each side) were present.

It is evident that the animal to which this cranium belonged was

a member of that group of Artiodactyles in which the general form

of the modern Ruminants was shadowed out, but in which the typi-

cal number of teeth (eleven on each side, above and below, in con-

tinuous series) was still maintained, a group largely represented in

the North-American Miocene strata by Oreodon and its allies, and of

which the elegant little Cenotherium is one of the best-known

European forms.

It differs, however, considerably in general form and proportions

from any of the former as figured by Leidy, especially in the

absence of a suborbital fossa, and is readily distinguished from

the latter by the want of the deep median notch in the hinder edge

of the palate, and by the more compressed form of the premolars,

as estimated by the size of the roots. I am unable, however, to

point out any character by which to separate it from Cuvier’s Xz%pho-

don, constituted in the ‘Ossemens fossiles’ as a subgenus of Anop-

lotherium. From the type of that form, X. gracilis of the Paris

Upper Eocene, it differs, as far as can be inferred from descriptions

and figures, chiefly in superior size, being about one third larger.

Another form to which it is closely allied is known as a British

fossil from the Upper Eocene of Hordwell Cliff, having been de-

scribed by Professor Owen under the name of Dichodon cuspi-

datus*,

This animal is known by the teeth alone ; and it is singular that, as

far as the comparison of the size and shape of the roots or alveolar

walls will allow, there is no reason why the teeth of Dichodon cuspt-

datus should not have belonged to our present specimen. Although

there is not yet evidence enough to be assured of their identity, and

more perfect specimens of either may show that the idea is fallacious,

I yet think it necessary to point out the possibility. But then there

are grave doubts, as already expressed by Gervaist, whether Dicho-

don is really separable generically from Xiphodon. The main cha-

racter on which the genus was founded, the peculiarity of the last

lower premolar tooth, was, as the original describer himself subse-

quently pointed ont, simply the result of a milk-tooth having been

mistaken for a permanent onet. The British species attributed to the

* Quarterly Journal of the Geological Socicty, vol. iv. 1848, p. 86.

t Zoologie et Paléontologie Frangaise, 2™* edit. (1859), p. 159.

t Quarterly Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. xiii. (1857), p. 190.

1876.] DR.J. VON HAAST ON A NEW ZIPHIOID WHALE. 7

genus Dichobune are also considered by Gervais to be more properly

Xiphodons ; so it is perfectly clear that a more careful comparison

than has yet been made will be necessary to determine the claims of

either to generic distinction.

Being always strongly opposed to the multiplication of generic

designations without very adequate grounds, I shall be content in the

present instance, to retain the Cuvierian name Yiphodon*, and, in the

absence of any certain evidence that it belongs to any of the pre-

viously described species, to distinguish it as XY. platyceps.

It may be added that all the species with which it is most nearly

related, found both in England and France, belong to the Upper

Eocene epoch, or ‘‘ proicene”’ of Gervais.

The principal dimensions of the cranium are as follows :—

inches. _centim.

Length, in its mutilated state .......... 8°2 20°8

(About 9 inches if perfect.)

From anterior margin of orbit to occipital

CTCStineeisceue sc Bat ereh aoa CaN rsrehestte oanale Dio 13°)

From anterior margin of orbit to infraorbital

foramen. be 1°5 3°8

Breadth of upper aunties oe eral heereen

ORO ae ie ey sie os eee 2°8 Fa

Greatest parietal breadth ....... 2°4 6°]

Breadth at anterior part of temporal foscae 1:8 4.6

Height of skull (between frontal region and

hinder Pach pOupalacet eats ss wots core 2°6 6°6

HCiENG OL OLDIC. severe oaueisis 6 46 cee 13 3°3

Leneth of molar and premolar series .... 3°7 9°5

Breadth of palate between posterior molars 9 2°3

> » betweenmiddlepremolars 1:1 2°8

2. Ona New Ziphioid Whale. By Jutius von Haast, Ph.D.,

F.R.S., Director of the Canterbury Museum, Christ-

church, New Zealand. Communicated by Prof. W. H.

Frower, F.R.S.

[Received November 16, 1875.]

In the month of May of this year the Canterbury Museum re-

ceived from W. Hood, Esq., of the Chatham Islands, three skulls of

Ziphioid Whales taken from specimens stranded with about 25 others

during the summer of last year on the Waitangi beach of the main

island of that group.

They were described as ‘‘blackfish,”’ all belonging to the same

school, by my informant, who moreover believes that the whole series

belonged to the same species.

* Not, however, as a subgenus of Anoplotherium, from which it is perfectly

distinct.

8 DR. J. VON HAAST ON A NEW ZIPHIOIP WHALE. [Jan. 4

Unfortunately the skulls were so badly separated from the body

that the occipital portion has been cut off, so as to lay the brain-ca-

vity open; but as they were brought over with the greater portion of

the skin still attached, some hitherto unknown and, as I think, pecu-

liar characteristic features in the dentition of a Ziphioid genus have

fortunately been preserved.

These three skulls accord in many respects with the genus Mesop-

lodon of Gervais, of which I will point out only one, viz. that they

possess one tooth in each ramus of the lower jaw opposite the pos-

terior edge of the symphysis, and of varying size and shape, either

hidden below the gum or rising conspicuously above, according to age

and sex. ‘They differ, however, from all known species of the genus

by possessing in the upper jaw, starting in a vertical line above the

posterior border of the mandibular tooth, a series of small conical

teeth slightly ineurved, which extends to near the gape of the mouth.

I may here at once observe that these teeth are neither rudimen-

tary nor are they confined to young animals, because, as [ shall show

in the sequel, these three skulls are derived from individuals of dif-

ferent ages, of which one is an aged (male?) animal, in which the row

of teeth is best developed. It is thus evident that this series of teeth

is a functional portion of the animal, and is constant and necessary

for its proper nourishment, some of them being broken off, others

evidently worn down from use. That these small teeth, of which

the largest stands scarcely half an inch above the gums, are only

rooted in the gums, does not lessen their value as a specific character

of some importance.

Of the species of Zipbioid Whales inhabiting the New-Zealand

seas I have obtained three, namely Berardius arnouxii (3 specimens),

Ziphius nove zealandie, and Mesoplodon floweri (Haast, MS.), none

of which shows the least sign or rudiments of teeth in the upper jaw.

Moreover several others have been secured in New Zealand and Aus-

tralia ; but nowhere can I find that, except the teeth in the lower jaw,

they possessed any ; and I have looked carefully over all the different

papers on the Ziphioid Whales of the northern hemisphere to which

I had access, without finding the slightest mention made of the oc-

currence of such a peculiar feature in their dentition.

On the contrary, Professor Flower in his excellent paper on the

recent Ziphioid Whales (Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. viii. part 3), when

enumerating their principal structural characters, begins by stating

that they have “no functional teeth in the upper jaw.” IL believe

that this term functional is rather ambiguous and can scarcely be

applied to the genus under consideration, as we are totally un-

acquainted with the food on which it subsists, or the manner in which

the same is obtained.

It is true, these teeth do not grow from alveolar grooves in the

maxillaries, but only from a groove in the gums, and have their roots

implanted therein; nevertheless I have no doubt that they are

always present and do perform as distinct and important functions as

those of Kogia or any of the Dolphins which possess teeth of similar

form.

1876.] DR.J. VON HAAST ON A NEW ZIPHIOID WHALE. 9

The first of the accompanying photographs shows the three skulls

in comparison with each other; the second the middle portion of the

second skull, belonging to an aged (male?) individual; whilst the

following list gives the principal dimensions of these three skulls with

the soft parts attached, as far as they could be ascertained; but as

soon as they are macerated I shall offer some further observations on

their anatcmical structure.

Table of Measurements of three Skulls of Mesoplodon Grayi,

with the greater portion of soft parts adhering.

| Saease Skull IT., | Skull TIT.,

| Die probably | probably |

cae male | male

grown). (aged). (young). |

| Height of Skull from top of nasals

(skin preserved) to lower border of

pterygoids, the latter lying exposed...) 0 11:13 | O 11:58 | 0 912

Greatest breadth of skull across post-

orbital processes of frontals............ 1 048 | 1 0-88 9-51

| Length of skull from crest of nasal bones |

to anterior border of rostrum, in a

Strarshtulinons ots.c ress s.ieaaasessenescs: 2 546 | 2 347 |1 507

| Length of ramus of lower jaw, soft parts

preserved on anterior border ......... 2 Oe | es 6O'00: oS eho

| From gape* of mouth to anterior bor-|

der of lower jaw) 2) ass adhsesicectucs oases 1 6:50" | 4:87 10-05

From anterior border of lower jaw to|

pa CentreOk tOOtM terse .cssstendentecese see 10°75 10:12 5-00

From centre of tooth to gape of mouth. 7°75 675 5-05

Breadth of lower jaw at centre of

We MRLOOLM ES tiarsa cute wssen cst ce sedsorecessaves 2°31 2°69 1-75

| Distance from extremity of rostrum to

ficsteaMteriOr tOOUM em resmcdoesseeas -e8: 11:06 10°75 5°62

Distance from gape to end of teeth ... 1:02 1:37 1:40

Hye, perpendicular diameter, about ... 2:25 2°27

| Opening of blower, the two extremities

slightly directed backwards, about... 4:50 4:50 3°25

Number of teeth in upper jaw ......... 19 Al 17

I should have liked to give also in this list the breadth of the ros-

trum at the anteorbital notches, as it would have supplied another im-

portant point for comparison ; but the coverings prevented this ; also

I was not able to give the total length of each skull, owing to the oc-

cipital portion being cut off ; but the length of the skulls from crest

of nasals to anterior border of the rostrum, as well as the length of

the ramus of each mandible, will supply this deficiency and offer us

sufficient material for comparison.

* The drying of the skin has been so unequal in the different specimens, and

even on the two sides of the same skull, that the position of the gape cannot be

fixed with?precision.

10 DR. J. VON HAAST ON A NEW ZIPHIOID WHALE. [Jan. 4,

Examining the skulls separately, we find that the one marked No.

1 is longer but narrower than No. 2, This is still more striking

when we compare the two rostrums with each other, that of skull

No. 1 being considerably narrower than that of skull No.2. The same

observation applies to the mandibles, which in No. 1 only widen very

gradually and are much narrower all along than those of skull No.

2. In fact, if both skulls had been obtained separately I believe that

they would probably have been assigned to two distinct species.

a. Side view of upper and lower jaws, covered with the dried skin, of No. 2 (aged

male ?), showing the row of small teeth above and the single large mandi-

bular tooth. From a photograph.

6, Four of the upper teeth, with the whole of their roots exposed ; natural size.

When the skull No. 1 was first examined by me, the sharp point

of a tooth in each ramus of the lower jaw, when passing the finger

over the gums, was discernible; but I doubt if this was to be felt

before the gums were dried up.

In cutting a portion of the gums away, the apex of a very flat tooth,

rather acutely triangular as far as visible, was exposed, which stands

about one eighth of an inch above the upper surface of the ramus.

This tooth is imbedded in a very narrow alveolar cavity situated near

the posterior edge of the symphysis, the ramus here scarcely bulging

out ; this is still more obvious if we compare that portion of the ramus

with that of skulls Nos. 2 & 3.

Above the posterior edge of the small tooth in the lower jaw, and

which without doubt has to perform some function, notwithstanding

that it is covered by the gum, a row of small conical teeth, the apices

slightly incurved, begins on each side of the upper jaw, reaching

within an inch of the gape of the mouth, which, however, may have

somewhat retreated by the drying of the skin.

These small teeth are situated in a well-defined dental groove in

the gums. There were 19 teeth on each side, of which, however,

several are broken off. They are from 0°20 to 0°40 inch long, and

occupied a line 6°12 inches in length, standing nearly the eighth of

an inch apart. Of the whole series, the first or anterior tooth is the

smallest, the succeeding ones gradually getting larger till the eighth,

and then maintaining the same size to nearly their termination.

1876.] DR.J. VON HAAST ON A NEW ZIPHIOID WHALE. Hi

The crowns of the teeth stand at about the same level with the cen-

tral line of the palate. The opening along the upper surface of the

rostrum is still unclosed, thus showing that the animal is not so aged

as the next specimen, No. 2.

I may here add that the rostrum in all three skulls is half an inch

shorter than the mandible, and that it lies in a well-defined groove in

the latter.

Skull No. 2.—The measurements of this skull, as far as I was able

to obtain them, show that, as previously stated, it was not so elongate

as the former, but somewhat broader and more massive in all its pro-

portions. The ramiof the mandible widen much sooner than those of

the former; about 7 inches from their anterior extremity they ex-

pand considerably in order to form the alveolar cavity for a large tooth

which here rises conspicuously on both sides, having a vertical position.

This tooth has a compressed triangular shape, i is “Qi inches broad at

its base on the line of the gums, and rises 13 inch above them.

On the inner side near the top it is slightly abraded, and on the

outside broken considerably, so as to suggest that the animal used it

for the purpose of defence or attack. This injury has taken place

on both teeth, so that they have lost their point and show a ragged

horizontal apex with a width of nearly a quarter of an inch.

From behind the tooth the rami expand very little as far as the gape.

A similar row of small teeth, described as occurring in the first

specimen, exists also in this second skull; but there are apparently

only 17 of them. ‘Their position is exactly the same as in the

foregoing, the first standing exactly above the posterior edge of the

base of the large tooth in the lower jaw.

The teeth have the same form as those previously described, except

that they are generally thicker; this becomes conspicuous with the

7th tooth, after which they gradually increase to the 13th, which is

2 of an inch thick at its base and stands 0°45 inch above the gums.

They then keep nearly the same size to the posterior end of the series.

As the space on which these 17 teeth stand is only 4°25 inches

long, besides their greater stoutness they are far more crowded than

in the first-described skull.

Owing to the fact that the gums have dried more thoroughly in

this than in the two other skulls, iv both of which the teeth stand

erect with the curve of the apex directed inwards, the teeth in this skull

are no longer in their normal position, but le somewhat forwards on

the palate.

The groove in the upper surface of the rostrum, between the pre-

maxillaries, is filled by a convex ridge of dense bone with a small

channel on each side. That this is only caused by age, and that it

is neither a sexual nor a specific character, is proved by the fact

that the next skull, No. 3, which is doubtless a young half-grown

specimen of the same sex as the one under review, has this groove on

the top of the rostrum still open, and thus resembles the skull No. 1

although in the latter that groove is narrower and more shallow.

Skull No. 3.—Assuming that the last-deseribed skull belongs to

12 DR. J. VON HAAST ON A NEW ZIPHIOID WHALE. [Jan. 4,

an aged male, the measurements of the third skull under consideration

must lead us to the conclusion that it is that of a young half-grown

male. Beginning with the lower jaw, the same form as in the fore-

going is observable, the rami expanding considerably as soon as we

reach the neighbourhood of the alveolar eae and although the

tooth in the same is only small, and stands only 0°25 inch above the

edge of the ramus, that alveolar cavity is much more bulged out and

has a different form from the first (or female ?) skull described.

The apex of the tooth was distinctly visible, and seemed to have

already pierced the gums when the animal was alive.

The row of teeth in the upper jaw, however, which have the

same form as in the skull No. 2, are smaller and somewhat more

slender. They begin likewise above the posterior end of the alveolar

cavity.

There are, as inthe preceding skull, 17 teeth on each side, occupy-

ing a length of 2°48 inches. They stand more closely together than

in the supposed female skull No. 1, thus also agreeing with the second

skuil in that respect.

In volume vi. of the Transactions of the New-Zealand Institute,

Dr. Hector describes the lower jaw of a Ziphioid Whale under the

title ‘‘ Notice of a variation in the dentition of Mlesoplodon hector,

Gray.”

It is difficult for me to conceive by what process the tooth in the

lower jaw which, in Mesoplodon hectori, stands at the anterior end

of the ramus, could have travelled as far backwards as to stand now

opposite the posterior edge of the symphysis. Hitherto I have be-

lieved that the position of the mandibular teeth was constant and a

valuable specific character—an opinion which, as faras I am aware, is

held by the most eminent cetologists, and which the observations I

was able to make on the three skulls under review amply confirms.

Moreover I[ wish to add that a comparison of these three skulls with

the skull of Mesoplodon hectori, Gray, in the Canterbury Museum,

and which is derived from an aged specimen, shows at a glance the

distinct specific characters.

Weare only at the beginning of the study of our Ziphioid Whales ;

and I have no doubt that year by year new material will come to

hand ; so that by the lumping of two distinct species into one, as at-

tempted by Dr. Hector, and for which no tangible reason can be as-

signed, only confusion will be created.

The occurrence of hidden teeth in the gums of Ziphius australis,

Burmeister, of which he gives a careful description in his ex-

haustive paper, ‘‘ Descripcion detallada del Epiodon australe” in the

‘ Anales del Museo publico de Buenos Ayres,’ part v. page 328, is a

point of great interest. On first thought, one might assume that

that specimen was so young that the teeth had not yet pierced the

gums, and that animals belonging to that species when full-grown

would be possessed of a row of teeth in each jaw resembling those of

Mesoplodon grayt. However, two (and what I think fatal) objections

have to be urged against such a theory.

The skull of No. 3 belongs doubtless to a younger specimen than

ee epaey, lee] aay Niels i aay (im) ard ae)

bs A. Lo Loy be 4 4 ok i \ bh ob Wy 4 Vy Et

ETUBL' 79 JN Win 19a” “ture

1876.] MR. P. L. SCLATER ON BIRDS FROM ST. LUCIA. 13

Ziphius australis; nevertheless the row of teeth standing above

the gums was perfectly formed; and, secondly, the specimen of

Ziphius nove zealandie, of which the Canterbury Museum pos-

sessses a complete skeleton, was an aged female and obtained in the

flesh, but did not show the least trace of any row of small teeth

above the gums.

I have examined carefully the gums of the new species in both jaws,

where no teeth were visible, but without the least success, no hidden

teeth being in existence anywhere.

Finally I propose to designate this new Cetacean by the specific

name of grayi in memory of the late Dr. J. E. Gray, to whom New

Zealand is so much indebted for his contributions towards the better

knowledge of its natural history.

Conclusion.

In summing up the evidence which the three skulls under review

present tous, the following points may be accepted as fully esta-

blished :—

Ist. That there exists a Ziphioid Whale in the New-Zealand

seas which possesses a mandibular tooth at the posterior edge of the

symphysis, either hidden below the gum or standing conspicuously

above it, according to age or sex.

2nd. That the skull of one of the sexes (probably the female) is

longer but narrower and lower than that of the opposite (probably

the male) sex—the latter possessing also a large triangular compressed

tooth rising above the gum, which in the other (probably female)

sex Is much smaller and almost hidden below the gum.

3rd. That both sexes possess permanently in the upper jaw a row

of small conical teeth with the apex slightly incurved, which, although

only rooted in the guns, have to perform important functions in the

nourishing-process of the animal.

3. On some additional Species of Birds from St. Lucia,

West Indies. By P. lL. Scuater, M.A.; Ph.D., F.R.S.,

Secretary to the Society.

{Received November 30, 1875. |

(Plate II.)

The Rev. J. E. Semper, of St. Lucia, who has already done so

much to make us acquainted with the ornithology of that island,

has lately forwarded to me a third collection of birds, which I hee

now the pleasure of exhibiting. It contains examples of eight

species not included in my two former articles on this subject*,

and among them two specimens of a very remarkable form, which

* P. Z.8. 1871, p. 263, and 1872, p. 647.

14 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON BIRDS FROM ST. LUCIA. [Jan. 4,

appears to be referable to a new genus of Mniotiltidee. The fol-

lowing is a list of the species, with the local names as given by Mr.

Semper :—

1. Thryothorus mesoleucus, sp.nov. Local name “ Rossignol.”

2. Leucopeza semperi, sp. et gen. nov. Local name, “ Pied-

blanc.”

3. Setophaga ruticilla (Linn.). Local name, “ Carrougette.”’

4. Progne dominicensis (Gm.). Local name, ** White-breasted

Swallow.”

: : : ‘

5. Euphonia flavifrons (Sparrm.). Local name, ‘ Moisson a

couleurs.”

6. Phonipara bicolor (Linn.). Local name, ‘ Grass-sparrow.”’

7. Aigialitis semipalmata (Bp.) Local name, “ Bécasse a

collier.”’

8. Tringa fuscicollis (Vieill.). Local name, ‘ Bécasse.”’

I append descriptions of the two new species.

TuHRYOTHORUS MESOLEUCUS, Sp. Nov,

Supra terreno-brunneus, alis caudaque nigro transfasciatis, uropy-

git plumis laxis, albo sub apicem punctatis: subtus pure albus

hypochondriis et crisso fulvis, hoc indistincte nigro maculato :

rostro superiore corneo, inferiore albicante, pedibus fuscis :

long. tota 4:0, ale 2°0, caude 1:5, rostri a rictu ‘8.

Hab. ins. St. Lucia Antillarum (Semper).

Mus. P. 1. 8.

Obs. Minor statura quam TJ’. martinicensis, et rostro longiore

tenuiore et magis incurvo: quoad colores abdomine albo satis

diversus.

LEUCOPEZA SEMPER], gen. et sp. nov. (Plate II.)

Leucopeza*, gen. nov. ex familia Mniotiltidarum, ad Helmintherum,

Helminthophagam et hujusmodi genera spectans, rostro fere

simili, sed alis rotundatis, remige tertio et quarto longissimis,

secundo quintum equante, primo quam sextus paxlo breviore

distinguendum. Ptilosis fere unicolor, cineracea, immaculata.

Pedes fortes. Tarsi elongati. Cauda paulum rotundata.

LEUCOPEZA SEMPERI, sp. nov. (Plate II.)

Cineraceus unicolor, dorso postico in olivaceum trahente, subtus

pallidior, medialiter albescens, ventre medio fere pure aibo:

rostro corneo, pedibus albis: long. tota 5°7, ale 2°7, caude

2°2, tarsi 0°9, rostri a rictu 0°8.

Hab. ins. St. Lucia Antillarum (Semper).

Mus. P.L. S.

* Acukds, albus, et wéZa, pes—ex nomine vulgari “ Ped-blane.”

SEA EYe

ANNDAT

mit

1876.] MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON PERUVIAN BIRDS. 15

4, Note on the Spoonbill of the Argentine Republic. By

W. H. Hupson, C.M.Z.S.

[Received November 17, 1875. ]

It has been said that Spoonbills ‘ obtain their food by shovelling

in the mud with their beaks.’’? This is perhaps true of the Kuro-

pean bird; the Spoonbills which I have observed feeding certainly

obtained their food exclusively from the water, as Flamingoes do.

In reference to the Rose-coloured Spoonbills of America, I believe

ornithologists have been mistaken in referring them all to one species.

Whether two or only one species existed was a moot question a

century ago: it has been decided that there is but one, the Platalea

ajaja, and that the paler-plumaged birds, with feathered heads and

black eyes, and without the bright wing-spots, the tuft on the

breast, horny excrescences on the beak, and other marks, are only

immature birds. Now it is quite possible the young of P. aaja

resembles the common Rose-coloured Spoonbill of Buenos Ayres ;

but in that country, for one bird with all the characteristic marks of

an adult P. ajaja, we meet with not less, Lam sure, than two or three

hundred examples of the paler bird without any trace of such marks.

This fact of itself might incline one to believe that there two dis-

tinct species, and that the common Platalea of Buenos Ayres inhabits

the temperate regions south of the range of the true P. ajaja.

Other facts confirm me in that opinion. A common Spoonbill

was kept tame by a friend of mine seven years, at the end of which

time it died without having acquired any of the distinguishing marks

of P. ajaja.

I have dissected three examples of the latter species, and observed

in them the curiously formed trachea recently described by Mr.

Garrod*. I have shot perhaps a hundred specimens of the common

bird ; for they are extremely abundant with us. Of these I have

opened about thirty, but in none of them did I find this form of

trachea. I am therefore convinced that we have two distinct

species of rose-coloured Spoonbill, inhabiting different portions of

the continent.

5. On Peruvian Birds collected by Mr. Whitely. By P. L.

ScuateR, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., and Ossert Satvin,

M.A., F.R.S.—Part IX.+

[Received December 8, 1875. ]

(Plate III.)

The ninth collection of Mr. Whitely’s Peruvian birds, now before

us, has been formed in the same district of High Peru as the last

was. It contains examples of sixty-five species.

* P. ZS. 1875, p. 297. t For Part VIII. see P. Z.S. 1874, p. 677.

16 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON PERUVIAN BIRDS. [Jan. 4,

Maramora, Potrero, and Huiro are villages in the valley of Santa

Anna, north of Cuzco, at elevations of 4000, 4500, and 4800 feet

respectively.

vious papers on this subject.

The following is a complete list of the species :—

The other localities have been mentioned in our pre-

CO CONT S CUB OD BO

—

*46

. Conirostrum, sp. inc.

2. Cyanocorax incas (Bodd.)

. Parula pitiaywmi (Vieill.)

. Geothlypis velata (Vieill.)

. Setophaga verticalis, Lafr. et d’Orb. ......

. Vireosylvia olivacea (Linn.)..........:000000

eee ereecceeses

Atticora cyanoleuca (Vieill.)

Piaphoniivap (ho) kt eo

. Tanagra corlestis, Spix.....c00.0...ssseeeses oes

Se EE DOP ISTEl tt Senaanoocnconero scoDbonsancase

darwini, Bp.

. Ramphocelus atrosericeus, Lafr. et d’Orb.

Tachyphonus melaleucus (Sparrm.)......++

. Saldator magnus (Gm.).....00sc00.s.ceeceseee

. \Onchesticus ater (GiIM.) scas-sieseccese <i.)

. Spermophila gutturals (Licht.) ...........-

. Coryphospingus cristatus (GM.) ........60..

. Phrygilus atriceps (Lafr. et d’Orb.).........

fruticeti (Kittl.)

. Poospiza cesar, Scl. and Salv............0++-

. Ostinops atrovirens (Lafr. et d’ Orb.)

. Dolichonyx orizivora (Linn.)

. Muscisaxicola rubricapilla(Ph. et Landb.)

fluviatilis, Sel. et Salv.

. Todirostrum cinercum (Limn.)............06

. Euscarthmus wuchereri, Sel. et Salvy. ......

. Elainea pagana (Licht.)

s ——— JUAS, SCL... ioe ts cee esse eccetenscosscences

albiceps (Lafr. et d’Orb.)

teem eer ecoee

Nh ————, MIACENS, ANClasehons aces voetmcoua secs icine

obscura (Lafr. et d’Orb.).........06005

. Sublegatus griseocularis

. Myiozetetes cayennensis (Linn.)

. Myiodynastes chrysocephalus (Tsch.) ......

. Myiobius nevius (Bodd.)........-cceeceeecees

. Myiarchus erythrocercus, Sel. .........0000+

. Tyrannus melancholicus, Vieill. ............

. Placellodomus striaticeps (afr. et d’Orb.)

. Thamnophilus melanchrous, sp. Nov. ....-.

. —-- radiatus, Vieill.

. Formicivora rufatra (Lafr. et d’Orb.)

2. Phaethornis guyt (Less.) ......cssececsseeeees

. Panoplites matthewsi (Boure.).....-...000+6

. Acestrura mulsanti (Bourc.) .....cceceeeeee

. Steganura add@ (Boure.).......cccccecereees

. Eupetomena hirundo, Gould. ...............

Localities.

Huiro.

Huiro, Maranura.

Huiro, Potrero.

Maranura, Huiro.

Maranura.

Huiro, Potrero.

Maranura.

Paucartambo.

Maranura, Potrero.

Maranura, Huiro,

Potrero.

Huiro.

Potrero, Huiro.

Maranura.

Potrero.

Paucartambo.

Huiro.

Paucartambo.

Huiro.

Tinta.

Potrero.

Maranura, Potrero.

Maranura.

Maranura,

Huiro, Maranura,

Potrero.

Maranura,

Huiro.

Maranura.

Huiro.

Potrero.

Mayranura.

Huiro.

Paucartambo.

Huiro, 4800 feet.

Huiro, Maranura.

Maranura.

Huiro.

1876.] MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON PERUVIAN BIRDS. 17

Nom. | |

| Av. | Localities.

| Neotr.

\~ | 7 ne

page

| 47. Leucippus chionogaster (Tsch.) .........+6- | 91 | Huiro.

48. Chlorostilbon prasinus (Less.) .........0.0++- | 94 | Huiro.

(p49) Crotophaga ant, Lanne ca. c.ne seep seescsese: | LO7 | Maranura, Potrero.

50. Diplopterus nevius (Gm.) ....scseeeeeee eee 107 | Maranura.

Poles Rear a cavand. (int .)) seseecnectadecedase ces: | 108 | Huiro.

*52. Bolborhynchus andicota (Finsch) ....... . |... | Paucartambo.,

| 53. Tinnunculus sparverius (Linn.) .........+-- | 121 | Maranura, Potrero.

| 54. Phalacrocorax brasilianus (Gm.).........++- 124 | Laguna de Tungasuca. |

| 55. Querquedila cyanoptera (Vieill.) ......... 129 | Laguna de Tungasuca.

| 56. Dafila spinicauda (Vieill.) ..........00..-.6- | 180 | Laguna de Tungasuea.

I. Dg.. Spacula platalea (Nieill ye... ....cs.as nee see | 130 | Laguna de Tungasuca.

*58. Columba albipennis, sp. NOV. .......0s00005- ... | Paucartambo.

59. TU JUCE (CRE MATING) ae ste eic sles se eciseie sels slos 1382 | Maranura.

60. Metriopelia melanoptera (Mol.) ............ 132 | Tinta.

61. Chamepelia griseola (Spix) .......ceseeeesees 183 | Maranura,

| 62. Leptoptila ochroptera, Pelz....... ....06.265 133 | Potrero, Huiro.

*63. Gallinago andina, Tacz. ..........2.2.006 BO Mle Tinta.

| 64. Podiceps calipareus, Lesson. .......+4 vee) 150 Laguna de Tungasuca, |

| 65 rollandt, Q). et. Gr....s00...s Soactieeeseties | 150 | Laguna de Tungasuca.

6. ConrROSTRUM, sp. ine.

A single skin of what is probably the female of a new Conirostrum,

allied to C. albifrons or possibly of a new Dacnis.

7. EUPHONIA, sp. inc.

Two skins of the female of a thick-billed Huphonia of the group

allied to #. violacea, probably of EF. laniirostris (Lafr. et d’Orb.).

30. ELAINEA PLACENS, Sclater.

This brings the range of this species down to Peru. We have

compared skins from Mexico, Guatemala, Veragua, Panama, Bogota,

and Ecuador. The last-named (2. implacens, Sclater, olim) agree

with the Peruvian in being rather darker on the back ; but a Bogota

skin is barely different in this respect from Sclater’s Mexican type.

32. SUBLEGATUS GRISEOCULARIS.

This Tyrant bird, of which Mr. Whitely sends a pair from Mara-

nura, is very closely allied to the Venezuelan S. glaber, but is recog-

nizable by its shorter smaller bill, shorter crest, and the paler colour

of the back. Sclater’s collection contains a single immature example

of the same form from Mendoza (Weisshaupt), labelled ‘ Hlainea

griseocularis, Landbeck ;’’ and there is a second skin from the same

source in Salvin and Godman’s collection. Whether this name has

ever been published or not we are not sure; but we adopt it as a

designation of this allied species, which is generally of the same

form as its northern congener.

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1876, No. IT. 2

18 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALYVIN ON PERUVIAN BIRDS. |Jan. 4,

39. THAMNOPHILUS MELANCHROUS, sp. nov. (Plate III.)

Ater ; interscapulit macula magna, campterio et tectricum margi-

nibus albis: ventre lineis quibusdam et marginibus angustis

albis variegato: cauda nigra, rectricum trium lateralium apict-

bus et macula in rectricis utrinque extime pogonio externo

medio albis: rostro et pedibus nigris: long. tota 6:0, ale 2°8,

caude rectr. med. 2°4, ext. 2°1.

Hab. Peruvia alta prope Huiro (Wiitely).

Ob. Species quoad formam et colores Thamnophilo aspersiventri

maxime affinis, sed ventre nigro diversa.

46. EvurpETOMENA HIRUNDO, Gould, Ann. N. H. ser. 4, vol. xvi.

p. 370 (1875).

Mr. Whitely sends the following notes on this interesting new

discovery :—

“TI found these birds at Huiro in the valley of Santa Ana, at an

elevation of 4800 feet; they rarely approach a flower, but appear

to take their food hawking about in the air, in the manner of Swal-

lows—in fact, at first sight might be easily mistaken for such birds.

Length 62 inches, bill | inch, wing 3 inches; eyes and bill black ;

legs, toes, and claws black.”

52. BoLBoruy:cHus ANDICOLA (Finsch).

Psittacula andicola, Finsch, P. Z.S8. 1874, p. 90; Sel. et Salv.

P2Z.'S. 1874,p. 679:

A third example of this little Parrot from Paucartambo. On the

whole we think this species better referred to the genus Boldo-

rhynchus, being unquestionably allied to B. orbignesius.

58. CoLUMBA ALBIPENNIS, Sp. nov.

Columba maculosa, Scl. et Salv. P. Z. S. 1869, p. 600.

Supra fuscescens, capite et collo postico vinaceo lavatis: dorse

postico et tectricibus supracaudalibus columbino-griseis: tectri-

cibus alarum minoribus albido terminatis, tectricibus majoribus

albo late terminatis, fasciam alarem distincta formantibus: alis

Susco-nigris: cauda Susco-grisea, fascia lata terminali nigra :

subtus griseo-cerulea, collo antico (nisi in gula) et pectore vina-

ceo indutis : alis subtus pallide columbino-griseis: rostro nigro,

basi flavido, pedibus rubris: long. tot. 14°5, ale 9-0, caude 5:0,

rostri a rictu 1*1, tarsi 1°2.

Hab. Peruvia alta, Pitumarca (Whitely) ; Bolivia (D. Forbes).

Obs. Sp. C. maculose affinis, sed fascia alari alba, corpore subtus

grisescentiore et pagina alarum inferiore pallidiore grisea distin-

guenda.

‘i his species, though closely allied to Columba maculosa, appears to

take its place in Bolivia and Peru, from both of which countries we

possess specimens. The true C. maculosa is found further south ; we

have specimens of it from Mendoza (Weisshaupt), and from the Rio

Negro, where Mr. Hudson obtained it. (Cf. P. Z.S. 1872, p. 545. |

1876. | DR. O. FINSCH ON SOME FIJIAN BIRDS. 19

63. GALLINAGO ANDINA, Tacz.

Gallinago frenata, Scl. and Salv. P. Z. S. 1869, p. 156.

G. andina, 'Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 561.

Having compared one of Mr. Whitely’s skins with M. Taczanow-

ski’s typical specimens, we find them to be identical, and, more-

over, that the bird we attributed in a former paper to the common

G. frenata of Eastern South America really belongs to a distinct

species, as shown by M. Taczanowski. Without placing much stress

upon differences of coloration (a variable and unsatisfactory

character in the Snipes), the shortness of the tarsi in G. andina at

once shows its distinctness from G. frenata. The other dimensions

are nearly the same in the two species: the bills appear to be

shorter in G. andina ; but upon this character no value can be placed.

Mr. Whitely (P. Z. 8S. 1869, p. 156) says that “the legs and toes

are brownish flesh-colour,” i.e. in life. In the skin they are much

paler than those of G. jrenata ; so that possibly a distinction here

exists between the two birds.

6. Notes on some Fijian Birds, including Description of a

new Genus and Species. By Orro Finscu, Ph.D.,

C.M.Z.8., &e.

[Received December 8, 1875.]

The Museum Godeffroy at Hamburg has received a small collec-

tion of birds from Mr. Theodor Kleinschmidt, of Ovalau, upon which

I beg leave to make a few remarks. I have also the pleasure of

describing a curious new Malurine form, which offers a very interesting

addition to the avifauna of the Fiyjis and Central Polynesia.

TIALCYON SACRA, Gin.

One specimen with the blue of the head surrounded by a band of

bright buff; the nuchal collar, sides of vent and flanks, the under

wing- and tail-coverts also strongly tinged with buff. Apparently a

young bird, agreeing with our descriptions (Finsch & Hartl. ‘Orn.

Centr.-Polyn.’ p. 34, ‘jiingerer Vogel von Viti’’) and that of the

“young” by Sharpe (Kingf. pl. 85).

CoLLocALia spopiopyGiA, Peale.

Two specimens, agreeing in every respect with specimens from the

Navigators’ (Upolu).

MyZoOMELA JUGULARIS, Peale.

An old male in full plumage ; rump and upper tail-coverts scarlet;

throat and crop pale orange, remainder of underparts yellowish.

DryMOCHERA, gen. nov.

(dpupos, sylva; yaipw, gaudeo.)

The systematic position of this new and curious Malurine form

is between Camaroptera and Orthotomus. The former Sas a much

20 MR. A. H. GARROD ON THE [Jan. 4,

shorter, rounded tail; Orthotomus, on the contrary, has a cuneate tail,

whereas in this genus the tail is only graduated. The wings are a

little longer and Jess rounded than in Orthotomus, the fifth and sixth

quills being the longest, the fourth and seventh scarcely shorter, the

first considerably shortened, half of the fifth ; the bill is straight, at-

tenuated and subulate, a little more robust than in Orthotomus, as

are likewise the legs and feet.

DryMOCHZERA BADICEPS, Sp. NOV.

Upper parts olive-brown, tinged with reddish brown on the rump

and upper tail-coverts; head above to the nape chestnut-reddish ; a

narrow greyish superciliary stripe, extending to the temporal region,

and bordered below by a narrow dark line, which runs from the

lores through the eyes; quills and tail dark olive-brown ; under

parts, from chin to the middle of vent white; sides of head, neck,

and breast washed with brownish-grey, remainder of underparts

pale earthy brown; bill dark brown; feet pale brown.

al. caud. rect.ext. culm. rict. tars. dig. med.

93M 990M" 1 7 5a gi! gill 6!"

Mr. Kleinschmidt discovered this remarkable httle bird during an

expedition into the interior of Viti-Levu, but could obtain only a

single specimen.

MyYIoLesTEs NiGRoGULARIS, Layard.

Lalage ! nigrogularis, Layard, P. Z.S. 1875, p. 149.

Mr. Layard has described this interesting bird wrongly as a Lalage :

it is a typical A/yiolestes, agreeing in its generic characters with

our M. heinei (H. & F., P.Z.S. 1869, p. 546) from Tongatabu.

Mr. Layard, strangely enough, does not mention this characteristic

bird in his last paper on Fijian birds (P. Z. 8. 1875, p. 423).

Mr. Kleinschmidt obtained but one specimen of this species at

Ovalau.

RHIPIDURA ALBOGULARIS, Layard (nec Less.).

One specimen, agreeing very well with Mr. Layard’s description

(P. Z. 8S. 1875, pp. 29, 434). This is a very excellent and peculiar

species, not to be confounded with any of its allies.

MYIAGRA CASTANEIVENTRIS, Verr.

One old male as figured (F. & H. Orn. Centr.-Pol. t. ix. f. 2), and

corresponding in every respect with specimens from the Navigators’

Islands.

7. On the Cecum Colt of the Capybara (Hydrocherus capy-

bara). By A. H. Garrop, M.A., F.Z.S., Prosector to

the Society.

[Received December 9, 1875. ]

In no work on anatomy with which I am acquainted can I find

any reference to the peculiarities of the caecum coli of the Capybara,

1876. } CCUM COLI OF THE CAPYBARA. 21

which are but an extreme exaggeration of those observed in many of

the allied forms.

In most of those mammals in which a cecum is present, that

organ is simply a direct continuation backwards of the colon beyond

the place of junction of the small and large intestines. In some

Rodents, however, this is not the case, the sacculated ceecum in

them not being a direct continuation of the larger gut, but a lateral

diverticulum from a true but simple cecum.

In his account of the anatomy of Capromys fournieri*, Prof.

Owen remarks that the arrangement at the ilio-colic junction is such

that ‘the two orifices of the blind intestine [that into the ileum and

that into the colon] are analogous to the cardia and pylorus of the

stomach ;”’ and in his ‘Anatomy of Vertebrates’+ the same illustrious

Sacculated and simple ceca of the Capybara. The continuation of the colon

isseen at a. The small intestine at its termination cannot be seen, being

hidden in the proximal angular bend of the sacculated czecum.

author tells us, with reference to the same animal, that “ the caecum

is marked off from the colon by a valvular structure, similar to that

at the end of the ileum.” This is an approximation to the condition

which obtains in the animal under consideration.

In the Capybara the small intestine enters the enormous saccu-

* P. ZS. 1832, p. 70. + Vol. iii. p. 425.

22 MR. A. H. GARROD ON THE [Jan. 4,

lated ceecum at about an inch from its open extremity, and its rela-

tions to it are not in any way peculiar. The sacculated czecum is

nearly two feet long, and is traversed by four longitudinal bands.

At its open end, which is an inch beyond (that is, further from the

cecal extremity than) the ileo-czecal valve, it is constricted by a

circular sphincter muscle, which forms the orifice of communication

with the rest of the cylindrical large intestine. The colic surface of

this sphincter is situated in the side of the colon, three inches from

the blind extremity of a true, simple, thick-walled, slightly pyriform

Diagram of the conyolutions of the colon in the Capybara. The dotted line

represents the caecum springing from the side of the dilated end of the

large intestine, and running forward to the diaphragm. a, ileo-cxcal valve ;

4, rectum.

cecum, which is directly continuous with the colon, and is indistin-

guishable from it in structure. This second czecum is, as indicated

above, three inches from the extreme end to the centre of the orifice

by which it communicates with the sacculated one. Superficially its

1876. ] CCUM COLI OF THE CAPYBARA. 23

longitudinal muscular coat is strongly marked, covering it perfectly

uniformly.

The ileo-ceecal valve is linear and longitudinal ; it projects a short

distance into the sacculated ceecum from above as a tube with

slightly turned lips, of which the inferior is a little the longer and

larger. There are some thickened gland-patches in the sacculated

caecum, and a large one in the colon, at the margin of the sphincter

which is towards the continuation of the large intestine; three or

four others are situated irregularly in the walls of the true caecum.

The disposition of the colon is peculiar and interesting. The

accompanying sketch (fig. 2, p. 22) will explainit best. It was taken

from the view obtained of them as the animal lay on its back. As is

well known, the large intestine commences in the left hypochondriac

region, the true caecum capping the end of the sacculated one an-

teriorly. The gut then, with a curve to the right, runs back to the

hypogastric region, where, with a reversed figure-of-eight twist, it

gets into the normal position of the ascending colon. It so reaches

the right hypochondriac region, and then commences to form, in the

transverse colon, coils very similar to, though on a smaller scale than

those in Jndris among the Lemurs and in the Artiodactylate Ungulata,

the much-developed loop being twisted on itself to the left side.

After reaching the left hypochondrium the descending colon continues

straight to the sigmoid flexure, which is strongly developed, and

thence to the rectum.

The sacculated ceecum being bound to the first part of the colon by

bands of equal length (about 23 inches), follows the course of that

canal, and is therefore doubled on itself, not, as Prof. Owen remarks,

occupying the posterior half of the abdomen, but running forwards

towards the diaphragm, above the colon, till its caput arrives in the

right hypochondriac and epigastric regions, where the ruminant-like

coil above referred to is strongly bound to it en its under or ventral

surface.

Neither in Cavia, Dolichotis, Capromys, nor in any of the allied

forms with which I am acquainted, does the strong sigmoid curve of

the large intestine, at the commencement of the sacculated cecum,

develop into a true secondary ceecum in the manner that it does in

the Capybara.

Whilst on the subject of the viscera of the Capybara, the following

measurements of those of an adult male will not be out of place—

small intestine 21 feet, large intestine 6 feet 7 inches, caecum | foot

10 inches.

The liver is comparatively simple. The gall-bladder is pyriform,

situated in a cystic fossa, not reaching the free margin of the gland.

The right central lobe is slightly more bulky than the left lateral,

which is more than twice the size of the left central, which, again, is

somewhat larger than the caudate. ‘The spigelian lobe is minute,

and bifid as in so many Rodents.

24 PROF. T. H. HUXLEY ON CERATODUS FORSTERI. [Jan. 4,

8. Contributions to Morphology. Icurnyoprstpa.—No. 1.

On Ceratodus forsteri, with Observations on the Classifi-

cation of Fishes. By Prof. T. H. Huxury, Sec. B.S.

[Received January 4, 1876.]

Two specimens of Ceratodus forstert have come into my posses-

sion within the last two years. The first was kindly placed at my

disposal by the Secretary of this Society some time ago; but I was

unwilling to dissect it until I had a second. This desideratum was

supplied by my friend Sir George MacLezy, who, on a recent visit to

Australia, was kind enough to undertake to obtain a Ceratodus for me,

and fulfilled his promise by sending me a very fine and well-preserved

fish, rather larger than the first. The first was 32 inches long, the

second only 30 inches, though a considerably stouter fish.

I need hardly say that I have little to add or qualify in the general

description of the exterior structure given by so accomplished and

experienced an ichthyologist as Dr. Giinther*. Only in one, point

do I find my interpretation of the facts widely discrepant from his ;

aud that is in regard to the position of the external nostrils.

Dr. Ginther says, ‘‘As in Lepidosiren, there are two nasal apertures

on each side, both being situated within the cavity of the mouth.”

That anterior nasal apertures should be situated, in any sense,

‘within the cavity of the mouth” would be so singular a deviation

from the otherwise universal rule, that the anterior nares of verte-

brated animals are situated outside the mouth, on the surface of the

head, that conclusive evidence must be producible before the ano-

maly can be admitted to exist; and, so far as my observations go,

that conclusive evidence is not only wanting, but the contrary is

demonstrable.

In Ceratodus, it is easily seen that the anterior nares are not oc-

cluded when the mouth is shut by the apposition of the edges of the

mandible to the palate. The anterior nares, in fact, lie altogether

outside and in front of the contour of the mandibles, on the under

concave surface of the anterior part of the head. The median portion

of the margin of this region of the head must not be confounded with

the upper lip, with which it has nothing to do. The maxillary por-

tion of the upper lip is, in fact, represented only by a fold of the

integument, which begins on the outer side of the anterior nostril,

and extends back to the angle of the gape, where it passes into the

lower lip. The preemaxillary, or internasal, portion of the upper

lip is represented by a delicate fold of the integument, disposed in

a transverse arch in front of the vomerine teeth, which it separates

from the inner boundary of the anterior nares. ‘The outer and

posterior portion of the lower lip is produced into a free process,

which is folded back against the jaw, and extends for about two thirds

of the distance from the angle of the mouth to the symphysis,

ending by a rounded free edge.

* “Description of Ceratodus,” Phil. Trans. pt. ii, 1871,

1876.] PROF. T. H. HUXLEY ON CERATODUS FORSTERI. 25

Thus the anterior nares can in no sense be said to open into the

cavity of the mouth, inasmuch as they lie outside the preemaxillary

portion of the upper lip, and are not enclosed by the maxillary por-

tion of that lip. They are not even placed between the upper and

the lower lips, inasmuch as the vaulted flap, on the underside of which

they lie, is not the upper lip, but the anterior part of the head.

In Lepidosiren, the anterior nares are closer to the anterior margin

of the head than in Ceratodus, and the preemaxillary lip is repre-

sented only by a papillose ridge, in which the integument of the

underside of the head, between the anterior nares, terminates pos-

teriorly. Otherwise the disposition of the nostrils is quite as in

Ceratodus ; and when the mouth is shut, the nostrils open on the

underside of the head, in front of it and of the rudimentary pre-

maxillary portion of the upper lip.

The disposition of the nasal apertures in the Dipnoi is essentially

Selachian *. In the common Dogfish (Seyliium), for example, the

anterior contour of the head answers to the anterior contour of the

head of Ceratodus. The mandibular and maxillary lips are similarly

disposed ; and the external nares are placed on the sides of the head

in a similar position. But the premaxillary part of the upper lip

is much larger and more prominent; and its outer edges (septal ale),

instead of being continued into the maxillary lip, to form the floor of

the nasal passage, are separated from it by a fissure, which commu-

nicates with the nasal cavity. ‘This fissure is overlapped by the

septal alee; and thus an incomplete nasal passage, which opens pos-

teriorly into the cavity of the mouth, is constituted.

Still more instructive is the comparison of the nasal passages of

Ceratodus with those of Cestracion and Chimera. In Cestracion,

the external nostrils lie just outside the mouth, the lower lip coming

into contact with the maxillary and przmaxillary portions of the

upper when the mouth is shut. The anterior end of the maxillary

lip is folded in, and passes into the external part of the ala nasi, which

has a thickened edge, and ends in a continuation of the free fold of

the lip. The inner ala nasi is the outer part of the internasal or pree-

maxillary part of the upper lip. It also ends in a free edge, which is

rolled inwards. The septal ala and the maxillary ala do not unite ;

but a groove is left between their convex edges, which answers to

part of the groove which leads from the nose into the mouth in Dog-

fish and other Plagiostomes. But the greater part of this groove is

represented by a canal formed by the convoluted septal ala, which is

open on its dorsal aspect, and communicates, in front, with the cavity

of the olfactory sac. Behind, the free edge of the septal ala has a

curious fringe; and when the mouth is shut, this fringe overlaps the

edge of the mandible. The free edge of the septal ala bounds a

large opening, the posterior nostril, which is situated, as in Cera-

todus, at the point of junction between the vomerine and the palatine

teeth. Consequently, when the mouth is shut, there is a free passage

for water through this incompletely closed nasal canal.

* See the excellent observations of Gegenbaur, ‘ Kopfskelet der Selachier,’

p. 224 et seq.

26 PROF. T. H. HUXLEY ON CERATODUS FORSTERI. [Jan. 4,

An arrangement of a very similar character exists in Chimera.

Here the nasal septum is very narrow, but widens out below, where,

as the premaxillary lip, it overlaps the vomerine teeth. The free

edge of the septal ala is curved in, as in Cestracion. Meeting it is

an inward process of the maxillary lip, which abuts against the septal

ala in the same way as the maxillary ala does in Cestracion. QOut-

side this, again, is another flap-like process of the maxillary lip,

which overhangs the foregoing when the maxillary lip is in place.

Between the preemaxillary lip and the maxillary lip is the nasal pas-

sage, open ventrally as in Cestracion; and an interval between the

vomerine and palatine teeth above and the mandibular tooth below

(the posterior nostril) places this passage in free communication with

the oral cavity. _

It is obvious that if the septal and the maxillary ale in Scyllium,

Fig: 1.

Ceratodus forsteri. Dorsal view of the brain in si¢z.

Pr E, loous communis of the prosencephalon; 7%.£, Thalamencephalon; Px,

pineal gland; M/E, mesencephalon (the median groove is somewhat, too

strongly marked); Cb, cerebellum ; 7», tela vasculosa over the fourth ven-

tricle; ¢.s.c, p.s.c, external and posterior semicircular canals; I, V, VII,

1X, X, cerebral nerves; H.O, exoccipital ossification, The general contour

of the chondrocranium is given; on the right side the cartilage has been

sufficiently removed to show the anastomosis of the seventh and ninth

nerves, the auditory organ, and other deep-seated parts. With respect to

this and the other figures, | may remark that my object has been to make

accurate diagrams drawn to scale, and not pictures.

Cestracion, and Chimera united along the middle line, such a nasal

passage as exists in Ceratodus would be the result. Compared with

1876.) PROF. T. H. HUXLEY ON CERATODUS FORSTERI. 27

Ceratodus, the Elasmobranchs mentioned are hare-lipped; and as

regards the position of the external nostrils, Cestracion and Scyllium

are intermediate between Chimera and Ceratodus.

It may be asked, what is the use of a nasal passage and of internal

nares in a purely branchiate animal? Without actual experiment it

is hard to give a definite answer to this question; but I will venture

upon two suggestions. In the first place, these communications be-

tween the cavity of the mouth and the exterior must permit slow

respiration to take place when the jaws are shut; and it is easy to

imagine that this, under many circumstances, may be an advantage.

In the second place, the large olfactory sacs of these animals sug-

gest that the sense of smell is of value to them; and the communi-

cation of the nasal passages with the mouth must enable them to do

what they could not do otherwise—namely, accelerate the rapidity of

the contact of odoriferous particles with the Schneiderian membrane

at will. The fish with posterior nasal apertures, in fact, can “ sniff”

effectually, while that operation could only be very imperfectly per-

formed by compression and dilatation of the walls of the olfactory

Fig. 2.

ME, Ch TT EO.

Pr.

MBP

Ceratodus forstert. Left lateral view of the brain in situ.

The details of the structure of the dorsal region of the spinal column are omitted.

Ch, notochord; E.O, exoccipital ossification; P.Sph, parasphenoid; 7,

vomerine teeth ; az, pn, positions of the anterior and posterior nares; Op,

operculum ; /.Op, interoperculum ; Sp/, splenial, and D, dentary bones of

the mandible; Mes, Meckel’s cartilage; M.B', M.b?, anterior and posterior

mesobranchials ; Br. 5, fifth branchial arch; 6, nodule of cartilage, which

possibly represents a rudimentary sixth arch; Py, pituitary body. The

other letters have the same signification as in the preceding figure. The

suprascapular bone is shown in place; and its contour is given as if the

anterior part of the vertebral column were transparent.

sacs in the absence of any second opening. Probably the second

opening so generally present in the olfactory sacs of the Teleostei,

and the naso-palatine canal of the Marsipobranchs, have a similar

28 PROF. T. H. HUXLEY ON CERATODUS FORSTERI. [Jan. 4,

physiological significance. In Ceratodus there is the further phy-

siological relation to aerial respiration ; and in all the higher Verte-

brata the nasal passages are concerned in sniffing and breathing.

With respect to the internal structure of Ceratodus, I shall con-

fine my remarks, in the present communication, to the brain, the

skull, and the pectoral limbs. Ceratodus is, in fact, the most sur-

prisingly suggestive animal I have ever had occasion to study ; and

the attempt to comprehend the morphological significance of the

organs I have mentioned has led me so far, that I must defer the

consideration of other parts of its organization to another occasion.

I. The Brain.

I had no great hope of finding the brain in a state fit for ex-

amination in my specimen of Ceratodus; and in fact the cerebral

substance and that of the nerves are in avery friable condition. But,

by great good fortune, the pia mater is so very dense and tough, ©

that it has held the cerebral substance in place; and thus not only

the external form, but somewhat of the internal structure of the brain

could be satisfactorily determined.

Fig. 3.

Ceratodus forstert. Underview of the brain (nat. size).

I, olfactory, II, optic, VI, third nerve (?); V, VII, IX, X, roots of the tri-

geminal, portio dura, auditory, glossopharyngeal, and pneumogastric nerves ;

v.c, one of the lateral ventricles of the lobws communis, laid open from below.

The brain is represented from above in fig. 1, from the left side

in fig. 2, and from below in fig. 3.

1876.| PROF. T. H. HUXLEY ON CERATODUS FORSTERI. 29

‘The brain of Ceratodus nearly fills the cranial cavity, the inter-

space left between it and the walls of the latter being, to a great ex-

tent, occupied by a peculiar reticulated tissue. ‘The medulla ob-

longata is long and slender, but widens, anteriorly, in the region of

the fourth ventricle. This cavity is arched over by a ¢ela vasculosa

(Tv, figs. 1 and 2), separated into two lateral convexities by a slight

median depression. In front, each convexity is continued into a blind

rounded cornu, which lies over the origin of the fifth and seventh

auditory nerves. The two cornua diverge, and the cerebellum is

continued backwards as a triangular lamella between them. The

cerebellum is relatively very small, being represented merely by the

thin arched roof of the anterior part of the fourth ventricle. In

front of it is a rounded elevation, obscurely divided by a longitudinal

depression into two. These are the only indications of the optic

lobes of the mid brain, or mesencephalon. In front of this is the

fore brain. The hinder division (or thalamencephalon) is narrower

than the mesencephalon, and passes below into the infundibulum,

which terminates in the large, oval, flattened, pituitary body (hypo-

physis). This is lodged in an excavation of the cartilaginous floor

of the skull representing the sella turcica.

Dorsally, the thalamencephalon is continued upwards and forwards

into the subcylindrical peduncle of the pineal gland (epiphysis or

conarium). ‘This is a large heart-shaped body, the base of which

is turned downwards and backwards. The apex is connected by

fibrous and vascular tissue with a depression in the cartilaginous roof

of the skull.

Next follows the largest division of the brain, answering to the

cerebral hemispheres and the olfactory lobes. The former are repre-

sented by a single oval lobus communis, the middle area of the roof

of which is occupied by a broad thick tela vasculosa. From the

anterior dorsal aspect of the prosencephalon proceeds, on each side,

the large olfactory lobe, which, flattening in front, and becoming

obliquely truncated, terminates against the posterior walls of the

olfactory sacs. A backward prolongation of the mesethmoid carti-

lage separates the twolobes. In the lateral view of the brain (fig. 2)

the manner in which the olfactory lobes take their origin from the

dorsal aspect of the prosencephalon is well seen. The short and

thick infundibulum, terminating in the flattened oval pituitary body,

and the origins of the second, third, fifth, eighth, ninth, and tenth

nerves are shown.

The ventral view (fig. 3) displays the origins of the small optic

nerves (II) which arise close together from the floor of the thala-

mencephalon. Whether any chiasma exists could not be ascertained.

In the middle line of its ventral aspect the prosencepbalon presents

a deep longitudinal fissure, lodging anterior cerebral arteries. The

walls of the fissure have been separated by turning the left division

of the prosencephalon to one side; and the floor of the ventricle (v.c),

which is contained in the prosencephalon, has been removed.

When the dorsal wall of the brain was cautiously laid open by

a median section, it was found to contain one large ventricular cavity

30 PROF. T. H. HUXLEY ON CERATODUS FORSTERI. ([Jan. 4,

the separation of which into fourth and third ventricles was indicated

only by slight constrictions of the roof and side walls. The large

ventricle of the prosencephalon is partially separated into two cham-

bers by a median septum, formed by the infolding of its ventral wall ;

and the spacious ventricle of each olfactory lobe opens into the dorso-

lateral part of each of these chambers.

The place and mode of origin of the olfactory and of the optic

nerves have already been mentioned.

The third nerve is indicated in the figure; but I am somewhat

doubtful as to the nature of the cord thus marked.

No fourth or sixth nerve was observed.

The fifth arises by a single large cylindrical root just below the

anterior end of the cornu of the tela vasculosa of the fourth ventricle.

The seventh and eighth leave the medulla by a common root just

behind this; and the roots of the ninth and tenth nerves, divided into

three bundles, arise from a tract at the sides of the medulla which

extends from the last to the hinder limit of the tela vasculosa, and

incline obliquely backwards to their exit.

The brain of Ceratodus is very singular and interesting, inasmuch

as it presents resemblances to that of the Marsipobranchii on one

side, to that of the Ganoids and Amphibia on another, and to that

of the Chimeeroids and Plagiostomi on a third.

As in the brain of the Marsipobranchii, the pineal gland is rela-

tively very large, with its pointed dorsal end inclined upwards and

forwards, and the roof of the fourth ventricle is almost entirely

formed by the ¢e/a vasculosa; but, as in the Ganoidei and Am-

phibia, the cerebellum is larger than in the Lampreys. ‘In Cera-

todus it is similar to, though proportionally less than, that of Lepi-

dosteus, and still more like that of Polypterus. In the proportions

of the thalamencephalon the brain of Ceratodus resembles that of

the Sturgeon and that of the Ray; while in the representation of

the cerebral hemispheres, or prosencephalon, by a large imperfectly

divided lobus communis, from the dorso-lateral regions of which the

olfactory lobes take their rise, the brain of Ceratodus presents a feature

hitherto known, so far as I am aware, only in the Plagiostomi*.

Thus, in its cerebral characters, Ceratodus occupies a central place in

the class Pisces.

The development of the cerebral hemispheres in Plagiostome fishes

differs from the process by which they arise in the higher Vertebrata.

In a very early stage, when the first and second visceral clefts of the

embryo of Scyllium are provided with only a few short branchial

* So far as I can judge from the examination of a small but well-preserved

specimen of Lepidosiren annectens, for which I am indebted to Mr. Sclater, the

brain of this fish is similar, in all essential respects, to that of Ceratodus. The

figure of the brain of Lepidosiren given by Prof. Owen in his ‘ Anatomy of Ver-

tebrates’ is susceptible of interpretation in this sense. Hyrtl’s description and

figure of the brain of Lepidosiren paradoxa (Abhandlungen der koniglichen

bohmischen Gesellschaft, Bd. iii. 1845), on the other hand, leave me in doubt

whether, apart from its curious asymmetry, the brain of this fish does or does

not present important differences from that of Cerafodus and that of Lepido-

siren annectens,

1876.] PROF. T. H. HUXLEY ON CERATODUS FORSTERI. 31

filaments, the anterior cerebral vesicle is already distinctly divided

into the thalamencephalon (from which the large infundibulum pro-

ceeds below, and the small tubular peduncle of the pineal gland above,

while the optic nerves leave its sides) and a large single oval ‘ vesicle

of the hemispheres.’’ On the ventral face of the integument covering

these are two oval depressions, the rudimentary olfactory sacs.

As development proceeds, the vesicle of the hemispheres becomes

divided by the ingrowth of a median longitudinal septum, and the

olfactory lobes grow out from the posterior lateral regions of each

‘ventricle’ thus formed, and eventually rise onto the dorsal faces

of the hemispheres, instead of, as in most Vertebrata, remaining on

their ventral sides. I may remark that I cannot accept the views of

Miklucho-Maclay, whose proposal to alter the nomenclature of the

parts of the Elasmobranch’s brain appears to me to be based upon

a misinterpretation of the facts of development.

Il. The Skull.

Dr. Ginther* distinguishes in the skull an “inner cartilaginous

capsule and an outer incomplete osseous case, to which again some

outer cartilaginous elements are appended. In the former the con-

Yeratodus forsteri. Lateral view of the chendrocranium, with most of the

bones and fibrous tissues removed.

ol, position of the olfactory sac; az, pn, position of the anterior and posterior

nares; @, process of the cranial cartilage, 7, between the two; 1, 2, upper

labial cartilages; op, optic foramen; 4.0, antorbital process; P.O, post-

orbital process; P.@, palato-quadrate process; Sq, Qu, remains of the bony

plate which lies on the outer side of this process; O.C, occipital prolon-

gation of the chondrocranium roofing over the branchial cavity ; D, den-

tary; Ax, angular; Hy, hyoid; /op, interoperculum ; Op, operculum; R,

R’, cartilages representing hyoidean rays; HM, hyo-mandibular.

fluence of cartilage is so complete, that no distinct divisions are trace-

able by sutures; its parts can be designated only by reference to the

locally corresponding bones of the teleosteous skull.”

Mes a Onke

32 PROF. T. H. HUXLEY ON CERATODUS FORSTERI. [Jan. 4,

This would seem to imply that the chondrocranium of vertebrated

animals is formed by the coalescence of parts analogous to those which

compose the bony skull of osseous fishes. As a matter of fact, how-

ever, the chondrocranium is never formed of such elements, but is

built up, at a very early stage of embryonic development, by the

union of primitively distinct parachordal, otic, and pleural elements*,

which in no way correspond with the bones of the teleostean skull.

And when Dr. Giinther subsequently (/. ¢. p. 522) speaks of ‘ three

groups of superficial labial cartilages,” ‘the upper labial,” the “su-

praorbital,” and the ‘lower labial,” the discrimination of such car-

tilages must, I think, be regarded merely as regional anatomy ; and

it must not be supposed that they have any thing to do with the

cartilages to which the same names are applied in otner fishes, several

of which exist in Ceratodus, and will presently be described.

When the osseous and merely fibrous structures are carefully re-

moved, I find that the chondrocranium (figs. 4, 2, and 7) consists of a

continuous cartilaginous mass, the interorbital region of which is much

narrower than any other part, produced inferiorly and laterally into

two stout suspensorial or palato-quadrate processes, with the pulley-

shaped ventral ends of which the strong Meckelian cartilages are articu-

lated. Anteriorly the orbits are bounded by the antorbital processes

(4.0), which curve downwards in front of the eye. From these ant-

orbital processes the cartilage is continued forwards to form the evenly

curved roof of the ethmoidal region and its coutained nasal chambers,

and, bending down on all sides, ends in a free edge, which is slightly

concave opposite each anterior nasal opening (an, fig. 4), and much

more deeply excavated opposite the posterior nares (pa, fig. 4). The

small process (a) which lies between the two excavations in question

is connected by a strong fibrous band with the antorbital process

(A.O), and this, by the ossified bar described by Dr. Giinther, with

the postorbital process (P.O); but these structures have nothing to

do with the chondrocranium. Behind the orbits, the skull suddenly

widens out into two broad periotic masses, which lodge the auditory

labyrinth. Anteriorly and ventrally these processes are continued

into the suspensorial pillars (Qu); while behind they pass into thin

but wide cartilaginous plates (O, C, fig. 4), which roof over the

chambers in which the branchiz are lodged.

I thought at first that Ceratodus had no labial cartilages; but

at length I discovered two small upper labial cartilages in their right

places, namely in the region of the nostrils.

One of them (1, figs. 4 and 5) lies in the roof of the mouth, just

in front, and on the inner side of, the posterior nasal aperture. It is

fixed to the mesethmoidal cartilage (WZ./) by fibrous bands, and is

broader behind than in front. The inner edge of this cartilage is

concave, the outer convex, and it has a nearly horizontal direction.

The second cartilage (2, figs. 4, 5, 7) is stouter, and lies behind,

and on the outer side of, the posterior nasal aperture. Its dorsal

end is attached to the base of the skull and anterior part of the

* “On the Structure of the Skull &e. of Menohranchus lateralis,’ P. Z. 8.

1874.

1876.] PROF. T. H. HUXLEY ON CERATODUS FORSTERI,. 33

palato-quadrate cartilage just above the middle of the palatine tooth.

It thence descends with an outward convexity and inward concavity,

and terminates in the upper lip near the angle of the mouth.

Dr. Giinther states (/. c. p. 524) that “the body of the mandible

is persistent cartilage; but its entire outer and inner surfaces are

covered by bone, forming an articular and a dentary piece... .. .

The articular and dentary bones meet near the top of a low but strong

coronoid process, and again at the symphysis, which is formed by

fibrous tissue, and may easily be separated by the knife... . In

front of the jaw the cartilage is expanded into a slightly concave

lamella (lower labial cartilage).”’

Ceratodus forsteri. Underview of the skull, showing the yomerine teeth ( V1),

the palatine teeth, the mesethmoid cartilage (J/./), and the upper labial

cartilages (1, 2) in place. The dotted lines An, p.n indicate the form and

position of the anterior and the posterior nares.

I find a persistent Meckelian cartilage, such as that here described ;

but as, after careful removal of the ensheathing bones, I have been

unable to discover any separation between this lamellar expansion

and the rest of the cartilage, I am in doubt whether the lamella

represents the lower labial cartilage or not. The analogy of the

Frog, however, leads one to suspect that distinct lower labial carti-

lages may exist in the young Ceratodus.

Dr. Giinther does not mention a third ensheathing bone (figs. 2 and

4, D) which is united by suture with the other two, and lies on each

side of the symphysis on the ventral face of the mandible. It is a flat

plate, of a triangular form, with a thick rugose inner edge for the

attachment of the symphysial ligament. Its posterior edge is thin and

concave; its external edge is also thin and overlaps the bone termed

“articular”’ by Dr. Giinther, uniting with it by a squamous suture.

The outer half of its dorsal aspect is smooth, and helps to support the

ventral face of Meckel’s cartilage ; the inner or symphysial half pre-

sents a broad rough triangular surface, which extends on the imner

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1876, No. III. 3

34 PROF. T. H, HUXLEY ON CERATODUS FORSTERI. [Jan. 4,

side of the symphysial end of Meckel’s cartilage, and unites with a

corresponding surface furnished by the expanded symphysial end of

the bone, termed “dentary”’ by Dr. Giinther. I cannot doubt that

this bone is the representative of the true ‘‘dentary” element ; nor is

there any question in my mind that Dr. Ginther’s “ dentary”’ is the

true ‘splenial’”’ element, while his articular answers to the “angu-

lar’? piece of the vertebrate mandible. In the attachment of the

tooth to the splenial, and not to the dentary, element, Ceratodus

presents an interesting and important feature of resemblance to Szren

and to larval Salamanders on the one hand, and, on the other, to

Polypterus.

The splenial element in this Ganoid resembles that of Ceratodus,

not only in bearing teeth, but in form, position, and relative size.

In a young specimen of Polypterus I find that the splenial does not

extend continuously to the symphysis, but that, between its anterior

termination and the latter, there are two short and broad bony plates

developed in the fibrous tissue which overlies Meckel’s cartilage ;

these bear teeth, and correspond with the expanded symphysial end

of the splenialin Ceratodus. Polypterus has a true articulare, from

which Meckel’s cartilage is continued. The angulare is much

shorter, and the dentale much longer than in Ceratodus.

The hyoidean and opereular apparatus present characters of sin-

gular interest. Dr. Giinther says that “on the hinder side of the

tympanic pedicle*, near its base, there is a small round tubercle, for

the suspension and articulation of the hyoid areh (pl. xxxiv.

fig, 3,0),

I presume that this ‘“‘small round tubercle”’ of the suspensorial

expansion of the cranium is the small cartilage marked #.J/ in figs.

4 and 6, But this is neither a process of the suspensorium, nor does

it articulate with, nor take the principal share in, suspending Hy,

which is Dr. Ginther’s ‘* hyoid arch.”

In fact it is, as fig. 6 shows, a distinct, though small, four-sided,

flattened cartilage, the anterior and ventral angle of which is produced

into a short conical process (Sy). Its anterior edge is firmly united

with the skull, just where the cranium proper passes into the sus-

pensorium, At this point there is a triangular vacuity filled with

fibrous tissue, through which the posterior division of the seventh

nerve passes (figs. 1 and 6, VII). ‘The outer face of the cartilage is

loosely connected with the operculum (Op); and the conical process

(Sy) is imbedded in the dorsal and posterior part of the powerful

ligament (A.s) (corresponding with the hyosuspensorial ligament in

Menobranchust) by which Hy is mainly kept in place.

It is obvious that this little cartilage is the homologue of the hyo-

mandibular element of the hyoidean arch of other fishes, the small

conical process being the rudimentary symplectic, and, therefore, that

* It is surely to be regretted that any writer of authority should retain the

misleading name of “tympanic pedicle” for a part the total distinctness of

which from the “tympanic bone” of the higher Vertebrata has now been so

copiously demonstrated,

+ P, ZS. 1874, pl. xxix. figs. 1 and 2.

1876.] PROF. T. H. HUXLEY ON CERATODUS FORSTERI. 35

it is itself the dorsal element of the hyoidean arch, attached in its

normal position, as its relations to the seventh nerve show. The

hyoidean cornua are very strong, and consist of a cartilaginous axis

almost completely ensheathed by bone. The dorsal end of each is

Ceratodus forsteri. Inner view of the right hyoidean arch (Hy), with the oper-

cular apparatus and part of the suspensorium and of the mandible.

H.M, hyomandibular cartilage; Sy, its symplectic process; Op, operculum’;

Lop, interoperculum ; Ff, Ff’, cartilaginous rays attached to the inner face

of the operculum and interoperculum ; VII, exit of the posterior division of

the seventh nerve; 4.s, hyosuspensorial ligament (immediately beneath it is

the mandibulo-hyoid ligament).

attached by the strong hyo-suspensorial ligament aforesaid to the

suspensorium; but another very strong round ligament (answering

to the mandibulo-hyoid ligament of Menobranchus*) counects the

dorsal end of the hyoidean cornu with the angle of the mandible

(figs. 4 and 6).

Thus the hyoidean arch of Ceratodus strikingly resembles that of

a Plagiostome on the one hand, and that of an Amphibian on the

other, And the small hyomandibular presents a form and connexions

which are strikingly similar to those of the suprastapedial cartilage

in the Sauropsidat, which, on a former occasion, I showed to be the

summit of the hyoidean arch and the homologue of the mammalian

incus.

In describing the operculum Dr. Ginther says (/.c. p. 525),

«A small movable piece of cartilage is found inside of the articulary

groove of the opercle (pl. xxxiv. figs. 2 and 3, 4): it is a rudiment

of the preeoperculum.”’

Neither the figures referred to nor the account given enable me to

be certain that they apply to the cartilaginous structures I am about

* P.Z.S. 1874, zbid.

+ “On the representatives of the Malleus and Inous of the Mammalia in other

Vertebrata,” P. Z. 8S. 1869,

36 PROF. T. H. HUXLEY ON CERATODUS FORSTERI. [Jan. 4,

to describe, and which are to be found not only on the inner face of

the operculum, but on that of the interoperculum*.

On the inner side of the former and projecting beyond its free

edge is a curved band of cartilage divided into several portions‘.

One of these, that nearest the hyomandibular, is conical and bent at

an angle to that which follows it. The terminal plate is broad and

crescentic, and, on one side, was subdivided towards its free edge.

On the inner face of the posterior end of the interopereuluin (L.op.)

there is an oval cartilage surrounded by eight or nine smaller

nodules.

These cartilages represent the cartilaginous branchiostegal rays of

Plagiostomes, which are often subdivided into two groups—a dorsal

group attached to the hyomandibular, and a ventral group to the

cornual division of the hyoid areh.

The preoperculum of Fishes and the sqguamosal of the higher Ver-

tebrata are represented by the bone Sq, termed ‘tympanic lamina’”’

by Dr. Giinther. I have marked the lower piece, which was distinct

on the specimen represented in fig. 4, Qu; but in another specimen

I can find no subdivision, and I am disposed to think that the divi-

sion arose from an accidental dismemberment of a squamosal (or

preoperculum) corresponding with that of Menobranchus (P.Z.S.

1874, pl. xxix. fig. 1, Sq), and that there is no true quadrate in

Ceratodus. I can discover no ossification of the substance of the

articular extremity of the suspensorium, such as occurs in the Am-

phibia. The pterygopalatines and the vomers, which last are repre-

sented only by the bases of the two vomerine teeth, are similar in their

form and relations to the corresponding bones of Urodele Amphibia.

With respect to the branchial apparatus, Dr. Giinther (J. c. p. 526)

says that it “does not differ from that of Teleostean fish, but is

entirely cartilaginous. There are five branchial arches, the last

rudimentary and attached to the base of the fourth. There is no

peculiar modification of any part of this apparatus; and the middle

pieces have the usual groove for the reception of the vessels and

nerves.”

I find that each of the anterior four branchial arches consists of a

long ventral and a short dorsal piece of cartilage: the former pieces

are united by ligament at their ventral ends, the third and fourth

curving forwards in this part; they are connected by joints sur-

rounded by ligaments with the dorsal pieces (fig. 2). In the median

* Dr. Giinther terms the bone here named interoperculum, “ suboperculum.”

He says (/. c. p. 525) that to the lower edge of the operculum ‘is attached by

fibrous tissue the long styliform swboperculum, terminating at a considerable

distance from the mandibulary joint.” It is quite true that the bone in ques-

tion is thus attached to the operculum ; but a much more important connexion

takes place between its ventral end and the angle of the jaw, by means of strong

ligamentous fibres which run into the hyomandibular ligament. It thus more

closely resembles the interoperculum of Teleosteans than it does the sub-

operculum.

+t Ina specimen of the skull of Ceratodus, for which I am indebted to my

friend Mr. F. M. Balfour, the curved band of cartilage of the operculum is not

subdivided, and the interopercular cartilages are divided less regularly and

differently on the two sides,

1876.| PROF. T. H. HUXLEY ON CERATODUS FORSTERI. oN,

ventral line, between the ends of the ventral pieces, lie two cartilages—

an anterior elongated and spindle-shaped (J7.B'), which is connected

by a strong ligament with the median piece of the hyoid arch, and a

posterior rounded nodule (M. B*) at some distance from the foregoing.

The fifth arch consists of a single piece of cartilage curved forwards

and united with the principal branchial of the fourth arch, both

above and below; in front of it, close to the ventral end of the fifth

arch, was a small nodule of cartilage, which is probably a rudimen-

tary sixth arch (6).

ay ¥

Ceratodus forsteri. Dorsal aspect of the skull,

a, the anterior end of the chondrocranium; %, the antorbital process of the

chondrocranium ; ¢, its suprabranchial expansion; d, lateral elevations of

the occiput ; and e, median ridge, with the surface for the attachment of the

anterior fin-ray; f, articular surface for the second fin-ray; A, anterior

median bone; £, posterior median bone; C, inner lateral bone; C’, distinct

ossification on the posterior extremity of this bone; D, outer lateral bone

(squamosal); £, a separate ossification on the left side; Op, operculum ;

Or, orbit; Sb.o, suborbital bones; 2, the posterior upper labial cartilage.

As Dr. Giinther has pointed out, the osseous shield which covers

the dorsal aspect of the skull consists of two median bones (fig. 7,

A, B), one anterior and one posterior, which he terms ‘‘ethmoid”’

and ‘‘scleroparietal,”’ and of two pairs of lateral bones, the “frontals”’

internally (fig. 7, C) and the “tympanic lamin ”’ externally (fig. 7,

D). In my specimens the anterior half of the anterior median bone

(A) has a different shape from that given in Dr. Giinther’s plate

xXxxiv. fig. 1, and its margins are very well defined. Moreover, in

38 PROF. T. H. HUXLEY ON CERATODUS FORSTERI. [Jan. 4,

one specimen, the hinder end of each inner lateral bone is completed

by a distinct ossification (C’). There is also a separate ossification

(£) on the left side, on what corresponds with the front part of

the outer lateral bone on the right side. Doubtless these bones are

subject to much individual variation.

The fibrous band which extends, below the eye, between the ant-

orbital process and the ventral end of the suspensorium contains

three suborbital bones. The anterior of these, trihedral, is connected by

its broad base with the antorbital process ; the middle bone is slender

and elongated ; the posterior is broad, flattened from side to side, and

its hinder edge is fixed by ligamentous fibres to the outer face of the

suspensorium and of the squamosal.

The dasal bone of Dr. Giinther is the parasphenoid. It extends

backwards, beyond the limits of the proper cranium, into the region

of the vertebral column, to a point just beyond the attachment of the

third pair of ribs. But there is at least one vertebra in front of that

which bears the first pair of ribs. In Ceratodus, as in the Sturgeon

and other Gancids, several anterior vertebrae have coalesced with one

another and with the skull; or, probably, it would be more accurate

to say that the investing mass of the notochord has not become

differentiated into vertebree for this extent. Nevertheless the pos-

terior boundary of the skull can be strictly defined by the interspace

between the exit of the pneumogastric and that of the next following,

or first spinal, nerve.

It is to the outer surface of this interspace that the anterior edge

of the “suprascapular’’ element of the pectoral arch is fixed by

strong ligamentous fibres (fig. 2). Just m front of the boundary

between the skull and the vertebral column, and therefore in the side

walls of the former, there lies, deep in the substance of the cartilage,

a hollow cone of bone (#.0) It is wider above and externally than

below and internally, where its end lies above the notochord. This

appears to be an exoccipital ossification, such as is to be found in

greater state of development in Lepidosiren, Polypterus, and Meno-

branchus.

The skull of Ceratodus is, as might be expected (and as Dr.

Gunther has pointed out), extremely similar to that of Lepidosiren.

In fact, beyond differences in the proportions of its various parts,

the more extensive fenestration of the roof of the olfactory capsules

in Lepidosiren, and the absence, so far as my investigations have yet

gone, of the hyomandibular cartilage in the latter genus, the carti-

laginous elements of the skull are the same in the two cases.

As to the superadded bones, the parasphenoid, the rudimentary

vomers, and the pterygopalatine plates correspond in the two genera.

The exoccipitals are much larger in Lepidosiren. The descending

process or preeopercular part of the squamosal is best developed in

Lepidosiren, whilst its dorsal part (proper squamosal) is larger in

Ceratodus.

In both, there are two opercular bones, an operculum and an inter-

operculum ; and in Lepidosiren, as in Ceratodus, there are cartilagi-

nous plates attached to the inner faces of these bones.

1876.] PROF. T. H. HUXLEY ON CERATODUS FORSTERI. 39

The branchial apparatus of Lepidosiren differs from that of Cera-

éodus mainly in the greater number of complete branchial arches.

It can hardly be doubted that the bone D of Ceratodus is repre-

sented, though incompletely, by the supraorbital of Lepidosiren, while

the bony nasal shield of the latter corresponds very closely with the

anterior median bone (A) of Ceratodus. The posterior boundary of

the bone, however, lies further back in Ceratodus than it does in

Lepidosiren. The argument of Dr. Giinther that the posterior

median bone (B) in Ceratodus is not the homologue of the parieto-

frontal of Lepidosiren, because it lies above the muscles, while the

latter is situated beneath them, is weighty against the identification

of the bones in question ; and, in other respects, the parieto-frontal

of Lepidosiren is very unlike the “ scleroparietal’’ of Ceratodus.

When the comparison of the cranial and facial bones of Ceratodus

with those of the Vertebrata is extended beyond the limits of the

Dipnoi, the determination of their homologues is beset with many

difficulties. Polypterus has an anterior and a posterior median

shield in the roof of the skull, which at first seem to correspond with

those of Ceratodus; these shields are each formed by the union of

two bones, which are evidently comparable to the frontals and parietals

of the higher Vertebrata, while the frontals unite with a pair of broad

nasals which cover the olfactory sacs. The apices of the posterior

triangular edges of these bones reach back to near the level of the

middle of the orbits; and the frontal bones are continued forwards

on each side of them. Between the two nasal bones there is a median

ossification which les upon the mesethmoidal cartilage and spreads

out in front, ending by a broad edge which articulates with the prae-

maxillee.

The median bone, the piscine ‘ ethmoid,’’ occupies the same

position as the anterior median bone of Ceratodus would do if the

ethmoidal region were reduced to the proportions it has in Poly-

pterus. ‘Therefore, from this point of view, the determination of the

bone as “ethmoid”’ by Dr. Gunther seems fully justifiable; and the

inner lateral and the median posterior bones would seem to represent

the frontal and parietal bones of Polypterus.

On the other hand, the many points of resemblance between Cera-

todus and the Amphibia suggest the comparison of the anterior and

posterior median bone to the frontals of Menobranchus, and of the

inner lateral bones to the parietals of this Amphibian. The forward

extensions of the latter, at the sides of the frontals, are especially

noticeable in comparison with the anterior extremities of the inner

lateral bones of Ceratodus. On the whole, I am inclined to think

that Polypterus is the better guide in the interpretation of the cranial

bones of Ceratodus, though the difference between the bones of

Ceratodus and those of the Crossopterygian ganoids, all of which are

readily reducible to the Polypterine type, is very considerable.

In other respects the skull of Cerotodus finds its closest parallel

among the Amphibia, especially such Urodela as Menobranchus*,

and the Anura in their tadpole state.

* See P. Z. 8S. March 17, 1874.

40 PROF. T. H. HUXLEY ON CERATODUS FORSTERI. [Jan. 4,

I have already indicated the chief points of resemblance to the

amphibian skull, and need not recapitulate them here. The most

important feature is the manner in which the mandibular arch is

connected with the skull.

The part of the palato-quadrate cartilage which is united with the

skull, between the exits of the fifth and second nerves, answers to

the ‘pedicle of the suspensorium” of the amphibian, while its

backward and upward continuation onto the periotic cartilage corre-

sponds with the otic process. As in the Amphibia and in the higher

Vertebrata, the mandibular arch is thus attached directly to the skull

by that part of its own substance which constitutes the suspensorium.

It may thus be said to be autostylic.

Among fishes, the only groups which possess an autostylic skull,

or in which the dorsal end of the mandibular arch is continuous with

the cartilage of the brain-case, are the Chimeeroids and the Marsipo-

branehii.

In Chimera, the general form and connexions of the palato-quadrate

cartilage are the same as in Ceratodus; but it differs from that of

Ceratodus as that of the tadpole differs from that of a young Frog,

or as that of Menobranchus differs from that of Menopoma; that is

to say, the articular condyle is situated far more forward, and the

gape is, in consequence, relatively shorter in the former than in the

latter. There are the same large olfactory capsules in both cases.

In Chimera, however, these project beyond the termination of the

ethmoidal cartilage, while in Ceratodus the latter projects beyond

the olfactory capsules, which are more lateral in position, more elon-

gated, and, in accordance with the general form of the head, much

more depressed.

Just as in Ceratodus, the palato-quadrate cartilage of Chimera

bears two teeth marked with radiating ridges, while two others, the

vomerine teeth, are supported by the ethmoidal cartilage in front of

these; and in both cases there is a tooth with radiating ridges on

its surface in each ramus of the mandible.

In the disappearance of the notochord and the articulation of the

skull with the anterior coalesced vertebree, the skull of Chimera pre-

sents a higher degree of differentiation than that of Ceratodus; while

it is needless to speak of such aberrant peculiarities as its supracerebral

interorbital septum, or the vast crest into which the skull is raised

above the anterior part of the brain-cavity. In other respects, how-

ever, as in the inclination of the axis of the suspensorium already

noted, the skull of Chimera presents lower characters than that of

Ceratodus. Among these may be reckoned the great size of the

upper and lower labial cartilages and the condition of the hyoidean

arch, which, except in size and some peculiarities of form, is altogether

similar to the four branchial arches which follow it. Like them, it

terminates, dorsally, in a flat, expanded, triangular piece, which is

connected with the superjacent floor of the skull by muscles and

ligaments, but by no direct articulation. The dorsal pieces of the

succeeding branchial arches have the same form and attachments,

aud unite with the ventral segments at a sharp angle. These angles

1876.] PROF. T. H. HUXLEY ON CERATODUS FORSTERI, 41

are all connected together by a strong ligament, which is continued

to the pectoral arch. Moreover a small styliform cartilage passes

from the last angle to the pectoral arch, and is connected with the

dorsal end of the fifth branchial arch. It appears to represent the

dorsal element of that arch.

Johannes Miiller, fully appreciating the importance of the differ-

ences between the skull of the Chimeroids and those of other

** Klasmobranchii,”” and sagaciously remarking that ‘‘the skull of

Chimera is most like that of a tadpole”*, was thereby led to separate

the Chimeeroids as a suborder of the Elasmobranchii under the name

of Holocephali. It appears to me that he might have been justified

in going still further; for, considering, in addition to the cranial

characters, the structure of the vertebral column and of the branchie,

the presence of an opercular covering to the gills, the peculiar den-

tition, the almost undeveloped gastric division of the alimentary

canal, the opening of the rectum quite separately from and in front

of the urinogenital apertures, the relatively small and simple heart,

the Chimeeroids are far more definitely marked off from the Plagio-

stomes than the Telecstei are from the Ganoidei.

In ail other Fishes, except the Marsipobranchii, the mode of con-

nexion of the mandibular arch with the skull is different from that

which obtains in the Chimeroids and the Dipnoi. The palato-

quadrate cartilage is no longer continuous with the chondrocranium

(though the bony elements of that arch may unite suturally with

those of the skull, as in the Plectognathi), but is, at most, united

with it by ligament. Moreover the dorsal element of the hyoidean

arch, or the hyomandibular, usually attains a large size and becomes

the chief apparatus of suspension of the hinder end of the palato-

quadrate cartilage with the skull, Skulls formed upon this type,

which is exemplified i in perfection in Ganoidei, Teleostei, and ordi-

nary Plagiostomes, may therefore be termed Ayostylic.

But though the typical forms of autostylic and hyostylic skulls,

as exemplified, e.g., by a Sturgeon, a Pike, and a Dogfish or Ray,

on the one hand, and Chincie. Ceratodus, and Menobr anchus on

the other, are thus widely different, certain Plagiostomes present a

condition of the cranium which tends to connect ‘the two by a middle

form, which may be termed amphistylic.

In the amphistylic skull the palato-quadrate cartilage is quite

distinct from the rest of the skull; but it is wholly, or aloe wholly,

suspended by its own ligaments, the hyomandibular being small and

contributing little to its support. The embryo amphibian is am-

phistylic before it becomes autostylic ; and, in view of certain palzeon-

tological facts, it is very interesting that the link which connects the

ape with the ordinary Selachian skull is that of Ceséracion

fig. 8

if ie palato-quadrate cartilage of Chimera were membranous in

the centre, as it is in the tadpole, and if along three lines radiating

from this centre the cartilage were converted partly into fibrous tissue

and partly into a true joint, the result would be to produce a palato-

* ¢Vergleichende Anatomie der Myxinoiden,’ erster Theil, p. 150.

42 PROF. T. H. HUXLEY ON CERATODUS FORSTER]. [Jan. 4,

quadrate apparatus such as that exhibited by Cestracion. The huge

palato-quadrate cartilage (Pl, Qu) of Cestracion is united with the

skull in the preeorbital region by a joint, and in the orbital region by

fibrous tissue, and answers to that part of the palato-quadrate cartilage

of Chimera which lies between the nasal capsule and the mandible.

Fig. 8.

Meck

Cestracion philippi. Left lateral view of the skull.

a, occiput; >, postorbital process; c, ¢’, antorbital process; d, anterior end of

the chondrocranium ; o/, olfactory capsule; O¢.p, otic process, or spiracular

cartilage; Sp, place of the spiracle; H.M, hyomandibular cartilage; Qu,

articulation of the palato-quadrate cartilage (27, Qw) with the lower jaw

(Meck); p, part of the palato-quadrate arch which answers to the pedicle of

the suspensorium in Amphibia ; Hy, hyoid ; I, foramen for the optic, and V,

for the trigeminal nerves; 1, 2, 3, 4, the upper and lower labial cartilages ; 5,

a small cartilaginous style attached by ligament to the mandibular cartilage,

The small cartilaginous plate (O¢.p), which is connected only by

ligament with the periotic cartilage above and with the quadrate

below, answers to the ofic process of the Frog’s suspensorium. This

cartilage lies in the front wall of the spiracle, which in Cestracion is

situated low at the sides of the head, nearly in a line with the bran-

chial clefts, or in the position which it occupies in foetal Selachians.

Moreover this so-called spiracular cartilage bears a rudimentary

gill and is so far comparable to any of the branchial arches*.

In possessing this permanent mandibulo-hyoid cleft, or spiracle,

which is the homologue of the tympanic cavity and Eustachian tube

of the higher Vertebrata, and in the permanence of its rudimentary

* Gegenbaur considers the spiracular cartilage to be a ray of the mandibular

arch.

1876.] PROF. T. H. HUXLEY ON CERATODUS FORSTERI. 43

branchia, Cestracion exhibits a lower stage of organization than

Chimera, in which, as in Ceratodus, the mandibulo-hyoid cleft has

disappeared. On the other hand, the hyoidean arch presents a form

intermediate between that of the ordinary Selachians and that of

Ceratodus and Chimera. It is stout; and its dorsal element, still

retaining a little of its original form, but much thicker and more cy-

lindrical, is no longer united with the skull by ligament and muscle

merely, but articulates with a process of the underside of the periotic

capsule. Moreover its distal end is connected by strong ligamentous

fibres with the posterior end of the palato-quadrate cartilage and with

an inward process of the articular end of the mandible (the sustenta-

culum of Gegenbaur).

In fact, the ‘‘epibranchial”’ of the hyoidean arch of Cestracion is

just beginning to take on a new function, that of suspending the

palato-quadrate cartilage and mandible to the skull. It is a true

hyomandibular, though small and insignificant relatively to what it

becomes in other Plagiostomes, in Ganoids, and in Teleostei.

Had I been acquainted with the skull of Cestracion in 1858, I

should have been spared the hesitation which I then felt* as to iden-

tifying the hyomandibular of Fishes with the summit of the hyoidean

arch, and which has subsequently been removed by abundant evi-

dence published by Mr. Parker and myself.

In the general form of the skull, the position and proportions of

the olfactory capsules, and the characters of the principal labial and

alinasal cartilages, Cestracion has a stronger resemblance to Chimera

than is exhibited by any other Plagiostomes; and I take it to be one

of the lowest of Selachian skulls.

I am aware that in expressing this opinion [ am diametrically op-

posed to Gegenbaurt, whose elaborate study of the Plagiostome skull

entitles his opinion to the greatest weight, and who regards Cestra-

cion as possessed of one of the highest of skulls in its group, while

Heptanchus and Hexanchus have the lowest.

There is a certain ambiguity about the terms “highest”? and

“lowest; but if. by the former we understand the most extreme

modification of the hyostylic type of skull characteristic of the group,

then I should have no hesitation in regarding the skulls of the Rays

as the highest of Plagiostome skulls, while Cestracion represents a

low form of the autostylic type.

Notidunus, on the other hand, appears to me to have an essentially

low form of skull, so far as it is more completely amphistylic than

any ordinary Plagiostome; but on this low form is superinduced a

modification by which it approaches the higher autostylic skull.

This is the union of the palato-quadrate arch with the postorbital

* Croonian Lecture, 1858, and Lectures on the Theory of the Skull, 1864.

See also ‘‘ On the Malleus and Incus,” P. Z. 8. 1869; ‘Manual of Vertebrate Ana-

tomy,’ 1871, p. 85; and Mr. Parker’s “Memoir on the Development of the

Salmon,” Phil. Trans. 1872.

+ ‘Das Kopfskelet der Selachier,’ p. 60. In controverting the opinion of

Professor Owen that the Cestracton is less advanced in cranial development than

Squatina, Gegenbaur observes, ‘So mochte ich gerade das Gegentheil behaupten,

und nicht etwan bloss beztiglich der Basalverhaltnisse des Craniums.”

44 PROF. T. H. HUXLEY ON CERATODUS FORSTERI. [Jan. 4,

process of the skull—an articulation which, in Prof. Gegenbaur’s

view, represents the primitive attachment of the mandibular arch,

but, in my apprehension, is an altogether secondary connexion.

I am indebted to Dr. Giinther for a feetus of Notidanus (Heptan-

chus) cinereus in excellent condition ; and the examination of the skull

(fig. 9), which presents all the characteristic features of the adult*,

has confirmed the suspicion which I previously entertained, that the

Ae UEP &

/ Hy x Ik

Mele i

Notidanus cinereus. Weft lateral view of the skull.

Letters as in the preceding figures. VII, the posterior division of

the portio dura.

skull of Not¢idanus, though fundamentally of a low type, is greatly

modified so far as the jaws are concerned. What first led me to

suspect that this might be the case was the backward position of the

articular end of the suspensorium and the relative length of the gape—

features in which the skull of Notidanus differs from that of ordinary

Selachians as an old frog differs from a young one.

The palato-quadrate cartilage of Notidanus has an inward process

(p), which lies in a strong ligamentous band, by which it is attached

to the skull between the optic and trigeminal foramina. ‘This an-

swers to the pedicle of the suspensorium in the Amphibia. From

this point the palato-quadrate cartilage extends backwards, as a

laterally compressed deep plate, the posterior and inferior extremity

of which gives attachment to the mandible. The dorsal and anterior

angle of this plate is attached only by ligament to the postorbital pro-

cess, in the foetus, but appears to articulate therewith in the adult.

I think that there can be no doubt that this upward and backward

extension of the palato-quadrate cartilage answers to the o¢ie process

in the amphibian. It has similar relations to the posterior division

of the seventh nerve ; and between it and the hyoidean arch lies the

* See Gegenbaur, op. cit.

1876.] PROF. T. H. HUXLEY ON CERATODUS FORSTERI. 45

spiracle, in correspondence with its homologue the tympano-eusta-

chian passage. The dorsal and posterior edge of this process no less

clearly corresponds with the spiracular cartilage in Cestracion, other-

wise absent in Notidanus. The hyoidean arch is attached to the

periotic region of the skull. It is very slender ; and though closely

bound by ligament to the mandibular arch, close to the articulation

of the mandible, it can contribute little or nothing to the support of

the latter. Remove the great otic process of the palato-quadrate

arch of Notidanus, and bring its quadrate end further forward, and

the result would be a typically amphistylic skull, such as exists in

the larval Siredon and Triton*.

The relations of the skulls of Notidanus, Cestracion, and Cera-

todus may be thus expressed :—

Notidanus most nearly approaches the amphistylic skull, such as

exists in all the autostylic Vertebrata in the embryonic state; but

it is considerably altered by the development of a great otic process

from the mandibular arch.

In Cestracion the palato-quadrate has become massive, and, in the

region of the pedicle, is firmly united with the skull, while the otic

process is a separate cartilage, connected only by ligament with the

postorbital process above and with the palato-quadrate below.

In Ceratodus the palato-quadrate has coalesced with the skull both

by its pedicle and by its otic process; and the same change occurs in

the autostylic skulls of the Amphibia.

In the ordinary Plagiostomes, on the other hand, the palato-

quadrate becomes smaller and more freely united with the skull. The

otic process (=spiracular cartilage) is smaller, and the hyomandi-

bular takes a larger and larger share in suspending the mandibular

arch to the skull, which is therefore eminently hyostylic.

Turning now to osseous fishes, the skull which presents the nearest

resemblance to Ceratodus is that of Polypterus. This will be obvi-

ous to any one who studies the excellent description of the chondro-

cranium of this fish given by Dr. Traquair.

But in the character of the palato-quadrate arch and the great

relative size of the hyomandibular, the skull is as thoroughly and

completely hyostylic as is that of -any other existing Ganoid or

Teleostean.

Thus, having regard only to the structure of the cranium, the

relations of Ceratodus may expressed as follows :—

Amphibia. __——Ganoidei. _—_— Teleostei.

Pep i Ps

CERATODUS.—_

~ ——— Cestracion. Raia.

Chimera.

Notidanus.

Se VY ve ~

AUTOSTYLICA. AMPHISTYLICA. HyYostTyYLica.

* P.Z.S. 1874, pl. xxxi. figs. 1 & 2.

+ “The Cranial Osteology of Polyptervs,”’ Journal of Anatomy and Physi-

ology, 1870.

46 PROF. T. H. HUXLEY ON CERATODUS FORSTERI. [Jan. 4,

Til. Tre Pectoral Limb.

In the memoir cited, Dr. Ginther describes the limbs of Cerafodus

and their skeleton as follows :—

«The limbs consist of two pairs of paddles, similar in appearance

to the termination of the tail; viz. a longitudinal axis, formed by

the endoskeleton and muscles and covered with scales, is surrounded

by a broad rayed fringe. These paddles are structurally identical

with the fins of Lepidosiren; only the axis and also the fringe are

much dilated. ‘The pectoral and ventral paddles taper toa fine point,

the former being longer than the head, the latter rather shorter.

The ventral paddles are inserted at a short distance in front of the

vent’ (p. 515).

«The paddle is joined to the scapular arch by an elongate, flattish,

slightly curved cartilage ; its proximal end has a glenoid cavity,

fitting into the humeral condyle ; the joint is simple, free, allowing

of a considerable amount of motion, its parts being held together

by a ligament fastened round its circumference. ‘This is the only

true joint in the limb, all the other parts being fixed to one another

by connective tissue. I consider this cartilage to be the forearm ; a

horizontal section along its longitudinal axis does not show any pri-

mary division. The next following cartilage forms the base of the

paddle ; although externally it appears as a single flat, broad, short

piece, unevennesses of its surface indicate that several primary pieces

are coalesced in it.

‘‘T am confirmed in this view by a horizontal section, m which

the lines of the former divisions are preserved in the shape of tracts

of a white connective tissue. Three such divisions may be distin-

guished, corresponding to the three carpals of most Plagiostomes *.

If this determination is correct, then the antibrachial cartilage just

described is not represented in that order.

«The remaining framework of the paddle shows an arrangement

unique among the Vertebrata. From the middle of the basal carti-

lage a series of about twenty-six subquadrangular pieces takes its

origin, forming a longitudinal axis along the middle of the paddle

to its extremity. The pieces become gradually smaller, and are

scarcely distinguishable towards the end of the paddle. On the two

posterior corners of each piece a branch is inserted, running ob-

liquely backwards towards the margin of the fin; the branches of

the first eight or twelve pieces are three-jointed, the remainder two-

jointed, the last having no branch at all. Slight irregularities, such

as the origin of two branches from one side of a central piece, occur,

as also several four-jointed branches being inserted immediately on

the basal cartilage ” (pp. 532-3).

In general, this description suits the pectoral fins of the specimen I

have described very well. Mine, however, has only twenty median

cartilages. All but the very last bear lateral rays; but towards the

distal end of the fin these become minute, and consist of a single

piece. Moreover the distal joints are much more slender, especially

* Pro-, meso-, and metapterygium of Gegenbaur.

1876.] PROF. T. H. HUXLEY ON CERATODUS FORSTERI. 47

the last. A more important point is that the second shows no trace

of such divisions as those described by Dr. Gunther. To make

sure of this I made a thin microscopic section of this cartilage on

the right side, and thereby satisfied myself of the homogeneity of the

cartilage of which it is composed.

I find no true joint between the proximal median piece and the

scapular arch, the connexion between the two being effected by a

solid fibrous mass.

Again, the ‘‘slight irregularities’’ in the distribution of the rays,

in respect of the median pieces, of which Dr. Giinther speaks, are

constant peculiarities of no small importance. This becomes obvious

when the fin of Ceratodus is compared with that of other fishes.

But before proceeding to this point L must make a few remarks on

the normal and primitive position of the vertebrate limb, and on the

changes from that normal position which take place in fishes on the

one hand, and the higher Vertebrata on the other, as, for want of

attending to this fundamental matter, grave errors have crept into

the interpretation of the parts of the limbs of different vertebrates.

The fins occupy the normal position in such a fish as Seyllium,

When the axis of the body is horizontal the plane of the fin is also

horizontal. Its upper surface is covered by a continuation of the

dorsal integument, and its lower surface by that of the ventral side

of the body. The distinctive spotting of the dorsal aspect in the

Dogfish makes this very plain; therefore, to adopt the nomenclature

which I some time ago proposed, the convex thick edge of the fin is

preeaxial, while its concavo-convex thin edge is postaxial, and its

two aspects look respectively upwards and downwards.

In Ceratodus, however, the fin has undergone a rotation upon its

axis, in virtue of which its proper ventral surface looks more or less

outwards, and its proper dorsal surface more or less inwards; and at

the same time the preeaxial edge is turned upwards, while the post-

axial edge is turned downwards. ‘This is very marked when the fin

is applied to the trunk ; but the primitive disposition of the surfaces

and edges of the limb becomes obvious when the fin is made to stand

out at right angles to the axis of the body.

In Acipenser, as in any Teleostean fish, the rotation becomes still

more marked; and divarication of the fin does not greatly diminish

it, by reason of the articulation of the préeaxial fin-ray with the pec-

toral arch at a point higher than the proper glenoid cavity.

When Ceratodus, or a Teleostean fish, is placed side by side with

a Urodele Amphibian, such as Menobranchus, in which the fore limb

naturally takes a position nearly parallel with the axis of the trunk,

the manus being directed backwards, nothing is more natural than

to imagine that the outer and inner aspects and the dorsal and

ventral edges of the two correspond.

But a very little consideration will show that nothing can be more

erroneous ; for the outer surface of the Menobranchus limb is its

proper dorsal aspect, and the inner surface is its ventral aspect, as

will be seen the moment the limb is placed at right angles with the

trunk. In fact, though in the amphibian, as in the fish, the limb

48 PROF. T. H. HUXLEY ON CERATODUS FORSTERI. [Jan. 4,

has undergone a twist, the direction of its rotation is exactly contrary

to that which has occurred in the fish. Taking the left limb in each

case, the normal fin would have to be turned in the direction of move-

ment of the hands of a watch to bring it to the teleostean position,

Fig. 10.

We” SCYLLIUM :

The left pectoral fins of Ceratodus forsteri, Notidanus cinereus (fetal), Scyllium

canicula, Chimera monstrosa, and Polyodon folium.

The preaxial (Pr.c) and postaxial (P¢.c) margins of all are turned in the same

direction; #, the preaxial ray (propterygium of Gegenbaur); Mt, the

metapterygium ; I, the basal or proximal joint of the axial skeleton.

while it would have to be turned in the contrary way to bring it into

the amphibian position. Hence the preeaxial edge in the teleostean

fin is dorsal, while in the amphibian limb it is more or less ventral ;

1876.| PROF. T. H. HUXLEY ON CERATODUS FORSTERI. 49

and the skeletal elements on the dorsal side of the axis of the fish-fin

answer to those on the ventral side of the axis inthe amphibian limb.

As Dr. Giinther has observed, the contour of the fin in Ceratodus

is somewhat like that of a sickle. The preeaxial edge is convex

forwards and rather thicker, especially at its proximal end, than

the posterior edge, which is concave backwards in its distal and

convex in its proximal half. The apex of the fin is slender and re-

curved. A rounded and narrowed neck unites the limb with the

trunk.

Thus the limb, as a whole, is essentially unsymmetrical when its

postaxial and preeaxial halves are compared. A corresponding asym-

metry is strikingly obvious in the skeleton when it is prepared by

removing the integument and muscles of the dorsal face, while the

undisturbed condition of the parts is preserved by leaving the ventral

integument and muscles untouched (fig. 10).

it will be seen that, on the preeaxial side (Pr.a), each of the sub-

quadrate segments of the median part of the skeleton, except the first

and the terminal segments, gives attachment by its distal angle to a

single jointed ray. The proximal or first ray (#) is much stouter than

any of those which succeed it; and all take a direction approximately

parallel to one another, their long axes forming an acute angle

with that of the series of median segments. In the distal portion

of the fin, the postaxial rays have a similar arrangement, and are

only more slender than the preaxial rays. But the second seg-

ment bears no fewer than five rays. Of these, the proximal, which

is shortest and slenderest, stands out at right angles to the axis of

the series of median segments ; while the others are gradually in-

clined at a less and less angle to it. The third segment and the

fourth each carry two postaxial rays; the rest have but one.

Dr. Giinther’s figures show that, in his specimen also, the fourth

and the third segments each bore two postaxial rays; but there are

only four attached to the second segment, and all these are represented

as if they had nearly the same inclination to the axis of the fin as the

preeaxial rays.

To dwell so strongly upon these minutize may seem to be making

a great deal of a very small matter; but its importance becomes

manifest when the fin of Ceratodus is compared with that of other

fishes.

In my ‘ Preliminary Essay on the systematic arrangement of the

Fishes of the Devonian epoch”’*, I made use of the term ‘Crosso-

pterygian”’ to express a peculiarity which is very strikingly manifest

in the fishes to which I applied it, the fin-rays of the paired fins being

disposed, like a fringe, round an oval, or elongated, central space

covered with scales. The Crossopterygii, however, were not defined

by this character alone ; and hence the fact that truly fringed fins are

found beyond the limits of that group does not interfere with its per-

fectly natural character. In strictness, all fishes which possess paired

fins are Crossopterygian in so far as the fin-rays always fringe the

* Memoirs of the Geological Survey of the United Kingdom, decade x. 1861,

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1876, No. 1V. 4

50 PROF. T. H. HUXLEY ON CERATODUS FORSTERI. [Jan. 4,

edges of the fin; and they differ only in the relative extent of the

central area, on which the fin-rays do not encroach.

All the Chimeeroids and Plagiostomes are eminently crossoptery-

gian so far as their fins are concerned; and therefore we might

expect to find in the skeleton of the pectoral fins of these fishes a

modification of the skeleton of that of Ceratodus. But in most of

these fishes the skeleton of the fins has undergone such an amount

of metamorphosis that it is difficult to reduce it to the type of Cera-

todus. In Notidanus*, however, the skeleton of the pectoral fin

affords the key to the nature of this metamorphosis. Here (fig. 10)

there is an axial cartilage, the broad proximal end of which articulates

with the pectoral arch. Distally it diminishes in diameter, and ends

by a truncated face, with which another slender cylindrical cartilage,

also axial in position, is articulated.

I take these two cartilages to represent the shrunken axis of the

fin of Ceratodus. The preeaxial basal angle of this axial mass is

occupied by a distinct cartilage. Whether this represents the proxi-

mal axial cartilage of Ceratodus, or whether it is the proximal pree-

axial ray, is not clear.

The preeaxial edge of the principal axial cartilage, at some little

distance from this piece, presents a series of notches, with which are

articulated a corresponding number of prezeaxial rays, while, as has

been already stated, a single ray is articulated to the base of the

terminal axial cartilage. The uppermost or proximal preeaxial ray is

two-jointed and broader than the others. On the postaxia! side there

is a triangular cartilage (WV), wide distally, very narrow proximally,

where it is connected with the proximal end of the axial cartilages.

Twelve postaxial rays are articulated with the wide distal edge of

this cartilage. I conceive that this triangular postaxial cartilage is

formed by the coalescence of the axial ends of the postaxial rays.

The tin-skeleton of Notidanus thus results, in the simplest: possible

manuer, from the shortening of the axis of such a fin-skeleton as that

of Ceratodus and the coalescence of some of its elements.

In Cestracion (fig. 11) the same process is carried a step further.

Here there is a large cartilage (1) which articulates with the pectoral

arch by a concave facet, and corresponds with the proximal axial car-

tilage of Ceratodus and Notidanus. United by ligament with its

hinder concave margin is the triangular postaxial cartilage (M2),

which obviously answers to the similarly shaped postaxial cartilage of

Notidanus, and which bears a series of postaxial rays, of which the

first is directed almost at right angles to the axis of the fin, as in

Ceratodus. The first preeaxial ray (#2) is very large and bifurcates

distally. The ray which is attached to the distal angle of the axial

cartilage probably answers to the ray-like termination of the axial

skeleton in Notidanus ; but it is not distinguishable from the rest.

In the Dogfish (Scy/lium) (fig. 10) the further shortening of the

axis gives rise to still greater changes. The axial cartilage (meso-

* The figure represents the fin of the foetal Nofidanus to which I have already

referred. The figure of the fin of an adult of the same species given by Gegen-

baur (Untersuchungen, Heft ii. Taf. ix. fig. 2) shows essentially the same structure.

1876.] PROF. T. H. HUXLEY ON CERATODUS FORSTERI. 51

pterygium of Gegenbaur, I) is relatively small; but the enlarged post-

axial cartilage (metapterygium, M¢) has extended upwards along the

i x <

MENOBRANCHUS ii? WY

The left pectoral fin of Cestracion philippi (letters as before), the left fore limbs

of Ichthyosaurus, Plesiosaurus, Menobranchus, and the left manus of Gecko

verUus.

J, humerus; #, radius; U, ulna; 7, radiale; 7, intermedium; wu, ulnare; ¢, cen-

trale; c', c?, &, c4,c°, distal carpals; 1, 2, 3, phalanges of Menobranchus.

In Gecko itis uncertain whether x represents the intermedium and the ulnare

coalesced as in Menobranchus (i ~), or whether x is the intermedium and

p is the ulnare, occupying the place of a pisiform bone.

postaxial face of the first, until it has not only reached the articular

surface of the pectoral arch, but furnishes a large part of the articular

2 PROF. T. H. HUXLEY ON CERATODUS FORSTERI. [Jan. 4,

cavity. In like manner the proximal preeaxial ray (propterygium, R)

has ascended along the preeaxial face of the axial cartilage, until it

also is able to furnish a facet which completes the anterior part of

the cup for the condyle of the pectoral arch.

In Squatina, similar modifications have occurred; but the axial car-

tilage remains large, and the large preeaxial and postaxial cartilages

are directed respectively forwards and backwards, in accordance with

the form of the vastly expanded fin.

In Raia, yet further expansion is obtained by the separation of

the axial and postaxial cartilages and the interpolation of postaxial

rays between them. ‘The proximal ends of these enter into the

articulation, as the great postaxial cartilage had already done.

The interpretation of the skeleton of the pectoral fin of Chimera

presents some difficulties. This skeleton consists (fig. 10) of :—(1)a

proximal cartilage (1), which articulates by an excavated surface with

the condyle of the pectoral arch ; (2) a flat, curved, elongated middle

cartilage (Mt), which is inclined backwards; (3) a small semi-

lunar distal cartilage (¢c), which fits onto the convex distal end of

the last. At the end of the convex posterior edge of the distal car-

tilage is a small cartilaginous ray, consisting of a long basal and a

short terminal segment. Similar rays, which gradually become longer,

follow this along the free convex edge of the distal cartilage and that

of the middle cartilage; but the proximal end of the latter bears a

much stronger ray, with a wide base (#), which for the most part

unites with the ventral edge of the proximal cartilage (I), but is con-

nected with the middle cartilage (M¢) by its posterior produced

angle.

There can, I think, be no doubt that the proximal cartilage (I)

in Chimera answers to the proximal cartilage in Ceratodus. The

small proximal postaxial cartilages also exactly correspond; and

the large proximal przeaxial rays no less closely answer to one

another. But if this be so, it follows that the whole skeleton of the

fin in Ceratodus is represented in that of Chimera. The distal

cartilage (c) in Chimera is the result of the coalescence of the bases

of a certain number of the postaxial rays, as is obvious on tracing the

series round.

Hence it would appear that all that can represent the series of

median segments except the first is the middle cartilage (M7).

It further seems probable that this middle cartilage in great part,

if not wholly, represents the second segment of the Ceratodus

limb. The postaxial edges, a 6 and 6c, correspond closely ; but the

edge ef, long in Ceratodus, is reduced to nothing in Chimera ;

while the edge e¢ d, occupied exclusively by the third segment in

Ceratodus, is greatly elongated and bears all the praeaxial rays in

Chimera.

In order to change the skeleton of the pectoral fin of Ceratodus

into that of Chimera, all that will be necessary, if this comparison

is correct, is that the third and following median segments of the

former shall be gradually reduced, either by abortion or coalescence

with the second, more and more postaxial fin-rays becoming attached

1876.] PROF. T. H. HUXLEY ON CERATODUS FORSTERI. 53

to the postaxial edge of the second segment, and more and more of

the praaxial rays to its preeaxial edge. At the same time the first

preaxial ray, enlarging backwards and forwards, intercepts the

proximal ends of two or three of the following rays, and comes

into connexion with the proximal segment.

The difficulty which arises out of this apparently natural interpre-

tation of the parts of the skeleton of the fin of Chimera consists in

this—that it leads to a doubt as to the true nature of the postaxial

cartilage (M¢) in Scyllium, and therefore in other Plagiostomes. For

this metapterygial cartilage cannot at the same time represent

coalesced postaxial rays, as the analogy of Notidanus would suggest,

and the second joint of the axial skeleton, as the analogy of Chimera,

on the interpretation just given, indicates. If, following the analogy

of Notidanus, we consider Mt in Chimera to be formed of coalesced

postaxial fin-rays, then the structure will present no difficulty, but

will come very near that presented by the fin of Cestracion. The

study of the development of the parts can alone solve this problem ;

but I am inclined provisionally to adopt the latter hypothesis,

plausible as the former seems.

Polypterus and Polyodon furnish the best connecting links

between the Plagiostome fin and that of the other Ganoidei and

the Teleostei. In Polypterus, the Scyllium type is essentially pre-

served. In Polyodon and all other Ganoids of which the fin-

structure is known, the type is essentially that of the Rays, in so far

as fin-rays enter into the glenoid articulation behind the proximal

median segment (1). ‘These and many other special modifications

of the fish’s fin have been carefully worked out by Gegenbaur™, to

whose excellent descriptions I have nothing to add.

If the interpretation which | have here endeavoured to make good

is correct, it is clear that, as Gegenbaur has suggested, Ceratodus

presents us with the nearest known approximation to the fundamental

form of vertebrate limb, or archipterygium. But the asymmetry of

the skeleton of the fin of Ceratodus, and the differences between its

distal and its proximal portions, as well as the fact that the proximal

median segment has no rays, appear to indicate that the veritable

archipterygium has undergone a certain amount of modification even

in Ceratodus. Analogy leads to the suspicion that a still more

archaic fish than Ceratodus would have as many pairs of rays as

median pieces. In this condition the skeleton would be made up of

homologous segments, which might be termed pteromeres, each of

which would consist of a mesomere with a preeaxial and a postaxial

paramere. And as this is the actual state of a great porcion of the

skeleton of the fin in Ceratodus, it may perhaps be permissible to

carry speculation as to the primitive condition of tie vertebrate limb

thus far. Dr. Giinther and Professor Gegenbaur go a step further,

and suggest that even this archipterygium may be the secondary pro-

duct of the coalescence of many longitudinal cartilaginous elements,

which are united by their bases, while they fray out, as it were, at

regular intervals towards the distal end of the limb. In this case,

* ‘Untersuchungen,’ Heft ii, ‘‘ Brustfiosse der Fische,” 1860.

54 PROF. T. H. HUXLEY ON CERATODUS FORSTER. [Jan. 4,

Gegenbaur has most ingeniously suggested that the pectoral arch,

with its limb, would correspond with a branchial arch and its rays.

it will be observed that the view of the special homologies of the

elements of the skeletons of the fins of fishes which I have ventured

to put forth differs, fundamentally, both from that suggested by Dr.

Gunther and from that advanced by Gegenbaur, either in its original

form or as he has modified it subsequently to the discovery of

Ceratodus.

The former says (/. ¢. p. 533):— When I designated the arrange-

ment of the parts of this pectoral skeleton unique, I did not mean to

convey the idea that no homological relation could be pointed out

between the parts of the pectoral skeleton of Ceratodus and that of

other fishes. It is quite evident that we have here a further deve-

lopment of the simple pectoral axis of Lepidosiren in the direction

towards the Plagiostomes. The pectoral skeleton of Lepidosiren

paradoxa consists merely of the central series of cartilages of Cera-

todus ; there is no fin-like expansion of the skin of the pectoral limb,

which is a simple tapering filament. In Lepidosiren annectens this

pectoral filament is bordered by an expansion of the skin along its

lower edge ; and even minute fin-rays are imbedded in each lamina of

the fold; in order to support this low, one-sided, rayed fringe, very

small, single-joited cartilages are added to the axis*. The fin is

still more developed in Ceratodus: it has become a broad, scythe-

shaped paddle, dilated by a fold of the skin, with two layers of fin-

rays surrounding it in its entire circumference ; therefore supporting

cartilaginous branches are added on both sides of the axis; and most

of the branches are composed of several joints, in order to reach the

more distant parts which require the support.”

This is the exact converse of the view of the relations of Lepido-

siren and Ceratodus which, in agreement with Gegenbaur, I am

disposed to take. The fin of the former appears to me to be a

reduced and metamorphosed state of the more primitive condition

retained in Ceratodus.

Dr. Gunther goes on to say that “the arrangement of the limb-ske-

leton of Ceratodus is foreshadowed in the pectoral fin of Acipenser.”’

On the contrary, in my judgment, the pectoral fin of Acipenser has

been derived by much modification from a Ceratodus-like type.

In referring to those points in which I venture to dissent from

Professor Gegeubaur’s interpretation, I cannot refrain from express-

ing my sense of the very great value of his investigations into the

morphology of vertebrate limbs, and my grateful indebtedness to

the rich fund of new facts and new ideas which they contain.

However, I found myself unable fully to accept his theory of the

fish’s fin and the vertebrate limb generally, in its original form ; and

{ expressed my hesitation and its grounds in the German version of

my ‘Manual of the Vertebrata’+. Gegenbaur’s later view is con-

* Four or five of these ray-bearers are obliquely attached to each joint of the

axis (Peters, Miller’s ‘ Archiv,’ 1845, Taf. 2. fig. 2).

t ‘Handbuch der Anatomie der Wirbelthiere,’ iibersetzt von Dr. F. Ratzel

(Breslau, 1873), pp. 34, 35.

1876.| PROF. T. H. HUXLEY ON CERATODUS FORSTERI. 4)

cisely stated in his ‘ Grundriss der vergleichenden Anatomie,’ 1874,

p. 493, in the following words :—

‘‘The very various forms of the skeleton of the free limbs are

deducible from a fundamental form of which only a few instances

remain, and which, as representing the first and lowest condition of

the fin-skeleton, I term the archipterygium. This is represented by

a jointed cartilaginous stem, articulated with the pectoral arch and

giving attachment, on each side, to a series of likewise jointed

pieces, the radiz. The whole structure, resembling a pinnate leaf,

is singularly like the supporting apparatus of many Selachian gills,

and thus throws a gleam of light upon the phylogeny of the limbs.

“ Ceratodus presents this form of fin-skeleton, which was perhaps

usual among the Crossopterygide, at present represented only by

Polypterus. The biserial rays of the fin undergo different modifica-

tions. Among the Dipnoi the medial [ postaxial] rays are retained

in the form of thin rods of cartilage ; while in the Selachians the

lateral [ preeaxial] rays attain a considerable development and consti-

tute the greater part of the massive fin-skeleton. Of the medial

[postaxial] rays but few remain, though they are sufficiently distinct

to sanction the assumption of a former unos extensive biserial

arrangement of rays on the stem of the fin.’

The metapterygium Gegenbaur considers to answer to the axial

skeleton of the archipterygium. The propterygium is formed by

the union of the proximal preeaxial fin-rays. The mesopterygium is

formed by a certain number of the succeeding przeaxial fin-rays.

The only part of this interpretation with which I can agree is the

determination of what Gegenbaur names the propterygium as the

representative of the proximal preeaxial fi-ray or rays In most cases,

but not in Chimera, and probably not in Notidanus.

In my judgment, the mesopterygium of Gegenbaur is the proximal

piece of the axial skeleton, which constantly retains its primary

articulation with the pectoral arch. His propterygium represents

the proximal preeaxial fin-ray, and his metapterygium the proximal

postaxial fin-ray in almost all cases ; and the ichthyopterygium, as

the typical fish-fin may be termed, differs from the archipterygium

not by the more or less complete suppression of the postaxial rays,

but by the general abbreviation of the whole skeleton and the gradual

connexion of more or fewer fin-rays (parameres) with the pectoral

arch.

In the effectual discharge of the function of the fish’s fin, increase

of breadth is needed ; and this increase of surface is obtained by the

cradual approximation of more and more lateral elements of the

archipterygium to the shoulder-girdle.

Professor Gegenbaur has extended his theory of the limbs to the

higher Vertebrata. He conceives that the axis of the archipterygium

(which he considers to be the homologue of the metapterygium of

the Selachian) is represented by the series of bones which is formed

by the humerus, the radius, the radial segments of the carpus, and

the radial digit or pollex ; while the ulna, the radial segments of the

carpus and the ulnar digit, the other carpal bones, and the fourth,

56 PROF. T. H. HUXLEY ON CERATODUS FORSTERI, [Jan. 4,

third, and second digits represent so many preeaxial rays. The very

serious objection that this hypothesis makes the radius and the radial

digit postaxial, while, as a matter of fact, in every vertebrate animal

it is preeaxial, is met by the assumption of a torsion of the humerus.

But I must confess that I am wholly unable to satisfy myself of the

existence of any torsion of the humerus capable of bringing about

the effect attributed to it in any vertebrated animal; and, moreover,

if such torsion has brought about the observed position of the

manus and pes in the higher Vertebrata, any reversal of that torsion

would destroy the homology of the pollex and the hallux—which is

surely out of reach of doubt.

I am disposed to think, though I am far from imagining that the

hypothesis can at present be demonstrated, that the higher vertebrate

limb has arisen from the archipterygium in another and simpler

method.

According to Gegenbaur’s view, the higher vertebrate limb is

the result of further progress, in the same direction, of the meta-

morphosis which has given rise to the ichthyopterygium. But this

appears to me to be highly improbable. The ichthyopterygium is

specialized part passu with the other peculiarities of piscine structure,

and is not developed in the Dipnoi, which are the nearest allies of the

Amphibia. Moreover the higher vertebrate limb, which may be

termed the chiropterygium, as an organ of support and prehension,

requires length, strength, and mobility of its segments—conditions

exactly the opposite of those which give the ichthyopterygium its

special utility.

Hence, as the most highly specialized forms of ichthyopterygium

result from the shortening of the skeleton of the fin, the approxi-

mation of its distal elements to the shoulder-girdle, and the multipli-

tion of its rays, we might expect that the chiropterygium would take

its origin by the lengthening of the axial skeleton, accompanied by

a removal of its distal elements further away from the shoulder-

girdle, and by a diminution in the number of the rays.

The parts which are traversed by a line drawn through the

humerus, the intermedium, the centrale, the third distal carpal, and

the third digit in the cheiropterygium may be regarded as so many

mesomeres, representing the axis of the archipterygium. ‘lwo pairs

of parameres are retained on each side. ‘The preeaxial are :—(1) the

radius, the radiale, the first distal carpal, and the pollex; (2) the

second distal carpal and the index. The postaxial parameres are :—

(1) the ulna, the ulnare, the fifth distal carpal, and the digitus mini-

mus; (2) the fourth carpal and the annularis.

In fig. 11 the skeleton of the pectoral fin of Cestracion is repre-

sented side by side with the skeleton of the fore limbs of dZeno-

branchus, Iehthyosaurus, Plesiosaurus, and Gecko; and the shading

of the different parts of the ichthyopterygium is repeated in what

I suppose to be the homologous elements of the chiropterygium. In

the case of Menobranchus, however, it is possible that the true pollex

is suppressed, and that the actual radial digit represents the second of

the pentadactyle limb, and therefore should have been left unshaded,

1876. | AND ON THE CLASSIFICATION OF FISHES. by

In accordance with the view thus suggested, the humerus in the

chiropterygium 1 is the homologue of the proximal mesomere or joint

of the axis of the archipterygium, while the radius and the ulna are

the homologues of the proximal ends of przeaxial and postaxial para-

meres of the archipterygium.

The confirmation or refutation of this hypothesis is to be sought

in development, and in the condition of the limbs in those Palze-

ozoic Amphibia which may have more nearly approximated to Dipnoi

than any existing or extinct forms at present known. I suggest it

mainly in the hope of stimulating investigation in both these direc-

tions.

IV. Taxonomy of Ceratodus, and Remarks on the Classification of

Fishes.

The indications afforded by the brain, the skull, and the limbs of

Ceratodus are sufficient to show that it occupies a curiously central

position among the Ichthyopsida, being allied on one side to the

Amphibia, on nother to the Chimeeroidei and Plagiostomi, and on

yet another to the Ganoidei—especially to that. group of the

Ganoids which I have termed Crossopterygida@, and to the affinities

of which with Lepidosiren I called attention in 1861.

But even Dipterus, which approaches Ceratodus and Lepidosiren

so closely in its dentition and in the form of its fins, is far more similar

to Polypterus and Amia in other respects ; and there is, at present, no

reason to believe that any of the Crossopterygian Ganoids possessed

other than a hyostylic skull, or differed from Polypterus in those

respects in which Polypterus differs from the existing Dipnoi. All

known Crossopterygians have jugular plates, of which there is no trace

in the Dipnoi. And as to the position of the anterior nares, which

appear to have been situated on the under face of the broad snout,

not only in Dipterus, but in Osteolepis and Diplopterus, I have

shown above that, so far from being a diagnostic character of the

Dipnoi, it is simply an embryonic feature retained in them, the Se-

lachians, and very probably in many of the early Ganoidei. On the

other hand, in Ama, there is an even closer approximation between

the Ganoids and the Teleosteans than can at present be shown to

exist between any Ganoids and the Dipnoi; while the differences

between the Dipnoi and the Chimeeroidei, and between the Chimee-

roidei and the Plagiostomi respectively, are not less than those between

the Ganoids and the Dipnoi.

It seems to me, therefore, that by forming the Dipnoi, Ganoidei,

Chimeeroidei, and Plagiostomi into a group of ** Paleeichthyes,”’ from

which the ‘leleostei are exclnded, as Dr. Giinther proposes to do, the

differences between the Teleostei and the other hyostylic fishes are

brought into undue prominence, and that it is better to retain the

Miillerian groups of Dipnoi (Sirenoidei, Miller), Ganoidei, Teleostei,

Plagiostom, and Chimeeroidei (Holocephali, Miller) as equivalent

and distinct natural assemblages.

In discussing any system of classification, however, it must be

58 PROF. T. H. HUXLEY ON CERATODUS FORSTERI, (Jan. 4,

recollected that known forms certainly represent but a portion, and

probably a small portion, of those which have existed, and that the

most natural groups are therefore, to a great extent, the result of the

influence of extraneous, and what may be properly termed accidental,

conditions.

It has occurred to me.that, in the present state of science, it is

very desirable to have some mode of stating the facts of morphology

in a condensed and comprehensible form, which shall be purely ob-

jective and free from speculation ; and I now proceed to illustrate my

meaning by drawing up a scheme of the morphology of the

Ichthyopsida.

Looking at the animals included under this head as a whole, or at

the development of any of the higher members of the group, it is

observable that they present a certain series of stages of differentia-

tion marked by the broad characters of the skull, the nature of the

olfactory and respiratory organs, and the development or non-develop-

ment of an opercular fold of the integument.

Thus the skull either retains its primitive segmentation (Hntomo-

crania), or the primitive segmentation is lost, and a chondrocranium

is developed (Holocrania). There are two externai nostrils (Am-

phirhina) or only one (Monorhina).

A pneumatocele, or air sac, which may become either an air-

bladder or a lung, is developed (Pneumatoceela), or not (Apneumato-

cela) ; and a fold of the integument may cover the branchial aper-

tures (Operculata), or not (Inoperculata).

The Ichthyopsida also exhibit a series of stages of differentiation of

the limbs, being either apodal or pedate; and, when pedate, having

the limb-skeleton constructed upon the type of the archipterygium,

or on that of the icthyopterygium, or on that of the chiropterygium.

Moreover, when the limb is an ichthyopterygium, it may possess

one, or at most two basal elements, which articulate with the pectoral

arch (unibasal), or there may be three (tribasal), or there may be

many (multibasal), in accordance with the greater and greater diver-

gence of the fin from the archipterygial type.

The chondrocranium may be constructed upon either the amphi-

stylic, the hyostylic, or the autostylic plan.

Now, if the stages of general differentiation be indicated by points

on a vertical line from which horizontal lines are drawn, and the

stages of subordinate differentiation of the skull and limbs be indi-

cated by points on a horizontal line from which vertical lines are

drawn, we shall have vertical series of intersections indicating general

differentiation, and horizontal series of intersections indicating special

differentiation. Every known form will occupy some given inter-

sections, and the unoccupied intersections will indicate unfulfilled, or

unknown, possibilities of organization.

The following Table exhibits the groups of the Ichthyopsida

arranged according to this scheme.

AND ON THE CLASSIFICATION OF FISHES,

1876.]

I. HOLOCRANIA. Autostylica. Amphistylica. Hyostylica.

A. Amphirhina. SRE) eh a eee DE PAROS NCEA ROIS RATER ERY DIP 4. ee eS ae a

a. Pneumatocela. Most :TELEosr EI.

1. -operculata. AMPHIBIA Dipnoi.

(caducibranchiate). °

2. inoperculata. AMPHIBIA

(perennibranchiate).:

b. Apneumatoceela.

1, operculata.

2. inoperculata.

B. Monorhina.

1. operculata.

2. inoperculata, Marsiro-

BRANCHIL.

Il. ENTOMOCRANIA.

1. operculata. PuARYNGO-

BRANCHIL

2. inoperculata.

Chiropterygium.

“——————_+-- —-———_—’ — |

Polypterus. GANOWEL:

CHIMAROIDEI.

Most

Cestracion.

Notidanus.

Tribasal, Multibasal.

~ : —~— | aavenenieas |

Archipterygium. Tethyopterygium.

Unibasal.

Apoda.

Pedata.

60 MR. A. H. GARROD ON THE GROUND-HORNBILL. [Jan. 18,

January 18, 1576.

Robert Hudson, Esq., F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

The following papers were read :-—

1. On a Peculiarity in the Carotid Arteries, and other Points

in the Anatomy, of the Ground-Hornhbill (Bucorvus

abyssinicus). By A. H. Garrop, M.A., F.Z.S., Prosector

to the Society.

[Received December 10, 1875. ]

A specimen of Bucorvus abyssinicus having recently died in the

Society’s Gardens, I have had the opportunity of examining the

anatomy of that genus for the first time. In all respects, except the

one to be referred to as regards its arterial system and a minor myo-

logical feature, it agrees an Buceros. As is the case in all the

Bucerotidee, there was not a trace of fat to be found on any part of

the body of the adult bird, though it may be present in young

individuals; and the air-cells extended so extensively among the

muscles that on removing the skin no dissection was required to

display each muscle from origin to insertion. The muscular tissue

was also strikingly compact and dry, as in the Hares among mam-

mals, in which animals also it is known that fat is never deposited.

The oil-gland, as in Buceros, instead of being simply tufted, was also

covered with a dense mat of short feathers, about a square inch im

area.

In Buceros, as in most birds, the two carotid arteries, immediately

they separate from their respective innominate arteries, converge,

and meet before they have gone any considerable distance up the

neck, to run together in the median hypapophysial canal on the

anterior surface of the cervical vertebree. In some Parrots the left

carotid, instead of coursing the above-mentioned canal witb its

fellow, runs up along the side of the neck together with the left

pneumogastric nerve to reach the head. In Bucorvus, in the specimen

dissected by me at least *, a further extension of this peculiarity ob-

tains ; for both the carotids, instead of meeting and running toge-

ther, course up the sides of the neck in company with the pneumo-

gastric nerves and jugular veins of their respective sides, as they do

in mammals, aud in no other birds, as far as [am aware. Auother

peculiarity is, that these abnormally placed carotids are particularly

small in calibre ; and I noticed that the vertebrals were as conspicu-

ously large, evidently to make up the blood-supply of the head.

As to the visceral anatomy, it may be mentioned that the uni-

formly cylindrical crop leads, through the zonary proventriculus, to

the stomach, which is much like that of Bucerost, but more mus-

cular, and with the dense epithelial lining much more firmly

_* A second specimen, since received, entirely agrees with the above descrip-

tion.

t Vide Trans, Z. S. vol. i. pl. xviii. p. 122.

CuyItn ayporcry 7 STAT Sa

SHHTTO YHCHO HHI JO SHITINVA AO LYVH!

amit yeyUeH Nx

—————— + —_ -.

“TAA WN HD dea ST TD

, Lippy s s AA f fy

WYipy iY yi.

Yj UM MEHMED) Yi

2p sali

a Ge

WILDL SUNTTA TY

Wij Wj —

Wf ae

bh hiolilth why

pee Ui DP PLA OLA Yj

Vf TW Y/ U UW)

(OP IhULs. DY

Y ~

UMMM

z Ops, /)

SSAA

DG TPAC EC C8 TG Fes ETUC CTE

Sal SOTA

| Yf Bp TF

1876. ] MR. KE. R. ALSTON ON THE ORDER GLIRES. 61

attached. The intestines are particularly capacious, being quite an

inch in diameter ; they are four feet in length, and have no colic czeca

connected with them. The liver has a gall-bladder ; and the left of

the two lobes which go to form it is a little the smaller. In the

syrinx there is a pair of intrinsic muscles to the first bronchial half-

ring. The tongue is almost as small as it is in the Pelicans.

Myologically, of the five museles in the thigh, which, in my esti-

mation, are specially significant*, the ambiens is absent, as are the

femoro-caudal and the accessory femoro-caudal, the semitendinosus

and the accessory semitendinosus being well represented. In this

respect Bucorvus, therefore, differs from Buceros and Toccus, the

accessory femoro-caudal muscle being present in the two latter

genera. As is most probably known to many, Bucorvus walks,

placing one foot in front of the other, whilst Buceros always hops,

with both feet together.

2. On the Classification of the Order Glires.

By Epwarp R. Atston, F.G.S., F.Z.S.

[Received December 14, 1875.]

(Plate IV.)

The following attempt at a natural arrangement of the gnawing

mammals is the result of a revision of the genera of that order,

undertaken at the suggestion of Professor Flower, on which I have

been for some time engaged.

In laying it before the Society it may be well to say at once that

the proposed classification has few claims to novelty, being in fact a

modification of that first suggested by Mr. Waterhouse, and since

improved by Professors Gervais, Brandt, and Lilljeborg. Neverthe-

less I have found it necessary to propose several changes in the

arrangement of the families and subfamilies, as well as rectifications in

their nomenclature. I have also taken the fossil forms into consi-

deration, and have thereby been compelled to propose the establish-

ment ef a new suborder. Lastly, I have endeavoured to bring the

whole up toa level with the improved state of our knowledge, which

has gained much of late years from the labours of Milne-Edwards,

Gray, Giinther, Leidy, Coues, and others, but, above all, from those

of Dr. Peters.

The order Glires has always been a stumbling-block to naturalists,

owing to the immense number and variety of the forms which it

includes, and to their puzzling cross-relationships to one another.

Nor has paleontology here yielded, save ina few instances, the same

help which she has lent the student of some other orders of mam-

mals; for most of the fossil rodents yet discovered are referable

to families which still exist, and are often closely allied to recent

genera.

* P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 626, and 1874, p. 111.

62 MR. E.R. ALSTON ON THE ORDER GLIRES. [Jan. 18,

These difficulties were insuperable as long as Zoologists placed

their trust in outward appearances; and when sounder principles

gained ground it was some time before the necessary anatomical data

could he collected. Without detailing all the classifications which

have been proposed within the last fifty years, I must briefly men-

tion the memoirs of the four zoologists on whose labours, as already

stated, the following proposed arrangement is chiefly based.

In 1839, Mr. G. R. Waterhouse, then Curator of this Society,

published the first of a series of essays in which he may confidently

be said to have laid down the groundwork of a natural arrangement

of this order*. Unfortunately, as the mammalogist must think,

this accurate and thoughtful zoologist has long since turned his

attention to other departments, and only a small portion of his great

work on the Rodentia ever appeared}. In his first papers Mr.

Waterhouse, taking the characters of the skull and mandible as his

chief guides, arranged the Rodents into three great families, the

Murina, Hystricina, and Leporina, with twelve subfamilies. Con-

tinuing his labours for ten years, his views were naturally changed

on many points. Latterly he separated the Sciuride as a group

equal in value to the other two, the following being the arrangement

of families and subfamilies adopted in his later writings :—

RODENTIA.

I. Sciuride. {Il. Hystricide.

Il. Muride. 1. Hystricina.

1. Saccomyina. 2. Dasyproctina.

2. Dipodina. 3. Echimyina.

3. Ctenodactylina. 4. Octodontina.

4. -Murina. 5. Chinchillina.

5. Spalacina. 6. Caviina.

6. Arvicolina. IV. Leporide.

7. Bathyergina.

In 1848 Professor Gervais published an arrangement of this order,

in which he instituted two principal sections or suborderst. The

first of these included the ordinary Rodents with only one pair of

incisors above and below; the second consisted of those with two

pairs in the upper jaw, and was consequently equivalent to Llliger’s

group Duplicidenta§. The following was Professor Gervais’s ar-

rangement of the families :—

* «Observations on the Rodentia,” Mag. Nat. Hist. iii. pp. 90-96, 184-188,

274-279, 593-600; Ann. Nat. Hist. viii. pp. 81-84, x. pp. 197-203 (1889-42).

“ On the Geographical Distribution of the Rodentia,” P. Z.S. 1839, pp. 172-174.

“Order Rodentia,” Keith Johnston’s Physical Atlas, Phytology and Zoology,

map. 5, letterpress (1849).

+ Natural History of the Mammalia, vol. ii. “‘ Rodentia.” London 1848 (in-

cludes only the families Leporide and Hystricide@).

t Dict. Univ. d’Hist. Nat. xi. p. 202 (1848); Ann. Scien. Nat. 3™¢ sér. t. xx.

pp. 245, 246 (1853).

§ Prod. Syst. Mamm. p. 91 (1811).

1876. ] MR. E. R. ALSTON ON THE ORDER GLIRES, 63

GLIRES.

I. Rongeurs ordinaires. 6. Lagostomide.

1. Sciuridee. 7. Hystricide.

2. Pseudostomidee *. 8. Caviadee.

3. Muridee.

4. Dipodide. Il. Rongeurs duplicidentés.

5. Ctenomydee. 9. Leporidee.

In 1855 appeared Professor J. F. Brandt’s learned and elaborate

review of the cranial structure and classification of recent Rodents’.

On the whole he adopted Mr. Waterhouse’s arrangement; but recog-

nizing the fact that his four groups were of more than family value,

he raised them to the rank of suborders. He also made several

changes in the arrangement of the families and the position of some

of the raore doubtful forms, and imposed new names on all the

divisions, which he arranged in the following order :—

GLIRES.

1 ee Ill. Hystricomorphi.

Sciuroides. 8. Hystricoides.

16 Mipnoean 9. Spalacopodoidess.

2. Myoxoides. 10. Eriomyoides'|).

3. Castoroides. 11. Hemionychoides4.

4. Sciurospalacoides*. IV. Lagomorphi.

5. Myoides. 12. Lagordes.

6. Spalacoides.

7. Dipodoides.

Eleven years later Professor Lilljeborg published his admirable sys-

tematic review of this order**. Appreciating the great importance of

the characters which separate the Leporide and Lagomyide from

all other rodents, he adopted Gervais’s two suborders under the

names Glires Simplicidentati and Glhres Duplicidentati. In the

arrangement of the former he pointed out a well-marked and con-

stant character which separates the Myomorphi of Brandt from both

the Scturomorphi and the Hystricomorphi, namely the complete

ankylosis in the former of the lower part of the tibia and fibula.

Altbough Professor Lilljeborg does not retain these divisions in his

tabular arrangements, he observes that the M/yomorphi include the

* Saccomyina, Waterhouse.

t+ J. F. Brandt, ‘“‘ Untersuchungen iiber die craniologischen Entwicklungs-

stufen . . . und Classification der Nager der Jetzwelt,” Mém. de l’Acad. Imp.

de St. Pétersbourg, 6™* série (Sciences Naturelles), vii. pp. 127-336, 12 pls.

(1855).

{ Containing Geomys and Thomomys.

§ Equal to Echimyina and Octodontina of Waterhouse.

|| Chinchillina, Waterh.

{ Equal to Dasyproctina and Caviina, Waterh.

** Systematisk (Uifversigt af de Gnagande Daggdjuren, Glires. 4to. Upsala,

1866

64 MR. E. R. ALSTON ON THE ORDER GLIRES. | Jan. 18,

first siz, the Seiuromorphi the seventh, and the Hystricomorpht

the cighth to eleventh families in the following Table :—

GLIRES.

I. Simplicidentati. 8. Haploodontidee.

1. Muride. 9. Chinchillidee.

2. Spalacidee. 10. Spalacopodidee.

3. Dipodidee. 11. Hystricidee.

4. Myoxidee. Il. Duplicidentati.

5. Saccomyide. 12. Lagomyide.

6. Castoridee. 13. Leporidee.

7. Sciuridee.

In his recent work on Scandinavian mammnals*, Professor Lillje-

borg retains the above arrangement, adding a new family, allied to

the Muride, for the reception of Milne-Edwards’s genus Lophiomys.

As it became clear that the cranial characters of the groups pro-

posed by Waterhouse and Brandt are liable to exceptions, and that

they are connected by more or less intermediate forms, they have

not been regarded with favour by recent systematic writers; never-

theless the affinities which they indicate have been very generally

accepted in the arrangement of the families. But if a group is a

natural one, it should not, I think, be rejected because it is difficult

to characterize. The Insectivora may be taken as an example of a

very natural order, of which, in Professor Huxley’s words, ‘it is

exceedingly difficult to give an absolute definition.” Even if it

were not possible to separate the first three of Waterhouse’s great

families by perfectly constant characters, they ought, as it appears

to me, to be recognized as indicating three distinct lines of develop-

ment. But by the help of the characters of the leg-bones, pointed

out by Professor Lilljeborg, the difficulty is overcome. In the few

cases in which the cranial differences fail us in separating the

sciurine rodents from the murine, and the latter from the hystricine,

the complete ankylosis of the lower part of the tibia and fibula in

the second group comes to our aid. As far as I am aware, there is

no real exception to this rule; for the union between these bones

sometimes observed in the genus Pteromys, in aged individuals of

Castor, and in several of the hystricine series, is totally different

from the true fusion which we meet with in all the known Myomor-

phi. The first and third groups, which agree with one another in

this point, are at once separated from each other by the form of the

mandible, as well as by the whole type of cranial structure.

But while recognizing these groups as true and natural, I cannot

consider them to have any thing like the rank of Brandt’s Lagomor-

phi, and rather treat them as sections of Lilljeborg’s suborder Glires

Simplicidentati, of somewhat similar value to the sections instituted

by Turner and Flower in the Carnivora fissipedia.

Before proceeding to some general remarks on these various divi-

sions, it should be premised that an absolutely equal value is not

* Sweriges och Norges Ryggradsdjur, I. Daiggdjuren. Upsala, 1874.

1876. ] MR. E. R. ALSTON ON THE ORDER GLIRES. 65

here claimed for all the families and subfamilies. Such is the variety

of the extent of differentiation that it appears to me that no Procrus-

tean standard can be applied. LKither we must load our memories

with tribes, legions, cohorts, series, superfam:les, &c., or we must be

content with divisions pretending only to an approximate equality of

value.

General Remarks.

The first suborder of Rodents, GLiIrES SIMPLICIDENTATI, con-

tains an enormous majority of both the recent and extinct forms, and

is at once proved by its dentition to be the most highly specialized

division of the order. There is only one pair of incisors above and

below at all ages ; and their enamel is restricted to their front surface.

In the skull, the incisive foramina are moderate and separate, the

optic foramina are very rarely confluent, and there is an alisphenoid

canal*. ‘The fibula is either ankylosed below to the tibia or free,

and does not articulate with the caleanium. Vesicular glands are

present ; and the testes are usually abdominal, only temporarily de-

scending into the scrotal pouches’.

Of this suborder the first section, Seiwromorpha, has for con-

stant characters the combination of a peculiar form of mandible with

Mandible of Arctomys marmotta.

the persistence of the fibula as a distinct bone throughout life. The

former character at once separates it from the Hystricomorpha, the

latter from the Myomorpha. In the mandible the angular portion

springs from the lower edge of the bony covering of the inferior

incisor, not from its outer side ; and its outline is more or less rounded.

* Cf Turner, P. Z. 8. 1848, p. 65. + Cf. Owen, Anat. of Vert. iii. p. 649.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1876, No. V. 5

66 MR. E. R. ALSTON ON THE ORDER GLIRES. [Jan. 18,

The difference between the mandible characteristic of the Sciuro-

morpha and Myomorpha and that peculiar to the Hystricomorpha

will be best shown by a comparison of the figures*. In the more

typical forms the infraorbital opening is not enlarged to give passage

to a portion of the masseter muscle ; and in all the malar extends far

forward, and is not supported below by a continuation backwards of

the maxillary zygomatic process. The incisive foramina are small,

and confined to the intermaxillaries ; the foramina of the base of the

skull are proportionally small ; and there 3s no interpterygoid canalt.

The clavicles are always perfect, the posterior ridge of the scapula

is strongly developed, and the acromion is broad and flattened.

Externally the muffle is naked, the upper lip usually cleft, the

nostrils rounded above and comma-shaped, the ears hairy, and the

tail cylindrical and well haired, except in Castor, in which it is

flattened and scaly.

The typical family, the Sciuride, easily distinguished by their

postorbital frontal processes, has been divided for convenience into

two subfamilies, the long-tailed arboreal Squirrels (Seiurine), and

the short-tailed terrestrial Marmots (Arcfomyine), though it must

be confessed that their differences are merely adaptive and not very

striking. The other families are all more or less aberrant, and their

true affinities bave been the subject of much discussion.

The first of these is the dnomalurtde ; and I have alreadyt given

my reasons for considering that it must be regarded as an undoubted

though specially differentiated family of this section. The sciurine

affinities of the Haplodountide, in spite of its peculiar dental and

cranial characters, have been definitely established by Dr. Peters§,

although Prof. Lilljeborg has strangely relegated it to the Hys-

tricomorpha\. The position of the remaining family, Castoride,

has been a still more vexed question, ever since the Beaver has been

extricated from the old jumble with the Musquash and the Coypu.

Professor Gervais appears to have been the first to treat Castor as

an aberrant member of the present group [, in which Mr. Water

house** and Professor Bairdt++ have concurred ; and aithough these

writers have not been generally followed, it seems evident to me that

we must revert to their views. Professor Brandt fully recognized

that in all the more important points the osteology of Castor agrees

with that of the Sciuromorpha, but considers this resemblance to be

negatived by the external habitus and manner of life, as well as by

the structure of the teeth, feet, and tailtt{. Prof. Lilljeborg places the

* By permission of Professor Flower the illustrations have been drawn from

specimens in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgecuns.

+ This name was proposed by Mr. Waterhouse for the fissure which in some

rodents leads from the bottom of the pterygoid fossa into the orbit. Cf Turner,

P. ZS. 1848, p. 63.

t “On Anomalurus, its Structure and Position,” P. Z. 8. 1875, pp. 88-97.

§ Monatsb. Ak. Berlin, 1864, p. 177. || Op. et. p: 9.

“{ Dict. Univ. d’Hist. Nat. xi. p. 203.

** Physical Atlas, Zool. map, 5 (letter-press).

++ North-American Mammals, p. 3800.

tt Op. ez¢. pp. 149, 150.

1376. ] MR. E. R. ALSTON ON THE ORDER GLIRES. 67

Castoride among the Myomorpha, but on the boundary between

them and the Seivromorpha, remarking that the fibula is stout, and

remains long separate from the tibia*. But the characters of these

bones seem to me to be strictly sciurine ; for though they are more

or less firmly attached to one another in aged individuals, yet they

always appear to remain essentially distinct throughout their length.

Less weight is now generally given to external characters than was the

case when Prof. Brandt wrote ; and the purely adaptive differentiation

of the teeth, feet, and tail cannot be allowed to outweigh the nume-

rous and important characters which are at once evident on a careful

comparison of the skulls and skeletons of a Beaver and a Marmot.

These external peculiarities, coupled with these of the digestive,

excretory, and generative organs, certainly show that the Castoride

is a very isolated and aberrant family; but they do not appear to

indicate any specially murine affinities.

Mandible of Cricetomys gambianus.

An interesting confirmation of these views as to the position of

the Beaver is afforded by the fossil rodent of the American Miocene,

to which Professor Leidy has given the name of Ischyromys, In

this form the dentition of the typical Sciurid@ is combined with a

form of skull which very closely resembles that of the Castorida, and

especially that of the Miocene genus Stenofiber. It differs from

both these groups, however, in the possession of a large infra-

orbital opening, and should form, as it appears to me, a fifth family

of the Sciuromorpha, under the name of Lschyromyidey.

The second section, Myomorpha, is at ounce separated from either

of the others by the single character of the complete fusion in the

adult of the lower part of the tibia and fibula. Externally, the

muffle and upper lip are as in the last section ; and the tail is cylin-

* Op. cit. pp. 7, 39.

+ Gf, Leidy, Journ. Acad. Philadelphia, 2nd ser. vol. vii. pp. 835-338, pl. xxvi. ;

Cope, Report U.S. Geol. Survey, 1873, p. 477.

68 MR. E. R. ALSTON UN THE ORDER GLIRES. [Jan. 18,

drical, either covered with scales arranged in rings, or more or less

hairy. The Myomorpha contains such a variety of forms, many of

them much specialized, that it is only by allowing for exceptions

that its definition can be carried further ; still many and important

distinctions are common to the vast majority. The form of the man-

dible, by which the section was first separated from the Hystrico-

morpha, agrees with the last section, the angular portion springing

from the lower edge of the bony covering of the lower incisor,

excepting in the subfamily Bathyergine, in which it has exactly the

form so characteristic of the hystricine rodents. The other cranial

characters are very varied. In the more typical forms the infra-

orbital opening has a peculiar shape, which may be termed murine ;

it is high, perpendicular, narrow, wider above than below; and the

lower root of the maxillary zygomatic process is perpendicular and

flattened into a thin plate with a rounded anterior edge. The zygoma

is comparatively slender; the malar seldom advances far forward

(except in the Dipodide), and is usually supported below by a con-

tinuation backwards of the maxillary process, being reduced in some

Mandible of Bathyergus maritimus.

of the typical genera to a mere splint between the latter and the

squamosal process. The outer walls of the pterygoid fosse are gene-

rally obsolete ; and they have no direct fissure at the bottom, except

in the aberrant subfamily named above. The clavicles are perfect

except in the Lophiomyide. ;

1876. ] MR. E. R. ALSTON ON THE ORDER GLIRES. 69

Of the seven well-marked families into which this section may be

divided, the typical one, the Muride, comprises a great number of

genera. The best classification of these with which I am acquainted

is that of Dr. Peters, which is here adopted with some little modifi-

cation, his groups being ranked as subfamilies, and a slight alteration

being made in their arrangement*. M. A. Milne-Edwards having

clearly proved that the genera Hilobius and Siphneus really belong to

this familyt, the subfamily Siphneine is now placed alongside of the

Arvicoline, with which it is so nearly allied.

Of the other families, the Myoxide bear a very strong outward

resemblance to the Sciuromorpha, which, however, is not mark-

edly confirmed by their anatomy. Dr. Peters having shown that

Platacanthomys must be removed to the JZuridet, the remaining

genera of Dormice are all very closely allied, and are isolated from all

other known rodents by the complete absence of the cecum. The

“next family, Lophiomyide, contains a single form differing in struc-

ture not only from all the rest of the order, but even from all the

known members of the mammalian class§. Nevertheless, if the ex-

traordinary development of the temporal and malar regions be over-

looked, the whole skull of Zophiomys is truly murine in type; and

this is confirmed by all the other more important points in its

anatomy. It is strange that, although its habits appear to be at least

partly arboreal, Lophiomys should differ from all the rest of the

section in the incomplete development of its clavicles.

The Spalacide, even when disencumbered by the removal of

Siphneus and Ellobius, are still divisible into two subfamilies—the

typical Spalacine, which have the normal mandible of the section,

and the Bathyergine, in which are found the hystricine characters

already mentioned (supra p.68), and which were hence named Spa-

laces subhystriciformes by Prof. Brandt. The next family, which in-

cludes the American rodents with cheek-pouches which open outside

the mouth, was founded by Mr. Waterhouse under the name of Sacco-

myide, and subsequently divided by Prof. Baird into two subfamilies,

Geomyine and Saccomyine. Dr. E. Coues, in a recent valuable

memoir, has contended that these latter divisions should rank as

separate though allied families||—a view in which I cannot agree.

The diversity in their outward form may be paralleled by that in the

Squirrels and Marmots ; and the differences in their cranial structure

are, as Dr. Coues himself observes, of a superficial nature. In any

case, Mr. Waterhouse’s name must be changed; for Dr. Peters has

shown] that the genus Saccomys of Frederic Cuvier is in all proba-

bility, a synonym of Desmarest’s Heteromys. The oldest and best-

* The names only of these divisions appeared in the Monatsb. Ak. Berlin,

1866, pp. 18, 14.; for access to Dr. Peters’s hitherto unpublished characters I

am indebted to the courtesy of the author.

t Recherches pour servir 4’ Hist. Nat. des Mammiféres, pp. 71-129.

t P. Z. 8. 1865, pp. 397-399.

§ Cf. A. Milne-Edwards, Nouy. Arch. du Mus. iii. pp. 81-118.

|| Rep. Explor. Colorado River, p. 215; Bull. U.S. Survey of Territories,

2nd ser. no. 2, pp. 81-90.

70 MR. E. R. ALSTON ON THE ORDER GLIRES. [Jan. 18,

known genus will therefore legitimately give name to the family

Geomyide, the subfamilies standing as Geomyine and Heteromyine.

Here I am inclined to place, at least provisionally, a family of

Rodents which flourished in Europe in the later Eocene and Miocene

periods, and of which three genera are known. Each of these was

at first ascribed to a distinct family of the Hystricomorpha—namely,

Theridomys to the Octodontide, Archeomys to the Chinchillide,

and Isstodoromys to the Caviide. M. Gervais was the first to re-

move them entirely from that section, uniting the first two in his

tribe Théridomins of the family Myowidés (which also included

Anomalurus). He placed Issiodoromys in his tribu des Pédétins of

the Dipodide, but with the remark that it might have to be rele-

gated to the Théridomins*. That these animals were strictly myo-

morphine is clearly shown by the form of their mandibles. Now

that dnomalurus has been definitely separated from the Myovide,

there seems to be nothing to unite these ancient rodents with that

Fig. 4.

Mandible of Capromys pilorides.

family ; and, both in their very varied dentition and in what we know

of their cranial characters, they appear to me to be very nearly related

to the Dipodide—the two former to the true Dipodine, and the last

to the Pedetine. Meantime it may be best to allow them to stand

as a distinct family under the name of Theridomyide.

The last family of the Myomorpha, the Dipodide, is divisible

into three plainly marked subfamilies—Jaculine, Dipodina, and

* Zool. et Paléont. Franc. (2me ed.), pp. 31-36.

1876. ] MR. E.R. ALSTON ON THE ORDER GLIRES. 71

Pedeting, of which the first is the most murine, and the second the

most highly specialized, while the third shows more than superficial

resemblances to the Chinchillide.

The third section, Hystricomorpha, is characterized by the

form of the mandible, combined with persistence of the fibula as a

distinct bone throughout life. In the mandible the ascending ramus

and coronoid process are low, and the angular portion does not spring

from the lower edge of the bony covering of the lower incisor. In

the great majority of forms in which that tooth is long, the angular

portion springs from the outer side of its bony sheath, so that when

viewed from below there is a longitudinal groove between the angu-

lar and dental portions. In the Caviide, in which the incisors are

short, ‘the direction of the incisor is such that, were it prolonged

Mandible of Cavia aperea.

backwards, the alveolus of the tooth and the angular portion of the

jaw would hold the same relative positions” as in the other members

of the section*. This difference in the form of jaw will be best under-

stood by a comparison of figures 4and 5. In the skull the infraorbital

opening is always large, oval or subtriangular, an interpterygoid

fissure is present, and the foramina of the base of the skull are pro-

portionally large, while the incisive foramina are small. The fron-

tals have no distinct postorbital processes (except in Chetomys) ;

and the malar, which is rarely continued far forward, is not sup-

ported below by a continuation of the maxillary zygomatic process.

The clavicles are either perfect or imperfect ; and one premolar is

present above and below (except in Ctenodactylus). The upper lip

is rarely cleft, the muffle is usually clad with very fine hairs, and the

* Waterhouse, Nat. Hist. Mamm. ii. p, 149.

72 MR. E. RE ALSTON ON THE ORDER GLIRES. — [Jan. 18,

nostrils pointed above, sigmoid or linear. The ears are very generally

emarginate behind ; and the tail, when present, is cylindrical, hairy,

scaly, or subnaked. .

In the division of the hystricine Rodents into families much diver-

sity of opinion has prevailed. Mr. Waterhouse, laying too great

stress on dental characters, entirely separated the Dasyproctina from

the Caviina, and placed them between the Hystricina proper and the

Echimyina*. Prof. Brandt reunited the two former in his family

Hemionychoides, equivalent to the Subungulata of Ilhgery. But the

group thus formed is so ill defined that Prof. Lilljeborg found it im-

possible to separate it from the Hystricidet. It seems to me that,

although Mr. Waterhouse was certainly misled in entirely separating

the Agoutis and Pacas from the Cavies and Capybara, they must still

be ranked as distinct but allied families, and that the same value

must be given to the curious form named Dinomys by Dr. Peters§.

Accordingly I would recognize six families of the Hystricomorpha.

Of these the first, the Octodontide, consists of three subfamilies ;

for here, I think, must be placed the Ctenodactyline, formerly asso-

ciated with the Jerboas, but of which the hystricine affinities have

been established by Dr. Peters||. The other subfamilies are the Octo-

dontine and Echinomyine of Mr. Waterhouse. Some of the genera

of the latter make a close approach to the next family, the Hystri-

cide, which in its turn is composed of two very distinct subfamilies,

Sphingurine and Hystricing ; for 1 cannot follow Professor Lillje-

borg in relegating the former to the Octodontide4, principally on

account of their better-developed clavicles, which are probably an

adaptive peculiarity connected with their arboreal habits. Of the

remaining families the Chinchillide form a small but very natural

group, connected in some characters with the Dinomyide ; and the

latter, again, has close affinities with the nearly allied Dasyproctide

and Caviide. These latter families in many points, as in the mode

in which their incisors wear down, their emarginated palates, and

the large size of their basicranial foramina, show a striking ap-

proach to the next great group of Rodents.

The second suborder, GLIRES DUPLICIDENTATI, containing only

two families, is clearly less specialized than the first, and appears to be

a survivor, representing a comparatively early stage in the develop-

ment of the Rodent type. At birth, the upper jaw contains the

normal number of incisors; but only the two inner pairs are retained;

and of these the second remain very small, and are placed directly be-

hind the large middle pair. In the mandible there is never more than

one pair. Another important proof of the inferior degree of speciali-

zation in the Glires duplicidentati is the fact that the enamel of the

incisors may be traced round to their posterior surface, though it is

here much thinner than in front**, Of cranial characters, it may be

* Nat. Hist. Mamm. ii. p. 360, t+ Prod. Syst. Mamm, p, 92.

t Op. cit. p. 54.

§ Festschrift. Gesellsch. nat, Freunde, pp. 227-234 (1873).

| Tr. ZS, vii. pp. 897-409. { Op. cit. p. 51.

** Cf Owen, Comp. Anat. Vert. iii. p. 296.

1876.] MR. E. R. ALSTON ON THE ORDER GLIRES. 73

noted that they have no true alisphenoid canal, but a carotid canal

is present in the tympanic*. The optic foramina are confluent ; and

the bony palate is reduced to a mere bridge between the molar series,

being bounded in front by the large confluent incisive foramina, and

behind by the deep posterior emargination. The fibula is ankylosed

below with the tibia, and articulates with the caleaneum. There are

no vesicular glands; and the testes are permanently external.

The two families Leporide and Lagomyide are certainly very

nearly allied, but differ in several important characters; and I have

therefore followed Professor Lilljeborg in keeping them distinct.

The absence of postorbital frontal processes, the posterior continua-

tion of the zygoma towards the auditory meatus, the absence of

reticulation in the facial portion of the maxillary, and the full

development of the clavicles in the Pikas are among the points in

which their anatomy confirms their distinction from the Hares, out-

wardly indicated by the different proportion of their ears and tails.

The remark has been madeabove that paleeontology has hitherto not

yielded much of interest to the student of thisorder. A striking ex-

ception, however, is to be found in certain wonderful forms from the

South-American Miocene and Pliocene, of which the true position has

been much disputed. Of these the most striking is the huge animal

whose skull, discovered by Mr. Darwin, was described by Professor

Owen under the name of To«wodon+t, and since more fully investigated

by Dr. Burmeistert. Its Ungulate characters, however, much over-

weigh in importance those which it has in common with the Rodents;

and it may therefore be dismissed from present consideration.

Another animal presenting an extraordinary combination of cha-

racters is that discovered by M. Bravard, and placed by him, under

the name of Typotherium, among the Pachydermata$. Almost every

part of its skeleton has been obtained; and the whole has been well

described by M. Serres|| under the name of Mesotherium, and by

Professor Gervais] under Bravard’s name**. The last-named zoolo-

gist considers that it must be regarded as a link between the Rodents

and the Perissodactyles, and that its nearest affinities are with the

Leporide.

The most important characters in which Mesotherium differs

from existing Rodents are, briefly, the transversely hollowed crowns

of the’ incisors (which have not the chisel-edge so characteristic of

* Cf. Turner, P. Z. 8. 1848, p. 65,

+ Zoology of the ‘ Beagle,’ pt. 1, pp. 16-35,

+ Ann. Mus. Pub. de Buenos Aires, i. pp. 254-286.

§ Catalogue des espéces d’anim. foss. recueillis dans l’Amér. du Sud, 4to.

Parana, 1860.

|| Comp. Rend. Ac. Paris, xliv. p. 961 (1857); lxv. pp. 6, 17, 140-148,

273-279, 429-4387, 593-599, 740-748, 841-848.

€ Zool. et Paléont. Générales, pp. 184-157, pls. xxil.—xxv.

** M. Gervais regards Bravard’s name as having priority ; on what grounds I

cannot discover. It does not appear whether or not it was used in the latter

writer's paper on the Geology of La Plata, published in the ‘ Registro Esta-

distico’ of Buenos Ayres in 1857 (which M. Gervais was unable to find in Paris,

and which is not in the British Museum); but even if it was it would only be

contemporary with M. Serres’s very appropriate name.

74 MR. E. R. ALSTON OW THE ORDER GLIRES. [Jan. 18,

the order), their number in the lower jaw (as in Hyrax), the curva-

ture of the molars, of which the convexity is not inwards but out-

wards (as in Tovodon), the transverse form of the condyle of the

mandible and the glenoid fossa, and the articulation of the ischia

with some of the caudal vertebree (as in some Edeutates). With

regard to the first of these characters, we have seen that the enamel

is present, though very thin, on the back as well as the front of the

incisors of the Glires duplicidentati ; and a side view of these teeth

in the Hares and in some of the lower Hystricomorpha shows a sort

of gradation between the acute edge of the more highly specialized

forms and the hollowed crown of Mesotherium. Of the condyle and

glenoid cavity also it is to be noted that, although they are not

transverse in any existing Rodent, yet their shape is much less clearly

defined in the less- specialized forms. In other respects the whole

skeleton of Mesotherium presents so many resemblances to the Ro-

dents that it seems to me that we must follow Professor Gervais in

placing it in that order rather than in any other. Its affinities with

the more aberrant Ungulates, and especially with V'oxodon, cannot,

however, be overlooked ; and it appears to have been a survivor, to

Pliocene times, of a much earlier type, which represented an era at

which the Rodents were not yet clearly marked off from their allies*.

In fact Alesotherium seems to continue ixto the order Glires that

line of affinity which Prof. Flower has pointed out as extending from

the typical Ungulates through Hyracodon, Homalodontotherium,

Nesodon, and Toxodont.

As to the affinities of Mesotherium within the Order Glires, they

do not appear so exclusively leporine to me as to M. Gervais. While

agreeing with the Hares in many important points, as in the form of

the mandible (which, however, is still more like that of Hyraz),

in that of the brain, as indicated by a cast of the cranial cavity, and

in the articulation of the fibula with the caleaneum, Mesotherium

rather inclines in other particulars to the Glires simplicidentati, and

especially to Hydrocherus. Among these may be enumerated the

comparative shortness of the incisors, the smallness of the incisive

foramina, the development of the bony palate and of the paroccipital

processes, the depth of the malar, the form of the scapula, &c.

Some at least of the toes seem to have been subungulate; and the

terminal phalanx figured by Gervais (pl. xxv. fig. 34) very closely

resembles the same bone in the Capybara.

As Mesotherium thus appears to present relationships to each of

the existing suborders, combined with peculiarities which forbid its

admission into either, I venture to propose the establishment of a

third for its reception. It might be named GLIRES HEBETIDEN-

TATI{, and characterized by the incisors being two above and four

below, the molars curved inwards and the condyles placed transversely.

Before ending this paper, with a Table of the characters of the

various divisions here adopted, attention may be drawn to the accom-

* We have seen that in Europe the Rodents were fully differentiated in the

Eocene period (anted, p. 70).

t+ Phil. Trans. 1874, p. 181. + Hebes -tis, blunt ; dentatus, toothed.

1876. | MR. E. R. ALSTON ON THE ORDER GLIRES. 75

panying chart (Plate IV.), on which I have endeavoured to indi-

cate approximately the relationship of the different families to one

another.

Arrangement.

Order GLIRES.

Suborder I. Guires stmpuici- Sec. 3. Hystricomorpha.

DENTATI. Fam. 1. Octodontide.

Sec. 1. Seturomorpha. » 2. Hystricide.

Fam. 1. Anomaluride. », o Chinchillide.

» 2. Sciuridee. 5, 4. Dasyproctide.

»5 3. Ischyromyide. » 9. Dinomyide.

»» 4. Haplodontide. » 6. Caviide.

» 5. Castoride.

See. 2. Myomorpha. Suborder II. Gttres puptici-

Fam. 1. Myoxide. DENTATI.

», 2. Lophiomyidie. Fam. 1. Lagomyide.

» 3 Muride. » 2. Leporide.

»» 4. Spalacidee.

“5. Geomyide. Snborder III. Guires HeEBETI-

» 6. Theridomyidee. DENTATI.

» 7. Dipodidee. Fam. 1. Mesotheriide.

Table of Characters.

Order GLIRES.

The middle pair of incisors long, curved, rootless, and constantly

growing, their points more or less chisel-edged (except in Mesothe-

rium), the other pairs very small or absent; no canines, a large

space intervening between the incisors and the grinding-teeth, which

are variously formed ; premolars present or absent; three molars

above and below (except in Hydromys). Skull with the temporal

fossee continuous with the orbits, within which the lachrymal fora-

men opens ; an interparietal almost always distinct ; the periotic and

tympanic ankylosed to one another, but not to any other bone ; and

the auditory bulle moderately or largely developed. Scapula nar-

row with a deep notch, a well-developed more or less bifurcated

acromion, and a small coracoid. Clavicles perfect or imperfect.

Scaphoid and lunar usually combined. Manus with five or four digits.

Tibia and fibula either separate or ankylosed below. Pes with five,

four, or three digits. Intestinal canal long; cecum large (except in

Myoxide). Liver with a bifid Spigelian lobe (except in Anomalurus).

Placenta deciduate and discoidal.

Suborder I. GLIRES SIMPLICIDENTATI.

Incisors 2 only, even at birth, their enamel confined to the front

surface. Skull with both a true alisphenoid and an external ali-

sphenoid canal* ; optic foramina rarely confluent ; incisive foramina

separate ; and bony palate well developed. Fibula either ankylosed

* Gf H.N. Turner, P. Z. S, 1848, p. 65.

76 MR. E. R. ALSTON ON THE ORDER GLIRES. __[Jan. 18,

with the tibia below or free, not articulating with the caleaneum.

Testes abdominal, descending periodically ; vesicular glands present*.

Section I. Seiuromorpha.

Premolars present ; when there is more than one in the upper

jaw the first is smaller than the others; grinding-teeth rooted or

rootless. Postorbital frontal processes present or absent, infraorbital

opening various. Zygomatic arch mainly composed of the malar,

which is not supported below by a continuation of the maxillary

zygomatic process. Outer walls of pterygoid fossze obsolete ; no inter-

pterygoid fissure. Incisive foramina small or moderate, not extending

into the maxillaries. Mandible with the angular portion springing

from the lower edge of the bony covering of the lower incisor, its

outline more or less rounded, not pointed ; coronoid process high and

faleate. Clavicles perfect. Fibula persistent as a distinct bone

through life, and usually perfectly free. Upper lip usually cleft,

muffle small and naked; nostrils comma-shaped, rounded above.

Tail cylindrical and hairy (except in Castoride). Five families :—

Family I. ANoMALURID#.

One premolar above and below; grinding-teeth subequal, not

tuberculate, with flat crowns and transverse enamel loops. Skull

with postorbital processes obsolete ; infraorbital opening large, sub-

ovate; palate contracted in front, deeply emarginate behind. Six-

teen pairs of ribs. Limbs connected by a flying expansion of the skin,

supported by a chondrified fascia articulating with the olecranon.

Tail long, hairy, with a series of large scales on the lower basal

portion. Distribution Ethiopian. Recent genus :—

Anomalurus, Waterhouse, P. Z. 8. 1842, p. 124. . . (1842).

(Characters those of the family.)

Family II. Scrurip2.

Two premolars above, and one below; the first upper premolar very

small, sometimes deciduous ; grinding-teeth rooted, tubercular (at

least in youth). Skull with distinct postorbital processes ; infra-

orbital opening small, usually placed in front of the maxillary

zygomatic process; palate broad, flat. Twelve or thirteen pairs of

ribs. Tail cylindrical, hairy. Two subfamilies :—

A. Scrurinz&. Incisors compressed. Limbs either free or united

(Pteromys) by an expansion, whose fascia articulates with the carpus.

Form slender, tail long. Cosmopolitan (exc. Australasian region).

Recent genera :—

1. Pteromys, G. Cuvier, Legons d’Anatomie ..... (1800).

Limbs united by a flying expansion, the supporting fascia of which

articulates with the carpus; tail long, bushy. Grinders usually

soon ground flat, in some tuberculate through life.

* Cf. Owen, Comp. Anat. Vert. iii. p. 649.

1876.]| MR. E. R. ALSTON ON THE ORDER GLIRES. rig

2. Scirus; Linnzus syste Nate type SOs. sion cian shan 5 (1766).

Limbs free, form agile, tail long, bushy. No cheek-pouches ;

three or four pairs of teats. First upper premolar sometimes soon

lost. Frontals ankylosed with parietals ; postorbital processes

moderate ; infraorbital opening in front of anterior root of zygoma.

Palate broad, flat.

3. Xerus, Hemprich & Ehrenberg, Symbol. Phys., Mamm. 1., gg

(1832).

Ears very short or rudimentary, tail short, fur sparse, harsh,

with flattened spines. No cheek-pouches, two pairs of teats. Nasals

and palate narrower, and postorbital processes much smailer than in

Sciurus.

4. Tamias, Illiger, Prod. Syst. Mamm. p.83 ..... CISLE):

Ears short, fore feet with the fourth digit longest, limbs subequal,

tail short. Large internal cheek-pouches. First upper premolar

soon lost. Skull slender; infraorbital opening in anterior root of

zygoma, not in front of it.

B. Arcromy1n#. Incisors not compressed. Limbs free, form

usually stout, tail short. Paleearctic and Nearctic. Recent genera :—

5. Spermophilus, F. Cuvier, Mém. du Mus. vi. p. 293 . (1822).

Form somewhat slender; tail short or moderate. Claw of pollex

rudimentary or absent. Large cheek-pouches. Series of grinding-

teeth nearly parallel. Skull with no marked ridges; postorbital

processes slender, directed backwards.

6. Cynomys, Rafinesque, Amer. Monthly Mag. il. p. 45 (1817).

Form thickset, tail short, claws of fore feet long on all the digits,

shallow cheek-pouches. Series of grinding-teeth strongly convergent

behind. Skull short and broad ; postorbital processes long, directed

backwards; parietals narrow, parallelogrammatic.

7. Arctomys. Schreber, Saéugethiere, iv. p.721..... (1792).

Form thickset, tail short; pollex rudimentary, with a flat nail.

Cheek-pouches rudimentary or absent. Series of grinding-teeth

nearly parallel. Skull broad ; postorbital processes large, trian-

gular, standing out at right angles ; parietals narrow, parallelogram-

matic.

Fossil genera. The following genera, characterized from details

of dentition, seem to be referable to this family :—Plesarctomys,

Bravard, in Gervais’s ‘ Zool. et Pal. Franc.’ pl. xlvi. (1852), Eocene

of France; Pseudosciurus, Hensel, Z. Deutsch. geol. Ges. 1856,

p- 660, bone-beds of Wurttemberg ; Seiuravus, Marsh, Am. Journ.

Se. 1871, p. 120, Eocene of North America; Paramys, Leidy, Geol.

Survey, Montana, 1871, p. 363 (perhaps the same as the last); Gym-

notrichus, Cope, Pal. Bulletin, i. p. 6 (1874), Miocene of North

America.

78 MR. E. R. ALSTON ON THE ORDER GLIRES. (Jan. 18,

Family III. Iscoyromyip (fam. nov.)*.

Dentition as in Sciuride. Skull resembling Castoride, but with

the infraorbital opening large, a sagittal crest, no postorbital

processes, palate broad, basioccipital keeled. Miocene of North

America. Fossil genus :—

Ischyromys, Leidy, Proc. Acad. Philad. 1856, p. 89 . . (1856).

(Characters those of the family.)

Family 1V. HapLopontTip&.

Two premolars above and one below, the first upper premolar

small; grinding-teeth rootless, simple, and prismatic. Skull much

depressed, no postorbital processes, infraorbital opening small,

angular portion of mandible much twisted. Tail short, cylindrical,

hairy. Nearctic. Recent genus:—

Haplodon= Aplodontia, Richardson, Zool. Journ. iv, p. 334

(Characters those of the family.)

Family V. Casrorip.

One premolar above and below; grinding-teeth subequal, semi-

rooted or rootless, with reentering enamel-folds. Skull massive, no

postorbital processes, infraorbital opening small and placed low, a

sagittal crest, angle of mandible rounded. Carpus with a large acces-

sory ossicle. Stomach with a glandular appendage, excretory and

generative organs opening into a common cloaca. ‘Tail broad, flat-

tened, spatulate and reticulated. Hind feet fully webbed. Palearctic

and Nearctic. Recent genus :—

Ll. sGastor; Tinnseus, Syst.-Nat. is ps 76 ae 8-6, «1 see rot LOD)

(External characters those of the family.) Upper grinding-teeth

subequal, each with one internal and three external enamel-folds ;

the lower similar but reversed; the subsidiary folds not soon

isolated from the exterior. Parietals narrow, parallelogrammatic ;

interparietal triangular; basioccipital concave.

Fossil genera :—

2. Diobroticus, Pomel, Arch. Bibl. Univ. Geneve, ix. p. 167 fF.

(1848).

Skull much as in Castor. Third upper molar and lower premolar

elongate, with four enamel folds, the rest with only two ; all the folds

soon isolated.

3. Stenofiber, Is. Geoffroy, Revue Encyclopédique. . . . (1833).

Parietals not parallelogrammatic ; interparietal subhexagonal ; basi-

occipital not concave. Grinding-teeth as in Castor, the subsidiary

folds sooner isolated.

* It seems probable that Psewdotomys, Cope, Proc. Am. Phil. Soc. 1872,

p. 467, from Eocene of North America, may prove to belong to this family.

+ = Trogontherium Owen (nee Fischer), Brit. Foss. Mamm. p. 184; Geol.

Mag. vi. pp. 49-56 (cf. Gervais, Zool, et Paléont. Générales, pp. 80-84).

1876. | MR. E. R. ALSTON ON THE ORDER GLIRES. 79

4. Castoroides, J. W. Forster, 2nd Rep. Geol. Ohio, p. 81 (1838).

- Parietals not parallelogrammatic ; interparietal very small; basi-

occipital concave. Incisors with numerous longitudinal grooves ;

grinding-teeth with the enamel-folds extending quite across their

crowns, completely separated and united only by cement; the last

upper molar and lower premolar with four folds, the rest with three

only.

More doubtful fossil genera are :—Trogontherium, Fischer, Mém.

Soc. Imp. Nat. Mose. ii. p. 260 (1809) ; Pal@omys, Kaup, Isis, 1832,

p- 992; Chalicomys, Kaup, op. cit. p. 994; Chelodus, Kaup, op. cit.

p- 995; Paleocaster, Leidy, Journ. Ac. Philad. vii. p. 338 (1869).

Section II. Myomorpha.

Premolars present or absent ; grinding-teeth rooted or rootless.

No postorbital frontal processes ; infraorbital opening various. Zygo-

matic arch slender; the malar rarely extending far forward, and being

usually supported below by a continuation of the maxillary zygomatic

process. Incisive foramina usually long, and extending into the

maNXillaries. Outer walls of pterygoid fossze often obsolete, no inter-

pterygoid fissure (except in Bathyerging). Angular portion of

mandible springing from the lower edge of the bony covering of the

lower incisor (except in Bathyergine). Clavicles perfect (except in

Lophiomyide). Tibia and fibula completely ankylosed in the adult

for at least their lower third. Upper lip usually cleft; muffle small

and naked; nostrils comma-shaped, rounded above. Tail cylindrical,

either hairy or covered with scales arranged in rings. Seven

families :—

Family I. Myoxipz.

One premolar above and below, which is rather smaller than the

molars ; all the grinding-teeth rooted, with transverse enamel-folds.

Skull with frontals much contracted, clasped by the parietals ; inter-

parietal broad, articulating with the squamosals. Infraorbital opening

moderate, high, narrow. Mandible with the angle rounded or sub-

quadrate, coronoid long and slender. No cecum. Form gracile ;

eyes and ears large; fore limbs small; tail long, hairy. Palzearctic

and Ethiopian. Recent genera :—

1. Myoxus, Schreber, Saiugeth. iv. p.824........ (1792),

Tail bushy and distichous throughout. Stomach simple. An-

gular portion of mandible not perforate. Premolars small ; molars

large, with well-marked enamel-folds.

2. Muscardinus, Kaup, Entw. europ. Thierw. p. 139 . . (1829).

Tail bushy and cylindrical throughout. Stomach complicated.

Mandible not perforate. Grinding-teeth large ; their crown flat, with

well-marked and numerous folds.

3. Eliomys, Wagner, Abhand. baierisch. Akad. iii. p. 179 (1843).

Tail with short hairs at base, tufted and distichous towards its

80 MR. E. R. ALSTON ON THE ORDER GLIRES. [Jan. 18,

end. Stomach simple. Angular portion of the mandible perforate.

Grinding-teeth smaller; their crowns concave, with few and faintly

marked folds.

4. Graphiurus, F. Cuvier & Geoffroy, Mammiferes, 60™° livr.

(1845).

Tail short, cylindrical, ending ina pencil. Mandible not perforate.

Grinding-teeth very small; their crowns flat, with hardly a trace of

enamel-folds.

Family I]. Lopniomyip#.

No premolars; molars rooted and tuberculate. Skull as in the

typical Muride, but with the temporal fossee completely arched over

by thin plates developed from the temporal ridge and the malar,

articulated with one another ; surface of skull granulated. Clavicles

imperfect. Czecum small. Form thickset. Hair long, forming a

crest along the back and tail. Ethiopian. Recent genus :—

Lophiomys, A. Milne-Edwards, L’ Institut, xxxv. p. 46 . (1867).

(Characters those of the family.)

Family III. Murip2.

Lower incisors compressed ; no premolars (except in Sminthine) ;

molars rooted or rootless, tuberculate or with angular enamel-folds.

Frontals contracted. Infraorbital opening in typical forms high,

perpendicular, wide above and narrowed below, with the lower root

of the maxillary zygomatic process more or less flattened into a per-

pendicular plate; very rarely the opening is either large and oval or

small and subtriangular. Malar short and slender, generally reduced

to a splint between the maxillary and squamosal processes. Ex-

ternal characters very variable. Pollex rudimentary, but often with

a small nail. Tail generally subnaked and scaly, rarely densely haired.

Cosmopolitan. Ten subfamilies * :—

(a Molars rooted.)

A. Sminroin”®. Premolars 1, molars 3. Infraorbital opening

subtriangular, widest below. Incisive foramina long. Palearctic.

Recent genus :—

1. Sminthus, Keyserling & Blasius, Wirbelth. Europ. p. 38

(1840).

(Characters those of the subfamily.)

B. Hypromy1n#. Molars 3, divided into transverse lobes. In-

fraorbital opening crescentic, scarcely narrowed below. Incisive

foramina and auditory bulle very small. Hind feet partly webbed.

Australasian. Recent genus :—

2. Hydromys, Geoffroy, Ann. du Mus. vi. p. 81... . (1805).

(Characters those of the subfamily.)

¥ Supra, p. 69,

1876.] MR. E, R. ALSTON ON THE ORDER GLIRES, 81

C. PuaracantHomyin&. Molars 3, divided into transverse

lamine. Infraorbital opening typical ; incisive foramina and audi-

tory bullee small. Form myoxine; fur mixed with flattened spines ;

tail densely haired. Indian. Recent genus :—

3. Platacanthomys, Blyth, Proc. As. Soc. Bengal, xxvili. p. 259

(1859).

(Characters those of the subfamily.)

D. Gersritiin. Incisors narrow ; molars divided into transverse

lamine. Infraorbital opening typical ; pterygoid fossee short ; audi-

tory bulle usually large. Hind limbs elongated; tail long, hairy.

Paleearctic, Indian, and Ethiopian. Recent genera :—

4. Gerbillus, Desmarest, Nouv. Dict. d’ Hist. Nat. xxiv. p. 22

(1804).

Form murine; muzzle pointed; ears moderate, sparsely haired ; tail

long, hairy, slightly tufted. Skull with occipital region broad; audi-

tory bull large. Incisors grooved or plain. First molar with three

laminee, the second with two, the third with one only.

5. Mystromys, Wagner, Wiegm. Arch. 1841, p. 132. . (1841).

Ears large and broad; tail moderately long, truncated, not tufted.

Auditory bulle smaller. Incisors plain. First molar with three

laminz, the second and third with two each; these are alternated,

and the last is very small.

6. Otomys, F. Cuvier, Dents des Mamm. p.168 ... . (1825).

Fars large, hairy ; tail moderate, clad with scales and short hairs,

not tufted. Nasal profile more arched than in Gerézllus. Incisors

grooved. Molars with their laminz completely separated and united

by cement; the third the longest, with from three to seven laminee.

7. Dasymys, Peters, Monatsb. Akad. Berlin, 1875, p. 12 (1875).

Ears moderate, hairy ; fur somewhat coarse ; tail moderate, scaly,

and sparsely haired. Skull intermediate between Gerdillus and Mus.

Lower branch of maxillary zygomatic process produced forward in a

hook-shape. Incisors plain. Front molars the longest ; the posterior

lamina of the first and the anterior laminz of the second and third

upper molars large and complicated.

E. Paraomyin#&. Incisors broad; molars divided into transverse

laminz. Infraorbital opening typical. Claws large. Indian. Re-

cent genera :—

8. Phlaomys, Waterhouse, P. Z.S. 1839, p. 108... . (1839).

Muzzte blunt; lip imperfectly cleft; ears moderate, hairy exter-

nally ; tail moderately long, densely haired. Skull ovate; frontals

not contracted, with a rudimentary postorbital process at their junc-

tion with the squamosals ; auditory bullee very small. Incisors very

broad. First upper molar with three lamine ; second and third with

two; first lower with four, second with three, and third with two

laine.

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1876, No. VI. 6

82 MR. E. R. ALSTON ON THE ORDER GLIRES. [Jan. 18,

9. Nesokia, Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. x. p. 264 . (1842).

Muzzle blunt; ears moderate; claws long; fur rather harsh ; tail

short, scaly, sparsely haired. Palate narrow ; incisive foramina short ;

auditory bullee rather small. Incisors broad. First molars with three

laminee ; the rest with two only.

F. Denpromyin&. Incisors convex in front ; molars tuberculate.

Infraorbital opening not narrowed below ; coronoid process very small.

Ears hairy. Claws long. Ethiopian. Recent genera :—

10. Dendromys, A. Smith, S. African Q. Journ. ii. p. 158 (1834).

Form slender; taillong, scaly, and sparsely haired. Three middle

digits of-each foot much longer than the first and fifth. Incisors

grooved. Molars parallel in series ; the first as long as the second

and third taken together ; their tubercles arranged in pairs.

11. Steatomys, Peters, Reise n. Mossambique, 1. p. 162 . (1852).

Form plump ; tail rather short, finely sealed and densely haired ;

claws of fore feet the longest. Incisors grooved. Molars converging

behind ; the first longer than the second and third taken together ;

their tubercles arranged in twos and threes.

12. Lophuromys, Peters, Monatsb. Ak. Berlin, 1874, p. 234

(1874).

Form as in Steatomys, but fur developed into fine flattened bristles,

pterygoid fossze longer, and coronoid process better-developed. In-

cisors plain. Molars nearly parallel in series ; the third upper with

ouly two anterior tubercles.

G. Cricetin&%. Molars tuberculate. Infraorbital opening sub-

typical, not much narrowed below, and the perpendicular plate little

developed. Large internal cheek-pouches. Palzearctic and Ethiopian.

Recent genera :—

13. Cricetus, G. Cuvier, Régne Animal (17 éd.), i. p. 198 (1817).

Form thickset; limbs short; claws large; tail short, not scaly,

sparsely haired. Cheek-pouches large. Skull with marked but

rounded supraorbital ridges continued into temporal ridges ; coronoid

process high and faleate. Incisors plain. Molars with tubercles

arranged in pairs, of which the first has three and the rest two only ;

these entirely disappear in aged specimens.

14. Saccostomus, Peters, Monatsb. Ak. Berl. 1846, p. 258 (1846).

Form as in Cricetus, but feet and claws weaker and more murine.

Cheek-pouches moderate. Supraorbital ridges more parallel, and

infraorbital opening more typically murine ; incisive foramina longer.

Incisors plain. Molars with tubercles arranged in threes, one of each

row being smaller than the other two.

15. Cricetomys, Waterhouse, P. Z.S. 1840, p. 2... . (1840).

Form more murine; muzzle pointed ; tail long, scaly, and very

1876.] MR. E. R, ALSTON ON THE ORDER GLIRES. 83

sparsely haired. Cheek-pouches large. Skull most like that of

Saccostomus, but incisive foramina much smaller. Upper incisors

grooved. Molars as in Saccostomus.

H. Murin#, Molars tuberculate, at least in youth. Infraorbital

opening typical ; pteryguid fossee lengthened ; auditory bulle mode-

rate. Cheek-pouches absent or very small. Tail scaly, more or

less naked. Cosmopolitan. Recent genera :—

16. Mus, Linneeus, Syst. Nat.i.p.79 ..... meets (CL 700):

Muzzle pointed ; eyes prominent ; ears rather large, subnaked ; fur

soft (rarely mixed with spines); pollex rudimentary; claws short; tail

moderate or long, scaly, with scattered hairs. No cheek-pouches.

Skull elongate, narrow ; temporal ridges nearly parallel; palate com-

pressed ; incisive foramina long ; auditory bullee moderately large ;

coronoid process high, faleate. Incisors rarely grooved. Molars

with transverse ridges, each composed in youth of three tubercles.

17. Pelomys, Peters, Reise n. Mossambique, i. p. 157 . (1852).

Middle three digits of each foot longer than the first and third ;

fur bristly ; tail short, scaly, Palate much compressed. Incisors

grooved. Molars broader than in Mus.

18. Echinothrix (=Lchiothrix), Gray, P.Z.3.1867, p.599(1867).

Head elongate, muzzle produced ; fur mixed with flattened spines ;

tail long, scaly. Facial portion of skull greatly elongated ; nasals

very narrow ; palate much compressed ; incisive foramina long; coro-

noid process small. Incisors grooved. First upper molars large, with

three ridges, second with one only ; third small, simple, subcircular.

19. Uromys, Peters, Monatsb. Ak. Berlin, 1867, p. 343 (1867).

External characters as in Mus; but the caudal scales thick, poly-

gonal, and not overlapping, auditory bulla and incisive foramina

smaller, and pterygoid processes more like those of Hapalotis.

20. Hapalotis, Lichtenstein, Darst. neu. Saugeth. Th. iv. pl. 29

(1829).

Muzzle produced ; ears long, tapered, sparsely haired outside ; hind

limbs elongated; fur soft; tail long, hairy, terminating in a pencil.

Skull with no distinct occipital crest or supraorbital ridges ; incisive

foramina very large; coronoid process obsolete. Incisors plain.

Molars as in Mus.

21. Acomys, Is. Geoffroy, Ann. Sc. Nat. 2™¢ sér. x. p. 126 (1840).

Fur mixed with flattened spines, especially on the head and back ;

tail short, scaly. Skull asin Mus, but the pterygoid fossee more

shallow, and the incisive foramina extremely small; coronoid process

little developed. Teeth as in Mus.

22. Nesomys, Peters, Sitzungs-Ber. Gesell. nat. Freunde, 1870, p. 54

(1871).

Form murine; upper lip grooved, not cleft; ears and eyes large ;

84 MR. E.R. ALSTON ON THE ORDER GLIRES. (Jan. 18,

feet as in Mus; tail long, scaly. Skull as in Mus; the infraorbital

foramen lower and wider. Incisors plain. Molars like those of Hes-

peromys; the first upper, when worn, with one internal and two

external indenting folds; the first lower with one external and two

internal, the rest with one external and one internal fold.

23. Brachytarsomys, Ginther, P. Z. S. 1875, p. 79 . . (1875).

Upper lip grooved, not cleft; eyes small; ears short; hind feet

much shorter than the lower leg; tail long, scaly. No supraorbital

ridges ; auditory bulle moderate. Incisors plain. Molars with two or

three indenting folds on each side, one of which in the upper molars

passes quite across the crown,

24. Drymomys, Tschudi, Fauna Peruana, p. 178 . . (1844-6).

Form murine; muzzle pointed; upper lip cleft; ears large; tail long,

scaly. Incisors furrowed on the sides. Molars small; the first with

three pairs of tubercles, the second with two, the third with one pair

only.

25. Holochilus, Brandt, Mém. Ac. St. Pétersb. (6™e sér.) lil. p. 428

(1835).

Muzzle obtuse; upper lip not fully cleft; fore feet small; hind limbs

large and strong; tail long, sparsely haired. Skull short, strong ;

supraorbital ridges well marked. Incisors broad, flat, plain. Molars

large, the third as large as the second, with tubercles arranged in

pairs, which soon wear away, leaving the crown flat with indenting

folds.

26. Hesperomys, Waterhouse, Zool. Voy. Beagle, 1. p. 75 (1839).

Upper lip cleft; ears large or moderate ; tail sparsely haired. Small

interual cheek-pouches in a few species. Skull murine, with or with-

out marked supraorbital ridges. Incisors plain. Molars as in the

last genus, but narrower; the third smaller than the second, and the

first upper with three roots.

27. Ochetodon, Coues, Proc. Acad. Philad. 1874, p. 184 (1874).

As in the last genus; tail moderate. Upper incisors grooved.

First upper molar with four roots.

28. Reithrodon, Waterhouse, P. Z. 8. 1837, p. 29 . . . (1837).

Profile arched; eyes large; ears hairy; hind feet with first and fifth

digits very short; tail moderate, hairy. Skull with nasal portion

large, supraorbital ridges well marked, posterior nares narrowed by

the approximation of the pterygoids. Upper incisors grooved.

Molars as in Hesperomys, their indenting folds deep.

29. Sigmodon, Say & Ord, Journ. Acad. Philad. iv. p. 352 (1825).

Muzzle blunt; upper lip partially cleft; ears large, but nearly

concealed in the long fur; hind feet with first and fifth digits very

short; tail moderate, nearly naked. Skull with supraorbital ridges

sharp, perpendicular plate of zygoma emarginate in front, incisive

1876. ] MR. E. R. ALSTON ON THE ORDER GLIRES. 85

foramina large. Incisors plain. Molars never tuberculate, the in-

denting folds deep and closed, those of the second and third lower

molars sigmoid.

30. Neotoma, Say & Ord, Journ. Acad. Philad. iv. p. 346 (1825).

Ears large, nearly naked; tail long, either sparsely haired or

bushy. Upper incisors broad, plain. Molars never tuberculate, with

open angular indenting folds, giving them a very arvicoline appear-

ance.

(3. Molars semirooted or rootless.)

I. Arvicotinz. Molars composed of triangular prisms placed

alternately. Skull with brain-case rhomboidal, frontals much con-

tracted, infraorbital opening typical. Limbs moderate; tail mode-

rate or short, hairy. Palzearctic and Nearctic. Recent genera :—

31. Fiber, G. Cuvier, Legons d’Anatomie...... . - (1800).

Form thickset; muzzle blunt; limbs short, subequal ; hind feet

fringed with long stiff hairs ; tail moderate, compressed, clad with

scales and short hairs; supraorbital ridges united in a sagittal

crest. Palate and lower surface of maxillaries minutely perforated.

Incisors plain. Molars semirooted, separated into prisms, which are

placed alternately.

325 Arwcola, Lacepede, Tablet. 0.3) 3 sis tue es (1803).

Muzzle blunt ; fore feet small, with short claws, soles naked; tail

longer than the hind foot, clad with short hairs. Skull as in Fvéer ;

but the supraorbital ridges diverge after meeting, and converge again

on the interparietal ; palate not perforated. Incisors plain. Molars

as in Fiber, rootless (rarely semirooted).

33. Myodes, Pallas, Zoogr. Rosso-Asiat. 1. p. 173. . . (1811).

Muzzle blunt ; fore feet moderate, with strong hooked claws ; soles

hairy ; tail not longer than hind foot, hairy. Skull as in Arvicola,

but the brain-case broader and the zygomatic arches stronger.

Molars rootless, as in Arvicola, but the prisms of the posterior teeth

usually compressed and twisted.

K. Srpanern«a. Molars as in the Arvicoline; infraorbital open-

ing small and subtriangular. Form cylindrical ; ear-conch rudimen-

tary; limbs and tail very short. Palzearetic. Recent genera :—

34. Ellobius, Fischer, Zoognosia, lili. p. 72 ....... (1814).

Body subcylindrical ; limbs very short, upper lip cleft ; eyes small ;

no external ear-conch ; fore feet with short claws, but stronger than

the hind feet ; tail very short. Skull as in drvicola, but the profile

more arched and the facial portion shorter. Upper incisors arched

forward.

35. Siphneus, Brants, Het Geslact der Muizen, p. 20. . (1827).

Eyes small; ears rudimentary ; fore feet with long, strong claws,

86 MR. E. R. ALSTON ON THE ORDER GLIRES. [Jan. 18,

that of the fifth digit being longer than the toe itself; tail short,

hairy. Skull broader and more truncated behind than in Hilodius ;

supraorbital ridges nearly parallel ; occipital crest sharp; infraorbital

foramen subtriangular. Upper incisors perpendicular.

Fossil genera. The following genera will probably prove to be

referable to this family : —Cricetodon, Lartet, Notice, p. 20 (1851) ;

Eumys, Leidy, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1856, p. 90; Heliscomys, Cope, New

Vert. Colorado, p. 3 (1873), Miocene of North America; Mysops,

Leidy, U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr. i. p. 111 (1873), Eocene of America.

Family IV. Spavacip%,

Incisors large; premolars present or absent; grinding-teeth

rooted, not tuberculate, with reentering enamel-folds. Infraorbital

opening moderate or small, with no perpendicular plate ; occipital

plane high, often sloped boldly forward ; palate narrow. Form cylin-

drical ; eye and ear-conch very small, sometimes rudimentary ; limbs

short and stout; claws large; tail short or absent. ‘Two sub-

families :—-

A. Spanactna&. Palate between the molars broader than one of

the alveoli. No interpterygoid fissure. Mandible of normal myo-

morphine form (the angular portion springing from the edge of the

bony covering of the lower incisors). Palzearctic, Indian and Ethi-

opian. Recent genera :—

1. Spalax, Giildenstiadt, Nov. Comment. Petrop. xiv. i. p. 409

(1770).

Head broad, flat, with a ridge of long stiff hairs on each side;

eyes rudimentary, covered by the skin; no ear-conch or external

tail; feet broad, claws short. Skull depressed, occipital plane high

and sloped boldly forward ; parietals and interparietal small and soon

ankylosed ; infraorbital opening moderate, suboval. Upper incisors

plain, nearly perpendicular. No premolars. Molars with curved ena-

mel-folds in youth only.

2., Rhizomys, Gray, Ps Z. 8S. 1830; pa 90 ee. stees ye ces (1830).

Form robust; eyes very small; ears very short, naked; pollex

rudimentary ; tail rather short, partially haired. Skull broad, occi-

pital plane only slightly sloped forward ; infraorbital opening small,

subtriangular. Upper incisors arched forward. No premolar. Upper

molars with one deep internal and two or more external enamel-folds ;

the lower molars reversed.

3. Heterocephalus, Ruppell, Mus. Senkenb. i. Saugeth. p. 99

(1834).

Eyes very small; no ear-conch ; pollex short, not rudimentary ; tail

short; whole body almost hairless. Skull as in Rhizomys, but

broader, occipital plane more perpendicular, and infraorbital fora-

men larger. Dentition similar, but the upper molars with an exter-

nal indenting fold only, the lower with one external and one internal

fold.

1876. | MR. E. R. ALSTON ON THE ORDER GLIRES. 87

B. Baruyercin. Palate between the molars not broader than

one of the alveoli; an interpterygoid fissure; mandible hystricine in

form (the angular portion springing from ¢he side of the bony cover-

ing of the lower incisor). Ethiopian. Recent genera :—

4. Bathyergus, Uliver, Prod. Syst. Mamm. p. 86 ... (1811).

Eyes small ; no ear-conch ; fore feet with very long claws ; hind feet

with the third digit longest ; tail short, hairy. Skull massive, occipital

plane perpendicular ; nasals very narrow ; parietals very small ; infra-

orbital foramen very small, subcircular; angle of mandible pointed.

Upper incisors enormously large, broad, grooved. One premolar above

and below. Molars with indenting enamel-folds in youth only.

5. Georychus, Iliger, Prod. Syst. Mamm. p. 87 ... . (1811).

Externally like Bathyergus, but the claws, especially of the fore

feet, shorter and weaker, skull with the profile more arched, the

occipital plane slightly sloped forward, and the angle of the mandible

rounded. Upper incisors long, arched forwards, plain. Grinding-

teeth as in Bathyergus.

6. Heliophobius, Peters, Monatsb. Ak. Berlin, 1846, p. 239

(1846).

Differs externally from Georychus in the second digit of the hind

feet being the longest. Skull with the infraorbital opening smaller,

the bony palate shorter, and the coronoid process larger. Incisors

plain. Three premolars above and below ; but sometimes two only are

developed.

Family V. Gromyip&.

One premolar above and below. Grinding-teeth rooted or rootless.

Malar extending forward to the lachrymal. Squamosals extremely

large. Angular portion of mandible strongly twisted. Large

cheek-pouches, opening on the cheeks outside the mouth. Upper

lip not cleft. Other external characters very variable. Nearctic

and Neotropical. Two subfamilies :—

A. Gromy1n. Incisors broad. Skull massive; infraorbital

opening very small; mastoid not appearing on the top of the skull ;

malar stout. Form thickset; eyes small; ear-conch rudimentary ;

limbs short, subequal ; fore claws very large. Recent genera :—

1. Geomys, Rafinesque, Am. Monthly Mag. il. p.45 . . (1817).

Fore feet large, with very large compressed curved claws ; tip of

tail naked; cheek-pouches large. Skull very massive ; zygomatic

arches stout. Upper incisors deeply grooved. Crowns of premolars

divided into two subequal lobes.

2. Thomomys, Max. Prinz zu Wied, Nov. Act. Ac. Car. Leop.

cab Gan a Napists) imreed ecto CnO SC Cap meme tErC goer Oa ppec (1839).

Fore feet comparatively small, with moderate claws ; cheek-pouches

moderate. Skull less massive; zygoma more slender. Upper inci-

sors plain, or with merely a fine groove near their inner edge. An-

88 MR. E. R. ALSTON ON THE ORDER GLIRES. [Jan. 18,

terior lobes of premolars small. A third upper molar small, sub-

circular.

B. Heteromyin&. Incisors narrow. Skull more delicate, with

the mastoid appearing largely on its top; infraorbital opening not

defined, through the non-development of the lower root of the maxil-

lary zygomatic process ; malar slender. Cervical vertebrze sometimes

ankylosed (as in Dipedine). Form slender; hind limbs and tail

elongated ; eye and ear moderate or large. Recent genera :—

3. Dipodomys, Gray, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vii. p. 521 (1840),

Ear large, rounded ; taillong, densely haired, tufted ; soles hairy ;

pollex very small, with a small claw. Cheek-pouches large. Skull

with nasals produced in front; upper part of zygoma produced into

a flat plate articulating with the frontals; interparietal very small,

narrow; auditory bulla enormous, projecting far beyond the occi-

pital plane. Incisors plain. Grinding-teeth rootless, at first with

slight indenting enamel-folds, afterwards simple.

4. Perognathus, Max. Prinz zu Wied, Nov. Act. Ac. Car. Leop.

KiKs 1 PRO OM tat ott nim Pe Se a Sikes Bere mee oe - (1839).

Ears shorter ; tail thinly haired ; soles more or less naked ; pollex

with a flat nail. Skull less modified ; nasals not so much produced ;

zygoma not developed into a flat plate ; interparietal broad ; auditory

bullze not projecting behind the occipital plane. Incisors grooved.

Grinding-teeth rooted, tuberculate in youth, afterwards with isolated

enamel-loops.

5. Heteromys, Desmarest, Mammalogie, p. 313. .... (1820).

Like Perognathus, but the fur bristly, mixed with flattened spines ;

tail shorter, clad with large scales and scattered hairs. Skull with

sharp supraorbital ridges; interparietal very broad. Upper incisors

plain. Grinding-teeth as in Perognathus.

Family VI. THrertpoMyIp&.

One premolar present above and below. Grinding-teeth rooted or

rootless, not tuberculate, with more or fewer transverse enamel-folds.

Infraorbital opening large, suboval. Palate somewhat contracted in

frout and emarginate behind. Eocene and Miocene of Europe. Fossil

genera :—

l. Theridomys, Jourdan, Compt. Rend. Ac. Paris, v. p. 483 (1837).

Grinding-teeth rooted, with three or four reentering enamel-folds,

which become isolated enamel-loops in the worn teeth.

2. Archeomys, De Laizer et De Parieu, C. R. Ac. Paris, viii. p. 206

(1839).

Grinding-teeth rootless, the enamel-folds continued diagonally

across the crowns, which are thus divided into lamine, of which the

anterior is the largest above, while they are subequal below.

1876. ] MR. E. R. ALSTON ON THE ORDER GLIRES. 89

3. Issidioromys (Croizet), De Blainville, C. R. Ac. Paris, x. p. 932

(1840).

Grinding-teeth rootless, with open reentering folds dividing their

crowns into heart-shaped lobes; the subsidiary folds only repre-

sented here and there by a minute isolated enamel-loop.

Family VII. Dipopip.

Incisors compressed. Premolars present or absent. Grinding-teeth

rooted or rootless, not tuberculate, with more or fewer transverse ena-

mel-folds. Skull with the brain-case short and broad ; infraorbital

opening rounded, very large (often as large as the orbit) ; zygomatic

arch slender, curved downwards; the malar ascending in front to

the lachrymal in a flattened perpendicular plate ; facial surface of

maxillaries minutely perforated ; mastoid portion of auditory bulle

usually greatly developed. Metatarsal bones greatly elongated, often

fused into a cannon bone. Form gracile; front portion of body and

fore limbs very small; hind limbs long and strong, with from three

to five digits; taillong, hairy. Three subfamilies :—

A. JAcuLINz *, One premolar above. Grinding-teeth rooted.

Cervical vertebrae free, metatarsals separate. Hind feet with five

developed digits. Tail sparsely haired. Nearctic. Recent genus :—

1. Jaculus, Wagner, Syst. Amph. &c. p. 23... ... . (1830).

(Characters those of the subfamily).

B. Diropina. Premolars present or absent. Grinding-teeth

rooted. Cervical vertebree more or less ankylosed. Metatarsals

united in a cannon-bone. Hind feet with only three digits function-

ally developed. ‘Tail thickly haired, often tufted. Palearctic and

Ethiopian. Recent genera :—

2. Dipus, Gmelin, Syst. Nat. ed. 13,1. p. 157 ... . « (1788).

Hind feet with three digits only ; tail cylindrical, tufted. Skull with

occipital region very broad, auditory bullz enormously developed,

infraorbital opening with a separate canal for the nerve. Incisors

grooved. Premolars absent or almost rudimentary, and found above

only.

3. Alactaga, EF. Cuvier, P.Z. S. 1836,.p. 141... .. . . (1836).

Hind feet with five digits, of which the first and fifth do not

reach the ground ; tail cylindrical, tufted. Skull with the occipital

region less broad, auditory bullze smaller, infraorbital opening with

no separate canal for the nerve. Incisors plain. One very small pre-

molar present above only.

4, Platycercomys, Brandt, Bull. Ac. St. Pétersb. p. 209. (1844).

As in Alactaga, but the hind limbs proportionally shorter, and

* Since the above went to press, Dr. E. Coues has published a paper in which

he rejects the generic names Jaculus and Meriones as preoccupied, substitutes

Zapus, and regards the form as the type of a distinct family, Zapodide (Bull.

U.S. Geol. Surv. v. pp. 253-262).

90 MR. E. R. ALSTON ON THE ORDER GLIRES. [| Jan. 18,

the tail flattened, lancet-shaped, covered with short hairs and not

tufted. No premolars.

C. Pepretin«. One premolar above and below. Grinding-teeth

rootless. Cervical vertebrae free. Metatarsals separate. Hind feet

with four well-developed digits, with short broad hoof-like nails.

Tail bushy throughout, not tufted. Ethiopian. Recent genus :—

5. Pedetes, Mliger, Prod. Syst. Mamm. p. 81. ..... (1811).

(Characters those of the subfamily.)

Section III. Mystricomorpha.

One premolar above and below (except in Ctenodactylus). Grind-

ing-teeth rooted or rootless, not tuberculate. Frontals with no

distinct postorbital processes (except in Chetomys). Infraorbital

opening large, subtriangular, or oval. Zygomatic arch propor-

tionally stout; malar not advancing far forward (except in Cteno-

dactyline and Chinchillide), and not supported below by a continua-

tion of the maxillary zygomatic process. Incisive foramina small ;

foramina in base of skull proportionally large ; an interpterygoid

fissure. Mandible with its angular portion springing from the outer

side of the bony covering of the lower incisor, triangular, usually

pointed behind ; coronoid process small, and condyle low. Clavicles

perfect or imperfect. Fibula persistent as a distinct bone through-

out life. Upper lip rarely cleft. Muffle clad with fine hairs. Nostrils

pointed above, sigmoid or linear. Ears usually emarginate behind.

Tail hairy, subnaked, or scaly.

Family I. OcropontTip&.

Grinding-teeth with external and internal enamel-folds. Malar

with an inferior angle ; incisive foramina usually long, extending into

the maxillaries; clavicles perfect. Both hind and fore feet usually

with five digits, rarely with four; clawscurved. Teats placed high

on the flanks. ‘Tail clad with short hairs or with scales. Three

subfamilies :—

A. CrenopactyLtin&. Grinding-teeth semirooted. Malar ex-

tending to the lachrymal (as in the last family) in a flattened

perpendicular plate. Hind feet with the claws of the two imner

digits covered by comb-like series of bristles. Ethiopian. Recent

genera :—

1. Ctenodactylus, Gray, Spicilegia Zoologica, p. 10 . . (1830).

Ears very small, with no antitragus. Tail rudimentary. Interparietal

and auditory bull large ; coronoid process reduced to a ridge. No

premolars. Molars with single external and internal enamel-folds.

2. Pectinator, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xxiv. p. 294..... (1855).

Ears with a small antitragus. Tail half as long as the body, bushy.

Interparietal smaller, auditory bulle larger, and palate more con-

tracted than in Ctenodactylus. Premolars present, but very small.

Third upper molar with two external folds.

1876. ] MR. E. R. ALSTON ON THE ORDER GLIRES. iL

B. Ocropontin#&. Grinding-teeth semirooted or rootless, with

short and simple enamel-folds. Fur soft. Tail usually short. Ethio-

pian and Neotropical. Recent genera :—

3. Petromys, A. Smith, S. African Quart. Journ. il. p. 2 (1831).

Ears short. Fur rather harsh. Pollex very short, with a small nail.

Claws short. Tail moderate, rather bushy. Infraorbital opening with

a small groove for the nerve. Grinding-teeth semirooted, with single

external and internal folds, which nearly meet in the middle.

4. Ctenomys, De Blainville, Bull. Soc. Philomath. 1826, p. 62

(1826).

Eye and ear very small. Fur soft. Claws longer than the toes,

those of the hind feet with comblike bristles (as in Ctenodactyline).

Tail rather short, clad with short hairs. Skull and mandible very

massive ; auditory bulle long and pear-shaped; malar with strong

superior and inferior angles ; infraorbital opening with no groove for

the nerve. Incisors very broad. Grinding-teeth rootless, with kidney~

shaped crowns; the third molar above and below small and sub-

circular.

5. Schizodon, Waterhouse, P.Z.8. 1841, p.91..... (1841).

External characters much as in Ctenomys, but the ears larger and

the claws, th ough strong, not longer than the digits themselves. Skull

less massive ; the superior and inferior angles of the malar weaker ;

infraorbital opening with a groove for the nerve. Incisors broad,

convex. Grinding-teeth placed transversely, with single external and

internal folds, which meet in the middle.

6. Spalacopus, Wagler, Isis, 1832, p.1219....... (1832).

Ear rudimentary ; tail short; claws of fore feet shorter than the

digits. Skull shorter than in Schizodon ; superior and inferior angles

of malar obsolete ; infraorbital opening smaller, with no separate

canal for the nerve. Incisors broad, the upper arched boldly for-

ward, the lower very long. Grinding-teeth like those of Schizodon ;

but the external and internal folds do not meet in the middle line.

fe Oclodon, bennett, PZ. 8.) 18325 p. 40... osx. 6: «ie (1832).

Ears rather large. Claws small, that of the pollex truncated. Tail

long, hairy, bushy at the tip. Skull similar to that of Spalacopus,

but with a separate canal in the infraobital opening for the nerve.

Incisors narrow. Molars like those of Spalacopus, but placed diago-

nally, and the posterior lobe smaller than the anterior in the upper

teeth.

8. Habrocoma (=Abrocoma), Waterhouse, P. Z. 8. 1837. p. 30

(1837).

Ears very.large. Fur very soft. Tail moderate, clad with short hairs,

not tufted. Pollex obsolete. Skull with the facial portion elongated ;

malar with moderate superior and inferior angles; auditory bullee

very large. Incisors narrow. Upper grinding-teeth with single exter-

92 MR. E. R. ALSTON ON THE ORDER GLIRES. [Jan. 18,

nal and internal enamel-folds ; the lower with one external and two

internal folds, dividing them into narrow angular lobes.

C. Ecuinomyins. Grinding-teeth semirooted or rooted, with

deep, curved enamel-folds. Fur more or less harsh, often mixed with

spines. Tail usually long. Neotropical and Ethiopian. Recent

genera :—

9. Carterodon, Waterhouse, Nat. Hist. Mamm. ii. p. 351 (1848).

Muzzle blunt; ears moderate; tail short, clad with scales and rather

long hairs. Skull broad, with no marked crests ; frontals with deli-

cate supraorbital ridges. Incisors broad, with longitudinal furrows

and raised ridges. Upper grinding-teeth with one internal and two

external enamel-folds ; the lower similar but reversed.

10. Myopotamus, Geoffroy, Ann. du Mus. vi. p. 81. . . (1805).

Muzzle blunt; pollex with a truncated nail ; hind feet large, with

the first four digits fully webbed and the fifth free; tail moderate,

cylindrical, scaly. Skull elongated, with sharp occipital and sagit-

tal crests; auditory bullae small; paroccipital processes very long.

Incisors flat, plain. Grinding-teeth as in Carterodon, but the lower

with three internal folds.

11. Cercomys, F. Cuvier & Geoffroy, Mammiftres, 6™¢ livr. (1829).

Muzzle pointed ; ears rather large; fur without bristles or spines ;

pollex very small, with a short nail; hind feet not webbed ; taillong,

scaly. Skull ovate; frontals contracted, with sharp supraorbital

ridges, coronoid process small. Incisors flat. Grinding-teeth with

nearly circular crowns; the upper with one internal and three external

enamel-folds ; the lower similar but reversed.

12. Loncheres, Illiger, Prod. Syst. Mamm. p. 90... . (1811).

Muzzle blunt; ears rather short ; fur in most species mixed with

flattened lanceolate spine; toes subequal; second digit of fore feet

with a broad truncated nail; tail long, clad with scales and hairs.

Skull like that of Cercomys. Incisors narrow. Upper grinding-teeth

like those of Cercomys, but longer, with the middle folds usually

meeting in the middle; the lower with one external and two internal

folds.

13. Mesomys, Wagner, Wiegm. Arch. 1845, Th. ii. p. 145 (1845).

External characters as in Loncheres; but pollex with a short

curved claw, fur without spines, and tail short, thickly haired. No

distinct supraorbital ridges. Incisors broad. Upper grinding-teeth

with one or two external folds ; the lower similar but reversed.

14. Echinomys (=LEchimys), Desmarest, Nouv. Dict. d’ Hist. Nat.

De Ee OOM oF Sol oTceO cmos oa oe on (1817).

Muzzle pointed ; ears larger than in Loncheres ; fect narrower, the

toes more uneven in length, fur usually mixed with spines. Palate

shorter and broader. Incisors narrow. Grinding-teeth as in

Mesomys.

1876.] MR. E. R. ALSTON ON THE ORDER GLIRES. 93

15. Dactylomys, Is. Geoffroy, Ann. Sc. Nat. (2™° sér.) x. p. 126

(1838).

Ears short; tail long, scaly ; fore feet with the pollex obsolete,

and the third and fourth digits elongated, with short convex nails.

Skull with proportionally small orbits and high occiput. Incisors

flat. Grinding-teeeh (except the lower premolar) each divided into

two lobes, each of which has a single enamel-fold.

16. Plagiodon (= eee F. Cuvier, Ann. Sec. Nat.

CZDICESEL |) Viale 4 fea ee entene tel coiks tier sree eRe . (1836).

Form stout; muzzle Blane: pollex ei iiicntity: outer ae coarse ;

under-fur silky; tail short, scaly. Grinding-teeth rootless, the

upper with a deep enamel-fold running diagonally forward from near

the internal posterior angle, and another running back from near the

outer anterior angle ; the lower with one external and two internal

folds.

17. Capromys, Desmarest, Mém. Soc. d’ Hist. Nat. i. p. 44 (1822

External characters much as in Plagiodon ; fur long and harsh;

tail moderate or long, scaly, sparsely haired. Liver divided into

minute lobules. Skull elongate, with no marked crests; malar

deep; paroccipital process long. Incisors small, convex. Upper

grinding-teeth with one internal and two external folds; the lower

similar but reversed.

18. Aulacodus, Temminck, Monogr. de Mamm. i. p. 245 (1827).

Form stout; muzzle blunt; fur harsh; tail moderate, sparsely

haired ; fore feet with the pollex rudimentary and the fifth digit very

short ; hind feet with four digits, of which the outer is rudimentary.

Skull with the facial portion much inflated; the brain-case small, with

strong sagittal and occipital crests; parietals small; infraorbital

opening with a separate canal for the nerve. Incisors very broad,

the upper with three deep grooves. Grinding-teeth rooted, with folds

arranged as in Capromys.

Family II. Hysrricip.

Grinding-teeth with external and internal enamel-folds. Skull

ovate, often greatly inflated by large air-sinuses in the bones; facial

portion short and broad; malar with no inferior angle ; occipital

plane perpendicular, with a median*’ridge. Form robust ; limbs sub-

equal; fur more or less modified into spines and hollow quills. Two

subfamilies :—

A. SpHInGurRIN#. Grinding-teeth rooted. Skull short; lachry-

mal bone not bounding the canal. Clavicles perfect. Upper lip

unfurrowed. Tail moderate or long, usually prehensile. Soles of

feet tuberculated. Four teats. Nearctic and Neotropical. Recent

genera :—

lL. Chaetomys, Gray. bh. Z. 8. 1843; po 2. . 2.5. sae (Lota).

Head and body clad with stout wavy bristles; feet with four

94 MR. E. R. ALSTON ON THE ORDER GLIRES. [Jan. 18,

digits; the hind feet with a nailless tubercle instead of the first digit,

and an internal lobe, supported by two accessory tarsal ossicles.

Skull short; the frontal and malar with large postorbital process,

which almost meet; walls of auditory meatus produced. Upper

grinding-teeth each divided into three lobes, of which the anterior

and posterior have deep single enamel-folds ; lower teeth with one

external and two internal folds.

2. Sphingurus (=Sphiggurus), F. Cuvier, Dents d. Mamm. p. 256

(1825)*.

Nostrils far apart ; head and body clad above with short stiff spines,

or with mixed spines and bristly hair; feet as in Chetomys; tail

long, prehensile at its tip. Skull short; the air-sinuses greatly

developed in some species ; no postorbital processes; walls of auditory

meatus not produced ; interparietal broad ; angle of mandible pointed.

Grinding-teeth subequal, like those of Sphingurus, but with two

lobes only.

3. Erythizon, F. Cuvier, Dents d. Mamm. p. 256 .. . (1825).

External characters as in Sphingurus, but the nostrils nearer to-

gether, the quills more concealed by hair, the hind feet with five toes

and hardly any internal lobe; the tail short, thick, and non-prehen-

sile. Skull with walls of auditory meatus slightly produced; angle

of mandible rounded. Grinding-teeth like those of Sphingurus, but

the anterior much longer than the posterior.

B. Hysrricina#. Grinding-teeth semirooted. Skull more elon-

gate; lachrymal partly bounding the canal. Clavicles imperfect.

Upper lip furrowed ; tail not prehensile ; soles of feet smooth ; six

teats. Paleearctic, Indian, and Ethiopian. Recent genera :—

4, Atherura, G. Cuvier, Régne Animal (2™ éd.), i. p. 215 (1829).

Spines flattened, channelled ; tail long, scaly, with a tuft of com-

pressed bristles at the pomt. Nasal part of skull moderate. Upper

grinding-teeth with one internal and three or four external folds, the

latter soon separated as enamel-loops ; the lower teeth similar, but

reversed.

5. Hystriz, Linneeus, Syst. Nat. i.p.76.-.....:. (1766).

Spines cylindrical; tail short, covered with spines and slender-

stalked open quills. Nasal cavity usually very large. Air-sinuses of

frontals greatly developed. Teeth as in Atherura.

Family III. Cuincuiiiip2.

Incisors short; grinding-teeth divided by continuous folds into

transverse laminze. Malar extending forward to lachrymal, with no

inferior angle, and only a rudimentary superior angle. Optic fora-

mina confluent. Auditory bulle moderate or very large. Palate con-

tracted in front, and deeply emarginate behind. Clavicles perfect.

* = Synetheres and Sphiggurus, F. Cuvier (1825) = Cercolabes, Brandt (1885).

1876. ] MR. E. R. ALSTON ON THE ORDER GLIRES. 95

Fore limbs small; hind limbs elongate, with four or five toes. Fur very

soft. Tail moderate or long, bushy. Neotropical. Recent genera :—

1. Chinchilla, Bennett, Gardens &c. Zool. Soc. pt. i. p. 1 (1829).

Ears broad, not elongated. Fore feet with five digits ; the pollex

very small, but bearing a claw; hind feet with four digits. Tail long,

bushy. Skull with the auditory bullae enormous, appearing on the

top of the skull between the supraoccipital, interparietal, and squa-

mosals. Grinding-teeth rootless, with their enamel-folds nearly

straight, each with three lamine; the two anterior laminz of the

lower premolar imperfectly separated.

2. Lagidium, Meyer, Nov. Act. Acad. Nat.-Cur. xvi. p. 576

(1833).

Ears elongated. Both fore and hind feet with four digits. Skull

as in Chinchilla, but the auditory bullae more moderate, articulating

on the top of the skull with the supraoccipital aid squamosals only.

Grinding-teeth similar, but their folds curved ; all three lamin of

the lower premolar perfectly separated.

3. Lagostomus, Brooks, Tr. Linn. Soc. xvi. p. 102 . . . (1828).

Ears moderate. Fore feet with four digits, and hind feet with

three ; the tarsus elongated. Tail moderate, bushy, tufted. Skull more

massive than in the other genera, with well-marked sagittal and occi-

pital crests ; auditory bulle smaller, not appearing on the top of the

skull; infraorbital opening with a separate canal for the nerve.

Grinding-teeth with two laminz, except the last upper molar, which

has three.

Fossil genera :—

4, Amblyrhiza, Cope, Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc. xi. p. 183 . (1869).

Grinding-teeth semirooted, each with either four or five lamine.

5. Loxvomylus, Cope, op. cit. p. 187... 222.52 es (1869).

Grinding-teeth as in Amblyrhiza, but each with three laminz

only, their crowns obliquely sloped both longitudinally and laterally.

Family IV. Dasyprocrip.

Incisors long. Grinding-teeth semirooted, with external and inter-

nal enamel-folds. Milk-teeth long retained. Optic foramina sepa-

rate; palate broad; incisive foramina short ; mandible with the masse-

teric ridge obsolete. Clavicles rudimentary. Form somewhat slender,

limbs moderate; upper lip entire; ears short; tail short and naked

or rudimentary. Fore feet with five digits; hind feet with five or

three ; claws short and hoof-like. Neotropical. Recent genera :—

1. Dasyprocta, Mliger, Prod. Syst. Mamm. p. 93. . . . (1811).

Form compact; limbs long; hind feet with three digits only ; tail

either obsolete or short and subnaked. Skull elongate, smooth ;

infraorbital opening with no separate canal; malar simple; parocci-

96 MR. E. R., ALSTON ON THE ORDER GLIRES. (Jan. 18,

pital processes short. Upper grinding-teeth with one internal and

three or four external folds, the latter soon separated as isolated

enamel-loops; the lower teeth similar but reversed.

2. Celogenys, F. Cuvier, Aun. du Mus. x. p. 203 . . . (1807).

Muzzle obtuse; skin of cheeks reflected below the zygoma; hind

feet with five digits; tail reduced to a tubercle. Skull with the

zygoma enormously inflated, the anterior two thirds composed of the

maxillary zygomatic process, which is hollowed out below into a

great chamber, lined with mucous membrane and communicating

with the mouth ; infraorbital opening with a canal for the nerve ;

paroccipital processes long. Upper grinding-teeth with two internal

and three external folds, except the third molar, which is reversed ;

lower teeth with one external and three internal folds.

Family V. Dinomyip2.

Incisors broad. Grinding-teeth rootless, with folds dividing them

into transverse lobes. Optic foramina confluent. Paroccipital processes

short. Palate broad. Clavicles imperfect. Manubrium broad. Upper

lip cleft. Hair harsh. Tail rather long, bushy. Both fore and hind

limbs with four digits; claws as in the last family. Neotropical. Re-

cent genus :—

1. Dinomys, Peters, Monatsb. Ak. Berlin, 1873, p. 551 (1873).

(Characters those of the family.)

Family VI. Cavirpa.

Incisors short. Grinding-teeth with folds dividing them into trans-

verse lobes. Milk-teeth shed during fcetal life. Optic foramina

separate ; paroccipital processes long and curved ; palate contracted

in front; mandible with a strong masseteric ridge. Clavicles im-

perfect. Upper lip entire; ears short or long; fur moderately soft ;

tail very short or absent. Fore feet with four digits, hind feet with

three only; claws as in last family. Neotropical. Recent genera :—

1. Cavia, Pallas, Misc. Zool. p. 30 (ew Klein, 1751) . . (1766).

Body plump; limbs very short, subequal; ears short; hind feet not

palmated ; no external tail. Skull much depressed ; malar slender ;

palate much contracted in front, deeply emarginate behind, exposing

the preesphenoid; incisive foramina long. Grinding-teeth each divided

into two angular lobes.

2. Dolichotis, Desmarest, Mammalogie, p. 360... . . (1822).

Limbs and ears long; tail very short or rudimentary. Skull less

depressed than in Cavia, and the facial portion comparatively larger ;

palate still more deeply emarginate, exposing the vomer ; incisive

foramina long. Grinding-teeth each divided into two angular lobes,

except the third upper molar and the lower premolar, which have

each three lobes.

1876. ] MR. E. R. ALSTON ON THE ORDER GLIRES, 97

3. Hydrocherus, Brisson, Régn. An. p.116 ...... . (1756).

Body massive ; limbs moderate ; muzzle very blunt ; eyes and ears

small; tail obsolete ; hair coarse and sparse ; all the feet fully webbed.

Skull massive; malar very deep; palate produced behind the last

molar; incisive foramina short ; paroccipital processes very large and

long. Upper incisors grooved in front; upper grinding-teeth each

with two lobes, united only by cement, except the third molar, which

has twelve narrow transverse plates; lower premolar and first molar

with three narrow lobes, the second and third with four.

Suborder Il. GuLIRES DUPLICIDENTATI.

Incisors 4, at birth § ; the outer upper incisors soon lost ; the next

pair very small, placed directly behind the large middle pair; their

enamel continuous round the tooth, but much thinner behind. Skull

with the optic foramina confluent, with no true alisphenoid canal ;

incisive foramina usually confluent ; bony palate reduced to a bridge

between the alveolar borders. Fibula ankylosed to tibia below, and

articulating with the caleaneum. Testes permanently external; no

vesicular glands. ‘Two families :—

Family I. Lagomyip.

Either one or two premolars above and below; grinding-teeth

rootless, with transverse enamel-folds dividing them into lobes. Skull

depressed ; frontals contracted, with no postorbital processes ; facial

surface of maxillary with a single perforation; posterior angle of

malar produced almost to the auditory meatus ; basisphenoid not

perforate, nor separated by a fissure from the vomer ; coronoid pro-

cess in the form of a tubercle. Clavicles complete. Ears short. Hind

limbs not markedly elongated. No external tail. Palearctic and

Nearctic. Recent genus :—

1. Lagomys, G. Cuvier, Tabl. Elém. de P Hist. Nat. p. 132 (1798).

External characters those of the family ; two premolars above and

below.

Fossil genus :—

2. Titanomys, Von Meyer, Jahrb. fiir Mineralog. 1843, p. 393

(1834).

One premolar only, both above and below.

Family II. Leporip.

Three premolars above, and two below ; grinding-teeth as in last

family. Skull compressed; frontals with large wing-shaped_post-

orbital processes ; facial portion of maxillaries minutely reticulated ;

basisphenoid with a median perforation and separated by a fissure

from the vomer; coronoid process represented by a thin ridge of bone.

Clavicles imperfect. Ears and hind limbs elongated. Tail short,

bushy, recurved. Cosmopolitan (except Australasian region). Re-

cent genus :—

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1876, No. VII. 7

98 MR. E. R. ALSTON ON THE ORDER GLIRES, [Jan. 18,

1. Lepus, Linneus, Syst. Nat. i. p. 77 «24 aa 5% 2% (1766).

External characters those of the family ; all the grinding-teeth

with three narrow laminz, except the last lower molar, which is small

and simple.

Fossil genus :—

2. Paleolagus, Leidy, Proc. Acad. Philad. 1856, p. 89 . (1856).

Incisors longer than in Lepus, first lower premolar with only two

laminee.

Suborder III. Guires HEBETIDENTATI (subord. nov.).

Incisors 2; the second lower pair very small, and placed rather

behind the middle pair, their enamel continuous round the tooth,

and their crowns transversely hollowed, not chisel-edged. Grinding-

teeth rootless, curved, with their convexity directed outwards.

Mandibular condyles and glenoid cavity transverse. Fibula articu-

lating with the caleaneum. One family :—

Family I. MesorHEertip&.

Two premolars above and one below; grinding-teeth rootless, with

single reentering enamel-folds. Skull massive, with sagittal and

occipital crests enormously developed, the latter running forwards at

the sides to the zygoma; frontals with large postorbital processes ;

infraorbital opening small; malar very deep, running forward to the:

lachrymal; auditory bulle moderate; paroccipital processes long ;

bony palate perfect, produced behind the molars; mandible resembling

in form that of Leporide. Clavicles perfect ; scapular and humerus

resembling those of Castorid@. Both fore and hind limbs with five

digits, claws probably short and hoof-like. Ischia articulated with two

of the caudal vertebrae. Phocene of South America. Fossil genus :—

1. Mesotherium, Serres, Compt. Rend. Ac. Paris, xliv. p. 961

(1857).

(Characters those of the family.)

P.S. Since this paper was written I have been much pleased to

find that the researches of my friend Mr. A. Doran, of the Royal

College of Surgeons, into the form of the auditory ossicles of mam-

mals, essentially confirm the views of affinity here adopted. Mr.

Doran’s observations are yet unpublished; and it will be sufficient

here to indicate their more general result. He finds in the auditory

ossicles of the more typical Sciuromorpha a different type from that

presented in the typical Myomorpha. Castor, though aberrant,

approaches nearest to drctomys; and Anomalurus is very close to

Sciurus. Among the Myomorpha, Bathyergus has the characteristic

type of the Hystricomorpha, in which, with few or no exceptions, the

malleus and incus are ankylosed together ; and Dipus inclines in the

same direction. The ossicles of the GLIRES DUPLICIDENTATI pre-

sent a distinct and less specialized type.

(Ph. Sela ae

G. Sowerby lith. M&N.Hanhart imp.

NEW LAND SHELLS FROM TAVIUNI

1876. | MR. E. A. LIARDET ON FIJIAN LAND-SHELLS, 99

3. On the Land-Shells of Taviuni, Fiji Islands, with Descrip-

tions of New Species. By E. A. Lrarper.

[Received December 14, 1875.]

(Plate V.)

The land-shells of Taviuni, one of the Fiji group of islands, are

neither conspicuous for the number of their species nor for the

beauty of their colouring. They mostly inhabit the coast-lands, and

are all minute.

At a slight elevation a moderately large Helix (H. casca) and a

Bulimus are common. Some Helicine may also be found, but are

rare. Pupine I have only found at elevations from about five

hundred feet and upwards, and mostly under decayed logs. Partule

frequent the underside of the leaves of Dracene and Dilo-trees near

the coast. Partula lirata is the only one I met with.

But if the want of size or beauty of colouring renders these shells

less sought for by the ordinary collector, yet to the naturalist their

structure and the habits of their occupants must always be a source

of interest.

The natives of Fiji cannot be induced to seek in the dense forests

for shells ; consequently the only way is for the collector to trust to

his own researches. This I did; but the result has fallen far short

of my expectations.

Considering the moist temperature, dense vegetation, and moun-

tainous character of the island, all so conducive to the abundant

existence of land-mollusca, their scarcity is a matter of surprise.

They mostly locate under logs and stones, seldom being exposed to the

sun, which, no doubt, accounts for the absence of rich colour in any

of the species.

The numerous small shells on the coast-lands are common to

most of the islands; and being found sheltered by bark on logs

and in the decaying husks of old cocoa-nuts, it may be inferred that

they have frequently been transported from island to island—and

though in some cases destroyed by a subsidence, have again, since

the uprising, once more colonized the coast. The island of Ta-

viuni would seem to establish this inference ; for it is only at a height

of some five hundred feet that Pupine and the larger species of Bu-

limus, Helix, and Helicina are found. Now coral-indications show

this island to have been submerged to that level; 1 would therefore

conclude that the last-mentioned shells are the true representatives

of the molluscan fauna of that part of the former continent whose

peaks are now the islands of Fiji.

In preparing the following descriptions of species believed to be

new I have to acknowledge the assistance I have received from Mr.

Henry Adams.

1. NANINA? TAVIUNIENSIS, sp. nov. (Plate V. figs. 1, la, 6.)

Shell globose, minutely perforated, of a light brown colour, smooth

100 MR. E. A. LIARDET ON FIJIAN LAND-SHELLS. (Jan. 18,

and highly polished ; whorls 5, convex; spire obtuse; suture im-

pressed ; aperture nearly vertical, roundly lunate ; columella short,

excavated, white, with a callous curved tooth near the base.

Animal very active. I ecbserved it on one occasion, when inter-

rupted in progression, lift its tail high, as in figure la, and shake it

vigorously.

Hab. Islands of Taviuni and Gamia, Fiji. Rare. (Coll. Liardet.)

2. NANINA? VITRININA, sp.nov. (Plate V. figs. 2, 2a.)

Shell yellow, thin, translucent, perforated, discoidal; whorls 47,

last subangulated, the others slightly convex; beneath shining and

well rounded; aperture slightly oblique, lunate; suture marginate ;

peristome thin ; columellar lip slightly expanded over perforation.

Animal black, with mantle covering two thirds of the shell, which it

cannot enter at first.

Found in moist situations under logs, in this respect resembling

Vitrina. (Coll. Liardet. )

3. NANINA? RAMSAYI, sp. nov. (Plate V. fig. 3.)

Shell similar to NV. ? vitrinina. When the animal is out I can

detect no difference.

Animal red; a protuberance on the back rests against the shell

anteriorly. It progresses by raising its head, extending the body,

and placing the posterior part of the foot down in the form of an

arch, lands its body gradually from the head; and this arch thus

appears to recede until the caudal extremity is reached. Like N.?

vitrinina, it cannot at first recede into its shell; and like Vitrina

stranget of Australia, it leaves mucus in its track of a brick-red

colour.

Hab. Taviuni, Fiji. (Coll. Liardet.)

4. Hewix pRINCEI, sp. nov. (Plate V. figs. 4, 4a.)

Shell very small, depressed, with wide and perspective umbilicus ;

colour dark brown ; whorls 3, prominently costated ; suture deeply

impressed ; aperture round.

Note.—This is the only Fijian shell I have seen resembling any

of the Australian Helices.

Hab. Taviuni, Fiji. (Coll. Liardet.)

5. HeLrx PINNOCKI, sp. nov. (Plate V. figs. 5, 5a.)

Shell conoid, perforate ; colour a horny yellow ; convex beneath ;

whorls 6, spirally striated, the last carinated, smooth beneath; aper-

ture oblique, roundly lunate ; columellar lip slightly expanded over

perforation.

Hab. Taviuni, Fiji. (Coll. Liardet.)

6. Hrxix BARKASI, sp. nov. (Plate V. fig. 6.)

Shell minute, trochiform, very minutely perforated, colour golden

horny ; whorls 53, convex, roughly and irregularly striated, trans-

1876. ] MR. E. A. LIARDET ON FIJIAN LAND-SHELLS. 101

versely ribbed, last whorl acutely carinated ; beneath slightly convex ;

strize radiating from the perforation; aperture oblique and triangular.

Hab. Yaviuni, Fiji. A scarce shell. (Coll. Liardet.)

7. Hewrx cuayi, sp.nov. (Plate V. fig. 7.)

Shell minute, turbinate, minutely perforate, of a golden horny

colour ; spire obtuse ; whorls 5, convex, last slightly carinate, very

finely, closely, and regularly striated ; beneath smooth and shining ;

aperture oblique, roundly lunate.

Hab, Taviuni, Fiji. (Coll. Liardet.)

8. LAMELLARIA PERFORATA, sp.nov. (Plate V. figs. 8, 8a.)

Shell small, acute, polished, dark brown colour ; epidermis thin ;

whorls 53, convex, spirally striate, with a white apertural lamina;

aperture oblique, pyriform ; columellar lip white, projecting from the

base of the shell, expanding slightly over region of umbilicus ; outer

lip impressed and of a deep purple tint.

This shell is found embedded in the bark of dead logs.

Note.—-The animal has the tips of the eye- pedicels Balhous:

Hab. Taviuni, Fiji. (Coll. Liardet.)

9. DIPLOMMATINA TAVIENSIS, sp. nov. (Plate V. figs. 9, 9a.)

Shell with the penultimate whorl contracted in front, leaving the

previous one and lip of the aperture joining regularly costated ; lip

double ; aperture circular and entire.

Animal with two tentacles, short and cylindrical, with an active

arched motion, as in Helicina. Eyes situated at the base of tenta-

cles inside.

Hab. Taviuni, Fiji. (Coll. Liardet.)

10. LaGocuHeiLus HISPIDUS, sp. nov. (Plate V. figs. 10, 10a.)

Shell small, bulimiform, hispid, of a brown colour; whorls 53,

spirally costate ; aperture circular.

Very rare.

Hab. Gamia, Fiji. (Coll. Liardet.)

1. OMPHALATROPIS VITIENSIS, sp.n. (Plate V. figs. 11, 11a.)

Sheil bulimiform, acute ; colour brown or yellow ; whorls 5, last

convex, with a keel round the base of the shell encircling the umbi-

licus, and terminating in a tongue- shaped process at the base of the

aperture ; epidermis ‘thin ; : aperture pyriform ; lip thickened.

fab. Islets off Taviuni, Fiji. (Coll. Liardet.)

EXPLANATION OF PLATE V.

| Fig. 7. Helix clayi.

8, 8a. Lamellaria perforata.

3, Nanina ramsay?. 9, 9a. Diplommatina taviuniensis,

4, 4a. Helix princet. 10, 10a. Lagocheilus hispidus.

5, 5a, Helix pinnocki. | 11. lla. Omphalotropis vitiensis.

6. Helix barkasi,

Fig. 1, la, b. Nanina ? taviuniensis.

2, 2a. Nanina vitrinina..

102 MR. W. H. HUDSON ON THE HABITS OF RAILS. (Jan. 18,

4. Notes on the Rails of the Argentine Republic.

By W. H. Hupson, C.M.Z.S.

[Received December 19, 1875.]

The Carau or Courlan (Aramus scolopaceus) has been called ‘ an

abnormal relative of the Rails at the most;’ but in habits and

appearance it is certainly near akin to them.

The beak of this bird is nearly 5 inches long, straight, and of an

iron hardness; the tip is slightly bent to one side, the lower man-

dible somewhat more than the upper. The tongue extends to the

extremity of the beak ; at the end it is of a horny toughness, and

frayed or split into filaments. This beak is a most effective instru-

ment in opening shells; for where mollusks abound the Courlan sub-

sists exclusively on them, so that the margins of the streams which

this bird frequents are strewn with innumerable shells lying open and

emptied of their contents.

Every shell has an angular piece, half an inch long, broken from

the edge of one valve. Mussels and clams close their shells so

tightly that it would perhaps be impossible for a bird to insert his

beak, however knife-like in shape and hardness, between the valves

in order to force them open; therefore I believe the Aramus first

feels the shell with his foot whilst wading, then with quick dexterity

strikes his beak into it before it closes, and so conveys it to the shore.

It would be most difficult for the bird to lift the closed shell from

the water and carry it to land; but supposing it could do this, and

afterwards succeeded in drilling a hole through it with its beak, the

hole thus made would have jagged edges, and be irregular in shape ;

but it is, as I have said, angular and with a clean edge, showing that

the bird had just thrust his beak half an inch or an inch between

the valves, then forced them open, breaking the piece out during the

process, and probably keeping the shell steady by pressing on it with

the feet.

By day the Aramus is a dull bird, concealing itself in dense reed-

beds in streams and marshes. When driven up he rises laboriously,

the legs dangling down, and mounts vertically to a considerable

height. He flies high, the wings curved upward and violently

flapped at irregular intervals; descending, he drops suddenly to the

earth, the wings motionless, pointing up, and the body swaying

from side to side, so that the bird presents the appearance of a fall-

ing parachute. On smooth ground he walks faster than a man,

striking out his feet in a stately manner and jerking the tail, and

runs rapidly ten or twelve yards before rising. At the approach of

night he becomes active, uttering long clear piercing cries many

times repeated, and heard distinctly two miles away. ‘These cries

are most melancholy, and, together with its mourning plumage and

recluse habits, have won for the Aramus several pretty vernacular

names. He is called the ‘Lamenting Bird”’ and the “Crazy

Widow,” but is more familiarly known as the ‘ Carau.”’

Near sunset the Caraus leave the reed-beds and begin to ascend

i376.] MR. W.H. HUDSON ON THE HABITS OF RAILS. 103

the streams and visit their favourite fishing-sites. They are very

active at night, retiring again at the approach of morning, and some-

times spend the day perched on trees.

As the breeding-season draws near they become exceedingly clamor-

ous, making the marshes resound day and night with their long

wailing cries. ‘The nest is built amongst the rushes, and contains

ten or twelve eggs, large for the bird, slightly elliptical, sparsely

marked with large blotches of pale brown and purple, the whole egg

having a cloudy appearance. When the nest is approached, the

parent birds utter sharp angry notes as they walk about at a dis-

tance from the intruder. Young and old birds live in company till

the following spring.

The Carau is more nocturnal than the Rails, and, having a far

more powerful flight, takes to wing more readily: in general appear-

ance, and in its gestures and motions when on the ground and when

rising, it closely resembles them.

The Jacana (Parra jacana), arrives from the north in Buenos

Ayres early in October, coming singly or in small parties. In their

migration they appear to follow the course of the Plata; and, though

some individuals are found breeding inland, they are for the most part

confined to the littoral marshes.

The Jacanas journey by very easy stages, frequently alighting to

rest by the way ; for they are so incapable of sustained flight that

boys on the pampas occasionally take them, pursuing them on horse-

back till the birds drop down exhausted. I believe the migratory

Rails travel in the same way—a matter not easily determined, as they

migrate by night; but they are feeble-winged creatures, and when

driven to rise flutter away as if wounded. I have observed the

Jacanas migrating by day, but would not for this reason affirm that

they do not journey by night, since the Bartram’s Sandpiper and other

species journey both day and night.

The Jacana flies swiftly, in a straight line and close to the surface :

the wings flutter rapidly ; and there are frequent intervals of gliding.

When rising it presents a most novel appearance, as the lovely pale

green of the wings is quite concealed when the bird is at rest; the

beauty of its flight is thus greatly enhanced by the sudden display

of a hue so rare and delicate. At a distance from the beholder, and

in a strong sunshine, the wings appear of a shining golden yellow.

Not only when flying does the Jacana make a display of its beau-

tiful wings ; without rising it has a way of exhibiting them, appear-

ing to delight as much in them as the Cockatoo does in its crest or

the Peacock in its train. When several of these birds live in com-

pany, occasionally they all in one moment leave their feeding, and

with quick excited notes, and clustering together in a close group,

go through a singular and pretty performance, all together holding

their wings outstretched and agitated, some with a rapid fluttering,

others a slow-moving leisurely motion like that of a butterfly sunning

itself. The performance over, the birds peaceably scatter again. I

have never observed Jacanas fighting.

Soon after coming they pair, and build a simple nest with few

104 MR. W. H. HUDSON ON THE HABITS OF RAILS. [Jan. 18,

materials, usually on the floating weeds; the eggs are four, in shape

like Snipes’ eggs, and have deep-brown spots on a pale yellowish-

brown ground. During incubation the male keeps guard at some

distance from the nest, and utters a warning cry at the approach of

an intruder; the female instantly flies from the nest, but in rising

renders herself very conspicuous. When the nest is approached the

parent birds hover about, occasionally fluttermg as if wounded, all

the time keeping up a clamour of hurried angry notes somewhat re-

sembling the barking cries of the Black-collared Stilt.

The Jacana has always appeared to me strictly diurnal in its habits.

Some of our Rails and Rail-like birds I will pass over, either be-

cause I have not learnt their habits or have failed to discover any

thing interesting in them not known already, as in the case of our

two species of Fulica.

I will mention, in passing, that the Bartram’s Sandpiper (4etiturus

bartramius), judging purely from its habits, is a near relation of the

Rails. This species, I believe, has not had a place assigned it in the

Argentine avifauna—a strange oversight ; for it is one of our com-

monest birds.

I will now give a brief account of Rallus rhytirhynchus, of Por-

zana erythrops, and of that king of Rails the Aramides ipecaha.

The Black Rail (Rallus rhytirhynchus) abounds everywhere in the

La-Plata region where reeds and rushes grow. They are always

apparently as abundant in winter as in summer; this fact has sur-

prised me greatly, since I know this species to be migratory, their

unmistakeable cries being heard overhead every night in spring and

autumn, when they are performing their distant journeys. Probably

all the birds frequenting the inland marshes on the south-western

pampas migrate north in winter; and all those inhabiting the shores

of the La Plata and the Atlantic sea-board, where there is abundant

shelter and a higher temperature, remain all the year. On the Rio

Negro of Patagonia the Black Rails are resident; but the winter of

that region is mild; moreover the wide expanse of barren waterless

country lying between the Rio Negro and the moist pampas region

would make migration from the former place impossible to such a

feeble flyer. Of this instinct we know at least that it is hereditary ;

and it is hard to believe that from every one of the reed-beds distri-

buted over the vast country inhabited by the Black Rail a little

contingent of migrants is drawn away annually to winter elsewhere,

leaving a larger number behind. Such a difference of habits cannot

possibly exist amongst individuals of a species in one locality; but

differences, in the migratory as in other instincts, great as the one I

have mentioned, are found in races inhabiting widely separated regions.

It is difficult to flush the Black Rails; they rise in a weak flutter-

ing manner, the legs dangling down, and after flying forty or fifty

yards drop again into the reeds. Their language is interesting. When

alarmed the bird repeats, at short intervals, a note almost painful

from its excessive sharpness ; it utters it standing on a low branch

or other elevation, but well masked by reeds and bushes, and in-

cessantly bobbing its head, jerking its tail, and briskly turning

1876.| MR. W.H. HUDSON ON THE HABITS OF RAILS. 105

from side to side. It has at such times a very sprightly appearance,

whilst the long tricoloured beak, the blood-red eye, and vermilion

legs admirably contrasting with the fine dark plumage, give it some

claims to beauty. At other times it has a hollow call-note with a

puzzling ventriloquism in the sound; this note is sometimes repeated

at brief intervals for an hour at a time; and whilst uttering it the

bird stands, as usual, on a slight eminence, but in a listless attitude,

and without any of the nods and becks and other frisky gestures.

It has also a kind of song, frequently heard; the common people

fancy it resembles the distant braying of an ass ; hence the vernacular

name “ Burrito,’ by which the bird is known in the Plata. It is

heard occasionally in the day, but oftenest in the evening, and is a

confused performance, uttered without pause, and composed of

several long shrill notes, modulated and mingled with others hollow

and booming. These notes can be heard a thousand yards away ;

but far or near they always sound remote.

I can say little of Porzana erythrops, called with us ‘Gallinetita,”’

or Little Hen, though it visits Buenos Ayres annually, breeds, and

is abundant there. In language and habits it is like a Coot, not

often seen on land, and feeding principally as it swims about in a

jerky manner amongst the floating weeds. It appears in October,

migrating exclusively, I think, by night; and after the autumnal

departure an individual is rarely seen. By day they are shy and

retiring, but scatter abroad in the evening, frequently uttering their

strange hollow cry, called “ witch-laughter”’ by superstitious people,

and resembling a sudden burst of hysterical laughter, the notes be-

ginning loud and long, becoming brief and hurried as they die away.

The Aramides ipecaha, called in Buenos Ayres “ Gallineta,’’ is

a most interesting bird. Without any brilliant tints, there is some-

thing so pleasing to the eye in the various hues of its plumage—

light brown and drab-colour, blue, grey, buff, and black—all these

colours so harmoniously disposed (the effect heightened by the yel-

low beak, golden-red eye, and vermilion legs), that I do not know a

handsomer waterfowl.

They are found as far south as the thirty-fifth parallel of latitude,

and are most abundant along the marshy borders of the Plata, fre-

quenting the vast reed-beds and forests of water-loving Hrythrina

crista-galli. When they are not persecuted they are bold pugnacious

birds, coming out of the reeds by day and attacking the domestic

poultry about the houses and even in the streets of the villages situ-

ated on the borders of their marshy haunts. But when compelled

to place Man on the list of their enemies, it is a difficult matter to

get a sight of one; for, like all birds that rise laboriously, they are

vigilant to excess, and keep themselves so well concealed that one

may pass through their haunts every day of the year, and the

Ipicaha still be to him no more than a “wandering voice.” But

even persecution does not entirely obliterate a certain inquisitive

boldness that is one of the strongest traits of their character. Usually

they roam singly in quest of food, but have reunions in the evening

and occasionally during the day, especially in gloomy weather.

106 MR. W. H. HUDSON ON THE HABITS OF RAILS. [Jan. 18,

Where there are forests, and on misty or rainy days, they stray to

a distance from the reeds. ‘They walk with an easy and somewhat

stately grace, jerking up the tail, Rail-like, at every stride, and run with

a velocity no man can equal. Occasionally they perch on trees, and

are fond of strutting to and fro on a horizontal branch.

When surprised on the open ground the Ipecaha lies close, like a

Tinamou, refusing to rise until almost trodden upon. It springs up

with a loud-sounding whirr, rushes violently through the air, till,

gaining the reeds, it glides a few yards and then drops: its flight is

thus precisely like that of the Tinamou, and is more sounding and

violent than that of the Grouse or Partridge. On spying an intruder

it immediately utters a powerful cry, in strength and intonation not

unlike that of the Peafowl. This note of alarm is answered by other

birds at a distance as they hastily advance to the spot where the warn-

ing was sounded. The cry is repeated at irregular intervals, first on one

hand, then on the other, as the birds change their position to dog

the intruder’s steps and inspect him from the reeds. I have sur-

prised parties of them in an open space, and shot one or more ; but

no sooner had the survivors gained their refuge than they turned

about to watch and follow me, sounding their powerful alarm the

whole time. I have frequently been followed half a mile through

the rushes, by them, and, by lying close and mimicking their cries,

have always succeeded in drawing them about me.

But the Ipecaha’s loudest notes of alarm are weak compared with

the cries he utters at other times, when, untroubled with a strange

presence, he pours out his soul in screams and shrieks that amaze

the listener with their unparalleled power. These screams, in all

their changes and modulations, have a resemblance to the human

voice, but of the human voice exerted to its utmost pitch, and ex-

pressive of agony, frenzy, and despair. A long piercing shriek,

astonishing for its strength and vehemence, is succeeded by a lower

note, as if in the first one the creature had well-nigh exhausted it-

self. The double scream is repeated several times; then follow other

sounds, resembling, as they rise and fall, half-suppressed cries of pain

and moans of anguish. Suddenly the unearthly shrieks are re-

newed in all their power. This is kept up for some time, several

birds screaming in concert; it is renewed at intervals throughout

the day, and again at set of sun, when the woods and marshes

resound with the extravagant uproar. I have said that several birds

unite in screaming; this is invariably the case. I have enjoyed

the rare pleasure of witnessing the birds at such times; and the

screams then seem a fit accompaniment to their disordered gestures

and motions.

A dozen or twenty birds have their place of reunion on a small

area of smooth clean ground surrounded by reeds; and by lying well

concealed and exercising some patience one is enabled to watch

their proceedings. First one bird is heard to utter a loud metallic-

sounding note, three times repeated, and somewhat like the call of

the Guinea-fowl. It issues from the reeds, and is a note of invita-

tion quickly responded to by other birds on every hand as they all

1876.) MR. W. H, HUDSON ON THE HABITS OF RAILS. 107

hurriedly repair to the customary spot. In a few moments, and

almost simultaneously, the birds appear, emerging from the reeds

and running into the open space, where they all immediately whirl

about and begin the exhibition.

Whilst screaming they rush from side to side as if possessed with

frenzy, the wings spread and agitated, the beak wide open and

raised vertically. I never observed them fight or manifest anger

towards each other during these performances; and, knowing the

pugnacious spirit of the Ipicahas, and how ready they are to seek a

quarrel with birds of other species, this at first surprised me; for I

was then under the mistaken impression that these gatherings were

in some way related to the sexual instinct.

Whilst watching them I also remarked another circumstance.

When concealing myself amongst the rushes I have been compelled

to place myself so disadvantageously, owing to the wet ground, that

any single bird straying accidentally into the open space would have

discovered my presence immediately ; yet the birds have entered and

finished their performance without seeing me; so carried away are

they by the emotion that possesses them during these moments.

But no sooner has the wild chorus ended than, aware of my pre=

sence, they have fled precipitately into the reeds.

How could this curious habit I have described, and which cannot

be considered advantageous, have originated? It is simply that this

species has a somewhat singular way of giving expression to an in-

stinctive feeling common toallcreatures. Many birds and mammals

have social gatherings, peacetul like those of the Ipicaha; and if seen

to fight, these are but playful engagements ; for the emotion that calls

them together is a joyous one. It manifests itself so variously in

different species that a person might easily be led to believe that the

displays he observes are, in many instances, inspired by the sexual

passion.

The Ibis melanotis, the Glossy Ibis, the Black-collared Himanto-

pus, and the Spurred-winged Lapwing also hold similar exhibitions.

‘The last-named species has a far more remarkable performance on

the ground, aptly called “ dancing ”’ by the Argentine peasants; for

the birds, in twos and threes, run and whirl about and stand bowing

till their beaks touch the ground, all the time regulating their move-

ments to drumming rhythmic notes.

The Chimangos (Milvago) frequently have meeting-places where

they circle about, sportively quarrelling in the air, then rest, each

one on his separate perch ; and at intervals one bird utters a long and

song-like cry, followed by a succession of short notes, in which all

the birds join as in a chorus.

Males and females of many species in which the sexes are always

faithful sing and scream together in a jubilant manner at intervals

through the day. This habit is most remarkable in the Oven-bird

(Furnarius) : these stand together facing each other, singing their

shrill excited song, all the while beating their outspread wings in

time with the notes, and each bird taking a part, so that the per-

formance produces the effect of harmony.

108 MR. W. H. HUDSON ON THE HABITS OF RAILS. [Jan. 18,

The Chajas (Chauna chavaria) also sing in concert, ‘‘ counting the

hours,’’ as the Gauchas say ; for they sing about nine o’clock in the

evening and again just before dawn.

Still more remarkable is the habit in the Scissor-tail (Milvulus

tyrannus) ; for these birds are not gregarious, and yet once a day they

rise up and, hurrying from tree to tree, summon each other to a

general gathering; then, mounting with sharp chirping notes, they

precipitate themselves violently downwards from a great height, their

long tails opening and closing, their zigzag flight accompanied with

impetuous ‘‘ whetting ” and “ grinding ”’ notes.

The Tinamous unite in small coveys and play, running about in

circles, rapidly doubling and suddenly crouching as if to conceal

themselves.

Tyrant-birds and Thrushes chase each other screaming through

the air and amongst the trees. Hard-billed singing-birds sing in

concert on trees and bushes, and sometimes pursue each other and

fight all the time they are singing. Some Ducks fight mock battles

on the water. The habit is different in the Chiloe Widgeon (Mareca

chiloensis) ; for this Duck has an easy and powerful flight. In small

flocks they rise until they become mere specks in the sky; at that

vast height they hover, all the time singing their shrill notes, and close

and separate and close again; and every time they close they slap

each other so smartly with their wings that the blows can sometimes

be heard when the birds have quite vanished from sight.

Many mammals also have meetings and rejoice together, some

species even having set performances; but the habit is less notice-

able in them, as they are not so impressionable by nature as birds,

and are also less buoyant in their motions, and less garrulous.

In all the instances I have given, the sexual passion is in no way

concerned ; for these gatherings and displays take place at all seasons

of the year, and are in some cases less frequent during the season of

courtship. It is impossible to doubt that the cause is simply the

natural gladness felt by all sentient beings at times, when hunger is

satisfied and they are free from the restraints imposed by other

emotions. It is toa great extent an associate feeling, and, in species

accustomed to meet and to indulge in it with frequency, is instanta-

neously communicated from one to the other. Every shepherd and

herdsman on the pampas is familiar with the fits of joy that seize

his domestic or semi-domestic cattle. Thus a lamb in a flock will

suddenly spring up two or three times in quick succession, coming

down on his four feet together ; and instantly his companions become

possessed with a joyous contagion, and, breaking away from their

dams, they fly off in pursuit. Suddenly they all stop and group

themselves together; but in a few moments another lamb springs up

and bounds away, and the chase is renewed.

It is not to be wondered at that some species should have not

only a definite and unchangeable manner of manifesting their joyous-

ness, but should give it such extravagant expressions as, for example,

the Ipecaha does, whilst in others it shows itself in the most

subdued manner or not at all; for some animals are incapable of ex-

1876.] HON. W. DRUMMOND ON AFRICAN RHINOCEROSES. 109

pressing even feelings so violent as pain, fear, anger, and solicitude

for their young. But that the feeling exists at times in all I am

pretty sure, even in so melancholy a creature as the Heron.

Probably the concert-screaming of Foxes and Monkeys and many

other animals, the pretty ‘‘ showing-off”’ of Jacanas and other birds,

and the aerial vagaries of Snipes, accompanied by peculiar sounds

called ‘‘bleating’’ or “drumming,” and a hundred more strange

performances are due to the same cause.

5. On the African Rhinoceroses.

By the Hon. W. H. Drummonp.

[Received December 20, 1875. ]

I believe that at present naturalists have arrived at no decided con-

clusions as to the number of species of Rhinoceros inhabiting Africa ;

and as I have had some practical experience on the subject I beg

leave to offer these few remarks for their consideration.

As far as my own experience and the inquiries I have made of

natives well acquainted with the facts, and of European travellers and

hunters who were equally qualified to offer an opinion, have gone, I

believe, in accordance with the recorded opinions of most travellers

and sportsmen who have given any attention to the subject, that

there are four distinct species; while if &. oswellii be not merely a

variety of ER. simus, as I am inclined to think it is, it would follow

that there was one more. These I would class as follows :—R. simus,

the “ Mohohu”’ of the Bechuanas, and the ‘*‘ Umkave”’ or “ Um-

kombewoquobo”’ of the Amazulu, Amatabili, and Ama Tonga tribes ;

R. keitloa, the Keitloa of the west, and Umkombe Tovote of the

east; R. bicornis major, the greater black species, known as the

Kulumane on the eastern side, while in South Central Africa (I

mean the country north of the Transvaal Republic, and south of

the Zambesi) it is, I believe, known as the ‘ Borele ;’ and R. dicornis

minor, the small black species, known up to the Limpopo as the

“ Upetyane,” and among the Dutch republics to the north as the

«* Klin rhinaster.”? ‘To these must, I suppose, be added R. oswelli,

or the “ Kabaoba,”’ until we are in a position to prove conclusively

that it is merely a variety, as I think, for reasons hereafter to be

stated, will ultimately prove to be the case.

Of the above, R. simus and R. oswellit are those generally known

as the ‘‘ white,”’ while R. keitloa, R. bicornis major, and R. bicornis

minor are called the “ black ;’’ and before proceeding further I should

like to say a few words about the nomenclature I have made use of,

and which (with the exception of the introduction of what I believe

to be a distinct species, which for want of a better name I have called

R. bicornis minor, the Small Black Rhinoceros or Upetyane) is the no-

menclature I believe to be in general use. ‘The distinction, however,

of black and white seems to me misleading and misapplied, all

Rhinoceroses being of the same colour, namely a peculiar shade

110 HON. W. DRUMMOND ON AFRICAN RHINOCEROSES. [Jan. 18,

of brown, or, if any difference does exist, it being in R. dicornis

minor possessing a tinge of red. That to different observers, and in

different localities, they do appear to be of different colours (Baldwin

mentions a blue kind) is undoubted ; but, except any slight variation

that may locally exist, from the animal, as in Darwin’s theory of

protective resemblance, conforming to the prevailing colour of the

district it inhabits, all such cases may be referred to outward cir-

cumstances, such as the position of the sun, or the kind of mud they

may have been rolling in last, and partly, no doubt, to the age and

sex of the animal. In exemplification of this, I may mention that I

have watched a bull of &. simus trotting past me in the full glare of

the midday sun, and it has appeared to me almost white ; while after

following the same animal up, and finding it feeding with the long

shadows of evening on it, its colour has then seemed to be, as it

really is, a deep brown. It may also be worthy of notice that no

system seems to have been pursued in giving the scientific names under

which these species are known. A. simus, the snub- or square-nosed

Rhinoceros, is appropriate enough, as referring to one of its most

distinctive points, while &. oswelli is named after the gentleman

who discovered it; but the term dtcornis, though no doubt appli-

cable, would be equally so to every one of the five species, and would

be most especially so to &. keitloa, in which the two horns are of

almost equal length, while its present name, keitloa, bemg merely a

native and local designation, conveys nothing to those unacquainted

‘with the language.

R. simus, the common white Rhinoceros, requires but little de-

scription from me, being, as we all know, a well-recognized species.

It is the greatest in size, and is remarkable for the length the front

horn grows to, as well as its gentle and inoffensive disposition. Its

food is, as far as my experience goes, solely grass. ‘The country

over which I can personally speak as to its existence, extends from

Zululand up to the Limpopo; from there it incontrovertibly reaches

the Zambesi; while Speke mentions it in Karagweh, and Andersson

between Walwich Bay and Lake Ngami and in Ovampoland. Sir

Samuel Baker tells me that he saw at Khartoum a horn ‘‘ immensely

thick at the base, and about 23 feet long, which came from the

countries west of the Nile;’” and though for some reason which he

did not state he thinks it was not the horn of a “ White Rhinoceros,”

yet, unless we conclude that a species exists of which we have

hitherto heard nothing, it is justifiable to believe it to be a specimen

of either R. simus or R. oswelli; and as the habitat of the latter is

distinctly circumscribed, the balance of evidence lies on the side of

its having been the former. It may therefore be generally stated,

subject to correction, that R. simus is common to the south of the

Zambesi; and while undoubtedly it exists to the north of it, though

not I think in large numbers, it has never been seen in any part of

Northern Africa. It is, however, worthy of remembrance that the

value of its horn in those parts of Africa where it is rare or not found

is great ; while to the south, where it is plentiful, the value is com-

paratively small.

1876.| HON. W. DRUMMOND ON AFRICAN RHINOCEROSES. 111

R. keitloa is another well-recognized species ; but for the sake of

comparison with those killed in other parts of Africa I will mention

the average measurements I have noted, and the peculiarities of

structure.

fv: an,

Length from nose to base of tail, about 11 ‘0

Height.at the shoulder ...... about 5 0

Cirenmiference 12) )015- esas. e. about: 19 10

Average length of the anterior horn. . L8

Average length of the posterior horn. . hi 6

in some few cases the posterior horn is a trifle the longer, and in

others 4 or 5 inches the shorter. The head is of the same type as

that of R. bicornis major and R. bicornis minor; and the peculiar

snout and long prehensile upper lip which characterizes these three

species is more marked than in the former, while less so than in the

latter. Its food is chiefly, if not solely, the young and tender shoots

of various kinds of thorns. In disposition it is decidedly morose and

ill-tempered ; but it seldom charges without provocation. Its habitat

is a very extended one, though it does not seem to be plentiful any-

where, more than two or three being seldom seen together, and then

only at long intervals. I have found it from the Black Umfolosi river

in Zululand up to the Limpopo, and the black crosses seen on the map

now before us in the country south of the Zambesi show the appro-

ximate spots where, to my knowledge, it has been killed. Andersson

seems to have met with it to the west ; and it most undoubtedly exists

in Abyssinia, specimens which I have examined from that country

being now in the British Museum, and a very perfect one in the

possession of Mr. Gerrard; while from the measurements of a pair

of horns from a Rhinoceros cow killed by Sir Samuel Baker (the

front horn 23 inches, the back 174 inches) I should be inclined to

believe that it also must have been &. heitloa, 1774 inches being an

extremely unusual length for the posterior horn of any other species.

I will next speak of R. oswelli, about which, however, much

remains to be learned. In conformation, habits, disposition, and

food it in no way differs from R. simus, except in its horns. This

singularity, as is well known, consists in the front horn, which is

straight, and even in comparison with R. simus unusually long,

pointing forward at an acute angle instead of standing erect from the

snout, though this angle is very various in different animals, some

possessing the peculiarity in the most modified form, while in others

it is very marked. The red marks on the map show where I know

it to have been met with or killed; and I have found specimens

high up on the east coast, though not exhibiting their characteristic

to any great degree. It is, however, by far the most local of any of

the species, so much so as to induce me to believe that it is merely

local variety, some bull or cow (probably the former) having either

from injury or accident of birth possessed a horn similar to that

which we now find among its descendants. The fact of the pecu-

liarity varying so greatly in different individuals is, it seems to me,

112 HON. W. DRUMMOND ON AFRICAN RHINOCEROSES. [Jan. 18,

in favour of this view, and of the interbreeding of R. simus and R.

oswelli ; while it is worthy of note that Livingstone mentions having

seen somewhere near the Zambesi a ‘black’? Rhinoceros with a

horn like that of R. oswelli—a statement which proves the possibility

of the accidental occurrence of such a peculiarity as the inter-

breeding of R. oswelli and any of the species known as the “black ””

is too incredible to be taken into serious consideration. It is, how-

ever, not possible to settle this point until it can be proved whether

R. simus and R. oswellii do or do not interbreed ; and I may there-

fore pass on to the next species.

I may first observe that in using the word R. dccornis for this in

common with the next species, I do so under correction, and for the

reason that while unable to say with certainty which has been

hitherto referred to by different travellers under that name, I think

it very probable that both have been so, though they differ so greatly

that I cannot but wonder at this being the case, and can only account

for it by the fact, which I have myself noticed, that where the one

species is rare the other is common, and vice versd. I will commence

by describing the larger of the two, the one known on the east as

the Kulumane, and up to the Zambesi as the Common Black Rhino-

ceros. This animal does not, I am inclined to believe, on an average

exceed R. keitloa in size, though I have killed individual specimens

larger than any I have seen of the latter ; it, however, differs from it

in its horns, which, though following the conformation of R. simus,

never attain to the same size. Their average length in bulls is about

18 inches for the anterior, and 8 inches for the posterior, the cir-

cumference of the base of the larger horn being about 18 inches ;

while in cows, which in all the species have longer and more slender

horns, the front one measures 22 inches, and about 16 inches at the

base, the back one being about 12 inches in length. It is also

worthy of note that the length of the horn in all the black species

seldom varies in adults more than 3 or 4 inches, while in both the

white a difference of a foot may not uncommonly be found. I have

already mentioned when speaking of R. kectloa that the species now

under discussion possesses, though in a less marked degree, the

peculiar snout and upper lip characteristic of the three “black”

species ; and this leads me to the cause of such a provision of nature.

R. bicornis minor and R. keitloa live, so far as my experience goes,

entirely on the leaves and branches of trees; and this remarkable lip

acts much in the same manner as the trunk of an Elephant in

drawing their feod towards their mouths. &. dicornis major, how-

ever, though living partly (and I should say chiefly) on the same,

also consumes, like R. simus, large quantities of grass; and therefore

its snout possesses the characteristics of both. I have frequently

seen them browsing on the grass ; but the possession for a few days

of a young calf of this species afforded me an unusually good oppor-

tunity of studying their habits and favourite food. Its mother had

been killed on the banks of the Pongolo by one of my hunters; and

the calf had, as is often the case, remained by the carcass during the

following night, where we captured it next morning, and after con-

1876.] HON. W. DRUMMOND ON AFRICAN RHINOCEROSES. 113

siderable difficulty conveyed it to our camp. The bottom in which

it was tethered contained abundance of the rich grass which forms

the chief food of &. simus; but it did not eat much of it, though

even on the first evening it consumed a large quantity-of the young

shoots and tender leaves of the thorn-branches provided for it, and

seemed to be most fond of the hack, or waitabit thorn, turning over

the other kinds with its snout and tasting them, and then passing

them by to search for the former. On the second evening, however,

I noticed it, after returning from water, commence to eat the sur-

rounding grass; and though it did not show so great a relish for it

as it did for the thorn-shoots, it ate it, both then and afterwards, in

such large quantities as proved that it naturally forms a by no means

inconsiderable portion of its food.

In disposition this species much resembles R. eitloa—neither

often charging without provocation, though they will puff and snort

and show a disposition to do so; and it may also be said to be the

more gregarious as well as the most common, herds of from five to

fifteen being sometimes seen in unusually favoured localities. It

undoubtedly exists in all the country S.E. of the Zambesi, being

- especially plentiful in some parts of Zululand. Whether it or the

species I shall next describe under the name of R. bicornis minor is

the one spoken of by Andersson on the west, I am unable to say, as

he gives no measurements, though the head and horns depicted in

one of his plates resemble those of the latter. ‘Travellers in Central

and Northern Africa speak of R. Jicornis as existing without giving

any details by which it can be identified ; and though, for reasons to

be hereafter given, I imagine the smaller species is alluded to in

Northern Africa, I cannot of course be in any way certain.

The distinctive characteristics of R. bicornis minor are very marked.

Its average measurements are as follows :—

E ft; in,

Length from nose to base of tail ...... 10 4

Height at the shoulder about ........ 4 6

Circumference about ............ Sank cole

Average length of the anterior horn.... 0 10

Average length of the posterior horn .. 0 5

Sometimes specimens are found with the front horn 13 or 14 inches

in length, and the posterior in proportion ; but they are uncommon,

The head is smaller in proportion than that of any other species,

while the upper lip protrudes to a greater degree, and the eye is

unusually small. Its foot is also smaller in proportion to its body

than that of any of the others. Its food is, as I have before said,

solely the leaves and branches of thorns ; and it is scarcely ever found

out of thorn-jungle, though &. dicornis major is often found in other

coverts. Its disposition is savage and morose to the very last degree.

It continually attacks without other provocation than the mere sight

of a human being affords; and it will follow the scent of the human

foot for some distance. When seen without the observer’s proximity

being suspected, it is generally heard grumbling and grunting out its

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1876, No. VIII. 8

114 MR. E. P. RAMSAY ON THE BIRDS OF [Jan. 18,

ill temper; and in following its spoor the furrows ploughed up in

the ground, and which are more or less made by all the different

species, are so common as, when the ground is too hard to enable

more than a faint mark to be seen, to prove to the hunter the species

he is following. I have never seen more than three (a bull, a cow,

and a calf) together. I have found them in considerable numbers

from the Black Umfolosi river in Zululand all along the Ubombo

range up towards the Limpopo, though as they near that river they

become scarce, and I only know of one instance of their being found

near the Zambesi. I have, however, no doubt that they existed at one

time all over the thorn-country south of the Zambesi, as oral tradi-

tions of their ferocity are common among the Dutch hunters ; and no

doubt their own ill-temper accounts for their being now partially ex-

tinct in that district, self-defence on the hunter’s part having caused

their destruction ; while lower down to the south-eastward, where no

doubt they were originally more common, they are disappearing more

rapidly than any other species. I have seen a considerable number of

horns from Abyssinia, and they appear to me to resemble in size and

shape those of this species, though perhaps a trifle longer; but until

some one will describe the animal to which they belong, it is useless

to make guesses which are not founded on sufficient data.

It will be seen from the above remarks how very limited my

knowledge of the subject under discussion really is; nor should I

have ventured to make them before you this evening had I not felt

that it is only by each traveller describing what has actually come

within his own observation that such questions as the number of

species of avy animal on so large a continent as Africa can ulti-

mately be set at rest; and this must be my excuse should you feel

that from my slender acquaintance with my subject I have been to

any extent occupying your time to-night under false pretences.

6. List of Birds met with in North-eastern Queensland,

chiefly at Rockingham Bay. By E. Pirrson Ramsay,

C.M.Z.S.—Part I1.*

[Received December 28, 1875. ]

174. PriLinopus SWAINSONII F.

This species is somewhat rare in the Rockingham-Bay district ; a

few only were obtained.

175. LAMPROTRERON SUPERBUS.

I found this, one of our most beautiful species, tolerably abundant

in all the scrub lands of the Herbert river and coast-range. Their

note is a broken ‘ coo,’’ prolonged into a rolling guttural sound at

the eud; they may be heard at least half a mile off. But, owing to

the dense nature of the scrubs, the birds are at all times difficult to

* Continued from P. Z. 8. 1875, p. 603.

+ Where no references are given, the names are taken from Gould’s ‘Hand-

book.’

1876. ] NORTH-EASTERN QUEENSLAND. 115

obtain, although not rare. The female of this species has un-

doubtedly been described and figured under the name of ZL. eyano-

virens. The young resemble those of L. swainsonit, particularly in

having narrow yellow margins to the primaries and secondaries, aud

to the tips of the feathers on the chest and breast ; they do not

show the forked or split feathers on these parts before ‘the end of the

second year, although the green bands on the flanks are conspicuous

in the nestling.

176. MEGALOPREPIA MAGNIFICA.

I found this species abundant, and very variable in size.

177. MEGALOPREPIA ASSIMILIS.

Although this bird is so much smaller than the preceding species

in all its admeasurements, it should scarcely be considered a distinct

species, as it differs in no other way except in size from M. ma jnifica.

I have examined numerous examples of both M. mugnifica and I.

assimilis, and consider the latter rather the connecting link to M.pwella.

This last species has lately been noted from Cape York, whence I

received a fine pair procured there by Mr. J. A. Thorpe.

178. LEUCOMELENA NORFOLCIENSIS.

We procured several specimens of this fine and scarce Pigeon.

They were found feeding in the same trees (demena and Jambosa)

with Ptilinopus, Megaloprepia, and others.

79. YRISTICIVORA S ORRHOA.

179. MyRrISTICIVORA SPILORRH

During the months from October until the end of April, when

they leave, this species is very numerous all over the Rockingham-

Bay district. Karly in the morning, as soon as it is light enough,

they leave their roosting-places in large flocks, and betake them-

selves to their feeding-grounds, dispersing over the scrubs and among

the various species of demena and Jambosa which line the margins

of the Herbert river. ‘Towards evening they assemble, and, leaving

the feeding-grounds, return to roost on the mangrove islands in

Hinchenbrook channel, and around the coast and mouths of the

rivers, flying a distance of often 40 miles night and morning. The

tops of the mangroves on which they roost are literally white with

birds ; and, notwithstanding the disturbance and havock committed

among them by shooting-parties, they continue to arrive until dark.

They breed on these islands, building little or no nest, a few sticks

placed so as to prevent the eggs from rolling away being considered

sufficient. Young almost fully fledged were brought to me in

January; but many at this time were laying sens eges. When

freshly killed the concealed portions of the feathers on the body are

of a beautiful delicate rosy salmon hue, which soon fades after death.

180. LopHoOLAIMUS ANTARCTICUS.

I once met with a flock fying over some of the dense scrubs of the

Herbert river, and also a few on the wing near the township of

116 MR. E. P. RAMSAY ON THE BIRDS OF (Jan. 18,

Cardwell. They were not considered plentiful in the district. Those

obtained about Cape York are considerably less in size, and appear

more plentiful in that district.

181. CHaLCOPHAPS CHRYSOCHLORA.

This pretty Ground-Dove is tolerably plentiful over the whole

district. I noticed it frequently close to residences and in gardens

within the township.

182. LEUCOSARCIA PICATA.

This species is not by any means so plentiful as in the brushes of

New South Wales, where the woods resound with its monotonous,

deep, and melancholy call. It frequents alike the dry scrubs on the

margins of rivers, and those which clothe the damp stony sides of

the Sea-view range. Its flesh is highly esteemed, and resembles

that of a Quail. The bird is strictly a ground-feeder, only taking to

the trees when disturbed, where, perched on some thick branch, it

remains motionless until apparently all danger is over. The eggs

are two in number, of the usual form, but comparatively small.

183. PHaps CHALCOPTERA.

We met with this bird rarely, and only on the sterile sandy flats

in open forest country beyond the coast range, where numerous

species of Acacia abound, on the seed of which they feed.

184. GrOPrHAPS SCRIPTA.

Occasionally found in open forest-country. Met with only in one

place, about 30 miles inland. I found it breeding in the Burnett-

river district in December 1870. ‘The nest was placed beside a tuft

of grass, and consisted of a shallow hole lined with a few blades of

dry grass. ‘ihe eggs were two in number, and of a creamy white.

185. EryrTHRAUCHZNA HUMERALIS.

186. GEOPELIA TRANQUILLA.

187. GEOPELIA PLACIDA.

I found these species by no means rare. They prefer the open

country, and feed on the seeds of the ‘‘ Grass-tree,’’ Xanthorrhea,

and various species of Acacia and other leguminous plants abundant

in the sandy tracts about Cardwell.

188.. MacrorpyG1A PHASIANELLA.

This fine species, so abundant in the “brushes” of the Richmond

and Clarence rivers in New South Wales, is far from being common

in the Herbert-river district ; I met with a pair on one occasion only.

It was quite an unknown species to most of the settlers in those parts,

189. TALEGALLUS LATHAMI.

However plentiful this species may have been formerly in the Rock-

ingham- Bay district, itis now very scarce, only ove having been obtained

1876.] NORTH-EASTERN QUEENSLAND, 117

during my visit. They are still plentiful in the New-South-Wales

scrubs, I found that two or more females visited the same mound

to lay their eggs in; and when this is the case the mound is often

twice as large as an ordinary mound. It seems probable that

several individuals assist in scratching the mound together, when

a space often 50 yards in diameter (on level ground) is found

cleared of almost every fallen leaf and twig. The mounds are often

6 feet in height, and 12 to 14 wide at the base; sometimes they are

more conical. The central portion consists of decayed leaves mixed

with fine débris, the next of coarser and less rotted materials ; and

the outside is a mass of recently gathered leaves, sticks, and twigs

not showing signs of decay. In opening the nest these are easily

removed, and must be carefully pushed backwards over the sides,

beginning at the top. Having cleared these, and obtained plenty

of room, remove the semidecayed strata; and below it, where the

fermentation has begun, in a mass of light fine leaf-mould will

be found the eggs placed with the thin end downwards, often in a

circle, with three or four in the centre, about 6 inches apart. At

one side, where the eggs have been first laid, they will probably be

found more or less incubated ; but in the centre, where the eggs are

placed last, quite fresh ; and if only one pair of birds have laid in the

mound, about twelve to eighteen eggs will be the complement, and will

be found arranged as described above. On the other hand, if several

females resort to the same nest, the regularity will be greatly inter-

fered with, and two or three eggs in different stages of development

will be found close to one another, some quite fresh, others within a

few days of being hatched. There are usually ten eggs in the first

layer, five or six in the second, three or four only in the centre. I

found that the females return every second day to lay, but never suc-

ceeded in ascertaining which of the parent birds opens the nest.

The aborigines informed me that the male bird always performs this

office; and I usually found my black boys very correct in their

statements of this kind. After robbing a nest it is necessary to

replace the different layers as they are found; if the lowermost is

too much mixed up with the others, or the top tumbled into the

excavations made in the bottom one, the birds will invariably forsake

the mound; so that I found it always necessary to carefully replace

the different layers as I found them. It is not so with the Me-

gapodius tumulus, which does not seem to care how much the

mound is tumbled about, so that there is sufficient débris left to

burrow in; and, indeed, should there not be, they quietly set to

work and scratch it together again. The mounds of the Tallegallus

are seldom found on a great incline when a level spot can be obtained.

They frequently bring the débris from a considerable distance; and

in one instance on the Richmond river I noticed a place where

about a cartload had been scratched through a shallow part of a

creek 3 or 4 inches deep in water, and up the other side of the bank

to the mound, which was over 40 yards distant. The débris is

always thrown behind them. The greatest number of eggs taken

from one mound at one time was thirty-six. This was a very old

J18 MR. E. P. RAMSAY ON THE BIRDS OF [Jan. 18,

mound, and resorted to by several individuals. The eggs vary much

in size, and in shape from almost round to a long oval, or pointed at

the thin end; their usual form is an oval slightly smaller at one end.

The shell is very thin, minutely granulated, and snow-white in

colour. ‘They are of a very delicate flavour, resembling in taste

those of the Plovers.

190. MEGAPODIUS TUMULUS.

This Mound-raiser is very plentiful north after passing Port

Denison; I found it also in tolerable numbers as far south as the

Pioneer river. They are strictly confined to the dense scrubs, and

seldom, if ever, seen elsewhere. Their noisy cackling at night fre-

quently disturbed us when encamped near one of their favourite

resorts ; and during the day their hoarse note at once betrays their

presence. On the Herbert river they are not much sought after as

an article of food either by the natives or whites; for as their eggs

are esteemed a delicacy the birds themselves are not much molested.

I examined several nests in March; and although it was not the

regular breeding-season, yet fresh eggs were obtained, and newly

hatched young were found singly here and there throughout the

denser parts of the brushes. Some of the mounds were very ruth-

lessly destroyed by the whites, and scattered over the ground. This,

however, did not cause the birds to forsake the place; and out of one

large mound, which had been very roughly handled, two new ones

were formed, about 10 yards apart, on the base of the old one, which

was so matted and interlaced with roots from the neighbouring trees

that it appeared to me a marvel how the birds could burrow into it

the great length they did; and having once laid their eggs there,

how ever the young birds found their way out through the maze of

roots is still a mystery. Once out, however, and their wings dry,

they are able to take care of themselves, but remain about the

mounds for a day or so, as if waiting for some of their companions ;

but in less than a week from the day they are hatched they may

frequently be seen at least a quarter of a mile away, and well able to

fly about. I met one little fellow, only 5:5 inches in total length, fully

a mile away from the nearest mound; he flew up and settled in a

tree, about 20 feet from the ground. The wings and feet were

remarkably developed for so small a bird, which could scarcely be

more than four weeks old. Upon more than one occasion I have

seen the birds busy at their mound, or feeding near it, but was

never so fortunate as to meet with them in the act of burrowing.

The largest mound I met with was about 50 feet in length, 10 in

height, and 14 feet in width at the base, 8 or 10 on thesummit. It

seemed to be more like several mounds combined ; and certainly more

than two pairs of birds frequented it. While stationed gun in hand

watching for Cassowaries (Casuarius australis), | noticed on one ocea-

sion five birds arrive at this mound in company ; they came very close

to me, making a chuckling noise jerked out from their throat, and not

unlike that of a domestic fowl when driven from its nest, but not so

loud. Usually only a pair are met with together. Their flight is

1876. ] NORTH-EASTERN QUEENSLAND. 119

heavy ; and they do not readily take wing, unless pursued by a dog,

when they rise with a considerable flapping to the most convenient

branch, where they are easily approached and shot. Their flesh

is dark, rank, and tough.

The young, about 5 inches in length, are of a dull brown, ashy

brown on the sides of the face, neck, and mantle, and on the

abdomen of a lighter ashy brown, rufous brown on the flanks, and

brown washed with rufous on the breast; the back, rump, and tail

of a rich rufous brown; primaries dark brown ; interscapular region

and upper wing-coverts dark brown, tipped with light rufous; the

secondaries and scapulars freckled, and margined on the outer web

with light rufous; the outer series of secondary-coverts and outer

seapulars barred and freckled with the same colour ; iris dark brown;

feet yellow. Total length 5-5 inches, bill -45, wing 4°5, tarsus | inch,

tail a tuft of down about | inch in length.

191. TurNnrx VARIUS.

192. TurRNIX PYRRHOTHORAX.

193. TuRNIX VELOX.

I met with these three species occasionally. They were looked

upon as scarce birds in the Herbert-river district. 7. varius prefers

the more open forest land; the other two I found on the margins of

the open grass-flats, and in the vicinity of water-holes and lagoons &c.

194. SyNoICUS AUSTRALIS.

195. EXCALFACTORIA AUSTRALIS.

I found both species plentiful in the swampy parts of the grass-

beds, and on grassy ridges generally throughout the district, and

obtained young a few days old of S. australis in March.

196. DROMAIUS NOV-HOLLANDIE.

Emus were not plentiful, and so hunted that they are only found

now in the unfrequented parts of the district. I met their tracks

only on one occasion on the inland side of the range, in the basin

drained by the Herbert river.

197. CASUARIUS AUSTRALIS.

One of the chief objects of my visit to Rockingham Bay was to

become acquainted with the habits of this noble bird. In 1867 I

had sent my collector, Edward Spalding, to this district for this pur-

pose, but with very poor results. While in Brisbane on my way up

I purchased by telegram a fine young living specimen, the first that

had been obtaimed and reared, and ultimately succeeded in bringing

it alive to Sydney and shipping it to the Society, where I am glad to

hear it arrived safely*. I found also that several very young Casso-

waries had been obtained, and, for the first time, a nest and eggs had

been found. This was great news; and I need not relate how I made

* See P. Z. S. 1875, p. 469.— Ep,

120 MR. E, P. RAMSAY ON THE BIRDS OF [Jan. 18,

all haste to the Herbert-river Police Camp, where I was most hos-

pitably entertained and welcomed by Inspector Johnstone, who was

the first to rediscover and bring under the notice of others the

existence of this remarkable species. I found Inspector Johnstone

a true sportsman, as well as an ardent lover of Nature, a zealous and

energetic naturalist, and a careful observer. I am indebted to this

gentleman for much valuable information respecting the manners and

customs of the aborigines, and notes on the habits of many birds

and animals new to me, and especially for information on the present

species.

The Australian Cassowary is a denizen of the dense dark scrubs

scattered over the district of Rockingham Bay, and extending as far

north as the Endeavour river. It was tolerably plentiful only a few

years ago even in the neighbourhood of Cardwell ; but since the

advent of sugar-planters &c. on the Herbert river and adjacent

creeks, these fine birds have been most ruthlessly shot down and

destroyed for the sake of their skins, several of which I saw used for

hearth-rugs and door-mats. Formerly they were easily enough

procured ; but latterly so wary have they become, and their numbers

so decreased, that it is only with the greatest amount of patience

even a stray shot can be obtained. I know of no bird so wary and

timid ; and although their fresh tracks may be plentiful enough, and

easily found in the soft mud on the sides of the creeks, or under

their favourite feeding-trees, yet the birds themselves are seldom now

seen. During the day they remain in the most dense parts of the

scrubs, wandering about the sides of the watercourses and creeks,

diving in through the bushes and vines at the slightest noise.

Towards evening and early in the morning they usually visit their

favourite feeding-trees, such as the native figs, Leichardt-tree (S.

leichardti), and various species of Acmena, Jambosa, Davidsonia,

&c. ; they appear to be particularly fond of the astringent fruit of

the Leichardt-trees and of a species of Maranta, which produced

bunches of large seed-pods filled with juicy pulp, resembling in

appearance the inside of a ripe passion-fruit (Passiflora edulis).

Fruits and berries of all kinds are eagerly sought after; the tame

semiadult bird which I had the pleasure of forwarding to the Society

(1875) became so fond of the fruit of the Cape-Mulberry that he

would allow no one to come near the tree he had taken possession of.

This bird has frequently devoured at a time as much as 3 quarts of

‘“‘ Loquats”’ (fruit of Hriobotria japonica), and several fair-sized

oranges whole, besides its usual amount of bread per diem (about

3 pounds). In nature, I found that in the afternoons they frequently

came out and walked along the scrubs, or along the side of the river

or creeks, and swallowed large quantities of pebbles and small rough-

edged stones. In confinement, plantains and sweet potatoes (in large

pieces, which they can swallow whole) are a favourite food, while

nothing seems to come amiss to them—grasshoppers, spiders, earth-

worms, cockroaches, caterpillars of all kinds, dough, and even raw

meat. ‘They ascertain the flavour of their diet by first taking it up

in the tip of their bill and giving it a slight pinch ; and if not suitable,

1876. ] NORTH-EASTERN QUEENSLAND. 121

they throw it aside. I found they invariably refused green Loquats,

but always picked them up in the bill first to try them. In con-

finement they become very tame, and may be allowed to walk about

the place without restraint, coming when called, or more often run-

ning after and following any one who is accustomed to feed them.

If disappointed or teased, they not unfrequently ‘show fight”? by

bristling up their feathers, and kicking out sideways or in front with

force sufficient to knock a strong man down—a feat I have witnessed

on more than one occasion. These birds are very powerful, and

dangerous to approach when wounded. On more than one occasion

a wounded bird has caused a naturalist to take to a tree ; the sharp

nail of the inner toe is a most dangerous weapon, quite equal to the

claw of a large Kangaroo, and capable of doing quite as much

execution.

I found the Cassowaries to be excellent swimmers, and frequently

tracked them across a good-sized creek or river. On Hinchenbrook

Island, situated about 14 mile from the mainland, they have been

frequently met with; and I have myself heard them calling at night

and early in the morning as I passed up the channel, at a distance of

at least 2 miles from them. Mr. Johnstone informs me he met with

one swimming across a river of considerable width during his ex-

plorations while on the ‘‘ North-east-Coast Exploring-Expedition.”

Their note, most usually emitted by the male, is a series of harsh

guttural prolonged croakings quickly repeated, and continued for

about 3 minutes; it is very loud, and may be detected across the

water at a distance of at least 3 miles ou a still night. I.have

listened to it resounding through the scrubs at a distance of 13 mile

on land, and then thought it close and one of the most unearthly

noises I ever heard. They breed during the months of August and

September. The first nest procured was found by some of Inspector

Johnstone’s black troopers, from whom Mr. Miller, a settler on the

Herbert river, purchased some of the eggs. One which he kindly

presented to me is of the light-green variety mentioned hereafter.

The nest consists of a depression among the fallen leaves and débris

with which the ground in the scrubs is covered, with the addition of

a few more dry leaves. The place selected is always in the most

dense part, and well concealed by entangled masses of vegetation.

The eggs were five in number in the only two instances recorded;

and in both cases one of the eggs in each set differed from the

other, being of a light-green colour, and having a much smoother

shell. The others all have a rough shell, covered rather sparingly

with irregular raised patches of dark but bright green on a lighter-

green and smooth ground. In the pale (No. 1) variety these raisings

on the shell are closer together, and not so well developed; in both

varieties they are more thinly spread over the central portion than

at the ends. On the whole they closely resemble the eggs of

Casuarius bennettii, in which similar variations are noticeable ; but

they are larger, and of a greater diameter, being greatest in the

middle. I am indebted to Inspector Robert Johnstone for the fine

series of the eggs of this species which at present grace my collection.

122 ON THE BIRDS OF NORTH-EASTERN QUEENSLAND. [Jan. 18,

The following are measurements of some of the specimens of the

eggs of both species :—

Casuarius australis.

Length Wicth

in inches, in inches.

No. 1. Light-green smooth shell.. 5°33 x 3:73

No. 2. Dark-green rough shell. : 5°30 4x. 3:88

Casuarius bennettit.

No. 1. Light-green smooth shell... 5°65 x 3°54

No. 2. Light-green rough shell Don XX) USE

No. 3. Light-green rough shell Da Ses

No. 4. Dark-green rough shell. ...~°5°2 x 13°32

The young of Casuarius australis are of a dull rusty brown, the

feathers having frequently a blackish shaft-stripe, giving to the back

a streaked appearance. After the first year the plumage takes a

deeper lighter brown hue, and black feathers begin to appear mixed

with brown, some being party-coloured. After the second season, at

the age of 18 to 24 months, the black feathers predominate, and

the helmet, which has hitherto been undeveloped, more like the

shield of a coot (Iulica), begins to show a keel or ridge in the centre,

which rapidly increases in height. The skin round the head, on

which still remain a few brownish hair-like feathers, begins to become

wrinkled and coloured, varying from bluish-green to orange on the

lower part, and bright blue on the sides of the neck, the wattles

becoming carmine. The helmet still remains comparatively small

and undeveloped long after the wattles and naked parts of the neck

become coloured. I believe that the helmet does not attain its fall

size until the fourth or fifth year at least. In traversing the scrubs

the head is carried low to the ground, and the vines and branches

of trees striking the helmet slide over it on to the back. Otherwise

in the dense vine-scrubs bordering the Herbert river and _ else-

where progress would be greatly impeded ; but as it is, the Casso-

waries traverse the scrubs with wonderful speed, jumping over fallen

trees and logs when in the way. A young bird (the identical speci-

men, I believe, forwarded by his Excellency the Marquis of Nor-

manby to the Society), while in the possession of Inspector John-

stone, during my visit succeeded in jumping out of its yard over

a fence more than 6 feet in height. I measured the fence, and

found it 6 feet 6 inches to the top rail, on which its feet-marks were

plainly visible ; the length of the yard was only 12 X 12 ft. I found

the adult Cassowaries in full moult in March; but the new feathers had

not all made their appearance in May. During these months speci-

mens in confinement were remarkably irritable and frequently sulky,

even refusing their food (which they invariably do when unwell),

and were at times very spiteful, even attacking their keepers ; but

strangers chiefly come in for a share of their dislike. At all times I

have noticed they are very fond of bathing; the semiadult bird

before alluded to, which I forwarded to the Society, was remarkable

1876.] M. L. TACZANOWSKI ON CERVUS DYBOWSKII. 123

in this respect, and might frequently be seen waiting at the pump in

in the yard until some one came for water, when he would sit down

quietly under a copious shower, stretching out his neck and ruffling

his feathers up to allow the water to reach the skin. They do not

like any exposure, and always endeavour to get out of the sun. In

the wild state they seldom leave the scrubs, and certainly never do

so in the heat of the day unless hard pressed; but on the whole

they are remarkably hardy, and bear confinement well. In Februa

last (1875) I purchased four fine young birds about 6 months old,

which were obtained from some settlers in the Herbert-river district ;

these also I forwarded to England during the same month.

7. Description d’un nouveau Cerf tacheté du pays d’Ussuri

méridional, Cervus dybowskii. Par L. Taczanowsk1,

C.M.Z.S.

[Received December 17, 1875. ]

En 1868, le Capitaine Przewalski a observé pour la premiere | fois

des cerfs tachetés dans ce pays, et dit dans son ouvrage imprimé en

russe en 1870, que ces animaux abondent dans les gr ands foréts des’

cétes de la mer du Japon et de la région des affluents de l’ Ussuri, en

indiquant la rivitre Tina pour limite septentrionale de la distribution

de ce ruminant, de sorte qu’il n’en trouve point dans la région centrale

du cours de ’Ussuri. M. Przewalski l’a nommé C, azis, Erxl. (7), et

dit ensuite qu’il v a aussi dans ce pays un second cerf tacheté d’une

taille intermédiaire entre le précédent et le cerf commun; et que sa

peau d’été ne différe en rien de celle de son C. ais, mais en hiver elle

est d’un gris foncd¢, surtout au dos, ott le poil est presque noir avec des

taches blanchatres a peine distinctes. Il avu plusieurs fois des indi-

vidus de cette espéce, sans pouvoir s’en procurer.

Le Dr. Dybowski vient de me fournir cing peaux de ce cerf, parmi

lesquelles il y a quatre males de différents Ages (deux qui ont atteint

le développement entier, un jeune 4 dagues ‘simples, un d’age inter-

médiaire) et une femelle. Ces cerfs me paraissent appartenir 3 a cette

derniére forme, celle plus forte du Cap. Przewalski, et tous ces ex-

emplaires ont leur robe d’hiver. L’espéce parait étre inédite ; je

propose done de le nommer C. dybowskii, en lhonneur de mon ami,

zoologiste plein de mérite, dont le séjour de dix ans dans la Sibérie

orientale a sensiblement augmenté les connaissances de la faune de ce

pays, si curieux et si insuffisamment exploré en faits d’ histoire natu-

relle.

Ce cerf est d’une taille plus forte que celle du daim (C. dama) et

beaucoup plus petite que celle du cerf commun.

Les bois sont élevés et minces, moins penchés que ceux du C. elaphus,

et moins recourbés sur les cdtés, 4 trois andouillers simples, dont le

basilaire et le suivaut sont a en avant un peu obliquement sur

les cdtés et legerement courbés, et le troisiéme dirigé vers le milieu

et trés peu en arriére ; ces embranchements sont médiocres, et pres-

124 M, L. TACZANOWSKI ON CERVUS DYBOWSKII. [Jan. 18,

que égaux entre eux; le prolongement du tronc principal est plus long

que les branches précédentes, vertical, legérement courbé vers le mi-

heu. Le premier andouiller basal prend naissance beaucoup plus

haut quecelui ducerf commun (l’axe de cette branche est 4 4 centim. de

lacouronne), le deuxiéme est plus éloigné du précédent que du troisiéme

(19 et 17 centim.). Sur la face supérieure de Ja partie du trone

comprise entre les deux premiers andouillers se trouve une assez forte

Skull and horns of Cervus dybowskit.

caréne, et cette partie est considérablement plus haute que large ;

l’anneau basal est étroit. La rugosité surtout dans la moitié basale

est assez forte. Les appendices osseux servant de base aux bois sont

trés-élevés (5 centim.).

Le nez est nu; les fosses lacrymales profondes. La criniére est

abondante au cou et entre les épaules, et se prolonge d’une maniére

distincte jusqu’a la naissance de la queue; tout le cou est garni de

poils longs. La queue est beaucoup plus courte que dans le C. avis,

garnie de longs poils, qui forment une touffe dépassant |’extrémité

caudale de 22 centim.

1876.] M. L, TACZANOWSKI ON CERVUS DYBOWSKII. 124

La couleur générale des animaux adultes en pelage d’hiver ressemble

a celle d’un chevreuil (C. capreolus) dhiver, c’est-a-dire qu’elle est

forraée d’un semis d’une multitude de petites stries fauves sur un fond

gris brunatre ; chaque poil est gris, rembruni vers le haut avee un

large anneau fauve 4 une certaine distance du sommet, qui est noiratre.

Sur ce fond A couleur de chevreuil, il y a sur la partie postérieure du

corps des taches blanchatres, peu distinetes. Le fauve roussatre

prédomine sur les cdtés du cou, tandis qu en dessous le fond principal

est brunatre, varié de fauve. La crimiére est rousse sur la nuque,

ensuite elle devient brune varie de roussatre ; elle est distincte par

une nuance beaucoup plus foncée dans toute la longueur du dos. Le

museau est gris, piqueté de nombreuses stries fauves blanchatres,

cette couleur passe graduellement au roux sur le front; il y a une

tache blanche, pure, cordiforme sur le devant du menton. La face

dorsale des oreilles est roussatre ; interne est blanche ainsi que le

bordexterne de la face dorsale dans sa moitiéinférieure. La queue est

plus ou moins rousse en dessus avec un mélange d’un petit nombre

de poils noirs, et blanche en dessous, I] y aaussi un espace blane au

pourtour des fesses, couvert par une grande ‘tache caractéristique noire.

Le ventre est gris brunatre presque uniforme avec un peu de blanchatre

au milieu et du blanc pur dans la partie postérieure. Les jambes sont

fauves roussatres avec une large raie brune le long de la face antéri-

eure, et une tache blanche arrondie sur le c6té externe au-dessous du

talon dans les jambes postérieures.

Le jeune male 4 dague simple et un autre & ce qu'il parait de deux

ou trois ans, sont en général plus roux sur un fond brun plus foncé ;

le roux prend un ton ferrugineux bien intense le long de la criniére

dans toute la longueur du corps. Les taches blanchatres sont beau-

coup plus prononcées, mais elle paraissent étre plus restreintes. La

couleur roussatre des jambes est plus vive, avec la raie dorsale brune

plus foncée.

Dimensions :

centim

Elauteummo es boisetn acs ole eras tie oni ke eae OS

Distance entre les bois Ala base ............. 9°5

» extremités de la branche principale 43°5

Longueur du Merial oul erste wevereote city =: ceeucnseeted 6) fiche ey eli

» du 2° a Sipiars aici thio ee ee, shh Lae

33 du 3° “A Sse te sue hs eee eee. achat ee

Ps du sommet du trone principal............ 24

mn deorcilenw eyo tee ae A mincenis econ aen ag Lt

yoy LG MCUG i cle sin enteral isie sce ec) aie iene melo

i ra avec la touffe. . Usd. aede ia slehaie BOM

Jambe antérieure jusqu’au poing ................ 38

WATSOrs ococs chess peers t oes cis eee sca ee teeta ae

126 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE GENUS TERACOLUS. [Jan. 18,

8. Revision of the Lepidopterous Genus Teracolus, with

Descriptions of the new Species. By Arruur Gar-

DINER Burier, F.L.S., F.Z.S. .

[Received December 8, 1875. ]

(Plates VI. & VII.)

The Butterflies treated of in the present paper, although admitted

by all to be very pretty, are by no means favourite objects of study

with the lepidopterist.

Whenever a genus is composed of striking and, at the same time,

sharply defined species, plenty of entomologists are always ready to

work at it; but when, as in the present instance, there is some dif_-

culty in ascertaining the amount of variation obtaining in the dif-

ferent species, it will be found that lepidopterists are not unfrequently

content to catalogue all doubtful forms as varieties of known species,

often giving to the world a false view of their geographical distri-

bution, and thus hindering instead of advancing science.

The genus Teracolus was first founded by Swainson, in his ‘ Zoolo-

gical Illustrations,’ for the reception of his 7. subfasciatus. But a

few years since I extended it for the reception of all the insects

formerly constituting the genera Idmais and Callosune, there being

no reason, but that afforded by colour, why they should ever have

been kept separate.

Until quite recently I was unable, from lack of adequate material,

to attempt a revision of this very difficult group; but the kindness

of Mr. E. C. Buxton, in presenting to the Museum his valuable col-

lection of African ‘‘ Orange-tips,” has at length put me into a fair

position to work out the whole of the African species.

In order to make the present paper more complete, Mr. F. Moore

has very generously lent me the whole of his Indian specimens, thus

enabling me to avoid errors in determining the Asiatic species—our

deficiencies in Syrian forms being also partially met by the assistance

of my friend R. Meldola, who has put into my hands several species

collected by the late Mr. J. K. Lord.

It would be easy to show that the present genus contains but few,

if any, very sharply defined species. It is not improbable that, when

we know the Butterflies of East Africa, Arabia, Syria, and Persia

more thoroughly, we shall be able to show an unbroken gradation

from one end of the group to the other. At present we get a nearly

perfect transitional series from 7’. subfasciatus to T. tone, thence

through T. halimede to T. fausta, calais, and allies, on the one hand,

and to 7’. eupompe and allies on the other; from the latter we can

run on, almost without a break, through 7. eucharis to T. inter-

ruptus, aud thence to 7. evippe.

If the plan of ‘* lumping ”’ species were to be adopted in this genus,

every year would probably decrease instead of adding to their num-

Mintern Bros imp

Feb.1876

AG.Butler del. et lith

)

Lit

TERACO

1876.] | MR. A.G. BUTLER ON THE GENUS TERACOLUS. 127

ber, until eventually we should be compelled to recognize but one

species in the genus, a consummation certainly not to be desired. At

present nobody doubts the existence of numerous species. Kirby’s

Catalogue, which gives what is styled ‘‘the broad view,” inasmuch

as it allows almost unlimited latitude for variation, enumerates 14

species under Idmais, 4 under Teracolus, and 53 under Callosune,

71 in all*. It being, therefore, impossible to be certain, without

careful breeding from the egg, of the limits of any species in this

genus, I have taken the only course open to me, and have described

all the forms which seemed, in both sexes, to present constant

distinctive characters, or which differed sufficiently, as single speci-

mens, to warrant the belief that they were not varieties of known

species.

1. Wings sulphur-yellow or white, the apex of primaries dark, and

traversed in both sexes by pale spots: wings of male below

nearly uniform in tint, sometimes with a few black spots, of

female more or less tinted with buff, the disk crossed by an

irregular series of dark spots. Teracolus, Swainson.

1 a. Wings of male uniformly yellow, apical patch of primaries black

internally ; apical spots confluent ; wings below greenish white ;

apex of primaries and secondaries reticulated with pale greyish

brown. 7’. subfasciatus, Swainson.

1, TERACOLUS SUBFASCIATUS.

Teracolus subfasciatus, Swainson, Zool. Ill. Ins. ii. pl. 115 (1823).

" Anthocharis subfasciata, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép.i. p. 567. n. 12

(1836).

Ptychopteryx bohemani, Wallengren, Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 18

(1857);

Damara Land (Zrimen). B.M.

16, A black streak on inner margin of primaries, broad in the male,

and uniting with a broad black outer marginal border. 7’. eris,

Klug.

2. TERACOLUS ERIS.

Pontia eris, Klug, Symb. Phys. pl. 6. figs. 15, 16 (1829).

Pieris eris, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 514. n. 111 (1836).

Anthocharis eris, Reiche, Ferret & Galinier, Voy. Abyss. Ent.

p. 460, pl. 31. figs. 1-3 (1849).

Idmais eris, Kirby, Syn. Cat. p. 499. n. 12 (1871).

3 9, Ambriz (J.J. Monteiro); 3 9, 8S. Africa (E. C. Buxton).

The ground-colour of the wings of the female is either white, as

in the male, or bright sulphur-yellow.

* It should be observed that several species admitted in the above-mentioned

Catalogue are referred by Mr, Kirby to Preris.

128 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE GENUS TERACOLUs. [Jan. 18,

le. No black streak on inner margin of primaries. 7’. fatma.

3. TERACOLUS FATMA.

Idmais fatma, Felder, Reise der Nov. Lep. ii. p. 189. n. 185,

pl. 25. fig. 3 (1865).

Idmais eris, var., Kirby, Syn. Cat. p. 499. n. 12 (1871).

Kordofan.

This species is smaller than T. eris, has the external area of pri-

maries tawny, the discal spots disconnected, and no marginal spots

on secondaries. I have seen a specimen in Mr. Druce’s collection.

4, TERACOLUS COLIAGENES.

Euchloé coliagenes, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, vol. xx.

p- 216, pl. 4. figs. 4, 5 (1867).

Callosune coliagenes, Kirby, Syn. Cat. p. 500. n. 4 (1871).

White Nile (Petherick). Type, B.M.

Precisely like the 7.-fausta group in pattern, but of a sulphur-

yellow colour.

2. Wings sulphur-yellow, white, or pale ochreous ; below with

transverse bands across the disk of secondaries.

2a. Wings yellow, markings above much like the 7.-fausta group.

5. TeRACOLUS PROTOMEDIA.

Pontia protomedia, Klug, Symb. Phys. pl). 8. figs. 13, 14 (1829).

Pieris protomedia, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 509. n. 105

(1836).

Teracolus protomedia, Kirby, Syn. Cat. p. 500. n. 4 (1871).

3 9, White Nile (Petherick). B.M.

The plumule of this species is, as might be expected, like that of

the other species of Teracolus.

6. TERACOLUS AMELIA.

Idmais amelia, Lucas, Rev. Zool. p. 427 (1852).

Senegal.

Allied to the preceding species.

26. Wings above pale ochreous and white.

7. TERACOLUS VELLEDA.

Idmais velleda, Lucas, Rev. Zool. p. 428 (1852).

Abyssinia.

Intermediate between 7’. amelia and T. vesta.

8. TERACOLUS VESTA.

Idmais vesta, Reiche, Ferret & Galinier, Voy. Abyss. p. 465, pl. 31.

figs. 7, 8 (1849).

Caffraria (Becker), S. Africa (2. C. Burton). BoM.

9. TERACOLUS HEWITSONIIL.

Idmais hewitsonii, Kirby, Syn. Cat. p. 498. n. 4 (1871).

1876.] MR. A.G. BUTLER ON THE GENUS TERACOLUS. 129

Idmais chrysonome, Doubleday & Hewitson, Gen. Diurn. Lep.

pl. 7. fig. 5 (1847).

Idmais vesta, Trimen, Rhop. Afr. Austr. i. p. 62. n. 41 (1862).

Congo (4. Curror). Type, B.M.

10. TrERACOLUS CHRYSONOME.

Pontia chrysonome, Klug, Symb. Phys. pl. 7. figs. 9-11 (1829).

Idmais chrysonome, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 585. u. 1

(1836).

Congo (4. Curror). B.M.

2c. Wings above white; primaries with large purplish crimson

apical patch, crossed by a black line.

11. TeRACOLUS PHOLO#.

Anthopsyche pholoé, Wallengren, Wien. ent. Monatschr. iv. p. 39.

n. 6 (1860).

Callosune pholoé, Kirby, Syn. Cat. p. 504. n. 44 (1871).

Lake Ngami.

12. Tx RACOLUS AMINA.

Anthocharis amina, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. iii. Anth. pl. 1. figs. 1-3

(1866).

Callosune amina, Kirby, Syn. Cat. p. 500. n. 1 (1871).

Between Natal and Delagoa Bay (E. O. Buxton). B.M.

13. TERACOLUS CELIMENE.

Anthocharis celimene, Lucas, Rev. Zool. p. 426 (1852).

Callosune celimene, Kirby, Syn. Cat. p. 504. n. 48 (1871).

Abyssinia.

The three preceding species seem to be nearly allied; and since

Hewitson gives the Zambesi as the locality of his type, I feel rather

doubtful of their being all distinct.

3. Wings of the male with purple apex, externally and sometimes

internally bordered with black ; females with white-spotted or

orange tips ; secondaries below generally with traces of a trans-

verse oblique brown or blackish line, sometimes obsolete.

3a. Primaries of male above without black internal limitation of the

apical patch; secondaries above and below uniformly white:

apical patch of female with a violet gloss.

14. TERACOLUS REGINA.

Anthocharis regina, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soe. ser. 3, i. p. 520.

n. 1 (1863).

Callosune regina, Kirby, Syn. Cat. p. 500. n. 7 (1871).

Damara Land. Type, B.M.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1876, No. IX. 9

130 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE GENUS TERACOLUS. (Jan. 18

36. Primaries of male with apical patch redder in tint and broader ;

secondaries with the veins slightly blackish, and terminating in

well-marked black spots.

15. TERACOLUS HETERA.

3, Callosune hetera, Gerstaecker, in Van der Decken’s Reisen in

Ost-Afrika, p. 365. n. 7, taf. xv. fig. 2 (1873).

Endara.

This species is larger than 7’. regina, and in the marginal spots of

secondaries approaches 7’. ione and allies.

3c. Primaries of male above without black internal limitation of the

apical patch ; secondaries black-veined ; below whitish, with base

of costa yellowish, black veins, and an oblique, ill-defined, dotted

transverse line: female with apical patch of primaries orange,

crossed by black spots; secondaries white, with marginal blackish

spots; below pinkish ochraceous, with a well-marked, spotted,

red-brown, angulated, oblique transverse streak.

16. TERACOLUS PHLEGYAS.

Anthocharis phlegyas, Butler, P. Z.S. 1865, p. 431, pl. 25. figs. 3,

3a (1865).

Callosune phlegyas, Kirby, Syn. Cat. p. 500. n. 5 (1871).

White Nile (Petherick). Type, B.M.

It is possible that this may be the species represented by Reiche

(Ferret & Gal. Voy. Abyss. pl. 30) as a variety of A. cone; only it

is there represented with a black internal limitation of the apical

patch, and with no trace of a cross bar on the under surface of the

secondaries.

3d. Like the preceding, excepting that the violet apical patch of

the male and the orange patch of the female are both larger ;

secondaries of male below whitish, with base of costa indistinctly

ochraceous, veins below not black : female with outer limitation

of apical patch almost obliterated by the orange colouring, the

black spots small; secondaries white, with the marginal spots

small; below very pale brown with the apical area and a well-

marked discocellular spot white; the brown area reticulated

with slightly darker hatchings, and limited by an oblique whity-

brown streak (not angulated). 7’. buatoni.

17. TERACOLUS BUXTONI.

Teracolus buxtoni, n. sp., supra.

3 2, Between Natal and Delagoa Bay (2. C. Burton).

Type, B.M.

This is probably the South-African representative of 7’. phlegyas.

3e. Size of the preceding two species ; violet apical patch of the male

bordered on both sides with black; secondaries below and apex

of primaries with a distinct pink tinge; costa of secondaries

1876.]| | MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE GENUS TERACOLUS. 13t

yellowish towards base ; a well-marked oblique brown streak :

apical patch of female above black, spotted with white ; base

dusky ; apex below sordid yellowish, crossed by black-and-white

spots; secondaries sordid yellowish, reticulated with grey; a

black-and-white spot at end of cell; base of costa yellowish ;

an oblique brown streak as in the male.

18. TERACOLUS JOBINA.

3 Q, Luchloé jobina, Butler, Cist. Ent. i. p. 14. n. 2 (1869).

Callosune jobina, Kirby, Syst. Cat. p. 504. n. 49 (1871).

3, Teracolus jobina, Butler, Lep. Exot. pl. xliii. fig. 3 (1872).

3 2, Natal (2. C. Buxton). B.M

The violet patch contains from five to six divisions: in the type

in Mr. Druce’s collection there are five, the two upper ones being

very minute, and all of them being distinctly separated ; one example

of the three males presented by Mr. Buxton has six divisions, sepa-

rated only by the black nervures.

3f. Violet apical patch of the male bordered on both sides with

black ; internal vein and apical two thirds of remaining veins

beyond cell of primaries black; basal area and internal two

fifths of secondaries dusted with grey ; internal area of primaries

tinted with sulphur yellow ; secondaries with black veins, ter-

minating in black marginal spots: below, the apex of primaries

and the secondaries tinted with pink, the latter with an oblique

dotted line (composed of four to five small brown spots); base

of costa ochraceous. Female with the apical patch orange,

bordered with black and crossed by black spots, or black crossed

by five white spots: secondaries below pinkish grey or yel-

lowish, reticulated with pale brown, crossed by an oblique brown

streak, and with brown outer borders; base of costa sometimes

ochreous.

19. TeRACOLUS JALONE.

3, Euchloé jalone, Butler, Cist. Ent. i. p. 14. n. 1 (1869).

Callosune jalone, Kirby, Syn. Cat. p. 500. n. 6 (1871).

Teracolus jalone (part.), Butler, Lep. Exot. p. 116 (1872).

Anthocaris ione (sic), Lucas, Lep. Exot. pl. 37. fig. 4 (1835).

3 2, Anthocharis ione, Hopffer in Peters’s Reise n. Mossamb.

Zool. v. p. 357, pl. 21. figs. 1-6 (1862).

so, White Nile, Coll. Druce, E. Africa? B.M.

The characters of the females are taken from Hopffer’s figures.

3g. Nearly allied to the preceding ; violet apical patch of male much

larger, more broadly black-bordered ; internal vein and apical

half of remaining veins beyond cell of primaries, and all the

veins of secondaries, black; basal third of primaries and base

of secondaries dusted with black, black marginal spots; apical

area of primaries and whole of secondaries below cream-coloured ;

primaries with black dot at end of cell, a black squamose spot

132 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE GENUS TERACOLUS. [Jan. 18,

on the margin of the apical area within the lower discoidal

interspace, and two marginal spots terminating the first and

second median branches; secondaries with the base of costa

orange; a black discocellar dot ; a broad oblique black bar,

interrupted by the nervures from costa to third median, a spot

on second median interspace, a dot on first median, and a spot

on interno-median interspace, all black. Female with the apical

patch orange, bordered with black, and crossed by a broad lunu-

lated black band, or black spotted with yellow; secondaries

below either pinkish grey, with a broad, tapering, oblique brown

streak, or yellow with a subangulated macular black streak

(as in the male); with costa orange, and outer border broadly

brown. '. imperator.

20. TERACOLUS IMPERATOR.

Anthocharis ione, Reiche, in Ferret & Galinier, Voy. Abyss. pl. 30.

figs. 1, 2, 5-7 (1849).

Callosune tone (part.), Kirby, Syn. Cat. p. 500 (1871).

Teracolus jobina (part.), Butler, Lep. Exot. p. 116 (1872).

3, Senegal (2. C. Buxton). Type, B.M.

3h. Violet apical patch of male very widely bordered with black ;

internal vein of primaries white, remaining veins partly black ;

base densely dusted with grey ; veins of secondaries frequently

black, but not so distinctly as in the two preceding forms, with

terminal black spots; apex of primaries and the whole of

secondaries below cream-coloured, with veins dusky ; nervures

terminating in black dots ; black discocellular dots ; secondaries

below with a black subcostal spot (not a transverse bar). Female

with the apical patch orange, bordered with black and crossed by

black spots, or black with three decreasing white spots ; second-

aries below lemon-yellow, partially reticulated with brown, crossed

by an oblique brown streak, and two brown spots on first median

and interno-median interspaces ; discocellular spots well marked.

21. TERACOLUS IONE.

Pieris ione, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 140. n. 74 (1819).

Anthocharis ione (part.), Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 515 (1836).

Callosune ione (part.), Kirby, Syn. Cat. p. 500. n. 3 (1871).

Anthocharis erone, Angas, Kaffirs Illustrated, pl. 30. fig. 3 (1849).

Var. Anthopsyche speciosa, Wallengren, Kongl. Svenska Vetensk.

Akad. Handl. p. 16 (1857).

3 @, Natal (Becker, Argent, Burrows, E. C. Buxton). B.M.

A small male, agreeing with Wallengren’s description, is amongst

the specimens presented by Mr. Buxton.

37. Violet patch of the male only represented by two spots ;

under surface of secondaries yellow.

22. TERACOLUS EUNOMA.

Pieris eunoma, Wopffer, Ber. Verh. Ak. Berl. p. 640. n. 2 (1855) ;

1876.] MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE GENUS TERACOLUS. 133

Peters, Reise n. Mossamb. Zool. v. p. 353, pl. 23. figs. 1, 2

(1862).

Mozambique.

4. Wings of male above uniformly sulphur-yellow, with the apex of

primaries and a spot at end of cell black; secondaries below

yellow, with an interrupted oblique black streak: female pale

sulphur-yellow, almost white, with the outer margins broadly

black ; a black discocellular spot in primaries ; secondaries

below lemon-yellow, with an angulated black streak.

23. TERACOLUS MANANHARI.

Pieris mananhari, Ward, Ent. Mo. Mag. vi. p. 224(1870); Afr.

Lep. pl. ii. figs. 1-4 (1873).

Teracolus mananhari, Kirby, Syn. Cat. p. 500. n. 2 (1871).

Madagascar.

This extraordinary species is clearly related to the 7. ione group,

but it is very dissimilar from all the species in the genus.

5. Wings white, more or less clouded with orange ; primaries

of the males with grey apical border and black veins.

5a. Wings of male grey at base; orange area restricted and pale.

24. TERACOLUS HALIMEDE.

Pontia halimede, Klug, Symb. Phys. pl. 7. figs. 12-15 (1829).

Pieris halimede, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 526. n. 129 (1836).

Idmais halimede, Kirby, Syn. Cat. p. 499. n. 13 (1871).

Anthocharis leo, Butler, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, vol. xvi. p. 397

(1865).

White Nile (Petherick). B.M

5 6. Wings of male almost entirely covered with deep orange.

25. TERACOLUS PLEIONE.

Pontia pleione, Klug, Symb. Phys. pl. 8. figs. 7, 8 (1829).

Terias pleione, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 672. n. 33 (1836)

Idmais pleione, Kirby, Syn. Cat. p. 499. n. 14 (1871).

Idmais miriam, Felder, Reise der Nov. Lep. ser. 2, p. 190. n. 186

pl. 27. figs. 3, 4 (1865).

Teracolus chrysomela, Butler, Cist. Ent. p. 244 (1874).

White Nile (Petherick). B.M.

This species is much deeper in colour than Klug represents it to

be in his figure ; its affinities seem about equally balanced between

the two groups, of which 7. fausta and T’. eupompe may be consi-

dered as typical, the male nearly resembling the former, the female

more closely approaching the latter.

The succeeding six species, constituting my Section 6, might

perhaps be separated generically from Teracolus, inasmuch as the

males have an embossed spot on the internal area of primaries near

134 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE GENUS TERACOLUS. [Jan. 18,

the base; they could not constitute the genus Idmais even in a re-

stricted sense, inasmuch as Boisduval indicates J. calais as his type,

thus :—

“Nous avions donné primitivement 4 ce genre le nom de Calais,

en prenant comme générique le nom de lespéce la plus connue ;

mais comme ce changement de nom spécifique en nom générique

n’est pas sans inconvénients, nous lui avons substitué celui d’ Idmais.”

For my part I see litcle utility in distinguishing a group so mani-

festly intermediate between the 7’. halimede and Calais groups, more

especially since the structural distinction is confined to one sex.

6. Wings entirely orange or white above, with black discocellular

spots in primaries, and a maculated black border, expanding in

primaries towards the costa, and more or less enclosing a series

of orange or white spots.

26. TERACOLUS FAUSTA.

Papilio fausta, Olivier, Voy. dans Emp. Oth., L’ Egypte et la

Perse, Atlas, pl. 33. figs. 4a, 6 (1801).

Pieris fausta, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 132. n. 41 (1819).

Pontia fausta, Klug, Symb. Phys. pl. 8. figs. 9-12 (1829).

Idmais fausta, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. 1. p. 586. n. 2 (1836).

3 2, Baghdad (W. K. Loftus). B.M.

Mr. Moore has this species from N.W. India.

27. TERACOLUS FAUSTINA.

Idmais faustina, Felder, Reise der Nov. Lep. ii. p. 190. n. 187,

(1865).

The colouring of the underside differs from any thing that I have

seen ; the spots on the disk being lutescent or orange.

28. 'TERACOLUS ROSACEUS, n. sp. (Plate VII. fig. 6.)

3. Wings above precisely like dark females of T. fausta, excepting

that the secondaries have a white patch above the subcostal nervure,

and the marginal black spots are lear: wings below pale creamy

yellow ; primaries with the discocellular spot small, lunate, black,

with light centre; apical border rosy, bounded within by six ill-

defined spots of the ground-colour, limited by an inner series of

decreasing spots, the upper four rusty, the lower two minute and

black ; secondaries with a pale-centred buff discocellular spot ;

seven discal spots in a J-shaped series, the first brown, the re-

mainder buff-coloured ; outer border rosy; body below creamy-

white. Expanse of wings 1 inch 9 lines.

Akote. Type, coll. F. Moore.

The succeeding species is nearly allied, but seems to me to be

distinct.

23, TERACOLUS ORIENS, n. sp. (Plate VII. fig. 7.)

3. Wings above precisely like dark females of 7. fausta, ex-

1876.] MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE GENUS TERACOLUS. 135

cepting that the secondaries have a white patch above the subcostal

nervure : wings below pale yellowish white, slightly rosy towards the

base; primaries with the discocellular spot small, elliptical, black,

with white centre; apical border pale reddish-orange, bounded

within by six ill-defined yellowish spots, limited by an inner series of

seven decreasing spots, the upper five rusty-brown, the lower two

black; secondaries with a pale-centred rusty discocellular spot ;

seven discal spots in an irregular arched series, all rusty; outer

border pale reddish orange, diffused mternally ; body below creamy-

white. Expanse of wings | inch 8 lines.

2. Altogether paler; primaries with the costa and base cinereous ;

discocellular spot small, as in the male; apical border dark brown,

enclosing six spots internally and seven externally ; secondaries with

six large subquadrate marginal dark brown spots: wings below

creamy sulphur-yellow, rather darker towards the base and on the

outer margins; otherwise asin the male. Expanse of wings 2 inches.

3, Kalka, foot of Himalayas (Boys, B.M.). 2, Kattywar (coll.

Moore).

30. TERACOLUS SOLARIS, 0. sp.

3. Wings above like dark females of 7. fausta, but altogether

of a deeper orange-colour, with the costa of primaries ash-coloured,

and the discocellular spot much larger; secondaries with a white

patch above subcostal: wings below pale creamy yellow, deeper

towards the base, the markings as in the preceding species. Ex-

panse of wings 2 inches 2 lines.

3 var. Wings above paler in tint; ash-coloured costa of prima-

ries darker ; markings below rather paler. Expanse of wings | inch

13 lines.

3, Scinde? (B.M.); ¢ var., N.W. India (coll. F. Moore).

Wallace labelled this as his Idmais fulvia ; but it is quite distinct.

31. TERACOLUS FULVIA.

3, Idmais fulvia, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, vol. iv. p. 392.

ne 5) pl. 9. fie, 5 (1567).

Idmais tripuncta, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 221, pl. 17. fig. 9

(1868).

3 9, N. W. India. . Type, coll. Moore.

The female is white instead of orange.

7. Closely allied to the preceding group ; wings pale salmon-colour

or white above, with broad black-brown outer borders, inter-

sected by spots of the ground-colour ; wings below coloured

much as in Colias. Idmais, Boisd. Type I. calais.

32. TERACOLUS VESTALIS, n. sp. (Plate VII. fig. 10.)

3 2. Size of the preceding group of species: white above, with

a broad irregular external black border; two white spots placed

obliquely below the apex of primaries, and a third much larger on

second median interspace ; a large black spot at the end of the cell ;

136 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE GENUS TERACOLUS. [Jan. 18,

the subcostal area, discoidal cell (excepting its inferior angle), and the

base of interno-median area black-brown, somewhat diffused in the

male: wings below sulphur-yellow, the male with the internal area

of primaries white, the female with the disk white ; the male slightly

tinted on outer border of primaries, and over the whole of seconda-

ries, with ochraceous ; minute marginal black dots at the termina-

tions of the nervures; primaries with a large black spot, with a

squamose yellow centre at end of cell; three black spots near outer

margin, below the median branches ; secondaries with a blackish sub-

apical costal spot ; a minute blackish annular dot at end of cell; outer

border of upperside visible through the wing; entire wing sprinkled

with black scales. Expanse of wings, ¢ 2 inches, 9 1 inch 11 lines.

3, Scinde (Le Mesurier); 9, Agra, N.W. Punjab. Coll. Moore.

33. TERACOLUS PUELLARIS, N. sp.

¢ Q. Allied to the preceding, but considerably smaller ; outer

border in the male narrower ; basal area of primaries and base of

secondaries grey, irrorated with brown: wings below sulphur-yellow,

the internal area white; black spots near outer margin of primaries

placed more irregularly, the lower of the three extending downwards

and expanding upon the inner margin; subapical costal spot of

secondaries ill-defined. Expanse of wings, d 1 inch 5 lines, 2 | inch

6 lines.

3, Punjab, Wuzeerabad (Hearsay, B.M.).; 9, Scinde (coll.

F. Moore).

This may possibly be a dwarfed form of the preceding species ;

but I think not.

34, TrERACOLUS OCHREIPENNIS, 0. sp.

3 @. Above like the preceding species, white, with black ir-

regular outer border, marked in the primaries with three white spots,

black discocellular spot, and grey base: below, however, it differs in

having the primaries with the outer border pale ochreous ; seconda-

ries entirely pale ochreous or buff. Expanse of wings, 31 inch 4 to

5 lines, 9 1 inch 6 to 8 lines.

3, India; ¢ 9, Punjab; 2, Scinde; 9? var., N. India.

Colls. Moore and B.M.

The three preceding species have been considered by some Lepi-

dopterists females of n. 37, which has been confounded with the

Phisadia of Godart.

35. TERACOLUS PHISADIA.

3. Pieris phisadia, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 132. n. 40 (1819).

Idmais phisadia, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép.i. p. 587. n. 3 (1836).

3 2. Pontia arne, Klug, Symb. Phys. pl. 7. figs. 1-4 (1829).

3. Idmais arne, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. pl. 19. fig. 2

(1836).

Senegal. B.M

This species has the primaries pale pinkish salmon-colour, and the

secondaries white; the female is, according to Klug’s figure, yellow.

1876.] MR. A.G. BUTLER ON THE GENUS TERACOLUS. 137

36. TERACOLUS ZOE.

Anthocharis zoé, Grandidier, Rev. Zool. p. 272 (1867).

Callosune zoé, Kirby, Syn. Cat. p. 504. n. 5] (1871).

Madagascar.

This species seeins to me to be closely allied to the preceding ;

Kirby, however, refers it to Callosune, whilst he places 7. phisadia

in the genus Idmais.

I am pleased to find a typical Idmais described as an Anthocharis

by a man who, inasmuch as he worked but little at the Lepidoptera,

was obliged, when he did so, to examine into their structure, because

it is a confirmation of my own conviction that I[dmais does not differ

structurally from the group Callosune, hitherto regarded as a distinct

genus by many Lepidopterists.

37. TERACOLUS PROTRACTUS, 0. sp.

3 2. Wings above rosy salmon-colour, the base, costa of prima-

ries, abdominal area of secondaries, and five to seven decreasing spots

on the outer border of primaries ashen-grey ; a broad black-brown

outer border, paler, and occupying nearly half the wing in the

secondaries of the female: wings below sordid pale buff ; primaries

with the base of costa and cell sulphur-yellow ; outer border greyish,

owing to the semitransparency of the wing; a black spot at end

of cell, and three below median branches, the lowest one bifid;

secondaries with the external area greyish, as in the primaries.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 1 inch 8 to 9 lines, 9 1 inch 7 to 9 lines.

S$, Punjab (coll. B.M.); 2, Punjab (coll. F. Moore).

38. TERACOLUS MODESTUS, N. sp.

3. Very like 7. amata, pale pinky salmon-colour, grey at base ;

the outer border broadly black-brown, upon primaries very feebly

sinuated internally between the median branches, barely enclosing a

spot of the ground-colour on interno-median interspace, and marked

by an oblique slightly inarched series of three subapical points of the

same colour, upon secondaries bordered internally by four minute

points of the ground-colour, limited by black dots and surrounded

with grey ; costal area black-brown, broader in the male than the

female, and on the primaries dusted in front with grey : wings of the

male below yellow as in T. amata, with similar markings, but the

spots at end of cells very minute and ill-defined: the female, which

is paler above than the male, is slightly tinted with grey below ; two

or three extremely ill-defined ochreous spots beyond the cell of pri-

maries and bounding the usual pale yellow spots of the disk ; fringe

feebly pink ; secondaries with a discal series of five ochreous spots,

and a pale-centred ochraceous discocellular spot. Expanse of wings

1 inch 7 lines, 2 1 inch 5 lines.

Ceylon (Templeton). 3 2, type, B.M.

A white variety of the female occurs, not differing on the under

surface.

138 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE GENUS TERACOLUS. [Jan. 18,

39. TERACOLUS AMATA.

Papilio amata, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 476. n. 143 (1775).

Idmais amata, Butler, Fabr. Cat. p. 217. n. 1 (1869).

Papilio calais (part), Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 351, A-D (1782),

bad figures.

3 2, Kurnool; ¢ 9, Balasore; ¢, Bombay; 92, Madras ;

3, Deccan ; 2, Coromandel. Colls. F. Moore and B.M.

The last two of the examples quoted above are in the Museum

collection: the species is the size of 7’. calais (the female sometimes

larger) ; it is much like 7. dynamene ; but the outline of the marginal

border is much less irregular, and the colouring of the underside

clear, the female only showing more or less strongly defined trans-

verse discal spots. A white female from Kurnool is in Mr. Moore’s

collection ; it has the markings of the underside better defined than

usual in the typical female.

40. TERACOLUS CYPRAA.

Papilio cyprea, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iil. p. 203. n. 634 (1793).

3 2, Bombay (8 examples). Coll. F. Moore.

This species is considerably larger than 7. calais, the figure of

which Fabricius quotes for it ; the male measures 1 inch 8 lines to

2 inches 1 line, and the female 1 inch 11 lines to 2 inches 2 lines.

It is easily distinguished from 7’. calais on the underside by the

absence of the orange spot on disk of primaries, and by its deeper

coloration ; from the preceding species 7’. amata it is easily distin-

guished by its more elongated primaries, deeper coloration below,

and the more irregular outer border of the primaries, the enclosed

spot on interno-median interspace being much broader.

There is a white female in the collection of the British Museum ;

it is smaller than typical females, and the ground-colour on the

under surface is paler.

41. TERACOLUS DYNAMENE.

Pontia dynamene, Klug, Symb. Phys. pl. 6 figs. 15, 16 (1829).

Idmais dynamene, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 588. n. 5 (1836).

3, N. India (B.M.); 35 9, Scinde and Agra; @, Kattywur;

2, Punjab (coll. F. Moore).

This species is frequently confounded with 7’. amata in collections.

It is, however characterized by a much less rounded outer margin to

the primaries, paler and more greyish coloration, the abdominal

half of secondaries distinctly grey in the male, the inner edge of the

external border of primaries more irregular even than in 7’. cyprea,

the greener coloration of the under surface, the paler female, which

has a distinct orange blotch (cut by the median nervure and its first

two branches) on the under surface of the primaries, as in 7’. calais,

and in the greater prominence of the pale marginal internervular

lituree on the upper surface.

42. TERACOLUS CARNIFER, n.sp. (Plate VII. figs. 8, 9.)

3. Allied to the preceding species, but smaller, and of a clearer

1876.| MR. A. G. BUTLER ON fHE GENUS TERACOLUS. 139

and brighter colour, the costa of primaries, base, and abdominal area

of secondaries much less strongly suffused with grey ; the black dis-

cocellular spot of primaries more conical in shape ; the outer blackish

border terminating abruptly upon the first median branch, the margin

alone being black; the black spot on interno-median area smaller and

not connected with the outer border ; six discal spots of the ground-

colour running in a curved series through the centre of the border,

the first four large, placed in pairs, the last two small and well

separated ; six submarginal smaller spots, the two at apex elongated ;

secondaries with five large diamond-shaped brown spots at the end

of the nervures, the upper three united iuto an apical marginal band;

the last of these spots ill-defined on a grey ground at end of second

median branch; the first median and internal nervures also terminate

in diamond-shaped grey spots ; three small black spots on the disk,

above the median nervures ; costal area, excepting at apex, broadly

black: wings below nearly as in 7’. dynamene, but clearer in colour,

with a suffused orange patch over the median nervure. Expanse of

wings lL inch 5 lines.

Mynpuri, N.W. Punjab. Type, coll. F. Moore.

43. TERACOLUS CALAIS.

Papilio calais, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. 53. figs. c, p (1779).

Idmais calais, Trimen, Rhop. Afr. Austr. p. 61. n. 40 (1862).

Congo (Curror). B.M.

This species is of the size.and form of 7. amata, but can readily

be distinguished by the orange patch below, which is more strongly

developed than in any other species; the female has the disk and

external spots of the primaries and the whole of the ground-colour of

secondaries whitish. Cramer confounded the African species with the

insect from Coromandel, which he figured under the same name in

his fourth volume.

8. Wings white or sulphur-yellow, spotted or banded above with

black or grey, the apex of primaries invariably orange in the

males, generally black in the females with a central orange,

yellow, or white macular band; this band, however, is ocea-

sionally absent, leaving the apex wholly black. Callosune,

Doubleday.

8a. Orange apical patch of the male without an internal black

edge, interrupted internally on second median interspace by a

transverse black spot. Typical form, 7. interruptus.

44, TERACOLUS sUBFUMOSUS, n. sp. (Plate VI. fig. 3.)

3. Very like 7. interruptus, but with no internal blackish streak

on the primaries, with the black outer border cf the orange patch

narrower, the inner spot small; the inferior extremity of the orange

patch not enclosed by a black expansion of the border; secondaries

with the marginal spots small: primaries below white, the apical

area clay-coloured speckled with grey and bordered internally by a

dull orange diffused streak ; secondaries pale buff, densely irrorated

140 MR, A. G. BUTLER ON THE GENUS TERACOLUS. [Jan. 18,

with grey, the upper half of discoidal cell, the lower half of discoidal

interspace, and the centres of the interspaces thence to the costa

whitish ; nervures terminating in minute black points; costa and

apical half of outer margin ochraceous. Expanse of wings 1 inch

6 lines.

@ . Sulphur-yellow or white, base dusky ; primaries with a more

or less defined (but always pale) g grey internal streak ; a-black point

at end of cell; outer margin broadly black, dentate-hastate inter-

nally ; immediately beyond and touching the points of the denticles

an oblique angulated black band (the two sometimes barely distin-

guishable owing to the expansion of the black points); the spots left

between the border and the band and a narrow streak inside the latter

orange or sulphur-yellow; secondaries with a series of triangular

marginal black spots, a blackish subapical costal spot, and a badly-

defined W-shaped marking cut by the third median branch ; wings

below more deeply coloured than in the male ; the cell of primaries

tinted with Sulpbunr elon otherwise the same. Expanse of wings

1 inch 4-5 lines.

N.E. of Natal (12 examples, 2. C. Buxton). Type, B.M.

45. TERACOLUS LycorIs, n.sp. (Plate VI. fig. 6.)

3. Wings above as in the preceding species ; secondaries below

sandy whitish, irrorated with grey-brown ; a black-and-orange dot

at end of cell; a congregation of brown atoms on subcostal inter-

space near apex, and another on the disk, cut by the third median

branch. Expanse of wings | inch 5 lines.

2. Wings above white; base grey ; primaries witha more or less

defined but always pale grey internal streak, ending in a blackish

spot; a black dot at end of cell; apex broadly black, crossed by an

ill-defined series of minute squamose orange spots; inner edge of

apical patch sometimes bordered with sulphur-yellow ; secondaries

with a more or less strongly defined series of marginal black spots,

the three next to apex largest and sometimes united; a black sub-

apical costal spot, and a larger spot on discoidal interspace, sometimes

throwing off a smaller diffused blackish spot on each side: primaries

below white, showing the discocellular dot and internal spot of upper

surface ; apex clay-coloured or sandy, irrorated with grey, and bor-

dered within by an oblique series of four black or brown spots ;

secondaries clay-coloured or sandy, irrorated with grey; a black

spot or black-and-orange point at end of cell; and an angulated

series of black or brown discal spots. Expanse of wings 1 inch

4-5 lines.

Between Natal and Delagoa Bay (4 examples, 2. C. Buxton).

Type, B.M.

This is the Anthopsyche eucharis of Wallengren, but not of

Fabricius.

46. TERACOLUS FLAMINIA, n. sp. (Plate VI. fig. 1.)

3. Like 7. subfumosus above, but the primaries with a more or

less defined dusky spot on interno-median interspace, sometimes

1876.] MR. A.G. BUTLER ON THE GENUS TERACOLUS. 141

connected by a greyish internal streak with the base ; secondaries

with the marginal spots occasionally larger, and a dusky ill-defined

spot on the second median interspace: primaries below with the

apical area dull lemon-yellow, bounded internally by an angulated

brown line, followed by and edging a broad orange streak ; secon-

daries sandy whitish, irrorated sparsely with brown, a congregation

of brown scales on the costa near apex, and an ill-defined streak

across the median branches ; costa at base orange, a black and orange

point at end of cell. Expanse of wings | inch 4-7 lines.

2. Sulphur-yellow above, base slightly greyish, internal area of

primaries grey, darkest at base and in a spot beyond the middle,

where it terminates; outer margin bordered by brown triangular

connected spots, the apices of the nervures also brown; a narrow

angulated discal brown streak halfway between the cell and apex; a

minute black point at end of cell ; secondaries with a marginal series

of brown spots, a lunular subapical spot on subcostal interspace ; a

squamose brown discal streak across the median branches: wings

below with the base of primaries yellow and the secondaries slightly

darker ; otherwise as in the male. Expanse of wings 1 inch 3 lines.

Between Natal and Delagoa Bay (4 examples, 2. C. Burton).

Type, B.M.

This is a weli-marked little species, easily distinguished by the

coloration of the under surface.

47. TERACOLUS LY£US, n.sp. (Plate VI. fig. 2.)

3. Wings above white, base greyish black, base of costa, head,

palpi, and prothorax pinkish ; centre of costa of primaries markedly

black ; apex orange, sharply cut, with lilacine reflections ; outer

border to first median branch black, strongly sinuated between the

veins, whose apices are also black ; a well-defined rounded black spot,

touching the third median branch, upon the second median inter-

space ; fringe, excepting at external angle, rosy ; an ill-defined in-

ternal pale grey streak, slightly darker at its extremity ; secondaries

with a marginal series of black spots, more or less triangular ; fringe

rosy at anal angle: primaries below with the apical area chrome-

yellow, irrorated with grey and cut by an angulated orange streak ;

fringe and costa as above ; secondaries rosy, irrorated with grey; a

dusky subapical spot, and a second on second median interspace ; an

orange-and-black discocellular point ; costa deep orange. Expanse

of wings | inch 4 lines.

2. White above, with the apex of primaries yellow and the costa

rosy; base yellow, irrorated with grey; primaries with apical

markings, as in the preceding species, but broader; a greyish ill-

defined internal streak, terminating in a brown spot; secondaries

with a marginal series of large brown spots, a brown subapical spot,

and a W-shaped discal marking cut by the third median branch :

wings below as in the male, but rather paler. Expanse of wings

1 inch 4 lines.

Between Natal and Delagoa Bay (3 examples, #. C. Buxton).

Type, B.M.

142 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE GENUS TERACOLUS. [Jan. 18,

48. TrRaco.us FricA, n.sp. (Plate VI. fig. 5.)

3, 2. White above, the female slightly tinted with sulphur-

yellow towards the base; base blackish grey ; primaries with the

apex orange; costa of the male broadly black in the centre; outer

margin black, dentate-hastate, the apices of the nervures black, male

with the usual black spot on the orange, the female with the angu-

lated black streak ; a black internal spot indicating the termination

of a greyish streak (dimly visible in the female only); secondaries

with a marginal series of conical black spots united in the female ; an

ill-defined W-shaped marking touching the third marginal spot:

primaries below white; a black dot at end of cell ; apex in the male

broadly dull reddish, becoming greyish externally and crossed by a

scarcely visible angulated grey streak ; costa and apex of the female

ochreous, irrorated with grey; a subapical angulated brown streak ;

base and subcostal area sulphur-yellow ; secondaries of the male

sordid white, irrorated with blackish ; the costa deep orange ; two

subapical ochreous spots; an orange-bordered black dot at end of

cell; secondaries of the female sandy, becoming whitish towards the

centre, densely irrorated with purplish brown ; two subapical brown

spots ; costa orange; a black-and-orange dot at end of cell. Expanse

of wings ¢ 1 inch 5 lines, 9 1 inch 4 lines.

N.E. of Natal (2. C. Buxton). Type, B.M.

49. 'TERACOLUS GALATHINUS, N. Sp.

3. Above like 7. interruptus, excepting that there is a submar-

ginal zigzag grey streak from the radial to the internal nervure of

secondaries: primaries below white; a black discocellular point ;

apical area reddish orange, with a subapical diffused yellow spot ;

fringe rosy; secondaries rosy, irrorated with brown; a subapical

brown spot, and a discal brown streak across the median branches ;

costa deep orange; a black-and-orange dot at end of cell. Expanse

of wings | inch 6 lines.

. White, with the subapical and subbasal areas yellow, base grey ;

primaries with the costa and fringe rosy ; a black discocellular spot ;

a broad blackish internal streak terminating in a black spot; apex

broadly black, sometimes crossed by a curved series of cuneiform

yellow spots; secondaries with a marginal series of conical black

spots; an irregular discal black streak ; apex yellowish: primaries

below white, the basal and costal areas sulphur-yellow: a black

point at end of cell; apical area clay-coloured, reddish externally,

and bounded within by a brown angulated streak bordered with dull

reddish orange; secondaries as in the male, but darker. Expanse of

wings 1 inch 4 lines.

N.E. of Natal (1 36,6 9, #. C. Buxton). Type, B.M.

50. TERACOLUS INTERRUPTUS.

3,2 Teracolus interruptus, Butler, P. Z. 8. p. 724 (1871); Lep.

Exot. p..115; pl. xlua. figs, 1,2 (1872):

3 2, Loanda (coll. R. Meldola); &, Angola (£. C. Buxton).

B.M.

1876.| MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE GENUS TERACOLUS. 143

I have compared our example with male specimens given to me

by Mr. Ansell, from Kinsembo, and find no difference.

51, TERACOLUS LuCULLUS. (Plate VI. fig. 4.)

3. Above very like the preceding species, but the internal streak

of primaries more defined, the base and costa of secondaries blackish,

terminating near apex in a black costal spot ; marginal spots of

secondaries more distinctly separated : wings below white, primaries

with the apical area sulphur-yellow, covered internally by a broad

orange patch (not so broad as in 7’, interruptus), through the centre

of which runs an angulated grey streak; a black point at end of

cell; a blackish spot on internal area ; secondaries tinted with pale

sulphur-yellow at apex ; basal half of costa orange, a blackish sub-

apical costal spot ; a black-and-orange dot at end of cell; an angu-

lated brown marking on the disk, cut by the third median branch ;

a marginal series of black dots terminating the nervures. Expanse

of wings | inch 5 lines.

2, Teracolus loandicus (in part), Butler, P. Z. S. p. 724 (1871);

Lep. Exot. p. 91, pl. xxxiv. fig. 9 (1872).

és, Ambriz, October 1872 (J. J. Monteiro, B.M.); 2, Loanda

(coll. R. Meldola).

I have no doubt that I made a mistake in referring the above

female to my 7. loandicus, the differences between it and the female

of T. interruptus being precisely parallel to the differences between

the two males. TJ. loandicus will come into another section, in

which the females have the marginal spots of secondaries rather

small, the orange patch of primaries curved and not extending be-

yond the limiting streak, and an interrupted angular streak from

costa to internal area of secondaries.

52. TrERACOLUS GELASINUS, 0. sp.

¢. Nearly allied to 7. interruptus, but readily distinguished by

the absence of the internal streak of primaries and the small mar-

ginal spots of secondaries : wings below white, the nervures termi-

nating in black dots, all the wings with black dots at the end of the

cells ; primaries with the apex broadly sulphur-yellow, bounded in-

ternally by a rather narrow orange band, on which are a few dusky

scales ; sometimes a small dusky spot near inner margin beyond the

middle ; secondaries speckled with brown, with the basal third of

costa orange, sometimes a small dusky spot on second median inter-

space. Expanse of wings | inch 4—7 lines.

3S. Quanza, August 1872; 3, Ambriz, October 1872 (J. J.

Monteiro). Type, B.M.

53. TERACOLUS ANTIGONE.

Anthocharis antigone, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 572. n. 19

(1836).

Callosune antigone, Kirby, Syn. Cat. p. 502. n. 21 (1871).

144 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE GENUS TERACOLUS. [Jan. 18,

Anthocharis phlegetonia, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 576.

n. 25 (1836).

Callosune phlegetonia, Kirby, Syn. Cat. p. 503. n. 30 (1871).

West Africa. B.M.

The Anthocharis phlegetonia of Wallengren and the A. achina of

Lucas are distinct species.

54. TERACOLUS EIONE.

Anthocharis eione, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 578. n. 29

(1836).

Callosune eione, Kirby, Syn. Cat. p. 503. n. 35 (1871).

Var. Anthopsyche phlegetonia, Wallengren, Lep. Rhop. Caffr.

p. 13 (1857). :

3 2,8. Africa (#.C. Buxton); 9, Zoolu (Sir A. Smith). B.M.

55. TERACOLUS STYGIA.

Anthopsyche stygia, Felder, Reise der Nov. Lep. ii. p. 188. n. 183

(1865).

Callosune stygia, Kirby, Syn. Cat. p. 503. n. 31 (1871).

Bogos.

Allied to 7. eione.

56, TERACOLUS ISAURA.

Anthocharis isaura, Lucas, Rev. Zool. p. 424 (1852).

Callosune isaura, Kirby, Syn. Cat. p. 503. n. 38 (1871).

Abyssinia.

57. TERACOLUS DALILA.

Anthopsyche dalila, Felder, Reise der Nov. Lep. ii. p. 188. n. 184

(1865).

Callosune dalila, Kirby, Syn. Cat. p. 503. n. 32 (1871).

Bogos.

58. TERACOLUS DAIRA.

3 2, Pontia daira, Klug, Symb. Phys. pl. 8. figs. 1-4 (1829).

Anthocharis daira, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 579. n. 30

(1836).

Callosune daira, Kirby, Syn. Cat. p. 503. n. 34 (1871).

3 2, White Nile (Petherick). B.M.

8 6. Orange apical patch with or without a black edge, but not in-

terrupted internally in the male by black spots.

59. TERACOLUS GLYCERA, 0. sp.

3. Wings above white, with an oblique slightly incurved orange

apical patch on primaries ; centre of costa and outer margin black,

the latter dentate-sinuate ; a greyish internal streak terminating in

a blackish spot ; secondaries with the base and costal area near apex

grey ; a marginal series of triangular black spots, and, touching them,

1876.] MR. A.G. BUTLER ON THE GENUS TERACOLUS. 145

a submarginal grey streak : wings below white ; primaries with the

discoidal cell bright sulphur-yellow, a black dot at the end of it ;

apex pale lemon-yellow, bounded internally by an orange streak; a

dusky spot on internal area; secondaries with the base of costa

orange ; a black-and-orange dot at end of cell; a dusky streak across

the median branches. Expanse of wings | inch 6 lines.

Africa ? Type, coll. B.M.

60. TERACOLUS PALLENE.

Anthocharis pallene, Hopffer, Ber. Verh. Ak. Berl. p. 640. n. 4

(1855); Peters’s Reise n. Mossamb. Zool. v. p. 358, pl. 23. figs. 7, 8

(1862).

Callosune pallene, Kirby, Syn. Cat. p. 504. n. 50 (1871).

Mozambique.

61. TERACOLUS NOUNA.

Anthocharis nouna, Lucas, Expl. Alg. Zool. iii. p.350. n. 14, pl. 1.

fig. 2 (1849).

Callosune nouna, Kirby, Syn. Cat. p. 503. n. 39 (1871).

Algeria.

62. 'TERACOLUS LIAGORE.

Pontia liagore, Klug, Symb. Phys. pl. 6. figs. 5-8 (1829).

Anthocharis liagore, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 580. n. 33

(1836).

Callosune liagore, Kirby, Syn. Cat. p. 503. n. 42 (1871).

Arabia.

63. TERACOLUS EPHYIA.

Pontia ephyia, Klug, Symb. Phys. pl. 6. figs. 9, 10 (1829).

Anthocharis ephyia, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 580. n. 32

(1836).

Callosune ephyia, Kirby, Syn. Cat. p. 503. n. 40 (1871).

Arabia.

64, TERACOLUS LAIS, n. sp.

3. Like the preceding species, but whiter, the orange patch o

primaries much more oblique and consequently shorter, not extend-

ing below the third median branch, but bordered internally by a

broader blackish band; primaries with a well-defined discocellular

spot: below, the secondaries have a black-and-orange dot at end of

cell, the base of costa orange ; the black irrorations scattered all over

the wing, Expanse of wings 1 inch 4 lines.

Orange River, 8S. Africa. Type, B.M.

65. TERACOLUS HALYATTES, n. sp. (Plate VI. fig. 8.)

3. Wings above white, primaries with an orange apical patch,

more or less excavated internally, enclosed by a black border, and

crossed by blackish veins; base blackish; a more or less defined

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1876, No. X. 10

146 MR, A. G. BUTLER ON THE GENUS TERACOLUS. [Jan. 18,

black dot at end of cell; secondaries with small black spots termi-

nating the veins, base blackish: primaries below with the costa

rosy brownish; the apical area dull sandy ochraceous, irrorated

with brown; a black dot at end of cell; secondaries sandy with a

rosy tinge, irrorated with brown; a squamose subapical costal spot,

and an ill-defined streak across the median branches, brown ; base

of costa orange, a black-and-orange dot at end of cell. Expanse of

wings 1 inch 2-5 lines.

@. White or sulphur-yellow above, base grey ; primaries with the

costa rosy, an internal grey streak, terminating at second third of

wing in a transverse irregular blackish litura, which almost meets a

spur from the apical area; the latter black, deeply notched inter-

nally, enclosing an oblique series of spots, four or five in number,

orange, yellow, or white; the inner edge of the apical border

bounded with orange in the orange-spotted form, and with an orange

tint in the yellow-spotted form: secondaries with the cell and basal

half of the interno-median and first median interspaces grey ; a more

or less defined angulated discal black streak thence to the costa; a

marginal series of tolerably large black spots. Primaries below white

or pale yellow, the bases broadly sulphur-yellow ; apical area sandy

or yellowish ochraceous, irrorated with brown and bounded by a pale

orange or bright yellow nebulous streak enclosing a macular brown

streak ; a bisinuate brown litura, cut by the first median branch ; a

black dot at end of cell: secondaries as in the male, excepting that

the subapical spot and discal streak are united into an angulated bar.

Expanse of wings | inch 5-8 lines.

N.E. of Natal (2. C. Buxton). Type, B.M.

66. TERACOLUS ITHONUS, n. sp. (Plate VI. fig. 7.)

3. Wings above white, blackish at base: primaries with a large

triangular reddish-orange apical patch, not excavated, but notched

internally, a few brown scales along its inner border ; apical portion

of costa and outer margin to first median nervule black; the mar-

ginal border dentate-sinuate, and throwing off long spurs along the

nervures, but not completely separating the apicai patch ; a minute

black dot at end of cell: secondaries with a series of six black mar-

ginal dots. Primaries below white, the apical area lemon-yellow,

irrorated with grey ; a black dot at end of cell: secondaries sandy

whitish, strongly reticulated with brown; a black dot at end of cell ;

base of costa orange. Expanse of wings | inch 9 lines.

Q. Very like the females of the preceding species, but with all the

black portions of the wing much less pronounced, the grey internal

streak of primaries pale and ending in a distinct dark spot (not in an

irregular transverse litura) ; the apical spots larger; the undersides

of secondaries more evidently brown-speckled. Expanse of wings

1 inch 5-8 lines.

N.E. of Natal (4 examples, 2. C. Buzton). Type, B.M.

67. TERACOLUS HARMONIDES, 0D. sp.

3. Like a small example of the preceding species above, but the

1876.) MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE GENUS TERACOLUS. 147

marginal dots of secondaries still smaller: primaries below with the

apical area sandy reticulated with grey, with pale rosy borders, and

an oblique inner transverse grey line composed of three grey spots:

secondaries rosy whitish reticulated with grey; a black dot at end

of cell; the base of costa orange. Expanse of wings | inch 6 lines.

Q. White above, the base greyish; primaries with the costa

greyish, black towards apex; apical area orange; outer border

rather broadly black, deeply sinuated internally, extending to first

median nervule; a subapical oblique irregular black streak, united

to the outer border by black lines on the nervures (thus producing

five subapical spots, the second minute); a black dot at end of cell ;

a grey internal streak terminating in a blackish spot: secondaries

with the abdominal area greyish; six decreasing greyish-brown

marginal spots, very large at apex ; a dusky subcostal spot towards

apex ; a dusky oblique irregular marking on the disk and touching

the third and fourth marginal spots. Primaries below white, the base

pale yellowish ; a black dot at end of cell; a grey internal line, ter-

minating in a large black spot; apical area sandy, speckled with

brown, becoming orange internally, and crossed by three grey spots:

secondaries whity-brown, reticulated with brown; a black dot at end

of cell ; costa tinted with orange at base. Expanse of wings | inch

5 lines.

Between Natal and Delagoa Bay (/. C. Buxton). Type, B.M.

68. TERACOLUS HIPPOCRENE, 0. sp.

3. Also like 7. ithonus above, but the marginal spots of secon-

daries larger and the base more heavily blackened: primaries below

white, the apical area lemon-yellow, becoming paler externally; a

black dot at end of cell: secondaries creamy white; the veins

brownish ; abdominal half of the wings speckled with brown ; base

of costa bright golden orange ; a black-and-orange dot at end of cell.

Expanse of wings | inch 6 lines.

Q. White, the apical area stramineous, with the black and grey

markings as in 7’. ithonus, excepting that the internal grey streak is

narrower: secondaries with basal and abdominal areas greyish; a

marginal series of grey spots; an ill-defined W-shaped marking on

the disk, cut by the third median branch. Wings below white: pri-

maries with a black dot at end of cell; apex creamy yellowish

speckled with brown, stramineous externally, and crossed obliquely

by four brown spots: secondaries creamy, speckled with brown

hatchings, which congregate as spots on the costa near apex and upon

the centre of the disk ; a black dot at end of cell. Expanse of wings

1 inch 7 lines.

Between Natal and Delagoa Bay (2. C. Buzton). Type, B.M.

69. 'TERACOLUS IGNIFER, 0. Sp.

3. Wings above white, the base blackish: primaries with the

apical half of costa and the outer margin to first median branch

black, the apical fork of the subcostal, external two fifths of the

radials, half the third median, external third of the second median,

107

148 MR. A, G. BUTLER ON THE GENUS TERACOLUS. [Jan. 18,

and apex of the first median nervule black ; apical area broadly deep

orange (almost vermilion), its internal edge bordered indistinctly by

black atoms; a black dot at end of cell: secondaries with the apices

of the nervures black, a marginal series of grey spots terminating the

nervures. Primaries below white; apical area creamy orange,

becoming clear and bright internally, crossed obliquely by a few

brown scales, and speckled with brown towards apex: secondaries

creamy whitish, with a feeble pink tint, densely reticulated, except-

ing just beyond the cell, with brown; a black-and-orange dot at end

of cell, base of costa orange. Expanse of wings 2 inches.

@. Very like the female of 7. halyattes, but much larger, the

apical spots of primaries above larger, the secondaries below with a

clear patch beyond end of cell, as in the male. Expanse of wings

1 inch 9 lines.

Var. ¢. Apical area of primaries below uniformly pinkish ; the

secondaries also much more pink. Female with the internal streak

of primaries above expanded into a broad irregular blackish patch.

Expanse of wings, ¢ | inch 8 lines to 2 inches, 9 1 inch 9 lines.

3, Zoolu (Sir A. Smith); 3 2, S. Africa (12 specimens, L. C.

Buxton). Type, B.M.

This is probably Trimen’s Anthocharis antevippe, but not Bois-

duval’s,

70. TERACOLUS CASTUS.

3. Callosune casta, Gerstaecker, Van der Decken’s Reisen in Ost-

Afrika, 3. Abth. ii. p. 365. n. 6, pl. xv. figs. 1, 1a (1873).

Lake “ Jipe,’”’ E. Africa.

Allied to 7’. deidamia.

71. TERACOLUS SIMPLEX, N. sp.

3. Wings above white: primaries with a very oblique triangular

orange apical patch, bordered narrowly on its costal and external

edges with pale brown; a minute black dot at end of cell. Primaries

below white, with the apical area ochraceous, indistinctly speckled with

brown ; a black dot at end of cell: secondaries pale rosy whitish,

reticulated with reddish brown ; base of costa reddish ; a pale-yellow-

and-black dot at end of cell; a few brown atoms congregated below

the costa near apex. Expanse of wings 1 inch 10 lines.

D’ Urban (Capt. Shelley). Type, B.M.

This species is readily distinguished by the absence of grey scaling

at the base, the indistinctness of the outer border of the primaries, and

the very oblique inner edge of the orange apical patch.

72. TERACOLUS DEIDAMIA.

Anthopsyche deidamia, Wallengren, Wien. ent. Monatschr. iv.

p. 35. n. 7 (1860).

Callosune deidamia, Kirby, Syn. Cat. p. 503. n. 41 (1871).

3, 2 examples, Zoolu (Sir A. Smith). B.M.

1876.] MR. A.G. BUTLER ON THE GENUS TERACOLUS. 149

73. TERACOLUS ZERA.

Anthocharis zera, Lucas, Rev. Zool. p. 423 (1852).

Callosune zera, Kirby, Syn. Cat. p. 502. n. 20 (1871).

Abyssinia.

Closely allied to 7’. antevippe, but the orange apical patch with a

black internal margin.

74. TERACOLUS ANTEVIPPE.

Anthocharis antevippe, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. 1. p. 572. n. 18,

pl. 18. fig. 3 (1836).

3 2, White Nile (Petherick), 3, Senegal. B.M.

75. TERACOLUS HELLE.

3. Nearly allied to 7. antevippe, but the base of primaries broadly

grey ; outer black border of primaries twice the width; costa, ex-

cepting at base, distinctly black; orange patch of primaries below

more restricted: terminations of veins in secondaries less distinctly

black. Expanse of wing 1 inch 11 lines.

2. Primaries rounded at apex ; basal area of wings considerably

darker than in 7. antevippe, marginal spots of secondaries larger :

primaries below with the transverse grey subapical streak almost ob-

solete ; secondaries considerably whiter. Expanse of wings | inch 8

lines.

White Nile (Petherick). Type, B.M.

Possibly a variety of 7’. antevippe, but quite distinct in appearance.

Until all these species have been bred, it will be necessary to regard

all the dissimilar and apparently constant forms as different species.

76. TERACOLUS HYPERIDES.

Allied to 7’. antevippe ; the male, however, differs in the narrow,

squamose, black, internal edging to the orange-patch, and in the pre-

sence of a grey internal streak in primaries ; the nervures of secon-

daries on underside not noticeably black-tipped ; the orange of costa

confined to the base, and the spot at end of cell smailer. ‘The female

also has the apical area of primaries distinctly orange, with a broad

brown patch covering the base of discoidal cell and extending to

beyond second third of internal area ; the abdominal area of second-

aries brownish, the angulated band more distinct : wings below alto-

gether paler ; primaries with a greyish internal streak, terminating

in a large black spot; secondaries yellow instead of orange-tinted ;

the veins not black, angulated band less distinct. Expanse of wings

3g 1 inch 9 lines, 2 1 inch 8 lines.

N.E. of Natal (3 specimens, 2. C. Buxton). Type, B.M.

77. 'TERACOLUS ACHINE.

2 . Papilio achine, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl.338. figs. E, F (1782).

Pieris achine? Godart, Ene. Méth. ix. p. 122. n. 14 (1819).

S. Africa (4 examples, H. C. Buston).. B.M.

The male differs from the T. achine of Hibner in having the veins

150 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE GENUS TERACOLUS. [Jan. 18,

of secondaries below black and no marking on the disk; the female

is altogether more heavily coloured.

78. TERACOLUS EVENINUS.

2. Anthopsyche evenina, Wallengren, Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 12

(1'857).

Anthocharis evenina, 'Trimen, Rhop. Afr. Austr. p. 322. n. 216

(1866).

Callosune evenina, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. p. 380, pl. 6. fig. 11

(1870).

Orange River, S. Africa (Janson) ; 8. Africa (Z. C. Buzton).

B.M.

Males referred to J’. eveninus in Mr. Druce’s Collection do not

differ in character from the other males of this group.

79. TERACOLUS TRIMENT, 0. Sp.

3. Aphrodite achine, Hiibner, Samm]. exot. Schmett. ii. pl.

128. figs. 1-4 (1816-36).

Q var. Apex of primaries black, crossed by five white spots, the

angulated band of secondaries approaching at its angle nearer to the

outer margin than in Hubner’s figure.

3 2,8. Africa (HE. C. Buxton); 3, Zoolu, Knysna, and Pletten-

berg Bay. Type, B.M.

This species has the wings of the male below white, the veins not

being blackened asin 7’. achine. We have five males and two females

(both of the albino variety).

80. TERACOLUS GAVISA.

Anthopsyche gavisa, Wallengren, Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 323 (1857).

Anthocharis gavisa, 'Trimen, Rhop. Afr. Austr. p. 324. n. 218

(1866).

Callosune gavisa, Kirby, Syn. Cat. p. 502. n. 18 (1871).

3 2, Anthocharis ? Angas, Kaff. Ill. pl. 30. figs. 4 and 5

(1849).

2, Anthocharis exole (part), Reiche, Ferr. Gal. Voy. Abyss. Ent.

p- 460, pl. 31. figs. 5 and 6 (1849).

3 2, Anthocharis achine,Trimen (nec Cramer), Rhop. Afr. Austr.

p. 46. n. 29 (1866).

Anthopsyche roxane, Felder, Reise der Nov. Lep. ii. p. 187. n.

182 (1865):

3 2,8. Africa (7 examples, H. C. Buxton); 9, Natal. B.M.

This species is larger than 7’. achine. The male below differs in

having a distinct, subapical, diffused, orange spot in primaries, and

the secondaries more varied with orange, with the veins black to the

base. The female has a broader orange patch above, and the under-

side more yellow in tint.

81. TeRACoLUS HERO, n. sp. (Plate VI. fig. 12.)

3. Allied to the preceding species, but larger, the vermilion patch

at apex not bordered within with black, but with a few marginal

1876.] MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE GENUS TERACOLUS. 15]

blackish scales ; the black veins only crossing its outer area; the in-

ternal black streak replaced by a tapering dark grey streak, which

disappears just beyond the middle of the internal nervure ; marginal

spots clearly defined and well separated ; secondaries below with the

veins white from the base to the middle of the wing and thence grey

to the margin. Expanse of wings 2 inches 1 line.

@. Pale testaceous, the apical spots of primaries stramineous ;

brown parts of the wing as in 7’. gavisa 2, excepting that the sub-

apical band of primaries bounding the apical spots is not irregular

externally, and is of more than twice the width; the spot at end of

cell is lost in the brown basal patch, and the spots towards anal angle

of secondaries are almost lost in the broad marginal border: below

the wings are testaceous, the base and apex of primaries and the

secondaries with a yellow tint and clouded with pale orange ; the veins

of external third of primaries are dusky, but on secondaries they are

uniform with the ground-colour; the subapical, blackish, oblique

streak of primaries is placed much nearer to the apex. Expanse of

wings 1 inch 11 lines.

S. Africa (Z. C. Buxton). Type, B.M.

I believe the above to be sexes; they have much in common.

82. TERACOLUS OMPHALOIDES, 0. sp.

Anthocharis achine, Boisduval (nec Cramer), Sp. Gén, Lép. i.

p. 574. n. 21 (1836).

This species differs from 7. omphale in the narrower, black internal

stripe of primaries, the obsolete character or absence of the male

transverse stripe in the secondaries, and the red tint of the under

surface of the latter wings. Expanse of wings, d 1 mch 4—10 lines,

3 9,8. Africa (11 examples, Z. C. Buxton); 3, Zoolu (Sir A.

Smith). Type, B.M.

If it were not for the number of examples which we now possess

of this form, I should have been disposed to look upon it as a sport

of 7. omphale.

83. TERACOLUS OMPHALE.

Pieris omphale, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 122. n. 12 (1819).

Anthochaais omphale, Boisduval, Sp. Gen. Lép. i. p. 574, n. 22

1836).

Callosune omphale, Kirby, Syn. Cat. p. 502. n. 23 (1871).

Anthocharis eurygone’, Lucas, Rev. Zool. p. 341 (1852).

Callosune eurygone, Kirby, Syn. Cat. p. 502. n. 19 (1871).

3 9, N.E. of Natal (13 examples, #. C. Burton). B.M.

The undersurface of the secondaries in this species is of a greenish

white colour, with the usual angular streak and discoidal spot.

84. TERACOLUS EXOLE.

g. Anthocharis exole (part), Reiche, Ferr. Gal. Voy. Abyss. Ent.

p- 460, pl. 31. fig. 4 (1849).

Callosune exole, Kirby, Syn. Cat. p. 503, n. 27 (1871).

152 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE GENUS TERACOLUs. [Jan. 1%,

2. Anthocharis achine, Lucas (nec Cramer), Lep. Exot. pl. 37.

fig. 2 (1835).

Anthopsyche acte, Felder, Reise der Nov. Lep. ii. p. 187. n. 181

CNU865 ”).

3, Knysna (Trimen) ; Q, 8. Africa (#. C. Buaton) ; Natal and

Caffraria. B.M.

Wallengren, in his ‘ Lep. Rhop. Caffr.,’ has confounded this species

with 7’. omphale; the two females are much alike. M. Lucas’s

figure is not quite correctly drawn and is over-coloured ; but there is

no mistaking the species intended.

85. TERACOLUS SUFFUSUS, n. sp. (Plate VI. fig. 10.)

@. Very like a small female of 7. omphale, but the basal area of

the primaries grey to costa, the subapical orange spots smaller, and

the angular band of secondaries considerably narrower: wings below

creamy white ; secondaries with a distinct yellowish tint ; primaries

with a large, subapical curved, orange patch, leaving a narrow, sordid,

yellow, apical border; secondaries with an angulated discal streak

(its upper half ill defined) testaceous ; a black-and-orange spot at

end of cell. Expanse of wings | inch 4 lines.

Ambriz (J. J. Monteiro). Type, B.M.

This very distinct little species is a link between the 7'.-omphale

and T7'.-epigone groups.

86. TrERACOLUS HYBRIDUS, 0. sp.

3 2. Above like 7. omphale, below like T'’. omphaloides, but the

secondaries of a more rosy tint, such as occurs in 7’, theogone. Ex-

panse of wings, ¢, 1 inch 9 lines, 2, 1 inch 10 lines.

3, Plettenberg Bay; 92, Natal. Type, B.M.

This may be the result of a cross between 7’. omphale and T. om-

phaloides ; it, however, clearly approaches 7’. theogone in the colora-

tion of the under surface. Although species of the same genus are

frequently known to make matrimonial mistakes, it is doubtful whether

in such cases the femaies are often fertile.

87. 'TERACOLUS THEOGONE.

Anthocharis theogone, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 575. n. 23

(1836).

Callosune theogone, Kirby, Syn. Cat. p. 502. n. 23a (1871).

3 2,8. Africa (5 examples, #. C. Buxton) ; Zoolu (Sir A. Smith).

B.M.

The sexes of 7’. theogone were taken in copuld by Mr. Buxton.

88. TERACOLUS DELPHINE.

Anthocharis delphine, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 577. n. 28

(1836).

Callosune delphine, Kirby, Syn. Cat. p. 503. n. 33 (1871).

Sp. ead.? o 9,8. Africa. B.M.

Nobody seems satisfied about the identification of this species ; Mr.

1876.] MR. A.G. BUTLER ON THE GENUS TERACOLUS. 153

Trimen, so far as I understand him, appears to have identified it

with $7. omphaloides and 9° T. gavisa.

89. TERACOLUS PROCNE.

Anthopsyche procne, Wallengren, Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 323 (1857).

Anthocharis procne, Trimen, Rhop. Afr. Austr. p. 323. n. 217

1866).

Callosune procne, Kirby, Syn. Cat. p. 502. n. 17 (1871).

3 2,8. Africa (L. C. Buxton). B.M.

We have a small pair of this species presented by Mr. Buxton, the

female of which has the orange subapical band rather narrower than

usual,

90. TERACOLUS EPIGONE.

3. Anthopsyche epigone (part), Felder, Reise der Nov. Lep. 1.

p- 186. n. 180 (1865).

Callosune epigone, Kirby, Syn. Cat. p. 502. n. 25 (1871).

3, White Nile (Petherick); ?2, Orange River, S. Africa. B.M.

I am not certain about the female which I have provisionally re-

ferred to this species.

91. TeERACOLUS LOANDICUS.

3. Teracolus loandicus (part), Butler, P. Z. S. 1871, p. 724

(1871); Lep. Exot. pl. xxxiv. fig. 10 (1872).

2. Very like 7. procne 2; but the oblique black band bounding

the curved orange band of primaries extremely narrow, the base of

the same wings broadly grey ; the internal streak ill-defined, no part

of it visible on the underside; the undersurface of all the wings

considerably paler. Expanse of wings 1 inch 7 lines.

3, Kinsembo (dnsell) ; 2, Ambriz (Monteiro). B.M.

3 @, var..Altogether less heavily marked; the female scarcely

grey at the base, with no trace of the internal streak, and with the

orange band broader; angulated streak of secondaries barely indicated,

underside paler.

3 2, Quanza, August 1871 (J. J. Donteiro). B.M.

It is possible that this may be distinct; but I am unwilling to

name it, from the close resemblance which it bears to typical 7’. loan-

dicus.

92. TERACOLUS EBOREA.

3. Papileo eborea (part), Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 552. figs. C,

D (1782).

? Africa.

Cramer figures the male of T. danae from Coromandel as the fe-

male of this species; and (notwithstanding his remarks upon the

coloration of the apical patch) I believe he has improved the scarlet

of the apical fascia in his male to make it more nearly agree with its

supposed female. The species is clearly nearly related to the follow-

ing, and never came from any part of Asia.

154 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE GENUS TERACOLUS. (Jan. 18,

93. TERACOLUS PSEUDOCALE, 0. sp. (Plate VI. fig. 9.)

3. White Ne the base grey ; primaries with the apical two-

fifths black, enclosing a large, reddish, orange, arched band, divided

by the nervures into six parts; a minute black dot at end of cell ;

secondaries with a marginal series of six large triangular black spots :

wings below white, base yellowish ; primaries with the apical area

creamy yellow, bounded internally by a large, curved, diffused, orange

patch, a black dot at end of cell; secondaries with a black-and-

orange spot at end of cell. Expanse of wings 1 inch 6-10 lines.

@. Wings above white, basal two fifths grey, obliquely in prima-

ries, and terminating at second third of internal nervure in a darker

grey epote ; apical third black, inclosing a curved, orange band, divi-

ded by the nervures into five parts; secondaries with well-developed,

interrupted, angulated, blackish streak and 5 decreasing, triangular,

marginal spots : primaries below nearly as in the male, secondaries

pale yellow, with ochreous discal streak and a black dot at end of cell.

Expanse of wings 1 inch 5-10 lines.

3 2,8. Africa (EZ. C. Bucton); 92, Orange River. Type, B.M.

94. TERACOLUS ANGOLENSIS, 0. sp.

3d. Closely allied to the preceding, but the apical patch wider

upon the costa and continued in the form of a tapering costal

border nearly to the base; orange patch half as wide again, its inner

black border tapering towards the costa; marginal spots of secondaries

more pyramidal and consequently separated: wings below destitute

of yellow colouring, the diffused orange patch of primaries broader.

Expanse of wings 1 inch 9 lines.

@. Wings above white or yellow, markings as in the preceding

species ; but the orange band broader, the gr “eyish areas darker, the

border and band of secondaries much more pronounced, and the

undersurface more uniform in colour. Expanse of wings 1 inch 7—

10 lines.

do, Angola (£. C. Buxton); 3 2, Congo (Curror). Type, B.M.

I believe Felder to have described the female of this species as 7.

epigone °.

95. TERACOLUS OCALE.

@. Anthocharis ocale, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 584. n. 37

(1836).

Guinea.

Seems allied to the preceding species.

8c. Apical patch of the female black, rarely enclosing small orange

spots.

96. TERACOLUS ARETHUSA (T. EVIPPE, var. ?).

2 Papilio arethusa, Drury, Ill. Exot. Ent. ii. pl. 19. figs. 5 and 6

(1773).

( Anthocharis arethusa 3, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 582. n. 35

1836).

1876.] MR. A.G. BUTLER ON THE GENUS TERACOLUS. 155

Callosune arethusa, Kirby, Syn. Cat. p. 504. n. 45 (1871).

Pieris amytis, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 123. n. 14 (1819).

Pieris evippe 2, Godart, l. ec. p. 122. n. 10 (1819).

3 ¥, Sierra Leone; ¢, Ashanti; S. Africa (Z. C. Buxton).

Dr. Boisduval attacks M. Gedart for considering this the female

of 7’. evippe, Linnzeus; it is, however, not improbable that it is only

a variety of that species, inasmuch as it chiefly differs from it ia the

possession of a black dot at the end of the discoidal cell; it cer-

tainly is the female of the A. evippe of Boisduval; the female described

by the latter author is not even nearly related to this species, but is

probably identical with, or nearly allied to, 7. gavisa.

97. TERACOLUS CEBRENE (?=T7". arethusa, var.).

Anthocharis cebrene, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 583. n. 36

(1836).

Callosune cebrene, Kirby, Syn. Cat. p. 504. n. 47 (1871).

Papilio arethusa, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. 210. figs. E, F

(1782).

Sierra Leone.

One of our female examples of 7. arethusa is intermediate between

the figures of Drury and Cramer.

98. TERACOLUS EVIPPE.

3. Papilio evippe, Linneus, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 239 (1764); Clerck,

Tcones, pl. 40. fig. 5 (1764).

Pieris evippe, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 122. n. 10 (1819).

Anthocharis evippe, Lucas, Lep. Exot. pl. 37. fig. 1 (1835) ;

Boisduval (part), Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 573. n. 20 (1836).

3 2, Sierra Leone (Fowcroft). B.M.

This is probably the rarer form of 7. arethusa; the males of the

two forms are almost identical.

9. Wings white, the primaries of the male, and generally of the fe-

male, with broad carmine apical area; underside with a well-

marked discal series of subocellate spots.

99. TERACOLUS CINERESCENS.

Teracolus cinerescens, Butler, Cist. Ent. i. p. 172. n. 53 (1873).

Anthocharis danae, Trimen (nee Fabr.), Rhop. Afr. Austr. i. p.

44. n. 27 (1862) ; Hewitson, Gen. Diurn. Lep. pl. 7. fig. 3 (1847).

3 @, Natal, S. Africa (#. C. Buxton) ; Caffraria. B.M.

Var. Anthocharis danaé, Wallengren (nec Fabr.), Lep. Rhop.

Caffr.

3 9,S. Africa (#. C. Buxton). B.M.

This variety has the basal area of the male less strongly suffused

with grey, and the under surface of the secondaries of a creamy

colour.

100. TeERACOLUS EUPOMPE.

3 Q. Pontia eupompe, Klug, Symb. Phys. pl. 6. figs.11-14 (1829).

156 MR. A. Ge BUTLER ON THE GENUS TERACOLUS. [Jan. 18,

Anthocharis eupompe, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 571. n. 17

1836).

eee eupompe (part), Kirby, Syn. Cat. p. 501. n. 13 (1871).

2. Papilio evippe, Cramer (nec Linnzeus), Pap. Exot. i. pl. 91.

figs. D and E (1779). P

Anthopsyche theopompe, Felder, Reise der Nov. Lep. ii. p. 183.

n. 175 (“ 1865”’); Hopffer, Stett. ent. Zeit. p. 432 (1869).

3, White Nile (Petherick). B.M.

I have examined both sexes of this species, taken by Mr. J. K.

Lord at Akeek (island).

101. TrERACOLUS ANTEUPOMPE.

Anthopsyche anteupompe, Felder, Reise der Nov. Lep. u. p. 184.

n. 175 (1865).

Callosune anteupompe, Kirby, Syn. Cat. p. 501. n. 14 (1871).

Bogos.

102. TERACOLUS ACASTE.

2. Pontia acaste, Klug, Symb. Phys. pl. 7. figs 16, 17 (1829).

Pieris polycaste, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép.i. p. 525.n. 127 (1836).

Ambukol.

I much doubt whether this female would not be better placed next

to 7’. halimede, of which Klug says it may be a variety; it is, I

should say, more probable that it is the female of 7. pleione than a

variety of 7’. halimede.

103. TERACOLUS PSEUDACASTE, n. sp. (Plate VI. fig. 11.)

3 Anthocaris (sic) eupompe, Lucas, Lep. Exot. pl. 36. fig. 4

(1835).

Underside like 7. cinerescens, but without the blackish line across

the cell of primaries or the orange costa to secondaries. Expanse 1

inch 9 lines.

2. Very like Klug’s figure of 7. acaste, but larger and darker,

the apical area of primaries greyish brown, crossed by a curved series

of whitish lanceolate streaks, bounded on the inside by black spots.

Wings below like the male of 7° cinerescens. Expanse of wings 2

inches.

3 2, White Nile (Petherich). Type, B.M.

This species is a link between the T.ewpompe and halimede groups.

104. TERACOLUS DEDECORA.

Anthocharis dedecora, Felder, Reise der Nov. Lep. ii. p. 184.

n. 177 (“1865”).

Callosune dedecora, Kirby, Syn. Cat. p. 502. n. 15 (1871).

3 9, Senegal. B.M.

The female forms a link between the 7.-ewpompe and antevippe

groups. It is the dathocharis eupompe, var., of Trimen (Rhop.

Afr. Austr. p. 46), but it is ticketed “Seneg.,” not S. Africa. The

long description is taken from an Indian species, there being no

African butterfly to which it will apply.

1876.] | MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE GENUS TERACOLUS. 157

105. TERACOLUS WALLENGRENIIJ, 0. sp.

Anthopsyche eupompe, Wallengren (nec Klug), Lep. Rhop. Caffr.

This species has three varieties, differing chiefly in size; it is

easily distinguished from 7’. cinerescens by the narrower black edging

of the apical crimson or carmine patch of the male, the much more

yellow apical patch of the female, the restriction of the grey colouring

to the base of the wings, the small size of the marginal spots of

secondaries, and the deep reddish buff colouring of the under surface

of the secondaries and apex of primaries below. Expanse of wings,

d | inch 4 to 11 lines, 9 1 inch 5 to 9 lines.

N.E. of Natal (14 specimens, E. C. Buxton). Type, B.M.

This has, I suspect, been confounded with the Indian 7’. danaé ;

the latter, however, is more like 7. cinerescens, its female having

the aspect of a very dark form of T. dedecora.

106. TERACOLUS DANA2.

Papilio danaé, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 476. n. 144 (1775);

Donovan, Ins. Ind. pl. 26. fig. 2 (1800).

Pieris danaé, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 124. n. 20 (1819).

Anthocharis danaé, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. 1, p. 570. n. 16

(1836).

Calosune danaé, Kirby, Syn. Cat. p. 501. n. 12 (1871).

3. Papilio eboreaQ, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 352. figs. E, F

[not C, D], (1782).

3, Ceylon (Templeton, B.M.); Madras, Kurnool, Bombay,

Canara, Deccan; 9, N.W. India (coll. F. Moore).

107. TERACOLUS DULCiSs, D. sp. (Plate VII. fig. 13.)

3. Smaller than 7. danaé, the crimson apical patch narrower and

with narrower internal black border; basal grey suffusion not so

dark ; black marginal spots of secondaries small, and consequently

widely separated; wings below altogether paler than in 7. danaé,

the spots fewer and smaller; no black spots at external angle of

primaries. Expanse of wings | inch 7 to 9 lines.

2. Differs from the female of 7. danaé in its altogether paler

colour ; with darker apical patch, restricted within the angulated

transverse postmedian series of black spots, all the black spots much

smaller, the marginal spots of secondaries well separated. Expanse

of wings | inch 6 to 11 lines.

3 @. Kattywur (coll. F. Moore); 3, N. India (B.M.)

Var. The female paler at base of wings, with the disk of secondaries

immaculate.

3 2, Scinde. Coll. F. Moore.

This species generally stands in Indian collections as the 7. eupompe

of Klug.

108. TERACOLUS DIRUS, n. sp. (Plate VII. fig. 11.)

@. Allied to the preceding and to 7. pseudacaste. Wings above

white, the base broadly dark grey ; an irregular series of black spots

158 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE GENUS TERACOLUS. [Jan. 18,

through the centre of the disk, large and much interrupted in pri-

maries, small, and terminating in the second median interspace in

secondaries : primaries with a well-marked black spot at end of cell ;

apical area and outer border to external angle brown; the inner

margin of apical area scarcely extending beyond the angulated upper

portion of the discal series of black spots ; a subapical curved series

of cream-coloured hastate spots, slightly speckled with scarlet ex-

ternally, and bounded by the black angulated series: secondaries

with a brown border, paler at the internervular folds. Primaries

below white, the base broadly sulphur yellow, the apical area pale

buff ; the four uppermost black spots annular, upon a diffused reddish

ground, otherwise as above: secondaries pale buffy whitish ; the

discal spots of secondaries cordiform, carmine, varied with pearly

whitish and black ; a spot of the same colours at end of cell. Ex-

panse of wings 2 inches 1| line.

Scinde. Type, coll. F. Moore.

109. TERACOLUS EBOREOIDES, n. sp. (Plate VII. fig. 12.)

3. Above very like Cramer’s figure of male T. eborea, but blackish

at the base; below very like 7. danaé, but without the reddish tint

round the subapical black spots. Expanse of wings 1 inch 11 lines.

2. Wings above with the basal third brownish grey: primaries

with the centre irregularly white; the apical third dark brown, crossed

by four triangular orange spots, bounded internally by black spots ;

a black spot at the end of the cell; a second constricted spot on

interno-median interspace and in the middle of the central white

area, and a minute point near the external border; the apical area

is deeply bisinuate towards external angle, and decreases in width to

the angle: secondaries with a decreasing dark brown border from

the apex to the anal angle, slightly intersected with whitish on the

internervular folds; the area between the grey part and the outer

border white ; five black discal spots, and a spot at the end of the

cell: wings below as in the male, but slightly deeper incolour. Ex-

panse of wings | inch 6 lines.

3 2, India (W. B. Farr). Coll. F. Moore.

The above is a very well-marked species.

110. TERACOLUS SANGUINALIS, 0. Sp.

3. Much like a small example of Z. danaé, but the primaries

more acuminate, the carmine patch rather brighter; the grey

colouring confined to the extreme base and costa, not extending into

the secondaries ; the marginal spots of secondaries better separated

and rather smaller. Apical area of primaries below redder; the an-

gulated series of spots larger and redder ; the spots upon the margin

near external angle small and indistinct : secondaries white, slightly

creamy, with the outer border very feebly ochraceous ; the spots,

which are arranged as in 7’. danaé, are greyish brown; the spot at

end of cell reddish, with a narrow brown margin. Expanse of wings

1 inch 6 lines.

2. Differs from the female of 7’. danaé in its smaller size, more

1876.] MR. A.G. BUTLER ON THE GENUS TERACOLUS. 159

sulphur-tinted coloration, the regular and much paler basal grey

suffusion, which is almost invisible on the secondaries, the much

brighter apical carmine patch, the absence of the spot near external

angle of primaries, the minute character of the discal spots of seeonda-

ries, and the better-defined and narrower outer border; primaries

below with the apical area redder, the basal area yellower, and with-

out a terminal grey streak crossing the cell ; the black spots smaller :

secondaries below distinctly ochraceous, with the discal spots reddish,

irrorated with black and grey. Lxpanse of wings 1 inch 6 lines.

Ceylon (Stevens). Type, B.M.

10. Wings white, the primaries with the apex dark brown, with

central orange patch, more or less separated into distinct spots

in the female ; underside with a more or less defined series of

discal spots in secondaries.

111. TERACOLUS PERNOTATUS, n. sp. (Plate VII. fig. 1.)

3. White above, with the base pale grey: primaries with a black

spot at end of cell; apical area orange, bordered with black-brown,

the inner border tapering towards costa; the orange area divided into

six parts by the nervures and narrowing to a point behind : seconda-

ries with a black spot on costa and six on outer margin. Below

white, the base sulphur-yellow ; the cells terminated by black dots ;

primaries with the apical area greyish, with the orange patch of the

upperside dimly visible and bounded externally by four or five almost

united red-brown spots in an oblique series: secondaries with a

discal arched series of small brown spots; very minute black spots

terminating the nervures on outer margin. Expanse of wings | inch

6 lines.

Q. White, sometimes tinted with sulphur-yellow ; the base pale

grey: primaries with a black spot at end of cell; apical area black,

with a central nearly straight series of five more or less defined orange

spots, only separated by the nervures; three black spots in an

oblique series below the median branches, the central one small, the

lowest one bifid: secondaries with a curved series of discal spots,

black at costa, but gradually fading away towards inner margin; a

marginal series of six large spots. Wings below white, the basal area,

apical area of primaries, and outer margin of secondaries bright

sulphur-yellow ; a black spot at the end of the cells, bordered with

orange on the secondaries ; primaries with an angulated discal series

of seven blackish spots: secondaries with a curved discal series of

seven sap-green spots ; the abdominal and subcostal areas also some-

times irrorated with sap-green. Expanse of wings 1 inch 7 lines.

3 Q, Punjab (coll. F. Moore) ; 2, Punjab (B.M.).

This species is distinguished by the broad apical patch of the

male; the pale grey basal third of the wings, the greyish apical

patch below, and the curved discal series of secondaries below.

112. TrRACOLUS FARRINUS, n. sp. (Plate VII. fig. 2.)

3. Distinguished from the preceding by the wider apical area

160 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE GENUS TERACOLUS. [Jan. 18,

with narrower orange patch, the basal grey scaling darkest on costa,

and of a bluish colour ; the apical area below lemon-yellow, the spots

on its internal border squamose : secondaries above with larger mar-

ginal spots ; below with the discal spots less strongly defined, and the

base not yellow as in the primaries. Expanse of wings | inch

8 lines.

2. Distinguished by the dark brownish grey scaling over basal

third, the larger and better-defined black spots, especially those on

the disk of secondaries ; the under surface of secondaries clouded

with greyish. Expanse of wings 1 inch 7 lines.

3, Kussowlie, N.W. Himalayas; ¢ 2, India (Farr).

Coll. F. Moore.

This species must have been mixed up with Dr. Boisduval’s exam-

ples of 7’. etrida, since his description of the female agrees with this

form alone ; it can never, I think, have come from Madras or Pegu.

113. Teraco.us PuRuS, n. sp. (Plate VII. figs. 14, 15.)

3. Distinguished from 7. pernotatus by its purer white colora-

tion, the base in the male scarcely visibly tinted with grey, but in

the female as in the above-mentioned species ; the apical area almost

black, with a narrow regular slightly curved band of five orange

spots ; only the uppermost and lowermost of the three discal spots

visible in the female, and the three uppermost of the discal series of

secondaries ; black marginal spots of secondaries better defined,

rounded : wings below with the base and apex of primaries sulphur-

yellow ; the female with the whole of the secondaries, excepting the

discoidal interspace, more or less tinted with the same colour; only

the two uppermost of the discal spots in the secondaries of the male

helow visible ; in the female they are all present, but smaller. Ex-

panse of wings, ¢ 1 inch 3 to 6 lines, ? 1 inch 6 to 8 lines.

3 2, Punjab (type, B.M.); 3 2, Punjab (coll. F. Moore).

We have what I believe to be this species also, marked ‘ India ;”’

but the examples are in bad condition.

114. TERACOLUS ETRIDA.

3. Anthocharis etrida (part), Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép.i. p. 576.

n. 24 (18386).

@. Like the female of 7. purus, but rather larger, with the apex

more rounded, the primaries above yellowish, the costal and discoidal

areas of primaries and outer margin of secondaries below distinctly

sulphur-yellow. Expanse of wings 1 inch 7 lines.

3 Q, Scinde; 2, Masuri (Grote) ; $, Canara (typical form).

Coll. F. Moore.

The male has the orange patch broad at costa and tapering to

near the second median branch ; but it is more readily recognized

by the coloration of the under surface of the secondaries, which is

white, with yellow diffused outer border; a small black dot at end of

cell, and two subcostal pale brown spots near apex: the Canara

example has the basicostal area of primaries above darker than in

the specimens from Scinde ; but in other respects it agrees with them

1876.] MR. A.G. BUTLER ON THE GENUS TERACOLUS. 161

very fairly : the female from Masuri more nearly resembles the male,

the spots below being very pale.

115. TERACOLUS LIMBATUS, 0. sp.

3. Wings above white: the primaries with the extreme base and

the costa dark grey ; an elongate triangular apical patch from costa

to external angle, enclosing a slightly curved tapering orange patch,

separated into six parts by the nervures ; a minute black dot at end

of cell: secondaries with the outer margin bordered by a sinuated

brown band. Wings below white, with a black dot at the end of each

discoidal cell; the cell of primaries and the apical area sulphur-

yellow ; a subapical oblique brownish streak tapering towards the

costa ; apical margin greenish grey. Expanse of wings | inch 5 lines.

Ceylon (Templeton). Type, B.M.

This is the most distinct-looking of the local forms of T. etrida ;

it probably ranges to Madras; for Boisduval says (in his description

of T. etrida), ‘‘ Ailes inférieures avec le bord entrecoupé de points

noirs, assez gros, isolés ou réunis en une bande crénelée.”

116. TeRAcouus CAstMIRvS, n. sp. (Plate VII. fig. 5.)

3. Wings above white, the base grey, more extended in prima-

ries than in secondaries ; primaries rounded at apex ; the apical area

from costa to first median branch black-brown, enclosing a slightly

curved orange band, at the end of which is a minute dot of the same

colour, the band is divided by the nervures into five parts ; a black

dot at the end of the cell : secondaries with four large marginal dark

brown spots, and a minute dot of the same colour ; a subapical costal

ill-defined brown litura. Primaries below white, the basal two thirds

of the cell sulphur-yellow; apical area pale ochre-yellow, bounded

internally by an oblique greyish streak ; a black dot at the end of

the cell: secondaries sandy whitish, irrorated with brown ; an arched

macular brownish streak from costa to interno-median area (inter-

rupted, as usual, on the discoidal interspace); a black and yellow

dot at the end of the cell; outer border yellowish, irrorated with

brown atoms. Expanse of wings | inch 7 lines.

Bimbur, Cashmere (Capt. Reed). Coll. F. Moore.

117. Teracotus BimpuRA, Moore. (Plate VII. figs. 3, 4.)

3. Wings above white, greyish at base: primaries with a trian-

gular orange patch at apex, narrowly bordered with black-brown, the

outer border sinuated ; a minute black dot at end of cell: seconda-

ries with four marginal black dots. Primaries below white, the basal

three fifths of discoidal cell sulphur-yellow; apical area greyish

stramineous externally, sulphur-yellow internally, bounded within by

a well-defined oblique greenish grey bar; a black dot at the end of

the cell: secondaries sandy whitish, basal three fifths densely irro-

rated with brown, interrupted through the cell and discoidal inter-

space by a whitish streak, and bounded externally by squamose brown

spots; outer border somewhat yellowish ; a black and yellow dot at

the end of the cell. Expanse of wings | inch to 1 inch 7 lines.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1876, No. XI. 1]

162 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE GENUS TERACOLUS. [Jan. 18,

@. Apex of primaries above black-brown, crossed by a curved

band of five orange divisions, the last of which touches the ground-

colour ; a black dot on second median interspace ; otherwise as in

the male. Primaries below with the apical area pale ochraceous,

bounded internally by an oblique series of four brown spots, a similar

spot at centre of second median interspace, and a second on interno-

median interspace touching the first median branch: secondaries

sandy throughout, irrorated with brown ; discal spots brown ; other-

wise as in the male. Expanse of wings 1 inch 4 lines.

3 @, Bimbur, Cashmere (Capt. Reed); 3, Bombay (coll. F.

Moore); ¢ 2, N. India (B.M.).

This is a very distinct species, easily recognized by the coloration

of the under surface: the examples from Bombay vary much in

expanse, the typical male from Bimbur being intermediate and of

the same size as the female.

11. Wings white or sulphur-yellow, the primaries with the apical

area broadly golden-orange, bordered externally in the male

with black; in the female it is interrupted by an irregular

black transverse bar, sometimes separated into distinct spots ;

in two or three species the males have a few scattered black

scales along the inner border of the orange.

118. TERACOLUS EVAGORE.

Pontia evagore, Klug, Symb. Phys. pl. 8. figs. 5, 6 (1829).

Anthocharis evagore, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 579. n. 30

(1836).

Callosune evagore, Kirby, Syn. Cat. p. 503. n. 36 (1871).

Anthocharis heuglini, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatschr. iii. p. 272.

n. 20 (1859).

Anthopsyche heuglini, Felder, Reise der Nov. Lep. ii. pl. 25. fig. 4

(1865227),

3, White Nile (Petherick). B.M.

119. TERACOLUS DEMAGORE.

Anthopsyche demagore, Felder, Reise der Nov. Lep. ii. p. 186.

n. 179 (“1865 ”).

Callosune demagore, Kirby, Syn. Cat. p. 503. n. 37 (1871).

2, White Nile (Petherick). B.M.

120. TERACOLUS CITREUS, 0. Sp.

3. Primaries above whitish at base, becoming more and more

distinctly sulphur-yellow to beyond the middle; apical area bright

golden-orange, with a linear black marginal border: secondaries

white, with the outer margin narrowly sulphur-yellow, diffused.

Primaries below pale sulphur-yellow, the apical area lemon-yellow,

deepest at the margins ; three decreasing brown spots placed obliquely

between the subcostal branches : secondaries fleshy pink, changing to

pale yellow externally, reticulated with brown; several brownish

spots beyond the middle; a black dot at end of cell. Expanse of

wings | inch 4 to 6 lines.

1876.] MR. A.G. BUTLER ON THE GENUS TERACOLUS. 163

2. Above like 7. evarne female, but the black markings more

restricted. Primaries below pale yellow, whitish towards external

angle ; apical area ochraceous, reticulated with grey ; blackish spots as

abore secondaries pale flesh-colour, yellowish on Guten margin, reti-

culated with dark brown, an arched series of discal yellowish spots

crossed by blackish ae a black-edged white spot at the end of

the cell. Expanse of wings 1 inch 6 lines.

3 2, Hor Tamanib (J. K. Lord) = T. evarne of Walker (nec

Klug) ; 2, White Nile (Petherick). B.M.

121. TERACOLUS KEISKAMMA.

Anthocharis keiskamma, Trimen, Rhop. Afr. Austr. p. 56. n. 37,

pl. 2. figs. 3, 4 (1862-66).

3 Q, Keiskamma river (Trimen); 5, S. Africa. B.M.

122. TERACOLUS TOPHA.

Anthopsyche topha, Wallengren, Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 15 (1857).

3 @,S. Africa. B.M.

This species is intermediate between 7. keiskamma and T. auzo.

123. TERACOLUS XANTHEVARNE, N. sp.

Anthocharis evarne, Lucas (nec Klug), Lep. Exot. pl. 37. fig. 3

(1835).

3. Wings above sulphur-yellow, the primaries brightest in colour,

with the apical area broadly golden-orange, with rather a narrow

sinuated black border from the middle of costa to the first median

branch ; costa grey: secondaries with small black spots at the ends

of the nervures. Wings below lemon-yellow ; the primaries sulphur-

yellow towards the base ; two subapical brownieh dots between the

subcostal branches : secondaries with a black dot at end of cell. Ex-

panse of wings | inch 8 lines.

White Nile (Petherick). Type, B.M.

I have also examined a male taken by Mr. Lord at Harkeko.

124. TRERACOLUS SYRTINUS, 0. sp.

3. Wings above much as in the preceding species, but the costa

blackish brown from base to apex, and the inner edge of the orange

patch sprinkled with blackish scales ; wings below. sulphur-yellow,

the apical area lemon-yellow, a minute blackish dot at end of cell in

secondaries. Expanse of wings 1 inch 9 lines.

Senegal. Type, B.M.

Intermediate in character between the preceding and T. auzo.

125. TERACOLUS AUXO.

Anthocharis auxo, Lucas, Rey. Zool. p. 422 (1852).

Callosune auxo, Kirby, Syn. Cat. p. 501. n. 11 (1871).

3 2, Natal. B.M.

This is probably the 4. evarne of Trimen.

11*

164 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE GENUS TERACOLUS. [Jan. 18,

126. TERACOLUS EVARNE.

Pontia evarne, Klug, Symb. Phys. pl. 6. figs. 1-4 (1829).

Anthocharis evarne, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 569. n. 15

(1836).

Callosune evarne (part), Kirby, Syn. Cat. p. 501. n. 10 (1871).

Ambukol.

I have never had an opportunity of seeing a genuine 7’. evarne ;

it is evidently a white-winged species. Entomologists almost inva-

riably represent it in their collections by examples of one or other of

the species allied to 7. keiskamma.

127. TERACOLUS EUCHARIS.

3. Papilio eucharis, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 472.n. 127 (1775).

3 Q. Euchloé eucharis, Butler, Fabr. Cat. p. 215. n. 5 (1869).

Callosune eucharis, Kirby, Syn. Cat. p. 500. n. 9 (1871).

Papilio aurora, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 299. figs. A—D (1782).

Pieris titea, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 124. n. 21 (1819).

Pontia titea, Horsfield, Cat. Lep. E.I. C. p. 141. n. 69 (1829).

3 2, Ceylon (Templeton). B.M.

Mr. Moore has a female from the Deccan.

128. TERACOLUS PSEUDEVANTHE, n. sp. (Plate VII. fig. 16.)

3. Above like 7’. eucharis, but larger; the outer black border

beginning at apical three fifths of costa, continued round the outer

margin as a rather wide sinuated band to near external angle, and

throwing up an irregular projection across the end of first and the

middle of the second median interspace ; edge of costa and base

sprinkled with brown scales: secondaries with four marginal brown

dots. Primaries below sordid white, the base sulphur-yellow ; apical

area lemon-yellow ; the outer margin orange, with black dots at the

end of the nervures ; a transverse sigmoidal postmedian subapical

ferruginous streak ; secondaries sandy white ; a transverse sabapical

ferruginous dash; an interno-discal transverse macular streak of

ochreous speckled with brown; a black-and-yellow dot at end of

cell. Expanse of wings | inch 11 lines.

Q. Above white, base grey; apical area irregularly black-brown,

crossed by four cuneiform orange or white spots ; a black dot at end

of cell, and a black interno-median spot towards external angle :

secondaries with an oblique Z-shaped costal black marking near

apex ; five large black-brown marginal spots. Primaries below white,

with the base sulphur-yellow ; apical area sulphur-yellow, becoming

ochreous externally, and crossed by a macular brown streak, ending

in a black spot; a black spot on interno-median interspace, and a

black dot at end of cell ; black marginal dots as in the male: secon-

daries sordid white, reticulated with sap-green; two streaks of the

same colour answering to those on the secondaries of the male ; outer

margin yellow, spotted with sap-green. Expanse of wings | inch

9 lines.

3, India (B.M.); ¢ 2, Bombay (7 examples), coll. F. Moore.

Ve © EAN

EASchaier del . J. Smit hth.

STOMACH OF MACROPUS GIGANTEUS.

M&N.Hanhart imp »

Se,

yore cen ae tiie, oat

“e

Jet

del.

ef eae’

Thams

}

S772,

e's

sh ety

chafer ct 1)

RAS

‘8

Ped

thos

GIGANT

IF MACROPUS

Fie 4. STOMACH OF DORCOPSIS LUCTUOSA.

OMACH

err

be <

OSG

fxg. 6.

—<$—_ “7

——— =

eet ate | a EER

ROOT

Uostpse Ute

werehshe oO oo

Mate yee? a"

¢)

PL ‘ 6A

' ’ ,

' VU. 722d.

BASchafer et DJ Wilhams del.

J.Smit ht

fig. 5. STOMACH OF MACROPUS GIGANTEUS.

fg. ©. STOMACH OF DORCOPSIS LUCTUOSA.

M&N.Hanhart unp.

ad PA. Sal SOs

™~

J.Smit hth,

E.ASchafer et DJ.Wilhams, del

STOMACH OF DORCOPSIS LUCTUOSA.

1876.] ON THE MUCOUS MEMBRANE IN KANGAROOS. 165

The greater size, apical coloration, and markings of the under-

surface readily distinguish this species from 7. eucharis.

12. Wings of the male with the orange patch narrow, not yellowish,

only touching the ground-colour opposite to the end of discoidal

cell; apex of primaries below grey-speckled; secondaries

creamy whitish, reticulated with brownish green.

129. TERACOLUS EVANTHE.

Anthocharis evanthe, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. 1. p. 567. n. 13

(1836).

Callosune evanthe, Kirby, Syn. Cat. p. 500. n. 8 (1871).

S. Africa. B.M.

Pieris doxo of Godart is probably a Synchloé allied to S. suasa ;

Pontia eulimene, Klug, is an Ivias; and Anthocharis phenon, Trimen,

is described as allied to the latter, therefore probably belongs to the

same genus.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puate VI.

Fig. 1. Zeracolus flaminia, p. 140. Fig. 7. Teracolus ithonus, p. 146.

2. lyeus, p. 141. 8. halyattes, p. 145.

3. subfumosus, p. 139. 9. pseudocale, p. 154.

4. lucullus, p. 148. 10. suffusus, p. 152.

5. friga, p. 142. Ie pseudacaste, p. 156.

6. lycoris, p. 140. 12. hero, p. 150.

Prats VII.

Fig. 1. Teracolus pernotatus, p. 159. Fig. 10. Zeracolus vestalis, p. 135.

2. farrinus, p. 159. Tale dirus, p. 157.

3, 4. —— bimbura, p. 161. 12. eboreoides, p. 158.

3. casimirus, p. 161. 13. —— dulcis, p. 157.

6. rosaceus, p. 134. 1a lo: purus, p 160.

if oriens, p. 134. 16. pseudevanthe, p. 164.

8, 9. —— carnifer, p. 138.

9. On the Structure of the Mucous Membrane of the Stomach

in the Kangaroos. By Epwarp A. ScHarer, Assistant-

Professor of Physiology, and D. James WituiaMs,

Student of Medicine, in University College, London.

(Communicated by A. H. Garrop, M.A., F.Z.S., Prosec-

tor to the Society.)

[Received December 17, 1875.]

(Plates VITI.-XI.)

The observations here recorded have been made upon the

stomachs of two Kangaroos belonging to distinct genera. One was

that of the great Kangaroo, Macropus giganteus; the other of Dor-

copsis luctuosa, a specimen of which died some months back in the

166 MESSRS. SCHAFER AND WILLIAMS ON THE _ [Jan. 18,

gardens of the Society. This latter has been described (P. Z.S.

1875, p. 48) by Prof. A. H. Garrod, the Prosector to the Society, to

whom we are indebted for the opportunity of examining the organ

in question in these avimals. Our criginal object was simply to

record in general terms the differences in microscopic structure

presented by those parts of the membrane which have a different

appearance to the naked eye ; but since, in spite of recent researches,

our knowledge of the minute structure of the gastric mucous mem-

brane is still confessedly imperfect, it became obvious that it would

be necessary to enter upon a minute examination of the several

parts ; especially as they present very well-marked differences, and,

in some cases, peculiarities of structure which tend to elucidate

points yet in dispute with regard to the gastric mucous membrane

of the higher Mammalia and of Man.

As is well known, the stomach is, in the Kangaroo, a long saccu-

lated organ not unlike the human colon; and the sacculations, as in

that, are due to the presence of three longitudinal bands of plain

muscular fibre, situate on the exterior underneath the serous mem-

brane and shorter than the rest of the gastric wali, so that this is

bulged out at intervals into sacculi separated by constrictions or

inward folds of the membranous wall. One of the three bands is

placed below along the greater curvature ; and it is on either side of

this that the sacculi are most marked; there are none at the lesser

curvature, nor is the pyloric extremity sacculated at any part of

its circumference. Besides the inwardly projecting folds between

the sacculi, and which involve all the coats of the stomach, the

mucous membrane shows the rugze ordinarily met with in a stomach

not completely distended, and produced by contraction of the mus-

cular coat. There are also in certain parts more minute folds,

which would, no doubt, be effaced by complete distention of the

organ, and which are probably due to a similar contraction of the

muscular layer of the mucous membrane (muscularis mucose@).

In the diagrams of the two stomachs which are here given, and in

the accompanying general description, they are for convenience’ sake

treated as if they were more or less straight organs extending across

the body from left to right as in the human subject, whereas in

reality they are twisted upon themselves. A detailed description of

the form of the marsupial stomach and its relatious to other parts is,

of course, foreign to the subject of the present paper, and must be

sought for in recognized treatises on comparative anatomy *.

* The following are the dimensions of the organs as they appear after pre-

servation in spirit :—

Dorcopsis Macropus

luctuosa. —_ giganteus.

ft. in, ft. in.

Length along lesser curvature.............0.:0ee0eeeees 1 0O 1 8

Length along greater curvature, the sacculations

not being taken into account .............0. seer hit 2 5

Length along greater curvature, reckoning in the

sacculati Ouse seer see meee nee eeecanase nc: 2 10 5 0

Greatest circular measurement ...............s0esse0es OTe 0 7

1876. ] MUCOUS MEMBRANE IN KANGAROOS. 167

Obvious characters of the Mucous Membrane.

With the unassisted eye three distinct regions can be detected in

the stomachs of both animals, the mucous membrane presenting well-

marked differences in feel, appearance, and, as will be presently seen,

in microscopic structure. For the most part they are marked off

from each other by distinct lines of demarcation ; these, however, are

more obvious between the first and second regions than between the

second and third, although, in the latter case also, especially in Dor-

copsis, the distinction can be made out even with the naked eye.

In the two species examined these three regions have somewhat

different distributions, as is indicated in the accompanying diagrams.

Thus, in Dorcopsis (Diagram 1) the first or cardiac region (A), which

Diagram 1.

Stomach of Dorcopsis luctuosa.

is covered with an epithelium obviously continuous with and similar

to that of the gullet, occupies more than a third of the inner surface

of the organ, lining the whole of the cardiac fundus, and terminating

towards the middle of the stomach by a well-marked line of demar-

cation ( x ), which extends from the lesser curvature cbliquely down-

wards and to the left along the anterior and posterior walls to end in

the greater curvature about opposite to the opening of the gullet, ora

little to the right of that point. Commencing on either side of the

cardia two parallel ridges or folds of the mucous membrane (not

represented in the diagram) pass for about 3 inches along the lesser

curvature, depending into the cavity of the organ. They are little

more than half an inch apart, and not quite half an inch in depth ; they

become less prominent and gradually subside towards their termina-

tion. They bring to mind the ridges which are found in a somewhat

similar situation in the Ruminant stomach, but they are by no means

so strongly muscular. The second region (B) commences at the ob-

lique line above traced out, which separates it from the first or cardiac

region, and extends from here to the left, as far as the pylorus,

comprehending all the rest of the inner surface of the organ except a

circular patch (C) about 23 inches in diameter, which occupies the

168 MESSRS. SCHAFER AND WILLIAMS ON THE [Jan. 18,

pyloric fundus. This patch is distinguishable to the unaided eye

chiefly by its greater thickness, smoother surfaee, and by a slight

furrowed line which partly encloses it. It shows under the microscope

glands differing in character from those of the surrounding region,

and is therefore here described as a third region of the mucous mem-

brane. But this third region is not entirely confined to the circular

patch ; for a narrow tract of mucous membrane (7) containing similar

glands extends from the upper limit of the patch on either side to

meet its fellow above at the lesser curvature, thus completing an

irregular zone around this part of the stomach.

In Macropus giganteus the epithelium of the first region (Diagram

2, A) has a much more limited distribution than in Dorcopsis.

The tract which it covers is widest in the neighbourhood of the

gullet, whence it passes over the front and back of the stomach.

Even here it does not extend as far down as the greater curvature ;

so that the two parts do not meet below. Moreover the left end of

the stomach, which terminates in a pouch-like projection (p), is not

lined by this epithelium, although a second smaller pouch (p’),

directed upwards and situated nearer the gullet than the first one,

receives a lining from it. Both these pouch-like projections are

Diagram 2.

Stomach of Macropus giganteus,

present alsoin Dorcopsis luctuosa; but they are both lined with hard

epithelium like that of the rest of the cardiac fundus in this animal.

Anteriorly the hard epithelium gradually narrows in Macropus

giganteus until it becomes reduced to a mere strip along the lesser

curvature, and eventually ceases altogether about halfway between

the two extremities of the stomach. The ridges of mucous mem-

brane which extend towards the right from either side of the cardiac

1876. | MUCOUS MEMBRANE IN KANGAROOS. 169

orifice are only slightly marked in the stomach of Macropus. The

second region (B) has a greater extent in Macropus giganteus than

in Dorcopsis. It occupies all the rest of the inner surface of the

stomach except (as in Dorcopsis) a circular patch (C) about 3

inches in diameter, situate at the pyloric fundus, and not marked off

from the rest by any well-defined naked-eye appearances except the

great thickness of the mucous membrane. But microscopical exa-

mination shows that the glands of this patch present material dif-

ferences from those of the rest of the stomach, whilst resembling

those of the corresponding part of the Dorcopsis stomach ; so that this

patch is to be taken as representing the third region in Macropus also.

the tract 2, moreover, which passes in Dorcopsis over the upper

part of the stomach in this place, is also represented in Macropus.

The second region may be said to commence at the extreme end of

the cardiac fundus, where its mucous membrane lines the pouch (p)

above referred to as not being covered by the hard gullet-epithelium ;

from here it passes to the right, along the greater curvature of the

stomach, gradually narrowing at first, so that opposite the cesophagus

it forms a strip only about ?# of an inch wide, bounded on either

side by the epithelium of the first region, but subsequently becoming

gradually wider until it extends continuously round the organ.

In both animals the mucous membrane of the second region has

here and there insular elevations flattened on the surface and beset all

over with small rounded eminences, each with a little pit at its summit

as if made with the point of a pin. These elevated patches vary in

size, but seem to have a fairly regular distribution (Diagrams 1 and

2, 2,2). Thus in both animals there is a large triangular patch on

each wall of the stomach, the base of which is close to the third region

of the mucous membrane, while the apex of the triangle extends

upwards and to the left towards the lesser curvature. From near

the apex a chain of smaller and more circular patches is continued

for some distance parallel to the line of demarcation between the first

and second regions—in Dorcopsis, in fact, as far as the second region

extends. As the result of microscopical examination clearly shows,

these elevations are owing to accumulations of lymphoid tissue in and

beneath the mucous membrane; and they may therefore be termed

‘lymphoid patches.’ They are in many respects analogous to

Peyer’s patches of the small intestine.

Microscopical Characters of the Mucous Membrane.

The results of the microscopical examination of the several regions

correspond for the most part in both animals (as might indeed have

been expected in genera so closely allied); so that the same description

will apply to both. We shall afterwards take the opportunity of

pointing out any special peculiarity which may obtain in either. The

figures, which have been taken indiscriminately, some from the one

animal and some from the other, will, for the most part, serve to

illustrate the structure of the corresponding parts in both.

The Mucous Membrane of the First Region.—This is covered with

a coating of dense stratified epithelium (Plate VIII. fig. 1, S) con-

170 MESSRS. SCHAFER AND WILLIAMS ON THE [| Jan. 18,

tinuous with that of the gullet, and resembling it in all respects. It

is harsh to the feel, and in this respect contrasts strongly with the

soft mucous membrane of the second and third regions. It is unne-

cessary to enter into details of structure as regards this epithelium,

since it resembles others of its class, the lowermost cells (c’) being

rounded or somewhat columnar, the layers above these composed of

polyhedral elements with dentated or ridged surfaces, and those

above these again swollen and enlarged ; finally, most superficial of all

are several strata of flattened scaly cells forming a horny layer (4)

distinguished, both by its somewhat fibrous appearance in section

and by its different reactions to staining fluids, from the Malpighian

layer or layers upon which it rests. “Here and there one or two

lymphoid corpuscles are to be seen in between the deeper epithelium-

cells. A few papillee of the mucous membrane project into the

deeper parts of the epithelium ; but neither an inspection of sections

that were made from different parts, nor a careful examination of

the surface, could detect any racemose or tubular glands of any sort

in the region covered by this epithelium. At the line of demarcation

separating it from the glandular portion of the stomach, the surface

of the mucous membrane undergoes an abrupt change, perceptible

as easily by the unassisted eye ‘and hand as with the aid of the

microscope. The manner in which the change takes place is

represented in the figure, but will be more readily understood after

the structure of the “succeeding portion of the stomach has been

described. It is sufficient here to mention that all the layers of

cells of which the stratified epithelium is composed cease abruptly,

with the exception of the deepest layer; this, on the contrary,

becomes directly continued into the simple layer of columnar epi-

thelium which covers the whole of the glandular portion, and which

sends prolongations into the mouths of the glands.

The Mucous Membrane of the Second Region.—This region and

the remaining one include the whole of the glandular portion of the

organ. The mucous membrane is soft to the feel and of considera-

ble thickness ; and its surface is closely dotted with the orifices of

the tubular glands (Plate IX. fig. 2), which are densely arranged

and pass either vertically or somewhat obliquely through the whole

thickness of the membrane (which may, indeed, be stated to be in

a large measure composed of them) as far as the muscularis mucosz

(m. m), which, as in man, limits the mucous membrane and sepa-

rates it from the submucons areolar tissue. Each gland-tube is

bounded (or rather may be said to be formed) by a delicate basement

membrane, appearing in section as a mere line outside the epithe-

lium of the gland. The tubes are cylindrical for the greater part

of their length, but are somewhat enlarged towards the orifice, and

also usually swollen out at the bottom (4). The surface of the

mucous membrane between the orifices of the tubular glands is, as

usual, covered by a single layer of characteristic columnar “epithelium-

cells (¢), with the attached ends tapering, apparently designed, like

the bricks in an arch, to accommodate themselves to the rounded

surface to which they are attached; and this epithelium is con-

1876.] MUCOUS MEMBRANE IN KANGAROOS. We '

tinued also into the openings themselves. ‘Tracing it further into

the gland, we find the cells, still columnar, less tapering at their

fixed extremities ; and, moreover, while in the mouths of the glands,

as on the general surface, they stand vertical to the basement

membrane with their free ends on the same level, in the throat

of the glands, on the other hand, they slant upwards, so that they

more or less overlap one another (fig. 2, 2). Further downwards

in the tube the cells become gradually shorter, so as to appear

quadrangular or cubical in form ; at the same time the lumen of the

tube becomes much narrowed, and, indeed, in vertical sections of the

mucous membrane is in some parts hardly perceptible. These shortly

columnar or cubical epithelium-cells occupy the greater part of the

length of the tube (m). ‘They have each a very distinct round or

oval nucleus with one or two nucleoli; and the protoplasm of the cell,

which is granular in appearance, becomes stained by logwood,

although not nearly so intensely as the nucieus.

Towards the fundus (4) of the gland the cells undergo a change.

They become gradually larger, and rounded or polyhedral in shape : ;

their outlines become more distinct; and the substance of the cell

acquires a clear or very faintly granular aspect, and, moreover,

becomes hardly at all stained by logwood. Further, the nuclei, for

the most part, have not their usual characteristic vesicular appearance,

but in most of the cells (which line, and in some cases almost fill,

the fundus), appear as intensely stained, shrunken or compressed

bodies, usually situated excentrically in the cell, and not frequently

flattened up against the basement membrane. In short, the appear-

ance of these polyhedral cells of the fundus of the gland brings

strongly to mind the cells which occupy the alveoli of the sali-

vary gland (submaxillary) ; and it is not impossible that the clear,

swollen-out aspect they present may be due to a cause similar to

that to which the salivary cells are believed to owe their characteris-

tic appearance, the presence, namely, within the cells at the time

of death of mucus or some similar substance, which swells up on

the addition of fluid. Or it may be that the protoplasm of these

lowermost ceils is younger and less changed than that of the other

cells of the gland, and consequently that they are more readily acted

upon by reagents, or by the secretion of the gland itself after death,

than the rest. At any rate there seems a close analogy between the

structure of the deeper parts of these tubular glands and the alveoli

of the compound racemose glands. At the same time it must be

remembered that some of the latter class of glands, the pancreas for

example, do not exhibit the clear, swollen-cut cells with excentrically

placed nuclei, but their alveolar walls resemble more, on the contrary,

the cubical cells of the middle parts of the tubular glands above

described ; and it is worthy of note that in some parts of the second

region of the Kangaroo stomach, those for instance in the neigh-

bourhood of the pylorus, the tubular glands, which are here very

long, are lined in the deeper as well as in the middle parts, by cubical

or shortly columnar cells which are similar throughout.

The substance of the mucous membrane between the tubular

172 MESSRS. SCHAFER AND WILLIAMS ON THE [Jan. 18,

glands of the second region is in most parts composed of delicate

connective tissue with numerous corpuscles, supporting the blood-

vessels. Here and there well-defined cleft-like spaces are seen in the

sections. These, no doubt, represent the lymphatics which are now

known to be so numerous in the gastric mucous membrane *. They

are particularly large and well marked in the neighbourhood of the

pylorus (fig. 5).

In some places the interglandular tissue contains a considerable

number of lymphoid cells; but this is more particularly the case in

the neighbourhood of the lymphoid patches, to the description of

which we shall immediately come. Moreover a certain amount of

lymphoid tissue may intervene between the bases of the glands and

the muscularis mucose. This last-named layer consists in most

parts of two strata of muscular fibre-cells which cross one another,

the inner being circular, the outer longitudinal in direction. From

the more superficial or inner stratum bundles of fibre-cells pass up

here and there between the glands, towards the surface; but it has

not been easy to trace their ultimate destination. Probably they

become eventually attached to the basement membrane.

Structure of Lymphoid Patches.—These localized elevations or

thickenings differ from the rest of the mucous membrane of the second

region in the fact that both mucosa and submucosa are largely formed

by lymphoid tissue, z.e. lymph corpuscles supported by a fine retiform

tissue. This (fig. 3) extends in the mucosa towards the surface of

the membrane between the glands, and is also found as a distinct

stratum at their base. In the submucosa it forms a layer of some

thickness immediately underneath the muscularis mucosz. The

lymphoid tissue does not form a uniform layer, but is gathered

at intervals into well-marked nodules or follicles (fig. 4), which cause

the small rounded elevations already noticed on the surface of the

lymphoid patch. Each of these elevations is, it will be remembered,

marked with a small central pit (d). At the bottom of this the

tubular glands fail, and the summit of the follicle is separated

from the free surface merely by the layer of columnar epithelium,

which itself contains numerous lymph corpuscles between the

columnar cells; and these are also to be noticed free within the

depression, as if they had emigrated from the subjacent lymphoid

nodule. Indeed it may be doubted whether in some instances the

covering of epithelium over the summit of the nodule may not be

altogether absent; some of the sections obtained appear to show

this; but it is possible that it may have become accidentally detached.

Below the lymphoid Jayer of the submucosa is the ordinary connec-

tive tissue of that tunic (s. m) supporting the larger blood-vessels,

nerves, and lymphatics; and at the base of each follicular accumu-

lation there is commonly (as shown in fig. 3) a large lymphatic sinus,

into which the follicle partly dips. At other places the lymphoid

tissue of the mucosa is separated from that of the submucosa by the

layer of muscularis mucosee (fig. 3, m. m); but the latter is wanting

opposite the summit of each follicle (fig. 4), and the lymphoid tissue

* Lovén, Nord, Med. Arkiv, 1878.

1876. ] MUCOUS MEMBRANE IN KANGAROOS. 173

of the one blends with that of the other. In this particular, as in

most others, the lymphoid patches of the Marsupial stomach exactly

resemble the patches of Peyer of the human ileum, only that in the

latter the lymphoid follicles occupy more of the mucous membrane

and come entirely to the surface, whereas, in the gastric patches in

question, the follicles, as well as the remainder of the lymphoid

tissue, are surmounted by tubular glands, except at the centre of

each, where the surface is pitted in as far as the summit or cupola

of the follicle. The glands over these lymphoid patches are some-

what shorter than those which are found in the rest of the mucous

membrane of the second region, but entirely agree with them in

structure (figs. 3 & 4).

Transition of the Stratified Epithelium of the First Region into the

simple Columnar Epithelium of the Second Region.—The manner in

which this occurs will be readily understood by again referring to

fig. 1. Close to the limit between these two regions the stratified

epithelium (S) of the first is of considerable thickness, nearly as thick,

indeed, as the whole mucous membrane of the second. If the lower

line of the epithelium be followed, it will be seen that just as it ap-

proaches the junction it rises rather abruptly towards the surface, the

layers of cells above it being continually less and less numerous until

they are reduced to six or eight only. The lowermost columnar cells

(c’) of the stratified epithelium then become directly continued into

the simple columnar epithelium (¢) of the glandular region, whilst

the layers above it cease abruptly, one or two cells often projecting

at the edge like bricks from the end of a wall. The tubular glands

begin immediately beyond this, the first ones passing down parallel

with the ascending line of the stratified epithelium; but they are

separated from it by somewhat more of the tissue of the mucosa

than they are from one another. This tissue (7, 7) contains very

numerous lymphoid cells, and many are seen also in between the

lower cells of the stratified epithelium of the immediate neighbour-

hood (at dy). Transitional forms of epithelium between the scaly

stratified and the columnar (as described by Henle at the line of

transition of gullet into stomach-epithelium in man) do not occur,

but the passage of the one into the other is quite abrupt and effected

by the cessation of all the layers of the stratified epithelium except

the lowermost.

Structure of the Second Region, in the neighbourhood of the

Pylorus.—The lining membrane as well as the muscular coat is here

very thick, especially in Macropus giganteus ; and tbe gland-tubes

are correspondingly long (fig. 5). They are not enlarged at the

fundus ; and the cells of this are similar in appearance to those of the

rest of the tube. Numerous bundles of muscular tissue (7!. m!) pass

from the muscularis mucosz upwards towards the glands. But the

most striking feature of the part is the number and size of the

lymphatics (/, 7). These appear in sections as large well-defined

clefts in the connective tissue between the glands. ‘The clefts are

not merely accidental; for they have a definite wall of flattened

nucleated cells, like the commencing lymphatics elsewhere.

174 MESSRS. SCHAFER AND WILLIAMS ON THE [Jan. 18,

Two such clefts of considerable size are seen between the glands in

fig. 5; other smaller clefts, also for the most part representing sec-

fons of lymphatics, are seen in the interglandular tissue in various

parts of the mucous membrane. It will be observed, moreover, that

the lymphoid tissue at the base of the glands is more abundant here

than in the rest of the second region (fig. 2), with the exception of

the lymphoid patches, and that the prolongations of the muscularis

mucosee towards the surface between the glands are more numerous

m’.m').

The Mucous Membrane of the Third Region.—This is very thick

both in Dorcopsis luctuosa and in Macropus giganteus, the thickness

being as usual due to the length of the gland-tubes. These resem-

ble in many respects the pyloric part of the second region just

described ; thus they are long straight tubes lined near the orifice

with columnar epithelium, and in all the rest of their extent with

small cubical or polyhedral cells, which in many parts nearly fill up

the tubes. But there is this important difference, that superadded

to these and situated outside of them (but still within the basement

membrane, which they often cause to bulge outwards) there are, in

the middle parts of the length of the gland (figs. 6 & 7), certain

other cells of a spheroidal or ovoidal shape and granular appearance.

These are what have long been known as peptic cells; since it is

believed, although it has not yet been conclusively proved, that they

are the source of the pepsin of the gastric juice. ‘They were termed

by Rollett* the delomorphous cells of the gland, whilst the other,

more centrally situated, and usually less obvious cells, which are

continuous above with the columnar epithelium of the surface, he

has termed adelomorphous. For the present it will be better to

adhere to the old terminology (peptic cells) for the rounded cells,

and to term the angular ones, which line the whole tube within flea,

central cells. The glands, moreover, in which the peptic cells occur

we may continue to term the peptic glands, and the region of the

stomach occupied by them the peptic region, without at the same

committing ourselves so far as to maintain that the other portions

of the stomach do not also, as some physiologists think, yield

pepsin.

To return to the structure of the glands. The spheroidal peptic

cells vary in number in different glands, bemg fewest in the parts of

the peptic region which are nearest the boundary between this and

the second or general glandular region. It frequently happens that

these peptic cells do not reach the fundus (4) of the gland, which

is not larger in these glands than the rest of the tube, rnd is occu-

pied exclusively by central cells which resemble the cubical cells

of the other glands, but are smaller and more closely packed. The

distribution of the peptic cells in the glands is well shown in fig. 6,

which is a sketch of part of a vertical section from the middle of the

peptic region as seen under a low power. The preparation was

stained with aniline blue, according to Heidenhain’s directions+; the

peptic cells become much more deeply stained by this than the rest

* Untersuchungen, 1871. ft Arch. f. mikr, Anat. vi. 1870

1876.] MUCOUS MEMBRANE IN KANGAROOS, 175

of the tissue, and the limit of their distribution can be readily made

out. They are seen to be absent near the orifices of the glands,

where the tubes are lined with columnar epithelium.

The relation of the peptic cells to the central cells is best seen in

the horizontal sections (as in fig. 8, which is taken from the Dorcop-

sis stomach). Here the peptic cells (p, p) lie immediately outside

the central cells (c, c) (which almost fill up the tube, leaving but a

very small lumen) and in close contact with them. But in Macropus

the contact is not-so close; for the basement membrane of the gland

sends horizontal lamellar projections inwards, partially surrounding

the spheroidal cells and separating them more from the central ones.

It can be clearly made out (both in vertical sections showing the

glands along their whole length, and in sections carried obliquely

across them so that in different parts of the section different

levels of the tubes are cut) that the central cells are directly con-

tinuous at the neck of the glands with the gradually shortening

columnar cells of the gland-mouth, and resemble, therefore, in this

respect the cubical cells which line the greater part of the tubes of

the second region*. In general aspect too the central cells resemble

those; but they are for the most part, as before mentioned, smaller

and more angular and closely packed. This is especially the case

at the base of the gland, where the cells almost entirely fill the tube

so as to leave little or no lumen (fig. 9).

Transition between the Second and Third Regions.—The line

of demarcation between these is best marked, as before stated, in

Dorcopsis, where there is a slight furrow between them, the

mucous membrane increasing rapidly in thickness on the peptic

side of the furrow. A section across the line and including a part

of each region, is shown in fig 10, as seen under a low power in a

preparation stained with aniline blue. The glands of the second

region become gradually shorter until opposite the bottom of the

furrow, where they are shortest ; those beyond rapidly increase in

length, but exhibit at first exactly the same structure. At about

the third or fourth row, however, a few peptic cells become super-

added to the others about the middle of the glands; and these

increase in number and occupy a greater length of the gland as we

proceed further into the third region, until after a few more tubes

they are found throughout the greater part of the length of the

glands; so that from a study of the mode in which the two kinds

of glands pass into one another, as well as from a comparison of

their structure, it is clear that the main parts of the glands of both

regions are almost precisely similar and will probably have a similar

function, and that the only difference of importance lies in the fact

of the superaddition of the peptic cells in the glands of the third

region—probably implying the superaddition of some other function

in these glands. Whether this, as is generally believed, is the elabo-

* Strictly speaking, these cells are not cubical; for although they appear so

when the glands are seen longitudinally, they must of course, as seen in a trans-

verse section of the glands, become narrower towards the lumen; so that the

shape of each cell is in reality that of a truncated wedge.

176 MESSRS. SCHAPER AND WILLIAMS ON THE _ [Jan. 18,

ration of pepsin, we hope that before long the results of some com-

parative experiments already commenced will enable us to form a

definite opinion.

In the foregoing account we have been induced to enter into what

might seem almost unnecessarily minute details with reference to

the structure of the gastric mucous membrane in these particular

animals, because, as we have already incidentally mentioned, they

seemed to us especially well adapted for investigation, partly on

account of the well-marked differences between the glands of dif-

ferent regions, combined at the same time as they are with many

Gnmmeeala ie features of similarity, partly on account of the ease

and certainty with which the regions can be mapped out, and partly

also on account of the simplicity of form of the elands, which

renders them easy of observation throughout their whole length.

The identity between the glands of the third region here described

and the well-known peptic glands of the stomach has been already

incidentally noticed, and is sufficiently obvious. It will doubtless also

have suggested itself to most of our readers that the glands here

described as occupying the second region in the Kangaroo’s stomach,

and consequently by far the larger portion of the glandular mucous

membrane, resemble in most points of structure those which were

until the last few years known as the mucous glands of the stomach of

Man and the higher Mammalia. But the resemblance is more obvious,

both as regards situation and structure, in the part of the second

region which is near the pylorus, than inthe remainder. In the latter

the epithelium of the glands presents peculiarities which have not

hitherto, it is believed, been noticed in the gastric glands of other

animals. These peculiarities are not improbably connected with the

nature of the food on which the Kangaroo subsists. Further inves-

tigation is necessary to show to what extent they are found in other

animals in which the food is similar.

DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES.

Puate VIII.

Fig. 1. Vertical section of the mucous membrane of the stomach of Macropus

giganteus, carried across the line of junction between the first and

second regions. Magnified about 135 diameters. A, end of first region

or region of stratified epithelium ; 6, commencement of second region ;

X, junction of the two; S, stratified epithelium ; p, p, papilla of co-

rium rising up into this; c’, lowermost columnar cells of the Mal-

pighian layer of the stratified epithelium; h, horny layer of ditto ;

ly, lymphoid corpuscles between the cells of the Malpighian layer ;

gl, tubular glands of mucous membrane of second region; 9, 0, their

orifices; c, columnar epithelium of the surface; 7, 2, interglandular

tissue with numerous lymphoid cells; m.m, muscularis mucose ; 2,

blood-vessels cut across.

Puate IX.

Fig. 2. Vertical section of a part of the second region of the mucous membrane,

showing three of the tubular glands, of Macropus giganteus, Magnified

1876. | MUCOUS MEMBRANE IN KANGAROOS. 177

about 260 diameters. , neck, m, middle part, 4, fundus, 0, orifices of

the glands; c, columnar epithelium of the surface continued into the

mouths of the glands; m.m, muscularis mucose; v, v, blood-vessels

cut across.

Fig. 3. Vertical section of part of a lymphoid patch, from the stomach of

Macropus giganteus, showing three of the tubular glands. Magnified

about 260 diameters. 0, 0, orifices of the glands; ¢, columnar epithe-

lium of the surface; 7, neck, m, middle part, 4, base or fundus of the

glands ; m.m, muscularis mucose ; s.7, submucosa ; /.¢, lymphoid tissue,

Fig. 4. Section of a nodule or follicle from lymphoid patch of stomach (Dor-

copsis luctuosa). Magnified about 60 diameters. F, follicle; d, de-

pression or pit in the mucosa over the follicle; g/, glands of the

mucosa with lymphoid tissue between them and at their base; 7.7,

muscularis mucose ; s.7, submucous areolar tissue with lymphoid tissue

near muscularis mucose ; U.s, lymphatic sinus at base of follicle.

PLATE X.

Fig. 5. Vertical section of mucous membrane of second region of stomach near

the pylorus (Macropus giganteus), showing six of the tubular glands.

Magnified about 135 diameters. ¢, columnar epithelium of the sur-

face ; 0, 0, orifices of the glands ; 7, 7, lymphatic vessels in the inter-

glandular tissue of the mucous membrane; 7’, 7’, bundles of plain

muscular tissue passing up between the bases of the glands from the

muscularis mucose, which is not represented in this figure.

Fig. 6. Vertical section of the third or peptic region of stomach (Dorcopsis luc-

tuosa). Magnified about 60 diameters. p, part of the glands which

contain peptic or delomorphous cells; 4, bases of the glands destitute

of these; 7.m, muscularis mucosz.

Prats XI,

. Middle part of three tubular glands from vertical section of peptic

region of the stomach (Dorcopsis luctuosa). Magnified about 260

diameters. p, p, peptic cells; c, c, central or adelomorphous cells.

Fig. 8. Horizontal section of peptic region at level of middle of the glands

(Dorcopsis luctuosa). Magnified about 260 diameters. p, p, peptic

cells, c, c, central cells, 6.7, basement membrane of glands; 2, v, capil-

lary blood-vessels cut across in the interglandular tissue.

Fig. 9. Base or fundus of one of the peptic glands, seen to be occupied entirely

by the angular central cells (Dorcopsis). Magnified about 260 diame-

ters.

Fig. 10. Section across the line of demarkation between the second and third

regions of the gastric mucous membrane (Dorcopsis uctuosa). Mag-

nified about 60 diameters, 2B, mucous membrane of the second region ;

C, mucous membrane of third or peptic region; X X, depression at

the junction between the second and third regions; p, parts of the

glands of the third region which contain the peptic cells; m.m, mus-

cularis mucose,

Figs. 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5 are from preparations which had been coloured with

logwood-alum ; figs. 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10 from sections stained with aniline blue,

In figs, 6 and 10 the outlines of the glands are only roughly indicated.

Proc. Zoor. Soc.—1876, No. XII. 12

178 ON THE TORTOISES ETC. OF GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. [Feb. 1,

February 1, 1876.

G. R. Waterhouse, Esq., V.P., in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following extract from a Report by Com-

mander Cookson, R.N., of a visit by H.M.S. “ Peterel” to the Gala-

pagos Islands in July 1875, which had been communicated to him

by the First Lord of the Admiralty :—

«A notice of these islands would be incomplete without some

reference to the Tortoises for which they are so famous, and from

whom they derive their name.

“These animals are extinct in Charles Island; and only a very

few individuals are supposed to survive on Chatham Island. In

Hood, James, and Indefatigable Islands the numbers are so reduced

that they are no longer hunted, the few left being in the most

inaccessible parts of the islands ; and I was assured that a search of

a fortnight might not result in finding a single individual on either

of these islands. Albemarle and Abingdon are the only remaining

islands in which they have ever been found. In parts of Albemarle

Island they are still very abundant, especially at the south-east end.

«They are still tolerably numerous near Tagus Cove. Landing

a party of twenty-four men about half a mile south-east of Tagus

Cove, we found in a few hours thirty tortoises: the three largest

weighed respectively 241 lb., 185 lb., and 173 1b. ; these, I was told,

were as large as they are commonly found now.

“Tagus Cove is a favourite resort of whalers for the purpose of

getting Tortoises. The anchorage is perfectly secure ; and the custom

is for almost the entire crew to be landed until as many Tortoises

are secured as can conveniently be taken on board, some whalers

going to sea with as many as 100.

“We found a good trail leading from the landing-place (at one of

the gullies before mentioned as having pools of fresh water at its

mouth) to the ground where the Tortoises are found, a distance of

about three miles; quantities of Tortoise shells, and traces of fires

showed the numerous camping-grounds.

“Tortoises were never, I believe, very abundant on Abingdon

Island; our searching party found four on this island. They were

on the high ground; and it was a work of great labour getting them

down to the boats. The distance was about four miles; but the

ground was exceedingly rugged, and covered with thick brush,

through which a trail had to be cut for the entire distance. The

largest found on this island weighed 201 Ilb., and the smallest

135 |b.

«In consequence of the extent of Albemarle Island, and the inac-

cessibility of many parts of it, I have no doubt these animals are still

very numerous on it, and are likely to be so for a long period even

at the present rate at which they are destroyed ; but I have already

shown the havoc made amongst them by the oil-makers. This is

the cause of their being nearly extinct on James and Indefatigable

1876.| MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THE HORN OF A DEER. 179

Islands, where they used to be so numerous. Admiral Fitzroy

found a party on James [sland making oil in 1835.

“In Abingdon Island, where they are not numerous, I believe

they are doomed to destruction directly the orchilla-pickers are

placed on the island; for a party of sixty or eighty men will soon

haunt over this small island, and discover every individual on it.

The meat is highly esteemed by the inhabitants; we found it rather

tough and stringy ; but it makes excellent soup.

“The tameness of the birds on the islands has been frequently

noticed ; it is certainly very remarkable, especially in Charles and

Chatham Islands, which have been so long inhabited; the small

birds of all kinds are so tame that they are easily knocked down

with a switch; some of the men killed numbers of doves in this

manner.

“The rocks at Iguana Cove were thickly covered with the hideous

black Iguanas mentioned by Admiral Fitzroy. We found them in

numbers at the other places we visited, but nowhere else so nume-

rous or so large in size. Here they were found to weigh from 20

to 22 lb., against 12 to 14 1b. from other localities.”

Mr. Frederick Selous, Jr., exhibited a series of horns of African

Rhinoceroses in illustration of Mr. Drummond’s paper read at the

last Meeting of the Society.

These horns had been obtained in various localities in eastern

Africa, and consisted of the following specimens :—

1. R. bicornis major S$. Shot at Tamasanka, Nov. 19, 1874,

about lat. 19° 50! S., long 26° 10! E.

2. R. bicornis major 2. Shot near the river Gwai, September

1873, about lat. 18° 50! S., long. 27° E.

3. R. keitloa @. Shot on the southern edge of the marshes of

the Chebe river, August 28, 1874, about lat. 18° 30’ S., long. 4°

50! EB.

4. R. simus 9. Shot on the border of the hills between the

Gwai and Zambesi rivers, May 1874, about lat. 15° 46! S., long. 26°

30! E.

dD. R. simus 2. Shot Oct. 1872, near the river Sech Wechive,

north-east of the Matabili country, about lat. 18° 30! S., long. 29°

50! E.

6. R. simus Q. Shot Noy. 15, 1874, about lat. 19° S., long,

26° E.

Mr. Sclater read the following extract from a letter addressed to

him by Mr. Albert L. C. Le Sceuf, Hon. Secretary of the Zoologi-

eal and Acclimatization Society of Melbourne, Australia :—

**T send you the horn of a Deer we have in our gardens, and I

shall be much obliged if you can let me know what variety it is.

cannot find it described anywhere, although I do not doubt it will

be familiar to you. The Deer were sent here some years ago by Sir

Henry Barkly, from the Mauritius. In appearance it is like the

Sambur Deer, but smaller, say about three feet high or rather

12* :

180 PROF. T. H. HUXLEY ON LEPIDOSIREN. [Feb. 1,

under. The colour of the hair is rather lighter than in the Sambur ;

the ears are not so large. The does breed freely every year with us.

We have liberated some in the bush, and given others away.”

Mr. Sclater exhibited the horn in question, and said that it

appeared to belong to Cervus rusa, originally of Java, but which

was known to have been introduced thence into the Mauritius many

years ago (see Blyth, Ibis 1862, p. 92).

Mr. Sclater thought it desirable that the facts of this transportation

should be placed upon record, as this Deer might probably become

a denizen of Australia, as had heen already ‘ed case in Mauritius.

The following papers were read :—

1. On the Position of the Anterior Nasal Apertures in

Lepidosiren. By T. H. Huxzey, Sec. B.S.

[| Received January 7, 1876. ]

In the course of the discussion which followed my paper on Cera-

todus, read before the Society on the 4th of January, reference was

made to the position of the anterior nasal apertures in Lepidosiren ;

and they were affirmed to be within the mouth, inasmuch as they

are situated between the upper and the lower lips.

The anterior nasal apertures correspond with the primitive open-

ings .of the olfactory sacs, which, in all known Vertebrata, are in-

variably developed from the integument of the under aspect of the

head, in front of the region which forms the roof of the oral

cavity; and, in all the vertebrated animals in which I had specially

studied the question, I had found the anterior nasal apertures to

be situated in front of the upper lip and therefore outside the mouth.

That they should be situated behind, or below, the upper lip, and

therefore inside the mouth (so far as the cavity included between

the lips may be properly called the mouth), appeared to me to be a

singular anomaly, the existence of which, however, I was not

prepared to dispute without reexamination of the facts. The point

is, In various respects, of so much interest that I have lost no time in

making the requisite investigation, with the result of leaving no

doubt whatever in my mind that in Lepidosiren, as in Ceratodus,

the anterior nasal apertures ave truly ontside the mouth, not only in

the sense of lying beyond the contour of the mandible, when this

is shut against the palate, but in the sense of being situated on the

underside of the head in front of the upper lip, and therefore alto-

gether beyond the limits of any permissible definition of the oral

cavity.

When the mouth of a Lepidosiren (L. annectens) is laid open from

below, and the palate and the contour of what has hitherto been

termed the upper lip (Fig. p. 181, ca@6d) are displayed, the latter

is seen to present a median portion (a 6) separated by a slight

undulation from the two lateral prolongations ea and 4d. The

1876.] PROF. T. H. HUXLEY ON LEPIDOSIREN. 181

latter are the edges of the fold which overhang the mandible on each

side when the parts are undisturbed. They occupy the maxillary

region of the head, and may be termed the maadllary lips.

“The median portion of the anterior contour (a 4) does not belong

to the lips at all, but corresponds, as is easily seen in a section of

the skull, with the anterior extremity of the chondrocraninm and

the ventral edges of the nasal capsules. The line a @ is, in fact,

the anterior contour of the head ; and the pigment-cells of the dorsal

integument are here continued onto the ventral face. After a very

short distance, however, the integument terminates in a slight, trans-

verse, papillose ridge, which forms the anterior boundary of a shallow

median depression ; on each side of the hinder part of this depression

is one of the vomerine teeth (v.¢).

p.t

Under view of the fore part of the roof of the mouth and underside of the head

of a young specimen of Lepidosiren annectens (x3). ab, anterior

margin of the head; ae, 4d, right and left maxillary lips: a.n,

anterior nasal apertures; p.”, posterior nasal apertures; w«./, pre-

maxillary lip; 2.7, vomerine teetn; p.t, palatine teeth,

The anterior nares (a.x) lie immediately behind the anterior

contour of the head; and their more prominent posterior lips lie in

front of a transverse line drawn through the edge of the papillose

ridge. It is obvious that the area included between the anterior

contour of the head in front, the median fossa behind, and the

anterior nares at the sides, corresponds with the region occupied by

the naso-frontal process in the vertebrate embryo and with the homo-

logous large, shield-shaped, naso-frontal integumentary plate in the

Rays and Dogfishes. The papillose ridge (u./) is therefore the

middle or premaxillary portion of the upper lip; and if this be so,

it follows that the anterior nares in Lepidosiren are placed as in

Chimeeroids and Plagiostomi, on the under aspect of the head and

outside the mouth.

I may add that Lepidosiren has two upper labial cartilages—one

fibro-cartilaginous immediately behind the anterior nasal aperture,

and the other behind the posterior nasal aperture. These answer

to the upper labial cartilages in Chimera and Cestracion.

182 MR. F, J. BELL ON MOSCHUS MOSCHIFERUS. — [Feb. I,

2. Notes on the Myology of the Limbs of Moschus moschi-

ferus. By F. Jurrrey Beit, Exhibitioner of Magdalen

College, Oxford. Communicated by Prof. FLowrr,

ERS. V.P2z.5.

| Received December 31, 1875.]

By the kindness of Prof. Flower, I have been enabled to dissect

the muscles of the fore and hind limbs of Moschus moschiferus, an

animal which has been lately made the subject of a monograph by

Prof. Flower, presented by him to the Society (P. Z.S. March 16th,

1875). ‘he interest of any new facts that can be brought forward

concerning this Deer will be evident to all who heard or have read

his paper.

In examining the myology of the limbs, I have dissected the cor-

responding parts in Cervus virginianus (kindly sent me by Mr. A. H.

Garrod), Tragulus, sp.? (from the store-room of the Royal College

of Surgeons.of London), and a common Sheep. I have also been able

to make comparisons with the myology of the same parts in Hyomos-

chus, thanks to a paper published by M. Chatin in the ‘ Annales des

Sciences Naturelles’ *.

Unfortunately, both in the copy of Cuvier’s ‘ Planches de Myolo-

gie’ which I saw through the kindness of Mr. Garrod, and in that

belonging to the Library of the Royal College of Surgeons, there

were no plates of the muscles of a sheep, ox, or deer; but a full

description of those of the first two can be found in Chauveau’s ‘ Com-

parative Anatomy of Domesticated Animals,’ which is now easily

accessible ; and for this reason I have thought it unnecessary to de-

scribe, at any length, such muscles as offer no important variations

from what we find in the Sheep; in the same text-book will also be

found all the more common synonyms of the muscles—a most neces-

sary assistance to myologists in the present confused state of nomen-

clature.

Inthe hind limb of Moschus, as itcame into my hands, the femur was

removed. The muscles of the humerus are not described in this paper ;

but the more striking differences are only found in the arrangement

of those muscles which send tendons to the digits.

I. Fore limb.

A. Muscles inserted into the metacarpus.

a. Anterior face.

(1) Extensor metacarpi anterior.

(2) A Ps obliquus.

In the arrangement of these muscles there was no important vari-

ation from that which obtains in the same parts in the sheep and

deer dissected.

* «Observations sur la Myologie de l'Hyomoschus,” loc. cit. 5° sér. Zoologie et

Paléontologie, tom, xv. (1872).

1876. | MR. F. J. BELL ON MOSCHUS MOSCHIFERUS. 183

In Tragulus a similar arrangement obtains. In Hyomoschus, how-

ever, Chatin notes three muscles in this region, which he names eav-

tenseur gros, extenseur gréle, and adducteur. The adducteur appears

to be the same as the oblique extensor, so far as one can judge from

Chatin’s account ; he does not, however, note the oblique direction of

its teudons, which seems to be universal among the Ungulata, as it is

found in Equus, Ovis, Cervus, and Sus.

The anterior extensor arises by two heads barely separable from

one another, on the outer face of the distal portion of the humerus ;

and from Chatin’s description and figure I am led to suppose that

he has divided this, which is really one muscle, into a portion “gros,”

and a portion “ gréle.”’

The tendon is only double at its distal extremity, where it widens,

and becomes bifid, to embrace both sides of the tuberosity of the me-

tacarpus.

{. Posterior face.

(1) Flexor metacarpi intervus.

Cy" 35 nH obliquus.

(3) HP = extermus.

Here, again, there is no important variation; but we may note that

the outer branch of the bifid tendon of the external flexor (3) is in-

serted into the tuberosity on the external side of the metacarpus, which

appears as the proximal end of the fifth metacarpal, united to the rest

of the bone in this region, and only represented distally by a short, fine

needle of bone ; a similar insertion of the tendon was seen in Cervus

virginianus ; in the Sheep the ending is more towards the median line

of the metacarpus, while in 7’ragulus, Hyomoschus, and the Pig this

branch is attached to the head ot the entire fifth metacarpal.

B. Muscles inserted into the phalanges.

a. Anterior face.

In the arrangement of the tendons of muscles going to the digits,

Moschus differs not a little from Cervus virginianus, or the Pig. In

the former, as in the Sheep, we find that there are three muscles

having their insertions in the digits, namely :—

i. Extensor communis, with tendons to the third phalanges of the

median digits.

i. Extensor digiti interni (tertii).

ili. a »» externi (quarti).

Both of these have two branches—one to the second phalanx, and

one directed backwards and ending in the plantar cushion—but no

tendons going to the lateral digits, although those ending on the

plantar surface, as just described, probably represent what remains

of them.

C. virginianus, in addition to the muscles common to it and the

Sheep, possesses an extensor dig. minimi.

184 MR. F. J. BELL ON MOSCHUS MOSCHIFERUS. [ Feb. 1,

In the Pig the digits are all supplied from the common extensor,

by its division into four branches ; while the extensor dig. interni,

further, is inserted into both the internal digits, and the fifth possesses

a proper extensor dig. minimi.

Now in Moschus each digit is provided with an extensor; but the

so-called common extensor, as in Cervus, sends out only two branches,

and these for the median digits, into whose third phalanges they are

inserted. The internal extensor is inserted into the first phalanx of

the third digit, on its anterior face, and the third phalanx of the

second, on its inner face. The external extensor is inserted into the

outer sides of the second phalanx of the fourth, and of the third pha-

lanx of the fifth digit. Asmall extensor dig. minimi is also present,

and is inserted into its second phalanx, after crossing the extensor of

the fourth digit, in the last or distal third of the metacarpus, as in C.

virginianus, as already described, though not as in the Sheep, where

this muscle is absent.

In Tragulus the common extensor is inserted only into the median

digits ; but in Hyomoschus, as Chatin says, the arrangement is Por-

cine ; that i is, the common extensor is inserted into all’ four digits.

As in the Sheep and Pig, the extensors of the phalanges arise on

the outer side of the radius, and from the external tuberosity of the

humerus ; their tendons passing together along a deep groove on the

outer fate of the distal end of the radius, in a “strong fibrous sheath,

are directed, according to their destination, more or less inwardly

along the anterior face of the metacarpus. Separated from these,

however, is the tendon of the internal extensor, the fleshy body of

which lies on the flattened outer face of the ulna, while the tendon

itself, more deep, has a separate carpal sheath ; when it has passed

through this, it widens, but does not bifurcate till it approaches the

distal end of the metacarpus.

2. Posterior face.

(1) Perforatus |

(2) Perforans f flexors of the digits.

The short flexor of the fifth digit, which is found in the Pig and

Hyomoschus, is absent.

In no known Ungulate does the perforatus send tendons to the

lateral digits, but only to the second phalanx of each median digit.

In all members of the group its fleshy portion consists of two masses

of muscle, arising beneath the flexor metacarpt obliquus, from the

internal condyle of the humerus; in the Sheep these two tendons,

arising from the two muscular masses, one from each, unite in the

metacarpal region, and, more distally, bifurcation occurs ; in Cervus

virginianus, the two tendons remain separate, as also in the Pig and

Hyomoschus. In Moschus, however, there is a certain union of the

tendons, by means of a fine slip of tendon running from the inner to

the outer branch, in the metacarpal Tegion.

The perforans, as in the Horse, Sheep, and Pig, consists of three

muscular portions, called by Chauvean epitrochlean, ulnar, and radial,

1876. ] MR. F. J. BELL ON MOSCHUS MOSCHIFERUS. 185

from each of which a tendon arises; these three tendons unite into

one, strong and deeply situated, at (he carpus.

In the Sheep and Cervus, only two branches are formed by this

tendon, one for the third phalanx of each median digit; but in

Moschus, shortly before reaching the metacarpo- phalangeal region,

there is given off from each side a delicate tendon, which is inserted

into the third phalanx of the second and fifth digits respectively ;

while the remainder, scarcely diminished in size, passes through the

sheath afforded it by the tendons of the perforatus, shortly after its

own bifurcation.

A similar arrangement obtains in Hyomoschus, according to Chatin ;

in the Pig, however, the perforans is divided into four distinct branches.

There are no lumbrical or interosseous muscles, as might be inferred

from the structure of the bones of the manus. Hyomoschus has one

lumbrical and four interossei, as the Pig.

Il. Hind lind.

The femur, as already stated, was removed, so that it was impossible

to note the origins of several muscles, as had been done in the fore

limb ; but I saw nothing to lead me to suppose that there was any

variation from that which ordinarily obtains among Ruminants.

On removing the skin and fascia, it was very easy to separate, on

the posterior side of the leg, in the tibial region, a large triangular

mass of muscle, ter minating in a tendon, which seemed to be inserted

into the head of the process of the caleaneum, and then to pass on to

the digits. Such an appearance is common enough in the hind limbs

of Ungulates, and seems to have given rise to Pr of. Owen’s remark

that the gastrocnemius sends a tendon to the digits*—the fact

being, indent that the tendon which thus crosses, as described by

Owen, over the caleaneum, but which is not inserted into it, is that

of the plantaris muscle, the arrangement of which was clearly pointed

out by Meckel+, in speaking of the Horse :—

** Chez les solipédes le plantatre gréle et le court fléchisseur commun

sont confondus ; ou, si l’on veut, le dernier est avorté.... Le tendon

du muscle se dirige d’abord an devant de celui du triceps de la jambe

[2. e. the gastrocnemius and soleus]; arrivé au calcanéum, il se place

derriére ce tendon, s’epanouit et s’insére a la grande apophyse de cet

os{; puis il se prolonge en avant.”

By others, again, the soleus has been considered the muscle from

which the perforated tendon arises, as Chatin says § :—

*D’aprés plusieurs auteurs, Stannius entre autres, le soléaire

* “The chief peculiarity of the flexors of the digits of the hind foot in hoofed

quadrupeds is the accession of muscles not so applied in other mammals. Thus

the ‘gastrocnemius, besides its insertion into the heel-bone, sends a strong tendon

along the back of the metatarsal, to the phalanges, where it expands and bifur-

cates, each division again splitting for the passage of that of the ‘flexor perforans’

before being inserted into the middle phalanges.’’-- Anat. of Vertebrates, vol. iii.

. 4G.

+ Anat. Comp. French ed. vol. vi. p. 442.

+ It would be more correct to say that at this pomt the tendon is surrounded

by a fibrous cap, inserted into the bone, which it has itself formed,

§ Loc, cit.

186 MR. F. J. BELL ON MOSCHUS MOSCHIFERUS. _ [Feb. I,

manque rarement chez les Mammiferes ; mais en général, au lieu de

contribuer 4 la formation du tendon d’ Achille, il se terminerait par

un tendon propre, qui chez les Ruminants, le Cochon, et le Chien, se

diviserait pour se rendre aux orteils, de sorte que ce muscle jouerait

le role d’un court fléchisseur des orteils, outre celui qui lui est ordi-

naire.

“ Dans I’ Hyemoschus, cependant, pas plus que dans le Cervus mez-

icanus, une pareille duplicité de fonction ne saurait étre attribuée au

soléaire, car le fléchisseur des orteils qui glisse sur Ja face postérieure

du caleanéum, comme sur une poulie de renvoi, en est bien distinct.

Cuvier n’indique, d’ailleurs, nullement ce mode de terminaison du so-

léaire se prolongeant jusqu’aux orteils pour en former le fléchisseur

superficiel.”’

It may, then, I think, be fairly concluded that the tendon which

is perforated in the hind limb of Ungulates, is that which arises from

the plantaris; and this is the view taken by Prof. Huxley * and by

Mr. Mivart f.

A. Muscles inserted into the tarsus.

a. Anterior face. None.

(. Posterior face.

(1) Gastrocnemius.

(2) Soleus.

These two muscles ordinarily unite their tendons before being in-

serted into the calcaneuin, and therefore have been described, chiefly

by French anatomists, as in the above quotation from the French

edition of Meckel, as one muscle, under the name of the ¢riceps of

the leg; for the gastrocnemius has two heads. But in Moschus, as in

Tragulus, the tendons of the two muscles are easily separable for their

whole extent, but a muscular branch unites their fleshy bodies.

The soleus is present in Hyomoschus, but absent in the Pig.

B. Muscles inserted into the metatarsus.

a. Anterior face.

(1) Extensor metatarsi internus.

(2) 33 es anterior stve medius. -

(3) 0» an externus.

The median and internal flexors pass, with the common extensor

of the digits and the extensor of the fourth digit, through a highly

fibrous tarsal ring. The flexor internus is larger at its origin than in

the Sheep ; but in both animals, as also in C. virginianus, it arises

both from the head of the tibia and from the strong ridge on the

anterior face of the same bone. Chatin makes the vague observation

concerning this muscle, that it is ‘assez dissemblable chez le Cervus

mexicanus comparé al Hyemoschus.’ I observed no variation in

its arrangement in Moschus from that which obtains in C. virginianus ;

and the only point in which it differs from the arrangement in the

* Anat, of Vertebrata, p. 56, + Elementary Anatomy, p. 354,

p J y>}

1876.] MR. F. J. BELL ON MOSCHUS MOSCHIFERUS. 187

Pig is, that it terminates on the proximal end of the metatarsal, in-

stead of on the second cuneiform.

The extenscr metatarsi anterior, and the extensor digitorum com-

munis are barely separable in the muscular portions, as in the Sheep,

Deer, Hyomoschus, and the Pig. The external extensor crosses over

the tarsus, in close company with the proper extensors of the fourth

and fifth digits; in the Sheep, as might be supposed, and in C. vir-

ginianus, the proper extensor of the fifth is absent. Save in this

particular, there is no variation in the arrangement of this external

extensor in Ruminants from that which obtains in the Pig.

3. Posterior face of the metatarsus; no muscles are in-

serted into it.

C. Muscles of the digits.

a. Anterior face.

(1) Extensor digiti quinti.

(2) A »» quarti.

(3) a digitorum communis.

(4) a digiti tertii.

(1) The tendon of this muscle is in close proximity to that of the

extensor dig. quarti, till it approaches the phalangeal or distal end of

the metatarsus, where it widens, separates from it, and is inserted into

the third phalanx of the fifth digit. It is absent in C. virginianus,

as in the Sheep.

(2) This muscle terminates by a broadened strong tendon, on the

second phalanx of the fourth digit, as in the Sheep, Cervus, Hyo-

moschus, and the Pig.

(3) The common extensor has only two branches, which end in the

third phalanges of the median digits, as in Cervus virginianus ; but

the same muscle has four branches in Hyomoschus, as in the Pig—

though only two in Tragulus, as in the manus.

(4) In close connexion with the common extensor arises the ex-

tensor of the internal digit, which terminates in the second phalanx

of the third, and the third phalanx of the second digit. No branch

for the second digit was found in C. virginianus; but the lateral di-

gits of the pes have no metatarsal bones at all, although there are

small metacarpals in the manus.

Chatin notes no internal flexor in Hyomoschus, which is strange,

as the muscle is found in the Pig and in Tragulus, as well as in the

Sheep and Cervus.

B. Posterior face.

(1) Perforatus.

(2) Perforans.

(3) Flexor obliquus.

The perforatus muscle has been already spoken of ; it only now

remains to be added that it has only two branches, as in the manus.

The perforans, again, has but two tendons, and those for the median

188 MR. F. J. BELL ON MOSCHUS MOSCHIFERUS. — [Feb. 1,

digits, whereas, it will be remembered that, in the manus, the lateral

digits also received tendons from this muscle; but the lateral toes of

Moschus, in the pes, are much smailer than those in the manus, and

the metatarsals are absent, as has been pointed out by Prof. Flower.

In Hyomoschus, and the Pig, tendons are sent to all four digits.

The tendon of the oblique flexor, after having passed through the

strong fibrous sheath found on the inner side of the tarsus, becomes

directly afterwards united with that of the perforans; im the Sheep

the union takes place somewhat lower down the metatarsus, in Cervus

at about the same spot.

D. Muscles of the pes.

The pedal is a small muscle, arising from the inner face of the

calcaneum, and attached to the tendon of the common extensor; it has

no attachment to the inner extensor as in the Sheep and Deer; nor

has it two branches for attachment to the two tendons of the common

extensor as in Hyomoschus and the Pig. There are no interosseous

muscles, of which there are four in Hyomoschus and the Pig.

SuMMARY.

The most interesting points in the foregoing description are those

which refer to the arrangement of the tendons inserted into the digits.

i. They are interesting morphologically, as showing what was the

arrangement in the common ancestor of the true Cervidee and of

Moschus—namely, that the extensor communis digitorum had only

two tendons, and those for the median digits ; for the same character

obtains in Tragulus ; while they offer a fur ther proof of Prof. Flower’s

positions: —(a) That Moschus has close affinities to the true Cervidee ;

for this same arrangement seems to be constant throughout the group,

although different in Hyomoschus*. (3) That Moschus is an older

and more generalized form ; inasmuch as it still possesses tendons for

the lateral digits, arranged in the same manner as in Zragulus.

The absence of flexor tendons, arising from the perforans, and in-

serted into the lateral digits of the pes, may cause further stress to be

laid on the small size or complete absence of the metatarsals, which

is so highly characteristic of the Cervidee.

ii. They are interesting physiologically, as showing how the Musk-

Deer managed to hold on to the rocks and crags of its home by all

four toes, in the manner described in Prof. Flower’s paper.

It will not, I trust, be long before we know what arrangement obtains

in the Reindeer, in Hydropotes, and others. I trust that the evidences

adduced on the subject of the homology of the perforated tendon of

the pes in the Ungulata, may settle this question, so far, at any rate,

as the gastrocnemius is concerned.

* The vagueness of some parts of M. Chatin’s description demands a recon-

sideration of the myology of Hyomoschus.

P24... 1676 Fis

JSmit lith. ' Hanhart imp.

ANATOMY OF CHAUNA DEREBIANA:

UT est

VIN: V ftiCl Ne VANS Sh ENS) Se NE NS aN

dar 4aeque py

> bry

TASS nn, ee

1876.] ON THE ANATOMY OF CHAUNA DERBIANA, 189

3. On the Anatomy of Chauna derbiana, and on the Systematic

Position of the Screamers (Palamedeide). By A. H.

Garrop, M.A., F.Z.S., Prosector to the Society.

[Received January 5, 1876.]

(Plates XII.-XV.)

In his memoir “on the systematic position of the Crested

Screamer (Palamedea chavaria),” published in the ‘ Proceedings’

of this Society*, Prof. Parker has placed that bird among the An-

seres, and away from the Rallidae, with which it had been generally

associated. In his ‘‘ Classification of Birds” +, Prof. Huxley adopts

the same view as Prof. Parker. Both these distinguished authorities

base their opinions on anatomical considerations ; it therefore be-

hoves me to attempt to substantiate the different views expressed by

me in my paper ‘on certain muscles of Birds, and their value in

Classification ’’t, as it is so considerably at variance with that of the

authorities just mentioned.

The great extent to which the skeleton is permeated with air

renders the features presented by the different bones of Chuna less

distinctive than in the majority of birds. For this reason the soft

parts will be first considered.

Cutaneous System. Pterylosis.—Nitasch has described the ptery-

losis of Palamedea cornuta and Chauna chavaria; and, as might be

expected, C. derbiana does not differ in any important particulars

from the latter. As he remarks, the most striking point observed in the

plucked bird is the extreme whiteness of the surface, which depends

on the fact that the skin is almost universally emphysematous to the

depth of nearly a quarter of an inch. On pressing with the finger,

the characteristic crackling of a tissue filled with air is most marked,

the only places in which it is absent, or nearly so, being the anterior

surfaces of the upper ends of the tibia, and, to a less degree, two

triangular spaces, equilateral, with their bases towards the middle

line, situated one on each side over that part of each pectoral region

which is near the head of the humerus, in the apex of the larger

triangular surface bounded by the superior and axillary margins of

the great pectoral muscle.

In the Gannet and the Pelican the skin is likewise emphyse-

matous, but not exactly in the same way. In them the superficial

surface of the cutis forms a plane surface, and the deep layer

another, with the air-cells intervening between them, and the feather-

quills traversing them. In Chauna, however, these two cutaneous

layers are not definable, the whole presenting the appearance as if a

non-emphysematous skin had been forcibly blown up, so as to cause

its surface to be irregular and bubbled, more like an artificially

distended mammalian ‘lung than any thing else. The feathers and

the semiplumes do not perforate the air-cells, but cause the skin to

be indented where they are situated.

* P.Z.S8. 1863, p. 511. t P.Z.S. 1867, p. 415. 1 -P. Z-S218%45 5 175

190 MR. A. H. GARROD ON THE [Feb. 1,

The disproportionately massive appearance of the legs is also

caused by the presence of air beneath the tessellated skin, which

extends almost to the ungual phalanges of the toes.

The contour-feathers, many of them, possess a very feeble after-

shaft, especially in the region of the nape, as found by Nitzsch in

C. chavaria ; and there is also a slight groove along the posterior

surface of the rhachis of each.

The rectrices are twelve in number.

There are twenty-six remiges in one of my specimens ; Nitzsch

and Sundevall find twenty-seven. Of these ten are primaries, the

fourth being the largest. Of the sixteen secondaries the distal twelve

are subequal, whilst the proximal four decrease in size as they

approach the elbow.

The tufted oil-gland is not strikingly large; it is somewhat flat,

with a single orifice on each side, surrounded by a circle of half-inch

feathers which constitute the tuft.

The tibio-tarsus is nude for its distal third, being there covered,

as over the tarso-metatarse and digits, with small red polygonal

seales.

The plumage is uninterrupted, there being no spaces without

contour-feathers except the axillary cavities mentioned by Nitzsch,

in which down-feathers only are to be found. The down-feathers

are universally distributed. The nude neck-ring of C. chavaria is

absent in C. derbiana. ‘The feathers of the humeral tracts are con-

siderably the strongest of the contour-feathers.

Looked at in its entirety the pterylosis of the Screamers is unique,

and in no way approaches that of the Anserine birds.

Alimentary Canal.—The palate is elongate and triangular, with

three longitudinal rows of papilla, which are conical, large, and

therefore comparatively few in front, smaller and more numerous

behind. They all tend somewhat backwards.

The fongue is just over an inch long, and 3 of an inch broad,

its sides being parallel for nearly their whole length. The tip is

obtusely triangular, with a small papillary fringe at its extremity,

4 of an inch broad. The base is straight, and is edged with spines

sly of an inch long, and shorter, directed backwards. The surface

and lateral margins are quite smooth, the whole organ being flattened,

slightly grooved longitudinally down the centre, and nowhere more

than 4 of an inch thick. At its base are two lateral juxtaposed

protuberances, rough on the surface, and together equal in area to

one third of its surface. There is no transverse constriction or

oblique groove like that found on the surface of the tongue in some

Anatide.

The esophagus is uniform in diameter, no crop being even indi-

cated ; it is not capacious.

The proventriculus is peculiar. It is more than usually capacious,

and is glandular only in a patch which occupies but a small portion

of its surface. This patch (which is clearly shown in the represen-

tation of this portion of the alimentary canal in Plate XII. fig. 1, at

its upper end, where the proventricular dilatation ceases) has a

1876.] ANATOMY OF CHAUNA DERBIANA. 191

narrow zonary belt of glands. It can, however, be seen that by far

the majority of the glands are aggregated into a posteriorly situated

patch. The only birds with which I am acquainted in which the

proventricular glands do not form a zone, or an approach to one, are

Struthio and Rhea. In the Galline and Anseres they form a zone.

The glandular surface occupies a subelliptical space, 2 inches by

12 in its long and short diameters, in the upper and back part of

the canal, with the long axis in the direction of the tube. Its lower

end is 2? inches from the upper orifice of the gizzard. The gland-

tubes are simple, not racemose, and average + inch in length. The

remainder of the area of the proventriculus, about five sixths of it, is

covered with coarse and irregularly folded epithelium.

The gizzard is constructed on the usual type; it is decidedly

small in proportion to the size of the bird (in the Aunseres it is as

conspicuously large), being much more elongate, narrow, and less

muscular than in grain-feeders. Longitudinal folds plicate the tritu-

rating surfaces, which are smooth in the Geese, Ducks, and Swans.

The spleen is the size of a haricot bean, and of much the same

shape. Its position is in no way peculiar; but, as in all birds, being

placed above the gizzard, it tends to confirm the opinion that the

latter organ is only the representative of the pyloric end of the

stomach, the cardiac component of which is represented by the

proventriculus.

The diver is composed of two simple rounded lobes, united by a

narrow isthmus of hepatic tissue; the lobes are of nearly equal

size ; and there is a fairly voluminous gall-bladder.

The following table gives the intestinal lengths :—

ft. in: ft. in

Small intestine...... toe a ak | 6 10

Large intestine. o...5.3...- | 0 7

sea we ties tate ae ea en One?

The duodenum, with its characteristic bend round the pancreas, is

more capacious than the rest of the small intestine; but it is not

large, being about 7 inch in diameter. The hepatic and pancreatic

ducts enter it at the bend, 23 inches from the pylorus.

The pair of ceca present a condition unlike that found in any

other bird with which I am acquainted. In that they are situated

some considerable distance from the cloaca, they agree only with

Struthio and Rhea. In the much larger Cassowaries the large in-

testine is not more than 7 inches long. In both Apteryx and the

Tinamous, as well as in all other birds, the Anseres and Gallinze

included, the large intestine does not exceed 4 inches in length.

Chauna in having a large intestine, the length of which is several

times the diameter of the gut, agrees therefore with Struthio and

Rhea only. These organs are figured in Plate XIII., they being

opened up in fig. 1 to show their internal structure.

Instead of being smooth externally, the ceca are sacculated on

two longitudinal bands. They are peculiarly capacious for their

192 MR. A. H. GARROD ON THE [Feb. 1,

length, and fusiform in general outline. The sacculating bands are

not lateral, but on their outer and inner borders, being continued

from the longitudinal fibres of the large and the small intestine.

Their mucous membrane is not plicated when they are distended.

It is only, among other birds, in Struthio and Rhea that the ceca

are sacculated ; in these, however, there is only a spiral twist like

that in the czecum of the hares and rabbits.

Each czeeum has a well-developed special sphincter muscle guard-

ing its aperture of communication with the intestine; and what is

more peculiar still is, that they do not open into the colon proper,

but into a special cavity, a continuation of the main intestinal tube,

but separated off by a very constricting sphincter from the colon, as

well as by the ileo- czecal valve from the sua intestine. This ileo-

colic cavity is # of an inch long and about 3 an inch in diameter

when undistended. Its mucous membrane is like that of the ceeca,

much more delicate than that of the colon. The ileo-ceecal valve is

a small slit-like opening, nearly 7 of an inch long, with its lips pro-

jecting a little way into the ilen- colic cavity. The two openings of

the czeca into the same cavity are one on each side of it, a little

oblique in regard to it, and considerably larger in leone The

opening into the colon is very constricted ; beyond it the mucous

membrane of the large intestine is, as Dr. Crisp remarks*, trans-

versely plicated, to produce an appearance much like coarse valvulee

conniventes.

Nothing like the above-described condition is to be observed in

any other ‘bird, not even in Struthio or Rhea, in both of which, as

typically, the caeca enter the commencement of the uniformly eylin-

drical colon by fair-sized orifices, not surrounded by a special

sphincter. This being the case, I cannot agree with Prof. Parker’s

remark + that “there is nothing whatever in the digestive organs,

which are extremely voluminous, to separate the bird from the

Geese.”

Respiratory Organs.—Prof. Parkert remarks, “the trachea and

inferior larynx are truly anserine ; for there are no inferior laryngeal

muscles, the contractors of the trachea ending one third of an inch

above the bifurcation, and only a delicate fan-shaped fascia going to

the half-rings. Moreover the trachea itself, from being flat and

cartilaginous, becomes round and then compressed, and osseous an

inch above the bronchi, so that it cannot be mistaken for any other

than the trachea of an anatine bird.”’ In that the lower end of the

trachea is of smaller diameter than is the tube higher up, in that in

the same part the constituent rings are in close contact without

scarcely any intervening membrane, in that there are two pairs of

tracheal muscles running to the thoracic parietes, and in that the

intrinsic lateral tracheal muscles end before they reach the bifurca-

tion of the bronchi, the syrinx of the Screamers approaches that of

some of the Anseres; but in that there is no special modification of

the organ in the male, and in the absence of chondrification or ossi-

fication of what are generally present as dilating rings or half-rings

* P.Z.S. 1864, p. 16. + P.Z.8. 1863, p. 514. t Loe, cit.

1876. } ANATOMY OF CHAUNA DERBIANA. 193

to the bronchi, the Screamers are not Anserine, and in the latter

feature peculiar.

There is nothing remarkable in the rings of the windpipe, their

interlocking producing the well-known key-pattern. The last two

are greatly compressed laterally, so that the membranous bronchi, in

each of which there are only a very few slender half-rings, arise quite

close together. As can be seen from the figure, Plate XII. figs. 2,

3, 4, the lateral muscles of the trachea are peculiarly powerful ; the

upper extrinsic pair is inserted into the middle of the membrane

which runs between the body of the coracoid bone and the corre-

sponding limb of the furcula on each side; the lower close to the

costal process of the sternum, at the back of the sterno-coracoid

articular margin of the former bone. The intrinsic muscle on each

side descends the windpipe to end by bifureating opposite the origin

of the sterno-tracheal muscle, and cease, its anterior portion higher

than its posterior, six or seven rings lower down, some distance above

the bifurcation of the bronchi. The above-mentioned extremely

delicate nature of the commencing bronchial tubes is most peculiar.

The lungs present no special features of interest.

There are several myological characters which, though small in

themselves, all go to form the exact definition of any group of birds,

and aid in the determination of affinities. Among the more im-

portant of these are the presence or absence of the ambiens muscle *

(which is of fair size in Chauna), the presence or absence of the

femoro-caudal, the semitendinosus, and their accessory heads (which

are all four found in Chauna). Having dwelt fully on the impor-

tance of these muscles in the paper just referred to, all I need remark

on the present occasion with regard to them is, that there is there-

fore a difference between this bird and all the true anserine birds, in

none of which is there ever a trace of the accessory semitendinosus.

A reference to my paper on the muscles of the thigh of birds will

show that in possessing all the five above-mentioned muscles the

Screamers agree only with the Galline and their nearest allies, the

Rallidze, Musophagidee, Cuculidee, Columbze, and some of the Limi-

cole.

With reference to secondary myological points, there are four

which, in my estimation, deserve special attention. They are :—

1. The presence or absence of the expansor secundariorum muscle.

2. The presence or absence of a special muscular slip from the

biceps humeri to the patagium.

3. The area of origin of the obturator internus.

4. The degree of development of the tensor-cruris fascie.

These will be considered separately.

1. The presence or absence of the Expansor secundariorum muscle.

Expansor secundariorum is the name which it is my habit to

employ for a very small and peculiar triangular muscle arising

from the quills of the last few (generally two or three) secondary

* Vide P. Z.S. 1874, p. 116.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1876, No. XIII. 13

194 MR. A. H. GARROD ON THE [Feb. 1,

remiges at the elbow. Its remarkably long and slender tendon,

which frequently traverses a fibrous pulley on the axillary margin of

the teres muscle, runs up the arm side by side with the axillary

vessels and nerves to be inserted in the thorax, into the middle of a

tendon which runs from the inner side of the middle of the scapular

element of the scapulo-coracoid articulation to near the middle of

the thoracic border of the sterno-coracoid articulation, at right angles

to it when the fore limb is extended. This arrangement being found

very well differentiated in the Storks, may, for the sake of con-

venience, be termed Ciconine. In Chauna it is exactly the same, as

may be seen from the accompanying drawing (Plate XIV. fig. 1, e.s).

In the majority of the Gallinaceous birds the expanser secundari-

orum, with the normal origin from the secondary quills, has a dif-

ferent method of insertion, which has led M. A. Milne- Edwards to

describe the muscle in the common Fowl as a part of the coraca-

brachialis (brevis) in his superb work on fossil birds.

In the genera Tetrao, Francolinus, Rollulus, Phasianus, Euploca-

mus, Gallus, Ceriornis, and Pavo, the muscle instead of being inserted

into the scapulo-sternal fibrous band above referred to, after blending

to a certain extent with the axillary margin of the teres, ceases by

becoming fixed to a fibrous intersection about one third down the

coraco-brachialis brevis muscle.

In Francolinus clappertent from among the Francolins, Coturnia,

Odontophorus, Ortyx, Eupsychortyx, and Numida, the tendon does uot

go so far as the short coraco-brachialis, but ends either by simply

joining the axillary margin of the feres, or by at the same time

sending a tendinous slip behind it to the scapula. In Argus gigan-

teus the tendon, running from the elbow, turns round the axillary

border of the ¢eves to end by joining a triangular muscular fasci-

culus, attached by its base to the upper portion of the thoracic

surface, which appears to be nothing but a differentiation-off of the

upper portion of the last-named muscle. In the Cracide this in-

sertion into the scapula is also found, but it is tendinous, like the

upper element of the thoracic band above described in the Storks

and Chauna; end in them there is also a second tendinous slip from

the axillary margin of the coraco-brachialis longus (Plate XII. fig. 5)

(not the drevis). In the Megapodidee also the attachment to the

coraco-brachialis brevis is wanting, the tendon ending either by

blending with the ¢eres-margin, or running on to the scapula.

In the Ducks and Geese among the Anseres the tendons under

consideration, when they enter the thorax, run towards one another

and join, after having expanded out, in the middle line, in front of

the cesophagus, and behind the trachea. In the Swans this ar-

rangement is not found, the tendons ending in the ciconine manner,

or by running to the upper end of the scapula; and in this respect

Sarcidiornis resembles them.

From the tabular statement now exhibited (see p. 199) the nature

as well as the presence or absence of this muscle can be determined

in any special group of birds. The only Anomalognathous birds in

which I have found this muscle are the Coraciide.

1876. | ANATOMY OF CHAUNA DERBIANA. 195

2. The presence or absence of a special muscular slip from the

Biceps humeri to the Patagium.

The biceps humeri, the main flexor of the arm, arises from the

upper end of the coracoid bone, and from the upper portion of the

flexor surface of the humerus. In certain birds this muscle sends

off from its upper end a slender fusiform belly, which runs through

the proximal portion of the patagium to joi its marginal tendon

near the middle of its course (Plate XIV. fig. 2). The. presence or

absence of this muscular fasciculus is a very constant character among

closely allied birds. In the Table (p. 199) are recorded the names

of all those birds in which, according to my experience, it is to be

found. The only Anomalogonatous ‘birds in which I have seen it

are the Capr imulyide.

3. The Area of Origin of the Obturator internus.

it is not my intention on the present occasion to enter into the

consideration of whether the muscle here called obturator internus is

homologous with the same-named muscle in Mammalia; suffice it to

say that it arises from the pelvic surface of the pubis and ischium,

and ends by a tendon which is inserted into the outer surface of the

head of the femur.

In a large number of birds, on looking at the pelvic view of this

muscle when undisturbed, its shape is seen to be an Sousa oval,

occupying the obturator fossa, and covering the line of junction of

the ischium and pubis. In another large ‘number of birds, instead

of being oval it is triangular, its posterior fibres expanding in such a

way as to cover most of the pelvic surface of the ischium. There

are a few birds in which an intermediate condition is found; they

are, however, very few. In most there is not the least difficulty in

deciding whether the obfurator internus is oval or triangular (com-

pare Piate XY. figs. 1 and 2). From the Table (p. 199) the ar-

rangement existing in most birds can be found.

4. The degree of Development of the Tensor-cruris fascie.

To this pomt I have referred in my paper on the muscles of

Birds*, where its relations are explained. ‘It is the superficial

muscle of the outside of the thigh, covering the femur. It is flat

and triangular in shape, and arises as a membranous expansion

which covers the gluteus ii., from the lower two thirds of the pos-

terior border of the iliae fossa in which that muscle is situated, and

from the fibrous septuin which separates that muscle from the

gluteus ii. Further down it has origin also from the whole length

of the ridge which separates the postacetabular area from the ex-

ternal lateral surface of the ischium, and which may be termed the

postacetabular ridge, as well as from the posterior border of the

ischium, as far forwards as its junction with the pubis, being here

slightly overlapped by the semitendinosus. The fibres converge

towards the knee ; and the deep portion of the muscle blends in its

course with the vastus externus, together with which it continues

* P.Z.S. 1873, p. 628

13%

196 MR. A. H. GARROD ON THE (Feb. 45

forward to become part of the broad thin tendon which covers the

knee and is inserted in the front of the tibia-head, the patella being

situated in it, together with the long, slender, and flat tendon of the

ambiens muscle, which is situated below it, running obliquely from

inside and above, outwards and downwards. In many birds this

muscle does not extend below the level of the femur, but ends

inferiorly by blending with the vastus externus; and consequently,

where such is the case, it evidently cannot, as it does otherwise,

cover any of the flexors of the leg.’’ Whether this postacetabular

portion uf the tensor fascie is present or absent ean be found by

referring to the Table (p. 199). There are not many birds in which

it is very small.

As the Anserine affinities of the Screamers are being discussed, it

ought to be mentioned that in all the former the great pectoral

flexor of the wing is peculiarly elongate, and extends upwards above

the symphysis furcule, with its fellow forming a median raphe as an

anterior continuation of the carina sterni. The only other birds in

which this occurs are the Penguins. In the Screamers the great

pectoral flexor is not large, and does not extend upwards above the

middle of the furcula.

In the Anseres the extensor pectoral (second pectoral) is always

very long and broad, reaching the lower end of the sternum. In

Chauna it does not extend nearly to the posterior margin of the

sternum, and it is not bulky.

Again, the muscles of the Anseres are always intensely dark in

colour, whilst in the Screamer they are quite pale. In this respect

the two groups differ in the same way as do the Seals and the

Sirenia among Mammals.

Osseous System.—The skull, being that portion of the skeleton

which is least permeated with air, will receive the greatest attention

on the present occasion. With reference to it Prof. Parker remarks*,

“All the skull and face, except at its two ends, conforms to the

lamellirostral type.” Prof. Huxley also places Palamedea in his

group ‘‘Chenomorphe,” among the several features characterizing

those birds being that ‘‘ the lachrymal region of the skull is remark-

ably long.’” That such is not the case in Chauna, Prof. Parker has

remarked in his article “ Birds’ in the Encyclopzedia Britannica +.

It may be well before proceeding further to inquire more fully

into the nature of the lamellirostral type. Prof. Parker tells us that

“the great embryological distinctions between the skull and face of

the Geese and Fowls are, first, that in the latter the space between

the periotic mass and the superoccipital cartilage is a mere chink, in

the latter a persistent oval space; and secondly, that the anterior

parts of the face, viz. the preemaxille, preevomers [maxillee], and

dentaries are small and compressed in the Fowls, large and out-

spread in the sifting birds.’’ A glance at the accompanying figures

of the posterior surface of the skulls of a Magellanic Goose, a Derbian

Screamer, and a Razor-billed Curassow will enable the reader to decide

for himself which of the two groups, the Anseres or the Gallinze, the

* P.Z.8. 1863, p. 514. + Ene. Brit. 8th edit. vol. iii. p. 712.

1876.] ANATOMY OF CHAUNA DERBIANA. 197

Screamer more closely approaches, It evidently does not share the

peculiarities of the former, in all species of which the surface of

origin for the pair of large extensor muscles of the mandible is

characteristically compressed from side to side, and elongated from

above downwards, at the same time that there is the pair of openings

above the foramen magnum (figs. 1, 2, 3, p. 198).

Again, from a comparison of the iateon surfaces of the same three

skulls, it is equally evident that in the Screamer the pramaxille,

maxillaries, and dentaries agree with the same bones in the Gellina-

ceous bird in not being large and outspreading. The palate of Chauna

is represented in fig. 4.

In the Screamers the skull is, no doubt, as in the Anseres, desmo-

gnathous, having the maxillo- palatines united across the middle line ;

but this character is not sufficiently important to compel us to unite

the two groups; for if such were the case it would be necessary to

give credence to an association of birds which is in other respects

extremely unnatural. In the Capitonidee, for instance, Megalema is

not desmognathous, whilst T'etragonops is so.

As before stated, in the Anserine birds the lachrymal region is

specially long. This is least marked in the Cereopsis Goose (Cere-

opsis nove-hollandia), where, however, it is clearly apparent. In

Chauna, the lachrymal region is as short as in the Gallinee, not in

the least elongated.

In beth the Anseres and Galline the pterygoid bones have large

faceted surfaces for articulation with the basisphenoid rostram. In

both groups these facets are situated very far forwards—quite at the

anterior ends of the bones in the latter; in Chauna, however, these

articulations are quite independent of the anterior ends of the bones

(fig. 4), being nearly as far backward as the middle of their otherwise

tree moieties.

As to the quadrate bones, their cranial articulations are bifid,

which is the case in all birds except Struthio, Rhea, Dromeus,

Casuarius, Apteryx, the Crypturi, and some (most) of the Galline.

They do to a certain extent resemble the same bones in the Anseres

in having the articular surfaces for the jugal arches situated some

way behind the level of their mandibular articulations (not a Galli-

naceous character), which latter they also resemble in configuration,

the usually extended outer facet not running backwards and inwards

as in most birds but not in the Gallinee.

In the Galline, as in the Crypturi, the pterygo-qnadrate articula-

tion is much longer than in other members of the class. In Chauna

this is not the case.

In Chauna the angle of the mandible is much prolonged and up-

curved, as in the Anseres, from which it however differs in not being

deeply excavated in the interval between the upturned process and

the inwardly-directed articular angle. It must be remembered that

the mandible is much the sanve in the Galline.

Tt must also be remembered that the Screamers are the only

birds in which there are no uncinate processes to the ribs, as has been

shown by Mr. Parker.

198 MR. A. H. GARROD ON THE (Feb. 1,

Fig. 1. Chauna derbiana. Back view of skull.

Vig. 2. Chloéphaga magellanica, Back view of skull.

Fig. 3. Mitua tuberosa. Back view of skull.

Fig. 4. Chauna derbiana. Base of skull.

1876.]

TABLE.

ANATOMY OF CHAUNA DERBIANA.

IA TNCA MTD AE cca. ar

secundariorum |

(see p. 193).

| Expansor

Name of family. |

| Biceps slip to the

patagium

(see p. 195).

Ciconine.

| PALAMEDEID& ...) Ciconine.

PGALLING .........0 | Present (vide p.

| 194). |

PPIUAL EID AG coe. ches Ciconine.

| OTIDIDE.......... .| Ciconine.

| COriama.......c00-. Ciconine.

Phenicopterus ..., Ciconine.

Serpentarius ...... ' Ciconine.

Musopuacip£ ... Ciconine.

| CUCULID ..... ..... Cieonine.

PPESITTACY..cocseessce | Absent.

ANATID AG lecio0ss _Ciconine in Cyg- |

nine, peculiar

in others (vide

p. 194).

SBHIENTSCID At) ez nc|aesseeeeso obs oscches ene

| COLYMBIDZ ...... | Not seen.

Popicirrrip®...... | Not seen.

| PROCELLARIIDE | ?

| KULMARID ...... ?

| PELARGI............| Ciconine.

| CATHARTID2 ...... _ Ciconine.

HERODIONES ...... | Ciconine (not in |

| Caneroma and |

Egretta).

SreGanoropes ...| Absent. |

ACCIPITRES.........| Absent (not in

Falco, — Poly- |

borus, and Tin-

nunculus).

STRIGIDA ......... Absent.

CoLuMB.E wevtenees| Feeble or absent.

CHARADRIID.E...... , Ciconine.

GRUIDH ...c.;..5--- | Ciconine.

| DaRip# ............ In some.

PAI. CID me! 40... ce os. | Absent.

| Absent.

ape only in

Sracidae.

eee

| Absent.

| Present.

| Absent.

Absent.

| Absent.

Present.

Absent.

| Absent.

Absent.

| Absent, except in

| Phalacrocoracide.

Absent.

| Present.

Present.

Obturator

internus

(see p. 195).

Postacetabular

portion of tensor

fascize

(see p. seb):

Triangular.

Oval.

Triangular.

Oval.

Triangular,

Oval.

Triangular.

Mat =

Triangular.

| Triangular.

| Peculiar from

| elongation of

| pelvis.

Triangular.

“4

Oval.

| Oval.

| Triangular.

Triangular,

Oval.

Triangular

| Neophron).

(exe.

Triangular

| Scops).

| Oval.

| Triangular.

Oval.

| Oval.

(not |

Large.

Absent.

Large.

Present.

| Present.

Present.

| Absent.

Present.

Absent.

Present, except in |

Cygnine.

Absent.

Present.

| Absent.

Absent, or

tremely small.

Present.

Absent, or

tremely small.

Absent.

Present.

| Present.

Absent.

Present (not in

Arctica alle ?).

In conclusion, it seems to me that from considerations of ptery-

losis, visceral anatomy, myology, and osteology, the Screamers cannot

be placed along with the Anserine birds.

form of the angle of the jaw they, no doubt, closely approach them.

In their alimentary canal they are much nearer to Struthio and

Rhea (not Dromeus and Casuarius) than to any other birds. There

is a Ciconine tendency in their myology, whilst their osteology points

in no special direction.

In the windpipe and the

It seems, therefore, to me that, summing

these results, the Screamers must have sprung from the primary

Ox- |

Cxer

200 DR. T. S. COBBOLD ON ENTOZOA. (Reb? 1,

avian stock as an independent offshoot at much the same time as did

most of the other important families. It may be fairly asked what

reason there is for the assumption that there was a sudden break up

of the bird-type at any particular period. It appears to me from

the study of anatomy that this was the case ; and it is evident that

the acquisition of wings by the previously terrestrial type form must

have suddenly interpolated a large number of intruders into domains

already occupied, and must have all at once called forth a new aeriak

struggle for existence, which, from the generalness of its action

must, within a short time, have brought out a great number of special

characters by natural selection.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puate XII.

Fig. 1. Proventriculus and gizzard of Chauna derbiana, cut open, and part of

the front wall removed.

2. Anterior view of lower portion of windpipe of C. derdiana.

3. Back view of same, the muscles of the left side haying been removed.

. Right side view of same.

5. Portion of right coracoid bone (¢) with coraco-brachialis longus (c.b.1)

and coraco-brachialis brevis (¢.b.b.) in situ, of Craxz globicera. The

expansor secundariorum (és) is seen to spring partly from the first--

named muscle,

Puare XIII.

Pig. 1. Cxea of Chauna derbiana, with the anterior wall partly removed to show

the cavity intervening between the small and large intestine into

which the exca open.

The ezeca, external view.

Puate XIV.

Fig. 1. Axillary muscles of right side of Chauna derbiana. e.s, expansor

secundariorum; pl, great pectoral; p2, second pectoral; ¢.0./,

coraco-brachialis longus; 0, biceps; ¢, triceps; ¢.p.b, tensor patagii

brevis; se, scapula; s¢, sternum; c, coracoid; f, furcula; #, humerus ;

c.v, cervical vertebrx ; 77, trachea: S.P, secondary remiges.

2. The same part, left side, of Gallinula chloropus, LB, slip, biceps slip;

t.p.l, tensor patagii longus.

PuatEe XV.

Fig. 1. Muscles of right side of interior of pelvis and inner side of thigh of

Chauna derbiana, the muscles of the anterior abdominal wall haying

been removed. 0.2, obturator internus; Amb, Ambiens; Quad,

Quadriceps extensor; Ad, adductor; s.¢, semitendinosus.

2. The sume parts of Huplocamus albocristatus, similarly lettered. sart,

sartorius.

4, Notes on Entozoa. Part III. By T. Spencer Cossotp,

M.D., F.R.S., F.L.8., Correspondent of the Academy of

Sciences of Philadelphia.

[Received January 18, 1876. |

(Plate XVI.)

’

In continuing the ‘Notes’? commenced in 1873, I may observe

that I have recently received important additions from naturalists

TSC.del. J.Smit lith. M&N.Hanhart imp

ECHINORHYNCHUS ELEGANS

1876. | DR. T. S. COBBOLD ON ENTOZOA. 201

abroad. Although it so happens that comparatively few of the

parasites are altogether new to science, yet most of the contributions

present, in one way or another, points of interest. I propose in

future to extend the character of my notes, not only recording new

habitats and describing new species, but also paying regard to all

facts tending to throw light upon the question of geographical distri-

bution. I wish also to remark more fully on structural and mor-

phological peculiarities, especially when dealing with aberrant types.

The importance of certain species in relation to epidemics will also

receive attention. None can regret more than myself the necessarily

incomplete character of these records. It is evident, however, that

if we home-naturalists defer all public notice of the receipt of speci-

mens from co-workers abroad until we happen to have time at our

command to-do full justice to the contributions, a multitude of useful

facts will inevitably be lost to science. In this connexion I may like-

wise observe that the mere verification of already known phenomena,

especially in the matter of distribution, is not without its cumulative

value.

8. FILarta TEREBRA (Diesing).

On the 27th of February, 1875, Dr. Edward L. Moss, of H.M.S.

‘Alert,’ now engaged in the Arctic Expedition, brought me three

examples of a nematode, which I have little hesitation in referring to

this species.

Dr. Moss obtained these parasites in 1874, during the time that

he had charge of the Naval Hospital at Esquimalt, Vancouver’s

Island, British Columbia. They occupied the abdominal cavity of

the Black-tailed Deer (Cervus columbianus). The worms (usually

one, but occasionally two, being present in each cervine bearer) were

commonly found lying amongst the coils of the smail intestine.

They had not in any way attached themselves to the peritoneal

membrane. I understood Dr. Moss to say, in conversation, that he

had shot seventeen deer in all, the males and females being in about

equal proportion ; nevertheless not one of the bucks examined by

him showed any trace of the presence of these entozoa. This ab-

sence of ‘parasites in the male hosts can hardly, I should think,

have been otherwise than accidental. Hitherto the worm appears to

have been observed in the Red Deer (C. edaphus) and in three species

of American Roe (C. rufus, C. simplicicornis, and C. nambi) by

Natterer. Two of the worms measured each about 25 inches in length,

the third exceeding 3 inches. The head of one was injured ; but the

other two displayed in profile two prominent oral papille. Pro-

bably there were four of these processes, such as Dujardin described

in his Filaria cervina, which, according to Diesing, is a synonym of

this species. The body is marked throughout its entire length by a

series of prominent and regular folds, these, in some situations, be-

coming so conspicuous that, under an ordinary pocket-lens, they

present a beaded appearance. All the specimens had their attenu-

ated tails more or less spirally twisted ; and a single brown-coloured

line oceupied the whole length of the body. The precise relations

202 DR, T. S. COBBOLD ON ENTOZOS. [-Pebrat;

of this narrow but well-marked band are worthy of further study. I

believe the parasites were all males; but I was unable to detect the

external sexual openings.

9. EcHINORHYNCHUS TRANSVERSUS (Rud.)

On the 18th of Febuary, 1875, I received from Dr. Hooker, Pres.

R.S., eleven examples of a small acanthocephalus worm for identifi-

cation. They were obtained by his son, Mr. Charles P. Hooker,

who subsequently informed me by letter that he had found them in

a Redwing (Turdus iliacus) which he dissected on or about the 5th

of January, 1875. It was also mentioned that the worms occupied

the large intestine, probably to the number of one hundred in all.

Hitherto this parasite has been found abundantly in the Blackbird,

Thrush, and in most of the Turdide ; but not, I believe, in the Red-

wing. It has also been obtained from the Starling and Redbreast.

The occurrence of so many of these armed parasites in one host is

a noteworthy circumstance; and it is difficult to understand how

they could be present in such numbers without inflicting severe

injury on the bearer. Of course there 1s no proof that the bird did

not suffer inconvenience: at all events, analogous facts of parasitism

produced by other species of Echinorhynchi show that these Entozoa

are occasionally productive of fatal results.

10. EcHINORHYNCHUS ECHINODISCUS (Diesing).

On the Ist of November, 1875, I received from Prof. Flower,

F.R.S., a glass jar labelled as follows, ‘“‘Entozoon found attached to

intestine of the Tamandua Ant-eater.’’ The parasite was obtained

from the Society’s Gardens on the 12th of August, 1871.

The Brazilian traveller, Natterer, originally obtained this worm

from Myrmceophaga jubata and M. bivittata. Creplin described it

from a MW. didactyla trom Surinam (Wiegmann’s Archiv, 1849). I

presume the M. tamandua answers to the M. bivittata of Geoffroy,

as well as to the tridactyle and tetradactyle species of Linnzeus.

The parasite in question appears to have been solitary. It isa

female, measuring exactly 10 inches long. The annulations of the

body commence about 3 an inch from the head, and are continued

on uninterruptedly with great regularity to the end of the tail.

On the average, twenty rings may be counted to the inch; thus

there are quite 200 altogether, as they are somewhat more closely

packed towards the neck and also at the tail. The proboscis was

firmly anchored within the gut; and I was unsuccessful in my at-

tempt to dissect it out entire. For a space of 4 of an inch in

diameter at the point of anchorage, the intestine was opaque from

inflammatory exudation.

11. EcotNoRHYNCHUS ELEGANS (Diesing).

Six or eight years back, Dr. Murie placed in my hands a glass jar

containing eight parasites. I could not examine them at the time;

but on the 18th of April 1873 I made a careful study of the worms,

briefly noting down the priucipal facts of structure. Although the

1876. ] DR. T. S. COBBOLD ON ENTOZOA. 203

label on the jar was in places well nigh obliterated, I made out that

the worms had come from a Monkey ; but not being certain as to the

species, I did not attempt the identification of the parasites.. Dr.

Murie has since further obliged me by looking up his notes ; and on

the 2nd of April 1875, he informed me by letter that the host was a

Pinche Monkey (Hapale edipus). This well known Marmoset had

been obtained from New Granada. The cause of the animal’s death,

which occurred at the Society’s Gardens on or about the 30th of June,

1866, was not ascertained. I have not in this case observed any signs

of inflammation in the intestine of the host, a portion of which, with

several of the Entozoa remaining attached was also supplied to me.

he mucous layer of the gut shows deep conical depressions at

the spots where the detached worms had anchored themselves.

So far as I can make out, Diesing’s original description of the

parasite is the only one that exists. I have gone over his numerous

memoirs contributed to the Vienna Accademy, but can find nothing

beyond the specific characters given in his ‘Systema.’ All the

specimens in the Vienna Museum, whence his description is taken,

were collected by Natterer. ‘They were procured from the Marakina

(Midas rosalia), from two other true Marmosets (Hapale ursulus

and H. chrysoleucus), and from a Squirrel Monkey or Tee-tee

(Callithriz sciureus).

Though in one or two unimportant particulars our observations

do not agree, Diesing’s description is amply sufficient for the sys-

tematist’s purpose. By referring to the four specimens which I

have selected for illustration, it will be seen that all the worms

were more or less bent upon themselves. The larger specimens

present a tolerably uniform thickness throughout, the smaller ones

being thicker behind and almost club-shaped (Plate XVI. fig. 1). In

detached examples, the front end of the parasite is seen to support a

narrow and long neck, which is usually well marked off from the

body proper (d). It is more or less regularly annulated, the folds

being continued downwards along the body, but gradually losing

their regular arrangement. If the anterior extremity of the neck be

examined with a powerful pocket lens, its abrupt and truncate sur-

face will be seen to display a number of lines or grooves radiating

from a common centre (fig. 2). During the perfect retraction of

the proboscis the centre is represented by a clear space, or wide

opening, which communicates with a cavity immediately beneath.

The end of the neck thus forms a sort of collar, or rosette, made up

of rays arranged like the spokes of a wheel. When the proboscis

is exserted this collar is more or less convex, but it becomes slightly

concave when the proboscis is retracted. Not improbably this at-

tractive-looking surface suggested to Diesing the specific title which

he gave to the worm. He recognized 24 rays: they probably vary

from that number up to 28; at least, I counted 27 in the ‘specimen

(fig. 3). During exsertion, the proboscis forms, to the naked eye, a

nipple-like projection (fig. 2). According to Diesing it supports

three rows of hooks ; but I certainly saw four rows (fig. 4). When

separately magnified these hooks present very different appearances

204 DR. T. S. COBBOLD ON ENTOZOA. [Feb. 1,

as to size and contour. These I believe to be due to respective

degrees of growth (fig. 5). Selecting one of the largest hooks, I

found it to measure about 54, in. in length, the broadest part of its

posterior root-process giving yo'7y mM. approxima tay: The base be-

tween the two fang-points measured z1y in.; whilst internally the

hook displayed a well-defined cavity taking the general form of the

organ itself. At its lowermost angle the ‘cavity, becomes suddenly

narrowed into a fine channel that terminates in an opening at the

centre of the extremity of the posterior fang, This tube is some-

thing less than the ;5)5, inch in diameter (fig. 6).

By making a vertical section of the worm one may obtain a good

veiw of the arrangement of the parts about the head. Somewhat

diagrammatically I have represented the parts as they appear in the

retracted condition of the proboscis (fig. 7). This organ is now seen

resting, as it were, in a cavity formed by the arching over of the

rosette-shaped collar. The sheath of the proboscis itself is bordered

by powerful retractor muscles, which during extreme contraction re-

duce the proboscis to the form of an oval disk, at the same time

carrying the whole organ downward so as to conceal it entirely

within the lumen of the neck. The lower end of the muscular sheath

assumes the shape of a reversed cone, well rounded off at its depen-

dent apex. ‘The sides of the neck are lined with longitudinal mus-

cular bundles, portions of which are, I suspect, differentiated to form

the special retractors of the sheath. Be that as it may, on either

side of the bulbous end of the sheath the lemnisci are conspicuous

and easily drawn out with a fine pair of forceps. ‘They extend down-

wards to near the centre of the somatic cavity, attaining, in the

largest specimens, a length of no less than # inch. Free ovaria were

not observed; but 1 Hoye abundance of eggs, en were of an oval

form, measuring about =}, in. from pole to pole and =; in. in breadth.

They displayed three distinct envelopes. The outer transparent

and very delicate membrane was marked by decussating curvilinear

lines (fig. 8 a), being succeeded by a second thicker envelope (4),

the two being separated by fluid contents. Many ova were found

freed from these coverings, these being, asa rule, rather more advanced

in growth, as shown by their finely divided yolk-contents, which in

some instances had passed into an aly embryonal stage. In this

condition the eggs measured only 715, by @7 45 in. My sections of

the body of the parasite showed the openings of numerous water-vas-

cular channels ; but I did not carry the investigation further.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVI.

Fig. 1. Four examples of Echinorhynchus elegans: a, immature; 6, c, d, full-

grown, natural size. :

lig. 2. Anterior extremity of a mature worm, showing the annulations of the

neck (a), the collar in profile (0), and the exserted portion of the pro-

boscis (¢). Enlarged.

Fig. 3. The collar, viewed from above, showing the folded border of the neck (a),

the series of rays (2), and the ental opening (¢). Highly magnified.

Fig. 4. Diagram of the proboscis i in its retracted condition, to show the arrange -

ment of the hooks.

7 7 i :

a ie Mi TAR

: i 7 . ; ae i 7 :

_ 7 = ? a oy ae _

‘ iL nd 7 Oe ~ 7 : A ) a u 7 - i 4 a} 9 7 1?

4 .

- i ai,

Cit & 7 W a

1876. ] MR. H. DRUCE ON PERUVIAN BUTTERFLIES. 205

Fig. 5. Four of the hooks as serially arranged on the proboscis: @, from the

external series, 4, from the second, ¢c, from the third, and d. from the

innermost, respectively. Magnified 60 diameters.

Fig. 6. A hook from the outermost row; showing the apex (a), base (2), bulbous

projection (c), the posterior root-process or fang (@), the mmute open-

ing at its extremity (e), which by means of a narrow channel (/)

communicates with the general cavity of the organ (g). The anterior

fang is marked 2. Magnified 355 diameters.

Fig. 7. Diagram representing a vertical section of the anterior end of the neck :

a, collar; 0, fold of the first annulation; ce, sheath of the proboscis ;

d, lumen of the neck ; ¢, cavity for lodgment of the retracted proboscis ;

J, longitudinal muscular layer; g, lemniscus.

Fig. 8. Three eggs, showing the outer (a), middle (4), and inner envelope (c);

also the yolk (d). Magnified 350 diameters.

Fig. 9. Two of the eggs found divested of their external coverings.

5. List of the Butterflies of Peru, with Descriptions of new

Species. By Hersert Druce,F.L.S.,F.Z.8. With some

Notes by Epwarp Bartrierr.

[Received January 10, 1876.]

(Plates XVII..& XVIII.)

During the past few years Mr. Salvin and I have received several

collections from Peru, principally made by Mr. Henry Whitely.

I now think it advisable to draw up the following list of the species,

only including those that I have been able to examine myself, and of

which I am certain of the locality being correct. I hope by so doing

to give some idea of the Butterfly-fauna of Peru, as well as to advance

our knowledge of the geographical distribution of Butterflies. The

collections from which I have made this list were formed by Mr.

Bartlett, Mr. Henry Whitely, and Mr. Pearce, in the following

localities.

Mr. Bartlett collected in the eastern part of Peru; for the exact

places visited by him, see map, P. Z.S. 1873, p. 252, pl. xxv.

Mr. Henry Whitely’s principal collection was made in the valley of

Cosnipata, situated on the eastern slope of the Andes of Caravaya,

and the smaller collections at Paucartombo and Huasampilla, east-

ward of Cuzco, at an elevation of about 9000 to 10,000 feet; he

also made a very small collection last year at Huiro, valley of

Santana, north of Cuzco, at an elevation of about 4800 feet. Mr.

Pearce, who travelled in Peru and Bolivia as a botanical collector for

Messrs. James Veitch and Sons, the well-known Horticulturists,

collected at Pozzuzo and Muna.

The collections contained 494 species (18 of which I have described

as new), representing 133 genera.

Mr. Bartlett’s collection had been picked over before any spe-

cimens came into our possession ; so that this list does not contain

all the species collected by him.

206 MR. H. DRUCE ON PERUVIAN BUTTERFLIES. [Feb. 1,

Family I. NYMPHALID&, Swains.

Subfamily |. Danarn~, Bates.

Genus Danats, Latr.

1. D. erestmus, Cram. (Pap. e.) Pap. Exot. ii. t. 175. f. G, H

(1779).

Ucayali ( Bartlett). Mu

«Not common ; frequents the banks of rivers.”’—#. B.

2. D. nermippus, Feld. Reise Nov. Lep. ii. p. 348 (1867).

Cormillo (Pearce). Mus. S. G.

Genus Lycorea, Doubl.

1. L. ctrosa, Godt. (Helic. c.) Enc. Meth. ix. p. 222 (1819).

Peru. Mus, D.

2. L. arercatis, Doubl. & Hew. Gen. D. L. t. 16. f. 1 (1847).

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. 8. G.

Nauta (Bartleté). Mus. D.

«Found in damp shady places.” — H. B.

Genus Iruna, Doubl.

1. T. pHENARETE, Doubl. & Hew. Gen. D. L. t. 17. f. 1 (1847).

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. 8. G. & D.

Genus Meruona, Doubl.

1. M. psip1, Linn. (Pap. p.) Mus. Ulr. p. 228 (1764).

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. S. G.

Ucayali (Bartlett). Mus. D.

‘In shady places on the banks of the Ucayali.” —A#. B.

Genus TuyripiA, Hiibn.

1. T. uno, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. vi. p. 75 (1862).

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. S. G.

Genus Dircenna, Doubl.

1. D. zevie (Helic. z.), Guér. Icon. Réegne Anim. Ins. texte,

p- 479 (1844).

Ucayali (Bartlett). Mus. 8. G. & D.

‘“« Frequents dull shady places.” —JL’. B.

2. D. rua@a, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. iv. p. 102 (1860).

Ucayali (Bartlett). Mus. 8. G.

Genus Creratinia, Hubn.

1. C. ountra, Hew. (Ith. 0.) Exot. Butt. ii. Ith. t. 22. f. 138

(1859).

Peru. Mus. D.

1876. | MR. H. DRUCE ON PERUVIAN BUTTERFLIES. 207

2. C. sratiuua, Hew. (ith. s.) Exot. Butt. v. Ith. t. 32. f. 217

(1874).

Huiro, valley of Santana (H. Whitely). Mus. D.

3. C. CRISPINILLA, Hopff. Stett. ent. Zeit. 1874, p. 340.

Ucayali (Bartlett). Mus. D.

4. C. semirutva, Salv. Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. iv. p. 163

(1869).

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. 8. G. & D.

5. C. anasrasra, Bates, Trans. Linn. Soc. xxiii. p. 526 (1862).

Ucayali (Bartlett). Mus. D.

“Taken in the broad pathways to Sarayacu on the Upper Ucayali ;

not common.’’—F£. B.

6. C. FRATER, Salv. (Ith. f.) Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. iv. p. 163

(1869).

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. 8. G. & D.

7. C. ALexra, n.sp. (Plate XVII. fig. 4.)

Upperside (female) : anterior wing black, with the base rufous

orange; a yellow spot at the end of the cell and one below nearest

the anal angle crossed near the apex by a band of yellow, a submar-

ginal row of six small white spots ; posterior wing rufous orange, a

spot at the end of the cell and the outer margin black. Underside

the same as above, with less orange-colour; the costal margin of the

posterior wing black, and a submarginal row of white spots on the

hind margin.

Exp. 23 inches.

Peru. Mus. D.

8. C. BAANA, n. sp.

Upperside (female) orange; anterior wing crossed beyond the

middle by a narrow band of yellow, an elongated spot in the cell, one

at the end of the cell, and one below near the inner margin all black;

the apex broadly black; posterior wing orange, with the outer mar-

gin (which is very narrow) black. Underside the same as above,

except that the base of the posterior wing is yellow, the costal margin

black, and a submarginal band of white spots to both wings.

Exp. 24 inches.

Peru. Mus. D.

9. C. TIGRINA, Tt. sp. “(Plate XVII. fic, 2°)

Upperside (female) like C. fluonia without the yellow markings,

except a small spot beyond the middle on the costal margin, the apex

rufous with a marginal row of black spots ; posterior wing rufous,

with the central band as in C. fluonia, the outer margin black, den-

tated on the inner side. Underside as above.

ixp. 27 inches.

208 MR. H. DRUCE ON PERUVIAN BUTTERFLIES. [Feb. 1,

Ucayali (Bartlett). Mus. D. & S.G.

The specimens vary in the amount of yellow in the posterior wing.

It may be a local race of C. fluonia, but is a distinct and well-marked

form.

Genus Sats, Hiibn.

1. S. zireiua, Hew. (Ith. z.) Exot. Butt. iv. Ith. t. 25. f. 176

(1868).

Ucayali (Bartlett). Mus. 8. G. & D.

Genus Scapa, Kirby.

1. S. rueaputa (Bates), Trans. Linn. Soe. xxiii. p. 529 (1862).

Ucayali (Bartlett). Mus. D.

“Found in low moist places in the forest, upon a small white

flower.” —. B.

Genus Mecuanirtis, Fabr.

1. M. ortyeta, n.sp. (Plate XVII. fig. 5.)

Upperside (male) transparent yellowish white, bordered with

greyish black, the margins all black ; the anterior wing crossed at

the end of the cell by a black band widest on the costal margin.

Underside as above, except that the base and half of the costal

margin of the posterior wing is yellow, and several white spots at the

apex of both wings.

Exp. 2 inches.

Huiro, valley of Santana (H. Whitely). Mus. D.

A most singular species, exactly like an Ithomia with the neura-

tion of Mechanitis.

2. M. vpotymnia, Linn. (Pap. p.) Mus. Ulr. p. 224 (1764).

Nauta and Chyavetes (Bartlett). Mus. D.

3. M. meruone, Hew. Exot. Butt. 11. Mech. t. 3. f. 14 (1860).

Peru. Mus. D.

4. M. mazaus, Hew. l. c. t. 2. f. 8 (1860).

Huallaga (Bartlett). Mus. S. G.

5. M. ocona, n. sp.

Upperside (male) : anterior wing black, the base to the middle of

the cell rufous ; an oblique band crossing the end of the cell to the

apex and two others beyond bright yellow, the third close to the

apex and only extending to the middle of the wing, four small white

spots on the hind margin ; posterior wing orange, yellowish in the

middle, crossed from the inner margin to the apex by a zigzag band

of black, the outer margin black, widest at the apex. Underside the

same as above, with a submarginal row of white spots to both wings

and the costal margin of the posterior wing black.

Exp. 23 inches.

Huiro, valley of Santana (H. Whitely). Mus. D.

Mr. Whitely has only sent one specimen of this species.

1876.] MR. H. DRUCE ON PERUVIAN BUTTERFLIES. 209

Genus NAaPEOGENES, Bates.

1. N. correna, Hew. (Ith. c.) Exot. Butt. ii. £#h. t. 23. f. 142

(1861).

Yurimaguas (Bartlett). Mus. D.

‘* Rare.” —E. B.

2. N. verTIcILLA, Hew. Exot. Butt. v. Ith. t. 33. f. 219 (1874).

Peru. Mus. D.

3. N. pHaro, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. vii. p. 76 (1862).

Ucayali (Bartlett). Mus. D.

“The species of this genus are found in the darkest parts of the

forest, upon small obscure flowers, which they resemble, only being

noticed when disturbed.” —Z£. B.

4. N. pyrrwo,n.sp. (Plate XVII. fig. 1.)

Upperside (female): anterior wing orange, the apical half and a

round spot in the cell black, crossed at the apex by a band of pale

yellow ; posterior wing orange, with the outer margin and a band of

spots placed longitudinally across the middle black. Underside:

anterior wing the same as above, with a submarginal row of white

spots ; posterior wing as above, with two small white spots at the

apex.

Exp. 23 inch.

Yurimaguas ( Barflett). Mus. D.

Genus Irnomia, Hubn.

1. I. ancuratia, Hew. Exot. Butt. iv. Ith. t. 26. f. 162 (1868).

Ucayali (Bartlett). Mas. D.

9. I. wepina, Hew: CoC.n. 7h. t. 21.1. 129 (1858).

Ucayali (Bartlett). Mus. D.

«¢ Rare. ’—E. B.

3. I. JANARILLA, Hew. Exot. Butt. iii. 7th. t. 24. f. 150 (1863).

Yurimaguas (Bartlett). Mus. D.

“Very common.” —HE. B.

4. I. oneaa, Hew. Exot. Butt. i. Ith. t. 1. f. 1 (1852).

Ucayali (Bartlett). Mus. D. &S. G.

“Very plentiful.” —Z. B.

5. Ll. arraura, Hew. Exot. Butt. ii. Ith. t. 13. f. 77 (1855).

Valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely). = Mus. 8)G:&.D-

6. I. quintina, Feld. Reise Nov. Lep. ii. t. 44. f. 11, 12,:iii.

p. 361 (1867).

Chanchamayo (Thamm.). Mus. D.

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. S. G.

Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1876, No. XIV. 14

210 MR. H. DRUCE ON PERUVIAN BUTTERFLIES. [Fcb. 1,

7. I. ruria, Hew. Exot. Butt. i. Ith. t. 1. f. 6 (1852).

Nauta (Bariélett). Mus. D.

The specimen from Nauta differs from the type by having the

yellow band replaced by tawny, and may prove to be a distinct

species.

8. I. pHono, Hubn. (Hymenitis p.) Zutr. ex. Schmett. f. 987,

988 (1837).

Yurimaguas (Bartlett). Mus. D.

9. I. zavaLeTTA, Hew. Exot. Butt. i. t. 9. f. 49 (1854).

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. 8S. G.

Ucayali (Bartlett). Mus. D.

«Not common.’ —£. B.

10. I. sao, Hubn. (Hymn. s.) Zutr. ex. Schmett. f. 767, 768

(1832).

Ucayali (Bartlett). Mus. D.

‘* Plentiful, and found flying with other species.”’-—Z. B.

11. I. antrsao, Bates, Trans. Linn. Soe. xxiii. p. 544 (1862).

Ucayali (Bartlett). Mus. 8. G.

12. I. primuta, Bates, Trans. Linn. Soc. xxiii. p. 545 (1862).

Yurimaguas (Bartlett). Mus. D.

««The only locality in which I found this species.” —ZL. B.

13. I. euRimEDIA, Cram. (Pap. e.) Pap. Ex. ii. t. 126. f. C, D

(1779).

Nauta and Yurimaguas (Baréleét). Mus. D.

** Not common.’-—J#. B.

14. I. evaru, Hew. Exot. Butt. i. Ith. t. 11. f. 62, 63 (1855).

Ucayali (Bartlett). Mus. 8S. G.

15. I. sepa, Hew. Exot. Butt. v. Ith. t. 20. f. 196 (1872).

Yurimaguas (Bartleté). Mus. D.

16. I. satontna, Hew. Exot. Butt. i. Ith. t. 14. f. 86 (1855).

Peru. Mus. D.

17: I. tTrmna, Hew. Exot. Butt. i. Ith. t. 8. f. 44 (1854).

Huallaga (Bartlett). Mus. S. G.

18. I. curysoponi, Bates, Trans. Linn. Soe. xxiii. p. 546, t. 56.

f. 3a (1862).

Yurimaguas (Bartlett). Mus. D.

19, I. crpon1a, Hew. Exot. ii. Ith. t. 20. f. 121 (1857).

Yurimaguas and Huallaga (Bart/ett). Mus. D.& S. G,

1876.] MR. H. DRUCE ON PERUVIAN BUTTERFLIES. out

20. I. orntana, Hew. Exot. Butt. ii. Ith. t. 22. f. 134 (1859).

Ucayali and Yurimaguas (Bartlett). Mus. 8. G.& D.

** Scarce.” —Z. B.

21. I. NEPHELE, Bates, Trans. Linn. Soc. xxiii. p. 548 (1862).

Huallaga (Bart/ett). Mus. S. G.

Nauta and Yurimaguas (Bartlett). Mus. D.

““ Not common.’ 257) Bi.

22. I. THEUDELINDA, Hew. Exot. Butt. ii. Zth. t. 23. f. 146

(1861).

Peru. Mus. D.

23. I. zaLmuNNA, Hew. Exot. Butt. iv. Ith. t. 27. f. 175, 176

(1869).

Peru. Mus. D.

Genus Mexinaa, Hiibn.

1. M. cyviprs, Salv. Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vii. p. 412 (1871).

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. 8. G. & D.

2. M. oresTEs, Salv. C. C. p. 412.

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. 8. G.

3. M. puastana, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1870, p. 489.

Yurimaguas (Bartlett). Mus. D.

4, M. cuincHa, n.sp. (Plate XVII. fig. 3.)

3. Exactly like M. ishka, Butl. (Hew. Exot. Butt. i. Mech. t. 1.

f. 3), excepting that the yellow band is replaced by tawny.

Exp. 3} inches.

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. 8. G.

5. M. parva is, Bates, Trans. Linn. Soe. xxiii. p. 552 (1867).

E. Peru (Bartlett). Mus. D.

Genus TrrHoreEaA, Doubl.

1. T. wARMonr«A, Cram. (Pap. h.) Pap. Exot. ii. t. 190 (1779).

Nauta (Bartlett). Mus. D.

2. T. nerraa, Hopff. Stett. ent. Zeit. 1874, p. 337.

Chanchamayo (Thamm.). Mus. D.

Subfamily 2. Saryrin#, Bates.

Genus CirHaris, Hiibn.

1. C. aurora, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. vi. p. 175 (1862).

Ucayali (Bartlett). Mus. D.

Pozzuzo ( Pearce). Mus. 8. G.

«Found in the darkest parts of the forest, on the ground and

about rotten fruit’? &c.—F. B.

14*

212 MR. H. DRUCE ON PERUVIAN BUTTERFLIES. [Feb. 1,

2. C. pyroprna, Salv. & Godm. (Callitera p.) Ann. Nat. Hist.

ser. 4, ii. f. 141 (1868).

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus.8.G. & D.

Genus Heramra, Fab.

1. H. prera, Linn. (Pap. p.) Mus. Ulr. p. 220 (1764).

Ucayali and Yurimaguas (Bartlett). Mus. D.

*« This species I found commonly in the dense and moist parts of

the forest on the Upper Ucayali, and in similar localities at Yurima-

guas, but not so plentiful.’’—JZ. B.

2. H. uypasia, Hew. Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 2, ii. p. 247, t. 23. f. 2

(1854).

Valley of Cosnipata (7. Whitely). Mus. D.

3. H. MACLEANNANIA, Bates, Ent. Month. Mag. 1. p. 180 (1865).

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. 8. G.

The specimens from Peru are much more highly coloured than the

type.

Genus PrerELua, Westw.

1. P. nycreta, Hew. Exot. Butt. ii. Het. t. 1. f. 1 (1860).

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. S. G.

Nauta and Yurimaguas (Bartlett). Mus. D.

**Not common; found in the darkest parts of the forest.” —#H. B.

2. P. ptnpyMENE, Cram. (Pap. d.) Pap. Exot. iii. t. 198. f. F, G

(1780).

Ucayali and Yurimaguas (Bartlett). Mus. D.

“Common in low moist parts of the dense forest.””—E. B.

3. P. pamra, Sulz. Gesch. Ins. t. 18. f. 1 (1776).

Ucayali (Bartlett). Mus.8.G. & D.

4. P. astyocue, Erichs. (Het. a.) Schomb. Reisen, iii. p. 599

(1848).

Ucayali (Bartlett). Mus. S. G,

5. P. pena, Linn. (Pap. /.) Syst. Nat. i. 2. p..784 (1767).

Ucayali and Yurimaguas (Bartlett). Mus. 8.G.& D.

“ Very common.” —#, B.

6. P. norrona, Hew. Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 2, ii. p. 246, t. 23.

f. 1 (1854).

Ucayali, Huallaga, and Yurimaguas (Bartlett). Mus. 8. G. & D.

“Very common.’ —£, B.

Genus ANCHIPHLEBIA, Hiibn.

A. TAYGETINA, Butl. Cat. Sat. B. M. p. 107, t. 5. f. 2 (1868).

Ucayali (Bartlett). Mus.S. G.

** Rare; found in the dense forest.’’—Z. B.

1876. ] MR. H. DRUCE ON PERUVIAN BUTTERFLIES. 213

Genus ANTIRRHG@A, Hiibn.

A. PHILOP@MEN, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. vi. p. 425 (1862).

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. S. G.

Genus OreEssinomMa, Westw.

1. O. rypuua, Doubl. & Hew. Gen. Diurn. Lep. t. 62. f. 5 (1851).

Valley of the Cosnipata (7. Whitely). Mus. 8S. G.

Huiro, ad alt. 4800 ped., valley of Santana (H. Whitely).

Mus. D.

2. O. sorata, Salv. & Godm. Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. ii.

p. 144 (1868).

Huasampilla (H. Whitely). Mus. D.

One specimen only.

Genus Euprycuia, Hubn.

1. EK. HEsrone, Sulz. (Pap. kh.) Gesch. Ins. p. 144, t. 17. f. 3, 4

(1776).

Muna (Pearce). Mus. 8. G.

Ucayah (Bartlett). Mus. 8.G. & D.

“Common ; found about flowers on the banks of rivers and open

ground.” —E. B,

2. E. ocyrete, Fab. (Pap. o.) Gen. Ins. p. 260 (1777).

Peru. Mus. D.

3. E.camerta, Cram. (Pap.c.) Pap. Exot. iv. t. 295, f. F (1782).

Nauta (Bartlett). Mus. D.

“*«Common about the banks of rivers.” —Z. B.

4. E, ericone, Butl. P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 466, t. 39. f. 5.

Ucayali (Bartlett). Mus. D.

* Found in shady footpaths near villages.’’—. B.

5. E. trpye, Linn. (Pap. 1.) Syst. Nat. 1. 2. p. 772 (1767).

~ Valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Mus. D.

6. E. rustica, Butl. Cat. Sat. B. M. p. 32, t. 1. f. 4 (1868).

Muna (Pearce). Mus. 8. G.

7. E. urematts, Butl. P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 494.

Ucayali (Bartlett). . Mus. S. G.

Genus Lymanopopa, Westw.

1. L. rerrucGinosa, Butl. Cat. Sat. B. M. p. 169, t. 4. f. 3

(1868).

Valley of the Cosnipata (H, Wihitely). Mus. 8. G.

Huasampilla (H. Whitely). Mus. D.

214 MR. H. DRUCE ON PERUVIAN BUTTERFLIES. [Feb. 1,

2. L. venosa, Butl. Cat. Sat. B. M. p. 171, t. 4. f. 5 (1868).

Valley of the Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Mus. 8. G.

Huasampilla (Hf. Whitely). Mus. D.

3. L. acramipa, Butl. Cat. Sat. B. M. p. 171, t. 4. f. 6 (1868).

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. S. G.

Huasampiila (Whitely). Mus. D.

4. L. ocetuirera, Butl. Ann. Nat. Hist. 1873, xii. p. 219.

Huasampilla (7. Whitely). Mus. D.

5. L. ruBEscens, Butl. Ann. Nat. Hist. 1873, xii. p. 219.

Huasampilla (7. Wihitely). Mus. D.

Genus STEROMA, Westw.

1. S. anpENsis, Feld. Reise Nov. Lep. iii. p. 475 (1867).

Peru. Mus. D.

2. S. Beya, Doub. Hew. Gen. D. L. t. 66. f. 6 (1851).

Huiro, valley of Santana (7. Whitely). Mus. D.

3. S. umBracina, Butl. Ann. Nat. Hist. 1873, xii. p. 221.

Huasampilla (1. Whitely). Mus. D.

4. 8. supersa, Butl. Cat. Sat. B. M. p. 172, t. 5. f. 6 (1868).

Huasampilla (H. Whitely). Mus. D.

Genus PepaiopeEs, Butl.

1. P. pancis, Hew. (Pronophila p.) Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, vol. i.

p. 8, t. 4. f. 26, 27 (1862).

Muna (Pearce). Mus. S. G.

Huasampilla (H. Waitely). Mus. D.

2. P. ancuaRis, Butl. Cat. Sat. B. M. p. 176, t. 4. f. 7 (1868).

Peru. Mus. D.

3. P. patyantias, Hew. (Pron. p.) Exot. Butt. v. Pron. viii.

. 51, 59 (1874).

Muna (Pearce). Mus. S. G.

4. P. portna, Hew. Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, vol. i. p. 9, t. 4.

f. 28 (1862).

Muna (Pearce). Mus. S. G.

Huiro, valley of Santana (H. Whitely). Mus. D.

One specimen only.

5. P. zorprus, n. sp. (Plate XVIII. fig. 1.)

Upperside brown; anterior wing darkest in the middle; pos-

terior wing with the inner margin and the anal angle rufous brown.

Underside the same as above ; posterior wing with several very in-

1876. ] MR. H. DRUCE ON PERUVIAN BUTTERFLIES. 215

distinct white dots near the outer margin, and a submarginal dark

brown line.

Exp. 1} inch.

Peru. Mus. D.

Genus Oxroscatstvs, Butl.

O. pronax, Hew. (Pron. p.) Exot. Butt. ii. Pron. t. 2. f. 10, 11

(1860).

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. 8. G.

Huiro, valley of Santana (H. Whitely). Mus. D.

Genus Lasiopuina, Feld.

1. L. crrra, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. iii. p. 336, t. 6. f. 1 (1859).

Muna (Pearce). Mus. S. G.

2. L. orpirera, Butl. Cat. Sat. B. M. p. 182, t. 5. f. 6.

Huasampilla (H. Whitely). Mus, I).

3. L. poaLasra, Hew. (Pron. p.) Exot. Butt.iv. Pron. t. 3. f. 13,

14 (1868).

Valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Mus. D.

Genus Dapauma, Hew.

D. WHITELYI, n.sp. (Plate XVII. figs. 6 & 7.)

Upperside dark brown; both wings crossed parallel to and near

the outer margin by a row of white spots. Underside very like D.

dorinda, Feld., without so much of the white on the posterior wing ;

better figured than described.

Exp. 3 inches.

Huasampilla, ad alt. 10,000 ped. (H. Whitely). Mus. D.

The largest described species of Dedalma, and very distinct on

the upperside.

Genus PronopuiLa, Westw.

1. P. rHELEBE, Doubl. & Hew. Gen. D.L. t. 60. f. 3 (1851).

Valley of Cosnipata (1. Whitely). Mus. D.

2. P. vaRIABILIS, Butl. Ann. Nat. Hist. 1873, p. 223.

Huasampilla (H. Whitely). Mus. D,

3. P. coRDILLERA, Westw. Gen. D. L. p. 358, note (1851).

Peru. Mus. D.

Genus TayGetis, Hibn.

1. T. curysoGgoneg, Doubl. & Hew. Gen. D. L. t. 4 (1851).

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. S. G.

2. T. merMeERIA, Cram. (Pap. m.) Pap. Exot. i. t. 96.f. B (1779).

Yurimaguas (Bartlett). Mus. D.

“Common in the low parts of the dense forest.” — EB. B.

216 MR. H. DRUCE ON PERUVIAN BUTTERFLIES. [Feb. 1,

3. T. rHAMyRA, Cram. (Pap. ¢t.) Pap. Exot. iii. t. 242. f. B (1782).

Ucayali (Bartlett). Mus. D.

«A common species on the Ucayali.” —F. B.

4. T: peneLEA, Cram. (Pap. p.) Pap. Exot. ii. t. 101. f.G (1779).

Yurimaguas (Bartlett). Mus. D.

5. T. MARPEsSA, Hew. (Dedis? m.) Exot. Butt. iii. Ded. t. 1.

f. 2 (1862). :

Nauta (Bartlett). Mus. D.

Genus Corapes, Doubl. & Hew.

1, C.1puna, Hew. Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, vol. vi. p. 437 (1850).

Muna (Pearce). Mus. S. G.

Huasampilla (H. Whitely). Mus. D.

2. C. pannonia, Hew. Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, vol. vi. p. 438,

t. 10. f. 1 (1850).

Peru. Mus. D.

3. C. utema, Hew. Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, vol. vi. p. 438, t. 10.

f. 3 (1850).

Muha (Pearce). Mus. 8S. G.

4. C. cisteNnrE, Hew. Exot. Butt. mi. Cor. t. 1. f. 4, 5 (1863).

Muna (Pearce). Mus. S. G.

Huasampilla (1. Whitely). Mus, D.

5. C. rusctpyaGa, Butl. Ann. Nat. Hist. 1873, xii. p. 224.

Huasampilla (H. Whitely). Mus. D.

6. C. rutminattis, Butl. Cist. Ent. p. 26 (1870).

Peru. Mus. D.

Genus Bra, Hibn.

B. acrorion, Linn. (Pap. a.) Syst. Nat. i. 2. p. 794 (1767).

Valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Mus. 8. G.

Ucayali (Bartlett). Mus. D.

“Common in low moist places in the dense forest upon rotten

fruit” &c.—L. B.

Subfamily 4. Morpuin as, Butl.

Genus Morpuo, Fabr.

1. M. aurora, Westw. Gen. D. L. p. 339. n. 9, note (1851).

Huasampilla (H. Whitely). Mus. D.

2. M. zepuyritis, Butl. Lepidoptera Exot. pl. 56. f. 3, 4, p. 156

(1873).

Paucartambo (1. Whitely). Type, Mus. D.

. Mr. Whitely has only obtained a single specimen of this beautiful

species ; it is one of the finest things sent home by him.

1876.] MR. H. DRUCE ON PERUVIAN BUTTERFLIES. 217

3. M. vrampuaris, Butl. Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xii. p. 225;

iLeps Exot: pl. 56. 4. 1, 2, p. 156 (1873).

Huasampilla (H. Whitely).

This I think a good species, though closely allied to M. sulkowskyi.

Mr. Hewitson has lately received specimens sent by Mr. Buckley

from Bolivia.

4, M. czrvu evs, Perry, Arcana (1811).

M. didus, Hoff. Stett. ent. Zeit. 1874, p. 355.

Peru (Dr. Staudinger). Mus. D.

Very distinct from M. menelaus, Linn., with which Mr. Kirby

places it. I have seen many examples.

5. M. atexanprovna, Druce, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1874, p. 155.

Huasampilla (7. Whitely). Mus. D.

One specimen only.

6. M. acuiuues, Linn. (Pap. a.) Mus. Ulr. p. 211 (1874).

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. 8. G.

Chamicuros (Bartlett). Mus. D.

‘Found in the dense forest.”’— 2. B.

7. M. HELENOR, Cram. Pap. Ex. 1. t. 86. f. A, B (1779).

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. S. G.

8. M. parrocuus, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. v. p. 110.n. 105 (1861).

M. papirius, Hopff. Stett. ent. Zeit. 1874, p. 356.

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. S. G.

Peru (Dr. Staudinger). Mus. D.

Subfamily 5. BrasoLin &, Bates.

Genus OpsipHANEs, Westw.

1. O. cassie, Linn. (Pap. c.) Mus. Ulr. p. 265 (1764).

Valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Mus. 8. G.

2. O. xantuus, Linn. (Pap. z.) l. c. p. 276.

Ucayali (Bartlett).

Genus Carico, Hibn.

1. C. 1npoMENEvs, Linn. (Pap. 7.) Mus. Ulr. p. 213 (1764).

Ucayali (Bartlett). Mus. 8. G.

“In the dense forest.” —H. B.

2. C. EuUPHORBUS, Feld. (Pavonia e.) Wien. ent. Mon. vi. p. 123

(1862).

Ucayali (Bartlett). Mus. 8. G.

3. C. pentina, Druce, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1874, p. 155.

Valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Type, Mus. D.

218 MR. H. DRUCE ON PERUVIAN BUTTERELIES. [Feb. ],

Subfamily 6. Acra#1IN»&, Bates.

Genus AcraA, ak

. A, anreas, Hew. Gen. D. L. t. 18. f. 5 (1848).

a (Dr. Staudinger). Mus. D.

2. A. TERPSINA, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. vi. p. 78. n. 63 (1862).

Valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Mus. 8.G. & D.

3. A. LAvERNA, Doubl. & Hew. Gen. D. L. t. 18. f. 4 (1848).

Huiro, valley of the Santana (HZ. Whitely). Mus. D.

4. A. eriseata, Butl. Cist. Ent. i. p. 170. n. 49 (1873

Valley of Cosnipata (Hf. Whitely). Mus. 8. G.

5. A. mucia, Hopff. Stett. ent. Zeit. 1874, p. 346.

Peru (Dr. Staudinger). Mus. D.

6. A. nicyLuLa, Hopff. l. ¢. p. 346.

Peru (Dr. Staudinger). Mus. D.

7. A. CALLIANIRA, Hibn. Zutr. ex. Schmett. f. 845, p. 846

(1837).

Pozzuzo ( Pearce). Mus. 8. G.

Hiuiro, valley of the Santana (ZZ. ‘Whitely). Mus. D.

8. A. ERINOME, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. v. p. 101 (1861).

Valley of Cosnipata (7. Whitely). Mus. 8. G.

Huasampilla and Hiro, valley of Santana (H. Whitely). Maus. D.

§. A. rapiata, Hew. Ex. Butt. iv. Acrea, t. 6. f. 39-41 (1868).

Valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Mus. D.

10. A. AaBaNA, Hew. Exot. Butt. iv. Acrea, t. 6. f. 35, 36 (1868).

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. S. G.

Subfamily 7. HELICOoNIN«#, Butt.

Genus Hexicontvus, Latr.

1. H. zoperpe, Butt. Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4. vol. ili. p. 18, t. 9.

f. 3 (1869).

Ucayali (Bartlett). Type, Mus. D.

‘Found upon flowers near villages.” —£. B.

2. A. cuyTia, Cram. (Pap.c.) Pap. Exot. i. t. 66. f.C. D (1779).

Ucayali (Bartlett). Mus. D.

3. H. ruea, Cram. (Pap. 7.) Pap. Exot. i. t. 54. f. C, D (1779).

Nauta and Ucayali (Baréleét). Mus. D,

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus, 8. G,

* Found on the banks of rivers, very common.”’-—#. B.

1876. ] MR. H. DRUCE ON PERUVIAN BUTTERFLIES. 219

4. H. pevcapia, Bates, T. L. 8S. xxii. p. 556 (1862).

Yurimaguas (Bartlett). Mus. D.

5. H. peruviana, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. iii. p. 396 (1859).

Peru. Mus. D.

6. H. ports, Linn. (Pap. d.) Mant. Plant. p. 536 (1771).

Santa Cruz (Bartlett). Mus. D.

“Not common.’—Z£. B.

7. H. MELPOMENE, Linn. (Pap. m.) Mus. Ulr. p. 232 (1764).

Valley of Santana (H. fhitely), one specimen only; Ucavali

(Bartlett) ; rare in Peru (£. B.). Mus. D.

8. H. rHeLxtope, Hiibn. Sammi. ex. Schmett. (1806-16).

Upper Ucayali (Bartlett). Mus. S. G.

“* Not common; found about flowers near the villages.””—Z. B.

Y. H. aGuaore, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. vi. p. 79. n. 67 (1862).

Pozzuzo (Pearce) ; Ucayali (Bartlett). Mus. 8. G.

10. H. BARTLETTI, n.sp. (Plate XVIII. fig. 2.)

Upperside (male) black ; anterior wing with the base orange-red,

crossed beyond the middle by a band of light yellow, from the costal

margin to near the outer margin the band is broken and crossed by

the nervules, which are black ; posterior wing black, brownish on the

costal margin, an orange-red streak in the cell, and six between the

abdominal margin and the middle of the wing. Underside as above,

with less red at the base of the anterior wing ; abdomen black, the

sides spotted with yellow. Semale the same as the male, with all

the orange-red markings wider, and a marginal row of small white

spots on the underside of the posterior wing.

Exp. ¢ 22 inches, ? 3 inches.

Santa Cruz (Bartlett). Mas. D.

Valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Mus. S. G.

This species is allied to Xanthocles, Bates, a Demerara species,

but quite distinct.

11. H. esreiua, Bates, Trans. Linn. Soe. xxiii. p. 650 (1862).

Ucayali (Bartlett). Mus. S. G.

12. H. xenocuEa, Hew. Ex. Butt. i. Helic. t. 1. f. 1 (1852).

Peru (Dr. Staudinger). Mus. D.

13. H. revesipue, Doubl. & Hew. Gen. D. L. t. 15. f. 2 (1847).

Huasampilla and Huiro, valley of Santana (1. Whitely). Mus. D.

14. H. arisrona, Hew. Exot. Butt. 1. Helic. t. 1. f. 4 (1852).

Ucayali (Bartlett). Mus. D.

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. S. G.

220 MR. H. DRUCE ON PERUVIAN BUTTERFLIES. [Feb. 1;

15. H. stsypnus, Salv. Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4. vol. vii. p. 413.

Valley of Cosnipata (7. Whitely). Type, Mus. 8. G. & D.

16. H. aurora, Bates, Trans. Linn. Soc. xxii. p. 555 (1862).

Sarayacu, on the Upper Ucayali (Bartlett). Mus. D.

«‘ Rare, found on the footpaths in the forest.’—H. B.

17. H. arcueuxa, Druce, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1874, p. 156.

Yurimaguas (Bartlett). Type, Mus. D.

Genus EverpEs, Hibn.

1. E. nevicontoipes, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. v. p. 102 (1861).

Valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Mus. 8. G.

2. E. unrrascratus, Butl. Syst. Ent. vol. i. p. 169. n. 46 (1873).

Valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Mus. S. G.

3. E. uypia, Fabr. (Pap. 1.) Syst. Ent. p. 460. n. 73 (1775). |

Ucayali (Bartlett). Mus. D.

«‘ Not common ; flies about the villages.”—#. B.

4. E. atipHera, Godt. (Ceth. a.) Enc. Méth. ix. p. 246 (1819).

Santa Cruz, on the Huallaga (Bartlett). Mus. D.

Huiro, valley of Santana (H. Whitely). Mus. D.

«‘ Plentiful about the villages.”—Z. B.

5. E.1saBELLA, Cram. (Pap. 7.) Pap. Ex. iv. t. 350. f. C, D (1782).

Nauta and Upper Ucayali (Bartlett). Mus. D.

Valley of Cosnipata (1. Whitely). Mus. 8. G.

‘* Rare; found about the banks of rivers.’—Z. B.

Subfamily 8. NyMPHALINA, Bates.

Genus Cota@nis, Hubn.

1. C. pipo, Linn. (Pap. d.) Syst. Nat. 1. 2. p. 782 (1767).

Valley of Cosnipata (7. Whitely). Mus. 8. G. & D.

Nauta (Bartlett). Mus. D.

“Not common.’—F. B.

2. C. TELESIPHE, Hew. Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, vol. v. p. 564

(1867).

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. 8. G.

Valley of Cosnipata and Huiro, valley of Santana (H. Whitely).

Mus. D.

3. C. pomrRusa, Linn. (Pap. p.) Mus. Ulr. p. 293 (1764).

Ucayali (Bartlett). Mus. D.

“ Found on flowers about the villages.’—JZ. B.

1876. ] MR. H. DRUCE ON PERUVIAN BUTTERFLIES. 221

4. C. suuia, Fab. (Pap. 7.) Syst. Ent. p. 509 (1775).

Cosnipata valley (HI. Whitely). Mus. 8. G. & D.

Ucayali (Bartlett). Mus. D.

“Common: about the villages and on the mud-banks of the

rivers.’—Z. B.

Genus AGRAUwuLTIs, Boisd.

1. A. suno, Cram. (Pap. 7.) Pap. Exot. iii. 215. f. B, C (1782).

Pozzuzo (Pearce); valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Mus. 8S. G.

Ucayali ( Bartlett). Mus. D.

*“Not common.’’—Z£. B.

2. A. uctna, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. vi. p. 110 (1872).

Yurimaguas (Bartlett). Mus. D.

“Scarce.” —&. B.

3. A. Moneta, Hiibn. Samml. exot. Schmett. (1816-24).

Huiro, valley of Santana (H. Whitely). Mus. D.

4. A. exycera, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. v. p. 102 (1861).

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. S. G.

Genus Eresta, Boisd.

1. E. evepHi#a, Hew. Ex. Butt. iv. p. 102 (1861).

Valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Mus. S. G.

2. E. anzeta, Hew. Ex. Butt. iii. Hres. t. 6. f. 33, 34 (1864).

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. S. G.

3. E. pusriua, Salv. Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. iv. p. 172 (1869).

Valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Mus. S. G.

4. E. pop, Salv. Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. i. p. 146 (1868).

Pozzuzo (Pearce). _ Mus. 8.G. & D.

5. E. tHoMIoLA, Salv. Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, p. 171 (1869).

Valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Mus. 8. G. & D.

6. E. pertiua, Hew. Exot. Butt. i. Hres. t. 1. f. 4 (1852).

Yurimaguas (Bartlett) and valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely).

Mus. D.

7. E. AcR&1NA, Hew. Ex. Butt. iii. Hres. t. 3. f. 15 (1864).

Valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Mus. 8S. G. & D.

8. E. munpinA, n. sp. (Plate XVIII. fig. 4.)

Upperside dark brown ; anterior wing crossed beyond the middle

by a broad red band. Underside: anterior wing, the base black, a

red streak along the costal margin to the end of the cell, and a red

band the same as above, the apex brownish white, crossed by the

222 MR. H. DRUCE ON PERUVIAN BUTTERFLIES. [ Feb. 1,

black nervules ; posterior wing brownish white, all the nervules

black.

Exp. 14 inch.

Huiro, valley of Santana (1H. Whitely). Mus. D.

A most curious species, precisely like Acrea erinome, Feld., with

which the single specimen sent by Mr. Whitely was mixed.

9. E. actrnote, Salv. Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. iv. p. 171

(1869).

Valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Mus. S. G.

10. E. potina, Hew. Exot. Butt. i. Eres. t. 7. f. 6 (1852).

Valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Mus. S. G.

11. Eb. aneusta, Hew. Ex. Butt. iv. Hres. t. 7. f. 58, 59 (1868).

Valley of Cosnipata (17. Whitely). Mus. S. G.

12. E. naupuia, Linn. (Pap. n.) Mus. Ulr. p. 309 (1764).

Nauta (Bartlett). Mus. D.

«Found in the moist parts of the forest.’”—JZ. B.

i3. E. crara, Bates, Journ. Ent. ii. p. 192 (1864).

Ucayali (Bartlett). Mus. 8S. G. & D.

“Found in the moist parts of the forest.””—#. B.

14. E. nana, Druce, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1874, p. 156.

Valley of Cosnipata, and Huiro, valley of Santana (H Whiitely).

Mus. D.

15. E. nussta, n.sp. (Plate XVIII. fig. 5.)

Upperside dark brown ; anterior wing with two white spots, one

on the costal margin near the apex, the other below, nearest the anal

angle ; posterior wing powdered with ochraceous yellow, the outer

margin dentated, and crossed beyond the middle with three ochreous

bands. Underside the same as HL. nana.

Exp. 13 inch.

Pern. Mus. D.

16. E. pearcet, n.sp. (Plate XVIII. fig. 3.)

Upperside dark brown; anterior wing crossed beyond the midéle

from the costal margin to the immer margin by three broken bands

of orange spots; posterior wing crossed in the middle by a wide

orange-coloured band. Underside pale yellow, slightly speckled with

brown.

Exp. 1 inch.

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. S. G.

A beautiful little species, and very distinct from any other.

Genus Sync# tok, Doubl.

S. saunpDERSII, Doubl. & Hew. Gen. D. L. t. 24. f. 2 (1847).

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. S$. G.

1876. | MR. H. DRUCE ON PERUVIAN BUTTERFLIES. 223

Genus Eurema, Doubl.

1. E. KEFERsTEINIT, Doubl. & Hew. Gen. D. L. t. 24. f. 4 (1847).

Valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Mus. 8. G. & D.

2. E. prone, Latr. (Van. d.) Humb. Bonpl. Obs. Zool. i. p. 87,

t. 37. f. 1, 2 (1811-19).

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. S. G.

Valley of Cosnipata, and Huiro, valley of the Santana (7.

Whitely). Mus. D.

Genus JUNONIA, Hiubn.

J. LAVINIA, Cram. (Pap. J.) Pap. Ex. i. t. 21. f. C, D (1775).

Nauta and Ucayali (Bartlett) ; Huiro, valley of Santana (H.

Whitely). Mus. D.

“This species may be found basking in the sun all day long upon

a red flower that grows about the villages and river-banks.”—#. B.

Genus ANARTIA, Hiibn.

1. A. saTROPH, Linn. Mus. Ulr. p. 289 (1764).

Nauta and Upper Ucayali (Bartlett). Mus. 8.G. & D.

“Very common, always to be seen about flowers in open places

the forest.” —F.. B.

2. A. AMALTHEA, Linn. (Pap. a.) Mus. Ulr. p. 288 (1764).

Nauta and Yurimaguas (Bartlett). Mus. D.

“Very common.” —JE. B.

Genus Cyspe tis, Boisd.

1. C. prorma, Hew. Exot. Butt. i. Cydd. t. 2. f. 8, 9 (1852).

Valley of Cosnipata (7. Whitely). Mus:s1):

Huiro, valley of Santana (H. Whitely). Mus. D.

2. C. cecrpa, Hew. Ex. Butt. iv. Cydd. t. 4. f. 26, 27 (1869).

Lima. Mus. D.

3. C. wHiretyt, Butl. Ann. Nat. Hist. 1873, xii. p. 226.

Huasampilla (7. Whitely). Mus. D.

4, C. THRASYLLA, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. iii. p. 397 (1859).

Huasampilla (H. Whitely). Mus. D.

Genus Eunica, Hiibn.

1. E. myaponra, Godt. (Nymph. m.) Enc. Méth. ix. p. 416

(1823).

Nauta (Bartlett). Mus. D.

Cosnipata valley (47. Whitely). Mus. D.

“Found about the banks of rivers.” —Z. B.

2. E. trrnonra, Feld. (Faunia t.) Reise Noy. Lep. iii. pp. 407,

613, t. 52. f. 6-8 (1867).

Chyabetes (Bartlett). Mus. D.

224 MR. H. DRUCE ON PERUVIAN BUTTERFLIES. [Feb. 1,

3. E. crnara Hew. (Cyédd. c.) Exot. Butt. i. Cydd. t. 1. f. 2

(1852).

Santa Cruz and Huallaga (Bartlett). Mus. D.

Valley of Cosnipata (7. Whitely). Mus. S. G.

4. E. ceuma, Hew. (Cybd. c.) Exot. Butt. i. Cydd. t. 1. f. 3

(1852).

Huallaga (Bartlett). Mus. 8. G.

Found on the forest footpaths near the river.

5. E. pecurna, Hew, (Cyéd. 6.) Exot. Butt. i. Cydd. t. 2. f. 10

(1852).

Valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Mus. S. G.

6. E. EveGans, Salv. Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. iv. p. 173

(1869).

Valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Mus. S. G. & D.

7. E. cartas, Hew. (Cydd. c.) Exot. Butt. i. Cydd. t. 3. f. 21, 22

(1857).

Valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Mus. S. G. & D.

8. E. TeENEBROSA, Salv. Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. iv. p. 173

(1869).

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. S. G.

9. E. pruNnNEA, Salv. Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. iv. p. 174

(1869).

Valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Mus. 8. G. & E.

10. E. caratis, Hew. (Pap. c.) Exot. Butt. 11. Cydd. t. 3. f. 18,

19 (1857).

Valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Mus. 8. G.

11. E. cuyt1a, Hew. (Cyéd. c.) Exot. Butt. i. Cyéd. t. 1. f. 5, 6

(1852).

Valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Mus. 8. G. & D.

12. E. orpHtsE, Cram. (Pap. o.) Pap. Ex. i. t. 42. f. E, F (1776).

Valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Mus. S. G.

13. E. pomona, Feld. (Faun. p.) Reise Nov. Lep. iii. p. 407,

t. 52. f. 11, 12 (1867).

Valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Mus. $. G.

14. E. surora, Cram. (Pap. e.) Pap. Ex. ii. t. 136. f.C, D (1775).

Huallaga (Bartlett). Mus. S. G.

15. E. amewiA, Cram. (Pap. a.) Pap. Exot. ii. t. 136. f. B, C

(1779).

Huallaga (Bartlett). Mus. S$. G.

1876. | MR. H. DRUCE ON PERUVIAN BUTTERFLIES. 225

16. E. norica, Hew. (Cyéd. n.) Exot. Butt. i. Cydd. t. 2. f. 13

(1852).

Valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Mus. S. G. & D.

17. E. cotorocHroa, Salv. Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. iv. p. 172

(1869).

Valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Mus. S. G.

“The species of this genus are found about the mud-banks of

rivers and open forest-streams, also on the footpaths in the forest

and near villages.’ —. B.

Genus Epresrie, Doubl.

1. E. puis, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. v. p. 105 (1861).

Pozzuzo (Pearce) ; valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Mus. 8. G.

2. E. prampetuusa, Doubl. & Hew. Gen. D. L. t. 27. f. 3 (1848).

Valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Mus. S. G.

Genus Eprcauia, West.

E. numinia, Cr. (Pap. n.) Pap. Exot. ii. t. 81. f. E, F (1779).

Pozzuzv (Pearce); valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Mus. 8S. G.

Genus Tements, Hiibn.

1. T. ARIADNE, Cram. (Pap. a.) Pap. Exot. ii. t. 180. f. E, F (1779).

Ucayali (Bartlett) ; Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. S. G.

Chyavetos (Bartlett). Mus. D.

“Found upon leaves and flowers in the footpaths of the dense

forest.” —E. B.

2. T. putcura, Hew. (Paromia p.) Exot. Butt. 11. Epiphile, t. 2.

f. 1,2; (1861):

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. S. G.

The specimens of this species from Pozzuzo differ much from the

typical form by not having the black band on the underside of the

anterior wing, its larger size, and brighter colour. [I at first thought

it a distinct species ; but upon comparison with the specimens in the

British Museum, I find that they have a specimen clearly interme-

diate between the two forms.

Genus Evsaets, Boisd.

1. E. mon, Doubl. & Hew. Gen. D. L. t. 30. f. 1 (1849).

Yurimaguas (Bartlett). Mus. D.

2. E. GIseLLa, Hew. Exot. Butt. ii. Hud. t. 11. f. 11, 12 (1859).

Yurimaguas (Bartlett) ; valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely).

Mus. D.

3. E. rnes, Godt. (Nymphalis t.) Ene. Méth. ix. p. 421 (1823).

Huiro, valley of Santana (H. Whitely). Mus. D.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1876, No. XV. 15

226 MR. H. DRUCE ON PERUVIAN BUTTERFLIES. [Feb. 1,

4. KE. serina, Fabr. (Pap. s.) Syst. Ent. p. 497 (1775).

Ucayali (Bartlett). Mus. S. G.

5. E. saupensa, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. vi. p. 113 (1862).

Pozzuzo (Pearce); valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Mus. 8. G.

6. E. racipua, Hew. Exot. Butt. i. Hud. t. 1. f. 2, 3 (1852).

Ucayali (Bartlett). Mus. S. G.

“The species of this genus are always to be seen flying about the

river-banks feeding upon rotten fruit” &c.— LH. B.

Genus CALuicoreE, Hiibn.

1. C. rLurna, Hew. (Café. e.) Ex. Butt. i. t. 4. f. 30, 31 (1854).

Huasampilla, and Huiro, valley of Santana (H. Whitely).

Mus. D.

2. C. coyMEeNA, Cram. (Pap.c.) Pap. Ex. i. t. 24. f. E, F (1775).

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. 8. G.

Ucayali (Bartlet?). Mus. D.

“Found on the mud-banks of the rivers upon decayed fruit.” —

E. B

3. C. NneGLECTA, Saly. Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. iv. p. 176

(1869).

Pozzuzo (Pearce); valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Mus. 8. G.

4. C. rrpwina, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. vi. p. 114 (1862).

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. 8. G.

Valley of Cosnipata (Hf. Whitely). Mus. D.

Genus PerisamMa, Doubl.

1. P. oppetu, Latr. (Lrycina o.) Humb. Bonpl. Obs. Zool. i.

p. 237, t. 24. f. 1, 5 (18112).

Valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Mus. D.

2. P.xantuica, Hew. (Caé. x.) Exot. Butt. iv. Cat. t. 11. f. 75,

76 (1868).

Peru (Dr. Staudinger). Mus. D.

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. S. G.

3. P. morona, Hew. (Cat. m.) Ex. Butt. iv. Cat. t. 12. f. 93, 94

(1868).

Huasampilla (7. Whitely). Mus. D.

Valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Mus. S. G.

4. P. nreara, Salv. Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. iv. p. 175 (1869).

Valley of Cosnipata, and Huiro, valley of Santana (2. Whitely).

Mus. D.

1876. | MR. H. DRUCE ON PERUVIAN BUTTERFLIES. 227

5. P. vaninka, Hew. (Cat. v.) Ex. Butt. i. Cat. t. 4. f. 32, 33

(1854).

Valley of Cosnipata and valley of Santana (HZ. Whitely).

Mus. 8. G. & D.

6. P. suRINEI, Guenée, Lépid. du Mus. de Genéve, p. 28. n. 36,

1) ed tess ig

Valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Mus. D.

7. P. canoma, Druce, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1874, p. 156.

Huasampilla (H. Whitely). Type, Mus. D.

Valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Mus. 8. G.

8. P. rHopopTERA, Butl. Cist. Ent. vol. i. p. 162 (1873).

Huiro, valley of Santana (H. Whitely). Mus. D.

9. P. came ira, Hew. (Cat. c.) Exot. Butt. vol. v. Caé. t. 13.

f. 99, 100 (1876).

Huiro, valley of Santana (H. Whitely). Mus. D.

10. P. comnena, Hew. (Cat. c.) Exot. Butt. iv. Cat. t. 2. f. 77,

78 (1868).

Valley of Cosnipata and Huasampilla (H. Wihitely). Mus. D.

11. P. ocuriPennis, Butl. Cist. Ent. i. p. 161 (1873).

Huasampilla and valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely).

Mus. 8. G. & D.

12. P. rristrigosa, Butl. Syst. Ent. vol. i. p. 161 (1873).

Valley of Cosnipata (1. Whitely). Mus. D. & S. G.

Huiro, valley of Santana (17. Whitely). Mus. D.

13. P. cHaseBa, Hew. (Cat. c.) Exot. Butt. Caé. t. 5. f. 34, 35

(1855).

Valley of Cosnipata, and Huiro, valley of Santana (H. Wihitely).

Mus. D.

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. 8. G.

14. P. canamis, Hew. (Cyéd. c.) Exot. Butt. iv. Cyd. t. 4. f. 23,

24 (1869).

Valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Mus, 8.G. & D.

Genus CaTAGRAMMA, Boisd.

1. C. zeina, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. v. p. 107 (1861).

Valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Mus. 8. G. & D.

2. C. zeLPHANTA, Hew. Ex. Butt. ii. Cat. t. 8. f. 58, 59 (1858).

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. S. G.

228 MR. H. DRUCE ON PERUVIAN BUTTERFLIFS. [| Feb. 1},

3. C. pasirHea, Hew. Exot. Butt. iti. Cat. t. 10. f. 73,74 (1864).

Ucayali (Bartlett) ; Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. 8. G.

Valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Mus. D.

4. C. retpent, Hew. Exot. Butt. iii. Cat. t. 10. f. 68, 69 (1874);

N. Cat. t. 12. f. 96 (1868):

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. 8. G.

5. C. Excetsior, Hew. Exot. Butt. ii. Cat. t. 7. f. 49, 50, t. 9.

f. 64 (1858).

Peru. Mus. D.

6. C.. peristera, Hew. Exot. Butt. i. Cat. t. 2. f. 15-17 (1853).

fluallaga (Bartlett) ; Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. S. G.

7. C. conosura, Doubl. & Hew. Gen. D. L. t. 28. f. 2 (1847).

Peru. Mus. D.

Genus CauuirHeEa, Boisd.

1. C. peganpu, Hew. Exot. Butt. ii. Call. t. 2. f. 6-8 (1858).

Ucayali (Bartlett). Mus. D.

2. C. wuHiTE yi, Salvin, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. iv. p. 179

(1869).

Valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Mus. 8S. G. & D.

Huasampilla (H. Whitely). Mus. D.

3. C, pepursett, Feld. (Cyane, d.) Wien. ent. Mon. v. 107 (1861).

Valley of Cosnipata (1. Whitely). Mus. 8. G. & D.

4. C. optima, Butl. Lep. Ex. i. p. 12, t. 5. f..1, 2 (1869).

Santa Cruz (Bartlett). Mus. D. & S. G.

*«'The species of this genus are found associating with Catagramma

upon the mud-banks of the rivers, feeding upon rotten fruit’? &e.—

EL. B.

Genus Catiizona, Doubl.

C. rutvescens, Butl. Cist. Ent. vol. i. p. 162 (1873).

Pozzuzo ( Pearce). Mus. S. G.

Genus Panpora, Westw.

1. P. proua, Doubl. & Hew. Gen. D. L. t. 43. f. 5 (1850).

Valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Mus. S. G.

Chamicuros (Bartlett). Mus. D.

2. P. reGrna, Bates, Journ. Ent. ii. p. 213 (1864).

Pozzuzo (Pearce), and valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely).

Mus. S. G.

Ucayali (Bartlett). Mus. D.

“ These beautiful Butterflies delight in sitting flat against the walls

of houses and on the steep clay banks of the rivers; they were very

abundant.’’—#. B.

1876. ] MR. H. DRUCE ON PERUVIAN BUTTERFLIES. 229

Genus Gynvecia, Doubl.

G. pirce, Linn. (Pap. d.) Mus. Ulr. p. 287 (1764).

Ucayali (Bartlett). Mus. D.

‘Found on the forest footpaths about the leaves of bushes and

flowers.’—L. B.

Genus AGERONIA, Hiibn.

1. A. cHio8, Stoll (Pap. c.) Supp. Cram. t. 5. f. 1, la (1787).

Ucayali (Bartlett). Mus. 8. G.

2. A. FERENTINA, Godt. (Nymp.f.) Enc. Méth. ix. p. 428 (1823).

Huiro, valley of Santana (H. Whitely). Mus. D.

3. A. FERONIA, Linn. (Pap. f.) Mus. Ulr. p. 283 (1764).

Ucayali (Bartlett). Mus. D.

4. A. vornax, Hubn. Samml. ex. Schmett. (1816-24); Doubl.

Hew. Gen. D. L. t. 10. f. 1 (1847).

Valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Mus. 8. G.

5. A. AMPHINOME, Linn. (Pap. a.) Syst. Nat. i. 2. p. 779 (1767).

Valley of Cosnipata (1. Whitely). Mus. 8.G. & D.

** The species of this genus are found on the bark of the trees which

are covered with grey moss, to which they assimilate, usually near

villages on the forest foot-paths.’—Z. B.

Genus Diponts, Fabr.

1. D. acanisa, Boisd. Sp. Gén. i. t. 9. f. 7 (1836).

Ucayali (Bartlett). Mus. S. G.

2. D. srsxis, Fabr. (Pap. 6.) Syst. Ent. p. 505 (1775).

Ucayali (Bartleét). Mus. D.

Genus Oxina, Westw.

O. ozeca, Doubl. & Hew. Gen. D. L. p. 407, t. 31. f. 31 (1848).

Valley of Cosnipata (Hl. Whitely). Mus. S. G.

Genus PyrrHuoGyra, Hibn.

1. P. Nemrea, Linn. (Pap. n.) Mus. Ulr. p. 297 (1764).

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. S. G.

Valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Mus. D.

2. P. uysantas, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. vi. p. 115 (1862).

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. S. G.

Genus Timetes, Westw.

1. T. coresta, Godt. (Nymph. c.) Enc. Méth. ix. ». 359 (1823).

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. 8. G.

Valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Mus. D.

230 MR. H. DRUCE ON PERUVIAN BUTTERFLIES. — [Feb. 1,

2. T. norica, Hew. Exot. Butt. i. Tim. t. 1. f. 3, 4 (1852).

Ucayali (Bartlett). Mus. 8. G. & D.

3. T. EGINA, Bates, Journ. Ent. ii. p. 329, t. 10. f. 1 (1865).

Ucayali (Bartlett). Mus. D.

4. T. rureina, Hew. Exot. Butt. i. Tim. t. 1. f. 5 (1852).

Santa Cruz (Bartlett). Mus. S. G.

Yurimaguas (Bartlett). Mus. D.

5. T. yrvrus, Kirb. (7. berania, Hew.) Exot. Butt. i. t. 1. f. 2

(1852) ; Staud. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. 1875, p. 104.

Valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Mus. S. G.

6. T. creTHON, Fabr. (Pap. c.) Gen. Ins. p. 252 (1777).

Ucayali (Bartlett). Mus. D.

Valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Mus. S. G.

7. 'T. contnna, Latr. (Van. c.) Humb. Bonpl. Obs. Zool. ii. p. 84,

t. 36. f. 5, 6 (1819).

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. S. G.

Huiro, valley of Santana (H. ‘Whitely). Mus. D.

8. T. MARCELLA, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. v. p. 108 (1861).

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. S. G.

9. T. HERMIONE, Feld. U. c. p. 97.

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. S. G.

Ucayali (Bartlett). Mus. 8. G. & D.

«One or other species of this genus was to be found in nearly all

the localities I visited, on the mud-banks of the rivers and streams,

feeding upon decayed fruit”? &e.— LH. B.

Genus Vicrorina, Blanch.

1. V. stenEeEs, Linn. (Pap. s.) Mus. Ulr. p. 218 (1764).

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. 8. G.

2. V. epapuus, Latr. (Van. e.) Humb. & Bonpl. Obs. Zool. ii.

p. 74, t. 35. f. 3,4 (1811-19).

Valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely) ; Yurimaguas (Bartlet?).

Mus. D.

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. 8.G.

«* Found on the mud-banks.”’—Z. B.

3. V. sutpiria, Cram. (Pap. s.) Pap. Exot. iv. t. 328, f. A, B

(1782).

Pozzuzo (Pearce); valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Mus.8.G.

Nauta (Bartlett). Mus. D.

“Found about the footpaths of the forest on the leaves of bushes ”’

&e—E. B.

1876. | MR. H. DRUCE ON PERUVIAN BUTTERFLIES. 2:

WwW

—_—

Genus HeTeRocHROA, Boisd.

1. H. resicya, Linn. (Pap. ¢.) Mus. Ulr. p. 311 (1764).

Nauta and Yurimaguas (Bartlett). Mus. D.

2. H. cALLIPHICLEA, Butl. Cat. Fabr. p. 58. n. 5 (1870).

Valley of Cosnipata (1. Whitely). Mus. 8. G.

Differs slightly from the type in the orange spot above.

3. H. erosia, Hew. Ann. Nat. Hist. xx. p. 259, t. 20. f. 3(1847).

Yurimaguas ( Bartlett). Mus. D.

Pozzuzo (Pearce), and valley of Cosnipata (1. Whitely).

Mus. 8. G.

4. H. ximena, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. vi. p. 116 (1862).

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. 8. G.

5. H. arrcra, Hew. Ann. Nat. Hist. xx. p. 263, t. 21. f. 11 (1847).

Valley of Cosnipata (17. Whitely). Mus. D.

6. H. cyruerea, Linn. (Pap. ec.) Mus. Ulr. p. 305 (1764).

Ucayali and Yurimaguas (Bartlett). Mus. 8.G. & D.

7. H. sporeas, Butl. P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 668. f. 2.

Valley of Cosnipata (1. Whitely). Mus. D.

8. H. auaua, Hew. Ann. Nat. Hist. xx. p. 261, t. 21. f. 8 (1847).

Valley of Cosnipata (7. Whitely). Mus. 8. G. & D.

Huiro, valley of Santana (7. Whitely). Mus. D.

9. H. rizona, Feld. Reise Nov. Lep. i. p. 424 (1867).

Valley of Cosnipata (1. Whitely). Mus. 8. G.

10. H. uara, Hew. Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, vol. vi. p. 437, t. 9.

f. 8 (1850).

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. 8. G.

11. H. mesentina, Cram. (Pap. m.) Pap. Ex. 11. t. 162. f. B, C

(1779).

Huallaga (Bartlett). Mus. §. G.

«These Butterflies I found on the leaves and flowers in the foot-

paths of the dense forest.—Z. B.

Genus Apatura, Fabr.

1. A. cyang, Latr. (Nymph. ce.) Humb. Bonpl. Obs. Zool. ii. p. 82,

t. 36. f. 3, 4 (1811-23).

Pozzuzo (Pearce), and valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely).

Mus. S$. G.

2. A. pavonit, Latr. (Nymp. p.) Humb. Bonpl. Obs. Zool. i. p.

197, t. 18. f. 34 (18112).

Nauta (Bartlett). Mus. D.

« Found on the walls of houses and bushes in villages.”"—F. B.

232 MR. H, DRUCE ON PERUVIAN BUTTERFLIES. [Feb. 1,

3. A. AGATHINA, Cram. (Pap. a.) Pap. Exot. ii. t. 167. f. E, F

(1782).

Ucayali (Bartlett). Mus. S. G.

Valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Mus. D.

“Found about the villages and plantations of plantains, on the

ripe fruit and decayed vegetable matter.” —E. B.

4. A. nxis, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. v. p. 109. n. 100 (1861).

Pozzuzo (Pearce), and valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely).

Mus. 8S. G.

Huasampilla (1. Whitely). Mus. D.

5. A. secina, Bates, Journ. Ent. ii. p. 334. n. 139 (1865).

Sarayacu (Bartlett). Mus. D.

« Very rare, found about the villages.” —F. B.

6. A. uinpa, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. vi. p. 117. n. 119 (1862).

Valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Mus. 8. G.

7. A. GRisELDis, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. vi. p. 117. n. 120 (1862).

Nauta and Sarayacu (Bartlett). Mus. D.

8. A. Lucasi1, Doubl. & Hew. Gen. D. L. t. 45. f. 2 (1850).

Huasampilla (17. IV hitely). Mus. D.

9. A. cHeRuTINA, Feld, Reise Nov. Lep. iii. p. 435 (1867).

Pozzuzo ( Pearce), and valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely).

Mus. S. G.

10. A. navinta, Butl. (Chlorippel.) P. Z.S. 1866, p. 39, t. 3. f.1,

Valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Mus. 8. G._& D.

11. A. zunitpa, Godt. (Nymp. z.) Enc. Meth. ix. p. 377 (1823).

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. S. G.

“The species of this genus prefer the villages on account of the

different kinds of fruit that are cultivated in and about them, also for

the refuse which the Indians throw away.”— L. B.

Genus AGANIsSTHOs, Boisd.

1. A. ox1on, Fabr. (Pap. o.) Syst. Ent. p. 485 (1775).

Chyavitas (Bartlett). Mus. D.

Valley of Cosnipata. Mus. 8. G. & D.

“About the borders of the dense forest.”—#. B.

2. A. acuERontTa, Fabr. (Pap. a.) Syst. Ent. p. 501 (1775).

Nauta (Bartlett). Mus. D,

Valley of Cosnipata (7. Whitely). Mus. S$. G.

‘Very common, in some places on the mud-banks I found these

insects in patches of hundreds together, feeding upon the rotten

fruit” &e.—#. B.

1876. | MR. H. DRUCE ON PERUVIAN BUTTERFLIES. 233

Genus Prerona, Boisd.

1. P. pazRTEs, Hiibn. Samm. ex. Schmett. (1806-16).

Valley of Cosnipata (7. Whitely). Mus. 8. G.

2. P. MEANDER, Cram. (Pap. m.) Pap. Exot.i. t.12.f.A, B(1775).

Chamicuras (Bartlett). Mus. D.

«Very rare, found in the forest footpaths.”—F. B.

3. P. pycomeEpaAs, Cram. (Pap. l.) Pap. Ex. i. t. 158. f. D (1779).

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. 8. G.

4. P. praneste, Hew. Exot. Butt. ii. Prep. t. 2. f. 7, 8 (1859).

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. 8. G.

Genus Acrias, Doubl.

A. SARDANAPALUS, Bates, Proc. Ent. Soc. ser. 2, vol. v. p. 111

(1860).

Valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Mus. 8. G.

Peru (Dr. Staudinger). Mus. D. ~

Genus Smyrna, Hubn.

S. BLOMFIELDIA, Fabr. (Pap. 6.) Spec. Ins. i. p. 84 (1781).

Valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Mus. S. G.

Genus Mraistanis, Westw.

1. M. saworvus, Doubl. Hew. Gen. D. L. t. 48. f. 2 (1850).

Valley of Cosnipata (4. Whitely). Mus. 8. G. & D.

2. M. pevcaxion, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. iv. p. 238 (1860).

Chamicuras (Bartlett). Mus. D.

** Plentiful about mud-banks.”—Z, B.

Genus Hypna, Hiibn.

H. clyTeMNEsTRA, Cram. (Pap. c.) Pap. Exot. ii. t. 137. f. AB

(1779), iv. t. 364. f. A, B.

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. 8. G.

Genus Paputa, Fabr.

1. P. EURYPHYLE, Feld. (Wymp. e.) Wien. ent. Mon. vi. p. 119

(1862).

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. D.

2. P. puipite, Hiibn. Zutr. exot. Schmett. f. 905, 906 (1837).

Ucayali (Bartlett). Mus. D.

‘© Found about the river-banks and villages.” —E. B.

3. P. eryTHEMA, Bates, Journ. Ent. ii. p. 8342 (1865).

Valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Mus. S. G.

234 MR. H. DRUCE ON PERUVIAN BUTTERFLIES. [Feb. 1,

4. P. curysopHana, Bates, Ent. Mo. Mag. ili. p. 152 (1866).

Yurimaguas (Bartlett). Mus. D.

5. P. nessus, Latr. (Nymp. n.) Humb. Bonp. Obs. Zool. ii. p. 76,

¢: 85, £. 5, 6 (1811-23).

Valley of Cosnipata (1. Whitely). Mus. 8. G. & D.

6. P. ryrtAntTuHINa, Salv. & Godm. Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. ii.

p. 148. n. 17 (1868).

Huasampilla (47. Whitely). Mus. D.

7. P. Guycertum, Doubl. & Hew. Gen. D. L. t. 50. f. 1 (1850).

Nauta (Bartlett). Mus. D.

8. P. xenocLes, Westw. Gen. D. L. p. 319. n. 11, note (1850).

Huasampilla (47. Whitely). Mus. D.

9. P. xENocRATES, Westw. J. c. n. 13.

Valley of Cosnipata (1. Whitely). Mus. 8. G. & D.

10. P. morvus, Fabr. (Pap. m.) Syst. Ent. p. 484 (1775).

Nauta (Bartlett). Mus. D.

11. P. Guauce, Feld. (Nymp. g.) Wien. ent. Mon. vi. p. 119

(1862).

Valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Mus. 8S. G. & D.

12. P. pHantes, Hoff. Stett. ent. Zeit. 1874, p. 353. n. 57.

Peru (Dr. Staudinger). Mus. D.

A very distinct species.

13. P. auperta, n. sp. (Plate XVIII. fig. 6.)

Upperside blue-black ; anterior wing with the base, a large spot

crossing the wing at the apex, and two smaller spots near the anal

angle, greyish blue; posterior wing thickly irrorated with greyish

blue. Underside glossy brown, thickly speckled with dark and light

brown markings.

Exp. 24 inches.

Peru. Mus. D.

14. P. cyanea, Salv. & Godm. Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. ii. p.

148 (1868).

Valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Mus. S. G,

15. P. appras, Hitbn. (Cor. a.) Samml. exot. Schmett. (1816-41).

Ucayali (Bartlett). Mus. 8S. G.

“The species of this genus are generally found about the river-

banks, near villages and forest-streams.”—JZ. B.

1876. | MR. H. DRUCE ON PERUVIAN BUTTERFLIES. 235

Genus S1pERONE, Hiibn.

S. raepars, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. vi. p. 422 (1862).

Valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Mus. S. G.

The specimen differs slightly from Felder’s type by having the red

band of the posterior wing broken into spots.

Genus Proroconivus, Hiibn.

P. cecrors, Doubl., var. zquatTortauis, Butl. P. Z. 8. 1875,

p: 39; pl. v. f. 1.

Valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Mus. S. G.

The specimen differs from the variety named by Mr. Butler by

wanting the yellow spots near the outer margin of the anterior wing,

and would, without doubt, be considered a distinct species by some ;

but I should be very sorry to describe it, not having yet seen any

two specimens alike.

Family 1. LEMONIIDZE.

Subfamily 1. LipyTHEIN 4, Bates.

Genus Lisyruea, Fabr.

L. CARINENTA, Cram. (Pap. c.) Pap. Exot. i. t. 108. f. K, F

(1782).

Ucayali (Bartlett). Mus. D.

** Found in the forest footpaths.” —F. B.

Family IIl. ERYCINIDA.

Subfamily 1. Nemeosrin 2, Bates.

Genus Eurysra, Hiibn.

1. E. sAtome, Cram. (Pap. s.) Pap. Exot. i.t. 12. f. G, H (1775).

Ucayali (Bartlett). Mus. S.

2. E. parpus, Fabr. (Pap. d.) Mant. Ins. ii. p. 30 (1787).

Nauta and Lower Ucayali (Bartlett). Mus. D.

‘““Common in the dense forest upon dead leaves and rubbish.” —

E. B.

3. E. ponna, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. vi. p. 410 (1862).

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. S. G.

The specimen from Peru differs slightly in the width of the red

of the posterior wing, and the black spots being smaller than they

are ia the Bogota specimens in my collection.

4, E. uamra, Cram. (Pap. U.) Pap. Exot. ii. t. 150. f.C (1779).

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. S. G.

5. E. watimepe, Hiibn. (Lim. subt. h.) Samml. ex. Schmett.

(1806-16).

Ucayali (Bartlett). Mus. 8. G.

236 MR. H. DRUCE ON PERUVIAN BUTTERFLIES. [Feb. 1,

Genus Mrsosemia, Hibn.

1. M. uurica, Cram. (Pap. u.) Pap. Exot. ii. t. 100. f. E, F (1782).

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. S. G.

Nauta (Bartlett). Mus. D.

« Found in the forest footpaths.” —Z. B.

2. M. supicauis, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1874, p. 430.

Ucayali (Bartlett). Type, Mus. D.

Subfamily 2. EuryGonina&, Bates.

Genus Evrycona, Boisd.

E. evrycuus, Hew. Exot. Butt. t. 5. f. 44-46 (1856).

Eucayali (Bartlett) ; Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. S. G.

“Tn the dense forest.” —. B.

Subfamily 3. Eryc1n1n4&, Bates.

Genus THERMONE, Westw.

T. pats, Hiibn. (Zeluo p.) Samml. ex. Schmett. (1816-41).

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. 8. G.

Genus NoruEeMe, Westw.

N. eumevus, Fabr. (Pap. e.) Spec. Ins. ii. p. 63 (1781).

Nauta (Bartlett). Mus. D.

Genus Panara, Westw.

P. pHEREcLUuS, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. 2. pp. 792, 248 (1767).

Ucayali (Bartleti). Mus. 8. G.

Genus Lymnas, Blanch.

L. zorca, Hew. Exot. Butt. i. Lim. t. 1. f. 2 (1852).

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. 8. G.

This species varies much in the width of the orange border of the

hind wings.

Genus LyropTreryx, Westw.

L. APppoLLONIA, Westw. Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 433. n. 1, note, t. 72.

f. Ua(i8a4)):

Valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Mus. D. & 8. G.

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. S$. G.

Genus Necyria, Westw.

1. N. saunpersut, Hew. (Hryc. s.) Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 2, ii.

p. 245, t. 22. f. 1 (1854).

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. 8. G.

1876. | MR. H. DRUCE ON PERUVIAN BUTTERFLIES. 237

2. N. wHITetyAna, Druce, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1874, p. 159.

Huasampilla (7. Whitely). Type, Mus. D.

Valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely). 74) MasnS*G:

Genus Erycrna, Fab.

1. E. mextirspaus, Fabr. (Pap. m.) Gen. Ins. p. 271 (1777).

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. S. G.

Yurimaguas (Bartlett). Mus. D.

“On mud-banks and forest footpaths.””—Z. B.

2. E. auLestes, Cram. (Pap. a.) Pap. Exot. ii. t. 128.f.@ (1779).

Ucayali (Bartlett). Mus. 8. G.

3. E. corusra, Saund. Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 2, v. p. 103, t. 11.

fel 2859).

Valley of the Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Mus. S. G,

Genus Droruina, Morisse.

1. D. PERIANDER, Cram. (Pap. p.) Pap. Exot. ii. t. 188. f. C

(i779):

Valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Mus. 8. G.

Ucayali (Bartlett). Mus. D.

‘*On mud-banks and forest footpaths.” —JZ. B.

2. D. psecas, Saund. Trans. Ent. Soc. v. p. 219, t. 20. f. 4, 4a

(1849).

Ucayali (Bartlett). Mus. D.

Genus ZEONIA, Swains.

Z. SYLPHINA, Bates, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool. ix. p. 383 (1868).

Valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Mus. 8. G. & D.

Differs from the type in having the crimson streak along the

abdominal margin bright orange.

Genus Irnomets, Bates.

I. mimica, Bates, Trans. Linn. Soc. xxii. p. 542, note, n. 4

(1862). °

Sarayacu (Bartlett). Mus. S. G.

Genus CHAM £uIMNas, Feld.

C. prrona, Bates, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool. ix. p. 379 (1868).

Ucayali (Bartlett). Mus. D.

“ Forest footpaths.’ —E. B.

Genus Orest1A, Feld.

O. virua, Hew. (Limnas v.) Exot. Butt. i. Lim. t. 1. f. 5 (1852).

Yurimaguas (Bartlett). Mus. D.

«Forest footpaths.” —E£. B.

238 MR. H. DRUCE ON PERUVIAN BUTTERFLIES. [Feb. 1,

Genus SisEME, Westw.

1. S. patuas, Latr. (Zryc. p.) Humb. Bonpl. Obs. Zool. 1. p. 244,

t. 24. f. 5, 6 (18112). ;

Huasampilla (H. Whitely). Mus. D.

2. S. caupALts, Bates, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool. ix. p. 384 (1868).

Huasampilla, and Huiro, valley of the Santana (H. Whitely).

Mus. D.

3. S. LuciLius, Hopff. Stett. ent. Zeit. 1874, p. 363.

Huiro, valley of the Santana (H. Whitely). Mus. D.

A very distinct species.

4. S. miuiraris, Hopff. (Lasaia m.) Stett. ent. Zeit. 1874,

p. 365.

S. leculenta, Erschoff.

Peru (Dr. Staudiger). Mus. D.

A beautiful species, and very distinct from any that I am acquainted

with.

Genus Rropina, Westw.

R. tysrppus, Linn. (Pap. l.) Mus. Ul. p. 332 (1764).

Ucayali (Bartlett). Mus. D.

Genus AMARYNTHIS, Hiibn.

A. MENERIA, Cram. (Pap. m.) Pap. Exot. 1. t. 94. f. D, E

(1779):

Huallaga and Ucayali (Bartlett); Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. S. G.

Nauta (Bartlett). Mus. D.

Genus ANTEROS, Hubn.

A. BRACTEATA, Hew. Exot. Butt. i. Ané. t. 1. f. 11, 12 (1867).

Ucayali (Bartlett). Mus. 8. G.

Genus Emesis, Fabr.

E. ManpanA, Cram. (Pap. m.) Pap. Exot. ii. t. 271. f. E, F

(1782).

Pozzuzo (Pearce); valley of the Cosnipata (H. Whitely).

Mus. 8. G.

Genus Cuaris, Hibn.

C. cazctas, Hew. Exot. Butt. iii. Char. t. 1. f. 2 (1866).

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. S. G.

Genus Baoris, Hiibn.

B. pacanis, Hew. Exot. Butt. v. Hrycinide, Boot. f. 1 (1874).

Valley of the Cosnipata (HZ. Wiitely). Mus. S. G.

Huiro, valley of the Santana (17. Whitely). Mus. D.

1876.] MR. H. DRUCE ON PERUVIAN BUTTERFLIES. 239

Genus Lasata, Bates.

L. merits, Cram. (Pap. m.) Pap. Exot. iv. t. 366. f. B, C (1782).

Valley of the Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Mus. S. G.

Nauta and Yurimaguas (Bartlett). Mus. D.

“Common about the banks of rivers and villages.”’—£. B.

Genus Nympuipium, Fabr.

1. N. carica, Linn. (Pap. ec.) Mus. Ulr. p. 324 (1764).

Ucayali (Bartlett). Mus. 8. G.

2. N. ascouia, Hew. Exot. Butt. i. Nymph. t. 1. f. 4 (1852).

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. S. G.

3. N. mevope, Hibn. (Lim. subt. m.) Samml. ex. Schmett.

(1806-1816).

Ucayali (Bartlett). Mus. D.

** Frequents the forest footpaths.”’—E£. B.

Genus Uranets, Bates.

U. ayarina, Butl. Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool. ix. p. 225, t. 6.

. 26 (1867).

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. 8. G.

Genus Statacutis, Hiibn.

1. S. pavecia, Cram. (Pap. p.) Pap. Exot. iii. t. 197. f. F, t. 236.

fa Cal 782).

Ucayali (Bartlett). Mus. 8. G.

2. S. cauyiope, Linn. (Pap. c.) Mus. Ulr. p. 223 (1764).

Ucayali (Bartlett). Mus. S. G.

3. 8S. eurEeRPE, Linn. (Pap. e.) Mus. Ulr. p. 226 (1764).

Nauta and Upper Ucayali (Bartlett). Mus. 8. G. & D.

“‘ All the species of Stalachtis are found on the forest footpaths.”

—E. B.

Family IV. LYCANIDA, Steph.

Genus Lycana, Fabr.

1. L. wanno, Stoll (Pap. h.) Suppl. Cram. t. 39. f. 2, 2 B

(1790).

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. S. G.

2. L. —=, sp.?

Huiro, valley of Santana (H. Whitely). Mus. D.

3. L. Kod, nu. sp. (Plate XVIIT. fig. 7.)

Upperside dark violet-blue, with the outer margins brown. Under-

side pale brown, darkest at the base of the wings ; anterior wing with

240 MR. H. DRUCE ON PERUVIAN BUTTERFLIES. [| Feb. 1,

two white streaks at the end of the cell and two fine white broken

lines crossing from the costal margin to the inner margin; posterior

wing with a silver-white streak from the base to the apex nearest to

the costal margin, a broad white spot beyond the middle nearest the

anal angle.

Exp. 2 inch.

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Type, Mus. S. G.

A beautiful little species, of which Mr. Pearce only obtained two

or three specimens.

Genus Tuecua, Fabr.

1. T. tuxurina, Feld. Reise Nov. Lep. p. 262, t. 32. f. 21, 22

(1865).

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. S. G.

2. T. marsyas, Linn. (Pap. m.) Mus. Ulr. p. 315 (1784).

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. S. G.

3. T. GipBERosA, Hew. Ill. Diurn. Lep. p. 85, t. 33. f. 48, 49

(1867).

Valley of Cosnipata (HZ. Whitely). Mus. S. G.

4. T. mEeton, Cram. (Pap. m.) Pap. Exot. i. t. 201. f. D, E

(1782).

Valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Mus. 8S. G.

5. T. srREPHON, Fabr. (Pap. s.) Syst. Ent. p. 522 (1775).

Upper Ucayali (Bartlett). Mus. 8. G. & D.

6. T. papHiacon, Feld. (Pseud. p.) Reise Nov. Lep. ii. p. 249,

t. 31. f. 10, 11 (1865).

Huasampilla, ad alt. 10,000 ped. (IZ. Whitely). Mus. D.

7. T. ocrtsta, Hew. Desc. Lye. p. 5 (1868) ; Ill. Diurn. Lep.

p. 123, t. 48. f. 235, 236 (1869).

Huiro, valley of Santana (H. Whitely). Mus. D.

One specimen only.

8. T. Bron, Cram. (Pap. 6.) Pap. Exot. iv. t. 319. f. B, C (1782).

Santa Cruz (Bartlett). Mus. D.

* Forest footpaths.’—JZ. B.

Family V. PAPILIONID&.

Subfamily 1. Prerin ®, Bates*.

Genus Pereurte, Herr.-Schaff.

1. P. caarors, Boisd. (Hut. c.) Sp. Gén. i. p. 407, t. 18. f. 1

(1836).

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. S. G.

* [have arranged the Piertne according to Mr. Butler’s paper on that sub-

family in ‘ Cistula Entomologica,’ vol. i. pp. 338-58.

1876.] MR. H. DRUCE ON PERUVIAN BUTTERFLIES. 241

2. P. re_rnusa, Hew. (Hué. ¢.) Exot. Butt. i. Hud. t. 1. f. 1, 3

(1860).

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. S. G.

3. P. cauuinice, Feld. (Hué. ce.) Wien. ent. Mon. v. p. 7, 9

(1S61).

Cosnipata ( Whitely). Mus. D.

Genus Leoponta, Butl.

L. ZENOBINA, Hopff. Stett. ent. Zeit. 1869, p. 429, 1874,

p- 331.

Cosnipata ( Whitely). Mus. 8. G

Peru (Dr. Staudinger). Mus. D.

Genus Myxtoruris, Hiibn.

. M. pyrraua, Fabr. (Pap. p.) Syst. Ent. p. 464 (1775).

eam (Bartlett). Mus. S. G.

Huasampilla (H. Whitely). Mus. D.

2. M. torENA, Hew. (Pier. i.) Exot. Butt. i. Pier. t. 1. f. 7

(1852).

Nauta and Upper Ucayali (Barilett). Mus. D.

““Very common.’ —E. B.

Genus Hesperocuanis, Felder.

1. H. nerets, Feld. Reise Nov. Lep. it. p. 146 (1865).

Cosnipata valley (Whitely). Mus. 8. G.

2. H. NEREINA, Hopff. Stett. ent. Zeit. 1874, p. 336.

Cosnipata valley (Whitely); Peru (Dr. Staudinger). Mus. D.

3. H. caracGramMa, Koll. (Pier. c.) Denkschr. Akad. Wiss.

Wien. math.-nat. Cl. i. p. 361 (1230).

Cosnipata valley (Whitely). Mus. 8. G.

Huiro, 4800 ft.; valley of the Santana (WVhitely). Mus. D.

Genus Carasticra, Butler.

1. C. norwa, Luc. (Hué. n.) Rev. Zool. 1852, p. 195.

Cosnipata valley (H. Whitely). Mus. D.

2. C. stsamnus, Fab. (Pap. s.) Ent. Syst. iii. 1. p. 44 (1798).

Pozzuzo (Pearce) and valley of the Cosnipata (Hl. Whitely).

Mus. SoG:

3. C. manco, Doub. (Hut. m.) Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, i. p. 121

(1848).

Valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Mus. 8. G. & D,

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1876, No. XVI. 16

242 MR. H. DRUCE ON PERUVIAN BUTTERFLIES. [Feb. 1,

Genus SpraNnoGcona, Butler.

1. S. satomeE, Feld. (J. s.) Wien. ent. Mon. v. p. 84 (1861).

Valley of Cosnipata (7. Whitely). Mus. S. G.

2. S. consrantTIA, Feld. Reise Nov. Lep. ii. p. 200 (1865).

Huiro, 4800 ft. elevation, valley of the Santana (H. Whitely).

Mus.

Genus Tertas, Swainson.

l. ‘T.. aueuua, Cram. (Pap: a.) Pap. Bxot 1, t327. 1.5) (1775):

Ucayali (Bartlett). Mus. S. G.

Yurimaguas (Bartlett). Mus. D.

2. T. ELATHEA, Cram. (Pap. e.) Pap. Exot. ii. t. 99. f. C, D

(1779):

Valley of Cosnipata (Whitely). Mus. D.

3. T. mauaToriALis, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. v. p. 85 (1861).

Huira, 4800 ft. elevation, valley of Santana (H. Wiitely).

Mus. D.

The type was from Ecuador.

4. T. FLaviLua, Bates, Journ. Ent. i. p. 241. n. 4 (1861).

Valley of Cosnipata (Hf. Whitely). Mus. S. G.

5. T. reTicuLaTA, Butl. P. Z. 8. 1871, p. 539.

Valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Mus. 8. G.

Huasampilla ad alt. 10,000 ped., Huiro ad alt. 4,800 ped., valley

of Santana (H. Whitely). Mus. D.

Genus Lepropnosra, Butler.

1. L. evrone, Doubl. (Pier. e.) Gen. Diurn. Lep. t. 6. f. 6

(1847).

Valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Mus. D.

2. L. crnereA, Hew. (Pier. c.) Trans. Ent. Soe. ser. 3, v. p. 563

(1847).

Valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Mus. S. G.

3. L. pottoma, Hew. (Pier. p.) Equat. Lep. p. 79 (1870).

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. 8S. G.

Genus AMYNTHIA, Swaiuson.

A. MENIPPE, Hiibn. Samml. ex. Schmett. (1806-1816).

Ucayali (Bartlett). Mus. D.

** Common everywhere.” —Z£. B.

Genus Cauiipryas, Boisd.

1. C. supuxe, Linn. (Pap. eub.) Syst. Nat. i. 2. p. 743 (1766).

Ucayali (Bartlett). Mus. D.

‘Common on the Huallaga and in the whole of East Peru visited

by me.” —E. B.

1876.] MR. H. DRUCE ON PERUVIAN BUTTERFLIES. 243

2. C. crpris, Fab. (Pap. cip.) Ent. Syst. iii. 1. p. 212 (1793).

Valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Mus. D.

3. C. RuRINA, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. v. p. 82 (1861).

Huiro ad alt. 4800 ped., valley of Santana (H. Whitely).

Mus. D.

One specimen only.

4. C. pares, Linn. (Pap. ph.) Syst. Nat. i. 2. p. 764 (1776).

Upper Ucayali (Lartlett). Mus. D.

** Not common.’ —#. B.

5. C. arGAnTE, Fab. (Pap. a.) Syst. Ent. p. 470 (1775).

Upper and Lower Ucayali (Bartlett). Mus. 8. G. & D.

“Very abundant.’—F. B.

6. C. rritr, Linn. (Pap. ¢t.) Syst. Nat. i. 2. p. 763 (1766).

i y. I

Upper Ucayali (Bartlett). Mus. D.

7. C.sratira, Cram. (Pap. s.) Pap. Exot. ii. t. 120. f. C, D (1779).

Upper and Lower Ucayali (Bartlett). Mus. S. G. & D.

«The species of this genus are very abundant at certain seasons ;

they may be found by thousands on mud-banks of rivers, mingled

with Pieris, Papilio, and others.” —E. B.

Genus Pieris, Boisd.

1. P. pemopuiie, Linn. (Pap. d.) Syst. Nat. i. 2. p. 761 (1767).

Nauta and Upper Ucayali (Bartlett). Mus. D.

2. P. pisonis, Hew. Exot. Butt. ii. t. 6. f. 40, 41 (1861).

Nauta and Upper Ucayali (Bartlett). Mus. 8. G. & D.

3. P. prana, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. v. p. 81 (1861).

Nauta (Bartlett). Mus. D.

‘* Pieris is generally distributed over the whole of East Peru; and

some of the species are extremely common on the mud-banks of the

rivers, where they assemble in patches of hundreds together. It is

puzzling to the traveller what becomes of the females. The whole

of the four years I was in Peru I only obtained about six females of

all the species of the genus Pierzs ; the males I collected by hundreds.”

—E. B.

Genus Appras, Hibn.

1. A. 1LArRE, Godt. (Pap. 7.) Ene. Méth. ix. p. 142 (1819).

Nauta (Bartlett). Mus. D.

*« Very common.” —E. B.

2. A. DRUSILLA, Cram. (Pap. d.) Pap. Exot. 11. t. 207. f. C (1779).

Valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Mus. D. & S. G.

1G*

244 MR. H. DRUCE ON PERUVIAN BUTTERFLIES. [Feb. 1,

Genus Darronoura, Butl.

1. D. pantroportia, Hiibn. (Myl. p.) Samml. exot. Schmett.

(1816, 1841).

Valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Mus. 8. G.

2. D. LEucANTHE, Feld. (Pier. 1.) Wien. ent. Mon. v. p. 82

(1861).

Pozzuzo (Pearce); Valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Mus. S. G.

Huasampilla, ad alt. 10,000 ped. (7. Whitely). Mus. D.

Genus SyncHio#, Hiibn.

S. monusta, Linn. (Pap. m.) Mus. Ulr. p. 237 (1764).

Chamicuras (Bartlett). Mus. D.

Genus Dismorrurta, Hibn.

D. nemesis, Latr. (Pier. x.) Humb. Bonpl. Obs. Zool. 11. p. 78,

t. 35. f. 7, 8 (1811-1819).

Huiro, ad alt. 4,800 ped.; valley of Santana (H. Whitely).

Mus. D.

Genus Moscuoneura, Butl.

1. M. eumE.riA, Cram. (Pap. e.) Pap. Exot. iui. t. 280.f. D (1782).

Yurimaguas (Bartlett). Mus. 8. G. & D.

“ In low moist parts of the forest, flying with Ithomia.”’—E. B.

2. M. rHevuGeEnts, Doubl. (Lep. t.) Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 2,1. p. 124

(1848).

Valley of Cosnipata (7. Whitely). Mus. 8. G.

Huasampilla (7. Whitely). Mus. D.

3. M. rHEerRmesia?, Godt. (Pier. ¢.) Enc. Méth. ix. p. 164

(1819).

Huiro, ad alt. 4800 ped.; valley of Santana (7. Whitely).

Mus. D.

4. M. penta, Hopff. (Lep. p.) Stett. ent. Zeit. 1874, p. 334.

Peru (Dr. Staudinger). Mus. D.

Valley of Cosnipata (1. Whitely). Mus. 8. G.

Mr. Salvin’s specimen is not so yellow on the underside, but does

not differ in any other respect.

Subfamily 2. PArpILIONIN#&, Swains.

Genus Papiuiio, Linn.

1. P. srsosrris, Cram. Pap. Exot. iii. t. 211. f. F, G (1782).

Ucayali and Yurimaguas (Bartlett). Mus. D.

Valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Mus. S. G.

“Very common about the banks of rivers.”’— FZ. B.

1876. | MR. H. DRUCE ON PERUVIAN BUTTERFLIES. 24

2. P. curora, Gray, Cat. Lep. Ins. B. M. i. p. 58, t. 10*. f. 6

(1852).

Ucayali and Huallaga (Bartlett). Mus. 8. G.

3. P. ERLACES, Gray, Cat. Lep. Ins. B. M. i. p. 49, t. 8. f. 9

(1852).

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. 8. G.

4, P. mneas, Linn. Mus. Ulr. p. 197 (1764).

Ucayali (Bartlett). Mus. S. G.

5. P. mMapyes, Doubl. Ann. Nat. Hist. xviii. p. 375 (1846).

Huiro, ad alt. 4800 ped.; valley of Santana (H. Whitely).

Mus. D.

One specimen only.

6. P. potypamas, Linn. Mus. Ulr. p. 192 (1764).

Upper Ucayali (2artlett). Mus. 8S. G.

“Not common; found on the mud-banks of rivers.’”’—Z. B.

7. P. uycrpas, Cram. Pap. Exot. ii. t. 113. f. A (1779).

Huallaga (Bartlett). Mus. 8. G.

Ucayali (Bartlett). Mus. D.

“Rare, about the banks of rivers and forest-streams.’’—L. B.

8. P. peLus, Cram. Pap. Exot. ii. t. 112. f. A, B (1779).

Valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Mus. S. G.

Chamicuras (Bartlett). Mus. D.

‘* Plentiful about river-banks and villages.”’—£. B.

9. P. crassus, Cram. Pap. Exot. ii. t. 112. f. C (1779).

Nauta, Ucayali, and Yurimaguas (Bartlett). Mus. D.

Valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Mus. S. G.

“* Very common about the banks of rivers.”’—#. B.

10. P. pausanias, Hew. Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 2, ii. p. 22, t. 6. f. 2

(1852).

Chamicuras (Bartlett). Mus. D.

‘* Not common on the banks of forest-streams.’’—Z. B.

Il. P. poricaon, Cram. Pap. Exot. 1, t. 17. f..C; D (1775):

Ucayali (Bartlett). Mus. 8. G.

12. P. aurositaus, Bates, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 2, v. p. 348

(1861).

Ucayali (Bartlett). Mus. D.

13. P. reLesiLaus, Feld. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. xiv. pp. 301, 345

(1864).

Ucayali ( Barilett). Mus. D.

246 MR. H. DRUCE ON PERUVIAN BUTTERFLIES. |Feb. 1,

14. P. anproceos, Cram. Pap. Exot. i. t. 16. f. C, D (1775).

Huasampilla, ad alt. 10,000 ped. (H. Whitely). Mus. D.

15. P. ancuistapes, Esp. Auss. Schmett. t. 13. f. 1, 2 (1785-

1798).

Chamicuras and Yurimaguas (Bartlett). Mus. D.

Valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Mus. S. G.

16. P. rstporvus, Doubl. Ann. Nat. Hist. xviii. p. 374 (1846).

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. S. G.

17. P. zacreus, Doubl. Ann. Nat. Hist. xix. p. 174 (1847).

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. 8. G.

18. P. crestas, Feld. Reise Nov. Lep. p. 86, t. 14. f. C, D (1865).

Pozzuzo (Pearce) ; valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely).

Mus. S. G.

Ucayali (Bartlett) ; Huasampilla (H. Whitely). Mus. D.

19. P. xanrHOPLEURA, Salv. & Godm. Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4,

ii. p. 151 (1868).

Lower Huallaga (Bartlett). Mars: :S:G-

20. P. warscewiczu, Hopff. Stett. ent. Zeit. 1866, p. 29; Hew.

Exot. Butt. iv. Pap. t. 10. f. 30 (1869).

Valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Mus. D.

** Most of the Papilios may be found on the sand- and mud-banks

of rivers, some more abundant than others. They congregate by

hundreds on the decayed fruit and vegetable matter thrown about by

the Indians, and retire to the forest at night, generally sitting on

the underside of the leaves of trees.” —EZ. B.

Family VI. HESPERIDZ, Leach.

Genus TuHyMete, Fab.

1. T. stmpxicrus, Stoll (Pap. s.) Supp. Cram. t. 39. f. 6,68

(1790).

Ucayali (Bartlett). Mus. D.

2. T. nurycies, Latr. (Hesp. e.) Enc. Méth. ix. p. 730. n. 5

(1823).

Ucayali (Bartlett). Mus. 8. G. & D.

3. T. orton, Cram. (Pap. o.) Pap. Exot. ii. t. 155. f. A, B (1779).

Peru (ex Mus. Saund.). Mus. D.

4. T. caTttius, Cram. (Pap. c.) Pap. Exot. ii. t. 260. f. F, G

(1782).

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. S. G.

5. 'T. proteus, Linn. (Pap. p.) Mus. Ulv. p. 333 (1764).

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. 8. G.

1876. | MR. H. DRUCE ON PERUVIAN BUTTERFLIES. 247

6. T. exapevs, Cram. (Pap. e.) Pap. Exot. ii. t. 260. f. C (1782).

Ucayali (Bartlett). Mus. D.

Genus TeELeconus, Hibn.

1. T. ramusis, Cram. (Pap. r.) Pap. Exot. iv. t. 342. f. C (1782).

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. 8. G.

2. T. naxos, Hew. (Hud. n.) Descr. of Hesp. p. 10 (1867); Exot.

Butt. v. Hudamus, t. 3. f. 19 (1875).

Ucayali (Bartlett). Mus. 8. G.

3. T. Lacypus, n. sp. (Plate XVIII. fig. 10.)

Upperside dark brown, paler on the outer margin of all the wings.

Underside as above, the palpi and underside of the head orange.

Exp. 2 inches.

Ucayali (Bartlett). Type, Mus. S. G.

{ have a specimen from Villa Nova, on the Amazons.

Genus Turacipes, Hiibn.

T. ARISTOTELES, Doubl. & Hew. Diurn. Lep. t. 80. f. 2 (1852).

Yurimaguas (Bartlett). Mus. D.

Genus Entuevs, Hibn.

E. peteus, Linn. (Pap. p.) Mus. Ulr. p. 327 (1764).

Ucayali (Barélett). Mus. D.

Genus OxynetTRA, Feld.

O. sEMIHYALINA, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. vi. p. 180 (1862); Reise

Nov. Lep. iti. t. 70. f. 9 (1867).

Valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Mus. S. G. & D.

Genus PyrruopyGea, Hibn.

1. P. rHasus, Cram. (Pap.t.) Pap. Exot. iv. t. 380.f. M, N (1782).

Valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely); Ucayali (Bartlett). Mus. D.

2. P. peEucotoma, Ersch.

Pezauzo (Pearce). Mus. 8. G.

3. P. acastus, Cram. (Pap. a.) Pap. Exot. i. t. 41. f. C, D (1776).

Ucayali and Yurimaguas (Bartlett). Mus. 8. G. & D.

4. P. wapassa, Hew. Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, ii. p. 484 (1866).

Valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Mus. D.

5.. P. scytuA, Men. Cat. Mus. Pet. Lep. i. p. 95, t.4. f. 7 (1855).

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. S. G.

6. P. anetus, Fabr. (Pap. g.) Spec. Ins. 11. p. 135 (1781).

Yurimaguas (Bartlett). Mus. D.

Cosnipata valley (1. Whitely). Mus. 8S. G.

248 MR. H. DRUCE ON PERUVIAN BUTTERFLIES. (eb. a;

7. P prryusa, Hew. Exot. Butt. ii. Pyr. t. 2. f. 11 (1875).

Valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Mus. 8. G. & D.

8. P. samina, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1870, p. 499.

P. zimra, Hew. Exot. Butt. iv. Pyv. pl. u. f. 11 (1871).

Nauta (Bartlett). Mus. D.

9. P. azera, Hew. Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, ii. p. 479 (1866).

Valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Mus. 8. G. & D.

Genus Mysceuvus, Hiibn.

1. M. eprmacuta, Herr.-Schiff. Prod. Syst. Lep. ii. p. 59. n. 13

(1869).

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. 8. G.

Cosnipata valley (7. Whitely). Mus. D.

2. M. puoronis, Hew. (Lryc. p.) Deser. Hesp. p. 1 (1867).

Valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Mus. 8S. G. & D.

Genus Erycipes. Hiubn.

1. E. pygmaion, Cram. (Pap. p.) Pap. Exot. iu. t. 245. f. A, B

(1782).

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. S. G.

Chamicuras (Bartlett). Mus. D.

2. E. coryras?, Cram. (Pap. c.) Pap. Exot. ii. t. 100. f. C (1779).

Nauta (Bartlett). Mus. D.

3. E. orasus, n.sp. (Plate XVIII. fig. 9.)

Upperside glossy black, with the fringe white ; the palpi, head,

neck, and anus dark red. Underside the same as £. socrata, but

darker, with the basal half of the posterior wing white.

Exp. 14 inch.

Valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely), ex Mus. Saunders. Mus. D.

4, E. orerpes, Hew. Exot. Butt. v. Pyrrh. & Eryc. f. 32, 35

(1875).

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. S. G.

5. E. cuaronoris, Hew. Desc. Boliv. Butt. p. 21 (1874).

Valiey of Cosnipata (HI. Whitely). Mus. D.

Genus Carystus, Hiibn.

1. C. psirracina, Feld. (Hesp. .) Reise Nov. Lep. iii. p. 518,

t. 71. f. 17, 18 (1867).

Valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Mus. 8. G.

2. C. simuLius, n.sp. (Plate XVIII. fig. 8.)

Upperside dark brown ; anterior wing crossed beyond the middle

1876. | MR: H. DRUCE ON PERUVIAN BUTTERFLIES. 249

from the costal margin to the inner margin by a band of six small

yellow spots; a yellow spot at the end of the cell; posterior wing

crossed in the middle by a narrow band from the costal margin to

near the anal angle. Underside brown; anterior wing with the base

blackish, the spots as above, but larger, some of them running toge-

ther; posterior wing crossed by a wide white band.

Exp. 12 inch. .

Valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Mus. D.

Allied to C. vanthaphes, Hiibn., but very distinct.

Genus Pyreus, Hiibn.

1. -P. omrina, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1870, p. 509.

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. 8. G.

Peru. Type, Mus. D.

2. P. ruestia, Hew. (Leucoch. t.) Kquat. Lep. p. 77 (1870).

Valley of Cosnipata (17. Whitely). Mus. 8. G. & D.

3. P. syrecutus, Fab. (Pap. s.) Syst. Ent. p. 534 (1775).

Ucayali (Bartlett). Mus. D.

Geuus BrontiaveEs, Hiibn.

B. procas, Cram. (Pap. p.) Pap. Exot. ii. t. 179. f. D (1779).

Ucayali (Bartlett). Mus. D.

Genus CARTEROCEPHALUS, Butl.

1, C. prmrpiatus, Feld. Reise Nov. Lep. iii. p. 522, t. 74. f. 7, 8

(1867).

Valley of Cosnipata (7. Whitely). Mus. S. G. & D.

2. C; AGATHOCLES, Feld. 2. ¢. f. 16, 17.

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. S. G.

This species varies very much. A specimen in my collection is

almost without the orange bands of the posterior wing.

Genus Acuytopes, Hiibn.

1. A. rHRaAso, Hiibn. Samml. exot. Schmett. (1806-1816).

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. S. G,

a. 8p.

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. S. G.

3. A. BusrrRuS, Cram. (Pap. 6.) Pap. Exot. ii. t. 261. f. A-C

(1782).

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. 8S. G.

Nauta (Bartlett). Mus. D.

4. A. corBuLo, Cram. (Pap. c.) Pap. Exot. iv. t. 354. f. A (1782).

Valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Mus. S. G.

250 MR. H. DRUCE ON PERUVIAN BUTTERFLIES. [Feb. 1,

5. A. ozores, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1870, p. 515.

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. S. G.

Valley of Cosnipata (1. Whitely). Mus. D.

6. A. MELANDER, Cram. (Pap.m.) Pap. Exot. iii. t.270.f. H (£782).

Valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Mus. S. G. & D.

7. A. viRIDICcEPs, Butl. Cist. Ent. i. p. 115 (1872).

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. S. G.

8. A. THRASYBULUS, Fab. (Hesp. ¢.) Ent. Syst. ili. 1. p. 346

(1793).

Ucayali (Bartlett). Mus. D.

9. A. NeaRCHUS, Latr. (Hesp. n.) Humb. Bonp. Obs. Zool. ii.

p. 135, t. 43. f. 3, 4 (1811-1823).

Ucayali and Yurimaguas (Bartlet¢). Mus. 8. G. & D.

OSTA: , sp. ! *

Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. 8S. G.

11. A. pausus, Doubl. & Hew. (Achly. p.) Gen. Diurn. Lep. t. 80.

f. 6 (1852).

Nauta (Bartlett). Mus. D.

12. A. SDs ver

Valley of Cosnipata (H. Whitely). Mus. 8. G.

Genus Hettas, Fabr.

H. auprevaea, Feld. Reise Nov. Lep. iii. p. 531, t. 73. f. 18, 19

(1867).

Huiro, valley of Santana (H. Whitely). Mus. D.

“I found the whole of the Hesperide plentiful throughout East

Peru; they are found about the flowers in plantations and villages,

as well as sand- and mud-banks of the rivers.”’—Z.B.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puate XVII.

Fig. 1. Napeogenes pyrrho, p. 209. | Fig. 4. Ceratinia alexia, p. 207.

2. Ceratinia tigrina, p. 207. 5. Mechanitis ortygia, p. 208.

3. Melinea chincha, p. 211. 6 & 7. Dedalma whitelyi, p. 215.

Prats XVIII.

Fig. 1. Pedaliodes zoippus, p. 214. | Fig. 6. Paphia alberta, p. 234.

2. Heliconius bartletti, p. 219. 7. Lycena kod, p. 289.

3. Eresia pearcei, p. 222. | 8. Carystus simulius, p. 248.

4. mundina, p. 221, 9. Erycides orasus, p. 248.

5. —— nussia, p. 222. | 10. Telegonus lacydus, p. 247.

* | cannot determine these species; they are simply brown on both sides.

1876. | ON BUTTERFLIES FROM THE NEW HEBRIDES. 25

6. On a small Collection of Butterflies from the New

Hebrides. By Anruur G. Burumr, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &e.

Received January 12, 1876.

The following species have recently been received from Alfred

Corrie, Esq., Surgeon to H.MLS. ¢ Pearl.’

Family NyMPHALID#.

Genus CaLuipLaa, Butler.

lL. CALLIPL@A GR#FFIANA, Herrich-Schiaffer (two males).

Havannah Harbour, Vaté or Sandwich Island.

Dr. Herrich-Schiffer figures the female of this Butterfly, and

remarks ;—‘‘ Herr Hewitson erklart sie fiir L. hisme, Boisd., welche

identisch mit #. ewnice sein soll.”

The collection of the British Museum contains both C. hisme and

C. eunice; they are quite distinct from one another and from

C. graeffiana ; the latter, indeed, occupies an intermediate position be-

tween C. eunice and C. iphianassa, from both of which it differs in

the pale external area of the wings.

The male has a well-defined subcostal spot in primaries (as in C.

iphianassa), and six well-defined discal spots, all white; a small

oval lilac spot on interno-median area; secondaries with the usual

whity brown subcostal patch ; two obliquely placed subapical white

spots, and four pale-brown discal spots. Expanse of wings 3 inches.

This species is new to the Museum collection.

Genus Danats, Latreille.

2. Danats MODERATA, Butler (two males).

Havannah Harbour, Vaté or Sandwich Island.

The two specimens sent by Mr. Corrie agree in every respect with

the type, thus establishing its constancy.

Genus DotescHa.LitiA, Felder.

3. DoLESCHALLIA MONTROUZIERI, Butler (two males).

Espirito Santo, Havannah Harbour, Vaté or Sandwich Island.

Rather larger than the type, but in other respects similar.

Genus Junonia, Hibner.

4. JUNONIA VILLIDA, Fabricius (one female).

Havannah Harbour, Vaté or Sandwich Island.

Genus Diapema, Boisduval.

5. DiaDEMA NERINA, Fabricius (four males and two females).

Havannah Harbour, Vaté or Sandwich Island.

This species has hitherto been kuown only from Australia, Wood-

lark Island, and Java. One of Mr. Corrie’s females is a curious

252 ON BUTTERFLIES FROM THE NEW HEBRIDES. [Feb. 1,

variety, in which the tawny spot of primaries above is barely visible,

and the submarginal whitish spots are obsolete.

The specimens were taken on the 7th of July, 1875; they are

much worn, which indicates that they must have been some time on

the wing.

6. Drapema ocrocuta, Butler (one male and two females).

Havannah Harbour, Sandwich Island (22nd July, 1875).

This species has hitherto been unique in Mr. Druce’s collection

from Totoya, Fiji; the male from Vaté differs slightly from my

figure in the outline of the tawny band of primaries.

Hitherto I have considered the D. formosa of Herrich-Schiaffer to

be the male of my D. octocula; but now that we have both sexes I

am compelled to admit that Mr. Wallace was correct in determining

the type to be a male in which the abdomen is greatly distended ;

D. formosa is a distinct species.

The female of D. octocula differs from the male in its superior size,

the much paler colour of the tawny bands; the primaries with better-

defined papillated ocellus ; four or five subapical white spots ; seconda-

ries with white pupils to all the black spots.

Family Lycmnip.

Genus Lampipes, Hubner.

7. LAMPIDES TAITENSIS, Boisduval (one female).

Espirito Santo, New Hebrides (6th August, 1875).

The arrival of this little species is interesting; [ had supposed L.

taitensis to be the L. platissa of Herrich-Schaffer ; but as Boisduval

says, at the end of his description, ‘‘ I] est de la taille de Catochry-

sops beticus”’ (which suits this species admirably, whilst L. platissa

more nearly resembles ZL. strabo), I have very little doubt that we

now actually possess the typical L. tactensis of the ‘ Astrolabe.’

8. LAMPIDES CANDRENA, Herrich-Schiaffer (one female).

Montague Island.

It is impossible to decide, without seeing plenty of specimens of

both sexes, whether or not the females of this species vary in the

width of the brown outer border; in the specimen here registered,

and one previously received from Fiji, the border is nearly twice as

wide as inan example sent to us from Germany with Herrich-Schaffer’s

name attached to it, yet in the males I find no such difference.

9. LAMPIDES GOODENOVIH, 0. sp.

@. Allied to the preceding, but brilliant greenish morpho-blue,

the outer borders black, sharply defined ; the under surface altogether

deeper in colour, reddish brown, crossed by the same whitish lines ;

ocelli with reddish-orange zones. Expanse of wings | inch 2 lines.

Espirito Santo, New Hebrides (6th August, 1875).

This species is more brilliantly coloured than any other Butterfly

iu the genus; I have named it in honour of the universally beloved

1876.| MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON BOLIVIAN BIRDS. 253

and much lamented Commodore Goodenough, who met his death

whilst out with Messrs. Perry and Corrie on an entomological excur-

sion.

Family PArrLioNID&.

Genus BreLenois, Hibner.

10. BeLenots niseraA, McLeay (one male).

Havannah Harbour, Vaté or Sandwich Island.

The single example sent differs a little from the Australian type,

inasmuch as it resembles B. clytie g on the upperside ; but, with-

out seeing more specimens, it would be unsafe to consider it a dis-

tinct species.

7. Descriptions of new Birds obtained by Mr. C. Buckley in

Bolivia. By P. L. Sciarer, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., and

Ossert Savin, M.A., F.R.S.

[Received January 14, 1876.]

A collection of bird-skins formed by Mr. C. Buckley during his

recent expedition into Bolivia, at several localities on the eastern

slope of the main chain of the Andes, contains about 250 specimens,

referable to 133 species. As a second collection is shortly expected

from Mr. Buckley, we reserve a full account of the first one until the

series is complete, and for the present only give descriptions of the

new species which it contains. These are :—

1. DiGLossa GLAUCA, sp. nov.

Ex cinereo cerulescens fere unicolor ; alis caudaque nigris ceruleo

limbatis: subtus obscurior, remigum marginibus internis cine-

reis: rostro corneo, mandibula inferiore ad basin alba, pedibus

nigris: long. tota 4:0, ale 2°3, caude 1°6.

Hab. Nairapi, Bolivia (Buckley).

Mus. 8.-G.

Of this new Digloesa Mr. Buckley sends but one specimen. It

is asmall species belonging to the ““homochroous”’ section of Sclater’s

arrangement (Ibis, 1875, p. 207), and may be best placed between

D. plumbea and D. personata. From the latter it is distinguishable

by its much inferior size, from the former by its colour.

2. BUARREMON MELANOPS, Sp. n0v.

Buarremon rufinucha, Sclater, Cat. A. B. p. 91 (nec Lafr. et

D'Orb:)-

Supra niger ; pileo cum nucha castaneo ; lateribus capitis et mento

summo nigris: subtus flavus, hypochrondrits et crisso in oliva-

ceum transeuntibus: rostro nigro, pedibus obscure corneis: long.

tota 6'0, ale 2°7, caude 2°6.

Hab. Simacu, Bolivia (Buckley).

Mus. S.-G. et P.L.S.

254 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. [ Feb. 15,

Obs. B. rufinucha (Lafr. et D’Orb.) * macula frontali utrinque

sulphurea sane species diversa est.

Selater has long had two examples of this species in his collection

obtained from the Maison Verreaux. They were referred to B. ruf-

nucha erroneously, as it appears on examination of the specimens of

that species in the British Museum. Mr. Buckley sends us five

examples of this bird, all obtained at Simacu.

3. LEPTOPOGON TRISTIS, sp. NOv.

Supra olivaceus, unicolor ; alis nigris, tectricum alarium et secun-

dariorum externorum apicibus macula quadrata sulphureo-alba

ornatis ; remigum et rectricum marginibus externis olivaceis :

subtus sulphureo-flavus: subalaribus flavis: rostro et pedibus

nigris: long. tota 4:4, ale 2°15, caude@ 2°0, tarsi 0°75.

Hab. Bolivia, Simacu (Buckley).

Mus. 8.-G. et P.L.S.

Obs. Sp. corporis colore supra olivaceo, subtus omnino flavo, ab

aliis hujusce generis satis definita.

Sclater has long had a single worn and imperfect skin of this

Leptopogon in his collection under the MS. name which we now

publish. Mr. Buckley sends but a single specimen. Sclater’s

example was obtained from a dealer in Paris, without any locality

attached to it.

4. HypoxANTHUS ATRICEPS, Sp. nov.

Hypoxanthus rivolii, Scl. et Salv. P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 780.

Hab. Peruvia alta, Husampilla (Whitely); Bolivia, Ramosani

(Buckley).

Mus. S.-G.

Obs. Similis H. rivolii, sed pileo summo in mari nigerrimo nec

rubro.

An examination of a series of skins of this Woodpecker from

Columbia, Ecuador, Peru, and Bolivia seems to show the form from

tne two latter countries is distinct—the head in the male being black,

and never acquiring the brilliant crimson of the northern form.

February 15, 1876.

Prof. Mivart, F.R.S., in the Chair.

The following report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie

during the month of January 1876 was read by the Secretary :—

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-

gerie during the month of January 1876 was 52, of which 32 were

by presentation, 10 by purchase, and 10 were received on deposit.

The total number of departures during the same period by death

and removals was 78.

* Vide Sclater, Syn. Av. Tanagr. p. 25.

1876. ] MR. P. L. SCLATER ON A NEW PARROT. 955

The most noticeable additions during the month were :—

1. A Levaillant’s Cynictis (Cynictis penicillata), presented by

Viscount Mandeville, January 5th. Of this rare and elegantly

shaped Carnivore (figured in the Society’e ‘Transactions,’ vol. 1.

pl. ili.) but few specimens have been lately received. One pre-

viously obtained was accidentally omitted from the Revised List of

Vertebrates, where the species is not mentioned.

2. A White-spotted Crake (Porzana notata), captured at sea off

Cape Santa Maria, Uruguay, by an officer of the R.M.S.S. ‘Elbe,’

and received January 19th. The specimen agrees accurately with

the figure in the ‘ Zoology of the Voyage of the Beagle’ (Birds,

pl. 48). The species is rare, and quite new to the collection.

3. A Panda (4ilurus fulgens), sent home from Caleutta, and pur-

chased 16th February, 1876. There has been but one living specimen

of this rare animal previously in the collection.

Mr. Sclater exhibited the Parrot designated in Tschudi’s ‘ Fauna

Peruana’ (Aves, p. 271) Conurus illigeri, which had been kindly

sent to him for examination by M. Louis Coulon, Honorary Direc-

tor of the Museum of Neuchatel, and observed that it had been

wrongly determined by the author of the ‘Fauna Peruana.’ The

specimen, which, in spite of what Tschudi said, was certainly

not far from mature, presented no traces of the red markings on the

front, back, and belly, which are characteristic of Ara maracana

(1. e. Conurus illigert of Tschudi), and had besides a larger and

deeper bill and longer tail. It appeared to belong to a species

hitherto unrecognized, which might be described as follows :—

Head of Ara couloni (nat. size).

ARA COULONI, sp. nov.

Conurus illigert, Tsch. Fauna Per. Aves, p. 271.

Sittace maracana, part, Finsch, Papag. i. p. 420.

Diagn. Viridis, capite undique remigibus et rectricibus extus ceru-

206 MR. W. K. PARKER ON THE SKULL (Feb. 15,

lescentibus : caude parte basali in rectricibus externis rubri-

cante: alarum et caude pagina inferiore flavicante: long.

tota 16:0, ale 8°7, caude rectr. med. 9°5, lat. 4°5.

Hab. Peruvia alta, in reg. sylvatica orientali, ab incolis Loro real

dicta (T'schudt).

Mus. Novo-Castellano.

Obs. Species ab Ara maracana rostro majore, genis solum nudis,

area postoculari plumosa, et corporis colore rubro uullo certissimé

diversa, et Ludovico Coulon, Musei Novo-Castellani Directori optimo,

dicata.

Dr. T. S. Cobbeld, F.R.S., exhibited and made remarks on a

Parasite (Hchinorhynchus) obtained from the Tamandua Ant-eater

which had died in the Society’s Menagerie, and had been described

in his communication made at the last meeting.

Mr. W. K. Parker read the second part of his memoir on Aigi-

thognathous Birds *, of which the following is an abstract :—

In my former communication I described thirty-one examples of

this kind of palatal structure in birds; in the present paper I have

added fifty-one more.

Altogether these eighty-two birds belong to thirty-nine “ fami-

lies ;’’ so that I have taken, on an average, two examples of each

family. The materials for this research have been kindly and

liberally put into my hands by a number of friends, among whom I

may mention Professors Alfred Newton, T. Rupert Jones, and

Garrod, Dr. Murie, Osbert Salvin, Esq., Robert Swinhoe, Ksq.,

Mr. W. J. Williams, and Mr. Bartlett.

I began my last paper with a bird showing ‘‘ A’githognathism”’

in its initial state. I end this communication with another instance:

the first was Turniv, this is Thinocorus—both of the utmost

importance to anyone seeking for the true passerine phylum.

Now if any one will say that because I have found initial Aigi-

thognathism in birds so far down below the most degraded (or

rather non-elevated) type of Passerines, as these birds, that there-

fore I, putting these types in the Aigithognathous list, seek to

make them appear as “ Coracomorphe,” such a one has failed

to catch my drift. Do we modern biologists believe in the gradual

modification of types or evolution of species, or do we not? If

we do, we shall reasonably expect to find that our neatly trimmed

and highly special types must have had grosser and more general

ancestors in the Tertiary period. Allowing this supposition, and

looking upon birds as a hot-blooded group whose root lay low

down, once, among the cold blooded reptiles, shall we not expect to

find birds more or less related to the modern types having the

nature of several at once?—‘‘all these in their pregnant causes

mixed.”

In the examples given in this second part I have shown pecu-

* For part I. see Trans. Zool. Soe. ix. p. 289,

1876. ] OF ZGITHOGNATHOUS BIRDS. 257

liarities of the skull that belong to certain groups of families, which

will, when once understood, be very helpful to Taxonomists. These

more minute researches go to modify some of Professor Huxley’s

views, as expressed in his paper ‘On the Classification of Birds’

(P. Z.S. 1867, p. 415). Certain it is that the skull of a bird often

seems to harmonize very ill with the rest of its structure, even with

the rest of the skeleton. Still the morphology of this chief part of

the framework, modified as it is in relation to the nervous, digestive,

and respiratory systems, must be of the utmost importance to any

one seeking to have broad views on these subjects.

“The groups formed by cranio-facial characters have a variable

value ; the desmognathous face passes over the Struthious border and

is possessed by the gallo-struthious Tinamous. The saurognathous

face (see Trans. Linn. Soc. 1875, plates i.—v.) is possessed by the

‘“«Celeomorphee’’ only—namely, by the Woodpeckers and Wry-

necks.

“The egithognathous face is possessed by all the ‘ Coraco-

morphe,’ and by them only, in a perfect form, with the single

exception of the Swifts (Cypselide)—a mere big ‘ genus’ capable

of being cut up into a few subgenera.

“The desmognathous face turns up in many places; its funda-

mental or embryonic form is the schizognathous, the simple rep-

tilian cleft palate ; this becomes desmognathous by ankylosis of the

right and left elements of the palate. Desmognathism is seen in

the Agithognathze when ossification is very intense, as in drtamus,

Paradisea, and Gymnorhina.

“The simple, open, or cleft palate generally occurs in the groups

that lie on a level two or three degrees above the Ratitee, as Rails,

Plovers, Cranes, and the Fowl tribe; but it is also retained in types

that in other respects are amongst the highest and most specialized,

as the Trochilidz and the Caprimulgide.

“In the present paper research has been made into the morpho-

logy of the skull in the following groups-—namely Tanagride,

Brachypodidz, Phytotomidee, Meliphagidee, Mniotiltidee, Ccerebide,

Vireonidze, Cardinalis, Icteridee, Emberizide, Fringillidee, Alaudide,

Paridee, Panuride, Cypselidee, Hirundinide, Oriolide, Motacillidee,

Muscicapidee, Liotrichidee, Saxicola, and Nectariniide.

** And, lastly, the remarkable skull of TAinocorus is described, a

small Chilian type, whose body is thoroughly Charadrian, but whose

head is a mysterious mixture. Being imperfectly eegithognathous,

it is here compared with the completely zgithognathous Passerine

types on the one hand, and on the other with birds much nearer akin,

namely the Crane and the Sun-bittern, These latter, in an appen-

dix, serve to compare with Thinocorus, and also show the schizo-

gnathous palate for comparison with the more complex palate of a

Passerine bird.

** Thinocorus, whilst essentially a Plover, if the characters of the

skeleton generally be considered, yet shows more likeness in its

skull to that variety of the Plover type which we see in the larger

Cranes.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1876, No. XVII. y/

258 REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW [Feb. 15,

«The Tinamous, largely specialized into a kind of low gallinaceous

carinate type, yet retain the same form of skull and face as the

Ratitee. Thinocorus also retains much that is dromeeognathous in

its skull, mixed with normal schizognathism: but superadded to

these characters we find an intimate union of the broad vomer with

the largely developed alinasal floor ; a little more metamorphosis, and

the palate would have corresponded with that of the Passerine birds.

«But in this bird, as in the Hemipod (Turniz) it is not in the

structure of the vomer and its relation to the nasal labyrinth that

we find all the Passerine characters. The face, generally, is rich in

such modifications: I showed them in my former Part with regard

to Turniz, and in this in the genus Thinocorus.

“Tn the marvellously specialized skulls of the Passerinz unlooked-

for osseous centres often appear; these are often very uniform in

certain families which are more or less allied.

‘The first I may mention here are the ‘palato-maxillaries ;” these

are a pair of bones, separately representing the ingrowth of our upper

jaw-bone which forms the “hard palate.” I find these in the

following families, namely Tanagridee, Brachypodidze, Mniotiltide,

Coerebidee, Cardinalidee, Icteridee, and Emberizide. In some

families, besides lesser ossicles added to the vomer, one on each

shoulder, the vomer is not merely composed of a right and left half,

but each moiety is more or less broken up into two centres. Here

we have repeated the tetramerous vomer (vomers and ‘septo-

maxillaries’) of the Snake and the Lizard. The families showing

this structure more or less clearly are the Mniotiltidze, Coerebide,

Vireonidee, Muscicapidze, and Saxicolidee.

* With the exception of MMenura, the South-American types are

most generalized, low, and, I may say, ancient; next to them the

Australian birds, and those from Malaisia and Central America ;

whilst the most highly specialized types belong to the northern

hemisphere generally.

“Looked at from my particular morphological stand-point, facts

like these seem to me to be well worth the pleasant labour I have

spent in obtaining them.”

This paper will be published entire in the Society’s ‘ Transactions.’

The following papers were read :—

1. On a new Order and some new Genera of Arachnida from

Kerguelen’s Land. By the Rey. O. P. CamBrines, M.A.,

C.M.Z.S., Hon. Memb. New-Zealand Institute.

[Received January 15, 1876.]

(Plate XIX.)

The few examples of Arachnida found during the late Transit-of-

Venus Expedition to Kerguelen’s Land, and kindly sent to me by the

Rey. A. E. Eaton, I propose now to describe and figure. Almost

Pee MerGrr ALK,

ad,

Paap rs

Island. Arachnida

Kerguelen

OP Combridge det A:T. Hollick lith.

1876. | ARACHNIDA FROM KERGUELEN’S LAND. 259

all of them are remarkable ; all appear to be new to science ; and one,

indeed, at present seems to me incapable of inclusion in any hitherto

recognized order of Arachnids. The whole collection consisted but of

five species ; one of Araneidea and three of Acaridea, the fifth being

that upon which I propose to found a new genus, family, and order.

At first sight this delicate little Arachnid gave me the idea of a Che-

lifer deprived of its forcipated palpi; but a subsequent examination

with a stronger lens showed me that it possessed palpi of an entirely

different character from those of the pseudo-Scorpiones ; and a final

scrutiny under a still higher power led to the detection of the eyes:

in the number and position of these there is a remarkable similarity

to the Solpugidea, while there are not wanting some general indica-

tions of affinity to the Araneidea. Its small size and general ap-

pearance when alive would probably induce one to place it among the

Acaridea; but the structure of the mouth-parts, the distinct cephalo-

thorax and abdomen, and especially the character of the eyes seemed

to preclude this allocation. It is possible, however, that when the

Acaridea have been more thoroughly worked out by some future

arachnologist, the present anomalous little creature may become the

type of a suborder, or perhaps only of a family of that order.

Meanwhile in forming a distinct order for its reception, I desire to

obtain the free criticism and opinion of arachnologists more conversant

than myself with some obscure groups of Acaridea, as to its true

systematic position.

Order ACARIDEA.

Fam. ACARIDES.

Gen. nov. ToRYNOPHORA.

Body oval ; a slightly indented transverse line towards the fore part

on the upperside appears to mark the junction of the cephalothorax

and abdomen.

Mouth-parts almost soldered together, leaving only the short palpi

and the extremities of the falces traceable.

Legs 8, slender, in 4 pairs (1-2 and 3-4 on each side), 5-jointed,

and terminating with two somewhat S-curved claws springing from

a small supernumerary or heel-joint.

Eyes four, in two pairs, one pair on either side of the caput.

Falces armed on the underside with serrated opposed edges.

Palpi short, strong, 4-jointed, with a single strong curved jaw-like

claw springing from its base on the upperside.

TORYNOPHORA SERRATA, Sp. n. (Plate XIX. fig. 1.)

Length j line.

This minute Acarid is of an oval form, tolerably convex above, and

of a uniform pale luteous colour. From the fore part of the cephalo-

thorax four pointed processes project, each one terminating with a

very small joint, from which springs a curious clavate or spoon-

shaped bristle or tag; a few with a somewhat similar tag are dispersed

thinly over the upper surface of the body, which is closely wrinkled,

260 REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW [ Feb. 15,

the wrinkles taking different but regular directions on the different

parts of the body.

The eyes are very minute, in two pairs, one on either side of the

caput ; those of each pair are near together but not contiguous.

The legs are 5-jointed, slender, and not very long; they are armed

with fine spines, bristles, and hairs, and terminate with two tarsal

S-shaped claws, springing from a small terminal joint, and furnished

beneath with some slender prominent clavate hairs. The legs are in

pairs, the first and second, and third and fourth legs on each side

having their basal joints respectively contiguous to each other, as in

the genus Trombidium, and articulated to the fore half of the lower

surface of the body.

The palpi? are short, strong, 4-jointed ; and to the upperside of the

base of the digital joint is articulated a strong curved claw.

The maville, labium, and falces coalesce and form a kind of suc-

torial apparatus, towards the fore part of which on the underside

are two opposed curved saw-edged processes.

Several examples of this curious Acarid, found under stones, were

contained in the Rev. A. E. Eaton’s Kerguelen’s-Land collection.

Being so very minute and delicate, they had suffered considerably by

being preserved in strong spirit.

Fam. BpELLIDES.

Gen. Scirus, C. Koch?

SCIRUS PALLIDUS, sp. n. (Plate XIX. fig. 2.)

Length 3 a line.

As far as I could ascertain from the single example contained in

the Kerguelen-Island collection, this small Acarid is an undescribed

species of the genus Scirus. Its colour is a dull yellowish white ;

and there are a few obscure blackish markings in two parallel

longitudinal lines along the upperside of the abdomen. The

body and legs are furnished with a few longish pale semidia-

phanous hairs. The eyes are in two pairs, those of each pair

contiguous, and in the position indicated by the two small oval

markings in figure 24. The only example received was injured by

the action of the spirit in which it had been preserved, so that the

exact details of its structure could not be satisfactorily observed ; in

the general appearance, however, of the beak-like mouth-parts there

seemed to be but little difference from the genus Bdella and others

nearly allied.

Order ACARIDEA.

Fam. Ixop1peEs.

Gen. Hyatomma, C. Koch.

Hlyatomma puta. (Plate XIX. fig. 3.)

Length 3 line.

Body oval. Cephalothoraw yellowish brown, strongly tinged with

red on either side of its fore part and on the fore part of the caput.

1876. ] ARACHNIDA FROM KERGUELEN’S LAND. 261

Abdomen dark yellow-brown, and (as well as the cephalothorax)

thinly clothed with short pale hairs; the hinder part of the abdomen

is of a pale dull yellowish hue, and its margin is indented with four

small elongate notches. On each side of the underpart, just behind

the basal joints of the 4th pair of legs, is a roundish patch, whose

surface appears to be covered with minute points, which may

possibly be the plates of spiracular organs.

The Jegs are moderately long and tolerably strong, 7-jointed, the

last or tarsal joint being very small; they are of a pale yellowish

colour, marked underneath with patches of a bright shining orange

red, and furnished with a few short hairs ; each tarsus terminates

with two curved diaphanous claws springing from a small claw-joint ;

and beneath them is an oval sucker. like pad.

The palpi are five-jointed (including the basal joints or maxille) ;

these latter are of a reddish colour and soldered to the labium; the

colour of the palpi is similar to that of the legs; the terminal (or

digital) joint is short and small; the next to it (or radial) is large and

tumid, the other two joints short. The length of the palpi slightly

exceeds that of the falces.

The falces are porrected in the form of a beak, and are armed

beneath with numerous sharp hooks or teeth directed backwards.

Several examples of this Acarid were found by the Rey. A. E.

Eaton on a Penguin (Pygosceles teniatus) in Kerguelen’s Land.

Ordo nov.? PacrtLoPHyYSIDEA.

External Characters of the Order :—Cephalothorax and abdomen

covered with a continuous epidermis of a rather slight texture, un-

segmented, and united to each other throughout their whole breadth,

the point of junction being clearly indicated by a transverse line or

suture. Palpi filiform, and terminating with a single minute claw.

Legs eight in number, their basal joints closely grouped together on

the sternal surface of the cephalothorax, the tarsi terminate with

two claws, between which is a slender pectinated style. Falces

didactylous. Maville coalescing at their base. Labium (properly

so called) wanting. yes two.

Fam. Pa@ciLopHysIDESs.

In its general appearance this curious little Arachnid seems to be

a compound of the Spiders, Solpugids, Chelifers, and Acari. On its

upperside it reminds one strongly of the Solpugidea, both in the

massive falces, and its two eyes on a small tubercle at the fore extremity

of the caput; its underside bears a strong resemblance in the maxillee

and palpi to the Araneidea ; its profile resembles that of the pseudo-

Scorpiones, while in its small size, continuous, delicate epidermis, and

closely approximated thorax and abdomen it shows a strong likeness

to the Acaridea.

Gen. nov. Pa@ciLopuHysis.

Eyes two, closely grouped cn a small tubercle at the fore extremity

of the caput, just between and above the base of the falces.

262 REV, 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW [Feb. 15,

Falces massive, as long as the cephalothorax, two-clawed, the

upper claw fixed, the lower movable, and both curved.

Maville large, coalescing at their base, and produced at their inner

extremity into a strong angularly pointed projection.

Labium none, and sternum none, properly so called, the basal

joints of the legs being articulated to the inferior surface of the

cephalothorax.

Abdomen longer than the cephalothorax. A small elongate oval

aperture towards the hinder part of the underside is probably the

genital opening, while a still more minute orifice beneath its extre-

mity is probably the anal aperture.

Legs moderately long and tolerably strong; they are 6-jointed,

furnished with long bristles, and terminating in two S-curved claws,

beneath which is a longish, slender, slightly upturned style, plu-

mose or finely pectinated along its underside.

Palpi 4-jointed, similar to the legs in armature ; the terminal (or

digital) joint ends with a small hooked claw ; and the bristles or hairs

on it are long and plumose.

Pa@cILOPHYSIS KERGUELENENSIS, sp.n. (Plate XIX. fig. 4.)

Adult female. Length 4 line.

The cephalothorax is of a somewhat quadrate form, narrower

before than at its junction with the abdomen; it is moderately con-

vex above, and has a few long pale hairs or slender bristles directed

forwards on its upperside: its profile line is nearly level; and the

colour of the cephalothorax and abdomen is pale yellow, the legs and

other parts being of a whitish hue.

The eyes are small, but close together near the hinder part of a

small roundish tubercle or eminence, at the middle of the fore extre-

mity of the eaput.

‘The legs are 6-jointed, rather long, tolerably strong, not greatly

differing in length, their relative length being 1, 4, 2, 3; they are

furnished with long pale bristles ; and the tarsi, which are undivided

and with two claws, are curved somewhat in the form of an S: beneath

thei is a largish bristle or style, pectinated or plumose on its infe-

rior side. ‘The joints do not differ greatly in length, the first two

or basal ones being the longest, and the rest nearly equal.

The palpi are similar, in their general armature, to the legs. The

digital joint is longer than the radial, and of an ovoid torm; its

hairs are plumose, and the single terminal claw is sharply hooked

aud minute.

The falces are as long as the cephalothorax, very massive at the

base and didactyle, the lower claw being movable and opposed to the

upper one; both claws are curved, but project in the same straight

line and in the same plane as the cephalothorax, which the falces

equal in length.

The maatlle are long, their inner extremities considerably pro-

duced into an angularly pointed form, and extending close beneath the

falces, to about two thirds of their length.

The abdomen, looked at in profile, is higher and more convex than

1876. | ARACHNIDA FROM KERGUELEN’S LAND. 263

the cephalothorax, and about double its length ; its fore extremity is

conterminons in its breadth with the cephalothorax, but is constricted

laterally near the middle, the hinder extremity being rounded and

obtuse ; its upper surface is furnished with a few long pale hairs or

bristles.

Several examples of this minute but most interesting Arachnid were

found under stones in Kerguelen’s Land by Mr. Eaton, Unfortunately,

from their extreme delicacy and small size, they had suffered severely

from the action of the strong spirit in which they were immersed.

Order ARANEIDEA.

Fam. AGELENIDES.

Gen. nov. Myro.

Cephalothorax oval, roundly truncated before, and moderately

constricted on its lateral margins at the caput. Upper convexity

moderate ; profile-line slopes very gradually in a slightly curved line

from the hinder slope to the ocular region ; clypeus unusually narrow,

almost obsolete. Spinners short, those of the inferior pair longest

and strongest.

Eyes eight, unequal in size and forming a rather large and some-

what oval area, enclosed by two longitudinal curved rows of three

eyes each ; the curves directed from each other ; within this area,

and towards its fore part, are two minute eyes near together in a

transverse line.

Legs not greatly different in relative length, which is 4, 1, 2, 3.

Each tarsus terminates with three claws.

Maville large, curved towards the labium, much and roundly pro-

tuberant on the outer sides towards their extremity, which is rather

obliquely truncated ; the palpi issue from unusually near their lower

extremities.

Labium rather more than half the length of the maxille, very

difficult to be seen clearly ; but its form is apparently oblong, slightly

rounded at the apex.

MyRro KERGUELENENSIS, sp. n. (Plate XIX. fig. 5.)

Adult male. Length nearly 23 lines.

The cephalothorax is of a yellow brown colour, the margins

surrounded with a fine black line; the normal grooves and indenta-

tions are well marked, and suffused with dusky black, giving the thorax

somewhat the appearance of radiating markings; the ocular region

is furnished with some bristly black hairs ; and some longer and finer

ones are distributed along the central longitudinal line to the hinder

slope.

The eyes are unequal in size and form a largish hexagonal area on

the fore part of the caput close to its fore margin; they may be de-

scribed either as in two longitudinal curved rows of three eyes each,

with two minute ones in a transverse line towards the fore extremity

of the enclosed area, or as four pairs, a hinder pair, two fore lateral

pairs, and a fore central pair; those of the hinder pair are sepa-

264 ON NEW ARACHNIDA FROM KERGUELEN’S LAND. [ Feb. 15,

rated by an interval of an eye’s diameter, and each is also divided by

an equal interval from the hinder eye of the lateral pair on its side ;

the eyes of each lateral pair are separated by a slight interval, not

exceeding half the diameter of one of the fore central eyes; the hind

laterals are the largest of the eight ; and the interval between the

fore laterals is equal to about 14 diameter; the interval between

the eyes of the fore central pair is equal toa diameter, the distance of

each from the fore lateral on its side being rather greater ; and that

of each from the hind lateral is equal to the diameter of the latter ; the

interval between the fore lateral eyes and the fore margin of the

caput is very slight indeed, being less than the diameter of one of the

central eyes. .

The legs are moderately long and strong; their relative length

does not differ greatly, being 4, 1, 2,3. They are of a brownish

yellow colour, faintly and imperfectly annulated with dusky brown ;

the annulations are scarcely perceptible in some examples. They are

furnished with spines, bristles, and hairs, some of the latter being at

right angles to the different joints ; each tarsus terminates with three

curved claws, of which the inferior is much the smallest, and sharply

bent downwards.

The palpi are similar in colour to the legs; furnished with hairs

and a few bristles, and of moderate length and strength. The

cubital joimt is short and bent; the radial is slightly longer and

spreads out gradually on its outer side into a somewhat irregularly

shaped prominent but not very large apophysis at its fore extremity ;

the digital joint is long and rather narrow, similar in form to that of

some species of Tegenaria; the palpal organs are simple, and have a

long curved filiform spine connected with them, and by which they

are very nearly encircled; this spine issues from the base of the

palpal organs, and curving first round their inner margin terminates

on the opposite side.

The falces are long, strong, and vertical, prominent near their

base in front, and similar in colour to the cephalothorax.

The mazille are similar in colour to the falces; their form has

been already described above.

The dabium has also been described. Its colour is dark blackish

brown.

The sternum is heart-shaped, similar in colour to the legs, and fur-

nished with hairs.

The abdomen is oval, moderately convex above, and does not pro-

ject greatly over the base of the cephalothorax. It is clothed with

hairs, some on the fore part of the upperside being prominent and

of a bristly nature. Its colour is brownish yellow mixed with brown

and black, a tolerably distinct pattern being visible on the upper-

side ; that on the fore half consists of two longitudinal curved rows,

each of three irregular yellowish spots, followed (on the hinder half)

by a series of alternate yellowish and black angular bars or chevrons,

the angles directed forwards; or the hinder half may be described

as of a yellowish colour marked with a series of four or six black

angular bars, which diminish in size towards the spinners; the

7 ' . a 7 - 7 ay

- = ¢

: ~ :

a as » ae ~~. 7 7

_ o ’ : o bee 7 ; 7

-~ uJ bes cs - ‘

t = . ‘ :

= , ; :

= 7 7 a 7

: - - bs . - i 7 « if

f be : = { : 7 - 7 m

a : a _ - -s

ra =+ - - - 7 -_

7 ~ ns ’ 7 7 = ee 7

é @ = 7 as _ a

A = S t

i a rl ’

o * 7 - fi 7 a A -

a he

lg - a - 7 a —

7 a i . a io : -

= ame * - 7 5 = Ss 7 m

‘ mI ’ 7 7 +

i 7 _- 7 = = : - 5

os - nr . ‘ - T

: A ar i

- i 7 - = rT —

~ : : on

- 7 = 7 =

. : _ a 7 :

= i - 7 =

. i= {

- 7 4 - aa a

= - { = t

: - ~ Zs 4

‘ ¥ - = 4 ~

- : = 5 my

7 ~ =

- - ce ee 7 1 - 7 ‘ -

7 an)

- * ? - ira - is = é

: -

7 ns t ‘

7 7 :

7 7 a= ™ a

4 ~

j i : - : '

. ) 7

: i = 1

: 1 = 7 a

A a 7 ra A - : hi

= — 7 Pile -

7 q a re =f

7 ' a “4 7 : 7

a_i . A et: - =

7 : - J fl

7 7 n - = rT =

: ° 7 !

r ‘

a — : i | ‘

7 ; 5 ; ‘ 4 : i

- \4 7 \}

7 = ; ;

= ner ‘ : i i a = h

’ A

i : : z 7 - : * BX a - 4 ; j : : ae

x i ~ ; , l 0 7 ! 4s ,

a - ~ ‘ m4 ~ =

A { 7 : : = 7 a

a 7 i 5 , i 2

a > oy 2 : = -

7 “ 7 h ae . -

- oad ¥ . ial z. *

; = _ : ve ——

‘ : t ' = : = ms

. ve y —— i =

Pd 1 4 7 - = 7

+ 1 7 < a) — _

—e" all = 7

= Saa0 ee ee =" - ——

1876. ] MR. G. F. ANGAS ON NEW HELICES. 265

underside of the abdomen is of a uniform blackish brown colour with

an indistinct pale longitudinal line on either side.

The spinners of the inferior pair are strong but short, though

longer than those of the superior pair.

The female resembles the male in general colour and markings ; the

sides of the abdomen, however, on the hinder half are paler than those

of the male, and are marked with two differently sized oblique irre-

gular blackish markings ; the genital aperture is simple, but of a dis-

tinctive form.

Eight males and one female were received from the Rev. A. E.

Eaton, by whom they were found on Kerguelen’s Land under stones,

and running also at times on the ground.

This spider (as above observed), the only one found on the island, is

of great interest, being unmistakably allied to Tegenaria and Agelena,

though quite distinct from both.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIX.

. 1. Torynophora serrata, sp. n.

a, upperside, highly magnified ; 4, underside without the legs; c, profile ;

d, leg of first pair ; e, extremity of tarsus of ditto: f/ palpi; g, extre-

mity of one of the cephalic projections, highly magnified ; /, one of the

clavate hairs on abdomen, highly magnified ; 4, mouth-parts on under-

side, highly magnified ; 0, natural length.

Fig. 2. Scirus pallidus, sp. n.

a, upperside; 6, upperside of caput and mouth-parts, more enlarged,

showing the position of the eyes; ¢, natural length.

Fig. 3. Hyalomma puta, sp. nu.

a, upperside ; 4, underside without legs; ¢, caput, palpi, and falces, more

enlarged ; d, natural length.

Fig. 4. Pecilophysis kerguelenensis, sp. n.

a, upperside; 0, underside without legs ; ¢, profile without legs or palpi ;

d, extremity of tarsus of leg of second pair; e, digital joint of palpus ;

g, portion of faleces and maxille in profile ; f; natural length.

Fig. 5. Myro kerguelenensis, sp. n. ;

a, upperside; 0, fore part of caput and falces, from the front, showing

the position of the eyes; c, profile; d, maxilla and labiuin; e¢, g, left

palpus in two positions ; /, genital aperture (2 ); f, natural length.

2. Descriptions of Four new Species of Helix; with some

notes on Helix angasiana of Pfeiffer. By Grorce 'RENCH

Aneas, F.L.S., C.M.Z:S.

| Received January 26, 1876.]

(Plate XX.)

Hewix BEATRIX, n. sp. (Plate XX. figs, 1 to 35.)

Shell narrowly perforate, ovately conical, rather thin, not shining,

finely obliquely striated, variously coloured ; spire conoidal ; whorls

64, rounded, narrowly margined at the sutures, the last non-descend-

ing, somewhat inflated and obtusely subangulated at the periphery

in front, moderately convex at the base; aperture subcircular ; the

266 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON NEW HELICES, [Feb. 15,

outer lip very slightly expanded and reflected ; the collumella de-

scending vertically and callously reflected over the perfcration.

Diam. maj. 10, min. 8, alt. 13 lines.

Hab.? Solomon archipelago.

Var. a. Rich orange-yellow throughout, inner lip white, apex some-

times of a carnelian color.

Var. 6. Bright yellow, apex orange, with a narrow black band im-

mediately below the suture of the last whorl, lip black.

Var. c. Pellucid white, upper-whorls yellow or orange.

Var. d. Upper whorls white, last whorl light brown, with a narrow

pale band below the suture, lip white stained inside with purple.

Var. e. Very dark purplish chocolate-colour, reddish towards the

apex. .

Pehis shell, like Helix meta, Pfr., is subject to remarkable variations

in colour, but may at once be distinguished by its smaller size, the

convexity of the whorls, and the roundness of the aperture, in which

the subflexuous outer lip and diagonal form of H. meta are wanting.

The general form of the shell presents somewhat of a Paludina-like

aspect. The outer lip is much less expanded and reflected than in

H. meta, and the texture less glossy and shining.

HELIX RAMSDENI, n. sp. (Plate XX. figs. 6, 7.)

Shell imperforate, turbinate, rather solid, obliquely faintly striated,

white, ornamented with a narrow brownish-black band on the lower

part of the penultimate whorl, and two broader black bands, one

above and the other below the peripbery of the last whorl, the cen-

tral band being irregularly marked with diaphanous white spots ;

base tinged more or less with suffused chestnut next the columella ;

spire conical, apex rather obtuse ; whorls 53, convex, the first three

somewhat pellucid, the last descending in front; aperture very

oblique, truncately oval; peristome white, the right margin ex-

panded, sinuous, and reflected; the columellar margin obliquel

descending, flattened and expanded, slightly grooved in the middle,

and furnished with a long straight callus terminating abruptly

within the aperture.

Diam. maj. 123, min. 103, alt. 13 lines.

iTab. ? Solomon archipelago.

This beautiful shell is somewhat allied to H. boivint of Petit

(H. subrepta of Quoy), but it exhibits certain differences so marked

as to induce me to characterize it as a distinct species. The whorls

of H. ramsdeni are more rounded, the last whorl! is smaller, and the

shell generally somewhat more conical than in H. boivini; whilst

the peculiar white spots on the central black band remind one of

similar markings in H. ambrosia, Ang. The beautiful scarlet outer

lip so constant in IZ. dotvini is entirely absent in the present species ;

and the shell is of an almost bluish white, while H. botvint has a

warm yellowish tinge.

I have named this shell in memory of the late Lady Harriet

Ramsden, from whose collection the typical specimen originally

came.

1876. | MR. G. F. ANGAS ON NEW HELICES. 267

HeLix MoRESBYI, n.sp. (Plate XX. figs. 8, 9.)

Shell umbilicated, globosely conical, moderately solid, finely and

irregularly obliquely striated, fulvous chestnut, paler at the apex, with

various broad and narrow bands of deep brown, darker below the

sutures ; spire conical; whorls 6, convex, the last somewhat flat-

tened at the base and excavated towards the umbilicus ; aperture

oblique, sublunate, within glossy and of a pale purplish hue, lips

black, margins approximating and joined by a thin callus, outer

margin expanded and subreflexed, columellar margin dilated, partly

concealing the umbilicus.

Diam. maj. 23 min. 14, alt. 23 lines.

Hab. Port Denison, Northern Queensland.

In its general character this species comes nearer to H. yulei,

Forbes, than to any other ; but it differs in being larger, very much

more conical, and in having the base of the last whorl peculiarly

flattened.

HELIx RHODA, n. sp. (Plate XX. figs. 10-12.)

Shell deeply and profoundly umbilicated, depressedly convex, mo-

derately solid, finely obliquely irregularly striated, fulvous brown,

scattered with pale, diaphanous, oblique stripe-like spots, with

a suffused brown band below the suture, and another darker and

narrower band above it, also a narrow dark band on either side

of the keeled periphery; spire depressedly conical, apex obtuse ;

sutures narrowly margined ; whorls 6, convex, the last not descend-

ing, moderately keeled at the periphery and a little flattened at the

base; aperture oblique, truncately ovate, right margin rather sinuous,

very slightly expanded and subreflexed, the basal a little thickened,

somewhat reflexed, and white.

Diam. maj. 10, min. 9, alt. 5 lines.

Hab. San Christoval, Solomon archipelago.

This shell belongs to the Zrochomorpha group, its nearest ally

being H. merziana, Pfr.

Heirx ancasiana, Pfr. (not Newcomb, in Aun. Lyceum Nat.

Hist. New York).

This characteristic species (first described in the French ‘ Journal

de Conchyhilogie,’ 1862, p. 228, by Dr. Pfeiffer, from a dead and

bleached specimen in a chalky condition, that was sent home by me

from the neighbourhood of Lake Torrens, in the interior of South

Australia) has been the cause of some confusion amongst concholo-

gists, which I desire to rectify. On my subsequently obtaining

living specimens of this species from the same locality I wrote to

M. Crosse, the editor of the Journal, stating that the diagnosis

should be modified, the specimen figured having lost all its colour

and become thickened by exposure to the influences of the atmo-

sphere. This note was published by M. Crosse in the Journal for

1863, in which the colours of the living shell were given. Notwith-

standing this, Dr. Cox, of Sydney, in his ‘Monograph of the Austra-

lian Land Shells,’ states that M. Crosse is mistaken, and that the

268 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON THE [Feb. 15,

coloration he gives is that of H. diteniata, Cox, also from South

Australia, and persists in regarding the normal state of H. anga-

siana as “solid, white, and porcellaneous,” and furthermore gives

“ H. angasiana, not Pfeiffer,” as synonym of H. biteniata, Cox,-in

his ‘Monograph.’ The coloration of H. angasiana, when fresh, is

singularly like that of H. biteniata, although the form and charac-

ters of the two species are extremely different. I have therefore

given a figure of both the species on the accompanying plate, which

ought to set the matter definitively at rest. I may add that H. bite-

niata, Cox (1868), is a synonym of H. flindersi, A. Ad. & Ang.,

(P. Z. S. 1863), the description of which was unfortunately also

taken from a bleached specimen from which the bands had disap-

eared.

The shell described and figured as H. angasiana by Dr. Newcomb

in the ‘Annals of the Lyceum of Natural History of New York,’ in

May 1860, must stand as H. bougainvillet, it having been described

and figured under the latter name by Dr. Pfeiffer in the ‘ Proceed-

ings’ of this Society in February 1860 (see P. Z.S. 1860, p. 133).

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XX.

Figs. 1-5, Helix beatrix. Figs. 10, 11,12 Helix rhoda.

Figs. 6, 7. Helix ramsdeni. Figs. 15, 14. Helix angasiana,

Figs. 8,9. Helia moresbyi. Figs. 15, 16. Helix biteniata.

3. Noteson some of the Blue Crows of America. By P. L.

Scrarer, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., and Osserr Satvin,

M.A., F.R.S.

[Received January 9, 1875.]

The typical Crows (Corvus) are, as is well known to naturalists,

in the New World essentially a northern form, and have only pene-

trated into the Neotropical Region as far south as the highlands of

Guatemala and the northern Antilles. Several genera of Blue Crows

take their place in Central and Southern America. Of these, in our

‘Nomenclator,’ we enumerated 32 species as autoptically known to

us. But during the past three years the receipt of additional speci-

mens and examination of others in different coliections has enabled

us to add slightly to the number, and to make certain rectifications

in our own list. These we beg leave to submit to the Society.

1. CYANOCITTA* ARGENTIGULA.

C. argentigula, Lawr. Ann. Lye. N. Y. xi. p. 88 (1875).

Under this name Mr. Lawrence has recently deseribed a Jay from

Costa Rica with which we are not yet autoptically acquainted. It is

apparently a well-defined species, belonging to the group containing

* The type of the genus Cyanocitta of Strickland is Garrulus cristatus, Linn.,

as stated in precise terms by the founder of the genus (Ann. Nat. Hist. xv. p. 261,

1845); and we therefore cannot understand why the authors of ‘ North American

Birds’ and other American writers persist in giving the type as Garrulus

1876. | BLUE CROWS OF AMERICA. 269

C. nana and C. pumilo, and partakes to some extent of the character

of both, in having the crescentic white frontal and superciliary marks

of the latter, and the throat coloured as in the former species. It is

probably the representative in Costa Rica of the Guatemalan C. pu-

milio and the Mexican C. nana.

2. CYANOCITTA BEECHEI! (Vig.): Scl. et Salv. Nomencl. p. 39.

There are three somewhat similar species of Cyanocitta of a

uniform black below, two only of which are inserted in the list in

our ‘Nomenclator’ under the names C. beecheii and C. erassirostris

These three birds may be readily distinguished as follows :—

a. Frontis crista tenui elongata nigra............ 1. sanblasiana.

6. Frontis plumis brevibus erectis, crista nulla.

a'. Major: dorso late czruleo, naribus

plumis frontalibus omnino tectis 2. beecheit.

b’, Minor: dorso viridi-cyaneo, naribus

plumis froutalibus dimidio tectis 3. germana.

The synonymy of these species should stand as follows .—

CYANOCITTA SANBLASIANA.

Geai de San Blas, Néboux, Rev. Zool. 1840, pp. 290, 323.

Pica sanblasiana, Lafr. Mag. de Zool. 1842, Ois. t. 28.

‘yanocorax de San-Blas, Prev et Desmurs, Voy. ‘ Véuus,’ v. p. 200.

Cissilopha sanblasiana, Bp. Consp. i. p. 380; Lawrence, Mem.

Boston Soc. N. H. i. p. 284.

* Cyanurus geoffroti, Bp.” Gray, Hand-list, i. p. 4, et in Mus. Brit.

Hab. Western Mexico: San Blas (Néboux); Acapulco (Leclan-

cher); Plains of Colima, Manzanilla Bay and Las Trochas (Xantus).

Mus. 8.G., Acad. Philad., Brit.

Except as regards its thin frontal crest,this bird does not differ mate-

rially in form from its allies ; and we see no reason for making a genus

of it, as proposed by Bonaparte. The species is rare in European col-

lections. Messrs. Salvin and Godman’s specimen is one of Xantus’s

collection from the plains of Colima, and was presented to them by

the Smithsonian Institution. There is a single mounted example in

the Gallery of the British Museum, marked C. geoffroyi. In the

Jardin des Plantes there is also one mounted specimen of this species.

It should be noticed that the figure of this bird in the ‘ Magasin

de Zoologie’ gives the bill yellow, showing that in this species, as in

its two allies, this is a variable character, probably depending on

sex.

californicus. Again, the type of Cyanurus, Sw.,is not Garrulus cristatus, as given

in the above mentioned work, p. 271. This error was caused by Mr. G. R. Gray’s

unauthorized assumption that the fist species in any author’s list must necessarily

be his type. But Swainson himself tells us that the first three species which he

mentions (i.e. C. cristatus, C. stelleri, and C. sordidus) are “aberrant,” and that

the ‘‘typical” species are only found in the ‘tropics of America and India.”

It is obvious therefore that Cyanurus, Sw. (1851)= Cyanocorax, Boie (1826), as

stated by Strickland /. s. ¢., and that Cyanocitta is the proper generic name for

the ‘Blue Jays” of America, as used by us in our “ Nomenclator.”

270 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON THE (Feb. 15,

CYANOCITTA BEECHEII.

Pica beecheii, Vig. Zool. Journ. iv. p. 353 (1829), et Beechey’s

Voy. Zool. p. 22, pl. 6.

Cyanocitta crassirostris, Bp. Consp. 1. p. 378 (1850).

OCyanocorax geoffroii, Bp. C. R. xxxi. p. 564 (1850).

Cyanocorax beecheyi, Finsch, Abh. Nat. Ver. Bremen, vol. il. p.

333.

Cyanocitta beecheyti, Lawr. Mem. Boston Soc. N. .« il. p. 283.

Hab. North-western Mexico; Mazatlan (Grayson and Bischof’) ;

Tres Marias Islands (Xantus).

As far as can be told by the imperfect diagnoses in Bonaparte’s

‘Conspectus,’ his “.C. beachii”’ is founded on a yellow-billed speci-

men of the next species, and his C. crassirostris on a black-billed

specimen of the present bird. Grayson says decidedly that the colour

of the bill in the present bird is a sexual character ; and there is not

much doubt that he is correct. Bonaparte’s C. geoffroit is also

undoubtedly based upon an individual of this species.

There is no example of the true C. beecheii in the British Museum.

In the Galerie of the Jardin des Plantes there are four, all labelled

*“‘ Oyanocitta geofroii, Bp.’ Two of these are from the Voyage of

the ‘Vénus,’ from San Blas and Mazatlan respectively, that from

San Blas being doubtless Bonaparte’s type.

CYANOCITTA GERMANA, Sp. NOV.

Cyanocitta beachii, Bp. Consp. i. p. 378. (nec. Vig.).

Corvus (Pica) beecheit, Kyd. et Gerv. Mag. de Zool. 1836, pl. 72,

et Voy. ‘ Favorite,’ pl. 20.

Cyanocitta crassirostris, Salv. Ibis, 1861, p. 353; Moore, P. Z. 8.

1859, p. 57; Lawrence, Ann. L. N. Y. ix. p. 201.

Cyanurus beecheii et C. crassirostris, Gray, Hand-list, ii. pp. 4 & 5.

Hab. Belize (Salvin, Dyson § Leylan); Peten (Morelet); Merida,

Yucatan (Schott).

We have already stated that this bird is probably the C. beachi

of Bonaparte’s ‘Conspectus.” Dr. Pucheran first pointed out the

difference between the figure of Rydoux and Gervais in the ‘Magasin

de Zool.’ (which we suppose to be also intended for it) and that of

Vigors representing the true beecheii, and associated the former

with Morelet’s specimens from Yucatan.

Not having looked sufficiently deeply into the complicated errors

of previous workers, we have hitherto used the term erassirostris for

the present bird, and have been followed therein by other writers.

But, as hinted by Pucheran*, there can be little question that the

insufficient diagnosis of Bonaparte’s C. crassirostris was really taken

from a black-billed C. beechei.

As in C. beecheii, both yellow and black-billed specimens occur in

the present species. Of two examples obtained by Salvin at Belize, one

has a black bill and the other a yellow. The latter, moreover, has

shght white tips to the lateral rectrices, which we look upon as a

* Rey. Zool. 1858, p. 196.

1876. | BLUE CROWS OF AMERICA. oT

characteristic of the female of this species. The OC. beecheii of Gray’s

Hand-list is based upon three similar yellow-billed and white-tipped

specimens, in the British Museum, two of which were obtained by

Dyson in British Honduras.

In the Gallery of the Jardin des Plantes are two specimens of the

bird. One of these, labelled “ Mexique,”’ hasa yellow bill and white

tips to the tail. The other is a partial albino, and has the black por-

tions of the plumage, except the tibize, white. It agrees with the short

diagnosis given by Bonaparte of Cyanocitta beachii, jr. (Consp. p.

378), and is doubtless the bird from which it was taken. Amongst

the skins at Paris is one example of this species from Merida (Yu-

catan), with yellow bill and white-tipped rectrices. This is marked in

the handwriting of Jules Verreaux as the type of Bonaparte’s cras-

sirostris ; but this is clearly an error. It is, no doubt, the specimen

referred to by Pucheran (Rev. Zool. 1858, p. 196) as having been

brought by Morelet from Guatemala.

CyanocitTTa soLyzA, Bp. Journ. f. Orn. 1853, p. 47; Tacz.

PeZoS..1874;)p.024.

Of this rare bird we have never been able to procure specimens,

but have examined that in the Paris Museum (probably Bonaparte’s

type) and convinced ourselves that it is an excellent species. There

is likewise an example of it in the Copenhagen Museum, obtained by

Prof. Reinhardt when at Lima, along with the specimen of Jridornis

reinhardti (Ibis, 1865, p. 495, pl. xi.). We have not seen Tacza-

nowski’s specimens, but have little doubt that they really belong here,

and that the bird is from the Junin district of Peru. Further south

in the Cuzco district and in Bolivia C. viridi-eyanea takes its place*.

CYANOCITTA ARMILLATA, G. R. Gray.

The series of this bird in our collections present three recognizable

forms, not including C. turcosa, Bp. These are from three different

mountain-ranges of Columbia and Venezuela, namely the Andes of

Merida, the central range of Bogota and Pamplona, and the Quin-

diu range, between the Cauca and Magdalena valleys. They may

be distinguished as follows, but are hardly worthy of specific rank.

a. MERIDANA.

Cyanocitta armillata, Scl. et Salv. P. Z. S. 1870, p. 788.

In this form the whole upper surface is deep blue without any

greenish tinge on the lower back and tail; the head is likewise barely

lighter, nof of a silvery blue asin No. 2. Belowalso the plumage is

of a darker blue and quite uniformly coloured except on the throat,

within the black neck-collar, where it is lighter, but not so bright as

in the Bogota bird.

Of this form Goering obtained specimens in the upper wood-region

of Merida, three of which are now before us.

* Of, P.Z.S. 1873, p. 185.

272 ON THE BLUE CROWS OF AMERICA. [Feb. 15,

3. BOGOTANA.

Cyanocitta armillata, G. R. Gray, in Gray & Mitch. Gen. of

B. pl. Ixxiv.; Wyatt, Ibis, 1871, p. 330.

This is the ordinary ‘‘ Bogota”’ form, and is, we suppose, that

figured by Gray and Mitchell, as above quoted; but no description is

given. It is much nearer to the last than to the succeeding, having

no greenish tinge to the blue. But the throat is lighter, the head paler,

and the upper surface generally not quite so dark. Mr. Wyatt’s

skin from Pamplona belongs strictly to this form.

y- QUINDIUNA.

Of this form Mr. T. K. Salmon has lately sent us many examples

from the Cordillera of Quindiu. The forehead is of a more intense

blue than in the Bogota bird; and this colour is continued over the

head and shoulders. The lower back, wings, tail and belly below are

of a more greenish blue ; but the throat within the black collar is of

nearly the same tint as in (3.

P.S.—Since this paper was written we have received from Mr.

Lawrence a separate copy of his paper entitled ‘ Description of a

new Species of Jay of the Genus Cyanocitta, and of a new Species of

the Genus Cyanocorax,”’ read October 11th of last year before the

Lyceum of Natural History of New York. So far as we can tell

from Mr. Lawrence’s description, his Cyunocitta pulchra, from

Ecuador, there described, is a species with which we are not

acquainted. But the Cyanocoraz, for which the name C. ortoni is

suggested (Ann. L. N.Y. xi. p. 166), is, in our opinion, none other

than Cyanocorax mystacalis, Geoftr., of which name C. uroleucus,

Heine, J. f. Orn. 1860, p. 115, is a synonym. Sclater’s collection

contains a skin of this species from Loxa in Ecuador, which agrees

in every respect with Mr. Lawrence’s description of his supposed

new bird. The association of C. mystacalis with C. cayanus (by

Bonaparte and others) is a great error, as may be seen by reference

to the original types of the former now in the Paris Museum and

Philadelphia Academy, both of which we have inspected, or even tothe

sufficiently accurate figure in the ‘ Magasin de Zoologie.’, Whether C.

bellus of Schlegel is really referable to C. mystacalis (as suggested,

Ibis, 1868, p. 111) is perhaps not quite certain; for, as pointed

out by Mr. Lawrence, Schlegel describes the outer tail-feathers of

his C. 6ellus as having their bases blue. An examination of the

typical specimen will be necessary to decide this question; but it

will, in our opinion, probably turn out to be the case that the asser-

tion made in the ‘Ibis’ is correct.

1876.] THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE, 273

March 7, 1876.

Dr. A. Ginther, F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the

Society’s Menagerie during the month of February, 1876 :—

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-

gerie during the month of February was 67, of which 36 were ac-

quired by presentation, 21 by purchase, 5 by exchange, 3 were bred

in the Gardens, aud 2 were received on deposit. The total number of

departures during the same period, by death and removals, was 111.

The most noticeable additions during the month of February were

as follows :— :

1, An example of the very singular Cervine form lately described

by Mr. Swinhoe in the Society’s ‘ Proceedings’ as Lophotragus mi-

chianus (P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 452).

‘This animal was procured by Mr. A. Michie, of Shanghai (the

discoverer of the species), in the Ningpo district of China, and for-

warded to this country for sale. We purchased it from his agent on

the 12th ult. for £35.

The general appearance of the animal is very well indicated in the

plate (P. Z.S. 1874, pl. lix.) prepared by Mr. Keulemans from

Wes ee

Lophotragus michianus 6 .

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1876, No. XVIII. 18

274 DR. A. GUNTHER ON A SPECIES OF PALYTHOA. [Mar. 7,

the flat skin upon which Mr. Swinhoe founded the species, and which

is now in the Royal Zoological Museum of Berlin.

The animal is a male; and the canines project from the sides of

the mouth as in Hydropotes. There are no external antlers; but

there are hard projecting cores, sensible to the touch, beneath the

elongated hairs which form a flattened disk on the forehead, as will

be seen by the drawing (see woodcut, p. 273) which I exhibit.

Our Prosector will, no doubt, give us a complete account of this

most interesting form when our specimen dies.

2. Two White-backed Pigeons (Columba leuconota), from the

Himalavas, purchased 16th February ; and

3. A Narrow-barred Pigeon (Macropygia leptogrammica), from

Celebes, purchased 16th February. Both these Pigeons are new to

the collection.

4. A Bay Bamboo-Rat (Rhizomys badius), from India, received

the 16th February.

We have to thank Mr. Wood-Mason, of the Indian Museum,

Calcutta, for his present of an example of this interesting Rodent,

which is quite new to us.

5. A female Anderson’s Kaleege (Huplocamus andersoni), from

Burmah, presented by Mr. W. Jamrach, 18th February.

We have not previously received examples of this species of

Kaleege, which is curiously intermediate between LH. nycthemerus and

Li, lineatus.

Mr. Sclater exhibited a skin of a female of Anderson’s Pheasant

(Euplocamus andersoni, Elliot, P. Z. 8. 1871, p. 137), which had been

obtained alive from Burmah by Mr. W. Jamrach, along with another

specimen of the same sex, which he had presented to the Society’s

collection.

Mr. Sclater stated that there could be little doubt that the Phasi-

anus crawfurdii, J. K. Gray, in Griffith’s Cav. Anim. Kingdom, vol.

vill. p. 27, established upon a drawing in the possession of Mr.

Crawfurd (which Mr. Gould had reproduced in his ‘ Birds of Asia’

as the female of EL. pralatus) was really the female of E. andersoni,

which species should therefore, in strictness, be called Zuplocamus

crawfurdi.

Dr. Gunther exhibited specimens of Antechinus minutissimus, ob-

tained by one of Herr Godeffroy’s collectors in the neighbourhood of

Rockhampton, Australia,—and called special attention to the great

development of the genital organs, even in the young when in the

pouch, by which the sexes might be distinguished at this early stage.

Dr. Giinther also exhibited, and made observations on, specimens

of a species of Palythoa (probably P. actinella of Oscar Schmidt) pa-

rasitic on a Sponge, which had been obtained at Naples by Dr. Bal-

four, and belonged to the Cambridge Museum.

The following papers were read :—

1876.] | ON THE ANATOMY OF ARAMUS SCOLOPACEUS. 275

1. On the Anatomy of Aramus scolopaceus.

By A. H. Garrop, M.A., F.Z.S., Prosector to the Society.

| Received February 7, 1876.]

It being very seldom that an opportunity occurs for the study of

the anatomy of Aramus, a form the exact relations of which are but

little understood, I take the opportunity of describing this bird from

a female specimen which reached the Society’s Gardens alive, and

died, much emaciated, within a few days, on Oct. 7, 1875. I may

mention that the generic name Scolopax was applied to it by Lin-

neeus, and that Lichtenstein termed it Rallus gigas. Mr. G. R.

Gray * places it among the Rallinee, next to Radlus aquaticus, whilst

Messrs. Sclater and Salvin include it among the Alectorides, together

with Furypyga, Cariama, and Psophia. It seems to me, however, that,

considering its different anatomical features, it is most intimately re-

lated to Grus, which, with it, is not distant from Ibis, Platalea, and

Eurypyga.

With reference to the skeleton of Aramus, it may be mentioned

that it is figured as a whole in Eyton’s ‘ Osteologia Avium’ (pl. xiv.

K), and in the same valuable work (pl. 27. fig. 2) a front view of

the sternum, and a back view of the pelvis are given, though the plate

is incorrectly lettered.

In Audubon’s ‘ Ornithological Biography’ + a full account of the

viscera is given, with a woodcut of the alimentary canal. The author

considers the bird to be most intimately allied to the Rails.

Aramus is a strongly schizorhinal bird$; in other words, the

openings of the external osseous nares extend further backwards

than the posterior ends of the nasal processes of the preemaxillee. In

this respect it agrees with Grus, Eurypyga, and the Limicole, but

not with the Rallide, nor with Cariama, nor with Psophia.

As in Grus, Ibis, and Platalea, the lachrymal bones do not blend

with the region of the skull where they are attached; in the true

Limicole they do so. The palate is schizognathous, the maxillo-

palatines long, the vomer pointed, and the pterygoids out-spreading

at both ends exactly as in Grus. As in that genus, also, there is a

pair of occipital foramina, like those in Idis, Platalea, and the Limi-

cole ; but these do not occur in the Rallidee, nor in Cariama, nor in

Psophia. (Figs. 1, 2, and 3, p. 276, illustrate these points.)

The sternum is completely Gruine, as are the other parts of its

skeleton.

The pterylosis of Aramus has been fully investigated by Nitzsch ||,

who found that it agrees exactly with that of Psophia and

Grus, and with no other bird. The peculiarities of the feathers

themselves led that illustrious naturalist to place it with the Rails,

from which it differs in more than one pterylographic particular.

* Hand-list of Birds, vol. ii. p. 58.

+ Nomenclator Avium Neotropicalium, p. 141.

t Vol. iv. p. 547 ef seq. § Vide P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 33.

|| Ray Society's English Translation, p. 125. ime

276 ON THE ANATOMY OF ARAMUS SCOLOPACEUS. [ Mar. 7,

There are two carotid arteries; and the right jugular vein, as is

frequently the case, is considerably the larger of the two.

The trachea is simple (the specimen is a female); the syrinx is

somewhat dilated; and a single pair of intrinsic muscles is continued

to the bronchial half-ring.

Fig. 1. Skull of Aramus scolopaceus, palatal view.

2. Ditto ditto lower jaw.

3. Ditto ditto top view.

Myologically, the ambiens muscle is strong; the femoro-caudal

(A) is absent, the accessory femoro-caudal (B) is thin and small;

the semitendinosus (X) and the accessory semitendinosus (Y) are

fairly developed. Its muscle-formula* is therefore B,XY. Inai/ the

Rallidee the formula is AB,XY, the femoro-caudal being large. Jn

* Vide P. Z.S. 1874, p. 111.

1876.] ON THE DISTRIBUTION OF SOUTH-AFRICAN MAMMALS. 277

Psophia it is B,XY, as it is in Cariama (in Chunga B is also ab-

sent). In Balearica regulorum the formula is XY; in Grus anti-

gone it is AB,XY, the femoro-caudal being reduced to almost a

thread ; in Anthropoides virgo the formula is AB,XY, as it is in

Ibis and Platalea, as well as in Eurypyga. Myology therefore

does not militate against the Gruine affinities of dramus.

Further, as in Grus, the tensor fascia covers the biceps cruris ;

the biceps humeri muscle sends a special belly into the patagium ;

the expansor secundariorum is Ciconine ; the obturatcr internus has

a triangular origin*.

Alimentary canal.—The tongue is 23 inches long, very slender,

quite smooth, nearly cylindrical, and tapering to a fine point in front.

It has a slight papillary fringing at its posterior edge. The wsopha-

gus is very capacious, although no crop is developed. The proven-

triculus is zonary ; its glands are cylindrical and short. Between it

and the gizzard is a capacious dilatation of the termination of the

gullet, lined, apparently, with squamous epithelium, the volume of

which is greater than that of the interior of the gizzard itself. The

gizzard is not large, and its muscular walls are not thick. The diver

has the left lobe a little larger than the right, a condition far from

common among birds; the gall-bladder is present. The average-

sized, or slightly narrow, intestines are 40 inches in length. The

ceca are somewhat dilated toward their blind ends; they are 2 and

2 inches long. ‘They are peculiar in being situated laterally, and

close together, instead of opposite one another, a condition approxi-

mated to in most of the non-columbine Schizorhinal birds, and in

them only; the small intestine therefore enters the colon by a

lateral, slit-like opening. In the Cranes the ceeca are generally be-

tween 5 and 6 inches long ; and they being so much larger, the com-

parative size is much the same. In Ibis, Platalea, and Eurypyga

they are very much shorter; in Cariama they measure 10 inches,

whilst in Psophia their length is much the same as in dramus.

2. On the past and present Geographical Distribution of the

Large Mammals of South Africa. By T. E. Buck.ey,

BrA., E-Z.S.

[Received February 7, 1876.]

After I had made arrangements for an expedition to South Africa,

principally for the purpose of sport, in 1873, the University of

Cambridge offered me a grant from the “ Wort’s Fund,” on the

condition that I should send home a collection of specimens equal

in value to the amount of the grant, and should also make a report

to the Vice-Chancellor, detailing any observations that I thought of

sufficient importance to be preserved. ; mie

As the larger Mammals are yearly receding further into the interior,

and as their total extinction is only a question of time, I thought IL

* For further reference to these points, wde P. Z. 8. 1876, p. 195.

278 MR. T. E. BUCKLEY ON THE GEOGRAPHICAL _ [ Mar. 7,

could not do better than set down the limits of each of the most

important species at the time of my visit, as accurately as it was in

my power to ascertain them, adding thereto such particulars as could

be obtained from the accounts of former travellers, as to the range

of the species at the time of their visit.

Considering the number of people who year by year visit South

Africa for the purpose of shooting, it is wonderful how very little,

comparatively speaking, has been written on its zoology. Many

books on the sport to be met with there have appeared at different

times ; and from these a great deal may be learnt; but this informa-

tion requires a vast amount of collating and sifting. On the larger

mammals, of which we are now alone speaking, Harris’s ‘ Wild

Animals of Southern Africa’ is perhaps the best book, giving, as it

does, a plate and description of all those met with by the author.

Dr. A. Smith’s work on the Zoology of South Africa gives us de-

scriptions and plates of only ten of the larger animals: the plates

are decidedly inferior to those of Harris ; and the colouring in one or

two instances is wrong. These two are the latest works on South-

African mammals; and when we consider the enormous number of

animals killed year by year there, and the consequent impending ex-

termination of these creatures, some of which even now are extremely

scarce, it is to be hoped that some one will before long take in hand

to set forth their complete life-history.

I am glad to say that now there are game-laws both in Cape

colony and Natal, which, late though it is, will at least preserve a

remnant of some of the larger animals, such as the Hartebeest and

Eland. Of the smaller Antelopes there are still plenty ; the existence

of any of the larger species in the colonies will be noticed under

the proper heading, when I could get reliable information concern-

ing them.

The Tsetse fly has been of great service in preserving animals,

comparatively few hunters caring to shoot on foot in such a hot

climate. This is the reason why the Zulu country has so long

held large game, its southern boundary being only some seventy

miles from D’Urban; but now, since it has become the fashion for

the hunters to arm natives to shoot for them, even in this country,

favoured as it is by abundance of grass, water, and shelter, extermi-

nation is going on rapidly—so much so that a friend writes me

saying that after next winter he does not think that it will be worth

his while going to hunt in his old haunts; and yet this very country

only some ten or fifteen years ago swarmed with game to an incredible

extent. The result of the extermination of the game is that the

Tsetse disappears, thus giving a greater extent of country for the

rearing of domestic cattle.

The Tsetse appears to be found mostly where there are large herds

of buffaloes, and is said, in some cases, even to migrate with these

animals ; at other times it appears a very local insect,—in one case a

well-beaten road up country passing very close to its haunts; and, I

believe, at night cattle may be driven through these localities with per-

fect safety, care being taken to be outside before the break of day.

1876. | DISTRIBUTION OF SOUTH-AFRICAN MAMMALS. 274

My route from Natal was as follows :—I left Pietermaritzburg on

the 15th of May, crossed the Drakenberg range on the 6th of June ;

on the 8th the bullocks were lost, which delayed me about a week ;

but I reached Pretoria on the 28th of June. I left again on the

night of the 30th, and struck the Crocodile or Limpopo river on the

10th of July, and travelled slowly along the river for the sake of

some shooting. Bamangwato was not reached until about the 5th or

6th of August. I was detained here about a week, but at last left

on the 12th. Unfortunately I took a wrong road on the way to the

Tati, and had to retrace my tracks for some considerable way, which

delayed my arrival there until the 28th of August. I left the Tati

on the Ist of September, and reached the Samouqui river, my

furthest point, about the 12th of the month. The route on my re-

turn journey was precisely the same, but took less time, owing to the

much lighter load to be carried down. My waggon arrived in Pieter-

maritzburg on the 3rd of January 1874.

My stay in the country having been very short, from the end of

April till the middle of the following January, and not much more

than the half of that time having been spent in a game country, my

notes cannot be very extensive. I shot twenty-two different species

of animals, and saw others,—a fair number, considering I had to do

all my shooting on foot, and with very little aid from the natives.

I have been aided in my notes by friends whose experience was

much greater than mine, and also by such books as f could get ;

but, being so far away from a library, there were, of course, many to

which I could not refer: this must be taken as an excuse for many

errors into which I may have fallen. I have purposely avoided

giving descriptions of any animals, as they are mostly described in

Harris’s book from actual specimens.

In the Table exhibited (see pp. 291, 292) I have endeavoured to

give the geographical distribution of these larger animals in Southern

Africa, as far as I could gather it, both at present and formerly ; but

I could get no information concerning Natal and the countries imme-

diately south of it, though it is probable that the coast-line, where it

represents the Zulu country, would be occupied by the same animals.

Apparently most of the South-African Antelopes have their repre-

sentatives to the north and west; thus the Waterbuck is repre-

sented by the Sing-Sing on the west, and the Méhédet of Baker

on the north. Many other instances might be mentioned. Some

species, again, are common to the whole of Africa, as the Giraffe and

one species of Black Rhinoceros; others, again, are very limited in

range, as the Blesbock.

The horns of all species of Antelope, whatever their shape may

be hereafter, are the same when young, and consist of two small

stumps three or four inches long, standing almost straight up.

While the horns are growing, especially during summer, their bases are

quite soft, and for a considerable way up can be pulled off in flakes.

1. Evepnas arricanus. (The Elephant.)

Excepting the few still preserved by Government in the Knysna

280 MR. T. E, BUCKLEY ON THE GEOGRAPHICAL _ [ Mar. 7,

Forest, the Elephant may be considered extinct in the Cape colony

and Natal. Seven and twenty years ago it was found in the bush

around the town of D’Urban in the Natal colony, but now is

almost exterminated even in the Zulu and Amaswazi countries.

In the great reed-beds that exist in the neighbourhood of Santa-

Lucia Bay in the former country, a few still remain, owing to the

almost impossibility of getting at them; and in the Amaswazi

country a few, I am told, are occasionally found under the Bombo

Mountains. North of Delagoa Bay they get more numerous, espe-

cially so, I am told, in Umsila’s country. In the Matabili land the

Elephant is to a certain extent preserved, no one being allowed to

hunt these animals without the permission of the king. North of the

Zouga they are still fairly numerous; but with the immense number

of hunters and traders, the destruction must be great indeed, and

bids fair to exterminate the race in South Africa altogether, espe-

cially when we consider the very slow rate at which these creatures

increase, and that cows and bulls are shot indiscriminately.

North of the Zambesi the Elephant is found through Central

Africa into Abyssinnia, and along parts of the west coast. In some

places they occur in vast herds, as seen by Livingstone (Zambesi

Tributaries, p. 134), cows and bulls together. ‘The number of

trees destroyed by these animals is enormous; along the rivers

Makloetze and Shashai, in the Bamangwuto district, the thick

mimosa-groves which border their banks have been altogether de-

stroyed by the ravages of these creatures.

The tusks of the cow Elephant are much thinner than those of

the bull; but the hollow inside does not extend so far down. The

largest tusk I heard of was one brought from Lake Ngami in 1872;

this weighed 170 lb.; but its fellow was rotten and worthless. I

have seen a pair weighing 90 lb. each; but such a perfect pair are,

I believe, not common.

When Elephants are disturbed by shooting now, they often go

great distances, passing through a large extent of thirst-land to a

distant water ; so fearful are they of fire-arms.

2. RuINOcEROs KEITLOA. (The Keitloa Rhinoceros.)

3. Ruinoceros stmus. (The White Rhinoceros.)

Of African Rhinoceroses there are at least three distinct species, the

fourth, R. oswellii, being, I fancy, rather a doubtful one. The two

“black” species are It. bicornis and #. keitloa; they may at once

be distinguished from the White Rhinoceros by their overhanging

upper lip, which enables them to grasp the bushes on which they,

I believe, exclusively feed. The only black species I met with was

R. keitloa, observed on two occasions—once singly, another time an

old female and her calf about half-grown, which latter was secured.

Owing to incessant persecution these animals are now getting scarce,

eight Rhinoceroses only having been seen by our party. At one

time they must have been extremely common, judging from the

number of skulls seen lying about. Uarris, in his description of R.

1876.] DISTRIBUTION OF SOUTH-AFRICAN MAMMALS. 281

simus, mentions having seen eighty of these animals in a day’s

march ; and on one occasion in the space of half a mile he saw

twenty-two and had to kill four in self-defence. A friend of mine

whom I met on his way down from the Zambesi, told me he had

only seen five, all R. simus, and all of which he secured.

At one time it was not at all uncommon to see R. stmus with the

anterior horn close on 3 feet and upwards in length; now, however,

such animals are rare, most likely from the animal being shot down

before it arrived at its full size. The dung of the black and white

species differ materially ; for whereas that of the former is light-

coloured, more resembling that of an Elephant, that of the latter is

very dark and much softer: thus a hunter, should he not be ex-

perienced enough in “ spooring”’ to know which species he was after,

would immediately do so on seeing the dung. Lach species of Rhi-

noceros drinks every night, as may be seen by going in the morning

to a waterhole, where their fresh spoor may be found, and the water

is generally churned up into a filthy mass of mud. After leaving the

water they go a long distance in Indian file should there be two or

three together, when they spread out and begin to feed. Having

had sight, by studying the wind and quietly (for a Rhinoceros is

very quick at hearing) placing one’s self near the line in which they

are advancing, one may get an easy shot at any distance.

Nearly every Rhinoceros is accompanied by a few individuals of

Buphaga africana, which rid it of its parasites and give it timely

warning of danger. When the animal runs, these birds accompany it,

hovering over it like flies above a horse’s head, uttering a note some-

thing like chirri-chirri-chit-chirrt all the time. The White Rhi-

noceros may often be found standing under a tree in the open plains ;

and at such places the dung collects into enormous masses, showing

that the beast comes to the same tree day after day ; when the mass

gets very high the animal levels it with its horn. The Boreli (2.

bicornis) always lives in the bush, and is one of the few animals that

will charge and hunt a man unprovoked ; this species often has a sore

place behind the shoulder, which is supposed by the natives to be one

of the causes of its savageness. RR. keitloa is generally known to

the hunters by the name of the Blue Rhinoceros.

4. Eavus quacea. (The Quagga.)

The animal commonly so called, is Burchell’s Zebra; the true

Quagga I never saw, though Harris mentions it as occurring in great

herds, but only to the south of the Vaal river. Whether, since his

time, it has become extinct or not is a question; but the few ani-

mals of this genus that were seen on the open plains were all clearly

Burchell’s Zebra. Some few years ago the three species of this genus

were in little repute for their skins as compared with the Wilde-

beest and Blessbok ; but of late years it has been discovered that

they are of great use for, I believe, connecting-bands for machinery;

at any rate their value increased so much that they have been shot

down, until you may go for a week through the ‘‘ High Veldt”’ and

not see one, although there will be thousands of other animals.

282 MR. T. E. BUCKLEY ON THE GEOGRAPHICAL [| Mar. 7,

5. Eauus Montanus. (The Zebra.)

This species is said still to occur in the Hottentot Mountains near

Cape-town ; but it was not observed by us, nor did we see a skin

during the time we were in Africa; however, as we did not ascend

any mountains, where alone they are said to be found, we had no

opportunity of judging whether or not they were rare.

6. Equus surcHELLI. (Burchell’s Zebra.)

One of the commonest animals throughout South Africa, more espe-

cially in the wooded parts. A few years ago it was equally common

on the plains even in the north of Natal, but now has either been

shot out or driven back by the hunters. This is the Quagga par

excellence of South-African sportsmen, by whom it is killed, both

for its skin, which is now extremely valuable, and also for its meat,

which is one of the most palatable morsels you can give to your

native servants; but there is a sort of smell about it which, with its

dark colour and yellow fat, make it any thing but tempting to most

white men. These animals are generally found, at least in the bush,

in small parties of from eight to ten, frequently in company with Blue

Wildebeests. The largest troop I ever saw contained probably about

forty individuals. They are generally in good condition. This species,

i believe, when possible, drinks every day; I have seen them at the

water at midday, and also coming down again to it in the evening.

Their geographical range is wide: Speke and Grant found them

north of Uganda; and at the present time they are common animals

in the Zulu country. Their note is a sort of bark, like the Dutch

pronunciation of the word Quagga, whence, most probably, came

the name. They utter this constantly after being disturbed by a

shot, especially if one is wounded and lags behind.

Out of five of these animals shot in one herd, there were indivi-

duals showing every variation of colour and marking, from the yellow

and chocolate stripes, to the pure black and white, the stripes in

some ceasing above the hock, and in others being continued di-

stinctly down to the hoof. I saw a young foal in September, the

only one I remember to have seen.

7. GAZELLA EUCHORE. (The Springbuck.)

Still common in Cape colony, and more or less abundant through

South Africa up to the Zambesi; it does not, however, occur in

the Zulu and Amaswazi countries. Small herds of this species are

generally seen mixed up with the Blesboeks and Wildebeests.

When disturbed they go off in a series of bounds, opening the

white line that extends halfway down the back to the rump, making

the animals appear as if wholly white. When they come to a road,

they usually spring right across it. Both male and female have

horns, those of the latter, however, being much smaller and thinner.

The calves are dropped about November, and are then cream-

coloured. Gordon Cumming gives aii interesting account of the

saree migrations of this Antelope in his work on South-African

unting a

1876.] DISTRIBUTION OF SOUTH-AFRICAN MAMMALS. 283

8. (ipyceros MELAMPUS. (The Pallah.)

This graceful Antelope occurs in all suitable localities, from the

Zulu country far into Equatorial Africa. In the winter it is found

in large herds ; but in the summer these generally break up ; and they

may often be seen in family parties of three—an old ram and doe,

and a young one. They seem to be fond of the vicinity of water, far

from which I never observed them; when disturbed, they often

bound off like a Springbuck. The male alone has horns, which are

large for the size of the animal; the skin is much used by the natives

for making karosses, at which the Bechuanas are very expert. The

Pallah is essentially a wood-loving animal, never being found in the

open country. Dr. Burchell seems to have been the first to make

this species correctly known; in the second volume of his ‘ Travels,’

p. 301, he gives a description of one that was obtained near Kuruman,

where he first met with it.

9. NANOTRAGUS OREOTRAGUS. (The Klipspringer.)

The Klipspringer occurs in greater or less abundance throughout

the whole of South Africa. I met with them in the Matabili coun-

try, haunting the rocky mounds that rise up so suddenly from the

level ground, called “ Kopjes”’ by the Dutch, generally in small

parties of three. Their hair, which is long and bristly, is much used

by the colonists for stuffing saddles. When alarmed at the foot of

a Kopje, they at once ascend to the top; should, however, the hill

be a small one, they soon take off across the country if pursued.

The Klipspringer does not invariably stay among rocks and high

ground, though it always remains close by, as on three occasions I

found them on the level ground at the foot of the stony rises that

are so common in the African bush.

10. NANOTRAGUS TRAGULUS. (The Steinbock.)

This species was very common after passing Pretoria, the capital

of the Transvaal, into the Matabili country; it is found in the

Zulu and in Damara land, and seems spread through the whole

country south of the Zambesi. They live either singly or in pairs,

often in the driest situations, as they appear to require very little

water.

One that I surprised suddenly in the sandy bed of a river lay close

like a hare in its form until it considered me too near, when it ran

off; they almost invariably stop, however, when they have gone a

certain distance—a habit which often leads to their destruction.

The Steinbeck feeds in the early morning, when it may often be

seen creeping among the bushes; during the middle of the day it

lies in a sort of form, and does not stir again until evening.

11. CepHaLopuus GRimMiIA. (The Duiker.)

The Duiker is met with through Natal and the Zulu country up

to the Matabili country, but is not mentioned by either Andersson or

Baines as occurring in Damara land. It is generally found in the

bush-country solitary ; when disturbed it rarely stands again, as a

284 MR. T. E. BUCKLEY ON THE GEOGRAPHICAL —_[ Mar. 7,

Steinbock does, but goes off at once; when wounded it screams

like a hare. Like the Steinbock the Duiker lives in the most arid

country, seeming to be quite independent of water.

12. Conus ELLIPsIPRYMNUS. (The Waterbuck.)

A common species, extending from the Zulu country through the

east of Equatorial Africa into Abyssinia, as mentioned by Grant and

Baker. It seems never to be found far from water, through which

it does not hesitate to go when alarmed ; it lives in herds of from

three or four to as many as twenty, though the old males generally

live a solitary life, at least not more than one being found with a

herd of females and young. The younger males herd by themselves,

as I have shot two out of a small lot of six or seven, their horns then

not being more than four or five inches in length. The females are

hornless. The Waterbuck is found abundantly through the Zulu

and Amaswazi countries up to the Limpopo and Mariqua, which

seem to be its boundary in a south-west direction ; it is found on the

Zambesi, and at least as far to the west as the Botletlie river, where

Chapman mentions killing one ; but here its place is mostly occupied

by the Leché. The flesh of the Waterbuck is so coarse, poor, and

tasteless that even the natives do not care for it. From the white

ring round its rump the Dutch have given it the name of Kringhat.

13. SrrepsicERos KuDvu. (The Koodoo.)

Once common in the Cape colony, the Koodoo, unless there be a

very small remnant indeed, is not found now nearer than the Zulu

country. Here it yet holds its ground in spite of the yearly per-

secution of the hunters, by whom it is killed on account of the value

of its skin, which is fine, but at the same time tough and durable. It

has a wide range, being found through Central Africa into Abyssinia,

as recorded by Speke and Baker ; but it is remarkable that the finest

specimens come from the Zulu country, even animals killed near the

Zambesi not having such fine horns ; possibly this may be accounted

for by the Zulu country possessing better pasturage. The males

alone possess horns; the females and young go about in small herds

of seven and eight, sometimes one old male accompanying them ;

this would probably be in the rutting-season ; I have also seen a small

herd of young males only. This species frequents the bush country

exclusively, and seems to prefer that part where there are many stony

rises ; the tips of the horns of the old males glance in the sun almost

like the points of bayonets. The Koodoo is supposed to be able to

do with less water than many of the other antelopes ; but I have seen

them drinking in the middle of the day ; they are difficult animals

to spoor, as they feed in a scattered manner, sometimes returning

on their own tracks a short distance, in a way different from other

antelopes; young calves well grown were seen following their dams

in September.

14. OreAS CANNA. (The Eland.)

Of all antelopes inhabiting Southern Africa the Eland is the one

1876.] DISTRIBUTION OF SOUTH-AFRICAN MAMMALS. 285

most liable to extermination ; easily ridden down, the best and fattest

of all animals, the skin of value as well, it is year by year diminish-

ing in numbers. Throughout my travels I only saw them on two

occasions, and never obtained a specimen; I have at different times

seen their fresh spoor (which resembles that of the buffalo, but is

rather smaller and rounder) in the driest spots through which we

passed ; and it is said they require very little water. Harris speaks

of these animals as occurring in vast droves in the open country

south of the Vaal river; now the Eland is only to be found in the

more remote wooded country. A few yet remain in certain parts

of Natal, one locality being Bushman’s River, where, luckily, they

are now carefully preserved.

15. TRAGELAPHUS ANGASI. (The Inyala.)

This fine Bush-buck inhabits the bush bordering the sea-coast

along the Zulu and Amaswazi countries, from the Inyalazi river (its

southern boundary), as far north at least as Delagoa Bay, probably

beyond this. It appears to be very local, never, as far as I could

hear from the hunters, being found out of this limit. The Inyala lives

in small herds, the old rams being generally solitary ; but the younger

ones accompany the females. They inhabit the very thickest bush.

16. ALcELAPHUS CAAMA. (The Hartebeest.)

Why the Hartebeest should have become so rare is a matter of

conjecture ; but from being one of the commonest animals through-

out the Cape colony (according to Harris, up to the tropic of

Capricorn), it is now one of the rarest of the antelopes. We observed

it only on three or four occasions, once just before reaching the Cro-

codile River, and once or twice in the colony of Natal, where, being

preserved, it is now becoming fairly common. At the time of Harris’s

visit to South Africa it seems to have been extremely abundant,

mingling with the vast herds of Blesbocks and Wildebeestes. A few

are met with about the Bamangwato hills; Col. Grant mentions

having met with this species as well as 4. lichtensteini in Equatorial

Africa. A friend tells me, however, that he never met with it from

Shoshong (the capital of the Bechuanas) to the Zambesi. It is not

mentioned by Baines, Andersson, or Chapman as occurring in South-

west Africa. In the south-east, again, a few still remain in the Zulu

country, as well as in Natal; but I could not hear of it as occurring

in the Amaswazi country, where its place is taken by the Sassabye.

The Hartebeest prefers the open country or where the bush is, at

best, very scanty : the three or four we saw near the Crocodile River

were very shy, not allowing us to approach nearer than five or six

hundred yards.

17. ALCELAPHUS LUNATUS. (The Sassabye.)

Although, in Harris’s time, the Sassabye appears to have been

common on the plains, at the present day it is essentially a bush-

loving animal. According to Dr. O. Smith the Sassabye was rarely

known to advance to the south of Latakoo; at present its southern

286 MR. T. E. BUCKLEY ON THE GEOGRAPHICAL _ [ Mar. 7,

limit appears to be the Amaswazi country ; along the Limpopo it is

very common, and continues so into the Matabili country up to the

Zambesi. The old males do not seem to associate with the females ;

nor do they appear so common, as out of nearly a dozen obtained by

us only two were males, and one of these was immature. We ob-

served very young calves in October. The Sassabye runs with a

peculiar gait, reminding one of a rocking-horse ; its shoulders are

very high, sloping away to the rump ; it does not seem to be a very

shy animal.

18. ALCELAPHUS ALBIFRONS. (The Blesbock.)

Persecuted though it is, the Blesbock still continues to hold its

ground, occurring through the Orange Free State and the Transvaal

in countless numbers. In the winter they migrate south, a straggler

coming even as low as Harrismith; in the summer, again, they go

north of the Vaal river. They do not seem ever to have occurred

much to the west of 24° east long., or north of 25° south latitude ;

on the east the Drakenberg range is the boundary. At one time

they were found in the Cape colony, but were scarce there even in

Gordon Cumming’s time: the extensive plains in the Orange Free

State and the Transvaal, however, were probably always the head-

quarters of this species. Why the Blesbock should still be so nume-

rous, and the Bontebock, D. pygarga, almost extinct whereas, accord-

ing to Harris, in 1836 it was almost as common as the Blesbock, is a

problem not easily solved, inhabiting as they did the same localities,

and feeding over the same ground. In habits, size, and appearance

the Bontebock is almost identical with the Blesbock ; yet out of the

vast herds of the former all that remain are a few individuals care-

fully preserved in the old colony near Cape ’ Agulhaz. The Blesbock

calves in November, the young at first being a sort of creamy brown

colour ; the males and females live together in the same herds : these,

when disturbed, invariably run up the wind, carrying their heads

down.

19. CaroBLepas GNU. (The common Gnu.)

When Harris first entered the colony in 1836, the common Gnu

was met with in Graaf Reinet ; now, however, their numbers are so

much reduced by continued hunting, that it is not until we come to

about fifty miles south of the Vaal river that any are seen. In winter

a few wander to within ‘a few miles of Harrismith; but in summer

as we were coming to Natal we only saw them after crossing the

Vaal. On the 20th of June I saw quantities of Wildebeest and Bles-

bocks that were spreading themselves over the plains south of the

Vaal; and this is the time when they are most persecuted, as they

are then very poor in condition, and with a good horse may easily

be ridden down, especially in the early morning, when they are stiff

with the frost and cold. Their skins are valuable, and form one of

the chief exports of Natal ; and their flesh is converted by the Dutch

boers into ‘‘beltong.’ Both sexes have horns; but those of the

female are much lighter and do not meet so closely over the forehead.

1876.| DISTRIBUTION OF SOUTH-AFRICAN MAMMALS. 287

In summer the colour of their skin is a dark brown ; but in winter this

turns to black. On taking out the brains when preserving a head

there is generally found a quantity of a large white maggot, more

like an exaggerated woodlouse than the common maggot ; ‘the Bles-

bock too seems equally afflicted with these creatures. In December

we observed lots of young calves; they resembled their mothers in

colour ; at this time the old bulls lead a solitary life, and seem to be

much tamer, as I one day walked up to two on openg eround to within

one hundred and fifty yards, whereas they will scarcely allow one

within five hundred on ordinary occasions. This species is liable to

an epidemic which at times, I believe, makes great havoc amongst

them; 1 saw a young one in this condition: all the hair was off as

if it had been burnt ; and it was unable to rise. It is very amusing

to watch the antics of a herd when aroused or excited ; when ap-

proached to within five or six hundred yards they chase one another

round and round for a short time, stand, stare, and paw the ground,

then lashing their long white tails against their sides, set off as hard

as they can go. They go in herds of from eight to fifty; but I

never saw them in such masses as the Blesbocks. They exhibit a good

deal of curiosity ; three approached our waggon one day when out-

spanned close enough to allow of my shooting one of their number

from the waggon-box, where I was sitting writing.

Although the Orange Free State and the Transvaal are the head-

quarters of this animal, yet they are found considerably to the north

and west of this, as Chapman mentions meeting with this species on

the Chobi river, which is in 18° S. lat., and 25° E. long.; Baines

and Andersson mention it as common in some parts of South-west

Africa through which they travelled.

In summer the old males separate from the herds and live solitary.

At this time they fix on one spot, making a sort of lair, to which

they will return after feeding or being disturbed. This sometimes

leads to their destruction ; for if two or three men go together, the

old bull immediately gets up and goes away; on this one of the

party lies down in the spot lately occupied by the beast, the other

two then retire. ‘The Wildebeest thinking every thing is now safe

goes quietly back to his particular spot, and is then shot at by the

man who is lying down.

20. CaroBLEPAs GoRGON. (The Brindled Gnu.)

The Blue Wildebeest, as it is generally called in S. Africa, was at

one time found in abundance almost to the borders of Cape colony ;

but it does not seem to have entered it, according to Dr. Smith’s ac-

count of that animal; it is yet found in the Zulu country ; and, ac-

cording to Baines and Andersson, it is common in Damara-land. In

Col. Grant’s ‘Observations’ sent tothe Geographical Society he says: —

‘This Gnu was found in large herds in Khutu, in the western borders

of Uyaramo. It inhabits the park-like country adjoining the river

Kingani, and was not seen after crossing the east coast range.” It isa

common species through S. Africa, very often being in company with

Burchell’s Zebra. About November the old bulls § separate from the

288 MR. T. E. BUCKLEY ON THE GEOGRAPHICAL [Mar. 7,

herds and go singly; one that I shot about that time had its head

plastered with mud, as if it had been using its horns on a bank, like

we see the Stags in Scotland during the rutting-season. At one time

the Blue Wildebeest inhabited the plains equally with the common

Gnu ; now, however, it is rarely seen except in the bush-country ; like

it, too, it generally makes one or two wheels round, when disturbed,

before it takes to flight.

21. Hipporracus Equinus. (The Roan Antelope.)

This Antelope (except the Eland, the largest of the family) was at

one time, according to Dr. Smith, found within the Cape colony; but

now its furthest range south seems to be the Amaswazi country,

where it is still occasionally shot. It is probable that the Kalahari

- desert is its south-western boundary, as it is not mentioned by either

Baines or Andersson in their works. Dr. Livingstone met with it in

large herds on the Leeba; and Schweinfurth shot it in the Djoor

district. The Roan Antelope is probably the rarest of the genus;

nowhere does it appear very common; Harris in his ‘ Southern Africa’

mentions killing several males of this species, but never seems to

have procured a female, as he says in his description of this animal

that it is hornless, a mistake copied also by Chapman ; this is not the

the case, as the female has horns almost as long as the male. The

only specimen I procured was shot standing in the middle of a sand

river in company with a solitary Sassabye. Both this and the Sable

Antelope will charge savagely when brought to bay; their cry of

danger or anger is a kind of hissing snort, different from that of other

antelopes. Their Bechuana name is ‘‘Qualata.”” From the accounts

of natives this species seems to be most common in Umsila’s country,

which lies to the east of the Matabili.

22. HrprotraGus NIGER. (The Sable Antelope.)

This splendid Antelope was first discovered in 1836 by Capt.

Harris on the Magaliesberg hills, where, it is said, one or two still

linger ; this would seem to be their southern limit, as the species is

not found in the Zulu or Amaswazi countries ; it is found however at

Zoutpansberg, in the north-east of the Transvaal, and probably would

be found to extend as far as the coast. To the west Livingstone

met with it on the river Leeba, which is in long. 23° E., lat, 12°

S.; but it is not mentioned by either Andersson or Baines as oc-

curring in the south-west. To the north, the head of a young one

was brought home by Speke, which Grant shot at Ukutu, which

would be near the latitude of Zanzibar. The Matabili country is per-

haps the locality where it is most numerous; we first met with traces

of it near the Makloutze river, where we saw the skin of a large male

in the possession of some natives. This species goes about in herds,

sometimes very large. I have seen about fifty together ; but there are

not many old males among them ; they are mostly females and young,

the adult males generally leading a solitary life. The females of

this species carry horns, but not so long as the old males: the colour

of an adult female is dark chestnut, white underneath, with a mane

1876. ] DISTRIBUTION OF SOUTH-AFRICAN MAMMALS. 289

reaching to the shoulders ; the young are much lighter in colour,

whereas an old male is as black as jet. In running, the neck is

arched, which throws the horns forward. The Sable Antelope is

said to be able to defend itself from a Lion by striking sideways

with its powerful horns. Mr. Baines has informed me that he has

picked up horns covered with the hair and blood of a Lion. He

himself saw a dog pierced through from chest to flank by an old male

of this species that was wounded near his waggons.

23. Oryx carensis. (The Gemsbock.)

At one time common in Cape colony, Gordon Cumming having

killed it not far from Colesberg, the Oryx or Gemsbock is now, T

believe, restricted in that district to a locality not far from Cape

L’Agulhaz, where a small remnant are now carefully preserved. It

seems never at any time to have spread far to the east, at least not

to the Zulu and Amaswazi country, according to the testimony of

hunters there; nor does it seem to be common in, if even an inhabi-

tant of, the Transvaal. To the west of that country, however, it is

common, being found through Secheli’s and Sicomo’s territories.

The borders of the Kalahari desert, by the Zouga up to Lake Ngami,

and Damara Land seem to be the stronghold of this animal. Palatzi,

a small water-hole in the Bamangwato district, about 27° E., was

the only place where I myself observed this animal; but, being

disturbed by some Giraffes, I was unable to get ashot. From what

I learnt from hunters at Shoshong, however, it occurs east of this

again, but sparingly. A friend told me that he never observed this

species either going to or coming back from the Zambesi. I have

heard that the Matabili have no name for this animal; but the

Bechuana term is ‘‘ Kokama.” A good description of the habits

of the Oryx is given by Andersson in his ‘Lake Ngami.’ It

may be mentioned that both sexes have horns, these being longer in

the female.

24. BuBaLus CAFFER. (The Cape-Buffalo.)

At one time abundant all through the Cape colony, the Buffalo

now is found no nearer than the Zulu country; and even there it is

getting very scarce. I heard that a small herd exists in Natal, near

Bushman’s River, where it is very strictly preserved. ‘The largest

herd we met with consisted of at least two hundred individuals of

both sexes. The value of their hide has led to their gradual exter-

mination in the more accessible parts, and even far in the Matabili

country there were hunters killing them for this only. One man, we

heard, had got upwards of a hundred in a month; surely no animal

can long withstand such slaughter.

On approaching a herd the noise made by the animals rubbing

their horns against the trees is very audible, as well as a rumbling

sound. ‘here is little danger in attacking a herd, as on the first shot

there is a general stampede; but a wounded animal and a solitary old

bull are very dangerous ; often a solitary animal will charge down

in the direction of the smoke of a shot, or after running a certain

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1876, No. XIX. 19

200) MR. T. E. BUCKLEY ON THE GEOGRAPHICAL _ [ Mar. 7,

distance will turn out of the way, and, retiring quietly in the bush

alongside its own tracks, will charge on the unsuspecting hunter; and

there are few who have not had several narrow escapes from these

animals.

We saw very young calves of the Buffalo towards the end of Sep-

tember; and there was a full-grown foetus in a cow which we killed

about that time; when first born they are of a dark brown colour.

Buffaloes require water at least once in the twenty-four hours,

generally drinking at night, but sometimes in the afternoon; they

feed in the morning and evening, but lie still during the heat of the

day, in the shade.

Attempts have been made to domesticate the Cape-Buffalo, but

they appear to have resulted in failure ; not only is the animal too

uncertain in temper, but, just as in the wild state it goes to rest

during the heat of the day iu the shade, so it is that from this

reason the Buffalo is less hardy than the Ox, as it is unable to

work during a great part of the day.

25. CAMELOPARDALIS GIRAFFA. (Giraffe.)

From all accounts it would appear that the Giraffe never occurred

south of the Orange River. Sparrmann mentions it as occurring to the

north and north-west of the colony in 1772, but seems not to have

obtained a specimen. Paterson, in his ‘Journey,’ published in 1789,

mentions that a friend of his killed one just north of the Orange

River, which was devoured, however, by lions before he had a

chance of inspecting it. Later on he was more fortunate; and

p. 125 he gives a description of one, and a very fair drawing also.

To the east, I am informed that, although no longer inhabiting

their country, the Zulus have a name for the Giraffe: their country

lies between 27° and 29° south; so that 28° would be about their

southern range.

At present I should say that the Giraffe does not occur much

further south than 24°; it was about in this latitude, where the rovd

leaves the Limpopo river on the way to Shoshong, that we first saw

its spoor. Being rarely killed except from horseback, the Giraffe yet

holds its own in the “fly ’-country, where the Horse cannot enter,

and from its enormous length of neck is able to take good care of

itself from any one trying to stalk it on foot.

The flesh of a young cow is very good, and the marrow-bones

excellent ; its skin is used by the natives for making sandals, and

by hunters and traders for making reins.

The Giraffe lives in small herds of from three to twelve; it in-

habits the driest country, feeding on the young shoots of the mimosa

trees, and occasionally on a small green fruit resembling an apple.

When hunted they go off at a great pace, though it does not appear

so, their long necks oscillating like a pendulum, and their tails

screwed up over their rumps.

The following Table gives a summary of my conclusions :—

NAME,

1. Elephus africanus.

2. Rhinoceros keitloa.

3. PR. sinus

3a. R. bicornis.........

4. Equus quagga ......

6b. EF. montanus

6. KE. burchellii

7. Gazella euchore ...

&. Apyceros melani-

pus.

12, Cobus — ellipsi-

prymnus.

l2a. C. leechi

13. Sirepsiceros kudu.

DISTRIBUTION OF SOUTH-AFRICAN MAMMALS.

PRESENT DISTRIBUTION ™®,

A few still found in Cape colony, in the

Knysna forest.

Found in the Zulu country, in places

similar to those of the White Rhino-

ceros.

Still found in the Zulu country about lat.

28°, not further west than Jong. 31°,

until we come to lat. 24°; there found

everywhere more or less commonly in

suitable localities.

Same as pcre species, but probably

extends westwards a little sooner than

it does.

Unknown apparently, the Quagga so often

mentioned by African hunters being

EK. burchellit.

Said still to occur in the mountainous

districts of George (?), in the Cape

colony. Mentioned by Livingstone as

occurring on the Zambesi in about

1861, and by Baines in Damara Land

in 1851; but its proper limits are very

imperfectly known.

From 29° lat. in the Zulu country, in any

place where there is any large game.

but getting very scarce in the open

places of the Transvaal and Orange

Free State.

Still found through the colonies, but spa-

ringly in comparison to former years.

Abundant in grassy plains through the

Orange Free State and the Transvaal.

Still inhabits the Zulu country, getting

commoner the further north; very

common on the Limpopo from about

lat. 25° to the west. Mentioned by

Baines in 1861 as being found first in

long. 18°, lat. 22° 30’.

Found in the Zulu country; common on

the Mariqua and Limpopo rivers, lat,

25°. Probably does not extend much

further west than long. 24°.

To the west this species does not appa-

rently advance beyond 26° 30’ lat. ;

probable southern limit long. 21°.

Found in the Zulu country, not west of

long. 30°, until we get between lat. 26°

and 25°.

291

Pasv DISTRIBUTION.

Common through the whole of 8. Africa.

No information, as this species was not

distinguished from FR. dicornis until

about 1836 by Sir A. Smith. He

says, “We may infer that the Keit-

loa has not, at least for many years,

been in the habit of generally ex-

tending his range higher than about

25° 8. Tat.”

rst found by Burchell at Latakoo in

1812, lat. 27°, long. 24°, said by the

natives at that time to have occurred

frequently even south of this.

In 1452 common on Table Mountain; in

1775 found by Sparrmann in lat. 32°;

in 1812 mentioned by Dr. Burchell as

almost exterminated in that latitude.

Last one in Cape colony seen in 1844

in the Zuurberg and Addo bush (vide

Gordon Cumming’s book, vol. i. p. 43):

Zuurberg is in Jat. 33°.

one time very common through the

colony up to the Vaal river, which is

said by Harris to be its northern limit.

In his time it was very numerous in

the extensive plains north of the Vaal

river, in 1836,

Probably the same limits as now,

It is likely that this species only occurred

to the north of the Orange River, takin;

the place of the real Quagga.

Extremely common everywhere in suit-

able locahties, but not further east

than the Drakensberg Mountains.

Found by Burchell at Kuruman in lat.

27° 6', long. 24° 39’, who calls it one of

the rarer Antelopes, probably did not

occur much to the south in this part

of Africa.

Seems not to have been found very far

from its present limits.

In the same localities as at present,

Common everywhere. A few in Cape

colony in the Zuurberg in 1849.

* In all cases when boundaries are mentioned, Petermann’s map of South Africa is referred to,

19*

292

NAME.

14. Oreas canna ,.....

15. Tragelaphus an-

gasi.

16. Alcelaphus caama,

V7. AL unatus...cccsss

18, A, albifrone

8a, A. pygargqus

19. Catoblepas gnu ...

21. Hippotragus

equinus,

29h Ay Niger lensncccdasss

23. Oryx capensis......

24. Bubalus caffer ...

25. Camelopardalis

giraffa.

MR. T. Kk. BUCKLEY ON THE GEOGRAPHICAL

PRESENT DISTRIBUTION.

A few preserved in Natal. Still found in

Zulu Land, but not west of long. 30°

until one comes to lat. 24°, or at least

but rarely. On the west coast in

Damara Land rarely seen so far south

as 20°, according to Andersson, 1857.

Inhabits the coast-line from the Inyalazi

river in Zulu Land, as far north at

least as Delagoa Bay.

In parts of Natal; a few seen in long. 27°,

at. 25°; still a few found in the Zulu

country. Its spoor seen in long. 27°,

lat. 23°, but apparently getting very

rare.

In the Amaswazi Land, in lat. 27°; com-

mon on the Limpopo; beginning in

lat. 25°, goes as far west ay long. 25°.

Western boundary 28° long., eastern the

Drakensberg range; an occasional one

in winter found in the north of Natal.

Probable boundary of its northern

range lat. 35° 30’. Principal habitat

the open country in the Orange Free

State and the south of the Transvaal.

In the Cape colony, in Breida’s Farm at

Cape L’Agulhaz, apparently the only

place in which it is now found.

Not known apparently west of the Dra-

kensberg range of hills; occurs yet

through most parts of the Transvaal

and Orange Free State in the open

country; found again in lat. 22°, from

about long. 26°, into Damara Land.

Still found in the Zulu country. Does

not begin to extend its range west un-

til about lat. 25°.

Still found in the Amaswazi Land in lat.

27°; its probable range, besides, is most

likely the same as that of the Sable

Antelope.

Still said to linger on the Magaliesberg,

where they were first found by Harris

in 1836 or 1837. It probably does not

extend further westward than long.

23°, lat. 21°, or further south than late

26°, and there only sparingly.

A few still preserved at Cape L’Agulhaz,

in Cape colony, on Breda’s Farm. At

present its furthest range east seems

to be long. 27° nearly, yet found as far

north as Tae 24°.

About lat. 28° in Zulu Land; a few still

preserved in Natal, in those places

not extending beyond 30° E. long.

Begin to extend their range west about

the Tropic of Capricorn.

On the east coast about lat. 25°, which is

the probable latitude through 8. Africa

[ Mar. 7,

Past DISTRIBUTION.

Common through 8. Africa.

Probably the same as at present.

Common everywhere.

First found about Latakoo in lat. 37°,

long. 25°, by Dr. Burchell.

Found sparingly in the colony. In other

respects its boundaries were the same

as at present.

According to Harris, its limit north ap-

pears to have been 25° lat.; but its

principal habitat was, according to the

same author, the extensive grassy

plains south of the Vaal river.

In much the same situations as now, but

came much further north.

Apparently never crossed the Vaal river

into the colony, but common in all

suitable localities to the north of it.

According to Dr. Smith, once found in

the old colony; but how far north is

not known for certain. Gordon Cum-

ming met with it just to the north of

the Vaal river.

The same as at present.

Found commonly in the Cape colony,

but probably never further east than

its present limit, being more of a

western animal ; or probably that part

of the country was more suited to its

habits.

Common through all 8, Africa.

About lat. .28°, to the west of long. 24°.

The Giraffe probably never crossed the

Orange River to the south,

1876.) DISTRIBUTION OF SOUTH-AFRICAN MAMMALS. 293

In this Table, when latitude and longitude are mentioned, south

latitude and east longitude are to be understood. When a species is

stated to be common everywhere, suitable localities must be under-

stood.

I have endeavoured to make this Table as accurate as possible ;

but there is little very recent information of the south-west parts,

Baines’s ‘ Explorations’ in 1862 being the latest.

There is also no information to be got of the great Kalahari

Desert, whither I believe many animals go during the rainy season,

and where they are comparatively safe from pursuit, except from the

Bushmen.

I have taken lat. 18° as my northern limit of S. Africa.

The following list of the specimens which I sent home, and which

are now in the Museum of Zoology and Comparative Anatomy of the

University of Cambridge, has been drawn up by J. W. Clark, M.A.,

F.Z.S., Superintendent of the Museum.

Cape Burrato (Bubalus caffer), 3, skeleton.

Warer-Buck (Cobus ellipsiprymnus), 3, skeleton. An unusually

fine skeleton, with skin, of a completely adult animal.

Roan ANTELOPE (Hippotragus equinus), 3, skeleton, with skin.

ImpaLua (AZpyceros melampus), ¢, skeleton. The skeleton is of

a very old animal. With it were sent a skin, also of a male,

and a skin of a female.

BRINDLED GNU or

B St eee } (Catoblepas gorgon), g, skeleton, adult.

LUE WIL

SASSABYE or

Basrarp HARTEBEEST

} (Alcelaphus lunatus), &, skeleton.

Koopoo (Strepsiceros kudu), 3, skeleton.

Exanp (Oreas canna), 3, skeleton.

Inyaxa (Tragelaphus angasii), 2, skin.

Burcuety’s Zesra (Equus burchellii), skeleton, with skin.

Lion (Felis leo), 2, skeleton.

Sporrep Hyana (Hyena crocuta), 3, skeleton.

SILVER JACKAL (Canis mesomelas), 2 skeletons, with skins.

BusH-BaBy (Galago maholi), skeleton.

204 DR. . COBBOLD ON ENTOZOA. [ Mar. 7;

3. Notes on Entozoa.—Part IV. By T. Spnncur Cossoxp,

M.D., F.R.S., F.L.S., Correspondent of the Academy of

Sciences of Philadelphia.

[Received February 14, 1876.]

(Plate X XI.)

The present series comprises a variety of new and interesting pa-

rasites; all of them belonging to the Nematode Order.

12. AsCARIS CORNELYI, nov. sp. (Plate XXI.)

On the 21st of December, 1875, I was requested to identify a ne-

matoid which Mr. Sclater had only a few days previously received

from Mr. J. M. Cornély, C.M.Z.S. As stated on the label of the

hottle, the worms had been removed from the intestines of a Vulturine

Pintado (Numida vulturina), At once making a pocket-lens exami-

nation of the parasites, I remarked that the species was probably new

to science ; and on the 30th of the same month this opinion was

confirmed by careful investigation. In a more or less marked man-

ner its characters differed from allied forms infesting fowls and game

birds (such as Ascaris compar, A. perspicilla, A. inflexa, &e.) .

consequently I have ventured to name the worm <A. cornelyi, atter

the discoverer. The bottle contained eleven specimens in all, eight

of them being of the male sex. I think the worms must have been

unduly shaken during transmission ; for not only were thev coiled

together in a very complicated way, but at least three of the males

had their exserted spicules broken. From the best examples I

gathered the following diagnostic characters :—Head entirely naked

and destitute of appendages, the dorsal lip being conspicuously larger

than either of the two ventral lips ; body much contorted and rather

suddenly narrowed at either end, especially towards the head in the

female ; tail of the male appearing diagonally abrupt when seen in

profile, and furnished with a sharply pointed subulate process at the

tip, also presenting on either side a feebly developed but distinctly

four-lobed membrane ; spicules two in number, long and aleuder,

unequal, the exserted portion of the longer one measuring fully +4 of

an inch ; tail of the female with an ensiform profile, ehen ply pointed

and furnished with an extremely ee disunct but scarcely sepa-

rable process at the tip. Males up to ? of an inch in length, the fe-

males being very nearly an inch long, with a breadth of ¥'5 of an ineh.

Of the accompanying figures, two of them illustrate the characters

of the head and tail of a female worm, whilst the others show respec-

tively right and left profile views of the tail of the male as exhibited

by the two most perfect specimens (Plate XXI. figs. 1-4). The ar-

rangement of the spicules in the fourth figure is clearly the result of

artificial twisting.

13. STRONGYLUS HEMICOLOR, nov. sp. (Plate XXI.)

Nearly ten years back I received a batch of parasites from the

Pie ele feel | x,

M&N.Hanhart imp

TSC.del. JSmit lith.

PA NOR OAL,

NEW OR

1876. | DR. 'T. S. COBBOLD ON ENTOZOA. 29

Zoological Gardens. Some of these have been described in the So-

ciety’s ‘Proceedings ;’ and others have been publicly noticed elsewhere

in a less formal manner.

Amongst the series in question was a bottle that contained three

different « species of nematoid parasites, all derived from one and the

same host. The infested animal was a Lemur ( Pithecia leucocephala)

which appears to have died at the Gardens on the 28th of June, 1866.

The worms were of three well-marked sizes. The largest species,

represented by a single parasite and measuring 84 fase long, could

not be distinguished | from the ordinar y Ascaris ane ‘icoides of the

human subje ct. It had been removed by Dr. Murie from the

rectum,

The worms of intermediate size, numbering in all eleven specimens,

were taken from the stomach and cesophagus; six of these were males

averaging from an inch to an inch and a quarterinlength. The five

females sadca from 13" to 2" in length. A pocket- lens examination

at first suggested that ‘they were examples of Spiroptera dilatata (a

species that is common in the South-American Monkeys) ; but [ have

since determined otherwise. The smallest set of parasitic worms from

the Lemur, of which there were no less than forty-four specimens in

the bottle, proved to be new to science These had been removed

from the small intestine. In the condition in which [ received them

they were each thrice or four times coiled upon themselves, remiad-

ing one of the appearance so often seen in the encapsuled nematodes

of fishes. After my original brief examinations, [ put all the worms

aside for future study ; : and it was not until the 16th of April, 1873,

that I found the necessary leisure to work out the general structure

of these elegant little parasites. Their minute size rendered them

eminently Pacouriule for microscopic examination; and in this way

I obtained evidence of the existence of several peculiarities that I had

not hitherto encountered amongst the nematodes. The following

characters will form a ready means of identification:—Head well

marked and furnished with a transversely striated bilateral membrane

which projects beyond and contributes to the formation of the mouth;

oral aperture simple and continuous with a loug and moderately nar-

row cesophagus ; body cat aaa attenuated in “front and almost uni-

formly thickened behind, its surface being marked by (2 or 14 con-

spicuous lines, forming in profile slightly raised parallel ridges ex-

tending from one end to the other; tail of the female suddenly

narrowed to a conical point, the arms being placed within a very

short distance of its extremity; tail of the male furnished with a large

circular and apparently undivided hood, Suppo es by ten rays;

spicule solitary and rather long. Males only 4, and females only i

of an inch in length,

In addition to the above diagnosis I may add that I have named

the species hemicolor, from the circumstance that the anterior half of

the body in nearly all the specimens was a shade darker in colour

than the posterior half. I have illustrated the structure of the worm

by five figures. One of these affords a general view of the male para-

fo)

site naturally coiled upon itself (Plate XXI. fig. 5). The longitu-

296 DR. T. S. COBBOLD ON ENTOZOA. [ Mar. 7,

dinal lines are not represented here ; but they are separately shown in

figure 6, where the quarter-inch glass also brought into view numerous

transverse strize between the ridges. Alterations of the focus, however,

served to show that the transverse lines were continuous and not in-

terrupted by the longitudinal lines. I am under the impression that

these lines are due to the presence of water-vascular canals, but could

not demonstrate the existence of a lumen with certainty. Another

illustration shows part of the bursa highly magnified (fig. 7). The

tubular character of the rays, with their finely granular contents, was

well seen, the bursal membrane being itself marked by a series of

perfectly distinct striee radiating from the base to the outspread

margin, the latter being distinctly bordered by a thin extension of the

cuticular layer. In another drawing I have represented an enlarged

view of the head of the male (fig. 8); and I have also given (fig. 9) a

less magnified view of the tail of the female.

14. SprIROPTERA MURIEI, nov. sp. (Plate XXI.)

The eleven nematodes above mentioned as being of intermediate

size I have also determined to be new to science. As already stated,

they were removed by Dr. Murie from the stomach and and cesopha-

gus of the Lemur (Pithecia leucocephala). The following characters

will be sufficiently diagnostic in view of future identifications: —Head

simple and unarmed, the mouth being bordered by six very slightly

elevated papillee; body uniform in thickness, but suddenly narrowed

at either end, both sexes Be eee a conspicuous gland opening at

the ventral surface, about 5}, of an inch below the oral margin ; tail

of the male strongly curved, sharply pointed, and furnished with

broad lateral folds, each about ;/," in length; spicules two, scimitar-

shaped, remarkably stout and short, the larger measuring not more

than =," lengthways; tail of the female comparatively blunt, the

anus being placed about 5 a" from the tip. Males up to 13"; females

13! to 2! long.

The accompanying Plate (figs. 11-13) supplies three illustrations

of this worm, showing all the more essential characters above described,

and likewise, in addition, the presence of a supplementary caudal

appendage in the male, besides several stalked gland-ducts connected

with the lateral membranes.

15. AScARIS ANDERSON], nov.sp. (Plate XXI.)

On the 27th of September, 1875, I received a small parcel con-

taining entozoa from Dr. John Anderson ; and I was informed by

letter that all the parasites had been obtained by the donor from

hosts occupying the north-eastern province of India.

In the series in question there were six examples of a smal] nema-

tode removed from the czecum of a squirrel (Seirus ?). Two of

the specimens were males, four being females. Believing them to re-

present a new species, | append the following diagnostic characters —

Head simple, unarmed ; body finely drawn out in front and sharply

pointed behind in both sexes; tail of the male furnished with a

minute oval-shaped spine at the tip, also with two long arcuate spi-

1876. ] DR. T. S. COBBOLD ON ENTOZOA. 297

cules slightly winged at the extremity ; tail of the female with the

terminal spine continuous and scarcely distinct. Males measuring

up to 3” in length ; females to 2” long, with a thickness of ..'-" at the

widest part.

I have given two illustrations representing the tails of either sex

(figs. 14 and 15). The profile view shows but one spiculum, the

other being concealed by its side. I could not find the situation of

the reproductive opening in the female. The uterine branches were

filled with nearly spherical ova, measuring from =3,5" to z}5"' from

pole to pole. The more advanced in development contained coiled

embryos.

16. AscaRIs sIMPLEX, Rud.

Dr. John Anderson’s small but interesting collection of parasites

also showed four characteristic specimens of this species. They had

been obtained by the donor from the intestines of the Dolphin of the

Ganges (Platanista gangetica). Singular to say, all the examples

were of the female sex, the two largest measuring about 12! from

head to tail. The smaller worms did not either of them exceed one

inch in length. In connexion with these specimens, all of which

were carefully examined by me on the 2&th of last September, I have

only to add that they presented the peculiarly flexed state of the

chylous intestine or stomach as described by Dujardin. As that

distinguished helminthologist had already accurately surmised, the

Ascaris delphini of Rudolphi must clearly be regarded as identical

with this species.

17. ASCARIS LEPTURA, Rud.

In addition to the above-described species, Dr. Anderson’s collec-

tion also shows three specimens of a small nematode taken from the

intestine and cloaca of a tortoise (Testudo elongata). Two of them

are of the male sex, measuring a trifle over half an inch, the female

being nearly three quarters of an inch long.

18. Oxyuris opesa, Diesing. (Plate XXI.)

In the collection of entozoa which I received from Mr. Charles

Darwin, F.R.S., in the month of August, 1862, there were five

specimens of this nematode. Unfortunately Mr. Darwin’s MS.

has been mislaid. I have little doubt, however, that these parasites

were obtained from the intestinal canal of a Capybara in the year

1832. All the worms were females, their heads displaying six very

conspicuous papilla, three of which I have represented in profile in

the accompanying Plate (fig. 16). The point of the tail varied so

considerably in form that | have added representations of it from two

specimens. The extremity was in all cases marked by the presence of

asmall conical transparent process, the centre of which showed a distinct

cavity containing fine granules (figs. 17 and 18). The eggs have a

long, oval, almost elliptical form, some of them exhibiting a finely

sculptured external envelope. Three membranes were distinctly

visible (fig. 19). Some of them showed a distinct separation of the

298 SIR V. BROOKE ON CERVUS MESOPOTAMICUS. [ Mar. 7,

yelk-contents into two masses, the smaller division being finely gra-

nular, whilst the larger mass was formed of moderate- sized corpuscles

like those usually seen in the so-called mulberry-cleavage stage.

19. SrroneyLus TUB&FORMISs, Zeder. (Plate XXI.)

In the small collection of parasites presented to me many years

ago by Mr. Caleb B. Rose, F.R.C.S., I only recently noticed a little

nematoid which is clearly referable to this species. It was entangled

amongst a number of characteristic examples of Ascaris mystax of

the Cat, and had consequently been overlooked. Being a solitary

male specimen (since added to the special series of Kntozoa contained

in the Museum ofthe Royal Veterinary College), I did not make a very

full examination of the worm; but on referring to my notes made on the

3rd of December last, I find that I have remarked upon the great size

of the bursa, the rays of which were very conspicuous. I did not uncoil

the specimen (represented in the accompanying Plate exactly as it

appeared under Ross’s 4! objective), for fear of injuring it; but I

judged the length to be about 3 of an inch. As it is the only speci-

men that has come under my notice, I have figured it (fig. 20).

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXI.

Fig. L. Ascaris cornelyi: head of female, magn. 20 diam.

The same: tail of female, magn. 24 diam.

The same: tail of male, magn. 25 diam.

4. The same: tail of a rather smaller male.

5. Strongylus hemicolor : male, magn. 30 diam.

6. The same: section of surface, magn. 150 diam.

7. The same: part of bursa, magn. 150 diam.

8. The same: head of male, magn. 150 diam.

9. The same: tail of female, magn. 30 diam.

10. The same: three eggs, magn. 150 diam,

Ll. Spiroptera muriei: head of male, magn. 80 diain.

12. The same: tail of male, magn. 30 diam.

13. The same: tail of female, magn, 30 diam.

14. Ascaris andersoni: tail of male, magn. 25 diam.

15. The same: tail of female. magn. 25 diam.

16. Oxyuris obesa: head of female, magn. 25 diam.

17. The same: tail of female, magn. 24 diam.

18. The same: tail of another female.

19. The same: egg, magn. 122 diam.

20. Strongylus tubeformis: male, magn. 28 diam.

4. Supplementary Notes on Cervus mesopotamicus.

By Sir Vicror Brooks, Bart., F.Z.8.

I I

[Received January 19, 1876. |

Having lately received from my indefatigable correspondent Mr.

Robertson, H. B.M. Vice-Consul at Busrah, several fresh specimens of

the horns of Cervus mesopotamicus (vide P. Z.S. 1875, p. 261, pl. 38),

I hasten to lay before the Society some additional observations which

these specimens have enabled me to make upon this interesting

species.

1876. | SIR V. BROOKE ON CERVUS MESOPOTAMICUS. 299

The accompanying drawings, lettered according to the figures given

in my original notice of the species (/. c. pp. 263 & 264, figs. 2 & 3)

represent the left horns of four individuals; and all, with the ex-

ception of the largest (fig. 1), have been taken from the animals

Fig. 1.

Left antler of Cervus mesopotamicus (remarkably largely developed).

after death. As compared with the single horn of the adult male (J. c.

p. 264, fig. 3.) which formed the basis of my description of the fully

grown horns of the species, the horns at present under consideration

offer no very essential points of contrast, the characters presented by

the new specimens in no way tending to render the anomalous form of

horn described by me as characteristic of the species, less decided.

There are, however, certain not entirely unimportant details in which

the new specimens (consisting of single horns of six distinct males, in-

300 SIR V. BROOKE ON CERVUS MESOPOTAMICUS. [Mar. 7,

clusive of those figured) agree together, while they differ from the

specimen first received ; a slight modification of my original diagnosis

appears to me to be therefore necessary.

With one exception (fig. 2), in none of the horns lately sent by

Mr. Robertson is the inner tine 6 (d.c. p. 264, fig. 3 6) developed,

from which I am led to believe that this tine is of uncertain occur-

Left horn of Cervus mesopotamicus (about four years of age).

rence, and does not by any means constitute a fundamental specific

character. Again, with but one exception (fig. 3 ¢), in none of the new

specimens is the upper of the two tines (/. ¢. p. 264, fig. 3, ¢) which

projects from the anterior aspect of the palmated portion of the horn

any thing more than a mere rudiment ; in some it is entirely absent.

Instead of being subcylindrical, as was the case with the beam of

the old type specimen, the beams of all the new specimens are very

decidedly compressed anteriorly, forming, in the more adult, a sharp

ridge from which are, not unfrequently, developed blunt rudimentary

tines (c’, figs. 1, 2, 3,4). In the finest horn sent by Mr. Robertson

the upper third of the beam is furnished with eight strong tines,

some of which are upwards of 7” in length (fig. 1 @) ; and even in the

horns belonging to younger animals (figs. 2 & 3) these coronal tines

1876.) SIR V. BROOKE ON CERVUS MESOPOTAMICUS. 301

Fig. 3.

Left horn of Cervus mesopotamicus (about four years of age).

appear to be generally more numerous than was indicated by the old

specimens.

These facts considered, the following diagnosis of the specific

characters of the horns of Cervus mesopotamicus will, I think, be

found more perfect than that given in my first notice of the species.

CERVUS MESOPOTAMICUS.

Horns, adult male.—Kach horn supported on a short pedicle, its

base surrounded by a massive well-developed burr, immediately above

which a short straight brow-antler projects forwards and slightly up-

wards (a, figs. 1-4).

Expanding gradually from the burr, a more or less distinct fan-

shaped palm is formed, from the anterior aspect of which are given

off one or two laterally compressed, powerful tines (c, figs. 1-4, &

Cremtigs.2°& 13)"

Above the palm the horn is contracted into a short beam rounded

posteriorly, but with its anterior surface laterally compressed into a

sharp ridge, from which blunt rudimentary tines are occasionally de-

302 SIR V. BROOKE ON CERVUS MESOPOTAMICUs. [| Mar. 7,

veloped (c’, figs. 1-4). From the posterior surface of the upper

ie of the bean arises a row of long subcylindrical tines, from 3 to

8 in number, the bases of which, in very strongly developed specimens

(fig. 1), are united so as to form a second palmature. The lower

three fourths of the beam are bent in a decided curve outwards and

slightly downwards, the upper fourth abruptly inwards and upwards.

Left horn of Cervus mesopotamicus (adult and of typical form).

From the following extract of a letter which I received from Mr.

Robertson a short time since, it will be seen that I have been some-

what unfortunate in the name chosen for this species; as, however,

the name C. mesopotamicus has been published, I believe I shall be

as the course least conducive to future confusion in adhering to

: Mr. Robertson writes :—

“Tam very glad to see by your letter received some days ago, that

the horns have enabled you to decide about the spotted deer. I fear,

1376. ] SIR V. BROOKE ON CERVUS MESOPOTAMICUS. 303

however, that I did not clearly explain that this deer is met with in

no part of Arabia, except in the jungles bordering the river Karoon

and its tributary the Diz, both of which issue from the hitherto un-

explored Luristan Hills. It does not exist in Mesopotamia or any-

where near the Euphrates ; and the name Cervus mesopotamicus seems

therefore to be a little misleading. I suspect, indeed, that this deer

is really a native of the Luristan Hills, and that those I occasionally

meet with on the Karoon are a few which wander down along it in the

dry season. It is certain that there are more of them on the Karoon

during the hot months than in winter. I have got a few horns from

Luristan and some Gazelles’ skulls from various parts of Arabia,

which I shall send you by the first opportunity. Natives tell me the

Luristan Hills abound in wild sheep and deer of various kinds. I

should like much to visit them ; but the inhabitants are predatory and

fanatical, and if one wished, as I should, to leave the caravan-route,

and explore the hills, a stronger party than I could conveniently

muster would be necessary. I went twice to the Karoon last winter,

but saw no deer on either occasion. Lions were plentiful, and other

kinds of game consequently scarce, I hope to be more fortunate

next season.”

Busreh, May 30, 1875.

The table, which I here append, of some comparative cranial

measurements of Cervus mesopotamicus and Cervus dama* will, |

trust, be of service in the determination of the species.

Cervus mesopotamicus. | Cervus dama.

Greatest length of skwll in ite | bas eee | mee

a straight line ......... \ = coe | 7.

Distance from anterior

rim of orbit to free ex- | G5 | o-16s 5.9 0-150

tremity of the pre- | : : ngs 7

(aE WOU UE Sy ROPE meta i

Distance from anterior

extremity of nasals to | aye 0-069 Sto 0-056

free extremity of prie- a ; As ;

MAK SMG stearate

Width between the orbits. 46 O-1LLT 4-1 0-104

Width of upper extremity |

of the nasals between ( 2-9 0-074 1-8 0-046

the anteorbital vacui-

LIES tryed scree oemnroaaes | |

Distance from lower rim |

of orbit to mavxillo- 1-15 0-028 6 O-O16 |

malar suture] .......-. | | |

Distance from maxillo- |

malar suture to alveolus ‘Q | 0-023 ey 0-027

of posterior molar

ae upperbecmolar |i) 55. ||. 0039 1-35 0-034

Extent of upper ee 2} 0-053 1-9 0-048

CED i teeapeesee nen cdsanes |

* The measurements of Cervus dana are taken from an unusually large out-

lying Buek.

504 SIR V. BROOKE ON CERVUS SCHOMBURGKT. — | Mar. 7,

5. On Cervus schomburgki (Blyth).

By Sir Victor Brooks, Bart., F.Z.S.

{Received February 11, 1876.]

No fresh information of any consequence having been added to

our knowledge of Cervus schomburgki since Mr. Blyth’s original

notice of the species (P. Z.S. 1863, p. 155, and 1867, p. 835), I

have thought the following details and specific diagnosis, based on

specimens ‘which I recently received from Siam, and on an adult stag

mounted in the gallery of the Muséum d’ Histoire Naturelle at Paris,

worthy of the Society's notice. For the Siamese specimens, which

consist of the frontlet and horns of a remarkably fine old male, and

a pair of loose horns of abnormal and very interesting growth, I

am indebted to the kindness of Dr. Campbell, late resident medical

officer of the British Consulate at Bangkok. Respecting the locality

from which the specimens were obtained, Dr. Campbell writes, “in

reply to your queries, I believe that all the specimens were procured

in Northern Siam, probably even in the tributary States named

Laos or Shan.” The horns of the normal specimen (fig. 1), which

are of very vigorous growth, possessing 20 distinct points, present

all the characters described by Mr. Blyth as typical of the horns of

Normal antlers of C. schomburghi.

‘gd

1876. | SIR V. BROOKE ON CERVUS SCHOMBURGKI. 305

this fine species. The entire external surface of the abnormal horns

(fig. 2) is covered with dense nodular exostosis, intersected by deep

furrows, which adds greatly to their circumference, and gives to the

extremities of the tines a blunt rounded outline. A section through

the centre of one of the tines shows no line of demarcation between

the external and internal portious of the horn, the same remarkable

density pervading the whole; hence the very great weight of the

horns, which is nearly double that of the normal pair.

Fig. 2.

Abnormal antlers of C. schonburgki.

There can, I think, be no doubt that this abnormal condition has

been the result of injury to the testes of the deer to whom these

horns belonged—many specimens, affected by a similar exostosis,

which exist in my own and public collections having been the direct

result of castration. Though much still remains to be ascertained

by carefully conducted experiment and observation before an exact

and exhaustive knowledge of the effects of injuries to the testes of deer

upon their antlers can be obtained, the three following propositions

may, I think, be considered as resting upon a moderately firm basis.

(1) If a deer is perfectly castrated within the first six months of

his life, no antlers are ever developed. (2) If castrated during the

growth of his antlers, their growth in a natural direction is immedi-

ately arrested, and the velvet is retained during life, the horns fre-

quently assuming very varied monstrous forms. (3) The castration

of a deer with fully grown antlers free from velvet, causes the pre-

mature fall of these antlers, which are immediately replaced by a

pair of antlers of normal or subnormal external outline and dimen-

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1876, No. XX. 20)

306 SIR V. BROOKE ON CERVUS SCHOMBURGKI. [Mar. 7,

sions, which remain, with their velvety periosteum, persistent during

the remainder of the animal’s life. The two former of these proposi-

tious I have myself verified by experiment; the third I must, for

the present, take upon the authority of former experimenters *, and

upon the assurance of Mr. Sawyer, Head Keeper of the Royal Park

at Richmond, who, some years ago, informed me that he had very

frequently tried this experiment for himself and invariably with the

same result.

From the almost perfectly normal outline and dimensions of these

abnormal horns of Cervus schomburghi it is, I think, evident that

they are referable to a deer castrated whilst in “hard horn.” Their

exostosed superficial surface, in which their abnormality consists, is

accounted for by the supposition that the velvety periosteum being

in full connexion (as it was possibly for some years) with the cir-

culatory system, continued to perform, probably in a sluggish and

irregular manner, its proper physiological function, the deposit of

osseous matter, thus giving rise to a slowly increasing exostosis, in

which the external arterial and venal canals became more and more

deeply imbedded. At the same time the great density and weight

of the horns seems to indicate that this external deposit of osseous

matter was accompanied by an internal deposit which gradually

obliterated the cancellous tissue of the centre of the horn.

The form of horns described as characteristic of Cervus schom-

burghi in the following diagnosis is based on the examination of

numerous specimens, including the types; the external coloration

and body-measurements upon the adult male specimen preserved in

the Muséum d’Histoire Naturelle at Paris. ‘This specimen was sent

by M. Bocourt from Siam in 1868, and is that mentioned by Mr.

Blyth (P. Z. S. 1867, p. 835), and later by Mr. Sclater (Trans. Z.

S. vol. vil. p. 349).

The comparative measurements of Cervus schomburghi, Cervus

duvaucelli (Cuv.), and Cervus eldi (auct. anon.) are taken from the

frontlet and horns of the adult male Cervus schomburgki (fig. 1)

above mentioned and from very fine skulls of Cervus duvaucelli and

Cervus eldi in my own collection.

Cervus SCHOMBURGKI (Blyth).

Adult male.—Antlers with very long powerful brow-antlers, which

are frequently forked; beam very short, and more or less laterally

compressed, upper part of the antlers strictly dichotomous, each of

the main branches about equally developed, and in itself dichoto-

mous, and furnished with long cylindrical tines. External surface

of the antlers smooth and polished. Hair in winter rather long

and coarse. General colour uniform brown, darkest on the nose and

upper surface of the tail, and lightest on the cheeks and lower parts

of the sides and haunches. Lower lip, belly, and under surface of

the tail whitish. Upper lip, occiput, and limbs with a decided tinge

* See a curious old work to which Prof. Rolleston has lately called my at-

tention, entitled ‘The Economy of Nature in Aeute and Chronical Diseases of

the Glands,’ by Dr. Richard Russell (pp. 21-24).

1876.] MR. SCLATER ON THE SKINS OF FIJIAN PARROTS. 307

of rufous. The hair on the front of the metacarpal cannon bones is

lengthened into an everted mane about 2 inches in length.

Immature male.—Antlers with the posterior of the two main

branches less developed than the anterior branch.

Female. Unknown.

Hab. Northern parts of Siam.

oe —

| | Cervus Cervus | Casas eize.

| schomburgki. | duvaucelli. | Pm

| inches. inches. inches,

| Height at shoulder ............... 41 43 32

Bongth of ear. .cssesea.s. 05s cs0ess 65 df

PGi Of enitess.. s0ue. “.ade-s5 2-20 38 35

Length of tail, exclusive of hair 4 5

Length of beam from burr to

| LOPhe, ee. naaieccnan este eee ates 8 NYE

Length of longest tine on an-

terior branch of fork......... 16 13

Length of longest tine on pos-|

terior branch of fork ......... | 17 11-5

Greatest span of coronal tines... 22-2 18

Length of brow-antlers ......... | 17°5 1 yi 10

1 4 {

Total length of skull ............ eens severeacaae. 15-4 | 13

From free extremity of praemax- |

illz to tip of nasals ......... Becoccsoeneeeasc 33 | 26

From ditto to anterior rim of! |

OPUS a aresstersecc anda adiacse leamacaees sSeenen ac 8-2 6:9

Extent of upper premolars...... [Paaascee tetas oe ee) 1:35

Hxtentiof upper Molars <.5...cee|scc2cocs- scce-cees 26 1:85

| Extent of lower premolars ......|....0.....0.00.00. 18 1:3

2-9 2°15

' Extent of lower molars ......... (ie > i) hae see

March 21, 1876.

Dr. E. Hamilton, V.P., in the Chair.

Mr. Sclater exhibited a series of skins of the Parrots of the Fiji

Islands, obtained by Mr. E. L. Layard, F.Z.S., and belonging to

Lord Walden’s Collection. Mr. Sclater called special attention to a

new species of the genus Pyrrhulopsis of Reichenbach, from the

island of Taviuni, which Mr. Layard proposed to call taviunensis,

represented by several specimens. This species had nearly the same

purplish red colour as P. tabuensis (sive atrigularis, Peale), of which

a fine specimen was living in the Society’s Gardens—but was readily

distinguishable by the total absence of the blue nuchal collar. Re-

ferring to his former remarks on this subject (P. Z.S. 1864,

p. 158), Mr. Selater pointed out that the special habitat of four

species of this group of Parrots had now been ascertained, and

showed them on a chart of the Fiji group. These were :—

1. P. arrieuanis (Peale): Ngau Island (Rayner).

308 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA. | Mary 21;

2. P. raviunensis, Layard: Taviuni (Layard).

3. P. spLENDENS (Peale): Kandavu and Viti Levu (Layard).

4. P. personata (G. R. Gray): Kandavu (Layard).

It seemed now quite certain, from the researches of Dr. E. Graffe

(ef. J. f. O. 1870, p. 416), that the true P. tabuensis was found in

the Tonga group, not, indeed, on the island of Tongatabu, but on

the adjoining island of Eua or Koua of that group. Mr. Sclater

was therefore not yet quite convinced, in spite of what Messrs.

Finsch and Hartlaub had stated (J. f. Orn. 1870, p. 123), that

Peale’s P. atrigularis (which he had identified, P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 158,

as applicable to Mr. Rayner’s specimen from Ngau Island, Feejees)

was certainly=P. tabuensis, unless, indeed, it should turn out that

P. tabuensis had been introduced by the natives of the Tonga

Islands from the Feejee group *.

The following papers were read :—

1. Descriptions of Lepidoptera from the Collection of Lieut.

Howland Roberts. By Arruur G. Burter, F.L.S.,

B.Z.S., &e.

[Received February 21, 1876.]

(Plate XXIL.)

The first two species here described were lent to me by Lieut.

Roberts soon after his arrival in England ; but press of work has pre-

vented me from determining their affinities until now.

Family Erycinip&.

STIBOGES, n. gen.

Allied to Abisara, aspect of Nymphidium.

Wings with rounded outer margin broad, costal nervure of pri-

maries terminating abruptly at about the middle of the costa, opposite

to the end of the discoidal cell, subcostal with five branches, the last

two forking to apex ; upper radial emitted from the inferior margin

of the subcostal near its origin; lower radial nearly equally dividing

the discocellulars, which are coneave; second and third median

branches emitted near together; precostal of secondaries short,

oblique, directed backwards ; costal nervure short, straight, oblique,

terminating at basal third of costa; subcostal forking beyond the

* Mr. Salvin kindly sends me an extract from the ‘“ Voyage in search of La

Perouse” (translated from the French, 2 vols. 8vo, 1800) in illustration of this

point. ‘*On the morning of the 26th March we landed (on Tongataboo). . . .

They (the natives) sold us several birds; among others a charming species of

Lory, which they assured us had been brought them from Fidgi.’— Tom. cit.

i. p. 105.—P. L. 8.

> ‘ 7

R.Mimtern Mmtern Bros

1876.4 MR. A, G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA. 309

end of cell, the upper fork running close to the margin from the

second third of costa; radial emitted close to the subcostal, reducing

the upper discocellular to a point ; lower discocellular long, oblique,

nearly straight; second and third median branches emitted nearer

together than the first and second; body slender ; eyes prominent;

antennee slender, submoniliform; palpi very small. Type Stidoges

nymphidia, n. sp.

1]. SriBoGES NyMpHIpIA, n. sp. (Plate XXII. fig. 1.)

Wings semitransparent, snow-white ; primaries with broad costal

and external dark-brown borders, sinuated internally ; two irregular

submarginal series of unequal white spots ; secondaries with a broad

outer border, undulated internally ; a sinuated disco-submarginal

lunulated pale brown line ; a submarginal series of elongated white

spots; body dark brown; wings below as above ; legs, palpi, and

venter white. Expanse of wings 1 inch 9 lines.

Pinang (Roberts).

Familiy HG@Eeriips%.

Genus SuRA.

2. SURA CHALYBEA, uu. sp. (Plate XXII. fig. 4.)

Wings bright metallic steel-blue, becoming purple towards the

outer margin ; body purplish black ; legs and anal tufts black-brown ;

antennmee black-brown, Expanse of wings 1 inch 9 lines.

Singapore (Roberts).

Family SPHINGID&.

Subfamily MacroGuLossin&.

Genus MacroGtossa.

3. MACROGLOSSA OBSCURICEPS, n. sp. (Plate XXII. fig. 5.)

Wings purplish black, primaries crossed near the middle by a

broad ill-defined regular greyish band, bounded on each side by two

velvety-black parallel lines ; two scarcely visible waved diseal lines ;

secondaries with the costal area creamy-ochreous ; interno-median

area crossed obliquely by a streak of dull ochreous hairs ; body above

ferruginous ; head and antennze dull black ; segments of abdomen

with lateral anterior piceous spots, the second and third segments

with posterior lateral ochreous spots, the fourth to sixth segments

with lateral white tipped tufts; fifth segment blackish, especially at

the sides; anal tuft black, tipped with ferruginous; wings below

ferruginous, outer borders blackish, base ochraceous ; a central trans-

verse dark brown line; abdominal area of secondaries ochreous ; palpi

white; pectus sordid whitish, brownish at the sides; venter ferru-

ginous, with central triangular testaceous patches; tufts as above.

Expanse of wings 2 inches 3 lines.

Ayerpanas, Malacca (Roberts).

This is one of the best-marked of the species of Macroglossa.

310 MR, A. ANDERSON ON THE [ Mar. 21,

Genus Lopuura.

4. LopHura minima, n. sp. (Plate XXII. fig. 2.)

Primaries above grey, apical area broadly purplish brown, crossed

by a dark brown discal line, and bounded internally by a triangular

subcostal blackish spot; base brownish ; two black spots on inner

margin ; secondaries tawny, with broad ferruginous external border ;

head and thorax grey, abdomen rosy greyish, dorsal region dark ;

wings below dull tawny, powdered, especially towards the outer mar-

gins, with grey; secondaries with a black-edged white dot at end of

cell; anal angle, and two parallel central transverse lines, ferruginous ;

body below rosy greyish, back of pectus whitish. Expanse of wings

L inch 1 line.

Ayerpanas, Malacca (Roderts).

Subfamily SMERINTHIN#.

Genus Minas.

5. Mimas TERRANEA, n. sp. (Plate XXII. fig. 3.)

Primaries greyish clay-brown, crossed by two central diffused red-

dish bands ; adull black dot at end of ceil ; several dark grey discal

spots towards apex ; secondaries dark brick-red ; body greyish clay-

brown ; antennee and lateral tufts on metathorax reddish; wings be-

low rosy greyish ; primaries with the discoidal cell and interno-median

area ferruginous ; a straight transverse discal brown line from costa

to inner margin: secondaries with an elongated cuneiform ferrugi-

nous abdominal streak ; two central parallel brown lines; fringe yel-

lowish ; body rosy greyish. Expanse of wings 3 inches 2 lines,

Ayerpanas, Malacca (Roberts).

A very well marked and distiuct species.

2. Corrections of and Additions to “ Raptorial Birds of

North-western India.”—Part I1.* By Anprew AnpDeEk-

son, F.Z.8S. &e. ;

{Received February 22, 1876.]

(Plate XXIII.)

Another collecting- season enables me to add the following novelties

and additional information on the subject of my last paper, thus

bringing up the number of Raptorial Birds occurring in the plains

of the North-western Provinces to no less than fifty-two species.

Additions to former lists are indicated by an asterisk,

2. VULTUR CALVUS, Scop.

In allusion to my having found Gyps dengalensis resting on palm-

trees, | have now to mention that on the 28th January last I saw a

pair of King Vultures building on a solitary tar-tree ( Borassus fla-

* For Part I. see P. Z. 8. 1875, page 16.

1876. ] RAPTORIAL BIRDS OF INDIA. 311

belliformis). One bird invariably remained in the nest, sorting the

materials as they were brought by its mate.

*12. Fatco saByLonicus, Gumey. (Plate XXIII.).

This was ¢he prize of the season ; and I believe the present example

is the finest extant, both as regards maturity and beauty. I shot

this specimen in the Etawah district, on the 27th November, while

seated on the top of a low babool tree. It allowed me to ride suffi-

ciently close up to it to enable me to distinguish its rufous head and

the warm reddish hue of the underparts, which are ¢he tests of the

fully matured Falco babylonicus. At first it occurred to me that it

was only a Lithofalco chicquera ; but its superior size soon dispelled

my doubts; aud a minute later, as the lovely bird hung by its claws

head downwards, bleeding profusely through the mouth, I saw that

it was a fine example of the present species.

The specimen now before me (a male) appears to be in full ma-

ture dress. Carefully measured in the flesh, the following are the

results :—Length 14°7 ; wing 10°7; tail from vent 6:0; tarsus 1°6;

bill straight (including cere) 1:0, along the curve (as above) 1°],

width at gape 1*1; greatest expanse of foot-—length 4:0, breadth 3°6,

centre toe and claw 2°5; weight 1 lb. 6 oz.; the wings fall short of

the tail by 1:1.

The cere, gape, and orbital space were bright yellow; the bill was

pale blue, darkening gradually towards the tip, which was blue-black ;

the irides were dark brown; and the claws were horny black.

The crop contained the remains of a Lark or Pipit. The Falcon

was in full enjoyment of repose after having made a good meal, and

was quite unconscious of any approaching danger : I have seldom had

a better opportunity of examining a bird of the kind at such close

quarters before.

The figure in ‘The Ibis’ for 1861, p. 217, does not represent a

fully adult bird. It will be seen on comparing that figure with the

plate now given that the following characters are the indications of

Jull maturity :—first, the pale blue or grey mantle, every feather

being broadly edged and tipped with rufous ; second, the very rufous

head, the moustachial stripe being also shaded off with the same

colour ; third, the warm reddish tint of the underparts, which, from

the throat to the vent are wholly devoid of any markings at all, there

being only a few light-blue or lavender dots on the lower flanks and

tibial plumes.

I cannot understand Mr. Hume’s 16-inch male+; his measure-

ments surely refer to a female; if he were correct, Kalco babylonicus

would be fully as large as Falco peregrinus (my males of the latter

average under 16 inches!), whereas it is in reality a smaller species.

27 bis. AQUILA BIFASCIATA, Gray and Hardw.

That Aguila orientalis, Cab., has hitherto (erroneously though)

been held to be distinct from Aquila bifusciata, Gray and Hardw., by

continental naturalists admits no longer of any doubt. I have just

+ Of. ‘Rough Notes’ part i. p. 80.

312 MR. A. ANDERSON ON THE [ Mar. 21,

received a typical ‘ bifasciata ” in evidently nestling or first plumage

from Dr. Crowfoot, labelled “ orientalis, juv., Sarepta, August,” of

which the following is a description :—General colour of upper parts

a rich hair-brown ; the lower surface is a little lighter in tone; some

of the feathers of the nape of the neck (as in the nestling of 4. has-

tuta) are tipped with fulvous ; the lower row of median coverts, the

greater wing-coverts, and ends of the secondaries and tertials are

very broadly ended with salmon-colour or reddish buff, forming three

distinct wing-bars when the wing is closed; some of the median

coverts nearest the tertials have the buff spot at the end of the feather

of a long or isosceles-triangular shape, the point of the spot being of

course towards the base of the feather; most of the lower-back

feathers are broadly edged with buff, and the lowest ones adjoining

the upper tail-coverts are longitudinally marked with duller buff;

one or two of these feathers have this colour almost confined to one

side of the feather, with a shght spot on the other web; others have

a very large oval spot of dull buff on the apical half of the feather,

with a brown stripe down the middle of the feather dividing the

buff ; the side feathers of the lower back are much paler brown, and

the broad edges of the feathers are dull white instead of buff; all

the upper tail-coverts are of a beautiful buff or salmon-colour, having

their edges somewhat paler; the tibial plumes are tipped with dull

whitish ; the lower tail-eoverts are first dull white streaked with

brown, and those beyond them nearest the tail are dull unspotted

buff; along the ridge of the wing towards bases of primaries there

are some whitish spots, and the primary-coverts are broadly ended

with salmon-colour, like the greater coverts; liming of wing brown

near bend; lower down the feathers are tipped with white, and those

nearest the primaries are largely patched with buff, the lowest

teathers of all being white with some grey patches ; axillary plumes

brown, with white tips; primaries black; secondaries not so black ;

tertials a dark brown, save the light tips of the two latter ; the inner

primaries towards their bases are slightly mottled on their inner webs

with grey, and the seeondaries and tertials increasingly so, taking

the form of distinct bars on the two latter; tail dark brown, barred

with grey, all the feathers being broadly ended with reddish buff;

the cere and feet appear to have been greenish yellow ; the outer pri-

maries are not fully grown; and as the specimen was procured in

August, it is in all probability not more than three months old ;

length of wings 19°75, tail 10°25, tarsus 3°6, bill from gape 2°8 ;

the nostrils are long ones, placed obliquely, as ts characteristic of A.

bifasciata.

This specimen, probably a female, is not full-grown, as the outer-

most primaries are only partially developed; and it is evideutly in

nestling plumage, as indicated by its uniform rich, soft, silky, dark

brown plumage ; the wirg-bands as well as upper tail-coverts (these

would have become gradually white from exposure to the influence

of the sun) are of a rich fulvous or salmon-colour. I have frequently

killed this Eagle in a similar stage of plunage* ; but the wing-bands

* Cf. P. ZS. 1872, p. 621.

1876. | RAPTORIAL BIRDS OF INDIA. 313

and upper tail-coverts of the vast majority of them by the time they

arrive in this country get bleached to a dirty white, leaving only

traces of the salmon-colour above referred to.

In the present example the underpar ts are of a uniform dark brown

colour ; 7.e. there is no indication of the stone-coloured blotches I

have before referred tot; but this, I think, is due to individual vari-

ation, and I attach no importance whatsoever to the absence of this

peculiarity in a solitary specimen.

It will thus be seen that Dresser’s larger figure (‘ Birds of Europe,’

part xxxui.) represents a bird in nestling plumage, after the buff

bands have faded considerably. How long it remains in this difas-

ciated plumage can only be ascertained by ‘keeping one in captivity ;

but it is as well to repeat? that the assumption of the fully adult

dress is attained by the gradual disappearance of the wing-bands

(these at first are buff or salmon-coloured, and then white) and the

markings on the under surface (when present), after which it presents

a uniform brown throughout, with the addition (in the course of

time) of a fulvous nuchal patch, which is ¢he sign of a fully matured

bird. The growth, however, of this patch is far from regular, and

few specimens are procured having it fully developed ; at times it is

confined to the top of the head, at others to the nape of the neck in

a crescentic or half-moon shape.

27. AQUILA MOGILNIK, G. Gmel.

Having now seen the nestling of A. bifasciata and A. hastata, I

feel confident, for analogous reasons, that the Aden-killed A. mogil-

nik in the lineated stage § was also in nestling or first plumage. This

specimen was of a much richer tone throughout than the birds usually

procured in this country, the fact being that the sun had not as yet

affected the original tint of its plumage.

* 40, PANDION HALIAETUs, Linn.

I lost a wounded Osprey on the 24th November last at a jheel in

this district, which caused me not a little regret, the more so as I

toiled after the bird up to my knees in water, first fr some four hours

in the morning, and again in the afternoon. It was very wild, keeping

to the middle of a large open piece of water, and invariably settling

on a decayed stump of a babool tree, where there was no approach

of any sort. The place swarmed with larger Eagles, of sorts which

never allowed the stranger to have a moment’s rest, and were con-

tinually depriving it of its well-earned prey.

Mr. Cockburn, Curator of the Allahabad Museum, has lately

given me a fine mature female which he shot in that district, where,

he says, it is far from uncommon. In the well-watered parts

of Northern Oudh and Eastern Bengal it is much more common ;

but the majority of the jheels in the Doab are too shallow as well as

too weedy to attract this purely fish-eating Eagle.

t Of. P.Z.S. 1875, p. 21. + Of. P.Z.S8. 1872, p. 622.

& CFP nS 1875, p. 21.

314 MR. A, ANDERSON ON THE [Mar. 21

C1irRCUS SWAINSONII, Smith.

A young male of this species which I shot on the 25th October

last, close toF uttehgurh, is very interesting, as it illustrates the man-

ner in which the light grey plumage of the adult male is gradually

assumed. The rufous head and rust-coloured markings on the under-

parts of this specimen, which was sexed by my self, indicate that the

juvenile dress of the young male resembles in some degree that of

the female. I have recently had an opportunity of examining another

young male, belonging to Mr. Brooks, which is in a still further ad-

waned stage, having only the forehead rufous.

The irides of the “Futtehgurh- killed bird were bright yellow, as in

fully adult specimens ; the legs and feet were light “yellow ; the bill

and claws were black ; and the cere was greenish yellow.

*52. Crercus cINERACEUS, Montagu,

”

Jerdon’s statement t “equally abundant with the last . . .’’ and,

again, “I have found it in every part of India” requires modification

as regards the deltaic portion of the North-western Provinces, an area

comprising several thousand square miles. In this part of the country,

although C. swainsoni is extremely common everywhere, C. cinera-

ceus can only be considered in the light of an occasional straggler ;

and as the capture I am about to record throws some light on the

veographical range, plumage, and food of this species, it is of interest

in more ways chan one.

Returning to my camp late in the evening of the 12th March,

through an pienaive tract of stiff dry grass San two to three es

high, I suddenly disturbed a large gathering of Harriers that had

evidently settled on the reed Bede foe the night. There could not

have been less than forty birds, inclusive of a few short-eared Owls

that were closely packed in that one spot. As they circled overhead

I recognized Circus eruginosus in all shades and colours ; there was

also a fair sprinkling of C. swainsont?, male and female. Being at

the time on the gui vive for strangely coloured Harriers, I singled out

and brought down what appeared to me on the wing to be a bird

that could hardly be referred to the latter species. It fell from a

good height on to the edge of a dry poud, rupturing its crop, which

was very much Nivended and literali y crammed with the callow

young and eggs of Galerida cristata and Pyrrhulauda grisea, the

majority of die dainty morsels having been swallowed entire.

The specimen underwent a critical examination by candleligitt ;

and great was my delight when, instead of the common C, swainsoni’,

I cod that my list could now boast of the addition of a fine adult

male example of Mentagu’s Harrier. The plumage accords with

Yarrell’s description of the adu/t male—with this notable exception,

however, that in my specimen the whole of the underparts, from the

chin to the under tail-coverts, are uniform with the mantle, viz.

bluish grey, dashed with longitudinal streaks of orange on the vent

t Cf. ‘Birds of India, vol. i. p. 98.

1876.) RAPTORIAL BIRDS OF INDIA. 315

and thigh-coverts, whereas the author I have quoted (as in fact do

Jerdon, Sharpe, and Hume?) gives the breast only as bluish grey,

and the rest of the underparts (of the adult male) as white. Nowhere

do I find the whole of the underparts described as bluish grey the

same as the back; so that the present example would appear to be

unique in this respect f.

The following are its dimensions :—length 17:6, wing 14:5,

tail from vent 9-4, tarsus 2°3. The irides were bright yellow ; the

legs and feet were dingy or pale yellow ; the bill and claws were black ;

and the cere was greenish yellow.

But though this bird was doomed to succumb to the cause of

science in a foreign country, the most melancholy event in its history

is connected with its life in far more civilized climes than India; for

its broken leg clearly testifies to the narrow escape it has had from

falling a victim to the vengeance of some one’s zealous game-preserver,

most probably while acting as one of the “sanitary police of Nature.”

The left tarsus has the appearance of having been snapped in a trap,

about the middle of the joint; the skin, which apparently had not

been severed, has enabled the broken portion to reunite sideways ;

and though the fracture has healed in a most remarkable manner,

the lower part of the leg hangs by the skin, which has assumed the

form of a thick tegument ; so that for all practical purposes, excepting

perhaps for roosting, the injured leg could not have been of any use ;

the broken stump protrudes beyond the join by a quarter of an inch.

The range of Montagu’s Harrier in Northern India is very puzzling.

In the jungle tracts of Bundelkhand (south of the Jumna) it is far

from uncommon, and in parts of Oudh and Rohilkhand (north of the

Ganges) it is pretty generally distributed ; so that its absence in the

Duab, an enormous tract of country, large areas of which are in every

way suited to its habits, is very singular indeed,

#53. CrirCUS MELANOLEUCUS, Gmel.

It is with much pleasure that I announce for the first time the

advent of this unexpected addition (essentially an inhabitant of the

humid country of Eastern Bengal and the Tarais generally) to the

comparatively speaking arid plains of the North-western Provinces.

The specimen in question fell to the shot of my friend Mr. Luard, on

the 10th of February, when we were out shooting on the banks of the

Ganges, near Futtehgurh. When shot it had just alighted on the

ground, and was in the act of eating a large green grasshopper; its

crop contained orthopterons insects of various kinds.

It is an exceedingly fine male in the pied livery of the adult bird ;

its large, lustrous, gold-coloured eyes contrast strangely with its black

and white plumage, giving it in life a most beautiful appearance.

Carefully measured in the flesh it gave the following results, which,

+ Qf. ‘Birds of India,’ vol. i. p. 97; ‘Catalogue of Accipitres, vol. i. p. 66;

‘Rough Notes,’ p. 303.

{ Since the above was written I have received two male specimens of C. cine-

raceus from Europe; and in both examples the breast only is bluish grey.

315 ON THE RAPTORIAL BIRDS OF INDIA. [ Mar. 21,

for the sake of comparison with the measurements of Circus swain-

sonii and C. cineraceus, 1 annex in a tabular form :—

Species. Length. Wing. Tail from vent. Tarsus.

In. in. mn. in.

C. swainsonti 3 17°6 13:2 8°8 2°6

C’. cineraceus 3 17°6 14°5 9°4 2-3

C’. melanoleucus S 16°53 13 6 8°5 3°0

Remarks. Particular attention 1s drawn to the long wing and tail of

C’. cineraceus, and to the characteristic long tarsus of C, melanoleucus.

The irides of the present specimen were gold-coloured ; the legs

and feet were dingy yellow ; the bill was blue-black ; the claws were

black ; and the cere was pale 1 yellow.

Before leaving the subject of C. melanoleucus, | may mention,

from my own experience, that the Oudh tarai generally, as far west

as the Shahjehanpore district, as well as parts of Central Oudh (where-

ever there are extensive grass jungles) may be added to the localities

given by Hume as the régular range of this species *.

70. ASCALAPHIA COROMANDA, Lath.

The coloured eggs of Poliornis teesa, referred to in iny last paper,

have been wholly eclipsed by the acquisition of a pair of really well-

marked eggs of the Dusky Horned Owl, which I took on the 28th of

November last from an old nest of Mycteria australis, shooting oue

of the parent birds off the nest.

Mr. Hume, who has seen these eggs, and who was not a little

sceptical in the matter of Owls so far forgetting themselves as to lay

spotted eggs, writes to me as follows :—‘‘ Your eggs of Ascalaphia

coromanda are spotted ina remarkable way. After carefully examin-

ing them L have now nothing to say contrary to what you hold ; held

up against the light the colour of ‘the shell, a dull sordid yellow, i is

precisely that of many white eggs of A. coromanda; and under a

powerful microscope the granulations appear to me to be similar to

those of A. coromanda. Of this Owl 1 must still have seveaty or

eighty specimens by me; and I have taken eggs without number, and

I do not think I ever saw a single spot on any one of them.”

One of these eggs was quite fresh ; the other had been incubated

for some ten days or so. In order to make certain that this wasa 9%

a case of mistaken identity, I visited the nest several times in com-

pany with my friend Mr. Hastings before removing the eggs.

The markings consist of indistinct lilac blotches, showing through

the shell, as it were, on of course a pure white ground ; and they are

both profusely though minutely spotted, especially at the obtuse end,

with brown and lilae spots (or, rather, specks) of various shades.

In conclusion I have a few emendations to make to my last paper

PZ. Sela, p= lO; plein:

In the first place the two figures of 4. hastata have been wrongly

uumbered. No I. is the one with the striated breast ; otherwise the

plate and letterpress do not accord. Again, the explanation of

* Cf. Wume in Journ. Asiat. Soc, 1870, and ‘Stray Feathers,’ vol. iii. p. 34.

‘=

mit

del. et hth

Imp

1876. | MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE STERCORARIIN 2. 317

Plate III. at the end of the article requires amendment, and should

stand thus :—Fig. 1. 4. hastata, young 2, from a specimen obtained

from the nest at Saharunpore, and killed 28th August, 1873, being

the youngest of the three birds obtained on the same occasion. Fig.

2. A. hastata 9, from a specimen after its first moult ; killed Octo-

ber 21st, 1874.

The figures have been reduced to one fourth of the natural size.

Note.—These birds were made into specimens when in captivity ;

they were not shot.

3. On the Stercorariine or Skua Gulls.

By Howarp Saunpers, F.L.S. &c.

[Received March 3, 1876.]

(Plate XXIV.)

In the following remarks upon the well-marked subfamily of the

Laride, known as the Lestridinae, or, more correctly as regards prio-

rity of nomenclature, as the Stercorariina, I shall pass over as briefiy

as possible the points which are already known to most ornithologists,

and direct my observations to the synonymy and range of the mem-

bers of the group, with incidental remarks upon their progressive

stages of plumage. My principal predecessor in this work is Dr.

Elliott Coues, who published in the ‘ Proceedings of the Academy of

Natural Sciences of Philadelphia,’ 1863, an elaborate “ Review of the

Lestridine,”’ with the primary object of showing that the true “ Les¢ris

richardsonit”’ of Swainson, described in the ‘ Fauna Boreali-Americana,’

p- 433, was a distinct species from the light-breasted form with which

most naturalists had united it ; but in his recently published ‘ Birds

of the North-West” (Washington, 1874) he retracts this opinion, in

accordance with the views derived from more extended experience.

He still, however, adheres to his original plan of dividing the family

into two subgenera, Buphagus of Moehring for S. catarrhactes

and S. antarcticus, and Stercorarius for the remaining species ;

and he continues to employ both the generic and the specific names

given by writers previous to the date of the | 2th edition of Linnzeus’s

‘Systema Naturee’ (1766), preferring to make the 10th edition the

starting-point of his system of nomenclature. Argument on this

subject would be futile ; there is nothing to prevent any American

naturalist from making his own rules; but British ornithologists

have a recognized code of laws in the Rules of the British Association

for 1842, drawn up and signed by the principal naturalists of that

day, and generally adopted up to the present time both here and on

the continent. In these it is agreed that the principle of priority

ought not to be carried back beyond the 12th edition of Linneeus,

a solitary exception being made in favour of those genera of Brisson

which are additional to those of Linnzeus’s 12th edition. My excuse

318 MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE STERCORARIINE. [ Mar, 21],

for recapitulating these axioms is, that in consequence of them it is

necessary to reject several names given by Brunnich in his ‘Orni-

thologia Borealis,’ 1764, which antedates our starting-point by

two years—a fact of which some ornithologists, who have probably

not examined the date of publication, do not seem to be aware.

Under these circumstances, it is needless to discuss the subgenus

Buphagus of Moebring (1752); nor do there appear to be any suffi-

cient structural differences to warrant the generic separation of the

Great Skuas from the other species, the Pomatorhine Skua forming

such a connecting link between the heavy and the elegant forms as

to preclude any consistent separation, unless Reichenbach’s genus

Ceprotheres be also accepted for the Pomatorhine. For myself 1

prefer to retain all the known species of Skua in the same genus,

viz. Stercorarius of Brisson (1760), the type of which is the species

whose rightful name is, in my opinion, Stercorarius crepidatus

(Gm.), but which I will for the present, to avoid any ambiguity,

distinguish by the vernacular name of Richardson's Skua. I am, of

course, aware that this name was originally applied solely to a

dark form of a well-known species; but it has since been generally

adopted; and as having been applied to no other, its use precludes

the possibility of a misunderstanding.

The genera are as follows :—

Larus (part), Linneeus, 1766. D. catarractes=Great Skna, L.

parasiticus= Long-tailed or Buffon’s Skua.

Stercorarius, Brisson, 1760. ‘Type ‘ Lestercoraire” =S. crepidatus

(Richardson’s Skua).

Labbus, Rafinesque, 1815; Predatriz, Vieillot, Analyse, 1816.

Based on ‘‘le Labbe,”’ of Buffon, which is Richardson's Skua.

Lestris, Iliger, Prod. 1811. ‘ L. parasiticus, L. crepidatus, L.

catharractes.”

Oceanus, Koch, 1816. ‘ O. parasiticus, O. crepitatus”’ (sic).

Cataractes, Fleming, Phil. Zool. 1822. ‘‘ Cataractes vulgaris.’

Coprotheres, Reichenbach, 1852. S. pomatorhinus.

Megalestris, Bonap. 1856. SS. catarrhactes, S. antarcticus.

The generic name, variously spelt Cataractes, Cataracta, or Ca-

tarracta, the two latter adopted by Retzius and Leach from Briinnich,

had been previously applied to a subgenus of the Uriine@ ; and under

the name of Catarrhactes antiquus, Prof. Marsh has described some

bones found in the Tertiary deposits of N. Carolina (Am. J. Se.

1870, p. 213). I mention this because these applications of generic

names to widely different birds are very confusing, and might lead to

the supposition that the fossil remains of a Skua had been discovered.

Those who persist in separating the Skuas must therefore adopt

Megalestris for the large forms, as the small pointed-tailed species

are the types of all the other genera. It is certainly unfortunate

that the earliest available name Stercorarius tends to perpetuate a

popular fallacy, although one of universal distribution ; but a pre-

cisely parallel case occurs in the signification of the word Caprimulgus,

and other instances might be adduced. __Illiger’s generic name Lestvis

1876.] MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE STERCORARIIN £. 319

(or robber) is undoubtedly far preferable, so far as its meaning goes,

and it has been very freely adopted ; but the laws of priority compel

us to reject it, if we would avoid perpetuating confusion.

I have deemed it advisable on the whole to give the references to

those pree-Linnzan authors upon whose descriptions those of writers

subsequent to 1766 are based, marking by a line the division between

them and the available nomenclature. The synonyms are given in

order of date ; and I have also inserted those references which appeared

to me to have any real value. It is impossible to avoid some errors;

but at least I have taken every precaution, and with some few

exceptions, where the original works were not accessible, I have

personally verified every reference.

STERCORARIUS CATARRHACTES.

Larus fuscus, Briss. Orn. vi. p. 165 (1760).

Catharaeta shua, Briinn. Orn. Bor. p. 33 (1764).

Larus catarractes, Lion. Syst. Nat. i. p. 226 (1766), ex Briinn.

Larus catarrhactes, Gmelin, Syst. Nat. i. p. 603 (1788).

Cataracta skua, Retz. F. Suec. p. 161 (1800).

Lestris catharractes, I\liger, Prodromus, p. 273 (1811).

Lestris catarractes(L.),‘tem. Man. d’Orn. p. 511 (1815); Faber,

Prod. Island. Orn. p. 102 (1822); Macgill. Brit. Birds, v. p. 479

(1852).

Catarracta fusca, Leach, 8. Cat. M. & B. Brit. Mus. p. 40

(1816).

Stercorarius catarrhactes, Vieillot, N. Dict. H. Nat. xxxii. p. 14

(1819); Gray, Gen. Birds, iil. p. 653 (1849); Dresser, B. of Eur.

pt. xli. (Sept. 1875).

Cataractes vulgaris, Fleming, Hist. Brit. An. p. 137 (1828); Selby,

Ill. Brit. Orn. i. p. 514 (1832). ‘

Lestris cataractes et Lestris skua, C. L. Brehm, Vog. Deutseh.

Pend lion (833).

! Stercorarius pomarinus, Vieillot, Gal. Ois. p. 220, pl. 288 (1834),

fig. excell. (!)

Lestris cataractes, Naum. Vog. Deutsch. x. p. 471, pl. 270

(1840).

Stercorarius cataractes, De Selys-L. Fne. Belg. p. 155 (1842).

Megalestris catarrhactes, Bp. Cat. Parzudaki, p. 11 (1856).

Stercorarius catarractes, Bp. Consp. Av. il. p. 206 (1857);

Laurence, Ann. Lyc. Nat. H. N. York, 1553, p. 7; Baird’s B. N.

Am. p. 838 (1860); B. Ross, Nat. Hist. Rev. 1862, p. 289;

Feilden, ‘ Zoologist,’ 1872, p 3290.

Buphagus skua, Coues, Proc. Ac. Nat. Se. Phil. 1863, p. 125,

B. of N. W. Am. p. 604 (1874).

There was no particular variation observable in the plumage of

sixteen specimens from the Faroe Islands, and in many others sent

to me from time to time for examination; the older the bird the

wider are the chestnut markings which occupy the centre of the

feathers on the upper parts, and the longer and the more yellow

320 MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE STERCORARIINA. [ Mar. 21,

become the filamentous feathers of the neck. The under wing.

coverts and the awillaries are always sooty, with, at most, but very

few and ill-defined russet markings. I have examined the in-

teresting melanism belonging to Mr. J. H. Gurney, jun. figured by

Mr. Dresser in his ‘Birds of Europe ;’ it was obtained in ‘October,

and the first primary on each wing has not yet attained its full

length. From the crescentic edges to the dorsal feathers, seen on

holding it to a side light, from the absence of acuminate feathers

on the: neck, and from ‘the weak bill (which is much thinner than in

Mr. Dresser’s plate), I have little doubt of this example being a

bird of the year ; this impression is confirmed by the satin-like ap-

pearance of the primaries and upper parts, which is very different

from any thing I have ever observed in birds whose plumage has

undergone any wear.

The range of this species is the most restricted of any member of

the family which breeds in the northern hemisphere. It has uot

been observed in Spitzbergen ; and its most northern breeding-place

within the Arctic circle is at the Lofoten Islands, off the coast of

Norway ; thence it is found nesting west and southwards to Iceland,

the Faroes and the Shetland Islands. It is not recorded from the

Baltic, or from the White Sea. Seebohm and Harvie Brown did

not observe it in their recent expedition to the mouth of the

Petchora ; nor did Middendorf find it in N. Siberia, where the other

three European species breed. Von Baer’s identification of this

bird in Novaya Zemlya may well be doubted, as none of the many

subsequent explorers have observed it there. Pallas (Z. Ros.-As. ii.

p- 309) supposed that this might have been the bird recorded by

Steller, as observed in 58° N. ne on the Pacific coast, feeding on

the carcass of a whale; but as it had a “yellowish bill” it was

more probably a Fulmar Petrel. It has not been recorded as yet

from the Pribilov Islands, the Aleutians, or Alaska; but it probably

occurs along that coast, as a single specimen is described by Mr.

Lawrence as having been obtained off Monterey, in California. Mr.

Bernard Ross found it at the mouth of the Mackenzie river,

and about Great Slave Lake, north of which it is very rare; it

also appears to range throughout the Hudson’s-Bay territory, and

is clearly, as far as dimensions go, the “ZL. keeask”’ of Latham,

mixed up with the Pomatorhine Skua, as shown by the description

of the particoloured feet ; the Esquimaux name of the latter species

also happens to be ‘“ Keeask,” according to Richardson, who does

not mention S. catarrhactes. There is no authentic record of its

occurrence on the Atlantic sea-board of the United States; and in

South Greenland it was only twice observed by Holbdll. From its

breeding-stations it passes southwards in autumn along the western

shores of Europe as far as the Straits of Gibraltar and N. Morocco,

beyond which there is, as yet, no trace of it. As a mere straggler,

of course, it has been found in Germany; and it was recorded by

Mr. C. A. Wright as having been obtained at. Malta (Ibis, 1864,

p- 150); but the specimen has subsequently proved to be S. poma-

torhinus. Mr. Godman does not enumerate it amongst the birds of

1876. | MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE STERCORARIINE. 321

the Azores, Madeira, or the Canaries; but future observations may

probably show a somewhat more extended range than I have been

able to trace.

As a species it is nowhere abundant, and of late years its numbers

in the Faroes and Shetland Islands have so seriously diminished

as to render its speedy extermination there extremely probable.

Although, like the rest of the family, it is essentially a “ robber

gull,” yet it is by no means entirely parasitic ; for it feeds to a great

extent upon flesh, and especially upon the Kittiwake gull, of whose

feathers and bones all the castings were composed which Capt.

Feilden examined at the Faroe Islands, whilst the stomachs of

those he shot were full of flesh. This purely maritime Gull is the

only one which can be plundered with tmpunity that is found in any

great numbers in the haunts of the Great Skua; for the Herring- and

Great Black-backed Gulls would not tamely yield their prey ; and it

is worthy of note that the winter range of 8. catarrhactes extends

no further south than that of the Kittiwake. We shall see that the

heat of the tropics proves no barrier to other northern species

which, from their superior swiftness of flight, require less specialized

- conditions for their existence.

STERCORARIUS ANTARCTICUS.

Lestris catarractes, Quoy and Gaimard, Voy. ‘ Uranie,’ p. 137,

Atlas, pl. 38 (1824) (Falkland Islands); Gould, B. of Aust. vii. pl.

21 (1848); Hutton, Ibis, 1872, p. 248 (Chatham Islands).

Lestris antarcticus, Lesson, Traité d’Orn. p. 616 (1831); Sel.

and Salvin, P. Z.S. 1871, p. 579 (part).

Megalestris antarctica, Gould, P. Z.S. 1859, p. 98.

Lestris antarctica, Sclater, P.Z.S. 1860, p. 390; Abbott, Ibis,

3861, p. 165 (Falkland Islands).

Lestris fuscus, Ellman, Zoologist, 1861, p. 7472.

Buphagus antercticus, Coues, Proc. Phil. Ac. 1863, p. 127; B.

N.W. Am. p. 604 (1874).

Léstris catarrhactes, Hutton, Ibis, 1867, p. 185.

Stercorarius antarcticus (et madagascarensis’?), Bp. Consp. Av.

iil. p. 207 (1857); Von Pelzeln, Novara-Reise, Vogel, p. 150 (1865)

(St. Paul's I.) ; Builer, B. New Zealand, p. 267 (1873).

Stercorarius catarractes (6), Schlegel, Mus. P.-B. p. 47 (1865);

Layard, B. 8S. Africa, p. 366 (1867) ; Sharpe, Zool. ‘ Erebus and

Terror,’ i. App. p. 32 (1875).

Buphagus skua antarcticus, Coues, in Bull. U.S. N. M. no. 2

p- 9 (1875) (Kerguelen Island)*.

Quite irrespective of the enormous gap which, so far as we know,

at present separates the geographical range of S. catarrhactes from

* Since writing the present article I have read the very interesting ac-

count of the habits of this species as observed at Kerguelen’s Island by Dr.

Kidder, Naturalist to the American Expedition to observe the Transit of Venus.

It would appear that it avoids the water, and preys principally upon other

birds; there are also other modifications of the usual habits of birds of this

genus, to which space will not allow me to allude,

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1876, No. XXI. 21

322 MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE STERCORARIINE. [ Mar. 21,

that of the Antarctic Skua, it seems to me that only the want of a

sufficient series of both species for comparison can ever have led to

their being united; for undoubtedly the distinctness of many other

birds as species is unhesitatingly acknowledged on much slighter

grounds. In the examination of a large series I have never met

with any northern Skua with the stout deep bill with its well-

marked angle at the gonys which invariably characterizes the

southern bird; and if mere colour is taken into consideration, the

total absence of rufous both on the underparts, the axillaries, and

the under wing-coverts serves to distinguish the Antarctic Skua at a

glance. But whilst perfectly distinguishable from S. catarrhactes,

it presents three interesting variations in the course of its range,

which have been enabled to trace by the aid of a fine series in the

British Museum. From Campbell’s Island in 54° S., 168° E., up

to Norfolk Island, in 29° S. (its most northern known range), past

Kerguelen’s Island, the Crozets, and up to the Cape of Good Hope,

where Layard observed it in April, the specimens all agree in their

remarkable uniformity of sooty-brown plumage, there being few, if

any, striations even upon the feathers of the neck, whilst the size of

some of the examples is enormous, the primaries measuring 16 and

17 inches from carpal joint to tips of primaries. The Falkland-Island

Skuas, locally known as ‘‘ Cape-Egmont Hens” and “ Sea-Hens,”’

are decidedly smaller, and the acuminate feathers of the neck and

shoulders are distinctly streaked with yellowish white, although the

general sooty appearance is preserved. But in three specimens ob-

tained during the voyage of the ‘ Erebus’ and ‘Terror,’ on the edge

of the pack-ice, the upper parts are somewhat less dusky than in the

Falkland-Island birds, and the tips of the feathers of the breast are

tinted with yellowish, though the underparts of the feathers retain

their sooty hue, whilst the acuminate feathers of the neck form a

complete ring of yellow verging upon golden, and, by contrast with

the darker colour of the crown, giving somewhat the appearance of a

hood. In general dimensions this form is somewhat smaller than

the preceding, and the bill is even more short and stout in propor-

tion ; but the general characters of resemblance are preserved through-

out, the under wing-coverts and axillaries being dark smoke-coloured,

whilst the lighter hue of the underparts extends no further than the

tips of the feathers, and may be due to climatic influences. In their

somewhat bleached appearance and the closer texture of the feathers

about the base of the bill, these three birds have the appearance of

permanent inhabitants of inhospitable cireumpolar regions, whilst

the Falkland-Island birds seem to be a connecting link between this

and the larger form, whose range is principally within more tempe-

rate climates, where the conditions of existence are easier.

It is most probable that Bonaparte’s S. madagascarensis belongs

to this species, as the late Commander Spurling saw what he supposed

to be a Great Skua off the Comoro Islands, and this would bring its

extreme range up to about 12°S8., leaving even then an interval of

more than 40° of latitude between it and the most southerly known

range of S. catarrhactes. Neither has true S. antarcticus been

= |

1876. | MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE STERCORARIINA, 323

found, so far as I am aware, on the western side of the Straits of

Magellan, cr on the coasts of Chili or Peru, where its place is taken

by a bird which I consider fully entitled to specific rank, and which,

strange to say, has all its affinities with the northern Skua, S. catar-

rhactes.

STERCORARIUS CHILENSIS (Plate XXIV.).

Lestris antarcticus, var. 6. chilensis, Bp. Consp. Avy. ii. p. 207

GL85 7). (Mus. berol. ex Am. Merid. Rostro vix breviore quam in

Europieo, potius graciliore quam robustiore).

Lestris antarctica, Scl. & Salvin, Ibis, 1869, p. 284 (Santa Mag-

dalena, Straits of Magellan—Cunningham).

S. supra Suliginoso- -nigricans, pileo summo fere concolori; corpore

reliquo superiore maculis longitudinalibus rufescentibus versus

apicem angustioribus plus minusve dilatatis vartegato ; collo pos-

tico albicante vix rufescente longitudinaliter striato ; alis dorso con-

coloribus, remigum scapis albis, tectricibus alarum minimis dorso

concoloribus et in eodem more rufo maculatis: primariis vix al-

bido, secundariis maculis magnis rufescentibus terminatis ; supra-

caudalibus rufo marmoratis et subterminaliter maculatis ; cauda

nigra, pallidius terminata; loris et plumis subocularibus fuligi-

nosis pileo concoloribus, his rufo lavatis ; genis, regione parotica,

et corpore subtus toto cinnamomeo-rufis ; axillaribus et tectricibus

subalaribus castaneo-rujis, his et pectoris lateribus paullo fuligi-

noso striatis; colli lateribus dorso concoloribus ; ala subtus ni-

gricante, primariis basin versus albis ; rostro nigro ; pedibus nigris.

Affinis 8. catarrhacti, sed rostro graciliore, corpore subtus con-

spicue cinnamomeo-rufescente, et subalaribus et axillaribus casta-

neis distinguendus.

Professor Peters, of Berlin, to whom I wrote on the subject, has

courteously informed me that the type specimen in that museum has

all the above characteristics. It is a slightly immature bird, and

came from Chill.

Through the kindness of Mr. G. Fanshawe, F.Z.S., I have lately

become possessed of four specimens of a Skua shot by his nephew,

Mr. J. R. Denison, at Mejillones, on the little strip of coast which

belongs to Bolivia, in lat. 23° 5'S8., at the end of February or be-

ginning of March. Three of these birds are adults; the fourth is

evidently immature, as shown by the brown crescentic tips to the dor-

sal feathers ; and the rufous of the underparts is less strong)y marked

than in the adults, showing that the ruddy colour increases with age.

But even the young bird is ruddier than any S. catarrhactes I ever

saw. In the museum at Cambridge is a similar immature specimen

obtained by Dr. Cunningham, late of H.M.S. ‘ Nassau,’ in the Straits

of Magellan, in April; and Mr. Gervase Mathew, R.N., writes to me

that he observed this chestnut-breasted bird at Valparaiso in January,

and a month later at Coquimbo, when in H.M.S. ‘ Resolute.’ More

than this is not known to me at present; and in the absence of any

reliable information as to its breeding-haunts it would be rash to in-

dulge in any speculations as to whether they are to the north or to

1) es

324 MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE STERCORARIINE. [| Mar. 21,

the south of the Equator. The affinities of this well-defined form are

decidedly with S. catarrhactes, and not with S. antarcticus ; it is,

indeed, a somewhat slighter bird than the former, and remarkable

for its rich cimnamon- -coloured underparts, wing-coverts and axil-

laries. The presence of this species on the shores ‘of the South Pacific

may be accounted for by the cool stream of water, about 300 miles

wide, and knownas Humboldt’s current, which runs northwards from

the Straits of Magellan, along the coasts of Chili and Peru. This

cool band abounds in fish; and in consequence of these altered con-

ditions we find there at least six species of Gull, some of them nu-

merically abundant ; whereas on the east coast of America there is a

noticeable scarcity of Gulls within the tropics. Where Gulls are

found, the stout heavy forms of Skua can pick up a living; their

more lightly formed congeners can rob the Terns, and the two long-

tailed species are more than a match in flight for the Arctic Tern; but

against that family the Great Skuas would have little chance; and

hence, probably, their more restricted range. If this species should

prove to have its breeding-places in the North Pacific, it is somewhat

singular that it should never have been observed north of the Equator,

and that the only specimen of a great Skua recorded from the north-

west coast, namely at Monterey, California, lat. 44° N., is clearly

trom the description given, S. catarrhactes. If, on the other hand,

it should prove to be a denizen of the southern hemisphere, it is still

more remarkable that we should find in such close proximity to S.

antarcticus a form whose affinities are with S. eatarrhactes. In

order of arrangement it should follow the latter species, although in

the present case I have taken it last for convenience of treatment.

STERCORARIUS POMATORHINUS.

Stercorarius striatus, Brisson, Orn. vi. p. 152, pl. 13. fig. 2 (juv.),

1700.

Larus keeask (part.), Latham, Ind. Orn. p. 818 (1790).

Larus parasiticus, Meyer & Wolf, Tasch. D. Vég. ii. p. 490,

descrip. p. 492 (1810), nee auctorum.

Catarracta parasita, var. camtschatica, Pallas, Zoogr. Rosso-As.

p. 312 (1811).

Lestris pomarinus, Temm. Man. d’Orn. p. 514 (1815) ; Audubon,

B. Am. vii. p. 186, pl. 451 (1844); Ross, in Parry’s 4th Voy. App.

p- 196 (1828), fide Newton.

Stercorarius pomarinus, Vieillot, N. Dict. Hist. Nat. xxxii. p. 158

(1819) ; De Selys-L. F., Belg. p. 155 (1842); Gray, Gen. of B. iii.

p. 653 (1849) ; Coues, Proc. Phil. Ac. 1863, p. 129; B. Ross, Nat.

Hist. Rev. 1862, p. 289 (Gt. Slave Lake, very rare); Wright, Ibis,

1864, p. 151 (Malta); Gurney, Andersson’s B. of Damara Land,

p. 857 (1872).

Cutaractes pomarina, Steph. in Shaw’s G. Zool. xii. p. 216 (i826).

Cataractes pomarinus, Selby, Ill. Brit. Orn. ii. p. shy (1832).

- Lestris spheriuros, Brehm, Vog. Deutsch. p. 718 (1831).

Lestris striatus, Eyton, C. Brit. Birds, p. 3 (1836).

Lestris pomarina, Faber, Prod. Island. Orn. p. 104 (1822); Sw. &

1876. ] MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE STERCORARIIN &. 325

Rich. F. Bor.-Am. p. 429 (1831); Naumann, Vog. Deutsch. x.

p- 487, pl. 271 (1840); Temm. Man. d’Qrn. p. 495, ed. 1840;

Middendorf, Sib. Reise, p. 240, tav. xxiv. fig. ] (egg) (1853).

Coprotheres pomarinus, Reich. Nat. Syst. Vég. p. v (1852).

Catarracta pomarina (Tem.), Blyth, J. As. S. Bengal, xxviit.

p. 406 (1859) (Moulmein).

Lestris pomerinus (Tem.), Newton, P. Z. S. 1861, p. 401, pl. xxix.

fig. 3 (egg).

Lestris pomarhinus, Preyer, R. n. Island (1862).

Lestris pomatorhinus, Sclater, Ibis, 1862, p. 297.

Stercorarius pomarhinus, Malmgren, Spitzbergens Fogl. p. 411

(1864).

Stercorarius pomatorhinus, Newton, Ibis, 1865, p. 509 ; Gillett,

Ibis, 1870, p. 307; Cones, in Elliot’s Prybilov Is. (1874); Coues,

B. of N.W. Am. p. 607 (1874); Eaton, Zoologist, 1874, p. 3812

(Spitzbergen) ; Newton, B. Greenland, p. 107 (1875).

Lestris pomatorhina, Th. v. Heuglin, Ibis, 1872, p. 65.

The description and figure given by Brisson of his Stercorarius

striatus clearly show that he had before him an immature specimen

of this species, the representation of the strong heavy feet garnished

with large claws being highly characteristic. Although Brisson’s

name cannot be retained, yet, if it had been adopted by any naturalist

subsequent to the 12th ed. of Linnzeus, it must necessarily have ante-

dated the well-known name given by Temminck ; but this change has

fortunately been spared us. With regard to Gmelin’s name of crepi-

datus, which Dr. Coues was inclined to refer to this species, I trust

to be able to show that it can only belong to that which I call for

the present Richardson’s Skua. ‘Temminck’s name is therefore re-

tained, subject to the emendation proposed by Mr. P. L. Sclater

(Ibis, 1862, p. 297), where he showed that the classical spelling

should be pomatorhinus, being derived from rwua (operculum) and

piv (nasus), a view which has since been generally adopted by

ornithologists. There can be no doubt from the description,

especially of the tail-feathers, given by Pallas that this is the species

called by him C. parasitica, var. camtschatica.

In plumage this species does not exhibit any remarkable variation,

although some immature birds are decidedly less marked with sooty

striations on the underparts than others. In the adults the

acuminate feathers on the neck assume a beautiful golden tinge ; and

the dark pectoral band evidently becomes narrower with increasing

age until it is totally lost and the bird is pure white from the chin

to the abdomen. I have only seen one example of this extreme

plumage, in the Rouen Museum, which boasts of nineteen picked

specimens of Pomatorhine Skuas, none of which, unfortunately, bears

any label indicating either date or locality.

The most northern locality recorded for this species is lat. 82° N.,

where a specimen was observed by Ross flying past the boats on

Parry’s fourth voyage. It has been found on the coast of Spitz-

bergen, and in Novaya Zemlya; and south of these points it ranges

throughout the whole of the arctic and subarctic regions. Von

Middendorf found it breeding on the “ barrens”’ of the Taimyr and

326 MR, H. SAUNDERS ON THE STERCORARIINE. | Mar. 21,

the Boganida, in Siberia, and was the first to give a figure of the

ege; and it is said to breed in societies from Bjornenas, north of

Egedesminde, to the northward (Newton, B. of Greenland). There

must, however, be many other breeding-places within the arctic circle ;

for the species is abundant in the north, and is not uncommon on

our coasts, principally on the west, in autumn. Passing along the

coasts of Western Europe, it occurs as a straggler in the interior

of the continent, and visits the Mediterranean as far east as Sicily

and Malta; goes down the west coast of Africa, where Capt. Shelley

obtained it off Fantee ; crosses the equator, and reaches Walwich

Bay in lat. 23° S., where Andersson shot two specimens, one of

which, a bird of the year, is in my collection. With this proof of

its traversing the tropics it is no longer remarkable that it should

have been obtained at Moulmein, on the coast of Tenasserim, in

lat. 16° 22! N., by Major Tickell, as recorded by Mr. Blyth; the

singular thing was, that the specimen in question should prove to be

an adult and not a bird of the year, like all the other visitors to the

south which I have examined*. There isa specimen in the plumage

of the first year in the collection of Messrs. Salvin and Godman,

obtained by Mr. Cockerell off Cape York, the northern extremity of

Australia. On the east coast of America it occurs from Labrador

as far south as New York and Pennsylvania, beyond which it has

not yet been traced. On the west coast there is no positive record

beyond two instances on the Prybilov Islands; but Mr. Gervase

Mathew’s description of a Skua observed by him at Valparaiso and

Coquimbo seems to refer to this species, respecting whose winter

range we must wait for further details.

STERCORARIUS CREPIDATUS. (Richardsen’s Skua.)

Stercorarius (Le Stercoraire), Brisson, type of genus Sterco-

rarius.

Catharacta cepphus, Briinn. Orn. Bor. p. 36 (1764).

Catharacta coprotheres, Briinn. Orn. Bor. p. 36 (1764), dark form.

The Black-toed Gull, Pennant’s Brit. Zool. ii. p. 419, tab. 2

(1768). es

Larus crepidatus, Banks, Hawkesworth’s Voy. ii. p. 15 (1773) ;

Gmelin, 5yst. Nat. p. 602 (1788); Latham, Ind. Orn. p. 319 (1790);

Meyer & W. Tasch. deutsch. Vog. ii. p. 493 (1810); Scoresby,

Arctic Reg. i. p. 534 (1820).

“Larus parasiticus, Linn.” Boddaert, T. des Pl. Kul. no. 991 (nee

Linn.).

Lestris crepidatus, Tem. Man. d’Orn. p. 515 (1815).

Stercorarius crepidatus, Vieillot, N. Dict. Hist. Nat. xxxii. p. 155

(1819).

Lestris parasitica, F. Faber, Prodr. Is. Orn. p. 105 (1822); Brehm

* Since writing the above I have had the opportunity of referring to Major

Tickell’s coloured drawing of this identical specimen, which proves it to be an

mmmature bird after all! Mr, Blyth’s error in stating it to be an adult was

doubtless owing to the want of any specimens for comparison at that time.

1876.} MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE STERCORARIINE. 327

& S. Beitr. Vogelk. iii. p. 853 (1822); Naum. V6z. Deutsch. x.

p- 506, pl. 272, 273 (1840).

Cataractes parasiticus, Fleming, Brit. An. p. 138 (1828); Selby,

Ill. Brit. Zool. ii. p. 520 (1832).

Lestris richardsonii, Swain., Sw. & Rich. F. Bor.-Am. p. 433,

pl. 73 (1831); Macgill. Brit. B. v. p. 492 (1852); Audubon, B.

Am. vil. 190, pl. 452 (1844); Gould, B. of Eur. v. pl. 441 (1837);

Meyer, Ill. Brit. B. vii. p. 177 (1857).

Lestris parasita, Keys. & Bl. Wirb. Eur. p. 240 (1840); Midd.

Sib. Reise, p. 241 (1853).

Stercorarius parasiticus, Schaeff. Mus. Orn. p. 62, pl. 37 (1789) ;

De Selys-L. Fn. Belg. p. 155 (1842); G. R. Gray, List B. Br. Mus.

ili. p. 167 (1844); Gray, Gen. Birds, iii. p. 653 (1849); Lawr.

Baird’s B. N. Am. 839 (!858); Blakiston (B. N.W. A.), Ibis,

1863, p. 152; Degl. & G. Orn. Eur. ii. p. 397 (1867); B. Ross,

Nat.-Hist. Rev. 1862, p. 289; Coues, Pr. Phil. Ac. 1863, p. 132;

Newton, Ibis, 1865, p.510(Spitzbergen); Andersson, B. of Damara

Land, p. 357 (1872); Gould, B. G. Brit. v. p. 80 (187 ); Hume,

Stray Feathers, p. 268 (1873) (Sindh); Buller, B. New Zealand,

p. 268 (1873); Coues, Rep. Prybilov Is. no. 541 (1874) ; Sharpe,

Voy. ‘ Erebus and Terror,’ i. App. p. 32 (1875), Newton, B. Green-

land, p. 107, Arct. Man. (1875).

Lestris parasiticus, Bp. Consp. Av. li. p. 208 (1857).

Lestris parasiticus, var. coprotheres, Bp. Consp. Av. il. p. 209.

Lestris thuliaca, Preyer, Reise n. Island (1862).

Lestris parasitus, Th. v. Heuglin, Ibis, 1872, p. 65.

Lestris spinicaudus, Hardy, Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1854, p. 657.

Stercorarius spinicauda, Layard, B.S. Af. p. 366 (1867).

Stercorarius parasitica, Dall & Bannister, Tr. Chic. Ac. i. p. 303

(1869) (Alaska).

Stercorarius asiaticus, Hume, Stray Feathers, p. 269 (1873)

(Sindh).

Lestris boji, schleepii, benickii, Brehm, and Stercorarius tephras,

Malmgren, are believed to be this, whilst Lestris brachyrhynchus

and L. microrhynchus, Brehm, are ascribed to the next ; but it would

be a mere waste of time to verify Brehm’s supposed species.

Dr. Coues follows those authors who have chosen to divert

Linnzeus’s name of L. parasiticus to this species—a supposition

utterly negatived by the description in the Syst. Nat. p. 226, which

is based upon that in his ‘ Fauna Suecica,’ p. 55, No. 156. Nothing

could well be clearer than his statement :—“ rectricibus duabus inter-

mediis /ongissimis,” which can ouly apply to the Buffon’s or Long-

tailed Skua; but, as if to make assurance doubly sure, Linnzeus

adds ‘“‘remiges nigree, rachi 1. 2. nivea.”’ The natural inference

from drawing especial attention to the fact that the shafts of the

first and second primaries are white, is clearly that those of the

other primaries are not white. Now the particular characteristic

by which “Richardson’s Skua,” may be distinguished at any age

beyond that of the nestling, is that the shafts of the other primaries

are conspicuously lighter than in those of Buffon’s Skua, in which

328 MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE STERCORARIIN#E. { Mar. 21,

only those of the first and second primaries are white, those of the

third and successive primaries being dark. I am indebted to Mr.

R. Collett, of Christiania, for pointing out to me, some years since,

this excellent distinction. The LZ. parasiticus of Linneeus is there-

fore not S. erepidatus, but the ‘ Buffon’s Skua;” and so is,

according to my view, Catharacta parasiticus of Briimnich ; but

it is needless to discuss the latter name, as it is out of date.

Dr. Coues considers that the Larus crepidatus of Gmelin is

in all probability based upon the young of the Pomatorhine Skua,

to which Brisson gave the name of Stercor arius striatus. It is true

that Gmelin (who translated from Latham) identifies S. striatus of

Brisson with his Z. erepidatus; but although S. striatus is certainly

a young Pomatorhine, it was by no means easily recognizable by

the naturalists of that day; and, moreover, Gmelin correctly cites

in the first place Catharacta cepphus, Brinn., which is certainly this

species, and in the third line refers to “‘ Le Labbe ou Stercoraire”’ of

Buffon, whose figure (‘Planches Enluminées,’ No. 991) is an ex-

cellent one, besides giving an accurate description of the tail-feathers

(* rectricibus duabus intermediis longoribus ’ ’); he also refers it to the

“‘ Black-toed Gull” of the ‘ Brit. Zool.,’ which is clearly this species.

This would be quite sufficient to impose Gmelin’s name of L. crepidatus

upon “ Richardson’s Skua ;”’ but the name did not actually originate

with Gmelin. On referring to Hawkesworth’s ‘ Voyages’ (1773), vol.

il. p. 15 (not vol. 1. p. 15, as erroneously cited by Latham, and of

course duly copied by Gmelin, without reference), we find in the

narrative of Lieut. Cook’s voyage in the ‘ Endeavour’ that “ on the

8th October 1768 (when a little to the south of the Cape-Verd

Islands) Mr. Banks [afterwards Sir Joseph Banks] shot the Black-

toed Gull not yet described according to Linneeus’s system; he gave

it the name of Larus crepidatus.’ The Black-toed Gull is described

in Pennant’s ‘ British Zoology,’ vol. ii. p. 419 (1768); and plate 2

is an excellent representation of a ‘‘ Richardson’s Skua”’ of the

year, the feet of this species at that age having the upper part of the

webs yellowish, and the posterior portion black, giving the bird the

appearance of being ‘‘ shod”’ or “ sandalled,’’ whence Banks’s some-

what quaint Latin rendering. I think it probable that the bird was

identified from Pennant’s description and figure ; for in the MS. in

the British Museum of Solander, who was also in the ‘ Endeavour,’

there is indirect evidence of that work having been on board ; but

as Banks gave no description, it is perhaps safest to cite Gmelin as

the authority for the name.

It is now well known that there are two very distinct plumages to be

found in birds of this species, even in the same breeding-places—an

entirely sooty form, and one with light underparts,—and that white-

breasted birds pair with whoie-coloured birds as well as with those

of their respective varieties. If this species is ‘dimorphie,”’ the

offspring of one particoloured and one whole-coloured bird ought to

resemble one or other of their parents without reference to sex ; my

examination of upwards of a hundred specimens from widely different

localities and in all stages inclines me to the belief that this is not

the case, and that the young of such union will be intermediate,

1876.] MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE STERCORARIINA. 329

whilst the offspring of two similar parents will “breed true.’’ This

point can only be solved by some ornithologist who will devote his

attention to a colony during the breeding-season, observing the pro-

duce of all these unions, and, if possible, ‘marking the nestlings before

they take wing; perhaps some of our Scotch friends will ‘take the

hint.

That the sooty plumage is not merely a sign of immaturity is

shown by the long tail-feathers, and by the burnished tinge of the

acuminate ones on the nape.

It is worthy of notice that in Spitzbergen, its most northern

breeding-ground, neither Dr. Malmgren nor Professor Newton found

a single example of the dark whole-coloured form; all those which

Admiral Collinson’s and Dr. Rae’s Expeditions brought home from

the far north are also white-breasted specimens, which looks as if

the dark form was a more exclusively southern one.

In the white-breasted birds the striations on the underparts

decrease with age until little more than a pectoral band remains ;

this, again, becomes narrower until in some speciniens it entirely

disappears and the bird is white from the chin to the abdomen.

This species has the most extended range of any member of the

family. Parry found it up to lat. 82° 2'N.; Pend it breeds throughout

the arctic and subarctic regions, as far south as the islands of the

north of Scotland ; and Thompson records it as having nested near

Achil Island on the west of Ireland. I should not be surprised to

learn that there is some beeeding-place along the western shores of

France; for both old and also very young ‘birds occur at Malaga

early in Angust. Some go higher up the Meaitenancan: ; but apnerst

principally ‘the young, continue their course along the west coast of

Africa, to Walwich Bay and as far as the Cape of Good Hope; and

in those waters they pass the months of what is our winter, compel-

ling the Terns and the small Gull (L. hartlaubit) to disgorge their

prey. From the altered appearance which they present in their

progressive stages of plumage at a time when European naturalists

have lost sight of them, an individual from the vicinity of St. Helena

received the name of S. spinicauda. Careful examination of a series

of specimens from the Cape of Good Hope, where Mr. E. L. Layard

only observed them from December to February, showed that all

were in the act of losing and renewing the central tail-feathers and

the outer primaries, which are the last to be moulted; and although

at the first glance the birds have a somewhat distinct look, yet there

can be no doubt whatever of their being our northern species.

Most that I have seen are birds of less than a year old, although

this immaturity is less noticeable in the dark-plumaged birds than

in the lighter ones; in none, however, are the central tail-feathers

fully developed, and most are still partially i in the quill-sheath. One

specimen, evidently obtained just before the northward migration, is

absolutely the same as a bird of only two months older from the

Faroes. It is to be presumed that S. crepidatus goes up the east

coast of Africa, as Mr. Allan Hume obtained it (naming it S. asta-

ticus), and observed many along the coast of Sindh, the Gult of Oman,

and between Guader and Bombay.

330 MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE STERCORARIINE. [Mar. 21,

Returning to the Atlantic, we find it along the North-American

coast; and Solander, in his MS., describes, under the names of L.

Juliginosus and L. nigricans, two specimens of this species obtained

in the harbour of Rio de Janeiro on December 4, 1768, thus giving

it a claim to be included in the list of the Neotropical Laride so

ably worked out by Messrs. Sclater and Salvin (P. Z. S. 1871,

p- 564). South of Rio there is no record of its occurrence on the

east coast of America; but I can only refer to this species the

example obtained by Mr. Buller at Horowhenua in the Province of

Wellington, New Zealand, on April 30, 1864. His general descrip-

tion suits S. erepidatus; and he expressly states that the shafts of

the primaries are white, the characteristic which particularly serves

to distinguish it from Buffon’s Skua, with which he has identified it.

At the time that I examined the specimen in question I was not

aware of this distinctive feature: the skin also had been badly pre-

served; and, to make matters worse, the plumage was so worn and

abraded that it is a marvel that the bird was able to fly at all.

On the west coast of America it is only recorded as occurring at

the Prybilov Islands and in Alaska; but Mr. Gervase Mathew, R.N.,

informs me that when at Callao in April 1873, in H.M.S. ‘ Reso-

lute,’ he observed many small Skuas in various states of plumage,

and attributed them (correctly no doubt) to this: species, which he

had often observed previously on the English coast.

STERCORARIUS PARASITICUS. (Long-tailed or Buffon’s Skua.)

Le Stercoraire a longue queue, Buffon, Pl. Enlum. 762.

Stercorarius longicaudus, Brisson, vi. p. 155 (1760).

Catharacta parasitica, Brinn. Orn. Bor. p. 37 (1764).

Larus parasiticus, Linn. Syst. Nat. p. 226 (1766), Fauna Suec.

55. no. 156 (“‘rectricibus duabus intermediis longissimis.’’); ? Mil-

ler, Zool. Dan. Prod. 166 (1774); Phipps, Voy. N. Pole, p. 187

(1774); Gm. Syst. Nat. p. 601 (1788) ; Scoresby, Arctic Regions,

i. p. 534 (1820).

Catharacta parasitica, O. Fab. F. G. p. 103 (1780).

Catarracta parasitica, Retz. F. Suec. p. 160 (1800).

Catarractes parasita, Pallas, Z. Ros.-As. p. 310 (1811).

Lestris parasitica, Uliger, Prod. p. 273 (1811); Sw. & Rich.

F. Bor.-Am. p. 430 (1831) ; Maegill. Brit. B. v. p. 503 (1852).

Lestris parasiticus, Temm. M. d’Orn. p. 512 (ed. 1815), p. 796

(ed. 1820), p. 501 (ed. 1840); Jenyns, Brit. Vert. An. p. 283 (1835) ;

Gould, B. of Eur. v. pl. 442 (1837); Audubon, B. Am. vii. 192,

pl. 452 (1844); Meyer, Ill. Brit. Orn. vii. p. 174, pl. 314 (1857).

Stercorarius longicaudus, Vieill. N. Dict. Hist. Nat. xxxu. p. 157

(1819); Newton, Ibis, 1865, p. 511 (Spitzbergen); Degl. & Gerbe,

Orn. Eur. ii. p. 399 (1867).

Lestris crepidata, Brehm & S. Beitrage z. Vigelkunde, iii. p. 861

(1822) ; Naum. Vog. Deutsch. x. p. 534, pl. 274 (1840).

Lestris buffonit, Boie, Meyer & W. Tasch. ui. p. 212 (1822);

Middendorff, Sib. Reise, il. p. 241, taf. xxiv. fig. 2 (1853).

1876. ] MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE STERCORARIINE. 331

Stercorarius cepphus, Steph. in Shaw’s Gen. Zool. xiii. pt. i. p.

211, pl. 23 (fig. nec descrip.) (1826); B. Ross, Nat.-Hist. Rev.

1862, p. 289, Blakiston, Ibis, 1863, p. 152 (Mackenzie River).

Lestris lessoni, Degl. Mém. Ac. R. Lille, p. (1838); Schinz, Eur.

F. p. 392 (1840).

Lestris cephus, Keys. & Blas. Wirb. Eur. p. 240 (1840); Bp.

Consp. Av. ii. p. 209 (1857).

Stercorarius longicaudatus, De Selys-L. F. Belg. p. 156 (1842) ;

Degl. Orn. Eur. ii. p. 298 (1849); Newton, B. Greenland, p. 107

(1875).

Stercorarius cephus, Gray, Gen. Birds, iil. 1849, p. 653 ; Schlegel,

Mus. P.-B. Lari, p. 49 (1863); Gray, Hand-List, iii. p. 110 (i871).

* Lestris longicaudatus, Briss.,’’ Thomps. Nat. Hist. Ireland, ii.

399 (1851).

Lestris hardyi, Bonap. Tabl. d. longipen. Compt. Rend. xlii. 1856,

p- 770; Consp. Av. 1. p. 210 (1857).

Stercorarius huffoni, Coues, Proce. Phil. Acad. 1863, p. 186; Dall

& Bann. Tr. Chic. Ac. i. p. 304 (1869) (Alaska) ; Coues, Prybilov

Is]. (1874); Irby, Orn. Str. Gibraltar, p. 216 (1875).

Lestris longicaudata, T. v. Heuglin, Ibis, 1872, p. 65 (Novaya

Zemlya).

In treating of the preceding species I have already shown that

Linneeus’s description of his LZ. parasiticus can only apply to this

species, which may always be distinguished by its very long central

tail-feathers and by having, even in immature plumage, the shafts of

only the first and second primaries white, those of the others being

dusky. In its adult state, the Long-tailed Skua has also the under

tail-coverts, abdomen, and flanks of a sooty brown; the tarsi also are

yellowish olive, whilst in adult S. crepidatus the legs are black. I

have seen but few immature specimens, all birds of the year, obtained

on their autumnal migration; they are of a nearly uniform sooty

colour, with the usual pale edgings to the feathers characteristic of the

first plumage. This species is found from Novaya Zemlya to Spitz-

bergen, and, south of these points, throughout the whole circuit of the

arctic regions. Von Middendorff first discovered its breeding-places

on the Taimyr and Bogonida, in Siberia; the late John Wolley found

it nesting on the Lapland fells; Sir John Richardson obtained nestlings

in Melville Peninsula; Mr. Bernard Ross observed it at the mouth

of the Mackenzie River ; it occurs in the Prybilov Islands ; and Dall

and Bannister found it in Alaska, the extent of its recorded range on

the Pacifie coast. By far the rarest of the family as an autumnal

visitant, it ranges along our shores and those of Western Europe as

far south on the Straits of Gibraltar and Morocco, beyond which

there is no trace of it, whilst on the east coast of America it does not

seem to go south of lat. 40° N. I have already pointed out that Mr.

Buller’s supposed example of this species from New Zealand must be

referred to S. crepidatus. Professor Peters, of Berlin, has kindly in-

formed me that the type specimen in that Museum of Lestris hardy,

Bonaparte, has the shafts of all except the first two primaries dusky ;

and on that ground I presume it to be a young bird of this species.

332 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TOTHE MENAGERIE. [ Apr. 4,

The specimen in question is said to have been obtained ‘ between

the Philippines and Sandwich Islands’’—a considerable extension

to the range of the species so far as it is at present known.

In coneluding my remarks on a family whose members are prinei-

pally Arctic in their habitat, it would be a great omission if I failed to

acknowledge my indebtedness to Professor Newton’s comprehensive

remarks on the Arctic fauna in these ‘ Proceedings,’ in ‘The Ibis,’

and in the ‘Arctic Manual.’ The whole available information respect-

ing the northern rauge of the Skuas is given in a condensed form, ac-

companied by most important references; and to these originals,

especially to the paper on the Birds of Spitsbergen in ‘The Ibis,’ 1865,

I would refer those who require more details than I have thought it

necessary to give in the present article.

April 4, 1876.

_ Prof. Newton, F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the

Society’s Menagerie during the month of March 1876 :—

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-

gerie during the month of March was 91. Of these, 65 were ac-

quired by presentation, 16 by purchase, 3 by birth, and 7 were re-

ceived on deposit. The total number of departures during the same

period, by death and removals, was 111.

The most noticeable additions during the month of March were

as follows :—

1. A male Brown Monkey (Macaeus brunneus, Anderson), trans-

mitted home to us from Siam as a present by Mr. T. G. Fermor

Ifesketh, F.Z.S.

This Monkey was presented to Mr. Hesketh by the King of

Siam, and is, no doubt, from that country. It agrees generally with

Dr. Anderson’s figure (P. Z. 8. 1872, p. 203, pl. xii.), but is rather

darker in colour.

Dr. Anderson tells me he has now come to the conclusion that, in

spite of what he stated (P. Z.S. 1874, p. 652), his Macacus brunneus

and M. arctoides of Is. Geoffr. are referable to the same species.

Dr. Anderson also takes Blyth’s view *, that M. speciosus of

Geoffr. St.-Hil. et F. Cuv. properly applies to this Siamese Monkey,

and not to the Japanese species figured under that name by

Temminck. This, however, though probable, I may observe, can-

not be positively proved, as the name was established on a drawing,

and there is no existing type. I think, therefore, it would be better

to use Macacus arctoides (as the oldest name that can be certainly

attributed to this animal), and to call the Japanese species, which I

have lately figured (P. Z.S. 1875, pl. xlvii.), MZ. fuscatus (as pro-

posed by Blyth /. s. c.), rejecting the term speciosus altogether.

* “Mammals of Burmah,” in J. A. 8. B. No, i. 1875, p. 6.

1876. | PROF. NEWTON ON THE DODO. 333

The present example has a deep-red face, but quite uniform non-

annellated hairs. The annellations, Dr. Anderson tells me, only

appear in the adult animal.

2. Two Caracaras (Polyborus) in a very remarkable plumage,

purchased of a dealer in Liverpool March 2ad, and stated to have

been received from ‘ Patagonia.” Their general form and size is

exactly that of Polyborus tharus; and I am of opinion, on the

whole, that they are merely young individuals of that species in an

abnormal phase of plumage; though it is right to say that other

naturalists who have seen them are inclined to believe that they

belong to a distinct species.

Mr. Smit’s drawing (Plate XXV.) gives a correct figure of these

curious birds. The plumage is of a nearly uniform milky white,

with yellowish shaft-stripes on the back and breast ; the naked cere

is flesh-coloured, the bill greenish yellow; the feet are nearly white ;

but the iris is dark brown. It will be observed that the tail is im-

perfect.

3. A lead-coloured Faleon ({ypotriorchis concolor), presented

March 3rd by Mr. A. F. Allman, having been captured on board a

vessel on its passage down the Mozambique Channel. This is an

immature bird, nearly in the plumage figured by Schlegel and

Pollen (Orn. Madagase. pl. xil.), and is the first example we have

received of this scarce species.

4, Three Sirens (Siren lacertina, Linn.), from South Carolina,

presented by Mr. G. &. Maingault, Curator of the Museum of

Natural History, Charleston, March 29th. Mr. Maingault has on

a previous occasion transmitted to us an example of this rare and

singular Batrachian; but these are the first that have reached us

alive.

5. A South-American Flamingo (Pheenicopterus ignipalliatus),

from the Upper Amazon, acquired by purchase March 29th. The

individual assigned to this species in 1871 (P.Z.S. 1871, p. 627),

which was guite young when received, and is now adult, is certainly

not of this species, but either a small individual of P. antiquorum or

one of the so-called P. minor; so that the present example is the

first of the present species we have received. The bird is very

remarkable for its party-coloured legs, the greater part of the toes

and tibio-tarsal joint being of a bright scarlet.

Professor Newton, V.P., exhibited a small volume, belonging to

the Rev. Richard Hooper, of Upton Rectory, near Didcot, and

remarked : —

“* This little book has been kindly lent to me by its owner, who

has before interested himself in enquiries after the Dodo (Didus

ineptus)*. It is obviously the same work as that described by

Broderip in our ‘ Transactions’ (iv. p. 183), but an entirely different

and, so far as I can learn, a hitherto unknown edition of it.

Broderip’s copy was published, he says, at Amsterdam, by Abraham

Wolfgangh, in 1662. Mr. Hooper’s is without date, and was published

at the same place by ‘ Abraham en Jan de Wees, Boek-verkoopers,

* Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (2) iii. p, 259.

334 MR. R. B. SHARPE ON A HAWK-OWL. [Apr. 4,

inde 4 Evangeliste.’ Internal evidence fails to show more than

that it did not appear before 1643, occurrences in which year are

several times mentioned in its pages (e. g. pp. 261 and 345); and on

a fly-leaf are the initials ‘ R. L.’ and the date ‘1676.2. Now I am

informed by Mr. Bradshaw, the Librarian of the University of Cam-

bridge, that A. de Wees is known to have published an edition of

this work (which I should have said is a translation and amplifi-

cation of Pliny’s Natural History) in 1662, the same year that

Wolfgangh did. But the volume I have here is not that edition,

and must therefore be either an earlier or a later one. I am inclined

to believe the former, (1) because, as I have already said, no year

later than 1643 is mentioned in it, and (2) because the figure of the

Dodo which it contains (at p. 374) is unquestionably of cognate

origin with that given in the rare edition of Bontekoe’s Voyage

(p. 7), which I now exhibit. This edition of Bontekoe is thought

by Strickland* to have been published ‘a year or two’’ subse-

quently to 1646. Comparing the two figures now before you, I

think you will admit that the copper-plate of the Pliny has not been

copied from the woodcut of the Bontekoe, but the woodcut from the

copper-plate ; and if so, the impression in Mr. Hooper’s Phnyt is the

earliest we yet know of this very singular figure. It is unfortunate

that the fate of Broderip’s copy is unknown to me; nor am I aware

of the existence of a second copy of that (Wolfgangh’s) edition.

Both in the title-page and in the text there are many typographical

differences between the two editions, if the extracts reprinted in our

‘Transactions’ may be trusted ; but these differences seem to have

no scientific interest, however valuable they may be to bibliographers,

and I will not trouble you with them.”

Mr. R. Bowdler Sharpe, F.Z.S., exhibited a specimen of a Hawk-

Owl (Surnia ulula), belonging to Mr. James Rawlence, of Bulbridge-

within- Salisbury. It was alot bya Mr. Long several years ago near

Amesbury, in Wiltshire, and was given by him to Mr. Ramlencee in

whose collection it remained till Mr. Mansell-Pleydell happened to

see it, and brought it to London for identification. The specimen was

very interesting as being the first British-killed specimen of the true

Swedish Surnia ulula. It would be seen, on reference to the ‘ Birds

of Europe,’ that all the specimens of Hawk-Owls hitherto killed in

Great Britain have belonged to the American form, Surnia funerea,

with the exception of one "bind shot in Shetland, which was probably

the Swedish bird; this, however, could not be ascertained, as the

* «The Dodo’ &c. p. 63.

t The full title of the volume is C. PLINI SECUNDI Des wydt-vermaerden

Natuur-kondigers vyf Boecken. Handelende van de Nature, I. Van de Menschen.

II. Van de viervoetige en kruypende Dieren. IIJ. Van de Vogelen. IV. Van

de kley ne Beestjes of Ongedierten, V. Van de Visschen, Oesters, Kreeften, &e.

Hier zijn by-gevoeght de Sehriften van verscheyden onder oude Autheuren

de Nogne ‘der Dieren aengaende. En nu in desen laetsten Druck wel het

vierde part vermeerdert, uyt verscheyden nieuwe Schryvers en eygen ondervin-

dinge: en met veel kopere Platen verciert. t AMSTERDAM. By Abraham en

Jan de Wees, Boek-verkoopers / inde 4 Evangeliste.

Fibrous logp, osstived

we the other species.

Tendon whick rues

witkaz 1ibrous loop,

here removed trom tt.

Hanhart imp

ANATOMY OF PLOTUS ANHINGA

. peda

TO? Tig

apes ENED AND ITF SH

a é Ae 7

nseruon

p l/c

SNHINGA

he)

@}IME)

AMG TNA ON ened Ei

ANA

1 XX

(one

PGS

rah eS

Seats

inip

Hanhart

hth

Smit

S ANHINGA

PEOru

ANATOMY OF

1876. | ON THE ANATOMY OF PLOTUS ANHINGA, 335

skin had been destroyed by moth. The present was therefore the

first authentic introduction of the Surnia ulula into this country.

The Hawk-Owls of America and Kurope were, Mr. Sharpe said,

scarcely distinct species, but tolerably recognizable races.

Tne following Papers were read :—

1. Notes on the Anatomy of Plotus anhinga. By A. H.

Garrop, M.A., F.Z.S., Prosector to the Society.

[Received March 31, 1876.]

(Plates XXVI., XXVII., XXVIII.)

The Darter is one of those birds whose anatomy, with the

exception of its skeleton, is comparatively little known; I therefore

take the present opportunity of describing the organs and some

of the most important muscles of Plotus anhinga from the two

specimens which were recently living in the Society’s collection, and

which, from my prosectorial advantages, it has been my good

fortune to be able to dissect.

On December 28th, 1872, the Society became possessed, for the

first time, by purchase, of a male specimen of Plotus anhinga,

which died on the 17th of this month, with general jaundice and

distention of the gall-bladder from obstruction of the common bile-

duct. The second specimen, a female, was purchased on the 30th

of September, 1875; it was never quite healthy, and died on the

7th of February, without any special organic lesions, but with a

dropsical condition of the subcutaneous areolar tissues, frequently

found in Steganopod birds. It is this second specimen which I

first dissected ; and the other coming to hand, opportunely for me,

has enabled me to verify my observations.

Pterylographically, there is nothing for me to add to the results

arrived at by Nitzsch*. The skin is not in the least pneumatic, in

which respect it contrasts greatly with Sula and Pelecanus, and

agrees with Phalacrocorax.

With reference to the anatomy of its circulatory organs, it is to

be noted that Plotus anhinga possesses only a single carotid artery,

the left. In Sula bassana, Phalacrocorax carbo and P. lugubris,

Fregata aquila, and Phaethon there are two. In Sula fusca (a speci-

men in very bad immature plumage from Port Lemon, Porto Rico)

the left carotid only exists, as also in Pelecanus rufescens and P.

onocrotalus.

As to the respiratory organs, from Plate XXVIII. fig. 3 it can

be seen that the syrinx is in no way peculiar, a single pair of intrinsic

lateral muscles being present. By the side of it I have figured the

lower portion of the windpipe of a male Gannet (Sula bassana), in

which a pair of fatty bodies are developed just above the bifurcation

of the bronchi, the like of which I have not elsewhere seen.

* Pterylography, Ray Society’s Translation, edited by P. L. Sclater, F.R.S.,

p. 151.

336 MR. A. H. GARROD ON THE [ Apr. 4

Osteologically Plotus anhinga deserves some special attention.

Brandt * in his valuable memoir on avian anatomy has fully

described and figured the skeleton. Nevertheless from his draw-

ing of the vertebre of the cervical region it is evident that he was

not thoroughly acquainted with the peculiarities of their mutual

articulation.

Eyton t describes briefly the osteology of Plotus nove-hollandic,

but does not give figures. The specimen he refers to is in the Col-

lege-of-Surgeons’ Museum (No. 1179 a). His drawing of Phalacro-

corax cristutus t, however, makes it apparent that he fully realizes

the peculiarity of the mutual relationships of the cervical vertebree

in its close allies.

W. Donitz$ draws attention to a peculiarity in the cervical region

of Plotus levaillantii which will be referred to farther on. This

peculiarity is not represented in Brandt’s figure of P. anhinga; and

it is not to be found in either of the Society's specimens, one being

at least three and a half years old.

In speaking of Phalaecrocorar cristatus Mr. Eyton remarks,

** The tubercle on the upper edge of the occipital bone has a pointed,

movable, triangular process attached to it, which I suspect has also

been the case with my specimen of Plotus, but has been lost.”

In the Society’s female specimen there is a fibro-cartilaginous

similarly situated process, not more than one sixth of an inch long,

which is ossified in the evidently older male. In his notes on the

anatomy of the Cormorant, Hunter tells us || that “<a small bone,

about an inch long, passes back from the os occipitis and gives

origin: to the temporal muscle, which is very strong.’ The same

bone in the Darter, although comparatively not so Tong, performs

the same function, the superfical temporal muscles meeting behind

the skull along the median raphe, which becomes ossified to for m the

above-mentioned bony style in the adult bird. (See Plate XXVIII.

fig 1 a.)

Before commencing the description of the cervical articulations of

the Darters, it may be mentioned that the same condition is observed,

only in a less marked degree, in the Cormorants, and still less in the

Gannets and Pelicans.

The first eight cervical vertebree (including the atlas and axis),

when articulated together in such a way that all the articular sur-

faces are in their proper relations one to the other, form a continuous

curve with a strong concavity forwards. So considerable is this

curve, that when the beak of the bird is horizontal the axis of the

peculiarly long eighth vertebra is parallel to that of the skull, or

very nearly so. ‘The curve is not a part of a circle, but is one

which gradually augments in acuteness from above downwards, its

most considerable development being between the 7th and 8th ver-

tebrae, which are consequently articulated at a considerable angle

* Mémoires de I’Acad. Imp. des Sciences de St. Pétersbourg, tom. v. 6@me

Série, Sect. d. Sc. Nat. 1839.

t Osteologia Avium, p. 218. } Loe, ett. pl. v. f. 1.

§ Archiv fiir Anat. u. Physiol. 1873, p. 357.

|| Essays and Observations, edited by Prof, Owen (1861), vol. ii. p. 328.

1876. ] ANATOMY OF PLOTUS ANHINGA. 337

with one another, more strongly marked than that between the Sth

and 7th, and this, again, more decided than that between the 5th

and 6th, and so on.

The 8th and 9th vertebree articulate so as to form an angle exactly

the opposite in direction—namely, with its genu directed forwards

instead of backwards. The same is the case with the 9th and 10th,

the 10th and 11th, the 11th and 12th, the 12th and 13th; more

slightly so between he 13th and 14th, and the 14th and 15th; whilst

the 15th and following until the last (the 20th), which with the one

above it carries imperfect ribs, form almost a straight line with one

another, being slightly bowed, with the convexity directed backwards.

With the exception of the atlas and the 6th and 7th, the cervical

vertebrae are peculiarly elongate, the 8th Hee more so than the

others, as may be seen in Plate XXVI. fig. 1.

Donitz figures a pair of accessory bony bridges on the dorsal sur-

face of the vertebra following the most lengthy one, which must

evidently therefore be the 9th. He, however, speaks of it as the

8th, which seems to me to be an error depending on the omission of

the consideration of the atlas, because in Plotus anhinga (both

from Brandt’s figure and my specimens) it is most certainly the 9th,

as it is in Plotus nove- hollandie, Phalacrocorax carbo, and P.

lugubris. I have, however, not seen Plofus levaillantii.

Donitz attributes the peculiar kink in the neck of the Darters,

which it is impossible to obliterate without lacerating the surround-

ing muscles, to the presence of the bony bridges he describes ; in

this, however, he is mistaken, it dependiig on the above-mentioned

peculiarity in the 8th cervical vertebra, by which it is angularly

articulated with the 7th and 9th vertebrae, the upper genv being

posterior, and the lower anterior. In farther verification of this, it

may be stated that in P. anhinga the bony bridges do not exist, and

et the kinking is most strongly marked.

Myologically the cervical region of the Darter is very peculiar, on

account of the great concentration of its muscular mechanism to-

wards the thoracic end of that segment of the body, the- tendons

from them running lengthy courses up the neck. The anterior and

the posterior cervical muscles will be considered separately.

Anterior cervical region.—Normally in birds the longus colli

anterior, or great front flexor muscle of the neck, commences as a

series of thin tendinous slips from the middle of the bodies of the

first two or three vertebree which carry complete ribs (true dorsals).

The fibres diverge and ascend in such a manner that they form a

bilateral median mass acutely triangular at its lower end. They

receive continual accessions from the bodies and hemapophyses of

the cervical vertebrae, ending in slips which are attached, succes-

sively, to the apices of the earrenion transverse processes three or

four higher than the vertebrze whence they sprang. Through the

whole length of the cervical region they are of very similar. mass,

and therefore help to maintain the otherwise fairly uniform diameter

of the vertebral column *

* Vide Owen on Upterye: Trans. Z.S. vol. tii. pl. 33, p. 510.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1876, No. XXII. 22

338 MR. A. H. GARROD ON THE [Apr. 4,

In Plotus this uniformity is considerably disturbed, irrespective

of the above-described kink, by the excessive development of the

longus colli in its lower almost interthoracic portion, as well as,

though to a less degree, by the enlargement of the longus colli

posterior behind.

In Plotus anhinga, as above stated, there are 20 cervical vertebrae.

A small slip of the longus colli arises from the body of the third

dorsal vertebra, which is inserted into the transverse process of the

17th cervical. Above, and in contact with this, is another similar

slip to the 16th cervical. From the bodies of the 2nd and Ist

dorsal vertebree, as well as from the antero-median portions of the

six lower cervical vertebree, a large muscle arises on each side, in

layers (somewhat resembling the layers formed by the basally

expanded petioles of an onion bulb)—the lower being partially en-

closed in the upper—which ultimately form a bipenniform mass

with a tendon running axially through it and continually receiving

additions in the form of outer coverings of tendinous tissue arising

from the enclosing muscles, till it forms a strong single tendon which

courses up the front of the neck, close to the middle line on each

side, to be inserted into the downward-directed, peculiarly long

hemapophysial spine of the 8th cervical vertebra, and gives off slips,

on its way up, to the serially homologous processes of the 9th and

10th vertebree. A similar tendinons slip to the 11th vertebra has

an independent origin from the bodies of the 15th and 16th verte-

bree, internal to the main muscular mass, which is almost the size of

a lemon, and with its fellow of the opposite side, of much the same

shape, fillmg up and projecting beyond the slight anterior con-

cavity above mentioned, formed by the mutual articulations of the

15th, 16th, 17th, 18th, and 19th cervical vertebrae. (In Plate XXVI.

figs. 1 & 2, these different details are clearly shown.)

Posterior cervical region.—Here there is an exaggerated develop-

ment of muscle in the juxta-thoracic part, opposite the similar

enlargement in front, although it is not so considerable behind.

The longus colli posterior is the muscle which is excessively de-

veloped. It becomes differentiated from the posterior dorso-spinal

mass opposite the 14th and 15th cervical vertebrae to run up the

neck in the form of a fleshy belly which receives additional origins,

in the form of muscular slips, from the vertebree as high as the 9th

cervical. Where the slip from the 10th vertebra (which is a small

one) joins it, the muscle becomes tendinous, forming a rounded cord,

to the inner side of which the large fasciculus from the 9th vertebra

is attached.

A reference to the account given above of the disposition of the

vertebrze in this region will make it evident that the tendon of the

longus colli posterior must make a considerable backward turn op-

posite the transverse line of articulation between the 8th and 9th

cervicals—because there the two bones meet at a considerable angle,

with the genu directed forwards. 'This being the case, some special

mechanism is essential to prevent the tendon from breaking away

from the vertebral column when the muscle with which it is

1876.] ANATOMY OF PLOTUS ANHINGA. 339

associated contracts. In fact, a pulley has to be formed round

which the tendon may turn in the same manner that at the knee,

in birds, the biceps cruris is able to act upon the fibula from a point

situated some way down it, because it is bound close to the greatly

bent knee-joint by the well-known sling-band in that region. In

Plate XXVI. figs. 1 & 2, the sling-band here described is clearly

shown.

A similar sling-band is found in the posterior cervical region of

those birds which have any great backward curve of the neck, it in

the Gannets being also associated with the 9th vertebra. It is

nothing more than a specialization and strengthening of the aponeu-

rosis which is always found covering the muscles, opposite the

place where the strain occurs. In Phalacrocorax carbo the general

sheath is strong, and no specialized band can be distinguished.

In Plotus anhinga this sling-band is attached at its inner end,

with its fellow of the opposite side, to the middle line of the posterior

surface of the neural arch of the 9th vertebra, about halfway be-

tween its proximal and distal extremities ; whilst at its outer end it

is fixed to the tubercle which is situated just outside the upper arti-

cular process of the same vertebra, a backward and slanting loop of

tendinous tissue joining the two (vide Plate XXVI. figs. 1 & 2).

It is the ossification of this just-described tendinous loop which

constitutes Donitz’s bridge in P. levaillantii and P. nove-hollandie.

In neither of the Society's specimens of P. anhinga, nor in that

figured by Brandt, nor in a specimen of the same species seen by

Donitz himself, is this bridge nes It may therefore be that in

P. anhinga it remains Pendinouce ; or, less probably, it has happened

that the four specimens inspected vee none of them been adult birds.

One is at least 33 years old, we know.

Through this bridge, as has been briefly described by Donitz, from

a dried specimen, the tendon of the longus colli posterior passes—

which it does before it receives the considerable fleshy fasciculus

originating from the neural arch of the ninth vertebra, as is rendered

evident in Plate XXVI. figs. 1 & 2.

The tendon, augmented by fibres from the just-mentioned addi-

tional origin, passes up the back of the neck, side by side with its

fellow, to rend by being inserted into the posterior surface of the

lower articular process af the axis vertebra, it, in its course, sending

small tendinous slips to the corresponding parts of the third and

fourth cervical vertebrae. The tendon is peculiar in being ossified

where it is opposite the bodies of the vertebrae with which it is re-

lated, and supple at the joints, which makes it appear to be com-

posed of alternate bony and fibrous elements when it is removed from

the body. From the fifth, fourth, and third vertebre short

muscular fibres ascend to join the corresponding portions of the

main tendon in single penniform series.

It is nearly always the case in avian anatomy that the inner fibres

of the cervical portion of the longus colli posterior muscle become

differentiated to form the digastrique du cou of Cuvier, better known

tous as the diventer cervicis, a muscle one peculiarly interesting

3410 MR. A. H. GARROD ON THE [Apr. 4,

modification of which, in the genus Ceryle among the Alcedinide,

has been described and figured by Dr. Cunningham in the Society’s

‘ Proceedings’*. This, by the way, I may mention, I have had the

opportunity of fully verifying. Meckel, in his ‘ General Treatise on

Comparative Anatomy,’ tells us? that he found it at its minimum of

development in the Gallinse. the Goose, and the Cormorant. Ina

specimen of Sula fusca, as well as in Phalacrocorax carbo, it is

present, but extremely small, I find. It is entirely absent in Plotus

anhinga, the longus colli posterior (cervicalis ascendens, Meckel

entirely ceasing at the lower margin of the axis vertebra, in the

tendon above described,

There are other myological features deserving of special notice in

the thoracie and crural regions of the Darters.

The great pectoral muscle is composed of two independent

layers :—a superficial large one, arising from the inferior border of the

sternum, its carina, and from the outer border of the furcula; and a

deep one from the upper two thirds of the deeper part of the carina,

superficial to the pectoralis secundus, and from the symphysial half

of the outer border of the furcula. The superficial layer is inserted by

a broad linear attachment to the pectoral ridge of the humerus, whilst

the deep layer ends in a rounded tendon which commences at the

axillary margin of the triangular muscle, with which it is associated,

and receives the fibres of the remainder of the muscle in its course

to its attachment into the lower end of the pectoral ridge of the

humerus, beyond the insertion of the lowest fibres of the superficial

layer. In Plate XXVII. this arrangement is clearly indicated. A

condition exactly similar to this is observed in Phaéthon, Pelecanus,

Sula, the Cathartidee, all the Storks, and the Petrels, and in no

other birds as far as Lam aware. In Phalacrocorazx it is not easily

recognized.

As in Phalacrocoraxr and Phaéthon, but not in Sula or in Pele-

canus, the biceps muscle of the arm sends a fleshy slip to the middle of

the patagial tendon of the tensor patagii longus (Plate XXVII. 6.8).

No trace of the expansor secundariorumt muscle could be de-

tected.

As in all the other Steganopods, the ¢ensor fascia of the thigh

does not cover the deceps cruris in the least.

The ambiens is of fair size; it deeply grooves the large ossified

patella; and some of the fibrous ligament overlapping this groove

shows traces of ossification ; so that in aged birds the groove may be

converted into a foramen, as is always the case in Phalacrocoraz,

where the thus formed foramen is far from superficial (vide Plate

XXVIII. figs. 5, 6,&7). Ina specimen of Pelecanus rufescens the

patella was not ossified,

The semitendinosus is very large, composed of parallel fibres, and

without any accessory head developed to join it. The femoro-caudal

also, as in all other true Steganopods, lacks an accessorius ; it closely

* P.Z.S. 1870, p. 280.

+ French edition, Paris, 1829-30, vol. vi. p. 11.

+ Vide ante, p. 193.

1876.] ANATOMY OF PLOTUS ANHINGA. 341

resembles that muscle in Su/a and Pelecanus, being separated from

the obturator externus by a well-marked interval, which is not the

case in Phalacrocorax*. It is to be remembered, as I have had the

opportunity of stating elsewhere +, that in Fregata aquila the seme

tendinosus 1s entirely. absent, as in the Accipitres, whilst in Phaéthon

it has an accessory head as well as a considerable bulk itself, these

facts tending strongly to verify Brandt’s division of the Steganopods $

into three well- differentiated groups, of two of which the two above-

named genera are the only examples.

The alim entary canal of the Darter presents features of especial

interest, as in its stomach there is a modification in the structure of

the proventriculus not referred to in zoological works generally. It

is fully described by Mr. Macgillivray in Audubon’s ‘ Ornithological

Biography’ §, where an excellent figure illustrates the account. “Mr.

Macgillivray also accurately describes most of the other viscera. He,

however, omits to refer to the hairy mat in the second stomach, which

latter viscus, he strangely says, is soft and smooth inside. The

observations here made, which are in accordance with those of Mr.

Macgillivray, cannot be considered de trop, as the extremely abnor-

ral conformation he describes required verification before it could

be accepted as not being merely an individual peculiarity.

The tongue, as an independent organ, does not exist. It is very

small in all Steganovods, but free at its anterior extremity ; smallest

proportionally in Pe/ecanus. In Plotus, however, it is not free at

its apex, it forming merely a longitudinal groove along the middle of

the floor of the mouth, and ending abruptly behind by a small trans-

verse slightly projecting ridge, 2} inches in front of the rima glot-

tidis, which is evidently the rudiment of the base of the organ. The

hyoid cornua, 14 inch long, running in the faucial membrane, here

meet and blend.

There is no crop; the cesophagus, however, is very dilatable. The

proventricudus does not form a zone, as is the rule: nor does it form

a patch, as in Struthio, Rhea, Chauna, and a few other birds; but

it forms a special gland-cavity into which the individual constituents

of the organ open. This cavity communicates with the digestive

tube by a small orifice which is situated on the right side of the

stomach, just below the commencement of the yellow dense charac-

teristic epithelium of the stomach in birds. Plate XXVIII. fig. 2

will assist in rendering this explanation more distinct.

The proventricular compartment is covered by peritoneum, is nearly

globose, about the size of a chestnut, and fixed to the right side of

the lower end of the cesophagus. On superficial inspection it looks

very like an enlarged spleen (that organ being subglobose in birds).

Its cavity is very small, being much “encroached upon by the great

depth of the cylindrical glands which compose its walls. The yellow

stomach-epithelium surrounds its orifice and goes no further. There

are no indications of additional proventricular glands at the lower

* Vide P.Z.S. 1873, p. 636.

t P.Z.8. 18738, p. 636, and 1874, p. 122,

+ P.Z.S. 1874, p. 116. § Vol, iv. p: 158.

342 MR. A. H. GARROD ON THE [Apr. 4,

termination of the cesophagus, the epithelium in that part being quite

smooth and apparently squamous.

This further development in P/ofus of a special and well-differen-

tiated gland-organ from what in other birds is a zone or a simple

circular patch of glands, is very similar to the equally uncommon

development of the cardiac gland-organ in the stomach of the

Manatee, which is most certainly only a modification of the similarly

situated gland-patch in the Dugong.

The stomach is not developed into a gizzard, its walls in no part

exceeding one sixth of an inch in thickness. It is divided into two

compartments, a cardiac and a pyloric, as is that of the Pelican.

The former of these corresponds to the gizzard in most birds, the

latter to the imperfectly formed cavity associated with the pyloric

valve in the Storks, Gannet, &c. (wide Plate XXVIII. fig. 2).

Of the stomach of the Pelican, Hunter tells us* that ‘it is oblong,

much in the direction of the cesophagus, with a little curve, smallest

at the lower end: it makes a quick turn and swells again into a

round bag; or it may be supposed that from the side near the

lower or smaller end is attached a bag whence the duodenum arises.”

In the Catalogue of the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons

(1852), Prof. Owen? remarks, with reference to a specimen (No. 519)

of the stomach of a Pelican (Pelecanus onocrotalus), “The ceso-

phagus is continued into the proventriculus or glandular cavity,

without any marked constriction; and the latter passes insensibly

into the part analogous to a gizzard. This part communicates by a

transverse aperture with a small globular cavity, which is lined by a

vascular membrane, and communicates with the duodenum by a very

small oblique aperture. This superadded eavity renders the analogy

between this stomach and that of the Crocodile complete, with the

exception of the absence in the latter of distinctly developed gastric

glands. These, in the Pelican, are simple elongated follicles, closely

compacted together, and extended over a large surface.” In Plotus

the second cavity is similarly situated, intervening between the

stomach proper and the duodenum. The dense yellow epithelium

of the one, however, extends into the other, right up to the pyloric

valve. [It may be that in the specimen described by Prof. Owen

the lining had been previously stripped off, which may have led to

the term vascular being applied to the mucous membrane of the

second stomach. |

Hunter, in his dissection of Sula and Phalacrocorax, does not

mention the existence of asecond stomach ; and I have not observed

or found recorded such an arrangement in either of those genera,

or in Phaéthon, or in Fregata.

In Plotus there is still another peculiarity which, as far as I know,

is found in only one other bird, namely Cathartes aura. In Audu-

bon’s ‘ Ornithological Biography’ {, Mr. Macgillivray tells us that

in the stomach of C. aura “there is a pyloric lobe [second com-

* Essays and Observations, Owen’s edition, 1861.

t Vol. i. “ Organs of Motion and Digestion,” p. 148.

t Vol. v. p. 340.

1876. } ANATOMY OF PLOTUS ANHINGA. 343

partment] about half an inch in diameter, which is lined with bristly

hairs. They are all inserted at right angles to the surface, penetrate

to the base of the epithelium, and are of various lengths, some of

them not protruding beyond the surface, others upwards of half an

inch, of various colours, some black, generally tipped with whitish,

others light greyish yellow, all thick at the base, and tapering to a

fine point. Being disposed in a regular manner, they might seem to

form a part of the organization of the stomach, and not to be, like

the hairs found in Cuculus canorus and Coceyzus amer icanus, merely

extraneous.” The Bylone orifice in Plotus anhinga, as is seen in

Plate XXVIII. fig. 2, is protected by a mat of lengthy hair-like pro-

cesses, much like cocoa-nut fibre, which nearly half fills the second

stomach. This second stomach is globose, and nearly an inch in

external diameter. Its dense lining-membrane is raised into short

rugee and tubercles, as is that of the first; and it is evidently a

modification of the epithelium which develops these tubercles in

the region of the pylorus which gives rise to the above-mentioned

mat-sieve. The hairs composing the mat are hispid, s slender, and

about half an inch long. They arise from a surface a little less than

a square inch in area round the pylorus, which is in its centre.

They cease at the very margin of the small circular orifice, where

the commencement of the delicate mucous membrane of the duode-

num can be just seen. My friend, Mr. KE. A. Schafer, Assistant Pro-

fessor of Physiology at University College, has very kindly examined

these hairs microscopically, and tells me that “ they are much more

hike true hairs, both in structure and mode of attachment, than they

are like the epithelial projections which are so often met with over

the filiform papillee of the human tongue, which, at first sight, they

much resemble. Like hairs, they consist of au outer ‘cuticular’ part,

and an inner ‘fibrous’ part ; and in some places there is also yet

another substance running along the middle of the fibrous part,

which might be compared to the medulla of a hair. The cuticular

part is much thicker in proportion than that of a cutaneous hair, and

forms here and there dentate projections at the sides of the filament.

The cuticle is continuous with the horny superficial portion of the

stratified epithelium which covers this part of the stomach ; in neither

can the outlines and nuclei of the component cells be distinctly seen,

the cells having blended into a nearly homogeneous substance. That

portion of the hair which extends below this into the deeper layers

of the epithelium, appears not to be covered with a prolongation of

the cuticle, but to be formed only of the fibrous part. This last-

named seems, like the fibrous or cortical constituent of a cutaneous

hair, to be composed of a closely set bundle of much elongated cor-

nefied epithelial cells, slightly larger than those of a cutaneous hair,

and with their extremities not fusiform (as in that) but truncated.

The number in a cross section varies according to the size of the

filament. They may, in many, be seen projecting at the end a little

beyond the cuticular part.

“The roots of the gastric hairs are so closely set as to occupy the

greater portion of the mucous membrane, so that the connective

344 - ON THE ANATOMY OF PLOTUS ANHINGA, (Apr. 4,

tissue of the corium, which occupies the intermediate space, is very

smallinamount. Between the ussue and the hair-root is seen a layer

of columnar epithelium cells, which in some places are of considerable

length. They are continuous towards the surface with the deeper

cells of the stratified epithelium. They represent the ‘ root-sheaths ’

of the cutaneous hair, and seem to have undergone a horny meta-

morphosis.

« At their extreme ends the roots are entirely different from those

of the cutaneous hairs. There is no hair-knob and no papilla; but

the root generally breaks up into two, three, or more short rootlets,

each of which tapers to a pointed extremity. This, at least, is the

appearance in vertical section ; but transverse sections show that this

branching of the hair-root has, at all events in the first instance,

more of a laminated character.

«These rootlets are covered by a layer of cubical epithelium cells,

which are continuous with the columnar cells surrounding the hair-

root. The latter, as before remarked, is formed merely by the fibrous

substance or cortical portion of the hair; and the fibres which com-

pose this wonld therefore seem to be in some way produced by these

cells.

“Some few hairs seem to end by a single tapering rootlet, but most

of them spread out and branch in the way described.”

This peculiar hairy mat must act as an excellent sieve to prevent

the entrance of solid particles, fish-bones, &e. into the narrow in-

testines.

The small intestine is 55 inches long in the female, and 40 inches

in the male; and it is not capacious. The duodenal loop measures

5 inches in each limb. The left lobe of the bilobed liver is about

half the size of the nght; and a gall-bladder of considerable size is

present. The large intestine is 6 inches long in the female, and

3 inches in the male. There is only a single caecum, exactly like

that in the Ardeidee, in my specimens. This conformation of caecum

is found in no other Steganopod bird, there being two ceca in all the

other genera. These, in Pelecanus, are a little over an inch in length,

in Sula slightly shorter, whilst in Phalacrocorax, Fregata, and

Phaéthon they are simple knob-like bodies, nearly globose in form.

The rudiment of the vitelline duct is persistent.

In the distance of its diminutive ceecum from the cloaca (in other

words, in the length of the large intestine) Plotus differs slightly

from its allies. In Pedecanus the large intestine is under 2 inches in

length ; and it is much the same in Suda. In Phaéthon it does not

exceed a quarter of an inch in length. It, however, differs con-

siderably in my two specimens, being in both longer than the same

in Audubon’s specimen.

In the urino-genital system of Plotus anhinga, in both sexes, the

ducts open in the normal manner into the cloaca, just above its

lower orifice. This orifice, however, is not on the surface, but is into

a cavity, behind the cloaca, which opens externally quite close to the

place where the two communicate. Except for this nearly marginal

orifice the second cavity is a ceecal sac, oval in shape, and about

1876.] MR. DRESSER ON THE BLACK AND HAZEL Grouse. 345

1} inch high, covered at its blind end with the crypts of shallow

glands, which also run down its sides. That it is a modification of

the éursa Fabricit cannot be doubted.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Prats XXVI.

Fig. 1. View of left side of neck of Plotus ankinga, dissected. l.c.a. longus

colli anterior muscle ; /.c.p. longus colli posterior muscle. The fibrous

representative of Donitz’s bridge is seen attached to the ninth cervical

vertebra.

2. View of part of the posterior region of the neck of Plotus anhinga. The

roman figures refer to the cervical vertebre counted from the head.

Donitz’s bridge is seen attached to the ninth; and at a is also seen a

fibrous band, which is of similar function, attached to the eleventh.

At 4 is seen the fasciculus of the tendon of the posterior neck-muscle

which traverses the fibrous loop, which latter has been removed on

the left side.

Prats XXVII.

View of the anterior thoracic region of Plotus anhinga, dissected to show

the superficial (p. 1, 1) and deep layer (p. 1, 2) of the pectoralis major

muscle on the right side, as well as the pectoralis minor (p. 2) on the

ieft. The insertion of the deeper layer of the pectoralis major is seen

to be surrounded by the much more considerable mass of the similar .

portion of the superficial stronger layer. The triceps (¢) and the

biceps (4) of the cubitus are seen on the right side, as is the patagial

slip (0. s) of the latter, The sternum (s¢.) is superficially bound to

the lower end of the coracoid bone by the anterior sterno-coracoid

ligament (ant. st. cor. lig), which is particularly powerful in the Ste-

ganopods and Storks.

Puate XXVIII.

Fig. 1. View of top of head of Plotus anhinga, showing the occipital style (a)

and the temporal muscle (7) arising from it on one side.

2. Stomach of Plotus anhinga, mside view.

3. Anterior view of the lower end of the trachea in Plotus anhinga.

4. The same in Sula bassana.

5 & 6. Top and side view of the patella in Phalacrocorax carbo, showing

the canal for the ambiens muscle. NV.B. The side view (fig. 6) is acci-

dentally drawn with the base uppermost.

7. Front of patella in Plotus anhinga deeply grooved by ambiens muscle.

2. Remarks on a Hybrid between the Black Grouse and the

Hazel Grouse. By H. E. Dresser, I’.Z.S.

Amongst the Gallinaceous birds, and especially amongst the

Ducks, we not unfrequently find wild hybrids; and not a few of

these hybrids have during the last year or two been exhibited at the

meetings of this Society—but none, I may almost venture to say, so

interesting as the bird I have now the pleasure to exhibit before the

meeting ; for there can be no doubt that it is a wild cross between

the Black Grouse (Tetrao tetrix) and the Hazel Grouse (Bonasa

betulina), a cross that has, so far as I can ascertain, never yet been

recorded. The Rackelvogel of the Swedes, the hybrid between the

Capereailly and the Black Grouse, is by no means uncommon,

especially in places where the males of the Capercailly have been

346 MR. DRESSER ON THE BLACK AND HAZEL GRovsE. [Apr. 4,

shot off; and I have seen several interesting hybrids between the

Black Grouse and the Willow Grouse. Mr. Collett names an

instance of a male Willow Grouse having been seen to pair with a

barndoor Fowl; and I have heard of the Black Grouse crossing with

the Red Grouse; but L have never seen a specimen of a hybrid between

these two; and I may add that I can find no record in the works of

the Scandinavian authors of a hybrid between the Hazel Grouse and

the Black Grouse having hitherto been met with. ‘The specimen

exhibited belongs to loan Flower, Esq., F.Z.S., who has intrusted

it to me for Cauinantion and exhibition, and wha gives me the fol-

lowing particulars respecting it :—

“T bought this bird of W. Smithers, poulterer, near the Cannon-

Street Railway Station, on March 16, 1876. It had passed through

several hands before it came to Mr. Smithers; and all that I have

as yet been able to learn of its past history is that it came from

Norway. Some one who has had the bird seems to have been

aware that it was something out of the common, as I found a piece

of cotton wool had been placed i in the cesophagus, no doubt to pre-

vent the feathers being soiled by the escape of matter through the

mouth ; and judging from its ee the wool had been there

some considerable time.

«The weight of the bird, which was in very fair condition, was a

trifle over 11b. 9oz. The weight of a grey hen, which I weighed

for the purpose of comparison, T found to be | lo. 103 oz.

“Qn dissection the hybrid proved to be a male. “The intestines

and ceca were as nearly as possible exactly like those of the grey

hen, except that the intestine of the hybrid (measured from the

gizzard to the lower end of the caca) was 3 inches shorter than in

the grey hen, the length between these points being, for the grey

hen 54 menos for jhe hybrid 51 inches. The length of the ceca

in both was 24 inches:

«The crop was empty; but the gizzard contained a quantity of

small stones, most of them of white quartz, and a quantity of twigs

and vegetable matter, including one bud of a birch catkin. 1 turned

the contents of the gizzard out into a small basin of warm water ;

and these, when stirred, emitted rather a sweet aromatic smell,

which must have arisen from the vegetable matter which the bird

had eaten.

“Thinking something might be learnt from the colour of the

pectoral muscles when cooked, I had the muscles of the hybrid and

of the grey hen baked. Those of the grey hen then presented the

usual contrast characteristic of the Black Grouse ; but the muscles

of the hybrid were nearly white, the lower muscle being slightly

brighter in colour than the upper one. The flesh of the hy brid

was much inferior in flavour to that of the black Grouse, being

rather dry and tasteless, much like the flesh of a red- legged

Partridge. I have preserved the breast-bone and pelvis; and they

accompany this memorandum.”

I may remark that, so far as my own experience goes, and from

what I have ascertained from the various Swedish and Russian

4 aa -

ie |

hint) ,

Oe 4 + i .

z) ee ia -

WAZ

YVZV VIOOUdAS*

SCALING SSD "AG

aster

1876.] MR.E.R. ALSTON ON THE GENUS DASYPROCTA. 347

sportsmen who have had ample opportunities of studying the habits

of the Hazel Grouse, it is always mouogamous, and that when

paired the pair remain strictly faithful to each other. Therefore I

have never heard of a Hazel cock having been seen at a “lek”

the Black Grouse, though the male Willow Grouse has been known

to attend there, and to take ample advantage of his opportunities.

I can only surmise that the present hybrid has been the result of a

Hazel cock which had failed in finding a mate, having paired with

some Grey Hen met with during his solitary wanderings.

8. On the Genus Dasyprocta; with Description of a New

Species. By Epwarp R. Ausron, F.L.S., F.G.S., F.Z.S.

[Received March 11, 1876.]

(Plate XXIX.)

My attention has been lately turned to the Mammals of Central

America; and I have hence been led to review all the known species

of the genus Dasyprocta, concerning the characters and distribution

of which a good deal of confusion has existed. Through the kind-

ness of Mr. Sclater and Dr. Ginther I have been enabled to com-

pare the skins of a number of Agoutis which have died from time to

time in the Society’s Gardens with the specimens in the British

Museum, and believe that [ am now able to arrange the various

forms with some approach to general correctness.

The range of the genus Dasyprocta extends throughout a con-

siderable part of the Neotropical Region, from the Antilles and

Mexico in the north to Brazil and Paraguay in the south. Within

these limits there exist a number of pellenianted but nearly alhed

geographical races, of which eight or nine appear to deserve specific

distinction. As might be expected in such closely related forms, [

have been unable to find any constant cranial distinctions, and have

been compelled to depend on outward characters, of which I have

found the coloration of the long hairs of the rump to be the most

trustworthy. Owing to the confusion which has existed as to some

of these species, and to the carelessness of collectors and museum-

curators as to locality, it is very difficult to make out the exact dis-

tribution of the various races of Agouti; but I have endeavoured to

note what little information we possess.

The following, then, is the principal synonymy, with brief

diagnoses and habitats, of the various Agoutis, beginning with a well-

marked species, which appears never to have been described, and

which I propose to call :—

DasyYPROCTA ISTHMICA, sp. 0

Fur ringed with black and yellow; rump black, more or less

washed with orange or yellow, the long hairs being black at the

base, scarcely annulated except close to “the tips, which are broadly

348 MR. E. R. ALSTON ON THE GENUS DASYpPROCTA. [Apr. 4,

margined with the light colour; feet dusky. Length about 22 in.,

hind foot 4°25 in.

Hab. Central America.

This Agouti is at once distinguished from all the others which have

black and yellow annulated fur, by the long hairs of the rump being

black with broad pale tips. Seven or eight individuals of both sexes

agree in all essential characters, but differ slightly in the colour of

the tips of the long hairs, and consequently in the general colour of

the rump. The exact distribution of the species is still uncertain.

Several living examples have been received from Colon by the

Society, which have hitherto been referred to D. punctata* ; and it

appears probable that the Agouti of Costa Rica which Dr. von

Frantzius calls D. cristata} wiil prove to be the same.

2. ID. CRISTATA.

Cavia cristata (Geoffroy), Desmarest, Nouv. Dict. d’ Hist. Nat.

i, p. 215 (1816, descr. orig. ).

Dasyprocta cristata, Desmarest, Mamm. p. 358; Waterhouse,

Mamm. ii. p. 383; Wagner, Suppl. Schreb. Saugeth. iv. p. 41.

Dasyprocta antillensis, Sclater, P.Z.S. 1874, p. 666, pl. Ixxxii

(descr. orig.).

Fur very dark, ringed with black and reddish or brownish yellow,

nuchal tuft and rump black, the long hairs either dusky or obscurely

ringed at the base. Length about 18 in. ; hind foot 3°75 in.

Hab. West Indies.

The West-Indian Agouti for which Mr. Sclater proposed the pro-

visional name of D. antillensis, is identical with the specimens which

Mr. Waterhouse identified with Desmarest’s D. cristata, and seems

to agree perfectly with the original descriptions. The phrase pelage

noirdlre, piqueté de roux, is particularly characteristic; and I am

convinced that Mr. Waterhouse was correct, although the figure in

F. Cuvier and Geoffroy’s ‘Mammiferes’ (ai. livr. 52) gives the idea

of a hghter animal. The species was founded on a pair of Agouatis in

the Jardin des Plantes, which were said to have been received from

Surinam. There can be little doubt, however, that this was an error,

and that the species is a strictly insular race. The Society has

received living specimens from St. Vincent and St. Lucia; and there

are skins from St. Thomas in the British Museum. In one example

from the first-named island, the hairs of the rump are obscurely

ringed at the base, and the nuchal crest is but little developed.

3. D. VARIEGATA.

Dasyprocta variegata, Von Tschudi, Faun. Peru. p. 190, pl. xvi.

(1844, deser. orig.).

Fur dusky at base, black, ringed with pale yellow only near the

tip, the long hairs of the nape and rump entirely black, or with a

narrow pure white ring near the tip. Length about 22 inches, hind

foot 4 inches.

Hab. Peru, New Granada, Panama?

* (Cf. Selater, P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 666 t Of. Wiegm. Arch. 1869, p. 274.

1876.] MR. E.R. ALSTON ON THE GENUS DASYPROCTA. 349

Mr. Waterhouse united the Peruvian Agouti with D. cristata; but

it is a well-marked species, easily distinguishable by the fur being

annulated only near the tip. According to Von Tschudi it inhabits the

forests and “‘ceja”’ regions of Eastern Peru, to an altitude of 6000

feet above the sea. The Society has received living specimens from

Colon, the exact locality of which is uncertain ; and Mr. E. Gerrard,

Jun., has kindly lent me two fine examples collected by Mr. Salmon

at Medellin, near Antioquia, New Granada. It is probable that the

Agouti obtained by Mr. Fraser, at Palhatanga, Equador, which Mr.

Tomes referred to D. caudata (D. azare)* was really of this species.

4. D. FULIGINOSA.

Dasyprocta fuliginosa, Wagler, Isis, 1832, p. 1220 (deser. orig.) ;

Waterhouse, Mamun. ii. p. 385.

Dasyprocta nigricans (Natterer), Wagner, Wiegm. Arch. 1842,

p- 362 (descr. orig.) ; Wagner, Suppl. Schreb. Saugeth. iv. p. 46.

Dasyprocta nigra, Gray, Anu. Nat. Hist. x. p. 264 (1842, deser.

orig.), Voy. ‘Sulphur,’ p. 36, pl. xvi.

Fur ringed with brownish or sooty black and pure white; rump

hoary, the very long and soft hairs being broadly tipped and often

ringed at the base with white. Length about 23 inches ; hind foot

4°75 inches.

Hab. Amazonia; Peru; Ecuador?t.

Wagner and Waterhouse have shown that the above are merely

synonyms of this large dark species. Wagler described it from

specimens collected on the Brazilian Amazons; and Natterer obtained

it at Borba and on the Rio Nigro. Mr. Sclater has a skin collected

by Mr. E. Bartlett, at Chamicuros, on the Peruvian Amazons; and

a specimen obtained in Ecuador, by Mr. Fraser, was referred to this

species by Mr. ‘Tomes.

5. D. MEXICANA.

Dasyprocta mexicana, De Saussure, Rev. et Mag. de Zool. (2°

sér.), xil. p. 33 (1860, descr. orig.).

Fur ringed with black and pure white, the rump black, the long

hairs being black throughout their length, throat and belly almost

white. Average length 17 inches; hind foot 3°50 inches.

Hab. Mexico.

As remarked by its first describer, this species most resembles D.

fuliginosa. It differs, however, in its much smaller size, its darker

coloration, and in the less elongated hairs of the rump being black

throughout from the base to the tip. It is a native of the “hot

zone’? of Mexico; and a specimen is now living in the Society’s

Gardens, presented by Mr. Marckmann de Lichtabel, in February

1874t.

6. D. azarz. (Plate XXIX.)

Dasyprocta azare, Lichtenstein, Doubl. Zool. Mus. Berl. p. 8

* P.Z.8. 1860, p. 216. + Of. P.Z.S. 1860, p. 216.

t Cf. P.Z.S. 1874, p. 683.

350 MR. E. R. ALSTON ON THE GENUS DASyPROCTA. [Apr. 4,

(1823, deser. orig.) ; oe Suppl. Schreb. Saugeth. iv. p. 38 ;

Waterhouse, Mamm. ii. p. 587.

Dasyprocta A jullien, Lund, K. Dansk. Vidensk. vii. p. 297

(1841, deser. orig.).

Fur ringed with black and yellow, nearly uniform throughout,

shightly darker on the back and often hoary on the rump ; the long

hairs ringed to the base; throat and breast pure yellow. Leneth

20 inches ; hind foot 3°30.

Hab. S. Brazil, Paraguay, Bolivia.

This is the most southern species of Agouti, replacing the more

northern N. aguéi in the province of St. Paulo, Brazil, where

Natterer found it in great numbers. If Wagner is right, however,

in uniting Lund’s D. caudata with the present species, its range

extends a little further north, into the Province of Minas Geraes.

Southwards it is found, according to Dr. Burmeister, throughout

southern Brazil and Paraguay, but does not extend beyond the Rio

de la Plata*. In Bolivia, Mr. Waterhouse says that it was found by

Mr. Bridges, near Santa Cruz de la Sierra, where it is called Hoche

colorado by the inhabitants.

As I hope to have another opportunity of figuring the Central-

American Agoutis, I have chosen this species, of which I am not

acquainted with any good representation, as the subject of the accom-

panying Plate (Plate b:205,6)

7. D. PUNCTATA.

Dasyprocta punctata, Gray, Ann. Nat. Hist. x. p. 264 (1842,

descr. orig.), Voy. ‘Sulphur,’ p. 36, pl. xv.

Fur ringed with black, and either bright rufous or yellow, uni-

form throughout, hairs of rump scarcely “elongated, ringed to the

base ; breast and lower parts also annulated, except a pale median

line on the abdomen. Length about 22 inches ; hind foot 4 inches.

Hab. Guatemala, Costa Rica.

Skins collected Ly Mr. Salvin in Guatemala differ much in ruddi-

ness, from a bright chestnut to a pale yellow. The latter agree

exactly with the types of Gray’s D. punctata (from “ Tropical

America’’). They so much resemble D. azar that one might be

inclined to follow Wagner and Waterhouse in uniting them, were it

not for the vast difference in their geographical positiont. Even the

pale examples of D. punctata may be always distinguished from

the Brazilian form by the larger size, the still more uniform colora-

tion, and the annulation of the fur on the chest; and I have never

seen a specimen of D. azare which showed a trace of the rich ruddy

tints which seem to be normal in the Guatemalan form. The Society

has also received this species from Costa Rica.

8. D. aGutTr.

Mus aguti, Linneus, Syst. Nat. i. p. 80 (1766, descr. orig.).

* Thiere Brasil. p. 233.

+ Cf. Mr. Salvin’s remarks on some analogous facts in the distribution of

birds (Ibis, 1872, pp. 147-152).

1876.] MR. E.R. ALSTON ON THE GENUS DASYPROCTA. 351

Dasyprocta aguti, Desmarest, Mamm. p. 358; F. Cuvier et

Geoffroy, Mamm. iii. 3™° liv.; Waterhouse, Mamm. ii. p. 376 ;

Wagner, Suppl. Schreb. Saiugeth. iv. p. 42.

Fur ringed with black and yellow ; rump bright yellow or orange,

the long are pale yellow at their pace: and only obscurely ringed

near the tip. Length about 20 inches.

Guiana, N. Beal E. Peru.

The range*of the Yellow-rumped A gouti is particularly difficult to

make out, as its specific name has beenapplied to almost every

member of the genus. It extends, however, from British Guiana,

where Schomburgk* says it is extremely common, through North

Brazil, where Natterer collected specimens near the junction of the

Madeira and Amazons, to Eastern Peru. In the latter country Von

Tschudi says that it inhabits the plains, and does not go up into the

mountains like D. fuliginosa.

9. D. PRYMNOLOPHBA.

Dasyprocta prymnolopha, Wagler, Isis, 1831, p. 619 (descr.

orig.) ; Wagner, Suppl. Schreb. ‘Siiugeth. lv. p. ‘AG: Waterhouse,

Mamm. ii. p- 380.

Fur ringed with black and yellow; nuchal crest and a longitudinal

band on the rump black, sides of the rump rich golden orange or

rufous ; the long black hair uniform in colour, or light yellow at the

base. Length about 20 inches ; hind foot 3°75.

Hab. Guiana. :

Of the distribution of this most beautiful species I have been

unable to learn any thing beyond the fact of its being a native of

Guiana. It is probably a more northern race than the last, and may

extend into Venezuela. Many exampies are now living in the Society’s

Gardens.

10. D. acoucay.

Cavia acouchy, Erxleben, Syst. Reg. An. p. 354 (1777, descr.

orig. ).

Hoe acouchy, Desmarest, Mamm. i. p. 358; Wagner,

Suppl. Schreb. Saugeth. iv. p. 43; Waterhouse, Mamm. ii. p. 391.

Fur ringed with dark brown and rufous, upper parts darker, lower

parts and a spot behind each ear bright rufous or yellow. Tail pro-

duced, slender, slightly haired. Length about 14 inches, tail 2

inches, hind foot 3 inches.

Hab. Guiana, N. Brazil.

This little species, easily distinguished from all the rest by its

having a complete tail, instead of merely a tuberculous rudiment, is

avandants in Guiana an North Brazil; but I have been unable to

find any proof of the often repeated peeertion that it is also met with

in some of the West-Indian Islands. Probably it has been confused

with D. cristata.

Of the remaining described species, D. croconota, Wagler (Isis

* Reisen in Brit. Guiana, iii. p. 779.

352 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON NEW (Apr. 4,

1831, p. 618), appears to have been founded on an individual varia-

tion of D. aguti with white incisors; D. albida, Gray (Aun, Nat.

Hist. x. p. 264) is probably, as Mr. Sclater has suggested*, an

accidental variety of the Antillean Agouti which I have here referred

to D. cristata; and, finally, Mr. Waterhouse was no doubt correct

in regarding ‘‘ D. leptura, Natterer’’ (Wagner, Schreb. Saug. iv.

p. 49) and D. evilis, Wagler (Isis, 1831, p. 619), as being merely

synonyms of D. acoucht.

4. On new Species of Bolivian Birds. By P. L. Scrarer,

M.A., Ph. D., F.R.S., and Ospert Satvin, M.A., F.R.S.

[Received April 3, 1876.]

(Plates XXX.-XXXIII.)

The following new species of birds are founded on specimens con-

tained in a collection recently formed in Bolivia by Mr. C. Buckley.

Nearly the whole of this collection was made in the province of

Yungas, in a forest-clad spur of the Andes which extends in a north-

easterly direction between the Rio de la Paz and the Rio Coroico,

affluents of the Rio Beni and then of the great tributary of the

Amazon the Rio Madeira. Mr. Buckley’s head quarters in this

district was a place called Tilotilo, a mere group of Ranchos not in-

dicated on any map. The country he explored included a great

range of elevation, extending from about 3000 feet to 12000 feet

above the sea-level, and consequently considerable variation of climate

and vegetation, the rich forests so characteristic of the eastern slopes

of the Andes forming the chief feature. ‘he collection, which con-

tains between 400 and 500 skins of about 194 species, has passed

into the hands of Messrs. Salvin and Godman. The following are

the species in it which we consider to be undescribed.

1. CATHARUS MENTALIS, Sp. l0V.

Supra saturate fumoso-brunneus unicolor, alis caudaque paulo

obscurioribus: subtus schistaceus medialiter dilutior, ventre

medio fere albo; mento et gula cum genis brunneo indutis:

rostro aurantiaco ; pedibus pallide corylinis: long. tota 6°5,

ale 3°3, caud@e 3°2, tarsi 1°3, rostri 0:95.

Hab. “Suape”’ prope “ Tilotilo”’ prov. Yungas, Bolivia.

Oés. Similis C. fuscatro, sed mento brunuescente et colore cor-

poris superi fuscescentiore distinguendus.

2. BastLEUTERUS EUOPHRYS, sp. nov.

Supra olivaceo-viridis unicolor: superciliis latis et corpore subtus

flavis : loris, pileo medio et regione oculari nigris : rostro nigro:

pedibus pallidis : long. tota 5°5, ale 2:7, caude 2°6, tarsi 099,

* P.Z.S. 1874, p. 666.

t del et

Tit lel .¢ I

1876. ] SPECIES OF BOLIVIAN BIRDS. 353

rostri a rictu 0°67. Fem. mari similis, sed pileo et loris

vix nigricantibus. ;

Hab. Tilotilo, prov. Yungas, Bolivia.

Obs. B. nigri-cristato affinis, sed superciliis latis et elongatis

diversus.

3. MALACOTHRAUPIS DENTATA, sp.et gen. nov. (Plate XXXI.}

Malacothraupis, gen. nov. ex familia Tanagridarum, generi Lanioni

affine, sed rostro crassiore et minus elongato et alis brevioribus

distinguendum: rostrum medialiter dentatum et ad apicem

uncinatum: sete rictales viv ulle: ale breviuscule, rotundate,

remigibus ii iv et v° fere equalibus et longissimis, primo

quam septimus paulo breviore: pedes modici: cauda paulum

elongata.

Sp. unica M. dentata.

Supra cinerea, pileo paulo obscuriore superciliis angustis albis :

alis et cauda nigricantibus cinereo limbatis: subtus clare

castanea, mento et abdomine medio albis: crisso cinereo ad-

umbrato : rostro superiore nigricante, inferiore fusco, pedibus

obscure plunbeis.

Hab. Tilotilo, prov. Yungas, Bolivia.

Bigs:

Head, wing, and foot of MW. dentata.

4. CALLISTE PUNCTULATA, Sp. Nov.

Supra lete viridis, plumarum centris nigris quasi punctata: alis

caudaque nigris viridi limbatis: subtus alba, nigro guttata,

ventre medio pure albo: hypochondriis et crisso aureo indutis :

rostro et pedibus nigris: long. tota 4°5, ale 2°5, caude 2:0.

Hab. Tilotilo, prov. Yungas, Bolivia.

Obs. Species, sicut in C. guttata, subtus distincte maculata, sed

ab hac colore capitis nitore aureo omnino carente diversa, et ideo

magis ad C. punctatam appropinquans.

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1876, No. XXIII. 23

354 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON NEW [Apr. 4,

5. CALLISTE FULVICERVIX, sp. nov. (Plate XXX. fig. 1.)

Ceruiea: alis caudaque nigris ceruleo limbatis: ventre medio

erissoque albis ochraceo tinctis: loris nigris: fascia trans

nucham angusta stramineo-fulva: subalaribus albis: rostro

nigro ; pedibus fuscis: long. tota 4:3, ale 2:9, caude 1:9.

Hab. Tilotilo, prov. Yungas, Bolivia.

Obs. Species C. ruficervici affinis, sed colore corporis putriore

czeruleo, pileo quoque et cervice postica ceeruleis pectori concolori-

bus, neque nigris distinguenda.

6. CALLISTE ARGYROFENGES, sp. nov. (Plate XXX. fig. 2.)

Supra nitide stramineo-flava, pileo alis et cauda sericeo-nigris :

subtus abdomine nigro, lateribus stramineo-flavis, et gula

argenteo-viridi insignis : subalaribus nigris: rostro et pedibus

nigris: long. tota 4°5, ale 2°8, caude \°9.

Hab. Tilotilo, prov. Yungas, Bolivia.

Obs. Proxima C. argentee, sed alis omnino nigris, gula viri-

descentiore et dorso flavescentiore sane diversa.

7. CHLOROSPINGUS CALOPHRYS, Sp. nov.

Supra olivaceo-viridis, pileo cum nucha et capitis lateribus nigris :

Sronte et superciliis latis et elongatis aurantiacis: subtus flavus,

gutture aurantiaco, lateribus in olivaceum trahentibus: rostro

plumbeo, tomiis pallidis: pedibus pallide fuscis: long. tota

5D, ale 265.

Hab. Tilotilo, prov. Yungas, Bolivia.

Obs. Proximus C. auriculari ex Peruvia, sed ab hoc, item ab

affint C. atripileo ex Columbia, superciliis aurantiacis gula con-

coloribus diversus.

8. CYANOCORAX NIGRICEPS, Sp. Nov.

Cineraceo-violaceus, capite undique cum gula et cervice antica

nigris: remigibus intus cineraceis: cauda supra caerulea,

subtus nigricante: rostro et pedibus nigris: long. tota 1°30,

ale 7°5, caud@é 6°5.

Hab. Tilctilo, prov. Yungas, Bolivia.

Obs. Similis C. cyanomelani ex Paraguaya, sed capite nigro et

rostro crassiore satis diversus.

9. OCHTHODIATA FUSCORUFUS, Sp. nov.

Supra fumoso-brunneus unicolor ; alis caudaque nigricantibus,

secundariorum marginibus externis et tectricum minorum et

majorum fascia apicali necnon rectricis extime margine ex-

teriore clare rufis, remigum omnium pogoniis internis nisi apud

apices et rectricum omnium marginibus internis cum corpore

toto subtus ferrugineo-rufis : gula albicante, fusco obsolete

striolata: rostro et pedibus nigris: long. tota 7‘0, ale 4:1,

caude 3°2, tarsi 0°9.

Hab. Tilotilo, prov. Yungas, Bolivia, et Peruvia int.

Obs. Species Ochthodiete et Ochthece generibus quasi inter-

1876. ] SPECIES OF BOLIVIAN BIRDS. 355

media, cum illo melius congruere videtur: habitus fere sicut O.

fumigati, sed rostro breviore, et quoad colores corpore subtus

ferrugineo primo visu distinguenda.

Besides the Bolivian example, we have a specimen of this same

species obtained by Mr. Whitely, at Paucartambo, in Peru, in January

1874.

10. OcHTHG@CA PULCHELLA, sp. nov.

Supra cinerea, dorso postico rufescente: loris et supercilits angustis

citrino-flavis, fronte pileo coneolori: alis et cauda fuscis,

secundariorum marginibus externis et tectricum majorum et

minorum apicibus clare rufis: subtus dilutius cinerea, ventre

medio albicantiore, hypochondriis rufescentibus : rostro fusco,

subtus ad basin albicante: pedibus nigris: long. tota 4°5, ale

2°4, cuudae 2:0.

Hab. Tilotilo, prov. Yungas, Bolivia.

Obs. Species forma et ptilosi O. citrinifrontis, ex Aiquatoria,

sed fronte non flava et alis rufo bifasciatis distinguenda.

11. ANH RETES FLAVIROSTRIS, Sp. nov.

Supra cineraceo-olivaceus, fronte et lateribus capitis nigro

striolatis, pilei plumis ad basin albis, crista tenui elongata nigra

terminatis: alis nigris, secundariorum et tectricum alarium

marginibus latis distincte albis : cauda nigra, rectricis utrinque

extime pogonio externo toto et ceterarum, nist in mediis,

apicibus angustis albis: subtus pallide citrino-flavicans, gula

et pectore toto albo et nigro confertim flammulato: rostro ad

basin aurantiaco, ad apicem nigricante: pedibus nigris: long.

tota 4:0, ale 2°1, caude@ 2°2.

Had. Tilotilo, prov. Yungas, Bolivia.

Obs. Species A. parulo proxima, sed flammulis pectoris latioribus,

tectricum fasciis albis distinctis et rostro ad basin aurantiaco diversa.

Sclater’s collection contains a worn specimen of this species col-

lected in Bolivia by Bridges, which has been hitherto referred to

A. parulus.

12. LatTHriIA UROPYGIALIS, sp. nov. (Plate XXXII.)

Supra cinerea unicolor, alis caudaque obscurioribus ; uropygio late

castaneo: subtus dilutior, hypochondriis et ventre imo cum

ecrisso castaneo-rufis: alarum remigibus primariis externis in

mare valde acuminatis et extrorsum versis, in femina paulum

acuminatis: rostro corneo, pedibus nigris: long. tota 10°5,

ale 5°5, caudeé 5:6.

Hab. Tilotilo, ad alt. 8000 ped., Bolivia.

Obs. Species remigum forma abnormali insignissima, crassitie et

habitu generali L. fuscocineree preedita.

The structure of the wing of this species is of so remarkable a

character that it deserves a more lengthened notice.

As will be seen by the figure, the inner web of the first primary

of the male of LZ. uropygialis begins to be slightly attenuated at

23*

556 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON NEW [Apr. 4,

about two thirds of its distance from the base: at about half an inch

from the extremity it is still further reduced by more than one half,

and at the same time curved gently outwards. The second primary

LBD fees

<xwe-=

RIE IIIS

= =

Primaries of Lathria uropygialis, from inside.

is very similar to the first, and nearly of the same length. The

third, fourth, and fifth are still more abnormally attenuated, and °6

inch shorter than the first two. They are nearly of equal length ;

but the third is slightly shorter than the fourth, and this than the

fifth. The sixth primary is rather more normal in appearance, and

a little longer than the fifth. The seventh, eighth and ninth are

nearly equal in length and, next to the first and second, the longest

in the wing. They are pointed at their extremities and but slightly

turned outwards. The tenth and last primary is normal throughout :

except at the end, which is pointed ; its outward curve is very slight.

Besides this abnormality, the inner web of each primary is slightly

turned upwards along its margin, so as to clasp the shaft of the next

succeeding primary when the wing is expanded. The barbules, also,

of the outer webs of the primaries from the fourth to the seventh

inclusive, terminate in fine filaments.

This structure is the same in two specimens of this singular bird,

which are, no doubt, males. In another, which we take to be a

1876. | SPECIES OF BOLIVIAN BIRDS. 357

female, the structure is much more normal. The primaries gradually

increase in length from the first to the fifth, sixth, and seventh,

which are nearly equal and longest. They have but a slight outward

curvature at the extremities; and the inner webs are comparatively

but slightly reduced.

In L. fusco-cinerea, which in general size and structure comes

nearest to the present bird, the primaries are normal throughout, and

show none of these peculiarities.

This singular wing-structure is worthy of at least a subgeneric

distinction ; and we suggest the term Chirocylla* as indicative of it.

13. GRALLARIA ERYTHROTIS, Sp. nov.

Supra obscure olivacea, cinereo tincta: subtus valde dilutior et

rufescente lavata, ventre medio pene albo: regione auriculari

vivide rufa, fronte et superciliis hoe colore tinctis: rostro

nigro, ad apicem albicante, pedibus clare corylinis: long. tota

6°0, ale 3°5, caude 2°0, tarsi 2:0.

Hab, Tilotilo, prov. Yungas, Bolivia.

Obs. Species forma et statura omnino G. monticole, sed regione

auriculari rufa distinguenda.

14. THAMNOPHILUS SUBFASCIATUS, sp. nov. (Plate XXXIII.)

Supra cinereus olivaceo tinctus, pileo et alis extus rufis: subtus

cinereus, pectore toto et ventre medio albo et nigro confertin

transfasciatis: cauda nigra, rectricum pogonis internis albo

transfasciatis: subalaribus et remigum marginibus internis

ochraceis: rostro corneo, pedibus nigris: long. tota 5:5, ale

2°7, caude 2°6.

Fem. Rufescenti-cinerea, pileo, alis extus et cauda rufis: subtus

ochraceo-rufescens unicolor.

Hab. Tilotilo, prov. Yungas, Bolivia.

Obs. Sp. Th. argentino maxime affinis, sed fasciis pectoris nigris

latioribus et crebrioribus, rostro fortiore et colore feminze diversa.

15. ASTURINA SATURATA, Sp. nov.

Supra fusca, dorsi plumis et scapularibus intus pallidiore fusco

vel ferrugineo transfasciatis : capite toto fusco-nigro, gula con-

colori, albido via striato: subtus precipue in pectore saturate

rufa, abdomine toto et tibiis pallido ferrugineo transfasciatis :

crisso fulvo, fere unicolori: remigibus primariis rufis, nigro

transfasciatis, intus im pogonio interiore fulvescenti-albis,

apicibus fusco-nigris: cauda rufescenti-fusca, subtus dilutiore

nigro trivittata ; rectrice una utrinque extima basin versus

fasciis duabus angustis alteris notata: rostro nigro, cera et

pedibus flavis: long. tota 15:0, ale 10°0, caude 7:0, rostri «

rictiuy 25a carats

Hab. Apollo et Tilotilo, Bolivia.

Obs. A. nattereri forsan proxima, sed capite nigrescentiore et fasciis

caudee pallidis distincte ferrugineis diversa.

* Xeip, manus, et xvdAXNOs, Curvus.

358 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON [Apr. 4,

This Bolivian race of Asturina seems to be separable from the form

already recognized, by its combination of the characters of several of

its allies. The tail is like that of the Central-American A. ruficauda,

from which, however, it differs in the dark head and rufous chest.

The underparts resemble those of 4. nattereri; but the head is

darker, and the tail is differently coloured. A. pucherani differs

from the present bird in the lighter, almost creamy, colour of the

underparts and primaries.

A recent examination in the Paris Museum of the specimens referred

to as Astur magnirostris by D’Orbigny (Syn. Av. p. 5; and Voy.

p. 91) proves them to belong to Asturina pucherani as defined

in our synopsis of the genus Asturina (P.Z.S. 1869, p. 133, and

Exot. Orn. p. 177, t. 89); though from D’Orbigny’s remarks upon

them we were previously in some doubt on this point.

5. A Revision of the Neotropical Anatide. By P. L.

Scrater, M:A., Ph.D., F.R.S., and OsBrerr Satvin,

MOA. E.R.S:

[Received April 4, 1876. ]

(Plate XXXIV.)

Page

emlntnoductionecccsqsanacsesssecneccmeeos wate nrc asre esaeaasecscse 358

II. Preliminary remarks on the Neotropical Anatide ............... 358

Me Syniopsisiot tHe SPeCiesh nse. core eters teescnecesuccenvasmeaeasescianiae este 360

IV. Table of their geographical distribution and remarks thereon... 409

I. INTRODUCTION.

The greater part of this paper was written before the issue of the

‘Nomenclator Avium Neotropicalium’ in 1873; and the systematic

arrangement of the genera and species of Anatidze adopted in the

‘Nomenclator’ was taken from the MS., which was laid aside un-

finished in consequence of the pressure of other matters. It has

now been thought desirable to complete it for publication, in order

to show the ground upon which certain species were included in the

list, and in order to give a more complete account of the geographical

distribution of the South-American Anatidze than has yet appeared.

Certain necessary changes in the nomenclature have been introduced.

As only a small portion of this widely distributed family is treated

of here, no attempt has been made to propound any new classifica-

tions, but that in ordinary use has been followed.

It has not been thought necessary to give descriptions of the

species contained in Baird’s ‘ Birds of North America.’

Il. Prevtiminary REMARKS ON THE NEOTROPICAL ANATID&.

The Anatidee of the southern portion of the South-American con-

tinent differ greatly, both as to genera and species, from the mem-

bers of the same group of birds found on the northern confines of

the Neotropical fauna. The former are most of them peculiar to

- af ay OA) | ee es . mera at A es ee ee 7

1" f 2 a eal nH a sail a es ome ¥ . YON Vee

fen T Veen a : i oP ae ter

rs : 7 i rye 7 ay bl Ve eee

: f - Au a i 2

; ! iy a m

i oe — 7

' 7 7 7

: 7 a . ‘al is es : a : :

: i "Ve a q i ¥ ey

— a? ' 7 4 op

a : : @ ; as a oN i oo ' oe

' «a ny n ih : is, en as 2 ee

Of ae i ye 7 : ct wt

ay mu: S =o @W

i = =—

yr ar: ;

te Otte , TOU, > id a = a

ahs: wy, mt

i cre Did 2

a bavi ¥ Cm ah : 7 ij -

Tp ob mi hw ae a : | a

co Ay Br a cll ne '

Ln Rat, a a Ae ae 7

coh od a de

7 i et Ai Wi apie S an : ne :

i" 7 —_, ene ="! :

Nas tr : acl vie ai! 5 = a ol

one pe ay ai 0 be ae

} ime p or 7 a rw | «4

aw eres ‘bs r ie , ils ~~ os —— 4 pa

| fat «the oa

ny) ele : Caw a

Wy i - } ni a7

_ - 7 nar) «

oy ‘ea hg ae t,

on 7 i] - F

1 =— , Aras

00 NA te ee

4 ings a ; ee: | 4

7 pt x} «> vai 4 1

iad mur ae ave

. An io) )

if a ; -:

- 7 aT - ; | 7 : ne 5 s

ons a! io “ on sii. ioe

ai n=l i . oe ;

it . i? Tee” Sen - ai i 7 co aa » ah rt

7 i a ; ae i ‘ 7 ” = VL as

: ae ee, Poe ee ees ek ‘

~ Mt fot Tae at 7 -_ Cae up i a ‘Ou om 7 oD

“aan i

<< a al 7 i —

' bar te

) vi 7

; : i - u re - en) i 7

; 7 y 7 7 0

o ; me 7 {

ii : na oan

n 1} 7 ; - 7 ard _ : 7

c # : am 7) . a : -

can J ” " (6 A : 7 ; ¥ og ;

‘; ea at yi ot : A :

ve) 7 : - ' “a : =

om '.¢ |! ' : fo”

ste * = P , ka

| \ 7 iF : a 1A a

1876. | NEOTROPICAL ANATIDE. 359

the districts in which they are found, whilst the latter, with few ex-

ceptions, consist of winter emigrants from the northern continent.

In the intermediate country, comprising by far the larger portion of

South America, few members of this family are met Sane In speaking

of the Anatidee of the Neotropical Region, therefore, our subject very

naturally divides itself into two portions, each of which requires

somewhat different treatment, owing to the amount of attention they

have received from naturalists. We propose, then, to give a more

complete account of those species which belong strictly to the

southern continent, including the Antilles and Central America

with Mexico. The species which belong to the northern continent

and which only come during winter within the limits of the South-

American avifauna, on the other hand, we shall handle more briefly,

confining our notes and references to such as bear upon their occur-

rence in their winter quarters.

The geographical distribution of the South-American Anatidee

requires special consideration, inasmuch as the members of this

family found in the Neotropical region, except in a few cases, do

not conform in their range to the limits assigned to that region, but

to a great extent rally round the more temperate portions of the

continent. The characteristic species are in no case met with near

the northern boundaries of the Neotropical region.

The equatorial genera Dendrocygna and Catrina, however, reach

Southern Mexico; and the former is represented throughout the

Antilles. They alone are distributed according to the prevailing

law affecting Neotropical birds. Intertropical countries in general

are not rich in Anatide ; and America is no exception to the rule.

The Tree-ducks (Dendrocygna) form the chief exception. They

alone abound in Tropical America, the high Andes (tropical only in

position ) being, of course, left out of Considerations The cause of this

searcity 1s not. very apparent at first sight. The enormous rivers of

tropical America and its numberless lagoons might be expected to

be capable of supporting Ducks in any “quantity. But such is not

the case. The intertropical species are almost all of them arboreal

in their habits ; and it may possibly be that this is so because they

thus escape being preyed upon by the large Crocodilians whieh

abound in these waters.

The bulk of the peculiar South-American species are not found to

the northward of the lower portion of the basin of the La Plata.

Here, however, and onwards to Tierra del Fuego they abound, not

only in species but in individuals, and their numbers would seem to

rival those of the northern hemisphere. But the component species,

and, in many instances, the genera, are quite different. Swans are

there, but the species bear no resemblance to those of the north.

The Geese are all different. Anas is there, but differing widely from

the northern prototype. The same may be said of Dafila, where the

sexes are similarly dressed, instead of being widely different. Mareca

is also there; but here, again, the sexes are nearly alike, instead of

the reverse. The Teals, too, of the south are very different from

those of the north. ‘The host of northern diving and oceanic species

360 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON [Apr. 4,

ye doubtfully represented by the two aberrant genera Metopiana

and Tachyeres; and the Andean Merganetta stands quite alone.

The Shovellers (Spatula) of north and south are strictly con-

generic; so also are the members of the genera Erismatura and

Mergus.

Returning to the strictly tropical members of this family, and

tracing their alliances and range, we find some remarkable facts in

geographical distribution, which, so far as we are aware, find no

parallel amongst birds. The genus Chenalopex contains but two

species—one belonging to the valley of the Amazons and the adjoining

districts, the other to Africa. Sarcidiornis is found in Paraguay,

Africa, Madagascar, the peninsula of India, Ceylon, and Burmah.

Dendrocygna viduata is common to both the American and African

continents; and D. fulva is found alike in America, India, and Mada-

gascar. The causes of this singular distribution of so many mem-

bers of one family are at present inexplicable.

The greater part of our characters in the following synopsis are

taken from specimens in the collection of Salvin and Godman,

which contains most of the known South-American species. In

selecting specimens for description we have sought out such as

came from the same or the nearest locality to that where the

original types were procured.

Ill. Synopsis oF THE Species oF NEOTROPICAL ANATIDE.

The Anatidee may be divided into the following seven sub-

families :—

I. Anserine or Geese.

Il. Cygnine or Swans.

III. Anatine or River-ducks.

IV. Fuliguline or Sea-ducks.

V. Erismaturine or Lake-ducks.

VI. Merganettine, or Torrent-ducks.

VII. Merging or Mergansers.

Subfamily I. ANSERIN&.

Genus 1. ANSER. Type.

Anser, Cuv. Régn. An. i. p. 530 (1817) ...... A, cinereus.

Chen, Bote, Isis; 1822, p. 063) <..+ «2 sas < crete A. hyperboreus.

Anser is strictly an arctopolitan form, of which winter visitants

belonging to three species occur in the Antilles.

1. ANSER HYPERBOREUS.

Anser hyperboreus, Pallas, Spic. Zool. vi. p. 31 (1769); Zoogr.

vol. ii. p. 227, t. 65; Baird, B. of N. Am. p. 760 (1858) ; Cab. J.

fir Orn. 1857, p. 225 (Cuba); March, Pr. Ac. Phil. 1864, p. 70

(Jamaica).

Chen hyperboreus, Gundl. Repert. F.-N. i. p. 387, et J. fiir Orn.

1875, p. 371 (Cuba).

Hab, Cuba (Gundlach); Jamaica (March),

1876. | NEOTROPICAL ANATID. 361

In Cuba A. hyperboreus seems to be a regular annual visitant,

and is common, remaining in the island from October until the end

of March. It has only been observed in Jamaica when the winter

in the north has been severe.

2. ANSER CERULESCENS.

Anas caerulescens, Linn. 8S. N. 1. p. 198 (1766).

Anser cerulescens, Elliot, B. of N. Am. t.43; Bryant, Pr. Bost.

Soc. N. H. xi. (1866) p. 70 (Inagua).

Chen cerulescens, Gundl. Repert. F.-N. 1. p. 387, et J. ftir Orn.

1875, p. 374 (Cuba).

Hab. Inagua, Bahama Island (Bryant) ; Cuba (Gundlach).

Dr. Bryant reports that, some years before his visit to Inagua in

1859, a flock of this Goose visited the island, when every individual

was killed by the inhabitants. Dr. Gundlach, who maintains the

distinctness between this bird and A. hyperboreus, says that it is of

rare occurrence in Cuba, but that it arrives along with the migratory

flocks of the allied species.

3. ANSER GAMBELI.

Anser gambelii, Hartl. Rev. Zool. 1852, p. 7; Baird, B. of N.

Am. p. 761 (1858) ; Cab. J. fiir Orn. 1857, p. 226 (Cuba) ; Gundl.

_Repert. F.-N. i. p. 387, et J. fiir Orn. 1875, p. 375 (Cuba) ; Lawr.

Mem. Bost. Soc. N. H. ii. p. 313 (Mazatlan).

Hab. Cuba (Gundlach) ; Mazatlan (Grayson).

Not common, but not so rare in Cuba as A. cerulescens, where,

however, it is stated to be a regular winter visitant, remaining in the

island from October till the end of March. Col. Grayson obtained

it near Mazatlan, N.W. Mexico.

Genus 2. Bernicua.

Type.

Bernicla*, Boié; Isis; 1822; p. 503). .s::...+s .. B. torquata

(= B. canadensis).

Chloéphaga, Eyton, Mon. Anatide, p. 13 (1838) B. magellanica.

Tenidiestes, Reich. Nat. Syst. d. Vég. p. ix

CLOSE 2) OA Be ait cee carve crtenee cueterntr ee B. antarctica.

Chletr ophus, Bane Pr. Ac. Se. Phil. 1870,

Peg l Sil carcys neat el oiales eterna beac prhciane chev B. poliocephala.

Oressochen, Srenncian Pr. Ac. Se. Phil. 1870,

Coa RA Sacre Coon ae ray Dec oe .eee-- B. melanoptera.

Berniclais a widely extended form, with four or five representatives

in North America, of which one reaches the Neotropical region as an

* Some attempts have recently been made to revive Branta of Scopoli (Ann,

1. H. N. p. 67) for this genus. But Branta of Scopoli is an artificial group

composed of species which have no sort of natural affinity, and is therefore

to be cancelled. Besides Branta is generally used for Fuligula rufina, and it

would create great confusion to substitute it for the universally accepted term

Bernicla,

362 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON [Apr. 4,

occasional winter visitant, and with six peculiar species in Antarctic

America.

1. BERNICLA CANADENSIS.

Anas canadensis, Linn. 8. N. i. p. 198 (1766).

Bernicla canadensis, Baird, B. of N. Am. p. 764 (1858); March,

Proc. Ac. Phil. 1864, p. 70 (Jamaica); A. & E. Newton, Ibis, 1859,

p-. 368 (St. Croix ?).

Anser parvipes, Cass. Pr. Ac. Phil. vi. p. 188 (1852), (Vera

Cruz).

ae canadensis, var. occidentalis, Lawr. Mem. Bost. Soc.

N. H. i. p. 271 (Durango).

Hab. Jamaica (March); Durango, Mexico (Grayson).

An occasional visitant in Jamaica in winter, its occurrence depend-

ing upon the rigour of that season in the north. Messrs. A. & E.

Newton think that a flock of wild Geese seen in the Island of St.

Croix in 1857 probably belonged to this species. dAnser parvipes,

from Vera Cruz, is only known to us from Cassin’s description, but

may probably belong to B. canadensis. Durango is the only other

recorded Mexican locality for it. Col. Grayson here met with it.

2. BeRNICLA MELANOPTERA.

Anser melanopterus, Eyton, Mon. Anat. p. 93 (1838) (Lake Titi-

caca); Darwin, Voy. Beagle, iii. p. 134, t. 50 (1841); Schl. Mus.

des P.-B., Anseres, p. 100; Tschudi, F. P. p. 308 (1846) (Puna reg.

of Peru).

Bernicla melanoptera, Gay, Faun. Chil. p. 443 (1848) (Chili) ;

Reich. Natat. lviii. f. 953; Bibra, Denkschr. Akad. Wien, v. p. 131 ;

ef. J. fiir Orn. 1855, p. 57 (Chili); Cassin, Gilliss’s Exp. ii. p. 101

(1856) (Chili); Phil. & Landb. Wiegm. Arch. 1863, p. 185, et

Cat. Av Chil. p. 40 (Chili) ; Scl. Ibis, 1864, p. 121; P. Z.S. 1867,

pp. 320, 334, 339 (Chili); Scl. & Salv. P.Z.S. 1869, p. 156

( Pitumarea).

Chloéphaga melanoptera, Burm. La Plata-Reise, il. p. 513, et

P. Z. 8. 1872, p. 365.

Oressochen melanopterus, Bannister, Proc. Ac. Phil. 1870, p. 131.

Anser montanus, Tsch. Wiegm. Arch. ix. pt. i. p. 390.

Anser anticola, 'Tsch. Wiegm. Arch. x. pt. i. p. 315 (1844).

Alba; remigibus nigris; scapularibus et cauda_ viridescenti-

nigris ; tectricibus alarum maporibus extus purpureis, speculum

Sormantibus ; minoribus albis ; scapularibus anterioribus fusco

notatis, posterioribus fuscis in viridescenti-nigrum trahentibus :

long. tota cire. 30, ale 17°5, caude 6:5, rostri a rictu 1°7, tarsi

3°7, dig. med. cum ungue 3°3 (Descr. exempl. ex Peruvia in

Mus. 8. & G.): rostro (ave viva) carneo, ungue nigricante,

pedibus rubris, irideo bscura. Fem. mari similis, sed minor.

Hab. Lake Titicaca (King, Pentland); Puna region of Peru

(Tschudi); Tinta, 8. Peru (Whitely); cordillera and plains of Chili

(Ph. et Landb.); Quintero, Chili (Gay); Portillo Pass, Chili

(Gilliss).

1876. | NEOTROPICAL ANATID.®. 363

This fine goose is found in the high Andes of Peru and Bolivia,

and has been observed both on Lake Titicaca and at Tinta and Pi-

tumarea, at an elevation of from 11,000 to 14,000 feet above the

sea-level, in what Tschudi has termed the “Puna region.” It is

also found throughout the central provinces of Chili, descending to

the plains in winter, but in summer retiring to the high Cordillera,

to the verge of the line of perpetual snow. It has been observed at

Quintero, in the province of Santiago, and in such numbers, on a

small body of water near the celebrated Portillo Pass, that the spot

is called Valle de los Pinquenes, Pinquen being the native name of

this species. The limit of its southern range probably hardly passes

the 35th degree of south latitude.

‘There were three specimens of this fine species lately living in the

menagerie of this Society (List Vert. Zool. Soc. 1872, p. 244); but

none of them seemed to enjoy such good health in captivity as the

other South-American Geese. The male is considerably larger than

the female.

3. BERNICLA MAGELLANICA.

Oie des Terres magellaniques, Buff. Pl. Enl. 1006, undé

Anas magellanica, Gm. 8. N. i. p. 505 (1788) (Straits of Ma-

gellan).

Anser pictus et magellanicus, Vieill. Enc. Méth. p. 117 (1823).

- Chloéphaga magellanica, Eyton, Mon. Anat. p. 82 (1838); Dar-

win, Voy. Beagle, iii. p. 134 (1841) (Tierra del Fuego and Falkland

Islands); Scl. P. Z.S. 1857, p. 128; 1858, p. 289; 1860, p- 387

(Falkland Islands) ; Gould, P. Z.S. 1859, p. 96; Abbott, Ibis, 1861,

p- 157 (Falkland Islands) ; Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1868, p. 189 (Straits

of Magellan) ; 1870, p. 500 (Elizabeth Isle); Ph. & Landb. Cat.

Av. Chil. p. 40.

Bernicla magellanica, Gay, Fauna Chil. p. 443 (1848) (Chiloe).

Painted Duck, Cook, It. i. p. 96, unde

Anas picta, Gm. 8. N. i. p. 504 (1788) (Staaten Island).

Anas leucoptera, Gm. S. N. i. p. 505 (1788); ex Buff. xvii.

p- 101, et Brown’s Ill. t. 40 (Falkland Islands).

Anser leucopterus, Vieill. Enc. Méth. p. 113 (1823).

Bernicla leucoptera, Less. Traité d’Orn. p. 627 (1831).

Alba, hypochondriis et dorso superiore cum parte basali colli

postici nigro transvittatis ; primariis, tectricibus alarum majo-

ribus, tertiaris et scapularibus elongatis cinerascentibus ; dorso

postico et rectricibus cinerascenti-nigris ; rostro nigro, iride fere

nigra, pedibus obscure plumbeis: long. tota circ. 26, ale 16°3,

caudeé 5°95, rostri a rictu 1:6, tarsi 3°8, dig. med. cum ungue 3°3.

Fem. capite et collo cinnamomeis ; gastreo antice cinnamomeo,

postice albo, omnino nigro transvittato ; subcaudalibus latera-

libus nigris, mediis fusco irroratis ; dorso antico cervino et

albo transvittato, postico et rectricibus brunnescenti-nigris :

primarus fusco-nigris, secundariis albis, tertiariis et scapu-

laribus elongatis grisescentibus ; tectricibus alarum majoribus

eneis, vitta subapicali nigra, albo terminatis; rostro nigro,

364 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON [Apr. 4,

iride fere nigra, pedibus flavis: long. tota cire. 26, ale 16,

caude 5:5, rostri a rictu 1:6, tarst 3°3, dig. med. cum ung. 3

(Descr. exempl. ex Ins. Falklandici in Mus. 8. & G.).

Hab. Straits of Magellan (King, Darwin, Cunningham): Staaten

Island (Cook): Falkland Islands (Darwin, Abbott).

According to Darwin, this Goose is found in Tierra del Fuego and

the Falkland Islands, being common in the latter. They live in

pairs or small flocks in the interior of the island, and seldom ap-

proach either the sea or the freshwater lakes. They build on the

outlying islets, probably through fear of the foxes; and the same

cause may also account for their being tame by day but the reverse

on the approach of dusk. They live entirely on vegetable matter,

and are called by the seamen “ Upland Geese.”

Capt. Abbott, who, like other travellers, found this species common

in East Falkland, says that it breeds all over the country, as well as

on the adjoining islets—and on this point differs from Mr. Darwin ;

but he adds that the disappearance of foxes from East Falkland may

have led to a change of habits as regards the situation chosen by

this species for its nest. He gives a good account of its nesting-

habits.

This species appears to do well in captivity, and many broods

have been reared in the Gardens of this Society since its introduction

in 1857 (Rev. List of Vert. Zool. Soc. 1872, p. 245).

The Chilian form of this Goose has been described by Philippi and

Landbeck as Bernicla dispar—the main and, in fact, the only

distinction consisting in the male being distinctly barred with black

on the under surface. Our immature male specimen from the Falk-

lands is marked to a slight extent in a similar manner; and we are

disposed to consider the character one of hardly sufficient value to

separate the two forms specifically. The following references belong

to the Chilian form :—

4. BERNICLA DISPAR.

Bernicla magellanica, Cassin, Gilliss’s Exp. ii. p. 201, t. xxiv.

(1856); Gay, Fauna Chil. p. 443 (1848) (Chiloe).

Bernicla dispar, Ph. & Landb. Wiegm. Arch. 1863, p. 190, et

Cat. Av. Chil. p. 40; Burm. P.Z.S. 1872, p. 366; Sclater, Ibis,

1864, p. 122.

Chloéphaga dispar, Scl. P. Z. 8. 1867, pp. 320, 334.

Hab. Central Chili (Ph. et Landb.) ; Argentine Republic, Sierra

Tinta and Rio Negro (Burm.).

Philippi and Landbeck state that this Goose is of frequent occur-

rence in winter in the central provinces of Chili, and that one of the

collectors for the Museum of Santiago brought a specimen from the

Straits of Magellan.

Burmeister refers the Goose frequenting the Sierra Tinta, near

Tandil, to the southward of Buenos Ayres, to this species or race ;

he also adds that he has recently received both sexes from El Carmen,

on the Rio Negro.

In October 1871 the Society purchased of Mr. Weisshaupt, along

1876. | NEOTROPICAL ANATID&. 365

with other Chilian animals, a pair of this form of the Magellanic

Goose. The female unfortunately died; but the male was lent to a

correspondent, who returned to the Gardens in its place, in November

1875, a pair of young birds, bred between it and a female B. magel-

lanica vera, of which we exhibit a drawing. The male, it will be

observed, is not quite so strongly barred as in the pure B. dispar,

but presents well-defined black edgings on the under plumage. The

females of the two forms are, so far as we can see, quite identical.

Bisa)

IS it

Xi n\ SS

(

~'N

}

\ \

\, N\ \\

a, Male, and , Female, Magellanic Geese in the Society’s Gardens, bred

between B. dispar ¢ and B. magellanica 2.

366 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON [Apr. 4,

5. BERNICLA POLIOCEPHALA.

Anas inornatus 9, King, P.Z.S. 1830-31, p. 15 (Straits of

Magellan).

Bernicla inornata, Gray & Mitch. Gen. B. t. 165; Gay, Faun.

Chil. i. p. 444.

Chloéphaga poliocephala, Gray, List Gall. Grall. and Anseres in

B. M. p. 127 (1844), deser. nulla; Sel. P. Z.S. 1857, p. 128; 1858,

p- 290; 1861, p. 46 (Falkland Islands); 1867, p. 335; Abbott,

Ibis, 1861, p. 159 (Falkland Islands); Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1868,

p. 189 (Oazy Harbour) ; 1870, p. 499 (Port Grappler) ; Nomencl.

p. 128.

Bernicla poliocephala, Burm. P. Z.S8. 1872, p. 366 (Bahia Blanca).

Anser poliocephalus, Schl. Mus. des P.-B., Anseres, p. 101.

Chletrophus poliocephalus, Bann. Pr. Ac. Phil. 1870, p. 131.

Bernicla chiloensis, Ph. & Landb. Wiegm. Arch. 1863, p. 149

(Chiloe), et Cat. Av. Chil. p. 40.

Capite toto et collo cum scapularibus griseo-plumbeis, pectore et

dorso superiore castaneis nigro transfasciatis ; abdomine, tectri-

cibus subalaribus, campterio et tectricibus minoribus albis ; pri-

mariis nigris; secundariis albis, interioribus fusco in pogonio

externo notatis; tectricibus alarum maporibus nigris, extus

viridescenti-nitentibus, apicibus albis; dorso imo et cauda nigris,

hypochondriis nigro et albo transfasciatis, crisso castaneo ;

rostro nigro, pedibus extus flavis intus fusco-nigris: long. tota

24, ale 13°5, caude@ 5, tarsi 2°7, dig. med. cum ung. 2°5 (Descr.

maris ex Patagonia (Rio Negro) in Mus. S.& G.). Fem. mari

similis.

Hab. Straits of Magellan (King, Cunningham); Patagonia, Rio

Negro (Hudson); Chiloe (Philippi § Landbeck) ; Falkland Islands

(Abbott, Leconte).

This species was at first supposed to be the female of the bird

described by Captain King as Anas inornatus, under which name an

excellent figure of it was given by Gray and Mitchell in the ‘ Genera

of Birds.’ Mr. Gray was the first to detect the error and to give

the present bird a MS. name; but he left it to Sclater to describe

the species and make the distinctions clear. The fact of the similarity

of the sexes in this and the next species has been abundantly shown

by living birds which have reared broods in captivity in our Gardens.

The species does not seem to be very common in the far south, as it

escaped Mr. Darwin’s notice ; and in the Falkland Islands, the great

rendezvous of these Geese, it would appear to be only a straggler.

During the three years Captain Abbott resided in the Falkland

Islands he only observed three examples of this species; and these

were obtained singly amongst flocks of “‘ Upland Geese’’ (B. magel-

lanica): he supposes that these birds were stragglers from the coast

of Patagonia. F. Leconte, who was sent by this Society to the

Falklands to obtain living animals, brought home one skin of this

Goose.

Burmeister says the range of this Goose extends over the whole of

Patagonia, where it is one of the most common species.

1876.] NEOTROPICAL ANATIDZ. 367

Philippi and Landbeck state that the true patria of their B.

chiloensis is the island of Chiloe, where it breeds. During the

winter it migrates further northward. At Ancud it may be seen in

a domesticated state.

Dr. Cunningham obtained this Goose at Oazy Harbour, in the

Straits of Magellan, but did not meet with it in the Falkland Islands.

6. BERNICLA RUBIDICEPS.

Bernicla inornata, Gray, Zool. Voy. Erebus and Terror, t. 24.

Chloéphaga rubidiceps, Sel. P. Z.S. 1860, p. 387, t. 163 (Falk-

land Islands); 1861, p. 46; Abbott, Ibis, 1861, p. 158 (Falkland

Islands) ; Scl. et Salv. Nomencl. p. 128; Sharpe, Zool. Erebus and

Terror, Birds, p.. 37.

Anser rubidiceps, Schl. Mus. des P.-B., Anseres, p. 102.

Chletrophus rubidiceps, Bann. Pr. Ac. Phil. 1870, p. 131.

Corpore subtus cum capite toto et collo cinnamomeis, pectore et hy-

pochondriis nigro transfasciatis, crisso nigro marginato ; supra

grisescens colli basi crebre nigro et cinnamomeo transfasciata,

interscapulii plumis fascia subterminal: nigra notatis ; dorso

imo, uropygio et cauda nigris viridescente vix tinctis; remigibus

nigris, secundariis et tectricibus alarum minoribus albis ; tec-

tricibus majoribus extus eneo-viridibus albo terminatis: long.

tota circ. 23, ale 13°5, caude 4°35, rostri a rictu 1°5, tarsi 2°5,

dig. med. cum ungue 2°8 (Descr. maris ex insulis Falklandicis in

Mus.8S.&G.). Rostro nigro, iride fere nigra, tarsis extus flavis

intus nigrescentibus (Desc. av. in vivario Zool. Soc. Lond.).

Hab. Falkland Islands (Addott, Leconte).

The ‘Brent Goose,’ as this species is called in the Falkland

Islands, Captain Abbott says, is not so common as the other species,

except in some places in the North Camp, where he saw large

numbers in pairs.

The male is larger than the female, and frequents the edge of the

nearest pool of water whilst the female is sitting on her nest amongst

dry bushes. The eggs are usually five (rarely six) in number, and

are laid the first week in October. The young birds attain the dress

of maturity the first year, except that the wing-speculum is dull

black instead of glossy green.

This species also does well in captivity, many broods having been

reared since 1860, when the species was first introduced into this

country alive (Rev. List of Vert. Zool. Soc. 1872, p. 245).

7, BERNICLA ANTARCTICA*.

Antarctic Goose, Forst. It. pp. 495, 518, undé

* BERNICLA INORNATA,

Anas inornatus, King, P. Z. 8. 1850-31, p. 15 (Straits of Magellan).

Bernicla inornata, Gay, Faun. Chil. p, 444 (1856); Gray and Sharpe, Zool,

Erebus and Terror, Birds, pl. 30.

Chloéphaga inornata, Scl. et Salv. Nomencl. p. 128; Sharpe, Zool. Erebus and

Terror, Birds, p. 37.

Similis precedenti sed minor, dorso angustius transfasciato ; speculo alari,

368 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON [Apr. 4,

Anas antarctica, Gm. S. N. i. p. 505 (1788) (Tierra del Fuego) ;

Schl. Mus. des P.-B., Anseres, p. 98.

Bernicla antarctica, Steph. Shaw’s Zool. xii. p. 59; Eyton, Mon.

Anat. p. 84 (1838); Darwin, Voy. Beagle, ii. p. 134 (1841)

(Tierra del Fuego, Falkland Islands) ; Less. Voy. Coq. t. 50; Gay,

Fauna Chil. p. 442 (1848) ; Reich. Natat. lvii. f. 397, 948; Bibra,

Denkschr. Akad. Wien, v. p. 131 (Chili); ef. J. fir Orn. 1855,

p- 57; Cassin, Gilliss’s Exp. ii. p. 200, t. xxiii. (1856) (coast of

Chili); 1860, p. 388; 1867, pp. 320, 334, 339; Gould, P. ZS.

1859, p. 96; Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1869, p. 284 (Port Otway); 1870,

p- 499 (Goods Bay); Nomencl. p. 128; Abbott, Ibis, 1861, p. 159

(Falkland Islands); Burm. La Plata-Reise, ii. p. 514, et P.Z.S.

1872, p. 366; Ph. & Landb. Wiegm. Arch. 1863, p. 199, et Cat.

Av. Chil. p. 40.

Teniadestes antarctica, Bannister, Pr. Ac. Phil. 1870, p. 132.

Anas hybrida, Mol. Storia, p. 213(?); Gm. S.N. i. p. 502

(1788), ex Molina.

Anas magellanicus, Sparrm. Mus. Carls. t. 37.

Mas alba; rostro nigro, pedibus flavis: long. tota circ. 24:0, ale

15°0, caude 5:2, rostri a rictu 1°7, tarst 3, dig. med. cum ungue

3°5 (Deser. exempl. vix adult. ex ins. Falklandicis in Mus.

S.&G.). Fem. brunneo-nigra; vertice et nucha brunneis,

Sronte, capitis lateribus et collo albo vermiculatis; dorso postico,

uropygio et cauda albis ; primariis nigris, secundaris et tectri-

clbus alarum minoribus cum subalaribus albis; tectricibus

maoribus viridescente extus terminatis, speculum alare forman-

tibus: subtus pectore hypochondriis et ventre summo distincte

albo transfasciatis, ventre imo cum crisso albis: long. tota circ.

24:0, ale 14:0, caude 5°3, rostri a rictu 1°7, tarsi 2°7, dig.

med. cum ungue 3°2 (Descr. exempl. ex ins. Falklandicis in

Mus. S. & G.).

Hab. Tierra del Fuego (Forster, Darwin, Cunningham) ; Straits

of Magellan to Chiloe (Darwin, Philippi § Landbeck); Patagonia

(Burmeister, Hudson); Falkland Islands (Darwin, Abbott).

This is one of the oldest known species of South-American dna-

tide, being alluded to by Forster and also apparently by the Abbé

Molina, as well as in Pernety’s ‘ Voyage.’ The remarks of the first

author led to the name given to it by Gmelin, by which it has since

dorso imo et rectricibus fusco-nigris ; pedibus flavis: long. tot. circ. 24, ale

14:8, cauda 4:5, tarsi 3, dig. med. cum ungue 2°5, rostri a rictu 1:2.

Hab, Straits of Magellan (King).

Though the type specimen of this bird in the British Museum bears a general

resemblance to a male B. magellanica, we are by no means sure that it may

not ultimately prove to be merely an immature specimen of Lernicla antarctica,

the size of the bill corresponding more closely with that of the last-named

species. From this, however, it differs in having a black tail, and in other

minor characters. The specimen is evidently immature; but not being able

to assign it positively to any other species, we leave it for the present to

stand as doubtful; at the same time we think it more than probable that it

will eventually be found to belong to one of the above-mentioned Bernicle,

1870: | NEOTROPICAL ANATID. 3609

been almost universally recognized. The bird described by Molina,

and called Anas hybrida, which name was also adopted by Gmelin

as apparently applying to a species distinct from his 4. antarctica,

probably refers to this species; and if so, Molina’s name has the

priority ; but so vague are his descriptions, and so inapplicable the

name he has chosen, that we must decline to disturb a title so firmly

established as antarctica. Forster noticed this species in Tierra del

Fuego, where it has since been seen by every traveller who has written

on the birds of that district. Here Darwin found it, and also in the

Falkland Islands and on the western coast of South America as far

north as Chiloe. It lives exclusively on rocky parts of the sea-coast ;

hence the name, “‘ Rock-Goose,”’ given toit by sailors. In the deep

and retired chaunels of Tierra del Fuego, says Mr. Darwin, the snow-

white male, invariably accompanied by his darker consort, and

standing close by each other on some distant rocky point, is a common

feature in the landscape.

Captain Abbott confirms Mr. Darwin’s observation as to the

abundance of this Goose in the Falklands; he adds that he found it

along the coast, and that the nest is placed a few yards from the

shore, in an exposed place, and the female may sometimes be seen

sitting on her eggs from a distance. The male bird remains sta-

tioned close by. The eggs are generally six or seven in number,

and, during the absence of the female, are carefully covered with

down from her breast.

Philippi and Landbeck give to this species the same range along

the west coast as Mr. Darwin, adding that it is occasionally seen at

Valdivia. Its eastern range, according to Burmeister’s latest obser-

vations, does not extend northward of the inlet of Santa Cruz, where

it winters.

Little success has at present attended the efforts to introduce this

species into England. One individual has reached this country alive

up to the present time. (See Rev. List of Vert. 1872, p. 245.)

Genus 3. CHENALOPEX. Type

Chenalopex*, Stephens, Gen. Zool. xii. pt. 2,

Pat GIS2 eee ae tect ennai. ooo C., COU DUACA:

CHENALOPEX JUBATA.

Anser jubatus, Spix, Av. Bras. ii. p. 84, t. 108 (1825); Burm.

Syst. Ueb. iil. p. 433.

Chenalopex jubata, Gray & Mitch. Gen. B. t. 164; Cab. in

Schomb. Guiana, i. p. 762; J. E Gray, Knowsl. Menag. il. t. xv.;

Taylor, Ibis, 1864, p. 96 (Orinoco); Sel. & Salv. P. Z.S. 1866, p.

200 (Ucayali); Nomencl. p. 128; Pelz. Orn. Bras. p. 319.

Sarkidiornis jubata, Gray, Hand-l. ii. p. 74.

* Mr. G. R. Gray (Hand-l. iii. p. 74) refers to “ Chenonetta, Brandt, 1836,” as

synonymous with Chenalopex. But Chenonetta was proposed by Brandt (Deser.

et. Ic. An. Ross. fase. i. p. 5) for Anas jubata, Latham, of Australia, not for

Anser jubatus, Spix.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1876, No. XXIV. 24

370 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON (Apr. 4,

Anser polycomus, Cuv. in Mus. Paris; Less. Traité d’Orn, i. p.

627 (1831); Schl. Mus. des P.-B. Anseres, p. 95.

Anser pollicaris, Licht. in Mus. Berol.

Chenalopex pollicaris, Licht. Nomencl. p. 101.

Capite toto cum collo et pectore sordide albis, colle postico ob-

seurtore; interscapulio fusco-nigro ; dorso antico, scapularibus

et hypochondriis castaneis ; dorso imo alis et cauda purpura-

scenti-nigris, secundariis quinque internis macula magna alba,

speculum alare formantibus, ornatis: tectricibus alarum maori-

bus viridescenti-nitentibus ; abdomine medio et crisso albis, ventre

imo utrinque nigro; rostro nigro mandibula nisi in apice flava ;

pedibus flavidis: long. tote 20, ale 11:5, caude 3°7, tarsi 3°7,

dig. med. cum ungue 2°4 (Desc. spec. ex Amazonia Peruviana

in Mus. 8S. & G.).

Hab. Valley of the Amazons (Spx, Bartlett) ; Guiana (Schom-

burgk) ; Orinoco (Taylor); Caigara, Rio Guaporé et Rio Negro

(Natterer).

The range of the species is restricted to the low-lying districts of

the valley of the Amazons, and the adjoining countries of Guiana

and Venezuela on the Orinoco, where, however, especially in the

former region, it would appear to be abundant. Natterer obtained

eight specimens during his journey, some on the head waters of the

Madeira in Matogrosso, others on the Rio Negro.

Little has been recorded of the habits of this Goose. Schom-

burgk met with it in pairs frequenting sand banks; and Natterer

states that the stomach of one he examined contained small seeds.

This species has its nearest ally in C. egyptiaca of the African

continent, with which it would appear to be strictly congeneric.

Subfamily II. Cyvenin a.

Genus 1. Cyenus. Type.

Cage, Meyer, Tasch. d. d. Vog. ii. a 497 Bo C. olor.

Olor, Wagl. Isis, 1832, p. 1234 oe .. C. musicus.

Chenopsis, Wagl Isis) 1632, pt 234 oe .. C_atratus.

Coscoroba, Reich. Nat. Syst. d. Vég. p. x. (1852) C. coscoroba.

Two species of Swan, both very distinct from any of their northern

congeners, are found in Antarctic America.

1. CYGNUS NIGRICOLLIS.

Anas ngricollis, Gm. 8S. N. i. p. 502 (1788), ex Bougainville.

Anas melanocephala, Gm. 8. N.1. p. 502 (1788), ex Molina,

Anas melanocorypha, Mol. Saggio, ed. 2, p. 199 (1810).

Anser melanocoryphus, Vieill. Ene. Méth. p. 108 (1823) ex

Molina.

Cygnus nigricollis, Steph. Shaw’s Zool. xii. p. 17 ; Eyton, Mon.

p- 98 (1838); Hartl. Ind. Az. p. 27; Gay, Faun. Chil. p. 445, t.

14 (1848); Burm. Syst. Ueb. iii. p. 432; La Plata-Reise, ii. p.

512; Journ. fiir Orn. 1860, p. 266, et P. Z.S. 1872, p. 365;

1876.] NEOTROPICAL ANATIDA. 371

Bibra, Denkschr. Akad. Wien, v. p. 131; ef. J. fiir Ora. 1855, p.

07; sel PZ. 8. 1859) ps 2065-1860; p: 388, 1867, pp. 334, 339 ;

Abbott, Ibis, 1860, p. 159; Ph. & Landb. Cat. Av. Chil. p. 50;

Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1868, p. 145, et Ibis, 1869, p. 284 (Elizabeth

Isle), et Nomencl. p. 139.

Cisne de cabeza negra, Az. Apunt. no. 425.

Albus; capite et collo cum striga postoculari et mento nigris ;

loris nudis: long. tota circ. 48°0 poll. angl., ale 17°5, caude

5°5, rostri a rictu 3:0, tarst 3°5, dig. med. cum ungue 4.2

(Deser. exempl. ex inss. Falklandicis in Mus. 8. & G.). Rostro

plumbeo, ungue albo; cera tumida ruberrima ; iride fere nigra,

pedibus pallide carneis (ave viva).

Hab. Falkland Islands (464o0¢t); Straits of Magellan (Bougainville,

Cunningham) ; La Plata (Azara, Burmeister); Chili (Gay, Philippi

& Landbeck).

This Swan is abundant in the pampas of Buenos Ayres, and in

the lower portion of the Argentine Republic, and thence southwards

to Tierra del Fcego. It is also found in the Falkland Islands and

along the western coast of South America beyond Valparaiso, perhaps

almost up to the frontier of Bolivia. Dr. Cunningham observed

both this species and C. coscoroba near Sandy Point in the Straits

of Magellan, where they were breeding.

In the Falkland Islands the Black-necked Swan is found through-

out the year, but is rather scarce and very wild. It seldom breeds

on the mainisland, but retires to the adjacent islets for that pur-

pose. Dr. Burmeister mentions its occurrence on the Parana, and

also states that it is found on the island of Santa Catharina off the

coast of Brazil, this being probably nearly its most northern

limit.

The Black-necked Swan has long been introduced into Europe ;

and seldom a year passes but one or more broods are reared in the

Gardens of this Society.

2. CYGNUS COSCOROBA.

Anas coscoroba, Mol. Stor. Nat. Chili, p. 207; Gm.S.N.1. p. 503

(1788) ex Molina.

Anser coscoroba, Vieill. Enc. Meth. p. 112 (1823).

Cygnus coscoroba, Hartl. Ind. Az. p. 27; Eyd. & Gerv. Ois. de

Favorite, in Mag. de Zool. 1836, p. 36; Gray and Mitch. Gen. of

Birds, t. clxvi. ; Gay, Faun. Chil. p. 446 (1848) (Chili); Burm. J.

fir Orn. 1860, p. 226, et La Plata-Reise, ii. p. 512 (Parana); P.

Z.S. 1872, p. 365; Scl. P. Z.S. 1867, pp. 334, 339 (Chili), 1860,

p- 388 (Falklands); Abbott, Ibis, 1861, p. 159 (Falklands); Schl.

Mus. des P.-B. Anseres, p. 83; Ph. & Landb. Cat. Av. Chil. p. 41;

Sel. & Salv. Ibis, 1869, p. 284 (Rio Galegos); Nomencel. p. 129.

Cygnus anatoides, King, P. Z. 8. 1830-31, p. 15 (Straits of

Magellan); Eyton, Mon, Anat. p. 101 (1838).

Cygnus chionis, Il. in Mus. Berol.; Licht. Nomencel. p. 101.

Coscoroba chionis, Bp. ©. R. xii. p. 648 (1856).

24%

372 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON [Apr. 4,

Ganso blanco, Az. Ap. no. 436 (La Plata), unde

Anser candidus, Vieillot, N. D. xxiii. p. 331 (1816), et Ene.

Méth. p. 351 (1823).

Coscoroba candida, Reich. Nat. Syst. d. Vog. p. x.

Albus ; primariorum apicibus nigris ; loris plumosis ; rostro lato

anatiformi ruberrimo, ungue carneo ; iride fere ngra; pedibus

rubro-carneis (ave viva) : long. tota circ. 400, ale 17°5, caude

5°8, rostri a rictu 3:0, tarsi 3°5, dig. med. cum uague 5:0

(Deser. exempl. ex Chilia in Mus. S. & G.).

Hab. Chili (Molina, Gay, Philippi & Landbeck) ; Straits of Ma-

gellan (King, Cunningham); Falkland Islands (Addott); Buenos

Ayres (dzara, Burmeister).

Burmeister observed the Coscoroba Swan in large numbers on the

rivers Parand and Salado, especially in the lagoons bordering the

river near Santa Fé. During the winter, he says, it keeps in flocks

like our Swan. He also observed it at Mendoza and in the large

lakes of the Pampas.

Azara met with only two individuals of this species in Paraguay,

and a small flock at about 28° S. lat. He says, however, that

it abounds in enormous flocks in the lagoons bordering the La

Plata.

The Coscoroba Swan is rare in Chili, according to Philippi and

Landbeck, who, however, give no details respecting its range on the

western coast, though they mention a young one having been! brought

to them from the Straits of Magellan.

Mare harbour is the only part of East Falkland where Capt. Ab-

bott ever saw or heard of this species. At that spot there is usually

a flock of eight or ten to be seen. They breed in the neighbourhood,

young birds of about a month old having been observed.

Living specimens of this Swan were brought to England in

1870 and 1871, but as yet have not reproduced. A pair made a

nest in the Society’ s Gardens ; and eggs were laid in 1872, but no

young birds were hatched.

Subfamily III. Anatina.

Genus 1. DENDROCYGNA. Type.

Dendronessa, Wag. Isis, 1832, p. 281 (nee Sw.).. D. arcuata.

Dendrocygna, Sw. Class. Birds, ii. p. 365 (1837). D. arcuata.

Leptotarsis, Kyt. Mon. Anatine, p. 29 (1838) .. D. eytoni.

This genus is a good example of what may be called a Tropico-

politan group, being represented nearly everywhere within the tropics.

In America four very distinct species are found, besides another that

is scarcely more than a representative form.

1. DENDROCYGNA FULVA.

Penelope mexicana, Briss. vi. p. 390 (Mexico), unde

Anas fulva, Gm. 8. N. i. p. 530 (1788); Vieill. Enc. Méth.

p- 136 (1823); Max. Beitr. iv. p. 918; Wagl. Isis, 1831, p. 532;

1876. ] NEOTROPICAL ANATID&. 373

Burm. Syst. Ueb. iil. p. 435; J. f. Orn. 1860, p. 226 (Tucuman) ;

La Plata-Reise, il. p. 514.

Dendrocygna fulva, Baird, Birds N. Am. p. 770, t. 63 (Fort Tejon,

Cal.) ; Scl. P. Z. S. 1864, p. 301, and 1866, p. 149; Sel. & Salv.

P.Z.S. 1869, p. 635 (Buenos Ayres), et Nomencl. p. 129; Schl.

Mus. des P.-B. Anseres, p. 87; Pelz. Orn. Bras. p. 319 (1870);

Burm. P. Z.S8. 1872, p. 377 (Buenos Ayres); Lawr. Mem. Bost.

Soc. N. H. ii. p. 313 (Mazatlan).

Anas virgata, Max. Reise, i. p. 322.

Pato roxo y negro, Az. Apunt. no. 436, unde

Anas bicolor, Vieill. N. D. v. p. 1386; Enc. Méth. p. 356; Hartl.

Ind. Az. p. 28; Léot. Ois. Trin. p. 514 (1866) (Trinidad).

Anas sinuata, Licht. in Mus. Berol.

Anas collaris, Merrem, in Ersch. u. Grub. Ene. sect. i. vol. xxxv.

pool.

Dendrocygna major, Jerdon, Birds of Tad. iii. p. 790 (India) ;

Sel. P. Z. S. 1866, p. 148 (Madagascar ).

Castanea, pileo obseuriore, linea mediali colli postici nigra ; dorso

nigro, in parte anteriore castaneo transfasciato ; alis et cauda

nigris ; tectricibus alarum minoribus obscure badiis, tectricibus

supracaudalibus albis ; plumis hypochondriorum elongatis, cas-

taneis, fascia mediali alba nigro utrinque marginata ornatis ;

rostro et pedibus nigris: long. tota 18°0, ale 8°5, caude 2:0,

rostri a rictu 2°3, tarsi 2°0, dig. med. cum ungue 3:0 (Deser.

spec. ex Mexico, in Mus. 8. & G.).

Hab. Mexico ( Brisson, Grayson) ; 8.E. Brazil (Max.); Paraguay

and Buenos Ayres (dzara, Burmeister) ; Montevideo (Sellow).

Dendrocygna fulva, according to Burmeister, is found in the

eastern and northern districts of the La-Plata basin, on the rivers

Uruguay and Parana, and as far north as Tucuman; and Azara

observed it both in Paraguay and in Buenos Ayres. In the Brazilian

empire it was obtained by Prince Maximilian on the river Belmonte

and also on the sea-coast near Porto Seguro; but although Burmeister

states that it is found throughout Central Brazil, Natterer seems to

have failed to secure specimens. It appears, so far as we know, to

be absent from the basin of the Amazons and from the whole of the

northern portion of the southern continent; nor is it found in

Central America or in the West Indies. In Mexico it reappears,

and would seem to be by no means rare, occurring from the Rio-

Grande frontier and California to Mazatlan and the valley of Mexico.

Singular as this distribution is, it is still more remarkable when we

consider thac there appear to exist no tangible grounds for separating

the American bird from that called D. major by Jerdon, which

ranges throughout the peninsula of India and is also found in Mada-

gascar !

2. DENDROCYGNA AUTUMNALIS.

Red-billed Whistling Duck, Edw. t. 194 (West Indies), unde

Anas autumnalis, Linn, 8S. N. i. p. 205 (1766).

Dendrocygna autumnalis, Eyton, Mon, Anat. p. 109 (1838);

374 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON (Apr. 4,

Baird, B. of N. Am. p. 770 (1858) (Texas) ; Cassin, Pr. Ac. Phil.

1860, p. 197 (R. Truando) ; Scl. P. Z. 8. 1858, p. 360; Sel. & Salv.

Ibis, 1859, p. 231; Taylor, Ibis, 1860, p. 315 (Lake Yo}oa); Scl. &

Salv. P. Z.S. 1864, pp. 299 (partim) & 372 (Panama), et Nomencl.

p- 129; Lawr. Ann. Lye. N. Y. viii. p. 13 (Panama), et ix. p. 143

(Costa Rica); Mem. Bost. Soc. N. H. ut. p. 313 (Mazatlan) ; Salv.

Ibis, 1865, p. 193.

Capitis lateribus et gutture cinereis, hoc albicantiore, colli postict

linea mediali brunnescenti-nigra ; pileo (versus nucham obscu-

riore), collo inferiore et corpore toto antico cum dorso medio et

scapularibus lete castaneo-brunneis, pectore paullo dilutiore ;

dorso postico, ventre toto et cauda nigris, ventre imo et tibiis

albo variegatis, crisso fere albo ; alis nigris, tectricibus alarum

minoribus internis ochracescentibus, mediis canis, externis albis ;

remigibus (extimo excepto) in pogonto externo et remigum tectri-

cibus lactescenti-albidis ; rostro rubro, ungue nigro; pedibus

flavis : long. tota 16:0, al@ 8°5, caude 2°8, tarsi 2:0, dig. med.

cum ungue 2°6, rostri a rictu 2:0 (Descr. maris ex Panama in

Mus. 8. & G.).

Hab. Mexico (Grayson) ; Guatemala (Salvin) ; Honduras (Tay-

lor); Costa Rica (Arcé); Panama (M‘Leannan).

Latham’s description of his dnzas autummalis was based upon

Edwards’s plate 194; and upon reference to this figure we feel no

doubt that a specimen of the Central-American form of this Duck

was the subject of Edwards’s drawing. Moreover Edwards says, in

the text of his work, that his specimen was brought from the West

Indies.

The birds described by Baird from the Rio Grande, on the Texan

frontier, evidently agree with Central-American examples ; but Baird

seems to have had specimens of the South-A merican form also before

him when writing his notes on this species in the ‘ Birds of North

America.’ He attributes the greyness of the lower neck and breast

in a South- American specimen to greater maturity—a view which can

hardly be maintained, seeing that this peculiarity is found, so far as

our experience goes, only in examples from the southern part of

America.

In Central America this species is only found in the hottest part

of the country and in the lagoons near the sea-coast, especially in

those which he in such abundance along the Pacific coast of Guate-

mala. During Salvin’s stay there in 1863 he not unfrequently saw

small flocks of this Duck, and also obtained specimens. In Honduras

Mr. Taylor found this Tree-Duck abundant on Lake Yojoa. From

Costa Rica we have an example collected by Arcé on the Gulf of

Nicoya ; and at Panama, whence we also have a specimen, it is not

uncommon. M‘Leannan had a pair of this species alive when Salvin

stayed at his Station at Lion Hill.

The bird found on the Truando by Lieut. Michler’s party probably

belongs to this race; but we cannot speak with certainty on this

point. It may also extend its range along the west coast as far as

1876. ] NEOTROPICAL ANATIDA. 379

Guayaquil; but this, too, remains to be determined ; nor can its

eastward limit be as yet defined. The form found in Trinidad (as

described by Léotaud) certainly belongs to the next species.

3. DENDROCYGNA DISCOLOR.

Dendrocygna autumnalis, Cab. in Schomb. Guian. iii. p. 762; Scl.

P. Z.S. 1864, p. 299 (partim) ; Scl. & Salv. P. Z.S. 1866, p. 200

(Ucayali); Léot. Ois. Trin. p. 507 (1866) (Trinidad); Schl. Mus. des

P.-B. Anseres, p. 92; Pelz. Orn. Bras. p. 320 (1870); Finsch,

P. Z.S. 1870, p. 589 (Trinidad).

Canard Siffleur de Cayenne, Buff. Pl. Enl. 826.

Dendrocygna discolor, Scl. & Salv. Nomencl. p. 161 (1873).

Capite, collo antico, pectore et dorso supertore griseis, pileo obxcu-

riore; gutture albicante, torque colli inferi indistincte castaneo ;

dorso medio lete castaneo ; ventre, alts et cauda nigris ; tectrici-

bus alarum minoribus internis ochracescentibus, mediis canis,

externis albis ; remigibus (extimo excepto) in pogonio externo et

remigum tectricibus albis; crisso albo nigroque vario, rostro

rubro, ungue nigro; pedibus flavis: long. tota 160, ale 80,

caude 2°5, rostri a rictu 2°2, tarsi 2°0, dig. med. cum ungue 2°5

(Deser. exmpl. ex Surinam in Mus. 8. & G.).

Hab. Columbia, 8. Martha (Deppe, in Mus. Berol.); Surinam

(Kappler); Trinidad (Léotaud); Guiana (Schomb.); Cayenne

(Buffon); Ucayali (Bartlett); Barra do Rio Negro, and Minas Geraes

( Natterer).

Obs. Similis preecedenti, sed dorso superiore et pectore canis nec

castaneis.

This southern form of D. autumnalis is distinguishable at a glance

from that of Central America by the upper portion of the back being

of a different colour from the middle and lower back—the former

being of a grey tint, the latter rich chestnut-brown. In the northern

form no such difference is apparent, the whole upper surface being of

the same chestnut tint. The breast in the former bird also is greyish,

and in the latter chestnut.

D. discolor, as we have proposed to term it, is found in the northern

part of South America, extending from the littoral of Columbia and

Guiana over the great Amazon valley, and occasionally ranging as far

south as Mato Grosso and the interior of Minas Geraes, where spe-

cimens were obtained by Natterer.

4. DENDROCYGNA ARBOREA.

Anas arborea, Linn. 8. N. i. p. 207 (1766); Gm. 8. Nai. p. 540

(1788); Vieill. Enc. Méth. p. 141 (1823).

Dendrocygna arborea, Eyton, Mon. Anat. p. 110 (1838); Gosse,

B. Jam. p. 395 (Jamaica) ; Cab. J. f. Orn. 1857, p. 227 (Cuba)-;

Thienem. J. f. Orn. 1857, p. 157 (Cuba); A. & E. Newton, Ibis,

1859, p. 366 (St. Croix); Scl. P.Z.S. 1864, p. 300; March, Pr.

Ac. Phil. 1864, p. 70 (Jamaica) ; Gundl. Repert. F.-N. i. p. 387

376 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON [Apr. 4,

(1866) et J. fiir Orn. 1875, p. 375 (Cuba) ; Bryant, Pr. Bost. Soc.

N. H. xi. (1866) p. 70 (Inagua); Schl. Mus. des P.-B. dunseres,

p. 84; Scl. & Salv. Nomenel. p. 73.

Black-billed Whisthng Duck, Edw. Glean. t. 193.

Canard Siffteur de la Jamaique, Buff. Pl. Enl. 804.

Anas jacquinit, Gm. 8. N. 1. p. 536, ex Jacquin, Beitr. p. 5

He, (00)«

Fusco-brunnen, capite ochracescentiore, nucha cum stria colli postict

nigra, torque collari nigro varieygata ; dorsi plumis et tectrict-

bus ularum marginibus pallidioribus ornatis, his quoque nigro

maculatis ; subtus gutture toto albo, pectore fulvescente, ahdo-

mine, precipue in hypochondrits, albo niyroque variegato ; dorso

postico et cauda nigris; alis cinereis, remigibus fusco ter-

minatis ; rostro et pedibus nigris : long. tota 18°5, caude 3:0,

rostri a rictu 2°2, tarsi 2°5, dig. med. cum ungue 2°8 (Descr.

exempl. ex Jamaica in Mus. Brit.).

Hab. Cuba (Gundlach); Jamaica (Gosse, March); St. Croix

(Newton fr.).

This Tree-duck is a resident in Cuba, where, according to Dr. Gund-

lach, it is common. It is said to rest during the day and to visit the

lagoons towards dusk. It nests from June to September. Mr. March

remarks that is a permanent resident in Jamaica, frequenting the

lagoons and morasses where mangroves abound, and feeding by night

as well as by day. The habits of this species 1n Jamaica are also

fully described by Mr. Gosse (/.¢.). Numerous flocks frequent the

millet-fields in Jamaica from December to the end of February. They

are described as beating down the corn as they descend in compact

flocks, and then picking the grain from the ears trampled under foot,

which they cannot otherwise reach as it stands erect. In this manner

they do a considerable amount of damage. The species is easily tamed,

but does not appear to breed in confinement.

In St. Croix the Messrs. Newton state that the ‘‘ Mangrove-

Duck” is pretty common ; but they are unable to say for certain

whether it breeds in the island. It is more often heard than seen,

its habit being to resort to its feeding-ground at night and to rest

during the day in the recesses of the mangrove-swamps.

5. DENDROCYGNA VIDUATA.

Anas viduata, Linn. 8. N. i. p. 205 (1766); Jacquin, Beitr. i. p. 3,

t.i.; Gm. 8. N.i. p. 536 (1788) (Cartagena) ; Vieill. Enc. Méth.

p- 152 (1823) ; Max. Beitr. iv. p. 921 (Brazil) ; Burm. Syst. Ueb. ii.

p- 434.

Dendrocygna viduata, EyLon Mon. Anat. Oe ] ae (1838); Cab. in

Schomb. Guiana, iii. p. 762 ; Hartl. Ind. Az. p. 28; Tsch. F.P. p.54 ;

D’Orb. Voy. i. p. 448 ; Burm. La Plata-Reise, 1. as 515 (Tucuman) ;

J. f. Orn. 1860, p. 266; Gundl. Repert. F.-N. i. p. 388, J. fiir Orn.

1875, p. 377 (Cuba) ; Scl. P.Z.S. 1864, p. sae Léot. Ois. Trin.

p. 509 ae Trinidad); Scl. & Salv. P.Z.S _ 1866, p. 200 (Uca-

yali), 1869, p. 160 (Rep. Arg.), et Nomenel. p. 129 ; Schl. Mus. des

1876. | NEOTROPICAL ANATIDE. 377

P.-B. Anseres, p. 90; Pelz. Orn. Bras. p. 319 (1870) ; Reinh. Fugl.

Bras. Camp. p. 21 (1870) (Lagoa Santa).

Canard du Maragnon, Buff. Pl. Enl. 808.

Pato cara blanca, Az. Apunt. no. 435.

Facie tota et macula gutturali albis ; nucha, collo antico, abdo-

mine medio, cauda, dorso postico et alis nigris ; collo postico et

humeris castaneis ; dorso medio et scapularibus brunneis, plumis

singulis ochraceo marginatis; tectricibus alarum olivaceo-nigris ;

hypochondriis albo nigroque transfasciatis : rostro et pedibus

nigris : long. tota 17:0, ale 9:0, caude 2°5, tarsi 2:0, dig. med.

cum ungue 2°6, rostri a rictu 2°2 (Descr. exempl. ex Columbia in

Mus. S. & G.).

Hab. Columbia (Mus. S. §& G.) ; Guiana (Sehomb.); Rio Brancho

(Natt.); Trinidad (Léotaud); Upper Amazons (Bartlett); Peru

(Tschudi) ; Bolivia (D’ Orbigny) ; Paraguay ( d4zara) ; ‘Tucuman ( Bur-

meister) ; Brazil (Mawximilian) ; Rio Parana and Cuyaba (Natterer) ;

Lagoa Santa (Lund) ; Bahia (Wucherer); Cuba (Gundlach).

This species has a very wide range in South America ; but though

its casual appearance in Cuba has been recorded, it has never yet been

met with in Central America. Commencing from the valley of the

Magdalena it spreads over the whole continent, including the island

of Trinidad, as far as the vicinity of Buenos Ayres. In Paraguay,

Azara saw it in large flocks of as many as two hundred individuals

and more. He notes its ery as “ 67-67-67,” which is uttered as it flies

at all hours of the night. The members of a flock fly ina straight line

or crescent.

Genus 2. SARCIDIORNIS. Type.

Sarcidiornis, Eyton, Mon. Anat. p. 20 (1838) .. 8. melanonota.

This genus appears to be truly Tropicopolitan, and is represented

by two or three species or closely allied forms in India, Africa, and

America.

SARCIDIORNIS CARUNCULATA.

‘Anas carunculata, Ill.,” Licht. Abh. Ak. Berlin, 1816-17, p. 176.

El Pato crestudo, Az. Apunt. no. 438.

Pato de crista, Max. Beitr. iii. p. 942.

Anser melanotus, Burm. Syst. Ueb. iii. p. 434.

Sarcidiornis regia, Hartl. Ind. Az. p. 27 (1847); Burm. La Plata-

Reise, 11. p. 513 (Tucuman); J. f. Orn. 1860, p. 266; Scl. P.Z.S.

1867, p. 339, 1868, p. 532; Pelz. Orn. Bras. p. 319; Scl. & Salv.

Nomencl. p. 129.

Hab. Paraguay (Azara); Tucuman (Burmeister); interior of

prov. Bahia (Maximilian); Matogrosso and Barra do Rio Negro

(Natterer).

We are unable to give a description of this species, as no authentic

South-American examples are at present accessible to us. It is

therefore not possible for us to give independent testimony as to the

identity or distinctness of the birds found in South America, Africa,

and India; but we have good reason to believe that the South-

American form is really separable.

378 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON [Apr. 4,

Hartlaub (/.s.c.) says there is no sufficient difference between

American and Indian specimens; but v. Pelzeln distinguishes the

American form from the African and Indian birds by its darker

flanks.

The South-American bird has, as will be seen from the above

quotations, usually been identified with the Pato Real, or duas regia

of Molina; but we now know that the Sarcidiornis does nct occur

at all in Chili, and that the ‘* Pato Real” of that country is Mareca

chiloensis, according to Philippi and Landbeck (Cat. Av. Chil. p. 95),

though Molina’s vague description may have had some reference to

Cairina moscnata. If, then, as would appear to be the case, the

American bird is really separable from the Indian, the proper name

for this species is carunculata—a term based by Illiger on Azara’s

Pato crestudo, and published by Lichtenstein in 1818.

The range of this Duck in South America is by no means

extended ; and it has seldom been noticed beyond the upper waters of

the basin of the Parana. It occurs, however, in the interior of

Bahia, according to Prince Maximilian ; and Natterer met with it at

Barra do Rio Negro, ou the Amazons, in July 1852.

Genus 3. CaIRINA.

Cairina, Fleming, Phil. of Zool. p. 260 (1822).

Moschatus, Less. Ind. Orn. i. p. 633 (1831).

Gymnathus, Nuttall, Man. Orn. ii. p. 403 (1834).

This genus contains a single form, originally American, but now

introduced into the Old World and naturalized in many parts of the

tropics.

CAIRINA MOSCHATA.

Anas moschata, Linn. S. N. i. p. 199; Max. Beitr. iv. p. 910

(Brazil); Schl. Mus. des P.-B. Anseres, p. 73.

Catrina moschata, Cab. in Schomb. Guiana, iii. p. 763; Tsch. F.

P. p. 54; D’Orb. Voy. i. p. 111; Burm. Syst. Web: im: p.1440

(Brazil), et La Plata-Reise, ii. p. 514 (Parana and Tucuman); J. f.

Orn. 1860, p. 266; Moore, P. Z.S. 1859, p. 65 (Honduras) ; Scl. &

Salv. Ibis, 1859, p. 232 (Guatemala); P.Z.S. 1864, p. 373 (Pa-

nama), 1866, p. 200 (Ucayali), 1867, p. 979 (Pebas); Salv. Ibis,

1865, p. 198; Taylor, Ibis, 1860, p. 315 (Honduras); Léot. Ois.

Trin. p. 521 (1866) (Trinidad); Pelz. Orn. Bras. p. 320 (1870) ;

Reinh. Fugl. Bras. Camp. p. 21 (1870) (Lagoa Santa); Lawr. Mem.

Bost. Soc. N. H. i. p. 315 (Mazatlan).

Carina moschata, Eyton, Mon. Anat. p. 142 (1838).

Catrina sylvestris, Stephens, Zool. xiii. p. 69.

Anas mariane, Shaw, Nat. Mise. ii. t. 69 (2).

El Pato Grande o Real, Az. Apunt. no. 437.

Le Canard musqué, Buff. Pl. Enl. 986.

Capite toto, collo, et corpore subtus brunneo-nigris, abdomine linets

albis angustissimis transvittato; dorso iridescente purpureo,

plumis singulis nigro marginatis, scapularibus et tertiariis

1876.] NEOTROPICAL ANATIDE. 379

elongatis cum cauda lete viridi-nitentibus; secundariis chalybe o-

ceruleo indutis ; primariis nigris ; tectricibus alarum omnibus

supra et subtus cum plumis avillaribus pure albis ; hypochon-

driis viridi viv tinctis ; rostri carunculis rubris, pedibus

nigris : long. tota 29°0, ale 15:0, caude 7:5, rostri a rietu

2°6, tarsi 2°3, dig. med. cum ungue 3°8 (Descr. maris ex

Guatemala, in Mus. S. & G.). Fem. mari similis sed minor :

long. tota 25°0, ale 12°5, caude 5°5, rostri a rictu 2°3, tarsi

1°8, dig. med. cum ungue 2°9.

Hab. Paraguay (Azara); Parand and Tucuman (Burmeister) ;

Lagoa Santa (Reinhardt) ; Bolivia (D’ Orbigny) ; Peru (Tschudt) ;

Brazil (Maximilian, Burmeister) ; Amazonia (Bartlett, Hauxwell) ;

Guiana (Schomburghk); Trinidad (Léotaud) ; Panama (W‘Leannan) ;

Honduras (Taylor); Guatemala (Salvin); Mexico (Grayson, Xantus).

The Muscovy Duck, so well known in a domestic state nearly all

over the world, is a native of the hottest portion of tropical America.

It is usually found in lowland swampy districts ; and where there are

extensive forests it not unfrequently abounds. During the day the

birds remain in the forest-swamps; but towards evening numbers

may be seen sitting on the lower boughs of trees standing on the

margin of a clearing.

In Guatemala, Salvin found this Duck abundant on the Pacific

coast in lagoons near Santana Mixtan and also at Huamuchal. It

is likewise met with on the Atlantic side on the Rio Polochic, and

also between Lake Peten and Lake Yax-ha. Its extreme northern

limit seems to be N.W. Mexico, where Col. Grayson found it at

Mazatlan, and Xantus at Rio Zacatula.

Its southern range extends to the upper Paranda and Tucuman. It

is not uncommon in Paraguay, according to Azara, although not found

on the La Plata. It is to be seen usually in pairs or singly, but also

in flocks of twenty or thirty. It always roosts in trees, usually re-

sorting to the same trees night after night. The nest, in which from

ten to fourteen eggs are deposited, is made in a hole or fork of a large

tree at some elevation from the ground. It seeks its food not only

in the rivers, but on moonlight nights resorts to the maize and corn-

fields and also plucks up the roots of mandioca.

The native habitat of the Muscovy Duck was known to some of

the earliest writers. The date of its introduction as a domesticated

species into Europe and elsewhere does not appear to have been

recorded, but doubtless dates back to soon after the Spanish conquests

in America.

Genus 4. ANAs. Type.

Anas, Tans SONeae pel 945 (766) eee ceo A. boschas.

Boschas, Sw. Class. B. ii. p. 367 (1857) ...... A. boschas.

Chauliodus, Sw. Faun. Bor.-Amer. p. 440 (1831) A. strepera.

Ktinorhynchus, Eyton, Mon. Anat. p. 137 (1838) A. strepera.

Chaulelasmus, G.R.Gray; Pr. Bonap. Geog. Comp.

Tistvol. Be pid 8) (hSSS ite stein <1 2c, teeat ects: dees emo A. strepera.

Five species of true Anas (or, at least, not yet separated from the

380 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON [ Apr. 4,

Linnean type) occur within the Neotropical Region. Three of them

are stray visitors from the north into the Antilles; the remaining

two are peculiar Antarctic species.

1. ANAS BOSCHAS.

Anas boschas, Linn. 8. N. i. p. 205 (1766) ; Baird, B. of N. Am.

p- 774; Cab. J. f. Orn. 1857, p. 229 (Cuba) ; March, Pr. Ac. Phil.

1864, p. 72 (Jamaica) ; Gundl. Repert. F.-N. 1. p. 388, et J. fur

Orn. 1875, p. 378 (Cuba) ; Scl. & Salv. Nomenel. p. 129; Lawr.

Ann. Lyc. N. Y. viii. p. 13 (Panama) et Mem. Bost. Soc. N. H. ii.

p. 314 (Mexico).

Anas maxima, Sel. P. Z. 8. 1859, p. 370 (Mexico).

Hab. Cuba (Gundlach) ; Jamaica (March); Mexico (De Oca,

Grayson); Panama (M‘Leannan).

According to Dr. Gundlach, 4. doschas is rarely seen wild in

Cuba; but in 1850 a flock on passage from the north settled in the

lagoons near Cardenas, and the bird is occasionally to be seen in

the market of Havana. Mr. March says it is rare in Jamaica. In

Central America it has been recorded from Mexico and Panama, but

nowhere else.

2. ANAS OBSCURA.

Anas obscura, Gm. 8S. N. i. p. 541 (1788) ; Baird, B. of N. Am.

p. 775; Cab. J. f. Orn. 1857, p. 229 (Cuba); March, Pr. Ac. Phil.

1864, p. 72 (Jamaica); Scl. & Salv. Nomencl. p. 129; Lawr. Mem.

Bost. Soc. N. H. 11. p. 314 (Mexico).

Hab. Jamaica (March); Tepic, Mexico (Grayson).

The Dusky Duck is said to be of rare occurrence in Jamaica. In

Cuba, Dr. Gundlach formerly suspected its occasional presence, but

does not mension it in his last ‘ Revista de las Aves Cubanas.’ In

Mexico it has hitherto only been noticed at Tepic by Grayson.

3. ANAS SPECULARIS.

Anas specularis, King, Zool. Journ. iv. p. 98 (1828); Eyton,

Mon. Anat. p. 138 (1838); Jard. & Selb. Ill. Orn. iv. tab. 40 ;

Gay, Faun. Chil. p. 450; Cassin, Gilliss’s Exp. ii. p. 202; Sel.

P. Z.S. 1867, p. 335 (Chili) ; Ph. & Landb. Cat. Av. Chil. p. 42);

Scl. & Salv. Nomencl. p. 129.

Anas chalcoptera, Kittlitz, Mém. prés. Acad. St. Pétersb. il. p. 471,

t. 5 (1835); Schl. Mus. des P.-B., dnseres, p. 46; Gray, Hand-l.

Ile Ps02

Supra chalybeio-nigra, cervice postica et uropygio fumoso-brunneis;

dorsi superioris plumis hoc colore marginatis ; capite toto e€

nucha nigris, plaga magna faciali utrinque et gutture medio in

semitorquem cotlarem transeunte distinctissime albis ; subtus

valde dilutior et rufescentior, et fasciis transversis rufis in pec-

tore variegata ; alis et interscapulio chalybeio-nigris ; speculo

alari lato vivide eupreo, hujus parte distali velutino-nigra

margine albo terminata; hypochondriis eneo-nigro maculatis ;

1876. | NEOTROPICAL ANATID&. 381

plumis axvillaribus albis ; rostro obscuro, pedibus flavis : long.

tota 21:0, ale 11:0, caude 4°8, tarsi 1:9, rostri a rictu 2:3.

Fem. mari similis, sed coloribus minus claris.

Hab. Magellan Straits (Atnzg); Southern and Central Chili (Paz.

§ Landb.).

This Duck is very remarkable for its conspicuous white patch on

each side of the face and pure white throat and neck, as well as the

large richly coloured alar speculum. So far as we yet know, it is

exclusively a western species. According to Philippi and Landbeck

it is common from the Straits of Magellan as far north as Valdivia,

but is rare in the central provinces of Chili.

4. ANAS CRISTATA.

Crested Duck, Lath. Syn. ii. p. 543, undé

Anas cristata, Gm. S. N.i. p. 540 (1788) (Statenland); Gay,

Faun. Chil. p. 449 (1848); Gould, P. Z. 8.1859, p. 96 (Falklands) ;

Sel. P. Z.S. 1860, p. 389 (Falklands), 1867, p. 335 (Chili); Abbott,

Ibis, 1861, p. 160 (Falklands); Ph. & Landb. Cat. Av. Chil. p. 41;

Scl. & Salv. P. Z.S. 1867, p. 990 (Salinas, Peru); Ibis, 1870, p. 499

(Tuesday Bay), et Nomencl. p. 129; Schl. Mus. des P.-B. Anseres,

». 39.

Anas specularoides, King, Zool. Journ. iv. p. 98 (1838).

Anas pyrrhogaster, Meyen, Nov. Act. xvi. Suppl. p. 119, t. xxv.

(Maipu, Chili).

Dafila pyrrhogaster, Eyton, Mon. Anat. p. 113 (1838).

Supra terreno-fusca, colore pallidiore in dorso superiore varie-

gata ; pileo fuscescenti-nigro tn cristam elongatam desinente ;

speculo alari lato cupreo-viridi, parte distali nigra, fascia exv-

terna alba terminata;, subtus fusca, magis rufescens et maculis

indistinclis in pectore notata ; crisso et subalaribus fere nigris,

harum playa media alba; rostri maxilla nigra, mandibula

flava, pedibus nigris: long. tota 20°0, ale 10°5, caude 50,

rostri a rictu 2°1, tarsi 1°8, dig. med. cum ungue 274.

Hab. Falklands (Abbott) ; Magellan Straits (Cunn.); Chili (PA.

§ Landb.); 8. Peru (Whitely).

This species has a wider range than the last, extending northwards

into Southern Peru, where Mr, Whitely obtained specimens in 1867

at Salinas, a salt lake on the Cordillera, above Arequipa, at an altitude

of 14,000 feet. In Chili, Philippi and Landbeck tell us, it inhabits

the high cordilleras in summer, but descends during winter to the

plains, and is found along the coast down to the Magellan Straits,

where Dr. Cunningham obtained specimens.

The Crested Duck + is common everywhere on the Falkland islands,

mostly frequenting salt water, though occasionally seen near fresh-

water pools. Old birds are always found in pairs. They live upon

shellfish. They retire inland to breed ; and the duck lays five eggs,

in a nest covered with down. The eggs are laid from the beginning

of October to the beginning of November.

The only near ally of this Duck in the Neotropical region is the

preceding species, from which it may be at once distinguished by the

382 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON [Apr. 4,

absence of the conspicuous white face-markings and the small crest.

It is, no doubt, the Anas specularoides of King.

5. ANAS STREPERA.

Anas strepera, Linn. 8. N.i. p. 100 (1766); Sel. & Salv. Nomencl.

p. 129.

Chaulelasmus streperus, Baird, B. of N. Amer. p. 782; March,

Pr. Ac. Phil. 1864, p. 72 (Jamaica); Gund]. Repert. F.-N. i. p. 389,

et J. fiir Orn. 1875, p. 381 (Cuba) ; Lawr. Mem. Bost. Soc. N. H.

ii. p. 315 (Mexico).

Hab. Cuba (Gundl.) ; Jamaica (March); Mexico (Grayson).

The occurrence of a single male bird of this species in the market

of Havana is the sole authority for its admission into the list of Cuban

birds. In Jamaica, however, Mr. March says, it is sometimes abun-

dant, but of irregular occurrence. Its presence in Mexico is contined

to the N.W. provinces, where Grayson observed it.

Genus 5. HeTERONETTA. Type.

Heteronetta, Salvadori, Atti de la Soe. Ital. d.

SeiniNat. vil. py o/4«(1SG9) ia. ere etre H. melanocephala.

This is certainly an aberrant form of Anas in many respects; and

Dr. Salvadori is probably correct in isolating it. Schlegel even goes

so far as to put it with the Puligule ; but before accepting this view,

we require a knowledge of its tracheal formation.

HETERONETTA MELANOCEPHALA.

Pato cabeza negra, Az. Apunt. no. 438 (Buenos Ayres), undé

Anas melanocephala, Vieill. N. D. v. p. 163 (1816), et Ene. Méth.

p- 354 (1823); Hartl. Ind. Az. p. 28; Cassin, Gilliss’s Exp. 11.

p: 202, t..xxv. (1856); Sel. P.Z.S. 1867; p. 335 (Chili); Phil) &

Landb. Cat. Ay. Chil. p. 42; Sel. & Salv. Nomencl. p. 129.

Heteronetta melanocephala, Salvad. Atti Soc. Ital. vii. p. 374

1866).

Fuligula melanocephala, Schl. Mus. des P.-B. Anseres, p. 32.

Anas nigriceps, Licht. in Mus. Berol. ; Nomencl. p. 101.

Anas atricapilla, Merrem, in Ersch. u.Grub. Ene. sect. i. vol. xxxv.

p. 26.

Supra saturate nigricanti-fusca, rufescente minutissime vermicu-

lata; capite colloque toto fuliginose nigris ; secundariorum

fascia terminali angusta alba; subtus sordide alba, in pectore

summo hypochondriis et crisso rufescente irrorata; rostro ni-

gricante, macula basali utrinque carnea ; pedibus corneis : long.

tota 14°5, ale 6°3, caud@ 2°3, tarsi 11, rostri a rictu 2°0.

Fem. pileo dorso concolori, genis fuscis nigro vermiculatis, gula

et stria superciliari indistincta albidis diversa.

Hab. Buenos Ayres (Azara); Chili prov. of Santiago (PA. &

Landb.); Brazil, Rio Grande do Sul (azx.); Mendoza (Weisshaupt).

This peculiar Duck was first described by Azara, who “ bought a

pair in Buenos Ayres,” where, however, Burmeister does not seem to

1876. ] NEOTROPICAL ANATIDE. 383

have recognized it. Prince Maximilian tells us (Beitr. iv. p. 932) that

he has received examples from Rio Grande do Sul; and Weisshaupt

obtained a series of skins during his excursion from Santiago to

Mendoza, some of which are in Salvin and Godman’s collection.

In Chili, where it also occurs, Philippi and Landbeck say that up

to the present time this species has not been found beyond the pro-

vince of Santiago, and that the hunters confound it with Hrismatura

Serruginea.

Genus 6. QuERQUEDULA. Type.

Querquedula, Steph. Gen. Zool. xu. p. 142 (1824) .. Q. cireia.

Netiion, Kaup, Nat: Syst. p95 (1829) .......... Q. crecca.

Cyanopterus, Eyton, Mon. Anat. p. 130 (1838) ....Q. cireia.

Pterocyanea, Bp. Cat. Met. Uce. Eur. p. 71 (1842)... Q. circia.

Ten Querquedule (under which head we embrace the Teals and

Garganeys) occur within the Neotropical region. Of these, two are

northern species, which visit the Antilles and Central America in

winter; the remaining eight are endemic Neotropical species, one of

which, however, has extended its northern range into the southern

portion of the Nearctic region.

The ten Neotropical Querquedule may be diagnosed as follows :—

. Tectricibus alar. min. ceruleis.

PlAvaniacteveutring ue dl Ae scseadsreccnccm ct cesesemeeee ras: sr 1. discors.

Facie (cum corpore'antico) rubra: WJ... 1.2. .sesseeevcns eos sees 2. cyanoptera.

6. Tectricibus alar. min. fuscis.

b'. Pileo et cervicis lateribus in mare rubris ..............-.5- 3. carolinensis.

c', Pileo et cervicis lateribus nigro fasciolatis.

ce. Rostro sup. ad basin flavo.

Major : interscapulio dorso fere concolori.......... owe. 4. oxyptera.

Minor: interscapulio nigro variegato...............66006 5. flavirostris.

EE RostrOstotO mignon eects «case se -ieitorsoieteee nse octane 6. andium.

d'. Pileo fuscescenti-nigro ; cervicis lateribus albis.

Rostrosuperiore:ad@basin! LubrO) ce eaceeecec sess hee sse- 4. + 7. versicolor.

TROT OROEOO)TNIERRS), Go danedcconedesoodeachascdeded ccobasods) odode 8. puna.

c. Tectricibus alar. min. nigris,

THILO VERO ac. eqpaobbacOudaadocoDoooboGor apcnCoGEHOoENROCOSADDBOCO GE: 9. torquata.

Pil COMUBCONs: sonics closecasctenceseers ocsgonaqnnododconcdomabanengabe 10. brasiliensis.

1. QUERQUEDULA DISCORS.

Anas discors, Linn. 8. N. 1. p. 205 (1766).

Querquedula discors, Steph. Gen. Zool. xii. p. 149; Baird, B. of

N. Am. p. 779 ; Cab. J. f. Orn. 1857, p. 228 (Cuba) ; Sallé, P. Z.S.

1857, p. 237 (S. Domingo) ; Scl. P. Z.S8. 1857, p. 206 (Jalapa,

Mexico), 1859, p. 393, 1860, p. 254 (Mexico); Scl. & Salv. Ibis,

1859, p. 231 (Guatemala), et Nomencl. p. 129; Salv. Ibis, 1865,

p- 193; Gundl. Repert. F.-N. i. p. 389, et J. fiir Orn. 1875, p. 350

(Cuba) ; March, Pr. Acad. Phil. 1864, p.71 (Jamaica) ; Lawr. Ann.

Lyc. N. Y. viii. p. 101 (Sombrero), ix. (1868) p. 143 (Costa Rica) ;

Mem. Bost. Soc. N. H. ii. p. 314 (Mexico); Bryant, Pr. Bost.

Soc. N. H. xi. p. 97 (S. Domingo) ; Salvin, P. Z. 8S. 1870, p. 219

(Veragua).

384 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON [Apr. 4,

Pterocyanea discors, Léot. Ois. Trin. p. 516 (Trinidad).

Cyanopterus discors, Tayl. Ibis, 1860, p. 315 (Honduras).

Hab. Cuba (Gundl.) ; Jamaica (March) ; St. Domingo (Sallé,

Bryant) ; Sombrero (Lawr.); Trinidad (Léotaud); Mexico, Jalapa

and Orizaba (Sallé) ; Mazatlan (Grayson); Guatemala (Salvin) ;

Honduras (Taylor) ; Costa Rica (Lawrence).

In Cuba this is the commonest of the North-American migratory

Ducks, arriving about the beginning of September and leaving the

island again in April. In Jamaica Mr. March says he has never

seen the ‘‘ Bluewings”’ earlier than November, and that they again

appear in full sammer-plumage in March and April on their way to

the north. This species is likewise met with in the other Antilles, as

far down as Trinidad.

On the continent, Q. diseors has been traced down as far as

Veragua, as will be seen by our list of localities. In Guatemala,

Salvin found it common in winter, arriving in September and leaving

again in March and April. It is met with in the high and low

districts alike, chiefly on the lakes.

2. QUERQUEDULA CYANOPTERA.

Pato alas azulas, Az. Apunt. no. 434 (La Plata, Buenos Ayres),

unde

Anas cyanoptera, Vieill. N. D. v. p. 104 (1816), et Ene. Méth.

p- 352 (1823) ; Merrem, in Ersch. & Grub. Ene. sect. 1. vol. xxxv.

p- 33; Burm. J. f. Orn. 1860, p. 226; La Plata-Reise, i. p. 516

(Mendoza) ; Schl. Mus. des P.-B. Anseres, p. 51.

Querquedula cyanoptera, Cass. Ill. Orn. p. 84, t. xv. (Louisiana,

Utah), et Gilliss’s Exp. ii. p. 202 (1856) ; Baird, B. of N. Amer.

p. 780; Scl. P.Z.S. 1855, p. 164 (Bogoté, St. Martha), 1856,

p. 310 (Mexico), 1860, p. 389 (Falklands), 1867, p. 355 (Chili) ;

Gould, P. Z. 8S. 1859, p. 96 (Falklands) ; Abbott, Ibis, 1861, p. 161

(Falklands) ; Sel. & Salv. P. Z.S. 1869, p. 160 (Buenos Ayres), et

ibis, 1868, p. 189 (Sandy Point).

Anas ceruleata, Licht. in Mus. Berol.; Bibra, Denkschr. Ak.

Wien, v. p. 131 (1853) (Chili) ; ef. J. f. Orn. 1855, p. 57 ; Lawr.

Ann. Lyc. N.Y. v. p. 220 (California).

Querquedula ceruleata, Gay, Faun. Chil. p. 452 (1848); Ph. &

Landb. Cat. Av. Chil. p. 42.

Pterocyanea ceruleata, Hartl. Ind. Az. p. 27 (1847).

Anas rafflesi, King, Zool. Journ. iv. p. 97 (1828); Jard. & Selb.

Ill. Orn. t. 23.

Cyanopterus rafflesi, Eyton, Mon. Anat. p. 132 (1838).

Rubra, pileo nigro; interscapulio et scapularibus nigro varie-

gatis ; dorso postico nigricante ; alarum tectricibus minoribus

ceruleis; speculo alari viridi, fascia alba supra marginato ;

remigibus primariis nigris, secundariorum scapis albo et ochraceo

flammulatis ; rostro nigro, pedibus flavis: long. tota 180, ale

7:6, caude 3:0, tarsi 1°3. Fem. supra nigricans, plumarum

marginibus albidis; subtus sordide alba, fusco varicgata,

1876. | NEOTROPICAL ANATID. 385

gutture albo nigro punctulato; alarum tectricibus et speculo

sicut in mari.

Hab. Andes of Columbia (Mus. 8. G.) ; St. Martha (Verreauv) ;

Chili (Ph. § Landb.); Buenos Ayres (Azara §& Burm.) ; Magellan

Straits (Cunningh.); Falklands (4ddott).

This Duck, first discovered by Azara, has a very wide range in

the New World, from the extreme south up to California on the

west, and occurs accidentally in Louisiania. It was found by Azara

only in the Rio de la Plata and Buenos Ayres; but Burmeister

observed it at Mendoza and on the Parana, in lagoons and rivers.

Philippi and Landbeck say that it is frequently met with throughout

the republic of Chili; and Dr. Cunningham obtained specimens in

the Straits of Magellan. It seems not to be very common in East

Falkland, though Capt. Abbott shot seven in one day at Mare

Harbour. But it most probably breeds in these islands, as pairs

were observed throughout the summer months.

In the eastern part of South America (that is, in Brazil, Amazonia,

and Guiana) we do not find the occurrence of this Duck noticed ;

but it 1s certainly met with in the Andes of Columbia and on the

northern littoral of Venezuela, and probably keeps to the line of the

Andes. It has not yet been recorded from any part of Central

America ; but will probably be ultimately found there, as it is not un-

common in the Western United States and has occurred accidentally

in Louisiana.

3. QUERQUEDULA CARGLINENSIS.

Anas carolinensis, Gm. 8. N. i. p. 533 (1788).

Querquedula carolinensis, Steph. Gen. Zool. xii. p. 148; Baird,

B, of N. Amer. p. 777; Jard. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xx. (1847) p. 377

(Tobago) ; Cab. J. f. Orn. 1857, p. 228 (Cuba); Moore, P. Z. S.

1859, p. 65 (Honduras); Scl. P. Z.S. 1857, p. 215, 1859, p. 370,

1860, p. 254 (Mexico) ; Scl. & Salv. Ibis. 1859, p. 231 (Honduras) ;

Nomencel. p. 129.

Nettion carolinensis, March, Pr. Ac. Phil. 1864, p. 72 (Jamaica) ;

Gundl. Repert. F.-N. i. p. 389, et J. fiir Orn. 1875, p. 381 (Cuba) ;

Lawr. Mem. Bost. Soc. N. H. 11. p. 314 (Mexico).

Hab. Cuba(Gundl.); Jamaica( March); Tobago (Kirk); Mexico

(Sallé, De Oca, Grayson) ; Wonduras (Dyson).

The Green-winged Teal of the North-Americans occurs on passage

in Cuba, but is rare. In Jamaica it is sometimes seen in autumn,

but more generally in the spring, A single immature specimen was

sent to Sir W. Jardine from Tobago by Mr. Kirk, who says that the

species arrives in that island in October and November and departs

in March or April. In Mexico it has been obtained at Mazatlan,

Orizaba, and Jalapa. Leyland procured examples of it many years

ago in Honduras, on the Aloor river. This is its furthest continental

range to the south yet known to us.

4. QUERQUEDULA OXYPTERA.

Anas oxyptera, Meyen, Nov. Act. xvi. Suppl. p. 121, t. 26 (1833)

(South Peru).

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1876, No. XXV. 25

356 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON [Apr. 4,

Querquedula oxyptera, Tsch. F. P. pp. 55, 309 (Sierra region of

Peru); Scl. & Salv. P. Z.S. 1867, p. 990 (S. Peru), 1868, p. 570,

1869, p. 157 (Peru); Nomencl. p. 129.

Querquedula angustirostris, Ph. & Landb. Wiegm. Arch. 1863,

pt. i. p. 202 (Tacna).

Supra pallide schistaceo-fusca, capite toto nigro frequenter trans-

fascioluto ; interscapulio rufescente lavato, plumis in centro

obscurioribus ; uropygio valde dilutiore; speculo alari lato

nigro supra et subtus fascia ochracea terminato et fascia splen-

denti-eneo-viridi intus inclusa ; remigibus obscure schistaceis,

secundariorum marginibus utringue pallide rufescentibus ; ab-

domine albo, pectore nigro punctato ; rostro flavo, culmine et

apice nigris ; pedibus corneis : long. tota 17°5, ale 8°7, caude

4:0, tarsi 1°4, rostri a rictu 1°8.

Hab. Cordilleras of Peru, near Lake Titicaca (Meyen); Salinas

above Arequipa ( Whife/y) ; Laguna of Cucullata above Taena (I’ro-

been).

This Duck was first discovered by Meyen, who obtained specimens of

it on the high cordillera of Peru, near Lake Titicaca. Meyen’s name

(ovyptera) having been wrongly applied to the next species, Philippi

and Landbeck (as was pointed out by us in 1867) redescribed the

bird in 1863 under the name angustirostris. Their specimens were

obtained by Frobeen, on the Lake of Cucullata, in Southern Peru.

Our examples of this species were collected by Mr. Whitely on the

salt lake of Salinas, situated at an elevation of 14,000 feet above

Arequipa. Mr. Whitely subsequently procured other examples on

the lagoon of Tungasuca and on the river near Tinta, in the district

of Cuzco.

5. QUERQUEDULA FLAVIROSTRIS.

Pato pico amarillo y negro, Azara, Apunt. no. 439 (Buenos Ayres),

unde

Anas flavirostris, Vieill. N. D. v. p. 107 (1816), et Ene. Méth.

p- 333 (1823); Schl. Mus. des P.-B. Anseres, p. 59.

Querquedula flavirostris, Burm. J. f. Orn. 1860, p. 226, et La

Plata-Reise, ii. p. 516 (Mendoza); Scl. & Salv. P.Z.S. 1868,

p- 146 (Buenos Ayres), et Nomenel. p. 129.

Anas creccoides, King, Zool. Journ. iv. p. 99 (1828).

Querquedula creccoides, Eyton, Mon. Anat. p. 128 (1838); Gay,

Faun. Chil. p. 453 (1848); Cassin, Gilliss’s Exp. i. p. 203, t. xxvi.

(1856) (Chili); Darwin, Voy. Beagle, iii. p. 135 (1848); Sel.

P. Z.S. 1860, p. 389 (Falklands), 1867, p. 335 (Chili) ; Gould,

P.Z.S. 1859, p. 96 (Falklands); Ph. & Landb. Cat. Av. Chil.

p- 42; Abbott, Ibis, 1861, p. 160.

Denkschr. Ak. Wien, v. p. 131 (1853) ; cf. J. f. Orn. 1855, p. 57

(Chili).

Similis precedenti, sed minor, rostro breviore ; interscapulii plumis

in centro nigris, fuscescente ochraceo stricte marginatis ; uro-

1876.] NEOTROPICAL ANATID-E. 387

pygio paululum obscuriore ; pectoris guttis magis distinctis et

Sere totum ventrem occupantibus ; necnon alis et tarsis breviori-

bus distinguenda : long. tota15°0, ale 7-4, caude@ 3:5, rostri «

rictu 1°65, tarsi 1:2.

Hab. Buenos Ayres (Azara, Hédson); Mendoza (Burm.); Straits

of Magellan (Darwin); Falklands (Addott) ; Chili (Philippi §

Landb).

This Duck was first obtained by Azara in Buenos Ayres; and_ his

name for it was not very correctly latinized by Vieillot. We have speci-

mens from the same neighbourhood, obtained by Mr. W. H. Hudson.

It seems to be distributed thence all over Antarctic America. Accord-

ing to Burmeister it is not unfrequently seen near Mendoza, in the

lagoon of Rodeo del Medio. Philippi and Landbeck state that it is

common in Chili, and southwards on the western coast to the Straits

of Magellan. In the last-mentioned locality Mr. Darwin also obtained

specimens.

In the Falkland Islands this species is more plentiful in the in-

terior than in the neighbourhood of civilization, and is found in large

flocks in some of the freshwater streams. It lays in September, and

even as early as August ; and the nest, with its complement of five

eggs, placed in the dry grass in some retired unfrequented valley,

is very difficult to find. As a rule, the bird is very tame.

6. QUERQUEDULA ANDIUM. (Plate XXXIV.)

Dajila , sp.?, Scl. P. Z. S. 1860, p. §3 (Ecuador).

Querquedula andium, Scl. & Salv. Nomencl. Av. Neotr. p. 162, et

Pi Zi821875),p: 237.

Capite undique nigro eé albo frequentissime marmorato ; dorso

obscure cinereo, scapularibus eneo-nigris fusco circumeincetis ;

specxlo alari eneo-nigro in secundartis dorso proximis nitidis-

sime eneo-viridi, supra et subtus fascia pallide castanea mar-

ginato ; abdomine albo cineraceo adumbrato ; pectore maculis

plumarum centralibus fusco-nigris ; rostro nigro, pedibus car-

neis: long. tota 160, ale 9°0, caude rigidiuscule 3°5.

Hab. Wigh Ecuador, between Riobamba and Mocha (fraser) ;

Sierra Nevada of Merida ( Goering).

Obs. Similis Q. oxyptere et Q. flavirostri, sed noteeo obscuriore,

rostro nigro, et speculo alari zeneo neque viridi distinguenda.

Mr. Fraser obtained a single specimen of this Duck on the high

plateau of Riobambain 1859 ; but Sclater did not succeed in making

out the species. Subsequently Salvin selected two examples of the

same bird from a collection sent to this country from Quito ; and we

were thus enabled to describe it for the first time in our ‘ Nomen-

elator.’

Last year we had again the pleasure of recognizing an example of

this species in Mr. Goering’s last collection from the Sierra Nevada

of Merida, where it was obtained at an altitude of 10,000 feet.

It would appear, therefore, that this Duck replaces the two pre-

ceding species in the Andes of Ecuador and Venezuela. We have

not yet seen it from Columbia; but no doubt it occurs there also;

25*

388 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON [Apr. 4,

7. QUERQUEDULA VERSICOLOR.

Pato pico de tres colores, Az. Apunt. no. 440 (Paraguay) undé

Anas versicolor, Vieill. N. D. v. p. 109 (1816), et Enc. Méth.

p- 353 (1823) ; Schl. Mus. des P. B. Anseres, p. 57.

Querquedula versicolor, Cassin in Gilliss’s Exp. ii. p. 203 (1856)

(Chili) ; Sel. P. Z. S. 1860, p. 389 (Falklands) ; 1867, p. 335

(Chili) ; Abbott, Ibis, 1861, p. 161 (Falklands); Scl. & Salv.

P. Z. 8S. 1868, p. 146 (Buenos Ayres) ; Ibis, 1870, p. 499 (Sandy

Point), et Nomenel. p. 129; Salvin, Trans. Zool. Soe. iv. p. 499.

Anas maculirostris, Licht. Doubl. p. 84 (1823), ex Azara; Burm.

J. fiir Orn. 1860, p. 266, et La Plata-Reise, il. p. 516 (Mendoza) ;

Sund. P. Z. S. 1871, p. 126 (Galapagos).

Querquedula maculirostris, Gay, Faun. Chil. p. 452, Phil. &

Landb. Cat. Av. Chil. p. 42.

Pterocyanea maculirostris, Hartl. Ind. Az. p. 28.

Anas fretensis, King, P. Z. 8. 1830-31, p. 15; Jard. & Selb. Ill.

Orn. iv. t. 29.

Cyanopterus fretensis, Byton, Mon. Anat. p. 131 (1838).

Anas muralis, Merr. Ersch. & Grub. Ene. sect. i. vol. xxxv. p. 42.

Supra nigra albo transfasciolata, fasciis in uropygio frequentiort-

bus et angustioribus ; pileo fumoso-nigro unicolori, capitis late-

ribus cum gutture lacteo-albis ; abdomine albido, in pectore

ochracescente induto et nigro guttato, in vertice magis albicante

et nigro frequenter transfasciato ; alis extus grisescenti-fuscis ;

speculo purpurascenti-viridi, supra et subtus albo marginato et

subtus fascia altera subterminali nigra ornato ; hypochondriis

fasciis latis albis et nigris distincte notatis; rostro nigro, macula

ad mandibule basin utrinque aurantiaca, pedibus corylinis : long.

tota 16°5, ale 7°6, caude 3°4, tarsi 1°3, rostri a rictu 1°9.

Fem. mari similis sed coloribus paulo dilutioribus et speculo

alari obscuriore { Descr. exempl. ex Chilia (Leyédold) }.

Hab. Paraguay (Azara); Buenos Ayres (Hudson) ; Mendoza

(Burm.); Magellan Straits (King) ; Falklands (Addott) ; Chili

(Phil. et Landb.) ; Galapagos (Sund.).

This Duck, first described by Azara from Paraguay, is found all

over Antarctic America. Mr. Hudson obtained it at Conchitas near

Buenos Ayres; and according to Burmeister it occurs at Mendoza

(at the foot of the Cordillera) near marshes and brooks.

In Chili Philippi and Landbeck found this species somewhat rarer

than Q. cyanoptera. In Kast Falkland itis not common ; but when it

does occur it is usually seen innumbers. It breeds in the Falklands ;

for Capt. Abbott had young birds brought to him, though he never

found a nest.

The supposed extension of the range of this Duck to the Gala-

pagos is rather surprising. It rests upon the authority of Sundevall,

who determined the specimen.

8. QUERQUEDULA PUNA.

Anas puna, Tsch. Faun. Per. p. 309 (Pern); Burm. Syst. Ueb.

li. p. 439.

1876. ] NEOTROPICAL ANATID.E. 339

Querquedula puna, Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1869, p. 157 (Peru) ;

Ex. Orn. p. 197, t. 99, et Nomencl. p. 129.

Supra pallide fuscescenti-cinerea, fusco variegata, plumis media-

liter obscurioribus ; pileo toto et linea nuchali nigris; alis

extus fuscescenti-cinereis ; tectricibus minoribus plumbeo tinctis

et margine lato albo terminatis ; secundariis in pogonio externo

eneo-viridibus, albo late terminatis ; subtus ochraceo-alba, pec-

toris plumis fusco obsolete guttatis ; ventre toto et crisso nigri-

cante minute transfasciolatis ; tectricibus subalaribus et plumis

avillaribus albis ; rostro (in ave viva) caruleo, culmine nigri-

cante ; pedibus cerulescenti-schistaceis: long. tota 18-0, ale

8°5, caude 3, rostri a rictu 2°1, tarsi 1°3, dig. med. cum ungue

179%

Hab. High Peru (Philippi); Bolivia, Cochabamba (D’ Orbigny).

Obs. Affinis Q. versicolori sed rostro ceerulescente, pileo nigro et

hypochondriorum fasciis angustis distinguenda.

The first examples of this fine Duck that attracted our notice were

those in the gallery of the Jardin des Plantes at Paris, one of which

is marked as having been obtained in the province of Cochabamba

in Bolivia by D’Orbigny, and the other in Chili by Mr. Gay, the

latter locality, however, being probably erroneous.

The specimens were noi named ; and we were at first inclined to re-

gard them as belonging to an undescribed species. Subsequently, how-

ever, we received Peruvian skins of the same bird from Mr. H. Whitely,

and were thus induced to make a more accurate examination of it.

This led to the discovery that it is the species described by Tschudi

in his ‘Fauna Peruana’ as Anas puna, from a specimen obtained

by Philippi in the highlands of Peru, and transmitted to the Berlin

Museum. We should add that Sclater has examined the typical

example of 4. puna in that collection, and is convinced of its identity

with the present bird.

Mr. Whitely obtained two examples of this Duck on the lagoon of

Tungasuca, which is situated in the Andes, south-east of Cusco, at an

elevation of about 12,000 feet above the sea-level. The skins are

both marked as “females ;”” but the male, we suppose, would hardly

differ, except perhaps in possessing rather brighter plumage.

Mr. Whitely states that in the living bird the bill is light blue,

with a streak of black down the centre of the upper mandible, the

eye dark hazel, the legs and toes bluish slate-colour. He adds that

he met with this Duck in pairs, but found it rather rare.

Querquedula puna is a very well-marked species, and can hardly

be confounded with any other member of the family. It seems to be

most nearly allied to Q. versicolor, but is readily distinguishable by

its larger and uniformly coloured bill, blacker head, whiter throat,

and by the finer markings above and on the flanks.

9. QUERQUEDULA TORQUATA.

Pato collar negro, Azava, Apunt. no. 441 (Paraguay) undé

Anas torquata, Vieill. N. D. v. p. 110 (1816), et Ene. Méth.

p. 345 (1823) ; Schl. Mus. des P, B. Anseres, p. 61.

390 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON fApr. 4,

Querquedula torquata, Hart). Ind. Az. p. 28 (1847); Gray, List

Gall. Grall. & Ans. B. M. p. 139 (1844); Scl. P. Z. S. 1867,

p- 335 (Chili) ; Scl. & Salv. P. Z. 8S. 1869, p. 635 (Buenos Ayres),

et Nomencl. Av. Neotr. p. 129.

Pato ceja blanca, Azara, Apunt, no. 442 (Paraguay), undé

Anas leucophrys, Vieill. N. D. v. p. 156 (1816), et Enc. Méth.

p- 354 (1823) ; Hartl. Ind. Az. p. 28 (2).

A. rubidoptera, Dubois, Orn. Gal. p. 90, pl. lvii. ( d et 2 ) (1839).

A. rhodopus, Merrem, Ersch. & Grub. Enc. sect. i. vol. xxxv.

p: 42:

Supra terreno-fusca, pileo eé cervice in semiterguem posticum

utrinque expansis, tectricibus alarum minoribus, dorso postico

et cauda supra nigerrimis ; scapularibus pure castaneis ; alis

Susco-nigris, plaga magna in secundariorum tectricibus nivea,

secundariis ipsis extus viridi-eneis ; subtus capitis lateribus

cum gutture sordide albis fusco striolatis ; pectore rosaceo induto

et nigro sparse guitato ; ventre et hypochondrus albis griseo

tenuissime transfaseiolatis, crisso medio nigro plaga utrinque

nivea ornato ; rostro nigro, pedibus flavissimis : long. tota 14°0,

ale 7°2, caude 2°7, tarsi 1:1, rostri a rictu 17. Fem. fusca,

superciliis et stria capitis utrinque cum gula et colli lateribus

albis ; subtus alba fuseo transfasciata ; alis et cauda nigris ;

secundariis extus viridi-eneis; alis macula magna alba, sicué

in mare, ornatis ; rostro rubro, pedibus flavis.

Hab. Paraguay (Azara); Buenos Ayres (Hudson).

This fine Duck, for our first knowledge of which we are indebted

to Azara, is rather scarce in collections, and has yet only been re-

cognized in few localities. Agara obtained examples of both the

somewhat dissimilar sexes in Paraguay, and described them under

different names, as was first pointed out by us (P. Z. S. 1869, p. 635)

from’ Mr. Hudson’s specimens collected near Buenos Ayres. Philippi

and Landbeck (Cat. Av. Chil. p. 94) deny the occurrenee of this

Duck in Chili, which Sclater had given on the authority of certain

specimens in the French national collection marked “ Chili, Gay.”

But we now know full well that Gay’s localities are utterly untrust-

worthy.

10. QuERQUEDULA BRASILIENSIS.

Anas brasiliensis, Briss. Orn. iv. p. 360, undé

A, brasiliensis, Gm. S. N. i. p. 517 (1788) (Brazil) ; Max. Beitr.

vy. p. 936 (Brazil) ; Cab. in Schomb. Guiana, iti. p. 762 (Guiana) ;

Burm. Syst. Ueb. iii. p. 437; J. fiir Orn. 1860, p. 267; La Plata-

Reise, ii. p. 517 (Tucuman) ; Schl. Mus. des P. B. Anseves, p. 61 ;

Reinh. Fugl. Bras. Camp. p. 21 (1870) (int. Brazil).

Querquedula brasiliensis, Scl. & Salv. P. Z.S. 1869, p. 635

(Buenos Ayres); Nomencel. p. 129; Pelz. Orn. Bras. p. 320 (1870).

“Q. erythrorhyncha, Spix,” Eyton, Mon. Anat. p. 127 (1838) ;

Darwin, Voy. Beagle, iii. p. 135 (1841) (Buenos Ayres and Straits

of Magellan)

Ipicutiri, Az. Apunt. no. 437 (Paraguay), unde

1876. ] NEOTROPICAL ANATIDAE. 391

Anas ipicutiri, Vieill. N. D. v. p. 120 (1816), et Enc. Méth. p. 354

(1823).

Querquedula ipicutiri, Hartl. Ind. Az. p. 28 (1847); Gay, Faun.

Chil. p. 451; Ph. & Landb. Cat. Av. Chil. p. 42.

Anas paturi, Spix, Av. Bras. ii. p. 85, t. 109 (Rio S. Francisco).

A, notata, Licht. in Mus. Berol.

Supra fusca, pileo brunnescente ; dorso postico, cauda et tectrici-

bus alarum minoribus nigris; alis fusco-nigris, primariorum

internorum et secundariorum pogoniis externis nitenti-eneo-

viridibus, secundariorum internorum apicibus latis niveis, a

colore eneo fascia nigra disjunctis ; subtus dilutior, in pectore

rubiginoso lavata, gutture albidiore, ventris plumis fusco obsolete

transfasciatis ; rostro nigricante, pedibus flavis: long. tota

15°5, ale 7, caude 3°3, tarsi 1:2, rostri a rictu 1°8.

Hab. Guiana (Schomb.) ; Rio Brancho (Natt.) ; Rio San Fran-

cisco (Spiv); 8. E. Brazil (Zax. et Burm.); S. Paulo and Mato-

grosso (Natt.); Bolivia (Pearce) ; Paraguay (Azara) ; Buenos

Ayres (Hudson) ; Parana and Tucuman (Burm.) ; Magellan Straits

(Darwin).

This Duck seems to be very widely extended in Eastern South

America from the north down to the extreme south. Schomburgk

found it abundant in the marshy savannas of British Guiana; and

Natterer obtained specimens on the Rio Brancho, In 8.E. Brazil

it is said by Prince Maximilian to be the commonest species of Duck.

According to Azara, Q. brasiliensis is much more abundant in Para-

guay than in Buenos Ayres. It is usually seen in pairs, but some-

times in flocks of twenty, associating with other Ducks. He adds

that it moults in May and nests in August.

Burmeister says this species is very common on the Parana and in

all marshes and lagoons of the northern districts. It is also common

at Tucuman. Mr. Darwin obtained specimens from Buenos Ayres in

October, and from the Straits of Magellan in February.

Gay has inserted this species (like many others) in his list of Chilian

birds; but Philippi and Landbeck (Cat. Av. Chil. p. 42) state

that so far as they know it does not occur in that Republic. Gay’s

specimen was probably from Bolivia, whence Salvin has obtained an

example.

Genus 7. Daria. Type.

Dafila, Stephens, G. Z. xii. pt. 2, p. 126 (1824).. D. acuta.

Phasianurus, Wagler, Isis, 1832, p. 1235 ......D. acuta.

Peecilonetta, Kyton, Mon. Anat. p. 32 (1838).... D. bahamensis.

Three Pintails are met with in the Neotropical Region. One of

these is the well-known European bird which penetrates in winter into

the northern portion of the region ; the others are endemic southern

species, one of which is sometimes separated as generically distinct.

1. DAaFILA ACUTA.

Anas acuta, Linn. S. N. i. p. 202 (1766).

Dafila acuta, Baird, B. of N. Am. p. 776; Cab. J. fiir Orn. 1857,

392 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON (Apr. 4,

p- 227 (Cuba); Scl. P. Z.S. 1857, p. 206 (Jalapa, Mexico) ; Scl.

et Salv. Ibis, 1859, p. 231 (Guatemala), et Nomencl. Av. Neotr.

p. 130; March, Pr. Ac. Phil. 1864, p. 71 (Jamaica); Lawr. Ann.

Lyc. N. Y. viii. p. 13 (Panama), et ix. (1868) p. 143 (Costa Rica) ;

Mem. Bost. Soc. N. H. ii. p. 314 (Mexico); Gundl. Repert. F.-N.

i. p. 388, et J. fiir Orn. 1875, p. 378 (Cuba).

Hab. Cuba (Gundlach); Jamaica (March); Mexico, Jalapa

(Sallé); Mazatlan (Grayson); Coahuaha (Xantus) ; Belize (Salvin) ;

Guatemala, Duenas (Salvin) ; Costa Rica (Lawrence) ; Panama

( M‘Leannan).

In Cuba the Pintail is very common on passage during the winter

and autumnal months. It also occurs in Jamaica in numbers as a

winter visitant. It was seen at Belize by Salvin, and is a common

visitor to the Lake of Duenas in winter. Its furthest recorded loca-

lity south appears to be the isthmus of Panama, where M‘Leannan

found it.

2. DAFILA SPINICAUDA.

Pato cola aguda, Az. Apunt. no. 429 (Buenos Ayres), undé

Anas spinicauda, Vieill. N. D. v. p. 135 (1816) et Ene. Méth.

p- 356; Burm. La Plata-Reise, ii. p. 515; Schl. Mus. de P.-B.

Anseres, p. 39.

Erismatura spinicauda, Hartl. Ind. Az. p. 27; Pelz. Orn. Bras.

p. 321 (1870).

Dafila spinicauda, Sel. P. Z. 8. 1870, p. 665, t. xxxviti. (Chil1) ;

Scl. & Salv. P. Z.S. 1868, p. 146 (Rep. Arg.), 1869, p. 157 (Tinta,

Peru), et Nomencl. Av. Neotr. p. 130.

Anas oryura, Meyen, Nov. Act. xiv. Suppl. p. 122 (1833) ;

Merrem, Ersch. & Gruber’s Enc. sect. i. vol. xxxv. p. 43 ; Gay, Faun.

Chil. p. 449 (1848); Cassin, Gilliss’s Exp. ii. p. 202 (1856); Burm. La

Plata-Reise, ii. p. 515 (Mendoza) ; Scl. P. Z. S. 1867, p. 335 (Chili) ;

Ph. & Landb. Cat. Av. Chil. p. 41.

Dafila urophasianus, Scl. P. Z. 8. 1860, p. 389 (Falklands) ;

Abbott, Ibis, 1861, p. 160 (Falklands).

Dafila sp.? Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1868, p. 189 (Sandy Point).

Anas caudacuta, Burm. J. fiir Orn. 1860, p. 266 (Mendoza).

Supra fusca, plumis in centro nigricantibus fusco circumdatis ;

pileo lete rufescente nigro punctulato ; alis extus fuscis, spe-

culo alari amplo eneo-nigro, fascia lata cervina utrinque margi-

nato ; subtus pectore et hypochondriis cum crisso rufescentibus,

plumis in centro nigris ; gutture sordide albo parce nigro punc-

tato; ventre albo in parte inferiore fusco obsolete variegato ;

rostro nigro, mandibula ad basin utrinque flava ; pedibus plum-

beis: long. tota 19°0, ale 9°7, caude rectr. med. 5:5, ext. 3,

rostri a rictu 2°3, tarsi 1*6. Fem. mari similis.

Hab. 8. Brazil, S. Paulo ( Natt.) ; Monte Video (Sellow) ; Buenos

Ayres (dzara, Hudson); Rio Paranda et Mendoza (Burm.) ; Ma-

gellan Straits (Cunningh.); Falklands (Adéott); Chili (PAtl. et

Landb.); 8. Peru, Tinta (Whitely).

This Pintail has a wide distribution in Antarctic America, extend-

1876. | NEOTROPICAL ANATIDA. 393

ing from S. Brazil on one coast and the highlands of Peru on the

western side down to the Magellan Straits and the Falklands.

Azara, its original discoverer, gives no particulars respecting its

history, merely saying that he obtained four similar specimens in

Buenos Ayres. It was procured in the adjoining State of Monte

Video by Sellow, and in the Brazilian province of Sao Paulo by

Natterer. Burmeister says this Duck is not unfrequently found in the

lagoons bordering the Parana. In his ‘ La Plata-Reise’ he distin-

guishes a western race from the vicinity of Mendoza, for which he

adopts Meyen’s term oxyura. But after comparing eastern and

western specimens together, we are of opinion that they belong to

one species.

In Chili Philippi and Landbeck say that this is the commonest

species of Duck. Inthe Falkland Islands it occurs rather sparingly

in the freshwater ponds of the interior, where it resides throughout

the year. ‘The species is also found on the adjoining coast of Pata-

gonia; and the specimen in Dr. Cunningham’s collection left unde-

termined in our first list of his birds (‘ Ibis,’ 1868, p. 189) certainly

belongs to it, though not in full plumage. Mr. Whitely has sent

several skins of this Dueck home from the Cuzcan Andes, obtained

on the lake of Tungasuca and on the river near Tinta.

3. DAFILA BAHAMENSIS.

Llathera Duck (Anas bahamensis), Catesby, Carolina, vol. i

p- 93, t. 93, undé

Anas bahamensis, Linn. 8. N. i. p. 199 (1766); Max. Beitr. iv.

p- 925 (S.E. Brazil) ; Burm. Syst. Ueb. ii. p. 436; J. fiir Orn.

1860, p. 266, et La Plata-Reise, 1. p. 515 (Uruguay); Schl. Mus.

des P.-B. Anseres, p. 55. _

Dafila bahamensis, Hartl. Ind. Az. p. 27 (1847) ; Cab. in Schom-

burgk’s Guiana, ill. p. 763 ; Gay, Faun. Chil. vol. i. p. 448 (1848) ;

Cassin, Gilliss’s Exp. ii. p. 203 (1856) ; Scl. P. Z.S. 1867, p. 335

(Chili); Ph. & Landb. Cat. Av. Chil. p. 41; Scl. & Salv. P. Z.S.

1868, p. 146 (Rep. Arg.), 1870, p. 323 (Galapagos), et Nom. Av.

Neotr. p. 130; Pelz. Orn. Bras. p. 320 (1870) ; Salvin, Trans. Zool.

Soc. iv. p. 499.

Pecilonetta bahamensis, Eyton,. Mon. Anat. p. 116 (1838) ;

Sclater, P. Z.S. 1860, p. 389 (Falklands) ; Darwin, Voy. Beagle, iii.

p. 135 (Galapagos Islands) ; Abbott, Ibis, 1861, p. 160 (Falklands).

Anas fimbriata, Merrem, Ersch. Us Gril Ene) sect. i. vol. xxxv.

p- 35 (ex Azara).

‘Anas urophasianus, Vig. Zool. Journ. iv. p. 357 (1829); Zool.

Beechey’s Voy. p. 31, t. 14.

Dafila urophasianus, Eyton, Mon. Anat. p. 112, t. 20 (1838).

Anas ilathera, Vieill, Ene. Méth. p. 152 (1823), ex Brisson,

Orn. iv. p. 360.

Pato pico aplomado y roxo, Az. Apunt. no. 433 (Buenos Ayres),

unde

Anas rubrirostris, Vieill. N. D. v. p. 108 (1816), et Enc. Méth.

p. 353 (1823).

394 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON (Apr. 4,

Rufescenti-fusca, plumis in centro nigricantibus ; dorso postico

nigricante ; tectricibus caudeé superioribus cum cauda cervinis,

rectricibus mediis dilutioribus ; alis obscure schistaceo-nigris,

speculo lete eneoviridi, supra et subtus fascia saturate cervina

marginato et fascia altera subterminali subtus ornato ; secun-

dariorum intimorum marginibus externis cervinis, cum speculi

marginibus concoloribus ; subtus fuscescenti-cervina, omnino ob-

solete nigro guttata, gutture toto cum genis et cervice antica pure

albis ; rostro nigro, macula ad basin utrinque rubra ; pedibus

fuscis : long. tota 18:0, ale 8°4, caude rectr. med. 5, ext. 2°8,

tarsi 1°5, rostri a rictu 1°9. Fem. mari similis.

Hab. British Guiana (Schomd.) ; Praia de Cajutuba, near Para

(Natt.); S.E. Brazil (Maz. et Burm.); Buenos Ayres (dAzara et

Burm.); Patagonia (Darwin, King); Falklands (Abdott); Chili

(Ph. et Landb.); Galapagos (Darwin et Habel).

Linnezeus established his Anas bahamensis upon the Iathera Duck

of Catesby, of which that author tells us a single specimen was

procured in the Bahama Islands. Catesby’s figure most undoubtedly

represents the present species ; but if his locality is correct, the bird

obtained was probably a straggler, as we have no other authentic

record of its occurrence north of Guiana, where Schomburgk noticed

it in flocks on the mouths of the rivers. Azara obtained two speci-

mens of this Duck in a lagoon on the pampas of Buenos Ayres ;

and Darwin records it from Bahia Blanea in Northern Patagonia.

Burmeister says it is spread abundantly over the whole of Brazil in

ponds and marshes, and that it is nearly the commonest species of

Duck there. He also observed it numerous in the La-Plata district,

as well as on the Rio Uruguay. It is also common near Buenos

Ayres, and is often seen exposed for sale in the market. On the

Parana and further westwards Burmeister did not observe it.

In Chili it is of uncertain occurrence, some years there being none

to be seen, whilst in others it appears in plenty. Philippi and Land-

beck remark that it is also found in Peru; but we have not yet seen

examples from that locality. Mr. Darwin procured one specimen

from a small salt-water lagoon in the Galapagos archipelago in the

month of October; and Dr. Habel also obtained three individuals

in that group of islands, and says it is not uncommon there. In

the Falkland Islands it appears as a straggler from the mainland.

Genus 8. Mareca. Type.

Mareca, Stephens, G. Z. xii. pt. 2, p. 130 (1824).. M. penelope.

Two Widgeons oecur within the limits of the Neotropical Region,

one of which is a winter migrant from the north, the other a pecu-

liar Antarctic species of rather abnormal form.

1. MARECA AMERICANA.

Le Canard jensen, Buff. Pl. Enl. 955, unde

Anas americana, Gm. 8. N. p 526 (1738).

Mareca americana, Steph. G. Z. xii. pt. 2, p. 135; Baird, B. of

N. Am. p. 783; Cab. J. fiir Orn. 1857, p. 227 (Cuba); Sel. &

1876. | NEOTROPICAL ANATID&. 395

Salv. Ibis, 1859, p. 231 (Guatemala), Nomencl. Av. Neotr. p. 130 ;

Newton, Ibis, 1860, p. 308 (St. Thomas); Salv. Ibis, 1865, p. 193;

March, Pr. Ac. Phil. 1864, p. 71 (Jamaica) ; Léot. Ois. Trin. p. 511

(Trinidad) ; Gund]. Repert. F.-N. i. p. 388, et J. fiir Orn. 1875,

p- 378 (Cuba); Lawr. Mem. Bost. Soc. N. H. it. p. 315 (Mexico).

Hab. Mexico (Grayson); Guatemala (Salvin) ; Cuba (Gundl.) ;

Jamaica (March); St. Thomas (Newton) ; Trinidad (Léotaud).

The American Widgeon is said to be very common in Cuba during

the annual migration from September to April. In Jamaica, too, it

is to be seen in all its forms and variety of plumage. Mr. Riise

procured specimens in St. Thomas; and Léotaud records it as a

regular winter visitant to Trinidad. In Central America it likewise

occurs in winter, having been found by Salvin in all the Guatemalan

lakes during that season.

2. MARECA SIBILATRIX.

Anas sibilatriz, Poeppig, Fror. Not. no. 529 (1829), p. 10

(Chili).

Anas chiloensis, King, P. Z. S. 1830-31, p. 15; Burm. J. fiir Orn.

1860, p. 227, et La Plata-Reise, 1. p. 517 (Mendoza) ; Schl. Mus.

P.-B. Anseres, p. 46.

Mareca chiloensis, Eyton, Mon. Anat. p. 117, t. xxi. (1838) ;

Hart]. Ind. Az. p. 27 (1847); Gay, Faun. Chil. p. 447 (1848);

Cassin, Gilliss’s Exp. ii. p. 201 (1856); Gould, P. Z. 8. 1859, p. 96

(Falklands); Phil. & Landb. Cat. Av. Chil. p. 41; Scl. P. ZS.

1860, p. 389 (Falklands); 1867, pp. 335 (Chili); 1870, p. 665

Chili; Scl. & Salv. P. Z,S8. 1869, p. 635 (Rep. Arg.); Ibis, 1869

p, 284 (Gregory Bay), et Nomencl. Av. Neotr. p. 130.

Pato pico pequeno, Az. Apunt. no. 432 (Buenos Ayres).

Anas parvirostris, Merr. Ersch, u. Grub. Ene. sect. i. vol. xxxv.

p. 43 (1841).

Supra nigra, in cervice also transfasciata, dorsi et scapularium

plumis albo utrinque marginatis ; pileo et genis pure albis, nucha

et cervice postica viridi-purpureo lucentibus ; alis fuscis, tectri-

cibus minoribus albis ; secundariis velutino-nigris ad basin albis ;

subtus alba, gutture et cervice antica nigricantibus, pectore supe-

riore nigro albo transfasciolato, hypochondriis ferrugineo lavatis ;

rostro et pedibus nigris: long. tota 20-0, ale 10°3, caude 4:3,

tarsi 1°4, rostri a rictu 1:6. Fem. mari similis sed paulo

obscurior.

Hab. Paraguay (Azara); Buenos Ayres and Mendoza (Burm.) ;

Falklands (Addott); Chiloe (King) ; Valdivia and Central Chili

(Phil. et Landb.).

Azara was the original describer of this fine Duck, from specimens

obtained in Buenos Ayres; but Vieillot appears to have missed

giving any Latin appellation to the species ; and it was first provided

with a scientific name by Poeppig, who gave an excellent description

of it in his “ Fragmenta Zoologica Itineris Chilensis,” published in

Froriep’s ‘Notizen’ for July 1829. This was two years before

Capt. King’s term chiloensis (usually employed for this species) ap-

396 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON (Apr. 4,

peared ; and we have consequently found it necessary to revert to

the older name.

This Duck is found near Mendoza, according to Burmeister, at the

foot of the Cordilleras in the lagoons and rivers. It also occurs in

the lakes of the Pampas and near Buenos Ayres, where birds are

often sold in the market. In Southern Chili and Valdivia, as stated

by Philippi and Landbeck, it is a rare species, but is more common in

the central provinces. It is one of the wildest and searcest birds in

East Falkland. Capt. Abbott never found its nest, but says that

young ones were seen in a pond near Port Louis in January.

Genus 9. SPATULA. Type.

Spatula, Boies sis 822, 9. O03.1 « sustsc-ueseneeiesit S. clypeata.

Rhynchaspis, Stephens, G. Z. xii. pt. 2, p.114(1824). 8. elypeata.

Two Shovellers are likewise found within Neotropical boundaries.

One of them is a northern immigrant, only met with in the Antilles ;

the other a fine well-marked southern endemic species.

1. SPATULA CLYPEATA.

Anas clypeata, Linn. S. N. 1. p. 200 (1766).

Spatula clypeata, Boie, Isis, 1822, p.564; Baird, B. N. Am. p.781;

Sel. & Salv. Ibis, 1859, p. 231 (Guatemala), et Nom. Av. Neotr.

p- 130; Scl. P. Z. S. 1862, p. 20 (Mexico); Newton, Ibis, 1860,

p- 308 (St. Thomas) ; March, Pr. Ac. Phil. 1864, p. 71 (Jamaica) ;

Gundl. Repert. F.-N.i. p. 389, et J. fir Orn. 1875, p. 379 (Cuba) ;

Léot. Ois. Trin. p. 518 (1866) (Trinidad) ; Lawr. Mem. Bost. Soc.

N. H. ii. p. 314 (Mexico).

Rhynchaspis clypeata, Cab. J. fir Orn. 1857, p. 228 (Cuba).

Hab. Mexico (Boucard, Grayson); Guatemala (Salvin) ; Cuba

(Gundlach) ; Jamaica (March).

In Cuba, according to Dr. Gundlach, the Shoveller is a regular

winter visitant, remaining from September to April. It also appears

in Jamaica in considerable numbers. In Mexico it has been found

at Guaymas and Mazatlan, as well as in S. Mexico. In Guatemala

it is common in winter.

- 2, SPATULA PLATALEA.

Pato espatulato, Az. Apunt. no. 431 (Buenos Ayres), undé

Anas platalea, Vieill. N. D. v. p. 157 (1816), et Enc. Méth. p. 357

(1823); Burm. La Plata-Reise, ii. p. 517 (Panama and Buenos

Ayres) ; Schl. Mus. des P.-B. Anseres, p. 39.

Spatula platalea, Hartl. Ind. Az. p. 27; Sel. P. Z. S. 1867,

p. 335 (Chili); Scl. & Salv. P. Z.S. 1868, p. 145 (Buenos Ayres),

et Nomencl. Av. Neotr. p. 130.

Rhynchaspis maculatus, Gould, MS.; Jard. & Selb. Ill. Orn.

t. 147; Eyton, Mon. Anat. p. 134 (1838); Phil. & Landb. Cat.

Av. Chil. p. 43.

Dafila cesio-scapulata, Reich. Natat. tab. li. f. 180; Bibra,

1876. | NEOTROPICAL ANATIDE. 397

Denkschr. Ak. Wien, v. p. 131 (1853), et J. fiir Orn. 1855, p. 57

(Chili).

Rhynchaspis mexicana, Licht. Nomencel. p. 102 (descr. nulla) (?).

Supra et subtus rufescens, nigro guttata, capite et cervice undique

dilutioribus et maculis minutis aspersis; uropygio nigro; dorso

postico nigricante rufo undulato ; alis fusco-nigris, tectricibus

minoribus ceruleis, intermediis albis ; secundartis extus eneis

viridi nitentibus, scapularibus et secundariis dorsi proximis

linea scapum occupante alba ornatis; crisso nigro; cauda

JSusca, rectricibus lateralibus extus albo marginatis ; rostro (in

pelle) obscuro; pedibus flavis: long. tota 20°5, ale 8-0,

caude 4°5, tarsi 1:4, rostri a rictu 2°7. Fem. supra nigri-

canti-fusca, plumarum marginibus cervino-rufis; tectricibus

alarum minoribus cerulescente lavatis ; subtus cervino-rufes-

cens nigro variegata et obsolete punctata ; gula fere imma-

culata, crassitie minore.

Hab. Buenos Ayres (Azara § Hudson); Parana (Burm. ); Chili

(Phil. § Landb.); Falklands (Leconte).

According to Azara this species of Shoveller is found both in

Paraguay and in Buenos Ayres. Burmeister also met with it on the

Parana and near Buenos Ayres. In Chili Philippi and Landbeck

state that it is common in the central provinces, but rarer towards

the south. Mr. Darwin obtaind his specimen of this Shoveller from

the Rio de La Plata; whence also the one described in Jardine and

Selby’s ‘Illustrations of Ornithology,’ under the name of Rhyn-

chaspis maculatus, was procured by Mr. Gould.

A female of this species, in Salvin and Godman’s collection, was

obtained in the Falklands by Leconte when he went to obtain living

Sea-lions in 1867.

Genus 10. Arx. Type.

Aix, Boié, Isis, 1828, p. 329 . 5 sponsa.

Dendronessa, Sw Faun. Bor. -Am. ‘Birds, p. 497 (1831). A . sponsa.

Lampronessa, Wraster;: Isis S S325 pu. 282 esc. ne A. sponsa.

Aix is an Arctic form, the American species of which has dif-

fused itself as far south as Cuba and Jamaica.

AIX SPONSA.

Anas sponsa, Linn. S. N.i. p. 207 (1766).

Aix sponsa, Boié, Isis, 1828, p. 329; Baird, B. of N. Am. p. 785;

Gundl. J. fiir Orn. 1857, p. 226, Repert. F.-N. i. p. 389, et J. fiir

Orn. 1875, p. 381 (Cuba); March, Pr. Ac. Phil. 1864, p. 71 (Jamaica);

Sel. & Salv. Nom. Av. Neotr. p. 130; Lawr. Mem. Bost. Soe. ii. p. 315

(Mexico).

Hab. Mexico (débert) ; Cuba (Gundl.); Jamaica (March).

A resident species in Cuba, frequenting shady lagoons. It nests

in the island; but at what time of year Dr. Gundlach had not ascer-

tained. In Jamaica it is very rare. Mr. Lawrence gives Col. Abert

as the authority for its occurrence near Mazatlan, Mexico,

398 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON fApr. 4;

Subfamily 1V. FuLriGULIN«.

The Sea-ducks are essentially arctic in their distribution. One

peculiar form only (Micropterus) occurs on the coast of Antarctic

America. A second form (Metopiana), though belonging to this

group, seems to be only met with on fresh water.

Genus 1. Mreroprana. Type.

Metopiana, Bp. C. R. xhii. p. 146 (1856) ...... M. peposaca.

Some authors have been inclined to associate this peculiar Duck

with the Anatine ; but though it is, we believe, strictly an inhabitant

of fresh water, and has not the lobated hind toe of the typical Fuli-

gulinee, it possesses their peculiarity in the structure of the trachea,

as mentioned by Burmeister (La-Plata Reise, ii. p. 518), and as

recently described and figured by Garrod (P. Z. S. 1875, p. 154).

METOPIANA PEPOSACA.

Pato negrizco ala blanca, Az. Apunt. no. 430 (Paraguay and

Buenos Ayres), unde

Anas peposaca, Vieill. N. D. v. p. 132 (1816), et Enc. Méth.

p- 357 (1823); Hartl. Ind. Az. p. 27; Burm. Ia Plata-Reise, ii.

p- 518, J. fiir Orn. 1860, p. 227 (Parana).

Fuligula peposaca, Schl. Mus. des P.-B. dnseres, p. 31.

Anas metopias, Poppig, Fror. Notiz. no. 529, p. 9 (1829).

Fuligula metopias, Gay, Faun. Chil. p. 456 (1848); Hart.

Naum. 1853, p. 217; Cassin, Guilliss’s Exp. ii. p. 204, t. xxvii.

(1856) Chili; Scl. P. Z.S. (1867), 335; Reich. Nat. t. celxxxv.

f. 2350; Phil. & Landb. Cat. Av. Chil. p. 43.

Metopiana peposaca, Bp. C. R. xlui. p. 146 (1856) ; Sel. & Salv.

P. Z. 8. 1868, p. 146 (Buenos Ayres), et Nom. Av. Neotr. p. 130;

Scl. P. Z. S. 1870, p. 666, t. 37; Garrod, P. Z: S. 1875, p. 154.

Anas albipennis, Licht. MS.

Nigra, in dorso minutissime albo irrorata, cervice postica et

capite superiore toto nitore purpureo indultis; secundariis

albis, nigro terminatis et tectricibus nigris obtectis, speculum

album efficientibus ; primariis grisescenti-albis, horum quatuor

externis in pogonio exteriore et omnium apicibus nigris ; ventre

toto yriseo et albo minutissime vermiculato; crisso albo ;

rostro rosaceo, ad basin tumido; pedibus flavis: long. tota

19:0, ale 9°4, caude 2°8, tarsi 1:7, rostri a rictu 2°3. Fem.

supra brunnea, campterio et speculo alari albis; subtus alba,

pectore et hypochondriis rufescenti-brunneis, rostro obscuro,

pedibus corneis (Descr. exempl. ex Monte Video).

Hab. Paraguay (Azara); Buenos Ayres (Hudson) ; Monte Video

Johnston in Mus. S.-G.); Parana (Burm.); Chili (Phil. et Landb.).

This beautiful Duck was first obtained by Azara, who, however,

gives no details respecting it; but Burmeister tells us it is very

common on the Parana; and Mr. Hudson obtained specimens near

Buenos Ayres. In the central part of Chili, Philippi and Landbeck

state that it is common, but rare in the southern provinees.

1876.]} NEOTROPICAL ANATID. 399

Judging from the description of Prince Maximilian, his dnas

erythrophthalma (Beitr. iv. p. 929), as already suggested by Salvin

(Ibis, 1874, p. 319), would appear to be very closely allied to the

present species, if not identical with it. The male, as described,

seems to be in immature plumage. The female agrees tolerably

well with that of the present bird. Prince Maximilian obtained his

two specimens of 4. erythrophthalma in a small lake near Villa de

Belmonte, in S.E. Brazil, in the month of November. No subse-

quent travellers seem to have recognized the species so far north.

The Rosy-billed Duck has been successfully introduced into

Europe, and has bred on more than one occasion in our Gardens.

In the ‘ Proceedings’ for 1870 (J. s.¢.) Sclater has given an account

of it, and figures of both sexes from the living birds.

Genus 2. Funicuta. Type.

Branta, Boié, Isis, 1822, p. 564 (nec Scop.).. F. rufina.

Fuligula, Stephens, G. Z. xii. pt. 2, p187 .. F. rufina.

Callichen, Brehm, Vég. Deutschl. p. 921 (1831) F. rufina.

Fuliz,Sund.Vet.Ak. Handl.1835,p.129 (1836) = FPuligula.

Nyroca, Fleming *, Phil. of Zool. 1. D- 260(1822) F. leucophthalna.

Aythya, Boi, Isis, 1822, p. 564.. siren nhs L.CLANG.

Marila, Reichenb. Nat. Syst. p. ix. (1852) . . F. ferina.

~ Fuligula, as here considered, is a purely northern form, of which

five species occur in winter within the Neotropical Region.

1. FULIGULA MARILA.

Anas marila, Linn. 8. N.i. p. 196.

Fuligula mariia, Stephens, Zool. xii. p. 198.

Fuliz marila, Baird, B. N. A. p. 791; Lawrence, Mem. Bost. Soc.

N. H. ii. p. 315 (Mazatlan).

Hab. Mazatlan, Mexico (Grayson).

Col. Grayson found the Scaup near Mazatlan in the winter months.

2. FULIGULA AFFINIS.

Fuligula affinis, Eyton, Mon. Anat. p. 157 (1838); Gosse, B.

Jamaica, p. 408; Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1859, p. 231 (Guatemala)

Salv. P. Z.S. 1870, p. 219 (Veragua).

Fulix affinis, Baird, B. of N. Am. p. 791; Gundl. Repert. F.-N.

i. p. 390, et J. fiir Orn. 1875, p. 382 (Cuba); Lawr. Ann. Lyc. N.

Y. ix. (1868), p. 143 (Costa Rica); March, Pr. Ac. Phil. 1864, p. 71

(Jamaica) ; A. & KE. Newton, Ibis, 1859, p. 366 (St. Croix); Sel.

et Salv. Nom. Av. Neotr. p. 130; Lawr. Ann. Lyc. N. Y. ix. p. 210

(Yucatan), et Mem. Bost. Soc. N. H. ii. p. 315 (Mexico).

Fuligula mariloides, Cab. J. fur Orn. 1857, p. 230 (Cuba).

Fuligula marila, Jard. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xx. 1847, p. 377 (To-

bago); Léot. Ois.Trin. p. 522 (1866) (Trinidad).

Hab. Cuba (Gundlach) ; Jamaica (March); Tobago (Kirk);

* Fleming Bue Anas ferina first on the list; but 4. xyreca should be con-

sidered his type, if that bird is separated from Fwligula,

400 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON [Apr. 4,

Trinidad (Léotaud); Mexico (Grayson) ; Yucatan (Schott); Guate-

mala (Salvin); Costa Rica (v. Frantzius); Veragua (Arcé).

This Duck is rather rare in Cuba, but occurs during the autumnal

and winter months on passage on the large lagoons which are not

choked with high reeds. In Jamaica it is seen in considerable

numbers in winter. Mr. Kirk also records it from Tobago, but says

it is very rare; and Léotaud gives it as a frequent visitor to Tri-

nidad, where it arrives in November, and departs in April.

In Guatemala Salvin found it abundant on the lakes in winter ;

v. Frantzius obtained it in Costa Rica; and Arcé has sent specimens

from Veragua.

3. FuLIGULA COLLARIS.

Anas collaris, Donov. Brit. B. vi. t. 147 (1809).

Fuligula rufitorques, Gosse, B. Jamaica, p. 408; Sclater, P. Z.S.

1862, p. 20:

Fuligula collaris, Cab. J. fiir Orn. 1857, p. 230 (Cuba); Salv. &

Scl. Ibis, 1860, p. 277 (Guatemala).

Fuligula affinis, Scl. P. Z.S. 1859, p. 369 (err.).

Fuliz collaris, Baird, B. of N. Am. p. 792; March, Pr. Ac. Phil.

1864, p. 72 (Jamaica) ; Gundl. Repert. F.-N. i. p. 390, et J. fiir

Orn. 1875, p. 383 (Cuba) ; Lawr. Mem. Bost. Soc. N. H. ii. p. 315

(Mazatlan); Scl. et Salv. Nom. Av. Neotr. p. 130.

Hab. Cuba (Gundlach) ; Jamaica (March); E. Mexico (Bou-

card); N.W. Mexico (Grayson et Xantus); Guatemala (Salvin).

One of the commonest of the northern migrants in Cuba, where

it frequents open lagoons not choked with reeds. In Jamaica it is

rarely met with.

We have examined Mexican skins of this Duck collected by Bou-

card and De Oca; and Salvin found it on the lakes of Guatemala

sparingly in winter.

4. FULIGULA AMERICANA.

Fuligula americana, Eyton, Mon. Anat. p. 155 (1858).

Aythya americana, Baird, B. of N. Am. p. 793; Gosse, B. Ja-

maica, p. 408, et March, Pr. Ac. Phil. 1864, p. 72 (Jamaica) ; Scl.

et Salv. Nom. Av. Neotr. p. 130; Lawr. Mem. Bost. Soc. N. H. ii.

p- 315 (Mexico).

Hab. Jamaica (March); valley of Mexico (Le Strange); Mazatlan

(Grayson).

According to Mr. March this Pochard is not uncommon in

Jamaica in winter. We know of but few instances of its occur-

rence on the mainland within the limits of the Neotropical region.

Mr. Le Strange brought one specimen from the valley of Mexico ;

and Col. Grayson obtained it at Mazatlan.

5. FULIGULA VALISNERIA.

Anas valisneria, Wills. Am. Orn. viii. p. 105, t. 70 (1814).

Fuligula valisneria, Cab. J. fiir Orn. 1857, p. 230 (Cuba).

1876. | NEOTROPICAL ANATID#, 401

Aythya valisneria, Baird, B. of N. Am. p. 794; March, Pr. Ac.

Phil. 1864, p. 72 (Jamaica) ; Salv. Ibis, 1866, p. 198 (Guatemala) ;

Gundl. Repert. F.-N. i. p. 390, et J. fir Orn. 1875, p. 382 (Cuba) ;

Scl. et Salv. Nom. Av. Neotr. p. 130; Lawr. Mem. Bost. Soc. N. H.

li. p. 315 (Mexico).

Hab. Cuba (Gundlach) ; Jamaica (March); Mexico (Grayson) ;

Guatemala (Salvin).

An occasional winter visitant in Cuba, having been observed by

Dr. Gundlach in some numbers in 1839 and 1850. Mr. March

says that it is sometimes found in Jamaica in company with the

Pintail. Col. Grayson found it at Mazatlan.

Salvin once killed a single specimen of the Canvas-back on the

Lake of Duefas; but this is the only instance of its occurrence so far

south that we are acquainted with.

Genus 3. CLANGULA. Type.

Olangula, Fleming, Phil. of Zool. i. p. 260 (1822) C. glaucion*.

Glaucion, Kaup, Nat. Syst. p. 53 (1829)........ C. glaucion.

Bucephala, Baird, B. of N. A. p. 796 (1860).... C. albeola.

Clangula is another high northern genus, of which two species

have been casually met with just within the confines of the Neotro-

pical Region.

1. CLANGULA GLAUCION.

Anas clangula et A. glaucion, Linn. 8. N. i. p. 201.7

Clangula americana, Cab. J. fiir Orn. 1857, p. 230 (Cuba).

Bucephala americana, Baird, B. of N. Am. p. 796; Lawr. Mem,

Bost. Soc. N. H. ii. p. 315 (Mexico).

Hab. Cuba (Lembeye) ; Mexico (Grayson).

Dr. Gundlach tells us that Lembeye delieved ke had seen an ex-

ample of the Golden-eye on a pool in Cuba, but was not able to

get it. We observe that Dr. Gundlach omits this species altogether

in his ‘ Revista,’ and still more recently published notes in the

‘ Journal fiir Ornithologie’ (1875). It may, however, find a place

in this paper on the authority of Col. Grayson, who shot it at

Mazatlan.

2. CLANGULA ALBEOLA.

Anas albeola, Linn. 8. N.i. p. 199 (1766).

Clangula albeola, Bp. Comp. List, p.58; Cab. J. fiir Orn. 1857,

p. 230 (Cuba).

Bucephala albeola, Baird, B. of N. Am. p. 797; Gundl. Repert.

F.-N. i. p. 390, et J. fiir Orn. 1875, p. 383 (Cuba).

Hab. Cuba (Gundlach).

A specimen of this Duck has been once observed in the market of

Havana, and was procured by Gundlach.

* Fleming, it is true, puts Azas glacialis first in his list; but 4. elangula is

obviously his type, and therefore we do not use Baird’s term Bucephala,

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1876, No. XXVI. 26

402 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON [Apr. 4,

Genus 4. Gi pEMIA.

Oedemia, Fleming, Phil. of Zool. ii. p. 260 (1822).

One species only of this northern group is recorded to have been

obtained within our limits.

CEDEMIA PERSPICILLATA.

Anas perspicillata, Linn. 8. N.i. p. 201 (1766).

(Edemia perspicillata, Baird, B. of N. Am. p. 806; March, Pr.

Ac. Phil. 1864, p. 72 (Jamaica); Scl. et Salv. Nom. Av. Neotrp.

p. 130.

Hab. Jamaica (Gosse).

The Surf-scoter has been obtained in Jamaica, according to

Gosse, only once. March also says it is very rare.

Genus 5. TACHYERES. Type.

Micropterus, Less. Traité d’Orn. p. 630 (1831) .. T. cinereus.

Tachyeres, Owen, Trans. Zool. Soc. ix. p. 254 (1875). 7. cinereus.

This is a peculiar Antarctic type, rather questionably placed with

the other Fuligulinee *.

TACHYERES CINEREUS.

Anas cinereus, Gm. S. N. p. 506 (1788), ex Pernety (Falklands).

Micropterus cinereus, Gay, Faun. Chil. p. 457 (1848); Gould,

P. Z. 8. 1859, p. 96 (Falklands); Phil. & Landb. Cat. Av. Chil.

p- 43; Sel. P. Z. S. 1860, p. 389 (Falklands); Scl. & Salv. Ibis,

1868, p. 189 (Sandy Point), 1870, p. 499 (Gallegos river), et Nom.

Ay. Neotr. p. 130; Cunningham, Ibis, 1868, p. 127.

Fuligula cinerea, Schl. Mus. des P.-B., Anseres, p. 13.

Anas brachyptera, Lath. Ind. Orn. ii. p. 834; Q. & G. Voy. Uran.

p. 139, t. 39.

Micropterus brachypterus, Eyton, Mon. Anat. p. 144 (1838) ;

Darwin, Voy. Beagle, iii. p. 136 (1841).

Oidemia patachonica, King, P. Z. 8. 1830-31, p. 15.

Micropterus patachonicus, Eyton, Mon. Anat. p. 143 (1838) ; Sel.

P. Zn S180); . 46,

Tachyeres brachypterus, Owen, Trans. Zool. Soc. ix. p. 204.

Grisescenti-brunneus ; pectore, hypochondriis, scapularibus et

dorso antico cinereo maculatis ; gutture rufescente ; stria post-

oculari et fascia alari albis; abdomine toto clare aibo; alis

et cauda pure griseis, hujus rectricibus duabus mediis elongatis

retrorsum curvatis + long. tota 27:0, al@ 10°8, caud@ 4:5, tarsi

2°4, dig. med. 4:0, rostr. 2°7.

Hab. Falklands (Pernety, Abbott) ; Magellan Straits (Cunning-

ham); Chili, Valdivia (Ph. e¢ Landb.).

This peculiar Sea-duck, originally discovered in the Falklanu

Islands, is found also on the west coast of S. America, according to

Philippi and Landbeck, from the Straits of Magellan as far north as

Valdivia in Chili.

* Of. Eyton, Mon. Anat. p. 51,

1876. } NEOTROPICAL ANATIDE. 403

Mr. Darwin, in describing its habits, says that its wings are too

small and weak to allow of flight, but that by their aid, partly swim-

ming and partly flapping the surface of the water, it is enabled to

move very quickly. He adds that he is nearly sure that it moves

its wings alternately instead of, as in the case of other birds, both

together. It.is able to dive only a short distance. It feeds on mol-

lusks, obtained from floating kelp and tidal rocks.

Dr. Cunningham remarks that the Loggerhead Duck is very

plentiful in the eastern part of the Straits of Magellan, and that it

also occurs in abundance at the Falkland Islands. He adds that the

bird is exceedingly hard to kill.

In the latter islands Capt. Abbott found them in great numbers,

where they breed along the coast. The nests are readily found by

searching the shore just opposite where the male bird is seen swim-

ming by himself. The old female flutters off to the water, being

quite unable to fly. It lays from the end of September to the end

of November, making its nest in the long grass or a bush of some

kind. The usual complement of eggs is seven, as many as nine

being sometimes found.

The “ Flying Loggerhead”’ is probably the young bird of this

species, though it would appear from Capt. Abbott’s remarks that it

breeds when still able to fly; for one flew out of a nest that he

found, high up into the air. Capt. Abbott considers the flying bird

distinct ; but Dr. Cunningham’s view seems to be the correct one,

viz. that ‘‘the so-called M. patachonicus is only the young of M.

cinereus, the peculiarity being that the power of flight departs from

the bird as it grows old”’ *.

The anatomy of this Duck is fully described in Dr. Cunningham’s

memoir in the Society’s ‘ Transactions.’

Subfamily V. ERISMATURINAE.

Genus ERISMATURA. Type.

Ozyura, Bp. Syn. N. A. Birds, p. 390 (1828) ...... E. rubida.

Gymnura, Nuttall, Man. Ornith. ii. p. 426 (1834) .. EB. rubida.

Undine, Gould, B. of Eur. vol. v. pl. 383 (1836) .. &. mersa.

Erismatura, Bp. Comp. List, p. 59 (1838) ........ EL). mersa.

Cerconectes, Wagler, Ibis, 1832, p. 282............ E. mersa.

Bythonessa, Gloger, Handb. d. Nat. p. 472 (1842).. 2. mersa.

Of the three species of this quasi-cosmopolitan group one is only

found in the northern part of the Neotropical region, a second is very

widely spread in tropical America, and the third may be regarded as

an Antarctic form.

1. ERISMATURA RUBIDA.

Anas rubida, Wils. Am. Orn. vii. p. 128, t. 81 (1814).

Evrismatura rubida, Bp. Comp. List, p. 59; Baird, Bird of N. A.

p. 811; Eyton. Mon. Anat. p. 171; Gundl. Repert. F.-N.i. p. 390,

et J. fiir Orn. 1875, p. 384 (Cuba); Cab. J. fiir Orn. 1857, p. 230

* See P. Z. 8S. 1871, p. 262, and Trans. Zool. Soe. vii. 493.

404 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON [Apr. 4,

(Cuba); Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1859, p. 231 (Guatemala) et Nom. Av.

Neotr. p. 136; Scl. P. Z. 8S. 1859, p. 393 (Mexico); Lawr. Mem.

Boston Soe. N. H. ii. p. 315 (Mexico).

Biziura rubida, Schl. Mus. des P.-B., Anseres, p. 11.

Jamaica Shoveler, Lath. Syn. iii. pt. 2, p. 513, undé

Anas jamaicensis, Gm. 8. N. i. p. 529; Lath. Ind. p. 857, et

Vieill. Enc. Méth. p. 127 (1823) (?).

Hab. Cuba (Gundlach); Mexico, Oaxaca (Boucard); Tepic

(Grayson) ; Guatemela, Lake of Duenas (Sa/vin).

Although certainly resident in Cuba, this is a rare species. Dr.

Gundlach has found it only in the neighbourhood of Havana.

Salvin met with it breeding on the Lake of Duenas in Guatemala,

where it is the only Duck resident throughout the year. He ob-

served that it diminished in numbers during the period of the spring

migration. It builds in May amongst the reeds on the margin of

the lake, making a nest of dead flag with a little down. The eggs

are rough in texture, and much resemble those of the European

i. mersa.

2. ERISMATURA FERRUGINEA.

Erismatura ferruginea, Eyton, Mon. Anat. p. 170 (1838) (Chili) ;

Gray, List Galline &e. (1844), p. 146; Gray & Mitch. Gen. B.

t. 169 (1844) ; Bridges, P. Z. S. 1843, p. 119 (Lake of Quintero,

Chili); Gay, Faun. Chil. p. 458 (1848); Bibra, Denksch. Ak.

Wien, v. p. 131, et J. fiz Orn. 1855, p. 57; Cassin, Gilliss’s Exp.

ii. p. 204; Phil. & Landb. Cat. Av. Chil. p. 43, et 1872, p. 549

(Rio Negro); Sel. P. Z.S. 1867, p. 335 (Chili) ; Scl. & Salv. P. Z.8.

1868, p.177 (S. Peru), et Nom. Av. Neotr. p. 131; Burm. P. Z.S.

1872, p. 369; Taczanowski, P. Z.S. 1874, p. 554.

Biziura ferruginea, Schl. Mus. des P.-B., Anseres, p. 10.

Erismatura vittata, Ph. & Landb. Wiegm. Arch. 1860, p. 26

(Chili) ; Sel. P. Z.S. 1867, p. 335.

Erismatura cyanorhyncha, Licht. M.S. (teste Burmeister).

Supra castanea, capite et collo toto nigris ; alis et cauda fuscis ;

subtus sordide alba, fusco irrorata, pectore et hypochondrits

castaneis corpore concoloribus ; rostro ceruleo, pedibus fuscis :

long. tota 16°0, ale 5:5, caude 3°8, tarsi 1*2, rostri a rictu 1:6.

Fem. fusca, cervino (precipue in dorso et pileo) irregulariter

transfasciata; vitta suboculari aibida ; subtus sordide alba,

fusco (precipue in pectore et in hypochondriis) transvittata.

Hab. Central Peru (Nation, Jelski); 8. Peru (Whitely); Chili

(Bridges, Phil. et Landb.); Buenos Ayres (Burm.); Rio Negro

(Hudson).

This Lrismatura was first obtained in Chili by Mr. C. Crawley,

and described by Eyton from his specimens in the British Museum.

Philippi and Landbeck state it is common on all the lakes of the

Central Provinces. They at one time described the female as of a dit-

ferent species (Z. vittata), but subsequently acknowledged their error

(see P. Z.S. 1868, p. 531). From Chili this species spreads north-

1876. | NEOTROPICAL ANATIDE, 405

wards along the Andes as far as Central Peru, where Jelski observed

it breeding on the Lake of Junin, and obtained skins and eggs. It

likewise crosses the Andes into the Argentine Republic, as Bur-

meister met with it onthe Laguna Matanza, near Buenos Ayres, and

Mr. Hudson collected examples on the Rio Negro.

3. ERisMATURA DOMINICA.

Anas querquedula dominicensis, Briss. Orn. vi. p.472(S. Domingo),

unde -

Anas dominica, Linn. 8S. N. i. p. 201 (1766); Max. Beitr. iv.

p- 938 (Bahia); Burm. Syst. Ueb. ui. p. 439 (Lakes of S.E.

Brazil).

Erismatura dominica, Eyton, Mon. Anat. p. 172 (1838); Cab.

J. fir Orn. 1857, p. 231 (Cuba) ; Gundl. Repert. F.-N.i. p. 391,

et J. fiir Orn. 1875, p. 384 (Cuba); A. & E. Newton, Ibis, 1859,

p. 367 (St. Croix?); Scl. P.Z.S. 1857, p. 206 (Jalapa), et 1860,

p. 254 (Orizaba); Léot. Ois. Trin. p. 525 (1866) (Trinidad); Pelz.

Orn. Bras. p. 520 (1870) ; Reinh. Fugl. Bras. Camp. p. 20 (1870)

(Lagoa dos Pitos); Lee, Ibis, 1873, p. 137 (Entrerios); Lawr. Mem.

Boston Soc. N. H. ii. p. 316 (Mexico).

Biziura dominica, Schl. Mus. des P.-B. Anseres, p. 9.

Sarcelle de la Guadeloupe, Buff. Pl. Enl. 967 (2), undé

Anas spinosa, Gm. 8. N. i. p. 522 (1788) (Cayenne et Guiana) ;

D’Orb. in La Sagra’s Cuba, Aves, p. 201 (Cuba et Bolivia).

Erismatura spinosa, Gosse, Birds Jam. p. 404 (Jamaica).

* Krismatura ortygoides, Hill,’ Gosse, Birds Jam. p. 406, et Il,

plete:

Ferruginea, nigro variegata et maculata; pileo nigro, vitta super-

eiliart et altera suboculari, cum mento et genis infimis, albidis

nigro punctatis ; alis fuscis plaga magna secundariorum alba ;

cauda nigra; abdomine sordide albo rufescente irrorato; axil-

laribus pure albis; rostro ceruleo, pedibus nigris: long. tota

13:0, ale 5°5, caude 3°8, tarsi 1-0, rostri a rictu 1°5. Fem.

Susco-nigra, dorso cervino maculato ; capitis lateribus et cor-

pore subtus cervinis, illo nigro bivittato; pectore nigro varie-

gato.

Hab. Cuba (Gundlach) ; 8. Domingo (Briss.); Jamaica (Gosse) ;

S. Croix (Newton) ; Trinidad (Léotaud); Mexico, Jalapa (Sallé) ;

Tepie (Grayson); Veragua (drcé) ; 8.B. Brazil (Max. et Burm.) ;

Mattodentro et Sao Paulo (Natt.); Uruguay (Se/low); Entrerios

(Lee); Bolivia, Chiquitos (D’ Ord.)

Obs. Ab E. rubida et EF. ferruginea crassitie minore, dorso varie-

gato et macula alari alba prorsus distinguenda.

This species of Erismatura is widely diffused in Tropical America,

from Mexico and the Autilles down to Uruguay, inhabiting the fresh-

water lakes like other members of the genus. It nests in Cuba,

where Dr. Gundlach says it is common, resident, and an excellent

diver. Mr. Gosse noticed this species in a broad piece of water

near Redonda, in Jamaica, where as many as three may be seen at one

time. They appear to be tame, but when alarmed sink rather than

406 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON [Apr. 4,

dive into the water. They seldom fly, and then only with a heavy

laboured flight. The bird referred to by Mr. Gosse as the Quail-

duck, or EL. ortygoides of Mr. Hill, is the male of this species.

Mr. A. Newton describes what he believes to have been a flock of

this Duck in St. Croix. He observed them for some time, but was

unable to obtain a specimen. Léotaud tells us it is not rare in

Trinidad.

In Central America this Lake-duck occurs as far north as the

neighbourhood of Mazatlan, where Col. Grayson obtained it, and

Jalapa, where Sallé collected specimens. Further south, down the

Isthmus, it has not yet been recorded ; but Salvin has recently re-

ceived a skin obtained by Arcé somewhere in Veragua.

We have no recent testimony as to the occurrence of this species

in Guiana and Amazonia; but in South and Central Brazil it

appears to be found in all the freshwater lakes. In Entrerios it

was obtained by Mr. Lee near Gualeguaychu, and in the adjoining

republic of Uruguay by Sellow. In La Sagra’s ‘ Cuba’ D’Orbigny

mentions that he procured examples of it in the small lakes of

the province of Chiquitos in Bolivia, its furthest known range in this

direction.

Subfamily VI. MERGANETTINE.

The Torrent-ducks form a peculiar and somewhat isolated group

of the Anatide, restricted to the Andes of South America from Co-

lombia to Chili.

Genus MERGANETTA. Type.

Merganetta, Gould, P. Z. 8. 1841, p.95 ........ M. chilensis.

Raphipterus, Gay, Faun. Chil. p. 459 (1848) .... M. chilensis.

The three species may be diagnosed from the male dress as

follows :—

GaGutturemigho ya. se scslosccce sees aceasta ag te sece eeu eer iierte 1. armata.

6, Gutture albo.

Ventre nigro, medialiter fusco variegato ..........s0.e000 2. turneri.

Ventre albo griseo flammulato ............seceeessescesesees 3. leucogenys.

In the females the under surface is of a uniform chestnut-red.

1. MERGANETTA ARMATA.

Merganetta armata, Gould, P. Z. 8. 1841, p. 95 (Chile); Des

Murs, Icon. Orn. t. 48 2 (Chili); Gray & Mitch. Gen. of B. t. 170

(3); Bibra, Denkschr. Akad. Wien, v. p. 132, et J. fiir Orn. 1855,

p. 37; Cassin in Gilliss’s Exp. i. p. 204 (1856) ; Scl. P. Z.S. 1867,

p- 340; Scl. & Saly. Ex. Orn. p. 200, et Nom. Av. Neotr. p. 13].

Biziura armata, Schl. Mus. des P.-B., Anseres, p. 12.

Raphipterus chilensis, Gay, Faun. Chil. p. 459 (1848) ; Phil. &

Landb. Cat. Av. Chil. p. 43.

Merganetta chilensis, Des Murs, Icon. Orn. t. 5 (3).

Supra nigra, plumis albo utrinque marginatis ; capite colloque

postico et laterali albis, pileo medio in strigam nuchalem pro-

1876. | NEOTROPICAL ANATID2&. 407

ducto et linea utrinque ab oculis ad collum imum descendente

nigris ; alis extus cerulescenti-schistaceis ; tectricibus et secun-

dariis albo anguste terminatis, speculo alari eneo-viridi ; dorso

postico cinereo, uropygio fasciolis minutis albis variegato ;

subtus rufescenti-ochracea, lineis nigris ornata; mento, linea

ad rostri basin, spatio suboculari cum gutture conjuncto et pec-

tore superiore utraque ex parte nigerrimis ; rostro flavo, pedibus

rubellis: long. tota 16°5, ale 7, caude 4:5, rostri a rictu 1-6,

tarsi 1:9. Fem. supra ardesiaca, dorsi plumis nigro flammu-

latis; collo et uropygio lineis albis nigrisque vermiculatis ;

subtus omnino castanea.

Hab. Rivers of the Chilian Andes (Bridges, Gay).

We are indebted to the researches of Mr. Bridges among the Chi-

lian Andes for the discovery of this curious form. He sent home

specimens of the present species in 1841, which were described by

Mr. Gould before this Society in November of that year. Mr. Bridges

remarks that it swims and dives against the flow of the Chilian

mountain-torrents with a rapidity truly astonishing.

2. MERGANETTA TURNERI.

Merganetta turneri, Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1869, p. 600 (Peru),

Ex. Orn. p. 199, t. 100, et Nomencl. p. 131.

Merganetta leucogenys, Scl. & Salv. (nec Tsch.) P. Z. 8. 1869,

p. 157.

Supra nigra, interscapulio et scapularibus rufo marginatis ; capite

colloque toto albis, linea rostrum cingente, pileo medio in strigam

nuchalem producto et linea utringue ad imum collum descendente

nigerrimis ; alis ectus cerulescenti-cinereis ; speculo alart @neo-

viridi; tectricibus alarum et secundariis albo anguste termi-

natis ; abdomine nigro, ventre medio fusco variegato ; crisso et

uropygio nigris, albo minute vermiculatis ; cauda fuscescenti-

cinerea unicolori; tectricibus subalaribus cinereis ; rostro et

pedibus obscure rubris: long. tota 16:0, ale 7°5, caude 5:0,

rostri a rictu 1°5, tarsi 1°8, digiti medii cum ungue 2°3.

Fem. supra cinerea, lateribus cervicis et uropygio albo nigroque

minute vermiculatis ; dorso nigro flammulato ; alis albo bifas-

ciatis ; speculo alari obscure eneo-viridi ; subtus fulvo-rufa

unicolor: long. tota 16°0, ale 6:4, caude 4:0, rostri a rictu 1°35.

Hab. 8. Peru; Rivers of the Cuzcan Andes (Wihitely).

When we first received examples of this bird from Mr. H. Whitely

we referred it to the species described by Tschudi as Merganetta

leucogenys. Having, however, made a reinvestigation of the group,

we convinced ourselves that T'schudi’s bird is, so far as can be de-

cided by his figure and description, inseparable from the Merganetta

columbiana of New Granada, and that the present species must be

regarded as undescribed, being equally distiuct from the New-Gra-

nadan form, and from the Chilian Merganetta armata. From the

former it differs in its larger size, and black breast and flanks, which

are only relieved by some brownish marks in the middle of the belly.

In the New-Granadan bird, which is well represented in Des Murs’s

408 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON [Apr. 4,

‘Iconographie’ (tab. vi.), the whole abdomen is white, sparingly

striped with narrow blackish markings, and the bill is narrower and

much less elevated than in this species. Merganetta armata, of

which an excellent figure will be found in Gray and Mitchell’s

‘Genera of Birds,’ resembles the present bird in having a black

breast ; but the edges of the scapularies are white instead of rufous,

and the throat and fore neck are black, instead of being pure white

as in its two northern allies. It would seem, therefore, that this

species occupies an intermediate position as regards the differential

characters of the male, just as it does in geographical range, between

the two known species. As regards the female, our specimen does

not appear to differ in colour from the corresponding sex of Merga-

netta armata (Des Murs, Icon. t. xlviii.).

3. MERGANETTA LEUCOGENYS.

Anas leucogenys, Tsch. Wiegm. Arch. 1843, p. 390.

Erismatura leucogenys, Tsch. Faun. Peru. p. 311, t. xxxvi.

Merganetta leucogenys, Scl. & Salv. Ex. Orn. p. 200; P. Z.S.

1869, p. 601, et 1874, p. 679, et Nomencl. p. 131; Tacz. P. Z.S.

1874, p. 554.

Merganetta columbiana, Des Murs, Rev. Zool. 1845, p. 179, et

Icon. Orn. t. 6; Scl. P. Z. S. 1855, p. 164 (Bogota).

Supra cinerea, dorsi plumis nigris rufescente utringue marginatis ;

uropygio fasciolis minutis albis nigrisque variegato; capite

colloque toto albis, linea circum rostrum, pileo medio in strigam

nuchalem producto et linea ab oculis ad collum imum utringue

descendente nigerrimis ; alis cerulescenti-schistaceis, tectrici-

bus et secundariis albo anguste marginatis ; speculo alari eneo-

viridi ; abdomine albo obsolete nigro striolato ; rostri flavi cul-

mine nigricante, pedibus rubellis: long. tota 12°5, ale 6:0,

caude 4:5, rostri a rictu 1°4, tarsi 1:5. Fem. supra cinerea,

dorso nigro flammulato ; genis, cervicis lateribus et corpore toto

inferiore fulvo-rufis unicoloribus : long. tota 15:5, al@ 5°3, caude

4, tarsi 1°5, rostri a rictu 1°4.

Hab. Columbian Andes near Bogota (Goudot) ; Quindiu range

(Salmon); Ecuador (Mus. 8.-G.) ; Central Peru (Tschudi e¢ Jelshi).

This Merganetta was originally discovered by Goudot, a well-

known French collector, in the neighbourhood of Bogota. There is

a skin in Salvin and Godman’s collection from Ecuador ; and Tschudi

and Jelski obtained it in Central Peru.

Subfamily VII. Mercin=2.

Genus Mreraus. Type.

Mergus, Linn. S. N. i. p. 207 (1766)........ M. cueullatus.

Lophodytes, Reich. Av. Syst. Nat. p.ix.(1852) M. eucullatus.

Besides the Hooded Merganser, which occasionally intrudes from

the north, one peculiar endemic species of this group is found in the

Neotropical region.

1876. | NEOTROPICAL ANATID®. 409

J]. MeRGUS CUCULLATUS.

Mergus cucullatus, Linn. 8. N. i. p. 207 (1766); Cab. J. fiir

Orn. 1857, p. 231 (Cuba) ; Scl. et Salv. Nom. Av. Neotr. p. 131.

Lophodytes cucullatus, Baird, B. of N. Am. p. 816; Gundl. Repert.

F.-N. i. p. 391, et J. fiir Orn, 1875, p. 385 (Cuba); Sclater, P. Z.S.

1859, p. 369 (Jalapa).

Hab. Cuba (Gundlach); Mexico (De Oca).

The Hooded Merganser is of rare occurrence on passage in Cuba,

and does not appear to have been noted elsewhere within our limits,

except in South-eastern Mexico.

2. MERGUS OCTOSETACEUS.

Mergus octosetaceus, Vieill. N. D. xiv. p. 222 (1817), et Enc,

Méth. p. 351 (1823) (Brazil).

Mergus brasilianus, Vieill. Gal. des Ois. 11. p. 209, t. 283 (1834) ;

Eyton, Mon. Anat. p. 176 (1838); Burm. Syst. Ueb. iii. p. 441 ;

Pelz. Orn. Bras. p. 322 (1870) ; Schl. Mus. des P.-B. Anseres, p. 6 ;

Scl. et Salv. Nom. Av. Neotr. p. 131.

Mergus fuscus, Licht. Doubl. p. 85 (1823).

Mergus lophotes, Cuv. MS. (teste Schlegel).

Supra fusco-niger purpureo vie tinctus; plaga alarum duplici,

fascia nigra divisa, alba; cervice postica aneo micante ; pileo

et crista elongata tenui saturate fumoso-nigris ; abdomine satu-

rate cinereo, fasciis numerosis albis in ventre signato ; cervice

antica et pectoris lateribus griseo et nigro confertim vermicu-

latis ; rostro nigro, pedibus flavidis ; long. tota 19:0, ale 7:2,

caude 4:0, tarsi 1°4, rostri a rictu 2°2.

fab. §.E. Brazil, Sao Paulo (Licht.); Rio Ytarare (Natt.).

This scarce Merganser was first described by Vieillot from Dela-

lande’s specimens in the Paris Museum, and subsequently figured by

the same author under another name. Lichtenstein gives Sdo Paulo

as its locality ; and Natterer obtained five examples on the River

Ytarare in the southern part of that province in August 1820. One

of these skins, marked as the female sex, is now in the collection of

Salvin and Godman, whence our description is taken.

IV. Table of the Geographical Distribution of the Neotropical

Anatide, with remarks thereon.

On referring to the last column of the Table (pp. 410 & 411), it

will be seen that out of the 62 species of Anatide included in the

Neotropical list 25 are likewise found in North America. Of these

25, however, two (Dendrocygna fulva and Querguedula cyanoptera)

are visitors from the south ; and the Nearctic species which intrude

into the Neotropical region (mostly in winter) are, so far as is at

present known, 23 in number, namely

Anser hyperboreus, Anas boschas,

cerulescens, obscura,

gambeli, streperd,

Bernicla canadensis, Querquedula carolinensis,

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1876, No. XXVII. 27

410 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON [Apr. 4,

Querquedula discors,

Dafila acuta,

Muareca americana,

Spatula clypeata,

dix sponsa,

Fuligula maria,

affinis,

colluris,

Fuligula americana,

valisneria,

Clangula glaucion,

albeola,

Gdemia perspicillata,

Erismatura rubida,

Mergus cucullatus.

Deducting these 23, there remain 39 in the purely Neotropical list,

which may be divided as follows.

In the first place, the genera Chenalopex, Dendrocygna, Sarcidi-

ornis, and Catrina are es:entially tropicopolitan. ‘We may therefore

associate the birds of these genera together as an intertropical divi-

sion containing eight species, namely

Chenalopex jubata,

Dendrocygna fulva,

autumnalis,

— discolor,

Dendrocygna arborea,

viduata,

Sarcidiornis melanonota,

Cairina moschata.

1 : | | le | )

: ee | yea | lg| {al |

2 si | ome Ir |

Slog) ah lite] aes Mele |

eis 5| \sl | | 1) host SS aa ERD esr |

“a | al |S, tia Hie Wi in| |c 'a|o O}| 5

ted Rel ek elliscale olpesete ty ely (om teal E ttl lm als

=a ole Per real eR = lala ao] |.S}

lrg | a PS | pl | BS HR cS 0S 1S) a eel ec

oO Ay -(Sfa} 3) fal] sO Sle] S] aol al] alo

= 3/5) 31.8 eolSis glolelials _lelg

SIS / ae) oo, 8 FS) -|8 |S) 8-a] Slei/ewls|4

BIH Shs SISSIES Sls/OF| |alSis slala

SiS S/g/ RSF Sl ers sa 4|siSie elal ||

| oS ame FS) H|o| .} ser | ao -|O|s|o ~ a

FI |O aaa PIsis|O \4)

——————— —_—_|— _| | | | z + |) 22) \caelltes Des

| =|

1. Anser hyperboreus ...... selene Vesalows realise | ealselecel | «| % |

| |

2 ceerulescens .........-+- seal) G00 {Ic Aaoalte ie i |... |e] %

oe gambeli veas-nacsdecces lecel cers leors|eon| sere Sal sclne c\aes|ore| Fae | A |

| | |

*6. —— magellanica............ %| # | |

Re —— GiSPaly wi snaceerascsancieless | * |x| ee

*8, —— poliocephala .........,%| * | * | Panes

eC ee | | | |

*9, —— rubidiceps ............ * | | | |

» : | |

*10% ANtALct Cal wee sses ees: x | x | | | |

*11. Chenalopex jubata ......... Wseelh, sce legal leae Jesefeselere|ece] % owe] 3

*13. COSCOFOMAL axeesene nee ss. *| * [ele] | |

*14. Dendrocyna fulva .........)... J sec. [ewe] ae] 9/196 [oe le? ae mat | # |...| *|

*15, aubummalis)seenesseesclne: | tal cl ee vale ot fess |(4each aettone *

*16 discolor css0cde-nace leaa|) ee lessees .| x | ier] Saee- sl Hamel |

*17. —— arborea .............. esl oeea eRadiccd|ae Ineallcou add lene oe te | x

*18. WACUALAN ceeacoremeeeers SoH soe alloadl ocala elacalacaleeiie| ice |e |

*19. Sarcidiornis carunculata...)...| ... voofoee | ae |e --[e.] 3 |

*90. Cairina moschatain...c2-.04)-<3| aiest [een }os- x | wi] % slsea|" 9

21, Anas boschas teeseeeeeeegees|oee doe tlaseleea eects fe wil ge 9e | 98 |

22, Obscura ............ 0 \saell ae auNe | Peal ae | x |

#23. BPCCUlAMIS. sy eeesces le: Veet) 296 9 5 |

* 24, cristata avcsessseee eee Se lintel line | Jac | Se % x | | |

| |

Se SS ee = = | = | 2 a jz

| | eae |

7| 8 |7/8/4)5/2)2)4)3).5 |1/0/0),7 |8) 7]

| ll | al | |

1876. | NEOTROPICAL ANATID&. 411

7S cr anal eT

rs | 5 | S| | | | | rey Ml se |

Sirol" Vs a ea el rs aS

eS le || | |.) es) Rigel le

ese) Pls) | dl gecleecalalt|

Sles| (eleva le|_(slsles SSisiBelele

aS *(a/ eB tS/5 ste SS\o sre) 8 SEI |

BAe OF a aRadoe PROO iA!

= | — eet —|_ Lees hea |

7; 8 |7/3/4/5|2)2/4/3] 5 |1/0/0).7 1817

25. Anas strepera ...... Pee Hea ate Sell eal Al acral ol elle leoclocaleee| teu | ok | |

*26. Heteronetta melanocephala.... .... «| * | | | | | |

27. Querquedula discors ......|...| ... |....-- LatBes Ie We esleoe lsat eae Neca sale ce] aceite fae

*28. Cyanopterali..ctscee. ere Se dase iHisedl Me (scales Neceh melee eh ele ae eee

29. —— carolinensis............ Vee erase sat essed boa elec Beales Bl sal celal jee Sp ey

+30. —— oxyptera ....... peoudesliae NWkees evel es banlecs sales! | |

*31. —— flavirostris ............ le] « Jel a

¥328 —— andium a. ccenemice et (alia rege (ee [Ae [eee pee he et a (nak (2

*383. VEPSICOlOD.....c0c0.c.+0s PAN aa kee pare Oe | eee ac ee ae wl ae | |

| #34. —— puma............0. : bells cat sci sacle Pee | |

30. tOrduintalcss.scusars,crs [het pircacilnaatite iwi ea |

*36. —— brasiliensis .. ......... | * |.) [| | x | |

Se Datilavacutarssss-eensctee: ce (Ie ed Be COS eed eee See alae teed Pe aes aloes

¥38. SPIMIGAUM AN ce sens si }%] % |x} | | bil

x09. bahamensis ............ | | Sos iN PR sel See sol ews ee * adsl ele

*41. Sibi Atri et eesceetese x) * lel] | ama } } | |

42. Spatula clypeata ............ PES erreeapl Deel rl Fete led Fee Fase | ie | rom ali HB Wale es

#48 platalea, Mnesemw eee sOa: [teaser ices se |h ah aa | |

AA AIX SPONSA. 2 <tejne ects se 08 teal asotegleesless|aceteatias aual ds, Pecalee wee dl eaaties lavage |

x45. Metopiana peposaca ...... eae eae al et] | |

46. Fuligula marila ............ Pe i ai (ed Fe en Ao (ake el eran eed veal ee Die Sea kl

47. AAMIS:, sercens peseeec ete esc Sneed nase Peer bess (Et Pe Pete ak |e a Ve WP li

48. Collarass soso: acsmaaessec less imemet lscatsee| sen) ase | see ee eal eee sash eeele aioe. ae se laa

49. americana ............ et aeee es ee a ese eae Pere Pa Fae I gel) rau (a ers

HOS ———=svalisneriatenscn sas Teas yrest llen|cen|aceliaateic’ |i 06 Leia Seal Bilas all dee beetle te wal Sel Pe

Bll Claneala clacton oe slr.) ee Peale cc sl@ tele. Iorelecalone| orm "luscleceteenl erecta ltae|

52. albeola ...........5 sSibgealemelt cosas [natal aoe eon lee: ec lnat eae ieee fitee fica clea soda lear least

58. CEdemia perspicillata ...... bee lps ile al esa: Vaiaal soot eae Fes cal oe *| *

55. Hrismatura rubida......... Lc eeNeceleccMteel elec lea Meee ule Ww lEsle coe | Selle

56 fOERUP INCA ose, serenee: Beal ears (teal eee see laced see | 5 || |

*¥57. —— dominica......... soe Ba Wee eel cet oes|Pae laelal de 198" 94 ecltee| co. x |x| |

+58. Merganetta armata.........|...] ... || | | | | | | |

“445\9)) —=—== | AVOSNS) Mh eanmacnOSBBaGE soe ees fealissal ce Paeealiont | | | |

*62 octosetaceus....... Eaeet lisel beast e828 [ac | x | | a

— | 2 ala Ie (er oe eel ord

15) 15 1sl4 5/915 7|5|5| 10 |8 2/2) 25 25/25

Secondly, the quasi-cosmopolitan genus Erismatura has 2 repre-

sentatives peculiar to the Neotropical region—namely, FL. ferruginea

and £. dominicana.

After deducting these two categories, the remaining 29 species

form the Antarctic division of the Neotropical Anatide, and consist

mostly of species belonging to genera also found in the north—e. g.

Bernicla (6), Cygnus (2), Anas (2), Querquedula (8), Dafila (2),

Mareca (1), Spatula (1), and Mergus (1). Adding these together,

412 SCLATER AND SALVIN ON NEOTROPICAL ANATID™. [Apr. 4,

we have the following 23 species of Neotropical Anatide belonging

to genera also met with in the north—namely

Bernicla melanoptera, Querquedula flavirostris,

magellanica, andium,

dispar, versicolor,

—— poliocephala, puna,

rubidiceps, torquata,

antarctica, brasiliensis,

Cygnus nigricollis, Dafila spinicauda,

coscoroba, bahamensis,

Anas specularis, Mareca sibilatrix,

cristata, Spatula platalea,

Querquedula cyanoptera, Mergus octosetaceus.

oxyptera,

Lastly, there are 4 generic forms of Anatidee peculiar to the

Antarctic portion of the Neotropical region (Heteronetta, Meto-

piana, Tachyeres, and Merganetta), embracing the following six

species—

Heteronetta melanocephala, Merganetta armata,

Metopiana peposaca, turnert,

Tachyeres cinereus, leucogenys.

The Neotropical Anatidee may therefore be summarized as

follows :—

A. Nearctie species, mostly occurring only in

winter within the Neotropical Region .... 23

B. Neotropical species.

a. Species belonging to 'Tropicopolitan

eqns) Cheat eagle nd OGL Ce nae atode 8

b. Representatives of a Cosmopolitan

SLCTIVIS Pe lote alte elle clear ‘ 2

c. Peculiar species of genera alsoArctic.. 23

d. Species of peculiar Antarctic genera... 6

1876.] THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 413

May 2, 1876.

Robert Hudson, Esq., F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the

Society’s Menagerie during the month of April 1876 :—

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the

month of April were 95 in number. Of these, 58 were acquired by

presentation, 12 by purchase, 7 by birth, and 18 were received on

deposit. ,The number of departures during the same period, by

death and removals, was 90.

The most noticeable additions during the month of April were

as follows :—~

1. A coliection of Angolan animals brought home and presented

to the Society by Lieut. V. R. Cameron, the celebrated African

traveller. The collection contained the following animals :—

Name. | Scientific name. Locality.

1 Sooty Mangabey............ Cercocebus fuliginosus ...| Bought in Gaboon.

2 Guinea Baboons....... Shc0q1 Cynocephalus babouin ...| From river Kwanza,

UMID YA: See cosanqaaeedecoecuedc | Cynocephalus leucopheus.| Bought in Gaboon. —_ |

| Monteiro’s Galago......... | Galago montetri s+... From Bailunda, |

| 1 Servaline Cat ....... Seer | Felts servalina ......... »»| From river Kwanza. |

lipAtrican! Civet..s.ses ase t> «« | Viverra ctvetta sescercscee. From river Kwanza.

1 Banded Ichneumon ...... | Herpestes fasciatus ......| From river Kwanza.

1 Senegal Touracou ......... | Corythatr Persd....c..ss0+0 Bought on board.

1 Angola Vulture ............ | Gypohierax angolensis ...| From river Kwanza.

3 Broad-fronted Crocodiles.) Crocodilus frontatus ......| Bought on r. Kongo.

Lieut. Cameron also brought with him—.

2. Two Chestnut-backed Colies (Colius castanonotus) from the

river Daude, north of Loanda, presented by Henry C. Tait, Esq.,

C.M.Z.S.

These are the first examples of this singular form that have yet

reached us alive, and are most acceptable, as showing us the various

ways in which the Colies use their curiously formed feet, and the

manner in which they suspend themselves head downwards.

Mr. Keuleman’s drawing (Plate XX XV.) portrays these interest-

ing birds, which are likely to do well.

Colius castanonotus was originally described by Verreaux (Rey.

Zool. 1855, p. 351). Verreaux gave no locality for the species ; but

Hartlaub (Orn. Westafr. p. 157) states that Gaboon is its patria.

3. Two young Cassowaries from New Britain, presented by Mr.

George Brown, C.M.Z.S., as announced in his letter already read to

the Society *, and received April 26th, by the ‘ Paramatta.’ The

other birds kindly sent by Mr. Brown have not reached us alive.

We have to thank our excellent friend Dr. Bennett for his care

* See P. Z. 8. 1876, p. 2.

Proc. Zoou. Soc. —1876, No. XXVIII. 2

(oa)

414 MR. A. GROTE ON OVIS POLI. [May 2,

of these birds at Sydney, and the officers of the ship ‘ Paramatta’

for their passage home.

This addition augments the number of Cassowaries now living in

the collection to 8 individuals, belonging to 6 species, namely :—

Number. Latin name. How and when obtained.

1 OC. GaleaiUs:....ccnsouse Purchased March 3, 1874.

1 GS GECCATT daserewes ss | Presented by Sir J. Fergusson, Bart., F.Z.S.,

June 7, 1875.

| C. australis ......60. Presented by the Marquess of Normanby,

2 January 23, 1875.

{ CHGUStT ANSI, crete Presented by E. P. Ramsay, Esq., C.M.Z.S.,

May 28, 1875.

1 C. uniappendiculatus Presented by Capt. Moresby, Aug. 25, 1874.

1 CS ICTICOUTS acm stein | Purchased May 27, 1874.

2 C. bennetti, jr. ...... Presented by the Rev. Geo. Brown, C.M.ZS.,

April 26, 1876.

——

The Secretary read extracts from several letters addressed to him

by Dr. George Bennett, F.Z,S., dated from Sydney in February

last, referring to the proceedings of Mr. L. M. D’Albertis, C.M.Z.S.,

who had arrived in Sydney on the 4th of February from Yule Island,

New Guinea, and was intending to stay there two months to recruit

and obtain supplies, and then to return to New Guinea. Dr.

Bennett enclosed a plan of the “Fly River,’ New Guinea, made

during the cruise up it of the London Missionary Society’s steamer

‘ Ellengowan,’ in December 1875, in which M. D’Albertis, who had

accompanied the expedition, had marked the different birds he had

obtained or observed during the voyage. Amongst these were noted

Paradisea raggiana, Goura sp. inc., Buceros ruficollis, Tadorna sp.

inc., Manucodia viridis, Epimachus magnificus, and other rare species.

Mr. Osbert Salvin, F.R.S., exhibited and made remarks on a por-

tion of a trunk of pine (Pinus) from Guatemala, perforated by a

Woodpecker (Melanerpes formicivorus), for the purpose of storing

acorns*,

Mr. G. Dawson Rowley, F.Z.S., exhibited a specimen of Macheri-

rhynchus nigripectus of Schlegel, from New Guinea, being the fourth

known member of this very curious genus founded by Mr. Gould.

This he believed to be the first example of this species which had

reached this country.

Mr. J. H. Gurney, Jun., F.Z.S., exhibited an example of the

Lesser Whitefronted Goose (Anser erythropus), killed in Egypt, and

made a few remarks on the other known Geese of that country.

Mr. A. Grote exhibited the original drawing by Col. Gordon,

* Cf Baird, Brewer, & Ridgway, ‘North American Birds,’ vol. ii. p. 569.

1876. ] MR. G. BUSK ON THE FAUNA OF GIBRALTAR. 415

from which the plate of Ovis polii in the ‘ Proceedings’ (1874,

plate lui.) was prepared, and made the following remarks on Mr.

Blanford’s criticisms published in the Society’s ‘ Proceedings’ for

1875 (p. 540) :—

“Col. Gordon has asked me to lay before the meeting his original

drawing of this Sheep, which has not been successfully reproduced

by our artist, Mr. Smit. The male here has not the long bushy

tail spoken of by Mr. Blanford; its lower outline is distinct in the

sketch, though indistinct in the plate, so that the hair on the left

flank may be taken to belong to the tail. This indistinctness has

misled Mr, Blanford.

** Again, the black dorsal line on the female, to which Mr. Blanford

objects, is far more prononcé in the plate than in the drawing, in

which, moreover, the colouring of the figures is neither so dark

nor so rufous as it has been rendered in the plate. Mr. Blanford’s

criticism of the coloration of the lower parts of the male and of the

drawing of his horns is certainly less applicable to the original

drawing than to the plate.

*“As regards the apparent manes on both the male and female

figures, it is admitted by Col. Gordon that in the latter this character

has been exaggerated. Both Stoliczka and Severtzoff allude to short

manes in their descriptions of the animal. The elongated hairs

between the shoulders and behind the horns are mentioned by

Stoliczka and Blanford, while Severtzoff says, ‘the neck is covered

by a white mane, shaded with greyish brown’ (ef. P. Z.S. 1875,

p- 513). I certainly found no trace of any thing like a mane or of a

dorsal line in the specimen lately mounted in the British Museum ;

but this character may be variable, and as yet we have comparatively

but few skins of this animal.

“Tt is quite true that Col. Gordon is no naturalist, and his sketch

seems to have been made somewhat in a hurry; but it was made, he

tells me, from the animal described by Stoliczka, who examined it

while in progress, and would certainly have pointed out to the artist

any flagrant inaccuracies.”

Mr. George Busk, F.R.S., read a memoir on the Ancient or Qua-

ternary Fauna of Gibraltar, as exemplified in the Mammalian remains

found in the ossiferous breccia which occurs in the caves and fissures

recently explored in different parts of the Rock. Mr. Busk, after

a preliminary description of the geological features of the Rock and

its fossiliferous caverns and fissures, treated specially of the various

bones of the Bear, Cat, Horse, Rhinoceros, Stag, Ibex, and other

animals, of which the remains occur there, and proceeded to refer

them to the species to which they seemed to belong.

This paper will be published in full in the Society’s ‘Transactions.’

The following papers were read :—

28%

416 MR. A, H. GARROD ON THE ANATOMY OF CoLius. [May 2,

1. Notes on the Anatomy of the Colies (Colius). By A. H.

Garrop, M.A., F.Z.S., Prosector to the Society.

[Received April 25, 1876.]

About the systematic position of the Colies there has always been

considerable uncertainty, partly on account of the peculiarities of

their habits, and partly because their internal structure is but in-

completely known. One of the examples of Colius castanonotus,

sent to the Society by Mr. H. C. Tait, C.M.Z.S., having died just

as it reached this country, I have had the opportunity of dissecting

the bird, and of examining several of its special anatomical details.

Dr. Murie* has, not long since, given us an excellent résumé of the

views entertained by different naturalists as to the systematic posi-

tion of the Colies, few of which are based an any thing more than ex-

ternal form and habits. Burchell placed them close to Corythaix ;

and he has been followed by many. Mr. Wallace t, from a study of

their habits, refers them to the Parrot tribe.

In his ‘ Pterylography’ Nitzsch§ places Colius among his Amphi-

bole, together with Musophaga and Opisthocomus, mentioning

nevertheless that the genus “has a very remarkable arrangement

of the feathers, and can only be compared in this respect with

Buceros.”

In his important memoir ‘“ On the Classification of Birds,”’ Prof.

Huxley || places Colius among his Desmognathe, in the smaller

group Coccygomorphe, the genus being the sole representative of

one of its minor divisions. Prof. Huxley makes no special reference

to the skull.

Dr. Murie has given us valuable information on the osteology of

the bird; and Iam able to confirm most of his observations.

There is, however, one part of the skeleton (the palate) where my

results differ considerably from those of my predecessor ; and these

it is necessary for me to record. Dr. Murie tells us that the speci-

men at his disposal was somewhat injured; nevertheless, of the

maxillo-palatine processes of the maxillary bones, he says that they

intrude but a slight way beyond the palatal rods, and leave a wide

middle space betwixt them, and that, ‘as respects the presence of a

vomer, there is apparently a short one, tapering rather than abruptly

truncate anteriorly, and not visibly cleft behind.’’ Dr. Murie there-

fore removes Colius from among Prof. Huxley’s Desmognathe, and

consequently from the Coccygomorphe.

In the preparation of the skull of my specimen of Colius castano-

This, 1872, p. 262.

Travels in South Africa, vol. 1. p. 214 (footnote).

Annals & Mag. of Nat. Hist. 1856, p. 213.

Ray Society’s English Translation, edited by Mr. Sclater, p. 107

P. Z. S. 1867, p. 466.

Loe, cit. p, 266, pl. x.

att + K

1876.] MR. A. H. GARROD ON THE ANATOMY OF COLIUS. 417

notus I have taken special care ; and I find that the bird, as will be

seen by the drawing which I exhibit, is without doubt desmogna-

thous. Moreover, as the desmognathism apparently depends on

the fusion of the feebly developed maxillo-palatine plates across

the middle line as well as with the ossified nasal septum, it should,

according to the valuable nomenclature of Prof. Parker *, be

termed direct (of the first variety), as in the Falcons. It is not,

however, possible to determine with certainty from the adult skull

(from mine at least) whether the nasal septum has intervened

between the maxillo-palatines, as in the Eagles, Vultures, and Owls,

\N\

w\ we

and as it is in the Alcedinidee, because in them there is a demon-

strable interval between the free posterior ends of these plates, the

intermediate septal bond but incompletely uniting them. A slightly

more extensive ossification in this region would reproduce a Parrot’s

palate in that of the Coly.

Next, with reference to the vomer, the result of carefully watch-

ing the skull during maceration, and of a minute inspection of the

palate in the prepared specimen, convinces me that that bone is not

ossified. In thus lacking the vomer, Colius and Alcedo agree.

The sternum of my specimen closely resembles that figured by

* Trans. Zool, Soc. vol. ix. p. 293.

418 MR. A. H. GARROD ON THE ANATOMY OF CoLtus. [May 2,

Dr. Murie; the crenulation, however, of the lateral margins of

the keel-bearing middle xiphoid process is not apparent. The

bone resembles that of the Capitonidz more than the sternum of

any other bird (see, for comparison, Eyton’s ‘Osteologia Aviam,’

plate 8).

In the structure of its soft parts Colius presents several interest-

ing features which assist in the determination of its affinities.

The skin is particularly tough, much lke that of the Swifts in

this respect. Only one carotid artery is present, the left. In the

Musophagidee, Cuculidee, Coraciidee, Galbulide, and Alcedinidz we

know that both a right and a left artery are always developed * ;

whilst in the Bucerotide Toccus possesses only the left, Buceros

having both,—the left only being found, as in Colius, in the Picidze

(i. e. Picinez, Ramphastinze, and Capitoninze), Upupidee, Meropidee,

Trogonidee, and Passeres. As far, therefore, as the carotid arteries

are concerned, the Colies do not resemble the Musophagidee, their

supposed nearest allies. The comparison with Parrots must be re-

served till further on.

Myologically, Colius wants the ambiens muscle. It is therefore

Anomalogonatous f, and agrees with the passeriform and piciform

birds only, differing essentially from the Musophagidee. The femoro-

caudal is well developed, but has no accessory head. The semi-

tendinosus and its accessory head are both fairly developed. The

myological formula of the bird on the system adopted by me in my

paper on Classification, just referred to, is A,X Y, the same as that

of most passeriformes and piciformes, but differing importantly from

that of the Musophagide (AB,XY) in the absence of B, the acces-

sory femoro-caudal muscle. ‘The tensor fascie of the thigh does

not in the least cover the biceps muscle.

In the arrangement of its plantar tendons Colius, although so

peculiar and uncertain in the manner in which it employs its toes,

exactly resembles the feeble-footed Alcedinidee, and hardly differs

from the Coraciidee, Meropide, Bucerotide, and Caprimulgide.

In Musophaga the distribution of the tendons is on quite another

principle, as it is in the Psittacit.

The intestines of Coliws are voluminous and short, being only

9 inches in length. I could find no trace of intestinal ceca.

Nitzsch has shown that the oil-gland is tufted, and that there are ten

rectrices.

In my paper on the classification of birds I proposed to distribute

the Anomalogonatze into two groups, according to whether the czeca

are present and at the same time the oil-gland is nude, or the

ceeca are absent and the oil-gland is tufted, arranging them in the

following manner :—

* P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 464.

t P. Z. 8, 1874, p. 116.

t Vade PB. Z.8. 1875; p. 339:

1876.] MR. A. H. GARROD ON THE ANATOMY OF COLIUs. 419

PICIFORMES. PasSSERIFORMES.

With tufted oil-gland and With nude oil-gland and

without ceeca. with czeca.

teas Passeres.

Capitonine. Bucconide (? as to cxeea),

Ramphastine. Trogonide.

Upupide. Meropide.

(Coliide). Galbuiide.

Bucerotide. Caprimulgide.

Alcedinide. Coraciide.

{ Momotide,

From what has been said above it is evident that Co/ius must be

included among the Piciformes, and near those of this division with

a left carotid only, a four-notched sternum, and a blended plantar-

tendon arrangement. No other piciform bird, however, combines all

these characters. In the Alcedinidee the sternum and plantar ar-

rangement correspond ; in the Bucerotidee Toccus agrees as to the

carotid and the plantar tendons. The Picidee (Picine + Capitoninee +

Ramphastinz) have a left carotid, a two-notched sternum, but a spe-

cialized plantar-tendon distribution. Consequently the fact that the

combination of characters is unique justifies us in retaining the Co-

liidee in a separate family, related on the one hand to the Picide, and

on the other to the Alcedinidee and Bucerctide.

Something must be said with reference to the probability of Colius

having psittacine affinities. It is an interesting fact that in those

species of the genus Cacatua (galerita, leadbeateri, moluecensis, &c.)

in which the oil-gland is not lost, the resemblances (only accidental

I assume) to the genus Co/ius are peculiarly numerous. In these

Cacatue there is 2 left carotid artery only, no ambiens muscle, and a

myological formula A,XY. Nevertheless L hope that in my paper

on the Order Psittaci * the impression left by its perusal is that the

Parrots all sprang straight away from a stock with two carotids and

an ambiens muscle. Such being the ease, and Coléus most certainly

not being a true Parrot, the arguments in favour of its having arisen

independently from the psittacine ancestor, and of its having under-

gone (also independently) cacatuiform modifications during the

progress of its evolution, are less easy to accept than those which

suppose it to have sprung, as I have above assumed, from the less

specialized stock whence has been derived all the Anomalogonate.

The form of the sternum and the distribution of the plantar tendons

are in favour of this view of the question.

It may be mentioned that the syrinx of Colius (which has been

figured by Johannes Mullery im a closely allied species) is most

nearly related to that of Cery/e among the Kingfishers.

*9P2Z. 8. USTas ps O80:

+ Ueber die bisher unbekannten typischen Verschiedenheiten der Stimmen-

organe der Passerinen, 1847, pl. v. figs. 9-12,

420 CANON TRISTRAM ON THE ROEBUCK OF PALESTINE. | May 2,

2. Description of a new Thrush from Taviuni, one of the Fiji

Islands. By E. L. Layarp, C.M.G., F.Z.S., H.B.M.

Consul for Fiji and Tonga.

[Received May 2, 1876.]

I am indebted to Mr. Tempest for examples of a third species of

Fijian Thrush (Turdus), which I propose to designate by his name,

having given the appellation of vi¢iensis to the species previously

discovered by him at Bua.

The present bird is most interesting, as being intermediate between

T. vitiensis and T’. vanicorensis in colour, and likewise as being

particoloured, as is the case in the first species discovered in these

islands, Turdus bicolor (Ibis, 1875, p. 153).

It may be described as follows :—

TURDUS TEMPESTI, Sp. nov.

3d. Dark smoky-brown (almost as black as in 7. vanicorensis)

throughout, with the exception of the entire head and chest, which

are drab-coloured, tinged with red, much like the colour of 7’. viti-

ensis, nobis. Bill and feet bright orange.

Length 8”, wing 4” 2”, tail 3” 2”, tarse 1” 4’, bill 1" 2”.

The 9 is paler and ruddier, and the head and chest less distinetly

marked. <A young ¢ nestling shows the dark plumage of its father,

with reddish-brown shafts to many of the feathers of the back, and

the same colour on the edges and tips of the feathers of the head

and wing-secondaries. Underparts confusedly marked with the

same.

Mr. Tempest tells me that this species has the same metallic

chattering note as the European bird, but that he never heard it

“sing.” It inhabits the forest at the south end of Taviuni, at Selia

Levu, Vuna Point, scratching under the bushes for worms and in-

sects, on which it feeds. Some specimens killed by him had the

bill covered with mud, showing that they dibbled into the ground in

search of worms.

3. Note on the Discovery of the Roebuck (Cervus caprcolus)

in Palestine. By the Rev. Canon Tristram.

[Received May 2, 1876.]

In a paper read before the Society in February 1866*, I mentioned,

in giving a list of the mammals of Palestine, that I had reason to be-

lieve the Roebuck was found in that country, though I could not

produce a specimen. I felt satisfied that I could hardly be mistaken

in the small Deer I had more than onee disturbed on the southern

shores of Lebanon; and Mr. Boyd Dawkins had identified teeth of

the Roebuck among the remains of other still existing mammals in

* See P.Z. 8. 1866, p. 86.

1876. | MR. P. L. SCLATER ON CORIPHILUS KUHLI. 421

the bone-breccia of the Lebanon caves, viz. the Ibex, Elk, Red

Deer, and Bison. All doubts on this subject are now solved by the

fact of Dr. Conder, R.E., having obtained on Mount Carmel a spe-

cimen, which has been sent to Cambridge, and pronounced by Prof.

Newton to be the true Cervus capreolus.

Dr. Conder states that this Deer inhabits the thickets on the sides

of Carmel, and is also met with further south, in the wooded country

round Sheikh Iskander, where it gives its name to one of the prin-

cipal valleys, Wady Yahmir. Special interest attaches to the dis-

covery from the fact of its beg known to the Arabs as Yahmir,

identical with the Hebrew (JID), translated ‘‘ fallow deer’’ in

our version, and never before identified with any ruminant known to

exist in Palestine.

Palestine is by far the most south-easterly region where the Roe-

buck has yet been found either living or among recent remains.

Pallas gives Cervus pygargus as the Roebuck of Northern Asia,

which, though identified with our Roebuck by Giebel, is generally

considered to be distinct.

May 16, 1876.

Dr. A. Giinther, F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

Mr. Scelater exhibited a skin of a rare Pacific Parrot, Coriphilus

kuhli *, which had been sent to him for examination by Dr. Elliott

Coues, C.M.Z.S. Thisspecimen had been obtained by Dr. T. Hale

Streets, U.S. Navy, at Washington Island of the Palmyra group, as

indicated in the following remarks :—

“Washington, or New York, Island, the habitat of this Parrot, is

situated in latitude 4° 41! 102” north, and longitude 160° 18’ 0:5”

west. It was discovered in 1798 by Captain Edmund Fanning, an

American ; but he did not land upon it. The United-States Ex-

ploring Expedition under the command of Captain Wilkes passed it

by in 1840, and reported no anchorage. The island is an obliterated

atoil, and is densely covered with vegetation, the cocoa-nut palm

predominating.

“Tt is evident from the following untechnical description taken

from ‘ Fanning’s Voyages,’ that this bird existed on Fanning Island

when it was first discovered. ‘Amongst the birds was one species

about the size of our Robin (Turdus migratorius), with a breast of

scarlet-coloured feathers, the under portion of the body being finished

off with bright red, the neck of a golden colour, back a lively green

with a yellow beak, except the very points, which were of a light

dun colour, the wings and tail being both of a jet-black, and the leet

tipped off with white: ; it wasa most beautiful and lov ely bird, with

its brilliant and richly variegated plumage. We were much cha-

grined, while observing these, to see a Man-of-war Hawk flying by

with one in his mouth, apparently having just caught it.’

* Domicella huhli, Finsch, Papag. ii. p. 749.

422 DR. COMRIE ON THE ZOOLOGY OF NEW GUINEA. [May 16,

*“Washington and Fanning are the only islands of the group

(containing besides the islands Christmas and Palmyra) in which

the bird is found. Washington and Fanning are situated closely

together, distant from one another 77 nautical miles in a north-westerly

and south-easterly direction, and they are remote from the other

islands of the group.

«To quote again from ‘ Fanning’s Voyages :’ ‘ As at Fanning’s, so

here | Washington] we could perceive no token of its being at all

inhabited.’

“‘They are still uninhabited ; but the natives of the groups south

of the equator visit them occasionally to gather the cocoa-nuts

and to express the oil that is in them. We found such a party

at Washington Island at the time of our visit. We engaged some

of the Kanakas to catch the Lories alive for us. They used two

pieces of bamboo, each about a yard in length. On one was perched

a tame bird ; and from the end of the other was suspended a running

noose made of the bark of the cocoa-nut tree. The tame bird as it

was carried along uttered a harsh, rasping sound; and others came

out of the trees and perched alongside it on the bamboo stick, and

the man noosed them by means of the other bamboo.”

Mr. Sclater remarked that it was of great interest to ascertain

positively the correct habitat of this Lory. Dr. Finsch, relying

upon Bourjot’s assertions, had indicated Fanning Island as its most

probable patria, but was not without much doubt on the subject.

Dr. Giinther read an extract from a letter received from Com-

mander W. E. Cookson, R.N., of H.M.S. ‘ Peterel,’ dated Coquimbo,

March 9, 1876. Commander Cookson stated that two of the large

Land-Tortoises procured from the Galapagos Islands in June 1875

were then on board, and that he was in hopes that he should be able

to land them alive in England, where he expected to arrive in the

beginning of next June.

The two tortoises were male and female, and, although not of a

very large size, were the largest he was able to procure, and were un-

doubtedly adults: the male weighed 270 lbs., and the female 117 lbs.

Besides these, he had the shell, head, and feet of five others from

Albemarle and Abingdon Islands.

Commander Cookson had also collected and preserved specimens

of Amblyrhynchus cristatus from the different islands of the group

which he had visited, and had preserved some of the several kinds

of fishes which were caught during their stay. Commander Cookson

anticipated being ninety days at sea on his homeward voyage, and was

afraid there would be some difficulty in keeping the Tortoises alive, as

they were great eaters; he had, however, laid in a large supply of

cactus, of which they were very fond. They would also eat soaked

biscuit.

Dr. Peter Comrie, Staff-Surgeon R.N., exhibited the zoological

specimens which he had collected during the survey of the S.E.

1876.] DR. COMRIE ON THE ZOOLOGY OF NEW GUINEA. 423

coast of New Guinea by H.M.S. ‘ Basilisk,’ and read the following

remarks :—

«Tn introducing the specimens now exhibited, my object is to show

that something, although small, was done in the way of advancing

natural history during the running survey made by H.M.S. ‘Basilisk®

of the S.E. coast of New Guinea. The opportunities were limited,

and the time was short, the vessel arriving on that coast on the 20th

of February, 1874, and finally leaving on May 23rd, the portion of

coast embraced being from S.E. Cape to Cape Rigny, the E. point of

Astrolabe Gulf. A considerable portion of time was spent among the

group of islands off East Cape; but with the exception of the large

D’Entrecasteaux group, where many fine butterflies were obtained,

I did not find these islands at all 200d collecting-ground, and it was

more to the northward, in Huon "Gulf, on the mainland, that the

richest spoils were captured. This was especially the case with Snakes

and Insects, and was partly owing to the woodcutting carried on

here to supply fuel for steaming-purposes on our passage to Amboyna.

When any specimen considered curious was met with by the men en-

gaged woodcutting, it was invariably saved for the ‘ Doctor ;’ and in

this way I am almost entirely indebted to the men and, in some cases,

the officers of the ship for what I now show. The mammals, all

marsupials, were obtained alongside from the natives, who generally

brought them alive, and traded them for pieces of iron hoops, which

constitute the current coin all along the coast. With the exception

of a Pig and a dun-coloured Dog, no mammals other than marsupials

were observed. Some of the specimens are not in the best state of

preservation, owing partly to my having had to leave the cases at

Singapore, there having been no room for them in the hold of H.M.S.

‘ Basilisk,’ and also to the plague of ants brought on board with the

wood, and which, unless the specimens were kept enveloped in an

atmosphere of carbolic acid, very soon made short work of them.

‘7 have no intention on this occasion to do more than generally

allude to the collection as a whole, as many of tne species are new,

and others, although known, have hitherto not been found in New

Guinea: the details connected with geographical range, diagnosis of

new species, and their description, a work of time, I must leave to

abler hands. I will only give a general résumé of the more important

novelties as kindly furnished me by Mr. Sclater and Dr. Giinther :—

“The Mammals are 9 in number; the most notable of which are 2

Petauri (Flyimg Squirrels), which differ from their nearest congener,

Petaurus ariel, in being of a decidediy rufous tint; but whether

specifically distinct can only be ascertained when their skulls have

been extracted. The Perameles has lately been described by Dr.

Peters as collected by D’Albertis in New Guinea. ‘Two of the Bats

have hitherto not been found in New Guinea,

“The Birds, 13 in number, belong to 11 species, the most im-

portant addition being Manucodia (Bird of Paradise), a new species,

and which Mr. Sclater has consented kindly to name after myself;

this example was the only one either seen or procured. A rather rare

Tern, found by Dr. M°Gillivray in Torres Straits, completes what

424 DR. A. GUNTHER ON BORNEAN MAMMALS. [May 16,

is noteworthy as regards the birds; and as Mr. Sclater has a paper

on the subject of my birds, it will be better left to him.

‘‘The Snakes are 7 in number; among which is a new species, a

large specimen of Jukes’s Sea-snake, hitherto not found nearer New

Guinea than Torres Straits, and a species of T'ropidonotus, hitherto

not found in New Guinea.

«The Death-adder I was about stepping on, so thoroughly was its

colour approximated to the surrounding vegetation; and an ofticer

who accompanied me shot it as it was raising its head to strike me.

“ Butterflies. These I am unable to exhibit, as they are not yet set

up; but it is expected that a considerable number of new species

may result on examination.

“* Land-shells. These, few in number, Messrs. Adams and Angas

will determine ; and I have only brought down this evening a unique

Helix discovered by M°Gillivray, which I found on the leaves of a

species of Pandanus in Huon Gulf.”

Prof. P. M. Duncan, F.R.S., read the second part of his memoir on

the Madreporaria dredged up during the expedition of H.M.S.

‘Porcupine’ in 1869-70. Dr. Duncan stated that the first part of

this communication had been already published in the Society’s

Transactions (vol. vill. p. 303), and that the present portion related to

several species which were not therein mentioned. They were all

simple forms, and lived in the deep sea or in shallow water. The

most important species were from the Mediterranean and Atlantic off

the Spanish coast. The genera Caryophyllia, Paracyathus, Fla-

bellum, and Desmophyllum were the best-represented.

The examination of this series of corals did not necessitate any

modifications of the views expressed in the former paper regarding

the peculiar form of the non-reef-building Madreporaria and the

affinities of many recent species with fossils.

This paper will be published in full in the ‘ Transactions.’

The following papers were read :—

1. Remarks on some Indian and, more especially, Bornean

Mammals. By Dr. A. Gtnruer, V.P.Z.S., Keeper of

the Zoological Department, British Museum.

| Received May 16, 1876.]

(Plates XXXVI., XX XVII.)

A collection of Mammals sent by Mr. Low to the British Museum

from the mainland of Borneo, opposite to Labuan, contains several

specimens affording additional information as regards the fauna of

that island and the distribution of the species inhabiting it. As

their examination necessarily involved a comparison with specimens

and species from other localities, I have added those of my notes on

Tithe

Song fale

> Rie

ie, Or

Pier

1876. | DR. A. GUNTHER ON BORNEAN MAMMALS. 425

the latter which appeared to me to contribute to a better knowledge

of them.

MACACUS MELANOTUS.

This Ape proves to be a native of Borneo. It was first described

under the name of Papio melanotus, by Ogilby, in our ‘Proceedings ’

for 1839, p. 31. The typical specimen, which is half-grown and in

the British Museum, was said to have been brought from Madras ;

but for some time past this has been considered very doubtful, as no

other specimen has been found in any part of continental India. A

second example, without known history, an adult male, was purchased

of the Zoological Society in 1866 *. The third specimen, now re-

ceived from North-western Borneo (mainland opposite Labuan), is

quite young, only 12 inches long. The sides, abdomen, and legs are

of a light chestnut-colour ; the tips of many hairs shining golden. In

older examples this chestnut-colour is limited to a portion of the hairs

only, and more and more replaced by blackish brown. The middle

of the head and back and upperside of the tail are black mised with

brown. The longitudinal median crest of long hairs on the head,

characteristic of the species, is wellindicated. Of particular interest

is the tail, which in our specimen is perfect, and which in both the

other examples (menagerie specimens) is mutilated. It is 33 inches

long, covered with short hairs, and extremely slender in the last two

thirds of its length ; so that the loss of this portion in specimens kept

in captivity can easily be accounted for.

GyYMNURA RAFFLESH, var. CANDIDA.

All the specimens received from Labuan, the mainland opposite to

Labuan, and Sarawak differ from the typical form in being of a white

colour, only a part of the longest and strongest hairs on the trunk

being black. ‘The head, legs, and tail are pure white. As no struc-

tural differences can be discovered either in the skull, cr dentition, or

any other part of the body, I consider it sufficient to distinguish this

form as a merely local variety.

Tupala.

Having received two species of this genus from Borneo, I have

examined the series of specimens in the British Museum, which is

tolerably complete, at least as regards species. They may be divided

thus :—

I. Species with grizzled hair on the hind part of the back and tail.

A. Large species.

1. TuPAIA FERRUGINEA (Rafll.).

The specimens in the British Museum are from Malacca, Pinang,

Singapore, and Sumatra; according to Schlegel this species occurs

also in Java and on the west coast of Borneo (Pontianak). The

skull is distinguished by a large oval vacuity in the zygomatic arch.

_ * Macacus speciosus,” spec. a, of the ‘ Revised List of Vertebrated Animals

In the Gardens of the Zool. Soc.’ p. 16. Cf. Sclater, P. Z.S. 1875, p. 418.

426 DR. A. GUNTHER ON BORNEAN MAMMALS. _ | May 16,

2. Tupata ELLIOT! (Waterh.).

This species has always remarkably short and rigid hair *; and the

vacuity in the zygomatic arch is reduced to a small foramen. I have

seen three examples of this species, viz.: —the type, from the hills west

of Madras ; a second, found by Capt. R. C. Beavan near Maunbhoom

(Bengal Pres.); and the third, brought by Major Lloyd from the

Matheran hills near Bombay, which is the westernmost limit of the

genus hitherto ascertained.

3. TupatA BELANGERI (Wagn.).

Distinguished from the preceding by its much longer and softer

fur. The foramen in the zygomatic arch is small, yet larger

than in 7°. elliott. Uitherto found in Burma, Upper Pegu, and

Sikkim. The name given by Wagner is the first technical de-

signation of this species, which in Bélanger’s ‘ Voyage’ is described

and figured as ‘‘ Tupaia du Pégou.” Jerdon (‘ Mamm. of India,’

p. 65) used the name Tupaia peguana, Lesson ; however, the author

of the account of the Mammalia in Bélanger’s ‘ Voyage’ was not

Lesson, but Is. Geoffroy St.-Hilaire.

B. Small species.

4. Tupata sAvantca (Horsf.)

Found in Java and in the Dutch possessions of Sumatra and Bor-

neo. Distinct as this species is from 7’. ferruginea, young examples

of the latter can hardly be externally distinguished from T. javanica ;

and one of the specimens examined and named 7’. javanica by Hors-

field is clearly the young of the larger species, as is proved by its

undeveloped dentition. A fully adult example from Java, also named

by Horsfield, is 13 inches long, the tail taking very nearly one half.

For comparison’s sake with the following species, I give the measure-

ments of the four posterior molar teeth of this example :

Length. Width.

millim. millim,

ae Molar’ Week cee en eee 2°0

Ose Molar. Peace cate mente eee 3°0 3:0

CL Molariz. +e, bo cqotte is oc oie OLO. 3

Gh WIGS s66.c5 66 obo Pees ke 3:0

5. TupalA MINOR, Sp. n.

Closely allied to 7. javanica, but conspicuously smaller and with

much shorter and rather rigid hair. All the hairs of the upper parts

are grizzled with grey, brownish grey, and black, -a reddish brown

tinge prevailing in the middle of the hinder half of the back and on

the tail; extremity of the tail black. Shoulder-stripe distinct.

Lower parts yellowish white, of the tail brownish yellow. With the

exception of the terminal hairs, the hairs of the tail are rather short.

Length of body 5 inches 4 lines, of tail 6 inches 2 lines.

* To judge from one example, the fur is soft and much longer at a very young

age.

1876. | DR. A. GUNTHER ON BORNEAN MAMMALS. 427

The foramen in the zygomatic arch is a narrow elongate slit. The

measurements of the four posterior molar teeth are as follows :—

Length. Width.

millim. millim.

as Molars’), ores ne rpg 4 LF

OrMlolan. Soh sate aA 2°5 2°5

c. Molar S35 Re te ee P43 Deh

Ga Molar gt nlisccascse te eet 2°0

Several specimens of this species have been sent by Mr. Low from

the mainland of Borneo, opposite Labuan.

6. Tupata murina (Miill. & Schleg.)=T. frenata, Gray, Ann.

& Mag. Nat. Hist. 1860, vi. p. 217.

Il. The greater part of the hairs on the hind part of the back and

tail are of a uniform black, brown, or red colour.

A. Large species.

7. Tupata TANA (Rafil.).

This species is subject to considerable variation of colour, unac-

companied by any structural modification of the skull or dentition.

The second molar has sometimes a well-developed inner tubercle at the

base of the cusp; but in other specimens showing exactly the same

coloration this tubercle is absent. I therefore must confirm Schlegel’s

opinion that Tupaia speciosa of Wagner is not specifically distinct

from 7. tana. The following varieties may be distinguished :—

a. Var. rANA. ‘Tail black above, basal half of each hair rusty-

brown, lower part of the tail dark brown. Sumatra; ? Borneo.

6. Var. speciosa. Tail brownish red above, bright rusty-red

below. Sarawak, Pontianak.

c. Var. cHRysuRA (Plate XXXVI.). Tail golden yellow, with a

reddish tinge. Mainland of Borneo, opposite to Labuan.

8. Tupara nicoparica, Zelebor, Novara-Reise, Saugeth. p. 17,

Taf. 1 & 2.

Nicobars (a desideratum in the British-Museum collection).

B. Small species.

9. TUPAIA SPLENDIDULA (Gray).

Having extracted the skull from the typical specimen, I have con-

vinced myself that this specimen is perfectly adult.

PARADOXURUS PHILIPPENSIs (Temm.).

An adult example sent by Mr. Low from the mainland of Borneo,

opposite Labuan, agrees in every respect with specimens collected

by Dr. A. B. Meyer in Luzon.

VIVERRA TANGALUNGA.

The Civet Cat inhabiting Borneo is the Viverra tangalunga of

Gray.

428 PROF. P. M. DUNCAN ON DEEP-SEA [May 16,

Quite distinct from this species is the Viverra megaspila (Blyth,

Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, xxxi. 1863, p. 331) from Pegu and the Ma-

layan peninsula. It grows to nearly twice the size of V. tangalunga,

with which it agrees only in having the black median dorsal streak

continued along the tail, and not interrupted by the light rings, which

are incomplete and few in number. In an adult female from Pinang

(Cantor’s V. tangalunga) the body measures three feet from the tip

of the nose to the root of the tail, the tail 17 inches. The black

spots on the body are large, very distinct, not ocellated, and arranged

in five longitudinal series. This peculiar coloration is already suffi-

ciently distinct in a very young individual, whose total length is only

193 inches.

As this species has never been figured, or acknowledged by natu-

ralists, I have thought it better to draw their attention to it by the

accompanying figure (Plate XXXVII.) drawn from our specimens

from Pinang.

2. Notices of some Deep-sea and Littoral Corals from the

Atlantic Ocean, Caribbean, Indian, New-Zealand, Per-

sian Gulf, and Japanese &c. Seas. By Prof. P. Martin

Duncan, F.R.S., Pres. Geol. Soc.

[Received May 16, 1876.]

(Plates XXXVIII.-XLI.).

The corals which are described in this communication are nearly

all remarkable forms. They are not the usual reef-building species,

nor are they found in very deep seas: but, coming from remote dis-

tricts, they present a most varied generic assemblage.

It has been necessary to establish several new genera in order to

classify the species, and also to introduce into the recent coral fauna

two genera, one hitherto considered to be represented only in the

Cretaceous, and the other in the Miocene formation; but lately the

last has been found in the Caribbean by Agassiz and Pourtalés.

Three of the species closely resemble fossil forms ; and they are

Conocyathus zealandie, Deltocyathus orientalis, and Antillia lons-

daleia, variety.

The first of these belongs to a genus which is a most marked one,

aud very well differentiated. It is allied to Conocyathus sulcatus,

D’Orb., from the Miocene or Oligocene of Mayence. Deltocyathus

orientalis is closely allied to Deltocyathus italicus (of the Italian

Miocene); and Antillia lonsdaleia, var., differs very slightly from

the form from the San-Domingan Miocene, described by me in the

‘Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society,’ vol. xx., in an essay

on the fossil corals of the West Indies. This is of course a most

important species ; for its being found large and well developed in

the Japanese seas implies that the Caribbean was once open to the

west. The other evidence of this former connexion between the

Lap mamni - .

D Sandie

1 esexi

: Stee las -

Ginetigend.

™ sae Dus Be ah Coy

ee ie nate

7 i,

- a 7:

bod

oa 7

gy 7 we 7

: + _)

’ =

; +

£ -

‘

a - :

an ae

=e 7

= 7

- os

i. _

= =

stone by J. Erxleben

‘yom nat. on

1876. ] AND LITTORAL CORALS. 429

Pacific and West-Indian coral-faunas is explained in the essay men-

tioned above.

Of the new genera, Polycyathus and Agelecyathus may be said to

be like the Astrangiaceze ; but they have not incised septa, and there

is no endotheca.

Brachytrochus is a very simple form, whose flat shape is relieved

by the presence of teeth to the septa, simulating pali.

Javania is a Desmophyllum with a remarkable epitheca; and

Dendrocora represents in the littoral zone the deep-sea genus Soleno-

smilia, nobis (Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. viii. p. 327).

It has been found necessary to reexamine the species Selerohelia

hirtella (a St. Helena coral, with a wonderfal amount of calicular

variation and recalling the Cretaceous Synheliz), and also Cyatho-

helia axillaris of Japan.

List of new Species.

Conocyathus zelandie. Cook’s Straits, New Zealand.

Deltocyathus orientalis. Japanese seas, 52 fathoms.

Paracyathus persicus. Persian Gulf.

coronatus. Nullipore zone in Persian Gulf.

Polycyathus atlanticus. St. Helena.

Agelecyathus helene. St. Helena.

, variety minor. St. Helena.

persicus. Persian Gulf.

Brachytrochus simplex. Gaspar Straits, 12 fathoms.

Javania insignis. Japanese seas, 48 fathoms.

Oculina cubaénsis. Caribbean sea.

Antillia lonsdaleia, Duncan, a variety. Japanese seas.

Dendrocora fissipara. West coast of Africa.

Astrangia minuta. Caribbean seas, littoral.

epithecata. Caribbean seas, littoral.

Cylicia tenella, variety. Port Natal.

Placopsammia darwint. Galapagos Islands.

Balanophyllia helene. St. Helena.

striata. St. Helena.

List of Species reconsidered.

Sclerohelia hirtella, Pallas, sp.

Cyathohelia avillaris, Ellis & Solander.

List of new Genera.

Polycyathus. Javania.

Agelecyathus. Brachytrochus.

Dendrocora.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1876, No. XXIX. 29

430 PROF. P. M. DUNCAN ON DEEP-SEA [May 16,

List of Species, and their Classification.

Suborder SCLERODERMATA.

Section MADREPORARIA APOROSA.

Family TuRBINOLID2.

Subfam. CaRYOPHYLLIACES.

Conocyathus zelandia, sp. n.

Subfam. TROCHOCYATHACE.

Deltocyathus orientalis, sp. n. Paracyathus coronatus, sp. 0.

Paracyathus persicus, sp. 0.

Subfam. TURBINOLIDZ REPTANTES, Nov.

Polycyathus atlanticus, sp. n. Agelecyathus helene, var. n.

Agelecyathus helene, sp. u. persicus, sp. 0.

Subfam. TURBINOLIACES.

Javania insignis, sp. Nn. Brachytrochus simplex, sp. n.

Family OcuLInID&.

Oculina cubaénsis, sp. n.

Family Astr£1Dz&.

Subfam. AstRAINZE.

Antillia lonsdaleia, var. n.

Division CLADOCORACE®.

Dendrocora fissipara, sp. n.

Division ASTRANGIACE.

Astrangia minuta, sp. n. Cylicia tenella, var. n.

epithecata, sp. n.

MADREPORARIA PERFORATA,.

Family EvpsAMMIN2.

Balanophyliia helene, sp. n. Placopsammia darwint, sp. n.

striata, sp. n.

Species reconsidered.

Family OcuLinip&.

Sclerohelia hirtella, Pallas.

Cyathohelia axillaris, Ellis & Solander.

Description of the Species.

Suborder SCLERODERMATA.

MADREPORARIA APOROSA.

Family TuRBINOLUD.

Subfam. CARYOPHYLLIACE&.

Genus Conocyatuus, D’Orbigny.

This genus is thus described by Milne-Edwards and Jules Haime

in their ‘ Hist. Nat. des Corall.’ vol. ii. p. 25 :—

1876.] AND LITTORAL CORALS. 431

The corallum is simple, trochoid, straight, free, and without a

trace of adherence. The coste are not lamellar; the septa are ex-

sert, being strongly spined laterally ; the columella is wanting or is

rudimentary ; and there are well developed pali before the septa of

the penultimate cycle.

The genus resembles Turbinolia without a columella and with

pali. Its solitary species, a well-marked form, with three cycles

of septa, and six large pali, was found in the Mayence Tertiary de-

posits, and was called by D’Orbigny Conocyathus sulcatus, from the

grooved appearance of its outside.

Two specimens of simple corals were dredged up in Cook’s Straits,

New Zealand, from no very great depth, and they were evidently

ee this remarkable genus, differing very slightly from the fossil

orm.

CoNOCYATHUS ZELANDIA, sp.n. (Plate XXXVIII. figs. 1-3.)

The corallum is conical, the calice being circular in outline; but

the lower third of the corallum diminishes suddenly, there being

fewer coste there thanabove. The base is rounded, and is costulate,

the cost are in ridges, and have distinct intercostal spaces. There

is no columella; but six large upward-projecting pali start around the

axis, and are placed before each secondary septum. There are three

cycles of fully developed septa, and there are three corresponding

cycles of coste ; and in addition there are costz of the fourth cycle in

each of the six systems; but they correspond to rudimentary septa.

Height =3, inch. Diameter of calice about 4; inch.

The resemblance of this coral, at first sight, to a Turbinolian

without a columella is very striking. The pali are unusually large ;

and the existence of the costze, and in relation with rudimentary septa

of the fourth cycle, is very remarkable.

Subfamily TRocHOCYATHACE.

DELTOCYATHUS ORIENTALIS, sp.n. (Plate XX XVIII. figs. 4-7.)

The corallum is short, turbinate, widely open at the calice, and it

has a circular spot to its base, which is without coste. The colu-

mella is exceedingly small; the primary septa are very exsert; and

the coste are subequal, crowded, granular, and project from the wall.

The septa are in four cycles; but the higher orders are incomplete

in some systems. The pali are small and lower before the ter-

tiaries, and prominent and tall but not broad before the secondaries.

All the septa and the pali are closely granular.

Height of coral } inch. Breadth of calice + inch.

Locality. Japanese seas. N. lat. 34° 12', E. long. 136° 20’, in 52

fathoms. Collected by Capt. St. John.

PaRACYATHUS PERSICUS, sp. n. (Plate XXXVIII. figs. 8-10.)

The corallum is short, and the base is broader than the calice,

which is shallow and open. ‘The costz are well developed, rounded

and subequal. The septa are close and crowded, broad, not exsert,

29*

432 PROF. P. M. DUNCAN ON DEEP-SEA [May 16,

long and granular at the sides ; and there are not quite three cycles.

The pali are broad and short, and look like continuations of the pri-

mary and secondary septa. The columella is small and concave.

Breadth of calice 74; inch. Height of corallum +4; inch,

Locality. Dredged up from Persian Gulf on Nullipore.

PARACYATHUS CORONATUS, sp.n. (Plate XX XVIII. figs. 11-13.)

The base is broad, but not so wide as the calice ; and the whole is

short, the costee being very distinct, prominent, unequal, and extend-

ing to the base. The calice is elliptical in outline, and the larger

septa are exsert and rounded. The calice is shallow ; and a circular

ring of septa-like pali arises around the rather small columella.

The septa are in incomplete four cycles ; and there are about 20 pro-

longations into the inner circle. These paliare long and arched, the

whole presenting the appearance of an intercalicular gemmation.

Height of corallum ;%; inch. Breadth of calice 7); inch.

Locality. On a shell in the Persian Gulf.

There is often much difficulty in deciding whether one of the

crowns of pali are really such, or only long spines attached to the

septa on their inner margin near the central space.

The importance of deciding the true character of the structures is

great ; for whilst the septal spine may be of specific importance, the

presence of the pali as independent structures is generic ; for it in-

volves the presence of other tissues—such, for instance, as an extra

crown of soft tentacles. Every one who has seen many of the small

sessile corals usually called Astrangia, Phyllangia, and Ulangia

amongst the Astrangiaceze must have felt this difficulty. In some

the spinose nature of the false palus is evident; but in other species

an arbitrary custom appears to have decided that such and such are

not septal structures but pali.

In the Astrangiaceze there must be evidences of endothecal struc-

ture in the form of dissepiments, although Milne-Edwards says

it is ‘peu abondante.”’ Moreover the septa must have their free

margins more or less incised, and not plam. The origin of the coral-

lites from a basal expansion is part of the diagnosis; but of course

this fails with regard to the parent before basal expausions, or stolons

have been cast forth.

If a corallite simply increases by basal expansions, or stolons, it is

not necessarily one of the Astrangiacez ; for budding can take place

in species of other groups so low down and close to the base that

it appears to be, and may be, essentially basal. This is seen in a

specimen of Ovulina cubaénsis from the Caribbean, when Serpule

have kept the branches from rising as usual. Moreover in the

Sclerohelia from St. Helena there are some corallites close to the

base, and continuous with it, which are not distinguishable from it.

Corallites springing thus from a base more or less closely, and not

having endotheca or serrate-edged septa, are not Astrangiaceze ; so

that without the necessity of determining what are and what are

not pali, the difficulty in classification is somewhat removed.

1876.] AND LITTORAL CORALS. 433

These observations are necessary, in order that the nature and

classification of several corals which closely resemble each other

may be understood, and that their separation or not from the

Astrangiaceze be comprehended.

TURBINOLIDZ REPTANTES.

Corals rising from a prolongation of the basal structures, some-

times distant, sometimes very close. The septa are plain; and there

is no endotheca.

This diagnosis forms a group amongst the Turbinolidee like that

of the Astrangiaceee of the Astreaceze ; and this group is as it were

linked on to the endothecate corals by the Oculinaceze, which oc-

casionally assume this basal method of growth. I believe ‘ occa-

sional”’ is a correct term, and that the force of cireumstances which

prevent the upward growth, and necessitate a basal one, is accom-

panied by trifling changes in the septal arrangement, and in that of

the columella also; so that a species may present itself under two

aspects. But until more is known of the soft parts, it is best to make

them basal growers when they are only found in that manner.

Genus PoLycyaTHUs.

There is an epitheca covering the costz; pali are present ; and

the columella is usually deeply seated.

PoLYCYATHUS ATLANTICUS,sp.n. (PlateXXXVIIL figs. 14-16.)

The corallites arise close to the bases of their neighbours, and

grow more distinct and distant with age. Their shape is cylindro-

conical, with a broad base and an elliptical calice, which is circular

in outline in young species. The epitheca is very decided in young,

and well seen in the old specimens. The septa are irregularly ar-

ranged ; and in the largest calices there are four complete cycles

and part of a fifth. The primary and secondary septa are the

most distinct and exsert, being granular at the sides, but not in-

cised on the margin. The smaller septa do not reach far from the

wall. The margin of the calice, round and stout in the young

corallite, is rather wavy and even angular in the largest. The costz

are subequal, granular, and covered by the epitheca, The columella

is deeply seated, small, and ends in a few papillose spines. The pali

resemble the spines of the columella, but are usually larger and,

indeed, longer than the smaller septa before which they are placed.

The pali are placed before the tertiaries and secondaries, those

of the tertiaries being nearer the margin of the calice. Sometimes

the pali are double or bilobed before these septa, but not before the

secondaries. There is no endotheca.

Height ;4, inch. Breadth of calice 5°; inch.

On an Ostrea from St. Helena.

434 PROF. P. M. DUNCAN ON DEEP-SEA | May 16,

Genus AGELECYATHUS.

There is no epitheca; the costa are well developed, especially near

the calices ; the septa are more or less exsert. There are pali, a

columella, and no endotheca.

AGELECYATHUS HELEN, sp. n. (Plate XXXIX. figs. 4-6.)

The corallum incrusts; and the corallites, united by a common

base, are wide apart and short. The calices are elliptical or round,

open and moderately deep. The columella is small, papillose, and

deeply seated ; the septa are not crowded, but are stout, granular, and

unequal. The primaries and some secondaries are exsert. The pali

are long, thin, papillose, and are placed before the secondaries and

the tertiaries. The costze are flat, unequal, extend to the base, and

are granular.

Diameter of calice 5°, inch.

Locality. On an Ostrea from St. Helena.

The variation of the size and shape of the pali and septa on the

same corallum is interesting. In some they are both broad and

sharply granular laterally.

Var. MINOR.

A smaller series of corallites, and with all the specific attributes,

is on the under valve of the same Ostrea.

AGELECYATHUS PERSICUS, sp. n. (Plate XXXIX. figs. 1-3.)

The corallites are united by stoloniferous expansions ; and some

are distant, whilst others are close. The corallites are cylindrical,

slightly narrower at the base, and tumid below the calice. The

costée are distinct, wide, granular, unequal, and flat. The septa are

unequal, the primaries being the shortest, and those of the higher

cycle much smaller: but in some calices the septa are alternately

large and small. Some calices have very wide septa, largely granular

at the sides; others have them thinner; and all are short. There

are three cycles, or some septa of the fourth may be present. The

columella is small and papillose, and deep in the rather deep fossa.

The pali are small, and either thick or papillose. They are placed

before the tertiaries, and sometimes before the secondaries.

The variability of the pali, and size of the septa, and the septal

number is very remarkable in the same corallum.

2Egpenie of corailum 1] to 2 square eee Height of corallites

3 to +5 inch. Breadth of calice 74, to +4; inch.

Locality. Dredged up out of Persian Gulf.

Subfam. TuRBINOLIACES.

JAVANIA, gen. nov.

The corallum is simple, tall, compressed at the calice, and adheres

by a broad base. There is a complete epitheca, dense inferiorly, and

pellicular superiorly. The larger septa are very exsert; and the ter-

tiaries have costee much broader than they are. The coste of the

1876. | AND LITTORAL CORALS. 435

primary and secondary orders project. There is no columella; and

the calicular fossa is very deep.

The genus is allied to Desmophyllum, Ehrenberg ; but the ab-

sence of exsert higher orders of septa and the dense epitheca sepa-

rate it from this form.

JAVANIA INSIGNIS, sp. n. (Plate XXXIX. figs. 11-13.)

The corallum has a broad incrusting base, above which it is

smaller and cylindrical, and it expands gradually, being compressed

from side to side. The calice is elliptical, and the axes are on the

the same plane ; the septa are very unequal ; and there are four cycles

and part of the fifth. There are twelve nearly equal exsert septa,

and twelve tertiaries which are less exsert and smaller. Between

these septa there are in some parts three small and well-developed

septa, and sometimes two or none. The larger septa are nearly

without ornamentation and are thick ; and they approach the long-

axis space, deficient in columella. The epitheca is stout and plain

inferiorly, but towards the calice it becomes pellicular and arranged

in series of transverse festoons. These curve up to the prominent

and bluntly serrate costze, which correspond to the septa of the three

front cycles. ‘The other septa have no costa. The calicuiar margin

has the epitheca continued to it; and the costze of the primaries and

secondaries are exsert and wide, as are those of the tertiaries which

form the costal prolongations down the wall.

Height 12 inch.

Locality. Japanese sea, N. lat. 34° 13’, E. long. 136° 13’, 48

fathoms. Collected by Capt. St. John.

There is some difficulty in classifying the next species, on account

of the very arbitrary manner in which certain modifications of the in-

ternal parts of the septa are decided to be pali. Pali, in the strict and

proper sense should arise from the internal base of the corallite, and

should be placed between certain septa and the columella, or the

axial space, when this last is deficient. They may adhere to the

septa; but in either case the ornamentation and general arrangement

of the sclerenchyma of the pali differ trom those of the septa. A row

of pali infers an extra row of tentacles. But the term pali is given

to prominent dentations of the inner margin of septa, or to the inner

margins when their dentition differs from that of the rest of the

lamine, in Phyllangia for instance. This is not correct: such

structures may be termed papillose; but this will not permit of the

corallites being classified as having pali. In the species about to

be described the inner part of all the septa is more or less peculiarized

by broad, widely separated, complicated granulations, or rough

papille. The linear series of these ornaments simulate pali; but I

am not disposed to admit that they are those accessory structures.

Were they pali, the form would fairly come near to Gray’s Hetero-

cyathus, as it stood first of all—not as one: of the synapticulate corals

according to Milne-Edwards and Jules Haime, but a true member of

the old group of Trochocyathacee.

436 PROF. P. M. DUNCAN ON DEEP-SEA [May 16,

As the form has no endotheca, is simple, and without pali, it

comes within the Turbinolinz, in the neighbourhood of Desmo-

phyllum, Smilotrochus, and Discotrochus ; but it differs from all.

Like the two well-known Japanese simple corals, the corallum

has its base surrounding a shell; but in this instance the small

Ditrupa-like annelid does not always interfere with the symmetry of

the base.

Genus BRACHYTROCHUS.

The corallum is very short, free, or incrusting annelid-shells.

The calice is circular, and deep centrally; there is no columella.

The septa are exsert and papillose ; the coste are well developed,

except on the rounded centre of the base, where they merge into a

granular strueture.

BRACHYTROCHUS SIMPLEX, sp.n. (Plate XXXIX. figs. 7-10.)

The ealice is widely open, and the floor of the fossa is visible.

The septa are in six systems, and there are four perfect cycles in

each ; the primaries are the largest, the most exsert, and project

the most internally and externally ; the secondaries are slightly

smaller than the primaries, and larger than those of the third order.

The fourth and fifth orders aye the smallest, and rather approach

the tertiaries.

All have large and wide papillz internally ; and those of the third

and higher orders of septa reach furthest from the axis. The septa

are rounded faintly and are thin and exsert.

The cost are profusely granular. The inner granulations, or

papille of the septa, radiate, as it were, from where the columella

might have been.

Height ;3; inch. Breadth 54) inch.

Locality. Gaspar Straits, 12 fathoms. From the Liverpool

Museum.

Family Ocutinip#, Ed. & H.

OcULINA CUBAENSIS, sp. n. (Plate XL. figs. 1, 2.)

The corallum incrusts dead Polyzoa and Serpule, and rises also in

the form of irregular stems which branch and often coalesce. Gem-

mation sometimes lateral and alternate, at other times in spiral

series, and without order.

The calices are not very prominent, and are moderately deep. The

columella is extremely small and trabecular ; the septa are alternately

large and small; and the primaries and secondaries are exsert, arched,

and finely spinulose at their margin. There are rarely three com-

plete cycles. The pali are before all the septa except the last, are

Jong, rather papillose at the surface, tall, and their inner end meets

the almost rudimentary columella. The coste are often well seen

over the sides and running between the corallites; at other times

they are wanting. They are often unequal, a large one being fol-

lowed by a very small one. All are minutely granular, so that they

feel as if spiny.

Fissiparity is rare.

1876. ] AND LITTORAL CORALS. 437

Breadth of calices ;4; inch.

Locality. Caribbean Sea.

This is allied to Oculina tenella, Pourtalés.

SCLEROHELIA HIRTELLA, Pallas, sp. (Plate XLI. figs. 3, 4.)

This fine species has been found at St. Helena, and as yet nowhere

else; and no other form comprehended by the genus has been de-

scribed. On a large Ostrea trom the coast of St. Helena, there are

several specimens which would at a glance be referred to the genus

Sclerohelia ; and their examination, whilst it confirms this impres-

sion, proves the extraordinary amount of variation which the calices

may present.

The specific diagnosis is as follows :—

The corallum has a thick stem and many branches, the ccenen-

chyma being very thick, glistening, and finely granular. The costal

striee are slightly marked. The calices are alternate and oppo-

site on the young branches and are placed irregularly on the larger

ones, being generally but slightly prominent and shallow. The

columella is well developed, being made up of 7 or 8 papilla. There

are three complete cycles of septa; and some of the fourth are found

in one or two systems. The septa are very unequal and very pro-

jecting at the margin. The pali are well developed, and are placed

before the secondary septa. Diameter of the calices + inch.

A comparison between this structural description and that which

can be given of the specimens on the Ostrea is very instructive.

1. A large dendroid mass having three large branches, two of

which coalesce after some ramifications have been given off.

Calice 1. This is on the thick branch ; and its base is costulate,

and the surface granular. The shape is elliptical; the septa are in

six systems ; and there are four perfect cycles in two systems, an in-

complete fourth cycle in one, and three complete cycles in the others.

The columella is composed of three oblong masses in a line; the

pali are thin, rather long, and are placed before two secondaries and

two tertiaries on one half, and before two tertiaries and two secon-

daries in the other.

In the next calice to no. 1 (2) the columellary masses have united

and have assumed a dense structure, arched above. No. 3 isa calice

on a small branch, the calice being rather more circular in outline ;

the columella has two side-papillze ; and two of the pali are wanting.

And in another calice (4) the columella is as in no. 2; but the

pali are thick and broad.

On other branches of the same corallum there are some calices

with four cycles of septa in four systems, and the fifth orders

wanting only in the half of the other systems; and in some the

columella is long and solid, or long and incomplete, or round and

made up of many processes.

On the surface of the trunk there are some calices which sur-

mount rather elongated buds, and the septal number is not over 24,

and the columella consists of one twist of a band-like structure

greatly resembling a styloid columeila at the top.

438 PROF. P, M. DUNCAN ON DEEP-SEA [May 16,

2. A small, stunted corallum on the same shell as the last, has

well-developed calices and costal markings in some places, but, as

in no. 1, not everywhere. The calices are of two kinds —those with

a large columella made up of several trabeculee forming a more or

less globular or circular mass, and those with elongated columelle

and well-developed pali.

3. A small trunk on the lower side of the same shell presents

calices with a large columella and small pali. The coste are very

marked around some calices.

These variations in the ealicular arrangement in the same corallum

and in the same species are very significant, and they prove that the

presence or absence of costee, the septal number, the number and

dimensions of pali, and the size and development of the columella

must not be taken separately to decide specific destinctions if some

of the other structures retain their special characters.

This coral is a very interesting species, as it is only found off St.

Helena; but it, when worn, and when the columella is small, singu-

larly resembles the Synhelie of the chalk.

CYATHOHELIA AXILLARIS, Ellis & Solander, sp.

This common species, from the Japanese seas, is described in

Milne-Edwards and Jules Haime’s ‘ Hist. Nat. des Coral.’ vol. ii. p.

110. » They omit to state that the pali are situated before the pri-

mary, secondary, and tertiary septa, and that in young calices the

columella is on a much lower Jevel than the tall papillee of the crown

of pali. The thickness of the septa varies according to age.

Family AstR&IDA.

Subfam. ASTRHIN#E.

Genus ANTILLIA, Duncan, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. 1864, p. 28.

ANTILLIA LONSDALEIA, Duncan, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol.

xx. pl. ill. figs. 4—4e.

A variety of this Miocene species which I described from the Ter-

tiaries of San Domingo is found in the Japanese seas at no very

great depth. It wassent over by Capt. St. John; and on examining

the two specimens I could not distinguish a specific difference

between them and the fossil form. The arrangement of the lobed

septa, their high cyclical number, their ornamentation and endotheca

are most close in their resemblance. The general shape differs a little ;

and the compressed form of the calice constitutes a variety only.

The side view of the corallum is given in Plate XLI. fig. 1, and

the details of the calice in Plate XLI. fig. 2.

Division CLADOCORACE.

DENDROCORA, geD. nov.

The corallum is bushy, the ramifications being frequent from all

parts, short and frequently forming groups in one plane. The wall

is thick except near the calices ; the costee are distinct, and thicker

than the septa. The columella is lax and trabecular, having pali

1876. ] AND LITTORAL CORALS. 439

which are placed before the tertiary septa in perfect systems. Fissi-

parity is common in the terminal calices, and they present short broken

series. There is no epitheca. Endotheca tolerably abundant.

This genus differs from Cladocora in having no epitheca, in the

fissiparous division, and in the thickness of the walls. It is distin-

guished from Pleurocora, to which it is more closely allied than to

any other genus, in its general shape and the fissiparity of the

terminal calices ; and it is separated from Goniocora by having pali.

DENDROCORA FISSIPARA, sp. n. (Plate XL. figs. 5-7.)

The corallum is small and bushy, the branches being slender ;

the terminal calices are elongate, and undergo fissiparity by the di-

vision of the calice by a large septum. Ordinary calices are round,

shallow, with exsert septa, very granular, in vertical lines, and slightly

incised ; and the columella has an open reticulated form, with pro-

cesses centrally , and paliat the side. Septa in 6 systems, and usually

three cycles in each, a fourth never being complete. The pali are

before the third septa. The costze are broader than the septa at the

calice, and are sharply granular and met distinct. BL de, of coral

2 inches. Breadth of ordinary calice +’; inch, of a series +4; inch.

Locality, Off Bonito, West Africa. 43 fathoms. Liverpool

Museum.

Division ASTRANGIACE.

ASTRANGIA MINUTA, sp. n. (Plate XL. fig. 8.)

The base is larger than the centre ; and the coste are moderately

developed. ‘The calice is very open and shallow ; the columella is

well seen, and consists of papillze which resemble those of the smaller

septa. The corallite is very short; and there are three complete

cycles of septa, which are short, granular, unequal, arched, and

slightly excised.

Breadth of calice 54, inch. Height of corallum .j; inch.

Locality. On a reef-coral from the shores of San Domingo.

ASTRANGIA EPITHECATA, sp.n. (Plate XL. fig. 9.)

The corallum is short, the calices open and shorter than the base ;

the fossa is shallow ; and the epitheca comes to the margin. The colu-

mella is small, being formed by a circle of trabeculee j joining the septal

ends. Septa wide apart, unequal, usually long, and i a three cycles.

Breadth of calice 4; inch. Height of corallum zy inch.

Locality. On West-Indian recent reef-coral.

A group of corals associated with several little Brachiopods of

the genus Krausia (probably a variety of Krausia persicum), from

Port Natal, in South-eastern Africa, presents some interesting results

to a careful investigation. The corallites have the aspect of the

genus Cylicia, Dana, as they are crowded, spring from a basal ex-

pansion, have a well-marked epitheca, deep fossze, and the septal

edge concave. At first sight the whole would be associated with

440 PROF. P. M. DUNCAN ON DEEP-SEA [ May 16,

Cylicia tenella, Dana, which is placed amongst the Astrangiaceeze ;

but the following structural peculiarities render this a matter of

doubt.

1. Some corallites attain the height of 54; inch nearly equalling

10 millimetres.

2. All the corallites do not arise from the stoloniferous base, but

some spring from others between the calice and the base ; but it does

not appear that these are buds. They are’ probably the result of

polypes that became fixed on to the epitheca of the original one in

their mobile stage.

3. The epitheca is shown perfectly in small corallites; but the

larger and even some of the smaller have distinct but small costze,

which are marked with granules, and which join the angular and

very slightly exsert ends of the septa.

4. The septal arrangement is irregular. There are six primary

septa, and a number of others, the majority resembling the prima-

ries. Usually there are 20 large septa reaching into the calice ;

and between each pair there is often, but not invariably, a rudimen-

tary septum. In some calices the primaries appear to be five in

number; and in a bud there is one primary anda small septum on

either side of it. All are granular and incised more or less.

5. The endotheca is absent, except within the calice of two spe-

cimens, where it is extending between the septa near the wall, as if

commencing to occlude the floor of the calice.

6. The columella is formed of processes from the septal ends, is

small, and has three or more beautiful granular ornaments on the

points where the reticulations meet.

The incised nature of the larger septa along their slanting internal

margin is evident. Sometimes the septa do not even reach to the

ealicular margin; and some appear as spines from the inner part of

the calicular wall. The third cycle is rarely complete if the rudi-

mentary septa, which project between the larger =, inch or a little

more, are wanting, as in the diagnosis of Milne-Edwards and Jules

Haime, ‘ Hist. Nat. des Corall.’ vol. i. p. 608; and the third cycle

do not always bend towards the secondary septa. If the rudimentary

septa are counted, the fourth cycle is rarely complete.

The species Cylicia tenella and C. verreauvi, Kd. & H., differ

in respect of the perfection of the third and imperfection of the

fourth cycle, this last never being perfect in either. There is no

specific distinction between them; and therefore the last-named

species had better disappear. The form under consideration I deem

a variety of Cylicia tenella, var. natalensis (Plate XL. fig. 3).

MADREPORARIA PERFORATA.

Family EupsaMMIN&.

BALANOPHYLLIA HELENA, sp. n. (Plate XLI. figs. 5, 6.)

The corallite has a small base, a narrow bent cylindrical stem,

and a suddenly large calicular opening.

The costae are not exsert at the calice, are distinct to the base,

1876. ] AND LITTORAL CORALS. 441

slightly prominent, unequal, very numerous, perforated here and

there, close together, and spinulosely granular, the grains being few

and large. There is an epitheca, which reaches upwards from the

base a short distance; and the wall is thin and reticulate. The

calicular fossa is wide and shallow; the columella is oval and

moderately large ; and there are more than five cycles of septa in

each of the six systems. The septa are thin, not exsert, long, and

unite not far from the columella, and near the wall the larger are

perforate.

Height ;°,-;5, inch. Breadth of calice ;3,—;45 inch.

Locality. St. Helena, on an Ostrea; probably 11 fathoms.

(Sent as having come up with an anchor from a great depth.)

BALANOPHYLLIA STRIATA, Sp. n. (Plate XLI. figs. 7-9.)

The corallite is tube-like, there being but slight alteration in the

breadth of the cylindrical and bent form during growth; it is

long, slender, bent, and fixed by a wide base. The costz are

numerous, subequal, close, faintly granular ; and the synapticule are

visible on the intercostal spaces where the costz have been worn, but

not otherwise. There is an epitheca inferiorly. The costee do not

project upwards at the calice ; but those of the primary and secon-

dary septa and sometimes of the tertiary are a little higher than the

others. The wall is thin at the margin, and the reticulation is

slight. The calice is circular in outline, very deep ; and the columella

is very small, and appears as a few scattered papillae. The septa are

thin, long, not prominent, and do not reach far into the centre at

the margin; but the larger reach far inwards at the base of the

fossa. The larger are plain, and the rest are denticulate. The

union is made close to the wall and halfway down the calice.

Height 1,4, inch. Breadth of calice ;%; inch.

Locality. Found with the species just described.

Genus PLAcopsAmMmrta, Reuss.

PLACOPSAMMIA DARWINI. (Plate XL. fig. 4.)

The corallum has a broad ascending base, which narrows suddenly

and is continued upwards as a cylindrical tube-like corallum, one

diameter being slightly greater than the other. Buds project from

the same height as the parent, in a whorl, and pass upwards and

outwards. There is no epitheca; and the costz are well developed,

nearly equal, broad, distinct, andsharply multigranular. The intercos-

tal spaces show synapticulz, and are distinct. The calice is elliptical

in outline, and rather deep; the margin is densely reticulate and

stout ; and the septa, barely exsert, are thin, long, and do not project

much from the margin. There are twelve nearly equal septa (1 &

2); and the tertiaries are not so well developed as those of the fourth

cycle. All these last are rather spiny on their internal margins ; and

their approach and contact with each other is very slight and low

down. ‘There are four perfect cycles, and in one or two systems an

order of the fifth. The columella is deeply seated, is well separate

442

ON DEEP-SEA AND LIfTORAL CORALS. [May 16,

from the septa, is lamellar and granular, the granules being long.

It is long, arched, and thin at the surface.

Height of corallum 1} inch. Breadth of calices 34-7) inch.

Locality. Galapagos Islands. Collected by Mr. Darwin.

Fig.

OOS MaAIMDerk oon

Coho

Our C9 be

DID

tO DAIS SUP oo po

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Pruats XXXVIII.

. Conocyathus zelandie, nat. size.

. Ditto, coral, magnified.

. Ditto, calice, magnified.

. Deltocyathus orientalis, side view.

. Ditto, side view, magnified.

. Ditto, calice, magnified.

. Ditto, a septum, magnified.

. Paracyathus persicus.

9. Ditto, side view, magnified.

. Ditto, calice, magnified.

. Paracyathus coronatus, side view.

. Ditto, side view, magnified.

. Ditto, calice, magnified.

. Polycyathus atlanticus, side view.

. Ditto, side view, magnified.

. Ditto, calice, magnified.

Puate XXXIX.

. Agelecyathus persicus, side view.

. Ditto, side view, magnified.

. Ditto, calice, magnified.

. Agelecyathus helene, group.

. Ditto, costee, magnified.

. Ditto, calice, magnified.

. Brachytrochus simplex, side view.

. Ditto, costee, magnified.

. Ditto, calice, magnified.

. Ditto, septum, magnified.

. Javania insignis, side view.

. Ditto, upper part, side view, magnified.

. Ditto, calice, magnified.

Puate XL.

. Oculina cubaénsis, group.

. Ditto, calice, magnified.

. Cylicia tenella, var., calice, magnified.

. Placopsammia darwini, calice, magnified,

. Dendrocora fissipara, nat. size.

. Ditto, costa, magnified.

Ditto, ealice, magnified.

. Astrangia minuta, calice, magnified.

epithecata, calice, magnified.

Prats XLI.

. Antillia lonsdaleia, side view, nat. size.

. Ditto, calice, nat. size.

. Sclerohelia hirtella, calice, magnified.

. Ditto, second calice, magnified. -

. Balanophyllia helene, nat. size.

».

. Balanophyllia striata, nat. size.

. Ditto, costee, magnified.

Ditto, calice, magnified.

1876.] ON THE CRANIAL CHARACTERS IN RHINOCEROSES. 443

3. On some Cranial and Dental Characters of the existing

Species of Rhinoceroses. By Wittiam Henry Frownr,

BOS 56 eee:

[Received May 15, 1876.]

While engaged lately in cataloguing the osteological specimens of

the genus Rhinoceros in the Museum of the Royal College of

Surgeons, and at the same time, through the kindness of Dr.

Giinther, examining those at the British Museum (the two col-

lections comprising a total number of fifty-four skulls), several

points in relation to the distinctive characters of the different species

came under my notice, which I think may be worth bringing before

the Society.

The principal distinguishing characters in the skeleton, dentition,

and even the folds of the skin, of three distinct forms of Asiatic

rhinoceroses were clearly and concisely pointed out by Cuvier in the

third volume of the last edition of the ‘Ossemens Fossiles’ (1834).

De Blainville *, Duvernoy ?, and Blyth have also added to our

knowledge of the same three forms, which in fact appeared to be

well established as the only ones existing in that region of the

world. The late Dr. Gray, however, with far more abundant

material at his disposal than either of the above-named zoologists,

came to very different conclusions from them, both as to the num-

ber, distinctive characters, and relations of the various species of

the group§; and it is partly with the view of ascertaining how far

his views can be accepted that the observations about to be recorded

have been made. It is the more necessary that this should be done

without further delay, as Dr. Gray’s arrangement of the species has

already been adopted in zoological and palzontological literature ||.

As is well known, the existing Asiatic Rhinoceroses are sharply

differentiated from those of Africa by the presence, throughout life,

of well-developed and functional incisor teeth. The Museum of

the College of Surgeons contains eighteen skulls of rhinoceroses of

the former group of various ages, most of them, unfortunately,

without locality. The British Museum contains twenty, making a

total of thirty-eight Asiatic skulls, upon which the following obser-

vations are based.

The whole of these, in my opinion, can be grouped into three

* Ostéographie des mammiféres. Tome iii. ‘“‘ Rhinocéros” (1846).

+ “ Nouvelles études sur les Rhinocéros fossiles,” Arch. du Mus. t. iii, 1854—

55:

¢ “A Memoir on the living Asiatic Species of Rhinoceros,” J. Asiat. Soc.

Bengal, xxxi. 1862, p. 151.

§ “ Observations on the preserved Specimens and Skeletons of the Rhinocero-

tid@ in the collection of the British Museum and Royal College of Surgeons,

including the Descriptions of three new Species,” P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 1008: mostly

reprinted, with the illustrations, in the ‘Catalogue of the Carnivorous, Pachy-

dermatous and Edentate Mammals in the British Museum,’ 1869.

|| See R. B. Foote, Rhinoceros deccanensis, ‘ Paleeontologica Indica,’ 1874.

444 PROF. W. H. FLOWER ON THE CRANIAL AND [May 16,

distinct types, and no more, these three exactly coinciding with

those described by Cuvier. Whether more species exist of which

we have as yet received no specimens, or whether any of these

types, as I have called them, represent several species separated by

characters, external or anatomical, not available at present, I cannot

say, especially in the prevailing uncertainty of the use of the word

‘species.”’ I only mean to imply that there is nothing that I can

distinguish in the materials at hand to justify their further separa-

tion.

These three are (arranged according to size) :—1. R. unicornis,

Linn., = R. indicus, Cuv. (R. A. 1817); 2. R. sondaicus, Cuv. (in

Desmarest, Mamm. 1822), = R. javanicus, F. Cuv. & Geoff.

(Mamm., 1824); 3. R. sumatrensis, Cuv. (R. A. 1817). The

skulls of these three species can be distinguished from one another

at a glance, at any age.

Leaving out numerous minor characters, for which I must refer to

Fig. 1.

PEL ; 7a)

Side view of posterior part of skull of Rhinoceros sumatrensis. One fourth

natural size.

m, External auditory meatus; pg, postglenoid process of the squamosal; p/,

posttympanice process of the squamosal; po, paroccipital process of the

exoccipital.

[All the figures are from specimens in the Museum of the Royal College of

Surgeons. |

the works previously mentioned, the skull of the last (22. sumatrensis)

is separated from either of the others by a most readily recognized

peculiarity in the structure of the squamosal bone, which I believe has

not been generally observed. I should, perhaps, rather say that the

peculiarity exists in the former two species, and that R. sumatrensis

LS7os DENTAL CHARACTERS OF RHINOCEROSES. 445

conforms to the normal mammalian type, seen in Palgotherium,

Tapirus, Hquus, &e. It is that the post-glenoid and post-tympanic

processes of the squamosal (fig. 1, pg and pt) do not unite below the

meatus auditorius (m), and that the latter i is, as far as the squamosal

bone is concerned, a groove and not a canal, and the floor of the

meatus is formed solely by the tympanic ; whereas, in both existing

one-horned species (fig. 2) these processes (even in the newborn

animal) are in contact for a considerable space, and in old animals

are ankylosed together, so that the squamosal completely surrounds

the meatus as in “elephant. The African rhinoceroses conform Bes

the Sumatran in this respect, though the groove is not so wide ;

that this conformation of the squamosal may be said to Scien

all the existing two-horned species.

Fig. 2.

Side view of posterior part of skull of Rhénoceros sondaicus. One fourth

natural size.

The letters as in fig. 1,

A second character, but far less important, by which the skull of

the Sumatran Rhinoceros can be distinguished from that of its

Asiatic congeners is the backward position of the occipital crest,

which overhangs the nearly vertical occipital surface, whereas in

the others the Tneten slopes forwards and upwards from the condyles

to the crest (see figs. 1 and 2).

The slight prominence for the second horn, situated rather an-

terior to the centre of the conjoined frontal bones, is another

diagnostic character.

It is interesting to note that in all these characters, as well as in

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1876, No. XXX. 30

446 PROF. W. H. FLOWER ON THE CRANIAL AND [May 16

Under surface of hinder part of the skull of Rhinoceros unicornis. One third

I :

natural size.

pt, pterygoid processes; vo, hinder end of yomer; c!, erista or anterior combine-

if A : » U0, : : ’ s

plate; c*, crochet or posterior combing-plate ; a, accessory valley.

1876. ] DENTAL CHARACTERS OF RHINOCEROSES. 447

the smaller size of the incisor teeth *, this species occupies a some-

what intermediate position between the one-horned Asiatic and the

African species.

Under surface of hinder part of the skull of Rhinoceros sondaicus. One third

natural size.

pt, pterygoid processes; ve, hinder end of vomer; ¢?, crochet or posterior

combing-plate.

R. unicornis and R. sondaicus, being otherwise more nearly

allied must be separated by less decisive, though by no means less

constant and scarcely less recognizable characters.

* And, it may be added, the tendency to the loss of the lateral and the con-

stant absence of the central lower incisors, which are present in all the specimens

of R. unicornis and FR. sondaicus examined, with the exception of one aged

individual of the latter.

30*

448 PROF. W. H. FLOWER ON THE CRANIAL AND [May 16,

In the former, besides the greater general size and greater length

and height of the cranium as ‘compared with breadth, the ascending

ramus of the mandible is considerably higher in proportion (a cha-

racter much relied on by Blyth),so that the whole skull, when mounted

upon the lower jaw, is more elevated. The occipital surface also is

markedly higher and narrower than in R. sondaicus. But in ad-

dition to hice well-known and obvious characters, there are certain

features in the conformation of the base of the skull which are

eminently characteristic of the two species, and which when once

recognized cannot be mistaken, and are superior for diagnostic

purposes to those derived from the general form and proportions,

or from parts of the skull the form and dimensions of which are in-

fluenced by muscular development, the size of the horns, &c., and

consequently very liable to individual variation.

In R. unicornis (fig. 3) the mesopterypoid fossa is always narrower

than in R. sondaicus (fig. 4) ; and the same condition extends back-

wards throughout the basi- sphenoid and basi-occipital bones, not

only relatively to the size of the skull, but absolutely, the point of

junction between these two bones being, in large skulls of R. unicor-

nis, actually narrower from side to ale than in much smaller speci-

mens of R. sondaicus, though generally making a more salient pro-

jection downwards. Furthermore, the free ends of the pterygoid

processes (pt) are compressed and deeply grooved in £. unicornis,

whereas in it. sondaicus they are more Antiened and laterally ex-

panded. ‘The hinder margin of the palate is more regularly concave

in the former, and has a projection in the middle line i in the latter.

But the most absolutely diagnostic structural difference is seen in the

hinder end of the vomer (vo), which in R. unicernis is thickened

and firmly united by its sides to the base of the pterygoid processes,

while in 2. sondaicus it is thin, lamelliform, pointed, and free, so

that in museum specimens it is very often injured or destroyed.

The upper molar teeth of &. watcornis and Rk. sondaicus are

remarkably unlike for species otherwise so nearly related*; but the

same kind of difference exists between the two best-distinguished

species of the African forms, R. stmus and R. bicornis ; so that the

characters of the teeth alone, which have been so much relied on in

the case of the extinct species, are not, when taken by themselves,

good tests of affinity.

In R. unicornis, ii the first and generally in the second molar, the

crochet (or posterior combing-plate) (c’) curves forwards and usually

unites with the evista (anterior combing-plate) (c') developed from the

lamina, so as to cut off an “ accessory valley ”’ (a) from the extremity

of the median sinus +. The premolars and milk-molars present a

* Professor Owen says truly in his ‘ Odontography,’ p. 594 (1845) :—‘ Even

in existing eae so nearly allied as the unicorn Rhinoceroses of India and

Java, each might be determined by a single detached molar tooth.” But his

views must have been subsequently modified ; for in the descriptive catalogue of

the Museum of the College (1853), the skulls of both species are described

under the common naime of FP. indicus.

t For an explanation of these terms see Busk, P. Z. S. 1869, p. 410, “Notice

1876. ] DENTAL CHARACTERS OF RHINOCEROSES. 449

similar conformation, subject to individual variation. This never

takes place in the true molars of R. sondaicus (though it may

occasionally in some of the milk-molars, especially the second), as in

fact the crista is rarely dev eloped 1 in that species, and the crochet isa

simple straight free process in the true molars, though often double

in the premolars.

On the other hand the molar teeth of R. sondaicus and R.

sumatrensis are remarkably alike. Mr. Busk, it is true, has pointed

out characters by which they can be distinguished * ; but they are

such as to require great attention on the part of the observer to

detect, and one of ener the difference in the relative length and

breadth, does not appear to me to bear the test of application to a

considerable series of individuals. I may, however, add another,

which appears to be tolerably constant, viz. the greater depth of the

posterior as compared with the median sinus in I. sumatrensis,

whence it results that in an extremely worn tooth of the latter

there are always two fossee, the median and posterior, while in R.

sondaicus the posterior disappears, leaving finally only a single fossa

in the wide surface of exposed dentine. In R. unicor nis, In a Cor-

responding stage of attrition, there are three fosse—the median,

accessory, and posterior.

The premolars of R. sumatrensis can be distinguished from those

of R. sondaicus by the complete absence of the double crochet

above mentioned as usually, if not always, present in the latter.

It isa curious circumstance that the remains of R&R. sondaicus,

though more recently distinguished as a distinct species, are more

abundant i in our collections tei those of R. unicornis. In the Col-

lege-of-Surgeons Museum there are 9 skulls of this species, and

5 of R. unicornis. In the British Museum the numbers are

respectively 9 and 7. This may be accounted for by the geogra-

phical range of the species, as it is R. sondaicus which inhabits the

Bengal Sunderbunds, and the neighbourhood of Calcutta, while R.

uxicornis is only known from the hilly country to the north, bordering

upon Nepal, Bhotan, and Assam. On the other hand, judging from

the figures, nearly all the living examples of rhinoceroses brought

to this country before the present specimen of I. sondaicus, which

was acquired by the Society in 1874, have belonged to the species

which we call R. untcornis; but this is a subject which has been

discussed in Mr. Sclater’s article on the species of Rhinoceros

living in the Society’s Gardens, shortly to be published in our * Trans-

actions * with magnificent illustrations of external characters of five

species drawn from life.

To return to the collection of skulls. Judged by the tests above

given, and by other characters more difficult to describe, but easily

appreciated on an examination of the specimens, the one described

of the Discovery at Sarawak, in Borneo, of the fossilized Teeth of Rhinoceros.”

In one of the specimens of 2. unicornis in the British Museum, though the

crochet and crista are well developed, there is no actual union of their SGnciiliesy

* Loe. cit.

450 PROF. W. H. FLOWER ON THE CRANIAL AND [May 16,

and figured by Dr. Gray in the paper above referred to as R. flower,

and called in the Catalogue of the Museum of the College of Surgeons

R. sumatranus, is a very characteristic yun of R. sondaicus,

belonging perhaps to what Blyth would call the narrow type of that

species. It was presented by Sir Stamford Raffles together with the

Sumatran specimens, though no locality is recorded for this indivi-

dual. This circumstance probably occasioned its being entered in

the Catalogue as A. sumatranus; for although it is not certain that it

came from Sumatra, it is quite probable, as we have now other reasons

for believing that &. sondaicus is an inhabitant of that great island.

The two skulls in the British Museum (supposed to be from Borneo)

described by Dr. Gray as R. nasalis also present, in my opinion, no

characters by which they can be distinguished from R. sondaicus,

while on the other hand his R. stenocephalus i is a young example of

RR. unicornis, or at all events has all the essential ehaeacters of that

species as distinguished from R. sondaicus. The specific distinctions

relied upon by Dr. Gray, the narrowness and rounding of the upper

surface of the skull, appear to me far too liable to indieiddal variation

to constitute valid elem acters without other evidence *

A. skeleton, lately received at the British Museum, through Mr.

Franks, of Amsterdam, from Sumatra, is . sondaicus, thus afford-

ing confirmatory evidence to that already obtained ¥ of the presence

of “both the two-horned and one-horned species in that island.

A still more interesting circumstance, as enlarging our knowledge

of the geographical distribution of these animals, is, that the young

skull obtained from Borneo by Mr. Low, of Labuan, added last year

to the British-Musenm collection, and of the habitat of which there

is not a shadow of uncertainty, as in the case of the other supposed

Bornean skulls in the same collection (which are &. sondaicus), be-

longs to the two-horned species or R. swmatrensis. This faet, with

that lately recorded by Mr. Sclater {, of the occurrence of this form

in Assam, give the two extremes at present known of its range.

A question has lately arisen whether there may not be two ) species

of Asiatic two-horned rhinoceroses. Cuvier already believed that

there were two varieties in the island of Sumatra, distinguished by

their size; but the question has been brought into prominence by

the presence in our gardens of two living armies of the same sex,

one from Chittagong, and one from the southern part of the Malay

peninsula, presenting such differences of size, colour, length of tail,

and distribution of hair, that they would strike any zoologist as

being examples, if not of different species, at least of very well marked

varieties. In the former light they have been regarded by Mr.

Sclater, who has bestowed the name of R. lasiotis, or Hairy-eared

* Mr. Busk (P. Z. 8. 1869, p. 413, foot-note) has already recorded his opinion

that all these three species of Dr. Gray are indistinguishable from 2. sondatcus.

As regards the first two, as will be seen above, 1 am of the same opinion, but

not as regards the third.

+ The teeth brought by Mr. Wallace and described by Mr. Busk, and the

probability of the skull presented to the College of Surgeons by Sir T. Raffles

being from that island.

PRE ZaSelsrp p- 566.

1876. ] DENTAL CHARACTERS OF RHINOCEROSES. 451

Rhinoceros, on the larger and lighter-coloured individual, retaining

the name of R. sumuatne ensis for the smaller one, of which we have

recently received a second example.

This determination has been called in question by Dr. Gray ; and

there are certainly some difficulties in deciding which of the two is

the original 2. sumatrensis of Cuvier (R. A. 1817), founded on Bell’s

description and figure in the ‘ Philosophical Transactions’ for 1793,

as that animal, if “correctly drawn, must have been in some respects

intermediate between our two living forms. On the whole, however,

Tam most inclined to think that the small and dark species (Dr.

Gray’s Ceratorhinus niger) is the nearest to Bell’s Sumatran Rbino-

ceros, which is the view taken by Mr. Sclater. There is a skull in

the Museum of the College of Surgeons (No. 2936), presented by Sir

Joseph Banks, which is stated in the first edition of the Osteological

Catalogue (1831) to have been the original of that figured by

Bell in the ‘ Philosophical Transactions.’ If this could be proved

to be the case, it would satisfactorily determine the cranial characters

of the true R. sumatrensis; but the discrepancies between the figure

and the skull are so ereat * that, with every allowance for inaccuracy

on the artist’s part, if is impossible to believe that they could be in-

tended for the same; and, indeed, the author of the second Catalogue

(1853) appears to have come to this conclusion, as the reference to

the Phil. ‘Trans. is omitted in the description of the specimen. It

is, however, extremely probable that the skull in question may have

been sent to Sir J. Banks by Bell, as the latter had more than one

specimen and was in communication with Sir Joseph, who presented

his memoir to the Royal Society ; and therefore it may fairly be

regarded as a representative of the same species.

As long as the type of Sclater’s 2. lasiotis lives, the important

question as to whether any osteological or dental characters are

connected with the differences of external appearance cannot be

determined ; and as my present purpose is only with such characters,

I must leave it out of consideration, and return to the eight skulls,

four in the College of Surgeons, and four in the British Museum,

that are available for examination.

Of those in the first-named collection, three are probably from

Sumatra, having been presented by Sir Stamford Raffles; and the

other is the one just mentioned, given by Sir Joseph Banks, probably

also from Sumatra.

Of those in the British Museum, the locality of one is not recorded ;

one is from Pegu, having been purchased from Mr. Theobald ; one is

from Borneo, as previously mentioned ; and the last is from the small

dark-coloured animal, from Malacca, which died in the Society’s

Gardens in 1872, an aged female +. This differs from all the others

in having no lower incisor teeth. Unless, as is probable, this is an

* Chiefly as regards age, as shown by the teeth, and not differences of any

specific value.

+t See Mr. Garrod’s notes on its anatomy, P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 92, where the

remarkable difference between the structure of ihe mucous membrane of the

intestine and that of A. wnicornis is described. It is interesting to note

452 PROF. W. H. FLOWER ON THE CRANIAL AND | May 16,

individual peculiarity due to age, it is an important character. A

specimen in the Brussels Museum is in an exactly similar con-

dition.

On comparing these skulls, can any character be found to indicate

that they belong to more than one species? Of seven of them I

have little hesitation in saying that the differences of proportion

and general configuration which oceur among them may well be

considered within the limits of individual variation; but of one,

that from Pegu, in the British Museum, No. 1401 a, I am doubtful.

There are differences in the conformation of the base of the skull,

and in the greater length and more compressed form of the post-

glenoid process, which separate it from the others; but without

further evidence of correlated differences in other parts of the

organization, or without further specimens showing the same

characters, I should not feel justified in considering these differences

specific, knowing that the development of processes for the

attachment of muscles are among the most variable of characters.

I merely indicate them to direct the attention of anv one who may

have an opportunity of examining the skull of R. lasiotis, or of any

fresh examples brought to this country, to compare them with this

Specimen, especially as Pegu is the most northern locality (and

therefore nearest to Chittagong) of any of the skulls of this form of

Kthinoceros. The three Sumatran specimens from Sir Stamford

Raffles all differ somewhat in size and form; but, allowing for age,

the Malacca specimen at the British Museum (R. xiger, Gray) does

not appear to differ materially from them.

Of African rhinoceroses, the British Museum possesses a fine

series of eleven skulls, and the College of Surgeons five.

The two distinct types, exemplified by R. simus, Burchell, and

hk. hieornis, Linn., are recognizable at a glance. The larger size of

the former, together with the depressed, spatulated form of the front

end of the mandible, distinguish it at once. It is worthy of note

that though the front of the jaws, especially the mandible, of the

latter, are so much more reduced and narrow, the incisor teeth are

better developed and more persistent. Ina young R. bicornis, from

Abyssinia, in which all the milk-molars are in place and worn, there

are rudimentary incisors (+) in both jaws*; but in two specimens

of £. simus of younger age, in which the milk-molars are quite un-

worn, and the last still concealed in its alveolus, there is no trace of

incisors ; so that, as far as this character is concerned, R. simus is

that precisely the same cireumstance was recorded, though very briefly, in a

description of the viscera of a rhinoceros sent from Sumatra by Sir S. Raffles,

of which Sir E. Home says (Philosophical Transactions, 1821, part i. p. 271),

“the small intestines measured fifty-four feet six inches; the valyule conni-

ventes are continued nearly through the whole extent, and im general circular,

although not all so.”

* Tn a specimen in the Museum of the College of Surgeons, figured in Owen’s

‘ Odontography,’ there are two incisors on each sidein the mandible ; and these

sometimes persist to adult age, as shown by Dr. Gray, P. Z. 8. 1869, p. 225.

This distinction between /. sims and P. bicornis was also notieed by Duvernoy

in the young specimens in the Paris Museum,

1876.] DENTAL CHARACTERS OF RHINOCEROSES. 453

the most specialized of all the living Rhinoceroses. The broad form

of the front of the lower jaw, as compared with R. bzcornis, is quite

well seen in these very young specimens.

With regard to the molar teeth, the same kind of difference

occurs between these forms as between the two Indian one-horned

species. The larger one has a greater complexity of arrangement,

derived from the more frequent union of erochet and crista, “cutting

off an accessory valley. But it must be noticed that there is an

extraordinary variation in this respect between two examples of R.

simus of nearly the same age in the British Museum, so great,

indeed, that, if supported by other characters, they might be taken to

indicate specific distinetness. In fact they either do this or show

that the precise pattern of the enamel-folds of the molar teeth, so

much relied upon by paleontologists to distinguish species, is a

rather uncertain character. In one of these skulls (No. 1003a)

the crochet and crista are united in all the premolar and molar

teeth of both sides. In the other (No. 1003 4), an older specimen,

and somewhat smaller, though presenting all the general characters

of the species, they are united only in the left second premolar, in

both third premolars, in both first molars and in the right third

molar. The want of symmetry throws some doubt upon the value

of this character *; otherwise it might, combined with the smaller

size and narrower nasals of this specimen (perhaps only sexual dif-

ferences’), lend some countenance to the common belief among

African sportsmen and travellers, that there is a second large

species allied to R. simus.

In the smaller African rhinoceros, R. bicornis, the crochet and

crista of the molar teeth are both well developed, but rarely united

in the true molars, though frequently so in the premolars. Whether

there is one or more species of this form, has long been debated by

zoologists ; but those who have given their verdict for two have

founded their decision solely on external characters, chiefly the form

and size of the posterior horn, and no attempt has ever been made

to show whether any osteological or dental characters were correlated

with these. In fact, until very recently there were no materials ac-

cessible for the investigation. The acquisition by the British

Museum of’ two complete skeletons of the reputed R. keit/oa, and

others of RR. bdicornis, with the horns attached, has, however,

rendered the investigation a practicable one. I have not yet had

the leisure to make the careful examination of the whole skeleton

which would be desirable ; but, comparing the skulls and teeth of

perfectly adult individuals presenting both varieties of horns, I have

not been able to detect any differences either of size, general pro-

portions, or relations of the various bones to each other, that could

reasonably be called specific. All that can be inferred from this is,

that I have not at present seen any thing derived from osteological

or dental structures to confirm the belief in the existence of more

than one species of the smaller type of African rhinoceros. Other

observers may, with more ample materials, be more fortunate ; and I

* And its variability as before noted, in specimens of undoubted PR. wnicornis.

454 PROF. W. H. FLOWER ON THE CRANIAL AND | May 16,

am by no means disposed to underrate the testimony of many

experienced field-naturalists on this subject. Such osteological

evidence as we have upon the question, if applied to the genus

Equus, would probably fail to distinguish the three well-recognized

South-African species of Zebras.

The results derived from the examination of these fifty-four

skulls of Rhinoceros may be thus tabulated :—

A. The adults with a single large compressed incisor above on

each side, and occasionally a small lateral one ; below, a very small

median, and a very large, procumbent, pointed lateral incisor. The

post-glenoid and post-tympanic processes of the squamosal united

below the external meatus auditorius. The posterior occipital sur-

face sloping from below upwards and forwards, the crest being

anterior in position to the condyles. Nasal bones pointed in front.

A single nasal horn. Skin very thick, raised into strong, definitely

arranged ridges or folds. Rarnoceros, Linn.

a. Larger size. Upper molar teeth with crochet and crista

generally united, cutting off an “accessory ” valley from the median

sinus. Posterior end of vomer thickened and adherent. Meso-

pterygoid fossa and basi-occipital narrow. Hinder margin of palate

regularly concave. Occipital surface high and narrow. Ramus of

mandible high.

1. R. unicornis, Linn.*

R. indicus, Cuv. (R. A. 1817).

R. stenocephalus, Gray (P. Z. 8. 1867).

6. Smaller size. Upper molar teeth without crista. Posterior

end of vomer thin and free. Mesopterygoid fossa and basi-cccipital

broad. Hinder margin of the palate produced in the middle. Qce-

cipital surface broad and low. Ramus of mandible low f.

2. R. sonparcus, Cuv. (in Desm. Mamm. 1822).

R. javanicus, F. Cuv. & Geoffr. (Mammiferes, 1824).

R. floweri, Gray (P. Z. 8. 1867).

R. nasalis, Gray (P. Z. 8. 1867).

B. The adults with a single moderate-sized compressed incisor

above, and a single, laterally placed, pointed, procnmbent incisor be-

low, which is sometimes lost in old animals. ‘The post-glenoid and

post-tympaniec processes of the squamosal not meeting below the

meatus auditorius. Occipital crest produced backwards so as to

* Cuvier’s names for this and the common African species are often preferred

on the following grounds:—“ The names of 2. wnicornis and bicornis, Linn.,

can be no longer retained, simce more than one species is known, both of those

with one and of those with two horns” (Van der Hoeven’s Handbook of Zoology).

But as a precisely similar objection can be raised against the names indicus and

africanus, nothing is gained by the change.

t The differences in external appearance, and especially in the skin-folds,

between J. unicornis and R. sondaicus are well seen in the figure published in

the Society's ‘ Proceedings,’ 1874, pl. xxviii.; also in two sketches in ‘ Nature,’

April 9th, 1874, from the animals living in the Society’s menagerie,

1876. | DENTAL CHARACTERS OF RHINOCEROSES. 455

overhang the occipital surface of the skull. Nasal bones narrow and

pointed anteriorly. A well-developed nasal and a small frontal

horn separated by an interval. The skin thrown into folds, but not

so strongly marked as in A. CrRarorninus, Gray, P. Z.S.

GhS67)2-

1. C. sumaTRENs!s, Cuv. (R. A. 1817).

C. sumatranus, Raftles( Trans. Linn. Soc. vol. xii. 1822, p. 268).

C. niger, Gray (Hand-list Edentates &c. Brit. Mus. p. 48, 1873).

2. C. uasiotis, Sclater (P. Z. 8. 1872, p. 493).

(Anatomical characters unknown.)

C. Jn the adults the incisors are either quite rudimentary or

entirely wanting. The post-tympanic and post-glenoid processes not

united below the auditory meatus. Occipital crest produced back-

wards, and overhanging the occipital surface of the skull and con-

dyles. Nasal bones thickened and rounded or truncated in front.

An anterior and posterior horn in close contact. Skin without any

definite permanent folds. ATreLopus, Pomel (1853) F.

a. Smaller size. Incisor teeth always present in the young, and

sometimes persistent as rudiments through life. Molar teeth with

erista and crochet rarely united. Front end of mandible deep and

compressed.

1. A. Brcornis, Linn.

R. africanus, Cuv. (R. A. 1817).

R. kettloa, A. Smith (Cat. S. A. Mus. p. 7, 1837).

* These terms may be taken either as generic, or as indicating natural sec-

tions of the Linnean genus /?hinoceros. The great differences in the visceral ana-

tomy (referred to abov e) between this species and the first, tend to support the

former view. Their significance will, however, be better under stood, when the

internal anatomy of the third section is known, and also that of R. sondaicus.

+ Pomel divided the genus RAinoceros, Linn., into three subgenera :—

1. Acerotherium, Kaup.

2. Rhinoceros, Linn.

3. Atelodus, Pomel.

The last is thus defined. “Os nasaux portant une ou deux cornes; pied a

trois doigts. Une ou deux paires d'incisives inférieures caduques en forme de

simple tubercule souvent a peine sorti de la gencive, ou nulles; pas de plis 4

la peau sur les especes vivantes.

The following are the species assigned to this group :—

A, elatus (Croizet & Jobert) |

A. leptorhinus (Cuy. ;

A, Hasan tony) ; SSM

A. aymardi (Pomel) |

A, bicornis (L.) |

A. keitloa (A. Smith) existing.

A, simus (Burchell) J

(“Catalogue méthodique et descriptif des ver tébres fossiles découverts dans

le bassin hydr ographique supérieur de la Loir e,” Partii., in ‘Annales scientifiques,

littéraires et industrie les de Auvergne,’ tom. xxyi. 1853, p. 114.)

456 ON THE CRANIAL CHARACTERS OF RHINOCEROSES. [ May 16>

b. Larger size. Incisor teeth, if ever present, disappearing very

soon after birth. Molar teeth with crista and crochet generally

united. Front end of mandible depressed and spatulate.

2. A. srmus, Burchell (Bull. Soc. Philomat. p. 96, 1817).

A. oswellii, Gray (P. Z. 8. 1853, p. 46).

In reference to the name of this group, Calodonta (Bronn,

Jahrbuch fiir Mineralogie, 1831, p. 51) was proposed for some

teeth supposed to belong to a new genus allied to Rhinoceros, but

subsequently identified as those ef the well-known R. dichorhinus,

Cuv.* It can scarcely be retained, however, for the group now

under consideration, as its definition would include R. wnicornis,

and exclude many of the species without incisor teeth. It was, in

fact, never equivalent to Pomel’s Atelodus, though it might be used

(as by Dr. Gray, Joc. cit. 1867) by any one who thinks fit to

separate R. tichorhinus generically from all the other members of

the family. In the Catalogue of the bones of Mammalia in the

British Museum (1862), Dr. Gray uses RAinaster for all the species

of existing African rhinoceroses ; but in the memoir so often referred

to above (1867) this name is limited to R. bicornis and R. keitloa,

and Ceratotherium is introduced for R. simus. Rhinaster, as ap-

plied to the Rhinocerotidee, appears to be later than déelodus. It

was, moreover, proposed by Wagler (Syst. Amphib. 1830) as a

substitute for Illiger’s genus Condylura (Insectivora), on account of

the latter being inappropriate; but it has not been generally adopted.

As the termination of such a term as Ceratotherium, by common

consent of zoologists, has hitherto been restricted to extinct genera,

its application to J2. sémus is inconvenient. Fortunately, in the

grouping proposed above, the name is unnecessary, as the members

of the family with the incisor teeth small or absent form a well-

characterized, even if somewhat artificial, generic group, which

scarcely needs further subdivision.

Although most of the known extinet species of RAinoceros may be

arranged under one or the other of the above sections, the definitions

would have, as, indeed, might be expected, to be considerably modi-

fied to include them. Thus 2. schleiermacheri, Kaup, of the late

European Miocenes, though allied to &. sumatrensis in possessing 1n-

cisor teeth and two horns, and so far coming under the definition of

Ceratorhinus, retains the central lower incisors of /¢hinoceros proper,

and has the post-glenoid and post-tympanic processes united, as,

indeed, have all the extinct forms that I have examined. On the

supposition that this species is the direct ancestor or representative

of the Ceratorhinus group of modern times, the presence of the four

inferior incisors, as a more generalized character, is quite natural ; but

the structure of the squamosal is not so easy to understand, as being

more specialized than in the modern species. Precisely the same

occurs with the former representatives of the dtelodus group, of

* R. antiquitatis, Blum., is the earliest name for this species, and is adopted

by Brandt and Dr. Faleoner, though Cuyier’s name still holds its ground with

most authors,

1876. | DR. J. V. HAAST ON OULODON. 457

which the Miccene f. pachygnathus, Waguer, from Pikermi, is the

earliest known form, and the four extinct British species, R. etrus-

cus, Fale., BR. leptorhinus, Cuv., R. hemitechus, Fale., and R.

tichorhinus, Cuv., are more or less modified members. The

recently discovered Jv. deccanensis, Foote, from South India, appears

to belong to it also. ‘The several species found in the Siwalik

beds and other parts of South Asia appear to have belonged to the

genus thinoceros as restricted above, with large incisors and one

horn.

To include all the extinct members of the family at present known ;

the genus Aceratherium, Kaup, must be added for the species with

no horn, large incisors, and four toes on the fore feet, Diceratherium,

Marsh, for species with indications of a pair of lateral horns on the

uasals, and Hyracodon, Leidy, for primitive forms without horns and

retaining the complete number of forty-four incisor, canine, and

molar teeth, the latter of comparatively simple structure without

crochet or crista. When we extend our search for Rhinocerotidee

beyond the Miocene period, we find that they cease to be recogni-

zable as such, and become merged into more generalized perisso-

dactyle forms.

4, Further Notes on Oulodon, a new Genus of Ziphioid

Whales from the New-Zealand Seas. By Junius von

Haast, Ph.D., F.R.S., Director of the Canterbury Mu-

seum, Christchurch, New Zealand.

[Received May 1, 1876.]

It will be seen from the following notes that the presence of a row

of small teeth in the upper jaw is a constant character in ray Mesop-

lodon grayi (P. Z. S. 1876, p. 7); and unless it shall be shown by

future researches that other species belonging to the genus Mesop-

lodon have similar rows of small teeth and of a permanent character

in the upper jaw, I think that the generic term Ou/odon ought to be

applied to the Ziphioid Whales distinguished by that peculiar feature,

which, so far as [ am aware, no others of the group possess.

Since I had the pleasure to lay the description of the three skulls

obtained on the Chatham Islands before the Society, four specimens

belonging to the same Ziphioid, which with our local fishermen goes

under the name of Cowfish, have been stranded on the coast near

Saltwater Creek, about 30 miles north of Banks Peninsula. One of

them, a small male (A) about 13 feet long, was washed ashore on the

15th of December, 1875. On the 29th of December another male

(B), 12 feet 9 inches long, was stranded, together with a female

(D), 17 feet 6 inches long, on the beach a short distance north of

the entrance of the Saltwater-Creek Estuary ; ; whilst another male

(C), 13 feet 8 inches long, ran the same day into that small estuary,

and was left high and dry by the receding tide.

458 DR. J. V. HAAST ON OULODON. [May 16,

As I was fortunate enough to obtain two of these skeletons com-

plete, I shall be able to send one of them to my friend Prof. W. H.

Flower as a type specimen, avd for description; and I therefore

leave the osteological details to him. Although the bones ave not

yet quite macerated, I may state that the female, exceeding by nearly

4 feet the largest male obtained, is a full-grown animal, whilst

the three males are all immature specimens. I measured the length

of its lower jaw, and find that it is 2 feet 8°50 inches long, conse-

quently nearly 1 inch longer than the lower jaw of the dried skull

which I assigned to a full-grown female, and to which it bears a close

resemblance. The mandibular tooth could scareely be felt when

passing the finger over the gums of this specimen ; and its existence

could scarcely have been ascertained in that way had I not known

its exact position.

On the other hand, in all the three male skulls the point of the

mandibular tooth protruded already, even in the smallest, through

the gums, and the more laterally extended size of that portion of the

lower jaw was at once discernible. I measured also the lower jaw of

the male skull (B), and found it to be 1 foot 11°85 inches long ;

consequently its size is intermediate between the two Chatham-

Island skulls no. ii., of which the lower jaw measures 2 feet 6°03

inches, and of the immature no. ili., which is only 1 foot 7°75 inches

lone.

All the four skulls possess from seventeen to nineteen teeth on both

sides of the roof of the mouth; so that this character can now be

claimed as being constant and specific.

As to the external features of this species, its form may be de-

scribed as being rather elegant ; the head is tapering ; and the beak-

like rostrum runs out to a point, so that it was not inappropriately

compared by one of the workmen to the beak of a bird.

The colour of the back is black, getting a little lighter near the

tail, where it assumes a dark slate tint; the lower side is reddish

brown, near the tail assuming on both sides a more blackish hue.

The blowhole is situated in the centre; it is about 6 inches in

diameter, and the corners are directed forward. The animal possesses

a large faleate dorsal fin, situated rather backwards; and the pectoral

fins are small and somewhat pointed.

The following measurements were taken from the immature male

(C):—Total length 13 feet 8 inches; girth round body 18 inches

behind pectoral fins, where the animal has its largest size, 9 feet ;

from point of rostrum to anterior border of pectoral fin, 3 feet 5

inches; from posterior end of dorsal fin to centre of tail-lobes, 4 feet

3 inches.

KGa \ (

M&N Hanhart imp

1876.] | MR. P. L. SCLATER ON BIRDS FROM NEW GUINEA. 459

5. On the Birds collected by Dr. Comrie on the South-east

Coast of New Guinea during the Survey of H.M.S.

‘Basilisk.’ By P. L. Scrarer, M.A., F.R.S., Secretary

to the Society.

[Received May 15, 1875.]

(Plates XLII. & XLIII.)

Dr. Comrie has placed in my hands for determination some bird-

skins collected by him while serving as medical officer in H.M.S.

‘ Basilisk,’ during its recent survey of the south-east coast of New

Guinea under the command of Capt. Moresby*. The collection

contains thirteen skins, belonging to eleven species, of which one is

quite new to science, and two others are only known from single

specimens. ‘Their names are as follows :—

1. Corvus oRRv, Bp.

One example from Huon Gulf, south-east coast of New Guinea,

nearly opposite New Britain.

Head of Manucodia comrit.

2. Manucopia comriy, sp. nov. (Plate XLII.)

Nitidissime sericeo-eneo-viridis, fere unicolor, in ventre purpu-

rascens: capitis cervicisque undique plumis revolutis quasi

cincinnatis: alis caudaque intus nigris, eatus dorso concoloribus,

paulo in purpureum trahentibus: rostro elongato, ad nares

suleato, nigro: pedibus nigris: long. tota 17-0, ale 9°5, caude

7°0, rostrt a rictu 2:2, tarsi 1°7.

Hab. Papuse reg. meridionali-orientalis, Huan-Gulf (Comrie).

This is by far the finest and largest of the peculiar genus now

generally termed Manucodia (formerly Phonygama) yet discovered.

It is immediately distinguishable from M. chalybeia and M. atra by

* See Capt. Moresby’s narrative in his ‘ Discoveries and Surveys in New

Guinea and the D’Entrecastreux Islands. London: 1876, 1 vol. 8vo,

460 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON BIRDS FROM NEW GUINEA. [May 16,

its much larger size and longer bill, which is deeply suleated at the

nostrils. The characteristic curling of the feathers is extended to a

greater degree than in M. cha/ybeia, and pervades the whole of the

head and neck. ‘The feathers of the abdomen are black at the base,

broadly margined with purple.

Dr. Comrie obtained a single specimen of this fine bird in May

1874 in Huan Gulf. It was shot flying amongst the trees in the

scrubby forest about a quarter of a mile from the coast.

3. DAceELO GAUDICHAUDI, Quoy et Gaim.

Huon Gulf, one skin.

4. Lor1us HYPHNOCHROUS.

Lorius hypoinochrous, Gray, List of Psitt. p. 49 (1859); Brench-

ley’s Voy. p. 380, pl. 14.

Domicella hypoinochroa, Finsch, Papag. il. p. 768.

Three skins of this fine Lory were obtained by Dr. Comrie in

Possession Bay *, S.E. New Guinea, in April and May 1874. On

comparing them with the typical specimen in the British Museum,

which was obtained by Macgillivray during the voyage of the ‘ Rattle-

snake’ on one of the islands of the Louisiade group, off the S.E.

coast of New Guinea, I find that they differ in the absence of the

slight black band across the under wing-coverts, which is found

in the typical specimen. There is likewise rather more blue on the

abdomen of Dr. Comrie’s skins. These differences are, in my

opinion, too slight to warrant specific separation.

5. CARPOPHAGA PINON (Quoy et Gaim.) ; Bp. Consp. u. p. 37.

6. CarpopHaGa sprLorRHOA, G. R. Gray.

One skin from South-east Cape, New Guinea.

7. CaL@NAS NIcoBARICA (Linn. ).

One skin, obtained in Huan Gulf in April.

8. MreGapoptus MACGILLIVRAI. (Plate XLIII.)

Megapodius macgillivrayi, G. R. Gray, P. Z.8. 1861, p. 289, &

1864, p. 43.

A single skin of this little-known Megapode, obtained by Dr.

Comrie on the shores of Huan Gulf in May, agrees tolerably well

with the typical specimen of the species in the British Museum.

The chief difference remarkable is in the more rufescent tinge of the

lower back of the present specimen, which may be shortly described

as follows :—

Supra fuscescenti-olivaceus, dorso postieo rufescentiore : subtus

saturate cinereus, hypochondriis et crisso olivaceis: rostro et

* Possession Bay will be found marked in Capt. Moresby’s map, p. 1; see

also the text, p. 208. It seems to lie between Hayter Island and the opposite

south-eastern point of the mainland of New Guinea.

1876.] DR. H. BURMEISTER ON DOLICHOTIS SALINICOLA. 461

pedibus flavis, unguibus nigris: long. tota circ. 13:0, ale 8°7,

caudeé 3°2, tarsi 2°6.

The figure is taken from Dr. Comrie’s skin.

9. Esacus MAGNtrostris (Geoffr.) ; Gould, B. of Austr. vol. vii.

pl. .6:

One example from Huan Gulf,

10. STERNA MELANAUCHEN (Temm.).

One skin, obtained in the D’Entrecasteaux Islands in March, is

referable to this species, as Mr. Howard Saunders kindly assures me.

Mr. Gould has already recorded its occurrence in Torres Straits

(B. Austr. vii. pl. 28), where it was obtained by MacGillivray.

11. PHALACROCORAX, Sp. ine.

A single skin of a young Cormorant, in nearly uniform brown

plumage with yellow feet, obtained in Huan Gulf in May.

6. Additional Notes on Dolichotis salinicola. By Hermann

Burmeister, Director of the National Museum, Buenos

Aires, F.M.Z.S.

[Received May 4, 1876.]

Since my former description of this new species of Dolichotis *, I

have been fortunate enough to have two fully adult living specimens

sent to me for examination by a gentlemen who has had them alive

in his house at Santiago del Estero. This gentleman informed me

that this species is common in the country to the west of that town,

its range beginning in the south near the.small town of Chanar, and

extending northwards along the borders of the great salina desert as far

as Santiago del Estero and the river Dulce, where the country has

the same sterile character, but not into the much more fertile region

of the Province of Tucuman more to the north. Especially in the

vicinity of Posta del monte and of the village of Piedritas near Chanar

the animal is very common. The two living specimens, which are

now under my inspection, show that my former description was taken

from very young specimens of about half their full size, and that

this northern species comes much nearer in size to the southern

species (D. patagonica) than I was formerly led to suppose.

A fully adult specimen agrees very closely in size and colour with

the Patagonian species, only differing slightly in some shades of

colour and in shape. The head is somewhat shorter and stouter,

more especially the anterior portion from the nose to the eyes

(which was already indicated in the skull of the young animal),

although the space between the nasals and the intermaxillaries

is much longer, this space equalling half the length of the nasals

in the northern species, and not more than one third in the southern ;

* See P. Z. 8. 1875, p. 634,

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1876, No. XXXI. 31

462 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. [June 6,

also the legs are somewhat shorter in the northern species, and the body

is broader behind. There is considerable difference in the coloration

between the young and adult. As is shown by my figure and descrip-

tion of the former, the reddish-yellow tint is mixed with the grey over

the whole upper surface, leaving the underside white, separated at the

sides from the more homogeneous reddish grey colour of the upper

surface. In the adult these three colours are more completely separated

from each other, only the middle of the back being grey, the sides

of the body yellow, and the underside white. This separation, already

indicated on the head of the young animal, is continued as it becomes

older over the whole body, as is also the case in the Patagonian species,

which shows the grey on the front of the body gradually getting

darker towards the rump, where it is nearly black. This black shade

very well marks the specific difference between the two species; for

in the northern (D. salinicola) the grey colour is more clear and of

amore pure whitish-grey; but in the southern species (D. patagonica)

the tint is somewhat yellower, resembling more an ash-grey. From

the middle of the back this colour becomes darker in both species, till

it forms over the region of the pelvis a large dark patch, the posterior

edge of which is sharply defined from the white of the lower parts in

a transverse line, which crosses the rudimentary tail, and extends to

the haunches, where the white and yellow colours are shaded into

each other. This patch affords a good diagnostic character for the

separation of the species, its colour in the Patagonian species being

blackish brown and in the northern species blackish-grey ; for in the

latter there are a number of white punctuations which are totally

wanting in the former. In all other respects the colour is the same ;

so that many observers would believe the new species to be only a

variety of the other species, if they were not aware of the differences

in the skulls already pointed out in my former description.

I regret not being able to give any further particulars as regards

the skull and skeleton of this Dolichotis, as I was not allowed to kill

one of the specimens ; but as soon as one of them dies I will send to

the Society a full description of it.

Buenos Aires, 28th March, 1876.

June 6, 1876.

Dr. A. Giinther, F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

The following report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie

during the month of May 1876 was read by the Secretary :—

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-

gerie during the month of May 1876 was 99, of which 23 were by

birth, 33 were by presentation, 28 by purchase, 4 by exchange, and

!1 were received on deposit. The total number of departures during

the same period by death and removals was 115.

The most noticeable additions during the month were :—

1, A fine specimen of the Tooth-billed Pigeon (Didunculus strigi-

restris), purchased May 9th, being the third example of this rare

bird received alive by the Society.

1876.] THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 463

2. An example of the White-backed Trumpeter (Psophia leuco-

ptera), presented May 20, by Mr. H. Stacy Marks, A.R.A., F.Z.S.

This bird, which has been in the Society’s Gardens on deposit since

October last, has not been previously exhibited in the Collection.

3. A pair of Curassows (apparently Crax viridirostris, mihi,

Trans. Zool. Soe. ix. p. 282), from Cartagena, purchased May 31st.

Of these birds I shall have something to say in a paper containing

additions to my memoir on the Curassows living in the Society’s

Gardens, which I have in preparation.

4. A mother and three young of the Indian Fawn-coloured Field-

mouse, Mus cervicolor, Hodgson (Jerdon, Mamm. of India, p. 206),

presented by Lieut. Col. C. S. Sturt, C.M.Z.S., and received May

3lst. Col. Sturt writes me that he captured the mother, when

shooting hares near Rajeote, with the three young ones hanging to

her teats. The species is common in Kattiawar, inhabiting the

hedgerows and fields.

5. A Blue or Soft-billed Duck (Hymenolemus malacorhynchus),

from New Zealand, presented by the Acclimatization Society of

Otago, and received May 31st. This bird unfortunately arrived in

an exhausted state, and died very shortly. It is the first example

of this curious species that has reached us.

I have also to call attention to the collection of Indian animals

made by the Prince of Wales during his recent tour in India, which

His Royal Highness has been pleased to deposit in our Gardens for

exhibition. This collection consists of the following animals :—

I, MAamMALS.

2 Green Monkeys (Cercopithecus callitrichus).

2 Rhesus Monkeys (Macacus erythreus).

5 Tigers (Felis tigris).

7 Leopards (Felis pardus).

1 Cheetah (Felis jubata).

1 Viverrine Cat (Felis viverrina).

1 Indian Civet (Viverricula indica).

4 Tailless Dogs (Canis familiaris, var.).

3 Tibetan Mastiffs (Canis familiaris, var.).

2 White Dogs (Canis familiaris, var.).

2 Indian Wild Dogs (Canis primevus).

1 Himalayan Bear (Ursus tibetanus).

1 Sloth Bear (Melursus labiatus).

4 Indian Elephants (Alephas indicus).

6 Domestic Sheep (Ovis aries).

2 Thar Goats (Capra jemlaica).

4 Shawl-Goats (Capra hircus, var.).

8 Indian Antelopes (Antilope cervicapra).

2 Zebus (Bos indicus).

2 Spotted Porcine Deer (Cervus minor).

3 Axis Deer (Cervus axis).

2 Musk-Deer (Moschus moschiferus).

ol”

464 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON A LAND-CRAB. [June 6,

II. Birps.

1 Grey-winged Blackbird (Turdus pecilopterus).

2 Wedge-tailed Pigeons (Treron sphenura).

5 Domestic Pigeons ( Columba domestica, var.).

8 Surat Doves (Turtur suratensis).

1 Black Francolin (Francolinus vulgaris).

2 Hill Francolins (Ardoricola torqueola).

4 Chukar Partridges (Cacabis chukar).

15 Impeyan Pheasants (Lophophorus impeyanus).

21 Cheer Pheasants (Phastanus wallichit).

2 Pucras Pheasants (Pucrasia macrolopha).

4 White-crested Kaleeges (uplocamus albocristatus).

3 Bankiva Jungle-fowl (Gallus bankiva).

10 Horned Tragopans (Ceriornis satyra).

5 Indian Peafowl (Pavo cristatus).

3 Ostriches (Struthio camelus).

e9)

The whole collection contains 65 specimens of Mammals and 86 of

Birds, referable to about 30 species, not including domestic varieties.

Of these the most interesting in a scientific point of view are :—

1. A pair of Thar Goats (Capra jemlaica), from the higher

Himalayan ranges. A male of this fine species of Wild Goat was

presented to the Society in 1852, by Capt. Townley Parker, and is

correctly figured in Wolf and Sclater’s ‘ Zoological Sketches,’ vol. i.

pl. 25; but no example of it has been since received.

2. Two examples of the “‘ Khar Laghuna, or Lesser Porcine Deer

(Cervus minor)” of Hodgson, from the Terai of Nepaul. Of this

form of Deer, which appears to be a valid species intermediate be-

tween the Axis and the Hog Deer, no previous specimens have reached

this country.

3. Two male Musk-deer (Moschus moschiferus), from the Hima-

layas. The Society have previously had but one female of this

delicate animal, presented by Sir F. R. Pollock in 1869.

The Seeretary exhibited specimens of a Land-crab from Ascension

Island, which had been presented to the Society by Dr. S. B. Drew,

and read the following remarks upon them by Dr. Drew :—

“The Land-crab, found on the Island of Ascension, belongs, I

believe, to the species Geocarcinus lagostoma ; it inhabits the moun-

tain-ridges, particularly on the weather-side of the island, owing

perhaps to the greater amount of moisture found there. They bur-

row in holes, and are but seldom seen during the heat of the day,

except after dawn and on their return-journey from the sea, when

they are easily killed. They commit great ravages on the island,

destroying the eggs and young of the various kinds of game, besides

the vegetation. The following incident came under my own obser-

vation :—While out shooting, a very young rabbit, which I wished

to capture alive, crossed my path and retreated into a hole in the

1876.] MR. P.L.SCLATER ON LOBIOPHASIS BULWERI. 465.

rock; at the bottom of the hole, and away from the reach of my

arm, was a Land-crab, which, undismayed by my presence, pounced

on the unhappy Rabbit and killed it before I could come to its

rescue. The earliest records of the island tend to show that the

Land-crabs have always been troublesome, as a reward was and is

now given for their destruction. I have only observed them going

to the sea during the months of February and March. Their

journey to the sea is only made at night or towards evening; on

their return they come at all times. I do not know at what season

they cast their shells; but I am led to think, from the number of

old ones J have seen, that it is soon after their return from the sea.

They are but seldom eaten on the island, although when properly

cooked they form no mean dish; but they are not of nearly so deli-

cate a flavour as the West-Indian Land-crab.’’

Mr. Sclater exhibited skins of the male and female of the new

Pheasant from Borneo, lately described by Mr. Sharpe (Annals of

Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xiv. p. 373) as Lobiophasis bulweri, and

figured in Part 27 of Gould’s ‘ Birds of Asia.’

A pair of these birds had been procured from Borneo in December

last by Mr. Scheepmaker, of Sourabaya, agent to the Royal Zoolo-

gical Society of Amsterdam. The male bird had died in Java; the

female had been forwarded alive to Amsterdam, but had arrived-in

a weak condition and lived only a few weeks. Mr. Westermann’s

kindness had enabled Mr. Sclater to exhibit these fine birds, of

which the female was previously unknown, and might be described

as follows :-—

LoBIOPHASIS BULWERI, fem. (Plate XLIV.)

Brunnea, subtus in castaneum vergens, fusco omnino minutissime

vermiculata: capite minus rufescente et in gutture valde palli-

diore: lateribus capitis totis nudis, in ave viva cerulescen-

tibus, carunculis utrinque duabus minutis, altera ad latus

menti, altera ad nucham sitis: remigibus et rectricibus satu-

rate brunneis, unicoloribus: cauda rotundata, e rectricibus ut

videtur xxvill. composita: rostro corneo, pedibus rubris: long.

tota 20, ale 9, caude@ rectr. ext. 3'7, med. 5°7, tarsi 3°5.

Obs. There are slight indications of the tarsal spurs in the female.

The tail is not perfect; but there appear to have been at least 28

rectrices (an extraordinary number) ; and in the skin of the male I

make 15 on one side, so that 30 is probably the full complement.

Mr. Sharpe does not give the number of tail-feathers in his

specimen.

Mr. Garrod, who kindly examined the body of the female, reports

the gizzard as strongly muscular; the small intestine 5-4 in., the

large 4 ft. 6 in. in length; the ceca 6 in. in length; the oil-gland

nude or very slightly tufted.

The sternum, which I exhibit, appears to be very like that of Huplo-

camus.

466 DR. J. V. HAAST ON ZIPHIUS NOVE-ZEALANDIE. [June 6,

Mr. Sclater read an extract from a letter addressed to him by

Mr. J. H. Gurney, F.Z.S., dated Northrepps, Norwich, May 23rd,

1876. Mr. Gurney stated that a pair of the variety of the Common

Swan, usually called the Polish Swan (Cygnus immutabilis of Yar-

rell), which had been deposited by the Society under his care for

the purpose of breeding, had just hatched five healthy Cygnets, which

did not appear to Mr. Gurney to differ materially from those of the

ordinary form. The general colour of the upper parts was brownish

grey with a slight tinge of dull pale rufous; the head, throat, and

breast were white. The white colour, however, was not abruptly

marked off from the grey, but the beundaries of the two tints were

somewhat blended.

Mr. Sclater remarked that the usual notion was that in the Polish

Swan the Cygnets were invariably of a pure white*, and that it was for

the purpose of ascertaining whether this idea was correct that the pair

of Swans in question had been placed under Mr. Gurney’s charge, at

the suggestion of Prof. Newton, in order that they might have a

better chance of breeding. The Swans had been originally received

of a dealer in exchange in May 1871, and had not bred in the

Society’s Gardens, the space available for them being too limited.

The following papers were read :—

1. Notes on the Skeleton of Ziphius nove-zealandie. By

Juxtius von Haast, Ph.D., F.R.S., Director of the Can-

terbury Museum.

[Received May 5, 1876.]

(Plates XLV. & XLVI.)

At the end of July 1872 the report reached me that a Whale had

been stranded on a reef in Lyttelton Harbour, Banks Peninsula, and

that the carcass had been towed to one of the small bays by several

fishermen for securing the oil.

Being myself prevented by indisposition, Mr. Fuller, the Taxi-

dermist of the Museum, proceeded to that locality with instructions

to secure the skeleton and to make the necessary observations as to

the dimensions, form, sex, and age of the animal.

When he arrived where the fishermen were at work, he found that

the blubber had nearly all been taken off, so that he could only

partially obtain the required measurements.

The animal, which on dissection proved to be an aged female, had

a total length of 26 feet ; and Mr. Fuller describes the body as being

rather thick in the middle, tapering to a slender tail without showing

the least trace of any dorsal fin. Colour bluish black on the upper

portion of the body, white beneath, the upper portion being marked

with numerous oval spots, 2 to 3 inches across, like the skin of a

Leopard.

* See Yarrell’s ‘ British Birds,’ vol. ii. p. 181 (1848).

WIUNVIVEZ WAON SMIHdIZ JO NOLA TONS 2 “7

IMAMOTA NOGOTGOSSN HO NOLATEUS

‘dnt qreyUury OL WMS

ener

qooe’”

NIX It SLES 2d

JSmit hith Hanhart imp

1. SKULL OF MESOPLODON FLOWERI, ager ven

My 2. SKULL OF ZIPHIUS NOVA ZRALANDIAS , epper 1

1876.] DR.J. Vv. HAAST ON ZIPHIUS NOVZ-ZEALANDILE. 467

The head was much swollen. The whole skeleton, with the ex-

ception of a few bones, was secured for the Canterbury Museum,

where it now stands articulated in one of its rooms. The accom-

panying drawing (Plate XLV. fig. 2) gives its outline.

Before, however, entering intoa description of the principal portions

of the skeleton, I wish to draw attention to the fact that our speci-

men did not possess a dorsal fin; nor did a careful examination by

Mr. Fuller of the central line of the back reveal the least fragment

of one, or even the indication that it ever existed. However, this

absence cannot be claimed as a generic character, because the Ziphius

australis of Burmeister (see the excellent Memoir on that species in

‘Anales del Museo Publico de Buenos Aires,’ part v., by that distin-

guished veteran naturalist) possesses a well-developed dorsal fin.

Moreover the forehead of the New-Zealand species is much swollen,

whilst the head of the South-American species previously alluded

to is tapering. Thus, in the enumeration of the principal character-

istics of the genus Ziphius (see amongst others Gray’s ‘ Catalogue of

Seals and Whales,’ page 340), this feature also must lose generic value.

Dr. Hector, in the ‘Transactions of the New-Zealand Institute,’ vol. v.

page 165, has given a short description of the skull of a specimen,

under the name of Ziphius chathamiensis, which, if not belonging to

the same species, is closely allied to the animal of the New-Zealand

coast. That skull was obtained on the Chatham Islands.

However, as amongst minor differences the form of the teeth is

different, I have thought it more expedient to describe the New-

Zealand specimen under the specific name of Ziphius nove-zea-

landia, leaving it to the future student, when more material has

been collected, to determine whether there are two distinct species

or not.

The skull (Plate XLVI. fig. 2) has the following dimensions :—

fie, in;

Extreme length with lower Jaw .. .......0.--2-06 2 8 3:12

Extreme length of cranium, point of rostrum (which is

broken (on; TeSt@redn So sets's S.naeehs <Fichale. ae ie tO OO

Length of rostrum, from the apex of the premaxille

to the middle of the line drawn between the ante-

Orbitabenotches: .< c/a. ci se eles seh ee, LE Oo

Greatest height, from top of nasals to lower border of ;

PLCRY OLAS Ie 3,5 \elidint em sels = wo inl Me Melatercah alle Tea: b2

Greatest breadth, across postorbital processes of frontals 1 10°75

Breadth of occipital condyles. ............. ssi sus se 6°30

Pa of foramen magnum =<): 0105. st eee 42:0

Height of foramen magnum .....-........--.-.- 2°22

Breadth of base of rostrum between bottom of ante-

orbital notches sisispofeneteeicl mene: OcOIh

Breadth of rostrum in the middle................ 4°83

Anterior nares, greatest width of the two .......... 3°20

Height of crest above occipital foramen .......... l mire

4°6

Width.of OCCUpUE <eics one bee are wie enn wile eta ne us sates 1

468 DR. J. VY. HAAST ON ZIPHIUS NOVA&-ZEALANDI#. |June 6,

Mandible.

ft. in

Length of ramus.......--. ee ee ay rel,

» of symphysis.....-.-. ar aks A AE ook orp 7°46

Vertical height of ramus at coronoid process ...... 6°40

Apex of mandible, projecting beyond apex of rostrum

(restored), cio woe nye suet rolep nies oem eae ajet te 1°62

Mandibular tooth (right), length ................ 2°12

fe - greatest breadth ........ 0°72

“A WVCICUL oe pula teicher el Oe ene

It will be seen, in comparing these dimensions with those of the skull

from Chatham Islands, figured and described by Dr. Hector, that it is

larger and more developed, with the exception of the two mandibular

teeth, which are much smaller and im the Chatham-Island specimen

are evidently designed for other purposes.

The rostrum, of which the point is broken off, is of small dimen-

sions when compared with the posterior portion of the cranium,

its point being slightly turned to the right. This point was

shattered into such a number of small pieces that, after maceration,

it was impossible to secure them all. The same was the case with

the point of the lower jaw, so as to suggest to us that the animal

had struck the reef and thus injured so considerably that portion

of its frame.

The premawillaries are two thin bones which run parallel in their

anterior portion. They here curve inwards, so as to form a semi-

cylindrical excavation, running along the whole rostrum as far as the

septum narium.

Before reaching this, however, they alter somewhat their general

form, the rounded edge disappearing, the bones now showing a

plane rather concave surface, and, gradually rising near the posterior

end of the nares, unite here with the nasal bones, by which a high

crest is formed. For about one third from the point both sides of

the premaxillaries are alike, after which the right one becomes much

broader than the left one ; and, passing over the median line of the

skull to the left, the skull now becomes very unsymmetrical in its

central portion, so that the opening of the nares is displaced to the left.

Moreover the uppermost portion of the right premaxillary, besides

being broader, is much higher than the left one—a peculiarity to

which also the nasal bones conform, the right one being considerably

higher than the left one. The prefrontals (of Owen) begin 6°5 inches

from the anterior point of the rostrum, gradually widening to one

inch, being slightly concave in the centre for a length of 8 inches.

They then gradually flatten for a distance of one inch, after which

they become convex until they rise and form the thin ridge of the

septum narium. The latter is wedged in its anterior portion against

the left premaxillary, and, continuing its direction to the left, joins

then obliquely the nasal bones. In the centre of the nares, the

septum narium is excavated for a depth of nearly 2 inches and a

width of 1:20 inch, the bone having here a very sharp edge.

1876.] DR. J. V. HAAST ON ZIPHIUS NOVE-ZEALANDI®. 469

Shortly before the septum narium is formed, the premaxillaries

coalesce for a short space*.

The mazillaries, which begin with a narrow point having a down-

ward sloping surface, gradually widen ; and, after having in about the

centre of the rostram a plane surface, the outer side rises to the

orbital notch, after which they expand greatly with a deeply concave

surface, rising posteriorly to the highest part of the crest, uniting

with the frontals through their whole extent.

The high maxillary crest of Hyperodon is represented only by a

small elevation at the begining of the broad concave surface, similar

to that in Ziphius australis, as.pointed out by Prof. H. Burmeister

in his exhaustive description of that South-American species.

A deep and narrow furrow begins on the lower side of both pre-

maxillaries near the point, continuing after their junction with the

maxillaries along the latter bones, where it runs below their lateral

edge to about the middle of the rostrum, gradually getting shallower

and narrower. In these grooves small vascular cavities are observ-

able, as if they had once served for rudimentary teeth, of which, how-

ever, not the least remnant could be observed, all without doubt

having been absorbed.

The vomer begins 5°5 inches from the point of the rostrum

between the premaxillaries, forming for 8°76 inches a narrow convex

ridge, which in its broadest or central portion is only 0°25 inch

broad. The palatal surface of the rostrum is slightly bent upward

near the point.

The united periotic and tympanic bones are of considerably less

size than those of Berardius arnouzi. The tympanic bone is shorter,

the anterior end not being so much prolonged and thus resembling

more in form the same bone in Hyperodon. The same can be said

of the periotic bone, which is also not only shorter, but has the

notches between the lobes much shallower than in Berardius.

The /ower mandible, which projects about 2 inches beyond the

point of the rostrum, consists of two thin callous rami, which

gradually become narrower till their termination at the point, the

bony substance of which they are composed getting more spongy to-

wards the begining of the symphysis. Fromthis beginning the united

bones curve upwards. At the point two small teeth are imbedded

in sockets, the tips rising only a few lines above them. They are

covered with rugose cement to the very point, which, in their lower

part, forms wartlike prominences.

As there is scarcely any difference between the two teeth, I give

only the dimensions of one of them, the left one, which is 2°12

inches long, with the greatest breadth about at the centre of 0°72

inch. It weighs 184 grains, and runs out at both ends to a con-

stricted rounded point, that of the apex being the narrowest.

It will thusbe seen that the weight of this tooth, although it belongs

* T give these details, because in another skull of the same species which the

Canterbury Museum possesses, and of which I shall give the measurements with

some notes below, besides some minor points, a very marked difference occurs

in the form of the prefrontals,

470 DR. J. V. HAAST ON ZIPHIUS NOVE-ZEALANDIE. [June 6,

to a skull of larger dimensions than the one obtained from the

Chatham Islands, described by Dr. Hector, is scarcely the fourth of

the weight of the tooth of the latter. It is moreover evident that

the teeth of the Chatham-Island specimen must have been used, as,

according to the description, they are worn down into two lateral facets,

divided by an acute ridge (see ‘ Transactions New-Zealand Institute,’

vol. v. page 165), whilst in the New-Zealand specimen the tips are

as rough as the sides and roots and do not show the least sign of

wear.

We know that the two skulls of the New-Zealand specimens belong

to female skeletons, whilst the skull of the Chatham-Island specimen

may possibly have been that of a male; but as we have not the least

evidence in that respect, this can only be settled by future researches

into the anatomical characters of this interesting genus.

Returning to the skeleton under consideration, I wish to state that

the teeth were only visible after maceration, and appear to be alto-

gether functionless, because the lower jaw projects so much beyond

the rostrum—unless we assume that the whole had an upper lip of a

somewhat prehensile character. On the upper margin all along the

anterior half of each ramus a well-defined groove extends to the dental

canal at the anterior extremity, where itis broadest. A considerable

number of small vascular canals open into this groove, without, how-

ever, showing the least rudiment of teeth.

The coronoid process is marked very feebly ; but the condyle is well

developed and forms the most posterior portion of the bone. I may

here observe that the skull of Ziphius nove-zealandie resembles in

some respects that of Ziphius australis of South America, notwith-

standing the difference in the form of the head, the former having a

swollen, and the latter having a tapering forehead. In many instances

Prof. Burmeister’s excellent description of some of its osteological

characters could be applied quite well to the New-Zealand species.

Hyoid bones.

The basihyal and the thyrohyals are still unankylosed, notwith-

standing the great age of the animal. The former has a somewhat

trapezoidal form, thus resembling in that respect the same bone in

Zivhius australis ; but it is more pointed in its anterior portion and

has a deep notch in the centre, whilst in the South-American species

the anterior border is only slightly concave. Breadth 4:6 inches,

antero-posterior length on both sides of the notch 4:1 inches. The

thyrohyals have a length of 6°80 inches, with their greatest breadth

of 2°55 inches one third from their posterior end.

The stylohyals are 10°8 inches long, and, in their middle portion,

2°1 inches broad ; they are straighter than the same bone in Ziphius

australis, which they resemble, however, otherwise in form. The

whole apparatus is more slender than in the Buenos-Aires species.

Vertebral Column.

The following are the numbers of vertebrae :—

1876.] DR.J.V. HAAST ON ZIPHIUS NOV-ZEALANDI. 471

Cervicales2 heer ack ee:

-DHOTaciC ieee 9

Lumbar yin eee eel

Caudal saan eee LD

In comparing this number with that observed in Ziphius australis,

it will be seen that the New-Zealand species has three vertebrae

less, viz. 9 thoracic instead of 10, and 19 caudal instead of 21, thus

showing also some difference in the osteological structure of the two

species. I may here observe that all the epiphysal plates of the

vertebree are so thoroughly coalesced with the rest of the body that

the line of junction is not visible—a proof that the animal must have

been not only adult, but aged.

Cervical Vertebre.

Of these the first four are entirely ankylosed, whilst the 5th, 6th,

and 7th are free, thus having one free vertebra less than Ziphius aus-

tralis, in which ouly the first three cervical vertebre are united ; how-

ever, as this skeleton was derived from a young animal, this difference

cannot be claimed as of a permanent character, until we know the

skeleton of the same animal in a full-grown state. The atlas, which

is 11°4 inches broad by 8°15 inches high, forms with the next two

vertebrze one solid bone with a high crest; it is the largest of all the

cervical vertebrae. The parapophyses (lower processes) in each of the

coalesced bones, of which that of the atlas is the largest, are, with

the exception of that belonging to the fourth, well developed. They

decrease, however, gradually in size to the third, that of the fourth

being of such small dimensions that it is an inch shorter than the

same process in the preceding one, with which it is ankylosed at the

upper and lower extremities, but not with the body.

The fifth cervical vertebra is very narrow, 0°55 inch; it has moreover

no spinous process above the arch, the summit of which stands two

inches below the point of the spinous process of the four ankylosed

vertebra ; the parapophyses, although much larger than those of the

fourth cervical vertebra, stand on the same line with them. The sixth

cervical vertebra is a little broader than the preceding one; there

is only an indication of a spinous process above the arch ; the parapo-

physes are well developed, and advauce half an inch beyond those of

the former vertebra.

The seventh vetebra is slightly broader than the preceding one.

It has a distinct spinous crest standing two inches above the arch.

The lower process, or parapophysis, on each side has dwindled to a

narrow tubercle, sloping upwards; the body of the bone has a well-

marked articular surface for the head of the first rib, on both sides,

which is situated between the well-marked upper transverse process

(diapophysis) and the small tubercle representing the lower transverse

process (parapophysis). These seven vertebrze have a length of 7°15

inches measured along the lower side of their main body.

472 DR. J. V. HAAST ON ZIPHIUS NOVE-ZEALANDIZ. [June 6,

Thoracic Vertebre.

Their number, as before stated, is nine. In this respect the New-

Zealand species resembles Hyperodon, which, as far as I am aware, is

the only other known Ziphioid Whale having such a small number

of thoracic vertebree. Each vertebra has a spine standing backwards

at an angle of 60 degrees to the body of the vertebra. That of the

first one is pointed, 6:4 inches high, and 2:05 inches broad at the base.

Gradually these spinous processes rise higher and become broader at

the same time, that of the 9th or last thoracic vertebra being the

highest, 11°62 inches, and 3°46 inches broad at the base. They are

all laterally compressed, thinning out at the top to a mere blade.

The first two vertebree possess on both sides of the arch a rounded

apophysis, on which the articular extremity for the tubercle is placed.

This apophysis gradually enlarges, being laterally compressed and

showing one well-marked process pointing upwards and forwards, as

well as the articulation for the tubercle for the rib, which is situated

more backward.

On the seventh vertebra this separation of the apophysis is still more

conspicuous, whilst on the eighth vertebra a separation of that apo-

physis into two distinct portions has taken place, the forward or

superior process now appearing as the metapophysis, whilst its lower

or posterior portion forms now a lower transverse process, on which

the articular surface for the eighth rib is situated, directed obliquely

backwards.

This lower transverse process is already situated in front, on the

body of the vertebra, but on its upper portion. This division is still

more conspicuous in the ninth or last thoracic vertebra, where the

metapophysis has nearly the same form as that on the first lumbar

vertebra, with the exception that its upper surface has a rounder in-

stead of a horizontal edge. The lower transverse process has a more

depressed, flattened form; moreover it is situated not only in the

centre of the body of the vertebra, but also lower down and nearly

on the same level as the same process in the first lumbar vertebra.

The bodies of the vertebree gradually increase in size, the first

having an antero-posterior length of 1°65 inch, and the ninth, or last,

of 4°1 inches.

The inferior surface of the first thoracic vertebra is rough and

rounded. The second, third, and a small portion of the anterior part

of the fourth have a shallow concave groove, after which on the fourth

a median keel appears, which continues to run along the rest, gradually

becoming more pronounced.

Lumbar Vertebre.

The nine thoracic vertebree are succeeded by eleven lumbar

vertebrae, which nearly all possess the same form, attaining larger

dimensions as they follow each other, so that the body of the last is

the largest—viz. 5°48 inches for the first, and 7°58 inches for the

last lumbar vertebra. The spines are of considerable size, the first

being 13°25 inches high along its posterior margin; they then gra-

dually rise to the eighth, which is 15°52 inches high, after which

1876.| DR. J. Vv. HAAST ON ZIPHIUS NOV4%-ZEALANDIA. 473

they diminish again slightly. They are compressed as usual, and

broader at the apex, which has a truncate form, as if they were

cut off.

The metapophysis on the anterior end of the arch is similar in form

to that of the last thoracic vertebra, but a little larger in the first

four vertebrze, its apex having moreover a still more truncated edge.

Beginning with the fifth vertebra this process gets gradually smaller,

assuming at the same time a more rounded form. They all possess

on their inferior surface a median keel, which is most pronounced on

the 5th, 6th and 7th vertebrae, after which, getting shallower by

degrees, it nearly runs out on the last.

The lower transverse process is throughout of the same form and

size, having a horizontal and a little forward direction.

The caudal vertebre are 19 in number, of which the first 10 have

chevron bones attached to them on the posterior border of the lower

surface, thus forming as usual two distinct classes.

The bodies of the caudal vertebre shorten from 7°51 inches to

the tenth, which is only 3°78 inches long, although their height is

the same.

From the Ist to the 13th a broad shallow groove runs along their

lower surface, after which they have a deep lateral excavation.

The spines are also gradually reduced in height to the tenth, in

which the same is only 1°50 inch high. They continue, however,

to possess the same truncated apex, with a downward slope from front

to back, getting at their starting-point from the arch gradually larger,

that on the 4th caudal vertebra being here the largest of the whole

series of vertebre.

The metapophyses also gradually diminish, and assume, instead of

the former flattened form, now a stouter appearance with a more out-

ward direction of the point.

The same diminution in size is observable in the lower transverse

process, which on the 8th caudal vertebra forms only a very small

ridge, but has entirely disappeared on the 9th. The 10th vertebra is

very much laterally compressed; the 11th assumes a rounded form,

which becomes more square in the 12th, after which the rest have a

nearly quadrangular form to the last.

The last caudal vertebrae, beginning with the 10th, have a well-ex-

cavated channel running along both sides of the vertebrae. I may here

observe that the last chevron bone, as well as the 17th and 19th

vertebrae, are missing.

Ribs.

There are nine ribs on each side, of which seven possess two arti-

culating processes. The first, which is the shortest of the whole series,

is also the broadest. It is thick and flattened throughout. It arti-

culates by a distinct capitular process with the body of the seventh

cervical vertebra, and above by an excavated articular surface with the

transverse process of the first thoracic vertebra.

From the second to the sixth, the ribs gradually lengthen, the sixth

being the longest, after which they decrease again. The second has

474 DR. J. V. HAAST ON ZIPHIUS NOVZ-ZEALANDIR. [June 6,

still the flattened appearance of the first, but in a lesser degree, after

which they assume all nearly the same shape, the upper portion

below the articulations or articulation having a prismoid form, which

is most pronounced in the middle of the ribs, where they are also the

most constricted, the edge being on the inner side; they then, widen

and flatten to their lower extremity.

The second to the seventh rib inclusive have, like the first, two

articulations ; a distinct capitular process for articulation with the

vertebra in front, and an excavated articular surface slightly raised

round the edges, into which the transverse process fits.

The eighth and ninth ribs have only one excavated surface,

articulating with the end of the transverse process.

The greatest length of each rib, measured in a straight line, is :—

(=)

—

me pwnoca

DIRE *

aang 2

La} E gH 0 te Rn, Serie Ay ame

ifthe tn. a.iere cake FO

Sixthigg 20 < ate erste Marcuse’ 3

SOVEHCN vane nica earch eee. 0

| ONES AU CL sie era ee De ote 2

INGA GH Sieyeoe, acre See oons 2

—

DIR [Coes

Sternum.

In the form of the sternum Ziphius nove-zealandie shows a well-

marked difference from Z. australis of Buenos Aires. It consists of

five distinct segments, of which the first is the largest, having a greatest

length of 14} inches, with a greatest breadth of 123 inches.

The second, third, and fourth segments gradually diminish in both

dimensions until the fifth, which is the narrowest but longer than

the three preceding ones. The dimensions of the fifth are 74 inches

in length with a breadth of 6 inches.

The first, which possesses a shallow keel in its upper portion, has

a deep notch above it, and another in the centre of its basal portion.

Similar fossze exist in each of the succeeding segments, by which four

median fenestrae are formed, gradually dimininishing in size, having

their largest diameter in a vertical direction. There are six articular

surfaces on each side for the sternal ribs—the first near the upper

portion of the first segment, the second at the junction of the first

and second, the third at the junction of the second and third, the

fourth at the junction of the third and fourth, the fifth at the junction

of the fourth and fifth segments, and the last at the-posterior ends of

the two narrow processes by which the fifth segment terminates.

The entire length of the sternum in a straight line is 3 feet 1 inch.

A comparison with the sternum of Ziphius australis shows a great

difference in the form of the segments of the fenestree ; and, as it

appears to me, when mature, this species would only have four seg-

ments instead of five, thus agreeing with Berardius arnousi.

1876.] DR. J. Vv. HAAST ON ZIPHIUS NOVH-ZEALANDIZ. 475

Prof. Flower, in his excellent Memoir on Berardius arnouzi, figures

the sternum as consisting of five pieces; but it is evident that the

fourth and fifth segments are portions of the same bone, although

they from some cause have not ankylosed.

in a skeleton belonging to the same species, which stands arti-

culated in the Canterbury Museum, and which has been taken from

a full-grown but not aged male, the disks on both sides of the verte-

bree being not yet ankylosed, the sternum consists of only four seg-

ments.

The fourth and fifth pieces of the skeleton in the Hunterian

Museum appear as one bone without any suture visible between them,

the last two articular facets standing close to each other on the side

of the fourth segment.

Pectoral limb.

The scapula has the usual form peculiar to the Ziphioid Whales ;

the acromion, however, is narrower and thinner than in Z. australis,

in which that bone corresponds more with Berardius arnouxi. The

coracoid is also shorter and stouter.

The humerus, to which the head is thoroughly ankylosed, has a

well-defined tuberosity for articulation with the strongly excavated

glenoid fossa of the scapula, and on its lower posterior side a groove

. for the articulation of the ulna; both ulna and radius have their arti-

cular surfaces well ankylosed, and do not call for any further re-

mark.

The carpus differs considerably from that of Berardius arnouxi,

of which Professor Flower gives a figure, and with which the carpus

of another specimen articulated in the Canterbury Museum fully

agrees. Instead of being united in pairs, the scaphoid and lunar and

the cuneiform and unciform are all distinct, and only the magnum and

trapezoid are united into one bone. They agree in this respect with

the same elements in the carpus of Mesoplodon sowerbiensis of the

Northern Hemisphere, whilst in the skeleton of Ziphius australis

the magnum and trapezoid are also still separate bones. However,

as this skeleton is derived from a very young animal, it may be pos-

sible that they unite in more aged individuals.

Notes on another Specimen.

A female Whale of somewhat larger dimensions, belonging to the

same species, was stranded about the middle of July 1873 in Akaroa

Harbour. According to Mr. Gorham Lambert, my informant, the

animal was suckling a calf at the time; the latter, however, was thought

not worth preserving by the finder. The skull of the mother Whale

was secured for the Canterbury Museum.

From the following table of measurements it will appear that the

skull is a little larger in all its dimensions than the one described

previously, belonging to the skeleton in the Canterbury Museum.

Although the point of the rostrum is quite entire, the point of the

lower jaw was considerably broken, which proves that the animal

made considerable struggles to regain deep water, during which with-

476 DR. J. V. HAAST ON ZIPHIUS NOVH-ZEALANDIE. [June 6,

out doubt it injured itself in the same manner as the Lyttelton-

Harbour specimen did. The skull under review is also derived from

an aged individual ; and, with the exception that its rostrum is rather

narrower than that of the Lyttelton- Harbour specimen, it has other-

wise somewhat larger proportions. The most marked difference,

however, is in the form of the prefrontals. In this skull the pre-

maxillaries are much more excavated, and stand 1°53 inch apart in

the centre of the rostrum.

The prefrontals, asin the former skull, begin 6°50 inches from the

point of the rostrum, forming at the beginning a ridge, which con-

tinues for about 11 inches, constituting the central portion of these

bones and only gradually disappearing. For the last 5 inches they

have a concave form; the premaxillaries here approach each other as

in the Port-Lyttelton specimen, but stand always half an inch apart.

Here the beginning of the septum narium rises to within the eighth

of an inch of the surface of the premavillaries, gradually getting

thinner and turning obliquely to the left, resting against the left of

these latter bones.

The excavation in the septum narium, however, is much deeper and

wider than in the first-described skull, being 3 inches wide and 23

inches deep.

There is also considerable difference in the teeth of the two skulls.

The tooth of this skull is 2°85 inches long, and 0°61 inch broad ;

it is covered everywhere with rough cement, which forms, principally

vear the lower extremity, wart-like protuberances, taking near the

root-end ridgy forms. It is consequently longer than the tooth of

the Lyttelton-Harbour specimen, and, although the tenth of an inch

thinner, is a little heavier (198 grains).

A portion of the pterygoid has been cut away when taking out the

skull; otherwise it is in a fine state of preservation.

Table of Measurements.

ft. in.

Extreme length of skull with lower jaw ...... eee 00

ve sen, MOL CTAUMUINN, stysrey hort teetave aes eric et Gee)

Length of rostrum from the apex of the preemaxillee

to the middle of the line drawn between the ante-

orbitalinotenes,. bo acc veer cee ce ek ete ic 1 10°50

Greatest height from top of nasals to lower border of

pleryooidelsnctae cl. uss Cesta eeten ceteateeanen 1 - 5°85

Greatest breadth across postorbital processes of

frontalsaik esac acti eroialds Siele aae 3. + L Ost?

Breadth of occipital condylesi2:%).3+..s. 22s. - -< 7°20

a of foramen magnum...... Rave sierschveteames 2°62

Height of foramen magnum (i. j.0) «ees 2 2°31

Breadth of base of rostrum between bottom of ante-

onbitalinioteles! it) Ps) s. atin Ries kc ttc 1 0°50

Breadth of rostrum in the middle.............. 5:00

Anterior nares, greatest width of the two......., 3°05

Height of crest above occipital foramen........ «Poi 73220

Width of oecipwt i405. Aik ccean untae tans bev5:05

1876.| PROF. FLOWER ON ZIPHIUS NOVE-ZEALANDIA. 477

Mandible. tb:

in.

Hength.of Tams: 2.5.0.0. Stak ee ness sistance £2 O70

ted OF RYMPLVSIS 6 oss wees rere a teen ey ee Ae 7°25

Vertical height of ramus at coronoid process ...... 6°83

Apex of mandible projecting beyond apex of rostrum. . 1°75

Mandibular tooth, length .......... ech eiee aenecs « 2°85

5 3, breadth, ereatesti: ss nscricte et «a'e 0°61

2. Remarks upon Dr. von Haast’s Communication on Ziphius

nove-zealandie. By Professor Frowgr, F.R.S.

[Received June 5, 1876. ]

I have to make the following remarks upon Dr. v. Haast’s com-

eas which has just been read to the meeting.

It should be stated that Dr. von Tlaast in his MS., which he

sist to me, has followed Dr. Gray u using the generic name

Epiodon for the animal described ; but . have taken the liberty of

substituting the Cuvierian epithet Ziphius. With reference to the

revival of the former name, I fully agree with the following remarks

of Fischer*:—

**M. Gray considére l Epiodon urganantus de Rafinesque f comme

le type de Ziphius cavirostris. L’Epiodon urganantus est, pour

Desmarest, son Delphinus epiodon ; et voici les caractéres qui lui

sont attribués par Rafinesque.

‘Corps oblong, atténué postérieurement ; machoire inférieure plus

courte que la supérieure ; plusieurs dents obtuses, égales a celle-ci ;

aucune a la premicre; pas de nageoire dorsale.

‘ Habite la mer de Sicile.’

**Comme on le voit, le genre Zpiodon et Pespéce urganantus sont

plus que bri¢vement décrits ; je pense qu'il est absolument impossible

de les reconnaitre, et qu’il serait sage de laisser reposer en paix les

diagnoses de Rafinesque; on ne doit pas accorder de notori¢té scien-

tifique & de pareils travaux.”

If, therefore, Zpiodon is to be used for the present form, the almost

universally received and well-characterized Ziphiust would have to be

discarded from zoology, as it cannot be with any reason or propriety

transferred, as Dr. Gray has done, to another and very distinct

genus (Mesoplodon, Gervais). It must be retained for Ziphius cavi-

rostris and its allies, or given up altogether.

2. I do not see that Dr. v. Haast has given any grounds for dis-

tinction between his Z. nove-zealandie and the previously described

* “Mémoire sur les Cétacés du genre Ziphius, Cuvier,” Nouy. Arch. du

Muséum, tome iil. p. 42.

t ‘Précis des découyertes et travaux somiologiques,’ &., p. 13 (Palermo

1814).

{ Cuvier, ‘Ossemens fossiles,’ 2nd edit. vol. vy. 1824.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1876, No. XXXII.

478 DR. J. V. HAAST ON MESOPLODON FLOWERI. = [June 6;

Z. chathamiensis (Hector) from the same seas*. Indeed, so far as

can be judged from the description and photographs, the two speci-

mens attributed to the former differ more from each other than does

either of them from Z. chathamiensis, especially if, as Dr. v. Haast

himself suggests, the difference in the size of the teeth is a sexual

character.

3. The photographs sent by Dr. v. Haast of Z. nove-zealandia,

when compared with the specimen of Z. indicus, Van Beneden ( Pe-

trorhynchus capensis, Gray), at the British Museum, do not show

any greater differences than are consistent with the range of indi-

vidual variation.

4. The differences between the last-named species, or supposed

species, and Z. cavirostris, Cuvier, and Z. australis, Burmeister, have

never been clearly defined ; no proof has therefore yet been given of

the existence of more than one species of the genus.

5. Dr. v. Haast’s specimen differs from all other known skeletons

in having but nine ribs instead of ten. But it is not improbable

that the last pair (often rudimentary and unattached to the vertebral

column) may have been lost during the preparation. This appears

more likely, because the ninth rib (as shown in the photograph) is

larger than the last rib usually is in these animals, and the trans-

verse process of the supposed first lumbar vertebra appears some-

what dilated at the end. Moreover the presence of one pair of ribs

more or less is often only an individual character in the Cetaceans.

6. A more serious difference consists in the absence of the dorsal

fin (hitherto met with in all members of the genus examined); but

it must be noted that this is not Dr. v. Haast’s own observation, and

was made after “nearly all the blubber had been taken off.”’

3. Notes on Mesoplodon flowert. By Jutius von Haast,

Ph.D., F.R.S, Director of the Canterbury Museum, New

Zealand.

[Received May 5, 1876.]

(Plates XLV. & XLVI.)

In the beginning of April 1874, the information reached me that

a Whale about 18 “feet long had been stranded on the sea-beach near

Saltwater creek, about 30 miles north of Banks Peninsula; and

although I did not lose any time in securing the skeleton for the

Canterbury Museum, I was too late to ebtain the necessary infor-

mation as to form, colour, position of fins, etc., the animal having

in the mean time been stripped in order to obtain the blubber.

Fortunately, however, no bone was lost; and on examination the

animal prov ed to be a Mesoplodon, closely allied to a specimen ob-

tained at the Cape of Good Hope, of which the skull has been

described and figured by Dr. Gray, P. Z.S. 1865, p. 358, and subse-

* Trans. New-Zealand Institute, vol. v. p. 164, pl. iv. (1878).

1876. |] DR. J. V. HAAST ON MESOPLODON FLOWERI. 479

quently by Prof. Owen, in vol. xxiii. of the publications of the Pale-

ontographical Society of London, under the title of Ziphius (Doli-

chodon, Gray) layardi.

So far as I am aware, nothing is known of that interesting animal

except the skull with the lower jaw, between which and the New-

Zealand specimen under review there exist some points of difference,

as I shall point out further on; moreover, as I believe that the same

species of Ziphioid Whale would scarcely exist in two regions so far

distant from each other, I have thought it more expedient to

designate the New-Zealand species by the specific term floweri,

in honour of the accomplished anatomist, Prof. W. H. Flower, F.R.S.,

to whom the New-Zealand naturalists owe a great debt of gratitude

for his excellent memoir on Berardius arnouai.

The animal proved, on dissection, to be a full-grown male and or

mature age, the terminal epiphyses of the bodies of the vertebree being

so thoroughly ankylosed that the line of junction could not be de-

tected ; and we can draw the conclusion from its osteological charac-

teristics that it must have combined considerable strength with great

swiftness, whilst at the same time the large and remarkable strap-like

teeth must have given it a peculiar appearance.

The skeleton (Plate XLV. fig. 1), as now mounted, has a total

length of 17 feet 9 inches, which closely corresponds with the mea-

surement given to me, and taken before the flesh was removed from

the skeleton.

The skull, of which I add an upper view (Plate XLVI. fig. 1),

resembles in all its general features so closely the skulls of M.

layardi, as described by Prof. Owen, that it would be superfluous to

offer any detailed account of it.

Amongst other peculiarities, the frontals have also the same well-

defined form, and appear as a dense convex ridge between the pre-

maxillaries as in the Cape specimen.

Notwithstanding this general likeness, if we compare closely the

figures of both skulls, it is nevertheless apparent that there exist

some differences between them, of which I wish to point out the fol-

lowing ones :—

Thus the frontals in the Cape specimen rise higher above the

maxillaries than in the New-Zealand specimen ; and the occipital

portion of the skull is far more rounded in the former than in the

latter, in which the supra-occipital stands nearly vertical, whilst in

the Cape specimen this portion of the skull has a considerable slope

towards the foramen magnum. At the junction of the basioccipital

with the temporal, the former enters the latter with a sharp angular

projection, whilst in the New-Zealand specimen it has a rounded

edge.

The interparietal in the New-Zealand specimen runs up to the

crest a much narrower bone than in the Cape one, in which it has

a rounded form near its junction with the froutals.

Besides the difference in the mandibular teeth to be pointed out

hereafter, I find that the lower jaw is far deeper in proportion to its

length in the New-Zealand specimen.

32*

480 DR. J. V. HAAST ON MESOPLODON FLOWERI. [June 6,

Measured on the drawing of that bone in the figure given by Prof.

Owen, the total length of the lower jaw of M. layardi, from the point

to the angle, is to the greatest depth as 8% to 1, whilst in the New-

Zealand specimen it is as 65 to 1. In M. layardi the lower jaw is

much more slender, the upper and lower border being very slightly

inclined to one another, whereas in M. floweri the two borders form a

much more open angle with one another, the upper border being very

convex near the coronoid process. If both skulls were available for

comparison side by side, I have no doubt that other differences would

be detected, especially by a comparative anatomist of more experience

than I possess.

There is an important difference in amount of curvature of the

large tooth on each side of the lower jaw, which in the Cape speci-

men is so much arched that the apices of both teeth actually meet

above the rostrum, a peculiarity which the late Dr. Gray thought

could scarcely be a malformation. In the New-Zealand specimen

that curvature, although existing, is not so pronounced, the point of

the tooth standing in a vertical line above the centre of the root.

Its form and position agree entirely with those of the tooth of a lower

jaw brought from the Chatham Islands by Mr. H. Travers, and de-

scribed and figured by Dr. Hector as Dolichodon (Mesoplodon)

layardi in the fifth yolume of the ‘ Transactions of the New-Zealand

Institute.’ Behind this mandibular tooth there is no partial hollow

on the wpper margin of the lower jaw, as if it were the cavity of an

old tooth that had fallen out, as is the case in the Cape specimen,

and which was first pointed out by Dr. Gray in his ‘ Catalogue of

Seals and Whales in the British Museum.’ The New-Zealand spe-

cimen under review thus conforms also in this respect to the lower

jaw obtained in the Chatham Islands.

The anterior edges of both teeth, however, are perfectly intact, and

not worn away like those in the Cape and Chatham Island specimens ;

a peculiarity which might be traced to individual habits, and is, I

suppose, not of any specific value. ‘There is no doubt that the

New-Zealand’and Chatham-Island specimens could open their mouths,

as there is sufficient space for the rostrum to pass between the apices

of the teeth. However, there has evidently been some abrasion on

the inner side of both teeth near the crown, as they are here some-

what worn down and polished. The small enamelled portion rising

on the anterior edge of the apex is not quite so large as in the Cape

specimen.

The lower jaw from the Chatham Islands is 1°75 inch shorter

than that of the specimen under review, in which latter the mandi-

bular tooth is also much longer, which may be regarded as an indi-

vidual difference only.

The following Table of measurements will also supply further

material for comparison :—

Dimensions of the skull. ftopan.

Extreme length of cranium... ......2 52... apo70

Length of rostrum from the apex of the pree-

1876. ] DR. J. V. HAAST ON MESOPLODON FLOWERI. 481

maxillee to a line drawn between the ante- ft. in.

orbital notches....... ase ny ae ane he

Greatest height from top of nasal to lower base

of pterycoids, “(2 -<jre acre enegeenet aa ars 1 3°80

Greatest breadth across ’ postorbital process of

frontals,..... 1 3°22

Breadth of base of rostrum between bottom of

anteorbital otenes: s stess.i-j ste weet ever ereeed are 5°90

Breadth of rostrum in the middle ......... ° 2°71

Greatest width of the two nares. : 2°15

Height of crest above occipital foramen... 8°79

Distance from point of rostrum to crest over

blowers(in.a. straicht line). vrysss.'> a5; store 2 8-48

Mandible.

Dene thor ramus s.7s eosin yoga es eee ese 22 LOZ

Length Ot symphysis a% ae0. «ih . 8°05

Vertical height of ramus at cor ronoid process. . 4°82

Distance from the condyle to the hinder edge of

the base of the mandibular tooth ........ | Bae 5:

Breadth of exposed part of mandibular tooth

along upper margin of ramus............ 4°51

Length of mandibular tooth measured along an-

terior edge from upper margin of ramus to

CTCONNENG Spas er ares hay catia. iat ane o/s, rapes © ai'ecahieya jars 8°74

Hyoid Bones.

The basihyal and thyrohyal are united into one bone; the two

latter are each 4°5 inches long and 2°1 inches broad at their junction

with the basihyal. The anterior edge of this bone is formed by two

processes, advancing considerably beyond its general outline and

separated in the centre by a deep notch, in which respect the bone

resembles that of Hpiodon nove-zealandie.

The two posterior points of the thyrohyals stand 7°2 inches apart.

The stylohyals are 7°5 inches long ; they possess a distinct head

for their articulation with the skull, and have afterwards for some

distance still a roundish form, then gradually flattening till about

2°5 inches from their anterior end they are 1°75 inch broad and

0°5 inch thick, the upperside having a sharp ridge and the lower

side being flattened.

Vertebral Column.

The number of vertebre are as follows :—

Cervical ...... Sr Seat sere oret fist cue arena aes 7

WROraciG 2 seit disierc ake ake ee ates 10

Lumbar. soe A ead Sa oat eee ros me ALI)

Candalite 4esategsts tha ts Stele iver ohaeecmeeen! (LG

482 DR. J. V. HAAST ON MESOPLODON FLOWERI. [June 6,

Mesoplodon floweri thus agrees in these particulars with M. sower-

biensis.

Cervical Vertebre.

Measured along the lower side of their main bodies, the seven cer-

vical vertebra have a total length of 5°75 inches. Ofthem, the atlas,

second, and third vertebree are united into one large triangular bone

8 inches broad and 6°10 inches high (see no. 16). Only their lower

processes, of which those of the second are the largest, are free. The

third vertetebra has two distinct transverse processes on each side, of

which the higher one (diapophysis) is a thin bone, with its termina-

tion pointing downwards. The next four vertebree are all free ; and

if we take into consideration that the skeleton under review belonged

to a fully adult animal, there is no doubt that no further change in

their relations to each other would have taken place.

The upper as well as the inferior transverse processes become gra-

dually smaller as we advance towards the thoracic region. In the

fourth vertebra the inferior transverse process has still a horizontal

direction ; in the fifth it assumes a downward slope, which is con-

tinued to the seventh, where it consists only of a small tubercle.

Above it, on the side of the body of this vertebra, is the articular sur-

face for the head of the first rib. The fourth vertebra had evidently

a small spinous process, which doubtless was broken off in cleaning

it; in the fifth the spinous process is 1:05 inch, in the sixth 1°53

inch, and in the seventh 2 inches high, all leaning a little forwards.

The bodies of the last four vertebrae are broader than they are high.

M. floweri therefore stands so far alone in regard to the arrangement

of the cervical vertebrae, as no other Ziphiod Whale, so far as I am

aware, has the first three cervical vertebrae ankylosed and each of

the next four perfectly free.

Thoracic Vertebre.

The species under review possesses ten, of which the bodies

are all flattened from top to bottom and become gradually of larger

dimensions, the body of the first being 1:12 inch, and the tenth

4-20 inches in postero-anterior length. The spinous process of the

first is pointed and stands slightly forwards ; that of the second stands

nearly vertical, after which in the remaining eight vertebre it gra-

dually slopes more and more backward and becomes higher and

broader. This process m the second and third has rather a rounded

apex, after which it becomes more truncated in the rest.

The height of the spine of the first thoracic vertebra is 4°25 inches,

of the tenth 9 inches.

The articulation for the head of the second rib is situated at the

posterior end of the first vertebra, low, at the base of the arch; it

rises gradually in the two next, so that in the third vertebra this

articulation is placed some distance above that base, a position which

it maintains in the fourth, fifth, and sixth, after which it disappears,

the following ribs having only one articulation.

The transverse process, which springs from both sides of the arch,

1876. | DR. J. V. HAAST ON MESOPLODON FLOWERI. 483

is in the first three vertebrae a rounded apophysis ; in the next four

vertebrae it gradually enlarges, becoming, as in Lpiodon nove-zea-

landia, \aterally compressed, showing one strongly marked process

pointing upwards and forwards, as well as a well indicated and pos-

terioriy situated articulation for the tubercle of the ribs. A separa-

tion into two distinct processes takes place in the eighth, the forward

or anterior process of the apophysis now appearing as the metapo-

physis, and its lower or posterior process forming a lower transverse

process, starting as a small rounded prominence from the anterior

border of the upper portion of the body, and on which the articular

surface for the eighth rib is situated, directed obliquely backwards.

In the ninth vertebra this separation is still more accomplished,

the metapophysis being well developed, and the transverse process,

which springs now from near the centre of the body, although thicker

and more rounded than those of the succeeding vertebree, takes already

its usual form. It has an articular surface for the ninth rib on

its posterior end, with the same direction as in the preceding one.

The tenth vertebra, which is the largest of the series, has a very

large transverse process, depressed and broad, on the edge of which

the tenth small rib obliquely articulates. This transverse process

is the broadest and longest of the whole series of vertebree—those of

the lumbar region, beginning with the first, getting by degrees shorter

and narrower.

The transverse process of the ninth thoracic vertebra has a hori-

zontal and somewhat backward direction ; that of the tenth stands

straight ; whilst the same process in the lumbar and in the first series

of the caudal vertebrze has, besides a slightly downward, also a for-

ward direction. The bodies of the thoracic vertebree up to the

seventh have a flattened lower surface, after which a keel starts on

the eighth, which is well pronounced on the ninth and tenth.

Lumbar Vertebre.

The ten lumbar vertebrze resemble each other very much in form.

Gradually they become more elongated, the first having an antero-

posterior length of 4°55 inches, and the eighth of 6°30 inches, after

which they shorten again a little. They possess each a median keel,

and are compressed in the centre below the transverse process. The

spinous processes are large and high, increasing to the eighth, which

is 11°50 inches high, after which they slightly decrease. The arches

arise from the centre of the bodies, thus differing from Berardius

and Lpiodon, where they have a more anterior position.

Caudal Vertebre.

There are nineteen caudal vertebrze, of which the first ten have a

deep channel running along their lower surface. The spinous pro-

cesses gradually lose in height, that of the tenth vertebra consisting

only of a slight excrescence. The lower transverse processes also

shorten by degrees, so that in the sixth they. are represented by a

small horizontal ridge, which is only faintly indicated in the seventh.

In the eighth, ninth, and tenth vertebree all signs of sueh processes

484 DR. J. V. HAAST ON MESOPLODON FLOWER. [June 6,

are missing ; but they are also strongly laterally compressed. There

are nine chevron bones, of which the last is missing. With the

eleventh vertebra the second series of the caudal vertebre begins,

which in form greatly resemble those of the New-Zealand Hpiodon.

Ribs.

There are ten ribs on each side, of which seven have two articu-

lations and the last three only one.

The first is the shortest of the whole series with the exception of

the last; it is also the broadest.

There is scarcely a sign of an articular process for its articulation

with the seventh cervical vertebra, and only a very slightly marked

articular surface for the transverse process, both being indicated by

a small indentation on the edge of the head of the rib. The second

rib has the same flattened form as the first ; it is longer, and both ar-

ticulating processes are better-defined. From the second to the

sixth rib, they gradually lengthen, after which they diminish again

a little until we reach the tenth, which is the shortest of the whole

series. The third, fourth, fifth, sixth, and seventh ribs have all well

defined articulating processes and nearly the same form, flattened at

and near their head, after which, for nearly one third of their total

length, they become more constricted and assume a prismoid shape,

after which they flatten and gain again in breadth, their terminal end

being, however, narrower. The eighth and ninth ribs, which have

only one articulating process for their junction with the transverse

process, have the same form as the foregoing if we imagine their

heads and necks removed. ‘The tenth rib j 1S ‘flattened throughout ;

it has also only one articulating surface, and at its posterior end

runs out to a point.

The greatest length of each rib, measured in a straight line, is :-—

feet. inches.

Parst\2oea PO Me ar cron ener. 5 ii omy | NE hr

Secon, ct tcitise See cee ote eran ee 95) ()

Thirdhs 020. Bone nee 2) (eee 2 1:60

Fourth) atte? os 6 oe eee 2 4:10

ifthe eke: 32, wor oe ae eee Dawe Ds

Sixth: sty i 2 4:80

Severthy Jif. gh Mis Ge dee, Eco)

Bighthi) [ic Gis ae Palette eee sie ares MoO.

INant he bai ae ee 2 3:03

TD erithy Serato ec torsc Sere Steg eee 10°25

Sternum.

The sternum consists of four principal segments, of which the

fourth and smallest is separated into a left and a right portion by a

division in the centre, which apparently would not have disappeared

by ankylosis in a still more aged state of the skeleton.

The first segment is the largest and broadest ; it is without a keel,

but-is well rounded towards the central line. There is a deep exca-

1876. | PROF. FLOWER ON MESOPLODON FLOWERI, 485

vation in its upper, and a shallower one in its lower portion. Similar

excavations exist in the three other segments, by which three fenestra

of a rounded shape are formed.

There are five articulating surfaces on each side for the sternal

ribs—the first near the upper portion of the first segment, the second

at the junction of the first and seeond segments, the third at the

junction of the second and third segments, the fourth at the junction

of the third and fourth segments, and the fifth at each side of the

fourth segment on its lower portion.

Pectoral Limb.

The scapula is remarkably flat, and without prominent ridges, so

that there is scarcely any sign of the postscapular fossa. In form

it resembles that of Mesoplodon sowerbiensis. The acromion is

broad, and has an upward slope in its anterior portion; the coracoid

is flat and narrow, but widens considerably at its extremity, where

it assumes a prismoid form.

The humerus, ulna, and radius resemble also considerably those

of M. sowerbiensis. ‘The epiphyses ou both extremities are so well

anchylosed that scarcely the line of junction can be traced.

The elements of the carpus are, with the exception of the magnum

and trapezoid, which are united into one bone, all separate, thus re-

sembling also M. sowerdiensis and the New-Zealand Epiodon. The

same appears to be the case with the digits, which, however, have

somewhat suffered, as the pectoral fin had been much lacerated before

the skeleton was secured.

Pelvic Bone.

The pelvic bone for the attachment of the crura of the penis is of

small size, and of rather irregular form. It is 4 inches long, 0°37

inch broad near both extremizies, and 0°25 inch in the middle

portion. It is rounded posteriorly and flat anteriorly, getting gra-

dually flatter as we reach the lower end of the bone. It is very light

and spongy.

4. Remarks upon Dr. yon Haast’s Communication on Mesop-

lodon floweri. By Professor Firownr, F.R.S.

On comparing the excellent photograph sent by Dr. v. Haast of

of the skull of this animal with the type specimen of M. layardi,

from the Cape of Good Hope, in the British Museum, neither Pro-

fessor Van Beneden nor myself could detect any differences of the

slightest specific importance; indeed at first sight we were inclined to

say that the photographs might have been taken from that very speci-

men. The latter, however, is a trifle larger in allits dimensions, being

an inch and a quarter longer; and the teeth are rather more deve-

loped, probably the effect of somewhat greater age.

486 DR.G.. DOBSON ON MYSTACiNA TUBERCULATA. [June 6,

The distinctions upon which Dr. v. Haast relies are chiefly the

result of the comparison of the skull with a small figure of JZ. lay-

ardi quite inadequate for the purpose, and disappear on more rigid

examination. For instance, the proportion of the height to the

length of the lower jaw, one of Dr. v. Haast’s most telling cha-

racters, is really identical, instead of being so widely different as

supposed. The habitats of the two specimens, instead of being a

reason for separating, would rather, in my opinion, be one for uniting

them, as there can be no possible barrier for a Cetacean between

the seas of the Cape and those of New Zealand. I am therefore un-

able, upon the evidence before us, to accept Mesoplodon floweri as a

well-established species. The great interest of the present commu-

nication is that it contains a description of the entire skeleton, and

shows that it presents an exceedingly close resemblance to the well-

known Northern form, M. sowerbiensis.

5. On Mystacina tuberculata.

By G._E. Dosson, MA. MIB IS. ce.

[Received May 13, 1876.]

There are some important points in the external structure of that

most remarkable species of Bat, M/ystacina tuberculata of New Zea-

land, which have not yet been noticed, although one writer has oc-

cupied four closely printed pages of an octavo book in describing it.

In a paper by Mr. R. F. Tomes, in our ‘ Proceedings’ for 1857,

p. 139, a coloured lithograph of this species is given, showing the very

peculiar structure of a portion of the wing- and interfemoral membrane

near the body; and in the text accompanying it are the following re-

marks:— The portions of membrane contiguous to the forearm, the

sides of the body, and the tibia are very thick and leathery, with nu-

merous deep wrinkles; and the basal half of the interfemoral mem-

brane (as far as to where the tail becomes free) possesses the same

peculiarity, The wrinkles, in many places, cross the legs and forearms,

but they are only observable on the upper surfaces of the membranes

and limbs. This singular part of the cutaneous system is marked by a

regular and decided outline, and can scarcely be said at any place to

graduate into the smooth (and very thin) membrane of the wings.

Its extent is pretty well indicated by the hairy portions of the mem-

branes in the genus Lasiurus, excepting that it only occupies one half

of the interfemoral membrane.”

No conjectures are hazarded as to the use of this peculiarly thick-

ened and differently coloured portion of membrane, which occurs in

this species alone.

I find that this thickened portion of the wing-membrane is analo-

gous to the thickened portion of the anterior wings in Hemiptera

and to the elytra of the Coleoptera.

Among the many peculiarities of structure presented by AZ. tuder-

1876.] DR.G. E. DOBSON ON MYSTACINA TUBERCULATA. 487

culata, none are more remarkable than the presence of a third pha-

lanx in the middle finger, a character in which it differs from all

other species of the family (Emballonuridze) to which it belongs, and

agrees with those of a distinct though allied family, the Phyllosto-

midee, which are limited to America.

The middle finger consists of a metacarpal bone and three pha-

langes. The first phalanx, instead of being folded (in repose) upon

the dorsal surface of the metacarpal bone (as in the other species of

Emballonuridze) is flexed downwards, inwards, and forwards upon

the inferior surface of the metacarpal, carrying with it the corre-

sponding phalanx of the third finger, which lies folded downwards

and forwards, between it and the metacarpal bone; the second pha-

lanx is folded backwards on the first ; and the third phalanx is folded

forwards on the second. Being thus reduced by this peculiar fold-

ing process into the smallest possible space, the wing is then tucked

in beneath the thickened portion of the wing-membrane margining

the forearm and side of the body, which sheaths and completely

conceals the whole wing. The posterior half of the interfemoral

membrane, from the point where the tail perforates it, is rolled up-

wards and forwards beneath the leathery anterior half. With the

wing- and interfemoral membranes thus encased, this species is the

most quadrupedal of Bats ; and the peculiar development of the ex-

tremities, which I shall now describe, indicates special powers of pro-

gression.

Fig. a.

Thumb and sole of foot of Mystacina tuberculata.

The thumb is long, and armed with a large and very acute claw,

which has a small talon projecting from its concave surface near the

base (fig. a); the feet have similarly long and very acute claws ; and

at the base of each a similar talon is placed (fig. 6). This peculiar

basal talon has not been before observed; and I believe it does not

occur in any other species of known Bats. A similar talon is found

at the base of the claws in the short-tailed Chameleon, Rhampholeon

spectrum, which is thus described by Dr. Giinther in his description

of that species :—‘ The tail isso short that it ean serve as a prehen-

488 MESSRS. ADAMS AND ANGAS ON NEW LAND-SHELLS. [June 6,

sile organ in a very subordinate manner only. This defect is com-

pensated by the development of an additional sharp denticle at the

inner base of each claw, and of a spine vertically projecting from the

flexor side of each finger and toe, which must immensely strengthen

the power of the animal for holding on to branches, &c.” *

The posterior extremities are short, the legs very short and thick ;

and the outer and inner toes are shorter and much thicker than the

others, as in Nyctinomus ; but they are not fringed with long hairs.

The feet are remarkably large, and much rotated outwards and for-

wards, so as to allow of easy progression. ‘The structure of the sole

of the foot and of the inferior surface of the leg is very peculiar, and

is well shown in the accompanying woodcut (fig. 6). The plantar

surface, including the toes, is covered with soft and very lax integu-

ment, deeply wrinkled ; and each toe is marked by a central longitu-

dinal groove with short grooves at right angles to it, as in the genus

Hemidactylus (Geckotidee). The lax wrinkled integument covering

the sole of the foot is continued along the inferior flattened surface

of the ankle and leg.

All these peculiarities of structure must accompany some corre-

sponding peculiarities in the habits of this species. As the denticle

at the base of the claw in Rampholeon spectrum evidently compen-

sates that animal for the shortness of its tail, which is so effective a

prehensile organ in other Chameleons, so I have no doubt the den-

ticle at the base of the claw in Mystacina tuberculata compensates

that species exceptionally for the imperfect condition of the fore

limbs as organs of prehension; and this, taken into consideration

with the peculiar manner in which the wings are protected from in-

jury when not employed in flying, and with the manifestly adhesive

nature of the sole of the foot and inferior surface of the legs, lead

me to believe that this species hunts for its insect food, not only in

the air, but also on the branches and leaves of trees, among which its

peculiarities of structure most probably enable it to walk about with

security and ease.

6. Descriptions of five new Species of Land-Shells from

Madagascar, New Guinea, Central Australia, and the

Solomon Islands. By Henry Apams, F.L.S., and

Gerorce Frencu Aneas, C.M.Z.S. & F.LS.

[Received May 29, 1876.]

(Plate XLVII.)

HELIX MALANTENSIS, n. sp. (Plate XLVII. figs. 1, 2, 3.)

Shell imperforate, trochiform, rather solid, faintly obliquely stri-

ated, whitish, ornamented with several broad or narrow fulvous or

dark chestnut bands, brown at the base; spire turbinate; whorls

* P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 448, with a woodcut.

PZ 1OVerP le xiv

GB.Sowerby lth Hanhart imp

LAND SHELLS FROM NEW GUINEA,

MADAGASCAR & AUSTRALIA

1876.] MESSRS. ADAMS AND ANGAS ON NEW LAND-SHELLS. 489

55, rather convex, the last descending in front ; aperture oblique, qua-

drately lunate ; peristome white, margins converging, united by a

faint callus, right margin slightly sinuous, a little expanded and re-

flexed, columellar margin dilated above and a little excavated.

Diam. maj. 25, min. 22, alt. 22 mill.

Hab. Malanta Islands, Solomon Archipelago.

This species differs from H. guadaleanarensis, Cox, in being more

conical, in the last whorl being less inflated, descending in front, and

not angled at the periphery, and in the aperture being smaller, and

the outer lip much less flattened and expanded, as well as by the ab-

sence of the black margin at the angle of reflexion behind,the outer

hp, and the purple spot on the columella, and in having the base

broadly stained and zoned with chestnut.

Hevix comrieEi, n. sp. (Plate XLVII. figs. 4, 5.)

Shell imperforate, conically semiglobose, rather solid, rugosely

spirally grooved, and obliquely finely striated, opaque, whitish ;

spire conoidal, obtuse; whorls 43, rather convex, the last descend-

ing, subangulated at the peripbery, somewhat flattened at the base,

and a little excavated behind the aperture ; aperture diagonal, oval-

oblong, pale brown within, peristome white, margins converging,

united by a thin callus, right margin sinuous, rather expanded and

reflexed ; columellar margin dilated and appressed.

Diam. maj. 27, min. 21, alt. 20 mill.

Hab. Shores of Huon Gulf, South-east New Guinea.

This interesting species is allied to Helix brumeriensis, Forbes,

but is rather smaller in size, and without the characteristic black lip

of the latter. It was discovered by Dr. Comrie, of H.M.S. < Basi-

lisk,’ after whom we have named it. In the same locality Dr.

Somrie obtained several specimens of Helix brumeriensis, hitherto

known only by the single specimen in the British Museum, collected

by the late Mr. J. McGillivray at Brumer Island, during the voyage

of H.M.S. ‘Rattlesnake,’ in August 1849.

He wrx ROBILLARDI, n. sp. (Plate XLVII. figs. 6, 7.)

Shell umbilicated, orbicularly subglobose, rather solid, obliquely

striated, whitish, with a pale brown shining epidermis, and orna-

mented with three very narrow dark brown bands, one being sutural ;

spire depressedly conical, apex obtuse; whorls 5, moderately convex,

the last descending in front and somewhat flattened at the base ;

umbilicus open, funnel-shaped ; aperture diagonal, truncately oval,

pale brown within ; ee with margins ‘approximating, united

by a thin callus, the right margin slightly flexuous, expanded, and a

little reflexed ; the columellar margin ‘thickened, reflexed, and dilated

above.

Diam. maj. 32, min. 27, alt. 20 mill.

Hab. South-west Madagascar (Coll. Sir D. Barclay).

HELIX FENERIFFENSIS, 0. sp. (Plate XLVII. figs. 8, 9.)

Shell narrowly umbilicated, depressedly trochiform, carinated, very

490 MR. E. L. LAYARD ON THE BIRDS [June 6,

thin, subpellucid, shining, pale olive-green, finely obliquely striated

throughout and decussated above with very minute concentric rugose

strie: spire conical, apex obtuse ; whorls 6, nearly flat, the last not

descending in front, inflated below ; aperture diagonal, large, angu-

larly elliptic; peristome thin, simple; columellar margin slightly

reflexed over the umbilicus.

Diam. maj. 33, min. 27, alt. 24 mill.

Hab. Feneriffa Islands, North-west Madagascar (Coll. Sir D.

Barclay).

Hetx Eyre, n. sp. (Plate XLVII. figs. 10-12.)

Shell widely umbilicated, subplanorbular, rather thin, obliquely

striated, and under the lens minutely granulated, light brown, pale

below; spire flattened; whorls 5, a little convex, the last rounded

and slightly descending ; aperture oblique, lunate ; peristome flesh-

coloured, margins approximating, thickened, and slightly expanded.

Diam. maj. 17, min. 143, alt. 63 mill.

Hab. Shores of Lake Eyre, Central Australia.

This is another species of the peculiar discoidal group of Helices

(Angasella, A. Ad.) from the arid regions of Central Australia, to

which H. cyrtopleura, Pfr. and H. phillipsiana, Ang., also belong.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLVII.

Figs. 1-3. Helix malantensis.

4, 5. comriet.

6, 7. —— robillardi.

8, 9. —— feneriffensis.

10-12. eyret.

7. Notes on the Birds of the Navigators’ and Friendly

Islands, with some Additions to the Ornithology of Fiji.

By E. L. Layarp, C.M.G., F.Z.8., &c., H.B.M. Consul

at New Caledonia.

[Received May 24, 1876.]

Recent visits to the Navigators’ and Friendly archipelagos having

enabled me to extend my knowledge of the avifauna of these two

groups of islands, so intimately connected with the ornithology of

Fiji, I offer the accompanying remarks for publication in the Pro-

ceedings of the Society as a sequel to my ‘Notes on Fijian Birds’

(P. Z.S. 1875, p. 423).

I will take first in order the Navigators’, and give a list of the

known species, commenting on them as I proceed.

1. SrrRIX DELICATULA, Gould.

This Australian White Owl is common throughout the islands, and

is the only Raptorial bird known on them. I frequently put it up

from among the cotton-bushes planted in rows between the cocoa-

1876. ] OF THE NAVIGATORS’ ISLANDS, 491

nut trees ; and it seemed not to be affected by the glare of the day-

light. It feeds on lizards, beetles, Ke.

2. CORIPHILUS FRINGILLACEUS, Gm.

Abundant in the early morning before the sun gets hot, on the

flowers of the cocoa-nut trees, sipping the sweetened dew caught in

the freshly opened spathes. When this is dried up by the heat, they

are off to the forest, and feed on some of the many-petaled flowers

of the tall trees. During the time that the “coral trees” (Zry-

thrine) are in flower, they may be shot in dozens, as these trees

form their favourite resort.

I have procured specimens of this lovely little Parrakeet from the

island of Futuna; and they are very abundant on Vavaw, the most

northern of the Friendly Islands.

3. EupYNAMIS TAITENSIS, Sparrm.

I saw a single specimen of this Cuckoo in December, and was in-

formed by a gentleman collecting for Messrs. Godeffroy, of Ham-

burg, that they are not uncommon.

4. Haucyon PEALEI, F. & H.,

is confined to the island of Tatuila, which, unfortunately, I was un-

able to visit. In Samoa it is replaced by

5. Haucyon REcurRVIROsTRIS, Lafr.

which is tolerably common in the more open parts of the forest, in

the clearings and native gardens. It usually sits perched ona dead,

protruding branch, on the look-out for insects (Grylle), after which

Thave seen it dart like a Flycatcher, hovering in the air and return-

ing to its post of observation. It also darts at Cicade sitting on the

trunks and branches of trees, off which it seizes them with unerring

aim.

6. CoLLOCALiA spopiopyGtA, Peale.

One of the commonest birds in Samoa, skimming about the open

country, or amid the cocoa-nut groves, with equal facility.

7. MyYZOMELA NIGRIVENTRIs, Peale.

I did not find this lovely little ‘‘ Sugar-bird ”’ at all plentiful ; those

I saw were chiefly on the flowers of the Banana.

8. PriLoTIs CARUNCULATA (Gm.).

Drs. Finsch and Hartlaub are, I think, in error in figuring this

bird with a wizée iris, and describing it “iride alba.’ I have now

shot a fair number in Loma Loma, in Samoa, in Tonga Tabu and

Vavow ; but in not one was there the least approach to a white iris ;

brown, or ashy brown was the colour in all of them. It is very

common everywhere ; and in the early morning, before sunrise, when

the country rings with its loud notes, asa friend observed, ‘it is

the nearest approach of any to a song-bird! he is trying to be a

- 492 MR. E. L. LAYARD ON THE BIRDS (June 6,

thrush!’ It clings in any position to the flowers that couceal its

favourite food (small insects), and is very pugnacious, driving away

from the feast any bird that attempts to share it.

9. Leprornis samMobnsis, Hombr.

Found in small flocks in the forests of Samoa, seldom approaching

the coast, where, however, I was fortunate enough to meet with it

and secure nice specimens. It has aloud flute-like call, and clambers

about the topmost branches of the tallest forest trees. When held

head downwards, a plentiful discharge of honey escapes from the

bill, and the stomachs of those dissected contained insects, bits of

leaves, &c.

10. Tarare LONGIROSTRIS (Gm.).

I sought for this bird in vain, both in Samoa and Tonga; and all

my inquiries proved equally fr uitless ; no one knew of such a bird.

The Rev. Mr. Whitmee also, who as devoted considerable atten-

‘tion to the zoology of the Navigators’ Islands, doubts its being an

inhabitant of tiem: It may have become extinct, like a species I

shall have to allude to from Tonga; but the natives have no name

for it.

1. PeTroica PUSILLA, Peale.

This pretty little “Robin” is not very uncommon in the woods

in Samoa, and is generally found in pairs, ¢ and Q, or with the

addition of their young family. It is bold and fearless, and admits

of a close approach, being usually perched on the undergrowth of

young trees. Feeds on small insects, ants, &c.

12. TuRDUS VANICORENSIS, Quoy.

This “ Blackbird” might be easily mistaken for our English friend,

both when hopping Abou the ground, probing for worms, or when

speeding through the coppice, uttering its shrill metallic ery of alarm.

Several times, wh xen darting from some thick bush, it flew down the

roads cut through the cocoa-nut plantation. When I saw it most

abundantly, I could not help fancying myself again for the moment

in some Staffordshire lane, where, as a boy, I chased them with

loaded ash sticks !

I saw eggs in Mr. Whitmee’s possession closely resembling those

of the English bird, and gathered from him that the nest was also

similar.

The acquisition of this bird revealed to me the fact that our Fiji

bird is quite distinct, and of a new species, which I have therefore

described under the title of Turdus vitiensis, Ann. N. H. 4 ser. vol.

xvil. p. 305; and since I returned, the same kind friend to whom I

am indebted for it has found another species in Taviuni, which I

have had much pleasure in naming after him, 7. tempesti (antea,

p. 420). This, with the Kandavu bird (7. 4icolor, Ibis, 1876,

p. 153), makes three species of this genus peculiar to Fiji; and I

doubt not others yet remain to be found in the centre of the large

island Viti Levu.

1876.] OF THE NAVIGATORS’ ISLANDS, 493

13. RHIPIDURA NEBULOSA, Peale.

Not rare in the forest, and about the cotton-bushes on the planta-

tion before named. It did not spread its tail, or make such noisy

demonstrations as the Fijian R. albicollis, perhaps because my

visit to its haunts was not made during the breeding-season. I

was informed that the nest was of the true Rhipidura type, with a

long pendent base.

A fine Rhipidura has been added to the avifauna of Fiji, procured

at Kandavu, by my old servant Charles Pearce. Mr. Ramsay, of the

Sydney Museum, alludes to it as R. personata.

14. My1aGra ALBIVENTRIS, Peale.

This pretty little flycatcher takes the place, in Samoa, of the Fijian

M. castaneiventris, but is not so plentiful ; nor does it so much affect

native villages and gardens, being more restricted to the forest. The

sexes, unlike ours, are hardly distinguishable. A young bird (still

tended by its parent) shot by me on the 18th December, almost

exactly resembles the young of M. castaneiventris shot in October,

being dark slate-coloured above, with a dirty buff throat, and whitish

abdomen and vent.

This species feeds exclusively on insects, which it seeks ou the

leaves or on the wing, the snap of its bill being audible to a con-

siderable distance.

15. PaAcHYCEPHALA FLAVIFRONS, Peale.

If the description given by Finsch and Hartlaub is correct, neither

Mr. Whitmee nor myself have succeeded in identifying this species.

The only Pachycephala known to us has certainly not got ‘‘ guttur

album.” A fine male is ye/low on the throat, slightly dirtied with

a dark grey, which condenses to a near approach to black on the

chin. The nostrils are covered by a yellow patch; but this is

not noted in the description. A young male, shot on the 22nd

December, has all the chin, throat, and chest grey, and shows traces

of rufous on the flanks, vent, under tail-coverts underneath, and on

the wing, secondaries, and cheeks above. It wants also the yellow

nostril-patch. The female (unlike those of all the species known to

me in Fiji, which are rufous) is also yellow below, the grey of the

throat and chin being tinged with the same, no nostril-patch.

This bird is not uncommon in Samoa, and, in addition to the sexual

difference noted before, is dissimilar to any Pachycephala I have yet

seen, in its choice of locality, and want of voice. Our Fijian birds,

(as also P. jacquinoti of Vavaw), never approach cultivation, but keep

to the genuine forest; the Samoan species, on the contrary, comes down

to the cocoa-nut groves and native gardens, and is a quiet bird, the

others being constantly on the move, uttering their loud calls.

16. PaAcHYCEPHALA ALBIFRONS, Peale.

This bird did not occur to me; nor has Mr. Whitmee recognized

it ; indeed, in epistold, he entirely doubts the habitat.

I should here correct an error I have fallen into in my “ Notes on

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1876, No. XXXIII. 33

494 MR. E. L. LAYARD ON BIRDS [June 6,

Fijian birds” (P. Z.S. 1875). The description under the head of

P. graéffei (p. 433) applies to P. ic¢eroides ; and that under P. viti-

ensis should be coupled with the latter part of P. torquata, under the

head of ‘* P. intermedia, Layard, sp. nov.”

P. icteroides, Peale, differs from P. graéfei in being of a much

lighter yellow (the other is orange), and in having the nostril-spot

much fainter; indeed in some it is altogether wanting. The female

shows still greater differences: that of the first is deep rufous (almost

chestnut); of the latter, brown with grey-mottled throat and pale

buff underparts.

This species is said to occur in Samoa (Orn. Centr.-Pol. p. 76) ; and

a native name, ‘ Vasavasa,’’ is given for it. This, however, is the

name applied to the species-before alluded to by me; and, as I have

already stated, only one species is known to us from Samoa.

P. graéffei, Hartl., is, as far as I yet know, confined to the neigh-

bourhood of Bua, on Vanua Levu; and a single female has reached

me from Rambi Island, to the north of Taviuni.

P. intermedia, Layard, is intermediate between my P. torquata

and P. icteroides, Peale. It is light-coloured, like the latter, and

has only a very narrow black collar. It has been killed on Ovalau,

and on the big island of Viti Levu opposite Ovalau.

P. vitiensis, G. R. Gray, d¢, has also a narrow black collar, but

may at once be distinguished from all the others by the pure white

throat and chin. The female is reddish brown below; cheeks chest-

nut; top of head brown, back tinged with green; quills brown edged

with rufous. As yet it has only occurred to me from Kandavu, the

southernmost island of the Fijian group.

17. LALAGE TERAT, Bodd.

.Very common in Samoa, feeding much on the ground in the gar-

dens attached to the European houses, as well as the native planta-

tions. This habit I never observed in the Fijian bird, which appears

to me less highly coloured than the Samoan. — In December there

were lots of young ones about, being fed by their parents. A most

interesting specimen in this stage occurred to me: it is white beneath,

with confused wavy grey bars, above pale brown, each feather being

edged and tipped with white. Bill bright yellow.

18. APLONIS BREVIROSTRIS, Peale.

Common throughout the island of Samoa. Feeds much ona

small dark purple berry that grows in dense clusters on a fair-sized

tree. These birds decompose very quickly ; I was always obliged

to skin them the first on my return home, or all the vent-feathers

came off.

19. SruRNOIDES ATRIFUSCA, Peale.

It is singular this fine Starling should be confined to the Navigators’

and not found in the Friendly Islands or Fiji. It was the first bird I

saw on landing at Upolu, and involuntarily I exclaimed a “‘Spreo! ”

so exactly did its appearance, and flight, remind me of the South-

1876. | OF THE NAVIGATORS’ ISLANDS. 495

African Lamprotornis bicolor! It often goes in little flocks, and

feeds much on the same trees frequented by the preceding, and also

on a larger berry much patronized by the ‘Green Doves”’ (Ptilo-

nopus). It also devours insects, and is subject to the same rapid

decay as A. brevirostris.

20. ERYTHRURA CYANOVIRENS, Peale.

I obtained this pretty little Finch among the cotton-plauts ; but it

was rare. It feeds on minute seeds. The young bird is furnished

with small caruncles at the base of the bill, and has been made

into a new genus by Drs. Finsch and Hartlaub, under the name of

Lobiospiza notablis (P. Z. S. 1870, p. 817). The young of the

Fijian bird (£. pealei, Hartl.) possesses similar appendages. My

son has just procured it at Suva, on Viti Levu ; and we got it in some

plenty at Ngila, on Taviuni, in the forest, feeding on high trees

bearing berries.

21. Pritonopus PEROUSEI, Peale.

On one tree (a species of Ficus) in the forest at the back of

Upolu, I saw at least thirty pairs of this lovely little Dove, in all

stages of plumage, some of which I obtained.

22. PTrLONOPUS APICALIS, Bp.

Mr. Whitmee (in epistold) informs me that the bird designated

by this name is nothing more than the female of the preceding.

Drs. Finsch and Hartlaub also, in their ‘Ornithologie,’ place a mark of

doubt (?) before it. Great therefore was my astonishment when a

live bird was brought on board H.M.S. ‘ Nymphe,’ which I at once

detected was quite distinct from our Fijian bird, and agreed very

well with the description in the ‘ Ornithologie’ of P. apicalis. Subse-

quently I obtained the loan of the ‘ Journal des Mus. Godeffroy.’ In

Heft 1, Tafel 7. No. 2 professes to be a figure of P. fasciatus, but has

evidently been taken from a Samoan bird, and consequently represents

P. apicalis. The deep orange of the vent and under tail-coverts,

(so different from the pale yellow of the Fijian P. fasciatus), is well

shown, as is also the bright yellow tip to the tail. This in P. fasci-

atus is dull grey, and does not extend to the end, the extreme tip

being green. The chestnut on the abdomen (entirely wanting in

the Fijian bird) is hardly dark enough, or bright enough ; and the

black indistinct line which exists at the superior edge of the same

is not given ; nor is the pale yellow patch from the chin along the

centre of the throat. The magenta colour of the head is not dark

enough ; but this is clearly a mistake of the colorist. A nother marked

difference remains to be noted, the lovely b/ue-green tips to the wing-

secondaries of P. fasciatus are changed in the Samoan bird to a

still more lovely bright lilac! and the blue-black patch on the abdo-

men of the former is changed into an exquisite dark magenta. I

now fancy the figure, pl. xi. of the ‘ Ornithologie,’ must have been

taken from a Samoan bird (see ante, p. 436).

I found P. apicalis abundant, feeding on various wild berries,

33*

496 MR. E. L. LAYARD ON BIRDS [June 6,

some even on the low cotton-bushes, the voice a pleasing melan-

choly rolling coo, like that of its Fijian congener. Many young birds,

assuming the magenta head, were obtained ; the females are not so

brightly “coloured as the males, especially on the under tail-coverts

very young birds have the “whole of the underparts “ scaly ”

(maillé) with yellow edges to their green feathers; the wing-feathers

are also broadly edged and tipped with fine yeliow. They show no

trace of the V “shaped termination of the breast-feathers, one of the

characteristics of the genus ; nor is the apical termination of the first

primary so attenuated.

23. CoLUMBA VITIENSIS, Quoy.

A mutilated specimen brought me by a native appeared to be

similar to our Fijian bird; and “Mr. Whitmee informed me that he

believed

24. COLUMBA CASTANEICEPS, Peale,

to be founded on the young of this species. They are not common.

25. CARPOPHAGA PACIFICA, Gm.

Very abundant, and the sexual organs and knob on the bill of the

male much developed in December.

26. PHLOG@NAs sTarRI, Gray.

Rare; only one specimen fell under my notice. Mr. Krause

(Messrs. Godeffroy’s collector) told me they had periodical migra-

tions, and were sometimes plentiful. This bird is said to nest on he

ground.

27. DipUNCULUS STRIGIROSTRIS, Jard.

I did not myself see this bird in its haunts ; but one was shot not

i from where I happened to be, andI had ak pleasure of skinning

I had a native out in search of these birds for three days ; but hie

failed to obtain any.

28. Mrcapoptvs start, Gray.

Mr. Whitmee and Mr. Krause both assured me no Megapode

exists in the Nayigators’ Islands. Mr. Whitmee affirmed that the

bird on which the. species was founded was brought from Ninafoo by

the Rev. W. Stair, and transmitted to England among some Samoan

skins ; hence the mistake. When I recollect that my late old friend

Mr. G. R. Gray fathered on me the habitat of Ceylon for Larus

hemprichii, because I gave the British Museum specimens shot

at Aden on my way from the former place (among a number of

Ceylonese birds), I don’t wonder at the mistake!

29. RALLUS PECTORALIS, Less.

Very abundant, running about wet places like rats, and preferring

to trust for safety to ES heels rather than their wings.

1876. ] OF THE NAVIGATORS’ ISLANDS. 497

30. ORTYGOMETRA QUADRISTRIGATA, Horsf.

31. O. TABUENSIS, Gm.

Neither of these birds occurred to me ; but I heard that the latter

was not uncommon. The former has been obtained in some abundance

in the interior of Viti Levu, where it seems to displace the smaller

O. tabuensis. Eggs said to be of this species are pale drab colour,

profusely covered with reddish-brown ill-defined minute marks ;

axis 1 2!!, diam. 11!. Six in one nest.

32. PorPHyRIO VITIENSIS, Peale.

How the mistake could have occurred of identifying the Samoan

with the Indian bird, I cannot conceive. A comparison of the two

must instantly dispel the illusion. This Gallinule is very common

here as in Fiji and Tonga.

33. Lrvosa uROoPYGIALIS, Gould.

Generally distributed, with the next species, along the sea-coast ;

but I could not hear of its being found in the breeding-plumage.

34. ACTITIS INCANA, Gm.

Not very plentiful where I was, but always obtainable at low tide.

35. CHARADRIUS FULVUS, Gm.

Very common, and tame, feeding on the grassy paddocks close up

to the houses.

36. STREPSILAS INTERPRES, L., non vidi.

37. ARDEA SACRA, Gm.

Not common, but generally distributed.

38. ANAS SUPERCILIOSA, Gm.

Rare and local, being only found on the lakes in the mountains—

old extinct craters, in fact.

39. STERNA BERGII, Licht.

Little or nothing appears to be known about the sea-fowl of this

group. Drs. Finsch and Hartlaub do not enumerate one single

Tern from here! I recognized S. bergit.

40. SreERNA MELANAUCHEN.

4]. STERNA PANAYA.

42. ANOUS STOLIDUs.

43. ANOUS LEUCOCAPILLUS.

44. Gyets ALBA, Sparrm.

Of these five Terns, the first I obtained in full breeding-dress and

oropy)) at Levuka in the endof January ; the second my son shot in

some plenty on the reef opposite Levuka in November, in splendid

plumage, the whole body being suffused with such a pink blush as the

498 MR. E. L. LAYARD ON BIRDS [June 6,

loveliest woman in the world would covet for her cheek; the fifth

must also be added to the Fijian fauna, as it is found among the islands

to windward. I had often, in my cruises, noticed a large ‘‘ Noddy,”

but only cbtained it lately on my return from Samoa, when one was

thrown on board, off Vatoa (Turtle-Island), during a hurricane, into

which I was unfortunate enough to stumble. But “ it is an ill wind

that blows nobody luck ;”’ it gave me A. stolidus, and very nearly a

splendid specimen of A. leucocapillus ; so these two must now certainly

be included in the Fijian lists.

45. THALASSIDROMA LINEATA, Peale.

I saw a small petrel off Upolima, which was doubtless this species ;

also a large dark petrel which I fancied must be

46. PROCELLARIA CZRULEA,

or what serves for it in these seas.

47. PROCELLARIA ?

Just before my arrival a native had caught, in his workshop, a

large Petrel, which he brought to Mr. Whitmee. I could not iden-

tify it, not having any descriptions ; it however reminded me of P.

macroptera, Smith.

My Notes on Fijian Birds must here be amended. P. cerulea, as

described by Drs. Finsch and Hartlaub, is found breeding in the

mountainous parts of severul of the Fijian Islands, even as far inland

as the interior of Viti Levu. It sweeps the seas in storm or calm,

in company with the next and another larger species of Procellaria,

not yet obtained, probably No. 47. Puffinus nugaz also breeds in

the interior, both digging holes and living in “rookeries.” I have

obtained specimens of both, and can only say that P. cerulea differs

much from what we identified with P. cerulea at the Cape.

48. PHaBToN RUBRICAUDA, Bodd.

49. PHAETON ZTHEREUS, L.

50. PuHaztTon canpipws, Gray.

These three Tropic birds are found among the Navigators’ Islands.

The last builds in the forests of Samoa, selecting as a site for its

nest the fork of a tree or of a huge perpendicular branch, so that

it can enter at one side and avoid bending or damaging its long

tail! I used to watch the flocks going to their sleeping-quarters in

the woods passing high overhead ; and we soon observed that great

numbers of them were devoid of tails ; one I obtained proved to have

moulted this appendage.

51. Dysporvus sua, L.

_I saw ‘* Gannets”’ about the Samoan seas, but not near enough to

distinguish the species. This species is given as an inhabitant by Drs.

Finsch and Hartlaub.

1876. ] OF THE FRIENDLY ISLANDS. 4y9

52. TACHYPETES Aqui.Lus, L.

Common in stormy weather.

Though the number of species is smaller in the Navigators’ Islands

than in Fiji, being 52 as compared with 98, the number of indi-

viduals is apparently far greater. I could any morning, within one

mile of the town of Upolu, shoot twenty or thirty birds, of at least

ten species, in the course of a couple of hours. Here in Fiji, in the

best collecting-ground, we considered eighteen or twenty specimens

a good day’s ae fram daylight till one or two o’clock ; and we

micht perhaps have six species, if we were lucky !

We were in Samoa at the worst time of the year, the rainy

season: all the birds were moulting ; and the young of the last season

had not assumed their full nuptial dress. Mr. Krause assured me

I could have cbtained double or treble the number in the fine

season, especially when the &rythrina blossomed. Its flowers are a

great attraction to insects, and consequently to most of the birds.

I fancy that there are still other species to be discovered in the

group. Dr. Graffe does not seem to have been an assiduous collector,

or he could not have missed so many novelties in Fiji. Perhaps

Mr. Kleinsmith, the present collector for Messrs. Godeffroy, may

prove more Gailustanuee ; he has already done good service ie dis-

covering the curious little Lamprolia minor, and procuring additional

examples of my new species.

On the 12th of February I found myself in Tonga-Tabu ; and as

soon as I could spare time from my official work (the object of my

visit) I took a stroll in the country to inspect the birds of

that part of my consulate. Few and far between were they.

The little Collocalia, as usval, thrust himself first into notice ; and

I eagerly scanned them as they glided by to detect C. vanico-

rensis, but in vain. Then the ‘‘ Wattle-birds ” (P¢ilotis) claimed my

attention; and I fear I shot more than I could skin, to look for one

with a white eye ; none showed that peculiarity. Then Lalage terat

appeared on the scene in considerable numbers. I was surprised at

this, as it is not included in Drs. Finsch and Hartlaub’s list. The

last bird [ shot was Aplonis ¢abuensis ; and the instant I picked it up I

saw that our Fiji bird differed from it, and had been wrongly associated

with it. If, then, none of the synonyms given to 4. tabuensis can

be traced to a Fijian-killed bird, I propose for our species the name of

A. vitiensis; and the bird I have described from the island of Futuna

being identical with the Tongan species, the name given to it by

me must sink into another synonym of that already overburdened

species.

To proceed symmetrically, however, I commence with

1. Haurairus LEucoGASTER, Gm. (?)

A solitary specimen of this bird may have reached Tonga; but all

my inquiries respecting Raptorial birds only elicited the fact that

our two Fijian hawks occasionally visit the group, and are recognized

as stragglers by the Tongans, who of course, knowing them well,

call them “ Fiji Hawks.’ Some of the white residents were also

500 MR. E. L, LAYARD ON BIRDS [June 6,

aware of their occasional presence ; I therefore include them in the

Tongan list, provisionally, with a mark of doubt.

2.? AsruR CRUENTUS, Gould.

3.? Circus assiminis, Jard.

Occasional visitants. This reminds me that a straggler has turned

up in Fiji, and must be added to our list. It was shot on the Rewa

by Mr. Storck, and has passed into the possession of Baron von

Hiigel, who, I believe, identifies it as Falco lunatus. 1 have not

seen it,

4, Srrix DELICATULA, Gould.

The only resident bird of prey in this group. Common every-

where.

5. PLATYCERCUS TABUENSIS, Gm.

In answer to my inquiries after birds, I was always comforted

with, ‘““Ah! you should get the black parrot of Kooa!” and I

confess my curiosity was greatly excited. However, as I was bound

to Eooa on duty, I confidently expected to get it, and charged all

my messmates in H.M.S. ‘Nymphe’ to shoot every parrot they

could see!

This Eooa (or E-u-a) is a small island to the south of Tonga

Tabu. It appears to me to be a mass of coral, metamorphosed, by

the action of volcanic heat under great pressure, into crystallized

limestone. It has then been raised to a considerable height (com-

pared with Tonga Tabu its near neighbour) above the sea-level, and,

having cracked in cooling, is traversed by numerous deep perpendicular

fissures. In these flourish a luxuriant tropical vegetation, while the

gently rising surface of the island itself is covered with rich grass,

on which are depastured some ten or fifteen thousand sheep. As

the forest has encroached in places on the pasture-land, the island,

viewed from the higher levels, appears like a most beautiful park,

and it has the reputation of being the ‘loveliest island in the South

Seas.”

I had to visit one of the stations; so, arming myself with ‘‘ Long

Tom,” and handing my large double “‘ Westly Richards ” toa native,

I sallied out, determined to get a “black parrot” if possible. I

also specially hired a native to go in search of them, and shoot

nothing else.

In one of the deep fissures I heard the undoubted ‘ka ka”’ of a

parrot, that sounded vastly like that of our Fijian bird; so, while I kept

watch fora flying shot, I sent the native down the perpendicular sides.

Presently I heard below me the loud report of my big “ ten-bore,”

followed by the native’s shout of triumph; and he shortly reappeared,

bringing me my old friend Platycercus tabuensis.

Here, then, was a surprise! the “ black”’ parrot turns out a dark

maroon ; and here, on this speck of land, and only on zt, appears a

Fijian Parrot!! The more I think over it, the more Iam convinced

1876. | OF THE FRIENDLY ISLANDS. 501

that the bird has been introduced into Eooa artificially. I have

already (Ibis, 1876) described the varieties of this species and

Pl. splendens, Peale. It will be seen that Pl. tabwensis and its allies

inhabit that part of Fiji to which the Tongans have long years

ago had free access. They and the Samoans are specially

partial to red feathers for trimming their fans, &c., and for this

purpose keep our little Loriuvs solitarius in confinement, pluck-

ing it twice a year. I was told they fetched as high as 20 or 30

dollars a pair in Tonga, to which place, and to Sanion they are con-

veyed by every canoe or vessel that leaves these islands. What more

likely, then, that some Tongan (a chief probably) took with him

the form of P. tabwensis found in Vanua Levu, and either purposely

or accidentally let it loose in Kooa? It could never fly thither

of its own accord ; its powers are too limited; and not one represen-

tative of the genus is found anywhere among the islands. No! it

must have been introduced*.

At Vavaw I heard of a “small parrot with two leng feathers in

its tail’ which formerly existed in the group, but has Beene quite

extinct.

6. CoRIPHILUS FRINGILLACEUS, Gm.

This lovely little bird is very abundant on Eooa and Vavaw, but

is rare on Tonga Tabu; at least so said the Missionaries. Native

name ‘‘ Kohanga.”’

7. EUDYNAMIS TAITIENSIS, Sparrm.

I could hear nothing of such a bird; but it probably exists there.

8. Hatcyon sacra, Gm.

9. H. vENERATA, Gm.

I shot a whole lot of Kingfishers to find H. venerata, but, I fear,

without succeeding in my object. I however observed that the bills

in the Tongan birds were shorter than ours, and that full-plumaged

males never assumed the fine chestnut colours of our bird.

10. COLLOCALIA VANICORENSIS, Quoy.

1. C. spopiopyera, Peale.

The latter is very common; the former I could not detect.

* 12. PrinoTis CARUNCULATA, Gm.

The commonest bird in the group, native name “ Fule-haio.”

13. TATARE LONGIROSTRIS, Gm.

No such bird known to any one in the group, and no native name

for it. Has it too become extinct ?

14. Monarcua niGRA, Sparrm.

This bird has undoubtedly become extinct. Large sums have

* Cf. Sclater, supra, p. 308.—Ep.

502 MR. E. L. LAYARD ON BIRDS [June 6,

been offered by Messrs. Godeffroy’s collectors for the acquisition of

a single specimen, but in vain! The very old natives say they re-

member the bird, and call it ** Moho.”’

15. PacHyCEPHALA JACQUINOTI, Bp.

This fine Flycatcher is found only on Vavaw, and confines itself to

the forest, wherein its loud call betrays its presence to the ear, though

it seldom meets the sight, unless cautiously sought for. I could call

them to me by imitating the note, and obtained three adult males,

three young males, and three adult females. The assistant-surgeon,

also, of the ship, who has begun collecting birds, obtained a pair of

adult birds, male and female, the morning of our departure. Its

call is not unlike that of P. torquata, ending with a short, snapping

note. The females, unlike those of our Fijian Pachycephale,

are clear yellow below, with a buff-coloured head, throat, and

chest. They frequented the high timber as well as the undergrowth,

searching for minute insects, at which they darted while at rest on

the underside of leaves or branches ; native name “ Kho.” As an

addition to the fauna of Fiji, I give descriptions of the egg and nest

of P. torquata obtained by Mr. Tempest in Taviuni.

Egg palish blue-green, densely spotted with large black spots,

in the form of a ring, at the obtuse end, and sparsely over the rest

of the surface. Axis 1" 2!’, diam. 9!’.

Nest, a coarse structure of rootlets, covered with dead leaves,

fastened with spiders’ webs, placed in a bush ona thin twig, and sup-

ported by a horizontal branch of dead wood, evidently placed for

the purpose. External diam. 4", internal 23! ; internal depth 2”.

16. LALAGE TERAT, Bodd.

Sigtviu of the natives. I obtained an egg of this bird from a little

English lad on Eooa. It is pale blue, sparsely but generally

spotted with dark purple-brown spots, rather large. Axis 1! 2!

diam. 9!".

17. APLONIS TABUENSIS, Gm.

As before stated the true A. fabwensis differs from our Fijian

bird, which is much lighter below, with the white markings down

the shaft of each feather much broader and more developed, and

the light chestnut of the belly and under tail-coverts brighter and

clearer ; over the whole of the upper plumage likewise, especially on

the head, there is a fine coppery glance, which, in the Tongan bird, is

changed to an tron glance. It is not such a robust bird; and the

bill is decidedly smaller. I propose for it the name of A. vitiensis.

The Tongan bird is found on Futuna Island.

18. PriLonopus PEROUSEI, Peale.

A rare visitant to the Tonga group. I did not see it.

19. PriLoNoPpuS PORPHYRACEUS, Forst.

This “green dove’? is not uncommon, and is decidedly inter-

1876.] OF THE FRIENDLY ISLANDS. 503

mediate between our P. fasciatus and the Samoan P. apicalis. It

has the orange under tail-coverts of the latter, but wants the dark

chestnut marking on the abdomen, being here more like the former.

A fine breeding male has the black abdominal patch shaded away

into brilliant purple. The spots on the secondaries also resemble

in colour those of P. fasciatus. A Ptilonopus from Futuna Island

agrees precisely with this bird.

In habits it resembles its brethren, and is called by the natives

* Kullu Kullu.’ A female in full breeding-plumage resembles the

male, but is not so brilliantly coloured on the abdomen.

20. CARPOPHAGA PACIFICA, Gm.

Common throughout the group; native name “ Oroobe.”’

21. MEGapopIUs BURNABYI, Gray.

No Megapode is found in the group, according to the testimony

of the whites, who, however, know the Ninafoo bird well.

22. PorrHyRio VITIENSIS, Peale.

Though not given as an inhabitant of these islands by Drs. Finsch

and Hartlaub, I obtained this species (or saw it) on Tongatabu, Kooa,

and Vavaw.

23. Limosa uropyGIALis, Gould.

Was shot by our party, both on Kooa and Tongatabu.

24. ACTITIS INCANA, Gm.

Same as preceding.

25. CHARADRIUS FULVUS, Gm.

Very common, especially on the uplands of Eooa.

26. STREPSILAS INTERPRES, L.

Not mentioned by Drs. Finsch and Hartlaub, but very common.

I saw a large flock of at least forty, showing all stages of plumage ;

one I shot was just assuming the nuptial dress.

27. ARDEA SACRA, Gm.

Very common, most of those shot were just assuming the full

white plumage, a few blue feathers appearing here and there.

28. ANAS SUPERCILIOSA, Gm.

Common both on the sea-shore and in the lagoons.

29. STERNA GRACILIS, Gould.

Given by Drs. Finsch and Hartlaub as found in Tongatabu. The

species we saw were:—

30. STERNA BERGII, Licht.

31. STERNA MELANAUCHEN, Temm.

504 MR. E. L. LAYARD ON BIRDS [June 6,

32. STERNA PANAYA, Gm.

These were all common in the harbour at Tongatabu, the last

being in specially fine plumage.

33. GyGis ALBA, Sparrm.

A few of these were killed on Tongatabu ; but on arriving at Eooa

I found the ravines full of them, and so tame that they would

almost perch on the gun-barrel, if it was held out. The officers

of the ship made the same observation on their tameness at a lagoon

in Vavaw. ‘They perch constantly on trees; but for what purpose

I could not ascertain; the stomachs of six I shot were entirely

empty. The lovely blue tints at the base of the bill fade soon after

death.

34. ANnous srouipvus, L.

35. ANOUS LEUCOCAPILLUS, Gould.

The former I saw at sea, off the islands; the latter was common

even in the harbour. Petrels were also seen.

36. Puatron ruBRIcAUDA, Bodd.

37. PHaiTON ZATHEREUS, L.

38. PHa&TON CANDIDUS, Gray.

All the Phaétontes were observed about the islands. At Eooa

I obtained an egg, said to be of the latter, which is called by the

natives ‘* Tavaki.’’ ;

39. Dysporus PiscaTor, L.

40. Dysporus sua, L.

41. TACHYPETES AQUILUS, L.

Gannets were seen from the ship when near land, but none ob-

tained. Frigate-birds hovered over our mast-heads, and tempted

Captain Suttie to two or three shots, in the hope of procuring me a

specimen ; but their small bodies, at the great altitude they always

maintained, escaped the shot.

These seas, as a rule, are very destitute of birds. If any are seen,

it is a sure indication that land is not far off. The ‘ Frigates”? and

“Phaétons”’ approach the ship, while the “ Noddies,” ‘“ Petrels,”’

and ‘ Puffins”’ keep at a respectful distance, and can only be iden-

tified through my faithful companions my binoculars. A little practice

enables one to do this with tolerable certainty ; there is sure to be

some marked peculiarity by which, if the bird is once fairly identi-

fied, it can always afterwards be recognized.

Carefully made collections from each of the numerous small

islands dotted over these seas would, I am convinced, exhibit some

interesting facts in the distribution and variation of species. The

volcanic islands especially would afford a fine field for scientific in-

1376. ] OF THE FIJIAN ISLANDS. 505

vestigation, in connexion with the distribution of the Megapodes, as

they seem to be confined, more or less, to them.

Captain Suttie informed me that on Savo (Solomon Islands) he

found the sea-shore divided into ‘‘ paddocks” by stone walls, having

no enclosure at the back, which led into the bush. These belonged

each to an individual, or a family; and no one poached on his

neighbour’s ground. The Megapodes came down to the beach to

lay their eggs in the sand, merely scratching a hole like that of a

rabbit, and leaving it open after them. All eggs found in these

enclosures belonged to the owner of the plot of ground. The birds

made no nest, or mound, of any sort. Captain Suttie took some

eggs on board ; and they hatched in a box in his cabin! They fed

on minute insects which they found in the sand brought on board

with them, which they turned over continually ; when these failed

they died.

I have to make the following additional emendations on my

“Notes on Fijian Birds” (anted, p. 423 et seq.).

A new Parrakeet must be added to the list, TrR1cHoGLOssuS

AUREOCINCTUS, mihi, found in various places, chiefly Taviuni, Viti

Levu, and Ovalau.

EvupYNAMIS TAITIENSIS, Sparrm.

My son and I obtained this Cuckoo on Wakaia, and saw several

specimens, in the middle of September last.

Ha.cyon cassIn1, F. & H.

I cannot satisfy myself of the distinctness of this species from

H. sacra. 1 do not think more than one form of Halcyon is found in

Fiji ; but they differ much at different ages; the sexes also differ.

Pritotis provocaTor, Layard.

The egg is pale salmon-colour, generally speckled, but chiefly at

the obtuse end, with largish spots of dark brown and indistinct

purple. Axis 1”, diam. 13!".

TURDUS VANICORENSIS, Quoy et Gaim.,

has not been found in Fiji. We however, possess three true “ Black-

birds”? :—T. bicolor, Layard, from Kandavu ; 7. vitiensis, Layard,

from Bua; and T. tempesti, Layard, from Taviuni. I expect

others will turn up in Viti Levu.

ORTYGOMETRA QUADRISTRIGATA, Horsf.

Inhabits the mountainous interior of Viti Levu.

STREPSILAS INTERPRES, Linn.

Shot on Koro by my son.

STERNA MELANAUCHEN, Temm.

Several have been shot by my son, on the reef at Levuka.

506 MR. A. H. GARROD ON THE ANATOMY [June 6,

PUFFINUS NUGAX (Solander).

PROCELLARIA CHRULEA, Gm.

Both species breed in the mountainous parts of the islands; and

my son obtained a specimen of the former, swimming on the Rewa

river.

PHAETON ZTHEREUS, L.

PuHatron RUBRICAUDA, Bodd.

Puatron cANvipvus, Gray.

I have positively identified these three Phaetontes as inhabitants

of these islands.

DIoMEDEA MELANOPHRYS.

Baron von Hiigel testifies that he saw this bird within sight of

Kandavu ; it may therefore claim a place in our avifauna.

8. On some Anatomical Characters which bear upon the

Major Divisions of the Passerine Birds.—Part I. By

A. H. Garrop, M.A., F.Z.S., Prosector to the Society.

[Received May 17, 1876.]

(Plates XLVIII.-LITI.)

A special analysis of the peculiarities of structure presented by

different Passerine birds can hardly be considered premature. Since

the investigations of Nitzsch, Sundevall, Keyserling and Blasius,

Johannes Miiller, and Cabanis little of decided importance has been

made out with reference to the distinguishing characters of the

group or of its primary divisions, if we except the researches of

Professors Huxley and Parker on the palate in the class Aves

generally. A glance at the history of the Order will be the best

introduction which I can offer to the facts which it is my desire upon

the present occasion to bring before the Society.

Although the name ‘ Passeres’’ was coined by Linnzeus, that

illustrious naturalist did not appreciate the unity of the group, his

classification compelling him to include the Columbee in the order,

which was defined as having “rostrum conico-attenuatum,” and

Paradisea, Corvus, together with Certhia among the “ Picee,”’ ‘‘ rostro

superne compresso convexo.” ji

Cuvier, in 1798 *, made a great step in advance by forming an order

“< Passeres’ to include all those now so called, together with those

non-swimming, non-wading,, non-climbing, non-raptorial, non-galli-

naceous birds in which there are not two toes of the foot retroverted.

Nitzsch + was the first to appreciate the true limits of the order,

when in 1829 he grouped together the birds now termed PassERrs

in a single section, entirely by themselves.

* Tableau Elémentaire, p. 199 e7 seg.

+ Observationes de Avium arteria carotide communi.

aa P

j i

eels

; ¥.

ea 4 be 3 3

\ ants

= d

' oe

> i Pes ¢

: ee

wg »

A ' a

ae vi ' 7 f, ~~

= ; , : 3

y : ; ’ of

1 ANIMASSVd AO ANOLYNV

SdHu1a ANIHHSS fal HO AW IN

TIAL FUMES |C

dint y.reyuey

JSmit lith. Hanhart imp

ANATOMY OF PASSERINE BIRDS.

Poze 6 1o LO

esr ay

Fug. 3.

wort

Lp HOTP

eae

Satine:

Hanhart imp

JSmit lith.

ANATOMY OF PASSERINE BIRDS.

1876. ] OF PASSERINE BIRDS, 507

C. J. Sundevall, in 1831, discovered that in the birds which he

had the opportunity of examining that belonged to the order Passeres

of Nitzsch, and only elsewhere in Upupa, the tendon of the flexor

longus hallucis is quite independent of the flewor perforans digitorum

pedis, a bond of union of one kind or other * joining them in other

birds.

Keyserling and Blasius +, in 1839, established the law that (with

the exception of the Alaudidee) those Passerine birds in which the

form of the lower larynx (named “ syrinx”’ by Professor Huxley) is

what is known as ‘“oscine,”’ possess a pair of long scutes as a

covering to the back of the tarso-metatarse. They may therefore

be called dzlaminate, to facilitate description, the term referring to

the tarsal scutellation only.

Johannes Miillert, from his elaborate investigations on the struc-

ture of the syrinx in the South-American Passeres, was led to divide

the group into two major sections—those in which the intrinsic

muscles of the voice-organ are inserted into the ends of the bronchial

semi-rings, and those in which they are inserted into their middle

parts. I would suggest the name Acromyodi for the former of

these divisions, and MMesomyodi for the latter—an acromyodian

bird being one in which the muscles of the syrinx are attached to

the extremities of the bronchial semi-rings, a mesomyodian bird

being one in which the muscles of the syrinx join the semi-rings in

their middles. It seems to me advisable to restrict these terms to

Passerine birds.

Miller found that among the mesomyodian Passeres there is a

large collection of genera in which an easily recognized special type

of syrinx exists. This group he separated off as “ Tracheophone,”

so naming them on account of the large share taken by the peculiarly

modified lower end of the trachea in the formation of the voice-

organ. In one respect he made a retrograde step, because he did

not lay sufficient stress upon the value of Nitzsch’s work; and this

was that he united the mesomyodian Passerine birds which are not

tracheophone with those families which constituted the more

expanded ‘ Passeres”’ of Cuvier and with the Scansores, wavering

between the two classifications, which may be expressed, with the

employment of the term introduced above, as follows :—

1. Passrrns Acromyopt (Oscines). 1. Passeres Acromyonr (Oscines).

2, PasserEeS Mesomyopi TRACHEOPHONI. 2. PICART®.

3. PICARLE. a, Passeres mesomyodi

a, Passeres Mesomyodi non- tracheophoni.

tracheophoni. 6. Passeres mesomyodi non-

&e. tracheophoni.

&e.

From the above remarks it is evident that Miiller was led to lay

too great stress upon the nature of the syrinx as a distinctive feature

of the Passeres; and although Nitzsch was unacquainted with the

* Vtde Methodi naturalis Avium disponendarum Tentamen, 1872, Pads

+ Wiegmann’s ‘ Archiv,’ 1839, i. p. 332,

{ Abhand. d. Berl. Akad. 1846, p. 367.

508 MR. A. H. GARROD ON THE ANATOMY [ June 6,

existence of the mesomyodian voice-organ, there can be scarcely

any doubt that had he lived subsequently to Miiller he would never

have separated its possessors off from their oscine allies, considering

that he had fundamental palatal and pterylographic characters to

fall back upon.

The investigations of Macgillivray * and others have made it

evident that colic ceeca (of small size) are present in all true

Passerine birds; and this fact, when correlated with the universal

presence of a nude coccygeal oil-gland, has led me f to place them

in near relationship with those other Cuvierian Passeres (the Cu-

culidee excepted) in which the oil-gland is nude and ceeca coli are

always present—away from the remainder of his group, in which no

ceca are developed and the oil-gland is tufted. ‘The Passeriformes

and Piciformes thus defined, all wanting the ambiens muscle across

the knee, are included in my major division of the Anomalogonate.

Taking the summation of the characters above referred to, in

association with others too well known to require special mention,

the Passrres may be defined as those Anomalogonatous birds with

the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th toes of the foot directed forwards, and the

hallux backwards, in which the flexor longus hallucis muscle is

independent of the flexor perforans digitorum, the colic ceca are

short, the oil-gland nude, at the same time that it is of a character-

istic shape, and the palate egithognathous t.

Among the Anomalogonate there are three toes directed forwards

in the Bucerotidee, Alcedinidee, Coliide, Upupide, Coraciine,

Momotine, Caprimulgide, and Meropidee; the flexor longus hal-

lucis is free from the flexor perforans digitorum in the Upupidae ;

colic czeca are present in the Caprimulgide, Coraciine, Momo-

tinee, Galbulidae, Trogonidee, Meropide, and almost certainly so in

the Bucconidze, in which families also the oil-gland is nude; the

palate is egithognathous in Thinocorus, Turnix, and the Cypselinee,

nearly so in the Caprimulgidee and Trochiline.

My investigations into the myology of birds have supplied me with

another character of great practical value, which, though in one or

two cases slightly disguised, is never found in any but veritable

Passeres. It is a peculiarity in the method of insertion of the

tendon of the tensor patagit brevis of the wing.

In the triangular patagium of the wing of the bird the tendons of

two muscles are to be found. One is that of the tensor patagti

longus, which forms the supporting cord of the free margin of the

membrane itself. The second is that of the tensor patagii brevis,

which courses parallel with the humerus, not distant from that bone,

to the muscles and fascize of the forearm. In the Ramphastine,

Capitoninee, and Picinze, where this muscle is less complicated than

in any other birds, it arises, as is generally the case, from the apex

of the upper of the two processes at the scapular extremity of the

furcula, as well as by a small special slip from the superficial fibres

of the pectoralis major muscle, which differentiates itself off from

* Audubon’s Ornithological Biography, 1838. t+ P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 119.

{ Prof. Huxley, ‘“ Classification of Birds,” P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 456.

1876. ] OF PASSERINE BIRDS. 509

the main muscle near the upper part of its inserted extremity. The

comparatively insignificant triangalar or compound fleshy belly thus

formed, with its apex directed towards the ‘elbow, terminates in a

cylindrical tendon, which, included between the layers of the fibro-

cutaneous patagium, takes a straight course to its insertion into the

axially-running tendon of origin of the extensor metacarpi radialis

longus of Schipss, at a short distance from the tubercle on the

humerus whence the muscle springs.

As a result of this disposition, when the forearm is half-flexed, the

tendon of the tensor patagii brevis is seen to enter the substance

of the fibrous origin of the evtensor met. rad. longus, and at right

angles. This arrangement is indicated in Plate XLVIIL. fig. 1, and

is Gharacteristic of the Picarize, as defined by my self to ralhnals the

three subfamilies above referred to and them only *

Among the Passeres a slight, but easily recognizable, difference in

the manner of insertion of the muscle maintains. The similarly

single cylindroid tendon runs from the muscular belly, which has its

origin at the shoulder, as above described, to the upper margin

of ‘the extensor met. rad. longus muscle, at an exactly similar spot :

it does not, however, simply blend with the fibrous origin of that

muscle; it becomes attached to it at the spot indicated, and then

(again considering the forearm as half bent upon the humerus)

runs back independently to be attached to the base of the tubercle

of origin of the extensor met. rad. longus, siightly below that

muscle’s springing-point. As a consequence of this arrangement

there are two tendons to be seen running to one spot (that on the

upper margin of the extensor met. rad. longus, where the tendon of

the fensor meets it) from two points, one the apex of the tubercle

on the humerus above referred to, and the other, the depression at

its base. These tendons therefore converge as they leave the elbow,

having at first an appreciable interval between them, which is

gradually diminished as they approach, although they remain

ae free from one another, that of the tensor being superficial.

A glauce at Plate XLVIII. fig. 2, will serve to make this more

clear.

I have had the opportunity of looking at this muscle in nearly

150 species of Passerine birds, belonging to nearly all the most im-

portant sections. I first observed it in Pitangus sulphuratus, and

shortly afterwards recognized the same arrangement in Hirundo

urbica. A Humming-bird (Patagona gigas) and a Switt (Cyp-

selus apus) coming to hand at about the same time (the former

through the kindness of Professor Newton) impressed me with the

distinction between the Macrochires and the Swallows, as far as these

elbow-muscles are concerned. Thus stimulated by the significance

of the character, I have since taken every opportunity at my dis-

posal to test its importance, the result being very favourable.

Among the more aberrant genera [ have examined are

* P. Z. S. 1874, p. 123

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1876, No. XXXIV. 34

510 MR. A. H. GARROD ON THE ANATOMY [June 6,

Struthidea, Pitta, Cotinga,

Heteralocha, Rupicola, Furnarius,

Dicrurus, Lipaugus, Picolaptes,

Prosthemadera, Tyrannus, Thamnophilus,

Melanocorypha, Chasmorhynchus, Gralluria,

Strepera, Pipra, Pteroptochus,

Menura, Tityra, Hylactes.

Atrichia, Hadrostomus,

The only apparent exceptions I have found are the following.

In Pteroptochus albicollis and in Hylactes megapodius the muscular

fibres of the extensor met. rad. longus almost surround and enclose

the tendons in question. Such being the case, the arrangement

does not at first sight appear typically Passerine. Nevertheless,

upon removing or pushing to one side these covering fibres, the two

tendons are seen arranged exactly as in other members of the Order.

In Menura superba and in Aérichia rufescens, feeble-winged birds

again, the arrangement is not typical, and the disposition of the

parts is almost exactly as in the Pici, as above described. In other

words there are not two tendons, one only being found, simple and

broad, apparently produced by the blending of the two. Plate LI.

fig. 2 represents the elbow-region of Menura as seen from its outer

side.

All other Passerine birds which I have examined follow the single

type, differing only in the angular divergence of the tendons, their

humeral attachments being much separated in most Sturnidee,

Gymnorhine, and Tyrannide for example, but closely approximated

in Tropidorhynchus, Rupicola, aud others.

A short review of the peculiarities of the insertion of the fensor

patagii brevis muscle in other birds will tend to render the impor-

tance of the character more clear, and may add some facts of interest

in an ornithological point of view; for it is not m the least difficult

for any one who has compared these structures in the various

orders of the class to decide by an inspection of the outer surface

of the elbow to which division any specimen belongs; and for the

satisfaction of those naturalists who consider it essential that cha-

racters of importance should be verifiable on all occasions, it may be

mentioned that from almost any skin it is possible to decide the

point by soaking it, or the wing alone, in cold water, and carefully

removing the tegument thus relaxed. On the present occasion the

arrangement in the Anomalogonatze will also be almost solely dis-

cussed, although among the Homalogonate characters of nearly

equal significance are attainable, somewhat diminished in clearness

in some cases by the diffused state of the tendons.

In the Galbulidee, as represented by Galbula albirostris and

Urogalba paradisea (spirit-specimens of both of which genera have

been kindly placed at my disposal by Mr. Salvin), the tendon of the

short tensor is simple, or it splits slightly before it meets the meta-

carpal extensor (where the distal moiety there terminates). Its

main continuation sends back to the outer side of the lower end of

1876. | OF PASSERINE BIRDS. 511

the humerus a free fasciculus exactly like that above described in

the Passeres, except that from about the middle of its lower margin

a thin slip runs downwards and wristwards to the fascia of the ulnar

side of the outer surface of the forearm. ‘This is represented in

Plate L. fig. 1.

In the Meropidee, as represented by Merops apiaster and M.

ornatus, the only difference from the Galbulide is that the distal

branch is more clearly differentiated, and the slip to the ulnar side

of the forearm is nearer the angular bend. This arrangement is

represented in Plate XLVIII. fig. 3. In Todus viridis the tendons

are similarly disposed.

In the Coraciidze, as represented by Coracias garrula and a species

of Hurystomus which was not in sufficiently good condition to be

more definitely determined, Plate XLIX. fig. 1 represents the dis-

tribution of the tendons, there being two parallel to one another,

the anterior one of which runs to the superficial ulnar fascia before

terminating, and sends wristwards a slip, like that in the Meropide,

to the long ewtensor. ‘There is a Passeriform free tendon running

back to the lower end of the humerus from the outer tendon.

In the Momotidze the condition is the same, except that the outer

tendon does not split, and therefore sends forward no wristward slip.

This condition [ have found in Momotus lessoni, in M. equatorialis,

and in Lumomota superciliaris. The extension onto the ulnar

superficial fascia springs from the portion of the horizontal tendon

intermediate between the points of junction of the two parallel long

tendons, and is not a direct continuation of either. It is frequently

very thin.

In the Trogonide, as exemplified by Trogon mexicana, T. puella,

and Pharomacrus mocinno, the condition is very complicated. It is

seen in Plate LI. fig. 3. A superficial long muscular mass runs

nearly to the long extensor of the forearm. It has a short broad

tendinous insertion into the fascia of the outer surface of the forearm ;

and this is specially developed in a line running back to the humerus

in a Passeriform manner, Deep of this are two parallel tendons:

the one nearer the humerus terminates exactly like the single one of

the Passeres ; that further off ends as in the Pici above described.

In the Caprimulgidee, as found in Caprimulgus europeus and

Chordeiles texensis the arrangement is almost exactly the same as

in the Meropidee. The second outer tendon, however, is shorter.

In the Maerochires, including the Trochilide and the Cypselide,

as found in many genera and species the arrangement is uniform.

The fleshy belly runs on to a special tendon which springs from the

lower end of the outer surface of the humerus (where the horizontal

slip in the Passeres terminates), and is continued, parallel to the

forearm, along the radial margin to the hand. Plate LI. fig. 1

exhibits this condition. It can be here seen that the tendon of the

tensor patagii brevis is not developed, being replaced by the fleshy

continuation of the muscle.

In Upupa epops the arrangement is fairly simple. The main

tendon runs past the free lateral margin of the long extensor to the

34*

512 MR. A. H. GARROD ON THE ANATOMY [June 6,

ulnar superficial fascia, where it becomes lost. It sends forwards a

fasciculus from abeut its middle, to end like the similar band in the

Meropidee. It is figured in Plate L. fig. 2. Its difference trom the

Passerine arrangement is well-marked.

In the Bucerotidee, as found in several species of Buceros, Toccus,

and Bucorvus, the only difference from Upupa is that the extra outer

fasciculus is very much shorter, as seen in Plate XLIX. fig.2. The

lengthy tendon from the major pectoral, which is particular ly large,

is represented.

In the Alcedinidee the differences are so considerable in the several

genera that I reserve the description of the muscle in this order for

a future occasion.

As the Cuculide and Musophagidee are frequently inciuded to-

gether with the families above referred to, the arrangement of the

short tensor in these birds is represented in Plate L. fig. 3 and in

Plate XLIX. fig. 3. In all the Cuculidee the undivided tendon runs

on to the ulnar superficial fascia without any complication. In the

Musophagide the whole tendon is comparatively feeble, and, if it

were more definite at its margins, would be exactly like that in Upupa.

Next, with reference to the division of the order Passeres into

minor sections.

Four or five pairs of muscles running to the ends of the topmost

three bronchial semirings constitute the Oscine syrinx, the distine-

tive features of which are therefore its acromyodian and complex

nature. MM. Keyserling and Blasius were the first to associate

with this the bilaminate planta—an exception to which occurs in the

case of the Alaudidee, as we all know, these birds possessing a divided

planta together with an Oseme syrinx. Mr. Sclater has kindly

referred me to a paper by Mr. Strickland * on Heteroenemis nevia

(there called Holocnemis fammata), in which it is shown that in that

Formicarian bird the character of the planta is indistinguishable

from that of the bilaminate Oscines. With reference to this and

closely allied genera it must. be noted that the scutellation of the

front of the tarsus is also obliterated, so that the simplicity of the

planta is only a participation of the condition which maintains in the

tarsus generally. ‘Therefore, with this exception (which from its

associations can hardly be looked upon as such), it may be said as

yet that no bird which is not acromyodian has a bilaminate planta.

Nevertheless the law enunciated by Cabanis, to the effect that

when in a Passerine bird possessing ten primary remiges the first

is very long, then that bird is not Oscine (or Acromyodian), but

ss Clamatorial *” (or Mesomyodian), led that able ornithologist to

place Pitta in the latter group, although it possesses a bilaminate

planta ; since which time Johannes Miiller is not the only biologist

who has wished to know the nature of the syrinx of that bird, of

which Sundevallt, in 1872, remarks, « musculi laryngis ors

ignoti.”’

* Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1844, vol. xiii. p. 415.

+ Method. nat. Av. disp. Tentamen, 1872, p. 5.

1876. ] OF PASSERINE BIRDS. 513

Through the kind permission of Dr. Giinther I have had the

opportunity of dissecting two specimens of each of two species of

the genus Pitta, namely P. cyanura and P. angolensis, from the

National Collection ; and Mr. Sharpe had previously very liberally

given me a specimen of the Javan species, the dissection of ee

had led me in my paper ‘On the Carotid Arteries of Birds”’ t

remove it from the Oscines *, as Cabanis had done from its nine

characters. Two specimens of Pitta angolensis from Fantee, and

three of P. cyanura from Java, have therefore formed the material

for the present description.

In Pitta angolensis the unmodified trachea terminates thoracically

in a ring, split behind, and deep in front; which, from the fact

that it presents irregularly placed fenestree on its anterior surface,

arranged in a somewhat transversely linear manner, appears to have

been formed by the fusion of two rings. ‘This terminal segment of

the trachea does not, as in the Oscines and several other Passeres,

form a three-way piece, because there is no antero-posterior bar

traversing its inferior margin in the middle line. Of this, however,

there is an indication in the form of a median backward-directed

process, which advances a short distance into the inferior membrani-

form completion of the tube, from its anterior border. The tracheal

ring last but one is complete, and has a slight median indentation in

its inferior margin behind. These points are seen in Plate LIII.

SSL Zn.

The first and second bronchial ring-segments are semirings —not

modified into the somewhat separate, round-margined, slightly

oblique semicircles of fibro-cartilage or bone which, as usual, are

found nearer the lungs, but are like moieties of true tracheal rings,

approximate, sharp- edged, and at right angles to the axis of the

tube. They present no peculiar processes, and are slightly swollen

at their anterior extremities.

There is only a single pair of bronchial muscles, continued down

from the sides of the windpipe; insignificant in size ; quite lateral,

and terminating by being inserted into the middle of the outer sur-

face of the second bronchial semiring.

Pitta cyanura differs from P. angolensis only in detail, not in

plan of conformation. There are four instead of two svringeal

bronchial semirings, to the middle of the last of which the single

extremely feeble lateral muscle is attached on each side. In it also

the last two tracheal rings, and not the last only, are incomplete

behind, the last presenting a greater gap than the one above it. This

syrinx is figured in Plate LIU. figs. 4, 5, & 6

Pitta is therefore mesomy odian, in which respect it differs from

all the known Old-World Passeres—although Philepitéa, with its

lengthy first primary, is most probably the same in this respect.

With reference to other points in the anatomy of the genus, it

may be mentioned that in both Pitta angolensis and P. cyanura

there is but one carotid artery, the left. The oil-gland is nude.

The colic ceeca are between one eighth and one tenth of an inch in

* P. Z.8. 1873, p. 463.

514 MR. A. H. GARROD ON THE ANATOMY [June 6,

length ; and the muscles of the thigh are similarly arranged to those

of most Passeres, the myological formula * being 4, XY, the ambiens

muscle being absent, at the same time that the flexor longus hallucis

is quite independent of the flexor digitorum perforans. The palate is

beautifully fizured by Mr. Parker in his memoir on Aigithognathous

birds +; and I take this opportunity of giving a view of the back of

the skull and of the sternum, which present features of interest. It

will be noticed that the temporal fossee extend across the occipital

region of the skull, and nearly meet in the middle line behind; this

condition, though frequently found in other families, is not one

possessed by any Passerine birds except Pitta, as far as T am aware.

Plate LILI. fig. 8 shows the sternum of P. cyanura; in it the sternal

notches are particularly deep.

Menura superba is another bird in which cur knowledge of the

structure of the syrinx is very deficient. Mr. Eyton has described

itt; but his account will bear supplementing. He tells us that “in

addition to the usual sterno-tracheal muscles this curious bird has

two other pair, both of which have their origin on the rings of the

trachea on each side, at the point where it enters the cavity of the

thorax. The anterior pair is inserted on the knobs at the extremities

of the fourth bones of the bronchie ; the posterior pair are also

inserted on the bronchia, but on the three uppermost rings and on

the posterior extremity of the fifth.”

Several opportunities having occurred to me (partly through the

kiadness of Professor Flower in allowing me to dissect a specimen

beautifully preserved in the Roval College of Surgeons, partly

through the assistance of Mr. Edward Gerrard, and partly from my

prosectorial advantages) of dissecting the syvinx of Mlenura su-

perba, 1 take the present opportunity of describing it in detail and

figuring it.

In Menura superba the last sixteen rings of the trachea are

peculiarly narrow from above downwards. ‘These are carinate in

frout; in other words, instead of being flattened from without inwards

(as is usually the case, and is so in the rings above the sixteenth in

this bird), they are compressed from above downwards, by which

means a sharp-edged ridge is developed, which projects outwards a

short way beyond the level of the interannular membrane. The

lowest of these rings, the last tracheal, whilst participating in this

peculiarity, is modified to form the three-way piece, whence start the

bronchi, an antero-posterior bar joining the downward-directed

angles which are developed on the middle of the front and back of

the ring, and supporting the syringeal semilunar membrane.

As in the typical Oscines, the first three bronchial semirings par-

ticipate in the formation of the syrinx, and are modified accordingly,

being stronger, deeper, more flattened, and more approximate than

thoes winieli fallow The first of these is simple , the secoud Is

peculiar in being hollow and thin-walled, broader in front than be-

hind, and broadest a short distance (about equal to its depth at the

* Vide P. 2:8) 1874, pall: + Trans. Z. 8. vol. ix. pl. lvi. fig. 6.

+ Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1841, vol. vii, p. 49.

1876. ]} OF PASSERINE BIRDS. 515

spot) posterior to its anterior extremity ; the third is narrower, and

terminates behind by a short descending hook.

The syringal muscles are three in number on each side at their

insertion, although at their origin only two can be distinguished.

These are an anterior and posterior longitudinal, which, from a

lateral point situated opposite the tracheal ring 19 above the last

one, diverge forwards and backwards to the tips of the bronchial

semirings. In Plate LII. figs. 1, 2, & 3 the front, back, and side

views of the syrinx of Menura are figured.

The anterior longitudinal muscle, whose diameter is about four

times that of the depressor trachea, is of uniform size throughout,

being constituted of parallel fibres. It is inserted into the “lower

margin of the expansion at the anterior extremity of the second

bronchial semiring, at a short distance behind its apex.

The poster tor longitudinal muscle, from being single above,

divides into two below.

Before proceeding further it will be necessary to explain the way

in which these muscles arise. There is a large air-cell, the anterior

thoracic *, in which the syrinx and base of the heart are situated,

The saeceeall walls of this cell are so thin that the trachea may, to

all intents and purposes, be said to perforate it. Where it does so,

the membrane blends with its fascial sheath most intimately ; and

it is from the thus formed ring of junction that the long fibres of

the syringal muscles spring. This ring is not a simple horizontal

circle of fibrous tissue surrounding the trachea. In its anterior

half it is so; but behind it descends for some distance on each side

to a median spot situated below its general level, at a distance be-

neath it equal to the diameter of the tube itself, to blend at the

angle thus formed with a strong fibro-cartilaginous ribbon, which

expands below the level of the bronchial bifurcation, to terminate as

a membranous covering to the front of the cesophagus.

From the postero- lateral portion of the horizontal moiety of the

ring just described, and from its descending limb, the posterior

longitudinal muscle of the syrinx arises, on each side, powerful,

and in a single mass, of which the longer postero-external fibres,

as it eecendas dienenanee themselves off to form an independent

fasciculus, which is inserted into the posterior hooked extremity of

the third bronchial semiring. The other much larger internal

portion, composed mostly of much shorter and oblique ‘fibres, i is in-

serted into the posterior triangular surface of the tracheal three-

way piece (last tracheal ring), ‘and into the posterior extremity of

the first bronchial semiring, a few of its tendinous fibres of termina-

tion apparently running on to the back of the membrane between

the first and second semiring, and perhaps slightly to the back of

the second semiring itself, although this last seems to be independent

in this respect.

The comparatively slender musculus sterno-trachealis springs from

the lateral surfaces of the four or five tracheal rings above the last

two, emerging between the anterior and eee intrinsic muscles.

* Vide Owen's ‘ Anatomy of Vertebrates,’ vol. ii. p. 211,

16 MR. A. H. GARROD ON THE ANATOMY [June 6,

Menura superba, from the above description, is therefore acromyo-

dian, although not typically Oscine.

Atrichia rufescens presents precisely the same arrangement as

Menura. There are three modified bronchial semirings, the third

descending posteriorly, and the second expanded a short distance

before it reaches its anterior termination, the anterior longitudinal

muscle being there inserted. The posterior muscle, however, does

not clearly separate into two before it reaches its points of insertion,

which are identical with those in Menura. The lower tracheal

ripgs are different, in that they are not flattened from above down-

wards; they retain the characters of those above them to a great

extent. The jast forms the characteristic three-way piece. In Plate

LII. figs. 4, 5, & 6 these points are clearly seen.

Atrichia is therefore also Acromyodian, although far from being

normally Oscine. It would require but little modification in either

it or Menuvra to convert their syringeal muscular masses into more

numerous independent muscles. In the Crow, Starling, and most

of the other Oscines I have examined, the third semiring is the one

to which the long anterior muscle runs, the long posterior not going

beyond the second. This condition is just reversed in the two birds

under consideration. In the Finches the arrangement described by

Cuvier maintains, both anterior and posterior long muscles running

to the third bronchial semiring.

In Plate LII. fig. 7 the sternum of Atrichia is figured with the

rudimentary clavicles (f), which are nothing more than granules

of bone. No other Passerine bird wants the furcula, so far as is yet

known. The manubrium sterni is not largely expanded.

There is another feature in Passerine anatomy which has interested

me considerably during my investigations. It is the rule among birds,

almost without exception, that the main artery of the leg is that

which must be supposed to be represented in Man by the comes

nerve wschiatici, it accompany ing the sciatic nerve—the sciatic artery.

The main nerve of the leg is the sciatic; the main vein the femoral.

The only known exceptions to this rule are the cases of the genus

Dacelo among the Alcedinidee, and Centropus among the Cuculide.

In the former the femoral vein is replaced by the one which is in-

termediate in situation between its usual course and the sciatic artery ;

in the latter the sciatic artery is absent, and is replaced by the

femoral *

In a certain few Passerine birds the main artery of the leg is the

femoral, and not the sciatic. These genera are all members of the

Oligomyodi of Miiller; and the accompanying list contains the

names of all the Oligomyodian species (taken from Messrs. Sclater

and Salvin’s ‘ Nomenclator Avium Neotropicalium’ +)-which I have

had the opportunity of examining, with the results arrived at, as far as

this peculiarity is concerned.

* Proce. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 629.

7 London, 1873.

1876. | OF PASSERINE BIRDS. 517

Passeres Oligomyodi,

“~-

Witha Ca artery. With a “eee artery.

Chiroxiphia linearis, Mionectes oleagineus,

Chiromacheris vitellina, Tyranniscus vilissimus,

Heteropelma verepacis, Pitangus sulphuratus,

Tityra personata, Myiodynastes luteiventris,

Hadrostomus aglaie, Empidonax minimus,

Inpaugus sp., Myiarchus crinitus,

Cotinga cincta, Tyrannus melancholicus,

Chasmorhynchus nudicollis. Rupicola crocea,

Pitta angolensis,

Pitta eyanura,

I must mention also that in a specimen of the minute Mitre-

phorus pheocercus, it appeared to me that the artery of the leg was

the femoral; but I should like to see more specimens before I can

feel justified im disturbing any generalizations by using this single

example.

All Acromyodian Passeres of species which I have examined, over

one hundred in number, possess the sciatic artery, including Menura

and Atrichia ; and the Tracheophone quite agree with them in this

respect. Such being the case, it seems to me that from among the

Mesomyodian Passeres a small section may be divided off, including

the families Pipridee and Cotingide, in which a characterizing feature

is the development of a femoral in place of a sciatic artery; and this

being the case, Rupicola must be removed from the Cotingide.

Although, as yet, our knowledge of the anatomical characters

which are the bases of the minor divisions of the Passerine group

is still so little advanced, nevertheless a rough sketch of the classi-

fication of the order, in which no attempt to fill-in details can be

made, is quite within our power.

To commence with Miller’s character depending on the situation

of the insertions of the syringeal muscles, Passerine birds fall

primarily into two main sections, the AcCRomyopt, in which the

intrinsic muscles of the voice-organ are fixed to the end of the

bronchial semirings, and the Macomrone in which they join

them at or near their middle. The former group includes all the

true Oscines, together with Menura and Atrichia; the latter the

Tracheophone, together with those Passeres included by Miiller

with the Picarize, as well as Pitta.

The Mesomyodi fall into two groups, according to the situation

of the main artery of the leg. ‘hose in which the sciatic is the

artery of the thigh may, because they therein agree with other

birds, be termed fomeomert ; those in which the femoral artery is

developed, from being in this respect abnormal, may be termed

Heteromeri.

Of the Homeomeri the Tracheophonz of Miller form a special

well-marked section,—the rest, including the Tyrannidie, Rupicola, -

Pitta, forming a division which may be termed Haploephone until

there is reason for further splitting them up.

518 ON THE ANATOMY OF PASSERINE BIRDS. [June 6,

The following tabular arrangement expresses these views :—

(NORMALES.

ACROMYODI

(Oscines).

| Ko

| ABNORMALES. { ae } Menurinze.

: oA

PASSHERES. {

| Cotingidee.

| MESOMYODT.

ae Pipridie.

1 Tracheophone.

Tyrannid:e.

Haploophone. 4 Rupicola.

Pitta.

HOMCOMERIL. {

In conclusion I have specially to thank Mr. O. Salvin for the

extremely kind way in which he has placed at my disposal a large

collection of Mesomyodian birds in spirit. From this I have been

able to make out the peculiarity in the distribution of the vessels in

the leg ; and from it also I hope to obtain materials for another paper

shortly, in which the syrinx of some of the yet little-known forms

will be described.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puate XLVIII.

Fig. 1. View, from the outer side, of the muscles of the patagium of the left

wing of Ramphastos cwvieri, the radius and ulna being bent at right

angles to the humerus: [email protected]./, tensor patagii longus; ¢.p.4, tensor

patagii brevis; ¢.2.7./, extensor metacarpi radialis longus ; .d, deltoid ;

z, triceps; 2, biceps; S.f, secondary remiges.

2. Same of /cterus vulgaris.

3. Same of Merops apiaster.

Puate XLIX.

Fig. 1. Same of Coracias garrula.

2. Same of Bueeros rhinoceros.

3. Same of Musophaga violacea,

Puate L.

Fig. 1. Same of Urogalba paradisea.

2. Same of Upupa epops.

3. Same of Cuculus canorus.

Puater LI.

Fig. 1. Same of Patagona gigas.

2. Same of Menura superba.

3. Same of Trogon puella.

Priate LIT,

1. Syrinx of Menura superba, front view.

2. Same, back view, with median fibrous attachment retained.

3. Same, view of right side. .

4. Syrinx of Adrichia rufescens, front view.

5. Same, back view.

1876.] MR. P. L. SCLATER ON NEW SPECIES OF PARROTS. 519

Fig. 6. Same, view of right side.

7. Sternum of Atrichia rufescens; f, rudiment of furcula.

: Puare LITT.

Syrinx of Petta angolensis.

Same, back view.

Same, side view (left).

Syrinx of Pit/a cyanura.

Same, back view.

Same, side view (left).

Back view of skull of Pitta cyanura,

. Sternum of same.

N.B. Although the artist has done all in his power to make clear the pecu-

liarities of the insertion of the tensor patagii brevis in the families of birds here

depicted, it is important to mention that in actual specimens the differences are

much more easily recognizable than might be inferred from the figures.

Fig.

QO NSS ST G9 bo

June 20, 1876.

Professor Flower, F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

Mr. Sclater exhibited a drawing of a fine species of Fruit-pigeon

of the genus Carpophaga, taken from two specimens living in the

Society’s Gardens, and pointed out that these birds, which had been

received in exchange from the Zoological Society of Amsterdam,

September 9th, 1874 *, had been incorrectly determined as C. sy/-

vatica, and apparently belonged to C. paulina, Bp., of Celebes and

the Sula Islands.

Extracts were read from letters received from Signor L. M.

D’Albertis, C.M.Z.S., dated Sydney, March 27th, and from Dr. G.

Bennett, dated April 15th, respecting Mr. D’Albertis’s proposed

new expedition up the Fly River, New Guinea.

Mr. Sclater also exhibited a small collection of bird-skins collected

at Yule Island and on the adjoining coast of New Guinea, which

Mr. D’Albertis had transmitted to him for examination.

Mr. Sclater stated that, the collection having been only just

received, he had not had time to examine it carefully, but took the

opportunity of pointing out the characters of two apparently new

species of Parrots, of which it contained examples, as follows :—

1. TRICHOGLOSSUS SUBPLACENS, sp. nov.

Psittaceo-viridis, pileo summo flavicante; macula magna auriculari

utrinque caerulea; subtus dilutior, lateribus et alarum teetricibus

inferioribus coccineis ; renigum pagina inferiore nigra fascia

flava intersecta ; rectricibus ad basin coccineis, inde nigris flavo

terminatis, harum duabus mediis supra viridibus subtus nigris,

linea media coccinea versus apicem occupatis; rostro rubro ;

pedibus rubro-flavidis: long. tota 6°5, ale 3°5, caude 2°8,

* See P. Z.S. 1874, p. 695.

520 LETTER FROM COMMANDER W. E. COOKSON, R.N. [June 20,

Hab. Mountains of Naiabui, south of New Guinea (D’ Aldertis et

Tomasinelli).

Obs. Similis T. placenti, sed uropygio dorso concolori nec czeruleo,

pileo distinctius flavido et rectricibus magis rubris diversus.

2. CYCLOPSITTA SUAVISSIMA, sp. nov. (Plate LIV., ¢ et 9.)

Supra psittaceo-viridis, remigibus nigricantibus, horum limbo ea-

teriore cum fronte lata ceruleis ; loris albis, genis nigris, gula

media et fascia lata colli antica lactescenti-albis ; pectore toto

aurantiaco, ventre et tectricibus subalaribus pallide viridibus ;

rostro et pedibus nigris, iride nigra: long. tota 47, ale 3 2,

caude 1°3. Fem. mari similis, sed genis cerulescentibus, collt

lateribus aurantiacis et pectore flavicante diversa*.

Hab. Naiabui, New Guinea, September 1875 (D’ Aldertis et Toma-

sinelli).

Obs. Affinis C. melanogenie ex inss. Aroensibus, sed fronte

ceerulea distinguenda.

The following Letter, addressed by Commander W. E. Cookson,

R.N., to Dr. Giinther was read :—

“HEM.S. ‘ Peterel,’ at sea,

“lat. 42° 40' N., long. 28° 30' W.

“ May 29, 1876.

“Tn aceordance with the wish of Rear-Admiral the Honourable

A. A. Cochrane, I have much pleasure in forwarding to you two

living tortoises, which I obtained from Albemarle Island when on

a eit to the Galapagos group during June of last year.

“ Before directing me to proceed to these islands, Admiral Coch-

rane sent me a copy of your letter to him, of May 18th, 1874,

respecting their fauna, and desired me, if possible, to forward your

wishes. This I have not succeeded in doing as thoroughly as I

could wish; but I hope the specimens I have obtained may not be

without value. The two living specimens are male and female, and

undoubtedly adults ; we found them about four miles inland, on a

small elevated plain at the north-western extremity of the island.

The plateau on which ey were found was covered with stunted

bush and high, very coarse, grass, through which their tracks were

very numerous.

“Together with these live tortoises I send you the shells of five

others, lettered A, B, C, D, and E. A, B,C are the shells of

tortoises which we took from Abingdon Telande ; D, and E are from

the same locality on Albemarle Island as the live ones come from.

“I greatly regret that the two Abingdon tortoises, which I hoped

to have kept alive, died after being a few weeks on board, more

especially as I believe a comparison between these and those from

Albemarle Island will be a point of much interest ; for the officers

and myself were much struck with the difference in their general

* T am indebted to the kindness of Count T. Salvadori for the loan of the

skin of the female of this species, as likewise of skins of C. melanogenia for

comparison.—P. L. 8

1876.| LETTER FROM COMMANDER W. E. COOKSON, R.N. 521

fo)

most important difference, is the apparently much greater length

of the neck of the Abingdon tortoise. These creatures arch their

neck considerably when stretching it out. All the four Abingdon

tortoises we found had the jaws yellowish white, and nostrils pale

pink ; in the Albemarle tortoise these parts are nearly black. The

earapace of the Abingdon tortoise is more compressed at the sides,

slopes gradually up from the hind quarters to the shoulder, and has

the back more arched than the Albemarle ; but it is in the part pro-

tecting the head that the greatest difference lies, it being in the

Abingdon tortoise contracted into a narrow highly arched hood-

like form, which gives those animals a most singular appearance.

**As lL have mentioned above, the two Abingdon tortoises died

after being five or six weeks on board. ‘The first (A) died at sea;

and, owing to its size, J had no means of preserving it entire; but I

have kept the vertebrae of the neck (bone diseased) ; and all the skin

of the legs, neck, hind quarters, Xe. is left attached to the carapace.

The other Abingdon tortoise died after our arrival at Honolulu ;

there, fortunately, we met the ‘ Challenger’; and Professor Wyville

Thomson most kindly preserved it for me in spirits. This tortoise,

I presume, you have long since received, as Admiral Cochrane tcok

it on board H.M.S. ‘ Repulse’ in August last.

“Thinking that some of the information I gathered during my

cruise amonest these islands may be of interest to you, | will give

a tew particul: irs about the tortoises, &e. &e.

“On our arrival at the settlement on Charles Island, we were

entertained by the inhabitants with stories of tortoises of gigantic and

marvellous size having been found on the islands twenty or thirty

years ago, some being ‘described as being so lar ge as quite to rival the

fossil tortoise of the Sew alik Hills ; baa none of these traditions were

well authenticated. One in particular, which was conveyed to Peru

in an English ship, was said to have weighed a ton. As I was in-

formed that it came into the possession of Mr. Blacker, H.M. Consul

at Payta, I wrote to that gentleman asking him if he could give me any

information about it. In reply he says : :—*[ can only say that some

fifteen or sixteen years ago an English captain did bring a very large

tortoise, which was transmitted by him to Callao, and piere Seibited

on board, a charge being made for the privilege of seeing it, and finally

shipped to England as a curiosity. The weight must have been con-

siderable ; but I cannot say it weighed a ton, which appears too

much of a good thing; half that weight would have been about

near the mark I should say.’ Probably 6 or 7 cwt. would be

nearer its actual weight ; at any rate none of the present inhabitants,

some of whom have been engaged in hunting tortoises for the last

fifteen years, pretended themselves to have seen any weighing more

than from 38 to 4 ewt.; and they considered the tortoise I send you

(which weighed 240 lb. when taken) as large as any that are found

now. I[ preserved a portion of the skull of what was said to be the

largest tortoise seen for twelve or fifteen years ; it was killed about six

months before our arrival at the S.W. end of Albemarle Island. I

appearance. ‘The most striking and what, I presume, would be the

522 LETTER FROM COMMANDER W. E. COOKSON, R.N. [June 20,

landed at the spot in the hope of procuring the shell; but it was so

decayed from exposure that I did not bring it away. The remain-

ing portion of the skull could not be found.

“The settlers on Charles Island informed me that the tortoises

are quite extinct on this island, and that only a very few are

thought to remain on Chatham Island, these few (if any) being

at the S.E. end of the island, which is the furthest point from the

settlement, and a part which is covered with very dense bush.

These two islands are the only ones of the group which are per-

manently inhabited. Hood, James, and Indefatigable Islands still

contain a few tortoises in their most inaccessible parts ; but they are

so scarce that they are not now hunted on these islands: on parts

of Albemarle Island it was said that they were still plentiful, espe-

cially at the 8.E. end, where landing is generally impossible, and that

some were to be found on the small island of Abingdon. To my

inquiries as to whether the tortoises were different on the different

islands, I received conflicting answers: some said they were all

alike, others that there was a- difference in shape, &c., &c.; and

amongst other things I was told that the tortoises on Abingdon

Island had white heads and feet, whereas those on the other islands

had these parts black. They were said also to differ in shape from

those of most of the other islands, but that the Hood-Island tortoise

resembled the Abingdon, the same comparison to the Spanish

saddle being used by them which Mr. Darwin quotes (Nat. Voy.,

new ed. p. 394). As Hood and Abingdon Islands are the most

distant from one another of any in the group, it would have been

very interesting to ascertain if their tortoises really resembled one

another, whilst they differed from those of the other islands ; but

my whole stay in the archipelago was limited to a fortnight, and

during that time I had to visit the settlements and collect informa-

tion on various subjects for a general report on the islands ; and as

the inhabitants told me that my whole fortnight might be spent in a

fruitless search in either Hood, James, or Indefatigable Islands, I

was obliged to give up the idea of obtaining specimens from more

than two islands, and decided upon obtaining some, if possible, from

Albemarle and Abingdon Islands.

** At Charles Island I was fortunate enough to secure the services

of an Englishman who has been engaged in making tortoise-oil for

the last fifteen years ; without his guidance we should, I think, have

failed in our search on Abingdon Island.

“Our searching party on Abingdon Island consisted of 20 men,

besides several of the officers. After some search we found four

tortoises; one of these, owing to want of sufficient hands to carry

them all, was killed on shore (shell ““C”’). The other three we

brought on board the ship; it cost us, however, two days of very

hard work: they had to be carried, slung from poles, a distance of

six miles through a bush so thick that a trail had to be cut for the

whole distance ; besides which the whole surface of the island is

covered with irregular blocks of lava, making the walking with a

heavy load exceedingly tedious and laborious. To get the tortoises

1876.] LETTER FROM COMMANDER W. E. COOKSON, R.N. 923

into the boats we had to lower them over the cliff, a height of

about 200 feet. During this process, and more especially in the

carrying-down, they received some rough treatment. There was no

external injury ; but whether caused by this or not, these tortoises

never thrived like those we got from Albemarle Island; and, as I

mentioned before, the two kept died after having been less than

seven weeks on board, whereas all those from Albemarle Island

remained in good health.

** Referring to the report that the Abingdon-Island tortoises had

white heads and feet, I may here remark that of the four we found

all had some of the nails of their toes yellowish white (a peculiarity

which we did not observe in any of the Albemarle-Island tortoises) ;

and their jaws were of the same colour, as I have before observed.

Perhaps white colouring is only a mark of age.

**] will here describe the four Abingdon tortoises we obtained.

“A? weighed 201 lb. when taken. This tortoise had every

appearance of great age: its skin was very wrinkled and white, and

the shell much battered and indented, with several patches of

parasitic growth on it, which had the appearance of common bark-

lichen. ‘The vertebrz of the neck were diseased. This tortoise

died at sea after being on board about six weeks,

“«<B’ weighed 131 ]b. It was killed at sea, as I could not pre-

serve all alive, and I hoped to keep the two larger ones. ‘This

tortoise was an adult male.

«©«C’ was killed on shore and not weighed.

“The fourth Abingdon tortoise is the one I have mentioned as

having been kindly preserved in spirits for me by Professor

Thomson, and which [ hope has already reached you; it weighed

173 lb. when taken, and bore marks of age.

“From Abingdon Island I went to Tagus Cove, Albermarle

Island; and here, on the small plain above mentioned, situated a

few miles from the anchorage in the cove, we found altogether

about 24 tortoises. Three were adult males, and weighed respec-

tively 240 lb., 185 1b., and 173 lb.; three or four females also,

averaging about 100 lb. in weight, were said by our guide to be

full-grown ; the remainder were in various stages of growth. The

smallest found weighed 9 oz., and was pronounced to be about four

years old. Of these, I have now on board the largest male and

female ; the pair next in size, together with two young ones in dif-

ferent stages of growth, Admiral Cochrane took on board the

«Repulse? in August last. Probably you have already received

these tortoises, as the Admiral expressed his intention of forwarding

them by the first opportunity.

<«“ A tortoise which we found at the S.W. end of Albemarle

Island, near to Iguana Cove, was also put on board the ‘ Repulse,’

and, I hope, has safely reached you. This tortoise, a male, weighing

175 lb., was pronounced by our guide to be decidedly full-grown ;

but it differed considerably in shape and general appearance from

all the full-grown tortoises we saw near ‘l'agus Cove, being much

more compact, and rounder in shape, and having the lines on the

524 LETTER FROM COMMANDER W. E. COOKSON, R.N. [June 20,

margin of the plates of the carapace quite sharply defined as in

the young tortoises (which it resembled in shape), whereas in all

the full-grown tortoises we had hitherto seen these lines were almost

entirely gone. It was at this spot that our guide found, a few

months before our visit, the largest tortoise that he had seen for

the last fifteen years; he estimated its weight at about 400 lb.

“T have already mentioned that the shell of this large tortoise

was so decayed that I did not take it on board; but I took some

measurements of it, and am satisfied from these and its shape that

the animal had the characteristics I have just described. The

epidermoid layer of the shell had for the most part come away; but

where fragments were left, the marginal lines of the plates showed

quite distinctly. I suppose that ‘abundance or variety of food

would be sufficient to produce this difference of appearance in the

tortoises from different localities in Albemarle Island, this part

of the island, the S.W. end, having a comparatively luxuriant vege-

tation, whereas the neighbourhood of Tagus Cove is described by

Mr. Darwin as being ‘ miserably sterile ;’ but it is a point not to

be overlooked that these two localities are separated by a coast-line

of 70 miles, and that between them lie three of the highest vol-

canie peaks of the whole group, one if not two of which have been

active until quite recently ; and from the flanks of all three streams

of black lava descend, each several miles in width. Again, the

most northern of these craters is situated almost in the centre of

the narrowest part of the island, just a little to the north of Perry

(isthmus, and sends down its black streams in all directions; so that

this part uf the island is exactly like Narborough Island opposite,

which is described as ‘a great voleano, whose base is surrounded

by an extensive field of lava; it is utterly barren and desolate.’ I

think one may conclude that these lava streams are quite impass-

able to the tortoises, and that, as far as these creatures are con-

cerned, the north and south ends of the island are as effectually

separated as they would be by a channel of 40 or 50 miles of deep

water.

«With regard to the greatly reduced numbers of these animals in

most of the islands, and probable extinction in others, it is known

that Charles and Chatham Islands have been inhabited for forty

years, which fully accounts for the extinction of the tortoises in

these islands, as they have always been eagerly sought for, the

oil made from their fat being very valuable and their flesh much

esteemed. Their habit of paying periodical visits to their water-

ing-places, and the very plain tracks which they make through

the bush or high grass, lead to their easy discovery. The

track of a large tortoise is exactly that which a cart with very

broad wheels and low body would make drawn over similar ground :

the feet make a trail such as the wheels would leave; and between

the ‘ruts’ the grass and low bushes are flattened down by the

animal as they would be by the body of the cart. Hood Island

never, I believe, had great numbers on it; but James and Indefati-

gable Islands, where they were at one time so numerous and are

1876.] LETTER FROM COMMANDER W. E. COOKSON, R.N. aya)

now so scarce, have long been resorted to by oil-makers. (Admiral

Fitzroy found a party making oil on James Island in 1835.)

«To show the havoe made amongst the tortoises by oil-makers, I

may mention that at the time of our visit a party of seven were making

oil on Albemarle Island; during the last twelve months they had made

3000 gallons of oil, which quantity would represent the destruction

of at least an equal number of tortoises; for although a large one

will yield as much as six gallons of oil, the average yield would not

be more than one.

“The whalers, who till within the last four or five years visited

the islands to the number of 40 or 50 annually, committed ‘great

destruction amongst them; their crews living on them for several

months, and when they left the ground taking large numbers to sea

with them, some ships as many as a hundred.

‘Of late years these defenceless creatures have had another very

destructive enemy amongst them, viz. the wild dogs, descendants of

dogs that have been turned adrift from ships or strayed away from

time to time. Dogs are now roaming wild on all the larger islands.

I was told that they keep in small packs of about eight or ten. We

heard them on several occasions amongst the hills on Albemarle

Island ; and, judging from their cry, I should think there were about

that number in the pack. They were described as large, gaunt,

savage animals; but I could not get any accurate iionmnauon as

to their colour, and whether it was uniform or not. These animals

must make great havoc amongst the tortoises. They are said to watch

when the newly hatched young ones first begin to agitate the sand,

then to scrape it away and devour the whole brood. ‘They prey

also upon the half-grown animals; two which we found, each about

60 1b. in weight, had the back part of the breast-plate gnawed by

dogs; in one it was still bleeding; and I saw the shells of two others of

about the same size, from rile the animals had been eaten clean out.

“On account of the size of Albemarle Island, and the inaccessi-

bility of many parts of it, I think tortoises are still very numerous

on it and likely to be so for a long period in spite of their many

enemies ; but on the other islands, including the smaller ones, such as

Abingdon and Hood Islands, where they have been hitherto com-

paratively unmolested, I think that they are now doomed to speedy

extermination, for this reason, that within the last two years the

Orchilla trade has passed into the hands of one individual, and the

crop is now gathered by a gang of 60 or 80 men working together,

instead of by a number of small parties scattered on the different

islands. At the time of our visit the Orchilla crop had just been

gathered from Hood Island, and the camp after a four months’

residence on it had moved to Chatham Island. It was said that

about 70 tortoises had been kiiled by these people on Hood Island ;

and our guide thought it most probable that none were left alive.

As they pass on to Abingdon and the other smaller islands, the

tortoises on them must share the same fate; for in three or four

months a party of 60 men, but sparingly provisioned and hunting

eagerly for them, would be almost sure to discover every individual.”

ee a ee

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1876, No. XX XV. 35

526 DR. G. E. DOBSON ON THE [June 20,

Dr. Giinther stated that not only the living tortoises, but also

the shells of the specimens described in the foregoing letter, with a

large and highly interesting collection of other zoological objects had

arrived. ‘There had not been sufficient time to examine the whole

of the contents; so that a full report must be deferred to a future

meeting of the Society. At present he exhibited the largest of

several specimens of Amblyrhynchus cristatus (43 feet long), and

carapaces of the Abingdon and Albemarle Tortoises. The former

was probably identical with Testudo ephippium,; the latter came

nearest to T'estudo elephantopus. However, the skulls had not been

extracted from the skins, and therefore could not yet be used in

the determination of the species. Of the living examples collected by

Commander Cookson at Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, four had

safely arrived in England, and were now living in the Gardens of the

Society—two large ones, a pair, brought in H.MLS. ‘ Peterel,’ and

two smaller ones, probably both females, transferred by Commander

Cookson to H.M.S. ‘ Challenger,’ in which ship they arrived some

weeks ago. None of the specimens put on board the ‘ Repulse’

had arrived in England ; and it was reported that all had been lost

during a storm encountered by that ship on her voyage home.

Dr. Giinther also mentioned on this occasion that he was now con-

vinced that the two Aldabra Tortoises which were obtained last

year, and which, owing to the excellent arrangements made at the

Gardens, were doing very well, belonged to two distinct races (as pointed

out in the fortheoming second part of his paper on these animals),

viz. the male to Testudo elephantina, and the female to 7. helolissa.

The fcllowing papers were read :—

1. On peculiar Structures in the Feet of certain Species of

Mammals which enable them to walk on smooth per-

pendicular surfaces. By G. E. Doxson, M.A., M.B.,

BAL.S., se.

[Received May 26, 1876.]

(Plate LV.)

The peculiar apparatus in the feet of Geckoes, by means of which

these animals are enabled to run about securely upon smooth perpen-

dicular surfaces, bas often been referred to; and every one has ob-

served the facility with which the common house-fly and many other

species of insects can walk upon the ceiling of a room; but the oc-

currence of analogous climbing-organs in some species of Mammals

is not generally known, or, at least, has been but imperfectly de-

scribed m two instances only—namely, in Hyraz, and in the very

remarkable species of Bat, Thyroptera tricolor, from Tropical

America.

Several travellers have described the remarkable climbing-powers

of the species of Hyraz, some of which live in holes in trees, upon

P25 1876. PL LV

Mmt ern Bros imp

SUCTORIAL AND ADHESIVE FOOT-PADS OF MAMMALS

1876. ] FEET OF CERTAIN MAMMALS. B27

the smooth perpendicular trunks of which they run up and down

with as much security as if their feet were provided with sharp claws.

In ‘ The Heart of Africa’ *, Dr. Schweinfurth has given a most in-

teresting account of the habits of one of the species of this genus.

He remarks :—‘‘ Abdoo, the controller of Mvolo, was half a natu-

ralist ; as a huntsman he had done service under many Europeans,

and had acquired a reputation of being a skilful stuffer of birds. He

drew my particular attention to the good sport afforded by the Rock-

rabbits as they crept about in tempting proximity to the gate of the

Seriba. At the same time he asked if I could account for the won-

derful way in which the animals managed to clamber up and down

smooth rocks that were almost perpendicular. ‘J can’t tell,’ he

said, ‘how it is; but when you have shot one of the creatures, and

catch hold of it, it sticks to the rock with its feet in its death-

struggles, as though it had grown there.’ The underpart of the foot

is dark and elastic as india-rubber, and has several deeply indented

cushions. This arrangement, which no other Mammalia or warm-

blooded animals seem to possess, enables the creature, by opening

and closing the centre cleft, to throw off part of its weight, and to

gain a firm hold upon the smooth surface of the stone. The toes

are nothing but pads of horny skin without regular nails, the hind

foot being alone furnished on the inner toe with one claw, which is

sharply compressed. For some time I could not at all comprehend

how, with such a plump foot, the Rock-rabbit could climb so safely

over precipitous walls of granite, or even along the polished branches

of the little trees in the ravines; but the mystery was solved when

I tried to pick up an animal which I myself had wounded. The

granite was smooth as pavement; and yet, when I seized the crea-

ture by the neck, it clung like birdlime to the ground, and required

some force before it could be removed.”

The very peculiar feet of Hyraz were first described by Bruce +;

and as his description is the most complete that has been taken from

the animal in its native country, | think it necessary to quote it here

in full. Of the Askoko of Abyssinia (probably H. abyssinicus) he

writes as follows:—‘‘ This curious animal is found in Ethiopia, in

the caverns of the rocks, or under the great stones in the Mountain

of the Sun behind the queen’s palace at Koscam. It is also frequent

in the deep caverns in the rocks in many other places in Abyssinia.

Tt does not burrow or make holes as the rat and rabbit; nature

having interdicted him this practice by furnishing him with feet

the toes of which are perfectly round and of a soft pulpy tender sub-

stance ; the fleshy parts of the toes project beyond the nails, which

are rather broader than sharp, much similar to a man’s nails ill

grown. His hind foot is long and narrow, divided with two deep

wrinkles or clefts in the middle, drawn across the centre, on each

side of which the flesh rises with considerable protuberancy ; and it

is terminated by three claws (? toes): the middle one is the longest.

* Vol. i. p. 385.

+ ‘Travels to discover the Source of the Nile in the years 1768-73,’ vol. y.

description of pl. 24.

Som

528 DR. G. E. DOBSON ON THE [June 20,

The fore foot has four toes, three disposed in the same proportion

as on the hind foot; the fourth, the largest of the whole, is placed

lower down on the side of the foot, so that the top of it arrives no

further than the bottom of the toe next to it. The sole of the foot

is divided in the centre by a deep cleft like the other; and this cleft

reaches down to the heel, which it nearly divides. The whole of

the fore foot is very thick, fleshy and soft, and of a deep black

colour, altogether void of hair, though the back or upper part of

it is thickly covered, like the rest of its body, down to where the toes

divide.”

“The centre cleft” of Dr. Schweinfurth appears to be the groove

represented in Plate LV. fig. 9, and Fig. A, which passes backwards

from a slight coneavity in the centre of the sole of the foot and

divides the heel. I am unable to feel equally satisfied with that

distinguished traveller that the simple acts of opening and closing that

eleft or any cleft in the foot are sufficient to enable the animal “ to

throw off part of its weight and to gain a firm hold upon the smooth

surface of the stone.”” In the ordinary condition of the foot, the

central concavity is evidently not of sufficient depth or extent to

cause the strong adhesion of the sole to the rock as described. I

believe that the souree of this remarkable adhesive power may be

traced in the general structure of the extremities.

Through the kindness of Prof. W. H. Flower, I have been enabled

to examine the structure of the extremities in a specimen of Hyrar

dorsalis preserved in alcohol in the Museum of the Royal College of

Surgeons; and the valuable treatises on the myology of Hyrazx ca-

pensis by Messrs. Murie and Mivart and by Prof. J. F. Brandt

have afforded me great assistance in my examination.

Hyrax dorsalis may be taken as a representative of that section

of the genus in which the climbing-powers are, apparently, most de-

veloped, the animals of this species inhabiting holes in trees, on the

vertical stems of which they run up and down with the greatest

facility. ‘he habits of the species of this section suggested the sub-

generic name Dendrohyraz.

In the specimen of Hyrax dorsalis examined by me the soles of

the feet had become quite hard and rigid from the action of the

alcohol in which it was preserved ; but prolonged immersion in solu-

tion of cyanide of potassium almost restored them to the original

soft condition, which we know (from Bruce and Schweinfurth’s de-

scriptions made from examination of the living animal in its native

country) is the normal state of the sole of the foot during life.

In all climbing four-footed animals the anterior extremities perform

by far the most important part in maintaining their hold; and the

species of Hyrax form no exception to this rule.

The fore foot has five toes (one, the pollex, being rudimentary and

concealed beneath the skin); the hind foot three only (Plate LV.

fig. 9). The toes are united as far as the bases of the terminal pha-

langes ; the outer toe of the fore foot is united along its whole length.

The nails are flat and short ; and beyond them the soft extremities of

the toes project, except in the case of the inner toe of the hind foot,

1876.] FEET OF CERTAIN MAMMALS. 529

which is armed with a small blunt hoof-like claw placed on the upper

and outer side of the toe, next the middle toe, its projecting outer

margin being received into a deep groove in the side of the middle

toe when the toes are approximated (Plate LV. fig. 9, and Fig. A).

Fig. A.

Sole of foot of Hyrax dorsalis,

The transverse clefts in the sole of the foot, described by Bruce

and Schweinfurth (and shown in fig. A), correspond simply to

Flexor muscles and tendons of the fore foot.

Pl, palmaris longus; F.c.u, flexor carpi ulnaris; F.s.d, flexor sublimis digito-

rum; Fp.d, flexor profundus digitorum; F'/.p, flexor longus pollicis;

P.f, palmar fascia; 7’..m, flexor brevis manus; 4, lumbricales.

530 DR. G. E. DOBSON ON THE [June 20,

the lines of flexion indicating the position of the joints of the toes,

and the longitudinal cleft dividing the heel to the groove along which

the tendons of the flexor muscles enter the sole of the foot ; but the

great depth and extent of these grooves evidently allow of very free

motion in the sole during flexion and adduction, the importance of

which will be seen when we investigate the mechanism on which the

adhesive power of the foot depends.

There is nothing therefore in the structure of the sole of the foot

alone which can explain the extraordinary power of clinging to

smooth surfaces which we know the species of Hyraz possess.

In dissecting the fiexor muscles of the forearm the comparatively

very large size of the palmaris longus is particularly noticeable (Fig.

B, P./). This muscle, arising from the internal condyle of the

humerus and from the intermuscular fascia, forms a broad and strong

tendon which, passing into the sule of the foot, spreads out into the

palmar fascia, which contains a fibro-cartilaginous disk. From the

superficial and deep palmar fascia, and from this fibro-cartilaginous

disk, arises a very peculiar muscle (first described by Messrs. Murie

and Mivart*), the flewor brevis manus (Fig. B, F'.6.m), which is

inserted by three tendons into the second, fourth, and fifth toes. The

tendon going to the second, or inner toe, is inserted on the inner side

of the tendon of the flexor profundus, while that going to the fifth or

outer toe is inserted on the outer side of the tendon of the same muscle;

the middle tendon forms, with the corresponding tendon of the

flexor sublimis, the perforated tendon of the fourth toe; and as this

toe is so much longer than the second and fifth toes, the positions of

the insertions of the three tendons of the flewor brevis manus occupy

nearly the same line across the foot.

If we take a line drawn along the middle of the fore foot from the

centre of the carpus to the extremity of the third toe as the centre

line of the foot, we find the insertions of the flexor brevis manus on

either side of this line, two of the three tendons being inserted at

points on opposite sides of the foot furthest from the centre. The

action of this muscle must therefore be, not only to flex the outer

and inner toes, but also to rotate them slightly and draw inwards

both sides of the foot towards the centre line. In this action the

tendency to cup the sole of the foot is evident. Further, as the

flecor brevis manus arises from the palmar fascia, it follows that this

muscle can only act effectively when its point of origin is fixed; and

this is accomplished by the action of the strong palmaris longus,

which, as we have seen, terminates in the palmar fascia. In the co-

ordinate action of these two muscles on such a foot provided with a

soft elastic sole and united toes we have, I believe, all that is neces-

sary to produce the remarkable power of adhesion of the foot to any

smooth surface on which it may be placed, which has been observed

in most species of /Tyrax.

The palmaris longus, in fixing the palmar fascia, removes the

* L.c.p. 341. Messrs. Murie and Mivart (with the sanction of the Council of

the Society) have kindly permitted me to make use of one of the wood blocks

(Fig. B) from which the illustrations accompanying their paper were printed,

1876.] FEET OF CERTAIN MAMMALS. 531

pressure of the centre of the sole of the fore foot, while the soft elastic

sides and heel are in close contact with the surface on which the

animal is walking; at the same time the flexor brevis manus elevates

the greater part of the anterior half of the sole by pressing the extre-

mities and sides of the outer and inner toes downwards and also drawing

them towards the centre line of the foot, thus producing a condition

of the sole of the foot analogous to the sucking-cup of a cephalopod.

In the hinder extremities the same conditions are fulfilled, though

evidently much less etfectively. The homologue of the palmaris,

the plantaris, is also very large, and arises from the external con-

dyle of the femur; and its tendon similarly passes into the sole of

the foot to form the plantar fascia from which the flexor brevis digi-

torum arises as the flexor brevis manus in the fore foot.

The softness and elasticity of the sole of the foot (described by

Bruce and Schweinfurth) permit of nice adaptation to slightly uneven

surfaces, and render the suctorial action, by which cohesion is main-

tained, possible. As it appeared evident to me that this soft con-

dition of the sole must depend not only on large development of

the subcutaneous areolar tissue, but also on a permanently moist

state maintained by the secretions of numerous sudorific glands, I

was not surprised to find, on examining several horizontal and vertical

sections of the integument of the sole of the foot, that the sudorific

glands were exceedingly numerous, at least fifteen times as numerous

in a given space as in the sole of the human foot, amounting to 40,000

in the square inch *

With such an enormous number of sudorifie glands the sole of the

foot is doubtless kept constantly moist, and in the most favourable

condition for adhering to smooth or slightly uneven surfaces, when

it is converted into a kind of suctorial disk by the action of the muscles

as described above.

It might appear strange that, with such a soft sole to the foot,

the animal could run with impunity over hard and ocecasio: nally an-

gular surfaces; but I find that the sole is every were protected by a

deep layer of epithelium, in no. place less than = of an inch in thick-

ness. The importance of the great number of sudorific glands is

here again apparent; for, with such a deep layer of epithelium, the

sole of the foot would soon become quite horny from the effects of

constant pressure, were it not not kept constantly moist by an abun-

dant glandular secretion t

In the very remarkable species of Bat, Thyroptera tricolor, first

described by Spix{, we find the only known instance (in Mammalia)

* T have arrived at this calculation from observing that sometimes five, but

more frequently four of the openings of the ae ducts were contained

within a measured space equal to the square of 7 ', of aninch. If, therefore,

we assume four as the average number in this space, it follows that exactly

40,000 are contained within a square inch.

t+ The significance of the retia mirabilia in the extremities of Hyraz, first de-

scribed by Hyrtl, will be at once understocd when we consider how necessary it

is to maintaiu a constant vascular condition of the foot in order to keep up the

abundant secretion poured forth by the numerous sudorific glands.

+ Simiar. et Vespert. Brasil. 1823, p. 61, pl. xxxvi. fig. ix.

532 DR. G. E. DOBSON ON THE [June 20,

of the presence of prehensile organs resembling the sucking-disks of

Cephalopoda. On the inferior surface of the thumb, from the base of

the first phalanx, and from the sides of the metacarpo-phaiangeal

joint, corresponding to the position of the ball of the thumb in other

Bats, arises by a short peduncle a circular hollow suctorial disk about

one tenth of an inch in diameter (Plate LY. fig. 5, enlarged). On

the sole of the foot a similar but considerably smaller disk (fig. 6) is

placed, not in the same relative position, however, as on the thumb ;

for it covers the metatarsal bones, not the bases of the first pha-

langes of the toes.

in a paper published in the ‘ Boletin revista de la Universidad de

Madrid,’ by Sefior Jimenez de la Espada, a member of the Spanish

Expedition to explore the natural productions and physical conditions

of South America, the author relates his observations on the habits

of this species, and describes the sucking-eups. I have not been able

to procure a copy of this paper; but fortunately a full abstract of

the part relating to Thyroptera tricolor is given in the ‘ Zoological

Record’ for 1870, as follows :—

«The sucking-cups consist of a coriaceous disk; they are little

hemispheres, hollow, flexible, and extremely movable, on the first

phalanges of the thumbs of the wings and near the heels on the soles

of the feet. They were used: by the animal to fasten itself to the

fingers as it tried to bite, producing the same feeling as a key or

thimble when applied to the tongue after sucking out the air. These

cups are deep, membranaceous on the edge, fleshy in the centre, those

on the wings larger than those on the feet. The muscular arrange-

ment is such as to allow the animal to vary the diameter of the

organ; and by their means the animals attached themselves to the

sides of the box in which they were kept, although, when sleeping,

they suspended themselves by the claws like other Bats.”

With the latter part of the above statement, referring to a mus-

cular arrangement in a sucking-disk, I am quite unable to agree.

Microscopical sections of the disk made in every direction failed to

exhibit the slightest trace of muscular fibre; and I believe that the

animal does not possess the power of varying the diameter of the

orgau by direct muscular agency. Indeed the presence of a mus-

cular arrangement in the sucking-disk of Thyroptera tricolor, such

as Senor Jimenez de la Espada refers to, would be a most remarkable

anomaly ; for this species would possess special muscles of which not

the slightest homologue could be found in any other vertebrate ani-

mal. But nature does not form complicated organs where simple

ones are equally or sufficiently effective. The remarkable sucking-

cups of Thyroptera are evidently but highly differentiated conditions

of the integuments and superficial fascia of the balls of the thumbs

and soles of the feet. This is shown by their position, by their

structure, and by the presence in other Bats of analogous conditions

of the same parts, which must be also considered homologous.

In Vesperugo nanus, Ptrs., V. tylopus, Dobson (Plate LV. figs.

1 & 3), and especially in V. pachypus, Temm. (fig. 2), the sole of the

foot is very broad, slightly concave, and almost circular in outline, so

1876. ] FEET OF CERTAIN MAMMALS. 533

much expanded as to project considerably beneath the toes. The toes

are very short and have feeble claws. The ball of the thumb covering

the metacarpo-phalangeal joint is also much expanded and flattened.

This remarkable condition of the sole of the foot and of the thumb

is seen, On examination by the microscope, to be due to the great

development of the integument and areolar tissue. In these Bats

the feet are undoubtedly adhesive, enabling them to walk on smooth

hard surfaces, where the claws could afford but slight aid in pro-

gression; but the adhesive power is evidently mach inferior to that

possessed by Thyroptera ; nevertheless the difference in structure

between the comparatively simple adhesive sole of the foot and

thamb of V’. pachypus, and the highly differentiated sucking-cups

of 7. tricolor is one of degree only.

The walls of each cup are composed, from without eluette 13

of skin (continuous with the integument of the thumb); 2, of a

middle layer of connective tissue with cartilage cells and glandular

tissue; and, 3, of a thin epithelial layer lining the concavity of the

cup, having on its surface the openings of glands, which are most

abundant near the margin of the-disk. ‘The middle layer at the

base of the cup, for a short distance around the point of its con-

nexion with the short pedicle which attaches it to the thumb,

consists almost entirely of cartilage cells, which soon become con-

siderably thinned out and replaced by another form of connective

tissue. “This connective tissue, which forms the greater part of the

walls of the suctorial disk, lying (as already described) between an

outer and inner* layer of integument, appears to consist of two

layers, that lying next the ial integument being very dense

and having a few cartilage cells, while the inner layer lying next

the thin epidermis lining the cup consists of rather broad fibres ra-

diating from the cartilaginous base of the cup towards its circum-

ference, and which cause a corresponding radiating appearance in

the cuticle lining the concavity of the cup (see Plate LV. fig. 5).

These radiating fibres no doubt suggested to Sefior Jimenez de

la Espada the idea of a muscular apparatus ; but, as I have already

remarked, no trace of muscular tissue can be detec in them or in

any other part of the disk. They are about ;4, of an inch in

diameter and extend from the cartilaginous base of the disk outwards

to within a short distance from its free margin, being separated

from each other bya thin layer of connective tissue denved from the

outer part of the middle layer. Examined under high powers and

with an immersion-lens, they appear solid and almost peracturslesds fs

Although they do not present the characters of ordinary elastic

* The terms ‘‘ outer” and “inner,” used with reference to the suctorial disk,

refer to its convex and concave surfaces, which I here, for convenience, consider

its outer and inner sides respectively.

+ Prof. Turner has kindly examined these radiating fibres for me; he says :—

“ With careful focusing I think that I can recognize traces of structure in each

fibre; there are appearances of very minute elongated nuclei, such as one sees

in tendon... .. « I am disposed, on the whole, ‘to regard them as a modifica-

tion of connective tissue, though not elastic.” Prof, Turner means by this that

they do not present the characters of what is commonly known as elastic tissue.

534 ON THE FEET OF CERTAIN MAMMALS. [June 20,

tissue, they are, I believe, elastic, and must be considered a modi-

fied condition of the corium of the sole of the foot, their form being

dependent on the direction in which the stretching force acts when

the edge of the disk is fixed.

The circular rim of the suctorial disk is composed of the free

margins of the outer and inner layers of integument (homologous re-

spectively with the integument covering the sides and soles of the foot

in other Bats) which together form a flattened elastic ring (as shown in

Plate LY. fig. 5), which, moistened by the secretions of the sudorific

glands opening on the concave surface of the disk, fits accurately to

any smooth surface on which it may be placed. The simple action

of throwing the weight of the body on the base of the cup while its

circular rim is applied to any smooth surface, is sufficient to fix it

there ; for the integumentary layers and connective tissues of which it

is composed are thereby stretched, and its concavity increased in

depth, thus causing a partial vacuum.

That these suctorial disks are not always sufficient alone to enable

the animal to climb is shown by the presence of small projections

from the posterior margin of the calcaneum (Plate LV. fig. 6), which

evidently are used to assist the foothold when climbing. In no other

species have I observed similar projections ; and this is another pecu-

liarity in which this remarkable species differs from all other Bats.

In Mystacina tuberculata (of which several peculiarities have been

described by me in a preceding paper, see above, p. 486) the sole of

the foot is formed of deeply wrinkled very lax skin, which also extends

along the inferior surface of the flattened and short legs (Plate LV.

fig. 7). The toes, in the arrangement of the integument, present a re-

markable resemblance to those of Hemidactylus (comp. fig. 8). Each

toe is divided bya central groove, from which smaller transverse grooves

proceed outwards to the margins. As I have shown (in the paper

referred to), the whole external structure of this species is peculiar :

the wings and interfemoral membrane are folded away beneath a

portion of the membrane along the sides of the body, which is spe-

cially thickened, and forms a protective case as perfect as the elytra of

a coleopterous insect, with which it is, indeed, strictly analogous ; the

extremities are very strong, and the claws armed with basal denticles

(Plate LV. fig. 7 a), so that this species is the most quadrupedal of

Bats, and also the most fitted for climbing among all the known

species of Chiroptera (except perhaps Thyroptera tricolor). Un-

doubtedly the sole of the foot and under surface of the leg are

specially modified in relation to the habits of the animal, assisting it

most materially in clinging to smooth surfaces where the claws are

unable to penetrate sufficiently deep.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LY.

Fig. 1. Foot of Vesperugo nanus, Ptrs.

1a, 4a. Thumb of ditto.

2. Foot of V. pachypus, Temm.

2a,5a. Thumb of ditto.

3. Foot of V. tylopus, Dobson.

Ais). NO JO) ea env alae

Deanea favoides 1-2.Farrea inermis 3-4

J. Dinkel, del. et bth. : W.West & Co-temp.

- fl .

are uly 7

7 ,

ie eo

a D : f

7 fos

2 Fy is)

" 7 ’

; o ,

7 :

: : : 3

r on

‘

: wf

ho ;

i | ’

Ls 9 | |

; ee 4

: i ibe oe trih|

: y. x Mer

iat

: Ui

- 7 ; 7

! >|

; ‘ A

i i

}

: 5

i ® fl

[ates On os ne

& Comp

irregularis.s— 4

W.West

Dinkel, delet bth

Farrea perarmatal-2.

1876.] DR. BOWERBANK ON SILICEO-FIBROUS SPONGES. 935

Fig. 3a, 6a. Thumb of ditto.

4, 5. View of side and concave surface of suctorial disk of Thyroptera tri-

color, Spix.

6. Foot of 7. ¢ricolor, with suctorial disk, also caleaneum with projections

from its posterior margin.

7. Foot and part of the inferior surface of the leg of Mystacina tuberculata,

Forst.

7a. Thumb of M. tuberculata, showing denticle at base of claw.

8. Foot of Hemidactylus coctei (Geckotide),

9. Hind foot of Hyrax dorsalis,

2. A Monograph of the Siliceo-fibrous Sponges. By J. 8.

Bowersank, LL.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S., &c.—Part VI.

[Received May 31, 1876.]

(Plates LVI. & LVII.)

DEANEA FAvVoIvES, Bowerbank. (Plate LVI. figs. 1, 2.)

Sponge laminar or cup-shaped, thin, resembling a thin section of

a honeycomb. Surface even. Dermis thin, translucent, aspiculous.

Oscula and pores unknown. Skeleton symmetrical, rotulate ; rotule

confluent; fibres cylindrical ; central canals large and very distinct.

Sarcode dense, opaque, ainber-coloured.

Colour, in the dried state, dark amber.

Hab. West Indies? (Captain Hunter’).

Examined in the dried state.

This is a remarkably constructed sponge. It consists of a very

open reticulate structure, closely resembling a thin slice of the cells

of the comb of the honey-bee taken at right angles to the long axis

of the cells. The parietes of these large open areas are constructed

of a confluent rotulate rete of the same form as that of the skeleton-

structure of Deanea virgultosa, described in the Society’s ‘ Proceed-

ings, 1875, p. 275 ; and, as in that species, the fibres are all canalicu-

lated and confluent, but the canals are not quite so strongly produced.

The external surface and open spaces of the sponge do not appear to

be covered with a continuous dermal membrane; but it covers the

interstices of the rotular areas of the skeleton rete, and is in those

parts thickly coated with a dense and nearly opaque layer of

sarcode.

The dermal membrane appears to pass inward and to line the in-

terior of the large open spaces of the skeleton-structure ; and in no

instance could I find even a fragment of the membranous and sar-

codous structures projected into the large open areas of the sponge,

although upon their parietes it is in a perfect state of preservation.

We may therefore reasonably infer that in a living state these great

orifices are in an open condition.

The dermal surface is quite smooth; and a comparatively thick

dense stratum of dark sarcode intervenes between the dermal mem-

brane and the siliceous skeleton.

I have no certain record of the habitat of this species ; nor am I cer-

536 DR. J.S. BOWERBANK ON [June 20,

tain to whom I am indebted for the specimens. It is probable that I

received them among other specimens of siliceo-fibrous sponges from my

late friend, Mr. Henry Deane ; and if so, its locality may be the same

as that of D.virgultosa; and I have a strong suspicion that the remains

of the sponge in course of description should be referred to that species.

The skeleton-structure is identical with that from the solid stem of

D. virgultosa, which may very probably have been the stem of a

perfect specimen of D. favoides, presuming that sponge to have been

cup-shaped and elevated on a pedestal. 1 have three fragments of —

D. favoides, apparently from the same individual, neither of which

exceeds three lines in diameter; and they exhibit very faint traces of

curvature ; so that if they have been portions of a cup-shaped sponge,

it must have been of considerable size—and are probably portions of

its distal margin, as the pieces all agree in their general character,

and no indications of approximation to the base of the cup is apparent

in either of them.

In the specimen of D. virgultosa the fibres of the rete of the stalk-

like specimen are rather stouter than those in D. favoides; but in

other respects there is a remarkably close similarity. If the former

should hereafter prove to have been the stalk or pedestal of a cup of

the latter species, this slight difference might naturally be expected

to oceur.

Another strong indication of the close alliance of the two species

exists in the peculiarities of their sarcode, which in both is extremely

dark and opaque. In D. favoides it is very abundant; but a very

small portion remains attached to the small fragment of D, virgultosa

in my possession.

Under ail the circumstances of the case I have thought it advisable

to designate them as separate species, until further information enables

us to decide the question.

FARREA INERMIS, Bowerbank. (Plate LVI. figs. 3, 4.)

Sponge cup-shaped? Dermal surfaces furnished with a quadri-

lateral, smooth, or rarely incipiently spinous siliceo-fibrous network,

rarely armed at its angles externally with short, stout, imbricated,

conical, spicular defences. Areas square or slightly oblong, regular ;

sides of the areas very rarely armed with long and slender acutely

conical spines. Fibres of the dermal rete cylindrical, nearly equable

in diameter, canaliculated irregularly. Dermal membrane thin and

pellucid, aspiculous. Internal skeleton—rete indistinct and very

irregular ; fibres slender, occasionally slightly furnished with minute

conical spines ; gemmules spherical, smooth, membranous, aspiculous,

dense and opaque.

Colour, in the dried state, dark amber.

Hab. West Indies? (Captain Hunter).

Examined in the dried state.

I received the only specimen of this sponge that 1 have seen, from

my late friend Mr. Henry Deane, among several other species of

siliceo-fibrous sponges, without any special account of its locality ;

1876. ] SILICEO-FIBROUS SPONGES. 537

but as it was accompanied by several others obtained by Captain

Hunter from the West-Indian Seas, I think it is highly probable that

is is from the same locality. It is a fragment, eight lines in length

by six in width, of a thin plate of sponge. It is slightly curved at

right angles to the primary fibres of the skeleton, which radiate

slightly from one end of the sponge; and from these indications it

is probable that it has formed a portion of a cup-shaped sponge, and

probably a rather widely expanded one. A few patches of the dermal

membranes remain adhering to the skeleton-fibres ; they are thin and

delicate in structure, and many of them are slightly coated with dark

amber-coloured sarcode, and not the slightest remains of retentive or

other spicula could be detected upon any of them.

The primary fibres of the skeleton run in nearly parallel lines in

the direction of the greatest length ; and the secondary ones are dis-

posed at right angles to the primary lines, causing the areas of the

skeleton-rete for the greater part to be uniformly square, compara-

tively a few only being slightly oblong. The secondary lines of the

exterior and interior surfaces of the sponge are very slightly less in

diameter than the primary ones; and there are straggling portions

of an intermediate layer of fibres, which are few in number and very

much more slender than any portions of the external layers. Both

the primary and secondary lines of the two outer surfaces of the ske-

leton are very smooth ; on some portions of their fibres no indication

of spines can be detected, while on others the faintest possible indi-

cations of them are perceptible; but on some of the straggling inter-

vening portions they are much more decidedly produced. On the

external or inhalant surface of the sponge there are a few well-produced

short stout imbrieated conical spicular defences, based on some of the

angles of the rete; but they are of comparatively rare occurrence,

and I could not detect them on the inner or exhalant surface. There

are also a few long slender conical defensive spines projected from the

skeleton-fibres into the interstitial spaces of the sponge; but, on the

whole, the armature of the skeleton-tissues is very meagre, and it

requires a linear power of not less than about 100 to render these

characters distinctly to the eye.

“he canaliculation of the skeleton-fibres is very unequal and irre-

gular; and they appear to be often projected in opposite directions ;

and their czecoid terminations frequently pass each other without

uniting.

Minute fragments of the interstitial membranes are seen adhering

to some of the skeleton-fibres ; they are thin and delicate in structure ;

and some of them are slightly coated with dark amber-coloured sar-

code ; and not the slightest remains of retentive or other spicula could

be detected upon any one of them.

The gemmules appear to have been very abundant in this sponge,

as there are several groups of them attached to the skeleton-fibres,

each containing a considerable number closely packed together. They

are membranous and smooth, and apparently aspiculous, but so

opaque that their contents cannot be seen. They vary slightly in

size; their average diameter measured y355 inch.

200

538 DR. J. S. BOWERBANK ON [June 20,

I have compared the structures of this sponge with other nearly

allied species without being able to assign it to any one of them.

From the paucity of its armature I have designated it, specifically,

enermis.

FARREA PERARMATA, Bowerbank. (Plate LVII. figs. 1, 2.)

Sponge cup-shaped? Surface even. Osculaand pores unknown.

Dermal system reticulated ; primary and secondary fibres cylindrical,

disposed at right angles to each other. Areas of the rete mostly

quadrilateral, occasionally oblong; fibres profusely furnished with

minute conical spinules ; canals of the fibres obsolete; areas of the

rete frequently furnished at their angles, both at the external and

internal surfaces of the inhalant surface, with large imbricated conical

defensive organs, frequently terminated with rectangulated sexradiate

organs of defence ; also with numerous separate slender rectangulated

sexradiate defensive organs and single long and slender spinulated

spines, based on the skeleton-fibres, and occasionally with rather long

and slender attenuated spines based on the fibres between their angles:

in cruciform arrangement. Nearly all the defensive organs more or

less spinulous.

Colour unknown.

Hab. West Indies (Captain Hunter, R.N.).

Examined in the dried state.

The only specimen I have seen of this sponge is a fragment of what

has apparently been a portion of a very delicate siliceo-fibrous cup.

It is seven lines in length and five lines broad. I am indebted to

my friend, Mr. J. Deane, for my possession of it. It was received,

with other siliceo-fibrous specimens of Sponges, from Captain Hunter

by my late friend, Mr. Henry Deane, of Clapham. The fragment

is slightly curved in one direction, inducing the belief that it has

formed a portion of the sides of a rather expansive cup-shaped sponge.

There are uot the slightest remains of either membranous structures

or of sarcode on any part of the well-washed specimen. The skeleton

of the sponge only remains ; but this is fortunately remarkably cha-

racteristic.

The primary and secondary lines of the skeleton are nearly or quite

equal in size, and they are generally disposed at right angles to each

other, so that the areas are usually square or more or less oblong.

All parts of the skeleton-rete are profusely and rather regularly fur-

nished with minute conical spinules ; and not the slightest indication

of the presence of central canals could be detected in any part of the

skeleton-structures.

The angles of the skeleton-rete, both externally and internally, are

frequently armed with stout imbricated conical defensive spines, which

are occasionally terminated by slender more or less perfect rectangu-

lated sexradiate defensive organs, which are rarely quite smooth, but

more frequently amply supplied with minute conical spinules. The

rectangulated sexradiate defensive organs are also often projected from

the skeleton-fibres without the intervention of the large imbricated

1876. | SILICEO-FIBROUS SPONGES. 539

spines, and they are then generally based on the skeleton-fibres at

some point between two of the angles of the skeleton-rete. In other

cases four long slender spines are projected in opposite directions from

the skeleton-fibres, so disposed as to.form a symmetrical cross. In

fact, there appears to be no end of variations in the form and mode of

disposition of these defensive organs; and they are at the same time

exceedingly numerous and very irregularly distributed. At some parts

they are disposed singly at intervals, while in other parts a considerable

number are congregated within a small space.

Although the discriminative characters in the specimen of this

sponge are in this instance so few in number, they are fortunately so

striking, and so different from those of other nearly allied species,

that there will be little difficulty hereafter in recognizing the species

in a more perfect condition by the peculiar specific characters afforded

by the skeleton and its elaborate system of armature.

FarREA IRREGULARIS, Bowerbank. (Plate LVII. figs. 3, 4.)

Sponge laminar, cup-shaped? Surface even. Oscula and pores

unknown. Dermal membrane thin, aspiculous. Skeleton siliceo-

fibrous ; fibres cylindrical, irregular in size; rete occasionally rect-

angulated, but more frequently irregular ; central canals very slender,

often Piaplece! Interstitial defences rectangulated sexradiate, few in

number, very small. Sarcode dark, opaque, aspiculous.

Colour, in the dried state, dark amber.

Hab. Algiers (Mr. Henry Deane).

Examined in the dried state.

The only specimen that I have seen of this species is a thin plate

of it, eight lines in length by five in breadth, which, from its slight

curvature in one direction, has apparently formed part of a cup-shaped

sponge. Iam indebted to my friend Mr. Charles Tyler for it; and

he informed me that it was presented to him by our late friend Mr.

Henry Deane, and that its habitat was Algiers.

The structures of the dermal surface are even, but much cormpli-

cated ; and the intervening skeleton-tissues to a great extent have the

same character.

A few very minute portions of the dermal and interstitial mem-

branes remained, upon each of which there is a thin film of dark

amber-coloured sarcode ; but I could not, with a power of 100 linear,

discover the slightest remains of retentive or defensive spicula upon

any of them. Small irregular dense masses of opaque sareode are

adherent to some portions of the interstitial skeleton ; but they also

appeared to be quite destitute of retentive spicula.

The configurations of the skeleton of both the inhalant and exha-

lant surfaces are very irregular in the mode of the disposition of their

skeleton-structures ; and the fibres also of which they are composed

are very unequal in size. For small spaces the rete sometimes

assumes a quadrangular form ; but the more general mode is very

irregular.

The skeleton consists of several layers of reticulate structure ; but

540 DR. BOWERBANK ON SILICEO-FiIBROUS SFONGES. [June 20,

the intermediate portions between the inhalant and exhalant surfaces

are so completely intermingled that it cannot be determined with cer-

tainty how many of them there are. The fibres also of which they

are composed are very variable; some of them, and especially the

largest ones, are nearly quite destitute of minute spmules, while others

of small diameter abound in them in an incipient state of development.

The central canals of the fibres are also very irregularly developed :

in some parts they are obsolete; in others they are visible, but are

of extreme tenuity ; they rarely appear continuous for any distance ;

and frequently they terminate abruptly. The same irregularity

is apparent with the interstitial defensive organs. A few single

slender small attenuated spines are observable on the fibres of the

skeleton, disposed at considerable distances from each other ; they

are very variable in size and mode of disposition. A few rectangu-

lated sexradiate defensive organs are also present at considerable

intervals. They are mostly very minute, requiring a power of about

200 linear to render them distinctly to the eye; and if of larger di-

mensions, they are often abnormal and distorted in form.

The prevailing irregularities in the structure of this species, in

addition to the more positive specific characters, will readily separate

it from other nearly allied species with which we are acquainted.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Pratt LVI.

Fig. 1 represents a portion of one of the pieces of Deanea favoides, exhibiting

the dark sarcodous development of the skeleton on one part, and the

denuded rotulate skeleton on the other portion, X86 lnear.

. A small portion of the confluent rotulate skeleton of the specimen repre-

sented by fig. 1, showing the structure of the rotule and the central

canals of the fibre, * 80 linear.

. Farrea inermis: a portion of the skeleton, exhibiting its general struc-

ture and the paucity of its armature, and a small piece of its mem-

branous structure, with numerous gemmules embedded upon it at a,

936 linear,

. The group of gemmules represented at a, fig. 38, x 80 linear.

iw)

Prare LVII.

Fig. 1 represents a portion of the skeleton of Farrea perarmata, with the manner

of the disposition of its abundant armature, X61 linear.

2. A small portion of the specimen represented by fig. 1, exhibiting the

structure of the defensive organs, x 123 linear.

3 represents a portion of the skeleton of Farrea irregularis, exhibiting the

intricate and irregular structure of its rete, x31 linear.

4, a, 6, c. Examples of the varieties in size and of the distortions of form

of the interstitial sexradiate defensive organs, x 128 linear.

PL. 2: 16/6. Pye Vea

ALT .Hollick del, + lith.

W. West & CS imp.

Egyptian Spiders.

PZ 5 18/6 Pie

AT, Hollick del, et lith = a 7 ; W. West & C° imp:

Hayptian. spiders:

1876.] REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPIIAN SPIDERS. a4]

3. Catalogue of a Collection of Spiders made in Egypt,

with Descriptions of new Species and Characters of a

new Genus. By the Rev. O. P. Camarines, M.A.,

C.M.Z.S., and Hon. Memb. New-Zeal. Institute.

[ Received May 31, 1876.]

(Plates LVIII.-LX.)

Since the time of Savigny, who, in conjunction with Audouin

(A.p. 1809-13), figured and described about eighty-four species of

Araneidea in his ereat work on Egypt, very little has been done in

this particular branch of Eg gyptian zoology. The chief, if not all, of

the later additions to the known Spiders of those regions are several

species of Drassides (a portion of the present collection) published

in the ‘ Proceedings’ of the Zoological Society, 1872, pp. 224-247,

and nineteen others of the same family and pallee iat likewise pub-

lished in the Zoological Society’s ‘ Proceedings,’ 1874, p. 370 et seq.

Dr. Ludwig Koch: also records and describes, i in ‘ Aigyptische und

Abyssinische Arachniden,’ Nurnberg, 1875, nineteen species of

Araneidea, found near Cairo by Herr C. Jickeli. Egyptian ento-

mology in general appears to have received comparatively little

attention, considering the great number of tourists and naturalists

who have visited the Nile during the last fifteen or twenty years.

Probably this has arisen in a creat measure from the superior at-

tractions offered by the birds of that rich ornithological region; a

strong and very decided love of Insects and Arachnids would be

required to make these more attractive to most travellers than the

numerous feathered tribes. There are regions of the world where

the size, the number, and the beauty (or ugliness, as it may be) of

the Insect and Arachnid orders almost oblige the most indifferent

observers to note and collect them ; but Egypt i is decidedly not such

a region. We have a strong proof of this in a lately published

lecture on the Rambles of a Naturalist in Egypt, by Mr. J. H.

Gurney, jun. ; a notice before me of this lecture says, “ Mr. Gurney

briefly alluded to the entomology of the country, which appears to

consist of fleas, flies, and mosquitoes.” It would argue a tough

skin, and indifference to entomology indeed, were a naturalist, or

any other traveller, to pass over these without notice, so very close

and persistent are their attentions; and perhaps more attention

would be paid to entomology (in a wider sense) were their attentions

rather less pertinacious. As it is, however, the “ fleas, flies, and

mosquitoes” are numerous and persistent enough to make it im-

possible to escape them, while others of this class (Spiders included)

are comparatively scarce, and, generally speaking, so little attractive,

from their usually small size and sombre colouring, as to require

close observation and careful search to obtain any thing like a fair

representation of their indigenous forms. Still any naturalist with

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1876, No. XXXVI. 36

542 REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN SPIDERS. [June 20,

good health and a love of the subject would find ample reward for

any real work among the Insects and Spiders of the Lower Nile

basin. My own work there during about eleven weeks, between the

middle of January and the middle of April 1864, from Alexandria

to Assonan, resulted in a collection of several hundred species of

Insects of all orders, besides the 164 species of Spiders contained in

the present list, as well as some few Acaridea and Scorpionidea.

Rather more than one third of the Spiders belong to the two families

Drassides and Salticides, these being also the two families even more

numerously represented, absolutely as well as proportionally, in

Syria and Palestine than in Egypt (see P. Z. S. 1872, p. 214). In

those countries they comprise 117 species, or nearly one half of the

Araneidea met with, while the numbers found in Egypt are 56.

The dry and desert nature of both Palestine and Egypt are alike

favourable to the development of the Drassides and Salticides ; and

many of the species are common to both countries. Suffering a

good deal from climatic influences, I was unable to work very hard.

Except for this and some other reasons, I feel no doubt but that the

number of Spiders in my collection would have been nearly, if not

quite, doubled ; and if so, it is evident that there remains yet much

to be done in order to exhaust the Egyptian species of this order.

Of the total (164 species), 91 appeared to be new to science ; 62 of

these are now described for the first time, while the remainder

(principally, as before mentioned, of the Drassides and Salticides)

have been already described, P. Z.S. 1872 and 1874. One Spider

alone in the collection appears to require the formation of a new

genus for its reception, see p. 596. This Spider is of the family

Lycosides, and is allied to the genus Do/omedes ; it was found in a

swamp near the canal about three miles from Alexandria.

Comparing the numbers of genera and families with those found

in Syria and Palestine, their very near similarity is remarkable. 19

families, comprising 59 genera, are the numbers in the latter district,

while those of Egypt are respectively 17 and 60. In the present

list, however, the Latreillian genus Sa/¢icus is divided into eight

generic (or subgeneric) groups; if this had been also done in the

Palestine list, the number of genera would have been there 66

instead of 59 ; but even then the totals are remarkably near to each

other. Comparing these results with those I have obtained in Great

Britain (at present one of the best-, or perhaps the best-worked

European district in respect to the Araneidea), we find here 78

genera distributed among 14 families, 4 South-European families

being unrepresented. This comparison might have been extended

to the results obtained in Sweden by M. Westring and Dr. T.

Thorell, as well as in Italy by Dr. P. Pavesi, and in Algeria by

Mons. H. Lucas ; but it seems best at present to confine it to those

results obtained by, as nearly as possible, an identical system of

generic and family limitation, since a difference of system would

necessarily produce a different result in regard to the numbers of

families and genera. I should have liked to have been able to

make a more certain collation of the Egyptian Spiders with those of

1876.] REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN SPIDERS. 943

Algeria, inasmuch as, from the nature of their geographical and

physical conditions, the faunas of Egypt and Algeria must have very

much in common; my collection, however, of Algerian Spiders is too

scanty for this purpose, and I have not been able to get access to

any others. So far as I can make out with tolerable certainty, about

eighteen species only of the following list appear to be identical with

species found in Algeria. ‘The determination, however, of closely

allied species by means of descriptions and figures alone is very un-

certain work ; and thus I have in many cases hesitated to determine,

from these alone, their synonymic identity. And so, again, in some

instances I may perhaps have described as new, species already de-

scribed by M. Lucas in his great Algerian work ; but this, of the two,

appears to me a less evi] than that of including, as synonymic,

species not certainly identified as similar.

A list is added to this paper of those Egyptian Spiders, so far as I

have been able to ascertain them, not found by myself, but described

and recorded by other authors. his considerably swells the number

of known species, but adds nothing to the numbers of indigenous

families and genera contained in my own list. Thus the total

number of Egyptian Araneidea known to the present time appears

to be 226.

Out of the 164 species found by myself, 29 are identical with

species described and figured by Savigny and Audouin, and the

numbers (of species of all genera) common to Egypt and Palestine

are 48,

Order ARANEIDEA.

Family FinisTa tives.

Genus Friisratra (Latr.).

FILISTATA TESTACEA.

Filistata testacea, Latr. Considérations, p. 12; Cours d’Ento-

mologie, p. 512.

F’, attalica, Koch, Die Arachn. v. p. 6, pl. 146. fig. 343; Cambr.

Spid. Palest. & Syria, P. Z.S. 1872, p. 216.

Adult females and a single adult male of this species were found

in crevices of the bark of palm and other trees, and in the interstices

of old walls, near Alexandria and in several other parts of Egypt.

The Spider recorded P. Z.S. /. c. is, I think, of the same species

as the one here noticed. At the time of drawing up the list of

Palestine Spiders I had some doubts on this point; but at present

I consider them to be identical with each other, as well as with

F. attalica, Koch, and F. testacea, Latr. JF. bicolora, Walck., is

also probably identical with these.

The calamistrum on the metatarsi of the fourth pair of legs differs

from that of other Spiders possessing it, both in extent and position.

In the present species it consists of a few strong curved spine-like

bristles in a longitudinal series, situated on a sharpish ridge, a little

depressed, close to the hinder extremity on the inner side of the

joint. The inframammillary organ, although present, aS Hut easily

36*

o44 REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON FGYPTIAN SPIDERS, | June 20,

seen at first, owing to the numerous and strong hairs with which it

is concealed.

FILIsTATA PUTA, Sp. Nn.

Adult female, length 23 lines (nearly).

This Spider is very nearly allied to I’. ¢estacea, Latr., but differs

from it in the whole of the fore part (including the legs and palpi)

being of a clear straw-yellow colour. The cephalothorax has no

dark - margins ; nor is there any dark longitudinal band on the hinder

part of the caput, nor on each side of the clypeus, as in I’, testacea ;

the legs also are quite immaculate. The colour of the abdomen is a

dull yellow, slightly tinged with brown. If the specimen here de-

scribed be of the normal adult size, it is also a much smaller species

than F. testacea. The eyes of the hind central pair are smaller in

proportion to the hind laterals than in that species; otherwise their

position and relative size are very nearly similar.

An adult and immature females were found in interstices of walls

at Alexandria in April 1864. :

Gen. (cosgrus, Luce.

(Econius putus, sp. n. (Plate LVIII. fig. 1.)

Adult male, length 13 line.

In colours and general appearance this Spider is very similar to

G. templi; but it is larger, and the legs have on the metatarsi and

tarsi (of the fourth pair at least) several distinct and tolerably strong

prominent spines. ‘The eyes are not so large. The interval between

those of the central pair (which are the largest of the eight) is equal

to an eye’s diameter; and the two posterior flattened angular eyes

are much smaller. The armature also of all the femora is of a

much more spinous character. The abdomen is more thickly covered

with white cretaceous spots; and the cruciform marking on the upper

side is better defined, though of a similar character. The palpi are

thickly furnished with fine pale hairs; the digital joints are much

larger than those of G. templi, and the palpal organs more pro-

minent and developed. Their structure, although on the same

general plan, is distinctly different in the development of their

processes. From (2. domesticus it may also be distinguished by its

larger size and the structure of the palpal organs, as well as by the

other marks noted above.

An adult and three immature males, as well as two immature

females, were found under small sheets of web on the walls of one of

the temples of Upper Egypt, between Denderah and Assouan; but

having lost the notes made at the time, I cannot be certain as to the

exact locality.

The females had all the leg-armature, including the calamistrum,

rubbed off against other specimens in the bottle of spirits in which

they came home; but the inframammillary organ is plainly visible

both in the females and males.

Two adult males and ten females were found among the ruins of

1876.] REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN SPIDERS. 540

the Temple of Phile, in Upper Egypt, where they were concealed

under small sheets of web spun in the angles and superficial in-

equalities of the columns and walls.

CEcoBIUS TEMPLI, sp.n. (Plate LVIII. fs. 2.)

Adult male, length 13 line.

This plainly coloured Spider i is nearly allied to Gcobius domesticus,

Lucas, from which it may be distinguished by the much smaller

size of the digital joint of the palpus and palpal orgaus and the

different structure of the latter; the eyes also are larger in propor-

tion and more closely grouped together.

The general form and appearance of this species is similar to that

of all the other known species. The cephalothorazx is pale yellow,

thinly clothed with hairs, a fine irregular blackish line runs back

from each of the two hindermost eyes; and the two lines converge

into a single one at the thoracic junction; the impression by which

this junction is marked is large and roundish.

The eyes are in the ordinary position, and may be either described

as in two lateral, longitudinal, curved rews of three each, between

which, towards the fore side of the area thus enclosed, are two others

(central ones) in a transverse line; or else they may be described as

in the usual position of two transverse curved rows of four each ;

perhaps it will be most convenient to speak of them, m regard to

their relative size and situation, as in the former position: the two

central eyes are largest of the eight and are separated from each

other by less than a diameter’s interval, each being near but not

contiguous to the foremost eye of the lateral row, on its side; the

posterior eye of each lateral row is flattened, obliquely placed,

and of an elongated curviangular form (the base of the triangle

being in front), and each is contiguous to the next eye of the same

row; the interval between the angles of the two posterior eyes

nearest to each other is about equal to the base of each of these eyes.

The legs are rather long and slender, of a tapering form and pale

yellow colour, but not greatly differing in length, their relative

length appearing to be 4, 3, 2, 1, ? and they are sparingly furnished

with hairs of varied length, but no spies properly so called.

The palpi are not very long, but strong, and similar in colour to

the legs, the palpal organs giving a yellow brown hue to the digital

joint ; the radial as well as cubital joints are short, and devoid of

projections or apophyses ; the digital joint is large, though less than

that of G2. domesticus, Luc. ; the palpal organs are prominent and

have some strong processes directed backwards and inwards: these

processes although of a different form and less developed than those

of other species, require a good magnified drawing to show their

differences ; no description could do this.

The falces are rather short, slender, and vertical; their colour is

similar to that of the cephalothorax.

The maville, labium, and sternum are of normal form and cha-

racter ; and their colour is similar to that of the legs.

The atdomen is oval and (looked at in profile) higher at its ante-

546 REV, O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN SPIDERS. [June 20,

rior than at its posterior extremity; it is rather depressed, and

projects considerably over the base of the cephalothorax ; its colour

is a dull testaceous yellow covered with irregular cretaceous white

spots, leaving, however, near the fore half of the upperside, a tolerably

well-defined longitudinal central cruciform dull brownish marking ;

the shaft of the cross tapers to a point posteriorly, near which, gene-

rally, an oblique line goes off on either side; the spinners are normal ;

in front of the usual six is an inframammillary organ similar to that

of other spiders whose females, like the present, have a calamistrum

on the metatarsi of the fourth pair of legs; the anus bas the same

curious fringe as other species of this and the allied genus (Uroctea,

Duf.).

The female resembles the male in general characters, but is rather

larger, and often has two or more indistinct brownish spots on the

hinder part of the abdomen; as above mentioned, the metatarsi of

the fourth pair of legs has a calamistrum, or series of curved bristles,

concluded to be intended for carding the silk emitted from the infra-

mammillary organs. Mons. Eugene Simon (Les Arachnides de France,

ii. p. 6) doubts the existence of these organs, and of the calamistrum,

in this genus, or at least significantly remarks that he has been unable

to discover them in any species he has examined. I do not, however,

feel the smallest doubt that these characters will be found in all the

species— oth in the females, one (inframammillary organ) at least

in the males. The hairs on the legs of these Spiders (together with

those of the calamistrum), appear to be more easily rubbed off than

in most other Spiders ; and hence several females of this species have

no hairs or bristles on the legs at all. Possibly M. Simon has only

met with examples whose legs have accidentally been denuded of

their armature. Undoubtedly a female of Gcobius domesticus, Luc.,

sent me from Tangier by M. Simon himself, has a calamistrum well

marked on one of the posterior legs, but no trace of any on the other.

The bristles forming this organ are proportionally longer and slenderer

than in many other spiders similarly armed. The inframammillary

organ, although narrow and, like that of other spiders, only just

elevated above the surrounding surface, is yet, I think, unmistakable

in both sexes of all the species known to me (ten in number). M.

Simon thinks that I have mistaken a mere transverse fold of the

skin for it; if he will, however, examine this fold under a strong

magnifier, I think its mammillary nature will be sufficiently evident.

(EcoBIUS ANNULIPES.

Gcobius annulipes, Lucas, Explor. en Algérie, vol. iv. p. 102,

plea: fig. 2:

A single adult female of this Spider was found under a stone in

Upper Egypt.

Gen. Urocrea, Duf.

UROcTEA LIMBATA.

Clotho limbata, C. Koch, Die Arachn.

An adult male and several females were found under stones at

Alexandria in April 1864.

1876.] REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN SPIDERS. 047

M. Simon (Les Arachnides de France, ii. p. 5) states that U. du-

randi, Walck., is also found in Egypt; I did not, however, meet with

it myself there, though I found it shortly afterwards in the crevices

of old olive-trees at Corfu, whence it could only be extracted by

inserting a piece of stick, jagged at the end, into the crevice, and

twisting it into the strong silken nest, whea the whole with its

occupant could now and then be drawn safely out.

Gen. ARIADNE, Sav.

ARIADNE INSIDIATRIX.

Ariadne insidiatriz, Savigny, Egypte, p. 109, pl. i. fig. 3.

An adult female among débris of an old mud wall near Cairo, in

January 1864.

Gen. DyspeEra, Latr.

DysDERA LATA.

Dysdera lata, Reuss-Wider. Mus. Senckenb. tom. i. p. 201.

Several examples which, after careful examination, I believe to be

of this species, were found under stones at Alexandria in April 1864.

None of theseSexamples were adult ; this determination, therefore,

cannot be considered absolntely certain, since there are several nearly

allied species, such as D. erocote, C. Koch, and D. maurusia, Thor.,

of which the immature examples appear almost to defy certain de-

termination.

Gen. Oonoprs, Templeton.

Oonops scuratus, sp. n. (Plate LVIII. fig. 24.)

Adult male, length 17 line.

This Spider is very closely allied to Oonops loricatus, Sim. ; it is,

however, larger, the measurement of that species (taken from two

examples kindly sent to me by M. Simon) not exceeding three

fourths of a line in length; the abdomen of the present spider is

also of a rather narrower form, but more convex above, and far more

glossy and polished on its upper surface, while in colours and some

other characters there is but little apparent difference.

The cephalothorax is oval, strongly constricted laterally at the

caput ; the thoracic junctional point is (looked at in profile) of an

angular form, and elevated above the level of the rest of the cephalo-

thorax, the hinder slope being abrupt; it is of a bright orange-

brown colour; and the sides and hinder part are thickly covered

with minute tubercles or granulosities, which in some positions assume

the appearance of punctures.

The eyes are large, six in number, closely grouped together, and

occupy nearly the whole of the upperside of the fore extremity of

the caput, where they form a quadrilateral figure whose foremost

side is considerably shorter than the hinder one; they do not differ

much in size, and are all of a more or less oval shape ; those of the

hind central pair are closely contiguous to each other, their sides of

contact being flattened and so closely joined as almost to conceal the

junction. The eyes of each lateral pair are very near together, but

548 REY. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN SPIDERS. [June 20,

not quite contiguous to each other, each fore lateral eye being also

equally close to the hind central eye on its side, and each hind lateral

eye still closer (almost contiguous) to the hind central nearest to

it ; the interval between those of the front row (or the fore laterals)

is about equal to their longest diameter; the height of the clypeus,

which projects a little at its lower margin, is rather less than half

that of the facial space.

The /egs are moderately long and strong, of a lightish orange-

yellow colour; and their relative length appeared to be 4, 1, 2, 3;

the femora are the strongest, especially at their posterior extremities,

which are abruptly enlarged on the upperside close to the arti-

culation, but run evenly thence to the anterior extremities ; they

are furnished, but not very thickly, with hairs; the tibiee and meta-

tarsi of the first and second pairs are armed beneath with a double

series of long and strong sessile spines; the other two pairs of legs

have bristles (or very slender spines) in a similar situation ; each

tarsus terminates with two curved claws springing from a distinct

supernumerary claw- (or heel) joint.

The pa/pi are short and not very strong; their colour is yellow,

paler than that of the legs; and they are furnished with hairs and

bristles ; the cubital and radial joints are short, the former is bent

downwards, the latter is rather the longest and strongest ; the digital

joint is narrow, tapering from the middle to the fore extremity, and

no broader than, but almost double as long as, the radial; the palpal

organs consist of a very large and promiment oval yellowish lobe

with a largish curved, pale brownish yellow, pointed process at its

anterior extremity.

The falces are moderately long, but not very strong, directed

backwards towards the labium, furnished in front with bristly hairs,

and similar in colour to the cephalothorax.

The mazille and labium are of normal form, the latter being

rather large; these parts, with the sternum, are similar to the legs

in colour.

The abdomen is of an oval form, moderately convex above, and

covered both above and below (like O. punctatus Cambr., and

O. loricatus, Sim.) with a bright reddish yellow-brown somewhat

corneous scutum, the approximate edges, according as they are

more or less separated, showing a greater or less interval of pale

yellowish membranous integument. It appears, from observations

made by M. Simon, ‘‘Arandides nouv. ou peu connus du midi de

PEurope,”’ Mém. Liége, 2° sér. t. v. p. (sep. cop.) 45, that the

Spider he describes has the power to bring the edges of this supra-

abdominal and subabdominal scutum together, or to separate them,

at will; the spiracular plates are contmuous with each other, and,

extending forwards, cover the pedicle by which the abdomen is

connected with the cephalothorax ; this pedicle is longer and more

distinctly developed than in most other Spiders; the upper scutum

is very highly polished and glossy, and it is thinly but evenly

covered with minute tubercles, each of which supports a fine bristly

hair: the spinners are short and inconspicuous ; they are enclosed

1876.] REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN SPIDERS. 549

below by a narrow reddish yellow-brown semicircular band of a

similar nature to the scutum with which the abdomen is covered.

When the edges of the upper and lower scutum are brought

together, they enclose and conceal the spinners. The spiracular

Openings are four in number, the two extra ones being smaller

than the others and situated one close behind each of the two

ordinary openings; M. Simon, /. c. pp. 41, 42, says that he has

been unable to discover these extra openings in any species of Oonops

that has come before him ; they are, however, plainly visible in the

two examples of O. loricatus which I received from him, though

less plainly in O. punctatus Cambr. In the type of the genus,

O. pulcher, Templ., owing to the minuteness of the Spider, and (after

it has been some time in spirit of wine) pale colour of the ab-

domen, the hinder spiracular openings are very difficult to be seen ;

indeed in some examples I am quite unable to detect them ; in one

or two, however, I can discern them sufficiently to be quite convinced

that the species possesses them ; only, being the merest possible

slits, they cannot in general be seen with an ordinary lens. It

would be strange indeed if they were really wanting in O. pulcher,

while so unmistakably present in O. scutatus, and O. loricatus, as

well as in the species next described (O. pauper), which last is very

nearly allied to O. puleher, and in another undescribed species allied

to O. scutatus, received from Ceylon; all these Spiders are, as it

appears to me, generically quite identical.

Three examples of O. scutatus (one male and two females) were

found by myself under stones near Alexandria in April 1864.

OoNOPS PAUPER, 0. sp.

Adult female, length 1+ line.

The cephalothorax, falces, maxille, labium, and sternum of

this Spider are of a dull orange-yellow colour, the legs and palpi

being pale straw-yellow, and the abdomen dull whity brown.

The cephalothorax is short, broad behind, and strongly con-

stricted laterally at the caput ; the normal indentations are tolerabl

strongly marked ; and the height of the clypeus is equal to half that

of the facial space; the highest pot (looked at sideways) is at the

thoracic junction, whence it runs by an evenly curved slope to the

clypeus, the hinder slope not being very abrupt; the clypeus is

furnished with some minute tubercles, each of which was probably

furnished with a bristly hair; but if so, these had been rubbed off

before this description was made.

The eyes are large, seated on black tubercular spots, and occupy

the whole width of the fore part of the caput ; their position is the

same as that of those of O. pulcher (Templ.), but they are far more

circular in shape; the hind lateral and central eyes form a slightly

curved row, whose convexity is directed forwards ; those of the

central pair are as nearly as possible contiguous to each other ; and

each is separated by rather less than its diameter’s distance from the

hind lateral nearest to it; the hind laterals have a strong sideway

and backward direction, and each is very near, but not quite con-

550 REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN SPIDERS. [June 20,

tiguous to its fore lateral eye ; the interval between the fore laterals

is equal to very nearly two diameters ; those of each lateral pair are

placed obliquely, and are rather smaller than those of the central

air.

: The Jegs are rather long and slender, except the femoral joints ;

their relative length appears to be 4, 1, 2, 3. Whatever their arma-

ture may have been, it was entirely rubbed off before this

description was prepared.

The palpi are rather long, slender, and similar in colour to the

legs ; the digital joint is cylindrical and exceeds in length the radial

and cubital joints together.

The falces are long, tolerably strong and straight, but strongly

directed backwards to the labium; and their front surface is thinly

covered with minute, and probably pilose, reddish brown tubercles.

The maxilla and labium are forced backwards into a direction

perpendicular to the sternum, owing to the strong backward direction

of the falees. Their form is thus very difficult to be ascertained, but

it appears to be similar to that of the other species of this genus.

The abdomen is short, oval in form, considerably convex above,

and does not project over the base of the cephalothorax ; the con-

necting pedicle being distinct. Four spiracular springs are plainly

visible, the two extra ones being placed not far behind the ordinary

pair. The spinners are short; those of the inferior are much the

strongest. A single example was found under a stone at Alexandria

in April 1864.

Fam. DRASSIDES.

Gen. Gnapuosa, Latr.

GNAPHOSA PLUMALIS.

Gnaphosa plumalis, Cambr. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1872, p. 225, pl. xv.

fig. 3.

An adult male of this Spider was found under a stone at Alexan-

dria.

GNAPHOSA CONSPERSA.

Gnaphosa conspersa, Cambr. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1872, p. 230. pl. xv.

fig. 5.

An adult male and female, besides immature examples of both

sexes, were found under stones near the pyramid of Ghizeh.

GNAPHOSA PROCERA.

Gnaphosa procera, Cambr. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1874, p. 373, pl. 1.

fig. 2.

This Spider is very Similar in size, general form, structure,

colours and markings to G. conspersa, but may be readily dis-

tinguished by the special form and structure of the palpi and palpal

organs ; examples of both sexes in the adult state were found under

stones near Alexandria.

1876.] REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN SPIDERS. 5

GNAPHOSA MARGINATA.

Gnaphosa marginata, Cambr. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1874, p. 374,

plo ly fis. 3.

A single adult female was found among the ruins of an old wall

near Cairo.

GNAPHOSA VENATRIX.

Gnaphosa venatrix, Cambr. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1874, p. 375, pl.

li. fig. 4.

A single adult male of this Spider, which is nearly allied to G.

plumalis, Cambr., was found at Alexandria. The form of the

radial joints of the palpi will serve to distinguish it at once from its

near allies.

Gen. Drassus, Walck.

DRASSUS MUNDULUS.

Drassus mundulus, Cambr. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1872, p. 324, pl. xv.

fig. 11.

An adult male and female were found among the ruins of an old

wall at Cairo.

DRASSUS SENILIS.

Drassus senilis, Cambr. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1872, p. 236, pl. xv.

fig. 13.

An adult female was found under a stone near Alexandria.

DRaAssus INFUMATUS.

Drassus infumatus, Cambr. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1872, p. 238, pl.

xv. fig. 16.

An adult example of each sex was found under the ruins of an

old mud wall near Cairo.

DRAssUS ORNATUS.

Drassus ornatus, Cambr. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1874, p. 388.

A single example of the female was found under a piece of stone,

near Alexandria.

DRASSUS CAMPESTRATUS.

Drassus campestratus, Cambr. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1874, p. 392,

pl. figs ity.

An adult male was found under a stone near Alexandria.

Drassus ALEXANDRINUS.

Drassus alexandrinus, Cambr. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1874, p. 393,

pls lis fis. 18.

A single adult male was found among the débris of an old wall

near Alexandria.

992 REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN SPIDERS. [June 20,

DRASSUS &GYPTIUS.

Drassus egyptius, Cambr. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1874, p. 394, pl. li.

fig. 19.

An adult male and female were found under stones at Alexandria.

DRaAssus VULPINUS.

Drassus vulpinus, Cambr. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1874, p. 397, pl. li.

fig. 22.

A single adult female was found in an old building at Cairo.

DRASSUS DENOTATUS.

Drassus denotatus, Cambr. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1874, p. 398, pl. li.

fig. 24.

A single adult female at Cairo.

DRASSUS PUGNAX.

Drassus pugnax, Cambr. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1874, p. 399, pl. hi.

fig. 25.

An adult male was found among the debris of an old wall at

Cairo,

Gen. Prostruesima, L. Koch.

PROSTHESIMA L&ETA,

Prosthesima lata, Cambr. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1872, p. 241, pl. xv.

fig: 19.

An adult male, together with an immature example of each sex,

were found under stones near Cairo.

PROSTHESIMA PICINA.

Prosthesima picina, Cambr. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1872, p. 242, pl.

xv. fig. 20.

An adult female under a stone near Alexandria.

PROSTHESIMA TRISTICULA.

Prosthesima tristicula, Cambr. Proc. Zool. Soe. 1874, p. 377,

pl. li. fig. 6.

A single adult male was found under a piece of rock near

Alexandria.

PROSTHESIMA CURINA.

Prosthesima curina, Cambr. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1874, p. 379.

An adult male, under a stone at Alexandria.

PROSTHESIMA NILICOLA.

Prosthesima nilicola, Cambr. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1874, p. 350,

plilis tess:

A single example of the adult male was found under a stone near

Alexandria.

1876.] REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN SPIDERS. 953

PROSTHESIMA MOLLIS.

Prosthesima mollis, Cambr. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1874, p. 381, pl. li.

fig. 9.

An adult female under a stone near Alexandria.

PROSTHESIMA PALLIDA.

Prosthesima pallida, Cambr. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1874, p. 383, pl.

lite. le

A single example of each sex in the adult state were found under

stones near Alexandria.

PROSTHESIMA INAURATA.

Prosthesima inaurata, Cambr. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1872, p. 246,

pl. xv. fig. 26.

An adult male and female were found under stones near Alexan-

dria.

Gen. Micarta, Westr.

MICARIA CINCTA.

Micaria cinecta, L. Koch, Die Arachn.-Fam. der Drassid. p. 53,

pl. iii. figs. 36, 37.

An adult of each sex under a stone at Alexandria.

Gen. CHEIRACANTHIUM, Koch.

CHEIRACANTHIUM DUBIUM, Cambr. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1874,

p- 403, pl. hi. fig. 28.

A single adult male at Alexandria.

CHEIRACANTHIUM EQUESTRE.

Cheiracanthium equestre, Cambr. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1874, p. 404,

ie 5

pl. li. fig. 29.

An adult example of each sex near Cairo.

CHEIRACANTHIUM ISIACUM.

Cheiracanthium isiacum, Cambr. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1874, p. 407,

pl. li. fig. 31.

Adults of both sexes on low plants in the neighbourhood of Cairo.

CHEIRACANTHIUM TENUISSIMUM.

Cheiracanthium tenuissimum, L. Koch, Die Arachn.-Fam. Drassid.

p. 264, pl. x. figs. 161-163.

An adult female at Alexandria.

CHEIRACANTHIUM ANNULIPES.

Cheiracanthium annulipes, Cambr. Spid. of Palest. & Syria, P.Z.S,

1872, p. 254, pl. xvi. fig. 36.

An aduit female at Cairo.

554 REY. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN SPIDERS. [June 20,

Fam. PALPIMANIDES.

Gen. Patpimanus, Duf.

PALPIMANUS H4&MATINUS !

Palpimanus hematinus, C. Koch, Die Arachn. iii. p. 21, pl. 80.

fiz. 179.

A female, which I take to be perhaps of this species, was found in

the neighbourhood of Alexandria in 1864; and it appears to be

identical with examples found in Palestine in 1865. I have since,

however, had occasion to doubt whether these are, or not, the true P.

hematinus of C. Koch; they are certainly different from a closely

allied species which I found subsequently in Corfu and at Smyrna.

This latter species may be the true P. hematinus, C. K., coming, as

it does, nearly from the same region as the type of Koch’s species.

The Spiders of this genus are very nearly allied to each other, and

are remarkably similar in their general characters and appearance ;

and it will require a close comparison of their respective genital

organs to determine the species with any certainty.

PALPIMANUS SAVIGNYI.

Platyscelum savignyi, Aud. in Sav. Egypte, p. 167, pl. vii. figs.

Ger

Two females, certainly distinct from that last noted, were found

in ascending the Nile from Cairo to Thebes. My note of the exact

locality has been mislaid ; but I feel little doubt that these are of the

same species as that mentioned in the synonym above quoted.

Fam. ERESIDES.

Gen. Eresus, Duf.

ERESUS PETAGNS.

Eresus petagne, Aud. in Sav. Egypte, pl. iv. fig. 11.

Adult and immature females of this species were found under

stones near Alexandria. But for M. Simon’s opinion (“ Note sur

la famille des Ereside,’? Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 5° sér. tom. iii. 1873,

p- 357), I should have considered this species to have been identical

with EHresus imperialis, Buf. (= L. frontalis, Latr.)

ERESUS DUFOURII.

Eresus dufourti, Aud. in Sav. Egypte, p. 151, pl. iv. fig. 7.

Immature examples of this very distinct species were found on

low plants on the edge of the desert above Assouan. I have

received from Italy adults of both sexes of a species which I believe

to be identical with the present. It is a small species, the adult

male measuring only 22 lines in length, while that of the adult

female is no more than 3 lines.

1876.] REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN SPIDERS. 555

Fam. DictTyNipDEs.

Gen. Dicryna, Sund.

DicTYNA INNOCENS.

Ergatis innocens, Cambr. Spid. Palest. & Syria, P.Z.S. 1872,

p-. 262.

Adult male, length rather more than 1 line.

Females only of this distinctly marked species were found in

Palestine ; but a single adult male example of what I feel no doubt

is of the same species, found on a low plant near Cairo, enables me

now to give the distinctive characters of the latter sex.

In colours and markings both sexes are alike. The cephalo-

thorax of the male is of a dark yellowish-brown colour, thinly

clothed with coarse hoary hairs; the caput is strongly elevated and

well rounded ; the clypeus projects considerably forwards, and its

height exceeds half that of the facial space.

The eyes are in the usual position; those of the fore central pair

are nearer together than each is to the fore lateral eye on its

side.

The legs are moderate in length and strength; their relative

length is 1, 2, 4, 3. They are of a dull yellow colour, faintly

banded with brown, and clothed with coarse hairs, of which many

are of a hoary colour.

The palpi are of a dull pale yellow colour; the radial and cubital

joints are short, but about equal in length ; and from the upperside

at the hinder extremity of the former there is a small thorn-like

blackish spine directed forwards ; the digital joint is large and

broad; the palpal organs are simple, and surrounded by a strong

black spine, which arises from their base on the inner side, and

terminates in a fine point near their base on the outer side.

The falces are of moderate size, and of the curved form usual in

spiders of this genus, though less remarkably so than in some others,

and they are of a dark brown colour,

The maxilla, labium, and sternum are similar in colour to the

falces, and clothed thinly with coarse hoary hairs.

The abdomen is oval and projects a little over the base of the

cephalothorax ; the ground-colour is dull brownish-yellow clothed

with hoary and other hairs; the longitudinal central black-brown

marking on the fore part of the upperside is cruciform near its

hinder extremity, where it is also strongly bifid, the limbs of the

bifid portion being recurved ; this bifid part represents, in fact, the

foremost of the series of blackish-brown angular bars running along

the middle of the hinder half; the sides are irregularly marked and

blotched with dark brown ; and the underside has a broad longitudi-

nal central brown band throughout its length ; and on either side of

this band is a large oblong oval whitish patch, formed chiefly by

hoary hairs. ‘The transverse supernumerary mammillary organ is

present, close in front of the ordinary spinners ; but no calamistra are

visible on the metatarsi of the hinder pair of legs.

556 REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN SPIDERS. [June 20,

DicTyNa CoNDUCENS, sp. n. (Plate LVIII. fig. 3.)

Adult male, length 1 line.

This Spider is very nearly allied to the next, D. condocta,

resembling it closely in colours and in the general character of its

markings. It may, however, be easily distinguished by the less

distinctness and boldness of the markings on the abdomen, as well

as by the darker thorax contrasted against the paler caput, some

of the hoary hairs on which last form a tolerably distinct narrow

longitudinal band.

The clypeus also exceeds in height half that of the facial space,

and projects more forwards. The underside of the abdomen also is

of a uniform pale dull yellowish colour.

The radial joints of the palpi are destitute of the characteristic

spine near the hinder extremity of the upperside; the digital

joints are smaller in proportion; and the spine surrounding the

palpal organs is far less strong and conspicuous, being shorter and

much more slender.

The falces, while presenting the characteristic form of the genus,

exhibit it in a less marked degree than those of D. condocta.

Adults of both sexes appeared to be numerous on the branches of

the Sont Acacia, in February, March, and April, near Cairo and

in other parts of Lower Egypt.

Dictyna conpocra, sp.n. (Plate LVIII. fig. 4.)

Adult male, length rather less than 1} line.

The cephalothorax of this small species is strongly constricted

laterally at the junction of the caput and thorax ; the caput is slightly

elevated and rounded; the clypeus projects forwards at its lower part,

and its height is not quite equal to half that of the facial space.

The colour of the. cephalothorax is a deep yellow-brown with a

blackish margin; and its surface is thinly farnished with coarse

hoary hairs.

The eyes are in the usual position ; those of the fore central pair are

separated by a wider interval than that by which each is divided

from the lateral eye on its side; those of the fore and hinder central

pairs form very nearly a square, the posterior side being a little

longer than the anterior one ; those of the fore central pair are dark-

coloured, the rest being of a light hue.

The legs are moderately strong, and rather long; their relative

length being 1, 2, 4, 3; they are of a pale yellowish hue, and

furnished with hairs.

The palpi are short, similar to the legs in colour, except the

digital joint, which is of a yellow-brown hue ; the cubital and radial

joints are both very short; but the latter appears to be a little the

longest, and has at the hinder extremity of the upperside a short,

bent, pointed spine whose tip is of a dark blackish colour; the

digital joint is large, and the palpal organs simple, though prominent

at their hinder extremity ; they are completely encircled by a strong

black tapering spine, which is very visible close beneath the margins

of the joint.

1876.] REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN SPIDERS. 557

The falces are of the usual characteristic form, and similar in

colour to the cephalothorax.

The maville, labium, and sternum are rather paler in colour than

the cephalothorax, but present nothing at variance with the generic

type; the sternum is finely clothed with coarse hoary hairs.

The abdomen is oval and projects considerably over the base of

the cephalothorax ; it is of a yellowish brown colour, clothed with

hoary, yellowish, and blackish hairs intermixed ; it has a narrow ill-

defined dark brown longitudinal central bar on the fore half of the

upperside, cruciform at its hinder part, and followed by a series of

angular lines or chevrons to the spinners; these lines terminate

laterally in indistinct spots or blotches ; and outside the two or three

hindermost blotches are some ill-defined spots or patches of hoary

hairs, of which there are some more in two tufts just above the

spinners ; the underside is of a dull brownish yellow hue, clothed

with greyish hairs and with pale lateral margins.

An adult female, evidently of the same species, is considerably

larger, and the abdomen covered with cretaceous white spots; the

longitudinal central brown marking on the fore half of the upperside

is broader, better-defined, and angular on its lateral margins, and

the spots laterally terminating the succeeding angular bars are well

defined, forming two longitudinal rows converging to the spinners :

the underside has a broadish longitudinal brown band; and the

spinners are surrounded by several short blackish radiating elongate

spots or short bars. The usual supernumerary mamiliary organ

is present, together with calamistra on the metatarsi of the fourth

pair of legs ; an latter, however, do not exist in the males.

Two adult males and two females, one adult, the other immature,

were beaten from the branches of the Sont Acacia in lower Egypt

in February 1864.

Fam. AGELENIDES.

Gen. Tiranacca, Thor.

TITANGCA DISTINCTA.

Amaurobius distinctus, Cambr. P. Z. 8. 1872, p. 263.

Titaneca albomaculata, Sim. Avachn. de France, 1. p. 218, pl. ii.

figs;

Adults and immature examples of this Spider were found among

the dead stems and débris of bushes and under stones neav Alexan-

dria in April 1864. In the same month of the year following I met

with it more abundantly under stones and fragments of rock and

among débris on the plains of the Jordan.

The synonymic reference above to M. Eugene Simon’s ‘Arach-

nides de France’ is, I feel sure, correct ; but there seems much reason

to doubt the correctness of the reference quoted by that author from

M. H. Lucas’s ‘ Exploration en Algérie ;’ the Hpeira albomaculata,

Luc., seems to me by no means certainly of the same species, or even

genus, as that described and figured /. c. by M. Simon.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1876, No. XXXVII. 37

958 REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN SPIDERS. [June 20,

Gen. AGELENA.

AGELENA LEPIDA, Sp. 0.

Adult male, length 3 lines; adult female, 33 lines.

The whole of the fore part of this Spider is yellow. The cephalo-

thorax has its surface clothed with a grey pubescence ; it is marked

with somewhat irregular blackish-brown radiating lines following the

direction of the normal grooves and indentations, and bounded

laterally by another broken or interrupted line of the same colour a

little way from, and parallel to, the lateral margins, giving the surface

of the cephalothorax a somewhat boldly reticulate appearance.

The eyes are inthe ordinary position, forming two strongly curved

and nearly parallel lines, whose convexity is directed backwards. The

interval between those of the hind central pair is a little greater than

that between each and the lateral eye of the same row on its side;

those of the fore central pair are the largest of the eight, they are

separated by less than a diameter’s interval, and each is very nearly

contiguous to the lateral of the same row on its side. The four

central eyes form a quadrangular figure whose longitudinal is rather

greater than its transverse diameter.

The legs are long and tolerably strong, their relative length ap-

parently 4, 1, 2,3; the difference, however, between those of the

second and third pairs is very slight. The femora are thickly and

irregularly banded with blackish brown, they are furnished with hairs

and long spines; and each tarsus ends with three slightly curved claws,

of which the superior pair are pectinated, and the inferior one is much

the smallest.

The pa/pi are short and strong; the radial and cubital joints are

very short; the latter is the longest, and has a short, moderately strong,

bifidly angular prominence at the extremity of its outer side; it has

also two long strong curved tapering bristles directed forwards from

its upperside, one from the fore, and the other from the hinder

extremity ; the radial joint is also somewhat protuberant in front to-

wards the outer side, and is furnished with two pairs of bristles, of

the same kind as those on the cubital joint ; the digital joint is large

equalling the falees in length, and its fore extremity is drawn out into

alongish point. The palpal organs are well developed, surrounded on

their outer margin with a strong shining corneous-looking yellow-

brown fillet, and terminating anteriorly with a strong twisted corneous

process of a similar colour.

The falces are rather long, strong, straight, prominent in front

near their base, and directed rather backwards towards the labium.

The mazille and labium are of normal form, the latter being a little

suffused with a dusky blackish hue.

The sternum has a strong irregularly edged blackish margin.

The abdomen is of a dull yellowish colour, with a broad longi-

tudinal whitish band on its upperside ; this band is mottled, and at

the fore part strongly suffused with rusty red; its lateral edges are

crenellated or bluntly denticulate, the prominent points being distinctly

whiter and brighter than the rest, and forming two nearly parallel

1876.| Rtv. 0. Pp, CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN SPIDERS, 999

longitudinal rows of bold whitish spots along the whole length of the

abdomen ; most of these spots are in fact the enlarged extremities of

the usual transverse angular bars or chevrons ; and between each the

space is black; there are also some black spots and markings on the

sides, the underparts of the abdomen being unicolorous ; the central

longitudinal band has some black spots and markings on its fore part

irregularly defining the normal elongate marking; the spinners are

yellow, devoid of markings, and those of the superior pair are rather

more than double the length of those of the inferior, the second

(terminal) joint being smaller, though longer, than the basal one.

The female resembles the male in colour and markings ; these are,

however, less strong and distinct than in the latter sex, while the legs

of the female have the tibia as well as the femora annulated with

dusky blackish, and the underside of the abdomen has two longi-

tudinal lateral lines of the same hue. The genital aperture presents

two oval orifices side by side.

An adult male and several adult and immature females were found

in tufts of coarse grass and dry herbage on the desert near Gebel y

Silsilis, Upper Egypt, in March 1864.

Gen. TEGENARIA.

TEGENARIA PROXIMA.

Tegenaria proxima, Cambr. P. Z. 8S. 1873, p. 217.

An adult male of this Spider, which, thongh exceedingly closely

allied to 7’. derhamii (Scop.), is yet quite distinct, was found in Caire

in January 1864.

Gen. Textrrx, Sund.

TEXTRIX COARCTATA.

Aranea coarctata, L. Duf., Sim. Arachn. de Franice, ii. p. 125.

Textrix moggridgu, Cambr. Journ. Linn. Soe. xi. p. 537, pl. xiv.

fig. 6.

Adult and immature females of a Spider which I believe to be of

this species were found among stones and débris at Alexandria in

April 1864; the adult examples, however, are more brightly coloured

than those I have received from Mentone; the cephalothorax and

legs being of an orange-yellow brown colour; the fore part of the

former (caput) and the falces are tinged strongly with red-brown, and

the median line of the fore part on the upperside of the abdomen

suffused with rusty red. These differences of colouring are probably

dependent on the length of time that had elapsed since the Spider

effected the final casting-off of its skin.

Gen. Envyo.

Enyo NITIDA.

Enyo nitida, Aud. in Sav. Egypte, p. 135, pl: iil. fig. 7.

Clotho nitida, Walck. Ins. Apt. i. 639.

An adult female of an Enyo which I believe to be of this species was

found under a stone near Alexandria. It may, however, possibly be

B 37*

560 REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN SPIDERS. [June 20),

of a different species, Nat it agrees in most respects with the de-

scriptions given (//.c.). The chief difference I can detect is in the

colour of the legs; but as this may differ considerably in examples of

different ages or in different states of preservation, it is not always con-

clusive on a point of specific identity. In the example now recorded

the legs are yellow, the greater part of the femora of the first pair as

well as lower part of those of the other pairs being suffused strongly with

brownish black ; the cephalothorax is deep reddish brown, becoming

black on the caput; the sternum and labrum are yellowish strongly

suffused with deep brown, the maxillz and palpi being dull yellowish ;

and the abdomen is of a uniform purplish black above and on the

sides, the underside being of a dull yellowish drab colour ; the legs

are furnished with short dark blackish brown hairs.

In the description given of HL. nitida by Walckenaer the legs are

said to be black, with a white ring at their base, and another of

greater extent at the base of the femora of the third and fourth pairs.

ENYO EXPERS, sp. 0.

Female, immature, length 1 line.

The whole of the fore part of this Spider is of a brightish yellow

colour, the legs, palpi, and sternum being rather the palest.

The cephalothorax is of a somewhat oblong oval form with little

or no lateral constriction at the caput ; its convexity also is very

moderate ; the clypeus, which equals in height half that of the facial

space, is very projecting.

The eyes are in the ordinary general position: the two large fore

central ones are on a large roundish black patch ; and the three lateral

ones on either side are contiguous to each other and form a short

curved row on either side, the foremost eye being very nearly con-

tiguous to the large eye on its side; the interval between the fore

central eyes is nearly an eye’s diameter.

The /egs are not very long; their relative proportion appears to be

4, 1, 2, 3; and they are furnished with hairs only.

Falces not very long, but strong, conical, and vertical.

Abdomen oblong-oval ; of a dull yellow colour, the upper part dark

rusty red, with several indistinct slightly angular pale bars or

chevrons on the hinder half. The spinners (apparently four in

number) are not easily discernible; but on either side of them is a

patch of deep rusty brown.

A single example of this Spider (differing both in its general form

and colour from all others known to me) was found under a stone at

Alexandria in the month of April 1864.

Fam. HersiLiipes.

Gen. Hrerstuta, Sav.

HERSILIA CAUDATA? var. (aut nov. sp.). (Plate LVIII. fig. 6.)

Hersilia caudata, Sav. Egypte, p. 114, pl. i. fig. 8.

In respect to this Spider, the type of the genus, all authors subse-

1876.| REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN SPIDERS. 561

quent to Savigny appear merely to have followed him in his figure and

description. he locality given for H. caudata is ‘‘les environs du

Caire.”’ On the first morning of my arrival at Cairo, in January

1864, I found a species of Herszlia frequent on the trunks of the trees

in the Esbekeyah, close in front of Zeck’s hotel ; all were females, in

different stages of immaturity. Numerous searches there and in

other parts round Cairo failed to produce more than this one species,

which I met with again several times during the ascent of the Nile

to Assouan. I did not find any other species (except one, of a now

separated genus /7ersilidia, under stones at Alexandria) during my

stayin Egypt. I cannot, therefore, help thinking that, in spite of very

manifest differences between my specimens and the figure and deserip-

tion of Hersilia caudata given by Walckenaer and Lucas (following

Savigny), the species I now record is that upon which the latter

author founded the genus.

The following description of the examples I met with may perhaps

call the attention of araneologists to the differences noted ; and pos-

sibly the true H. caudata may eventually prove to be a distinct

species, in which case I would propose for that now described the name

Hersilia diversa.

The length of the largest immature female captured is rather over

33 lines. ‘The colour ot the cephalothorax is a deep blackish brown,

rather the palest along the middle line, on the hinder slope, and a

little above the lateral margins ; the upper part of the caput is black,

with a short brightish orange-yellow longitudinal streak on the hinder

part between the eyes of the hind central pair. The clypeus (which

equals in height two thirds of that of the facial space) is orange-

yellow above and dull yellow on its lower part, the middle of which

has a short longitudinal white streak with a blackish patch on each

side of it. This arrangement of colours gives a very distinct and diver-

sified appearance to the “facies,” and appears to be pretty well de-

fined in all the examples met with (vide fig. 6 0).

The /egs are of a dull yellowish hue, marked and broadly annulated

with yellow and blackish-brown; these markings form a broken

longitudinal line of deepish black-brown on the fore sides of the

femoral joints.

The palpi are similar to the legs in colour, and marked with

black-brown on their upper or fore sides.

The abdomen is of a dull yellowish brown above, thickly punc-

tuated with pale yellowish points mixed with a few blackish spots

here and there, chiefly near the cephalothorax, the lateral margins of

the upperside of the abdomen are very distinctly defined by the inner

edge of the black markings on the sides ; this well-defined edge is

denticulate or strongly crenellated ; along the middle line of the fore

half is a strong and very distinct black longitudinal marking, den-

ticulate or irregularly jagged on its edges; this marking is broadest

near its middle, and comes to a blunt point about two thirds of the

distance from the cephalothorax to the spinners, and is followed by

some broken angular bars, or chevrons, which decrease in length

towards the hinder extremity of the abdomen; in addition to the

262 REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN SPIDERS. |June 20,

above markings, there are four pale transverse wavy lines, which

cross the whole of the upperside of the abdomen, the two foremost,

however, being interrupted by the longitudinal black marking; the

sides of the abdomen are marked, but not regularly, with blackish

brown spots and small markings, some of them assuming an oblique

direction ; but none of the lateral markings extend far down towards

the underside, which is (as are also the sternum, maxills, and labium)

of a plain yellowish hue devoid of markings. The long spinners of

the superior pair are dull yellow faintly marked or annulated with

yellowish brown, or sometimes with brownish black.

The description given by Walckenaer and Lucas from Savigny (I

am unfortunately unable to give it from Savigny’s work itself) is :—

** Roux; le corselet marqué de deux bandes dorsales brunes, et bordé

de taches de la méme couleur. Abdomen varié sur le milieu de deux

rangées contigués de taches cannelées brunes, et sur les cétés, de traits

bruns obliques.”

The quickness of the movements of this spider, which, until dis-

turbed, lies motionless, with its legs flat and extended in all directions

over and round the trunks of the trees, is astonishing, and rendered its

capture, at first, very difficult ; after a little practice, however, I ob-

tained it more easily by dexterously flicking it off the tree with a

twig into an entomological net held underneath.

This was the first Spider that I had seen in Egypt ; and it was thus

invested with a peculiar interest, being also so unlike any thing

European that I had before met with.

Neither sex appears as yet to have been found in the adult state;

and in fact I saw, and captured, only femaies, and all those immature.

Walckenaer does not state whether the example (also a female)

deseribed by Savigny was adult or immature.

It does not appear to have been before noted that the subdivision

of the metatarsi (on which the separation of Hersilia from Hersilidia

is chiefly based) only occurs in respect to the legs of the first, second,

and fourth pairs, the short third pair having the usual number of

joints, with an undivided metatarsus. It is singular that M. Lucas,

who has gone so minutely into the structure of the legs of Mersilia,

should not have noticed this point.

Gen. HerstuipiaA, Sim.

Hersiniia Lucasn, sp. n. (Plate LVIII. fig. 5.)

Adult male, length 23 lines.

The whole of the fore part of this Spider, whose general form

closely resembles other species of the genus, is of a pale yellow

colour, the cephalothorax, palpi, and legs being covered with a fine

grey pubescence ; the cephalothorax has a dusky brown margin; and

an indistinct line of the same hue runs backwards from each eye of

the hind central pair, meeting and terminating at the normal inden-

tation which marks the union of the caput and thorax ; the hinder

slope has also a central longitudinal brown line.

The eyes are in the usual position ; the four central ones.form a

1876.] REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN SPIDERS. 363

square whose fore side is a little longer than the hinder side, the

two eyes forming the fore side being the largest of the eight, and

separated from each other by an interval of rather more than an

eye’s diameter. ‘

The legs are strong, but of more moderate length as compared with

those of Hersilia, and the metatarsi are undivided; their relative

length appears to be 4, 2, 1, 3, those of the first and second pairs

are unicolorous, while the femora and, in some examples, the tibize of

those of the third and fourth pairs are faintly annulated with dusky

brown; they are furnished with hairs and a few short fine spines.

The palpi are strong and moderately long; the radial and cubital

joints are short, about equal in length, and of a somewhat tumid or

nodiform appearance ; the humeral joint has a few black spines dis-

persed on its upperside, and there are a few bristles on the other joints ;

the digital joint is drawn out at the fore extremity into a longish point

(like that of the genus Teyenaria) and terminates with two black,

slightly curved claws, in this point resembling Hersilidia simonit,

Cambr. (found in the Jordan valley and at Jerusalem). The palpal

organs are of a somewhat flattened circular form, encircled with a

dark corneous margin or closely fitting spine, and have two small

erect corneous processes near together, about the middle of their

fore part, one of these processes being shorter and more obtuse but

stronger than the other.

The falces, maxilla, and labium are of normal form; and the

sternum has a broadish dusky-brown lateral margin.

The abdomen is of an oblong-oval form, a little broadest towards

its hinder part, rather truncate before, and projecting a little over

the base of the cephalothorax ; it is of a straw-yellow colour, clothed

with a fine grey pubescence ; on the upperside a well-defined longi-

tudinal black-brown marking occupies the middle line ; this marking

begins near the fore margin and extends halfway to the spimners, and

is very strongly angulated on its edges, the middle part being the

strongest, and taken by itself forming a large diamond-shaped patch ;

the sides are marked with three or four oblique lines of small elon-

gated brown spots reaching quite to the underside, which is of a

plain dull luteous colour ; the spinners are short compared with those

of Hersilia, but similar in position and character, and resembling

the legs in colour.

The female (immature) resembles the male in colours and

markings.

This species is nearly allied to Hersilidia simonii, Cambr.; but,

besides being larger, it differs both from that species and from

H. oraniensis, Lue., in being of a different hue and much less

strongly marked, especially in the annulation of the legs; the pattern

also on the abdomen differs notably from that of H. simoni; and

there are on the abdomen none of the coarse hairs with which that

of H. simonii is furnished. Two adult males and several immature

examples of both sexes were found under stones in the desert be-

tween Alexandria and Ramleh. Their position is usually with the

legs extended flat upon the underside of the stone, with the sandy-

564 REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN SPIDERS. [June 20,

yellow mottled colour of which the colour of the Spider so admirably

agrees that it requires a practised eye to detect it; and in fact its

movement is generally the first cause of its detection. Its specific

name is conferred in compliment to M. H. Lucas, of the Jardin

des Plantes, Paris, to whom we are indebted for descriptions and

figures of so many North-African Spiders.

Fam. ScyYTODIDEs.

Gen. Loxosce is, Heinek. et Lowe.

LOxXOSCELIS RUFESCENS.

Lowoscelis rufescens, Duf. An. Se. Phys. t. v. p. 203, pl. 76.

Scytodes rufescens, Sav. Egypte, pl. v. fig. 2.

Adult and immature females of this Spider were found among the

ruins of an old mud wall near Cairo, and an immature male in a

siwilar situation at Alexandria.

Gen. ScyTovEs.

SCYTODES THORACICA.

Scytodes thoracica, Walck. Ins. Apt. i. p. 271.

An immature female of a Spider which is probably only a variety

of this species, was found in an old building at Cairo. The only ap-

parent difference between this example and the typical S. thoracica

consists in the very faintly marked cephalothorax, the abdomen

marked only with two converging rows of black spots on the hinder

half, and the legs wholly immaculate. The discovery, however, of

adult examples may possibly prove it to be of a distinct though

closely allied species; at present it would scarcely be justifiable to

found a new species upon a single immature example.

Dr. L. Koch (Zgyptische und Abyssinische Arachniden, Nurn-

berg, 1875, p. 27, Taf. iii. fig. 2) describes and figures a new species

from Cairo (S. immaculata) ; from this, however, the present Spider

differs quite as much as from the typical thoracica, though possibly

it may eventually prove to be a variety of Koch’s Spider instead of

S. thoracica.

SCYTODES KOCHII, Sp. 0.

Female, immature, rather over 14 line in length.

Although the cephalothorax of this Spider is but little higher at

its posterior than at its anterior extremity, it is, I believe, a true

Scytodes. The clypeus is broad, truncate, and a little upturned at

its lower edge, its height being about equal to the dimensions of one

of the fore central pair of eyes; the colour of the cephalothorax is a

rather bright orange-yellow, with a deep-browa band running back-

wards from each lateral pair of eyes nearly, if not quite, to the

hinder margin; these bands are broadest about the middle, and each

is marked with a slightly oblique longitudinal stripe of orange-yellow

near the fore extremity ; and between them is a deep-brown tapering

line running a little way backwards from the central pair of eyes. ‘The

1876.| REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN SPIDERS. 965

cephalothorax is also strongly margined with dark brown; and each of

its sides is marked with three short, but distinct, oblique brown bars

or stripes joining in at their Jower extremity with the lateral brown

margins. The surface of the cephalothorax is closely covered with

erect bristly hairs.

The eyes are in three pairs, in the usual position; the two fore

lateral eyes are the largest, and those of the central pair appear to

be the smallest, though not much, if any thing, smaller than the

hind laterals.

The Zegs are yellow; the tibize of the fourth pair are broadly and

distinctly banded with brown ; those of the third pair are faintly so

banded, while those of the first and second pair are dark yellow-

brown with a narrow indistinct band of yellow, the metatarsi also

of the first pair being strongly suffused with yellow-brown.

The palpi are yellow, annulated with dull brown.

The falces yellow, with a considerable part of their foreside

yellowish brown.

the mawille, labium, and sternum are yellow.

The abdomen is of a deep chocolate-brown above and yellow under-

neath ; the central longitudinal line of the upperside is a little paler,

and has two yellow spots on its fore part, and a yellow longitudinal

line on its hinder part; the brown and yellow of the upper- and under-

sides run into each other in a Vandyke pattern, giving the sides

a very distinct curvilinearly striped appearance. The abdomen, like

the cephalothorax, is covered thinly with strong erect bristly hairs.

A single example of this pretty and very distinct species was

found among débris near Cairo in January 1864; and I have very

great pleasure i in naming it after my kind friend Dr. Ludwig Koch,

of Nurnberg.

Fam. PHOLCIDEs.

Gen. Puoucus, Walck.

PHOLCUS SEMICAUDATUS, sp. 0.

Adult male, length 2 lines.

The cephalothoraz is of the ordinary form and of a pale straw-

yellow colour.

The eyes are in the usual general position; three large eyes con-

tiguous to each other in a triangle on a tubercle on either side, and

a pair of much smaller size and nearly contiguous, just opposite the

inner eyes of the other two groups; each eye of this pair is rather

less than a diameter’s distance from the two foremost eyes of the

lateral group nearest to it.

The /egs are very long, exceedingly slender, and furnished with fine

hairs ; their colour is similar to that of the cephalothorax, the genual

joints are yellow-brown; and the femora and tibiee, especially the

former, are distinctly marked with small linear black dots and spots.

The falces are suffused with yellow-brown, strongly excavated in

front, their fore margin on the outer side terminating in a corneous

point, and of a red-brown colour.

566 REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN SPIDERS. [June 20,

The palpi are large, similar in colour to the legs, strong and tumid,

especially the radial joint, which is of a somewhat globular form.

The digital joint is considerably produced at its fore extremity (the

produced portion being dark yellowish brown), and terminating with

an irregular corneous process. The palpal organs are globular, with

a strong corneous process issuing from them and directed backwards ;

this process is of a dark red-brown colour mixed with black, of a

somewhat twisted form, and very obtuse at its extremity.

The mazille are of the usual form, pale yellow at their base and

dark brown at their fore part, the extreme point being whitish.

The /abium is also dark brown, but pale whitish at its apex.

The sternum is dark brown, marked obscurely with some still

darker radiating lines.

The abdomen is of moderate length, very convex above, gradually

and considerably elevated backwards and, in a slightly produced

form, at its hinder extremity, giving it a subtriangular shape when

looked at in profile; this elevation is much stronger in the female

than in the male; it is of a dull luteous colour; the fore half of the

upperside has an indistinct elongate central longitudinal marking,

sometimes pretty distinctly defined by a fine blackish marginal line;

this marking is broadest in the middle, where it has an angular

point and short oblique line running from it backwards on each side,

with a similar point and line on either side of its obtuse termination ;

following this are two or three duplex angular blackish bars, or

chevrons, continued by some fine linear spots and markings towards

the spinners; and on either side of the highest point of the abdomen

are two or three blackish irregular spots. ‘The different examples vary

in the number, extent, and regularity of these markings; in some

specimens most of them are obsolete or nearly so. A broad black

and red-brown band occupies the central longitudinal line of the

underside, but is usually interrupted a little way from the spinners.

The female resembles the male in colours and markings; but her

abdomen, as above observed, is more strongly elevated behind, and

its markings are generally better-defined ; the genital aperture is a

large transverse slit in a strongly but gradually elevated epigyne.

The form of the abdomen, which approaches but is not nearly so

produced as that of P. caudatus (Duf.), will readily distinguish this

species.

I met with it pretty frequently among the ruins of the ancient

temples in various parts of Egypt above Cairo, but principally in

those above Thebes. It is very nearly allied to, but appears to be

quite distinct from, Pholcus lyoni, Bl., found in the Calcutta Pre-

sidency of India, and which I have myself also received from Bom-

bay (sent to me by Major Julian Hobson) as well as from Calcutta,

sent to me by C. Curtoys, Esq.

PHOLCUS RIVULATUS.

Pholeus rivulatus, Sav. Egypte, pl. iii. fig. 12.

? Pholeus ruralis, Blackw. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (8) vol. i. p. 432.

Adult and immature examples of both sexes of this Spider were

1876.] REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN SPIDERS. 567

found in old buildings and under large stones at Alexandria and

Cairo. <A strong specific character, not before recorded, so far as I

am aware, of the adult male, is furnished by a single longitudinal

closely set row of short but distinct and rather strong black spines,

reaching from near the base on the underside of the femora nearly

to the anterior extremity of the tibice of the first pair of legs.

This Spider, described by Mr. Blackwall (Pholcus ruralis, 1. c.

supra), is probably of this species.

Fam. THERIDIIDES.

Gen. Larropectus, Walck.

LATRODECTUS EREBUS.

Latrodectus erebus, Sav. Egypte, pl. iii. fig. 9.

Adult females, with their large globular brown egg-cocoons, were

found under stones among the ruins of an old building at Alex-

andria.

Dr. Thorell (Europ. Spiders, p. 95) rejects the derivation of

Walckenaer’s generic name Latrodectus from Aarpoy, wages or

reward, and dexrés, received, as yielding no rational meaning for

the name, and thence derives it from AaOpa, secretly, and dn«rijs,

biting. Those, however, who have looked most closely into the

derivations of names given to genera and species of animals know

best how very little rational meaning there is in a large number of

them, in cases where the derivation is almost, and sometimes abso-

lutely, certain.

In a well-known instance a species of Lepidoptera was named by

a British author “ decimella,’’ merely because he had pinned it with

a number-fen pin. Another instance is furnished by Baron

Walckenaer himself, who named a Spider “ Carolinum ”’ for (there is

no doubt) the excellent reason (?) that it had been found by his little

son Charles (Carolus). Rather than impute to the Baron the manifest

impropriety of writing Latrodectus, if he had really derived it from

dpa, I would suppose that he had some reason to look upon the

discovery of the type of his genus as the happy result of some

trouble or difficulty, and thus gave it the name (rightly written

Latrodectus) from the Greek words given as its derivation by

Agassiz (Nomencl. Zool.) and rejected by Dr. Thorell, 7. e. Narpos (a

form of \drpoy), wages or reward, and cexrés, one meaning of which

is acceptable. If this be ‘‘no rational meaning for the word,’’ it

appears to be, at any rate, more probable than the derivation given

by Dr. Thorell. The derivation given by M. Simon, Hist. des

Araignées, p. 177 (also rejected as irrational by Dr. T.), from

Adrpevs, a workman, and déyxrijs, a biter, would not be improbable,

since we find that Walckenaer (Aranéides de France, p. 81, where

he confers the name) remarks especially on the manner in which

the Spider spins its snares for the entrapping of its prey beneath the

stones.

568 REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN SPIDERS. [June 20,

Gen. LiraypeuHantes, Thor.

LirHyYPHANTES HAMATUS.

Phrurolithus hamatus, Koch, Die Arachn. v. p. 105, pl. 206.

fig. 507-8.

Lathrodectus hamatus, Cambr. P.Z.S8. 1872, p. 288.

Aduit females were found under stones near Alexandria in April

1864. It is an exceedingly variable species in respect to its mark-

ings: two of those met with had an entirely black abdomen; and

the rest varied considerably in the extent and colour of the normal

pattern ; most probably the Phr. lunatus and Phr. erythrocephalus

(Koch), 2. ¢. fig. 509, 510, as well as Latrodectus venator, Sav.

Egypte, pl. 3. fig. 11, and Latrodectus ornatus, Luc., Explor. in

Algér. p. 233, pl. 14. fig. 8, are varieties of this species.

The chief, if not the only, difference between Latrodectus and

Iithyphantes consists in the wide separation of the eyes of the

lateral pairs of the former, whereas in the latter they are contiguous

or nearly so.

Gen. Srearopa (Sund.).

STEATODA SIGNATA, Sp. 0.

Length of an adult female, 1} line.

This Spider is of ordinary form and general characters ; the cepha-

lothorax, falces, maxille, labium, and sternum are of an orange-

yellow colour tinged with brown; the /egs, whose relative length

appeared to be 1, 4, 2, 3, are rather short and slender; they are of

a dull pale yellowish colour, furnished with hairs only, and the

femora, especially of the first and second pairs, are strongly suffused

with a dusky brown hue.

The abdomen is short, oval, very convex above, though rather flat

on the upperside, abruptly rounded behind, and projects considerably

over the base of the cephalothorax ; it is glossy, and clothed thinly

with fine pale hairs; its colour is a uniform kind of maroon or

purplish red-brown, marked on the upperside with some elongate

pointed oval pale dull yellowish markings, more or less covered with

cretaceous white spots; three of these markings are situate on each

side of the upper part, at equal intervals from the fore to the hinder

extremity, the rest form a broken longitudinal central line on the

hinder half. The four foremost of these markings form a large

square whose fore side is a little shorter than the rest.

A single example of the female of this species, which at first sight

very nearly resembles Asagena serratipes in the colour and markings

of the abdomeu, was found under a large stone at Alexandria.

STEATODA? MANDIBULARIS.

Theridion mandibulare, Luc. Explor. en Algérie, p. 260, pl. 17. fig.1.

Pachygnatha’? mandibularis, Cambr. Spid. Palest. and Syria,

POZ.'S; 1872, ps 294.

Steatoda mandibulare, Sim. Bull. Soe. Ent, Fr. 1875, p. 222.

Epeira diversa, Bl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. Oct. 1859.

Adult males of this remarkable Spider were found running on the

1876.] REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN SPIDERS. 569

rails of the railway near Cairo, and females under stones near

Alexandria.

In “Spiders of Palestine and Syria,” 7. c. supra, doubts are ex-

pressed as to its generic place. It still appears to me that it can

hardly be included in any hitherto characterized genus, though at

present I hesitate to form a new genus for its reception. It is pro-

bably nearer to Steatoda than to any other; yet the very different

form of the cephalothorax, in both sexes, appears to preclude it from

that genus, to which, however, in deference to M. Eugene Simon’s

opinion, I now provisionally relegate it, in preference to Pa achygnatha,

Gen. Euryoris, Menge.

EuRYOPIS ACUMINATA.

Theridion acuminatum, Luc. Explor. en Algér. p. 268, pl. 17.

fig. 10.

An adult female was found under a stone near Alexandria.

EuRYOPIS SCRIPTA.

Theridion scriptum, Cambr. P. Z. 8. 1872, p. 283.

Adult females were found under stones near Alexandria in April

864.

EvRYOPIS QUADRIMACULATA, Sp. 0.

This Spider resembles the two foregoing in respect of size, general

form, and characters, but may be easily distinguished by a different

distribntion of colours on the abdomen. This part in the present

Spider is of a deep brown-black colour marked with four elongate

brownish yellow spots on the upperside, one at the fore and another

at the hinder extremity, and another on each side, a little nearer to

the fore than to the hinder spot ; these lateral spots are the longest,

and are placed obliquely, their inner extremities nearly meeting ; the

underside has a pale dull yellow transverse bar just behind the genital

aperture, and another close in front of the spinners, the ol being

connected, or nearly so, by a longitudinal line of the same hue.

The palpi are short, the radial and cubital joints very short,

but nearly equal in length; the digital joint is very large, and the

palpal bulb well developed, a strong sinuous red-brown line (indica-

ting, no doubt, the passage of an internal channel) may be seen on

the outer side ; and from the fore extremity there projects a strong,

pointed dark red-brown corneous process, slightly curved and pointing

backwards and a little outwards. An adult male and female were

found near Alexandria under stones.

Gen. THErtp1on, Walck.

THERIDION RUFOLINEATUM.

Theridion rufolineatum, Luc. Explor. en Algér. p. 260, pl. 16.

fig. 10.

Theridion spirifer, Cambr. Zool. 1863, p. 8574, and P. Z. 8. 1872,

p. 280.

It appears, from a comparison of examples I have received

970 REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN SPIDERS. [June 20,

from Algeria, pretty certain now that the Spiders referred to

in the above synonyms are identical. Adult females were found on

low plants near Alexandria in April 1864.

THERIDION VARIANS.

Theridion varians, Koch, Die Arachn. xii. p. 134, pl. 428.

fig. 1056, 1057; Camb. P. Z. 8. 1872, p. 280.

Adult females, of the same species as that found near Jericho in

1865, were found on low plants near Alexandria, and are, I think,

quite correctly assigned to 7’. varians, Koch.

THERIDION SPINITARSIS, sp. n. (Dipena, Thor. ?).

Adult female, rather more than 13 line in length.

This Spider is of ordinary form, but of a stronger build than usual.

The whole of the fore part is of a dull orange-yellow colour, the

caput having a longitudinal central black stripe running from the

eyes to the thoracic junction. The /egs, whose relative length is

1, 2, 4, 3, are tolerably strong and moderately long; they are similar

to the cephalothorax in colour, with the fore extremities of the tibiae

slightly marked with deep red-brown; they are more hairy than

usual, the metatarsi being armed (particularly on their undersides)

with long fine spines. The other joints also had, it is probable,

originally been similarly furnished ; but if so most of them had lost

a great part of this armature by trituration. '

The abdomen is oval, abruptly rounded, in profile, at its hinder

extremity, and projects over the hinder slope of the cephalothorax ;

it is hairy, and of a yellow-brown colour thickly mottled with whitish-

yellow cretaceous spots; the upperside has a broad longitudina

pale yellowish white dentated band running down the centre from

the fore margin to the spinners, getting slightly narrower as it leaves

the middle of the abdomen and goes backwards; on either side of

the hinder extremity of this band there are some ill-defined dark red-

brown markings. ‘The sides are Vandyked by some fine red-brown

lines, one of which crosses over the upperside near the middle,

and two others over the fore part; the underside is of a dull

yellowish brown colour, with a large, somewhat quadrate, yellowish

white transverse band across the middle.

A single example of this Spider was found on a low plant near

Cairo. In the absence of the adult male I hesitate to include it in

the genus Dipena, Thor., to which it will very probably be eventually

found to belong.

THERIDION MELANOSTICTUM, Sp. n.

Adult female, length 1% line.

This pretty species is nearly allied to 7. denticulatum.

The abdomen is large and globular, and projects considerably over

the base of the cephalothorax; it is of a yellowish colour, pretty

thickly mottled above and on the sides with white cretaceous spots,

and also marked with black spots and markings. In some examples

the upperside is likewise tinged with reddish brown, giving a kind

1876.| REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN SPIDERS. 57a

of tortoise-shell-marked appearance. The unequal distribution of

the white spots faintly indicates a longitudinal central dentated band,

which decreases in width as it _approaches the spinners; and the

black spots are chiefly arranged in a longitudinal line on each side

of this band. The sides are marked with a strongish curved black

bar towards the fore extremity, between which and the spinners are

two or three oblique black markings, sometimes consisting of a mere

spot or two, sometimes of a short continuous line. The underside

has a large somewhat oblong transverse patch in the middle, which

(lying between its ends) appears to continue the curved lateral

bars.

The cephalothoraz is of a somewhat orange-yellow colour, strongly

margined with dusky black, and with a similarly coloured longitu-

dinal central bar from the eyes to the indentation where the caput

and thorax unite. The clypeus equals two thirds of the facial space

in height ; it is prominent and divided longitudinally by a blackish

bar.

The four central eyes form as nearly as possible a square; and

those of each lateral pair are contiguous to each other, and obliquely

placed on a tubercle ; the intervals between the eyes of the foremost

row appear to be as nearly as possible equal, while the interval

between the fore central pair is greater than that between each and

the fore lateral eye next to it.

The legs are long and slender, their relative length 1, 2, 4, 3,

those of the first pair being considerably the longest; they are

yellow (sometimes dull orange), the fore extrem ities of the joints

beirg more or less extensively marked with dark reddish brown ;

their’ armature consists of hairs and bristles only, the latter being

rather conspicuous on the tibize and metatarsi.

The mazille and labium are of normal form and similar to the

cephalothorax in colour; the former have a Jargish dusky black

patch on the outer side ; and in some examples all the labium except

the apex is of a similar colour.

The falces are not very long nor strong; they are similar to the

cephalothorax in colour, and marked longitudinally with blackish

along their inner sides in front.

The sternum is of a glossy blackish brown colour,

Several females, adult and immature, were found on low plants

near Alexandria.

Gen. Mimetus, Hentz (Ctenophora, Bl.).

MIMETUS MONTICOLUS.

Ctenophora monticola, Bl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. June 1870;

Cambr. P. Z. 8. 1872, p. 287.

A single female of this Spider was found on a prickly-pear plant

near Cairo i in January 1864, and is identical with those found in a

similar situation at Beirfit in the following year.

272 REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN SPIDERS. [June 20,

Gen. ErtGone, Sav.

ERIGONE SPINOSA.

Erigone spinosa, Cambr. Spid. Palest. & Syr. P. Z.S.

p292, pl. xi. fiz. 12.

Adult males of this very distinct species were found running on

the metals and permanent way of the railroad near Cairo and Alex-

andria.

ERIGONE ALEXANDRINA.

Erigone alexandrina, Cambr. P. Z. 8. 1872, p. 755, pl. Ixv.

figs 11.

Both sexes of this minute Spider were found on rushes and other

plants growing in a marsh near Alexandria.

Gen. Linyrata, Latr.

LINYPHIA EXTRICATA, sp. n. (Plate Tix. 2.77)

Adult male, length 13 line.

This Spider, which is allied to LZ. n7grina, Westr., resembles it in

form, general appearance, and colours.

The cephalothcrax is of a dusky yellow-brown colour, with in-

distinct radiating brown lines following the normal grooves and in-

dentations. The height of the clypeus rather exceeds half that of the

facial space ; and the profile line of the cephalothorax aries the

hinder slope) forms a slightly curved line.

The eyes are very nearly equal in size and in two equally curv ed

lines, the curves directed away from each other, thus forming a trans-

verse oval figure ; those of the hinder row are equidistant from each

other, those of the fore central pair (which seem to be larger than

the hind centrals) being near together but not contiguous to each

other, the interval dividing them being a little less than that which

separates each from the fore lateral eye on its side. The line formed

by the fore centrals is a little shorter than that formed by the hind

centrals ; and each of the former is separated by an interval of its

own diameter from the latter nearest to it; those of each lateral

pair are seated, slightly obliquely and contiguously to each other,

on a tubercle.

The legs are long, slender, their relative length 1, 2, 4, 3, of a

pale yellowish hue tinged with brown, furnished sparingly with hairs

and a few short fine spines.

The palpi are moderately long, slender, and of a similar colour to

the legs; the cubital joint is short ; the radial equally short, but pro-

duced at its fore extremity on the upperside, the termination being

rather broader than the joint and evenly rounded ; the digital joint

is large, with a slight (and from some points of view angular) pro-

minence at its base on the inner side, and a large prominent lobe on

its outer side about the middie. The palpal organs are highly de-

veloped and complex: among the cornecus processes of which they

are made up, the normal curved one at their base is of large size and

peculiarly characteristic form ; sometimes it lies in close proximity

1876.] REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN SPIDERS. 573

to the rest of these organs; but generally it sticks out in a very

noticeable way.

The falces are long and strong, divergent, and rather excavated

on their inner sides near their extremities, where they are armed with

several strongish teeth; they, as well as the mazille, labium, and

sternum, are of a similar colour to the cephalothorax.

The abdomen is of a longish oval form, and projects a little over

the base of the cephalothorax ; ; itis ofa browne black colour, with

a large pale patch just above the spinners, but not touching them.

The female resembles the male in colours; but the abdomen i is

larger and more globular, and the genital aperture is furnished with

a strong curved epigyne which is directed prominently backwards ;

the relative length of the legs also differs in the female, those of the

fourth pair being distinctly longer than those of the second pair.

Adults of both sexes were found on plants and shrubs both at

Cairo and Alexandria.

Gen. PacnyGnaTHa, Sund.

PACHYGNATHA ARGYROSTILBA, sp. n. (Plate LIX. fig. 8.)

Adult male, length 1 line.

The cephalothorax looked at in profile has a uniformly sloping

and very slightly curved outline from the hind margin to the eyes ;

the area of the four central eyes is rather prominent. The clypeus,

compressed close beneath the eyes, but rather prominent at its lower

margin, equals in height half the facial space; it is of an orange-

yellow- brown colour, Feat three longitudinal (but not very definitely

outlined) dark yellow-brown bands ; the lateral bands unite in front

on the lower part of the clypeus.

The eyes are seated on tubercles, and do not differ greatly in size ;

the four central ones are the largest, and of very nearly uniform

size, forming a square whose fore side is a little the shortest ; the in-

tervals between these eyes are scarcely a diameter ; the eyes of each

lateral pair are contiguous to each other on a single tubercle, the

foremost being, if there be any difference, the smallest of the eight ;

the interval betw een each of these and that one of the four central « eyes

nearest to it in the same row appears slightly to exceed the interval

between those of the central pair in that row.

The legs are long and slender, their relative length being 1, 2, 4,

3; they are of a dull yellowish colour slightly suffused with brown

at the fore extremities of the tibize and metatarsi, and well furnished

with rather conspicuous hairs.

The palpi are slender, and similar to the legs in colour. The cubi-

tal joint is short, nodiform at its base on the upperside, and con-

stricted near its fore extremity; the radial joint is about equal in

length to the cubital, but is much stronger, especially towards its

fore extremity.

The digital joimt is large, and of the same peculiar form as in

others of the genus, the smaller division being of a somewhat

S-shape ; the palpal organs are very simple, consisting of a compara-

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1876, No. XX XVIII. 38

574 REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN SPIDERS. [June 20,

tively enormous and perfectly globular semidiaphanous dull orange-

vellow bulb, with a small twisted process at its anterior extremity.

The falces are long, strong, divergent, and excavated towards their

fore extremities on the inner : sides, where they are also armed with

two sharp strongish teeth ; their colour is similar to that of the

cephalothorax.

The mazille, labium, and sternum are of normal character, and of

a dark yellow-brown colour.

The abdomen is of a short oval form, considerably convex above,

but not nearly globular, and projects well over the base of the cepha-

lothorax ; it is of a dark yellowish brown colour mixed with blackish

patches and markings above, and sprinkled thickly, both above and

on the sides, with resplendent silvery markings and spots. These

are generally gathered into a large, but not very long, longitudinal

band or patch on each side of the fore half, the rest beg more or

less irregularly scattered, though in some examples they may be

traced somewhat more regularly i in transverse lines.

The female is rather larger than the male, and her abdomen is

much more nearly g piobulte in form; but in respect of colours and

markings, the sexes are, as nearly as possible, similar to each other.

Two adults of each sex were found on rushes and other plants in

a marsh near Alexandria.

Although much smaller than any yet known species of this genus,

it surpasses all of them in beauty; the silvery spangled abdomen

and enormous palpal bulb will serve to distinguish it at a glance.

Fam. EpriripDEs.

Gen. TETRAGNATHA, Latr.

TETRAGNATHA MOLESTA.

Tetragnatha molesta, Cambr. Spid. Palest. & Syr., P. Z.S. 1872,

p. 295.

Three adult males of this Spider were found among rushes in a

marsh near Alexandria.

TETRAGNATHA NITENS.

Eugnatha nitens, Sav. et Aud. Egypte, p. 118, pl. ii. fig. 2.

An adult female, of what I believe to be this species, was found on

rushes in a marsh near Alexandria.

The fangs of the falees are very remarkable, being strongly and

rather abruptly bent not far from the middle, with a strong conical

- protuberance, or tooth, on the hinder side between the bend and

the articulation with the falx.

TETRAGNATHA FLAVA.

Uloborus flavus, Sav. et Aud. Egypte, p. 117, pl. ii. fig. 1.

An immature example of this Spider was found in the same situa-

tion near Alexandria as the last two species. The position of the

eyes misled Audouin as to its generic affinity, which is undoubtedly

with Tetragnatha.

“I

wb}

1876.] REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN SPIDERS.

TrETRAGNATHA FILIFORMIS.

Eugnatha filiformis, Sav. et Aud. Egypte, p. 120, pl. ii. fig. 4

An immature male and two adult females of this species were

found in the same situation as the last, near Alexandria. The great

prolongation of the posterior extremity of the abdomen (increasing

its length by two thirds) makes the determination of this Spider easy.

TETRAGNATHA PELUSIA.

Tetragnatha pelusia, Sav. et Aud. Egypte, p. 119, pl. ii. fig. 3.

An immature female, of what I believe to be this species, was found

near Cairo.

Gen. Sinca, C. Koch.

SINGA AFFINIS, Sp. Nn.

This Spider is similar in size, form, avd structure to S . albovittaéta,

Westr. (Lpeira calva, Bl.) ; but an apparently constant difference in

the abdominal pattern, and in some other points, convinces me that

it is of a distinct though very nearly allied species. The upper-

side of the abdomen in S. albovittata, has three broad longitudinal

denticulate bands, the central one of a cream-white colour, and that

on each side reddish yellow-brown ; these latter unite at their poste-

rior extremities, and thus form a transverse band at that part; these

three bands are immaculate ; the central one distinetly terminates

well inside of the transverse portion of the lateral bands, represented

on this portion, at most, by a small yellowish spot. In S. afiiis,

however, these bands are not so vividly traced, and the lateral ones

are of a dull blackish-brown hue, broken in upon and mottled with

pale yellowish white, and they are connected at their posterior ex-

tremities by a very narrow bar, or simple line, the central band thus

running to the same length as the lateral ones; moreover the cen-

tral band is divided longitudinally from end to end by a distinct

tapering stripe of reddish brown (or other colour similar to that of

the lateral bands) giving off lateral lines at intervals, which appear

again to divide the central band in a transverse direction. The legs

and palpi differ also from those of S. albovittata by being yellow,

distinctly crenellated with brown; the falces also have a brown

patch at each end, the legs and palpi of that species, as well as the

falces, being of an immaculate orange-yellow. Another difference

1S obdervable i in the four central eyes ; these in the present Spider

form an exact square, while in S. aldovittata the form is of a qua-

drangle rather longer than broad.

Two females were found on low plants near Alexandria.

SINGA LUCINA.

Epeira lucina, Sav. et Aud. Egypte, p. 345, pl. iii. fig. 4; Cambr;

Spid, Palest. & Syr., P. Z. 8. 1872, p. 299.

Adult females of this Spider were found among rushes and plants

in a marsh near Alexandria.

Mons. Eugéne Simon (Arachia. de France, tom. i. p. 125) states

a5*

- a.

276 REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN SPIDERS. [June 20,

in a note that the Epeira lucina of Savigny is no other than the

Singa hamata, C. Koch (Epeira tubulosa, Blackw., &c.). I think,

however, that this is not so. In the figure given by Savigny a very

constant specific character is delineated in the pale markings on the

two dark longitudinal bands on the abdomen: in S. hamata these are

represented by markings which always completely divide the dark

bands in a transverse direction, while in S. ducina these markings

are always confined within the band as shown in Savigny’s figure,

and as observed constantly in the examples found in Egypt, and also

in many more found in Palestine. I do not at all doubt the occur-

rence in Egypt of S. hamata, C. K., though I did not myself meet

with it either there or in Palestine; but, for the above reasons, inde-

pendently of its larger size, I feel sure that it is not the same as

E. lucina, Sav.

Gen. ARGIOPE, Sav.

ARGIOPE AURELIA.

Argiope aurelia, Sav. Egypte, pl. ii. fig. 5.

Adult females of this fine Spider were found, not unfrequently, in

the gardens and orange-groves at Shoubra and other places near

Cairo, sitting in the midst of their large orbicular snares.

ARGIOPE STICTICALIS, Sp. Nn.

It is with some hesitation that I give here as a new species some

immature Spiders swept up among low herbage near Alexandria. It

is possible that they are but the immature form of A. aurelia. In

these young examples the abdomen is of a less flattened form than

in that species, and is destitute of the transverse banding so distinct

in the adult (and nearly adult) forms of 4. aurelia, the uniform

covering of minute cretaceous white points being only broken by a

dull longitudinal branching line and here and there a_ blackish

marking. The legs also, instead of being, as in A. aurelia, very

distinctly annulated with black, are simply black-speckled, chiefly on

the femora, and especially on those of the first pair.

Gen. CyrTorpHora, Sim.

CyYRTOPHORA OPUNTIA.

Cyrtophora opuntie, Duf. An. Se. Phys. tom. iv. pl. 69. fig. 3.

This Spider is abundant on the prickly pear, sont acacia, young

date-palms, and other low trees and shrubs, near and above Cairo.

Gen. Eprira, Walck.

EPrriIrRA CHLORIS.

Epeira chloris, Sav. et Aud. Egypte, pl. iii. fig. 5.

Adults of both sexes were found not unfrequently on low plants

in Upper Egypt*.

* The Spider described as an Argiope (Argiope epeiroides) in Spid. Palest. &

Syr., P. Z. 8. 1872, p. 801, but which is certainly not an Argiope, is very nearly

allied to Epetra chloris, Savigny ; it is, however, larger, of an even more elongated

form, and differs in the pattern on the abdomen, as well as in the structure of

the palpal organs.

1876.] REV. 0. P, CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN SPIDERS. ay

EPEIRA SUSPICAX, sp. 0.

Epeira apoclisa, Say. et Aud. Egypte, pl. iii. figs. 1, 2.

Having carefully compared adults of both sexes of this Spider,

found on rushes in a marsh near Alexandria, with the European form

of FE. apoclisa (BE. cornuta, Clk.), I am convinced that it is of a

distinct species. It is much larger than any examples I have ever

seen of FE. cornuta, the length of the adult male being 43 and 5

lines, and of the female nearly 7 lines; there are differences also,

though slight, in the structure of the palpal organs of the adult

male.

Inasmuch as the name apoclisa (Walck.) is now only a synonym

of the older name cornuta, Clerck, it might have been well to

distinguish the present Spider as #. apoclisa, Sav. et Aud.; but as,

until lately, this specific name has been so long the one current for

the European apoclisa (Z. cornuta, Clk.), it will probably best avoid

confusion to rename it as I have here done.

EPEIRA PERPLICATA.

Epetra perplicata, Cambr. Spid. Palest. & Syr., P. Z.S. 1872, p. 300.

Adults and immature examples of both sexes were found near

Alexandria.

EPEIRA CIRCE.

Epeira circe, Sav. et Aud. Egypte, pl. il. fig. 9.

Immature examples, of both sexes, of what I believe to be this

species were found at Alexandria.

EPEIRA DROMEDARIA.

Epeira dromedaria, Walck. Ins. Apt. 11. p. 126.

Examples of this Spider were found both near Alexandria and

Cairo.

EpriRA ATOMARIA, sp.n. (Plate LIX. fig. 9.)

Adult male, length 23 to 12 lines; adult female, rather over 3

lines.

This Spider is nearly allied to #. chloris, Sav., particularly in

the position of the eyes; but it may easily be distinguished by a de-

cided difference of markings, as well as by its less-elongated form.

The cephalothorax is of ordinary form; its colour is yellow,

clothed with rather coarse yellowish hairs, particularly on the caput ;

the oblique indentations, showing the junction of the caput and first

thoracic segment, are broadly and distinctly marked with reddish

brown.

The eyes are in the usual four pairs, rather small, and not very

different in size; those of the hind central pair are near together

(divided by about an eye’s diameter), while those of the fore central

pair are rather the largest of the eight and divided by a little more

than two diameters, this interval being equal to that between each

of them and the hind central eye on its side; the interval between

578 REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN SPIDERS. [June 20,

each fore central and the fore lateral on its side is less than that

between the fore centrals, while that between each hind central and

the hind lateral on its side is very much greater than that between

the hind centrals, being equal to about (or nearly) double the length

of the line formed by these latter; those of each lateral pair are seated

obliquely, but not quite contiguously, on a tubercle.

The legs are moderately long and not very strong, they are like

the cephalothorax in colour, the femora bemg spotted with black,

principally on their outer sides, the other joints are also marked

and irregularly banded with black ; they are furnished with hairs

and spines; those of the second pair are distinctly longer than those

of the fourth. In some examples the legs were more or less com-

pletely wanting in the black markings and spots.

The palpi are short and similar in colour to the legs; the radial

and cubital joints are very short, the latter is prominent and some-

what angular on its upperside, where it is furnished with two long,

strong, curved, tapering bristles; the digital joint is large, and of

an elongate-oval form; the palpal organs are highly developed and

complex, one of the corneous processes near their centre having

two prominent, curved, horn-like spines.

The falces are moderate in length, but not particularly powerful ;

and their colour is yellow, with a large blackish patch near their

base in front.

The mazille and labium are of normal form; and their colour is

blackish, broadly tipped with pale yellow.

The sternum is oval, pomted behind; and its colour is blackish,

marked with a broad, yellow, T-shaped marking on its fore part,

followed near the middle by a somewhat diamond-shaped patch of

the same colour.

The abdomen is of rather large size, and of a regular oval form,

and projects considerably over the base of the cephalothorax ; it is

thinly clothed with hairs and bristles; some of the latter are long,

of a pale yellowish colour, and of a spine-like character. Its colour

is a straw-yellow, marked and spotted with black ; the upperside

presents a prettily freckled appearance, being thickly speckled with

small black spots of different sizes, around the principal ones of

which there is a slight clear space giving the appearance of an

ocellated surface. Along the central longitudinal line of the upper-

side there is, usually visible, an indistinctly paler band, edged with a

slightly dentated blackish line and narrowing as it approaches the

spinners ; this band is crossed towards its fore extremity by a di-

stinct but irregular black linear marking reaching on each side to a

longitudinal dentated black line ; the dentations of these lines are

bold, but bluntish ; the underside of the abdomen is also spotted ;

there are likewise some other blackish markings, and some indistinct

pale patches. In some individuals there is an indistinct pale trans-

verse bar crossing the central one just behind the irregular black

line mentioned above ; these examples were of a generally sandy

hue, the darker markings being reddish-brown instead of black, and

the legs scarcely marked at all.

1876. ] REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN SPIDERS. 579

An adult female resembled these last in the general colouring; but

her legs were entirely without darker markings; the abdomen also

is less spotted, and the lines and bands noticed on the male (except

the irregular transverse one on the fore part) are scarcely traceable ;

the sides are marked with oblique converging red-brown lines form-

ing a vandyke pattern; and the underside is unicolorous.

Four males (three adult and one immature), and one adult

female, were found on low bushes near Cairo and in Upper Egypt,

and appear to me to be new to science.

Fam. ULosoripeEs.

Gen. ULosorvs (Walck.).

ULoBoRUs SIGNATUS, sp. n.

Adult male, length 14 line.

The cephalothorax of this Spider is of a short or round oval

form, the site of the fore central pair of eyes being rather prominent;

it is uniformly though not very convex above, but, on the contrary,

rather depressed and the hinder extremity truncated and higher than.

the fore extremity ; its colour is dark brown, with an indistinct and

abbreviated yellowish bar on either side, leaving a broad central

brown band and a marginal band on each side of “the same colour ;

these, however, all merge into one at the caput where the yellow

bars cease. Clypeus none.

The eyes are in two curved rows wide apart from each other; and

the curves of both are directed forwards ; the eyes of the hinder

row are equal in size, and as nearly as possible equidistant from each

other; those of the fore central pair are rather larger than those of

the hinder row, and separated by about the same interval as those

of that row from each other, each fore lateral being also nearly the

same distance from the fore central eye on its side; the fore laterals

are the smallest of the eight, and each is separated from the hind

lateral on its side by a larger interval than that which separates the

fore and hind central eyes.

The legs are very unequal in length and strength; their relative

length is 1, 2, 4, 3, those of the first pair being considerably the

longest and strongest; those of the first two pairs are of a dark yellow-

ish-brown colour, the femora being the darkest, and marked obliquely

near the middle on the upperside with a yellowish stripe; those of

the third and fourth pairs are of a yellowish colour broadly annulated

with brown: the tibize of the first pair had the stumps, apparently,

of spines ; but all the armature, of whatever nature, had been broken

and rubbed off.

The palpi are short, of a yellowish colour, marked obscurely with

brown ; the cubital and radial joints are very short, the latter being

somewhat gibbous or pointedly prominent on its upperside at the

fore extremity ; the digital joimt is rather large, and the palpal

organs prominent but simple i in structure, with, apparently, a fine red-

brown spine coiled round them near the middle; this spine may

580 REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN SPIDERS. [June 20,

perhaps be only the corneous margin of the posterior lobe of the

palpal bulb. :

The falces are small and of a yellowish colour; the mazille

straight, short, broad, and rounded at the outer extremity ; the labium

is small and pointed at the apex; these parts are blackish brown,

edged and tipped with pale whitish yellow; and the sternwm is dark-

yellow-brown and of an oval form.

The abdomen is oblong-oval in form, somewhat gibbous above

from the middle forwards; its colour is black or nearly so; the fore

half has a narrow white yellowish marginal stripe on the upper-

side ; and on the hinder half are four small, but distinct, elongate

yellowish-white oblique spots forming a square ; another spot of a

similar colour is placed just above the spinners ; the underside has

two longitudinal yellowish bands running nearly throughout its

whole length. The spinners are compactly grouped, those of the

inferior pair being longer and stronger than the superior ones, which

are two-jointed ; immediately in front of the inferior pair is the trans-

verse surface of the inframamillary organs; but there are no cala-

inistra on the legs, the latter being seldom (never in my own expe-

rience) found in the male sex.

A single example of this very distinct Uloborus was found on a

low plant on the way up the Nile between Cairo and Sioit.

Fam. THOMISIDES.

Gen. TuHomisus, Walck. ad partem.

THOMISUS LATERALIS.

Thomisus lateralis, C. Koch, Die Arachn. iv. p. 43, pl. 120.

fig. 277.

Adults of both sexes were found among rushes and other water-

plants in a marsh near Alexandria.

THOMISUS SPINIFER.

Thomisus spinifer, Cambr. Spid. Palest, & Syria, P. Z. S. 1872,

p- 308, pl. xiv. fig. 14.

Both sexes adult, and immature females, were found not unfre-

quently on low-growing plants and flowers, as well as on the boughs

of the sont acacia between Cairo and Thebes,

Gen. Dia, Thor.

D1A DIANA.

Thomisus diana, Sav. et Aud. Egypte, p. 161, pl. vii. fig. 9.

An adult male, with females adult and immature, were found on

the branches of the sont acacia at various places between Cairo and

Thebes.

D1#A CANDICANS, Sp. 0.

Adult male, length 14 line.

The cephalothorax, falces, maxilla, labium, and sternum are of a

1876.] REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN SPIDERS. 581

pale dusky whitish yellow colour, the legs and palpi being stgll

paler, and the abdomen creamy white.

The general form is rather less robust than that of D. diana, and

the legs proportionally rather longer and more slender.

The eyes of the foremost row are very nearly equidistant from

each other; while those of the hind central pair are perceptibly nearer

to each other than each is to the hind lateral on its side; the interval

between those of each lateral pair is greater than that between the

fore and hind central pairs, owing to the rather greater length and

stronger curve of the hinder row ; the fore lateral eyes are largest of

the eight ; the height of the clypeus is less than half of that of the

facial space.

The /egs are furnished sparingly with hairs and spines—their rela-

tive length being 2, 1, 4, 3, the difference between 2 and 1 and

4 and 3 respectively being very slight.

The palpi are similar in colour to the legs and rather short ; the

radial joint is shorter than the cubital, and has its outer extremity

very slightly produced and terminating with a very small, blunt,

curved, brown, claw-like process; the digital joint is narrow, and

about equal in length to the radial and cubital joints. together ; the

palpal organs are not highly developed nor complex, but apparently

consist of a single flattish oval pale yellowish lobe, upon the hinder

part of which there rests a strongish, pale, curved spine springing

trom the outer side of the base of the lobe, and tapering to a sharp

point on the inner side.

The abdomen is of a regular oval form, and projects pretty well

over the base of the cephalothorax; its upper surface is flattish, of

a nearly white cretaceous appearance, marked longitudinally from

near the fore extremity by a narrow central bar, defined merely by a

dull marginal line, and, tapering at each end, fining off to a single

line a little way from the spinners ; the five normal impressed spots

are visible on the upperside, one at the fore extremity of the central

bar, and four forming nearly a square figure behind it, the anterior

side of the figure being rather shorter than the rest ; the underside

of the abdomen is unicolorous.

An adult female differed only in the legs of the first and second

pairs being shorter than those of the male.

The above examples were found on low plants near Alexandria.

Gen. Xysticus, C. Koch.

XYSTICUS HIRTUS.

Thomisus hirtus, Sav. et Aud. Egypte, p. 164, pl. vi. fig. 11.

An adult female of this Spider was found near Cairo.

XyYSTICUS PROMISCUUS, Sp. Nn.

Adult male, length 14 line.

This small XYysticus is nearly alhed to X. audaz, Koch ; its general

form, however, is shorter and broader, the cephalothorax being nearly

circular save for the usual broad truncate form of the fore extremity

982 REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN SPIDERS. | June 20,

ofsthe caput ; and the abdomen (which projects well over the base of

the cephalothorax) is of a very short, broad, oval shape, obtusely

pointed behind and slightly truncate before. ‘The sides of the cephalo-

thorax are thickly mottled with pale red-brown and yellow; the

usual broad central longitudinal pale band, charged on its fore part

with the normal spade-shaped marking, is yellowish red-brown,

mottled finely with yellowish and fairly defined, at least at its hinder

part, which is prolonged in a dark red-brown line down the hinder

slope.

The Jegs are normal in respect of length and strength; they are

marbled and streaked more or less coarsely with white, yellowish,

and red-brown spots and blotches, and armed with spines, those on

the tibia and metatarsi of the first and second pairs being rather

long and strong; the metatarsi and tarsi are pale yellow, striped

longitudinally with white.

The palpi are short and strong, of a pale yellow-brown colour,

mottled faintly with whitish and darker brown: the radial joint is

shorter than the cubital, and has its-outer fore extremity produced

into a short, tapering, bluntish-pointed apophysis, and a much larger

one on its underside; this latter is broad and truncated at its ex-

tremity, which is broader than its base; the other (towards the inner

side) is pointed: the digital joint is of a short oval form, with the

usual apophysis issuing from near its base on the outer side. The

palpal organs are very similar to those of X. audaz, but may be

easily distinguished by the form of the F-shaped spine: this in the

present species is of a generally slenderer form, and has its shaft

strongly bent, whereas in XY. audawv it is nearly or quite straight ;

the inner one of the cross bars also is longer in proportion to the

other than in that species. The large pointed corneous process which

issues from the inner side of the base of the palpal organs is also

destitute of the thorn-like spine near the base of its lower edge,

which is very conspicuous in X. audaw and also in X. eristatus ;

in some respects this Spider appears to be more nearly like the latter

in the palpal organs than the former; but whereas in X. cristatus

the surrounding spine has its fine point always (so far as I have

seen) straight, this in the present Spider is curved.

The falces are short, strong, subconical, and of a yellowish white

colour, marked witb red-brown, principally at the base and extre-

mities.

The sternum is yellow-white, thickly speckled with pale purplish

red-brown spots ; and two oblique lines of the same colour are faintly

visible on each side, with a similar short central line from the hinder

extremity.

The abdomen is thinly clothed with erect bristles, and has its upper-

side of a pale chocolate red-brown colour, marked with a few black

spots, chiefly near the margins, which are whitish and rugulose ; the

usual broad dentated band along the centre is visible and of a whitish

colour, but greatly obscured by minute chocolate red-brown spots,

the extreme points of the denticulations being the least obscured ;

about the middle of the denticulated band is a small, narrow, yellow

1876.] REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN SPIDERS. 583

stripe, pointed at each end, and its edges dark red-brown ; the sides

are rugulose, pale chocolate-brown, spotted with whitish and dark

red-brown; the underside also is chocolate-brown, mottled finely

with a deeper hue; the spinners are surrounded by a broken white

line.

A female (ynich I feel no doubt is of this species) was of a gene-

rally paler aud more ashy hue, but otherwise resembled it in form

and markings.

Although so exceedingly closely allied to YX. eristatus and X, audaz,

I have no doubt that the present is a perfectly distinct species,

and that collectors will have but little difficulty in distinguishing it

by its general appearance, apart from the special differences of the

structure of the male palpi.

The examples above described were found on low plants near

Alexandria.

XYSTICUS FERUS, Sp. n.

Adult female, length 33 lines.

This fine but plainly-coloured Spider is allied to Y. bifasciatus,

C. Koch; its general form and structure are of the normal type.

The cephalothoraz is of an orange-yellow-brown colour veined and

marked with red-brown, especially on the hinder slope; the ocular

region and the middle of the clypeus whitish yellow ; the normal

spade-shaped marking, behind the eyes, is scarcely defined by an

obscure yellow marginal line, its hinder extremity, however, being

more apparent and of a whitish-yellow colour; from between the two

hind central eyes to the beginning of the hinder slope, two parallel

red-brown lines, close together, divide the caput longitudinally; the

surface of the cephalothorax is thinly furnished with bristly hairs.

The eyes are in the ordinary position, and unequal in size, the

fore laterals considerably the largest ; those of the hind central pair

are slightly larger, and nearer together than those of the fore central

pair, the latter being further from each other than each is from the

fore lateral on its side; while the eyes of the hind central pair are

much nearer to each other than each is to the hind lateral on its

side ; the height of the clypeus is less than half that of the facial

space.

The legs are not very long, but strong; they are yellow, marbled

underneath, particularly the femora of the first and second pairs,

with white, and furnished with hairs, bristles, and spines, the latter

disposed in the usual way.

The falces are rather short, strong, but conical, similar in colour

to the cephalothorax, with the anterior portion washed with yellowish

white, and the front surface armed with strong black bristles.

The palpi are similar to the legs in colour, and furnished with

bristles and spines.

The mazille and labium are of normal form, and, with the sternum,

similar to the legs in colour; the sternum, however, is obscurely

marbled with yellowish white.

The abdomen is oval, blunt, pointed behind and roundly truneated

584 REY. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN SPIDERS. [June 20,

before, where it projects fairly over the base of the cephalothorax ;

it is of a generally dull sandy yellow-brown colour, and its upper

surface furnished with short, strong, curved, black bristles ; the sides

and upper margins are very rugulose, the upper edges of the rugu-

losities more or less marked with whitish. The normal dentated,

broad, longitudinal pale band on the upperside is scarcely visible ;

and the underside is rather paler than the rest.

A single example of this Spider, which I believe to be of an unde-

scribed species, was found on a low plant near Alexandria.

XYSTICUS PECCANS, Sp. 0.

Immature female, length 13 line.

Although apparently far from maturity, I am induced to describe

as a new species several examples found on plants in Egypt, believing

that the specific indications afforded by their colours and markings

will eventually be corroborated by the structural characters of the

adult spiders.

The form of the cephalothorav is ordinary ; and its colour is dull

yellowish brown, darker on the sides than along the middle, and

the ocular area dull greyish white, the lateral margins being very

distinctly and regularly white.

The eyes are normal, but the fore laterals are proportionately

larger than usual.

The legs are moderately long and tolerably strong, their relative

lengths being normal ; those of the first and second pairs (except

the tarsi, which are pale yellowish) are of a dark brown with a choco-

late tinge, most uniform on the tibial, metatarsal, and femoral joints;

those of the third and fourth pairs are a uniform pale yellowish,

which is also the colour of the palpi, maxille, labium, sternum, and

abdomen. ‘The latter is of a roundish oval form, and (in all the

examples found) entirely destitute of markings ; probably, however,

this will not be found to be so in the adult examples, in which we

may expect to find, though perhaps not very definitely, the normal

pattern delineated.

The falces are short, strong, and subconical, of a yellowish colour,

with a broad, distinct, transverse white band near the middle of their

fore side.

XyYsTICUS SUBCLAVATUS, Sp. Nl.

Adult female, length 23 lines.

This Spider is closely allied to X. hertus (Sav.).

The cephalothoraz has its sides mottled and marked with yellowish

white, and yellow-brown of different shades; a broad longitudinal

pale whitish band occupies the middle; and along it, from and in-

cluding the eyes of the hind central pair, runs a yellow-brown bar

tapering to a point a little way down the hinder slope.

The /egs are whitish, mottled and spotted with yellow, and with

yellow-brown spots and markings; the tibie and metatarsi of the

third and fourth pairs have each a distinct, although broken, dark

blackish-brown annulus.

1876.] REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN SPIDERS. 585

The abdomen is roundly truncated before, and broader behind

than in front ; it is of a whitish hue, marked and mottled above with

pale yellow-brown and a few blackish markings; on its hinder half

these are arranged in two well separated longitudinal lines, and

indicate the spaces between the denticulations of the ordinary broad

central longitudinal band, which is otherwise scarcely traceable ; the

sides are rugulose and marked with some rather indistinct oblique

rows of brown spots; and the underside is faintly spotted with

yellowish-brown ; besides some ordinary bristles on the upper-

side, there are on each side of the fore part a few strong curved

clavate ones in an obliquely longitudinal line; these bristles increase

gradually in strength from the base to the rounded extremity, some-

thing like the form of a racket-bat: there may have been others

originally ; but if so, they had been rubbed off before capture.

Several of these bristles, as well as some others, equally strong but

not clavate, are also apparent on the cephalothorax.

A single adult female was found near Alexandria.

Gen. SELENOps, Duf.

SELENOPS HGYPTIACA. (Plate LIX. fig. 10.)

Selenops egyptiacus, Say. et Aud. Egypte, p. 162, pl. vi. fig. 6.

This Spider appears to be tolerably abundant in the Nile boats ;

it used frequently to be seen at night in the cabins and passages of

our daha-beah, but, owing to its swift movements and the numerous

cracks and crevices at hand, it was very difficult to capture it; I

managed however, to Aya three adult and immature females shi

several adult males. As no other species was met with during my

stay in Egypt, I conclude that this is probably the one described and

figured by Savigny and Audouin, though the example from which

their figure and description were made, being immature, gives but

little idea of the characteristics of the species. A more detailed

description from the adult form will therefore be useful.

Adult male, length 44 to a little over 6 lines; adult female, 6 to

74 lines. The Spider with legs extended covers a width of two

inches and three quarters.

The cephalothoraz is slightly broader at its widest part than it is

long ; its form is very near ly that of a heart, the ocular region forming

the acute point, which, however, is here truncated ; it is flat and lev 5

throughout, the caput being only a little constricted laterally ; its

colour is yellow-brown (the caput being darker than the rest, as

also are the normal converging grooves and indentations), and it is

clothed with hairs and a yellowish grey pubescence.

The eyes are unequal in size and disposed on tuberculate black

spots along the whole width of the fore margin of the caput ; four

form a curved row in the middle, the curve directed fades

and at some little distance from each end of this row is a lateral

pair, the eyes of which are very unequal in size, wide apart, and

placed obliquely, so that the hinder eye, which is the largest of

the eight, is much further from the curved row than the foremost

586 REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN SPIDERS. [June 20,

one, which is smallest of the eight: the hinder eyes of the lateral

pairs follow the same curve as the four middle ones; but the interval

between each and the end one of the central curve is as great as that

between the latter and the next to it but one: the interval between

the two middle eyes of the central curved row is greater than

that between each and the end eye nearest to it; these end eyes are

also rather larger than the middle ones. Owing to the flatness of the

caput and the nearness of the eyes to its fore margin, the clypeus is

very low, no more than equal to the diameter of one of the middle

eyes of the central curve.

The legs are long, moderately strong, and not greatly unequal in

length; their relative length is 2, 3, 4,1; they are of a dull yellow

tinged with brown, and more or less distinctly annulated with darker

yellow-brown; they are furnished slightly with a greyish yellow

pubescence, which sometimes obscures the darker annulations, and

also with hairs, bristles, and spines of various lengths. Each tarsus

terminates with two curved claws, which appear to be devoid of pec-

tination; and beneath them is a small but compact scopula of black

hairs.

The pa/pi are short, similar to the legsin colour, except the radial

and digital joints, which gradually deepen into a dark reddish yellow-

brown: the radial joint is nearly of the same length as the cubital,

and has, near its outer fore extremity, a prominent dark red-brown

somewhat corneous looking apophysis of a tapering, but not very

acute, pointed form; on the inner side, towards the fore extremity of

the radial joint are several long spine-like bristles ; the cubital joint

has a single bristle on the upperside at the fore extremity ; and the

humeral joint has several spine-like ones about the same part ; the

digital joint is of good size and of a regular oval form, but does not

equal in length that of the radial and cubital together by about one

half of the latter; the palpal organs are well developed, but not

very complex, nor presenting any thing very remarkable in their

structure.

The falces are moderate in length and strength, rather prominent

in front, rounded in profile, and of a deep red-brown colour, paler

reddish-yellow near the fore extremity on the inner sides; they are

furnished with longish bristly hairs, and appear to have one or two

sharp tecth on their inner margins; the fangs are powerful, strongly

curved, and of a deep red-brown colour.

The maville are strong, straight, and obliquely and roundly trun-

cated at their extremities ; their colour is yellow red-brown, softening

to pale yellow at their extremities.

The /abium is equal in length to half that of the maxille ; it is of

an oblong form, rounded at the apex, where it is of a pale yellowish

colour, the rest being reddish yellow-brown ; the upper half is appa-

rently wider than the lower.

The sternum is of a dull yellow colour, and nearly circular in its

shape, its fore margin is a little flattened, its hinder extremity

notched, and its surface is furnished with hairs.

The abdomen is very flat, of an oval form, truncated before,

1876.] REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN SPIDERS. 087

and blunt behind ; its colour is a dull testaceous yellow, clothed

with hairs of various dull yellowish brown and black hues; those

just below the fore margin are upturned, black, and bristly ; the

upperside is marked with blackish spots, some of which form two

longitudinal lines, an oblong marking along the middle of the fore

half, following which, on the hinder half, are two or three more or

less well-defined transverse lines, the middle portion of the second

of these lines being strongly curved ; around the margin of the hinder

extremity are some small pointed tufts of pale whitish yellow hairs.

The spinners are small and short, and, together with the anal tubercle,

are partially concealed within a kind of circular sheath, which may be

seen when ina rather protruded state in some examples; but in others

it is quite invisible; it is probably an exaggeration or more de-

veloped form of this peculiarity of which Baron Walckenaer speaks

with respect to Selenops omalosoma, Duf., and is no doubt a remnant

of the once segmented abdomen of the Araneidea. The general form

of Selenops is strikingly like that of Phrynus, the nearest ally to

the true Spiders; and it is not surprising therefore that the seg-

mented form of abdomen in the former should be more visible in the

present than in most other known Spiders.

This Spider is probably common in houses in Egypt, though I

did not myself meet with it except in the Nile boats. According

to the sailors’ account, it preys upon the cockroaches with which these

boats are generally infested.

The female differs from the male only in being larger and with

shorter and stronger legs. The exceedingly flattened form of this

Spider, which runs with inconceivable quickness, and with its legs

extended flat on all sides upon the surface, enables it to glide in an

instant through cracks and crevices so narrow as to have escaped

observation until the Spider disappears, as if by magic, through the

wainscoting of the boat. The only way in which I succeeded in

capturing this Spider was by observing it when undisturbed and

motionless for an instant, and then placing an inverted tumbler

over it, when a piece of paper passed carefully behind, put it com-

pletely in my power, and enabled me to chloroform and secure it

without the slightest damage to the specimen. I have an adult male

of this species from Old Calabar, on the west coast of Africa ; this

example only differs in having the abdominal markings more distinct

than in the Egyptian specimens.

Gen. Sparassus, Walck.

SPARASSUS WALCKENAERIUS.

Sparassus walckenaerius, Sav. et Aud. Egypte, p.159, pl. vi. fig. 1.

Although not rare in Egypt, I was not able to obtain an adult

example of either sex of this fine Spider ; no doubt their period of

maturity occurs later on towards the summer season, the time when

my examples were found being in January and February; the

length of the largest example met with (an immature female) is 13

lines. Among other situations in which this species was found, it

388 REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN SPIDERS. [June 20,

used to occur on board the daha-beah. Waking up on one occasion

in the middle of the night, I heard a crunching and crackling noise

close to my head ; and on looking round, close to my ear wasa large

Spider, and a still larger Cockroach in deadly struggle together. To

stretch out my hand softly and reach a large chip-box close by and

enclose them within it was the work of a moment; but on looking

in the next morning, the Cockroach had disappeared, all except the

harder parts, which were reduced to small fragments. I gave the

monster several days to digest his meal and think upon things in

general, and then, after a dose of chloroform, consigned him to the

collecting-bottle.

Savigny’s figure of this Spider is so good that it is impossible to

err in the determination of the species.

SPARASSUS COGNATUS, Sp. n.

The examples of this Spider met with are not nearly so large as

those of S. walekenaerius—though, not having met with either

species in the adult state, this cannot be considered any certain

proof of their relative size when arrived at maturity.

The following differences will serve to distinguish the two species.

In the present one the cephalothorax is of a plain yellow colour

entirely devoid of the brown markings so characteristic in S. wale-

kenaerius ; the legs also are completely destitute of the darker annu-

lations which are more or less visible in all the examples I met with

of that species; the central eyes also of the hinder row in S. cognatus

are as widely separated from each other as each is from the hind

lateral eye on its side, or perhaps a trifle more widely, while in

S. walckenaerius the interval between the hind centrals is a trifle

less than that between each and the hind lateral on its side. Also

the dark markings on the abdomen in S. cognatus are of a red-brown

colour (often of a bright rusty red), while those on S. walckenaerius

were of a dull brown hue.

Examples of this Spider were met with both near Cairo and in

Upper Egypt. Possibly it may be the immature form of Sparassus

linnei, Sav.; but at present I am inclined to think otherwise.

SPARASSUS SUAVIS, Sp. n.

Adult male, length 32 lines; adult female, 43 lines.

The cephalothorax of this Spider is broader than long, though

constricted and truncated at its fore extremity ; the profile line of

the upperside describes a slight and uniform curve; it is of a dull

orange-yellow colour, clothed with greyish yellow hairs, and marked

faintly with dusky brown in the normal grooves and indentations ;

the height of the clypeus scarcely exceeds the diameter of one of

the fore central eyes.

The eyes are in two curved rows, the curves directed away from

each other, the hinder row being the most curved and the front

row the shorter; those of the fore central pair are largest of the

eight ; those of the hind central pair are further from each other

than each is from the hind lateral on its side, while those of the fore-

1876.] REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN SPIDERS. 989

most row are equally separated from each other, the four central

eyes describing a square whose fore side is shorter than the rest : the

interval between those of each lateral pair is about equal to the

diameter of one of them.

The /egs are long, and moderate in strength; their relative length

is apparently 2, 1, 4, 3, or 2, 4, 1,3; their colour is yellow, the under-

sides of the femora of the first and second pairs being speckled with

small red-brown spots, chiefly disposed in two longitudinal parallel

lines ; they are furnished with hairs and a few long spines (of different

lengths); and the metatarsi and tarsi are furnished beneath with a

scopula.

The pa/pi are moderately long and strong; they are similar to the

legs in colour ; the humeral joints are furnished with a few spine-

hke bristles towards the fore extremity on the upperside; and there

are a few finer long bristles on the other joints: the radial joint is

double the length of the cubital, and has a tolerably long, slightly

curved, deep red-brown and rather slender apophysis at its extremity

on the outer side; this apophysis is of a slightly tapering form, but

is obtusely pointed : the digital joint is elongate-oval in form, rather

longer than the radial and cubital joints together ; its colour is yellow-

brown; and it is hairy, terminating in a single small curved claw :

the palpal organs are small and simple, and, although characteristie,

present no noteworthy processes, nor do they extend more than

halfway towards the extremity of the joint. -

T he falces are moderate in length and strength, straight, though

projecting a little forwards, and rounded in profile ; they are of a

yellow-brown colour, paler on their inner sides towards the ex-

tremity.

The mazil/e@ are moderately Jong and strong, nearly straight, and

roundly truncated at their extremities, their colour is dull yellow-

brown, but pale at the extremities.

The /abium is very short and small, and nearly semicircular in

form, of a dull yellow-brown colour, pale at the apex; and the

sternum 1s yellow.

The abdomen is of an oblong-oval form ; its colour is a dull testa-

ceous, more or less mottled on the upperside with clearer yellow

cretaceous spots, and it is thinly clothed with greyish yellow hairs ;

an ordinary elongated, central, longitudinal yellow-brown marking,

defined by a margin of bright red-brown spots, occupies the fore half

of the upperside, and its acute termination is continued by a single

line of similar spots to the spinners ; a few other small spots of the

same colour are thinly but pretty evenly dispersed over the rest of

the upper surface ; the underside is immaculate.

The female resembles the male, except in being of astouter build ;

the genital aperture is small, of a somewhat heart-shaped and cha-

racteristic form, with a blackish red-brown corneous margin.

An adult andanimmature male and an adult female were found at the

roots of scattered tufts of herbage on the desert near Gebel y Silsilis, in

Upper Egypt. Although nearly allied to Sparassus linnei (Sav.),

it may be at once distinguished not only by a difference in the rela-

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—-1876, No. XX XIX. 39

290 REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN SPIDERS. [June 20,

tive sizes and position of the eyes and its much smaller size, but by

the speckled appearance of the abdomen, and the spots on the femora

of the first two pairs of legs; the markings on the abdomen of S.

linnei being much larger and of a linear character; the palpal

organs also, in that species, extend much nearer to the fore extremity

of the digital joint, besides being quite different in structure; the

radial joint also is shorter in proportion to the cubital, and is armed

with two or three long and rather strong spines.

Gen. Arramus, L. Koch (changed to Artanes by T. Thorell).

ARTANES BIGIBBA, Sp. 0.

Immature female, length 23 lines.

The cephalothorax is of the ordinary form; it is of a yellowish

grey colour, more or less completely mottled and suffused with

yellowish brown, generally leaving a not very distinct pale patch on

each side of the hinder part of the caput.

The eyes are small and in the usual position ; those of the hind

central pair are further from each other than each is from the hind

lateral on its side; and the relative position of the eyes of the front

row is similar; both rows are curved, the convexity of the curve

directed forwards ; but the front row is much the shortest, and most

strongly curved.

The legs are long and moderately strong; their relative length

being 2, 4,1, 3.; they are of a pale j yellowish hue, more or less mottled

and Suffused. nal white ; and the femora of the first pair are marked

rather underneath in front with a strongish longitudinal stripe of

deep chocolate-brown (in some examples almost black); in some

examples the legs have an obscurely annulate appearance ; the tibize

and metatarsi of the legs are furnished with longish spines.

The palpi are similar in colour to the legs; and the humeral

joints of those of the first pair have a large black spot underneath the

fore extremity.

The falces are short, straight, vertical, subconical, of a whitish-

yellow colour, tipped with yellow-brown.

The maxillee and labium are of the normal form, and, with the

sternum, of the same colour as the falces.

The abdomen is of a somewhat subpentagonal form, truncate before,

and broadest towards the hinder extremity, which, however, is of a

somewhat pointed form ; at its broadest part on either side at the

margin is an obtuse gibbosity or protuberance, which, together with the

sides and the hinder part, has a wrinkled appearance after preservation

in spirit of wine ; the colour of the abdomen is greyish white mixed

with yellowish grey-brown, and in some examples with chocolate

red-brown, assuming an indistinct pattern of a longitudinal central line

on the fore half, which emits a short lateral oblique line from either

side near its middle, followed by two or three subangular transverse

lines, or chevrons.

Four examples, all females and immature, were found among

herbage near Alexandria.

1876.] REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN SPIDERS. o9l

ARTANES LUGENS, sp. n.

An immature female of this Spider is rather smaller than those

just described of A. bigibba, and, although strikingly similar in

general form, colouring, and structure, differs from that species in

(apparently) the larger size of the eyes of the hinder row ; the legs,

also, are speckled with dark brown or blackish spots, the longitudinal

dark stripe on the fore femora being absent: the abdomen also has

scarcely any trace of the two gibbosities noticed in that species ; the

colour of the upperside is a clear greyish white, with a large oblong

somewhat rectangular black area reaching from the fore margin to

about two thirds of the way to the spinners; this black figure is

rather constricted in the middle, and is closely followed towards the

spinners by a transverse, slightly angular stripe, or chevron, close

behind which is a single central black spot; on either side, close to

the spinners, is a short black marginal stripe; the underside is

unicolorous, and of a dull greyish white hue.

A single example of this Spider was found near Alexandria.

Future researches alone will prove whether or not it is only an

abnormally coloured example of 4. bigibba; at present I consider

it to be of a distinct though nearly allied species.

Gen. Tuanatus, C. Koch.

THANATUS ALBINI.

Philodromus aibini, Sav. et Aud., Egypte, pl. vi. fig. 4.

Adult examples of both sexes of this Spider were found in various

parts of Egypt, among low herbage and running on bare spots.

THANATUS LINEATIPES, Sp. n.

Adult female, length 3 lines.

This Spider belongs to the group typified by 7. oblongus, upon

which M. Simon has founded a separate genus, Tibellus. So far

as I can see, the chief, if not the only, valid distinction from Tha-

natus is the elongate narrow abdomen—which seems scarcely enough

for the construction of a new genus, although a convenient character

for the separation of a group within the genus Tvanatus.

The whole of the fore part of the present Spider is pale yellow.

The /egs are furnished with a few fine spines; and the femora of the

first and second pairs are thinly spotted with minute blackish specks ;

the tibiz and metatarsi of the first, second, and third pairs are

marked on the hinder sides with a single longitudinal black line,

while the same joints of the fourth pair have a black line along both

the fore and hinder sides. The pa/pi are immaculate.

The abdomen is of an elongate oval form, but not so narrow as

that of 7. oblongus; it is of a pale yellowish colour, closely and

uniformly covered with yellow-white cretaceous spots, having only a

pale dull-coloured elongate tapering central marking along the middle

of the fore half on the upperside; from this marking there issue

several fine oblique lines of a similar colour. The relative length of

39”

992 REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN SPIDERS. [June 20,

the legs is 4, 2, 1, 3; and the position of the eyes is exactly like

that of 7. oblongus.

A single example was found on a low plant near Cairo.

THANATUS FLAVUS, Sp. Nn.

Adult female, length 23 lines.

In size, colours, and general appearance this Spider is strikingly

like 7. lineatipes the ee however, of the abdomen is a little

different, tapering more uniformly from the fore part to the spin-

ners; the cephalothorax has two broad but indistinct lateral

longitudinal brownish bands, one on each side, leaving a marginal

band of the normal ground-colour on either side, of the same width ;

the legs are more or less thinly speckled with blackish specks, and

none of them have the black lines so characteristic in 7. lineatipes.

The form of the genital aperture also differs from that species

nothing, however, but a drawing of each would render the differences

of this aperture tangible for the purpose of specific determination.

Four adult females were found on low plants in a marsh near

Alexandria.

THANATUS FLAVESCENS, Sp. 0.

Immature female, length 3 lines.

Strikingly like both the foregoing species in colours, this one may be

at once distinguished by the more sattenuated cylindrical form of the

abdomen, and consequently its greater length; the abdomen tapers

a little, and very gradually, to the hinder extremity, it is of a clear

straw-yellow colour! and has the faintest indication of a longitudinal

central stripe throughout the upperside, formed by two gradually

converging dusky broken lines ; the cephalothorax is yellow, slightly

speckled with black, chiefly on the caput ; the legs are the same in rela-

tive length, and have only a very faint indrettee of black speckling :

the two: posterior eyes (the laterals of the hinder row) are in the

present species further removed backwards from the rest than in the

two former, the central pair of the same row being also smaller.

An immature male and female were found on a low bush near

Cairo.

Gen. Puottopromus, Walck.

PHILODROMUS ADJACENS, sp.n. (Plate LIX. fig. 11.)

Philodromus fabricti, Cambr. Spid. Palest. & Syr., P. Z. 8. 1872,

p. 310 (exclude reference to Savigny).

Adult male, length 13 line; adult female, 2? lines.

Subsequent Samaeiina and comparison have led me to believe

that the Spider recorded (loc. cit. supra) is distinct from Philo-

dromus fabricti, Sav. et Aud., differing from it in the more truncate

termination of the very conspicuous dark marking on the fore half

of the upperside of the abdomen, as well as in the relative length

of the Ieee in the present Spider this is 4, 3, 2, 1, whilein P. fabrici

it is 4,2, 3, 1. The structure, however, of the palpal organs of the

male is not very unlike the figure shown in Savigny’s work.

1876.] REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN SPIDERS. 593

The cephalothorax is of ordinary form, of a yellowish grey colour,

with two very distinct broad lateral longitudinal (but not marginal)

dark-brown bands; these bands, oweren touch the margin at the

point where they terminate in front, close to the junction of the caput

and thorax, behind which their lower margin is rather strongly den-

ticulate.

The legs are very long and slender; their relative length is

4, 8, 2, 1; and their colour is pale whitish-yellow, more or less

spotted and marked beneath the femora with greyish yellow- brown ;

and they are furnished with hairs and a few inconspic:tous spines.

The palpi are similar to the legs in colour; the radial and cubital

joints are short, but of equal lensth ; ; and att the outer extremity of

the former is a slightly curved, tapering, narrow, pointed brown

apophysis ; the digital joint is oval, rather longer than the radial and

cubital joints together; the palpal organs are simple in structure,

with a slightly curved pointed corneous process, which begins on

their inner side, and projects, with a sharp black point, from their

extremity.

The abdomen is oval, and projects well over the base of the

cephalothorax ; its fore extremity is rounded, and its posterior

extremity blunt- -pointed ; it is of a dull cream-grey colour, with the

normal marking on the fore half of the upperside very distinct and

well defined and of a deep brown colour, with an angular point near

the middle on each side, and truncated or blunt-pointed at its hinder

extremity, from each corner of which there projects sometimes a very

short oblique dark brown line or point ; the sides of the abdomen

are obscurely marked and mottled with brown; but the rest of the

surface scarcely shows any trace of colour in markings.

The female resembles the male in colours and markings, but is

much larger; and the legs are shorter, and their relative proportion

appears to differ, being in this sex 4, 2, 3, 1; the difference,

however, if any, between those of the second and third pairs is

exceedingly slight.

Adults of both sexes were found in desert places near Alexandria,

where they were very difficult to be seen except when moving, owing

to the exact adaptation of their colours to the surface of the eround ;

and when moving they were exceedingly difficult to capture, owing

to the swiftness a: their movements,

I feel no doubt that these are identical witn the species

recorded from Palestine, although in all the male specimens and

some of the females obtained there. besides the markings above

noticed, the remainder of the upper surface of the abdomen is marked

more or less distinctly with yellowish brown, forming on the hinder

half a somewhat regular, tapering pattern, dentionlated on its outer

margins, sometimes ‘divided by an indistinet pale longitudinal stripe,

and “sometimes with several transverse curved or slightly angular dark

lines, more or less visible; the cephalothorar also often has the

space between the dark lateral bands occupied by a longitudinal

tapering dark stripe ; and the legs are of a generally darker and more

suffused hue, In fact, it would be correct to describe the Egyptian

594 REY. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN SPIDERS. [June 20,

examples as bleached or washed-out specimens of the Palestine

species. I can, however, see no difference between them in any

structural points.

PHILODROMUS MEDIUS.

Philodromus medius, Cambr. Spid. of Palest. & Syria, P. Z.S.

1872, p. 311.

An adult male, with females, both adult and immature, were

found in Upper Egypt, upon the lower boughs of the sont acacia.

PHILODROMUS CINEREUS, Sp. 0.

Adult female, length 2 lines.

The cephalothorax is pale yellow, the sides (except a narrow

marginal white line) yellowish brown, divided longitudinally by a

broken curved line of three indistinct whitish elongate spots, and

marked along the course of the normal indentations with converging

black lines, among which are a few other small spots of the same

colour ; the upper part of the caput is dull yellowish brown, margined

strongly behind with white, on the posterior edge of which are two

or three deep-black-brown spots; the eclypeus is white, and its

height is equal to half that of the facial space ; the ocular area is

also white.

The eyes are in the usual position, but are rather more unequal in

size than usual, those of the fore central pair being decidedly the

largest and considerably further from each other than each is from

the fore lateral eye on its side, the interval between each and the

latter being rather less than the latter’s diameter; the four central

eyes form a square whose hinder side is longer than the rest. .

The legs are rather long and slender, their relative length is

2, 4, 3, 1; they are pale yellow in colour, annulated and speckled

more or less with blackish brown, and furnished sparingly with hairs

and a few very fine inconspicuous spines.

The palpi are moderately long, slender, and similar to the legs in

colour.

The falces are of moderate length, but slender, and of a brownish-

yellow colour.

The maxilla and labium are normal in form, and similar to the

falces in colour, but tipped with a paler hue.

The sternum is yellow, marbled with white.

The abdomen is rather large, broader behind than before ; it is of

an ashy grey colour, thickly suffused with darker grey and black

specks on the upperside; the normal marking along the centre of

the fore half is of a blackish grey colour, well defined by a black

marginal line, truncate at its hinder extremity, and emitting an indis-

tinct black oblique line from either side of its brcadest part, which

is slightly angular; the hinder part is marked by some obscure

whitish markings and spots disposed in opposed oblique broken lines

on either side ; the genital aperture is characteristic, and of a some-

what oval or kidney-shape, divided by a narrow longitudinal septum ;

a little way underneath, in front of the spinners, is a small but very

1876.] REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN SPIDERS. 295

distinct transverse slit or opening, probably the orifice of a portion

of the tracheal system.

A single example only was found near Cairo. Probably other

examples would show some variation in the distinctness of the mark-

ings; but even from this one example it appears to me to be a very

distinct species.

PHILODROMUS VENUSTUS, sp.n. (Plate LIX. fig. 12.)

Adult male, length not quite 13 lines ; aduit female, rather more

than 2 lines.

The cephalothorax of this pretty and very distinct species has a

broad central longitudinal yellow band, as wide as the length of the

hinder row of eyes, including most of the ocular area, and with a

paler angular bar at the hinder part of the caput, the angle directed

backwards ; ; the sides and clypeus, excepting a narrow marginal

cream-white line, are of a rich dark oe n colour, somewhat curvi-

dentate on the lower edge; and on either side of the caput, just below

each end of the ocular area, is a yellowish spot; the height of the

clypeus equals half that of the facial space.

The eyes are in the ordinary position ; those of the fore central

pair are rather larger than the rest, and are much further from each

other than each is from the fore lateral eye on its side; the four

central eyes describe a square whose fore side is the shortest.

The legs ae long and rather slender, their relative length being

2,1, 4, 3, or 2, 4,1, 35 they are yellow, broadly banded ant oéher.

wise slightly marked with a brightish brown, but most distinctly and

darkly on those of the third and fourth pairs ; they are also fur-

nished with hairs and a few fine inconspicuous spines.

The palpi are rather short, and similar in colours and markings to

the legs; the radial and cubital joints are short, but of about equal

length, the former being furnished with several spines and a small

pointed corneous apophysis at its extremity on the outer side; the

digital joint is rather long and of a narrow oval form and yellow-brown

colour ; the palpal organs are very simple, consisting apparently of

an oval lobe without any noticeable processes.

The falces are moderate in length and strength, straight and sub-

conical, of a yellow colour, with two reddish black-brown patches in

front of each, one near the base, the other towards the extremity ;

in fact the base is more or less reddish black-brown all round.

The maxille and labium are of the usual form and, with the sternum,

of a pale yellow colour; the latter has an elongate triangular black

spot at its hinder extremity.

The abdomen is of an oval form, pointed behind and somewhat

flattish above ; it is of a bright buff colour, the upperside margined

on each side, but not quite to the hinder extremity, with a deep-

black-brown well-defined stripe, edged on the inner side with cream-

white ; from the fore extremity a short black-brown central stripe

runs a little way along the ordinary marking, which is of a much

paler colour and ill deaned': ; and from a little way above the spinners

a narrow cream-white stripe runs nearly to the extremity of the or-

596 REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN SPIDERS. [June 20,

dinary marking ; the ground-colour of the abdomen deepens in its

hue on each side of this white stripe, becoming of the same colour as

the lateral stripes at its hinder extremity ; the underside is pale

buffish yellow, marked with two longitudinal brownish lines, which

converge a little towards each other as they get near the spinners.

An adult female differed only in being of a darker and more suf-

fused hue, the different lines aud markings being not quite so

vivid.

An adult example of each sex, with an immature female, were

found on the branches of the sont acacia, during the ascent of the

Nile, between Cairo and Manfaloot.

Fam. LycosIpDEs.

NILUvsS, gen. nov.

Oephalothorax short, broad, and with very slight lateral constric-

tions at the caput.

Eyes not very large nor very unequal in size, occupying the whole

width of the upperside of the caput, in two not very widely separated,

and almost equally curved, transverse rows ; the convexity of the

curves is directed forwards, but the front row is the shortest.

Legs tolerably strong, not very long nor very unequal in length ;

their relative length 4, 1, 2, 3, or 1, 4, 2, 3; each tarsus ends with

three curved claws.

Mawille moderately long, straight, broader at their extremity than

at their base, and rather roundly truncated.

Labium short, scarcely half the length of the maxillee; lateral

margins slightly curved, and apex rounded,

Abdomen short, oval, rather pointed behind, and projecting con-

siderably over the base of the cephalothorax.

NILUs cuRTUS, sp.n. (Plate LX. fig. 13.)

Immature female, length rather more than 2 lines.

The cephalothorax has a rather abrupt hinder slope, and the

profile-line of the caput and thorax to the hinder slope is level ; its

colour is yellow-brown, the ocular area, including a large somewhat

quadrate area behind it, being yellow, the quadrate area having two

indistinct brownish patches near its hinder part; the clypeus is

yellow, with two brown patches opposite the middle of the base of

the falces, and its height scarcely equals half that of the facial

space; on each side of the cephalothorax is a well-defined, straight,

yellow, but not very broad stripe, reaching from the hinder extremity

quite to the insertion of the falces, and below it is a broad yellow-

brown marginal band.

The eyes are seated, in the form of a crescent, on largish black tu-

berculate spots ; the lateral eyes of the hinder row are the largest, and

the fore laterals the smallest of the eight ; the interval between those

of the hind central pair is rather less than that between each and the

hind lateral on its side; while the interval between those of the fore

central pair is rather greater than that between each and the fore

1876. | REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN SPIDERS. 597

lateral on its side; the length of the front row is equal to that formed

by any three eyes of the hinder row ; and the four central eyes form

a square whose fore side is shortest and its hinder side slightly the

longest.

The legs are yellow, indistinctly annulated and marked with dusky

brown, and furnished with long spines as well as with hairs and

bristles.

The palpi are pale yellow, moderately long, and furnished with

hairs, bristles, and a few spines.

The falces are vertical and strong ; their colour is pale yellow, with

a broad brownish band along the middle of their fore side, not

reaching, however, to their extremities.

The maxilla and labium are pale yellow.

The sternum, which is nearly round and pointed a little behind, is

also of a pale yellow colour, but broadly margined on each side with

dark blackish brown.

The abdomen has on the upperside a broad longitudinal dark

brown band, as wide as the whole width of the abdomen at its fore

extremity, but narrowing gradually to the spinners, near which its

margins are a little denticulated ; this band has the normal longitu-

dinal macula along the middle of its fore part indistinctly defined,

of a brownish-y élllow colour, and pointed at its hinder extremity ; and

along either side of this are two or three more or less distinct dull

whitish spots; the central tapering band is well defined on each side

by a broad yellowish white marginal band; the sides are marked

more or less with black-brown streaks and spots; and the underside

is dull black-brown, divided by a longitudinal central yellowish bar

(which tapers to a point behind), and mar gined bya bar on each side

of a similar colour; the spinners are short and strong, those of the

inferior pair being rather stronger, but equal in length to the

superiors.

Four immature examples of this Spider were found on rushes iv

a marsh near Alexandria, and are of very great interest as forming a

transition from Dolomedes to Ctenus and yet wanting such decided

characters as would include them in either of those genera. ‘The

position of the eyes is very like that of Sparassus ; and this, with the

strongly laterigrade legs, shows an affinity to the Thomisides; but

from the Spiders of this family they are separated by the presence of

three instead of two tarsal claws. The general appearance, from the

colours and markings, is exceedingly like that of Dolomedes fimbriatus

(C. Koch) ; but the position of the eyes distinguishes it at a glance

from that well-known species. The approximation to Ctenus is seen

in the approach of the fore lateral eyes to the hind lateral ones ; by

which the front row is strongly curved instead of being straight or

nearly straight as in Dolomedes; from this last genus the near ap-

proach together of the two rows also very plainly distinguishes it.

From all theses and other considerations as well, it has appeared to

me necessary to constitute a new genus for its reception.

598 REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN SpipERS. [June 20,

Gen. Pirata, Sund.

PIRATA LEOPARDUS.

Pirata leopardus, Sund.

Lycosa cambrica, Bl. Brit. & Irish Spid. p. 32, pl. ii. fig. 14.

Adults of both sexes were found in a marsh near Alexandria; and

I can find no structural difference in the male palpi from those parts

of L. cambrica, Bl. The colours, however, of the abdomen are more

distinct and more strongly contrasted, while their disposition is the

same.

PIRATA PROXIMA, Sp. 0.

Adult female, length 4 lines.

The cephalothorax, looked at in profile, has the thoracie region

considerably humped, and the binder slope very steep and abrupt ;

it is clothed with hairs, and the upper part, especially of the caput,

is furnished with numerous erect blackish bristles; the colour is

yellow-brown, margined with a black line, immediately above which

is a narrow band clothed densely with short white hairs, a little way

above which, again, is a broader but not very regular or continuous

yellowish band: from the posterior eyes a bi ‘oad yellowish tapering

band runs to the hinder extremity, having within ita largish yellow-

brown marking, fining off into the red- rene line which “denotes the

thoracic junction ; this yellow-brown marking is again divided longi-

tudinally by a yellowish: line, which also runs through the middle of

the ocular area.

The eyes occupy an area rather broader than long, the length being

measured from the lateral eyes of the front to those of the hinder

row, ignoring the upper angle of the caput, just below which the eyes

of the middle row are placed ; the length of the front row is equal to

that of the middle one, and its two. central eyes are a little further

from each other than each is from the lateral eye next to it, and are

smaller than the eyes of the hinder row, the fore laterals being the

smallest of the eight.

The hs are strong, but not very long; their relative length appears

to be 4, |, 3, 2, though the difference Geen een those of the first and

third pairs is very small, if any ; they are of a dull brownish-yellow

colour (the femora only having the faintest traces of darker annula-

tions on their uppersides), and are furnished with hairs, bristles, and

spines; the latter are the strongest and most uumerous on the tibize

and metatarsi of the third and fourth pairs.

The falces are strong, and of a dark reddish yellow-brown colour.

The mawille are yellow-brown, tinged with reddish ; the /abiwm

dark blackish brown, with a pale apex; and the sternum yellow,

marked with a few not very distinct dusky brown blotches. All

these parts are of normal form and furnished with bristly hairs.

The abdomen fits well up to the hinder slope of the cephalothorax ;

it is of a dull yellow olive-brown colour, paler on the under than on

the upperside ; the normal macula along the middle of the fore part

of the upperside is indistinctly visible and of a dusky brownish hue,

1876.] REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN SPIDERS. o99

angular on each side near the middle and blunt-pointed at its hinder

extremity ; on either side of this macula, but free from its margins, are

two dark spots in a longitudinal line, furnished with bluish-white

hairs, the four spots forming nearly a square ; four or five other

similar spots on each side form two longitudinal lines on the hinder

half of the abdomen, the lines converging towards the spinners ;

these spots are connected into pairs by very faint dusky angular

transverse lines, or chevrons, the apex of that which joins the first two

spots touching the hinder extremity of the normal macula on the fore

part ; the sides are mottled with small irregular patches and spots

of short bluish-white hairs. A series of examples would probably

show some variety in the distinctness of the pattern on the abdomen.

A single example only was found in a swamp near Alexandria. It

is very nearly allied to Pirata piratica, C. Koch, as well as to P. pis-

catoria, C. Koch, and P. hygrophila, Thor. From the first of these

the larger size of the spider, as well as the dark colour of the normal

macula on the abdomen, will distinguish it at a glance; from the

second, which is of about the same size, the much narrower white

marginal border of the cephalothorax, as well as the lateral yellow

bands, will, among other differences, serve to distinguish it easily ;

while from the third species it is at once separated by its greater size

and immaculate (or almost immaculate) legs. It is probably an

abundant Spider in the marsh referred to and in others near it; but

I was unfortunately unable to pay this locality another visit after the

discovery of the single example now described.

Gen. Trocuosa, Koch.

TROCHOSA PARTITA, sp. n.

Adult female, length 5 lines.

The cephalothorax of this handsome Spider is rather drawn out,

though not suddenly constricted laterally at the caput; it is of a

yellow-brown colour, margined with a black line and a tolerably

regular though not unbroken yellow band ; the middle of the upper-

side has a somewhat star-shaped marking, formed by short yellow

stripes converging to the thoracic junction; there are also other

yellow patches of different sizes on the caput behind the ocular area,

which is strongly suffused with black-brown, leaving, however, a

clearish yellow space between the eyes of the hinder row.

The eyes are in the usual position, the ocular area being about

equal in its length and breadth ; the fore centrals are nearly, if not

quite, as large as the eyes of the hinder row; the front row is longer

than the middle one, and its eyes are separated by as nearly as

possible equal intervals.

The /egs are moderate in length and strength, their relative length

being, as nearly as I could ascertain, 4, 1, 2,3; their colour is

yellow, faintly annulated and marked with dusky brown, and

furnished with hairs and spines.

The falces are of a yellowish colour, clouded with yellow-brown

towards their extremities ; the maxille are yellow, and the labcum

600 REY. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN SPIDERS. [June 20,

dark yellow-brown, pale at theapex. The sternii is yellow, divided

longitudinally by a well-defined and very distinct nearly black

stripes

The abdomen is of an elongate oval form, and clothed with dull

yellowish hairs ; the normal macula on the fore part, as well as the

ordinary angular bars, or chevrons, on the hinder part (which last are

spotted with small black points), are well defined, and vary in colour

from yellow to reddish yellow-brown ;_besi des which there are

various lines and spots of yellowish and white, the ground-colour

being nearly black, and the whole forming an exceedingly pretty and

variegated pattern; the sides are yellowish, marked with short

blackish spots and streaks ; and the underside is also yellow, marked

with three broken blackish lines.

An immature male and two adult females were found near Alex-

andria. It may be distinguished from all other European and

Egyptian Spiders known to me by the yellow sternum bisected by a

longitudinal black stripe.

TROCHOSA DEPUNCTA, Sp. Nn.

Adult male, length 33 lines.

This spider is very closely allied to 7. picta, Hahn, but may be di-

stinguished by its less distinct pattern and paler colours ; the structure

also of the palpal organs is different. The whole of the underside also,

except the sternum, is of a pale yellow colour without any markings,

the sternum being blackish brown, with a yellow longitudinal line

dividing the fore half; while the underside of 7’. picta is invariably

(in my experience) of a sooty black hue, and the annulation of the

legs very strong and distinct. Possibly this Spider may be the

Lycosa nilotica of Savigny ; but as there appears to be considerable

doubt upon the point, I have thought it best to give it here as a distinct

species.

An adult male and two females were found near Alexandria.

TROCHOSA PILIPES.

Lycosa pilipes, Luc. Expl. en Algérie, p. 109, pl. ii. fig. 8.

Numerous examples of both sexes of this Spider were found under

stones on the damp sandy flats bordering the Nile in Upper Egypt ;

and I believe them to be identical with the Spider described and

figured by H. Lueas (/oc. cit.). It is very closely allied to examples

of Trochosa lynx, Koch, received from Dr. L. Koch, but is, I think,

decidedly of a different species. ‘The numerous long erect bristles

and hairs on the legs (and, in fact, on the whole Spider) are very cha-

racteristic.

TROCHOSA VIRULENTA, Sp. 0.

Adult male, length 6 lines; adult female, 7 lines.

This Spider is nearly allied both to 7’ pilipes, Lue., and 7. lynx,

Koch, but may be distinguished by its larger size and bolder though

very similar pattern on the abdomen. ‘The palpi also of the male

differ very perceptibly in their greater strength, their shorter cubital

1876.] REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN SPIDERS. 601

and radial joints, and the larger size (especially the greater width)

of the digital jot; and the palpal organs are different in their

structure. The legs also are far less distinctly annulated, and are

quite destitute of the long erect hairs so conspicuous in 7’. pilipes.

Two adult males and an adult female were found in the neighbour-

hood of Cairo.

TTROCHOSA URBANA, Sp.n. (Pl. LX. fig. 14.)

Lycosa agretyca, Savigny, Egypte, p. 147, pl. iv. fig. 6.

This Spider, although nearly allied to Trochosa (Lycosa) agretyca

(Walck. & Blackw.), is quite distinct from that species, and is in

fact still more nearly allied to L. campestris(W. & B.). From the

former the distinctly marked bright yellow colour of the normal

macula on the fore half of the abdomen, as well as its pointed hinder

extremity, will distinguish it at a glance ; while from the latter, with

which it agrees in size, and which it resembles greatly in appearance,

it may easily be separated by the character of the central longitudinal

yellow band on the cephalothorax. This in 7’. campestris is broad,

tapering towards its hinder extremity, strongly constricted at the

hinder part of the caput, and its fore part marked with two longitu-

dinal parallel brown lines; whereas in 7’. urbana the central band is

narrow and of uniform width from the hinder slope to the middle of

the ocular area, having a pale yellowish longitudinal line on each

side of its fore part near the eyes. Also, in all the examples found,

the digital joint of the male is pale-coloured instead of being of a

deep reddish brown as in ZL. campestris. The palpal organs of the

male also differ in structure.

Adult and immature examples of both sexes were not infrequent

among low plants and other herbage in a marsh near Alexandria.

TROCHOSA EFFERA.

Lycosa effera, Cambr. Spid. Palest. & Syr., P. Z.8. 1872, p. 318.

An adult male and female were found in the neighbourhood of

Cairo, differing from the Palestine specimens only in size, the

Egyptian examples being the largest. The adult male measures

53 lines in length, and the female 7 lines. An immature female was

also found near Alexandria.

Gen. TARENTULA, Sund.

TARENTULA TARENTULINA.

Lycosa tarentulina, Savigny, Egypte, p. 143, pl. iv. fig. 2.

Immature examples (of the female only) were found in abundance

near Alexandria, in their cylindrical holes on waste and desert places ;

the hoary-grey ground colour, and the black underside of the

abdomen distinguish this Spider from all others of the family found

by myself in Egypt.

TARENTULA TRUCULENTA, Sp. 0.

Female immature, length rather over 5 lines.

This Spider is very nearly allied in colours and general appearance

602 REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN SPIDERS. [June 20,

to Trochosa effera, Cambr.; it may, however, be distinguished by the

first row of eyes being distinctly shorter than the second, and by the

marking of the falces, which in the present species are yellow, or

orange-yellow-brown, with a longitudinal, well-defined, dark reddish-

brown band, which runs in front from their base to their extremity,

and appears to continue the broad dark brown bands running through-

out the length of the cephalothorax and including on each side the

lateral eyes of all the three rows. The rest of the cephalothorax is

yellow; the central yellow band is abruptly constricted at the hinder

part of the caput, whence it narrows gradually to the hinder extremity

of the thorax. On the caput this band has two longitudinal parallel

brown lines, which are often imperfect, and sometimes obsolete.

The eyes of the front row are very small (the centrals not very

much larger than the laterals), and separated by as nearly as pos-

sible equal intervals; the laterals of this row are seated on strong

tubercles, and have a rather downward direction ; the height of the

clypeus equals a diameter of the central eyes ; the ocular area is not

much longer than broad ; and the length of the hinder row does not

very much exceed that of the middle row.

The legs are yellow, immaculate, excepting in some few examples

where the femora show a very faint trace of dusky annulations.

The mazilie and labium are yellow, the latter clouded with brown

towards and at its base; the sternum also is yellow, with two or

three indistinct dusky longitudinal markings.

The abdomen is of a rather elongate oval form, its colour varies

from yellow to pale yellow-brown ; and the ordinary Lycosid markings

are more or less distinctly traced by blackish brown broken lines

and spots, the spots extending in broken oblique lines over the

sides; the abdominal pattern in this, as in almost all other species

of the family, is often greatly obscured by the hairs with which it is

covered; immersion in fluid, however, brings out the pattern distinctly.

Eight or nine examples were found near Alexandria.

TARENTULA TREMENS, Sp, i.

Adult female, length scarcely 4 lines.

Cephalothorax dull orange-yellow, clothed with yellowish grey

adpressed hairs; a broad brown longitudinal band occupies each

side, leaving a narrower yellow marginal one and a much broader

central one ; the latter is sharply dentated on its inner margins at

the hinder part of the caput, the foremost denticulation represent-

ing the ordinary constriction, where the lateral dark bands break in

upon the central pale one; this in the present Spider is almost of

uniform width from the eyes to the beginning of the hinder slope,

which is not excessively steep, forming an angle of about 45°.

The eyes of the front row form a line perceptibly shorter than

those of the second row; the centrals of the second row are a little

larger than the laterals, and the interval between them is rather greater

than that between each and and the lateral eye nearest to it; those

of the second (or middle) row are very large, and separated from

each other by scarcely a diameter’s interval ; and yet the line formed

1876.] REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN SPIDERS. 603

by them is but a trifle less than that formed by the hinder row.

The ocular area is longer than broad.

The /egs are rather short and strong; their relative length ap-

parently 4, 3, 1, 2; they are of a bright yellow colour, tinged with

reddish brown towards the extremities of the first two pairs, and

almost immaculate, the traces of annulation being scarcely percep-

tible ; they are furnished sparingly with hairs and bristles, and a few

rather short splues.

The falces are strong and of a rich deep red-brown colour, clothed

sparingly with yellowish hairs and dark bristles.

The maailie are darkish yellow-brown, tinged with red, the ex-

tremities being pale yellow.

The labium is wholly dark red-brown, and the sternum yellow.

The a4domen is of a dull orange-yellow (paler underneath), and

pretty thickly clothed with coarsish yellow-grey adpressed hairs,

among which are a few prominent blackish bristles. The ordinary

Lycosid markings are scarcely traceable, being only just indicated by

a few minute black- brown spots. The sexual orifice is large but of

simple form, consisting of two rather oblique oval apertures near

together, but in opposition, at the hinder part of a large, nearly cir-

cular, red-yellow, somewhat corneous-looking convexity.

A single example of this very distinct “Spider was found near

Alexandria.

Gen. Lycosa, Latr.

Lycosa UNGULATA, sp. 1

Immature female, length 5 lines.

This Spider is certainly very +closely allied to Lycosa arenaria,

Sav. (resembling it in the remarkably long and slightly curved supe-

rior tarsal claws, by which it may be easily distinguished from all

others known to me); the description, however, given of the colours

and markings lead me to conclude that it is of a different species.

The cephalothorax, when seen in profile, is rather depressed be-

hind the occiput ; and the height of the clypeus considerably exceeds

the diameter of the fore central eyes ; this part and the ocular area

are dark brown; but being, with the rest of the cephalothorax,

covered with yellow-grey pubescence, its colour is not so apparent ;

there are also on these parts numerous long bristly hairs; the rest

of the cephalothorax is of a bright straw-yellow colour, with two

broad longitudinal yellow-brown bands, each of which includes at its

fore extremity the lateral eyes, on its side, of the hinder and middle

rows. The central yellow band is very broad, but strongly con-

stricted (or indented) at the occiput, forming a pretty regular, large,

transverse oval behind the posterior eyes; and behind this con-

striction the margins of the band are somewhat denticulate, and emit

some pale divergent lines across the two yellow-brown bands, fol-

lowing the directions of the thoracic indentations ; the thoracic junc-

tion is indicated by a longish red-brown indented line.

The eyes are in the ‘usual position ; those of the posterior and

middle rows form nearly a square, the fore side shortest and the hinder

604 REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN SPIDERS. [June 20,

side longest. These four eyes are very large, the posterior ones being

rather less than the anteriors; the two centrals of the front row are

larger than the laterals, and further from each other than from the

lateral nearest to it, the row itself being shorter than the middle row.

The legs are long and moderately strong ; their relative length ap-

parently 4, 3, 1, 2, those of the fourth pair greatly exceeding the rest ;

they are of a straw-yellow colour; the femora are marked on their

outer sides with a broken longitudinal stripe, and faintly annulated

with pale yellow-brown ; they are furnished with hairs and nume-

rous pale, but not very long nor strong spines; and each tarsus ter-

minates with three pale claws, of which the superior pair are very

long and slightly curved, their hinder part finely pectinated; the

inferior claw is exceedingly short, and bent almost perpendicularly

downwards; the extremities of the tarsi* (which are subdivided,

giving the legs eight joints instead of seven) are also furnished all

round with longish slender spines.

The palpi are of moderate length; their colour is yellow, and the

terminal claw long, slightly eurved, and minutely pectinated.

The falces are moderately long and strong; they are of a yellow-

brown colour, with a dark brown longitudinal band in front, nearly

as wide as the falces, and they are furnished in front with numerous

hairs and long bristles.

The maail/@ and labium are of a dull brownish hue, tipped with

pale yellow.

The sternum is nearly circular, and of a uniform pale straw-yel-

low colour.

The abdomen is of a yellow colour, rather darker on the sides,

spotted and marked with brownish: black, and also with some spots,

lines, and patches of white pubescent hairs; these latter give the

Spider a remarkable appearance, the darker markings being much

obscured by the general yellowish hairy clothing; when examined

closely, however, and especially when in spirit of wine, the usual

characteristic markings become apparent enough. The normal longi-

tudinal macula on the fore half of the upperside is of a yellowish

brown hue, pointed behind, and with some black marginal spots ; and

the transverse chevrons are formed by more or less perfect blackish

lines ; the sides are spotted and marked with blackish.

Three immature females of this Spider were found at the roots of

stunted herbage on the desert near Jebel y Silsilis, in Upper Egypt.

LycosA FIDELIS.

Lycosa fidelis, Cambr. Spid. Palest. & Syr., P. Z.S. 1872, p. 319.

Lycosa galerita, L. Koch, Mgypt. u. Abyss. Arachn. 1875, p. 69,

Taf. vii. fig. 1.

The peculiar structure of the palpal organs of the male of this

Spider, well represented in Dr. Koch’s figure (oe. cit. supra), with

some other striking characters, render its identity with L. galerita,

* The subdivision of the tarsi of this and another allied Sinaitic species (Z.

prelongipes, Cambr.) will probably necessitate the formation of a new genus for

their reception,

1876.] REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN SPIDERS. 605

L. K., pretty certain. Adults of both sexes were frequent both in

the neighbourhood of Cairo and Alexandria.

Lycosa INJUCUNDA, sp.n. (Plate LX. fig. 15.)

Adult male, length rather over 3 lines.

This Spider is very closely allied to ZL. fidelis, Cambr., and is

found in the same localities; it may, however, be at once distin-

guished by the generally duller and less distinct colours and mark-

ings in both sexes, especially in the adult males, whose cephalo-

thorax has distinct, though irregularly edged and slightly in-

terrupted, lateral yellow bands, leaving a broken marginal brown

band on each side; the central longitudinal yellow band is also quite

distinct, strongly radiated at the thoracic junction, and much con-

stricted at the occiput, whereas in L. fidelis the central band is

scarcely traceable and the lateral ones quite obsolete.

The eyes of the hinder row are further apart than in ZL. fidelis ; in

other respects, except being generally larger, the eyes are very similar

in both species.

The degs are dull yellow, annulated with brown, but not nearly so

distinctly as in L. fidelis.

The palpi of the adult male differ remarkably in the two species,

those of L. fidelis having the humeral and digital joints black, and

the cubital and radial joints clear yellow, the fore part of the latter,

as also the base of the digital joints, clothed with white hairs ; the

cubital and radial joints are also rather short, and of equal length ;

while in the present Spider the humeral joint is dull yellow, like the

cubital and radial, these two latter being longer and differing in

their relative length, the radial being distinctly longer than the

cubital, and (as well as the digital, which is of a dark brown colour,

and terminates with two strong curved claws) entirely destitute of

the white hairs which in L. fidelis form so striking a contrast to

the black digital joint. The palpal organs of the present species are

also of much less complex structure than those of L. fidelis: no de-

scription would avail to make their structure intelligible; this can

only be done by good figures on a large scale; one character,

however, of those of the present Spider is unusual, if not unique—the

large basal corneous lobe or process being clothed with hairs.

The underside of LZ. fidelis is much darker than in the present

Spider; this is especially noticeable in the sternum, which in the

former is deep brownish black, and in the latter pale dull yellowish,

with sometimes two longitudinal dusky brownish curved stripes,

Adult and immature examples of each sex were found both near

Cairo and Alexandria. The females of the present Spider may be

distinguished from those of Z. fidelis by the much smaller and dit

ferently formed genital aperture.

LyCOSA INIQUA, Sp. n.

Adult female, length nearly 4 lines.

This Spider bears considerable general resemblance to D. injucunda,

hut may be separated at a glance by the large size of the eyes of the

Proc. Zoou, Soc.—1876, No. XL. 40

606 REY. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN SPIDERS. [June 20,

middle row; these are more than double the size of those of the

hinder row, and form very nearly as long a line as the latter. The

sides of the cephalothorax are rather depressed ; a broad, longitu-

dinal, brownish yellow band, radiating at the thoracic junction, oc-

cupies the middle ; and the lateral margins have a broken band of the

same colour, the intermediate spaces forming two broad brown bands ;

the ocular area is black-brown; and the whole has a dense clothing

of yellowish grey pubescence.

The /egs are rather short, though not very unequal in length,

their relative length being apparently 4, 3, 1, 2; they are yellow,

the femora banded with black-brown, and the femoral and base of

the tibial joints slightly marked with a similar colour.

The falces are brownish yellow, blackish near their base in front,

and marked obliquely towards the extremities with a dusky brown

band.

The sternum is black-brown, with a broad, irregularly edged,

yellow, longitudinal central band, which does not, however, reach

the hinder extremity.

The abdomen is dull blackish brown above, all the normal cha-

racteristic markings being much obscured ; the normal central mark-

ing on the fore part is bifid at its hinder extremity, and has an an-

gular point, directed backwards, near the middle of each side; the

hinder part has two nearly parallel longitudinal rows, each of three or

four rather conspicuous pale spots, furnished with whitish hairs; and

between them is an indistinct series of yellowish angular bars or chey-

rons ; the sides are marked with black-brown spots and broken lines,

which are more thinly dispersed towards the underside, which is

yellow, margined with black-brown, and divided by a longitudinal

central dark brown bar.

A single example was found under a stone near Alexandria.

Lycosa INQUIETA, sp. N.

Adult male, length 2 lines.

Cephalothorax, deep brown, with a broad, longitudinal, central

brownish yellow band, tapering slightly from the eyes to the hinder

extremity, and, together with the space included by the four large

posterior eyes, covered thickly with yellowish grey hairs; there is

also on each side a narrow yellowish lateral stripe, interrupted near

the middle, and situated a little way above the margin; the clypeus

is brownish yellow.

The eyes of the middle row do not appear to be larger than those

of the hinder one ; but the line formed by them is shorter than that

formed by the latter, and also a little shorter than that formed by

the laterals (on each side) of these two rows; the centrals of the

front row are larger than the laterals, and are much further apart

from each other than each is from the lateral eye on its side.

The /egs are long, and tolerably strong; their colour is dull yel-

lowish, faintly annulated with dusky brown.

The palpi are also dull yellowish in colour, the digital joint being

brown ; the radial joint is rather larger and stronger than the

1876.] REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN SPIDERS. 607

cubital, and (together with the digital) pretty densely clothed with

black bristly hairs; the palpal organs have a strong, pointed process

at their fore part, the point directed forwards and outwards ; be-

tween the base of this process and the outer margin of the digital

joint is a small bluntish corneous, black-tipped point ; and near the

middle of the large basal lobe is a small prominent blunt-pointed

process, with another of equal length springing at right angles from

its base ; on the outer side the digital joint has no terminal claw.

The falces are dull yellowish, suffused with dusky brown.

The maxilla and labium are pale yellow, and the sternum black-

brown.

The abdomen is broader behind than before ; it has all the charac-

teristic markings on the upperside indicated by black lines and

spots on a reddish yellow ground; the normal marking on the fore

half is rather blunt-pointed behind, and broadest near the middle,

whence on either side an oblique black line issues ; the sides are

dull yellow, marked with short black lines and spots, some of which

are disposed in oblique rows ; the underside is pale yellow.

A single example of this small but very distinct species was found

near Alexandria ; in its colours and pattern it is very like Tarantula

miniata, Koch, but is much smaller.

Lycosa INOPINA, sp. n. (Plate LX. fig. 16.)

Lycosa proxima, Cambr. Spid. Palest. & Syr., P. Z.S. 1872, p. 316

(nee L. proxima, Koch).

A careful comparison assures me of the identity of the Spider

quoted in the above synonym with the species now recorded ; and

I have now but little doubt that it is distinct from LZ. prowima,

Koch, though nearly allied to it; the certainty, however, of this

can only be ascertained by comparison of typical examples of both

species ; meanwhile it seems best to describe the present species as

a distinct one.

The length of the adult male is a little over 2 lines; and it

belongs to the monticola group. The central yellow longitudinal

band on the cephalothorax is not very broad; it is widest at the

thoracic junction, comes abruptly to a point (sometimes obsolete)

immediately behind the ocular area, and tapers to a point at its

posterior extremity ; the lateral yellow bands are well defined, but

irregular on the edges, and interrupted, leaving also a distinct brown

marginal stripe; the intermediate spaces form two broad dark yel-

low-brown bands marked pretty distinctly with converging black

lines ; these bands are of a bright orange (and sometimes lemon)

yellow colour; the ocular area is black. te

The eyes differ little, if any thing, in size and position from those

of L. inquieta, Cambr.

The legs are long and moderately strong ; they are yellow, slightly

marked and faintly annulated with dusky brown. Some have

scarcely any markings or annulation visible.

The palpi are black ; the radial and digital joints clothed densely

with hairs; the palpal organs are rather simple, the pa charac-

608 REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN SPIDERS. [June 20,

teristic prominent process near the centre is short, stout, obtusely

pointed, and with a slightly pointed spur at its base nearly as long

as the process itself, with which it forms by its direction a very

obtuse angle.

Falces black-brown, but in some examples (probably those

more recently come to maturity) yellow, merely clouded with dusky

brown.

Sternum dusky brown to black, with a short yellow central stripe

or marking.

Maxille and labium yellowish dusky brown to black, with the

extremity of a clearer hue.

Abdomen black, or nearly so above, with the normal markings

on the fore half of the upperside broad and somewhat angular in

the middle, fining to a point behind, and of a bright orange or lemon-

yellow; this is followed to the spinners by a series of strong but

short angular bars, or chevrons, generally confluent, decreasing in size

as they go backwards, and marked with a few distinct black points

or spots; the sides are yellow, more or less clouded with black ; and

the underside is black, margined on each side with a straight yel-

lowish line. Individuals are frequently found altogether of a lighter

hue, and with the underside of the abdomen clear yellow; but the

pattern above described on the upperside may be easily traced,

being defined by black spots and markings on a yellow ground ; in

these examples the palpi are also yellow, the radial and digital joints

alone deepening to dusky black.

The females generally resemble the males ; but the central cephalo-

thoracic band is often dilated behind the ocular area, and constricted

at the occiput, the anterior dilatation being more or less extensively

marked with yellow brown; the normal macula and succeeding

chevrons on the abdomen also often form a broad dentate yellow

band narrowing to the spinners; and marked with a series of pairs of

black points or spots; im this sex the legs also are far more strongly

and distinctly annulated with brown.

Adults of both sexes were common near Alexandria.

LYCOSA OBSERVANS, sp. 0.

The adult male of this Spider is 2 lines in length.

It is very closely allied indeed to LZ. inopina, and is found in the

same locality and situation; but it is rather smaller, and its colours

are in general far less distinct, and run more one into the other, the

pattern formed by their distribution being similar ; the cephalothorax

has no lateral yellow bands visible in either sex ; and the posterior

half (sometimes more) of the femora of the first pair of legs is black,

the corresponding part of the second pair being also suffused with

the same hue. The palpi are black, the radial and digital joints

densely clethed with hairs; the palpal organs are somewhat similar ;

but the characteristic process is far less strong, its basal spur being

of equal length with the process itself, obtuse, and forming with the

process a more acute angle than in L. tnopina.

It is possible that this Spider may be the Z. provima, Koch,

1876.] REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN SPIDERS. 609

though I am inclined to think it is of a distinct species. In some

adult male examples the legs are entirely yellow, without any dark

markings or annulations whatever ; in general, however, they are more

or less distinctly annulated ln dusky brown or brown-black,

especially in the females.

Adults of both sexes were found near Alexandria.

Fam. SPHASIDES.

Gen. Oxyorers, Latr.

OXYOPES ALEXANDRINUS.

Sphasus alexandrinus, Say. et Aud. Egypte, p. 142, pl. iv. fig. 1.

Adult and immature examples of each sex were found near Cairo

on branches of the sont acacia.

OxyYoreEs BILINEATUS, Sp. Nn.

Length of an immature female, 2 lines.

Several very young examples of this species were found near

Cairo, in a similar situation to that in which the last species was

found. I feel no doubt that it is a distinct and probably undescribed

species, though in the immature condition this is not absolutely cer-

tain, Spiders varying sometimes very considerably in the young ‘state.

In general form and position of the eyes the present Spider is very

similar to O. alewandrinus. The abdemen is of a yellow-brown

colour, marked on the upperside with two very nearly parallel

longitudinal pale yellowish lines rather wide apart, and comprising

a broad brown elongate-oval band running the whole length of the

abdomen. ‘The sides are entirely devoid of the oblique pale lines so

characteristic in O. alevandrinus; nor are there any angular lines, or

chevrons, on the hinder half of the upperside of the abdomen.

The cephalothorax is yellow, with three broad longitudinal brown

bands.

Fam. SALTICIDEs.

In recording and deseribing the species of this family found by

myself in Egypt, I have not ‘attempted to place them in any syste-

matic consecutive order: the known species are placed first ; and

they are followed in each genus by the species considered to he new

to science. Few families of the Araneidea need a thorough revision

so much as the Salticides, especially with respect to the exotic

genera. The number of described species of the family is now so

preat (upwards of one thousand) that their certain subdivision into

well marked genera becomes each year a more pressing necessity.

M. Eugéne Simon has worked hard and successfully at the European

forms of this family; and I am mainly indebted to him for the

determination of those found in Egypt.

Gen. Baxtuus, Thor.

BALLUS PIGER, Sp. n.

Adult female, length 2 lines.

This Spider is very nearly allied to Ballus heterophthalmus,

610 REY. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN SPIDERS. [June 20,

Koch (Marpissa brevipes, Koch, Salticus obscurus, Bl.), which it

closely resembles in form, size, colour, and markings; and it may

be distinguished by the legs of the first pair being like the rest, but

slightly striped with brown; whereas in B. obscurus, they are almost

wholly (at least the femoral, genual, and tibial joints) deep chocolate-

brown ; the humeral and cubital joints also of the palpi are of the

same hue, whereas in the present Spider the palpi have scarcely any

dark markings. Although these differences appear at first sight but

slight ones by which to distinguish the species, I feel convinced that

they will be found to be constant; I have examined numerous

examples of the European form, and find no variation whatever in

the markings of the legs and palpi; and I should be confident that

some day the adult male and other examples of the female will

further prove their distinctness from S. obscurus.

A single example only of the adult female was found in Upper

Egypt.

Gen. Arrus, Sim. (Salticus, Latr. ad partem).

AtTus DELECTUS. (Plate LX. fig. 88.)

Attus delectus, Cambr. Spid. Pal. & Syr., P. Z. 8. 1872, p. 326.

Adults of both sexes of this pretty and distinctly marked Spider

were found near Alexandria.

ATTUS MOUFFETTII.

Salticus mouffettii, Sav. et Aud. Egypte, p. 171, pl. vii. fig. 17.

An adult female of this well marked Spider was found near

Alexandria.

ATTUS STAINTONH.

Salticus staintonii, Cambr. Spid. Pal. & Syr., P. Z.S. 1872, p.

331, pl. xiv. fig. 20.

Salticus congener, Cambr. loc. cit. p. 332.

Adults of both sexes of this exceedingly distinct Spider were

found in Upper Egypt, and are undoubtedly identical with those

described 7. c. supra. 1 have, moreover, now no hesitation in

determining S. congener (1. c. supra) to be the female of S. (Attus)

staintonii, although differing from it so considerably in colour and

markings.

ATTUS SPINIGER. (Plate LX. fig. 103.)

Salticus spiniger, Cambr. Spid. Pal. & Syr., P. Z.S. 1872, p. 339.

Both sexes, adult as well as immature, were found on the trunks

of palm-trees at various places in Egypt, between Cairo and Assouan.

The very long, circularly coiled, filiform spine, connected with the

palpal organs of the male, forms a very striking and distinguishing

character, and renders the present Spider an easy one to be

determined.

ATTUS PAYKULLII.

Salticus paykullii, Sav. et Aud. Egypte, p. 172, pl. vil. fig. 22.

1876.] REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN SPIDERS. 611

S. vaillantii, Luc. Explor. de PAlgér. Arachn. p. 136, pl. v.

fig.22:

The identity of the two Spiders mentioned in the above synonyms

appears to be undoubted. Adult and immature examples of both

sexes were found near Cairo and Alexandria, generally on old walls.

I have received lately adults of both sexes from the Mauritius, from

Edward Newton, Esq., and also from Bombay, from Major Julian

Hobson (H.M. Staff Corps).

ATTUS SOLDANII.

Salticus soldanii, Sav. et Aud. Egypte, p. 1S], pl. vii. fig. 17, 18.

An adult male and several female and immature adults were found

near Alexandria.

ATTUS MONARDI.

Salticus monardi, Luc. Explor. de l Algér. p. 156, pl. vil. fig. 1.

An adult male of this distinct and pretty species was found near

Cairo.

ATTUS FULGENS.

Salticus fulgens, Cambr. Spid. Pal. & Syr., P. Z.S. 1872, p. 340,

pl. xiv. fig. 17.

Adults of both sexes were not unfrequent on trees and plants, near

Alexandria, Cairo, and in Upper Egypt. This is one of the most

brilliant and pretty of all the Salticides I found in Egypt; and its golden

green iridescent abdomen distinctly spotted with white renders it an

easily determined species.

ATTUS REGILLUS. (Plate LX. fig. 17.) -

Attus regillus, L. Koch, Verhand. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, p. 879.

Adult and immature males with immature females were found

near Cairo and in Upper Egypt on trees and low shrubs, and sub-

sequently in similar situations near Smyrna and Ephesus. I have

also received it from Bombay. I include this Spider in the genus

Attus on M. Simon’s authority ; but I conceive that the peculiar,

almost circular form of the cephalothorax entitles it to generic

separation from the typical dé¢i. A similar form of cephalothorax is

not unfrequent in several other (as yet undescribed) exotic species.

ATTUS BONNETII.

Attus bonnetii, Sav. et Aud. Egypte, pl. vii. fig. 14 ( @ ).

Attus canescens, Cambr. Spid. Palest. & Syr., P. Z. 8. 1872, p. 323.

Adults of both sexes of this species were found near Alexandria,

and also at the roots and among the stems of stunted plants on

the desert near Jebel y Silsilis, in Upper Egypt.

Savigny and Audouin describe and figure only the female; the

male (length 2} lines) differs in the abdomen wanting the double

longitudinal nearly parallel series of short oblique pale streaks_on

the upperside; instead of these there is a broad longitudinal central

612 REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN SPIDERS. [June 20,

dark blackish-brown band, which sometimes emits a few very short

oblique streaks on each side near its hinder extremity. The rest of

the upper part and sides are thickly clothed with greyish hairs ;

though occasionally the sides have a broad longitudinal rusty or

brownish band, marked with one or more indistinct oblique pale

lines.

The clypeus of the male is, in general, densely clothed with white

hairs, though in some examples these hairs are rusty red; the

lateral margins also of the cephalothorax have a broad band of white

hairs ; and the upperside has two indistinct longitudinal bands of

a similar nature.

The legs are sometimes yellow, without any markings; but in some

specimens they are faintly annulated and marked with brown.

The palpi are short and similar to the legs in colour ; the cubital

and radial joints are very short ; the latter is the shortest, and has,

at the extremity of its outer side beneath, a strong slightly curved,

prominent, tapering and sharp-pointed reddish-brown apophysis ;

from its position this apophysis is not easily seen without consider-

able care in examination ; its length is equal to, if it does not exceed,

the length of the joint. The palpi are clothed with long white

bristly hairs ; the digital joint is of good size, longer than the

radial and cubital joints together; it is of a somewhat oblong-oval

form, constricted on its outer side towards the fore extremity, where

it has a somewhat truncated appearance. The palpal organs appear

to be simple in form, and are of a dark reddish-brown colour.

This Spider is evidently subject to considerable variety in colours

and distinctness of markings. A variety of the female, described in

“ Spid. Palest. & Syr.”’ Zc. supra as Salticus canescens, Koch, has

the longitudinal central band on the abdomen of a rusty red hue,

but similar in its form and character to that of the male. An

example of this variety, resembling exactly the Palestine specimen,

was found along with the rest in Upper Egypt. Probably the

variation in markings depends chiefly on the hairy clothing being

more or less uninjured ; when colours are dependent on pubescerce,

these will vary very much according to the length of time since the

Spider became adult and has been exposed to the brilliant rays of

the sun on a barren desert.

ATTUS OCULATUS, sp. n. (Plate LX. fig. 90.)

Adult male, length 2 lines.

The cephalothorax is massive, the hinder slope abrupt and slightly

hollow in the profile lme; the profile of the upper part of the caput

forms a slightly curved line; and the fore part of the ocular region

is rather prominent; its colour is yellow brown, the ocular area

strongly tinged with orange, and the margins black ; the surface is

pretty thickly clothed with a depressed yellowish grey pubescence

and whitish squamose hairs; the clypeus and the lateral margins (as

well as the base of the falces in front) being more densely and

regularly clothed with pure white hairs of the same nature.

The eyes are on biack tuberculate spots, in the ordinary position ;

1876.) REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN SPIDERS, 613

the ocular area is broader than long, the line formed by the two

posterior eyes being considerably longer than that formed by the

four anterior ones ; the fore centrals are of a dull mother-of-pearl

colour, unusually large, but not quite contiguous to each other, and

each is also very near but not quite contiguous to the lateral of the

same row on its side. The minute eyes of the middle row are rather

nearer to the posterior than to the anterior row, and each is placed

within the straight line formed by the lateral eyes of those two rows

respectively.

The /egs are rather unequal in length ; those of the first pair (in

the male) are the longest and strongest ; the femora, genua, and

tibize of this pair are of a bright yellow-brown, the metatarsi con-

siderably darker, and the tarsi pale yellow, the tibize and metatarsi

being fringed above and below with strong prominent hairs ; the legs

of the third pair are, in the males, next in length (in the females

they are rather longer than those of the first pair), those of the

second pair being a little shorter than those of the fourth ; these

three pairs are yellow, slightly marked with dusky brown, but not

regularly annulated ; all are furnished with spines, those beneath

the tibiee and metatarsi of the first pair being the longest and

Strongest.

The palpi are sheort, and yellow in colour, the radial and digital

joints bright yellow-brown; they are furnished thickly with hairs,

chiefly white, and some of them, especially on the cubital, radial,

and digital joints long and strong; the radial is rather shorter than

the cubital, and has its extremity on the outer side produced into a

very slightly curved, tolerably strong, tapering, deep-reddish-yellow-

brown apophysis, almost, if not quite, equal in length to the joint

itself; the digital joint is oval, and as long if not rather longer

than the radial and cubital joints together; the palpal organs are

well-developed, but simple in structure, with a strong curved taper-

ing corneous process or spine lying along their inner side.

The falces are small, of a deep blackish red-brown colour, and

clothed with white squamose hairs near their base in front.

The mazille and labium are similar to the falces in colour, tipped

with pale yellowish.

The sternum is yellow, oval, and clothed with coarse whitish hairs.

The abdomen is small, oval, blunt behind, truncate before, and

clothed pretty thickly with hairs; its colour is sandy yellowish,

marked above and on the sides with dark brown, but forming no

very definite pattern ; the markings oa the upperside are joined to the

lateral ones, and form somewhat oblique but irregular lines; a central

dark marking along the middle of the fore half of the upperside is

also occasionally traceable; the spinners are moderately long and

prominent.

The female is larger than the male, and is of a generally paler

hue; the fore central eyes are also of a dull opaque whitish por-

celain hue.

Two adults of each sex were found at the roots and among the

stems of scattered herbage on the desert near Gebel-y-Silsilis, in

614 REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN spipDERS. | June 20,

Upper Egypt. It is a very active spider, and appears to be nearly

allied to the Attus frontalis (Walck.) of Europe.

ATTUS MENDICUS, Sp. Nn.

Adult male, length 23 lines ; adult female, 4 iines.

The cephalothorax is of a deep brown-black colour, densely

clothed with greyish and sandy-grey pubescence, and margined with

long white hairs; the hairs on the ocular area are of a distinctly

squamose character, and sometimes form alternate longitudinal stripes

of a whitish and sandy brownish-red hue. The fore part of the

ocular area is also furnished with a few long curved bristles and

bristly hairs; and the clypeus equals in height the diameter of a

fore central eye.

The eyes are in the usual position, and their colour is dull

greenish mother-of-pearl ; the ocular area is scarcely broader than

long, but projects forward considerably, and the line formed by the

two posterior eyes is equal to that formed by the four anterior ones ;

the lateral eyes of the anterior row are removed considerably back-

wards, so that, looked at from above and behind, the row is strongly

curved, with the curve directed forwards ; the interval between each

lateral and the central eye nearest to it is very nearly, if not quite,

equal to the diameter of the lateral; the minute eyes of the middle

row are respectively halfway between the laterals of the posterior

and anterior rows.

The /egs are strong, moderately long, and of a yellowish colour,

indistinctly annulated with brown, furnished with spines, and clothed

with hair, chief among which is a more or less dense whitish pubes-

cence ; the tibize, tarsi, and metatarsi of the first pair are dark

brown. The femora of the same pair are somewhat tumid on the

outer sides, rather beneath the fore extremity, where they have also

a conspicuous double fringe of dark bristly hairs; their relative

length appears to be 4, 3, 1, 2; but the difference is not very great ;

beneath the terminal claws of each tarsus is a black scopula, or

brush of hairs.

The palpi are yellow, thickly fringed above and on each side with

long, curved, white, bristly hairs, among which are a few black

bristles; the cubital and radial joints are very short, but of

about equal length; and the latter does not appear to have any

apophysis at its outer extremity. The digital joint is equal to the

radial and cubital joints together, and of an oblong oval form,

truncated at its fore extremity ; it is of a deep brown colour, clothed

with long whitish bristles and hairs. The palpal organs are very

large, but of simple structure, and of a somewhat globularly oval

form ; they are nearly black in colour, and extend backwards and

outwards beneath the radial joint.

The falces are small, directed backwards, and, from the promi-

nence of the ocular area, placed far back beneath the fore part of the

cephalothorax ; they are of a dark yellow-brown colour, clothed with

hairs.

The abdomen is of a broadish oval form, dark black-brown,

1876.| REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN SPIDERS, 615

but densely and uniformly clothed with whitish and sandy grey

pubescence, liable to be rubbed off in capturing and securing.

The female is considerably larger than the male, but resembles it

in general characters and appearance; the colour of the abdomen in

this sex, however, is more commonly of a more sandy hue than that

of the male.

Adults of both sexes were found on the bare desert in several

places from Alexandria to Assouan, and, except when in motion, are

exceedingly difficult to perceive. The males are very active.

ATTUS MENDAX, Sp. n.

Adult male, length 3 lines.

The cephalothorax of this Spider is massive, but of ordinary form,

and thickly pubescent, with a good many prominent bristly hairs

scattered over its upper surface, but most thickly on the fore part of

the ocular area. It is of a deep black-brown hue, and has two

parallel longitudinal stripes clothed with white hairs; these stripes

run to the eyes of the hinder row, and melt away insensibly into the

somewhat greyish rusty-yellow colour of the ocular area; the black-

brown band between them is rather more than double their width,

but narrows a little at its hinder extremity: the margins of the

cephalothorax are black ; but there isa bordering of white hairs both

above and below them.

The eyes are in the ordinary position ; the ocular area is broader

than long, and the length of the hinder row is less than that of the

anterior one; the eyes of the intermediate row equally separate the

posterior and anterior ones, and each is placed a little within the

straight line formed by the laterals of these two rows on its side.

The height of the clypeus equals the diameter of one of the fore

central eyes; these are very near to each other, but not quite

contiguous, and each is separated from the lateral eye of the same

row on its side by no more than one third the diameter of the

latter.

The Jegs are strong, but not very long, nor greatly different in

length ; relatively to each other they are 4, 3, 1, 2; their colour is

a dull yellow, faintly marked with a dusky hue, but scarcely annu-

lated ; they are clothed with a little greyish pubescence, and furnished

with spines, hairs, and bristles; each tarsus terminates with two

rather long claws, pectinated, and with a strong and compact scopula

beneath them. .

The palpi are short and strong; they are of a pale yellowish

colour, the digital joints being slightly brownish yellow ; the cubital

joints are thickly fringed and clothed above with strong white hairs,

among which, on the fore margin of the upperside of the joint, is a

strong, prominent, black, tapering bristle ; the radial joint is shorter

than the cubital, and has a small, dark-coloured, slightly curved,

and (apparently) blunt-pointed apophysis at its extremity on the

outer side, just, or nearly, behind which is a rather compact tuft of

straight black bristles ; there are also some other bristles (both black

and white) on other parts of the joint; the digital joint is large,

616 REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN SPIDERS. [June 20,

considerably longer than the radial and cubital joints together, of

an oblong-oval form, somewhat obliquely truncated at its fore

extremity, and clothed with whitish hairs; the palpal organs are

simple but large, and project backwards and rather outwards

beneath, but free from, the radial joint, terminating in a somewhat

conical point.

The falces are small, straight, nearly vertical, and of a yellow-

brown colour, furnished with hairs and bristles.

The abdomeu is oval, pointed behind, hairy, and of tolerable size ;

the upperside is brownish black, with a strong longitudinal central

white or pale sandy grey stripe; this stripe is well defined on its

edges, but is slightly broadest behind, and a very little notched or

irregular on the edges in that part; the sides are slightly marked

with brown, as also is the underside; but usually all markings on

these parts are obscured by the thick grey or light sandy-grey

pubescence ; the spinners are prominent, black, tipped with white.

Three adult males were found in the neighbourhood of Cairo. It

is nearly allied to Attus fasciatus, Hahn, but (the male, at least,

the female being yet unknown) may be distinguished by its stronger

and more robust form, and the distinctness of the white stripes on

the cephalothorax and abdomen. It is also nearly allied to a spe-

cies* abundant in the neighbourhood of Jerusalem and Jericho,

and recorded (Spid. Palest. and Syria, P. Z. S. 1872, p. 322) as

A. fasciatus, Hahn, with which species M. Simon considered it to

be identical.

Having more recently found undoubted examples, in the south of

England, of the true 4. fasciatus, Hahn, the Palestine examples

are proved to be quite distinct, being not only very much larger, but

differing decidedly in colours and in the structure of the palpi.

ATTUS EFFIGIES, sp. n.

Immature male, length 2? lines.

Although almost denuded of hairs and pubescence, I am induced

to describe this Spider as new to science, since it presents a very

distinct pattern, and exhibits a strong likeness to a well-known

European form YVllenus, V.-insignitus, Clk., from which, however, I

think it is probably quite distinct.

The cephalothoraw is dark yellow-brown, with two longitudinal

yellow bands running backwards from each eye of the posterior row ;

these bands are partly clothed with white hairs, and probably are

entirely and very distinctly so in uninjured specimens; the ocular

area is dark brown, clothed with a greyish pubescence, showing

some converging lines on its fore part, somewhat resembling those

lines which form the /\\-shaped mark in Vllenus V.-insignitus,

* To this Spider I now give the name of Aftus interceptor. It may be dis-

tinguished from A, mendax (described above) by its larger size, and dark-brown

sides, forming, in fact, three longitudinal grey stripes on the abdomen; the

radial and hinder part of the digital joints of the palpi are also black-brown,

offering a strong contrast to the white hairs with which the cubital joint is

clothed ; the legs, too, of the male differ in being dark red-brown and black, the

tarsal joint yellow-brown, and the scopula of a sandy-greyish hue.

1876.| REY. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN SPIDERS, 617

Clk.; the height of the clypeus equals, or nearly so, the diameter

of one of the fore central eyes. The ocular area is broader than

loug ; but the length of the posterior and anterior rows of eyes is

equal; the eyes of the intermediate row are rather nearer to the

posterior than to the anterior row.

The legs are short and strong; their relative length appears to be

4, 3, 1, 2; they are banded alternately, though not very distinctly,

with yellow and yellow-brown ; they are armed with spines (but

most of the hairy clothing was absent); and each tarsus has a

black scopula beneath the terminal claws.

The pa/pi (in an undeveloped state) are yellow, the digital

joint being of large size.

The abdomen is black-brown on the upperside; a dark oblong

marking along the centre of the fore half is followed to the spin-

ners by a series of short, pale, angular bars, or chevrons, running

one into the other and forming a dentated band; it is probable

that this band is clothed with white hairs in uninjured examples ;

the sides are brown, marked with one or two oblique pale stripes ;

and the underside is pale luteous, spotted thinly with small black-

brown spots, which concentrate and form an undefined band along

the middle. The spinners are prominent, of a dark-brown colour,

tipped with dull yellowish white.

A single example was found near Alexandria.

ATTUS MEMORIALIS, sp. 0.

Adult female, length slightly over 2 lines.

The cephalothorax of this Spider is of ordinary form ; in the

two female examples found it was wholly (probably accidentally)

denuded of hairy clothing; its colour is dark yellow-brown, with

two longitudinal, pretty-well defined, dull orange-yellow stripes

reaching from the hinder extremity (where they converge a little)

to the ocular area, which is jet-black ; the fore part of this area

is prominent, and the clypeus (whose height is less than half the

diameter of one of the fore central eyes) retreats ; besides the two

longitudinal stripes, there is a broad marginal one of the same hue

on each side.

The eyes are in the usual position; the ocular area is broader

than long, its posterior side being a very little shorter than the

anterior ; the eyes of the intermediate row are a little closer to

the lateral eye of the posterior than to that of the anterior row

on either side, but are in the same straight line with them; the

eyes of the anterior row are bordered with white cilia ; and probably

the yellow stripes on the cephalothorax are usually clothed with

white or grey or yellowish hairs, the remaining portions with

dark brown ones; but, in the absence of an uninjured specimen,

this is uncertain.

The /egs are moderately strong, and not very long ; their relative

length appears to be 4, 1, 3, 2, the difference, if any, between

those of the first and third pairs being very slight; the colour

is yellow, without any markings or annulation: all the ordinary

618 REY. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN SPIDERS. [June 20,

hairs and bristles were wanting (probably rubbed off by accident) ;

but some strongish spines remained. ‘The tarsal claws of the first

and second pairs have a single small tooth near their middle part

underneath ; on the other legs the claws were absent, probably

broken off by accident.

The falces are short, rather strong, directed backwards, and of

a brownish orange-yellow colour.

The abdomen is oval; its colour is pale yellow, with two broad,

brown, nearly parallel, longitudinal, well-defined bands down the

centre of the upperside, and a less well-defined marginal stripe of

the same colour on each side; taking the brown portions to be the

ground-colour, there are thus three strong longitudinal yellowish

stripes on the upperside—a straight one along the centre, and a

curved one on each side; the underside has no markings, being of a

uniform pale yellow; besides darker ones, the whole abdomen is

thinly clothed with greyish hairs.

The adult male (length 13 line) resembles the female in colours

and markings ; the yellow stripes on the upperside of the cephalo-

thorax are clothed with white hairs; and the ocular area has the

remains of a yellowish-grey pubescence. ‘The palpi are short, their

colour is a dull brownish yellow, and they are furnished with white

and black hairs and bristles ; the cubital joint has a group of black

bristles near its extremity on the inner side; the radial joint is

rather shorter than the cubital, and furnished thickly with dark

bristly hairs on the inner side ; the whole of the outer side is a little

produced, and apparently terminates with two small, blunt-pointed

apophyses, forming a small fork-like extremity (the hinder apophysis

being the least strong, and of a dark brown colour); the digital

joint is large, of an oval form, considerably exceeding in length that

of the radial and cubital joints together ; its colour is yellow-brown,

clothed with blackish bristly hairs, and tipped with grey ones ; the

palpal organs are large, and consist of a nearly globular pale brownish-

yellow corneous bulb, which extends backwards beneath the radial

joint. The tarsal claws of the fourth pair of legs are very slender,

and have several fine pectinations near and beneath the fore extremity ;

I was unable to observe those of the first and second pairs ; beneath

the terminal claws in both sexes isa small dark scopula. The central

yellow abdominal stripe in the male is much broader than the lateral

ones, and has some very fine yellow points, issuing obliquely on each

side, near its hinder extremity. These points represent the termi-

nations of the ordinary angular bars, or chevrons, here obsolete.

An adult male, and two adult females were found in Upper Egypt.

It is a very distinct species, though allied to Attus lineatus, Koch,

and A. bresnieri, Lue.

ATTUS MEMORABILIS, sp. n. (Plate LX. fig. 110.)

Adult male length 3 to 43 lines.

Cephalothorax nearly double as long as broad, and of a flattened

form ; its colour is yellow-brown, and of a much deeper hue on the

hinder slope than on the sides, with a black margin slightly fringed

1876.) REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN SPIDERS. 619

with white hairs ; ocular area black, thinly furnished with fine shiny

yellowish-grey hairs ; the hinder part has several short oblique stripes

of white hairs; and besides other hairs and slender bristles, there are

one or two small tufts of stronger black bristles on either side of the

ocular area just below the extremities of the anterior and interme-

diate rows of eyes, looking (when perfect) like horns ; there is alsoa

patch of white hairs close behind each eye of the posterior row ; and

one example also had a similar patch close behind the fore central

eye. Clypeus almost obsolete.

The eyes are in the usual position ; the ocular area is broader than

long, and the length of the posterior row of eyes is slightly greater

than that of the anterior one. The eyes of the intermediate row are

rather nearer to the posterior than to the anterior lateral eyes.

The degs are moderately long and not very strong, except those of

the first pair; these are long and of inordinate strength, especially

the femoral joints ; those of the fourth pair are longer than those of

the second, and the third pair are rather the shortest ; the first pair

are of a dark reddish yellow-brown colour, armed with a double row

of not very strong spines beneath the tibize and metatarsi, and fur-

nished thickly, and chiefly underneath, with fine prominent hairs ;

the tarsiare paler-coloured than the rest, and (like those of the other

pairs) have a small compact black scopula beneath their terminal

claws ; the other three pairs are of a brownish yellow (the femora

strongly suffused with dark smoky brown) and furnished with hairs

and fine spines.

The palpi are rather short and slender ; they are of a dark reddish

yellow-brown colour, furnished with hairs, many of which are nearly

white ; the radial joint is exceedingly short, shorter than the cubital,

and its outer extremity terminates with a small curved, deep black-

brown, pointed apophysis; the digital joint is oblong oval, and exceeds

in length that of the cubital and radial joints together ; its colour

is deep brown, it is clothed with dark hairs, and at its extremit

(which is rather of a truncate form) there are some short dull sandy-

coloured ones; the palpal organs are simple in form, and extend a

little backwards beneath the radial joint.

The falces are tolerably long and strong; they are also divergent

and projecting forwards, and are armed with a strong tooth on their

inner sides.

The mazille and labium are reddish yellow-brown, the latter being

the darkest ; and the sternum is small, oval, of a dull yellow colour,

dark brown in front and on the margins.

The abdomen is of a long narrow oblong oval form, nearly half as

long again as the cephalothorax, and not much more than half its

width ; the upperside is clothed with hairs, many of which are of a

shining, rather golden-green hue, scintillating in different lights ; it

is of a dark brown colour, with a somewhat paler longitudinal central

band, from which three well-marked though irregularly defined

oblique yellowish stripes, clothed with white hairs, issue on either

side ; there are also two others of a similar nature on the fore margin,

forming a curved anterior marginal border; the sides are closely stri-

620 REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN SPIDERS. [June 20,

ated, in a longitudinal direction with brown; and the underside is

dull pale yellow, marked with a longitudinal central dark brown

stripe, on each side of which, towards the margins, is a finer line of

the same colour ; these lines converge towards the spinners, which

are rather long and prominent; those of the superior pair are pale

yellow, black on the uppersides, the inferior pair being of a brighter

yellow.

The adult female measures about 43 lines in length, but differs

very greatly in colours avd markings from the male, though in

general structure and form the sexes are much more nearly alike.

The female has the sides of the cephalothorax yellow, deepening to

a dark striated brown above, the caput black, clothed with fine pale

hairs, and some long white ones on the clypeus ; the two horn-like

tufts of black bristles below and behind the lateral eyes of the ante-

rior row are generally better defined than in the male.

The legs are yellow; those of the first pair tinged with orange-

brown ; these last are much the strongest, though not so dispro-

portionately strong as in the male; they are scarcely longer, if so

Jong as those of the fourth pair, the second pair being perhaps a

little the shortest. The palpi are short, slender, yellow, semiannu-

lated with black.

The abdomen is much longer in proportion than that of the male,

being considerably more than double the length of the cephalothorax ;

its general colour is pale yellow, the upperside dark blackish brown,

with a broadish, longitudinal, pale-yellowish, central, slightly den-

tated baud, spotted sparingly with small black spots, and bisected

longitudinally by a black line ; the sides are very sparingly marked

with brown; and the underside has seldom more than a fragment or

two of the brown stripe and lines on that of the male.

Adult males, together with an adult and immature females, were

found among rushes and herbage in a marsh near Alexandria. It is

avery striking-looking Spider, allied to Attus staintonii, Cambr.,

and belongs to a group which has, as yet, no known representatives

in Europe. From various points in its form and structure, it seems

entitled to rank as generically distinct from the typical A¢éz; it appears

indeed very similar in form to some species of the exotic genus

Mevia, C. Koch ; but at present, not possessing any type of Mevia,

I am not able to determine whether or not it is identical in form and

structure with the typical species of that genus.

Gen. YLLENUS, Thor.

YLLENUS SALIENS, sp. n. (Plate LX. fig. 92.)

Adult male, length 14 line; adult female, 13 to 2 lines.

This minute but pretty little Spider isin general colours and mark-

ings very much like Attus bonnetii, Sav. (described above p. 611);

it is, however, much smaller and generally of a brighter colour; the

legs differ in length; and the palpi and palpal organs are very different

in their form and structure.

The cephalothorax of the male, which is very massive, is of an

1876.] REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN SPIDERS. 621

orange-yellow-brown colour; the ocular area is thickly clothed with

whitish or yellowish grey squamose adpressed hairs. The thoracic

region has two longitudinal bands ef white hairs, ranning backward

from the eyes of the posterior row; these bands are often coalescent

with other whitish hairs on the sides and hinder slope and those on

the ocular area ; in some examples a marginal band of white hairs is

traceable ; some examples have the sides and hinder slope clothed

with reddish yellow hairs, and in these the white stripes show very

distinctly ; the clypeus, which is less in height than half the diameter

of the fore central eyes, is clothed with pale dull scarlet (or perhaps,

more correctly speaking, brick-red) hairs. The ocular area is broader

than long, the hinder row being a little longer than the foremost one.

The legs are strong and moderately long ; their relative length is

4, 1, 2, 3, those of the fourth pair, especially the femoral joints,

being considerably the longest; their colour is yellow, furnished

with hairs, bristles, and spines, the hairs being chiefly of a whitish

hue, and the scopula beneath the tarsal claws blackish.

The palpi are short and resemble the legs in colour, and are pretty

thickly furnished with long bristly white hairs ; the radial joint is

very short, shorter than the cubital, and has a blunt pointed yellow-

brown apophysis at its outer extremity, tipped with black ; the digital

joint is long and of a narrow oblong oval form, clothed at the tip

with black hairs; the palpal organs are large and of a somewhat

globular form, they extend backwards beneath the radial joint, and

are of a dark yellow-brown colour.

The faices are small and of a deep yellow-brown colour.

The maatile, labium, and sternum are yellow, clothed thinly with

coarse grey hairs.

The abdomen is small, oval, and hairy ; its colour is yellow ; and it

has a broad longitudinal central band, on its upperside, of an orange

yellow-brown colour, often of a deep red-brown on the fore half,

and showing traces of the normal curved or angular bars, or chevrons,

of a dark yellow-brown colour on the hinder half; the sides have a

longitudinal ill-defined orange-brown band, in some examples repre-

sented by a few short oblique stripes of that colour; the underside

is of a pale straw yellow without any markings.

The female has the legs and palpi sometimes slightly annulated

with dark brown, and the central abdominal stripe sometimes of a

dark brown colour, and more dentated on the edges of the hinder

part than in the male; in other respects the sexes are very much

alike.

Adults of both sexes were found among the stems and at the roots

of scattered stunted plants on the desert near Jebel y Silsilis. It is

an exceedingly active Spider, the length of its leaps being remark-

able, its long hind legs giving it no doubt great powers of jumping.

Although so nearly resembling Aftus bonnetii in colours and mark-

ings, the length of its hind legs will distinguish it readily. It is

probably a common Spider, inasmuch as the seven examples I found

were all at the base of one tuft of herbage.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1876, No. XLI. 4]

622 REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN SPIDERS. [June 20,

Gen. PLexippus, Koch.

PLEXIPPUS ADANSONII.

Attus adansonii, Sav. et Aud. Egypte, p. 169, pl. vil. fig. 8.

Attus tardigradus, id. ibid. p. 170, pl. vii. fig. 13.

Attus oraniensis, Luc. Explor. Algér. p. 144, pl. V. fig. 5.

attus nigrofuscus, Vins. Aran. des jles de la Réunion, Maurice et

Madagascar, 1863, p. 59 et 302, pl. x. fig. 8.

Three adult males and an adult female were found at Cairo.

I feel no hesitation in determining the ditus nigrofuscus, Vinson,

to be of this species. Savigny and Lucas figured only the males,

while Vinson describes and figures the female ‘alone. Numerous ex-

amples of both sexes received from Bombay and Ceylon agree exactly

with the examples found both in Egypt and Palestine ; nor can I find

any difference in examples lately received from Edward Newton, Esq.,

from the Mauritius.

Gen. MeNEMERUS, Sim.

MENEMERUS VIGORATUS.

Euophrys vigoratus, Koch, Die Arachn. xiv. p. 14, figs. 1282, 1283.

A single example of the female (immature), deccumenea by

M. Sica to be of this species, was found near Cairo.

MENEMERUS HEYDENII.

Menemerus heydenti, Sim. Monogr. des Att. d’Europe, Ann. Soc.

Ent. Fr.-1868, 4° sér. vill. p. 665.

Adult and immature examples of both sexes were found not un-

frequently upon the trunks of palm trees near Cairo and in Upper

Egypt.

MENEMERUS ANIMATUS, sp. n. (Plate LX. fig. 89.)

Adult male, length 23 lines.

The cephalothoraz is of a rather flattened form ; its colour is dark-

brown, with a broad yellowish marginal band, a large, somewhat sub-

triangular patch on the thorax (continued down the hinder slope in

a narrow band) of the same colour, and a small spot behind each

posterior eye, densely clothed with white depressed hairs, with which

also the ocular area and the clypeus are more or less clothed ; brown

and golden-yellowish hairs are also often intermixed with the others

on the ocular area.

The eyes are in the ordinary position ; the ocular area appears to

be about equal in length and breadth; the length, however, of the

anterior row exceeds slightly that of the posterior one; and the

eyes of the intermediate row are rather nearer to the posterior than

to the anterior one.

The /egs are moderate in length and strength ; they do not differ

greatly in their length, which appears to ie relatively Ale 352%

their colour is yellow; and they are furnished sparingly wich hairs,

slender bristles, and spines, each tarsus terminating with a small

dark-coloured scopula beneath the tarsal claws.

1876.] REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN SPIDERS. 623

The falces are of moderate size and strength, and are placed rather

far back, owing to the projection of the ocular area ; they are slightly

divergent, and project a little from a vertical position ; their colour

is a deep rich red-brown ; and their surface is marked with numerous

transverse ingrained striations.

The palpi are of moderate length ; and their colour is yellow, the

radial joints yellow-brown; the humeral joint is very strong and

tumid underneath, with a strong, pointed, tooth-like spur or promi-

nence near its base on the outer side ; this joint is thickly clothed with

coarse white hairs: the radial joint is shorter than the cubital, but

is produced Jaterally on each side, and has a pointed apophysis at its

extremity underneath; the digital joint is large, and of an elongate

oval form and dark red-brown colour, clothed with dark hairs, a few at

the anterior extremity being of a paler hue. The palpal organs are

not complex, but highly developed and prominent, extending far

backwards beneath, and on the inner side of, the radial joint.

The mazille and labium are blackish-brown, tipped with pale

yellow.

The sternum is oval, and of a yellow colour.

The abdomen is oval, of a somewhat flattened form, and sparingly

clothed with hairs; its colour is yellow, marked, but not strongly,

on the upperside with yellow-brown, giving some faint indications

of an irregular longitudinal central yellowish band (along the fore

half of which is a dark marking), and some short, oblique, slightly

curved lateral stripes issuing from its hinder half; the lateral margins

also of the upperside are irregular, being in some examples marked

with short alternate yellowish and yellow-brown oblique markings.

The female resembles the male in colours and markings, though

those of the cephalothorax are less strong and distinct than in that

sex.

Adults of both sexes were found on rocks and walls in Upper

Egypt, and three immature examples near Alexandria.

MENEMERUS INTEREMPTOR, Sp. 0.

Adult female, length 4 lines.

This Spider is nearly allied to M. antmatus, but is considerably

larger, and though resembling it in its general hue, is even less di-

stinct in its markings.

The cephalothorax is dark yellow-brown, darkest on the caput,

and with an indistinct yellowish marginal band; the whole surface

is clothed, but not very densely, with yellowish-grey, mixed with a

somewhat golden pubescence. The ocular area is broader than long ;

and the length of the hinder row of eyes is a little greater than that

of the anterior row.

The /egs are moderately strong, and not very long; their relative

length appears to be 4, 1, 3, 2, though the difference, if any,

between 4 and 1, and 3 and 2, respectively, is very slight ; those of

the first two pairs are yellow-brown, the third and fourth being yel-

low ; all are furnished, but not very conspicuously, with hairs, slender

bristles, and spines ; the tarsi are furnished at their extremities with

41*

624 REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN SPIDERS. [June 20,

a small black scopula beneath the tarsal claws, whieh have only a

single, scarcely visible denticulation near the middle of their under-

side.

The palpi are slender, of moderate length, and fringed thickly on

each side with coarse white hairs.

The falces are deep reddish black-brown, the maxille and labium

being dark yellow-brown, tipped with yellowish-white, and the

sternum dull orange-yellow.

The abdomen is yellow, slightly suffused with yellow-brown on the

upperside, which has an indistinct and rather irregular marginal

brownish line, enclosing nearly its whole area, the enclosed space

being narrower behind than before, and containing a longitudinal

central tapering band, very faintly defined by two lines of a slightly

paler hue than the rest; the sides are marked with a few faint,

brownish, horizontal lines or short stripes ; the underside is yellow,

immaculate, the spinners short and of a yellow-brown colour ; the

genital aperture is of a transverse oval form, and connected with a

rather large dark yellow-brown somewhat quadrate area.

Several adult and immature females, with an immature male, were

found near Cairo.

Gen. Ep1tstemum, Hentz (Calliethera, C. Koch).

EpIBLEMUM TRICINCTUM

Calliethera tricincta, C. Koch, Die Arachn. xiii. p. 50, pl. xliv.

fiz, 1117.

Two adult females of this species were found near Alexandria. It

is very nearly allied to HL. scenicum, Koch., but may easily be di-

stinguished by the oblique lateral white stripes uniting and forming

transverse bands across the abdomen.

EPIBLEMUM PALUDIVAGUM.

Salticus paludivagus, Luc. Explor. Algér. p. 167, pl. viii. fig. 7.

A single adult female (concluded by M. Simon to be of this

species) was found near Alexandria.

Gen. HettopHanus, C. Koch.

HELIOPHANUS DECORATUS.

Salticus cupreus, Sav. et Aud. Egypte, p. 171, pl. vii. fig. 15.

Heliophanus decoratus, L. Koch, Mgyptische und abyss. Arachn.

1875, p. &7, pl. vii. fig. 8.

Adult examples of both sexes were found among plants on the

walls of the fortifications near Alexandria.

There is no doubt about the distinctness of this Spider from

H. cupreus, Walck. (Europe) ; and I feel confident that it is the same

as that described and figured by Savigny and Audouin, and (lately)

by Dr. L. Koch ((oe. cit. supra). It is very nearly allied to,

perhaps identical with, H. facetus, Cambr., found in Palestine.

1876.] REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN SPIDERS. 625

Gen. Satticus, Sim. (Latr. ad part.).

SALTICUS TODILLUS.

Salticus todillus, Sim. Monogr. Att. d’Europe, Ann. Soc. Ent.

Fr. 4° sér. 1868, tom. viii. p. 713, pl. iii. fig. 15; Cambr. Spid.

Palest. and Syria, P. Z.S. 1872, p. 324, pl. xiv. fig. 19.

Examples of this very distinct and pretty little Saltscus w«re

found under stones near Alexandria.

SALTICUS REPUDIATDS, Sp. Nn.

Adult female, length 2 lines.

This Spider is nearly allied to, but quite distinct from S. todillus,

Sim.

The cephalothoraz is of a flattened oblong form, the fore extremity

almost squarely truncated, and the hinder slope slight, and somewhat

rounded in profile; it is of an erange-yellow brown colour, with two

broad longitudinal dark brown bands running from the hinder

extremity, through the posterior eyes, to the fore part of the ocular

area, in the dark blackish-brown colouring of which they merge.

The eyes are in the ordinary position; the ocular area is longer

than broad, and its fore part is very projecting; the eyes of the

intermediate row are much nearer to the anterior than to the posterior

row, and are placed within the straight line of the lateral eyes of

those two rows.

The legs are moderately long, their relative length being 4, 1, 3, 2;

those of the three posterior pairs are slender, and, except the

metatarsi of the second pair, furnished with hairs only ; the femora,

genua, and tibiee of the first pair are very much stronger than those

of any of the rest, of a yellow-brown colour, the tibial joints

much darker, and, with the metatarsi, armed beneath with two

longitudinal parallel rows of four strong spines in each row; the

legs of the second pair are yellow, the tibia marked on each side

forwards with brown; those of the third and fourth pairs are

yellow; all the tarsi have a small dark scopula beneath the

terminal claws.

The palpi are moderately long, slender, and of a yellow colour.

The falces are small, vertical, yellow-brown, and placed tar back

beneath the fore part of the cephalothorax.

The mazill@ and labium are yellow-brown, the sternum yellow,

and of a narrow oval form.

The abdomen is of an elongate oval form, constricted towards

the fore part, and joiued to the cephalothorax by a short but distinct

pedicle ; its colour is yellow-brown, paler in the region of the

constriction and on the sides of the fore extremity ; a small cbhlong

patch at the fore extremity, as well as most of the hinder half, are

shining and of a somewhat corneous appearance, the hinder extremity

also deepening considerably in colour; the underside is much

paler, with two faint longitudinal, parallel, dusky-brown bands.

A single example of the adult female was found under a stone

near Alexandria.

626

REY. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN SPIDERS. [June 20,

List of Species above described and recorded.

Fam. FIuistTativEs.

Filistata testacea, Latr., p. 548,

puta, sp.n., p. O44.

Fam. CicosiipeEs.

Ceobius putus, sp. u., p. 544, Plate

LVIII. fig. 1.

—— templi, sp. n., p. 545, Plate

LVIII. fig. 2.

—— annulipes, Lue., p. 546.

Uroctea limbata, C. Koch, p. 546.

Fam. DyspDERIDES.

Ariadne insidiatrix, Sav., p. 5477.

Dysdera lata, Reuss, p. 547.

Oonops scutatus, sp. n., p. 547, Plate

LVIILI. fig. 2 a.

—— pauper, sp. n., p. 549.

Fam. DRASSIDES.

Gnaphosa plumalis, Cambr., p. 550.

——- conspersa, id., p. 550.

—— procera, id., p. 550.

marginata, id., p. 5d1.

—— venatrix, id., p. 5d1.

Drassus mundulus, id., p. 551.

senilis, id., p. 591.

infumatus, id., p. 551.

—— ornatus, id., p. 951.

—— campestratus, id., p. 551.

—— alexandrinus, id., p. 551.

—— egyptius, id., p. 552.

—— vulpinus, id., p. 552.

—— denotatus, id., p. 552.

—— pugnax, id., p. 552.

Prosthesima leta, Cambr., p. 952.

—— picina, id., p. 552.

-—— tristicula, id., p. 552.

—— curina, id., p. 552.

—— nilicola, id., p. 552.

—— mollis, id. p. 553.

—— pallida, id., p. 558.

—— inaurata, id., p. 553.

Micaria cincta, L. Koch, p. 552.

Cheiracanthium dubium, id., p. 553.

—— equestre, id., p. 558.

—— isiacum, Cambr., p. 553.

—— tenuissimum, L. Koch, p. 553.

—— annulipes, id., p. 558.

Fam. PALPIMANIDEs.

Palpimanus hematinus,C. Koch, p. 554.

—— savignyi, Sav., p. 554.

Fam. EREsIDES.

Eresus petagnea, id., p. 554.

—— dufourii, id., p. 554.

Fam. DicryniDEs.

Dictyna innocens, Cambr., p. 555.

—— conducens, sp. n., p. 556, Plate

LVILI. fig. 3.

—— condocta, sp.n., p. 556, Plate

LVIILI. fig. 4.

Fam. AGELENIDES.

Titaneca distincta, Cambr., p. 557.

Agelena lepida, sp. n., p. 558.

Tegenaria proxima, Cambr., p. 509.

Textrix coarctata, Duf., p. 559.

Enyo nitida, Sav., p. 559.

expers, sp. 0, p. 560.

Fam. HERSILMDES.

Hersilia caudata, Say. et Aud. (var.

diversa, Cambr.), p. 560, Plate

LVIILI. fig. 6.

Hersilidia lucasii, sp. n., p. 562, Plate

LVIILI. fig. 5.

Fam. ScyToDIDEs.

Lowoscelis rufescens, Duf., p. 564.

Scytodes thoracica, Walck., p. 564.

—— kochii, sp. n., p. 564.

Fam. PHoLCcIDEs.

Pholcus semicaudatus, sp. n., p. 565.

—— rivulatus, Say. et Aud., p. 566.

Fam. THERIDIIDES.

Latrodectus erebus, Say. et Aud., p. 567.

Lithyphantes hamatus, Koch, p. 568.

Steatoda signata, sp. n., p. 568.

—— ? mandibulare, Lue., p. 568.

Euryopis acuminata, Lue., p. 569.

seripta, Cambr., p. 569.

—— quadrimaculata, sp. n., p. 569.

Theridion rufolineatum, Lue., p. 569.

—— varians, Koch, p. 570.

spinitarsis, sp. n., p. 570.

—— melanostictum, sp. n., p. 570.

Mimetus monticolus, Bl., p. 571.

Erigone spinosa, Cambr., p. 572.

—— alexandrina, id., p. 572.

Linyphia extricata, sp.n., p 572, Plate

LIX. fig. 7.

Pachygnatha argyrostilba, sp.n., p. 573,

Plate LIX. fig. 8.

Fam. Hpririves.

Tetragnatha molesta, Cambr., p. 174.

—— nitens, Sav., p. 574.

—— flava, id., pa Ota:

—-— filiformis, id., p. 575.

—— pelusia, id., p. 575.

1876.]

Singa affinis, sp. n., p. 5795.

—— lucina, Sav., p. 575.

Argiope aurelia, Sav., p. 576.

is, sp. n., p. O76.

Cyrtophora opuntie, Duf., p. 576.

Epeira chloris, Say., p. 576.

suspicax, sp. n., p. O77.

perplicata, Cambr., p. 577.

—— circe, Sav., p. 577.

dromedaria, Walck., p. 577.

—— atomaria, sp. n., p. 577, Plate

LIX. fig. 9.

Fam. ULoporipes.

Uloborus signatus, sp. n., p. 579.

Fam. THomisipEs.

Thomisus lateralis, C. Koch, p. 580.

—— spinifer, Cambr., p. 580.

Diea diana, Sav., p. 580.

—— candicans, sp. n., p. 580.

Aysticus hirtus, Say., p. 581.

—— promiscuus, sp. n., p. 581.

ferus, sp. n., p. 583.

—— peccans, sp. n., p. 584.

—— subclavatus, sp. n., p. 584.

Selenops egyptiaca, Sav., p. 585, Plate

LIX. fig. 10.

Sparassus walckenaerius, Sav., p. 587.

—— cognatus, sp. n., p. 588.

suavis, sp. n., p. 588.

Artanes bigibba, sp. n., p. 590.

—— lugens, sp. n., p. 591.

Thanatus albini, Sav., p. 591.

lineatipes, sp. n., p. 591.

—— flavus, sp. n., p. 592.

flavescens, sp. n., p. 592.

Philodromus adjacens, sp. n., p. 592,

Plate LIX. fig. 11.

—— medius, Cambr., p. 594.

—— cinereus, sp. n., p. 594.

—— venustus, sp. n., p. 595, Plate

LIX. fig. 12.

Fam. Lycosipks.

Nilus (gen. nov.) e tus, sp. n., p. 396,

Plate LIX. fig. 15.

Pirata leopardus, Sund., p. 598.

—— proxima, sp. N., p. 598.

Trochosa partita, sp. n., p. 599.

—— depuncta, sp. n., p. 600.

—— pilipes, Lue., p. 600.

—— virulenta, sp. n., p. 600.

—— urbana, sp. n., p. 601, Plate LX.

fig. 14.

REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN SPIDERS.

627

Trochosa effera, Cambr., p. 601.

Tarentula tarentulina, Say., p. 601.

truculenta, sp. n., p. 601.

tremens, sp. n., p. 602.

Lycosa ungulata, sp. n., p. 603.

—— idee) Cambr., p. 604.

sp. n., p. 605, Plate

LX. fig. 15.

—— iniqua, sp. n., p. 605.

—— inquieta, sp. n., p. 606.

—— inopina, sp. n., p. 607, Plate LX.

fig. 16.

—-— observans, sp. n., p. 608.

Fam. SPIASIDES.

Oxyopes alexandrinus, Sav., p. 609.

—— bilineatus, sp. n., p. 609.

Fam. SALTICcIDES.

Ballus piger, sp. n., p. 609.

Attus delectus, Cambr., p. 610, Plats

LX. fig. 88.

—— mouffettii, Sav., p. 610.

staintonii, Cambr., p. 610.

—-— spiniger, id., p. 610, Plate LX.

fig. 103.

paykullii, Sav., p. 610.

—— soldanii, id., p. 611.

monardi, Lue., p. 611.

—— fulgens, Cambr., p. 611.

—— regillus, L. Koch, p. 611, Plate

LX. fig. 17.

—— bonnetii, Sav., p. 611.

-—— oculatus, sp. n., p. 612,

fig. 90.

—— mendicus, sp. n., 614.

—— mendax, sp.n., p. 615.

effigies, sp. n., p. 616.

memorialis, sp. n., p. 617.

memorabilis, sp. n., p. 618, Plate

LX. fig. 110.

Yilenus saliens, sp.n., p. 620, Plate

LX. fig. 92.

Plexippus adansonii, Sav., p. 622.

Menemerus vigoratus, aoe p- 622.

heydenit, Sim., p. 622

—— animatus, sp.n., p. 622, Plat

LX. fig. 89.

interemptor, sp. n., p. 623.

Epiblemum tricinetum, C. Koch, p. 624.

paludivagum, Lue., p. 624.

Heliophanus decoratus, L. Koch, p. 624.

Salticus todillus, Sim., p. 625.

—— repudiatus, sp. n., p. 625.

Plate LX.

628

REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN SPIDERS. [June 20,

List of Egyptian Spiders not found by myself, but described and

recorded by other Authors.

Fam. TimrAPnosipEs.

Nemesia cellicola, Say. et Aud.

Chetopelma egyptiaca, Dol.

Fam. Dysperipes.

Dysdera erythrina, Say. et Aud. (probably not D. erythrina, Walck.).

Fam. Cicosipes.

Uroctea durandi, Duf.

goudoti, C. Koch.

Fam. Drassipes.

Gnaphosa lentiginosa, C. Koch.

schaefferi, Sav. et. Aud.

linnei, id.

Micaria albini, Sav. et Aud.

Drassus lyonettii, tid.

listert, vid. (Clubione).

Prosthesima listeri, tid. (Drassus).

Fam. Eresipes.

Hresus pharaonius, Walck.

molitor, C. Koch (genus Stegodyphus, Sims. ).

—— fuscifrons, id.

— lituratus, id.

semicinctus, id.

Fam. AGELENIDES.

Lachesis perversa, Say. et Aud.

Arachne timida.

Tegenaria (?) familiaris, Say. et Aud. (Arachne).

pagana, Koch (L. Koch, ‘ Agypt. und abyss. Arachn.’).

Fam. Eyyorpss.

Enyo longipes, Sav. et Aud.

Fam. Scyroprpes.

Seytodes immaculata, L. Koch (‘ Agypt. u. abyss. Arachn.’),

Fam. Puowcipes.

Artema convexa, Bl. (Phole. borbonicus, Vins., L. Koch, ‘ Aigypt. und

abyss. Arachn.,’ 1875, p. 25).

Fam. THERIDIIDES,

Theridion vagulans, L. Koch (1. e. supra).

triangulosum, Walck. (i. Koch, . ¢.)

Latrodectus 13-guttatus, Rossi, = L. argus, Say. et Aud.

martius, Say. Walck. (i. p. 645) denies the fact of its being an

Egyptian Spider; but M. Simon (“ Aran. nouy. ou peu connus

de l’Kurope, 2° Mém.,” Mém. Liége, 1873) states it to be so.

Lithyphantes venator, id. (Latrodectus).

—— ephippiatus, Thor.

Erigone vagans, Sav. et Aud.

Fam. Epeixrpes.

Argiope sericea, Oliv. (Sav. et Aud.).

splendida, Say. et Aud.

Epeira armida, Sav. et And.

—— umbratica, id. (nec umbratica, C. K.).

1876.) REV. O. P, CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN SPIDERS. 629

Fam, Tuomisies.

Thomisus peronit, Say. et Aud.

—— martyni, iid.

Misumena buffonii, iid. ( Thomisus).

Diea globosa, Fabr. (Thomisus rotundatus, Sav. et Aud.).

Aysticus lalandi, id. (Thomisus, Sav. et Aud.).

—— clerckii, id. ( Thomisus, iid.).

Sparassus clerckii, id. (Philodromus, iid.).

—— argelasius, Latr. (Phil. linnei, Sav. et Aud.).

Thanatus fabricii, Say. et Aud. (Philodromus).

rhombiferens, iid. ( Philodromus).

Fam. Lycosipgs.

Ocyale atalanta, Sav. et Aud.

Dolomedes hippomane, iid.

Trochosa pelliona, 1d. (Lycosa).

nilotica, 1d. (Lycosa).

—— annulipes, L. Koch (‘ Aigypt. u. abyss. Arachn.’).

Lycosa arenaria, Sav. et Aud.

—— peregrina, iid.

pelusiaca, iid.

—— serena, Li. Koch (‘ Aagypt. und abyss. Arachn.’).

Fam, Saricipus.

Attus frischii, Sav. et Aud. (Salticus).

—— druryi, iid. ( Salticus).

—— gesnert, iid, (Salticus).

—— hunteri, iid. (Salticus).

—— illigeri, iid. (Salticus).

—— redii, iid. (Salticus).

Euophrys plebeja, L. Koch (‘ Agypt. u. abyss. Arachn.’),

Ailurops dorthesit, Say. et Aud. (Salticus).

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puatse LVIII.

Fig. 1. Geobius putus, sp.n., p. O+4.

a, Spider, enlarged ; 6, eyes, from the front; ¢, right palpus, from inuer

side ; d, natural length of Spider.

2. Geobius templi, sp.n., p. 545.

a, Spider, enlarged ; 0, eyes, from the front ; c, right palpus, from inner

side; d, genital aperture (? ); e, natural length.

2a. Oonops scutatus, sp. n., p. 547.

a, Spider, enlarged; 6, underside, with legs truncated; ec, profile,

ditto; d, eyes, from the front ; e, f, palpus in two positions ; g, natural

length.

3. Dictyna conducens, sp.n., p. 556.

a, Spider, enlarged; 4, profile, without legs; e, cephalothorax and

falees, from the front; d, e, palpus in two positions; /, genital aper-

ture (2); g, natural length.

4. Dictyna condocta, sp. n., p. 556.

a, Spider, enlarged; 6, profile, without legs; ¢, cephalothorax and

falces, from the front; ¢, ¢, left palpus in two positions; f, natural

length.

6. Hersilia caudata, Say. et Aud., p. 560.

a, Spider, enlarged ; 4, eyes and falces, from the front; c, natural length.

0. Hersilidia lucasiz, sp. u., p. 562.

a, Spider, enlarged ; 4, eyes, from the front; c, ¢, left palpus in two

positions ; e, natural length.

630

10.

IEE

13.

14.

110,

REY. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON EGYPTIAN SPIDERS. [June 20,

Puiate LIX.

. Linyphia extricata, sp. u., p. 572.

a, Spider, enlarged ; 4, profile, without legs; ¢, right palpus, on outer

side; d, genital aperture (9); e, natural length.

Pachygnatha argyrosti’ba, sp. 1., p. 573.

a, Spider, enlarged ; 4, eyes and falces, from the front ; ¢, @, right palpus

in two positions ; é, natural length.

Epeira atomaria, sp. n., p. O77.

a, Spider, enlarged; 4, profile, ditto; c, abdomen, ditto; d, e, palpus

in two positions; f, natural length.

Selenops egyptiaca, Say. et Aud., p. 585.

a, Spider, natural size; 6, profile, enlarged, without legs; c, eyes and

falces, from the front; d, ¢, palpus in two positions.

Philodromus adjacens, sp.n., p. 592.

a, Spider, enlarged ; 4, eyes and falces, from the front ; c,d, right palpus

in two positions; ¢, genital aperture (2); f, natural length. ,

Philodromus venustus, sp.n., p. 595.

a, Spider, enlarged; 6, eyes, from the front; c, genital aperture; d,

natural length.

Pruate LX.

Gen. noy. Nilus curtus, sp. n., p. 596.

a, Spider, enlarged ; 4, eyes, from the front; ce, maxille and labiun ;

d, terminal claws at extremity of tarsus; ¢, natural length.

Trochosa urbana, sp. n., p. 601.

a, Spider, enlarged; 4, c, palpus in two positions; d, genital aper-

ture (2); e, natural length (¢).

. Lycosa injucunda, sp.n., p. 605.

a, Spider, enlarged; 6, c, palpus in two positions; d, genital aper-

ture (9); ¢, natural length (3).

. Lycosa inopina, sp. n., p. 607.

a, Spider, enlarged ; 6, c, palpus in two positions; ¢, natural length.

. Attus delectus, Cambr., p. 610.

a, Spider, enlarged ; 6, ditto in profile, without legs; c, female, from

above, without legs or palpi; d, e, right palpus in two positions ;

f, natural length (? ); g, ditto (¢).

. Attus spiniger, Cambr., p. 610.

a, Spider, enlarged ; 6, ditto in profile, without legs; ¢, d, right palpus

in two positions; ¢, natural length.

. Attus regillus, Li. Koch., p. 611.

a, Spider, enlarged ; 4, ditto in profile, without legs; ¢, d, right palpus

in two positions; e, natural length.

. Attus oculatus, sp.n., p. 612.

a, Spider, enlarged ; 4, ditto in profile, without legs; c,d, right palpus

in two positions; ¢, natural length (¢); f, genital aperture ( ).

Attus memoradilis, sp.n., p. 618.

a, Spider, enlarged ; 4, ditto in profile, without legs; c, female, above,

without legs; d, ¢, right palpus in two positions ; Ff, natural length

(3); g, ditto (9).

Yilenus saliens, sp. n., p. 620.

a, Spider, enlarged ; 5, ditto in profile, without legs; c, ¢, right palpus

in two positions; ¢, natural length.

. Menemerus animatus, sp.n., p. 622.

a, Spider, enlarged ; 6, ditto in profile, without legs; c, d, palpus in

two positions; ¢, natural length.

1876.] MR. W.T. BLANFORD ON THE FAUNA OF TIBET. 631

4. Note on the “ Africa-Indien ” of A. von Pelzeln, and on

the Mammalian Fauna of Tibet. By W. T. Branrorp,

BRS 51.Z.8.

[Received June 6, 1876. ]

I am indebted to the kindness of Herr August von Pelzeln for

copies of two papers lately written by him on the mammalian fauna

and avifauna of India and Malayasia. The first, entitled ‘ A frica-

Indien *’*, was published last year; the second, on the Mammalian

fauna of the Malay countries t, has just reached me. These papers

are well worthy the attention of all interested in the question of the

geographical distribution of animals. I have for some years past

contended that the fauna of India proper, or Hindustan as it is often

called on European maps (Hindustan in India itself has a much

more restricted signification), is not an integral part of the so-

called “Indian region’ of Dr. Sclater and cther naturalists. My

views were adopted by the late Dr. Stoliczka, and were identical

with those held by Mr. Blytht. It is very satisfactory to find simi-

lar views enforced independently by so high an authority as Herr

von Pelzeln and in so careful an essay.

The whole world is divided by v. Pelzeln into six regions, viz :—

I. The Arctic (comprising the Palearctic and Nearctic of Sclater).

II. The American Tropical (Neotropical of Sclater).

Ill. The Australian.

IV. The Ethiopian.

V. The Hindustan (India and Ceylon).

VI. The Malay, including the Himalaya, Tibet, Southern China

with Formosa, ‘‘ Hinter-Indien ” (7. e. Burma, Siam, and the Malay

peninsula), the Sunda archipelago up to Wallace’s line—and pro-

bably Madagascar, the Mascarene, Comoro, and Seychelles Islands

(Lemuria).

I am rather disposed, with Andrew Murray §, to unite the Ethio-

* “Africa-Indien, Darstellung der Beziehungen zwischen der africanischen

und indo-malayischen Vogel-Fauna nebst allgemeineren Betrachtungen iiber

die geographische Verbreitung der Saugethiere, von August von Pelzeln, Custos

des k.-k. zoologischen Hof-Cabinets,” Verhandl. k. k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien.

1875, pp. 33-62,

+ Ueber die malayische Saugethier-Fauna von August von Pelzeln. Sepa-

rat-Abdruck aus dem Festschrift zur Feier des 25-jihrigen Bestehens des k.-k.

zool.-bot. Ges. in Wien.

{ See his remarks on the division of the earth into zoological regions ;

Nature, 1871, vol. iii. p. 427.

§ ‘Geographical Distribution of Mammals,’ p. 804. I may remark that

Mr. Murray's maps, so far as they exhibit the distribution of particular genera

in India, are frequently incorrect. ‘Thus Map xx. represents that there is no

Wolf in India, whilst in Maps xxv., xxvii., xli., xlvi., and Isiii. the following

mammals are represented as ranging more or less throughout the peninsula to

Cape Comorin—Mydaus, Helictis, Binturong, Wild Ass, Rhinoceros, and Euro-

pean Mole! With the doubtful exception of the Rhinoceros, not one of these

animals is found in the peninsula of India, the Wild Ass being confined to the

deserts of Cutch and Bikanir. There are other mistakes in matters of detail.

632 MR. W. T. BLANFORD ON THE FAUNA OF TIBET. [June 20,

pian and Malay regions with India and Lemuria into one great

region; and [ still hold that the hills of Southern India with the

Malabar coast and Southern Ceylon form a province of the Malay

region, whilst the greater portion of the Indian peninsula is African

in its affinities *. This subject, however, is too large for discussion

in the present note, the principal object of which is to point out a

correction which is, I think, of some importance, with regard to

the fauna of Tibet. This is, by v. Pelzelu, included in the Malay

region: he comprises the typical Tibetan genera such as Panthalops

and Pocéphagus in his list of Malay forms; and on the map accom-

panying the paper on the Malay mammal-fauna the Kuenluen range

is shown as the northern limit of the region.

The fauna of the Tibetan plateau has, in reality, no Malay affinities ;

but the cause of the misunderstanding is simple. The two natural-

ists to whose writings one naturally turns for information about

Tibetan animals, are Mr. Hodgson and Pére David; and both are

eminently misleading, since both collected simultaneously specimens

from two faunas which have in fact scarcely a generic type in com-

mon—the Himalayan, which is quite correctly classed by v. Pelzeln

as a subdivision of the Malay region, and the Tibetan, which is

part of Blyth’s Mongolian province belonging to the Boreal or

Palearctic region. The former possessess a very rich fauna with

numerous peculiar types; the latter is poor in species, though indi-

viduals are locally numerous. It is conseyuently not surprising that

the few members of the Tibetan fauna which show peculiarity should

be ignored amongst the vast bulk of Himalayan genera, and that

Tibet should be assigned to the Malay region.

On the southern slopes of the Himalayas there is everywhere,

until it has been cleared, luxuriant forest up to at least 12,000 feet

above the sea, inhabited by a fauna which extends without any

great change of generic forms, throughout the Malay peninsula and

into the hill-tracts of some at least of the Malay islands+. Imme-

diately { north of the main Himalayan range, a cold, barren, and

desert region of mountains and plateaux extends, swept by winds

from which all moisture has been drained by the high mountain-

chains on all sides. To this tract not one of the forest-haunting

inhabitants of the Himalayas ever penetrates, although many of

them extend far into the mountains along the damp and richly

wooded valleys of rivers. The fauna of these Tibetan plateaux is

essentially Boreal, Alpine and even Arctic types prevailing, the

country having in many parts a climate scarcely equalled elsewhere

for intensity of cold out of the Arctic regions. This high barren

tableland extends from Afghanistan to Yunan; it comprises the

drainage-areas of the Upper Indus and the Sanpiti, and is bounded

on the north in its western portion by the Kuenluen range ; but it is

less defined and its boundaries less accurately known to the eastward,

* J. A. 8. B. 1870, vol. xxxix. pt. 2. p. 336.

t Elwes, P. Z. 8.1878, p. 615.

{ How sudden the change is, in places, is admirably described in Hooker's

‘Himalayan Journals,’ vol. ii. p. 158.

1876.] MR. Ww. T. BLANFORD ON THE FAUNA OF TIBET. 633

although much light has been thrown upon the subject by Preje-

walski’s explorations.

Lately, when examining the collections brought by Dr. Stoliczka

from Western Tibet and Eastern Turkestan, I endeavoured to make a

list of the mammals known to inhabit the Tibetan plateau. The

list is naturally very imperfect ; but still, I think, it is of some value,

because it serves completely to dissipate the idea of there being

any thing in common between the fauna of Tibet and that of the

Himalayan-forest region or the Malay region. It is quite true that

a few forms such as Lagomys and Arvicola extend into the alpine

portion of the Himalayan region ; but this may be partly due to a

law of diffusion which is always found to prevail on the edge of two

different zoological provinces, if no impassable physical barrier inter-

venes. Moreover the Himalayan species are generally distinct from

the Tibetan; and they may be members of a Boreal fauna to which

Cervus cashmeriensis and Ursus isabellinus * belong, and which is

well developed in Kashmir and may, I think, be traced throughout

the Himalayas.

In the list which I append, W. is added to the names of all species

only known from Western Tibet, E. to those hitherto brought from

Eastern Tibet alone.

LIST OF MAMMALIA KNOWN TO INHABIT THE

TIBETAN PLATEAU.

CHIROPTERA.

Plecotus auritus. W.

INSECTIVORA.

Sorex (Crocidura) myoides. W.

CARNIVORA.

Felis uncia. Canis (Vulpes) ferrilatus. FE.

Felis manul. EF. Canis (Cuon) alpinus t?

Felis isabellina. Martes toufeus.

Canis laniger (=C. chanco). Mustela erminea.

Canis niger (perhaps a variety of | Mustela temon.

the foregoing). Putorius larvatus. E.

Canis (Vulpes) montanus (=C. Lutra, sp. W.

Jlavescens).

RovENTIA.

Arctomys caudatus. W. Arvicola stoliczkanus. W.

A. himalayanus (=A. robustus). Lepus tibetanus. W.

Sciurus europeus? KE. Lepus oistolus (perhaps the same

Mus crassipes? W. as the next).

Arvicola blythi ( = Phaiomys —Lepus pallipes.

leucurus, Blyth). W. Lepus hypsibius. W.

* Neither of these species is found, except as a straggler, on the north of the

dividing range between Kashmir and Ladak.

+ It is more probably this species (which Gray, Cat. Carn. &. Mamm.

B. M. 1869, p. 184 has shown to be a Cuon) than the Indian C, ru¢ilans which

inhabits Tibet.

634 MR. W.T. BLANFORD ON THE FAUNA OF TIBET. (June 20,

Lagemys ladacensis (=L. cur- 1? Lagomys curzoniea (?=L., tibe-

zonie, Stol. nee Hodgs.). W. tanus). E.

Lagomys auritus. W.

UNGULATA.

Equus hemionus. Ovis nahura.

Bos grunniens. Capra sibirica.

Ovis hodgsoni. Panthalops hodgsoni.

Ovis vignei. W. Gazella picticauda.

It is possible that Budorcas taxicolor, the Musk-deer, and Cervus

affinis should be added; but I have grave doubts as to whether any

of these are really found on the Tibetan plateau. Budorcas may,

like Nemorhedus and Hemitragus, be Himalayan, whilst I suspect

that the Musk-deer and Cervus affinis belong to the Boreal or Pale-

arctic types of the Himalayan alpine fauna already referred to. I

feel also very doubtful whether Lagomys curzonie is the species

found in the Tibetan valleys north of Sikkim. The Chumbi valley,

whence Lagomys curzonie and Cervus affinis are said to have been

procured, belongs politically to Tibet, but it is Cis-Himalayan.

I should point out that this slight correction in no way invalidates

any of Herr v. Pelzeln’s views. There are a few errors in matters

of detail, such as the inclusion of Gazella, Antilope, and Mellivora

in the list of Malay genera, on the ground, apparently, of their sup-

posed occurrence in Nipal. This must, I think, be due to the

British-Museum catalogues of Mr. Hodgson’s collections, in which a

considerable number of animals are included, obtained from other

parts of India than Nipal, although there is no means afforded by

the catalogue of distinguishing them from the species collected in

the Himalayas.

In conclusion I can only call attention to the very interesting

paleontological suggestions at the end of Herr v. Pelzeln’s papers.

He considers the Malay fauna to be allied to that which inhabited

Europe in older Miocene times, while he associates the newer

Miocene mammalian fauna of Europe and India with that inhabiting

the Ethiopian region at the present day. I can only remark upon

this that several of the early Miocene forms of Europe (e. g. Hrina-

ceus, Castor, Myoxus, Cricetodon, Hyomoschus, Antilope) are not

Malay forms at present, and that the last two are African, whilst part

of the apparent similarity is perhaps due to the warm climate of the

early Miocene epoch in Europe—and that the Indian Sevaliks are

much more probably Pliocene than Miocene. It is, however, very

unfair to dismiss a carefully reasoned argument with a criticism of

this kind; and I only regret that, just at present, time will not allow

me to do justice to Herr v. Pelzeln’s views.

1876. ] MR. W. T. BLANFORD ON INDIAN REPTILES. 635

5. On some of the Specific Identifications in Dr. Giinther’s

Second Report on Collections of Indian Reptiles obtained

by the British Museum. By W. T. Branrorp, F.R.S.,

| ARS

[Received June 6, 1876.]

Dr. Giinther, in his ‘Second Report on Collections of Indian Rep-

tiles obtained by the British Museum” (P. Z. S. 1875, p. 224), has

made some “short remarks on species of reptiles recently named

and described—not with the object of correcting nomenclature, but

rather with the view of inviting the authors of those species to re-

consider the characters on which they have based them.’ As some

of the remarks in question refer to species distinguished, though in

no case originally described by myself, I took the first opportunity,

after seeing Dr. Giinther’s paper, of reexamining the specimens

on which my opinions had been founded. I have also examined

some of the types described by the late Dr. Stoliczka. The result

is that I am unable in some cases to agree with Dr. Giinther ; and

in one case I think I can show that some mistake has been made.

I will take Dr. Giinther’s identifications in the order in which they

occur™:

1. CABRITA BRUNNEA.

Dr. Giinther is, I believe, right in considering this the same as

C. leschenaulti. In 1871 I collected many specimens of the former

(which I had previously considered distinct), and I could find no dif-

ference except in the number of postnasals ; and this depends on the

circumstance that the lower nasal is sometimes united to the lower

postnasal, sometimes separate. The same variation is occasionally

met with in Ophiops elegans.

I found Cadrita leschenaulti common in the Godavery valley near

Badrachellum ; and I noticed that the very young which abounded in

the month of April had always two postnasals, but that as they grew

larger the lower postnasal appeared to become united to the lower

nasal. It is possible (as I did not remain in one spot) that the

distinction was local, and that the young Lizards in one place had

two postnasals, in another one; but after the animals had grown

rather larger I could find none with two postnasals, although those

I found at first all had them. The head-scales in the very young

animals are quite smooth.

2. Opnrops JERDONI, Blyth.

Dr. Giinther unites with this Cubrita jerdoni of Beddome and

myself, Pseudophiops theobaldi, Jerdon, and Ophiops bivittatus of

Beddome. The last two identifications had already been made by

Beddome (Madras Med. Journ. 1870) and by Stoliczka (J. A. S. B.

* Dr. Ginther has, I think, overlooked the circumstance that many of his

identifications had been anticipated by the late Dr. Stoliczka (J. A. S. B. 1872,

xli. pt. 2, pp. 86-135).

636 MR. W. T. BLANFORD ON INDIAN REPTILES. [June 20,

1872, p. 89). With regard to Cabrita jerdoni, it is probable that

Dr. Ginther and I have examined different Lizards. Although I

thought it remarkable that I should have made so very clumsy a

blunder as to mistake an Ophiops for a Caérita, I carefully reexamined

my original specimens of C. yerdoni, and found that they had the

well-developed lower eyelids characteristic of the latter genus. On

account of its transparency this lower eyelid is easily overlooked ;

but it is not likely that Dr. Gunther has made a mistake of this

kind; and as the British Museum possesses Col. Beddome’s types,

I should be inclined to conclude that I was in error in identifying

the Lizard I obtained in the Godavery valley and elsewhere with

Cabrita jerdoni, if it were not for Col. Beddome’s original descrip-

tion of the species*. It is a subject of regret to every Indian her-

petologist that Col. Beddome should have published descriptions of

his numerous interesting discoveries in Southern India in a medical

journal ; and it is very possible that no copy of the work exists at

the British Museum. I therefore copy the following paragraphs

from the description in question :—

* Cabrita jerdoni (Bedd.). Two loreals, snout more pointed than

in C. leschenaulti; .... lower eyelid transparent; .... femoral

pores twelve on each thigh, &e.

“Only a single specimen of this interesting Lizard was procured,

between Cotegal and Caverypooram. In its large scales it much re-

sembles an Ophiops, but has a distinct lower eyelid.

« An Ophiops, which I take to be O. jerdoni, Blyth, is very abun-

dant near the banks of the Tamboodra, north of Adoni, on red soil ;

and I have found the same species at Pothanore. It is very similar

in colour to the Cabrita here described, and the seales of the back

are similar in size; it, however, wants the lower eyelid, and differs

in the shields of the head, and has a much shorter tail, and only

8-9 femoral pores on each side. A casual observer, however, might

take the two to be the same species.”

Now I think it is impossible to read the above paragraphs (the

italics are my own) and to doubt that Colonel Beddome, when he

wrote them, was well acquainted with the two species, Ophiops jer-

dont and Cabrita jerdoni. I sent a specimen of the Lizard which [

identified with the latter to Col. Beddome; and he assured me it

agreed exactly with his type, as I mentioned in my paper, /.s.c. p. 348,

note.

3. HeMIDACTYLUS COCTAI.

Dr. Giinther unites to this H. bengaliensis, Anderson (already

shown to be identical by Stoliczka, /.c. p. 98), H. giganteus, Stoliczka,

and Doryura berdmorei of Blyth and others.

It is very probable that the single specimen of Hemidactylus gi-

ganteus examined by Dr. Giinther was a female, and that the tail

was entirely renewed, in which case it could not easily be distin-

euished from /7. coctei. I have reexamined four specimens of H.

giganteus—a pair (male and female) in the Indian Museum, and

* Madras Monthly Journal of Medical Science, Jan. 1870, p. 34.

1876. | MR. W. T. BLANFORD ON INDIAN REPTILES. 637

another similar pair which I had kept myself; and I agree with Dr.

Stoliczka in considering it a distinct species. The two males have,

one 18, the other 19 femoral pores in each thigh. In the two spe-

cimens retained as types of the species in the Indian Museum the

basal portion of the tail appears not to have been renewed, and it ig

distinctly and regularly ringed. In one specimen especially, three

rings remain which show no signs of ever having been renewed (the

terminal portion of the tail is palpably a regrowth). In the other

there are eight rings preserved at the base of the tail, but they are

not so clearly of original growth. In neither of these specimens are

there any enlarged tubercles on the tail.

Dr. Stoliczka, who examined large numbers of specimens, never

found more than eight femoral pores in each thigh in H. coctei. In

the Museum-specimens, which, however, are not numerous, I find

five or six, whilst there is always an enlarged tubercle on each side

of the tail on the posterior portion of each ring. The only speci-

mens of this species I can find in the Museum are from Calcutta

and Allahabad: they are labelled H. bengaliensis, Anderson. If

Dr. Giinther has specimens from other localities with more numerous

femoral pores, it is to be hoped he will publish the fact.

So far as I can judge, H. giganteus comes nearer to H. leschenaulti

than to #1. coctei. The former, asa rule, is distinguished by haying

tubercles on the back ; but this is not always the case.

Nor can [ agree in identifying Hemidactylus berdmorei (Leiurus

berdmorei, Blyth ; Doryura berdmore:, Theobald) with the young of

H. coctei. Blyth’s type specimen is in the Museum here; and on com:

paring it with a specimen of /7. coct@i of the same size, I find that the

tail of HI. berdmorei, which does not appear to have been reproduced,

is quite smooth ; whilst in that of H. coct@i the tubercles at the side,

although small, are distinctly seen. The scales of the abdomen are

a little larger in H. berdmoret; but the most characteristic distinction

of the latter is in its very much smaller feet and toes, the latter being

but little more than half the size of those of H. coctei. The plates

beneath the toes appear more numerous and broader in H. coctei ;

but the type of H. derdmorei is not in good condition, and it is diffi-

cult to examine it closely. Lastly, Dr. Stoliczka has pointed out that

in D. berdmorei there are from fourteen to sixteen pores in each thigh,

whilst, as already mentioned, he never found more than eight in //.

coct@i. It is true that the number of femoral pores varies in indi-

viduals with all Lizards; but still the amount of variation, so far as

my experience goes, keeps within limits ; and I think the distinction,

that one species has habitually six to eight pores in each thigh, and

another fourteen to sixteen, is probably sufficient to show that they

are different forms.

I cannot find Dr. Stoliczka’s specimens of Hemidactylus berd:

morei: they do not appear to be in the Museum here.

Calcutta, May 12, 1876

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—i876, No. XLII. 42

638 MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE STERNIN &. [June 20,

6. On the Sternine, or Terns, with Descriptions of three new

Species. By Howarp Saunpers, F.L.S., F.Z.S.

[Received June 6, 1876. ]

(Plate LXI.)

Having recently had opportunities of examining some interesting

types of various real and supposed species of the subfamily Séernine,

I propose to anticipate to a certain extent the monograph of the

Laride upon which I have been for some time engaged, and to give

the result of my observations in the following review of the species

at present known to me, with general remarks upon their geo-

graphical distribution.

The principal writers who have hitherto treated of the Ster-

nine are:—Prof. Schlegel, in the Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Pays-Bas,

Sterne, 1863; Prof. Blasius, in Journ. fiir Orn. 1866, p. 73; Dr.

Elliott Coues, in Proc. Phil. Acad. 1862, and monographically, as re-

gards the North-American species, in his ‘ Birds of the North West ’

1874; and Messrs. Sclater and Salvin (Neotropical Laride, P. Z. 8.

1871). And from the works of these able authors I have derived

much assistance, especially from the last, owing to the care with

which the synonymy and the geographical distribution have been

worked out. Indeed as regards America I might well have been

content to wait until the completion of my monograph; but as there

are a good many species in other parts of the globe which have not

been so recently noticed, there may be room for a few remarks.

It is almost needless to say that, owing to the general similarity in

colour, the Sternine are a troublesome subfamily to handle, the ques-

tion of what constitutes specifie distinctness being here more than

usually perplexing. The individual differences in size of bill, length

of wing, &e. are often considerable ; added to which there are subtile

gradations in the various shades of plumage, which render it impos-

sible to accord specifie rank to forms which, when judged by their

extremes alone, seem totally distinct. Under these circumstances it is

not surprising that a species should sometimes be based upon what

may appear at the first glance to be a very slight distinction ; for the

alternative is to unite under one head some forms which are clearly

different ; and considering the general tendency that there is towards

blending, the systematist must be glad to avail himself of the smallest

permanent characteristic. The young are often very much alike ; and

indeed in several cases they are as yet undistinguishable with the

limited material at present available; but larger series of authentic

specimens will doubtless clear up several points. The coloration

of the soft parts presents considerable difficulties, owing to the

changes which take place at different ages and seasons, it frequently

happening that the bill and legs in quite young birds increase in

intensity of colour up to a certain time in autumn, and then become

dark, the brighter colour not being resumed until the following

spring: this is notably the case with the Common and the Arctic

Terns, in which the bills become dark very suddenly between the

; [ei | a} Fi 7 -V 7 -

: ele : 1 he ;

~~ " = *

’ : a '

- q & ¥, -

————

7 ->

—_——

7 =

= ‘

= ra

= = 7

4 ?

. & c 7

. .

7 i

7 3 -

1876.] MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE STERNINE. 639

first and second weeks in October. At this season, too, the grey tint

on the rump and tail-coverts which is also assumed by some species is

apt to lead to confusion. Of the difficulties presented by the wear-

ing-away of the grey frosty surface on the primaries, giving an ab-

normal appearance to their pattern, it is not necessary to say any-

thing beyond drawing attention to their existence.

After careful examination of the representatives of all the genera

into which this subfamily has been divided, I am unable to discover

any satisfactory reasons for the adoption of more than five, viz.

Sterna, Hydrochelidon, Nenia, Gygis, and Anous. It is true that

in many forms there appears to be considerable departure from what

we have been accustomed to consider typical Sterna; and this was

especially evident to those systematists who treated principally of

European or North-American species ; but when the various species

of the whole world are examined, so many connecting links and gra-

dations will be found to exist, as to reduce the structural distinctions

to a minimum, and to preclude the possibility of adopting with any

degree of consistency several genera which at first glance seemed

valid enough. For example, the Sooty Terns (S. /ultginosa, S. anes-

theta, and S. lunata) have had no less than three genera erected for

one of their number by Wagler alone, viz. Onychoprion, Haliplana,

and Planetis, the definitions of which will hardly bear analysis ; but

even if any one of them were based upon genuine structural cha-

racters (which is not the case), there exists a far more important

difference between the foot in S. fuliginosa and in that of S. anes-

theta, than there is between S. fuliginosa and any typical Sterna,

such as 8. fluviatilis. It would strike any one as absurd to separate

these two Sooty Terns generically, seeing that their resemblance is so

close that for some time even their specific characteristics were by

uo means well known; yet, unless this is done, it is fully as incon-

sistent to separate them from true Sterne. It is, however, unneces-

sary to say more upon this particular subject, as it will be noticed

when treating of the species in question. The result of the mania

which at one time prevailed for the manufacture of genera may be

seen in the fact that whereas the members of the subfamily Sterninze

are about 5() in number, the genera erected for their reception are

upwards of 30. It is true that many of these are merely vain repe-

titions of previously existing genera, the names of which did not

happen to suit the fancy of the respective systematists, and that by

discarding these synonyms the burden might be endured if the dis-

crepancies of opinion as to the genera in which the various species

should be located were not hopelessly irreconcilable, a single species

being sometimes assigned to 7 or 8 different genera. Dismissing all

but those which are aiised upon structural characters, independent

investigations have led me to adopt substantially the genera accepted

by the late G. R. Gray (Gen. Birds iii. p. 658), with the exception

of Phetusa, which I put back under Sterna; whilst Nena, which

he puts with Anovs, I consider valid; several species also which he

assigned to Hydrochelidon are now restored to Sterna. Of the dis-

earded genera even the best seem to be based upon the size and shape

42%

O40 MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE STERNIN2. (June 20,

of the bill—a very variable character in Terns, and one which, when

taken alone, does not seem to be of so much value in this family as

in many others.

All things considered, the following arrangement of the various

Species seems to me to be the most natural; but, as is well known to

all naturalists who have undertaken a similar task, it is impossible

to attain to absolute consistency in locating the various members

of a family in an ascending or descending scale ; for the aberrant

forms which frequently present themselves would destroy the best

scheme that ever could be invented. 7

Genus HypROCHELIDON, Boie.

This genus, originally instituted by Boie (Isis 1822, p. 563) for

H. nigra and H. leucoptera, H. hybrida being left by him with

Sterna, was, indeed, principally based upon coloration; but it has

since been well defined and generally accepted as including the Marsh-

Terns—-of which the most characteristic distinctions are the short

rounded tail, and the long slender toes connected by deeply incised

webs. There is a general resemblance between the species which

compose this very natural genus, the members of which agree in

their habits, being gregarious at the breeding-season, and making

their nests in the midst of marshy places. For convenience of

treatment I commence with

HyDROCHELIDON HyRRiDa (Pall.).

Sterna hybrida, Pall. Zoogr. Rosso-As. ii. p. 338 (1811); Schlegel,

Mus. P.-B. Sterne, p. 33 (1863).

Sterna leucopareia, Natterer, in Temm. Man. d’Orn. p.746 (1820).

Sterna javanica, Horsfield, Trans. Linn. 8. xiii. p. 198 (1820) (type

examined in KE. I. Mus., H.8.); Gray & Hardw. Hl. Ind. Zool.i.pl. 70.

fig. 1 (1832).

Sterna grisea, Horsfield, Trans. L. S. xiii. p. 199 (1820) (type ex-

amined in E. I. Mus., H. S.).

Viralva indica et V.leucopareia, Steph. in Shaw’s Gen. Zool. xiii.

p. 171 & 169 (1825).

Sterna delamottei, Vieillot, Faun. Fr. p- 402 (1828).

Pelodes leucopareia, Kaup, Nat. Syst. p. 107 (1829).

Sterna similis, Gray & Hardw. Ul. Ind. Zool. i. pl. 70, fig. 2 (1832)

(type examined in E. I. Mus., 7. S.).

Hydrochelidon fluviatilis, Gould, P. Z. S. 1842, p- 140; Gould,

B. Australia, vii. pl.31 (1848).

Hydrochelidon hybrida, G. R. Gray, Gen. B. iii. p. 660 (1846) ;

Blas. J. f. Orn. 1866, p. 82; Degl. & Gerbe, Orn. Eur. ii. p. 468

(1867); Swinhoe, P. Z.S. 1871, p. 421 (Formosa).

Hydrochelidon delatandii, Bp. Compt. Rend. xhi. (1856), p. 773

(type examined, //, 8.).

ITydrochelidon indica, Jerdon, B of India, iii. p- 837 (1864).

Hydrochelidon leucopareia, Gould, Uandbook to B. Australia, il.

p. 406 (1865).

1876. | MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE STERNINE. 641

Sterna innotata, Beavan, Ibis, 1868, p. 404 (imm.).

Pelodes delalandii, Gray, Hand-list, iii. p. 122 (1871).

Pelodes indica et P. fluviatilis, Gray, Hand-list, iii, pp. 121, 122

(1871).

Gelochelidon innotata, Gray, Hand-list, ii. p. 119 (1871).

Pelodes hybrida, Gurney, Andersson’s B. of Damaraland, p. 362

(1872); Gray, Hand-list, mi. p. 121 (1871).

‘Sterna leucoptera’’ (in error), Buckley, Ibis, 1874, p. 391

(Transvaal).

After examining a very large series, I am unable to detect any

constant difference between European, Indian, and Australian specl-

mens. Examples in breeding-plumage are absolutely identical ;

and it is much if a trifling inferiority in size can be remarked in

the Indian, and a slightly paler tint in the coloration of the upper

parts of Australian examples. The general range of the species may

therefore be described as from the extreme west of Europe to the

coasts of China and the island of Formosa and throughout the

Malayan region down to Australia, principally the Queensland por-

tion. It occurs in South Africa abundantly in winter, and probably

breeds there, as Andersson obtained it in full plumage in April. In

the British Museum there is amounted specimen marked as obtained

at Barbadoes and presented by Sir Robert Schomburgk, who was for

some tune Governor of that West-Indian colony ; but there does not

appear to be any other record of its occurrence so far west, even as a

straggler.

HypDROCHELIDON LEUCOPTERA, Meisn. & Schinz.

Sterna fissipes et S. nevia, Pallas, Zoogr. Rosso-As. ii. pp. 337-8

(1811), nee Linn.

Sterna leucoptera, Meisner & Schinz, Vég. Schweiz, p. 264

(1815); Temm. Man. d’Orn. p. 483 (1815).

Hydrochelidon leucoptera, Boie, Isis, 1822, p. 563; Buller, B.

New Zealand, p. 287 (1873) ; Dresser, B. of Europe, pt. xlv. (Nov.

1875).

yalea leucoptera, Steph. in Shaw’s Gen. Zool. xiii. p. 170 (1826).

Hydrochelidon leucopterum, Bp. Comp. List, p. 61 (1838).

Hydrochelidon nigra, G. R. Gray, Gen. Birds, iii. p. 660 (nee

Linn.) (1849); Blas. J. f. Orn. 1866, p. 82; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1863,

p- 97, P. Z.S. 1863, p. 28, P. Z. 8. 1871, p. 421 (China); Gurney,

Andersson’s B. Damara-land, p. 363 (1872); G. R. Gray, Hand-

list, iii. p. 121 (1871); Cones, B. N.W. America, p. 709 (1874).

Hydrochelidon subleucoptera, C. L. Brehm, Vogelfang, p. 350

1855).

Hydrochelidon javanica, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1860, p. 68, 1361, p. 345

(nee Horsfield).

Sterna nigra, Schlegel. M. P.-B. Sterne, p. 31 (1863).

Hydrochelidon niger, Severtzoff, Turk. Jevotnie, p. 70 (1873),

fide Dresser.

The description of this species was given by Meisner and Schinz,

642 MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE STERNINAE. [ June 20,

and also by Temminck, under date of the same year; the former,

however, give a coloured plate, and their claiin to the earliest dis-

crimination of its distinctness seems to be generally acknowledged.

It is to be regretted that Mr. G. R. Gray and others should subse-

quently have identified it with Sterna nigra of Linnzeus, for which

there does not appear to have been any reasonable ground ; for, as I

trust to show when treating of the Black Tern, Linnzeus’s descrip-

tlon can only apply to that species.

By its longer and more slender toes and claws, and deeply incised

webs, this species may be distinguished from H. nigra at all ages ;

whilst its generally smaller dimensions serve to separate the young

trom that of H. Aybrida. In the immature plumage also the upper

tail-coverts are whiter than in /7. nigra, in which the grey of the back

continues over the rump and throughout the tail; but the above white

band is somewhat dependent upon the make of the skin, and is not

an unfailing guide with such specimens as the one Mr. J. H. Gurney

had before him (which is now in my collection) when he identified it as

Sterna fissipes. On raising the feathers on the rump, however, it

will be seen that there is much more white at the base of those of

HH. leucoptera than in those of H. nigra; and in properly preserved

skins the white band on the rump is clearly defined even in very

young birds. The adults in summer can hardly be mistaken even

on the wing, the b/ack under wing-coverts being very conspicuous,

(whereas in H. nigra they are pale grey); m winter and immature

plumage the under wing-coverts are white.

A straggler to northern Europe, this Tern becomes abundant in

the south and south-east, ranges throughout Siberia and China, and

reaches to the Transvaal and Damaraland and to Abyssinia, whence I

have several specimens, all in immature plumage ; there is, however,

little doubt that it breeds there. It has also been obtained in

Australia and New Zealand, and is recorded by Dr. EK. Coues as

having been captured in Wisconsin, U.S., on 5th July 1878, in full

breeding-plumage.

HyDROCHELIDON NIGRA (Linp.).

Sterna nigra, Linn. 8.N. i. p. 227 (1766), F.S. p. 159; Meyer

& Wolf, Tasch. Deutsch. Voég. ii. p. 461 (1810); Temm. M. d’Orn.

p. 484 (1815).

Sterna nevia, Linn. 8. N. i. p. 228 (1766), ex Brisson (jr.).

Sterna fissipes, Linn. 8. N.i. p. 228 (1766) ; Schlegel, Mus. P.-B.

Sterne, p. 29 (1863).

Larus mervlinus, Scop. Ann. i. Hist. Nat. p. 81 (1769).

Sterna surinamensis, Gm. 8. N. i. p. 604 (1788).

Sterna plumbea, Wilson, Am. Orn. vii. p. 83, pl. 60 (1813).

MHydrochelidon nigra, Boie, Isis, 1822, p. 563.

Viralva nigra, Steph. in Shaw’s Gen. Zool. xiii. p. 167 (1824).

Anous plumbea, Stephens, in Shaw’s Gen. Zool. xiii. pt. i. p. 142

(1826); (ex Wilson).

Hydrechelidon fissipes, G. R. Gray, Gen. Birds, iti. p. 660 (1849) ;

Blas. J. f. Orn. 1866, p. 82; Degl. & G. Orn. Eur. ii. p. 465 (1867) ;

1876. | MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE STERNIN&. 643

Sel. & Salvin, P. Z.S. 1871, p. 573; Coues, Proc. Phil. Acad.

(1862), p. 554; G. R. Gray, Hand-list, iii. p. 121 (1871).

Hydrochelidon plumbea, Lawr. B. N. Am. p. 864 (1858); eb

al. auct. Am.

Pelodes surinamensis, Gray, Hand-list, i. p. 122 (1871).

Hydrochelidon lariformis, Coues, B. N.W. Am. p. 704 (1874).

* Sterna cesia, Linn.” Gundlach, J. f. Orn. 1875, p. 393, (? error

for S. nevia).

Sterna nigra of Linnzeus (Syst. Nat. p. 227, 1766) is based upon

his Sterna 159 of the ‘ Fauna Suecica’ ed. 1761, in which he accu-

rately describes the Black Tern, adding that ‘it is found on the

small reedy islands about Upsala.’ This can only refer to the

present species, as the White-winged Black Tern is one of the rarest

of stragglers to any part of Sweden. Linnezeus also refers to Albin’s

plate and description, Av. il. p. 82, pls. 89 & 90, which are unmis-

takable. There is therefore no warranty whatever for identifying

his 8. nigra with the south-eastern species. I have gone carefully

into the question; and any one who is willing to take the trouble

of examining the matter for himself will, I have no doubt, share

my opinion.

In almost all the adult American specimens which I have ex-

amined, about a dozen in number, the black of the underparts is of

a deeper and more sooty brown tint than in any European examples

out of upwards of a hundred from various localities, the black being

as dark as in H. leucoptera, an intensity of hue which our form

never possesses. In two or three examples, however, all females, the

lightest-coloured American birds approach more closely to very dark

specimens from Europe; and in the young and winter plumage the

two forms are absolutely undistinguishable; so that any specific

separation is out of the question. This species is found throughout

Europe, Palestine, and N. Africa to the Nile; to 8S. Africa it appears

to go only as a winter and somewhat rare visitant, as I only know

of one example, obtained 4th Jan. i871 at the Cameroons (the

birds collected by Mr. Ayres and others being H. leucoptera in

immature plumage); nor do I know of its occurrence in India. In

America it ranges throughout and across the northern continent,

visiting the West Indies and Spanish main on the one side, and

going as far south as Peru and Chili on the Pacific coast in winter.

Genus Sterna, Linn. (part).

STERNA MAGNIROSTRIS, Licht.

Sterna magnirostris, Licht. Verzeichniss Doubl. p. 81 (1823)

(type in Berlin Mus. ; examined, H. S.); Max. v. Wied, Beit. iv.

p- 861 (1833); Tschudi, F. Per. Aves, p. 305 (1846) ; Schlegel,

Mus. P.-Bas, Sterne, p. 12 (1863).

‘« Sterna speculifera, Temm.,” Lesson, T. d Orn. p. 622 (1831) ;

Pucheran, Rev. Zool. 1850, p. 544.

“ Sterna albifrons, Cuv.,” Lesson, Tr. d’Orn. p. 622 (1831) (sp.

in Paris Mus, examined, //. S.).

644 MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE STERNINE. [June 20,

Phaétusa magnirostris, Wagler, Isis, 1832, p. 1224 (type of genus

Phaétusa) ; Scl. & Salvin, P.Z.S. 1871, p. 567; Gray, Hand-

list, iii. p. 120 (1871),

Sylochelidon magnirostris, Blasius, J. f. Orn. 1866, p. 82.

This large-billed Tern with a slightly forked tail, but with amply

webbed feet, is found far up the great rivers and along the coasts of

tropical America from the equator down to about 35° 8. Its eggs,

which are deposited on the sandbanks, are similar in character to

those of S. anglica ; and taking all its characters into consideration,

without relying only on the shape of the bill, it is difficult to allow its

generic distinction without admitting a host of other and confusing

genera.

STERNA ANGLICA, Mont.

Sterna anglica, Mont. Orn. Dict. Suppl. (1813) (type in Bnit.

Mus.); Schlegel, Mus. P.-Bas, Sterne, p. 34 (1863); Degl. & Gerbe,

Orn. Eur. ii. p. 450 (1867).

Sterna aranea, Wilson, Am. Orn. viii. p. 143, pl. 72. fig. 6 (1814).

Sterna affinis, Horsfield, Trans. Linn. Soc. 1820, xii. p. 199 (type

examined in EK. I. Mus., H. S.).

Thalasseus anglicus, Boie, Isis, 1822, p. 563.

Viralva anglica, Steph. inShaw’s Gen. Zool. xiii. pt.1. p. 174 (1826).

Gelochelidon balthica, Brehm, H. Vog. Deutsch. p. 772 (1831).

Gelochelidon meridionalis, Brehm. H. Vég. Deutsch. p. 774 (1831)

type of genus Gelochelidon.

Laropis anglica, Wagler, Isis, 1832, p. 1225 (type of Laropis) .

Sterna macrotarsa, Gould, P. Z. 8. 1837, p. 26.

Gelochelidon anglica, Coues, Proc. Phil. Ac. 1862, p. 536; Jerdon,

B. India, ii. p. 836 (1864); Blasius, J. f. Orn. 1866, p. 82; Scl. &

Salvin, P. Z. S. 187], p. 572; Coues, B. N.W. Am. p. 664 (1874).

Gelochelidon macrotarsa, Gould, B. Austr. Suppl. pl. 81 (1869),

Handbk. B. Austr. ii. p. 403 (1865); Gray, Hand-list, ii. p. 119

(1871).

Gelochelidon nilotica, Gray, Hand-list, ii. p. 119 (1871).

Gelochelidon aranea, Gray, Hand-list, ii. p. 119 (1871).

In this case also, in spite of its stout bill, the short and somewhat

rounded lateral feathers of the tail, and the long hind toe, [ do not

think we can consistently allow a generic distinction without admit-

ting anumber of indifferent genera. In its habits this bird appears to

partake rather of the nature of the Sea-, than of the Marsh- or River-

Terns, and although the shape of the tail is somewhat rounded as in

Hydrochelidon, it must be remembered that 8. caspza has a similar

tail, and that both these species have the strong and fully webbed

feet of the Sea-Terns. On the whole it would seem advisable to avoid

undue multiplication of genera by retaining this species amongst the

Sterne.

It is now generally admitted that the American S. aranea is

identical with the European bird; and I can see no ground for con-

sidering Mr. Gould’s Sterna macrotarsa trom Australia to be spe-

cifically distinct. The range of the species is therefore from

1876. | MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE STERNINE. 645

Western Europe to the China seas, throughout India, Ceylon, and

the Malay region down to Australia, and along the east coast of

America as far as Patagonia; on the Pacific side it has only been

observed in Guatemala (Salvin). It does not appear to have been re-

corded from South Africa, which is somewhat remarkable.

Mr. G. R. Gray chose to identify this species with Hasselquist’s

S. nilotica ; but there is nothing in his description to prove that this

was the bird referred to; and in any case the name would not be

available, as it antedates the 12th ed. of Linneeus’s ‘Systema

Nature.’

STERNA SEENA, Sykes.

Sterna seena, Sykes, P. Z.S. 1832, ui. p. 171. no. 231.

Sterna aurantia, Gray & Hardw. Hl. Ind. Zool. i. pl. 69. fig. 2

(1832).

Sterna brevirostris, Gray & Hardw. Hl. Ind. Zool. i. pl. 69. fig. 1.

juv. (1532).

Sterna roseata, Hodgson, Gray’s Zool. Mise. p. 86 (1844).

Seena aurantia, Blyth, Cat. Birds Mus. As. 8. B. p. 291. no. 1706

(1849) (type of subgenus Seena) ; Jerdon, B. India, iii. p. 838

(1864) ; Blasius, J. f. Orn. 1866, p. 73.

Although the stout curved bill of this species is somewhat pecu-

liar, this seems to be hardly sufficient to warrant its elevation to the

rank of a subgenus. The webs of the toes are of moderate extent

and not much excised; the tail is dong and forked, as in typical

Sterna.

This Tern breeds on the sandbanks of the Indian rivers ; and the

eggs are in appearance intermediate between those of S. anglica and

the large-billed River-Tern of South America, S. magnirostris. It

appears to be confined to the Indian region.

The names seena and aurantia are contemporaneous ; but I adopt

the former, because it is properly described; S. aurantia is unde-

scribed, and merely based upon a bad plate.

STERNA MELANOGASTRA, Temm.

Sterna melanogaster (sic), Temm., PI. Col. vol. v. pl. 434 (1838) ;

Gould, B. Asia, pt. xix. pl. (1867).

Sterna javanica, Horsfield, in Zool. Res. (but not in Tr. Linn.

Soc. 1820, xii.) ; Jerdon, B. India, iii. p. 840 (1864); Irby, Ibis,

1861, p. 247.

Sterna acuticauda, Gray & Hardw. Il. Ind. Zool. pl. 70. fig. 3

(1832).

Sterna melanogastra, Schlegel, Mus. P.-B. Sterne, p. 21 (1863);

Schl. & Poll. Rech. Madagase. p. 147 (1868).

Hydrochelidon melanogastra, Bonap.

Sternula melanogastra, Blas. J. f. Orn. 1866, p. 74.

* Sternula minuta”’ et ‘ Sternula jerdoni,”’ Beavan, Ibis, 1868,

p- 403 (clearly immature birds of this species).

Pelodes javanica, Gray, Hand-l. ii. p. 122 (1871).

Owing to its somewhat excised webs, and perhaps to its super-

646 MR, H. SAUNDERS ON THE STERNINA. [June 20,

ficial resemblance in the dark coloration of the lower parts to /.

hybrida, this species has been placed by Bonaparte and others in

the genus Hydrochelidon; but its long, straight bill, and long,

pointed tail show that its position is rather with the true Sterne.

It is an abundant species on most of the Indian rivers, in Ceylon,

Burma, &c. ; and in its manner of nesting on sandbanks, and in the

character of its eggs, of which I have specimens before me, it differs

from the Marsh-Terns.

As this species is constantly cited as “ Sterna javanica, Horsfield,”

I may be excused for repeating that I have examined Horsfield’s

type specimen of “ Sterna javanica”? in the Indian Museum, and

that it is undoubtedly Hydrochelidon hybrida (Pallas). As a

straggler S. melanogastra has occurred during a tempest at the Island

of Réunion.

STERNA ANTARCTICA, Wagler.

Sterna antarctica, Wagler, Isis, 1832, p. 1223 (ex J. R. Forster,

MS.); J. R. Forster, Desc. Anim. p. 107 (ed. 1844); Buller,

B. New Zealand, p. 283 (1873).

Hydrochelidon albostriata, G. RK. Gray, Voy. Erebus & Terror,

Birds, p. 19, pl. 21 (1844).

Sternula antarctica, Bonap. C. R. xi. p. 773 (1856).

Hydrochelidon albistriata, Bonap. C. R. xln. p. 773 (1856).

Sterna cinerea, Ellman, Zoologist, 1861, p. 7473.

Hydrochelidon hybrida, Finsch, J. f. O. 1867, p. 347.

Pelodes albistriata, Gray, Hand-list, in. p. 122 (1871).

This species, of a nearly uniform smoke-grey colour, appears to

be confined to New Zealand, and principally to the South Island,

where it deposits its eggs on the bare ground, making no nest, and

having in general the habits of a coast- or estuary-frequenting Tern.

The foot is moderately stout, and the webs are but slightly scalloped ;

the upper mandible, which is slightly curved towards the tip, is

quite different from that of Hydrochelidon, in which genus there

seems to be no good reason for placing it. It is closely allied to the

uext species—a somewhat specialized form, found only, up to the

present time, at Kerguelen Island.

STERNA VIRGATA, Cab.

Sterna virgata, Cabanis, J. f. Orn. 1875, p. 449.

“Sterna vittata, Gm.,’’ Coues, in Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. p. 17,

1875 (nec Gm. nec Von Pelzeln).

There are three specimens of this Tern in the British Museum,

all from Kerguelen Island: two are in immature plumage ; and one

is a fine adult. The bill is rich blood-red, and the feet are red,

whereas in S. antarctica those parts are yellow, or, at most, orange ;

the bill, also, in the Kerguelen bird is much straighter than in the

New-Zealand form; and the tail is more deeply forked. It is, in

fact, a more thoroughly Sea-Tern than its predecessor ; in its nesting

it is also peculiar, the single egg being deposited upon somewhat

high and broken ground and on the slope of the hill-side (Avdder).

1876. | MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE STERNIN&. 647

The egg is of the ordinary Tern-like character, with a trifle more

olive-green in the ground-colour than is usual in eggs of S. fluviatilis,

but which is not rare in a series of those of S. macrura. Dr. Kidder,

Naturalist to the American Expedition to observe the Transit of

Venus, describes the birds as very bold, swooping at the head of any

one who approaches their breeding-grounds, and actually scaring

the Skuas by their impetuous attacks. There can be no doubt that

this was the species obtained by the Americans; but Dr, Coues is

mistaken in identifying it with S. vittata, Gm., of which he can

hardly have examined a genuine specimen, or he would never have

confounded two such perfectly distinct species.

STERNA VITTATA, Gm.

Sterna vittata, Gm. 8. Nat. i. p. 609 (1788) (founded on La-

tham’s Wreathed Tern, from Christmas Island) ; Pelzeln, Novara-

Reise, Vogel, p. 152 (1865) (full description).

Gmelin’s description, founded on Latham, fairly suits this species,

although I am inclined to doubt the correctness of the locality as-

signed, viz. Christmas Island, especially as there is no mention in

Cook’s Voyages of any Tern being found there, except the Sooty

Tern, of which there is a full description. However, it has not

been applied to any other bird; and in the Ornithology of the

‘Voyage of the Novara,’ Herr von Pelzeln adopted the name for the

present species, obtained at St. Paul’s Island, about 700 miles to the

north of Kerguelen Island, giving a full description, both in Latin

and German; so that the name may fairly be accepted. The British

Museum possesses both adult (in breeding-plumage) and immature

specimens obtained at St. Paul’s Island in January 1853, and also a

specimen from Kerguelen Island; there is another, taken on board

H.M.S. ‘Rattlesnake,’ in 38° 22’ S., 0° 25’ W., on 27th February

1847; and I have a specimen, also captured on board ship, near the

island of St. Helena, in April, for which I am indebted to my friend

Mr. E. Hargitt. In general appearance this Tern much resembles S.

hirundinacea, Lesson (8. cassini, Scl.); but it is decidedly smaller,

and more generally washed with grey below; the bill, which is

red, is rather weak, and tapers very suddenly from the angle to

the tip. In the adult the tail is long, forked, and very white. It is

interesting to find a species which apparently has its head quarters

at St. Paul’s Island, reaching down on the one hand to Kerguelen

Island, where it meets with another species closely allied to S. an-

tarctica of New Zealand, and then stretching away to the west of

our meridian and approaching the limits of the South-American

species, with which its affinities are undoubtedly strongest, and thus

connecting South America with New Zealand by way of the islands

of the South Atlantic Ocean.

STERNA HIRUNDINACEA, Less.

Sterna hirundinacea, Lesson, Tr. d’Orn. p. 621 (1831); Pucheran,

Rev. Zool. 1850, p. 539 (Santa Catharina, Brazil; type in Paris

Mus. examined, //. S.).

648 MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE STERNIN&. [June 20,

Sterna hirundo, Max. v. W. Beitr. iv. p. 865 (1833).

Sterna antarctica, Peale (nec Lesson, nec Wagler, nec Forst.),

U.S. Expl. Exp. p. 280 (1848) ; Ph. & Landbeck, Cat. Av. Chi-

lenas, p. 49.

Sterna meridionalis, Cassin (nec Brehm), U.S. Expl. Exp.

p. 385 (1858) ; Schlegel, Mus. P.-B. Sterne, p. 15 (1863).

Sterna wilsoni, Burm. Syst. Ueb. ii. p. 451.

Sterna cassinit, Sclater, P. Z. 8S. 1860, p. 391; Abbott, Ibis, 1861,

p. 166; v. Pelzeln, Novara-Reise, Vog. p. 153 (1865) ; Scl. & Salv.

P. Z. S. 1871, p. 570; Gray, Hand-l. i. p. 118 (1871).

“Sterna meridionalis, Peale,’ Blasius, J. f. Orn. 1866, p. 74

(nec Peale).

The range of this species, as defined by Messrs. Sclater and

Salvin, is from Rio de Janeiro southwards to the Falkland Islands,

and up the west coast of Chili as far north as Valdivia. Since then

I have received specimens from Colchagua, in about 35°S. lat. ; and

it may naturally be looked for even further north. It is the largest

and the lightest in colour of the medium-sized Sea-Terns ; and the

entire bill (which is long and powerful) is bright red in the adult.

It is with regret that I do not adopt Mr. Sclater’s name S. cassinit ;

but the examination of the type of S. hirundinacea shows that it is

undoubtedly this species.

STERNA ALBIGENA, Reich.

Sterna albigena, Licht. Nomenclator, 1854 (descr. nulla) ; Reich.

Schwimmvég. Suppl. xi. pl. xxi. fig. 816.

Hydrochelidon albigena, Bonap. Compt. Rend. 1856, i. p. 773.

«Sterna senegalensis, Sw.,’ Heugl. Ibis, 1859, p. 351; Konig-

Warth. Ibis, 1860, pp. 125, 432.

Sterna albigena, Heugl. Faun. Roth. Meeres, no. 307, p. 32

(descr.) ; Schlegel. Mus. P.-B. Sterne, p. 20 (1863); Blasius, Journ.

f. Ornith. 1866, p. 75; Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ost-Afr. iv. p. 834,

tab. x. fig. 2 (1870).

Pelodes albigena, Gray, Hand-list, ili. p. 122 (1871).

In order to show the connexion between the three preceding

species, it was necessary to pass over the present, which is a local

and smoke-coloured form of typical Sterna, having no real affinity

with Hydrochelidon. The tail is long and pointed, the bill narrow

and straight; the feet are amply webbed; and itis, in a word, a small,

slender, Common Tern, of a general smoky hue, the rump and tail

being as dark as the mantle. I cannot understand how Finsch and

Hartlaub fail to identify Reichenbach’s figure in the ‘ Schwimmvogel ’

with this species; for his illustration, though coarse, is decidedly

far more recognizable than theirs in the ‘ Vg. Ost-Afrika’s.” It isa

very distinct form, which appears to have its head quarters in the

Red Sea, south of the tropic of Cancer; and an interesting account

of its breeding in the Dahalak archipelago is to be found in ‘ The Ibis,’

1861, p. 125. The eggs, two in number, are laid in July and

August, on the flat coral reef, close to the beach, and resemble those

of typical Serna. Whilst writing this, Lord Walden has sent me

1876. | MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE STERNINE. 649

two fine specimens, obtained near Bombay, a considerable extension

of its range as hitherto known to us. There is no example of this

Tern in the British Museum ; but the collections at Leyden, Frank-

fort, Mayence, and Berlin are more fortunate in this respect.

STERNA FLUVIATILIS, Naum.

Sterna hirundo (in part), Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 227 (1766), and of

most authors.

Larus bicolor, Larus sterna et Larus columbinus, Scop. Ann. 1.

Hist. Nat. p. 82, 1769 (nos. 110 & 112 im., 113 juv.).

Sterna fluviatilis, Naum. Isis, 1819, p. 1847-48 ; Gray, Hand-

list, iii. p. 118 (1871) ; Sharpe & Dresser, B. Europe, pt. xi. (1872).

Sterna senegalensis, Sw. B. W. Af. ii. p. 250 (1837); Schl. Mus.

P.-Bas, Sterne, pp. 16 & 17 (1863) (sp. no. 2 examined by

ELS.);

Sterna wilsoni, Bp. List, p. 61 (1838), et auct. American. ;

Gray, Hand-list, ii. p. 118 (1871).

Sterna macrodactyla et macroptera, Blasius, J. f. Orn. 1866,

pp. 75, 76; Gray, Hand-list, m. p. 118 (1871).

Sterna dougalli, Layard, B.S. Af. p. 369 (1867).

This well-known species is found throughout Temperate Europe,

Asia, and America, except on the Pacific coast. In winter it visits

the coast of Africa as far south as the Cape of Good Hope, and has

occurred as far to the south-east as Ceylon, specimens having been

sent to me by Capt. Vincent Legge, R.A. Northwards it goes as

far as Pekin (Swinhoe) ; but in Tibet and part of Siberia it is re-

placed by a torm which I consider to be distinct, and for which I

propose the name of

STERNA TIBETANA, Sp. nov.

S. similis 8. fluviatili sed ubique saturatior ; supra schistaceo-

cinerea; subtus pectore clare vinaceo facile distinguenda.

(From a specimen in Lord Walden’s collection.)

Four adult specimens from Tibet and several from Lake Baikal

ascribed to S. longipennis differ from the latter in having the bill

and feet coloured as in S. fluviatilis, from which in turn they differ

in having the sides of the neck, shoulders, and flanks of a clear grey,

which assumes a darker and more vinous tint on the breast and

abdomen ; the mantle and wings are also much darker. The bill

aud feet are smaller than in average S. fluviatilis, and of an orange-

red, the former tipped with horn. It is possibly this species which

Mr. Hume mentions as breeding near Yarkand. The examples re-

ferred to above are all in breeding-plumage ; but I believe S. fuvia-

dilis is a rare bird even in Lower India, and only found there during

the winter months.

STERNA LONGIPENNIS, Nordm.

Sterna longipennis, Nordm. in Erman’s Verz. v. Th. u. PA.

p- 17 (1835); Middendorff, Reise, Zool. p. 246, tab. 25. fig. 4

(1851); Schlegel, Mus. P.-B. Sterne, p. 23 (1863) (as regards

650 MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE SIERNINZ. [ June 20,

Middendorff’s specimens only, H. 8.) ; Blas. J. f. Orn. 1866, p. 59;

Gray, Hand.list, iii. p. 118 (1871).

In its slender shape and grey-tinted underparts this species seems

to connect the preceding with S. macrura; the feet, however, are

brown; and the dill is black in the breeding-season, and probably at _

other times. But authentic specimens in immature plumage are still

desiderata, although I can refer to no other species a specimen ob-

tained by Mr. Wallace in New Guinea. Lord Walden’s collection

contains a specimen from Yeso, the most northern of the Japanese

islands; and thence it reaches as far west as Lake Baikal, where,

as before observed, S. ¢tibetana is also found; indeed many of the

specimens sold by the Paris dealers as S. longipennis are really the

latter species.

STERNA MACRURA, Naum.

Sterna hirundo (in part), Linn. Syst. Nat. p. 227 (1766), id.

F. S.p. 55. no. 158; Gray, Hand-list, iii. p. 118 (1871); Sharpe &

Dresser, B. Europe, xi. (1872).

Sterna macrura, Naum. Isis, 1819, p. 1847; Coues, P. Phil.

Acad. 1862, p. 549 ;-id. B. N.W. Am. p. 685 (1874).

Sterna arctica, Temm. Man. d’Orn. ii. p. 742 (1820).

Sterna brachypus, Swainson, B. W. Afr. ii. p. 152 (1837); Gray,

Hand-list, ii. p. 118 (1871).

Sterna pike, Lawr. Aun. Lyc. N. Y. vi. p. 3 (1853); id. Baird’s

B. N. Am. p. 853, pl. 95 (1858); Gray, Hand-list, iii. p. 118

(1871).

Sterna paradisea, Briinn., Schlegel, Mus. P.-B. Sterne, p. 15

(1863) ; Blas. J. f#Orn. 1866, p. 74.

«Sterna senegalensis, Sw.,” Schlegel, Mus. P.-B. Sterna, p. 16

(1863) (no. 1 sp. examined, 4. S.).

Sterna portlandica, Ridg. Am. Nat. vii. p. 433 (1874); Coues,

B. N.W. Am. p. 691 (1874). (Other unimportant synonyms are

intentionally omitted).

It is true that the mere description of Sterna hirundo given by

Linneeus suits the Arctic Tern as regards the colour of the bill,

which is properly described as “‘rubrum,”’ and as “coccineum”’ in

the ‘ Faun. Suec.,’ whereas in the Common Tern the red bill is some-

what tipped with horn-colour. In the references to former authors

and in the context, especially where he says “habitat ubique ad

lacus et stagna,” there is, on the other hand, a stronger probability

of Linneeus’s bird being the Common Tern, a species abundant in

Sweden, and which is far more in the habit of frequenting inland

waters than the Arctic Tern. Since the time when the two species

were discriminated, first by Naumann, and in the following year by

Temminck, the names of S. macrura and S. arctica have been

generally adopted for the Arctic Tern, the latter being, perhaps, the

more widely recognized, until the late Mr. G. R. Gray, and after-

wards Messrs. Sharpe and Dresser, in one of the early Parts of the

‘Birds of Evrope,’ on which they were then jointly engaged, con-

sidered it advisable to shift the time-sanctioned name of S. hirundo

1876. ] MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE STERNIN E. 651

from the Common to the Arctic Tern. There could be no objection

to their discarding S. Airundo for the former and adopting S. fluvia-

tilis; but these violent transfers must always be productive of con-

fusion even when justifiable; and in this case it seems to me that

the original description is so ambiguous that they would have done

better to discard S. hirwndo altogether, and to adopt the first name

about which there could be no mistake—a step which, much as [

dislike to differ from such high authorities upon nomenclature, I

feel compelled to take.

This species is the S. paradisea of Briinnich (Orn. Bor. p. 42

(1764)—a pre-Linnzean name, which is not available. I notice it,

however, because this name has frequently been employed for the

Roseate Tern (S. dougalli), a bird with which Briinnich was unac-

quainted. From the plate and description I always imagined that

S. piket was an immature bird of this species, and am glad to have

this opinion confirmed by Dr. Elliott Coues, who has lately reex-

amined the type.

With regard to S. portlandica, Mr. W. Brewer’s investigations

and the latest information from American sources leave little doubt

that it is only an immature example of this species.

The Arctic Tern ranges along the coasts of northern Europe, Asia,

and America; in winter it visits the African coast, descending as far

as Walwich Bay; and I have an example obtained by Wucherer off

Bahia, the only instance known of its occurrence so far south on the

American side; it is possible, however, that the bird mentioned by

Philippi and Landbeck, Cat. Av. Chilenas, 49 (1869), may be this

species.

STERNA FORSTER], Nutt.

Sterna hirundo, Sw. & Rich. F. Bor.-Am. p. 412 (1831), nec

auct. (Saskatchewan River).

Sterna forstert, Nuttall, Man. Orn. il. p. 274, note (1834) ;

Lawr. B. N. Am. p. 862 (1858); Coues, P. Phil. Acad. 1862,

p. 544; Blas. J. f. Orn. 1866, p. 74; Scl. & Salv. P.Z.S. 1871,

p. 569; Gray, Hand-list, ili. p. 118 (1871) ; Coues, B. N.W. Am.

p. 676 (1874).

Sterna havelli, Aud. Orn. Biog. v. (1839) p. 122, pl. 409. fig. 1,

and of Lawr. &c. (fide Coues); Gray, Hand-list, ili. p. 118 (1871).

A rather stouter and larger species than S. fluviatilis, this species

may always be distinguished by its having the outer webs of the

long tail-streamers white, whereas in the allied species they are

dusky. In the ‘Birds of the North West’ (/. s. ¢.) Dr. Coues

gives the differential diagnoses of S. forsteri, fluviatilis, and macrura ;

and to these I have nothing to add.

In summer this Tern breeds in the interior of British America and in

Wisconsin; but at other seasons it is generally distributed throughout

the United States, and goes down as far as Guatemala, on both the Pa-

cific and Atlantic side, and even to the latitude of Pernambuco, Brazil,

thus nearly impinging upon thenorthern limits of S. frudeaui, a species

to which, in winter plumage only, it bears a superficial resemblance.

692 MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE STERNIN, [June 20,

SrerNa DouGALLI, Mont.

Sterna dougalli, Mont. Orn. Dict. Suppl. (1813) ; Vieillot, N. D.

H. N. xxxii. p. 174 (1819), Gal. Ois. ti. p. 225; Steph. in Shaw’s

Gen. Zool. xiii. pt.i. p. 153 (1825); Scl. & Salv. P.Z.S. 1871, p.571;

Coues, B. N.W. Am. p. 688 (1874).

Sterna paradisea, Keys. & Blas. Wirb. Eur. p. 247. no. 484

(1840) (nec Brinn.) ; Lawr. B. N. Am. p. 863 (1858); Coues, Proc,

Phil. Acad. 1862, p. 551; Gray, Hand-list, ili. p. 119 (1871);

Walden, Ibis, 1874, p. 149 (Andaman Is.).

Sterna gracilis, Gould, P. Z.S. 1847, p. 222, B. Australia, vii.

pl. 27 (1848), Handbook B. Austr. ii. p. 399 (1865); Gray, Hand-

list, 1. p. 1Y9 (1871).

“ Sterna douglasii, Mont.,”’ Schlegel, Mus. P.-B. Sterne, p. 24

(1863).

“ Sterna douglasi, Mont.,” Blasius, J. f. Orn. 1866, p. 80.

? Larus polo-candor, Sparrm. Mus. Carl. 11. fase. 4, no. 83 (1788).

(‘‘ Habitat ins. Polo-candor, mari Chinensi.’’) The plate represents

avery voung Tern, apparently of this species. Bonaparte says (in his

“‘ Notes sur les Larides,”’ in the Rev. et M.de Zool, 1854) that he has

proved it to be a young Rissa! but any thing more unlike a Kitti-

wake it would be difficult to imagine,

Apart from its light and elegant shape aiid its proportionally short

wings, this species may always be recognized by the white inner

margins of the primaries, extending quite round the tips of the

feathers as far as the outer webs; the rump and tail-coverts are

washed with gray. The coloration of the bill varies considerably

with age and seasons; in some specimens it is black almost to the

base, whilst in others the red or orange extends far in front of the

angle. In American specimens the bill is, perhaps, a trifle stouter

than in British examples, which are in this respect identical with

birds from Africa and the Indian Islands. In these the red colour

gradually encroaches upon the black, until, in two specimens from

the Andaman Islands, in Lord Walden’s collection, the black at the

tip of the bill has almost disappeared, in which state it becomes the

S. gracilis of Mr. Gould, whose typical specimen in the British

Museum is in every other respect identical with S. dougalli from

any part of the world ; indeed, in his original description (in P. Z.S.

1847, p. 222) Mr. Gould calls it “a very elegant species, closely

allied to S. dougallit of the British Islands,”’ although he omits that

remark in the ‘Birds of Australia. In view of these gradual

changes in the amount of black in the bill, as exemplified by a series

of upwards of fifty specimens from various localities, I must consider

S. gracilis merely a form of S. dougalli with more red in its bill

than is usual in northern specimens.

I do not find authentic records of the occurrence of this bird

beyond 57° N. lat., south of which it ranges in scanty numbers

along the British and European coasts, and goes up the Mediter-

ranean at least as far as the Balearic Islands, whence Canon Tris-

tram possesses an adult obtained in May. I have not seen any

specimens from the west coast of Africa, all those so marked

1876. | MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE STERNINE. 653

from Damaraland being really S. fluviatilis in winter dress; but

there are specimens in the British Museum from the Cape of Good

Hope, and I have several examples from Natal. It is found off

Rodriguez, and breeds at the Andaman Islands, where the eggs,

sent with the parent birds by Capt. Wimberley, are far handsomer

in markings than any American specimens; and quite recently I

have received from Capt. Vincent Legge, R.A., a lovely rose-tinted

specimen from Ceylon, shot in May, esrb Hae little black on the

mandibles. Capt. Legge writes that a month later the red in the

bills of the birds still on the coast had almost disappeared, showing

what a changeable and untrustworthy character the colour of the bill

is. From Ceylon this species is found throughout the Malayan islands

down to Houtmann’s Abrolhos, on the west coast of Australia.

In North America, where it is far more abundant than in Europe,

it breeds from Massachusetts to Florida and at the Bermudas; also

in Central America, and visits various West-Indian islands. In the

British Museum is a skin registered as obtained at Taboga ; and, the

only place £ know of that name being an island off Panama, this is

a considerable extension of its range, if the locality can be trusted.

STERNA CANTIACA, Gm.

Sterna panieaed, Gm. Syst. Nat. A. p- 606 (1788); Schl. Mus.

P. B. Sterne, p. 5 (1863) ; Nat S. Africa, p. 370 (1867) ;

Sel. & Salvin, p. Los wia7 lps gods; Coles bs IN. Wie Aut.

p. 673 (1874).

Sterna africana, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 605 (1788), jr.

Sterna boysii, Lath. Ind. Orn. u. p. 804 (1790).

Sterna canescens, Meyer & Wolf, Tasch. deutsch. Vog. ii. p. 458

1810).

( nee cantiacus, Boie, Isis, 1822, p. 563; Blas. J. f. Orn.

1866, p. 81.

Actochelidon cantiacus, Kaup, Sk. Entw. Eur. Thier. p. 31 (1829),

type of Actochelidon.

Thalasseus canescens et condicans, Brehm, Vog. Deutsch. pp. 776,

774 (1831).

Sterna acuflavida, Cabot, Pr. Bost. Soc. ii. p. 257 (1847) ; Lawr.

Birds B. N. Am. p. 860 (1858).

Thalasseus acuflavidus, Coues, Pr. Phil. Ac. 1862, p. 540.

Actochelidon cantiaca, Gray, Hand-list, iti. p. 119 (1871).

It is now generally admitted that the European and American

birds are identical. The range of this species may therefore be

broadly described as from Northern Europe to the Cape of Good

Hope and the Bay of Bengal in winter, and along the Atlantic

coast of North America to the West-Indian Islands, Honduras

(probably its southern breeding-limit), and Brazil, at least as far as

Bahia, whence I have a specimen.

STERNA ELEGANS, Gamb.

Sterna elegans, Gambel, Pr. Phil. Ac. iv. 1848, p. 129 (Ma-

zatlan); Lawr. Birds N. A. p. 860 (1858).

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1876, No. XLIII. 43

654 MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE STERNIN#. | June 20,

Thalasseus elegans, Gamb. Journ. Phil. Acad. ser. 2, vol. i. p. 228

(1849); Coues, Pr. Phil. Acad. 1862, p. 540; Ibis, 1864, p. 389

(San Salvador) ; Salvin, Ibis, 1866, p. 198 (Fonseca Bay).

Sterna comata, Phil. & Landb. Wieg. Arch. 1863, pt. 1, p. 126.

Sterna galericulata (part.), Scl. & Salv. P. Z.S. 1871, p. 569;

Coues, Key, p. 319 (1872), B. N.W. Am. p. 671 (1874).

A recent examination of Lichtenstein’s type of S. galericulata has

shown it to be identical with the Cayenne Tern, S. maxima, Bodd. ;

so that Gambel’s name must be restored. It occurs on the Pacific

side of America, from the Gulf of California to the coasts of Peru

and Chili; but I consider that the bird found on the Atlantic coast

is distinct, although closely allied. Three specimens which I have

examined in Mr. Salvin’s collection, from the Pacific side, and two

others in the British Museum, from Chili or Bolivia, all agree in

having a longer foot and tarsus (2 inch) than the Atlantic bird ;

but the principal distinction is in the bill; the angle of the lower

mandible being well in advance of the front portion of the nostril

(‘5 inch diagonally) in the Pacific birds, whereas the angle is

almost directly under the nostril in the Atlantic form; the colour

of the bill also is red or orange in the former and yellow in the

latter, even in tolerably fresh specimens, which still preserve the

beautiful roseate tint of the underparts. It is perhaps as well to

mention that these remarks are founded upon perfectly well-made

skins, the tips of the mandibles being in their proper relative peosi-

tions ; otherwise it might be supposed that the under mandible had

been unduly drawn back; the difference, however, on comparison, is

very striking, as will be seen by the annexed woodcut.

Head of Sterna eurygnatha.

As the Atlantic bird has not hitherto been distinguished, I pro-

pose to call it

STERNA EURYGNATHA, Sp. nov.

S. similis Sterne eleganti, sed rostro flavo et mandibule angulo

sub narium apertura antica posito distinguenda.

1376. | MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE STERNIN&. 655

Similar to 8. e/egans, but a trifle smaller; bill less robust and

yellow, whereas in S. elegans it is orange-red, the angle of the lower

mandible almost immediately below the front of the nostril.

Sterna elegans, Leotaud, Ois. Trinidad, p. 542 (1866).

2“ Sterna cayanensis, Gmel.,” v. Pelzeln, Orn. Brasil. p. 323

(1871).

Range, from Santa Catharina, 8. Brazil (Rogers), to the island of

Trinidad, Leotaud’s bird being most probably this species.

Sterna MeEp1A, Horsfield.

Sterna media, Horsfield, Trans. Linn. Soc. 1820, xiii. p. inf

(type in E. I. Mus., examined, #. S.) ; Finsch & Hartl., Orn. Ost-

Air. iv. p. 830 (1870); Irby, Orn. Str. Gibraltar, p. 209 (1875).

Sterna affinis, Ripp. (nec Horsf.) Atlas, p. 23. tav. 14 (1826)

(Red Sea) ; Temm. Man. d’Orn, iv. p. 454 (1840) (Sicily) ; Schlegel,

Mus. P.-Bas, Sterne, p. 6 (1863); Degl. & Gerb. Orn. Eur. ii.

p- 454 (1867).

Sterna bengalensis, Lesson, Tr. d’Orn. p. 621 (1851) ; Pucheran,

Rev. Zool. 1850, p. 542; Jerdon, B. India, iii. p. 843 (1864).

Thalasseus torresii, Gould, P. Z. 8. 1842, p. 140, B. Australia,

vii. pl. 25 (1848).

Thalasseus bengalensis, Gould, Handbk. B. Australia, ii. p. 397

(1865).

Thalasseus afinis, Blas. J. f. Orn. 1866, p. 82.

Actochelidon affinis, Gray, Hand-list, iti. p. 119 (1871).

This species may be considered an eastern representative of the

preceding ; but it is slightly smaller, the mandibular angle more ad-

vanced, and can always be distinguished by its pearl-grey rump and

tail. It ranges from the Straits of Gibraltar, along the Mediter-

ranean, down the Red Sea to Madagascar, and eastwards along the

Indian coast and islands, throughout the Malay archipelago, the

Aru Islands, down to Torres Straits and Port Essington.

STERNA MAXIMA, Bodd.

Grande Hirondelle de Mer de Cayenne, Buffon, Ois. viii. p. 346.

Sterna maxima, Boddaert, Tabl. des P. Enl. p. 58. no. 988 (1783) ;

Scl. & Salv. P. Z. 8. 1871, p. 567 (Neotrop. Larid.).

Sterna cayennensis, Gmelin, Syst. Nat. 1788, i. p. 604 ; Leot. Ois.

de Trinidad p. 535 (1866).

Sterna cayana, Latham, Ind. Orn. p. 804. no. 2 (1790); Steph.

in Shaw’s Gen. Zool. xiii. p. 155 (1825).

Sterna galericulata, Licht. Verz. Doubl. p. 81 (1823) (type

in Berlin Mus., examined, H. S.); Pelzeln, Orn. Bras. p. 324

(1871); Schlegel, Mus. P.-B. Sterne, p. 7 (1863).

Sterna erythrorynchos, Wied, Beitr. iv. p. 857 (1833) ; Tschudi,

F. Per., Aves, p. 305 (1846).

Sterna cristata, Swains. B. W. Africa, ii. p. 247, pl. xxx. (1837)

(type in Camb. Mus. examined, H. S.).

Thalasseus cayanus, Bp. List, 1838, p. 61; Gosse, B. Jamaica,

p. 431 (1847).

43*

656 MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE STERNINE. [June 20,

Sterna regia, Gambel, Proc. Phil. Acad. iv. 1848, p. 228; Lawr.

B. N. Am. p. 859 (1858) ; Coues, Key, p. 319 (1872), B. N.W.

Am. p. 669 (1874).

Thalasseus regius, Gamb. J. Phil, Ac. i. 1849, p. 228; Coues,

Proc. Phil. Ac. 1862, p. 539.

Phetusa regia, Bp. Compt. Rend. p. 772 (1856).

Thalasseus galericulatus, Blas. J. f. Orn. 1866, p. 82.

Thalasseus cayennensis, Gray, Hand-list, iii. p. 120 (1871) ;

Shelley, Ibis, 1872, p. 293.

Sterna bergii, Irby, Orn. Str. Gib. p. 209 (1875) (coll. Lilford ;

sp. examined, H. S.).

I fully agree with Messrs. Sclater & Salvin that Buffon’s plate on

which Sterna maxima of Boddaert is founded, represents this species.

Mr. Salvin and myself have also carefully compared Lichtenstein’s type

specimen of S. galericulata with our respective series of American spe-

cimens, and find them identical ; I have also compared a good many

specimens from the Gold Coast, all in winter plumage, and mostly

obtained in the early spring. The specimen in Lord Lilford’s col-

lection, which was obtained by the late M. Favier in the Straits of

Gibraltar, and was purchased from his successor by Col. Irby, un-

doubtedly belongs to this species.

Some North-American examples are a trifle more robust in the

bill than either Brazilian or African specimens; but there is no con-

stant difference, even in this particular.

On examining Lichtenstein’s type of S. galericulata, the outer pri-

maries proved to be partially in the sheath, and about two inches

shorter than their natural length, explaining the original descrip-

tion of ‘the tail being 2 inches longer than the wings”’ which had

previously been a great puzzle, there being no Tern of this size known

in which the proportions were such. This species has a somewhat

wide range, as it is found on the Pacific coast from California to Peru,

whilst on the Atlantic sea-board it has once occurred as far north es

Massachusetts ; it breeds on the coast of Florida, and on some of the

cays of the West-Indian Islands, and visits South Brazil. Its occur-

rence on the African coast has already been noticed; but at present

there is no record of its breeding there.

STERNA CAsPIA, Pall.

Sterna caspia, Pall. Nov. Comm. Petrop. xiv. p. 582 (1769-70) ;

Pall. Zoog. Rosso-As. p. 332 (1811).

Sterna tschegrava, Lepechin, Nov. Comm. Petrop. xiv. p. 500

(1769-70).

Sterna caspica, Sparrm. Mus. Carl. ii. fase. 3, no. 72 (1788) ;

Kirk, Ibis, 1864, p. 337 (mouth of Zambesi, breeding).

Sterna megarhynchos, Meyer & W. Tasch. deutsch. V6g. i.

p. 457 (1810).

Thalasseus caspius, Boie, Isis, 1822, p. 563; Coues, Proc. Phil.

Acad. 1862, p. 538, and 7’. imperator in text ; Gray, Hand-list, ii.

p. 120 (1871).

Hydroprogne caspica, Kaup, Sk. Entw. eur. Thier. p. 91 (1829).

1876. | MR. H, SAUNDERS ON THE STERNIN&E. 657

Sylochelidon caspia, Brehm, Vig. Deutsch. p. 770 (1831), type

of Sylochelidon ; Blas. J. f. Orn. 1866, p. 82; Gould, Handbk. B.

Austr, il. p. 392 (1865).

Sylochelidon balthica et S. schillingiit, Brehm, Vogel Deutsch.

p- 769, 770 (1831).

Helopus caspius, Wagler, Isis, 1832, p. 1224 oie of Helopus).

Thalassites melanotis, Swain. B. W. Af. ii. p- 253 (1837) (type in

Camb. Mus. examined, H. S.).

Sylochelidon strenuus, Gould, P. Z. 8. 1846, p. 21; Gould, B.

Austr. vii. pl. 22 (1848).

Sylochelidon melanotis, Bp. Compt. Rend. 1856, p. 772.

Sterna melanotis, Hart]. Orn. West-Afr. p. 254 (1857).

Sterna major, Ellman, Zool. 1861, p. 7472.

This large and well-known Tern is found from Northern Europe

to New Zealand, and in America from Labrador, where it breeds,

down to New Jersey. Mr. Bernard Ross also found it as far west

as Great Slave Lake and the Mackenzie river.

It is now generally conceded that there is but one species.

With regard to the name, Dr. Elliott Coues very justly remarks

that it is undesirable to adopt Lepechin’s cacophonous name, in

place of the well-known one given by Pallas, merely on the score of

a priority of 82 pages.

STERNA BERNSTEINI, Schlegel.

Sterna bernsteini, Schlegel, Mus. P.-B. Sterne, p.9 (1863) (¢d,

winter E. coast of Halmahera; type in Leyden nee examined,

EID Ss)

Thalasseus bernsteini, Blas. J. f. Orn. 1866, p. 81.

This large and very light-coloured species, the mantle being even

paler than in S. cantiaca or S. maxima, is classed by Prof. Schlegel

amongst the group which has the white frontlet band in the breeding-

plumage. This may be the case; but I can discern no proof of it

in the type and only specimen in the Leyden Museum, nor in two

others from the Island of Rodriguez in the British Museum, nor in

two others from Round Island and Ile de la Baleine, in the collection

of Messrs. A. & E. Newton; for all these, the only ones I have ever

seen, are equally in winter dress. The bill is yellow; but the

black at the apex in the type is probably an individual peculiarity.

This Tern is closely allied to 8. maxima; and, until we obtain a

specimen in full plumage, its place seems to be next to it in order.

The dimensions are:—Wing 12°5 to 13 inches; tarsus 1°]; foot,

including middle claw, 1:15; bill 1°8.

STERNA BERGII, Licht.

Sterna bergii, Licht. Verzeich. p. 80 (1823), South Africa (type

in Berlin M. examined, H.S.); Schlegel, Mus. P.-Bas, Sterne,

p. 11 (1863); Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ost-Afr. p. 828 (1870);

Shelley, B. of Egypt, p. 298 (1872).

Sterna cristata, Steph. in Shaw’s Gen. Zool. xiii. pt. i. p. 146

(1825) (nec Swainson) ; Swinhoe, [bis, 1860, p. 68, 1863, p. 30.

658 MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE STERNINA. [June 20,

Sterna velox, Ripp. Atlas, p. 21, t. 13 (1826), Red Sea (type

ut Frankfort examined, H. S.); Thomson, Nat. Hist. Ireland, in.

p- 226 (1847), ‘between Dublin and Howth, end of Dec. 1846, in

full breeding-plumage’’ (!) ; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1860, p. 429, 1861,

p- 345, 1866, p. 134; Kirk, Ibis, 1864, p. 339 (breeding at mouth

of Zambesi).

Sterna pelecanoides, King, Surv. Int. Austr. il. p. 422 (1826).

Sterna longirostris, Lesson, Traité d’Orn. p. 621 (1831); Puche-

ran, Rey. Zool. 1850, p. 635; Boie, Isis, 1844, p. 181.

Pelecanopus pelecanoides, Wagler, Isis, 1832, pp. 277 & 1225,

type of Peleeanopus. -

Thalasseus pelecanoides, Gould, B. Austr. vii. pl. 23 (1848) ;

Gray, Gen. Birds, iii. p. 658 ; Swinhoe, P. Z. S. 1871, p. 422.

Thalasseus poliocercus, Gould, B. Austr. vii. pl. 24 (1848), Hand-

bk. B. Austr. 11. p. 396 (1865).

Sterna rectirostris, Peale, Zool. U.S. Expl. Exped. p. 281 (1848).

Sylochelidon polyocerca, G. R. Gray, List of Anseres, Brit. Mus.

a AD:

; Sterna nove-hollandie (Mus. Paris.), Pucheran, Rev. Zool. 1850,

p- 545 (type in Paris Mus. examined, H. S.)

Pelecanopus velox, P. bergii, et P. poliocercus, Bonap. Compt.

Rend. xhi. p. 772 (1856).

Sterna poliocerca, Schlegel, M. P.-Bas, Sterne, p. 12 (1863) ;

G. RK. Gray, Ibis, 1862, p. 249.

Thalasseus cristatus, Swinhve, P. Z. 8S. 1863, p. 329; Jerdon, B.

of India, ii. p. 842 (1864); Gould, Handbk. B. Austr. ii. p. 394

(1865).

Thalasseus bergii, Blas. J. f. Orn. 1866, p. 81.

“ Phetusa astrolabe, Bp.” in Paris Mus. from Tonga-tabu, Voy.

of Quoy & Gaimard. Another specimen so marked=N. frontalis—

HS.

The distinguishing character of this large Sea-Tern is the white

band of feathers across the base of the bill. In the adult plumage,

and even in winter plumage, there is no other species of its size in

which the mantle and tail are of so dark a grey ; but it must be ad-

mitted that between extreme individuals from different localities

there is a considerable difference in intensity of coloration. In a

series, however, they blend so gradually as to make it impossible to

draw a line; whilst with regard to the smaller race, which has re-

ceived the name of S. poliocerca, there are similar imperceptible

gradations in size. The types, of S. dergii from the Cape of Good

Hope and of S. velox trom the Red Sea, are identical in size and

colour, and are not perceptibly lighter in colour than “WS. pele-

canoides ;’? but in Madagascar specimens, and also in some from

Damara-land, the mantle is of a lighter shade. Locality does not

assist in separating them; for it is clear that the light- and the

dark-backed birds cross each other’s line at Madagascar.

From the Cape of Good Hope and from the Red Sea (with the

exception of Madagascar), throughout the Indian Seas, Ceylon, the

Malay archipelago, the China seas, down to Australia and the Fiji

1876. | MR. H, SAUNDERS ON THE STERNIN. 659

group, we find a uniformly dark mantle and tail; but at Ceylon we

begin to meet with a race which differs in no respect but that of size,

and this by imperceptible gradations. I must therefore follow Messrs.

Finsch & Hartlaub, and unite these three varieties under one head.

Before coming to this conclusion, | have examined about 70 speci-

mens, and must especially acknowledge the great assistance I have

received from the fine series of sexed and dated specimens sent to

me from Ceylon by Capt. V. Legge, R.A. It is at Ceylon that the

two races seem to unite, large and small examples occurring through-

out the year in the same locality and flocks; and the difference thus

becomes reduced to one of mere individual peculiarity. A series of

measurements show that in length of wing (14 inches) and geueral

dimensions, some Australian specimens are fully equal to the largest

African ones ; Polynesian examples are somewhat smaller, and there

is less of a brown tinge in the colour of the back. This Tern appears

to range as far as the Sandwich Islands; but I have not seen

specimens,

The description given by Thompson, in the ‘ Birds of Ireland,’ of

the bird killed between Howth and Dublin undoubtedly applies to

this species; but it is to be regretted that he did not see it tu the

flesh, as the fact of the specimen having the black head and white

frontlet band (the mark of the fuliest breeding-plumage) at the end

of December, is somewhat remarkable. I learn from Mr. A. G.

More, of the Dublin Museum, that this specimen is no longer in

existence, having been burued with the rest of Mr. Walter’s collec-

tion many years ago.

STERNA FRONTALIS, Gray.

’ Sterna striata, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 609 (1788): Striated

Tern, Lath. Syn. iii. 2, p. 358, pl. 98—New Zealand (from a drawing

by Sir J. Banks), jr.

Sterna velov, Gould (nec Riipp.), P. Z. 8. 1842, p. 140.

Sterna frontalis, Gray, Voy. Erebus & Terror, p. 19 (1844) ;

Hand-list, ii. p. 118 (1871); Buller, B. New Zealand, p. 281

(1873).

Sterna albifrons, Peale, U.S. Expl. Exp. Birds, p. 279 (1848).

Sterna melanorhyncha, Gould, B. Australia, vii. pl. 26 (1848)—

Van Diemen’s Land ; id. Handbk. B. Australia, ii. p. 398 (1865) ;

v. Pelzeln, Orn. Novara-Reise, p. 154 (1865); Gray, Hand-list, ii.

p: 2SsC187 1):

Sterna atripes, Ellman, Zoologist, 1861, p. 7473.

Sterna longipennis, Finsch (nec Naum.), J. f. Orn. 1867, p. 339.

“Phetusa astrolabe, Bp.,” specimen in the Paris Mus. from

Tongatabu, Quoy & Gaimard’s Voy., is a young bird; but another

bird from same locality and similarly named=S. bergii!—H. S.

After comparing an immature specimen of this species with

Latham’s plate of the Striated Tern from New Zealand, I have no

doubt in my own mind that this was the bird he figured ; but it must

be admitted that the drawing and description would almost equally

suit the young of the Sandwich Tern; and 8S. s¢rzafa, Gm., has in con-

660 MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE STERNIN&. [June 20,

sequence been generally referred to that species. On the other hand

there can be no possible doubt as to the identity of Gray’s descrip-

tion, accompanied as it is by a plate of the adult bird. I think,

therefore, that it is desirable to retain the name of S. frontalis, in

preference to making a change which might be considered arbitrary,

and would certainly be productive of temporary confusion.

In the white border to the inner webs of the primaries this Tern

resembles S. dougalli, as remarked by Mr. Gould; it is, however,

larger than that species, although not equal in size to S. canéiaca ;

and the white frontal band and black bill will always serve to di-

stinguish it.

It appears to be a true Sea-Tern, breeding, according to Mr.

Buller, in large colonies, and depositing its single egg on the bare

rock, close to high-water mark. I have not seen specimens of the

eggs; but, from the description, they seem to approach those of S.

cantiaca in their general character.

Under the name of S. melanorhyncha, Mr. Gould records the oc-

currence on the coast of Tasmania of a Tern which appears to be

identical with this species; but with that exception it does not seem

to leave the shores of New Zealand.

STERNA TRUDEAUI, Audubon.

Sternu trudeauii, Aud. Orn. Biog. v. p. 125; id. B. Am. vit. p. 105

(1844) ; Lawr. B. N. Am. p. 861 (1860) ; Schl. Mus. P.-B. Sterne,

p. 29 (1863) ; Gray, Hand-list, ni. p. 118 (1871); Scl. & Salv. P.

Z. S. 1871, p. 570 (Neotrop. Lar.) ; Landb. An. Univ. Chile,

1872, p. 515 ; Coues, B. N.W. Am. p. 675 (1874).

Phetuse trudeauii, Blasius, J. f. Orn. 1866, p. 73.

Sterna frobeenti, Ph. & Landb. Wieg. Arch. 1863, p. 125; Cat.

Av. Chil. p. 49 (fide Scl. & Salv.); Landbeck, An. Univ. Chile,

1872, p. 515; Gray, Hand-list, iii. p. 118 (1871).

This well-marked species is similar in size, shape of bill, and

general plumage to S. forsteri in winter dress; but, unlike the ma-

jority of Terns, it never has the crest black, the crown being pure

white, with only a transocular line on each side of the head; the

mantle, wings, and tail are light grey ; the rump white, and the feet

yellow. It occurs along the coast of South Brazil and the Argentine

provinces, and also on that of Chili; but of its breeding-places and

eggs nothing is yet known; indeed, until lately, even skins were

extremely rare in collections.

Messrs. Sclater & Salvin and Dr. E. Coues are doubtful as to

the type of this species having been really obtained on the coast of

New Jersey—a doubt in which I share; but there is now no means

of disproving Audubon’s statement. With regard to S. frobeeni,

which Messrs. Sclater and Salvin identified with this species, Mr.

L. Landbeck, in the ‘ Anales de la Universidad de Chile,’ maintains

their distinctness, and gives an elaborate comparative description

of each, the result of which is, to my mind, to show more clearly

than ever that his 8. frobeen? is merely the present bird in immature

plumage.

1876.] MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE STERNINA, 661

STERNA MELANAUCHEN, Temm.

Sterna melanauchen, Temm. Pl. Col. v. pl. 427 (1838?) ; Gould,

B. Austr. vii. pl. 28 (1848) ; Schlegel, Mus. P.-B. Sterne, p. 28

(1863); Finsch & Hartl. B. Central Polyn. p. 224 (1867).

Onychoprion melanauchen, Blyth, Cat. i Mus. As. Soe. p. 293

(1849) ; Jerdon, B. India, ii. p. 844; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1867, p. 230 ;

id. P. Z.S. 1871, p. 422 (Amoy); Walden, Ibis, 1874, p. 149.

Sternula melanauchen, Bp. Compt. Rend. xli.; Blasius, J. f. Orn.

1866, p. 74; Gray, Hand-list, ii. p. 121 (1871).

Sterna marginata, Blyth (fide Jerdon), juv.

Gygis, sp? et Gygis decorata, Hartlaub, Ibis, 1864, p. 232;

Godeffroy’s Cat. 1. (1864) p. 5.

In this species the feet are strong and fully webbed; but I see no

reason for separating it from true Sterna. It ranges from the Anda-

man and Nicobar Islands, throughout the Malay archipelago, and

up the China coast to Amoy, down to the northern coasts of Aus-

tralia, New Caledonia, and as far as the Fiji group. The eggs, speci-

mens of which I owe to the kindness of Capt. Wimberley stationed

at the Andaman Islands, are two in number, and are of a clay-white

ground-colour, minutely spotted with brown of various shades ; in

some varieties the ground-colour is nearly pure white.

We now come to a group for which, making S. minuta his type,

Boie proposed the genus Sternula—one which I regret to be unable to

adopt, owing to the absence of any structural distinctions ; for in some

respects it isavery convenient subdivision, and the name explains itself.

There are four forms of small Tern with white forehead and black

lores, the distinguishing features of which have frequently been

overlooked, and various species thereby confounded. It is difficult to

give the exact range of each; for the young are not always to be

recognized with facility. But the characters of the adults may be

briefly enumerated.

STERNA MINUTA, Linn.

Sterna minuta, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 228 (1766), et auct.

Sternula minuta, Boie, Isis, 1822, p. 564, type of Sternula.

Other synonyms are unimportant and need not be given here.

This Tern, which has dar shafts to the outer primaries, and the

rump and tail white, ranges throughout temperate Europe to India,

occurs in winter on coast of West Africa as far as the Cape of Good

Hope, whence there is a specimen in the British Museum.

STERNA ANTILLARUM, Less.

Sterna antillarum, Lesson, Desc. Mamm. et Ois. p. 256 (1848) ;

Coues, Proc. Phil. Acad. 1862, p. 552; Scl. & Salv. P.Z.S. 1871,

medialis

3 Sterna argentea, Nutt. Man. i. p. 280 (1834); Léotaud, Ois.

Trinidad, p. 545; Wied, Beit. iv. p. 871 (1833); Burm. Syst.

Uebers. ni. 542; Pelz. Orn. Bras. p. 325.

Sterna frenata, Gamb. Proc, Phil. Ac. 1848, p. 128

662 MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE STERNINE. [June 20,

Sterna superciliaris, Cab. J. f. Orn. v. 232; Coues, Key, p. 332

(1872).

Sterna superciliaris, var. antillarum, Coues, B. N.W. Am. p. 692

(1874).

Similar to the above, and has also dark shafts to primaries; but

the rump and tail-coverts are peart-grey like the mantle, and there is

but little black at tip of bill.

Ranges throughout temperate America, on both coasts, and down

to the Antilles, Trinidad, lat. 10° N.

STERNA SUPERCILIARIS, Vieill.

Sterna superciliaris, Vieillot, N. D. xxxii. p. 126 (1819), based

on the Hati ceja blanca of Azara; Scl. & Salv. P.Z.S. 1871,

p- 571; Coues, B. N.W. Am. p. 692 (1874), in part.

Back, rump, and tail shghtly darker than in the above ; bill stouter

and entirely yellow ; the legs and feet also are of an olivaceous colour

in my Amazon specimens, very different from the bright yellow of

those parts in the two foregoing *.

Is found on all the large South-American rivers from the Parana

upwards, is plentiful on the Amazons and the Ucayali, and I found

it abundant on the river Huallaga still further west.

STERNA SINENSIS, Gm.

Sterna sinensis, Gm. Syst. Nat. 1. p. 608 (1788), based on the

Chinese Tern of Latham.

Sterna minuta, Horsf. Trans. Linn. Soc. 1820, xiii. p. 198.

Sternula sinensis, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1863, p.430; id. P. Z.S. 1863,

Do29-

Sternula minuta, Swinhoe, P. Z.S. 1871, p. 422 (Formosa and

China).

Sternula placens, Gould, Ann. Nat. Hist. vii. p. 192 (1871);

id. B. New Guinea, pt. iii. pl. 7 (May 1876).

Like S. minuta, but shafts of outer primaries white; as a rule

also the bird is a trifle larger and stouter, and has a longer develop-

ment of lateral tail-feathers than S. minuta.

Ranges from Ceylon, where it breeds, to the China seas, to

Queensland, and down the Australian coast; how far I cannot say,

as I have no specimens from there with trustworthy localities.

From Ceylon Capt. Vincent Legge, R.A., has sent me a fine series,

with the eggs, which are, as might naturally be expected, like those

of S. minuta, He also sent me a nestling with the outer quill-

feathers only partially developed; and on comparing it with a

* Dr. Coues (B.of N.W. Am. p. 694) distinguishes S. antéllarum from S.minuta

by its grey rump and smaller bill with little black at the tip; but he goes on to

argue that because it has sometimes no black at all on the bill, as is the case with

S. superciliaris, which has, in its turn, a bill as stout or stouter than S. minuta,

therefore S. swperciliaris and S. antillarum are to be united, I fail to see how

he can consistently do this without putting a// the small Terns under one head ;

for the stout bill, especially so from the angle to the tip, and the abrupt pro-

longation of the outer tail-feathers in S. swperciliaris, to say nothing of coloration,

suffice to distinguish it from any other member of the group.

1876. ] MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE STERNINE. 663

S. minuta of the same age, the difference in the colour of the shafts

of the primaries was very apparent. There is often a grey tint on

the rump and tail-coverts of winter-killed and immature specimens.

STERNA SUMATRANA, Rafil.

Sterna sumatrana, Rattles, Trans. Linn. Soe. xili. (1822) p. 329.

Sterna pusilla, S. Miller (fide Gray)—Timor and Java.

Bill smaller and more slender than even in S. antillarum, but

with much black between the angle and tip ; tail-coverts and tail grey

as in the back; shafts of primaries black.

Captain V. Legge has sent me a nearly adult specimen of this

Tern from Ceylon; and the fact of two such different forms as

this and the preceding being met with there is somewhat remark-

able; a similar specimen is in my collection, from the coast of

Fantee. Lord Walden has a specimen from Zoulla, Red Sea,

obtained by Mr. W. Jesse; and that is all I know about this

small dark form of the group, which is even darker than S. antil-

farum on the rump and tail, and has also a good deal more black

on the bill. I have adopted Raffles’s name for it, because the de-

scription and locality seem to fit it fairly ; and, in default of a larger

series, I do not wish to incur the odium of making species upon

slight grounds.

STERNA NEREIS (Gould).

Sternula nereis, Gould, P. Z.S8. 1842, p. 140, B. Australia, vii.

pl. 29 (1848)—Bass’s Straits and West Australia.

Sterna parva, Ellman, Zoologist, 1861, p. 7473.

Sterna nereis, Pelzeln, Verh. zool.-bot. Gesellsch. Wien, xxii.

p- 318 (1867); Buller, B. New Zeal. p. 285 (1873).

Sterna minuta, Finsch, J. tf. Orn. 1867, pp. 337, 347.

Sterna alba, Potts, Trans. N.Z. Inst. 1870, p. 106.

This species, which appears to be confined to Australia and New

Zealand, may be distinguished from the othe® small Terns by its

somewhat larger size, the paler grey of the mantle and especially of the

primaries, and by its having no black lores, but only a dark spoé in

front of the eye. In the young the distinction is not so easy ; but

the primaries are always lighter than in S. minuta or S. sinensis.

STERNA EXILIs, T'sch.

Sterna evilis, Tschudi, F. Per., Aves, p. 306 (1846); Sclater,

P. Z.S. 1867, pp. 336 & 344; Scl. & Salv. P. Z.S. 1871, p. 572.

Sterna lorata, Ph. & Landb. Wieg. Arch. 1863, pt. i. p. 124.

Sternula loricata (!), Gray, Hand-list, ili. p. 121 (1871).

The general smoke-grey of the under as well as the upper parts,

and the large amount of black on the bill, will always serve to

distinguish this species, of which I have only seen two specimens—

one in Messrs. Salvin and Godman’s collection, and one in the

British Museum. Both these are from the coast of Peru and Chili;

but of its breeding-places we know nothing at present.

664 MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE STERNIN&E. [June 20,

STERNA BALZNARUM (Strickl.).

Sternula balenarum, Strick}. Contr. Orn, 1852, p. 160; Gurney,

Andersson’s B. Damar. p. 36 (1872).

In this species there is no white frontlet, the black feathers coming

down to the base of the bill, which is slender and black, except at

the gape; the tail is grey like the mantle; and the tarsi and feet

are the smallest of those cf the group. The shafts of the primaries

are white.

Walwich Bay to the Cape of Good Hope is its range, so far as is

known.

STERNA ALEUTICA, Baird.

Sterna aleutica, Baird, Tr. Chicago Acad. 1869, 321, pl. 31.

fig. 1 (Alaska); Dall & Bann. ib. p. 307; Coues, Key to N.-Am.

B. p. 322 (1872), B. of N.W. Am. p. 696 (1874) ; Gray, Hand-list,

ii. p. 118 (1871).

After a careful examination of Pallas’s description of Sterna

camtschatica, I fully agree with Dr. E. Cones that Dr. O. Finsch has

no sufficient reason for identifying it with this species (Abh. nat. Ver.

Bremen, li. p. 85). It is needless to repeat here the excellent descrip-

tions given by the above American authors, the last of whom informs

us that since the acquisition of the type three more specimens have

been obtained. With its head-markings similar to those of the

Sooty Tern (Sterna fuliginosa), from which, again, it differs in having

a white rump and tail, it certainly presents a most interesting link

in coloration between the Sooty and the typical Terns, groups which

I cannot separate generically for want of well-defined structural dif-

erences. Indeed Dr. Coues seems inclined to give up Haliplanaas a

genus; and asthe only distinction appears to be in the coloration, it

is not easy to see how it can be retained according to the modern

definition of a genus. The type was obtained at Kadiak, Alaska, in

June, with the egg; so that it was in full breeding-plumage; but of

the immature stages we have as yet no description.

STERNA ANZSTHETA (Scop.).

Sterna anethetus (sic), Scop. Del. Faun. et Flor. Ins. i. p. 92.

no. 72 (1786), ex Sonn. Voy. p. 125, pl. 84.

Sterna panayensis, Gm. 8. N. il. p. 607 (1788).

Sterna oahuensis, Bloxham, Voy. ‘ Blonde,’ p. 251 (1826).

Haliplana panayensis, Wagler, Isis, 1832, p. 1224; Salvin, Ibis,

1864, p. 381, 1866, p. 199; Blas. J. f. Orn. 1866, p. 80.

“Sterna antarctica, Cuv.,” Lesson, T. @Orn. p. 621 (1831) ;

Pucheran, Rev. Zool, 1850, p. 541. (Admitted to be S. panayensis.)

Onychoprion panaya, Gould, B. Austr. vil. pl. 33 (1848).

Sterna infuscata, Heugl. Ibis, 1859, p. 351; id. F. Roth. Meeres,

p. 32.

Sterna panaya, Heugl. F. Roth. Meeres, p. 31; Finsch & Hartl,

Vog. Ost-Afr. p. 833 (1870).

Onychoprion panayensis, Scl. & Salv. P. Z.8. 187], p. 572.

1876.] MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE STERNIN&. 665

Haliplana discolor, Coues, Ibis, 1864, p. 392; Elliot, B. N. Am.

ii. pl. 57 (1869).

? Hydrochelidon somalensis, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 1458,

p- cevil (1873).

Haliplana anosthetus, Gray, Hand-list, ii. p. 122 (1871).

Sterna melanoptera, Swainson, B. W. Afr. ii. p. 249 (1837)

(type in Camb. Mus. examined, HZ. S.).

This species, originally described from the Philippine Islands, is

somewhat smaller than S. fuliginosa ; the colour of the mantle is

also less intensely dark. But the principal distinction is found in

the feet, in which the webbing, instead of coming down to the claws

between the outer and middle toe as in S. fuliginosa, only descends

to the last joint, showing a more important structural difference

between two such closely allied species than there is between Ony-

ehoprion and typical Sterna—an additional reason for discarding the

former genus and its synonyms. The drawings show the shape of

the feet ia both species.

Fig. 2.

Fig. 2. Foot of Sterna fuliginosa. Fig. 3. Foot of Sterna anestheta.

In the young of the present species the underparts are light-

coloured on emerging from the downy stage, whereas in 8S. fuliginosa

they remain dark for some time.

Its range appears to be nearly identical with that of S. fuliginosa,

and is noticed under that head.

STERNA LUNATA, Peale.

Sterna lunata, Peale, U.S. Expl. Exp., Birds, p. 277 (1848) ;

Cassin, U.S. Expl. Exp., Birds, p. 382 (1858) ; Schlegel, Mus. P.-

666 MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE STERNINA. [June 20,

B. Sterne, p. 27 (1863); Finsch & Hartl. F. Centralpolyn. p. 231,

pl. xin. fig. 3 (1867).

Haliplana lunata, Blas. J. f. Orn. 1866, p. 80; Gray, Hand-list,

in, p. 122 (1871):

This species is rather larger than the preceding ; but the webs of

the toes are similarly incised; the general colour is much greyer.

Its range appears to be somewhat restricted, extending from the

Moluccas to the Phenix and the Paumatn groups of the Polynesian

Islands. ‘There are no specimens in the British Museum; but I

have examined those at Leyden, and find it a well marked species.

STERNA FULIGINOSA, Gm.

Sterna fuliginosa, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p.605 (1788); Aud. B.N.Am.

vi. p. 90, pl. 432 (1840); Temm. & Schl. Fauna Japonica, p. 133,

p). 89 (1842); Lawr. B. N. Am. p. 861 (1858) ; Cassin, Orn. U.S.

Expl. Exp. p. 386 (1858); Finsch & Hartl. Orn. Centralpolyn. p. 225

(1867), Vog. Ost-Afr. p. 831 (1870) ; Harting, Brit. Birds, p. 169

(1872).

a ee fuliginosus, Wagler, Isis, 1832, p. 277 (type of

genus Onychoprion, based on S. serrata of J. R. Forster’s MS. Descr.

An. p. 276, ed. Licht. 1844); Gould, B. Australia, vii. pl. 32

(1848) ; Sclater, P. Z.S. 1856, p. 144 (I. Ascension); Scl. & Salv.

BaAoS.L 8/15 p.iav 3.

Planetis guttatus, Wagler, Isis, 1832, p. 1222 (type of genus

Planetis, based on S. guttata of J. R. Forster’s MS. Desc. An.

p- 211, ed. Licht. 1844).

Haliplana fuliginosa, Wagl. Isis, 1832, p. 1224 (type of genus

Haliplana); Bp. Compt. Rend. 1856, p. 772; Coues, Pr. Phil.

Acad. 1862, p. 556; id. B. N. W. Am. p. 698 (1874); Gray, Hand-

list, 1. p. 122 (1871).

Sterna infuscata, Licht. Verz. Doubl. p. 81 (1823) (type in

Berlin Mus. examined, ZH. S.).

Anous Vherminieri, Lesson, Desc. Mamm. et Ois. p. 255 (1847).

Sterna gouldit, Reichenbach, Schwimmvog. Supp. xii. fig. 829.

Sterna luctuosa, Phil. & Landb. Wiegm. Arch. p. 126 (1866).

Thalassipora infuscata, Gray, Hand-list, iii, p. 122 (1871).

“ Haliplana fuliginosa, var. crissalis, Baird,’ Lawr. (Grayson)

Proc. Bost. N.H. S. 1871, p. 285.

It will be observed that Wagler has based no less than three genera

upon this single species—the first, Onychoprion, depending upon

a supposed serration of the claw, evidently due to natural causes in

the specimen he had before him, while the other two genera are based

upon the slightest of structural differences. I confess I cannot see any

good reason for erecting it into a genus, especially in view of the

connecting-link formed by the preceding species.

Both this species and S. anestheta range throughout the whole

of the warmer portions of the world, there being no perceptible dif-

ference between individuals from the most widely separated locali-

ties. It is said that at Ascension Island the Sooty Terns, or

1876. | MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE STERNIN&E. 667

“ Wideawakes,”” come every eight months to breed ; if true, this is

somewhat remarkable. The foot of this species is webbed to the

extremity of the toes, as shown in the drawing (p. 665). The young

are dark on the underparts.

Genus Nanta, Boie.

N nt 1nCA (Lessor).

Sterna inca, Lesson, Voy. ‘Coquille,’ il. p. 731. no. 145, atlas

pl. 47 (1826).

Anous inca, Gray, Gen. Birds, iil. p. 661 (1849); Blas. J. f. Orn.

1866, p. 83.

Nenia inca, Boie, Isis, 1849, p. 189 (type of genus Nenia) ;

Bp. Compt. Rend. xhi. p. 773 (1856); Scl. and Salv. P. Z. 8S. 1871,

p- 567 (Neotrop. Laridz); Gray, Hand-list, ii. p. 123 (1871).

Larosterna inca, Blyth, Cat. Mus. As. 8. p. 293 (1849), type of

Larosterna.

Inca mystacalis, Jard. Contrib. Orn. 1850, p. 32; Cassin, U.S.

Expl. Exp. p. 391 (1858).

Anous inca, Gray, Gen. Birds, iii. p. 661 (1849)

Inca mysticalis, Jardine, Contr. Orn. 1850, p. 32; Cassin, U.S.

Expl. Exped. p. 391 (1858 )—Callao.

This well-marked form seems fairly entitled to generic distinction,

the white drooping plumes beneath the eye, and the wattled gape

being found in no other species: the hallux is also connected with

the foot by a rudimentary web ; the tail, however, is forked as in

typical Sterne, removing it from any close relationship to Anous

where some have placed it. It appears to be arock-breeding species

confined to the coasts of Peru and Chili.

Genus GyGis, Wagler.

GyGis CANDIDA (Gm.).

? Sterna alba, Sparr. Mus. Carls. ii. fase. i. No. 11 (1786); Gm.

Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 607 (1788); J. R. Forster, Descr. An. p. 179, ed.

Licht. (1844).

Sterna candida, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 607 (1788).

Gygis candida, Wagler, Isis, 1832, p. 1223, ex J. R. Forster,

MS. (type of Gygis); Gray, Gen. Birds, ii. p. 660 (1849); Gould,

B. Australia, vii. pl. 30 (1848).

Gygis alba (Sparr.), Cassin, U.S. Expl. Exp. p. 389 (1858) ;

Blasius, J. f. Orn. 1866, p. 73; Finsch & Hartl. Faun. Centralpolynes.

p- 232 (1867); Gray, Hand-list, iti. p. 122 (1871).

This beautiful and peculiar species is characterized by long slender

toes with very deeply incised webs, and a graduated tail, approaching

in shape that of the next genus, dnous. The shape of the bill is also

peculiar, being broad at the base, aud slightly tapering upwards in front

of the mandibular angle. To this form have belonged all the examples

which I have examined, or the descriptions of which I have com-

pared, from Madagascar and throughout Polynesia until we reach the

668 MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE STERNIN &. [June 20,

Marquesas. From that group, apparently the outpost of the species,

I have examined three specimens, which differ so remarkably from

Head of Gygis candida.

all others that I cannot consider them mere varieties, and propose

for them the name of

GYGIS MICRORHYNCHA, Sp. nov.

Alba: similis G. candids, sed minor, rostro multo minore tenuiore,

rectricum scapis albis nec nigris, distinguenda.

In Jength of wing it is nearly an inch shorter than G. candida ;

the tail-feathers are more rounded, and the 3rd is the longest,

whereas the 2nd is the longest in the larger species: the shafts of

the first three primaries are merely clay-coloured, and the rest are pure

white, whereas in G. candida they are all nearly black ; and barely

a trace of colour is to be observed on those of the tail. The bill is

Fig. 5.

Head of Gygis microrhyncha.

slender at the base, and quite different in shape from that of G. ean-

dida (as shown in the accompanying drawings).

Sparrman’s figure and description are both very bad; but

Gmelin’s, based upon Latham, distinetly points out the character-

istics of the larger and black-shafted species ; so I have adopted his

name for it. On the other hand I cannot identify Sparrman’s bird

1876. | MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE STERNINE. 669

with the smaller species, of which, moreover, I have never seen a

specimen except from the Marquesas; and I have therefore been

compelled to give a name to it. The larger species is also found at

the Marquesas.

The nesting of Gygis is peculiar, the single egg of clay-white mottled

with brown being placed on the cavity of the branch of a tree, or ina

fork of two branches, and on the points of the coral reefs—any where,

in fact, where it willlie. In these habits Gygis shows another affinity

with Anous, of which it seems to be a highly specialized offshoot.

* Sterna nivea”’ of F. D, Bennett (Whaling Voy.i. p. 370, 1840),

from the Caroline Islands, might be either of these species ; and I

ean find no description of “ Gygis napoleonis,” Bp.

Genus Anovus, Leach.

Awnous stouipus, Linn.

Sterna stolida, Linn, Syst. Nat. i. p. 227 (1766); id. Ameen.

Acad. iv. p. 240; Gmelin, S. N. i. 2, p. 605 (1783).

Sterna fuscata, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 228 (1766), ex Brisson, vi.

p. 220, t. 20. fig. 1; Gmel. S. N. p. 605 (1788), juv.

Sterna pileata, Scop. Del. Faun. et Flor. Insubr. i. p. 92. no. 73,

ex Sonn. Voy. p. 125, pl. 85 (1786).

Sterna senex, Leach, in Tuckey’s Exped. to the Congo, App.

p- 408 (1818), obtained by Cranch.

Anous niger, Steph. in Shaw’s Gen. Zool, xiii. i. p. 140, pl. 17

(1825)—type of Anous, Leach (adult).

Anous fuscatus, Steph. in Shaw’s Gen. Zool. xiii. i. p. 140

(1825), juv.

Anous spadicea, Steph. in Shaw’s Gen. Zool. xiii. 1. p. 143

(1825), juv.

Megalopterus stolidus, Boie, Isis, 1826, p. 980.

Sterna unicolor, Nordm. in Erm. Verz. v. Thier. & Pfl. p. 17

(1835).

Anous stolidus, Gray, List Gen. Birds, p. 100 (1841); Blyth, Cat.

B. A. S. Bengal, p. 293; Gould, B. Australia, vii. pl. 33 (1848);

Cassin, U.S. Expl. Exp. p. 391 (1858); Finsch & Hartl. Faun.

Centralpolyn. p. 234 (1867), Vog. Ost-Afrika’s, p. 835 (1870) ;

Scl. & Salv. P.Z.S. 1871, p. 566 (Neotrop. Laride) ; Coues, B.

N.W. Am. p. 710 (1874).

Anous rousseaui, Hartl. Beitr. Orn. Madagase. p. 86 (1860).

This well-known species, a straggler to the British seas, ranges from

the Gulf-coast of North America to the shores of Australia, through-

out Polynesia, and occurs, in fact, in all tropical waters. ‘There

appears to be no constant difference between individuals from the

most distant localities ; and this similarity applies to its habits and

breeding, its single egg being deposited on a nest of sea-weed placed

on mangrove bushes, in the fork of a tree, or even on the bare rock.

In the British Museum there is a specimen from Dalrymple Rock,

Chatham Island, one of the Galapagos group, which is of a uniform

sooty brown. It is evidently an immature bird; and I am therefore

Proc. Zoor. Soc.—1876, No. XLIV. 44

670 MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE STERNINE. [June 20,

unwilling to give it specific rank ; but it would be somewhat remark-

able if subsequent research should show that the Galapagos Islands

possess a fuliginous Noddy in addition to their Larus fuliginosus and

other peculiar forms of bird-life.

ANOUS TENUIROSTRIS (Temm.). (Plate LXI. fig. 1.)

Sterna tenuirostris, Temm. Pl. Col. 202 (1838).

Megalopterus tenuirostris (Temm.), Boie, Isis, (1526), p. 980,

type of genus Megalopterus.

Anous melanops, Gould, P. Z. 8. xiii. p. 103 (1845); id. B. Aus-

tralia, vii. pl. 34 (1848); Gray, Hand-list, ii. p. 123 (1871).

Under this name two species appear to have beeu confounded.

Temminck figures a bird with a light head and neck and pale grey

lores. But the bird which is far more abundant in collections under

this title is the species which has the lores deep black, figured in

Gray’s ‘Genera of Birds’ under the name of 4. melanogenys.

Temminck’s type came from Senegal ; and the only specimens like it

which I have been able to examine as yet are two in the British

Museum from the island of Rodriguez (from one of which the figure

is taken), and one in Lord Walden’s collection from Mauritius. In

the absence of any detailed description it is impossible to say to

which species the “8. tenuirostris”’ of various writers, from the Red

Sea, belongs. Beyond the above localities it occurs at Houtmann’s

Abrolhos, on the west coast of Australia, whence Mr. Gould described

and figured it under the name of Anous melanops. Mr. Gould’s bird,

however, appears to me to be identical with Temminck’s, in spite of

the stress laid upon the supposed absence of a black spot by the eye

in Temminck’s figure, which spot is conspicuously present in the

plate of A. melanops. It seems to be a somewhat rare species, at

least in collections. Besides the different coloration of the feathers

between the base of the bill and the eye, it appears to be a some-

what smaller bird than A. melanogenys, the wing being nearly an

inch shorter; the bill also, in the specimen I have seen, is relatively

shorter between the angle and the tip; but a much larger series must

be examined before attaching much importance to that peculiarity.

ANOUS MELANOGENYS, Gray. (Plate LXI. fig. 2.)

Anous melanogenys, G. R. Gray, Gen. Birds, iii. p. 661, pl. 182

(1849); id. Hand-list, iii. p. 123 (1871).

Anous tenuirostris, Scl. & Salv. Neotrop. Lar., P. Z. 8. 1871,

p: 560.

Respecting this black-faced species (see Plate LXI. fig. 2, taken

from a specimen in my own collection) I can only repeat that it is

generally found usurping the name of Anous tenuirostris in collections.

It is apparently a widely distributed form, occurring on the coasts of

Central America, Africa, Australia, and throughout Polynesia.

ANOUS LEUCOCAPILLUS, Gould. (Plate LXI. fig. 3.)

Anous leucocapillus, Gould, P. Z. 8. pt. xiii. (1845) p. 103; id.

B. Aust. vil. pl. 35 (1848) ; Cassin, U.S. Expl. Exp. p. 393 (1858) ;

1876. ] MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE STERNIN&. 671

Finsch & Hartl. F. Centralpolynesiens, p. 237 (1867); Gray,

Hand-list, ii. p. 123 (1871).

Sterna leucocapilla, Schlegel, M. Pays-Bas, Sterne, p. 37 (1863).

This form is apparently less widely diffused than some of its con-

geners. Mr. Gould’s specimens were obtained at Raines Islet, Aus-

tralia, where it is said to be very abundant. There is a specimen

in the British Museum, from Bristow Island, south coast of New

Guinea (from which the figure Plate LXI. fig. 3, is taken); and

the United-States Exploring Expedition found it breeding at Pau-

motu Island, where its single egg was deposited upon the bare

ground instead of in a nest. There is no grey about the head or

cheeks, but, with the exception of the white crown, the whole

plumage is of a sooty drown-black ; the foot is perhaps a trifle more

slender in A. tenuirostris or A. melanogenys; but it is difficult to

judge from dried skins.

ANOUS CERULEUS (Bennett).

Sterna cerulea, F. D. Bennett, Narr. Whaling-Voy. round Globe,

ii. App. p. 248 (1840)—Christmas Island and other coral forma-

tions of the Pacific.

“« Sterne cendré,’” Neboux, Rev. Zool. Oct. 1840, p. 291.

Sterna teretirostris, Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool. 1849, p. 242.

Procelsterna tereticollis, Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool. 1842, pl. 29 (type

of Procelsterna).

Stclida cinerea, Néboux, Voy. Vénus, Atlas, pl. 9 (1846).

Anous cinereus, Gould, P. Z. 8. 1845, p. 104; id. B. Australia, vii.

pl. 46 (1848)—Norfolk I. and N.E. coast, Australia; Prévost &

Des Murs, Voy. Vénus, v. p. 276 (1855); Finsch & Hartlaub, F.

Centralpolynesiens, p. 239 (1867).

Anous parvulus, Gould, P. Z. 8S. xi. (1845) p. 104; Cassin, U.S.

Expl. Exp., Birds, p. 393 (1858)—Paumotu group.

Pelecanopus pelecanoides |, G. R. Gray, List of Birds in Brit. Mus,

pt. i. p. 180 (fide Gould, ut supra).

Meygalopterus plumbeus, Peale, U.S. Expl. Exp. p. 285 (1848).

Procelsterna albivitta, Bp. Compt. Rend. 1856, p. 773; Gould,

Hand-b. B. Austr. ii. p. 420 (1865); Gray, Hand-list, ii. p. 123

(1871).

oe cinerea, Schlegel, M. P.-B. Sterne, p. 38 (1863).

Procelsterna cinerea, Gray, Hand-list, ii. p. 123 (1871).

I have much pleasure in restoring to this well-defined species the

name originally given to it by Mr. F. Debell Bennett, whose speci-

men from Christmas Island is described by Mr. Gould in P. Z.S.

xili. (1845) p. 104, under the name of dnous parvulus, in ignorance,

no doubt, ot the fact that Mr. Bennett had already given it a name

accompanied by an excellent description. It may always be recog-

nized by its pale grey head, neck, and underparts, and somewhat

darker upper parts, the colour becoming deeper on the tail; the

primaries are the darkest part; and the secondaries are broadly

tipped with white, forming a distinct band. Neboux’s figure is too

dark ; and, in spite of the yellow-coloured webs to the feet peculiar

44%

672 MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE STERNIN. [June 20,

to this species, I was for some time in doubt, until I observed

depicted in his plate a characteristic which distinguishes this species

from all other members of the group, viz. that the second tail-feather

is distinctly the longest on each side, whereas in other Noddies

the third is the longest, the fourth being often but a trifle shorter.

In this arrangement of the tail-feathers dnous eeruleus comes next

to Gygis, and indeed is only placed here for convemence of treatment.

In its range it is probably the most restricted of the family, being

only found on the N.E. coast of Australia and throughout the coral

formations of the Pacific as far as Christmas Island, a little to the

north of the Equator. It was found breeding at Honden Island, in

the Paumotu group, on August 2Ist, depositing a single egg in the

concavities of the coral rock (Peale and Cassin) ; and we are told

that it does not wander far from coral islands.

It is unnecessary in this paper to take notice of mere names, given

by Bonaparte and others, to which no description is attached; but

there are two supposed species which were unknown to Messrs.

Sclater and Salvin when writing the “ List of Neotropical Laridze,” and

upon which the subsequent five years have thrown no light. In hope

of clearing up the subject, I give the names anda brief description :—

Sterna atrofusciata, described by Philippi and Landbeck in

‘Wiegmann’s Archiv,’ 1863, pt. 1. p. 202, is an immature example

of a small species, the wing being 9 inches long, the bill 1 inch long,

black, red at the gape, the tarsus 7 lines, dull red, the mantle and

wings dark ash-grey, and the underparts and rump white. This

description does not apply to any known species; and it may prove

to be a good one. ‘The solitary specimen was shot at Lhico, Col-

chagua, Chili, in December 1861, near the outlet of the great salt

lake ot Vichuquen.

S. acutirostris, Tsch. F. Peru. Aves, p. 305 (1846), is described

as 10 inches long, bill nearly 2 inches, wing 6°6, tars. °75; pure

white below, pale grey above; bill black, with a red band in the

middle, and tip horn-colour. It is found in the lakes of the Cor-

dilleras, where Larus serranus breeds. A Tern with a bill nearly

a third as leng as the wing is certainly remarkable; but as, in de-

scribing S. eailis, Tschudi states that the ¢o¢al length is 7 inches,

and the wing alone 7 inches 3 lines (!), his measurements are some-

what incomprehensible, and it is advisable to wait further in-

formation.

In concluding this revision I wish to acknowledge the assistance

that I have at all times received in the Zoological Department of

the British Museum, the Leyden Museum, from Prof. Peters of

Berlin, M. Bouvier of Paris, and also from many friends who have

placed their collections at my disposal. My thanks are especially due

to Mr. Osbert Salvin, whose fine series of American Sterninze has

always been available, and whose practical experience has, at times,

been of great assistance in intricate questions of synonymy and

doubtful nomenclature.

1876.] MR. R. B. SHARPE ON A NEW SPECIES OF OWL. 673

7. Description of an apparently new Species of Owl from

the Solomon Islands. By R. Bowpier Suaree.

[Received June 16, 1876.]

(Plate LXII.)

Mr. Sclater has kindly submitted to my inspection a specimen of

an Owl received by him from the Solomon Islands, which I cannot

refer to any species of Nino at present described. I therefore

propose to call it

Ninox soLomonis, sp.n. (Plate LXII.)

N. affinis N. hypogrammee sed minor: secundariis et cauda pallide

brunneo transfasciatis et corpore subtus albido brunneo transver-

sim fasciato distinguendus.

Adult. General colour above chocolate-brown, the head nearly

uniform and more greyish brown, with a few concealed fulvous bars

on the feathers, a little more distinct on the forehead; loral plumes

white, with black shafts produced into hair-like bristles over the

nostrils ; ear-coverts greyish brown, slightly streaked with fulvous ;

scapulars varied with a few white bars on the outer webs, the median

and greater coverts similarly barred ; primary-coverts nearly uniform

dark brown; quills dark brown, barred across with lighter brown,

these bars buffy white on the inner web and notched with the same

colour on the outer, imparting a checquered appearance to the outer

aspect of the wing; tail dark brown, barred across with lighter

brown, shading off into whitish on the inner webs, the outer webs

notched with the same colour, the lighter bars being ten in number

not including the light brown tip; under surface of body whitish,

barred across with dark brown, these bars acquiring a slight reddish

tinge from a conterminous narrow rufous bar adjoining the broader

brown one; sides of the upper breast more uniform brown; legs

tawny witb light brown cross bars; under wing-coyerts white barred

with rufous and brown, the lower ones wiite transversely barred

with ashy brown and resembling the lower surface of the quills.

Total length 11 inches, wing 8°3, tail 4°65, tarsus 1°2.

Hab. Solomon Islands (Mus. P. L. S.)

This specimen is the one recorded by Mr. Sclater (P. Z. 8S. 1869,

p. 123) as Adhene variegata; but on comparing it with the key to

the species given by me in my ‘Catalogue of Birds’ (ai. p. 152), it

will be found not to agree with the diagnostic characters of that

bird. It is also not N. teniata, the only species of Ninov known

from the Solomons, as the upper parts of the latter are barred with

fulvous, whereas in the present bird they are uniform. It is closely

allied to N. hypogramma, but is very much smaller and has the

secondaries and tail-feathers barred across with paler brown; the

under surface also is white with broad transverse rows of brown,

whereas the general aspect of N. hypogramma below is rufous.

674 MR. DRESSER ON A NEW SPECIES OF SANDPIPER. [June 20,

8. On a new Species of Broadbilled Sandpiper.

By H. E. Dresser, F.Z.S.

[Received June 19, 1876.]

Having lately had occasion to examine a large series of specimens

of our Broadbilled Sandpiper, Limicola platyrhyncha (Temm. ), In

order to work out that species for the ‘ Birds of Europe,’ I found on

examining examples from Siberia and China that they differ con-

stantly from our European bird in summer dress ; and as I find that

there are in the series I have examined no intermediate specimens

between these two forms, I think that the Eastern one, which has not

hitherto been described, should be separated from our western bird ;

and I propose to call it Limicola sibirica. It differs in the summer

plumage in having the feathers on the crown and entire upper parts

5 . .

very broadly margined with bright rufous, so as to give this colour

extreme prominence, the upper parts being, in fact, similar in colour to

those of Tringa minuta in fullest summer dress. In Limicola platy-

rhyncha, on the other hand, the general coloration of the upper parts

is black, the margins to the feathers being narrow and white or

ochreous white, and the crown is very dark. The underparts in

Limicola sibirica are as in Limicola platyrhyncha, except that the

throat is less spotted, the chin and upper throat being quite unspotted.

In measurements I find no constant difference, as both species vary

somewhat inter se; but, as a rule, the eastern bird has the wing and

tarsus rather longer than in L. platyrhyncha. In the winter plumage

the two species cannot alwi avs with certainty be distinguished ; but, as

a rule, the eastern one appears to be a trifle paler than the European

bird. As it is hardly necessary to exhibit the large series of

specimens I have had for examination, I have brought “three speci-

mens of Limicola sibirica in full summer plumage, ainen are all that

I have in that dress, and two in winter dress; and for comparison I

have taken at random four examples of Limicola platyrhyncha in

summer plumage and two in winter plumage. With two exceptions,

all the specimens of Limicola sibirica 1 have examined were ob-

tained in China by Mr. Swinhoe. The following is a full description

of a specimen in full summer plumage from China.

LIMICOLA SIBIRICA, sp. nov.

Capite et corpore supra pulchre ferrugineis, plumis medialiter ni-

gris viz albido marginatis ; scapularibus dorso concoloribus, alis

sicut in Limicola platyrhyncha pictis, sed pallidioribus et grise-

scentioribus ; rectricibus centralibus nigris valde rufomarginatis,

reliquis griseis via albo marginatis ; fronte et stria superciliart

albis; capitis et colli lateribus dorso concoloribus sed magis

griseo-albo notatis; corpore subtus albo, mento immaculato,

gutture nigrofusco et ferrugineo guttato.

This species appears to breed in Northern Siberia, and to migrate

southward into China in the autumn. How far westward its range

1876.) MR. H. E. DRESSER ON A NEW TETRAOGALLUS. 675

extends I cannot positively say ; but there is a specimen in the Cam-

bridge Museum sent by Mr. Blyth and stated to have been obtained

in “ India ;” but no precise locality is given. All the other specimens

from India and Baluchistan are referable to L. platyrhyncha, 1 may

add that there is a specimen of Z. sbirica in full summer dress, from

Siberia, in the Cambridge Museum.

9. On a new Species of Tetraogallus.

By H. E. Dresser, F.Z.S.

[ Received June 20, 1876.]

Mr. Charles Danford, who has just returned from the Taurus

mountains with a rich collection of mammals and birds, has brought

a fine series of specimens of a Snow-Partridge, which he has

requested me to compare and determine. As I find it is as yet

undescribed, and quite distinct from any known species, I propose to

give it the name suggested by him of ‘'rrTRAOGALLUS TAURICUS, as

the Taurus range appears to be its true habitat.

Though allied to Tetraogallus caucasicus, this species is very easily

distinguishable from that bird, not only by its coloration, as will be

seep by the detailed description, but also by its much larger size.

The following is the description of a pair selected from the series.

@ adulta pileo sordide cinereo-cano vix cervino tincto, versus nucham

cervino cinereo ; collo postico et dorso antico cervino-cinereis ;

corpore supra reliquo sicut in Tetraogallo caucasico picturato, sed

pullide cervino cinereo nec saturate cinereo ; alis sicut in T. caspio,

sed tectricibus majoribus magis ceruleis et ad basin minus vermi-

culatis ; cauda sicut in'T. caucasico, sed pallidiore ; fronte, stria

superciliari, capitis lateribus et gula cervino-albis ; regione sub-

oculari pallide cano, et siria magna in colli lateribus utrinque satu-

rate cana; gutture et pectore superiore cinereo-canis, plumis cinereo-

cervino terminatis et nigro guttatis; pectore reliquo cinereo-

cervino griseo-nigro vermiculato, plumis omnibus ad basin ceruleo-

canis ; abdomine centrali schistaceo-fuliginoso ; crisso sordide

cervino, subcaudalibus cervino-albis ; hypochondriis c@ruleo-

canis, utringue castaneo striatis et nigro marginatis, plumis non-

nullis in parte suprema vermiculatis, et plumis in parte ima

cinereo-cervinis nigro-cinereo vermiculatis et cervino-castaneo

marginatis ; rostro flavido ad basin pallidiore, naribus rufo-auran-

tiacis: plaga nuda circum et infra oculos lete flava: pedibus

lete rufo-aurantiacis, unguibus saturate corneis : iride fusca.

Q minor et sordidior ; pileo vix cervino et saturate griseo notato ;

stria in colli lateribus et gutture antico nigro notatis, hoc griseo

vermiculato ; plaga nuda oculari minore ; rostro et pedibus sicut

in mare, sed paulo sordidioribus.

Adult Male (Koroskeui, Taurus, 15th April, 1876). Crown

dull ashy blue, with a buff tinge gradually merging into ashy buff,

this latter colour pervading the hind neck and fore part of the back;

676 MR. H. E, DRESSER ON A NEW TETRAOGALLUS. | June 20,

rest of the upper parts as in Tetraogallas caucasieus ; but instead of

the general tinge of colour being clear dark grey, it is lighter buffy

grey; wings as in Tetraogallus caspius, but the larger wing-coverts

are rather bluer and less vermiculated on the basal portion; tail as

in Tetraogallus caucasicus, but rather paler ; forehead, a streak over

the eye, sides of head and neck creamy white, the portion below

the eye pale blue-grey, connected with which is a dull darker blue-

grey broad stripe down the side of the neck; entire lower throat

and upper breast blue grey, the feathers tipped with ashy buff, this

band on the sides of the neck becoming ashy buff and merging into

the hind neck ; fore part of the band irregularly but boldly spotted

with black ; rest of the breast to the abdomen ashy buff finely

vermiculated with blackish grey, all the feathers dove blue on the

concealed basal portion ; centre of the abdomen sooty slate, gradually

fading into dull buff on the crissum and to creamy white on the

under tail-coverts; flank-feathers clear blue-grey on the centre,

with a chestnut stripe on each side, and an outside margin of black,

some of the feathers on the upper flanks vermiculated like the breast,

and those on the lower flanks buffy ash vermiculated with blackish

grey and margined with buffy chestnut; bill yellowish horn, paler

at the base, nostrils orange-red; bare space round the eye and

patch below the eye brilliant Indian yellow; iris dark brown; legs

rich orange-red, claws dark horn. ‘Total length about 26 inches;

culmen 1°7, wing 11°8, tail 8°0, tarsus 2°6.

Adult female (Giawi-keuy, 27th April). Differs from the

male in being rather smaller in size and duller in colour; the crown

is slightly marked with light buff and dark grey ; the stripe on each

side of the neck and the band on the lower throat are more buff in

tinge, the latter vermiculated with grey, and both mottled with

black ; soft parts as in the male, but rather duller, the bare patch

behind the eye smaller in extent ; and the spur on the back of the

tarsus is meonng: Total length 223-23 inches, culmen 1°4, wing

1027; tal 722 ice sus 2°25.

Mr. Danford gives me the following information respecting the

range of the present species.

“This bird inhabits the high ranges of the Bulgardagh and Ala-

dagh in the Eastern Taurus, and probably extends westwards to the

Gik mountains near Adalia, and northward and eastward by the

Antitaurus and Kermes Dagh. On Argeeus, the highest mountain

of the country, it certainly does not occur.

“It is strictly an Alpine bird living amongst rocks and snow, and

rarely descends, even in mid winter, below the limit of the tree-

growth, which may generally be taken as being at an elevation

of about 6000 feet. It is very shy and wary. It pairs early in

the year, and in favourable situations nests about the middle of

April. ‘a

I trust ere long to issue a figure of this Snow-Partridge in the

‘ Birds of Europe ;’ and Mr. Danford promises to furnish me with

more details as to its habits &c. ere then.

Mr. Danford was fortunate enough to obtain the eggs of this

1876. ] LIEUT. R. W. RAMSAY ON A NEW NUTHATCH. 677

species ; and one clutch of six is now exhibited, together with an ege

of Tetraogallus caucasicus from Kasbeck, in the Caucasus, from my

own collection for comparison.

10. On an undescribed Species of Nuthatch and another Bird

from Karen-nee. By Lieutenant R. Warpiaw Ramsay,

EZ.9.

[Received June 20, 1876. ]

(Plate LXIII.)

I have just received from Burmah a small collection of birds made

in January last in the country traversed by the recent Karen-nee-

boundary expedition. Of these, two species seem worthy of note,

viz. :—

1. OROCETES ERYTHROGASTER (Vig.), o,

which must therefore be added to the catalogue of the avifauna

of that country. On the label there is nothing recorded as to where

or at what elevation the bird was shot.

2. Sirra MAGNA, n. sp. (Plate LXIII.)

General colour above dark bluish slate-colour; a black stripe, a

quarter of an inch broad, on either side of the head, running from

the base of the bill over the eye to the shoulder; the upper part

of the head and neck between these stripes smoky grey.

Wings of much the same colour as the back. Primaries and se-

condaries dark brown more or less edged on the outer web with bluish

slate. The second, third, and fourth primaries are slightly margined

with whitish on the outer web, and, with the fifth and sixth, are

white at the base. Under surface of wing greyish brown, jet-black

under the shoulder.

Tail with two central tail-feathers concolorous with the back,

remainder dark brown, almost black, outer pair broadly tipped with

white on outer web, and margined with white on inner; next two

broadly tipped with white on outer, and grey on inner web.

Under surface of body smoky grey, nearly white about throat and

neck.

Lower tail-coverts, vent, and thighs brilliant chestnut, each feather

of the former broadly tipped with white.

Dimensions of dry skin (male):—length 7°3 inches, wing 4°5,

tail 2°7, bill from gape 1°3, bill at front 1:0, tarsus °95.

This Nuthatch is remarkable for its great size as compared with

other members of the genus.

678 DR. A. GUNTHER ON ANIMALS FROM ANGOLA. [June 20,

11. Notes on a small Collection brought by Lieut. L.Cameron,

C.B., from Angola. By Dr. Aubert GUntumr, V.P.Z.S.

{Received June 20, 1876. ]

The species enumerated in the following notes were obtained by

Lieut. Cameron during his recent remarkable journey across Africa,

and have been deposited in the British Museum.

MAMMALIA.

Galago maholi (Smith).

ReEprti.ia.

An Amphisbeenian, represented by a single example, proves to be-

long to an undescribed species of Phractogonus, a genus representing

in Africa the South-American Cephalopeltis.

PHRACTOGONUS SCALPER, Sp. 0.

Anterior margin of the nasal extremity hard and sharp. Of the two

large plates which cover the upperside of the head, the posterior is

longer than the anterior, and not quite so long as broad, bordered be-

hind by two pairs of rather narrow scutes. Nostrils in the anterior

portion of an elongate nasal; the nasals separated by a broad median

SSS "|

~ y L

Head of Phractogonus scalper.

upper labial. Three upper labials on each side, of which the two

anterior are very narrow, linear, the hindmost being much broader.

Lower lip covered by a mental, and on each side by two short small

anterior and one very large posterior labial. Ocular very small, the eye

being not or scarcely visible. Three pairs of elongate thoracic shields,

of which the central pair is preceded by a pair of rhombic scutes of

moderate size. Preeanal pores none. Sixteen longitudinal series of

acutes along the dorsal half, and fourteen along the ventral half of

the body; the median ventral scutes are much broader than the

Lip RL ELF DALI I

Ges ree

1876.] DR. D. J. CUNNINGHAM ON DELPHINUS ALBIROSTRIS. 679

lateral, and much broader than long. Upper parts and tail brownish,

lower white.

Total length 13 inches, the tail measuring | inch.

Typhlops eschrichtii (Schleg.).

Ahetulla irregularis (Leach).

Ahetulla dorsalis (Bocage).

Leptodira rufescens (Gm.).

INSECTA.

Gymnopleurus eruginosus (Harold).

Charaxes, sp. Larva.

Phymateus squarrosus.

Acridium tartaricum.

Phasma, sp.

Platypleura cameronii, sp. n. (Butler).

Occeticus, sp. Pupa-cases.

The new species of Cicada has been named by Mr. A. G. Butler,

who has drawn up the following description :—

PLATYPLEURA CAMERONY, Sp. nN.

Purplish brown; thorax ferruginous behind, the impressions

clothed with ochraceous tomentum; scutellum and abdomen blackish ;

costal margin of tegmina ochraceous; basal three fifths of the tegmina

purplish brown, spotted with olive-brown ; an oval spot in the centre of

the subcostal cell; outline of brown coriaceous area sharply defined and

regularly crenulated ; remaining area hyaline white; three subapical

large brown spots, and a submarginal series connected by a zigzag

line; wings deep mahogany-brown, blackish externally, the veins

paler; nerveless border hyaline white. Length 13 lines, expanse

of tegmina 4 inches 6 lines.

Allied to P. limbata and P. stalina, but with the head more acu-

minate in front, the coloration much deeper, and the markings

differently disposed and better-defined.

12. Description of a young Specimen of the Delphinus albi-

rostris. By D. J. Cunnineuam, M.B., Demonstrator of

Anatomy, University of Edinburgh. Communicated by

Prof. Flower, F.R.S., V.P.Z.8., &c.

[Received June 14, 1876.]

(Plate LXIV. fig. V.)

In September last I purchased from one of the Edinburgh fish-

mongers a female Dolphin, caught off Great Grimsby, which

possesses characters worthy of special description.

680 DR. D. J. CUNNINGHAM ON [ June 20,

Measurements.— Fats.

Total length in a straight line, from the point of the lower

jaw to the chink of the tail ............+2.2-- sees A 12

From the point of the snout to the base of the dorsal fin,

following the curve of the head and back.............. 2 14

From the anterior part of the dorsal fin to the extremity of

the tail, following the curve of the back .............. 2 5

Girth immediately behind the flippers ................-- 2 4

a re an front‘of,. darsabGn: 5645520925508 oe 2 8

From the point of snout to the anterior commissure of the

eyelids. ora cc ee cs ceo ee oh ere ee ee 0 8

From point of snout to anterior border of tie root of flipper 0 115

From the point of the snout to the blow-hole ..+......... 84

From the point of snout to angle of mouth .............. 0 6

From point of lower jaw to angle of mouth ............. . O 64

Anterior border Or tippert soso c0 ve bp cus eG ogee 1 30

Giri Ol Mipwer, AL MS TOOl- 2 2 + a 2-fc ae cata ens oops 0 9

a7 sg mR ULC Fans ee te cola s e icae re eee one 0 8

Extreme breadth of tail from side to side................ 1

fr Ry. from before backwards .......... 0 5

Base ot Goreal tia EI ee oes ao Boe Se eto cones 0 10

Heicutativienret pont... co eee ose eee ee eeee 0 63

From umbilicus to anterior commissure of the labia majora. 0 9

A vertical line drawn so as to divide the animal into two equal

parts passed through the dorsal fin, dividing it unequally, 2 inches

of its base lying in front of the line and 8 inches belsind it.

Integument.—In the dorsal region the integument was of a uni-

form black colour, which was continued back over the dorsal fin

and upper surface of the tail, and forwards over the forehead. At a

short distance from the mouth this colour stopped abruptly with a

sharp outline, giving place over the snout to a creamy yellow colour,

this patch being deepest in front (2 inches), and gradually narrow-

ing towards the angles of the mouth on each side, near which it

ended. In front, in the middle line, a process of creamy yellow,

about the breadth of the point of the little finger, and about 2 an

inch long, passed upwards from the white of the snout into the

forehead. The skin of the mandible, throat, and belly was creamy

white. The flippers were jet-black, and the tail on its under surface

was of a blackish slate-colour.

The black colour of the dorsum was not continued uniformly over

the sides; but was interrupted by three white patches. Moreover

the tint of black on the sides was not so deep as that over the back,

being more slate-coloured. Of the white patches, one of large size

(10 in. by 6 in.) was situated upon the neck, in front and above the

level of the flipper. It was irregular in its outline, more or less

completely divided into an upper and a lower portion by a stripe of

slate-colour, and interrupted here and there by sharply defined deep-

black lines and spots of small size. A slender bar of slate-colour,

1876.] A YOUNG DELPHINUS ALBIROSTRIS. 681

passing from the angle of the mouth to the root of the flipper,

separated this patch from the white of the throat. The second

white patch was much smaller in its area (7 in. by 23 in.) and not

so bright in colour. It was placed at a higher level than the first,

and behind it. The third patch was very large (14 in. by 4 in.),

and oblong or elliptical in shape. It was “placed behind the middle

vertical line, and was uniform over its greater part; but as the black

shaded into the white, the uniformity of the latter was broken by

numerous black or dark grey streaks. It was separated from the

white of the belly by a narrow but decided slate- coloured band,

Head.—The curve from the neck was uniform, but at the same

time decided ; and this gave the head a massive appearance. The

jaws were wedge-shaped ; and the lower lip projected half an inch

further forwards than the upper. ‘Traversing the white snout was

a well-marked furrow or groove, which commenced at the oral fissure

close to the angle of the mouth, and passed round the snout to a corre-

sponding point on the opposite side. Its depth was greater laterally

than in front; and it served to give the animal a peculiar beaked

appearance. From each side of ‘the white snout, about | inch above

the fissure of the mouth and immediately below the furrow, fou»

strong black bristles projected. They were placed in a straight line

and were a / of an inch apart from each other.

The blow-hole was situated almost in a straight line above the eye.

It had the ordinary semilunar form, and was | inch in breadth. The

eye was protected by well marked eyelids, the fissure between which

was about 4 inch long. Surrounding the eye the integument had a

deeper black tint ; and about an inch from it, it was surrounded by

a faintly marked cirelé or ridge, The auditory aperture could not

be detected.

Dentition.—In the upper jaw there were twenty-four teeth upon

each side. Those in the centre of the range were the largest, and

the anterior were smaller than the posterior. They commenced

about 7 of an inch from the middle line; and the first “three on each

side were not visible above the mucous membrane of the gum, but

could be readily felt. ‘Those of the lower jaw were twenty: six In number

on each side. The first tooth was placed about 4 an inch behind

the middle line, and, with the succeeding three, was completely

covered by mucous membrane. When the mouth was closed the

teeth of the two jaws interlocked ; but the two anterior teeth of the

lower jaw had no opposing teeth in the upper jaw. ‘They were

conical in shape, sharp and curved, the concavity being towards the

tongue. They were freely movable, the greatest range of move-

ment being outwards.

General contour of body. —This is well seen in the accompanying

figure (Plate LXIV. fig. 1); and it will be noticed that, instead of

tapering uniformly from behind the dorsal fin to the tail, the body

suddenly expands in a vertical direction and then narrows into the

part from which the tail springs. This gives a sort of humped

appearance to this portion of the animal ; and the hump suggests the

idea of a rudimentary dorsal fin, That it is so in reality is y rendered

682 DR. D. J. CUNNINGHAM ON [June 20,

very probable by the fact that in structure it is exactly similar to

the dorsal fin. It is composed of the same dense, almost glistening

fibrous tissue, in the meshes of which is very little oil.

The dorsal fin had a falciform posterior border; and its base was

prolonged for a short distance towards the tail by a well-marked

ridge. ‘The flipper had a very characteristic appearance. The an-

terior and longest margin presented a uniform convex curve from

the root to the tip. The posterior border was slightly concave from

the tip to about the middle; here it suddenly bulged out into a

convexity which extended to the root.

Vertebral column.—The vertebree were 90 in number—7 cervical,

15 dorsal, and 68 lumbo-caudal. The atlas and axis were fused to-

gether, so as to constitute one bone, the double nature of which,

however, was indicated behind by two fissures, one ou each side,

which partially separated the laminze, and in front by a partial

plate of cartilage intervening between the bodies. The other five

cervical vertebrae were free. The transverse processes were flat,

directed somewhat forwards and imbricated.

Such being the distinctive characters of this Dolphin, we must

now proceed to determine the species to which it belongs.

It presents points of similarity both to D. albirostris and to D.

acutus or leucopleurus.

D. albirostris was first figured and described by Brightwell in

1846, under the name of D. tursio (Fabr.), in the ‘Annals and

Magazine of Natural History’ (vol. xvii.) ; but Dr. J. E. Gray,

recognizing this error of nomenclature, pointed out that it was a new

species, and gave it the specific name of albirostris. The specimen

descrived by HAS aie was a female caught off Yarmouth, and it

measured 8 feet 2 inches in length. The following is Brightwell’s

description :—*‘ The colour of the upper part and ‘sides a very rich

deep purple-black. The external cuticle was of a soft and silky

texture, and so thin and delicate that it was easily rubbed off. ‘Che

nose and a well-defined line along the upper jaw, and the whole of the

lower jaw and belly, were of a crearn-colour, varied in some parts by

a chalky-coloured white, contrasting beautifully with the rich black

of the body. The fins and tail were of the same colour as the back.”

Gray *, Lilljeborgt, and Bellt, all follow this description; and it

may therefore be considered the source from which they have drawn

their information ; moreover Gray and Bell have reproduced the

figure, the former on a larger and the latter on a smaller scale.

The drawing represents an animal of an entirely different mould

from the Dolphin I have described. The head has not the same

massive appearance, but is characterized by the great prolongation

forwards of the jaws ; whilst, behind the dorsal fin, the body tapers

sharply and uniformly towards the caudal expansion, showing

nothing of the hump or rudimentary dorsal fin which constituted

* Gray, Cat. of Seals & Whales, 1866; Synopsis of Whales & Dolphins in

Brit. Mus 1868.

+ Lilljeborg, Mem. on Cetacea, Ray Soe. 1866.

+ Bell, British Quadrupeds (2nd edition), 1874.

1876. ] A YOUNG DELPHINUS ALBIROSTRIS. 683

such a prominent feature in the Great-Grimsby specimen. Again,

the sides are deep black over their whole extent ; and if we divide the

animal represented in Brightwell’s figure into two equal parts by a

middle vertical line, we find that the anterior border of the dorsal

fin lies + an inch belind this line, which in the specimen itself would

represent a distance of 7 inches*. In the Great-Grimsby Dolphin

the middle vertical line ener through the dorsal fin, dividing it

unequally, 2 inches lying in front and 8 inches behind it.

Indeed, with the exception of the white snout, the figure of this

animal given by Brightwell, and reproduced by Gray and Bell, presents

not a single feature in common with the Great- Grimsby Doiphin.

At first, not fully recognizing the fact that the authors I have

mentioned in connexion with this species had borrowed their details

from Brightwell, the original describer, and that any inaccuracy on

the part of the latter would consequently be reproduced by’ the

others, I was induced to consider the Great-Grimsby specimen a

new species, and this in the face of many essential points of simi-

larity between the skeletal peculiarities of it and D. albzrostris.

I have been deterred from doing this by my attention being re-

directed by Prof. Flower to Re and independent account of this

species by Prof. Van Beneden?. ‘This memoir I had at first been in-

clined to regard as of small male so far as my wants were concerned,

seeing that it differed so greatly in its facts from the writings of the

authors I have mentioned, and in whom, at the time, I was placing

implicit trust, and also owing to a certain discrepancy which existed

between eee Beneden’s description and his accompanying figure,

which made me doubtful as to the accuracy of the whole. But a

more careful study of it, and looking at the plate more as a guide to

the general outline of the body than as a representation of the

markings, I was able to establish certain features in common between

it and the specimen I have described ; moreover my faith in Bright-

well’s description and figure has been much shaken.

The drawing given by Van Beneden shows an animal somewhat

blunter about the head than that represented by Brightwell, and

with a slight approach to the hump close to the tail; but then the

lower lip does not project beyond the upper, and the ‘dorsal fin lies

altogether in front of the middle vertical line, which corresponds to

its posterior margin. The markings are also peculiar and do not in

every respect agree with the accompanying letterpress description.

* The animal measured 8 feet, whilst in the drawing it occupies a space of

7 inches; 4 an inch in the latter therefore would be equal to 7 inches in the

specimen itself. But this does not agree with the accompanying letterpress, in

which it is stated that from the tip of the nose to the dorsal fin the animal

measured 8 feet 5 inches, and that the base of this fin was 11} inches long.

According to these measurements, therefore, 8 inches of the fin must have been

in front of, and 3 inches behind the middle vertical line. In reproducing the

drawing Gray must have noticed this inaccuracy and adopted a middle course ;

for in his figure the dorsal fin lies immediately behind the middle vertical line;

and this is the only respect in which his plate differs from Brightwell’s

+ Van Beneden, ‘‘ Recherches sur les Cétacés,”’ Nouv. Mém. de l’Acad. R, de

Bruxelles, t. xxxii. 1862.

684 DR. D. J. CUNNINGHAM ON [June 20,

The white of the snout passes up so as to encircle the eye; a faintly

marked streak passes in a horizontal direction from above the eye

along the flank, and ends in front of the dorsal fin, whilst the body

behind the dorsal fin appears to be white.

Van Beneden’s own description of the Dolphin, which is framed

from an examination of two female specimens caught by the fishermen

of Ostend, one of which measured 7 feet in length, is as follows :—

«The head is prolonged into a sort of beak. From the base of the

beak, the head, the back, all the dorsal fin, the base of the tail and

upon the side, to the middle of the flanks, the skin is of a beautiful

black ; also the caudal fin and a great part of the pectoral fin. The

beak, or that part of the snout which rises abruptly, is of a yellow-

ish white. The entire lower surface of the body is of a shining

white. But what, in the markings, seems to characterize this

species best, independently of the pale colour of the beak, is

a white band which stretches upon the sides parallel to the

vertebral column, commencing above the eyes and becoming lost,

below the anterior border of the dorsal fin, in the white colour

of the abdomen. It follows from this that the body is white

below, upon the side of the abdomen and tail, and that an equally

white band is present upon the side of the back.’ Then in the

following page he states that ‘the lower jaw projects almost an inch

beyond the upper.”

But this description does not agree with the plate which ac-

companies it. As I have mentioned, the latter represents an animal

in which the whole posterior part of the body is of a light colour,

and in which the jaws are of equal length *, whilst in the letter-

press (p. 28) we find it clearly stated that ‘‘the back, dorsal fin,

and caudal fin are of a beautiful black,” and that the lower jaw

projects an inch beyond the upper. The author makes no reference

to the position of the dorsal fin; and we are therefore left to infer its

situation from the drawing.

The memoir also contains an elaborate account of the skeletal

peculiarities of this species. ‘The vertebree are from 90 to 94

in number; and the atlas and axis are anchylosed, whilst the

other five cervical vertebrae are free and possess thin overlapping

transverse processes.

He states that in both specimens the dentition was =

" 26 25 : 24 a

quotes it as 5-, Gray as 5, and Brightwell as 5.

Now as it appears to me that Van Beneden’s account of D. albi-

rostris is the most reliable, I purpose making it the standard with

which to compare the Great-Grimsby Dolphin, in order to determine

whether or not it belongs to this species. But in making this com-

parison, it must be borne in mind that the semicartilaginous state of

some of its bones, the characters of the skull, and the bristles on the

snout, all contributed to show that the Great-Grimsby specimen had

not nearly reached adult life.

; Lilljeborg

* T do not refer to the drawing of the skull, which he also gives. This shows

a greater length of the inferior than the superior jaw.

1876. ] A YOUNG DELPHINUS ALBIROSTRIS. 685

The characters of the skeleton are almost identicalin both. Thus

the present specimen agrees with D. aldirostris in the number of the

vertebree and in the peculiarities of the cervical vertebree. There are,

indeed, a few points of difference to be detected in the skull; but

these are of minor importance and probably merely the differences of

youth and age.

The differences of import are to be found (1) in the character of

the markings, (2) in the general shape of the body, (8) in the

position of the dorsal fin. I consider, however, that the extreme

youth of the specimen may account for the first two of these dissimi-

larities. The discrepancy in the markings is not great, and consists

chiefly in the white patches on the side being more strongly pro-

nounced and more distinctly separated by the black. Then as regards

the difference of shape, we know that a massive head, or a head large

in proportion to the rest of the body, is a peculiarity of youth in

many animals. The position of the dorsal fin in relation to the

middle vertical line, however, is a difficulty not so easily got over ;

we can scarcely suppose that as the Dolphin advances in age, the

dorsal fin advances upon the back, at least to such an extent as to

lie entirely in front of the middle vertical line. But the drawing of

Van Beneden is the only guarantee that we have of its position in

front of this vertical line ; and as we have already seen this to be in

fault in one or two particulars, it is not improbable that it is in error

in this respect also.

I believe, therefore, that I am justified in regarding the Great-

Grimsby Dolphin as a young specimen of the D. albirostris as de-

scribed by Van Beneden.

An interesting feature in the case, however, is the striking resem-

blance in external characters which this Dolphin presents to the D.

acutus of Gray *. In both there is the same general outline of body,

massive head, and humped appearance close to the tail; and in both

the sides are piebald, the markings, however, differing in character.

Here the similarity ceases ; and in skeletal peculiarities they diverge

widely from each other. The D. acutus has 80 or 82 vertebrae; and

in the cervical region the first four are ankylosed together, the first

three completely, the fourth simply by its spinous process. In the

Great-Grimsby specimen, as we have seen, the vertebrae numbered

90, and in the cervical region the atlas and axis alone were fused

together. These characteristics, in conjunction with the white snout,

are sufficient to show that the Dolphin I have described could not

be considered referable to D. acutus.

It will not be inappropriate to conclude this communication with

a brief summary of the various localities in which the recorded speci-

mens of D. albirostris have been captured; and in this way an idea of

the geographical distribution of the species may be obtained.

D. albirostris is a native of the North Sea, but is also found in

* Gray, Spicil. Zool. 1828; Rasch, Nova Species Descripta cum tabulis ii.

1843 ; Duguid, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xix. 1864; Schlegel, Abhandl.

Zool. &e. 1841, tab. i. & ii. fig. 4, tab. iv. fig. 5.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1876, No. XLV. 45

686 MR. J..W. CLARK ON DELPHINUS ALBIROSTRIS. [June 20,

the Baltic. Eschricht states that it appears regularly in Davis’s

Straits in the wake of migratory fish, at the time when the Beluga

and Narwhal leave their winter quarters for the Polar regions.

The following table shows the localities in which it has been

caught.

Coast of England.

South! C@oasti-cssscecrescnener A male in 1871. Its anatomy was described by Dr.

Murie (Proc. Lin. Soe. 1871). Skeleton in Brit

Mus.

( Yarmouth Peciieeseee eens A female (described and figured by Brightwell

| Ann. and Mag. Nat Hist. vol. xvii. 1846). Skull

| in Brit. Mus.

+ CROMER Femgaene sae osme Specimen shot by Mr. Upcher (Ann. & Mag. Nat.

Hist. vol. xviii. 1866), Skull in British Mascara.

Lowestoft 7.4.0... s.s2- Specimen captured a few weeks ago. In the pos-

session of Mr. J. W. Clark of Cambridge.

reat) Grimsby <3..22c-.s050-s Young female, now described. Skeleton in Edin.

Uniy. Museum.

Hartlepool.s..s..0c2s2.20230. 03 First recorded specimen, 1834. Skull in Cambridge

Museum.

@ Coastof Norfolk

Coast of Belgium, Denmark, Norway, and Sweden.

Ostend) nk sahd- cls sasiok emacs Two females, described by Van Beneden (Nouv.

Mém. de l Acad. Brux. t. xxxii. 1861).

Gels cs athec sero uncstendesysae Two specimens, one of which furnished to M.

Claudius the subject of his memoir entitled

“ Dissert. de Lagenorhynchis” (Kilie 1853),

1 BYNyeeIn | Reon tocpaddnadcodaceaer One specimén. Skuil in Museum there.

Goulllholmenet steer r-aceees ne Two pregnant females. Skeleton of one preserved

7 ‘</ - =

by F. A. Smith, Acad. Docent., and now in the

Museum of the Univ. of Upsala.

Kam OT ig sueaseccient aecleeees One stranded. Lower jaw in the Zoological Mu-

seum of the University of Lund.

Specimens have also been seen off the Faroe Islands.

In conclusion my best thanks are due to Mr. J. H. Scott, Demon-

strator of Anatomy, for the accurate water-colour drawing which

he executed of the Great-Grimsby Dolphin. It is from it that the

accompanying figure (Plate LXIV. fig. 1) is taken.

13. Notes on a Dolphin taken off the Coast of Norfolk.

By J. W. Crank, M.A., F.Z.S.

[Received June 20, 1876.]

Plate LXIV. fig. 2 & Plate LXV.

On the 26th of March in the present year a large Porpoise

was caught by some fishermen off Lowestoft. It was “fortunately

secured es me on the same day, and despatched to Cambridge.

The men who captured it called it a White-beaked Bottlenose.

The animal was a male, and, as was discovered afterwards by the

eondition of the bones, quite young. The weight was 139 pounds.

J.Smit lith.

OSTR

ALBI

H OF DELPHINU

TOMAC

1876.] MR. J. W. CLARK ON DELPHINUS ALBIROSTRIS, 687

The principal dimensions were as fellows :— ft. in,

Length, from anterior edge of upper lip to notch in middle

oF Gaudal: fis. ois oc a Beet ne ee ee es Ee St bt -5s

From upper lip to posterior edge of blow- hole (following curve) 0 11

From upper lip to anterior edge of dorsal fin (following curve) 2 6

From anterior edge of dorsal fin to notch in middle of eaudal

fin: (lollowine curvey...: Ah. SEe6 wasn keke tees 3.4

Length from upper lip to notch in middle of caudal fin ee

lowing curve)... eee or lO

Height of anterior edge of dorsal fin (following c cury ve) . OO Og

Total vertical height of the same ...... 0 6

From upper lip to junction of anterior edge of pectoral fin

wit) Che body? =. aac ees Mee een Ce cee ee oats 1 23

From ly of snout to navel (marked by 3 a black V-shaped

spot f wen lone)! ies fee ve eats Seis 2 ote eee 2 6

From tip of snout to pudendal orifice ............. 3 OF

From tip of snout to anus..... Sone te ae mays a)

From upper lip to angle of mouth POE rare ear ee 0 72

From upper lip to anterior SNGISOP CVE San. ise dass tess Ul Os

Length of eye- aperture 6... 6. eee keer heater re Ps

From posterior angle of eve to ear- aperture. . eee 0 1g

From angle of mouth to anterior angle of eye....... 0 If

Pectoral ‘fin, length from eae of anterior edge with body

to tip. LO

Pectoral fin, from junction of posterior edge with body to tip 0 72

Pectoral tn, brcadi brat bases. 2... c\0s 6s ek a uo Sin arene 0 5

Pectoral fin, ereatest breadth 22" 4 festa s ase. fe te oe OAS

Breadth of caudal fin across the flukes.........6.....2.. 1 3

Vertical height of body, at the eye .... a2) rigs

‘ ee Pe, immediately bend the pectoral epee ae |

S immediately i in front of the dorsal fin 0 1 1?

Width between the’ péctorals:.25).22. Vie ta Poa. as OP OS

Behind the dorsal fin the body becomes rapidly compressed, as

will be seen from the accompanying figure.

inches.

At 83 inches behind the dorsal fin, the width was 5

At 164 ” 2? ? 24

At 21 Zz a” 29 ” ] 3

The vertical height at the first position was 8 inches, at the second

6? inches, and at the third 35 inches. The line of the back sloped

gradually to the caudal fin ; ae ventral line, at a point 10 inches

distant irom the central point of the fin, turned upwards rather

abruptly and suddenly.

The front part of the head was rounded between the eyes; but

the upper lip was separated trom this by a deep furrow on either

side, ane projected forwards exactly like the peak of a cap. ‘The lip

was 2 inches broad at its extreme anterior point, where the furrows

are ? inch apart, separated from each other by a ridge, and it nar-

rowed gradually to a breadth of half an inch at the angle of the

mouth. Ata distance of 1} inch from the tip of the upper lip were

638 MR. J. W. CLARK ON DELPUINUS ALBIROSTRIS. [June 20,

four minute black bristles on either side, set in a line parallel to the

lower edge of the lip, and a quarter of an inch apart. The longest

of these measured one sixteenth of an inch.

The crescentic aperture of the blow-hole, 13 inch in width, was

placed directly over the eyes.

The general form of the animal will be best understood from the

figure (Plate LXVI. fig. 2), taken partly from a photograph and

partly from notes and measurements made by myself. The colora-

tion was singularly beautiful, and I fear that no drawing can give any

adequate idea of it.

The upper part of the body generally was a glossy black, and the

under a creamy white. The upper lip (before described) was white,

with a black spot at the tip, and a few irregular pale grey cloudings

on its surface. The convex forehead was at first white for half an

inch on the right side, and a quarter of an inch on the left; this

white space was bounded by a wavy line of black spots of different

dimensions, including a subtriangular space of a brownish colour,

2 inches broad, dotted with darker spots.

Immediately behind the blow-hole was an ogee of black, 13 inch

deep, succeeded by a space of light brown colour 83 inches wide by

9 inches deep. Beyond this the whole upper surtace of the body

was black till about 18 inches from the tail, when it became grey.

At a point 10 inches from the centre of the tail this grey ceased, and

the tail became black above and below. The underside of the

caudal fin was irregularly streaked with grey ; and there was a white

spot on the raphe.

Behind the eye and just above the pectoral fin was an irregular

patch of light yellowish-brown flecked with numberless spots and

dashes of brown of more than one shade, with an occasional black

mark. There was a long narrow band above this and between it and

the dorsal fin, sparingly spotted; and a second space, marked like

the first, commenced at about the middle of the band and extended

backwards to a point halfway between that and the tail. The markings

upon both of these cannot be better described than by comparing them

with those upon a sheet of blotting-paper that has been much used.

They were thickest at the sides of the space, of which a small portion,

just in the centre, was free from markings altogether. Between these

spaces the black was less intense ; a band of it, however, extended

between the second space and the white of the belly.

The pectorals were black above and below; anda fewgrey markings,

which maintained a uniform width of about 6 inches, extended beneath

them over the white undersurface of the body, till at the anus the dark

grey colour of the sides curved downwards and narrowed the white to

less than half its width. Behind the anus there was a patch of light

brown about 6 inches long, succeeded by black as described above.

Skeleton.—The condition of the bones when macerated showed at

once that the animal was a very young one. All the epiphyses were

distinct; the transverse processes of the ribs and the terminal carti-

lages of the scapulee were unossified ; and the bones themselves were

quite soft and spongy.

The total number of vertebra is 90 or 91, which may be divided

1876.] MR. J. W. CLARK ON DELPHINUS ALBIROSTRIS. 689

into 7 cervical, 14 dorsal, 24 lumbar, and 45 or 46 caudal. These

latter are difficult to count accurately, as the last of the series are

mere specks of cartilage.

The first two cervical vertebrze are ankylosed ; the remaining five

arefree. These have each asuperior and an inferior transverse process,

with the exception of the seventh, in which the inferior process is

absent. These processes are directed forwards and overlap each

other. Those of the fifth vertebra are the least developed. The

superior process of the seventh is extremely large, and overlaps those

of the fourth, fifth, and sixth completely.

There are fourteen pairs of ribs. The first six have long necks,

reaching in each case to the articular surface on the side of the

vertebra in front of that to which the tubercle is attached. At the

seventh the necks cease suddenly, and it and the remaining ribs are

attached by their tubercles only to the transverse processes of the

vertebrae. This attachment becomes less and less close till the

fourteenth rib is reached, which is attached by ligament nearly

an inch in length to the transverse processes of the fourteenth and

fifteenth thoracie vertebra.

There are nine pairs of sternal ribs. The first pair articulate to a

facet upon the centre of the wings into which the sides of the first

segment of the sternum is expanded; the second at the junction of

the first and second segments of that bone; the third at the junction

of the second and third segments; and the fourth, fifth, and sixth

to the hinder end of the third segment.

The spines of all the thoracic vertebrae are well developed and

inclined backwards. This inclination gradually diminishes. The

tenth vertebra has an absolutely vertical spine, as have all the .

lumbar vertebree. In this portion of the column they are of great

height, with well-developed metapophyses. The spines reach their

greatest height at about the thirty second vertebra (counting from

the first cervical), and cease at the seventy-fourth.

The characters of the skull could not be ascertained, as it has not

yet been sufficiently macerated. It measured 143 inches from the

occipital condyles to the tip of the beak, which was 3 inches wide at

the termination of the dental series. Length of dental series in a

23—23

straight line 53 inches. Dental formula 53-5. Unfortunately the

lower jaw was carelessly macerated, and some of the teeth had fallen

out, so that it was impossible to count them accurately ; but probably

twenty-six might be set down as the number on both sides of the

lower jaw. The teeth are all conical, recurved, sharp; those at the

tip had not yet passed the gum.

Viscera.—The tongue measured 6 inches in length by 2 in width.

The tip was a sharply pointed triangle, on each side of which for a

distance of nearly 2 inches it was deeply fimbriated. Some of these

fimbriations were a quarter of an inch in length. Near the base

were the orifices of numerous glands and several black spots.

The stomach (Plate LXV.) differs somewhat both from that of

the Porpoise (Phoceana vulgaris) and that of the Pilot Whale

(Globicephalus melas) described and figured by Prof. Turner *.

* Journal of Anatomy, vol. ii. p. 72.

690 MR. J. W. CLARK ON DELPHINUS ALBIROSTRIS. [June 20,

The cesophagus leads directly into a pyriform sac (A) about

7 inches deep. There was no sudden line of demarcation between

the cesophageal and gastric mucous membranes; but that of the

cesophagus seemed to be carried on into the gastric cavity, where it

was disposed in irregular folds, which were thickened and twisted

across the floor of the opening (a) into the second stomach (B).

This is nearly spherical, 4 inches in diameter, and lined with very

soft and delicate mucous membrane, puckered into wavy folds almost

like the cells of a honeycomb in shape.

At a distance of little more than half an inch from (a) a second

opening (4) led into the third stomach (C), which is long and

narrow, with very thin walls, and returned upon itself so that the

second portion, which is separated from the first by an incomplete

septum, is nearly parallel to the first. It leads by an oval opening

(d} into the long and narrow cavity (D), 7 inches in length, which

communicates by an orifice scarcely wide enough to admit a large

pin with the expanded duodenum (EK). Into this the hepatic and

pancreatic ducts open at the summit of a papilla, three inches from

the above-mentioned orifice. Immediately beyond this the intestine

proper commences.

The rest of the viscera do not present any peculiarity. The brain

was too soft to admit of examination.

I may mention that I could find no trace of any parasites. The

same peculiarity is mentioned by Prof. Van Beneden in his descrip-

tion of what I think must be an individual of the same species.

The external characters of this animal show plainly that it must be

referred to the genus Lagenorhynchus; and the number of its ver-

_tebree and ribs, together with the condition of its cervical vertebra,

would determine it to be L. aldirostris, were it not for the peculiarity

of its colouring. This differs somewhat remarkably from the examples

recorded by Dr. Brightwell, Prof. Van Beneden, and Mr. Moore.

The first two of these descriptions have been so fully discussed by

Dr. Cunningham that I need noi allude further to them, except to

mention that Dr. Brightwell’s was a male, and Prof. Van Beneden’s

both females. All three were apparently adult.

Mr. Moore’s specimen was taken at the mouth of the Dee,

Dec. 29, 1862. It was a male, 9 feet long, and therefore adult

like the others. His description, which agrees fairly well with our

specimen, is as follows :—

“The general colour is a rich black. A long and narrow greyish

streak extends on either side diagonally across the ribs; and a similar

greyish hue occurs on each side of the dorsal ridge, extending nearly

trom the fluke to the tail. The beak white, irregularly blotched with

blackish, the white extending slightly above the constriction of the

beak. The under jaw and throat milk-white, which colour extends

along the belly, but becomes less clear as it approaches the veut’’*.

The descriptions agree in representing the whole of the underside

of the body, the lower jaw, and the upper lip as white; and Van

Seneden’s figure shows a patch of light grey behind the eye. His

figure, making allowance for age, might well serve for that of our

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, vol. xi. p. 269 (1868).

1876. | ON THE ANATOMY OF CERTAIN PARROTS. 691

animal, as the lighter grey which prevails between the caudal and

dorsal fins might. easily “become pure white when adult.

The figure and description that diverge most are those of Dr. Bright-

well. The black colour is described : as extending over the whole

upper surface of the body 1 in his specimen. This might, however,

be an individual variation.

On the whole, in the absence of a larger series of specimens for com-

parison, I am disposed to agree with Dr. Cunningham, and conclude

that my specimen is, like his, a grey Lagenorhynchus albirostris.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES LXIV. & LXV.

Puate LXIV,

Fig. 1. Delphinus albirostris, from Great Grimsby, see p.679. From a sketch

by Mr. J. H. Scott,

2. Delphinus albirostris, from Lowestoft, see p.686. Reduced from a pho-

tograph and a figure drawn by Mr. J. W. Clark,

Puate LXV,

Stomach of Delphinus albirostris (Lowestoft specimen), two-thirds of the natural

size, A, first stomach; a, opening into second; B, second stomach ;

b, opening into third; C, third stomach; d, opening from C into the

long cavity D; E, duodenum; e, orifice opening into it; F, opening

of pancreatic and hepatic ducts.

14. Notes on the Anatomy of certain Parrots. By A. H.

Garrop, M.A., F.R.S., Prosector to the Society.

[Received June 19, 1876.]

Since the publication of my paper ‘‘On some points in the Anatomy

of the Parrots,” in the ‘ Proceedings’ of the Society (1874, p. 586), I

have had the opportunity of dissecting several species, some of which,

a their peculiarities, deserve special note. They are the following:—

Dasyptilus pecqueti. It is through the great kindness of Dr.

A. 3. Mever that I have had the advantage of being able to dissect

this extremely rare bird. Dr. Meyer obtained the specimen in New

Guinea, and has preserved it in spirit, entire. He has most liberally

allowed me to determine those anatomical points to which I have

drawn attention in the paper above referred to.

There are two carotid arteries; the left, however, runs superficially

as in the Psittacidee (as defined by me). ‘The oil-gland is large, sub-

globose and possesses a well- developed tuft of shortish feathers ‘around

its orifices. The rectrices are twelve in number.

In its myology and osteology it agrees with the Pyrrhurine in

entirely wanting - the ambiens iiuscle: cane in having a furcula, which

bone is not large or powerful, nor so slender as in ‘the Lories.

The orbital ring is incomplete, the eye not being encircled by bone.

The femoro-caudal muscle is large; and the semitendinosus with its

accessory head are well developed,—in which arrangements it agrees

with all the Psittaci.

The intestines are 177 inches long, there being no trace of ceca.

The liver-lobes are somewhat unequal in size, “the left being the

smaller. The stomach is small and much like that in the Fruit-eating.

Parrots generally. The proventriculus forms a dilated sac, of which

692 ON THE ANATOMY OF CERTAIN PARROTS. [June 20,

the walls, instead of being, as is usually the case, thick and glandu-

lar, are strikingly thin, at the same time that no glands are visible.

Dr. Meyer has already* given a short description of the peculiari-

ties of the tongue, and, in writing to me, tells me that he has further

observations to make on the same.

As in nearly all birds, the main artery of the thigh is the sciatic,

whilst the vein is the femoral.

There is a fenestra near the posterior margin of the sternum, on

each side.

2. Deroptyus accipitrinus. A Brazilian specimen of this rather

peculiar genus from the Society’s collection has the two carotids

arranged as in Dasyptilus, the left being superficial. The furcula is

of fair size, the orbital ring incomplete, the oil-gland well tufted, the

ambiens muscle absent.

3. Polyteles barrabandi possesses two carotids, normally situated—in

other words, side by side in the hypapophysial canal. The furcula is

small and slender. The oil-gland is decidedly large, and well tufted.

There is no ambiens muscle. The intestines measured 40 inches.

4. Chalcopsitta scintillata has the two carotids normally situated,

a small furcula, a small tuft to the large oil-gland, and no ambiens

muscle. The intestines measured 37 inches.

5. Coryphilus fringillaceus has the two carotids normal, the fureula

small and slender, noambiens muscle, and a well-tufted oil-gland. This

specimen was kindly given me by Canon Tristram, carbolized and dry.

Of genera which have already passed through my hands I have

had the following additional species :—

Ara militaris. Licmetis tenuirostris.

Cacatua moluccensis. Lorius domicilla.

philippinarum. Peeocephalus meyeri.

Kelectus grandis. Tanygnathus albirostris.

Kos reticulata.

They all agree with those species previously dissected, except

Licmetis tenuirostris, which has only one carotid, the left, whereas

L. pastinator has two. It will be interesting to verify this difference

between the South-Australian species and its more western ally ; for

the uncertainty of the disposition of these vessels in the Cacatuinee

is rendered more striking if it is correct.

In the specimen dissected, of Cacatua philippinarum, a gall-blad-

der was present. This is the only case in which I have seen this

viscus in any Parrot.

Formulating the varying characters of the above newly dissected

genera upon the principle adopted in my earlier paper and there ex-

plained, the formulee run thus :—

(1) Dasyptilus 2.—.+.+4+. (A) Chalcopsitta 2.—.+.+.

(2) Deroptyus 2.—.4+.4+. (5) Coryphilus 2.—.+.+.

(3) Potyletes 2.—.4.4.

Such being the case, Dasyptilus and Deroptyus fall into my sub-

family Pyrrhurine, whilst the other three must be placed with the

Palzornithine. It is interesting to notice that Deroptyus agrees with

Pyrrhura, and not with Conurus.

* Mittheil. aus dem k. zoologisehen Museum zu Dresden, 1875, p. 14.

18"6.] THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 693

November 7, 1876.

Prof. Newton, F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following reports on the additions to the

Society’s Menagerie during the months of June, July, August, and

September 1876 :—

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-

gerie during the month of June was 156, of which 56 were by birth,

44 by presentation, 35 by purchase, 19 were received on deposit,

and 2 byexchange. The total number of departures during the same

period, by death and removals, was 149.

The most noticeable additions during the month of June were as

follows :—

1. Four Galapagan Tortoises (Testudo elephantopus), two of which

were deposited by Sir C. Wyville Thomson, on the 7th of June, and

two by Commander Cookson, R.N., on the 10th of June. These

Tortoises were obtained by Commander Cookson, of H.M.S. § Pet-

erel,’ under the circumstances stated in the letter read at the last

Scientific Meeting of the Society, at Albemarle Island, Galapagos

group. There is great interest attached to these large Tortoises,

now almost extinct; and we have to thank Dr. Giinther for arran-

ging for the deposit of the living specimens in the Gardens.

The following are the present measurements of these animals :—

Sex. | Weight. | Length. | Breadth.

Received from |

- |

leet fein. || fetin. 9 |

SP Wh 278 1 arm | 2. A HLM. § Peterel.

Ql LOL Dh Ate lexi et Omeerlice oe 3

‘ef 104 2 1 | 1 74 |H.MLS. ‘Challenger.’

Q O38 RB etd Od ve aie tl

2. Three Crows from Fao, one of the telegraph-stations at the

head of the Persian Gulf, presented by Mr. J. Huntley, in medical

charge of the station, June 16th. These Crows apparently belong

to an extreme form of the Hooded Crow (Corvus corniz), which I

have never previously seen, the whole body-colour, except on the

head and neck and wings, being of a pure white. Mr. Huntley writes

to me as follows :—‘ A white crow, usually referred to as a wonder,

especially in the East, is far from uncommon here. Doubtless you

are familiar with its existence, thongh not a British bird. Deeming

it a novelty, I have ventured to send three of them to your address,

by kind favour of the Commander of the British Steam-Navigation

Company’s steamship ‘Assyria,’ which vessel is due in London about

the 8th of June next. The bird is one bearing all the character-

isties of the Hooded Crow, with the exception of its white feathers,

which, from their resemblance to a surplice, have caused me to desig-

nate it the Chaplain Crow.”

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1876, No. XLVI. 46

694 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. [ Nov. 7,

I propose to call this apparently new Crow the “Chaplain Crow ’

(Corvus capellanus), with the following characters :—

CoRVUS CAPELLANUS, sp. nov. (Plate LXVI.)

Albus: capite undique, cum gutture producto, alis, cauda et tibiis

nigris: plumis dorsi et pectoris linea mediana tenuissima nigra

ornatis : vostro et pedibus nigris: forma C. cornicis sed cras-

sitie paulo majore et pedibus robustioribus.

Hab. Arabia Turcica, ad ora Sints Persici.

3. Two Tiger cubs (Felis tigris), presented June 20th, by Dr.

Marchant Jones. Dr. Marchant Jones has, at my request, most

kindly procured this fine pair of Tiger cubs from the neighbourhood

of Amoy, China, the Chinese form of this carnivore having been

previously unrepresented in our series. Dr, Marchant Jones writes to

me that these specimens were obtained at a place called ‘Tang-wah,

about 10 miles from Amoy, where the neighbourhood “ abounds with

tigers of a very large kind, bigger and with longer fur than the Indian

variety.”

4. A Gerrard’s Squirrel (Sciurus gerrardi, Gray) from Cartagena,

purchased June 24th. This Squirrel, which was described and figured

by the late Dr. Gray, in the Society’s ‘ Proceedings’ in 1861 *, from

specimens in the British Museum, is new to the Society’s collection.

5. Four small Flying Phalangers of the genus Belideus, pro-

cured by Mr. Octavius C. Stone, F, R.G.8., during his recent expe-

dition into the south of New Guinea, and received June 28th. These

Phalangers are closely allied to Belideus breviceps and B. ariel of

Australia, and, if different, are probably new to science. But it is not

possible to distinguish them in the living state.

6. The female Sumatran Rhinoceros (Rhinoceros sumatrensis) de-

posited in the Gardens by Mr. C. Jamrach, on the 14th July 1875,

and which has now been purchased for the sum of £600.

We have therefore now five Rhinoceroses in the collection, be-

longing to five different species, forming a unique and unparalleled

series of these animals.

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the

month of July were 203 in number; of these 44 were acquired by

presentation, 89 by purchase, 5 by exchange, 55 by birth, and 10

received on deposit. ‘The total number of departures during the

same period by death and removals was 91.

The most noticeable additions during the month were :—

1. A pair of the Black-backed Goose (Sarcidiornis melanonota) of

India, purchased July 5th.

The arrival of these birds has afforded us the much-wished-for

opportunity of comparing the Indian and American forms of Sarci-

diornis, concerning the distinctness of which there has been much

controversy.

Of the American form we have three examples, purchased at

* See P. Z.S. 1861, p. 92, pl. xvi.

“wea

Fix 6

VR.

ba pesnnien et

1876.] THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 695

Liverpool on the 6th of March last, and stated to have been received

from Maranham. ‘They consist of an adult male, and an adult and

younger female. I exhibit Mr. Smit’s sketches of the adult pair of

the Indian birds (Plate LXVIE.), and corresponding views of the

American specimens (Plate LX VIIi.), by which it will be seen that

the two forms are readily distinguishable. In the Indian bird (S. me-

lanonota)*, the flanks are white! surmounted by a curved black

line coming from beneath the bend of the wing; the female is much

inferior in size to the male, and has no caruacle on her bill. In the

American bird, which, as Mr. Salvin and [ have shown in our article

on South-American Anatidee (anfed, p. 377), should be tgemed Sarei-

diornis carunculata (Licht.), the sexes are nearly equal in size, the

female bears a comb on the head as well as the male, and the flanks

are conspicuously black. I think, therefore, there can no longer be

any question that the Indian and American Sareidiornithes should

stand as distinct species. What the African bird (Sarcidiornis afri-

cana, Eyton) is remains still to be seen.

2. A Bear, purchased July 21st, and stated to have been obtained

out of a vessel coming from New Orleans, seems, although quite

young, from its long claws and peculiar pale colour, to be referable

to nothing else than the Grizzly Bear (Ursus ferox), of which we

have had for many years no specimen in the Society’s collection.

3. Two Crested Guinea-fowls (Numida cristata), hatched in the

Society’s Gardens July 27th, being, so far as I know, the first speci-

mens of this fine bird bred in Enrope. The eggs were taken from

the bird and hatched by acommon hen after thirty days’ incubation.

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-

gerie during the month of August was 96; of these 42 were

acquired by presentation, 28 by purchase, 14 by birth, and 12 were

received on deposit. The total Radciber of departures during the

same period by death and removals was 81.

The most noticeable additions during the month were :—

1. A young example of the Raccoon-like Dog (Wyctereutes pro-

eynides), from China, presented by Captain Burgoyne, August Ist,

being the second example of this rare and curious Carnivore that has

reached us.

2. A fine adult male of the Grizzly Bear (Ursus ferox), imported

into Liverpool from San Francisco, and purchased August 12th.

This is perhaps the first undoubted example of this Bear that has of

late years reached us, and gives us an opportunity of comparing this

animal in its living aspect “with large specimens of Ursus arctos, of

which we have several in the collection. ‘The most noticeable dif-

ferences are the longer claws and the long hair down the front of the

neck.

3. Three White-crested Laughing Thrushes (Garrulaa leucolo-

phus), from Northern India, purchased August loth. These have

* Anas melanonota, Forster, Zool. Ind. p. 42, tab. xi. (1781), ex Oye de la

Coromandel, Buff. Pl. Enl. 987.

46*

696 DR. 0. FINSCH ON THE WILD [ Nov. 7,

been placed in one of the large cages in the parrot-house, and make

a fine and novel addition to the series of rarer Passeres.

4. A Bengal Pitta (Pitta bengalensis), purchased August 18th,

being the first specimen of any species of this magnificent Asiatic

genus of birds that has reached us alive.

5. Two Wattled Guans (dburria carunculata), presented by Mr.

L. Merino, August 29th. Mr. Merino informs me that these birds,

which are the first examples of this form of Guan that have reached

us, are from the State of Tolima, U. S. of Columbia.

‘rhe tot#l number of registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie

during the month of September was 105; of these 55 were acquired

by presentation, 35 by purchase, 4 by exchange, 5 were bred in the

Gardens, and 6 were received on deposit. The total number of

departures during the same period by death and removals was 80.

The most noticeable additions during the mouth were as follows :—

1. A Slaty-headed Parrakeet (Paleornis schisticeps), purchased

September 25th, being the first living example we have received of

this North-Indian species, which is very rare in captivity.

2. A Rippell’s Spur-winged Goose (Plectropterus rueppelli), pre-

sented by M. J. M. Cornély, C.M.Z.S., September 28th. No ex-

ample of this form of Spur-winged Goose has been living in the Gar-

dens since 1860. The present specimen was until recently in the

Zoological Gardens at Antwerp.

3. Four American Darters (Plotus anhinga), purchased Septem-

ber 29th. These birds are very acceptable, as we have recently lost

the two specimens of this most interesting form that have previously

lived in the Gardens.

{ may take this opportunity of calling attention to the species of

Muntjae doubtfully recognized by me in 1875 as Cervulus micrurus

(P: Zu. 1879; p. 422, pl. li. fig. 1);

The pair of this supposed species bred that year; and a young

feinale was born on the 30th of July, 1875. In this the tail is longer

than in the parents, but not so long as in the ordinary Cervulus

reevest.

‘They bred again this year; anda young male was born on the 30th

ult. In this the tail is fully as long as in the true C. reevesi.

I have therefore come to the conclusion that the so-called C. mi-

erurus has been founded on examples of C. reevesi with docked tails,

A letter was read from Dr. O. Finsch, C.M.Z.S., dated Saissan,

S.W. Siberia, May 22, 1876, containing the subjoined remarks on the

supposed existence of the wild Camel in Central Asia :—

‘“« During my recent trip through Turkestan and the northern fron-

tier of China I had the opportunity of collecting some notes relating

to the existence of the wild Camel (Camelus bactrianus), which I

hope will be of some interest to the members of the Society.

“When in St. Petersburg, Colonel Przewalsky had told me that

he was sure of finding the Camel wild during his proposed new ex-

1876. ] CAMEL OF CENTRAL ASIA. 697

pedition, which, as I learned afterwards, is supported by extensive

aid from the aac Government. Colonel Przewalsky has been,

as is well known, collecting very successfully in Thibet. I had

the pleasure of seeing a good part of his collections in St. Peters-

burg, now incorporated in the fine Museum of the Academy of

Sciences ; and I must say that I have rarely seen more interesting

collections. Colonel Przewalsky had the good fortune to bring

home specimens of the wild Yak (Bos grunniens), which is indeed a

most beautiful and huge animal, totally uulike the specimens in our

Zoological Gardens. Besides, I was pleased to see fine specimens of

Kemas hodgsoni, Antilope picticaudata, and, above all, especially as

an ornithologist, examples of many fine and undoubtedly new species

of birds.

“When in the Arcad Mountains, 150 versts above Semipalatiask,

where we made a successful hunt after Ovis argali, we became ac-

quinted with Mr. Kamensky, a gentieman who is fitting out a lar ge

expedition, half mercantile and half scientific, to China, in order ‘i

open the route traversed by Colonel Lassnowsky from Pekin to the

frontier of Russia by Saissan. After reaching this latter place by

way of Tschugutscheck, conducted by Major ‘channel we obtained

more notices as to the occurrence of the Camel wild. Mr. Harkloff,

an intelligent merchant, who has long resided in Saissan, and has

made many trips into Northern China, told me the following on this

subject, mostly based upon the reports of native Tanguts, as Mr.

Harkloff had never had the opportunity of seeing the wild Camel

himself :—‘ The wild Camel has two humps ; the size is nearly the

same as that of the tame; but it is larger and higher on the legs. It

is of a darker colour ean the tame; and the white around the nose

is much clearer and paler. ‘The wild Camel is to be found 250 versts

south-east from Saissan, in the district of Kabano (@. e. bloody hill),

part of the desert of Gobi. Inthe spring they pair; and the time of

gestation is the same as with the tame Camel. The Tanguts and

Kirgizes hunt the wild Camel and eat its flesh ; also they use the

hair. The wild Camel is said not to be shy, and accordingly not

difficult to obtain. Ainongst the wild Camels live a species of Kulan,

different from the common Hquus onager, of a pale yellowish colour,

which is known by the Tanguts under the name of «“ Surtaga.”’’

** Major Tichannoff had ale the kindness to inquire on this subject

of an intelligent and experienced Kirgiz, who reported as follows :—

scone Kirgizes hunt and eat fie wild Camel; it is not to be

tamed. It lives in the western part of the High Gobi, called Ka-

naba, about 200 versts from Saissan.

«¢ According to an old legend, there was a rich Kirgiz, who had

so many camels and horses in his possession that he was unable to

take care of them. A great quantity escaped, the camels became

wild, and the horses became Kulans.

«<The wild Camel is much larger, higher on the legs, and has a

much finer and softer wool than We iam kind; it runs faster than

the Horse ; it is of a red-brown colour, darker than the tame. The

weight is about 40 to 48 pud; and it requires four tame Camels to

698 MR. E. P. RAMSAY ON THE HABITS OF CERATODUS. [Nov. 7

transport the body of a wild one. ‘The voice is not so strong as that

of the tame Camel. The female produces in February or the beginning

of March, one calf, rarely two, and bears young every year, whereas

the tame Camel brings forth only every two years. ‘The flesh of the

wild Camel is much appr eciated by the Tanguts, and they bunt the

animal with great zeal.’

“The Kirgiz who told us this assured us he had seen wild Camels

himself when travelling with Tanguts through the Gobi to Kuld-

schen. He had often tasted the flesh, which he found sweeter than

that of the tame.

“« Mr. Harkloff, who takes great interest in natural history, has

promised to send me the skin and skull of the wild Camel, as he was

sure to be able to obtain them.”

A letter was read from Mr. E. Pierson Ramsay, C.M.Z.S., con-

taining the following notes on the habits of some living Ceratod? in

the Australian Memon: Sidney -—

‘You, among others, will perhaps be very glad to hear that I have

at last succeeded in landing some Ceratodi alive here. At present

they are doing well, and afford me great satisfaction in watehing

their movements in the large tank in which they are placed. I

should like to write a leng paper on them, but have too much on

my hands to attempt it at present.

‘It is now winter-time here, and very cold; so that the Ceratods

are not so lively as they might be, and appear to be too lazy to get

out of the way when about ‘to be handled.

«Their chief mode of progression is by waves of the tail, or by

paddling with the pectoral fins alone (without either moving their

posterior pair of fins or the tail). When at rest on the bottom of the

tank, the pectorals are placed at nearly right angles to the body, the

posterior fins lying parallel to the tail. If not disturbed, they will

remain in this position for hours, and only when stirred up think it

necessary to use their fins and tail at all. They then lash out with

their great strong tail, and, turning sideways, squeeze in between

some tufts of grass.

‘“‘T have tried to make them progress in only a few inches of water,

but (as far as I have yet seen) without effect. They are exceedingly

eel-like in their motions; and when going slowly along, the swaying

of the great caudal fin gives them a serpentine course. I do not think

they could go forward in a straight line unless swimming very fast or

very slowly at the bottom: hen they do this they do. not use the

tail at all, but depend on their pectoral fins.

es They are of a light olive-brown colour (some darker than others}

above, and of a pale fleshy pink below. The eyes have a yellowish tinge

when looked at sideways ; ; but the iris is of a dull lead-brown colour.

They feed on worms and water-weeds, Lymnee and Physa, Cyclas,

Anodon, &e.

“JT am beginning to doubt their ever going quite out of the

water te ‘graze,’ as has been reported, for the simple reason that

tlaey are too bulky to progress by their fins, and not long engugh in

1876.] MR. PARKER ON THE SKULL IN SHARKS AND RAYS. 699

the body to go eel-fashion. At any rate, they decidedly object to

be kept any length of time out of the water: they put up with it fora

few minutes, tie then begin to plunge about so that I am always

glad to get them back agam into the water, fearing that they may

injure themselves.

‘“‘[ am indebted to Mr. B. Travis, of Maryborough, and to my

brothers, Messrs. John and Percy Ramsay, for ‘these specimens.”

Mr. W. K. Parker, F.R.S., read a memoir “ On the Structure and

Development of the Skull in Sharks and Rays,”’ of which the fol-

lowing is an abstract :—

“The materials for this paper have been kindly given me by my

friends Mr. Henry Lee, and Mr. F. M. Balfour : the. former obtained

them from the aquarium at Brighton, and the latter from that at

Naples.

“The illustrations of the Shark’s skull are from embryos and

adult specimens of the Lesser Spotted Dogfish (Seyllium canicula) ;

the Skates were of three species, namely Raia maculata, R. clavata,

and a species of Pristiurus ; the smallest embryo of the Ray was of

this last kind; this and the smallest Seyllium canicula were two

thirds of an inch in length.

“The structure of the cranium proper and the facial arches has

been worked out, from their first differentiation in the smallest em-

bryos up to their adult condition. he Selachians present a curious

and instructive problem in the skull, inasmuch as they only have the

cartilage of which it is composed hardened superficially by tesserae

of calcified cell- -patches, and the dermal bones (‘ placoid’ grains and

spines) are not modified in relation to the endoskeletal parts.

** Also we see that in these types the cranium and facial arches are

more developed, as to mass in the former, and as to subdivision in

the latter: the facial arches, all of which, behind the mouth, carry

gills, are here almost typical; they make a useful standard by which

to measure those of other Vertebrates.

** But the Selachians are of great interest also because of the free

development in them of ewternal gills. I find four on each side

both in Seyllium and in Pristiurus, and even the spiracular cleft, the

first postoral opening.

“These acquire a considerable size; and I find in Rata maculata

jour more papille are added, which do not grow outwards, but add

to the number of folds in the ‘ pseudobranchiz’ of the mandibular

suspensorium.

“The numerous external branchie of the hyoid and proper

branchial arches are seen to be an early ‘crop’ of papille that are

clavate, and long; they only contain a single branchial losp.

«The permanent gill-folds arise in the same manner as the ex-

ternal gills, but they are later in appearance ; they are a second crop

springing among the roots of the first.

“The first, or external gills, are buddings from the skin on the

edge of the facial bar, close behind the raised opercular fold; the

second upgrowth of filaments lies a little within the first ; and on those

‘

700 MR. PARKER ON THE SKULL IN SHARKS AND Rays. | Nov. 7,

branchial arches that give gill- plates to the back of one space and to

the front of the next these rudiments are arranged in a double row,

and look like the cogs of a wheel. The foremost arch with permanent

gill-folds is the hyoid; and this, hke the last branchial arch, ean

have but one series of plaits.

“The mouth of a Selachian is mueh modified ; the mandibular

bar, before it is segmented into the suspensorium and free mandible

(Meckel’s cartilage), grows not upwards to the auditory region, but

forwards to the back AR the nasal sacs.

‘Then a joint is formed, and a knob on the upper piece fits into a

hollow on the lower; the upper piece is the quadrato- palatine

arcade or upper jaw, and, like the lower jaw, is articulated to its

fellow of the opposite side by hgamentous substance.

«“There is a free cartilage above the quadrate in the Skate, the

‘ spiracular cartilage,’ Sieh is the proper, but detached, apex of the

suspensorium. In the Lesser Spotted Dogfish there is nothing but a

ligament ascending from the qnadrate ; Bue in some of the Sharks

there i is a small ray, in others two or even three of these rays, which

are largely developed i in the hyoid and branchial arches, forming the

skeleton of the interbranchial folds.

‘‘ These folds are made still more strong m the Sharks by external

cartilages that run outside each septum; these ‘ extrabranchials ’

are not developed in the Skates.

‘Tn both groups there is a complex system of ‘labial cartilages,”

helping to form the ‘ rostrum,’ and to supply valves for the nasal

openings ; in the Sharks the dips also have two or three pairs of these

‘extraviscerals,’

“The three pairs of sense-capsules have tracts of cartilage between

them ; and these may be called the ‘ intercapsular’ bands generally :

the interauditory are the parachordals, the imderocular the ‘tra-

beculee,’ and the internasal are the nasal septum and trabecule

cranii. These latter grow into the face as a rudimentary visceral

arch ; it is composed of a pair of lateral processes and the azygous

prenasal rostrum—the axis of the cu¢water, so large in the Skate and

Saw-fish.

“On each side of the nasal sac in Skates and some Sharks there

is another pair of visceral arches, the ethmo-palatines. These are

distinct cartilages; in some Sharks, as in Scylliwm eanicula, they

exist as exogenous rudiments.

“As a rule there are five clefts or facial slits besides the spiracle ;

Hewvanehus and Heptanchus have more, as their name implies.

“One or two more interesting facts may be mentioned: the noto-

chord acquires a cartilaginous sheath of its own, and in young

embryos it is beaded in aut. the ‘investing mass,’ or interaudi-

tory cartilaginous bands, runs on undivided foe into the vertebral

region.’

This paper will be printed entire in the Society’s ‘ Transactions.’

Referring to Canon Tristram’s recent ‘“‘ Note on the Discovery of

S d

1876. ] MR. G. E. DOBSON ON THE MOLOSSI. 701

> Professor Newton

the Roebuck (Cervus capreolus) in Palestine,’

observed :—

**T write to make a slight correction of a statement published in

the last part of the Society’s ‘ Proceedings’ (P. Z. 8S. 1876, p. 421).

The remains of the Roe-Deer obtained on Mount Carmel were sent

to the Museum of the University of Cambridge by the late Mr. C.

F. Tyrwhitt-Drake, and not by Dr. Conder (as might be inferred

from the Canon’s expression) ; while the species was determined by

Mr. J. W. Clark and Sir Victor Brooke, not by me. The remains, I

may add, consisted of a nearly perfect skeleton and a damaged skin of

a buck.”

The following papers were read :—

1. Description of a new Species of Indian Snake of the

Genus Platyplectrurus from the Wynad. By Lieut.-Col.

Beppomg, C.M.ZS.

[Received September 26, 1876. ]

PLATYPLECTRURUS HEWSTONI, Sp. Nov.

Brownish black above, each scale with an elongated white blotch

on each side towards its posterior portion ; belly white, with here

and there irregular brown blotches; scales in fifteen rows—abdomi-

nals 123 and bifid, subcavidals five pairs (female); tail smooth,

laterally compressed, ending in a horny smooth scale with a single

point ; snout rounded, nasals forming a suture behind the rostral ;

supraorbital shield present; eye small, in a large shield, pupil

round ; no postocular; vertical six-sided ; a large temporal shield

between the occipitals and the fourth labial ; no median groove.

Hab. Manantoddy, in the Wynad, elevation 2700 feet (discovered

by Dr. Hewston).

2. A Monograph of the Group Molossi.

By G. E. Doxsson, M.A., M.B., F.L.S., &c.

[Received October 20, 1876.]

The group Molossi was formed by me for the reception of three

genera of Emballonuridee—Molossus, Nyctinomus, and Cheiromeles*,

which agree together in the possession of certain well-marked natural

characters which at the same time distinguish them from all other

genera of this family. These genera, especially Molossus and Nycti-

nomus, or sections of them, have received several different names,

* T omit Mormopterus, Pirs., formerly included by me (Ann. & Mag. Nat.

Hist. ser. 4, vol. xvi. p. 349, 1875) in this group as a distinct genus, as I have

lately discovered a species quite intermediate between the single representative

of Mormopterus and the species of Nyctinomus. The group Molossi corresponds

to Prof. Peters’s family Mo/ossi (Monatsb. Akad. Berl. 1865, p. 258).

702 MR. G. E. DOBSON ON THE MOLOSSI. [Nov. 7,

each of which, without regard to priority, has met with favour from

different zoologists, scarcely any two appearing to agree in adopting

the same term; so that the same species is described ‘not infr equently

under three or four different generic titles in the works of almost

contemporaneous observers. This has, no doubt, been due in a

great measure to the original very imperfect definitions of these

genera, and also to the want of any trustworthy arrangement of the

large number of new species subsequently described.

The first satisfactory attempt to arrange the species scientifically

in a systematic form, and to determine their correct synonymy, was

made by Prof. Peters, who published, in 1865, in a footnote to his

paper on the Brazilian species of Bats described by Spix*, a short

list of the genera, subgenera, and typical species of this group, with

descriptions of a few new species, and subsequently, in the same

journal, gave the results of his examination of the typical specimens

from which Geoffroy’s and Wagner’s original descriptions were

taken. Finding, however, that not half the species of JZolosst now

known are included in Prof. Peters’s list, in which also no deserip-

tions are given, and that much remained to be done before any thing

approaching a correct list of the species and their synonymy could

be made out, I was induced to give the subject my special attention ;

and the following monograph of the species is the result of my

examination of a large number of specimens (including most of the

types) preserved in the British Museum, in the museums at Leyden,

Berlin, and Paris, and in the Indian Museum, Calcutta, as well as in

several smalier collections.

The Molvssi may be defined as Bats of the family Emballonuride

with short legs and well developed fibule, with broad strong feet

(whereof tlie first toe or the first and fifth are much thicker than

the others) furnished with long, curved, prehensile hairs; with a

thick fleshy tail produced far beyond the posterior margin of the

interfemoral membrane; with flat broad heads, and obtuse, obliquely

truncated muzzles terminated by the projecting margins of the

nostrils ; with generally large and broad, often united ears, and a

short, sometimes minute, tragus; with a single pair of well developed

upper incisors converging inwards and forwards.

In all the species the upper lip is very thick, and often deeply

furrowed by vertical wrinkles, evidence of its great expansibility.

The wings are very narrow, and the middle finger very long, its

metacarpal bone in most species slightly exceeding the total length

of the last finger. The first phalanx of the middle finger is short,

less than half the length of the metacarpal bone, on the dorsal

surface of which it is folded forwards in repose. ‘The interfemoral

membrane sheathes the base of the tail, and is movable at the will

of the animal backwards or forwards upon it, thus increasing or

diminishing its surface.

The great length and narrowness of the wings indicate rapid

flight ; mae the power possessed by these Bats of varying the extent

of surface of the interfemoral membrane must confer upon them

* Monatsb. Akad. Berlin, 1865, p. 5735.

1876. | MR. G. E. DOBSON ON THE MOLOsSI. 703

great dexterity in quickly changing the direction of their flight, as

when obliged to double in pursuing their swiftly flying insect prey ;

while the extremely expansible lips evidently aid them especially in

capturing during rapid flight and in maintaining their hold on the large

round-bodied Coleoptera. Of all Bats the Molossi « appear especially

suited by their peculiar conformation for capturing the most rapidly

flying insects, which, no doubt, form the greater portion of their

food. Their large and very strong acutely tubercular teeth would

enable them to crush with ease the hard armour of the larger

Coleoptera.

Synopsis of the Genera of Molossi

a. First tee much larger and thicker than the other toes

and separable from them ; ears quite separate.

a’, Premaxillary bones united; upper incisors very

stronp,sclose together WN MOM Ge scene sc cies acces se ans 1. Chetromeles, p. 704.

6. First and fifth toes much thicker than the other toes;

ears united or close together by their inner margins.

6’, Premaxillary bones united ; upper incisors close to-

MebherpimantrOw bine swseecinne sateewe sa sclow a sats waives lal wareat 2. Molossus, p. 705.

ce’, Premaxillary bones separate or united by cartilage

only ; upper incisors separate in front ............ 3. Nyctinomus, p. 716.

The genus Cheiromeles is represented by a single species only,

which, as I have previously remarked*, appears to be more closely

allied to Mo/ossus, which is restricted to America, than to Nycti-

nomus, of which several species inhabit the same countries with it.

Yhe genera Molossus and Nyctinomus are very closely allied, some

species, as Molossus glaucinus, Wagner, and J/. bonariensis, Peters,

forming the connecting links between themy. Nevertheless I retain

these genera distinct, as they are convenient for grouping the

species, and partly correspond to their geographical distribution, the

species of Molossus being confined to America, while those of Nycti-

nomus are found in both hemispheres.

These genera have been divided into several subgenera, which

depend on slight differences in dentition and in the form of the ear-

conch and tragus. But so many perfectly intermediate forms exist

that it is impossible to subdivide Moelossus and Nyctinomus, which,

indeed, as I have remarked above, may come to be regarded ere:

after as subgenera only. Thus MW. (Promops) longimanus resembles

M. rufus (the representative of the subgenus Molossus) closely in

the form of the tragus, and in the obtuse not obliquely truncated

muzzle; and M. (Promops) nasutus, relegated to the subgenus

Promops on account of its dentition, in all other respects is much

more closely allied to J. rufus, with which it agrees in the peculiar

form of the antitragus and tragus, and even in the distribution of

the fur; while JZ. ‘rufus, which differs from all other species in

dentition, shows its close affinity to the representatives of the sub-

* Monograph of the Asiatic Chiroptera, p. 177.

t Should the discovery of species even more intermediate than these render

it necessary at any future time to unite the genera Molossus and Nyctinomus,

the former name, which has priority, must be used for the single genus,

704 MR. G. E. DOBSON ON THE MOLOSSI. [Nov. 7,

genus Myopterus in the perfectly similar form of its antitragus, and

in the shape of its muzzle.

The subgenus Mormopterus is distinguished from Nyctinomus by

the absence of the first minute upper premolars, and by the distinctly

separate ears; but N. norfolcensis, Gray, is quite intermediate,

agreeing with NMyctinomus in dentition, and in other respects with

Mormopterus ; and the discovery of NV. albiventer, Dobson (described

further on), adds another intermediate form*.

Genus CHEIROMELES.

Cheiromeles, Horsfield, Zool. Researches in Java, 1824; Temminck,

Monogr. Mamm. ii. p. 345; Dobson, Monogr. Asiatic Chiroptera,

p-.17751876.

Ears separate, as in Taphozous; extremity of the muzzle pro-

jecting considerably beyond the lower jaw ; lips smooth, not grooved

by vertical wrinkles; first toe much larger than the others, and

separable from them.

Bie 2 ee i] a2

Dentition.—Ine. =, C. = Pm. —. M. =

Premaxillary bones well developed, conjoined, supporting two

strong incisors.

CHEIROMELES TORQUATUS.

Cheiromeles torquatus, Horsfield, /. c.

Dysopes cheiropus, Temm. l. c. 1. p. 218, pl. 17.

Cheiromeles caudatus, Temm. 1. c. ii. p. 348, pl. 66.

Ears shorter than the head, triangular, with narrowly rounded

tips ; the inner margin of the ear- -conch papillate along upper half

as in some species “of Taphozous ; antitragus distinct, rounded ;

tragus very small, the inner margin not developed, the outer with a

small projection near the base. Muzzle long, obliqnely truncated,

* The following is a synopsis of the characters of these subgenera :—

Synopsis of Subgenera of Molossi.

Gen. Mo.ossus.

a. Ears more or less united.

PLY KH e 2 .

a’. Premolars 55; upper incisors with di-

verging summits, and with their broad

bases close to the canines ............+0606. Promops, Gervais.

6’. Premolars 5 = = upper incisors parallel by

their inner margins, their bases close to

theicaniines g qeewectaecess sa stese item eciner teria Molossus( Geotfr.), Peters.

b. Ears distinctly separate; upper incisors with

diverging summits, their bases removed from

the canines by a diastema .........++seese ees Myopterus, Geotir.

Gen. Nycrinomus.

a. Hars very close or united together ; upper lip

deeply grooved by vertical wrmkles; pre-

Diy) oa . >

mi Meche ects Geineeetelscsee senitaenes Suseateares Nyctinomus (Geoffr.), Pe-

aay ‘

b. Kars distinctly separate ; upper lip slightly bers.

molars 5

Mormopterus, Peters.

wrinkled ; premolars 55 csscececrserseceer essen

1376. | MR. G. E, DOBSON ON THE MOLOSSI. 705

the extremity projecting very considerably beyond the lower jaw.

An enormous gular sac extends half round the neck beneath. Into

this sac the oily secretion of glands situated between the internal

origins of the pectoral muscles is discharged, in males by a series of

small pores collected in two circular slightly elevated patches, in

females by a single large orifice.

First toe very thick, thinly covered with long curved hairs on the

outer side; this toe is separated from the others like a thumb, and

is probably opposable to them. Wing-membrane from the middle

of the tibia, and from the sides of the back near the spine. A deep

axillary pouch is formed, in both male and female, by an extension

of a fold of skin, derived from the thick integument covering the

breast and sides of the body, to the inferior surface of the humerus,

and, longitudinally, to the femur. In the anterior part of this

pouch, on the side of the body, behind the axilla, the mamma is

placed.

Tail very thick and long, projecting more than half its length

beyond the short interfemoral membrane.

Integument very thick and almost quite naked, with strong plica-

tions along lines of flexure and extension; the back is quite naked ;

but a collar of very short thinly spread hairs nearly surrounds the

neck.

Upper incisors strong, placed close together, their extremities con-

verging inwards ; the single upper premolar large and tricuspidate ;

first lower premolar minute, wedged in in the space between the

canine and second premolar, which are close together; the last

upper molar less than half the size of the second molar.

Length: head and body 5-3; tail 2-6; head 1-8; ear 1/2,

tragus 0-15; forearm 3!"1; thumb U'"8; second finger 7"; third

finger 5'°6; fourth finger 3!"1; tibia 1'"4; foot and claws 1/05.

Hab. Malay peninsula (Pinang, Singapore), Sumatra, Java,

Borneo.

Genus Mo.tossvus.

Molossus, Geoffroy, Annal. du Mus. vi. (1805), p. 154; Peters,

Monatsb. Akad. Berl. 1865, p. 574.

Dysopes, liliger, Prodr. Syst. Mammal. (1811), p. 122.

Kars close together, or united at the bases of their inner margins ;

tragus very short, sometimes minute ; extremity of the muzzle broad,

obtuse, or very obliquely truncated ; lips smooth or with very in-

distinct vertical wrinkles ; first and fifth toes much thicker than the

others, the backs of all the toes with long curved hairs.

Dentition.—Ine. : or , C. =a Pm. = or a M. se

Premaxillary bones well developed, united ; upper incisors strong,

their inner margins close together in front; first minute upper pre-

molar generally external to the tooth-row or absent; first lower

premolar half the size of the second, standing in the tooth-row

(except in MM. rufus, where it is partly internal and concealed by the

closely approximated second premolar).

Range.—Tropical and subtropical regions of America.

706 MR. G. E. DOBSON ON THE MOLOSSI. [Nov. 7;

In the following analytical table of the species, and in the subse-

quent descriptions, reference is often made to the different parts of

the ear-conch shown and named in the woodcut below, which repre-

sents, in half-outline, the head of Molossus glauecinus.

Pigs.

mas

Head of M. glaucinus.

a, Antitragus; }, keel of the ear-conch; ¢, notch behind antitragus.

Synopsis of the Species.

1. Muzzle obtuse. rounded in front; lips smooth, not

wrinkled; tragus triangular or linear.

a. Antityagus circular, as high as long.

a’. Tragus triangular with a broad base; inner

margins of the ears arising by separate

i f CTF Sa rary =e

points of origin; Inc. 4, pm. 5—5.

a". Ears obtusely pointed, forearm 1'"2......... 1. M. temminchii, p. 707.

6". Pars rounded above.

a’. Centre of breast and abdomen white;

TOLEATIONGOse. sv oneu coca adapt sarees 2. M. planirostris, p. 707.

b'". Centre of breast and abdomen not dif-

ferent from sides; forearm 1''"’7...... 3. M. brachymeles, p. 708.

'. Tragus linear, subacutely pointed, inner mar-

gins of the ears arising from the same point

or very close together.

2 1—l

eM ENG) PM sleep ionk sends tame aiisivbeaseelee ees 4. M. rufus, p. 709.

2 2—2 rp

a". Ine. Oe Oe ee sborenaabeascrneseneeds 5, M. nasutus, p.711.

}. Antitragus half-oval or half-cordate, longer than

3 : . 2 2—2 2

high, tragus linear; inc. 7, pm. = Jae srae ois 6. M. abrasus, p. 712.

IJ. Muzzle very obliquely truncate, its superior and

external front margins formed by the sharply cut

cartilaginous rim of the nostrils, lips smooth or

very slightly wrinkled; tragus quadrate; ine.

9 99

> Pm. 5-5

a. Vars longer than the head; gular sac large ; first

upper premolar external ......JJ.c0.csssosessoreees 7. M. perotis, p. 713.

4. Ears shorter than the head, gular sac small ; first

upper premolar in the tooth-row.

a’, Upper lip smooth ; forearm 2'3 ....... Seeeeiee 8. M. glauctnus, p. 714.

2b’. Upper lip slightly wrinkled ; forearm 1'°8... 9. M. bonartensis, p. 715.

1876.] MR. G. E. DOBSON ON THE MOLOSSI. 707

Ine. ; Pin.

(Subgen. Myoprervs, Geoffr.)*

. MoLossus TEMMINCKII.

ee temminchkii, Lund, Burmeister, Thiere Brasiliens, p. 72

(1834).

Molossus (Molossops) temminckii, Peters, Mon. Akad. Berl. 1865,

p- 575.

Ears rather small, pointed, their inner margins arising from the

forehead by separate points of origin : antitrazus crcolaes tragus

short and obtuse, with a broad base. Extremity of the nose slightly

prominent, broad, and flat, with an obtuse projection eceen the

nasal orifices, but without arched ridges above them. Lips smooth,

with a few straight hairs.

Fur, above, reddish-brown at the extremities, the base of the

hairs yellowish-white ; beneath, similar, but paler. Integument and

membranes dark throughout.

Calcanea very long, reaching almost to the tail.

Length: head and body 15; tail 10, tail free from membrane

O''°5: forearm 1°’ ; caleaneurn 0'°65.

Hab. Brazil ee Santa).

The above description has been taken from the original description

by Burmeister, as I have not seen the type.

1-1 72 3 7 . ” lay

5753 ears separate; tragus triangular.

ei bo

2. MOLOSSUS PLANIROSTRIS,

Molossus (Molossops) planirostris, Peters, Mon. Akad. Berl. 1865,

p. 575.

Ears much shorter than the head, their inner margins arising from

the sides of the superior surface of the face above and in front of the

eyes, their points of origin widely separate; upper three fourths of

inner and outer mien regularly convex, forming almost an arc of a

circle ; keel of the ear-conch very slightly developed ; ; tragus short,

triangular, with a broad base, acutely pointed, inner margin straight ;

antitragus large and round, very similar in shape and size to that of

M. obseurus (p. 710), but its base is somewhat broader. Muzzle

flat, smooth and naked above, extremity obtuse, not obliquely

truncated ; the margins of the nasal apertures not prominent, placed

high above the margin of the upper lip; lips smooth, not wrinkled.

A distinct, but not large, gular sac in ¢, rudimentary or absent in

2. Wings from the distal third of the tibiee.

Fur very short; above, dark-brown, the bases of the hairs white ;

beneath, along Ate sides of the bedy, brown ; the chin, neck, and :

broad longitudinal band on the chest and abdomen yellowish- white.

The fur of the body extends upon the wing-membrane, above and

beneath, nearly as far outwards as a line drawn from the middle of

* These subgenera are indicated here, and at different places further on, for

convenience only, in order to avoid repeating the dental formula when describing

each species, not for the purpose of pointing out natural subdivisions of the

genera.

708 MR. G. E. DOBSON ON THE MOLOSSI. [Nov. 7,

the humerus to the middle of the femur, the remainder of the mem-

brane nearly naked ; a few fine hairs appear behind the distal half

of the forearm on the upper surface, and clothe the proximal third

of the fifth metacarpal bone; beneath, the wings are quite naked,

except along the sides of the body.

Upper incisors long, the centres of their inner sides close together,

their bases and summits separated; lower middle incisors slender,

with grooved crowns ; outer incisors very small, between the middle

incisors and the canines, and not grooved. First upper premolar

large, close to the canine, with a large anterior and internal basal

cusp, and a smaller cusp posterior and external. Lower canine on

each side with a small internal basal cusp, which nearly touches its

fellow of the opposite side.

Length (of an adult ¢): head and body 2'°3; tail 1'°2; tail

free from membrane 0'':4 ; head 0''°85; ear 0':6, tragus 0'°15 x

0':1; forearm 1°85; thumb 0'°25; second finger-—metacarp. 1''°35,

Ist ph. 0'°6, 2nd ph. 0'°65; third finger—metacarp. 1'°25, Ist ph.

0-5, 2nd ph. 0:2; fourth finger—metacarp. 0'°85, Ist ph. 0-4,

znd ph. 0°15; tibia 0'°4 ; foot and claws 0'°3.

Hab. Brazil (Buenos Ayres, Barra do Rio Negro) ; British Guiana

(Berbice).

The next species is probably identical with Myopterus daubentonii,

Geoffroy (Descr. de Egypte, i. p. 113), with which it agrees very

closely in the length of its skull, the only remnant of the type of

that species, which therefore cannot be accurately determined. Of

this skull Prof. Peters (MB. Akad. Berl. 1869, p. 402) has given

the following measurements :—“ length 0'°85; width across zygo-

matic arches 0''°5; length of upper tooth-row (not including incisors)

0°32; length of lower tooth-row 0'°35.”

3. Mo.ossus BRACHYMELES.

Molossus (Molossops) brachymeles, Peters, Monatsb. Akad. Berlin,

1865, p. 575.

Appears to differ from the preceding species only in being conspicu-

ously larger, in the different colouring of the fur of the under sur-

face, and in its slightly different distribution.

Fur above dark brown, the base of the hairs paler; beneath

reddish brown. ‘The antebrachial membrane is covered with a small

patch of fur along the forearm, and the wing-membrane between

the metacarpal bones of the last two fingers and the forearm. Be-

neath, the fur of the body extends upon the wing-membrane along

the sides of the body only; the remaining parts are quite naked.

Total length 4'°0; head 0'°9; ear 0'°6; forearm 1'°7; middle

finger 3''°4; tibia 0'°5; foot 0''46.

Hab. Peru.

The above is taken from Prof. Peters’s description of the only

specimen known, a stuffed skin, preserved in the Neuchatel Museum.

1876. | MR. G. E. DOBSON ON THE MOLOSSI. 709

Inc. 5; pm. ==; ears close together, tragus linear.

bo) bo

(Subgen. Mouxossus, Ptrs.)

4, Mo.uossus RUFUS.

Molossus rufus, Geoffroy, Ann. du Mus. vi. (1805), p. 154;

Gervais, Expéd. de Castelnau, Zoologie, p. 58, pl. xu. figs. 4 and

4a (skull and teeth) ; Peters, Monatsb. Akad. Berl. 1865, } Di.07 5.

Molossus ursinus, Spix, Sim. et Vespert. Brasil. (1823), p. 58,

pl. xxv, fleiv,

Dysopes alecto, Temminck, Monogr. Mammal. i. p. 231 (1835-

41);

oe holosericeus et albus, Natt., Wagner, Wiegm. Archiv,

1843, p. 368. (Vide Peters, Mon. Akad. Berl. 1866, p. 22.)

Dysopes ursinus, Wagner, Suppl. Schreb. Saugeth. v. p.709 (1855).

Ears much shorter than the head, their inner margins arising close

together, slightly in front of a line aie between the eyes, faa a

point on the forehead, from which a sharp ridge passes forwards on

the face to the nose: outer and inner margins ‘of the ear-conch con-

vex, forming almost a regular seinicircle ; antitragus circular, arising

by a narrow base from which it expands equally anteriorly and pos-

teriorly ; tragus minute, linear, acutely pointed. Extremity of the

muzzle obtuse, rounded, projecting beyond the mandible ; the nasal

apertures directed forwards and slightly outwards, separated by a

considerable interval (which is covered with short erect hairs dilated

at their extremities) from the margin of the lip, beyond which the

extremity of the nose scarcely projects ; lips thick, smooth, without

wrinkles.

In the male, the opening of a large glandular sac directed forwards

is found opposite the anterior extremity of the sternum ; in the female

this sac is much smaller.

Wings from the ankles. Fur very short, deep reddish brown

above and beneath. The face and ears are nearly naked. On the

upper surface, the wing-membrane is covered as far as a line drawn

from the middle of the humerus to the middle of the femur, and

short fur extends upon half the antebrachial membrane, and behind

the distal two-thirds of the forearm to the carpus, covering also the

angle between the fourth and fifth metacarpal bones; behind, the

base of the interfemoral membrane also is covered. Beneath, the

fur of the body extends upon the wing-membrane almost as far out-

wards as a line drawn from the elbow to the knee; and a band passes

outwards behind the elbow, becoming gradually wider towards the

carpus, till it occupies a space there extending from the forearm to

the middle of the metacarpal bone of the fourth finger, beyond which

it passes and occupies the angle between it and the metacarpal of the

third finger, being limited in its extent outwards by the muscular

band extending to the wing-membrane in this position; a small

space between the proximal extremity of the fifth metacarpal and

the short muscular band extending from the end of the forearm to

the wing-membrane is naked.

PROG. Zoou. Soc.—1876, No. XLVII. 47

710 MR. G. E. DOBSON ON THE MOLOSSI. [Nov. 7,

Upper incisors moderately long and acutely pointed, converging

inwards and forwards, their bases touching the canines, their inner

sides approximated ; at the outer side of the base of each tooth, a

small blunt projection from the cingulum which touches the canines ;

the single upper premolar large, ‘and close to the canine; lower

incisors two, bifid, in front of the closely approximated canines

which have each a broad internal basal. cusp; first lower premolar

searcely half the size of the second, which lies so close to it as to be

with difficulty distinguished in recent specimens as a separate tooth,

its outer and posterior side is partially covered by the obliquely

directed cingulum of the second premolar; last upper molar narrow,

less than half the size of the antepenultimate molar.

Length (of an adult male) : head and body 3"°5 ; tail 2'"0; head

1-2; ear 0''-65, tragus 0''"1 ; forearm 2'"1; thumb 0'°4; second

finger—metacarp. 2’-0, Ist ph. 17°05, 2nd ph. 1°15; third finger—

metacarp. 1°95, Ist ph. 0-9, 2nd ea ee fourth finger—meta-

carp. 1° "3, lst ph. 0'*55; % oa ph. 0°25 ; tibia 0'"7 ; foot and claws

Oreos

Hab. Mainland of Tropical America (Rio de Janeiro, Pernambuco,

Para, Rio Negro, Dutch Guiana, Oaxaca).

Subspecies a. MoLossus OBSCURUS.

Molossus obscurus, Geoffroy, Aunal. du Mus. vi. (1805), p. 154 ;

Gervais, d. c. fig. 5 (skull).

Moiossus longicaudatus, Geoffroy, J. e.

Molossus acuticaudatus, Geoffroy (vide Peters, Mon. Akad. Berlin,

869, p. 402).

Dysopes velox, Natt. Temminck, Monogr. Mainmal. i. p. 234

(1836); Wagner, Suppl. Schreb. Saéugeth. i. p. 476 (1844), v. p. 712

855); Burmeister, Thiere Brasiliens, Th. 1. p. 71 (1854).

Molossus velox, Gray, Mag. Zool. Bot. 11. (1838), p. 501.

Molossus fuliginosus, Gray, 1. ec.

Molossus tropidorhynchus, Gray, Ann. Nat. Hist. 1839, p. 5.

Dysopes olivaceo-fuscus, Natt. Wagner, Abh. Minch. Akad. v.

p. 202 (1844). (Vide Peters, 1. c. 1866, p. 22.)

Dysopes fumarius, Burmeister, . c. p. 71.

Molossus fumarius, Tomes (non Spix), P. Z. 8. 1861, p. 68

Quite similar to AZ. rufus in structure, but much smaller, the fore-

arm constantly measuring 1'’*7 or less, as compared with 2'"1.

The fur covering the wing-membrane between the humerus and

forearm extends somewhat further outwards ; and the upper incisors

are closer together.

It will probably be found hereafter, when a sufficiently large

number of specimens are available for examination, that the above-

named differences are unimportant, and that the only real difference

consists in s1ze.

Length (of an adult ¢): head and body 2'°7; tail 1'°6; head

085; ear 0”:55, tragus 0-08; forearm 1°65; thumb 0'°3

second finger—metacarp. 16, Ist ph. 0'°75, 2nd ae 0-6; third

finger—metacarp. 1°55, Ist ph. 0'°65, 2nd ph. 0'" ; fourth finger

1876.] MR. G. E. DOBSON ON THE MOLOSSI. “il

—metacarp. 0'°95, Ist ph. 0°48, 2nd ph. 02; tibia 0'°55; foot

and claws 0'°4.

Hab. Tropical America and its islands ; apparently generally dis-

tributed. Found in Peru at an elevation of 9000 feet.

LIne. a pm. = ; ears close together or united ; tragus subacute

or quadrate. (Subgen. Promoes, Gervais.)

. Motossus NAsutus.

ier nasutus, Spix, Simiar. et Vespert. Brasil. p. 58, pl. xxx

fig. vii. (1823); Peters, Mon. Akad. Berl. 1865, p. 578, pl.

(skull).

Molossus fumarius, Spix, l.c. figs. v. and vi.

Promops ursinus, Gervais (non Spix), Expéd. de Castelnau, Zoo-

logie, p. 59, pl. xii. figs. 3, 3a (dentition) (1855).

Ears much shorter than the head; laid forwards, the inner margin

of the conch extends slightly further than halfway between the

eye and end of the muzzle; inner margins less than one tenth of an

inch apart at their bases, uniting on the muzzle in a prominent

rounded ridge which ends abruptly at a short distance behind. and

above the nostrils; inner and outer margins of the ear-conch con-

tinuous, forming almost an an are of a circle ; ear-keel short, thick-

ened, but not expanded beneath, clothed posteriorly with short hairs ;

antitragus circular with a narrow base, as in M. rufus, but thickened

and expanded above and posteriorly, so that its very convex superior

and posterior margin projects backwards considerably beyond its

base; tragus very small, as in M. rufus, with a minute projection at

the outer side of its base. Muzzle very obtuse in front, nearly ver-

tically truncated ; nostrils directed forwards and slightly outwards,

connected above by an ill-defined ridge which does not extend

downwards between them, the wide space between the nostrils and

the margin of the upper lip oceupied by a quadrilateral patch of

thickly spread short hairs, the sides of the muzzle almost naked. A

large gular sac in g, as in M. rufus.

Wings from the ankles; interfemoral membrane deep, including

quite three fourths of the tail.

Fur moderately long, but conspicuously longer than in M. rufus,

dark brown above, paler beneath, the base of the hairs whitish on

both surfaces. On the upper surface, a band of short fur com-

mences in a natrow line at the beginning of the middle third of the

forearm, increases in width outwards so as to cover the proximal

third of the fifth metacarpal bone and fourth of the fourth meta-

carpal, occupying also the portion of wing-membrane between ;

beneath, the wing-membrane between the humerus and femur is

thickly covered, and a band of fur, 0''°3 wide, extends outwards behind

the forearm to the fifth metacarpal bone and to the wing-membrane

beyond it, covering half the bone.

First upper premolar very small, quite external to the tooth-row.

aa (of an adult ¢ preserved in alcohol) : head and body 31 ;

tail 2’-1, tail free from membrane 0:7; head 0:9; ear 0'':6

47*

712 MR. G. E. DOBSON ON THE MOLOSSI. [Nov. 7,

tragus 0''-08 x 0'':02; forearm 2":0; thumb 0'"3; second finger

—metacarp. 2'"05, Ist ph. 0':95, 2nd ph. 0°95; third finger—

metacarp. 2'0, Ist ph. 0°75, 2nd ph. 0°15; fourth finger—meta-

carp. 1'"2, Ist ph. 0°5, 2nd ph. 0°22; tibia 0'°7; foot and

claws 0''-4.

Hab. Brazil; Central America (Guatemala).

The above description has been taken from an adult male speci-

men obtained by Mr. Salvin in Guatemala, and preserved in alcohol in

the collection of the British Museum. The only other specimens

known are imperfectly preserved skins, the types of M. nasutus,

and M. fumarius, Spix, of which the first intelligible description

was published by Dr. Peters.

This species is quite intermediate between M. rufus (Subg. Molos-

sus) and M. abrasus (Subg. Promops), agreeing with the former

in the form of the ear, and even in the distribution of the fur, with

the latter in the form and number of the teeth.

6. Monossus ABRASUS.

? Molossus ater, Geoffroy, Annal. du Mus. vi. (1805) p. 153.

Dysopes abrasus, Temminck, Monogr. Mammal. i. p. 232, il.

p- 396 (1835-41); Wagner, Suppl. Schreb. Saugeth. i. p. 475(1844),

v. p. 710 (1855).

Dysopes longimanus, Wagner, Wiegm. Archiv, 1843, p. 367;

Suppl. Schreb. Saugeth. 1855, p. 709.

Dysopes leucopleura, Wagner, l. c.; Burmeister, Thiere Brasiliens,

p- 73 (1854).

Molossus abrasus, Peters, Mon. Akad. Berlin, 1865, p. 574.

Ears much shorter than the head, but conspicuously larger than

in M. rufus, united by their bases only on the muzzle at a point

equally distant from the anterior commissure of the eyelids and the

nostrils ; outer and inner margins of the ear regularly convex, forming

together almost a perfect are of a circle; antitragus half-cordate,

with a broad base, separated behind by a deep notch; keel of the

ear-conch well-developed, thickened and expanded externally in lower

half ; tragus minvte, linear, subacuntely pointed, slightly larger than

in M. rufus, but with a broad base.

Muzzle obtuse, nasal apertures directed forwards and slightly out-

wards, the end of the nose scarcely projecting beyond the margin of

the upper lip, which is separated from the margin of the nostrils by

a space less wide than in M. rufus; the external margins of the

nostrils more prominent than in that species, and continued upwards

and inwards above the nasal apertures, and downwards between them

in a conjoined ridge to the margin of the lip; the upper margin of

the nasal disk thus formed on each side is finely and evenly toothed,

and the internasal ridge covered with short spoon-shaped hairs, simi-

lar to those forming a broad patch between the nostrils and upper

lip in M. rufus, but strictly limited to this ridge ; the margin of the

upper lip in front is fringed with straight hairs.

Wings from the ankles, or from the tibie slightly higher up.

Gular sac distinct in 3, rudimentary in 9.

1876. } MR. G. E. DOBSON ON THE MOLOSSI. 713

Fur short, and intensely black above and beneath. The muzzle in

front of the ears is nearly naked, also the inferior surface of the lower

jaw. The fur of the body extends upon the wing-membrane above

almost as far as a line drawn from the middle of the humerus to the

knee-joint ; beneath, as far as a line drawn from the middle of the

humerus to the middle of the femur; a small patch of fur appears

on the upper surface of the antebrachial membrane near the forearm ;

and the base of the interfemoral is covered; but the remainder of

the membranes are naked.

Upper incisors close together, parallel ; lower incisors very small,

bifid, the outer incisor on each side concealed between the middle

incisor and the base of the canine; inner basal cusps of the lower

canines almost touching behind the incisors as in M. rufus. First

upper premolar very small, scarcely raised above the gum, and

scarcely visible without aid of a lens, in the small space between the

canine and second premolar, but close to the outer margin of that

space; in another specimen, this small premolar is larger, and out-

side the tooth-row, though a narrow space still intervenes between

the canine and the second premolar.

Length (of an adult 9): head and body 3'°25; tail 1''8, tail

free from membrane 0':9; head 1'°15; ear 0'8, tragus 0''°12;

forearm 2'°45; thumb 0''45; second finger—metacarp. 2°4; Ist

ph. 1’°1, 2nd ph. 1'°3; third finger—metacarp. 2''°3, lst ph. 0'9,

2nd ph. 0''°4; fourth finger—metacarp. 1:2, Ist ph. 0'°8, 2nd ph.

0°35; tibia 0'°7; foot and claws 0''*4.

Hab. Brazil (Mato Grosso, Barra do Rio Negro); Surinam;

Peru.

Prof. Peters has very kindly sent me a specimen of this species

which he had determined by direct comparison with the type in the

Leyden Museum. The absence of a gular sac, mentioned by Tem-

minck, is due to the immature condition of the specimen from which

the original description was taken.

7. Mo.ossus PEROTIS.

Dysopes perotis, Wied, Beitr. Naturg. Brasil. ii. (1825), p. 227 ;

Wagner, Suppl. Schreb. Saugeth. i. p. 473, v. p. 708; Burmeister,

Thiere Brasiliens, p. 68 (1854).

Dysopes rufus, Temm. (non Geoffr.), Monogr. Mammal. i. p. 230

(1835-41).

Dysopes (Molossus) gigas, Peters, Mon. Akad. Berl. 1864, p. 381.

Molossus (Promops) perotis, Peters, 1. c. 1865, p. 574.

Ears very large, united in front; laid forwards, they extend be-

yond the extremity of the nose ; the outer and inner margins of the

ear-conch regularly circular; antitragus much longer than high,

convex, separated posteriorly by an angular notch, tragus quadrate

with rounded angles, no prominent lobule at the base of the outer

margin; keel of the ear-conch well developed, thickened and _flat-

tened externally. Muzzle very obliquely truncated, the extremity of

the nose projecting much beyond the retracted upper lip, which is

also concealed by a fringe of short hairs ; nasal apertures directed

714 MR. G. E. DOBSON ON THE MOLOSSI. [ Nov. 7,

forwards and downwards; the cartilaginous sharply cut edges of the

nostrils projecting laterally and ANTE. terminating the pale in

front; sides of the face behind the eyes, in front cf the ears much

aereenedel in front of the eyes promiment, convex, concealing the eyes

when viewed anteriorly ; lips smooth, without vertical wrinkles, sides

of the lips very thick, the outer edge exceeding the inner in length,

fringed with short fine hairs.

Gular sac large in male, rudimentary in female.

Wings from the lower end of the tibia.

Fur, above, reddish-brown ; paler, almost buff, at the base of the

hairs; beneath, much paler.

On the upper surface the wing-membrane is covered as far as a

line drawn trom the middle of the humerus to the knee; anda band

of fur extends from the commencement of the middle third of the

forearm along its posterior margin to the metacarpal bone of the

fourth finger, covering one third of its length, and passing across it

to the angle between it and the metacar pal of the third finger; be-

neath, the wing-membrane external to the humeriis is naked.

First upper premolar minute, in the outer angle between the

canine and second premolar, lower incisors crowded, cia

Length, head and body (about) 5"°0; tail 2-8; ear 1"°5, tragus

0"-2x 0" Te forearm 2"°9 ; thumb 0” ‘45 ; second finger—metacarp.

a 0> Lst ph. 135, 2nd Dye 1-6; third finger—metacarp. 2/9.

Ist ph. 1°15, 2nd ph. 0:25; fourth finger—metacarp. 1'°65, Ist

ph. 0"°9, 2nd ph. 0°°35; foot and claws 0'°65.

- rae Brazil (Lagoa Santa; Parahyba; Barra do Rio Negro);

olivia.

Fig. 2.

Head of M. glaucinus.

8. MOLossus GLAUCINUS.

Dysopes glaucinus, Natt., Wagner, Wiegm. Archiv. 1843, p. 368 ;

Suppl. Schreb. Saugeth. v. p. 710 (1855) ; Burmeister, Thiere Bra-

siliens, p. 73 (1854); Peters, Mon. Akad. Berl. 1866, p. 22.

glee Gundlach, Mon. Akad. Berl. 1861, p. 149; Peters,

i. c. 1865, p,.d/4.

In the form of the muzzle and ears very similar to the preceding

species; but the ears are comparatively much smaller; laid forwards,

1876. | MR. G. E. DOBSON ON THE MOLOSSI. Als

the inner margin of the ear-conch reaches to within one tenth of an

inch from the extremity of the muzzle; inner margins of the

ears united by their bases on the muzzle at a point nearer to the ex-

tremity of the nose than to the anterior commissure of the eyelids ;

outer and inner margins of the couch regularly convex ; antitragus

separated by a deep By) narrow emargination, commencing anteriorly

in a plane slightly above the angle of the mouth, tragus ermal qua-

drate, superior margin straight, ‘outer and inner margins concave, no

projecting lobule at the base of the outer margin ; keel of the ear-

conch as in M. perotis, terminating posteriorly and inferiorly in a

deep, thick, flattened ridge, which is in the same perpendicular line

with, and almost touches the antitragus.

A smaller gular sac in d, rudimentary in 2, opening directed

downwards and slightly forwards.

Wings from the ankles ; distribution of fur upon the wing-mem-

branes asin M. perotis ; above, light brown at the base of the hairs,

then chestnut-brown, the extreme tips greyish, so that the upper

surface appears altogether grey ; beneath similarly coloured but much

paler.

Upper and lower incisors as in MZ. perotis; the first upper pre-

molar scarcely elevated above the gum, in the centre of the space be-

tween the canine and second premolar.

Length (of an adult 2): head and body 3:1; tail 2'°15, tail

free from membrane 1'°0; head 1'°2; ear 0'"9, tragus 0'°12;

forearm 2°35; thumb 0:35 ; second finger—metacarp. son bat

ph. 1:0, 2nd ph. 1'°2; third sia er nannlgge Zz '25, Ist ph.

0°85, 2nd ph. 0'°3 ; fourth finger—metacarp. 1'*2, lst ph. 0''"75,

2nd ph. 035; tibia 0'8; foot and claws 0'°5.

Hab. Brazil (Mato Grosso) ; Surinam ; Jamaica; Cuba.

9. Monossus BONARIENSIS.

Promops bonariensis, Peters, Mon. Akad. Berl. 1874, p. 232 (cum

G5 pl.).

Ears united by a deeper band than in JZ. glaucinus ; ear-conch as

broad as high; antitragus broader than high, convex; tragus qua-

drate, as in the preceding species. Muzzle obliquely truncated, ex-

tremity of the nose almost double as broad as the base of the anti-

tragus; upper lip with a few shallow vertical wrinkles.

Wing-membrane from the ankles.

Fur rather short, somewhat shorter above than beneath. Beneath,

the wing-membrane is covered as far as a line drawn from the middle

of the humerus to the knee; a few short hairs extend along the

posterior margin of the forearm. Above, the outer half of the ante-

branchial membrane is covered with short woolly hairs; and a band

of similar hairs passes outwards behind the forearm, becoming gra-

dually so broad as to cover almost half the metacarpal bone of the

last finger. Above, reddish brown, the base of the hairs whitish ;

paler beneath, the extremities of the hairs brownish white.

The skull agrees in size with that of M. nasutus, Spix; but the

facial portion is much longer, and the brain-case wider than in that

716 MR. G. E. DOBSON ON THE MOLOSSI. [Nov. 7,

species. Upper incisor on each side with a short outer basal cusp,

and separated from the canine by a slight interval ; first upper small

premolar in the space between the canine and second premolar.

Length: head and body 3”°0; tail 1'':4, tail free from membrane

0"-65; head 1-0; ear 0-6, tragus 0°12; forearm 1’8; thumb

0"-34; second finger—metacarp, 1":8, Ist ph. 0°7, 2nd ph. 0°65 ;

third finger—metacarp. 1'"7, Ist ph. 0’°6, 2nd ph. 02; fourth

finger—metacarp. 0°65, Ist ph. 0°55, 2nd ph. 0°15; tibia 0-55;

foot and claws 0°44.

Hab. Buenos Ayres.

[ have not seen the single specimen as yet obtained of this

recently described species. I have therefore been obliged to copy

Prof. Peters’s original description, which is accompanied by an

excellent plate.

Genus Nycrinomvus.

Nyctinomus, Geoffroy, Descript. de l’Egypte, ii. p. 114 (1812) ;

Horsfield, Zool. Researches in Java; Gray, Mag. Zool. Bot. ii.

(1838), p. 500; Peters, Mon. Akad. Berl. 1865, p. 473.

Dinops, Savi, Nuov. Giorn. de’ Lett. p. 230 (1825); Bullet. des

Scien. Nat. viii. p. 286 (1826).

Dysopes, Cretzschmar (non Illiger), Riippell, Atlas Reise nordl.

Afrika, Zoolog. (1826), p. 69; Temminck (in part), Monogr.

Mammal. i. p. 226 (1835-41).

Head of Nyctinomus macrotis.

a. Antitragus; 6. Keel of the ear-conch ; ¢. Notch behind antitragus,

Ears united on the muzzle, or close together by the bases of their

inner margins ; tragus short, quadrate, or rounded off above, never

linear; extremity of the muzzle broad, very obliquely truncated,

projecting considerably beyond the lower lip, terminated by the

sharply cut margin of the nostrils; upper lip very expansible,

generally deeply grooved with vertical wrinkles; wings and feet as

in Molossus.

e oa e3 eS) oko ei met

Dentition.—Inc. | or 7, C. ==, Pm. =|, or =, M. =.

1876.] MR. G. E. DOBSON ON THE MOLOSSI. 717

Premaxillary bones separate in front or conjoined by cartilage

only, upper incisors close to the canines by their bases, separate in

front, their cusps converging inwards and forwards.

Range.—Generaily distributed throughout the tropical and warmer

parts of the temperate zones of both hemispheres.

In the following analytical table of the species, and in the subse-

quent descriptions, reference is often made to the different parts of

the ear-conch which are shown and named in the drawing (see

p- 716), which represents, in half-shading, the head of Nyctinomus

macrotis, Gray.

Synopsis of the Species.

o—

I. Premolars =—

a. Integument of the ears thick, opaque; keel of

the ear-conch thickened in lower third ; anti-

tragus separated by a deep notch.

a' Lipssmooth; inner margins of the ears arising

from the muzzle by distinct points of origin ;

tragus broad, rounded off above.

a. Antitragus i irregularly eee

lower incisors 4 ......... shoscevsn be LV, Orecantiey.p. (Los

i! Lips furrowed by deep vertical wrinkles.

a". Hars separate or conjoined at the bases

of their inner margins only; tragus

broad, rounded off above.

a'', Ears conjoined at the bases of their

inner margins; gular sac distinct

in 6.

6B. Antitragus obliquely triangular,

rounded; lower incisors 6 .....

ae separate ; no gular sac.

y. Antitragus half oval.

a’. Lower incisors 4. .....s.c.80000. 3. N. egyptiacus, 2 721.

B Lower incisors. 6) 02.20. ..000.- 4. N. tragatus, p. 721.

6". Ears conjoined by a more or less deep

band; tragus small; no gular sac.

e''', Ears conjoined at the bases of their

inner margins.

a. Fur unicoloured; wings from the

lower end of the tibie ......... 5. WN. plicatus, p. 721.

B. Fur greyish on the surface; wings

from the middle of the tibie ... 6. N. bivittatus, p. 722.

d'"', Hars conjoined by a deep band in front.

a. The first upper premolar stands in

the tooth-row.

a’, Lower third of the ear-keel

much thickened and flattened

external yeerstecsc-aeenceees-os 7. N.brachypterus, p. 722.

6B’. Lower third of the ear- ~keel

slightly thickened, not flat-

tened externally.

a". Fur of the chest and

abdomen uniform in co-

LOW <)o36%ek sok enteee sree 8. N. pumilus, p. 723.

8". Fur of the lower half

of the chest and the ab-

domen white............... 9. NV. limbatus, p. 724.

. NV. ceston?, p. 719.

b'.

718 MR. G. E. DOBSON ON THE MOLOSSI. [Nov. 7,

8. The first upper premolar external

to the tooth-row.

y’. Lower third of the ear-keel

slightly thickened, not flat-

tened externally.

y''. Tragus quadrate ......

6’. Lower third of the ear-keel

much thickened and flattened

externally,

6”. Tragus narrow, much

longer than broad, round-

CG Off ADOVE ce cesses cece

e''. Tragus quadrate ......

e’”, Bars conjoined by a very deep band

anteriorly, and, posteriorly, by a

second low band ............. Seiisiieee

6. Integument of the ears thin, translucent ; keel

of the ear-conch slender, deep, bent back-

wards on itself.

a’, Antitragus separated by a deep notch ; lower

incisors 4.

a''. Muzzle thick, not concave in front of the

eyes ; upper lip with vertical wrinkles.

a'", Hars separate ; a large gular sac ...

6'", Kars united by a low band near the

extremity of the muzzle; no gular

BAC Joe amvnechatberons overs shoe teacee

6". Muzzle concave between the eyes and ex-

tremity of the nose; upper lip fur-

rowed by deep oblique wrinkles; ears

united on the forehead slightly in

front of the eyes; no gular sac.

. Ears united by a deep band, anti-

tragus much longer than high ...

d'"', Kars united by a low band ; anti-

tragus as high as long...............

b'. Antitragus separated by a very shallow notch;

lower incisors 6.

ce’. Muzzle flat in front of the ears; upper

lips with vertical wrinkles.

e'". Hars separate.

a. Tragus quadrate, broad above ;

first upper premolar in the

ceutre of the space between the

canine and second premolar

B. Tragus triangular, narrow above ;

first upper premolar larger,

filling up the space between the

canine and second premolar ...

1—1

II. Premolars —,.

c', Antitragus separated by a very shallow notch,

lower incisors 6.

d'. Muzzle flat or rounded off above ; upper

lip with ill-defined vertical wrinkles.

f'". Ears separate, tragus triangular,

rounded off above.

a. Har broad above, upper third of

the inner margin straight ......

B. Har narrow above, upper third of

10. WN. angolensis, p. 724.

11. WN. mitarensis, p. 725.

12. N. mops, p. 726.

13. N.johorensis, p. 726.

14. N. australis, p. 728.

15. NV. megalotis, p. 728.

16. NV. macrotis, p. 729.

17. N. gracilis, p. 731.

... 18. M brasiliensis, p. 731.

19. N. norfolcensis, p. 782.

20. N. albiventer, p. 733.

the inner margin deeply concave 21. N. acetabulosus, p. 734.

1876. ] MR. G. E. DOBSON ON THE MOLOSSI. 719

mei 5

; pm. =—; ears united or close together.

(Subgen. Nyctrnomus, Peters.)

2) 9

Ine. g OF

1. NycCTINOMUS ‘AFRICANUS.

Nyctinomus africanus, Dobson, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4,

vol. xviil. p. 348 (1876).

Ears large, their inner margins arising from perfectly distinct

points of origin though close together, outer and inner margins of

the ear-conch regularly convex, forming an arc of a circle; anti-

tragus irregularly quadrilateral with a broad base, separated poste-

riorly by a moderately deep notch, upper margin straight or even

slightly concave ; tragus broad, evenly rounded off above ; keel of the

ear very prominent, thickened and flattened externally in lower third.

Fur bright orange-chestnut above and beneath. The fur of the

body extends upon the wing-membrane above almost as far as a line

drawn from the middle of the humerus to the knee, and upon the

base of the interfemoral membrane ; the remainder of the upper sur-

face is naked. Beneath, the fur scarcely extends so far outwards

upon the wing-membrane between the humerus and femur as upon

the upper surface ; but a narrow band of short hairs passes outwards

behind the posterior margin of the forearm to the carpus.

Lower incisors 4, not crowded; first upper premolar very short

and blunt, but occupying by its base the whole space between the

canine and second premolar.

Length: head and body 3'°4 ; tail 2'°4, tail free from membrane

1"°5; head 1:2; ear 10, tragus 0"°3x0'"15; forearm 2'°5;

thumb 0'°4; second finger—metatarp. 2'4, Ist ph. 1*1, 2nd ph.

13 third finger—metacarp. 2'"15, Ist ph. 0-9, 2nd ph. 0°35;

fourth finger-——metacarp. 1-25, Ist ph. 0°75, 2nd ph. 0'°3; tibia

075; foot and claws 0°45.

Hab. South Africa (Transvaal Republic). Type in the collection

of the British Museum.

2. NyCTINOMUS CESTONI.

Dinops cestonii, Savi, Nuov. Giorn. de’ Letter. p. 230 (1825);

Bullet. des Sci. Nat. vill. p. 286 (1826); Temminck, Monogr.

Mammal. i. p. 262 (1835-41).

Dysopes riippellii, Temm. 0. e. il. p. 224.

Dysopes midas, Sundevall, Stockh. Vet. Ak. Handl. 1842, p. 207.

Dysopes cestonit, Wagner, Suppl. Schreb. Siugeth. v. p. 702; var.

nigrogriseus, Schneider, Nouv. Mém. Soc. Helvét. xxiv. 1871, p. 9.

Nyctinomus insignis, Blyth, Cat. Mamm. Mus. A. 8S. Beng. (1863).

Nyctinomus (Dysopes) ventralis, Heuglin, Nova Acta Acad.

Leop.-Carol. 1861, p. 11*.

Dysopes (Molossus) rueppelli, Swinhoe, P. Z.8. 1870, p. 619.

Nyctinomus cestonii, Dobson, Mon. As. Chiropt. p. 180 (1876).

Ears united by the bases of their inner margins on the muzzle at

* The type of NV. ventralis is preserved in the Stuttgart Museum, and, Dr.

Krauss informs me, is identical with NV. cestonz.

720 MR. G. E. DOBSON ON THE MOLOSSI. [Nov. 7,

a short distance from the extremity of the nose, their round superior

and internal margins projecting slightly beyond the end of the

muzzle (fig. 4); general form of the ear-conch and tragus as in

preceding species; but the tragus is proportionally larger, and the

antitragus is obliquely triangular and separated posteriorly by a deep

Wier

Head of Nyctinomus cestoni.

notch. Upper lips very thick, with well-marked vertical wrinkles

(fig. 4). Males with a small glandular gular sac, opening in the centre

of the inferior surface of the neck, slightly in front of the anterior ex-

tremity of the sternum, by a circular orifice concealed by the fur.

Wings from the distal third of the tibia.

Fur, above, reddish-brown with an orange tinge, the extreme tips

of the hairs greyish ; beneath, similar but paler. The wing-mem-

brane on the upper surface is covered as far as a line drawn from the

middle of the humerus to the knee, and the base of the interfemoral

membrane; the antebrachial membrane is clothed with short fur;

the forearm, legs, and remainder of the wings naked. Beneath, the

fur extends outwards to a less distance, ending by an abrupt well-

defined, straight margin; the antebrachial membrane is naked. The

lower margir. of the upper lip is fringed with fine hairs; the face is

almost naked; a few short hairs form an arch on the inner side of

the ear-conch ; and the cutaneous band connecting the inner sides of

the ears with the muzzle is clothed with erect hairs.

First upper premolar minute, acutely pointed, in the centre of the

space between the canine and second large premolar ; lower incisors

6, the central pair in front of next two, which touch the small incisors

on each side next the canines, but do not overlap them.

Length (of an adult ¢): head and body 3''-4; tail 2':0, tail free

from membrane 1'"*1 ; head 1'°3; ear 1”°2, tragus 0''25 x 0'"°20 ;

forearm 2''°4; thumb 0'"35 ; second finger—metacarp. 2''°4, Ist ph.

0'"95, 2nd ph. 1':25; third finger—metacarp. 2'':2, lst ph. 08,

2nd ph. 0'"5; fourth finger— metacarp. 1''°3, 1st ph. 0''"7, 2nd ph.

0'°3; tibia 0'°75; foot and claws 0''°4. ;

Hab. Europe (Switzerland, Italy, Sicily, Greece) ; Africa (Egypt,

Nubia); Asia (Amoy, China).

1876. ] MR. G. E. DOBSON ON THE MOLOSSI. 7

—

3. NYCTINOMUS ZGYPTIACUS.

Nyctinomus egyptiacus, Geoffroy, Descr. de I’Egypte, il. p. 128,

pl. ii. (1812).

Dysopes geoffroyi, Temminck, Monogr. Mammal. i. p. 226

(1835-41) ; Wagner, Suppl. Schreb. Siiugeth. i, p. 469 (1844).

Much smaller than WN. africanus. Ears quite separate, but close

together by the bases of their inner margins; outer and inner mar-

gins of the ear-conch evenly convex, forming almost an arc of a circle

above; antitragus half-oval, separated by a deep notch posteriorly ;

tragus broad and rounded off above as in the preceding species.

Lips with vertical wrinkles.

Wing-membrane from the lower part of the tibiee, near the ankles.

Fur, deep smoke-brown above, paler beneath. Distribution of

hair on the membranes as in NV. cestoni, except on the antebrachial

membrane, which is nearly naked.

Length (of the type, an adult ¢ specimen preserved in alcohol) :

head and body 2'-6; tail 1'°6, tail free from membrane 0-9 ; head

0-95; ear 0'9, tragus 0-23 x 0'15 ; forearm 1'-95 ; thumb Ql: 28 ;

second finger—metacarp. 1!-9,) tst ph. 0"-75, 2nd ph. 0"-8; third

finger—metacarp. 1/°8, Ist ph. 0'-6; 2nd ph. 0'-4; fourth finger

—-metacarp. 1-15, Ist: pl.-0!"55, 2nd. ph.0'3 ; tibia 0" Dis foot

and claws 0!'"35.

Hab. Africa (Egypt). Type in the collection of the Paris Mu-

seum.

4. NYCTINOMUS TRAGATUS.

Nyctinomus tragatus, Dobson, J. A. 8. B. 1874, p. 143, Mono-

graph Asiatic Chiroptera, p. 181 (1876)

This species resembles N. egyptiacus very closely, but is larger,

and has always six lower incisors. That this is not due to age (as

the young have generally six lower incisors, even in species in which

four is the normal number in the adult animal) is shown by the

relative measurements of this species and NV. egyptiacus, and by the

presence in every specimen (as yet examined) of this species of six

lower incisors.

Length: head and body 2!°9 ; tail 1/7, tail free from membrane

O85 ; ear 0-9, tragus 0'°23 x 0!"15: fred 2'-0; second finger

3-6; fourth finger 1''-9 ; tibia 0'-6 ; foot and claws 0'-35.

Hab. Peninsula of India (Rajanpur, N.W. frontier ; Jashpur near

Chutia Nagpur; Calcutta).

Type in the collection of the Indian Museum, Calcutta.

5. NyYcTINoMUS PLICATUS.

Vespertilio plicatus, Buchanan-Hamilton, Trans. Linn. Soe. v.

p- 261, fig. (1800).

Nyctinomus bengalensis, Geofir. Deser. de l’ Egypte, ii. p. 130 (1812),

Nyctinomus tenuis et N. dilatatus, Horsfield, Zoolog. Researches

in Java (1825); Cantor, J. A.S. B. xv. p. 179.

Dysopes murinus, Gray, Ilustr. Ind. Zool. vol. i. pl. 1. (1830.)

Dysopes plicatus, Temminck, Monogr. Mamm. 1. p, 223(1835-41).

722 MR. G. E. DOBSON ON THE MOLOSSI. [ Nov.

Dysopes tenuis, Temminck, /. ¢. p. 228.

Nyctinomus plicatus, Jerdon, Mammals of India, p. 33 (1567) ;

Dobson, J. A. S. B. 1874, p. 143; Monogr. Asiat. Chiropt. p. 182

(1876).

About the same size as V. egyptiacus; but the ears are united by

a low band in front, which forms an obtuse, slightly elevated, angular

projection on the muzzle, and the tragus is very small, quadrate, the

superior margin slightly concave, the outer margin with a small

projection at the base ; margin of the ear-conch evenly and broadly

rounded off above; antitragus half oval, separated posteriorly by a deep

notch. Upper lip very thick, deeply grooved by vertical wrinkles.

Wing-menibrane from the lower end of the tibia.

Fur very dense and soft; above bluish-black or smoke-black, be-

neath somewhat paler.

First upper premolar small, in the space between the canine and

second premolar.

Length (of an adult g): head and body 2'9 ; tail 1'-7, tail free

from membrane 1-1; head 1-0; ear 6''-9, tragus 0-1 x 0-08 ;

forearm 1'-95; second finger 3-9; fourth finger 1'"7 ; tibia 0'-7 ;

foot and claws 0!'°35.

Hab. Peninsula of India (Calcutta, Ludiana, Agra, Madras) ;

Sumatra; Java; Borneo ; Malay peninsula (Singapore) ; Philippine

Islands.

6. NycTINOMUS BIVITTATUS.

Nyctinomus bivittatus, Heuglin, Nova Acta Ac. Leop.-Car. 1861,

p- 13.

Ears conjoined by a low band, very siightly raised above the

muzzle ; tragus very small, quadrate ; upper lip grooved by vertical

wrinkles.

Base of the thumb with a remarkably large circular callous pad.

Wings from the middle of the tibiz.

Fur above umber-brown ; the extremities of the hairs conspicuously

tipped with grey, especially on the top of the head, where either side

is streaked with grey, and on the shoulders and middle of the back

spotted over with the same colour; beneath similar but paler. Dis-

tribution of the fur and dentition as in N. plicatus.

Length (of the type specimen, an adult ¢): head and body 2'"7;

tail 1'-6; tail free from membrane 1°15; head 1-0; ear 0!''8;

tragus 0-1; forearm 1/9; thumb 0°35; second finger 38 ;

fourth finger 1'"8; tibia 0!'-6; foot and claws 0!'"4.

Hab. N.E. Africa (Bogos Land). ‘Type in the collection of the

Stuttgart Museum.

This species is very closely allied to N. plicatus, of which it may

be considered the African representative.

7. NYCTINOMUS BRACHYPTERUS.

Dysopes brachypterus, Peters, Reise nach Mossambique, Siiugeth.

p. 59 (1852).

Ears much shorter than the head, conjoined by a deep band on

1876. | MR. G. E. DOBSON ON THE MOLOSSI. 723

the muzzle as far forward as a point corresponding to the position of

the upper incisors beneath ; outer and inner margins continuous,

evenly convex above, the inner margin with three minute horny

points ; antitragus well developed, separated by a deep notch, qua-

drangular with shortly rounded angles, the length of its base but

slightly exceeding the depth of its “anterior margin ; tragus small,

quadrate, its superior margin directed upwards and inwards, a small

projection at the base of its outer margin; keel of the ear-conch

large, thickened, expanded, and flattened externally in its lower

third. Extremity of the nose projecting very much, the distance

from the anterior margin of the nostril to the margin of the upper

lip exceeding the diameter of the base of the antitragus ; upper lip

with vertical wrinkles.

Wings-membrane from the middle of the tibia.

Fur very short above and beneath; dark brown above, the base

of the hairs whitish ; beneath dirty yellowish-white, the sides of the

body brown.

The first upper premolar stands in the tooth-row and fills up the

narrow space between the canine and second premolar ; lower incisors

very small, not occupying all the space in front of the canines,

Length (of an adult 2 specimen): head and body 2!'-25 ; tail

1-25, tail free from membrane 0!"8; head 0-9; ear 0!'"7, tragus

01x 0"-03; forearm 1'°35; thumb 0'"3; second finger—meta-

carp. 1/35, Ist ph. 0°55, 2nd ph. 0-7; third finger—metacarp.

1-3, Ist ph. 0°45, 2nd ph. 0°35; fourth finger—metacarp. 08,

Ist ph. 0!°35,-2nd ph. 0"°15; tibia 0!-45 ; foot and ees OMe3;

flab. Africa (Sierra Leone, Lagos, Mozambique). Type in the col-

lection of the Berlin Museum.

8. NycTINOMUS PUMILUS.

Dysopes pumilus, Cretzsch., Ruppell, Atlas, Reise nérdl. Afrika,

Zool. p. 69, pl. xxvii. (1826); TTemminck, Monogr. Mamm. ii.

p. 354 (1835-41); Wagner, Suppl. Schreb. Saugeth. i. p. 470

(1844).

Kars shorter than the head, united upon the muzzle as in the

preceding species, but by a deeper band; outer and inner margins

of the ear-conch continuous, evenly rounded above, the inner margin

with three minute horny points; antitragus half-oval, arising abruptly

from a point behind and on the same level with the angle of the mouth,

directly below the posterior commissure of the eyelids, separated pos-

teriorly by a narrow moderately deep notch; tragus small, quadrate,

superior margin straight, parallel to the base of the tragus ; keel of

the ear-conch small, straight, not expanded in lower third. Extre-

mity of the muzzie not “projecting as much as in the preceding

species, the distance from the anterior margin of the nostril to the

margin of the upper lip not exceeding the length of the base of the

autitragus ; upper lip very expansible, with deep vertical wrinkles.

Wing-membrane from the distal third of the tibia.

Fur rather short, but longer than in the preceding species ; above,

whitish at the base, then dark brown to the tips of the hairs; be-

724 MR. G. E. DOBSON ON THE MOLOSSI. [Nov. 7,

neath, less white at the base of the hairs, but slightly greyish at the

tips.

Distribution of the fur upon the wing-membrane as in JN. cestoni ;

a narrow band of short hairs behind the anterior two thirds of the

forearm on the upper surface.

In ¢ a thick tuft of long hairs arises from the back of the deep

band connecting the ears; in 2 this hair is not longer than on the

adjoining inner sides of the backs of the ears.

Lower incisors very small, crowded ; first upper premolar minute,

with an acute cusp, in the centre of the space between the canine

and second premolar.

Length (of an adult ¢): head and body 2'''1; tail 1':25, tail

free from membrane 0°75; head 0'°8; ear 0''°65, tragus 0° x 1

0-03; forearm 1'°5; thumb 0'*7; second finger—metacarp. 1''°4,

Ist ph. 0'°6, 2nd ph. 0'"7; third finger—metacarp. 1'°35, 1st

ph. 0'"5, 2nd ph. 0°45; fourth finger—metacarp. 0'°85, Ist ph.

0:4, 2nd ph. 0'':2; tibia 0'"5 ; foot and claws 0'°25.

Hab. Atrica (Abyssinia, Nubia, Egypt).

9. NYCTINOMUS LIMBATUS.

Dysopes limbatus, Peters, Reise nach Mossambique, Siugeth. i.

p- 56 (1852).

Nyctinomus leucogaster, Grandidier, Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1869,

p. 337.

This form can be distinguished from N. pumilus only by the

different colour of the fur of the ventral surface and of the wing-

membranes, and by the slightly broader tragus. In every other

respect it agrees so perfectly in structure and measurements with

that species, that I can scarcely consider it specifically distinct.

Fur above dark brown, also the shoulders, throat, and upper

part of the breast; the remaining parts of the ventral surface pale

yellowish white, and the wing, antebrachial, and inferior surface

of the interfemoral membrane of the same colour. In immature in-

dividuals the white colour of the ventral surface is not so much ex-

tended, but appears as a more or less broad patch on the abdomen,

increasing in extent according to age.

Hab. Africa, south of the Equator (Zanzibar, Mozambique, An-

gola) ; Madagascar.

This appears to be the southern representative of N. pumilus.

10. NyCTINOMUS ANGOLENSIS.

Nyctinomus angolensis, Peters, Jorn. Scien. Mathem. Phys. e

Natur. Lisboa, vol. ii. p. 124 (1870).

Ears much shorter and more triangular than in any of the species

previously described, conjoined on the muzzle by a very deep band,

as in N. pumilus; the antitragus and keel of the ear-conch as in that

species; integument of the ears thick ; tragus very small, quadrate,

superior margin directed upwards and outwards. Upper lip remark-

ably thick in front, so that the extremity of the nose does not pro-

ject much beyond its margin, its sides grooved by vertical furrows.

1876. | MR. G. E. DOBSON ON THE MOLOSSI. 729

Thumb long; feet large; wing-membrane from the middle of the

tibiee.

Fur above and beneath very short; above white at the base,

terminal three fourths of the hairs deep reddish-brown ; beneath,

yellowish-white or pale reddish-yellow; the shoulders, sides of the

neck, chest, and abdomen reddish brown. On the upper surface the

membranes are almost quite naked; beneath, the wing-membrane is

covered with very short fine pale yellowish-white hairs as far out-

wards as a line drawn from the middle of the humerus to the knee;

and similar short fur appears upon the interfemoral membrane.

First upper premolar very small, scarcely visible without the

aid of a lens, in the outer angle between the closely approximated

canine and second premolar; sometimes deciduous. Lower incisors

crowded. Length (of an adult 9): head and body 2''°9; tail 1'°8,

tail free from membrane 0°95; head 1'°05; ear 0°75, tragus

0":1x0'°03 ; forearm 185; thumb 0'"45; second finger—meta-

earp. 1°85, Ist ph. 0'''85, 2nd ph. 1':25; third finger—metacarp.

18, Ist ph. 0°°7, 2nd ph. 0°65; fourth finger—metacarp. 1''*2,

ist ph. 0°55, 2nd ph. 0°22; tibia 0°65; foot and claws 0-4.

Hab. Africa (Angola, Coanza river); Madagascar (Mahanora).

Nyctinomus hepaticus, Heuglin (Nov. Act. Acad. Leop.-Car.

xxlil. 1864, p. 14), appears from the original description to be very

closely allied to, if not identical with, N. angolensis. But Dr.

Krauss informs me that the type is not in the Royal Zoological

Museum at Stuttgart, where the types of the other species of Bats

described by Herr von Heuglin are preserved; and he doubts

whether any specimen of the species was brought by the describer to

Europe. As the description is very imperfect, and as the type cannot

be found, this species must remain doubtful.

J}1. NycrrNoMUS MIARENSIS.

Nyctinomus miarensis, Grandidier, Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1869,

p- 337.

Nyctinomus unicolor, Grandidier, 1. c. 1870, p. 49.

About the same size as N. cestoni. Ears shorter than the head,

united on the muzzle by a band about 0'"15 high in the centre, at

a distance of 0'*2 behind the extremity of the nose; ear-conch

broadly rounded off above, the outer and inner margin continuous ;

antitragus longer than high, irregularly quadrate, the shortest side

above, separated by a deep notch posteriorly ; tragus narrow, much

longer than broad, shortly rounded off above, inner margin slightly

concave, outer straight, in general shape altogether different from

that of any of the previously described species; keel of the ear-

conch well developed, prominent, thickened and expanded in lower

third, upper lip very expansible, deeply grooved by vertical furrows.

Thumb short, with a large circular callosity. Wings from the

lower end of the tibiae. Fur above dark brown, beneath brown with

slightly ashy extremities.

Lower incisors 4, the middle incisors overlapping the outer ones ;

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1876, No. XLVIII. 48

726 MR. G. E. DOBSON ON THE MOLOSSI. [ Nov. 7,

first small upper premolar crushed in between the canine and second

premolar, and rather to the outer side.

Length (of an adult 2 specimen, the type): head and body 3'''5 ;

tail 1/65, tail free from membrane 1:0; head 1'"3; ear 1:0,

tragus 0'°15 x 0'"4; forearm 2-4; thumb 0"°35; second finger—

metacarp. 2'':4, Ist ph. 0'"5, 2nd ph. 17-4; third finger—meta-

carp. 2'25, 1st ph. 0°85, 2nd ph. 0'°6; fourth finger—metacarp.

1"°35, Ist ph. 0"°75, 2nd ph: 0°:3;° tibia 0’°7; foot and claws

0” 5.

Hab. Madagascar. Type in the Paris Museum.

12. NycCTINOMUS MOPS.

Dysopes mops, F. Cuvier, Dents des Mammif. p. 49 (1825).

Mops indicus, Lesson, Table du Regne Anim. Mamm. p. 18(1842) ;

Peters, Monatsb. Akad. Berl. 1869, p. 402.

Nyctinomus mops, Dobson, Monogr. Asiatic Chiroptera, p. 182

(1876).

Ears larger than in WN. angolensis; upper three fourths of the

margin of the ear-conch regularly convex, forming almost an are of

a circle; inner margins conjoined by a deep band 0'°2 high in the

centre; tragus very small, quadrate ; antitragus large, quadrilateral

with rounded angles, nearly as high as long, separated posteriorly by

a deep notch, ending abruptly anteriorly, close to the angle of the

mouth. Upper lip with deep vertical wrinkles.

Thumb rather long, armed with a well-developed claw; wings

from the lower third of the tibia.

Fur very short above and beneath; on the dorsal surface dark

brown, somewhat paler beneath, extending upon the wing-membrane

along the sides of the body only.

Upper incisors short, separated by a small interval in front ; lower

incisors 4, crowded ; first upper premolar very small, deciduous, in

the outer angle between the closely approximated canine and second

premolar.

Length (of the type specimen) : head and body 3'°0; tail 1'°5,

tail free from membrane 0'°95; ear 0:95, tragus 0'"1; forearm

1-8; thumb 04; second finger 35; fourth finger 1'°8; tibia

0":7; foot and claws 0'°45.

Hab. Sumatra.

This species is closely allied to N. angolensis, agreeing with it in

the position of the minute first upper premolar (which is quite ex-

ternal to the tooth-row), in the remarkable length of the thumb as

compared with other species of this genus (except NV. johorensis),

and in the peculiar shortness of the fur. It is, however, readily dis-

tinguished by the form and size of the ears, and by other characters

described above.

13. NYCTINOMUS JOHORENSIS.

Molossus (Nyctinomus) johorensis, Dobson, Proc. Asiat. Soc.

Beng. 1873, p. 22.

1876. | MR. G. E. DOBSON ON THE MOLOSSI. 727

Nyctinomus (Cherephon) johorensis, Dobson, Journ, Asiat. Soe.

Beng. 1874, p. 144.

Nyctinomus johorensis, Dobson, Monogr. Asiat. Chiroptera, p. 183

(1876).

Ears as in N. plicatus; but their inner’margins are connected bya

band of integument which extends forwards on the muzzle as far as

a point placed midway between a line joining the eyes and the ex-

Head of N. gohorensis.

tremity of the muzzle; this connecting band is continued upwards

and backwards between the ears to a height of 0''4 inch, forming an

ine ie funnel open behind, wide below, and narrow above. At

a distance of about 0’°3 inch from the anterior connecting band, the

ears are again connected by a second fold of intecument, posterior

and parallel to the first, about 0”*1 inch in vertical height (fig. 5).

Between these two connecting folds of integument and ‘the sides of

the ear a hollow square is contained. This concavity is empty, and

open only from above. At the base of the funnel-shaped an-

terior boundary a few long hairs exist, as in N. pumilus. Margin

of the ear-conch evenly convex above; antitragus large, separated | by

a deep notch; tragus very small, yuadrate, superior margin slightly

concave,

The animals of this genus possess the power of folding the ear-

conch forwards, downwards, and outwards, thus closing the external

ear. When the ears are closed, the superior part of the funnel-

shaped connecting band is, in this species, drawn forwards, disclosing

the cavity behind. In the erect condition of the ears the same fun-

nel-shaped process is drawn backwards across this square hollow

cavity, which it covers, as the pitcher of Nepenthes is covered by the

leaf forming its lid. In this position the extremity of the funnel is

flattened out, and lies in the space contained between the posterior

connecting band and the top of the head.

The thumb is comparatively longer than in any other species of

the genus, and the wing-membrane is attached a short distance

below the knee-joint.

Upper incisors separated by a very narrow interval in front ; lower

incisors 4.

48*

728 MR. G. E. DOBSON ON THE MOLOSSI. [ Nov. 7,

Length: head and body 2!8; tail 1-7, tail free from mem-

brane 1-0; ear 0-9, tragus O'-L; forearm 1'°9; thumb 075:

second finger 3'-6; fourth finger 1-8; tibia 0-7; foot and claws

O'-4,

#ab. Malay peninsula (Johore).

Type in the collection of the Indian Museum, Calcutta.

14. NYCTINOMUS AUSTRALIS.

Molossus australis, Gray, Mag. Zool. Bot. ii. p. 501 (1838).

Ears large, but shorter than the head, their inner margins arising

close together on the muzzle from distinct points of origin, as in N.

africanus ; tegument forming the ear-conch rather thin; keel very

deep in lower third, but short and exceedingly thin, bent upwards

and backwards; margin of the conch straight or slightly concave in

superior third; antitragus very large, as high as long, posterior

margin straight, anterior slightly convex, narrowly rounded off above ;

tragus short and broad as in N. egyptiacus; but its outer margin is

distinctly concave about the middle, and there is an obtuse projec-

tion at its base. Upper lip with short vertical wrinkles. The mouth

of a very large gular sac, larger than in any other known species of

this genus, extends across the throat from a point on each side near

the anterior termination of the antitragus, opening forwards as in

Taphozous.

Wings from the distal third of the tibia. Fur moderately long ;

above dark reddish-brown, beneath paler; the base of the hairs on

both surfaces much lighter. On the dorsal surface the wings are

covered as far as a line drawn from the middle of the humerus to the

distal third of the femur, also the base of the interfemoral as far as

a line drawn between the knees; beneath, a narrow band of fur

extends outwards behind the forearm, becoming wider in the angle

between the forearm and the fifth metacarpal bone, along which it

extends for half its length, and, passing over, covers the space be-

tween it and the upper third of the fourth metacarpal.

Upper incisors rather long, separated by a narrow space in the

middle ; lower incisors 4, bifid: first upper premolar minute, in the

space between the anne and second premolar, drawn slightly in-

wards.

Length (of an adult ¢ specimen, the type): head and body

3'°0; tail 1:9, tail free from membrane 1’°0; head 1°15; ear

0":9, tragus 0'°20"°15; forearm 2°35; thumb 0'°35; second

finger—metacarp. 2:25, 1st ph.0"'9, 2nd ph. 12; third finger—

metacarp. Ziel Sakst ph. 0":7, 2nd Pe 0°55; fourth finger—meta-

carp. 1-2 )st ph. 0"+7,: 2nd: ph..0'°25:; tibia i0"-75; foot and claws

0:5 5.

Hab. Australia ; New Guinea.

Type in the collection of the British Museum.

15. NycTINOMUS MEGALOTIS, 0. sp.

Ears nearly as long as the head, projecting when laid forwards

nearly one fifth of an inch beyond the muzzle; imner margins united

1876. | MR. G. E. DOBSON ON THE MOLOsSI. 729

on the muzzle by a low band at a distance from the end of the nose

equal to the length of the base of the antitragus; inner and outer

margins of the ear-conch evenly convex above; ear-keel very deep

and slender in lower third, where it is partly folded upwards and back-

wards, so as to present a flat surface externally ; superior and inner

margin of the conch with four minute horny projections; antitragus

rather small, but separated posteriorly by a deep notch, convex, about

once and a half as long as high; tragus quadrate, with a straight

superior margin and projecting outer angle, inner margin straight,

outer slightly concave. Extremity of the muzzle very obliquely

truncate. Upper lip very expansible, with a few deep vertical

grooves. No gular sac. Thumbs and feet small. Wings from the

lower end of the tibize.

Fur dark brown above and beneath, with slightly greyish extre-

mities ; the base of the hairs whitish. The face is nearly naked ;

a few hairs form a fringe along the anterior margin of the upper lip

beneath the nostrils. With the exception of a narrow band of very

short fine hairs, which extends on the upper surface of the wing-

membrane behind the forearm to the carpus, the membranes exter-

nal to the humerus appear to be quite naked; along the sides of the

body the fur extends as far outwards, above and beneath, as a line

drawn from the middle of the humerus to the knee.

Upper incisors separated by a space in front; lower incisors 4,

bifid, crowded ; internal basal cusp of canine small; first upper pre-

molar small, conical, acutely pointed, in the centre of the rather

wide space between the canine and second premolar; second upper

premolar with an acute internal basal cusp ; first lower premolar not

crowded, as broad at the base as the second, which exceeds it (as in

all other species of the genus) in vertical extent.

Length (of an adult 3): head and body 3:0; tail 2'"1, tail free

from membrane 1'*i ; head 1°15; ear 1'':0, tragus 0°15 x 0'"1;

forearm 2'°35; thumb 0°35; second finger—metacarp. 2'25, 1st

ph. 07°95, 2nd ph. 1'"1; third finger—metacarp. 2'''1, Ist ph. 0'°8,

2nd ph. 0”"1; fourth finger—metacarp. 1'°1, Ist ph. 0'°75, 2nd

ph. 02.

Hab. Surinam. Type in the collection of the British Museum.

16. NycTINOMUS MACROTIS.

Nyctinomus macrotis, Gray, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1839, p. 5;

Gervais, Expéd. Castelnau, Zoologie, p. 62, pl. xil. figs. 1 and la

(skull and teeth).

Dysopes auritus, Natt., Wagner, Wiegm. Archiv, 1843, p. 368 ;

Burmeister, Thiere Brasiliens, p. 69 (1854).

Dysopes laticaudatus et D. cecus, Rengger, Siug. Paraguay, p. 88.

? Dysopes aurispinosus, Peale, United-States Explor. Exped. viii.

p. Zi

Ears large, nearly as long as the head, conjoined to a height of

0':2 inch, the inner margins very convex and consequently close

together for more than half their length above the band uniting

their bases; integument forming the ear-conch very thin, translu-

730 MR. G. E. DOBSON ON THE MOLOSSI. [ Nov. 7,

cent; keel very deep, projecting outwards beyond the antitragus,

but also very slender, curved backwards and upwards; tragus small,

quadrate, superior margin straight or very slightly concave, upper

half of outer margin concave, lower half forming a prominent angular

projection ; antitragus considerably longer than high, terminating in

tront between the eye and the angle of the mouth (fig. 6), separated

posteriorly by a deep notch. Face deeply grooved horizontally be-

neath the eye, which is remarkably prominent and directed forwards.

Muzzle slender, concave between the ears and the projecting, sharply

cut superior margin of the nostrils; nasal apertures directed almost

laterally, separated by a wide space, which is divided in the middle

Head of NV. macrotis.

by a raised vertical ridge. Upper lip deeply furrowed by oblique

wrinkles. No gular sac. Thumb rather short, with a small callo-

sity ; terminal phalanx of third finger very short. Wings from the

distal third of the tibize.

Fur short, reddish brown above and beneath; on the upper sur-

face extending upon the wing-membrane as far outwards as a line

drawn from the middle of the humerus to the knee-joint, on the base

of the interfemoral, and outwards behind the forearm in a narrow

band to the carpus.

Teeth slender, with very acute cusps. Lower incisors 4, crowded,

bifid. First upper premolar small, but acutely pointed, in the centre

of the space between the canine and the second premolar; second

premolar large, with a long and very acute internal basal cusp.

Length (of the type specimen, an adult 9): head and body 2'"8 ;

tail 1''-9, tail free from membrane 1'""0; head 1:1; ear 1'’-0, tragus

0-15 0'"1; forearm 2'"2; thumb 0'°3; second finger—metacarp.

2'*1, Ist ph. 09, 2nd ph. 1-0; third finger—metacarp. 2’':0, Ist

ph. 0'°75, 2nd ph. 0'°1; fourth finger—metacarp. 1'°0, Ist ph.

Q''-7, 2nd ph. 0''°3; tibia 0'°65 ; foot and claws 0''*4,

Hab. Cuba; Brazil (Mato Grosso); Paraguay.

The next species, NV. gracilis, resembles N. macrotis very closely

in general structure, and forms with it a separate section of the

genus, distinguished by the peculiar shape of the muzzle,

1876. ] MR. G. E. DOBSON ON THE MOLOSSI. 731

17. NycCTINOMUS GRACILIS.

Dysopes gracilis, Natt., Wagner, Wiegm. Archiv, 1843, p. 368 ;

Suppl. Schreb. Sadugeth. v. p. 708 (1855).

Nyctinomus gracilis, Peters, Monatsb. Akad. Berl. 1865, p. 573.

Ears conjoined by the bases of their inner margins only; general

form of the ear-conch quite similar to that of N. macrotis; but the

antitragus is higher than long, separated posteriorly by a very deep

notch, and terminating abruptly in front near the angle of the mouth ;

tragus very small, quadrate, outer margin concave. Muzzle and

remaining parts of the body as in N. macrotis. No gularsac. Fur

short, dark brown above and beneath, extending upon the wing-

membranes along the sides of the body only.

Length (of an adult ¢ specimen): head and body 2!°5; tail 1"°5,

tail free from membrane 0:7; head 09; ear 0°75, tragus 0”"1

x 0-08; forearm 1"°8; thumb 0"°3; second finger—metacarp. 1"*7,

Ist ph. 0°75, 2nd ph. 0"°9; third finger—metacarp. 1'°65, Ist ph.

0"°65, 2nd ph. 0":1; fourth finger—metacarp. 1:0, Ist ph. 0"°5,

2nd ph. 0°15; tibia 05 ; foot and claws 0'"35.

Hab. Brazil (Mato Grosso); Guatemala.

Although much smaller and with comparatively shorter ears, this

species resembles N. macrotis so closely in its general structure that,

at first sight, it appears to be a small variety of that species. On

closer examination, however, it is easily distinguished by the very

different form of the antitragus, and by the short connexion of the

ears in front.

18. NycTiNOMUS BRASILIENSIS.

Nyctinomus brasiliensis, Is. Geoffroy, Ann. des Sci. Nat. i. p. 337

(1824); Gervais, Expédit. de Castlenau, Zoologie, p. 60, pl. xii. figs. 2

and 2 a (teeth), 1855; Peters, Monatsb. Akad. Berl. 1865, p. 573.

Nycticejus cynocephala, Le Conte, Cuv. Anim. Kingd. (M°Mur-

trie ed.) (1831), p. 431.

Dysopes nasutus, Temminck, Monogr. Mamm. i. p. 234 (1835).

Nyctinomus multispinosus (Peale), Burmeister (vide Peters, J. ¢.

1865, p.:573).

Molossus cynocephalus et fuliginosus, Cooper, Ann. New-York Lye.

iv. 1837, pp. 65, 67.

Rhinopoma carolinense, Gundlach, nec Geoffroy, Wiegm. Archiv,

1840, p. 358.

Dysopes naso, Wagner, Supp. Schreb. Saugeth. i. p. 475 (1844) ;

v. p. 707 (1855).

Nyctinomus mexicanus, Saussure, Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1860, p. 283.

Molossus aztecus, Saussure, 1. c. p. 285*.

Nyctinomus musculus, Gundlach, Monatsb. Akad. Berl. 1861,

». 149.

; Nyctinomus nasutus, Tomes, P.Z.S. 1861, p. 68; Allen, Mo-

nograph of the Bats of North America, p. 7 (1864).

Ears nearly as long as the head, laid forward they extend almost

* Prof. Peters informs me that Molossus aztecus, Saussure, included by him

in his subgenus Mo/lossops (= Myopterus), is really a synonym of WN. brasiliensis,

as he has since ascertained by direct examination of the type.

732 MR. G. E. DOBSON ON THE MOLOSST. [Nov.:7,

to the end of the nose; inuer margins not united, but arising close

together from the muzzle about midway between a line drawn be-

tween the eyes and the extremity of the nose; inner and outer, mar-

gins of the ear-conch almost regularly convex, continuous ; the inner

margin with five or six minute horny projections; antitragus but

slightly developed, separated posteriorly by a shallow and small notch ;

tragus quadrate, larger than in NV. gracilis. Upper lip with nume-

rous vertical wrinkles; muzzle in front of the origin of the inner

margins of the ears flat, terminated by the sharply cut margins of

the nostrils. No gular sac.

Wings from the distal third of the tibiz near the ankles. Fur

moderately long and very dense, extending upon the wings above

and beneath as far outwards as a line drawn from the middle of

the humerus to the knee, the remainder naked. Lower incisors six,

crowded ; the outer incisors very slender, overlapping the external

margin of the middle incisors, the internal margins of which are also

overlapped by the central incisors ; first upper premolar small, with

an acute cusp well elevated above the gum in the centre of the small

space between the canine and second premolar.

Length (of an adult 2): head and body 2°25; tail 1-4, tail

free from membrane 0'"8; head 0""8; ear 07, tragus 0-15 x 0°12;

forearm 1'"7; thumb 0'°3 ; second finger—metacarp. i'°65, Ist ph.

0°65, 2nd ph. 0-8; third finger—metacarp. 0°65, Ist ph. 0°55,

2nd ph. 0-45; fourth finger—metacarp. 08 ; Ist ph. 05, 2nd ph.

0:25; tibia 05; foot and claws 0°33.

Hab. The warmer regions of North and South America and their

islands, extending from California to Chili; apparently everywhere

distributed throughout the tropical and subtropical parts of America,

where it is probably the most common species of the genus, as it has

the widest range.

19. NycrINOMUS NORFOLCENSIS.

Molossus norfolcensis, Gray, Ann. Nat. Hist. iv. p. 7 (1839).

Nyctinomus planiceps, Peters, Monatsb. Akad. Berl. 1866, p. 22.

Molossus wilcovii, Krefft, List of Australian Bats (1871).

Ears triangular, shorter than the head, separate, their inner margins

arising from distinct points of origin; inner margin of the conch

almost straight, tip broadly rounded off, outer margin straight ; anti-

tragus scarcely distinguishable from the outer margin, a small almost

imperceptible shallow notch indicating its commencement; tragus

triangular, rounded off above. Muzzle flat, obtuse; the upper lip

with shallow vertical wrinkles ; nostrils opening sublaterally. Gular

sac small, aperture circular, directed downwards ; quite rudimentary

in female. Wings from the ankles; the outer and inner toes equally

enlarged.

Fur reddish brown above, paler beneath; base of the hairs much

lighter. Above, a broad band of very short fur covers the wings

behind the proximal four fifths of the forearm, but does not extend

to the carpus.

Upper incisors long, widely separated at their bases, converging

1876. ] MR. G. E. DOBSON ON THE MOLOSSI. 733

inwards and forwards; a blunt projection from the cingulum of each

posteriorly. First upper premolar small, but much larger than in

the other species of the genus, filling up the space between the canine

and second premolar. Lower incisors six, deeply bifid; first lower

premolar small and acutely pointed, its inner side partly covered by

the expanded cingulum of the second premolar, as in M. rufus ;

second premolar double the size of the first, its cingulum directed

obliquely forwards and upwards.

Length (of an adult 9): head and body 2''1; tail 1°25, tail

free from membrane 06; head 0'"8 ; ear 06, tragus 0'"15 x 0'""1 ;

forearm 1'°35; thumb 0'°26; second finger—metacarp. 1''*3, Ist

ph. 0'°55, 2nd ph. 0'*7; third finger—metacarp. 1'°25, Ist ph. 0°45,

2nd ph, 0'"4; fourth finger—metacarp. 0°9, Ist ph. 0'°35, 2nd ph.

0'°15; tibia 0'''4 ; foot and claws 0'°3.

Hab. Australia (New South Wales, Queensland) ; Norfolk Island.

2 eas :

Inc. ;; Pm. 5-5. Ears separate, tragus triangular.

(Subgen. Mormorterus, Peters.)

20. NycTINOMUS ALBIVENTER, 0. sp.

Ears triangular, shorter than the head, inner margins arising from

distinct points of origin from the forehead; inner margin of the ear-

conch almost straight, slightly concave in upper third, tip rounded

off, ovter margin straight; antitragus scarcely defined, separated

posteriorly by a very shallow notch ; tragus nearly as broad opposite

the base of its inner margin as high, irregularly triangular, rounded

off above, very similar in shape to that of N. norfolcensis, but

less triangular and broader above, an obtuse projection about the

middle of its outer margin. Extremity of the muzzle projecting very

much beyond the mandible, the end of the nose very prominent and

distinct from the upper lip, nostrils opening almost laterally. Sides

of the upper lip with vertical grooves not well defined. Gular sac

small.

Wings from the lower third of the tibize or from the ankles; fifth

toe somewhat smaller than the first.

Dentition similar to that of N. acetabulosus (to be described), but

the lower incisors are not crowded.

Fur, above, white at the base, the remaining part dark brown ;

beneath, the greater part of the chest and abdomen dirty white, the

sides brown. Wing- and interfemoral membrane nearly naked; a

narrow band of fur extends outwards behind the forearm and along

the proximal third of the fifth metacarpal bone.

Length (of an adult 2, thetype): head and body 2'"2; tail 1'':25,

tail free from membrane U''*7 ; head 0''"85; ear 0''°65, tragus 0°15 ;

forearm 1°45; thumb 07°35; second finger—metacarp. 1'°4, Ist

ph. 0°55, 2nd ph. 0'"7 ; third finger—metacarp. 1'’°4, Ist ph. 0'"*5,

2nd ph. 0'°35; fourth finger—metacarp. 0'°9, Ist ph. 0°35, 2nd

ph. 0°15; tibia 0-4 ; foot and claws 0:3.

Hab. Madagascar.

Type in the British Museum.

734 MR. G. E. DOBSON ON THE MOLOSSI. [Nov. 7,

21. NYCTINOMUS ACETABULOSUS.

Molossus acetabulosus, Commerson, MS. Vide Peters, Monatsb.

Akad. Berl. 1869, p. 402.

Nyctinomus acetabulosus, Desmarest, Mammalogie, p. 117 (1820).

Nyctinomus natalensis, Smith, Zoolog. 8. Africa, pl. 49.

Nyctinomus (Mormopterus) jugularis, Peters, P.Z.S. 1865, p. 468.

Ears quite separate, arising from the sides of the forehead at a

short distance above and in front of the eye; the inner margin of

the ear-conch slightly convex for two thirds its length, abruptly con-

cave in upper third, so that the upper extremity of the ear is attenu-

ated, and the subacute tip projects forwards and inwards, instead of

backwards and outwards, as in most species of Bats; outer margin of

the conch forming almost a straight line from the tip to its termi-

nation near the angle of the mouth, interrupted only by a slight

emargination opposite the middle of the tragus, indicating the com-

mencement of the antitragus ; tragus nearly as broad as high, irre-

gularly triangular, with a truncated vertical angle. Muzzle flat, ex-

tremity projecting considerably beyond the lower lip; sides of the

upper lip with short ill-defined vertical wrinkles. In the male a large

glandular sac in the centre of the inferior surface of the neck, in the

female rudimentary.

Wings from the distal third of the tibiz ; the fifth toe not somuch

thickened as the first.

Fur dark reddish brown above, somewhat paler beneath. Upper

incisors separate from the canines and also from each other; lower

incisors small, slender, bifid, crowded ; the second incisor on each

side slightly overlapped by the margins of the first and third ; canines

without basal cusps; the single upper premolar separated by a narrow

interval from the canine, with a projecting base internally, which is

concave behind and anteriorly develops an acute cusp; first lower

premolar unicuspidate, equal to three fourths the second in vertical

extent.

Length (of an adult 3): head and body 1'°9; tail 1''*7, tail

free from membrane 0'°6; head 0'°75; ear 0'°6, tragus 0'°15 ;

forearm 1°55; thumb 0'°25; second finger—metacarp. 1'°5, Ist

ph. 06, 2nd ph. 0"°7 ; third finger—metacarp. 1’°5, Ist ph. 0''°5,

2nd ph. 0"°4; fourth finger—metacarp. 1'"15, 1st ph. 0''°4, 2nd ph.

0:2; tibia 0'°4; foot and claws 0''°35.

Hab. 8.E. Africa (Natal); Madagascar; Bourbon; Mauritius.

The three last-described species, N. norfolcensis, N. albiventer,

and NV. acetabulosus, differ from all the other species of the genus

in the relative lengths of the metacarpal bones of the second and

fourth fingers, resembling rather, in this respect, the species of the

subgenus Myopterus (gen. Molossus). In all other species of Nyc-

tinomus the metacarpal bone of the second finger is double the

length of that of the fourth; in these three species, and in Myop-

terus, it is but one half longer. These species also agree together

in the form of the tragus (in which they also differ from all other

R .

« 5 ‘ 7

A . a i fs " i¢ Bs -

4 =. ©. a :

, 4 ‘ Saaees af . 7

. < S BD hey £ 7 '

ve . at - = 2 «

. , . 7 ~~ ng . . i> . .

. 7 i A FE + < 4 F

Pe a = a foe, eee : ;

“ : 5 7 , Ss .

. oe - E bs a i a : =

F : Cieey i Z =

~ . a: ‘ 2

* . : } . i ‘ oe . A, - _—* 7

* ve yee KE yee B = ; : r

, S ye a : me SW te tes ae <

' a . : > = , ed a et ae

4 ‘ is . La er :

é “* on = . : : 2 :

S 5 i ’ . F 1 c : . A

my nid ay 2 ‘ '

‘ ¢ ‘ !

; ¥, Fa

= oS AS ee : a = @

; in ’ : " ae .

: eames " - :

rh : . ¥ Z wan 7 7 a

- tf - oo m

‘ ‘ ‘ - : 7 : 3

5 ' ; =) 7 > . sre ‘ 2

’ ‘ a = : i : a 5 —_* ‘

‘ : : > x ' Sea F; a : =

« - E f :

ee : rs alt : Z - - "

3 2 ae : : s - a

3 y - . : . : 7 ce =

= = si al ~ 7 Ec 7 MED gy ¥ , ,

. = * A » a f . *

O 2 : < om 7 pe gh fs

‘ he bd ; a ae f “ae a ;

mS r =, f 5 t - ; : Ts 4 - : Fe Ge

: . rs

; ty E i 7 7 2 : - ‘ . .

a ie os AS ie <, + + - , ; > :

ie <a iia 'a + . cart me

\ ; ‘ ae ; < eee Ar. x 2 .

. 2 ‘ = ei é ois 6 os . i

“ oe 3 , “ ! ere a F ’ 7 - i : a

; "i ae 2 ar 5 a ts i a. * b L A a

hee x i ers ~s oP ay,” +f t

. Lee ‘ a) 7; = ’ ees . ,

A ae a 2 AbD ear (ry ioe m

A; , ‘ oa = me si a a

a a ‘ 4 : i . = . yo e a ; 5 “| as .

‘ i y ' ‘ mt ;

‘ a 5

: : .

i - ‘

‘ : (

T as uy neslueg

eNO LAAT TTA NATURE TNS EY 1 SAE

ey RR oot er eae

i Pepeto ass Sa NRCS arene es La tece acerca cai

PaaS Gee |

Kenlemans lith M&N.Hanhart imp

‘

. ;

‘ ,

: " Fs iy , ;

ers he Tortie’ hs be Naas ay ou

, *. SH She eae : ian scan Set y ;

! ' te, ” - ;

. 7 = : i ¥ 4 1 +; F ae

xe : 7 ‘ . /. ~ ‘

f , |

‘ : at a ae tei

i , : i : on aby F3 it nese

Pah aie - Meh & , ;

% . Wve faa : ; ; ;

ag at Moe . : :

‘ ; ; : ‘ §, * +

ts yore ae ne i, | .

MED kts ‘ : ‘ : ,

; . ’ 2

‘ ; see i 7 ' . 7 :

> Mi oh thn : . ; ;

' P, ’ r a, - = ;

' ; : ~

i Vow w fe oF o

. : 3 :

, { oan

- ; ; . ‘sa

. s ” ’ four, ¥ a mt Mat 7

: ’ : Sana Si > tae 202 at

5 we ARNG F410 VS i oe . : :

1 . . . 3. e a sue: a ate e : : : u

i ; : ' : - ae x . . . Le , . '

: J Sea . . + Min? Slee toe») ae : i : iS \ +

ea ; 4 , : / b :

iy , all 2% ' . . . 5 " as Fi ¢ a :

Ls - 4 . 1 “

- 7 i id at 7 7 :

- ’ e * ,

I : ' “* : -

ri vise j eo » f .

; eins ; : ; : . 3

: ; : ur 2 * ‘

i 4 om, ; - Secs na:

- : -} . . et peat

“ be <4: . ’ 7

is 1 S ‘ ‘

‘ . : ;

7 |

; f

5 :

ro 4

rN ic

ath OOK

SAHAOINVO SHH

duit ‘soag u. Loy

MXX1 Id 9ZLSL

SN4ENIO NYT: SAWNIHO

Ul: soig use WT

U sotgq UTS TUT]

1876. | DR. A. GUNTHER ON NEW MAMMALS. 730

species of Nyctinomus, and resemble Myopterus), in their distinctly

separated ears, in the possession of six lower incisors, and in the

presence of a glandular gular sac. These characters appear sufficient

to unite them in a subgenus at least. But N. norfolcensis has an

additional upper premolar, which is even better developed than in

other species of the genus, and therefore belongs to the subgenus

Nyctinomus ; while N. albiventer and N. acetabulosus, on account

of the absence of this small premolar, are relegated to the subgenus

Mormopterus.

It is therefore impossible, in a natural arrangement of the

species, to separate LV. albiventer and NV. acetabulosus into a distinct

subgenus characterized by the number of the upper premolars ; for

this would exclude JN. norfolcensis, which is, undoubtedly, in all other

respects, very closely allied to them, and forms with them a well-

defined section of the genus.

3. Report on some of the Additions to the Collection of Mam-

malia in the British Museum. By Dr. Arperr GUNTHER,

F.R.S., V.P.Z.S., Keeper of the Zoological Department.

[Received November 6, 1876.]

(Plates LXIX-LXXIV.)

1. On a Collection from the Philippine Islands.

A small collection made by Professor Steere in the Philippine

Islands gives some additional information as regards the distribution

of certain species in that group. It contains :—

Macacus philippinensis (Is. Geoffr.).

This Monkey was procured in the mountains of Mahayhay, in the

island of Luzon, near Manila. Dr. Steere also shot the same species,

or apparently the same, in the islands of Palawan, Mindanao, and

Basilan. They go in large troops, and are often seen along the sea-

shore, where they seem to be occupied in hunting for shell-fish and

crabs.

Galeopithecus philippinensis (Waterh.), from Bojol.

Pteropus jubatus (Temm.), from Mindanao.

Tupaia javanica (Horsf.), from Palawan.

Viverra tangalunga (Gray), from Panay.

Sciurus evilis (S. Miull.), from Basilan (also found in Mindanao).

Sciurus steerii (sp. n.),

Scrurus sTeeriI (Plate LXIX).

Dr. Steere’s collection contained two examples of this apparently

undescribed species, which greatly differ in coloration, but are

structurally quite identical :—

1. A specimen obtained from Balabac (marked 6510) has the

upper parts, sides of the body and outer side of the legs, of a rich

chestnut-brown colour, the hairs being tipped with black, which gives

the fur a grizzled appearance. All the lower parts are brownish red.

736 DR. A. GUNTHER ON NEW MAMMALS. [ Nov. 7,

Hairs of the tail of moderate length, rather stiff, bright brownish red,

each hair with a broad black ring.

2. The second specimen is from Puerto Princesa, Palawan (num-

bered 6798); it has the upper part of the head, the middle of

the back, and the outer side of the legs grizzled with greyish brown

and black, each hair having a black ring and black tip. Sides of the

body similarly grizzled, but aed with numerous white hairs. Lower

parts pure white, with the exception of the root of the tail; anal region

and borders of the white abdomen brownish red. Coloraian of tail

as in the first specimen, but with the tip black.

Specimen 1. Specimen 2.

in. in

Distance from end of snout to root of tal.. 94 i)

Length of tail. eet NOR 7

Leneth of naked ole be hind ae oo 1 1

Length of skull . 2

2. Ona Collection from Borneo.

Mr. H. Low has brought with him to England a second collection,

from the same district in which the specimens described in a former

paper (p. 424) were obtained. It contains two molar teeth of

an adult Elephant undistinguishable from those of Hlephas indicus.

They had been evidently exposed for a long time to the deteriorating

influences of the weather; and although Elephants are no longer found

in the immediate vicinity of the west coast, Mr. Low has reliable infor-

mation of their occurrence in the interior, and has no doubt of this

animal being indigenous in Borneo, and not merely an importation.

The following species prove to be undescribed :—

LUTRA LOVII, sp. Nov.

Entirely chocolate-brown, nearly black along the middle line of

the back. Lips and chin to the level of the ears white, cheeks

and throat brown. The white of the upper lip extends upwards

nearly to the nostril, and is sharply defined towards the brown part

of the snout. Bristles arising from brown parts are black, those from

white parts white. Ears conspicuous.

in.

Distance of nose from vent...... 23

Wensthvoietall netics. | LL

Distinguished from Lutra simung by its much shorter tail.

Hysrrix CRASSISPINIS, sp. nov. (Plate LXX.)

This species, which belongs to the same section as H. javanica and

the allied species, is distinguished from all by the great size and

length of the quills, all of which, moreover, are more or less distinctly

grooved above, or at least provided with ridges. It is conspicuously

smaller than H. javanica, but agrees with if in being covered every-

where with stiff spines, except on the foremost part of the head and

abdomen. The largest quills are, in the middle, about twice as thick

1876. ] DR. A. GUNTHER ON NEW MAMMALS. 737

a Fig. I. b

Skull of Hystria crassispinis.

738 DR. A. GUNTHER ON NEW MAMMALS. [Nove 7,

as an incisor. ‘The prevailing hue of the head and fore part of the

body is a greyish brown; but towards the large quills the spines are

getting whitish at the tip and base. The basal half of the large quills

is white, the apical half black with white tip. Slender quills white,

with black subcentral ring. Legs blackish*.

Lower jaw of Hystrix crassispinis.

in. lin.

Length of body from tip of nose to root of tail.... 17 0

Lenpthfrom nose t0.ear, . 2.2. J <'d ws en so ic le 3 6

Length of tail with terminal quills......... 6 0

Length of fore foot........ Se AGee ene eee wate ate 2, 0

Length of hind foot .......... aii Rete ies oneal)

Length of one of the largest quills.............. 7 O

Length of one of the hollow caudal quills........ 6 0

Mr. Low brought home four specimens of this species. The

existence of a Porcupine in Borneo has been repeatedly mentioned,

for instance by Miiller, Verhandl. Nat. Gesch. Ned. Overz. Bezitt.

p- 36 (under the erroneous name of Hystrix fasciculata), and by W.

Marshall, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1871, p. 235, who refers a very young

example in the Leyden Museum to Marsden’s H. longicauda from

Sumatra. From the notes of the Dutch naturalists it is impossible to

decide whether the specimens examined by them belong to our species,

or whether a second species exists in the island, approaching in size,

and perhaps identical with, the Sumatran or Malaccan form.

The Skull (figs. 1, 1%, pp. 737-8) is distinguished by the short-

ness of the nasal bones, which are shorter than, or as long as, the

frontal suture. The anterior portion of the frontal region is not very

convex. Ascending ramus of the intermaxillary broad, about as

broad as one of the nasal bones. Infraorbital opening of compara-

tively moderate width. The palatal incision advancing forwards to

the front margin of the hinder molar.

* On the inner side of one of the skins, in which the subcutaneous tissues

have been cleared away, the arrangement of the large quills may be distinctly seen.

These quills are not uniformly distributed over the hinder half of the back, but

their roots are collected in bundles of five, six, or seven, the bundles having the

appearance of imbricated pectinated scales. The roots of the largest and

thickest quills occupy the middle of each scale or bundle. A similar arrange-

ment has been figured by F. Cuvier, Nouy. Ann. Mus. Paris, i. pl. xy. fig. 1.

1876. | DR. A. GUNTHER ON NEW MAMMALS, 739

I give some of the measurements of two skulls, one (A) being that

of an old, the other (B) of a younger, though full-grown, individual.

A. B

millim millim

otal. lengthy ss oie ic 04,06 Se sera utine te oe 110 110

Lenethvof nasal bone... :4.i<.s<«<645.08 33 38

Length of frontal suture... 2.0.00. se ewe os 39 38

Tenet width of nasal bone ...... re: 9 8

Length of fronto-intermaxillary auture teers 9 Fi

Least width of interorbital SPACeUr ne . ¥.2:0%e, 0s 39 40

Distance between incisor and first molar .. 29 30

Length of upper molar series . hatin @aceie, mead 25

Width of palate between the second molars... 9 8

The skull of this species resembles much that figured by Blainville

(Ostéogr. Hystrix, pl. i.) under the name of Atherura fasciculata.

I have not seen the skull of this species; but I should have expected

it to be more similar to that of A. macrura than it would appear from

Blainville’s figure.

TRICHYS, g. n.

Allied to Atherura, but with the tail reduced to a scarcely per-

ceptible projection of the skin. Dentition as in Atherura, but with

the lower incisors more compressed. Facial portion of the skull com-

pressed, without enlargement of the air-sinuses. A postorbital process.

TRICHYS LIPURA, sp, n. (Plate LXXI.)

All the upper and lateral parts of the body are densely covered

with flat flexible bristles of moderate length, grooved on the upper

as well as lower surface. Underfur very scantily represented by

fine woolly hairs; and on the rump some long hair-like bristles pro-

ject beyond the flat ones. On the head and abdomen the bristles

are replaced by flat stiff hairs. In the external form and structure of

the head, ears, and feet there is no marked difference from Atherura,

The general tint of the upper parts of the animal is brown, each spine

being white at the base, and brown towards the point. On the sides

the brown colour gradually passes into the white of the lower parts.

Hairs of the long moustache black, the longest hairs having whitish

terminations.

in. lin.

Distance fromnose’ to ear +1... (e's east 3.0

Length of ear. t TPS einai: le

Length of sole of fore foot. . Wanatee st Tet

Length of sole of hind foot .. Lees 2 20H

Length of one of the longest flat spines. mS. Vs 88

Skull (figs. 2, 28, pp. 740-1).—The following notes refer chiefly

to points in which Triehys differs from Atherura. Especially

remarkable is the development of a postorbital process, and of the

740 DR. A. GUNTHER ON NEW MAMMALS. [Nov. 7,

coronoid process, in which this form differs from most of the other

members of the group of Porcupines.

Fig. 2.

a. Skill of Trichys lipura, nat. size. 6. Lower jaw, nat. size.

ce, Lower molars; d. Upper molars: twice nat. size.

The facial portion of the skull is compressed and rather elongate,

the nasal bones quite as long as the frontal suture, and extending far

more backwards than the suture between intermaxillary and frontal.

Frontals rather flat above, with projecting postorbital process, behind

which the skull is constricted. The zygomatic arch is strong, deeply

channelled along its whole length, and expanded along its lower edge ;

malar with projecting infero-posterior angle. Palate with a projecting

ridge on each side, commencing from the first molar, the ridges con-

verging in front of the foramina incisiva. Palatal notch opposite to

1876.]| DR. A. GUNTHER ON NEW MAMMALS. 741

the space between the third and fourth molars. Coronoid process

well developed, rising above the level of the condyle. A very con-

spicuous projection on the lower edge of the mandible marks the

boundary between the incisive and molar portions of the bone.

e Fig. 2*. i

Skull of Trichys lipura, natural size.

The animal described is undoubtedly the same as that of which a

fragmentary skull has been figured by M. Gervais, Voy. Bonite,

Mamm. pl. 11. figs. 4-6. The author thought it to be identical

with Hystrix macrura (Gm.). As far as I can make out from his

description, his materials were :—

l. A dried example, said to have been brought by the naturalists

of ‘ La Bonite’ from Sumatra*, where it is called ‘* Landa Kloele.”’

This specimen is also tailless; but M. Gervais adds that he had con-

vinced himself, “ quil avait été mutilé, lors de la préparation.”’ No

mutilation of any kind has taken place in our Bornean specimen

brought by Mr. Low, who, besides, assures me that the natives had

told him that this species was tailless.

2. The fragmentary skull taken from that skin, figured by M.

Gervais, about the identity of which with that of our animal there

cannot be any doubt.

3. But, singularly, M. Gervais refers further to this species the

skeleton of a long-tailed Poreupine with twenty-one caudal vertebreet,

* According to Hydoux’s Itinerary, the expedition did not touch at Sumatra

{Voy. Bonite, Zool. 1. p. xiii.).

+ The numbers of vertebrx are differently given on p. 63; but ‘ Acanthion

macrourum ”’ 1s probably a slip of the pen.

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1876, No. XLIX. 4Y

742 DR. A. GUNTHER ON NEW MAMMALS. [ Nov. 7,

brought to the Paris Museum by Diard and Duvaucel (p. 62).

With the evidence of two tailless specimens before us, we may well

be justified in supposing that this skeleton does not belong to the

same species of which he has figured the skull.

3. On the Cranial Differences of the species of Atherura.

Of the three species of Atherura, viz. :-—

1. A. fasciculata (Waterh., ?Shaw), from Siam, with simple, flat-

tened caudal bristles ;

2. dA. macrura (L., Waterh.)=/asciculata (Gray, Cantor), from the

Malayan Provinee, with twisted and irregularly dilated caudal

bristles ; and

Atherura macrura. Atherura africana.

3. A. africana (Gray), from the west coast of Africa, with caudal

bristles as in the preceding*,—

* T have repeatedly (for instance, P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 108) drawn attention to

1876. ] DR. A. GUNTHER ON NEW MAMMALS. 743

I know the two latter only. Although readily distinguished in

the adult state, they are sufficiently similar when young to render

the determination of examples, the origin of which is unknown, a

matter of some uncertainty. The salle! however, show constant,

though slight, distinctive characters.

In Atherura macrura (fig. 3, p. 742) the foramina incisiva are

extremely narrow slits which run in an almost parallel direction, and

are very ‘close together. The palatal noteh advances far forwards,

to the level of the third molar. The alisphenoid is very thin, but

slightly bent outwards.

In Atherura africana (fig. 4, p. 742) the incisive foramina are

narrow, but conspicuously wider and much more distant than in the

Malayan species, and divergent behind. The roof of the palate

extends far backwards, its hind margin being behind the level of the

last molar. The alisphenoid forms a brand and rather thickened

ramus, bent outwards and much produced backwards.

4. On some new Mammals from Tropical America.

HapaLe tevcopus. (Plate LXXII.) :

Upper and lateral parts of the body covered with silky hair of

moderate length and brownish-grey colour, darkest on the nape of the

neck and occiput ; face and head with short sparse white hair. Ears

large, naked, without tuft. Throat grevish brown; lower parts of

the body and inside ef the legs rusty red; forearm, hands, and feet

white. Tail short-haired, blackish or black, with white extremity.

The female differs from the male in the hairs of the upper parts

having silvery white tips.

Length of head and body 114 in., of tail 144 in.

Number of vertebra: pee 7, dorsal 12, lumbar 7, sacral 3,

caudal 31-33.

Medellin. Several specimens, identical in coloration, collected by

Mr. 'T. K. Salmon near Medellin, Antioquia, U. 8S. of Columbia.

Dactytomys typus (Is. Geoffr.).

We have received two fine skins of this rare Rodent, unfortunately

without skulls, from the Rio Napo.

the oceurrence on the coast of West Africa of freshwater fishes previously

considered to be exclusively typical of the Indian region.

That these instances escaped the notice of naturalists who have recently dis-

cussed the relations of the African and Indian faunas is to me less surprising

than the omission of a not less singular fact, viz. the reappearance of Atherura

on the West-African coast. It strongly confirms Mr. Wallace’s view that there

is present, in the Mammals and Birds of West Africa, a special Oriental or even

Malayan element (Geogr. Distrib. i. p. 263). Instances of this kind appear to

me to be of infinitely greater weight in solving the problem of the mode of

dispersion of animals over the globe (or their genesis) than deductions drawn

from lists of genera vaguely or ‘artificially defined. On this oceasion I may also

be allowed to refer to, and thus, perhaps, save from oblivion, some remarks

in Rept. Brit. Ind. Introduct. p- Vili, in which, I believe, for the first time, the

occurrence of African Reptilian types in the Indian Region has been distinctly

stated.

49*

744 DR. A. GUNTHER ON NEW MAMMALS. [Nov. 7,

LasIuROMYs VILLOsuS (Dev.).

A single specimen was in the collection made by Mr. E. Bartlett

on the Huallaga river, and is preserved in spirits. It is an adult

female. Being almost destitute of hairs about the head, and the skin

of this part being so much injured that nothing could be ascertained

about its external appearance, the skull has been removed. The tail

had been mutilated during the lifetime of the specimen. The trunk

and limbs are in good condition.

a Bigs. 3. b

fe hy

Skull of Lasiuromys villosus.

c, wpper molars; d, lower molars: magnified.

The fur consists of uniformly soft, dense, almost woolly hair of

moderate length. Tail densely hairy, the hairs being as dense and

1876. | DR. A. GUNTHER ON NEW MAMMALS. 740

long as those on the back. Colour uniform bright brownish yellow

somewhat less bright towards the head, and becoming darker towards

the middle of the tail. The mutilated tail measures four inches, and

' appears to have been twice that length when perfect. The ears seem

to have been small; claws of proportionate strength.

in. lin

Length of trunk (without head). . cetera, oo! € O

Length of sole of fore foot a claw oe Ske BRIER ore 1 O

Length of hind foot’. : eA rr am eH

Length of third and fourth toes........ waausastems (Ol tf

The facial portion of the sull (fig. 5, p. 744) is very short, the

distance between the incisors and first molar being equal to the

length of the molar series. The molar series diverge very slightly in

front. Molar teeth distinetly longer than wide, with internal enamel-

fold deeply penetrating the TN and sometimes crossing it without

interruption. The palatal notch advances to the level of the middle

of the third molar. Vertical occipital crest developed.

millim.

Thengthvofthe entire’skull.. 2.00525 .cce0eed.sas BF

WenethvOmnasal bones oo cask ec dees ieee tataares | Ld

Length-of frontalisnuure: cis. .o. ses Peeks western wae 22

Least width of the frontals ...... ee ee

Distance between the incisor and fice molar ae ae 4

Length of upper molar series. 3.006 4.05 .64.a0 49.40% % 12

Width of palate between the second molars........ 3

Length, otarst upper molar ..s..2..0. tse + eaees &

Length of second upper molar .. 1.6... ::eece0e0. 98

Rensthvat third upper molat... 22 6asvexeoceesss OF

eneth ofiourth upper molar £6.25. eeeseics ae se 25

Length of lower molarséries... 02. ov. sho. saascees TE

LONCHERES CANICEPs. (Plate LXXIII.)

Fur of uniform softness, without any spines. Tail rather densely

covered with short hairs, below which the scales are more or less

visible ; towards the end of the tail the hairs are thicker, entirely

hiding the scales. Upper parts rusty brown, with an admixture of

some black hairs. Head to behind the eyes grey. Lower parts

reddish white. Feet greyish, toes whitish. Tail black.

in. lin.

Length of head and body ........... 1l O

- tale nae ders Ee sors tee G7 4'6

Distance beiween nose aadiee eye eae ie ee Tela)

Length of fore foot . a AAAI. 5. Sindarin Sec eel CO

Pe hind foot .. tee i 10

This species belongs to the group with short snout, the distance

between incisors and molars being considerably less than the length

of the molar series. The molar series diverge in front as well as

behind in both jaws. The single molar teeth are long, especially the

746 DR. A. GUNTHER ON NEW MAMMALS. [ Nov. 7,

first. The enamel-folds traverse generally the entire width of the

teeth.

a Fig. 6. b

Skull of Loncheres caniceps.

c, lower molors; d, upper molars: twice nat. size.

millim.

Ibenpthof Wasalsvones ants acces fale <Not ieee wee

_ frontal: euture is, oind:dicies-2Yicers cosas ee eas ee

Distance between upper incisor and first molar .... 10

Length of upper molarisenies fice cc 2 se econo wy Lom

Width of palate between first molars .. ......... Sy

4: Ba second molars <3)... s2.. s. 3

be i fourthimolar fase s eee oe

Length‘ of first upper molars cc cete- rei eee

Ag secondmmolarsisa ei ete okes. 2 lone eee 3%

: third, as well as fourth molar ........ 3

first: lower molars). $222%.t216. wt ahtetel 4

oe second, third, or fourth molar ........ 34

1876. ] DR. A. GUNTHER ON NEW MAMMALS. 747

Skin of an adult male from Medellin, collected by Mr. T. K.

Salmon,

EcHIMYS DIMIDIATUS.

Fur composed of hairs ouly, somewhat harsh to the touch, and of

moderate length. Tail nearly naked, covered with very small scales,

pencilled at its extremity. Upper and lateral parts uniform brown,

Skull of Lchimys dimidiatus.

d, upper molars; ¢, lower molars: twice nat. size.

lower parts of a pure white ; the two colours sharply defined. The

white colour extends in a narrow stripe round the upper lip, and

occupies also the lower half of the tail. Feet brownish grey, toes

748 DR. A. GUNTHER ON NEW MAMMALS. [Nov. 7,

whitish. Ears of moderate size. Claws feeble. Tail not much

shorter than the body.

in. lin.

Length of head and eS sisiwiata lee bts hie ota

- CAN ee oe ECT OL ee |

as hind foot Tai eee te Siac ogee pce 1 9

The palatal notch extends far forwards, nearly to the level of the

front margin of the third molar.

millim.

Total length wr skal ieee sacenels oie ZEN 2 wove, 47

Length of nasal.bones ...56:.....0 ea 17

_ ATOULAl SUPT: 62, oc ee ewes. La

Least width of frontals ......... aie es 1

Distance between incisor and first molar ee a ober 9

Length of upper molar series .2...51: 20000000 8

sy lower molar series.«.. 8

A fully adult male (stuffed) has been in the Museum for many

years ; nothing is known of its history beyond that it was presented

by the Earl of Derby.

EcHIMYS BREVICAUDA.

LEchimys brachyurus, Waterh. Mamm. ii. p. 345 (not synon.).

Fur composed of rigid hairs of moderate length, which, although

flattened and channelled, are so narrow and flexible as not to merit

the term of spines. Tail scaly, with scattered hairs. Upper parts

Foot and spine of Lchimys brevicauda.

brownish red, the hairs having black tips; sides similarly coloured,

but of a lighter shade; throat and sides of the abdomen reddish

white, middle of the abdomen white. Feet and tail greyish. Thumb

scarcely detached, but distinctly clawed ; the third and fourth fingers

project about two lines beyond the second. The three middle toes

are armed with rather strong claws and of nearly the same length. Ears

of moderate size. Tail much shorter than the body.

Lenethof-head and body... ... -.< 0's ssi ens bye De

* Gall oret tetra say eee stances siete were Jee |

1876. | DR. A. GUNTHER ON NEW MAMMALS. 749

in. lin.

Distance between nose and eye.....--- Be de tatrig 4 Ub 2 LL

Length of fore TOOG? <sisccis s.ecdeusre eases eA deany cee, sk OS

Fe Fim FOOt. o.acscs-<.s-. vlan sea eee Mite iat ci” de.

Skull of Kehimys brevicauda,

d, wpper molars; ¢, lower molars: twice nat. size.

The skull and dentition appear to differ scarcely from those of

Cercomys cunicularius and Echimys cayennensis. The palatal noteh

is on a level with the hind margin of the last molar,

750 DR. A. GUNTHER ON NEW MAMMALS. Nov. 7,

millim.

Total length of skull ...... ora tT fe Ie nO

Length of nasal bones. .....0 <item Si Din stele Asean

a frontal suture .... Meee A

Distance between incisor and first cholo bi SbF soley che. 8 alhee

Length of upper molar series.. (2.0 ie esiao- ean ae 9

. lower molar series.......... Be ee NW)

An adult rape in spirits and the skin of an adult female were

brought by Mr. E. Bartlett from Chamicuros, Huallaga river.

I believe that the specimen in the British Museum trom Bolivia,

noticed by Mr. Waterhouse as £. inermis (Mamm. 11. p. 498, pl. 16.

fig. 5), is not specifically distinct from the Huallaga specimen. — Its

fur is somewhat less harsh than that of the latter, and its throat is

white; but the skulls of both examples are entirely alike. Unfor-

tunately the tail is lost. The true Hehimys inermis of Pictet has a

considerably longer tail than FB. brevicauda.

Nor can there be any dovbt that the two specimens from Chi-

nore, which Mr. Waterhouse determined as Z. brachyurus, are only

the young of the same species. I removed the skull from the larger

individual, and found only three molars developed. These examples,

as well as the one named ‘‘ E. inzermis,” are from the same collection,

made by Mr. Bridges in Bolivia.

Echimys semispinosus (Tomes) differs in having the spines more

strongly developed, and in its coloration.

ECHIMYS FERRUGINEUs. (Plate LXXIV.)

This species is allied to those which have been described under the

names of hispidus, spinosus, and brachyurus, but is distinguished from

the first by its shorter tail, from LZ. spinosus (Licht.) or brachyurus

(Wagn.) by its shorter hind foot, and from EF. spinosus of Rengger

by a longer tail.

The whole of the upper and lateral parts is covered with spines,

which are strong and broad on the middle and posterior parts ef the

body, becoming weaker towards the head and limbs, only the foremost

part of the nose and cheeks being covered with hairs. ‘Tail covered

by large scales, with intermixed longish hairs sparse on the proximal

half, but more dense towards its extremity, which terminates in a

single very long fine hair. Upper parts and sides of a bright rusty

red, shaded with greyish along the middle of the head and ‘back and

on the sides of the neck, each bristle having a greyish ring near the

point, which is red. All the lower parts and limbs salmon- coloured.

Lower lip and toes whitish. Tail grey. ars of moderate size ;

claws of proportionate strength.

in. lin.

Length of head and body . bo ee eee

a tall aera see i i PSR ee em ae ()

rh ind foot. Oe ee ae bee

y longest bristle \<i\':...5, aeons ree ll

Width of longest bristle: “2.205 = oss e ne OF

1876. | MR. P. L. SCLATER ON EMYS HAMILTONII. 751

The palatal notch extends forwards to the level of the middle of

the third molar.

millim,

Totaljlensthyotiskull «4:0. agca. eee ane das: (Aa

doength of nasal: bones tts, %0212 Seto setewe ned s+ 1S

- frontal suturés<i).14 2a See es oO 14

iheast widthi-ot; frontalsy), ¢ 10. teeaamatomwenees a

Distance between incisor and first molar...-...... 4

Length of uppermolar.series), : 2.5. faces eee eS

ie lower molar series ...5... 0.069. 680.2% 8

The skin of a fully adult male was obtained by Mr. E. Bartlett at

Chamicuros, Huallaga River.

November 21, 1876.

Prof. W. H. Flower, V.P., F.R.S., in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the

Society’s Menagerie during the month of October 1876.

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-

gerie during the month of October was 91, of which 52 were ac-

quired by presentation, 18 by purchase, 2 by exchange, 2 were bred

in the Gardens, and 17 were received on deposit. The total number

of departures during the same period, by death and removals was 155.

Mr. Sclater exhibited the skin of a young Rhinoceros belonging

to Mr. W. Jamrach.

The animal had been captured in the Sunderbunds, near the Ray

Mangal river, in May last, and brought immediately to Calcutta,

where it only lived 24 hours. Mr. Sclater called attention to the

folds in the skin, which were exactly those of RA. sondaicus,

though it remained to be proved whether the Rhinoceros of the Sun-

derbunds was really identical with the Malaccan and Javan forms..

According to Mr. Jamrach’s information, the females of the species

obtained in the Sunderbunds were entirely destitute of any horn*,

which would appear not to be the case in the Javan animal. Mr.

Sclater believed that this was the first specimen of the Rhinoceros

of the Sunderbunds that had been brought to this country.

The Secretary exhibited, on the part of Mr. A. Anderson, F.Z.S., a

coloured drawing of Lmys hamiltonii, taken from life, from a speci-

men that was captured at Futtehgurh (Ganges) in April last. The

occurrence of this, our handsomest emydine in India, a species chiefly

confined to Lower Bengal, so far west as Futtehgurh (some 700

miles) was stated by Mr. Anderson to be of great interest. It proved,

on dissection, to be a female, and measured across the carapace

10X 9°6 inches.

* The Rhinoceros inermis of Lesson (Compl. aux ceuvres de Buff. ed. 2, vol. i.

p. O14) appears to have been based on such a female.—P, L. 8.

792 MR. G. B. SOWERBY ON NEW SHELLS. { Nov. 21,

A letter was read from Count T. Salvadori, C.M.Z.S., containing

the following remarks on some of the birds mentioned by Signor

D’ Albertis as seen by him during his first excursion up the Fly River

(P. Z.8. 1876, p. 414; Ibis, 1876, pp- 859-362).

«Signor D’Albertis "has not sent any specimens from the Fly

River of the following species :—Par adisea raggiana, Tadorna SD

Manucodia viridis, Epimachus magnificus, Microglossus aterrimus,

and Ceywx solitaria; so that these species are not included in my

Catalogue of D’Albertis’s second collection’’*.

As regards the Paradisea raggiana, although Signor D’ Albertis

must be the one who best knows this bird, the most splendid of his

discoveries, still as he does not state that he has killed any specimen

of it along the Fly River, 1 should like to compare specimens of this

locality with those of Hall Bay. I must say that I was rather in-

clined to think that the Bird of Paradise from the Fly River might

be of a different species, as is the case with the Goura which L have

lately described as G. sc/ateri, and which is certainly different from G.

albertisi. The G.sclateri has been mentioned by Signor D’ Albertis

as Goura, sp. ine. (P. Z. 8S. 1876, p. 414), and again with only the

generic name of Crowned Pigeon (Goura) in ‘The Ibis.’ I cannot

help thinking that Manucodia viridis has been mistaken for the widely

spread species M. atra, which is also found at Hall Bay and on the

Aru Islands; while M. viridis, so far as I know, has a very limited

range, and has only been found on the north-west peninsula. It

would also be interesting to examine specimens of the Hpimachus

called magnificus, as it may happen that the bird from the Fly River

belongs to the Cape-York form (2. albertz).

Signor D’ Albertis has sent specimens of the birds named by him

Tanysiptera dea and Halcyon nigrocyanea; and these are respectively

Tanysiptera galatea, var. minor, and Cyanalcyon stictolema of my

catalogue. C. stictolema is a beautiful species, allied to C. nigro-

cyanea, but certainly different.

The following papers were read :—

1. Descriptions of six new Species of Shells from the Collec-

tions of the Marchioness Paulucci and Dr. Prevost. By

G. B. Sowersy, jun.

| Received October 27, 1876.]

(Plate LX XV.)

ConvUs PAULUCCIA, sp. nov. (Plate LXXV. fig. 3.)

C. testa elongata, solidula, obsolete striata, obtusissime angulata,

antice attenuata, albida aurantiaco late interruptim fasciata,

* “Catalogo di una seconda collezione di uccelli raceolti dal Sig. L. M. D’Al-

bertis nell? isola Yule e sulla vieina costa della Nuova Guinea e di una piccola

collezione della regione bagnata dal fiume Fly,” Ann. Mus. Civ. di Storia Nat.

di Genova, ix. pp. 7-49, Ottobre 1876.

owerpyY

{srs}

—_

mPa ms

ie ~ @

Ngai h

if 7 iy Ot i.

’ 7 : = ri =

Caen! a

= A chi Se (aa

a a

7 - 7

ae arcs

1876.] MR. G. B. SOWERBY ON NEW SHELLS. 753

fasciis castaneo-fusco longitudinaliter strigatis, aliter lineis

auvrantiacis eximie trigono-reticulata ; spira pyramidali, anfrac-

tibus leviter spiraliter sulcatis ; apertura angusta, alba.

Long. 60, lat. maj. 20 mill. ; spira alt. 19 muill., apertura lat. maj.

5, min, 2 mill.

Hab. Mauritius.

Shell elongated, rather solid, obsoletely striated, very obtusely

angulated Henad: and gracefully attenuated to the front, whitish,

with broad interrupted bands of orange, longitudinally streaked with

chestnut-brown, intersected by an exquisite network composed of tri-

angular orange lines; spire pyramidal, whorls faintly spirally grooved ;

aperture narrow, white.

This beautiful species, belonging to the interesting collection of

the Marchioness Paulucci, of Florence, forms a striking addition to

the subgenus Cylinder, or “ textile”? group of Cones. In general

form it resembles C. gloria-maris ; but it differs from that valuable

species in the formation of the spire, the whorls being much less

concave and the angle of the body-whorl more rounded. In colour

and marking it closely resembles C. aureus; but it is of a much more

tapering fon than that species, and its surface is much smoother.

CoNUS SUPERSCRIPTUS, Sp. nov. (Plate LXXV. fig. 4.)

C. testa oblonga, solidiuscula, angulata, turgidula, levi, antice

valide sulcata, albida ceruleo tincta, maculis grandibus fulvis

wrregulariter ornata, fasciis frequentibus angustis maculatis et

quasi literatis cincta; spira abbreviata, fulvo strigata, anfrac-

tibus coneaviusculis, spiraliter sulcatis ; apice acuto, roseo;

apertura subangusta, fauce purpureo-fusco tincta.

Long. 27, lat. 14 mill., apert. lat. maj. 4, min. 2 mill.

Hab. Madagascar.

Shell oblong, rather solid, angular, somewhat swollen, smooth,

strongly grooved in front, whitish tinged with blue, irregularly orna-

mented with large yellowish blotches, and encircled with numerous

narrow bands composed of letter-like spots; spire short, marked

with radiating stripes of the same tawny colour as the spots on the

body-whorl, whorls rather concave, spirally grooved ; apex acute,

rose-coloured ; aperture rather narrow, interior tinged with purplish

brown. This shell also belongs to the Marchioness Paulucci, and is

the only specimen I have seen. Though of simple form, it is quite

distinct from any hitherto known species. Its bluish tinge of colour

and delicate letter-like markings are remarkable.

CoNUS BACCATUS, sp. nov. (Plate LXXV. fig. 5.)

C. testa abbreviato-turbinata, turgidula, minutissime decussata,

conspicue seriatim granulata, albida, maculis aurantiacis grandi-

bus trifasciata; spira acuta, brevi ; anfractibus concavis, fere

levibus, ultimo biangulato.

Long. 23, lat. maj. 15 mill.

Shell short, rather swoilen, very minutely decussated, with regular

rows of conspicuous granules, whitish, with large orange blotches

754 MR. G. B. SOWERBY ON NEW SHELLS. [ Nov. 21,

arranged in three bands; spire acute, short, whorls concave, nearly

smooth, last whorl biangulated.

This interesting little Cone belongs to the rich collection of Dr.

Prevost, of Alencon. Apart from its somewhat stunted form, the

delicacy of its markings and rows of gem-like granules, it is remark-

able for the double angle at the top of the body-whorl.

Conus REFLECTUS, sp. nov. (Plate LXXV. fig. 6.)

C. testa pyriformi, antice granulala, postice levi, ad angulum

minutissime coronata, albida, roseo late bifasciata, fasciis fusco

nebulatis ; spira modica, anfractibus concaviusculis crebre sul-

ecatis ; apice acuminato.

Long. 25, lat. 15 mill.

Shell pear-shaped, anterior portion granulated, otherwise smooth,

very minutely coronated at the angle, whitish, with two broad bands

of rose-colour clouded with brown; spire moderate, whorls rather

concave, closely grooved ; apex acuminated. Specimen in the col-

lection of Dr. Prevost,

LIMA ZEALANDICA, sp. nov. (Plate LXXV. fig. 1a, fig. 1 6.)

L. testa lata, crassa, subinflata, radiatim costata, utringue pau-

lulum hiante ; latere antico oblique producto, late coneavo-

planulato, infra medium angulato, margine ventrali ad angulum

acclivi; latere postico oblique rotundato ; costis 18, regulari-

bus, quadratim rotundatis, crassis, squamatis, interdum fulvo-

rubescentibus ; interstitus levibus, concavis, costas equantibus ;

auriculis parvis declivibus ; umbonibus acutis incurvatis.

Shell broad, thick, rather inflated, radiately ribbed, slightly gaping

on each side; front side obliquely produced and concavely flattened,

forming an oblong lunule terminating below the middle in a decided

angle; the other side obliquely rounded ; ribs eighteen in number,

rather square, thick, scaled, sometimes of a reddish-brown colour ;

interstices between the ribs smooth, concave, equal in width to the

ribs ; auricles small, sloping ; umbones acute, incurved.

Hab. New Zealand.

This species is well distinguished from its congeners by a broad

concave lunule, forming a straight outline to one side of the shell,

terminating in an abrupt angle. Among recent species its nearest

analogues are L. paucicostata (Sowerby) from the Red Sea, and L.

multicostata (Sowerby) from Australia ; but it differs from both these

in the characters above mentioned, and in the number of ribs being

more than those of the former and less than those of the latter; the

ribs also are more elevated than either. There is a fossil species found

in the Pliocene of New Zealand to which this is more nearly allied; but,

upon comparison, I am convinced that it is distinct. All the species

of Lima hitherto known being entirely white (with the exception of

L. fasciata, which has very faint fulvous concentric bands), receiving

first the coloured specimen of the new species I thought the colour

might prove specific ; but I have since received a larger specimen in

which there is no trace of colour; so that the coloured specimen

1876. ] MR. ALSTON ON NEW SPECIES OF HESPEROMYS. 795

must be regarded as a variety. Both specimens belong to the

collection of Dr. Prevost.

CARDIUM ORNATUM, Sp. nov. (Plate LXXV. fig. 2.)

C. testa oblique orbiculari, mediocriter inflata, radiatim costata,

latere antico rotundato, postico superne leviter compresso, ob-

tusissime angulato ; costis 28, elevatis, angulatis, conspicue

nodosis, maculis rubris paucis pulcherrime ornatis, ad latera ob-

lique sulcatis.

Long. 19, lat. 17 mill.

Hab. Hongkong.

Shell obliquely orbicular, moderately inflated, radiately ribbed,

front side rounded, posterior slightly compressed, and very obtusely

angled at the upper part; ribs twenty-eight in number, elevated, an-

gulated, conspicuously noduled, and ornamented with distant red

spots; sides of the ribs obliquely grooved.

~ Several specimens of this pretty little species were sent me last

year from Hongkong by Mr. Cuthill, the type having passed into

the collection of Dr. Prevost.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXXyV.

Fig. laand }. Lima zealandica and var., p. 754.

2. Curdium ornatum, p. 755.

3. Conus pauluccie, p. 752.

4, superscriptus, p. 750d.

iB) baccatus, p. 753.

6. —— reflectus, p. 764.

2. On two new Species of Hesperomys.

By Epwarp R. Auston, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c.

[Received November 1, 1876.]

In examining the Central-American specimens of Muride in the

British Museum I have found two well-marked species which appear

to be undescribed.

Of these, the first was indicated, though not characterized, by the

late Dr. Gray, and was exhibited to this Society, along with some

other Guatemalan mammals, in June 1843. I have thought it best

to retain his name, and would therefore call it :—

HESPEROMYS TEGUINA, sp. n.

Mus teguina, Gray, P. Z.S. 1843, p. 79 (sine deser.).

Ears moderate, ronnded, sparingly clad with fine blackish hairs.

Tail short, not longer than the body alone, very minutely annulated

and rather thickly covered with fine short dark-brown hairs. Fur

close and velvety. Colour of all the upper parts warm dark reddish

brown, the fur lead-coloured, with red-brown tips, the longer hairs on

the back black ; chin, throat, and breast like the upper parts, but

more greyish, the rufous tips of the hairs beiag shorter ; belly shaded

756 MR. ALSTON ON NEW SPECIES OF HESPEROMYS. [Noy. 21,

into deep fawn ; ears, feet, and tail dusky. Approximate measure-

ments of the mounted type specimen :—

inches.

Length of head and body......... 3°25

5 tail (tip imperfect) ..... 1:90

s CAT PET eee etree nie 0°40

A hind {foot fs see see 0°65

Hab. Coban, Guatemala (Brit. Mus.).

This very peculiar small dark short-tailed mouse is quite unlike

any other species with which I am acquainted. It may here be ob-

served that the Mus tazamaca, indicated as new by Gray at the same

time, proves to be the species since named Reithrodon mexicana by

M. de Saussure*.

The second species is a large form, which I propose to name after

Dr. Elliott Coues, whose recent researches have done so much

towards clearing up the confusion existing as to North-American

rodents.

HrspEROMYS COUEST, Sp. Nn.

Ears proportionally small, rounded, sparingly clothed with short

hairs. Fore feet small; hind feet large, the toes long, the second,

third, and fourth being subequal, the soles quite naked, with small

tubercles arranged as in H. palustris. Tail long, scaly, almost naked,

the fine sparse hairs being hardly perceptible. Fur thick and rather

woolly. Upper parts reddish brown, the fur dark slate-colour, with

broad rufous tips, mixed with longer black hairs; the flanks lighter

rufous, gradually shading below into dirty white (or pale fawn) with-

out any distinct line of demarcation; breast washed with rufous ;

feet very sparsely clad with short greyish hairs ; tail nearly unicolo-

rous, paler beneath at the base. Teeth typically Hesperomine ; skull

with the upper margin of the orbits forming a raised crest (as in //,

palustris), but the palate not produced so far back. Measurements

of three specimens, a in spirits, 6 in skin, ¢ mounted ;—

a. b. C.

inches. inches. inches.

Length of head and body.... 5 6°75 —

ss Carlee ete RNS. 8d 5-70 6:00 5:40

3 CATAL Aceatan eink: 0:54 0°55

55 foretoot whaneee 0:48 0°55

es hind: foot, ...425 44,0110 1°30 1:08

ws gk. dicen ae : 1°25

Hab. “ Mexico,” (6) Geale, (c) Verreaux, Brit. Mus. ; Guate-

mala (ce); Coban, (a) Salvin, Brit. Mus.

The Guatemalan specimen differs from the Mexican ones in being

light fawn beneath, instead of dirty white more or less washed with

rufous, but agrees in all other respects.

This species resembles H. palustris, Harl., in the raised supra-

orbital ridges of its skull, its short ears, large hind feet, and naked

* Rey. et Mag. de Zool. 1860, p. 109.

M&N Hanhart imp

JISmit del.et lith

HIANUS, 6.,

LOPHOTRAGUS MIC

(

HEAD

1876.) MR. A. H. GARROD ON LOPHOTRAGUS MICHIANUS. 797

soles—points which have caused Drs. Baird* and Couesf to separate

that species as a subgenus Oryzomys. It differs strikingly, however,

not only in size and coloration, but in the long and nearly naked tail.

In the latter it rather agrees with the forms named HH. (Zylomys)

nudicaudus by Dr. Peterst and Neomys panamensis by Gray § ;

but these have a different type of skull, the supraorbital edges being

produced laterally instead of vertically. From the character of the

feet, I should expect that H. couest would prove to be at least par-

tially aquatic in its habits.

3. On the Chimese Deer named Lophotragus michianus by

Mr. Swinhoe. By A. H. Garrop, M.A., F.R.S., Pro-

sector to the Society.

[Received November 7, 1876. ]

(Plate LXXVI.)

At a meeting of this Society in 1874 (P.Z.S. 1874, p. 453),

Mr. R. Swinhoe described a small Deer sent him from the neigh-

bourhood of Ningpo by Mr. Michie, of Shanghai, and pave it the

name Lophotragus michianus, after its discoverer. The specimen

consisted of a skin, without the skull or any other bones. Mr.

Sclater, at the time, suggested that it might be the H/aphodus cepha-

lophus, which had been described shortly before|| by M. Alphonse

Milne-Edwards from specimens obtained by Pére David in Moupin.

Mr. Michie informed Mr. Swinhoe that the specimen was a female ;

and Dr. Peters, of Berlin, who carefully examined it before it was

mounted for the national collection in that city, has courteously

answered questions which I put to him ‘with reference to it (the

type) in the following words :—‘ It does not show a trace of horns.

. . « It shows well-developed teats, and not a trace of a penis;

there is no trace of an impression on the lower lip, as would have

been the case if it had been furnished with the male tusks, figured

from imagination in Swinhoe’s figure.’ From what will be said

further on it can be evidently interred that the type specimen is a

female.

A second specimen, a living male, of the same Deer was purchased

by the Society on February 12th last from Mr. Michie’s agent. It

also came from the Ningpo district. Mr. Sclater’s note with

reference to it, together with a woodcut of the animal, will be found

in the ‘ Proceedings’ for this year (anted, p. 273). In this he tells

us that ‘the canines project from the sides of the mouth, as in

Hydropotes. There are no external antlers; but there are hard

* Mamm. N. Amer. p. 458. + Proce. Acad. P ilad. 1874, p. 183

t Monatsb. Ak, Berlin, 1866, p. 404.

§ Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 4th ser. xii. p. £17.

| Nouv. Arch, du Mus. 1874, Bull. p. 93.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1876, No. L. 50

758 MR.A. H. GARROD ON LOPHOTRAGUS MICHIANUS. [ Nov. 21,

projecting cores, sensible to the touch, beneath the elongated hairs

which form a flattened disk on the forehead.”’

Shortly after its arrival the animal began to show symptoms of

paralysis, which led to its death on the 14th of July. The follow-

ing are measurements made a few hours after its death, before any

incisions had been made :—

inches,

From tip of nose to base of tail...... dou? ) 436

Pleshy tails. scatter See otee eaets 3

Length of dread ae. c2 2, cca titrc ere oe oe 95

Length of ear. . Ps tia 5 A ee Re ae mA 52

Greatest breadth of ear. : 3h

From the middle line of ihe. back ‘straight

down to the elbow..... Sens oeNe eke rebels rei) 210

From the elbow to the wrist............ 54

From the wrist to the base of hoofs...... 64

From the middle line of back straight down

to the knee... Per coo Sarerwecaee eal

From the knee a the ankle 8) ee 9

From the ankle to the base of the hoor, te

A minute examination of the skull and skin of this specimen, in

association with the description and figures given of Elaphodus

cephalophus, made it quite evident to me that Michie’s Deer is of

the same genus as it; and I wrote to M. Milne-Edwards to ask him

some questions of detail with reference to the Moupin species. In

reply that gentleman told me that, besides the specimen figured by

him, he has two cther skins of the same species in very bad con-

dition, which much resemble Lophotragus in their colour, and that

he believes they clearly show that the species is variable in its

coloration, and that the Deer described by Mr. Swinhoe is the same

as that obtained by Pére’ David. At the same time he very cour-

teously sent me the two skins above mentioned, from the larger

(male) of which the figure of the skull given by him was taken, and

also gave me permission to remove the skull from the smaller (young

female) skin. This I have done, and find that in age it is exactly

the same as the Society’s specimen.

A comparison of the skins makes it immediately evident that the

animals from Moupin and those from Ningpo scarcely differ from

one another at all, and that Lophotragus michianus and Klaphodus

cephalophus are the same species, slightly modified in accordance with

the difference in their habitats.

The following description of the species may serve to render its

characteristics more apparent :—

Llaphodus cephalophus is a Deer of about the same size as the

Indian Muntjac (Cervulus muntjac), with mimute simple antlers,

which are situated on slender convergent pedestals ; and with enor-

mous canine teeth. The supraorbital glands, found in the Muntjacs,

are not present; nor is there a tufted gland on the outside of the

metatarsus,

876.| MR. A. H. GARROD ON LOPHOTRAGUS MICHIANUS. 799

The hair is coarse and slightly quill-like. In the Moupin specimens

it is of two kinds as regards general coloration—all in front of a ver-

tical line drawn through the shoulder-joint, with the exceptions to be

mentioned below, being whitish at the base, and er adually becoming

dark-brown towards the tip, quite close to which there is a distinctly

marked narrow white ring. This white ring near the extremity of

each hair gives a speckled appearance to the parts covered with it.

Over all the body behind the above-mentioned line this white ring

is absent; and each hair, from being white at the root, gradually

darkens to become of a rich brown at the tip, over the sides and

back of the animal, more pronounced along the middle line—at the

same time that, whilst deepening in intensity down the legs, below

the carpus and tarsus the colour is almost black itself, as are the

hoofs. In the female figured by M. Milne-Edwards, which is of a

more rufous tint generally than the pair of skins lent by him to me,

there is, as is sometimes the case in Cervulus reevesi, a white line just

above the hoofs.

The under surface of the tail is white, as is also the hair in the

pudendal region.

Much resembling, though more developed than in the females

and the young males of the genus Cervulus, there is a crest of

lengthy deep-brown, almost black hair arranged in a_horse-shoe

shape in the frontal region. It is anteriorly that the crest is deficient,

the short speckled hair of the nose extending backwards, at the same

time that it lengthens, to enter the interior of the enclosure thus

formed. This crest is slightly prolonged between the ears as a

pointed process, with the equally dark hair of the base of the

exterior of which it does not blend, a narrow speckled isthmus

intervening. M. Milne-Edwards tells us* that the interior of the

ears is whitish, and that the tips of these organs, as well as the

greater part of their inner edge, are of a nearly pure white. A trans-

verse black bar extends across the inner surface of the ear, about

three quarters of au inch broad. Along the lateral margin of the

outside of the horse-shoe crest the short hair forms a light grey line

in front of the eye, becoming reddish brown behind it. ‘The long

hair of the crest itself is directed backwards.

In the young male specimen from the hills near Ningpo which

forms the subject of the present paper, the only hair which is ringed

is situated in the front of the base of each ear, occupyiug an

extremely small area. Elsewhere the chocolate-brown of the Moupin

examples is replaced by greyish-black, each hair being white for a

considerable distance from its base. The face and neck are there-

fore not speckled or brown, but uniformly dark grey. ‘The head is

figured, as it appeared immediately after death, in the accompanying

drawing (Plate LXXVI.).

The skull of the Ningpo E/aphodus cannot be said to differ essen-

tially from the Moupin specimens. Although there are exquisite

figures in the ‘ Recherches pour servir 4 I’ histoire Naturelle des Mam-

miféres’+ of the skull of the adult male, M. Milne-Edwards has most

* Loe. et. p. 305. t Atlas, pls. 66 & 67.

760 MR. A. H. GARROD ON LOPHOTRAGUS MICHIANUS. [Nov. 21,

obligingly allowed me to remove the cranium from the skin of the

female that he has lent me, which fortunately happens to be of exactly

the same age as the Society’s male ; in other words, the median milk-

incisors are gone, whilst the third molars are just protruding, all the

milk-molars being in place. In the Society’s specimen the frontal

pedestals are fairly long, but without any antlers at their extremities.

Their bases are slightly further from one another than in the Moupin

male; and there is a second slight difference from both it and the

female, which is, that just at the root of the ascending orbital process

of the malar bone the ring of the orbit does not become ossified

upwards so as to reduce its size by the formation of a shallow lamina

above the masseteric ridge. This peculiarity may also be expressed

by saying that the surface of origin of the masseter muscle extends

upw ards as far as the margin of the orbit in the Ningpo male, whilst

in those from the more ‘western locality it ceases some distance

below it. But it must be noted that the Ningpo specimen died in

very bad condition, the bones being spongy and ill-marked*, whilst

the others were shot wild. In it, strangely enough, there is also an

abnormality with which I am not at all acquainted. It is that the

malar bones on both sides, instead of being single, are made up of

two independent parts, an orbital and a zygomatic, with the suture

longitudinal and nearly straight, extending from the anterior extre-

mity of the zygomatic process of the temporal bone to the posterior

inferior part of the large crumenal depression.

Sir Victor Brooke, in his paper on the Cervuf, has drawn

attention to the very peculiar distribution of the ankyloses in the

tarsus of that family, he having demonstrated that in it the external

and middle cuneiform bones blend with the naviculo-cuboid to form

a single bone. The same condition exactly exists in H/aphodus

cephalophus, the innermost cuneiform, bone remaining free. But,

strange to relate, in my specimen of Michie’s Deer, on both sides,

this internal cuneiform bone is completely anchylosed with the

metatarsus, a further specialization than is found im any other

ruminant, so far as I can make out.

In Michie’s Deer no trace of the lateral metacarpal rudiments

could be detected. It possesses thirteen pairs of ribs, six lumbar

vertebrae, six ankylosed sacrals, and nine caudals, making forty-one

* The following are the measurements of the skull of the Ningpo male, side

by side with which those of the male (adult) Moupin specimen are given, from

M. Milne-Edwards’s figure :-—

Ningpo Moupin

spec. spec,

in in.

Extreme length Oli encore ne ete toe eee eee 63 Ca

Extreme breadth from zygoma to zygoma.. ......... Bas bey

Interval between inner sides of frontal pedestals... 143 13

Extreme length of nasal bones...............ceececeeeees 23, 24

Breadth of facial plane opposite lacrymal foramina 123 2a'5

Mandible from angle to incisor margin ............... 5L 63

Extreme length of preemaxilla..-.......00....0.0.0c00e0 12s 2355

Extreme intermolar breadth .........0. seceeeeeceeeees 12 :

t P.Z. 8. 1874, p. 38.

i876.) MR. A. H. GARROD ON LOPHOTRAGUS MICHIANUS. 761

vertebree in all. The bones, in the specimen under consideration,

especially those ef the limbs, are extremely porous and badly

marked ; nevertheless, on making a section of the head of the meta-

tarsus, it is apparent that the internal tarsal cuneiform bone has so

completely fused with it as to leave no line of demarcation. In the

Paris specimens of Elaphodus the tarsus exactly resembles that of

Cervulus, and the lateral metacarpals are very nearly lost.

In the young female from Moupin the milk canine teeth are in

place, their permanent successors appearing, in the dry skull, above

them. In the male of the same age from Ningpo, the tusks have a

remarkably permanent appearance, and there is no evidence from

the condition of the maxillary bones that they belong to the milk

series. Such being the case, it must be presumed that the milk

canines in the male are shed earlier than in the females, as it is not

in accordance with any known facts that they should have persistent

pulps which would remove any necessity for their replacement.

Anatomy of the Alimentary Canal and other Viscera.

The muffle is more considerable than in the Elaphine Deer, but

resembles that of the Ruszre and Muntjacs in extending upwards

along the outer border of each nostril as far as its superior margin.

The canine tusks protrude an inch below the upper lip, and mark

the lower lip at the spots at which they come into contact with them.

The palate in front of the intermolar region is transversely ridged

by folds of the mucous membrane, slightly crenulated at their free

backwardly directed edges. These folds are deficient in the middle

line ; and those on one side are not continuous with those of the

other, but with the spaces which intervene between them. The

intermolar region and the palatal surface behind it are smooth, and

black instead of flesh-coloured, as it is anteriorly.

The tongue is like that in most ruminating animals, broad near

the tip, then narrower, and again slightly broader opposite the

intermolar eminence. Its mucous membrane is covered with twe

kinds of papillee—tirst the filiform, small, thick-set, short and blunt

over the anterior part of the organ, conical and larger in the middle

of the intermolar eminence, and secondly the fungiform, disk-

snaped and flattened, scattered sparsely over the fore part, and at

the sides of the intermolar eminence gradually enlarging and be-

coming arranged in a linear manner, converging as they run back to

form the circumvallate papille, eleven on one side and twelve on

the other.

The salivary glands present no special features of interest. The

tonsils open each by an orifice situated in the middle of a slight

depression. The epiglottis is rounded, with a slight notch in the

middle line of its contour.

The stomach possesses much the proportions of that of the Musk

(Moschus moschiferus)*. In the rumen perhaps the converging left

lateral ceecal extensions of the upper and lower compartments are

slightly longer. The villi are there very close-set, elongated, flat-

* Vide P. ZS. 1875, p. 168.

762 MR. A. H.GARROD ON LOPHOTRAGUS MICHIANUS. [Nov. 21],

tened, and slender, with nearly parallel sides, the largest being

slightly spooned at their free ends. In most parts they are about

a quarter of an inch long; but on the folds they are much shorter.

Nowhere are they absent. They are all blunt-tipped and slightly

crenulated along their margins. No trace of the special gland found

by Prof. Flower on the anterior wall of the pannch of the Musk

could be detected. Neither in Cervulus muntjac nor in C. reevesi are

the villi of the rumen flattened, they being cylindrical. The cells of

the reticulum are shallow and not large, covered with minute papillee

on their floors, and with a regularly arranged row on the top of each

cell-wali.

The psalterium resembles that of the ordinary Deer, and differs

from that of Moschus in that the plicee are unequal in length. There

are thirteen folds of what may be termed the first power, because they

are the deepest, between each two of which one of the second power is

developed. On each side of each secondary fold is a tertiary, about

a quarter of an inch deep ; and, again, there is a longitudinal row of

papillee on each side of each tertiary fold, which may be considered

to be a rudimentary set of the fourth power. Such a psalterium may

be called quadruplicate, because folds are present of four different

depths. The stomach of Moschus would be simpliciplicate, were it not

that there is a row of papillae developed between the plice in some

parts ; itis therefore duplicate upon the nomenclature here suggested.

The abomasum presents no peculiarities.

The following are the measurements of the intestines :—

tt. ain

Small intestine 23 uae

Ibangesntestine: os. cig «in racks we. cake OFS

CreCUIT Ae Abts Mon de oe PEL gi

The colic coil was not disposed in quite the ordinary manner ; but

the peculiarity was probably an individual one. At its end the large

intestine made a complete transverse reduplication before turning

forward from the right iliac fossa to form its terminal and irregular

curve round to the sigmoid flexure.

The spleen is flat on one side, domed on the other, and circular.

The diver is composed of two nearly equal lobes, from the abdomi-

nal surface of the right of which is developed the triangular and

laterally directed caudal lobe. The Spigelian lobe is only rudimen-

tary, being represented by a slight tumefaction of the vertebral border

of the portal fissure. There is no gall-bladder.

In the arteries of the neck the arrangement is that found in the

tuminantia generally, the ascending aorta giving origin, first to the

left brachial with the corresponding vertebral, then to the left carotid,

and finally to the same three vessels of the right side.

There are thirty-eight tracheal rings above the accessory bronchus,

and nine below it, making forty-seven in all. In the lungs the two

lobes of the left side and the five on the right were found, the right

ee the larger. The lower lobe of each lung is comparatively

small.

1876.] MR. A. H. GARROD ON LOPHOTRAGUS MICHIANUS. 763

The drain (figs. 1 and 2) is richly convoluted for its size, its mea-

surements, after having been hardened in spirit, being :—

Greatest length of hemispheres ........ 219

Greatest depth of hemispheres ....... il

Greatest breadth of brain ..........-. 27%

Fig. 1.

inferred from the measurements given by Professor Flower*. This

species it also closely resembles in its convolutions, as well as in the

considerable development of the anterior lobes. The hippocampal,

inferior external, together with superior and middle external gyri, are

easily recognizable, the sulcus separating the last two being long, and

the middle external gyrus traversed in the direction of its length by

* P.Z.S. 1875, p. 176, note.

764 MR. A. H. GARROD ON LOPHOTRAGUS MICHIANUS. [Nov. 21,

a minor sulcus. There is a break in the sulcus which separates the

middle and inferior external gyri a little more than an inch from the

anterior border of the hemisphere, which is peculiar. As in Moschus

and in Cervus humilis, the calloso-marginal sulcus appears on the

superior surface of the brain, allowing the hippocampal gyrus to

appear between it and the middle line. In Cervulus muntjac the convo-

lutions are slightly less developed than in Michie’s Deer, and the

calloso-marginal sulcus is even more superficial; it is, however,

narrower anteriorly.

In its generative organs, the glans penis (fig. 3), instead of being

blunt, is an elongated and slender cone, terminating much like the tip

of a wooden pen-holder, the urethral orifice being situated just behind

the extreme tip, slightly turned upwards. The Muntjacs and the

Roe Deer agree with Michie’s Deer in the shape of the glans; but.

whereas there is no trace of Cowper’s glands in Capreolus and Michie’s

Deer, they are large in Cervulus (in OC. muntjac at least). There are

four nipples. On the outside of the skin covering the metatarsus I

found in the recently dead animal a deep smegma-secreting depres-

sion, evidently homologous with the metatarsal glands in most Cervidee.

here were no tufts of hair round these ; and I cannot recognize their

situation in the prepared specimen of the skin.

General Remarks.

From what has been said above, it is evident that the Lophotragus

michianus of Swinhoe is the same animal as the earlier-named Ela-

phodus cephalophus of A. Milne-Edwards, and that it was because

his specimen was a female in which the skull was wanting, at the

same time that the figure given by M. Milne-Edwards is from a re-

markably light-coloured and red skin, that Mr. Swinhoe was misled

as to its affinities. It seems, however, that the Ningpo animal is of

a greyer tint than that from Moupin; for the description given by

Mr. Michie*, namely that “it is a dark iron-grey or pepper-and-

salt colour, like some Scotch terriers,”’ exactly applies to the Society’s

example, whilst the Paris skins are all decidedly chocolate, although

differing in tint among themselves.

As to the affinities of Elaphodus cephalophus, M. Milne-Edwardst

has remarked that “ it is intermediate between the Muntjacs and the

ordinary Deer, in certain respects appearing even to unite these ani-

mals to Hydropotes and Moschus.”’

_ That AZoschus has any close affinities with Cervulus and its allies

ts extremely doubtful ; and a comparison of the above description of

* P. ZS. 1874, p. 458. +t Loe. cit. p. 353.

a0,

)

ep)

E.A.Smith del etlith Mimtern Bros. amp

BUTTERFLIES FROM NEW GUINEA.

1876.] MR. A.G. BUTLER ON NEW-GUINEA BUTTERFLIES. 7609

the visceral anatomy of Hlaphodus with the facts brought forward in

Prof. Flower’s important memoir on Moschus tends to confirm this

view.

The internal anatomy of Hydropoées is not known ; but the absence

of any frontal tuft, the presence of an inflated auditory bulla,

together with the non-ankylosis of the cuneiform bones with the

naviculo-cuboid of the tarsus, are against its Cervuline affinities.

With Cervulus there is every reason to believe that E/aphodus is

most intimately related. The size of the animal, the conformation

of the skull, the fusion of the cuneiform bones with the naviculo-

cuboid, the non-development of the metatarsal tufts, and the pre-

sence of the frontal crest are all evidences in that direction, as is the

similarity of the shape of the glans penis in the two genera. It ap-

pears to me that Cervulus, together with Hlaphodus, form a sub-

family of the Cervidee, which might be termed the Cervuline and be

defined as follows :—

Cervutin&. Small Cervide in which the proportionally small

antlers are situated on elongated pedestals, up the front of which

the lengthy hair of the crest which is developed in the frontal

region extends. Females hornless. Suborbital glands large in

both sexes. No metatarsal tufts. Canine tusks large in the

males, minute in the females. ‘The second and third cuneiform

bones of the tarsus ankylosed with the naviculo-cuboid. The

lateral metatarsals wanting, and the lateral metacarpals present

only as slender bones opposite the upper ends of the third and

fourth metacarpals, or wanting altogether.

Two genera are contained in this subfamily.

Cervulus. Cervulinze in which the pedestals of the antlers are di-

vergent, and send downwards from their roots strong supra-

orbital ridges, the antlers themselves diverging into a brow-antler

and a simple beam. Cutaneous glands developed on the inner

side of each supraorbital ridge.

Elaphodus. Cervulinze in which the pedestals of the antlers are

convergent and do not send downwards supraorbital ridges.

Antlers minute and simple, scarcely projecting beyond the much-

developed frontal hair-tuft. Frontal glands absent.

4, Descriptions of new Species of Lepidoptera from New

Guinea, with notice of anew Genus. By ARtHURG. BuTLER,

ji) Wis aad Meo nc oe :

[Received November 4, 1876.]

(Plate LXXVIL.)

The following novelties formed part of a collection recently made

in Yule Island, New Guinea, by Dr. James.

766 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON NEW-GUINEA BUTTERFLIES. [ Nov. 21,

RHOPALOCERA.

NyYMPHALID&.

Eureta@a Guerinii, Felder.

I merely record this butterfly as being common in the collection,

and only previously known to occur at Aru; until now I had not seen

the species.

EvpLta@a poosa, n. sp. (Plate LXXVII. fig. 1.)

Allied to the preceding, smaller, no white spots.

Wings above dark pitchy brown, paler on the external area and

costal area of secondaries ; primaries with six to seven lilac subapical

spots in a-curved series, the third in the male (which is fourth in the

female) largest and sagittate ; male with an elongate interno-median

sericeous streak ; female with the subapical spots larger and paler

than in the male. Wings below bronzy olive-brown ; central area of

primaries blackish, internal area greyish, with a sericeous streak in

the male and a white streak in the female; a minute bluish dot in

the cell and three beyond it (sometimes wanting) : secondaries with

a dot in the cell, and sometimes one beyond it pale bluish ; base of

wings and pectus black, white-spotted. Expanse of wings, ¢ 3 inches

1 line, 2 2 inches 9 lines.

CaALLIPL@A JAMESI, n. sp. (Plate LX XVII. fig. 2.)

Allied to C. pumila, but the male darker than C. trimenii or C.

seriata.

3d. Wings above deep shining red-brown, the external half of pri-

maries and the apical border of secondaries almost black, with faint

purplish reflections ; primaries with two subapical contiguous white

spots, and below them a decreasing submarginal series of four white

spots, all bordered with lavender ; secondaries with costal area shining

silver-grey, the cell and the area immediately above it occupied

by a large creamy patch; a whitish subapical dot. Primaries

below slightly paler; a large creamy internal patch reaching the

median nervure ; four pure white subapical spots in an oblique series,

the two upper ones contiguous and largest ; a submarginal series of

minute white points: secondaries red-brown, apical area slightly

darker ; two subapical and four to five submarginal white points ;

base and pectus black, white-spotted. Expanse of wings 2 inches 8

lines.

. Paler and more uniformly coloured than the male, white spots

much larger, bordered with lilac, subapical spot of primaries trifid,

five submarginal spots ; three subapical white dots in secondaries:

wings below paler, all the spots of the upper surface, and a complete

submarginal series of spots white : expanse of wings 2 inches 8 lines.

A well-marked species.

CALLIPL@A INFANTILIS, n. sp. (Plate LX XVII. fig. 3.)

3, Allied to the preceding species, considerably smaller, darker,

with fewer spots.

1876.] MR. A. G. BUTLER ON NEW-GUINEA BUTTERFLIES. 767

Primaries above deep coppery brown, the costal and apical half of

primaries and the submedian area of secondaries almost black, with

very feeble bluish reflection ; primaries with a large trifid subapical

white spot, washed with lilac ; two submarginal white spots imme-

diately below it: secondaries with the costal area shining brownish

grey ; the upper half of ‘the cell and the area immediately above it

sordid whitish. Wings below more uniform in colour than above ;

primaries with the interno-median area whitish ; five subapical spots

in an oblique series, the third largest: secondaries with two sub-

apical bluish dots, the lower one barely visible ; base of wings and

pectus black, white-spotted. Expanse of wings 2 inches 2 lines.

The smallest species hitherto described.

TENARIS JAMESI, n. sp. (Plate LXXVII. fig. 4.)

Wings semihyaline, snow-white, with a diffused basal ochraceous

nebula ; primaries with the costal area and apex black-brown, exter-

nal angle irrorated with sooty brown: secondaries with the apex and

apical border sooty brown; a large subapical ocellus visible from

transparency of the wing; a large ocellus on the first median inter-

space black, with white-dotted lilac pupil and diffused yellowish iris

with greyish edge (round which is seen a pale ochraceous zone, owing

to the transparency of the wing): head and collar black; antenne

black, palpi orange with black tip, thorax grey, the prothorax brown-

ish; abdomen ochreous. Primaries below nearly as above, but

without the sooty external angle ; secondaries without the sooty apex

and border, with two large ocelli, one subapical the other as above,

black irrorated with blue scales, with large white pupils and broad

grey-bordered ochreous irides. Pectus and legs black. Expanse of

wings 4 inches 3 lines.

Allied to 7. mylecha.

ATELLA CERVINA, n. sp. (Plate LXXVII. fig. 5.)

Above reddish tawny, paler in the female, with blackish markings

as in d. arruana, but more pronounced ; wings below also much as

in A. arruana, but the basal area not washed with lilac in either sex,

the black spots more pronounced, the whitish discal and submarginal

spots more silvery, and the submarginal zigzag ochreous band much

more irregular: expanse of wings, ¢ and Q, 2 inches 5 lines.

Though nearly allied to 7. arruana, this species is much larger,

darker, more heavily bordered and spotted with black-brown, and

the basal area below differs markedly in the absence of the strong

lilac wash which is persistent in the Aru species.

HETEROCERA.

CELERENA, Walker *.

Allied to Celerena (of Lepidoptera Heterocera) ; wings larger, more

* Mr. Walker altered the type of his genus Ce/erena, originally described in

the ‘ Transactions of the Entomological Society,’ from C. divisa to C. sobria; as

the two species are not congeneric, I would propose for the latter (which is the

type of Celerena in the Lepidoptera Heterocera) the name of Craspedosis, n. gen.

768 DR.J.S. BOWERBANK ON THE SPONGIAD. [ Noy. 21,

or less yellow in colour ; the arrangement of nervures much the same ;

palpi thicker, antennze much more slender. Type C. divisa.

CELERENA VULGARIS, 0. sp.

Allied to C. perithea, of Cramer, from Amboina, but with the trans-

verse golden-yellow band of primaries twice as wide, and the black-

brown border of secondaries only half as wide: expanse of wings

2 inches 4 lines.

This is evidently a very common species.

The above-named genus will include the following species :—C.

lerne, Boisd.; C.divisa, Walker; C. andamana, Felder; C. commutata,

Walker; C. mutata, Walker ; C. perithea, Cramer; C. proxima, spreta,

and connexa of Walker; and C. eucnemis of Felder.

5. Contributions to a General History of the Spongiade.

By J. S. Bowersang, LL.D., F.R.S., &e.—Part VIII.

[Received November 8, 1876. ]

(Plates LXXVIII—LXXXI.)

The Sponges described in the present contribution to a general

history of the Spongiadz are rare and very remarkable species.

Three of them are, to the best of my knowledge, unique specimens ;

and the fourth, Chalina verticillata, elucidates in a singularly

striking manner the structure and history of a diluvial fossil sponge

enveloped in flint, which has for a long period been a mystery to

paleontologists.

DESMACIDON PLUMOSA, sp. nov. (Plate LXXVIII.)

Sponge elongately fan-shaped, pedicellate ; pedicle long and stout,

smdoth, fan-shaped, expansion prominently hispid on both planes.

Oscula simple, dispersed, minute, and numerous. Pores inconspi-

cuous. Dermal membrane aspiculous. Skeleton reticulated, rete

irregular ; primary fibres stout and solid, radiating irregularly from

the discal end of the pedicle in the same plane; secondary fibres

radiating from the primary ones at nearly right angles to the planes

of the sponge, short, slender, and delicately plumous. Spicula sub-

fusiform-acerate.

Colour, in the dried state, fawn-yellow.

Hab. Sharks’ Bay, Western Australia.

Examined in the dried state.

I obtained this singular and interesting sponge among many others

from a dealer in specimens of natural history, who stated that it was

from Sharks’ Bay, Western Australia. It is 15 inches in height, and

about 5 inches broad at near the middle of the fan-shaped expan-

sion. No portion of the basal attachment remains; and the pedicle

in its present state slightly exceeds 4 inches in length. It is slightly

XVIII.

sv AN

est lo UID

: i

ry *

ian P |

| - Wee 7

. 7 y

" ay

1 4 K i

a ;

\ ce .

7 ol

_ 1

le =

i _ ;

a c

‘ i

' - - oo

bo y

‘ -

- is

S 7

é : ¥

. :

‘

, :

iS i

—

~ 5

a .

Z.91876.P1.LXXIX.

oe APIO,

i ne ATM LerTO re Rhee metry ntsaree,

Op.

qotat

Nis a Glen

st & Conm

é.

ael

Dunkel

ate.

rhe

Chalna ve

P'Z.5.1876.P1. poe

(oe mimes

a eer raerti

neath ene

svi nek tgh eset SUDAN ONO SAMENESS ramen aca psi nceasne Aes

cone Nee ATE STS

peta

WWest& Coup.

Dintcel del et lit,

Ophhtospongia fucoidea.

W : - - * . "5 — A Ki << ;

| ‘ : ia

q / : ae : fi , i

/ ; a if / “

a | :

a i f ; 7 . . =

‘ ; ; | f ff ; é .

i 8 4 ws f ; ,

- ! << al } * 5 M4 : t ;

¢ i. -

fas } 1 7 . 7 << :

i? ay v4 ne 2 ; ¢ / | :

PiL541876. PLO

itn)

Cnenennemne pen naeareteieinneecere

eect AM NRCS

A RENN PASO ER DoH CANORA empl e pd dil

- (po pd eal tsoee i =

renee arene

Dinkel del Lith,

Womwe nes en

Raphiodesma r

1876. | DR. J. S. BOWERBANK ON THE SPONGIAD®. 769

compressed and very solid in its structure. The hispidity of the

surfaces is produced by the projection of the secondary lines of the

skeleton, which are uniform in length on both surfaces of the sponge ;

but they are more abundantly produced on the surface presented to

the eye in the figure than on the opposite one ; and they always ter-

minate in plumous expansions. The primary lines of the skeleton

are projected in slightly meandering lines, but always in the same

plane ; and none of them exceeds about a quarter of an inch in dia-

meter. The oscula are abundantly dispersed on the primary lines

of the skeleton ; they are very minute, and are scarcely perceptible

without the aid of a lens of about 2 inches focus. The dermal

membrane is closely adherent to the spiculo-fibrous structures of the

skeleton; and it can be seen distinctly only when small portions of

the sponge are mounted in Canada balsam, in the form of thin

expansions within the areas of the rete of skeleton-fibres. There is

but one form of spiculum, the subfusiformi-acerate one ; their

average proportions are +} inch in length, and 5;4,< inch in diameter.

The general aspect of this sponge is very remarkable: all the

secondary plumous fibres projected from either surface*rise to nearly

the same height, rarely exceeding that of about a quarter of an inch ;

and all of them assume the same plumous expansion of their apices.

The skeleton-structure is purely that of a Desmactdon; but its peculiar

mode of development differs widely from every other species of the

genus with which I am acquainted.

CHALINA VERTICILLATA, sp.nov. (Plate LXXIX.)

Sponge pedicellate ; pedicle long, smooth ; proximal portion with-

out sponge-plates ; distal portion sustaining a succession of numerous

thin perfoliate more or less circular cup-shaped plates of sponge,

decreasing in size to the apex. Surface—upper and under surfaces

of the plates rugose, margins entire. Oscula simple, dispersed,

numerous on the under surfaces of the plates. Pores inconspicuous.

Dermis reticular, rete irregular ; dermal membrane sparingly spicu-

lous ; spicula depressu-spinulate, same size and form as those of the

skeleton, dispersed. Skeleton symmetrical, radiating irregularly

from the centres of the plates ; primary and secondary lines slender

and delicate, not very numerously spiculous; spicula depresso-

spinulate, rather variable in length and diameter. Interstitial mem-

branes sparingly spiculous; spicula same as those of the skeleton.

Colour, in the dried state, nut-brown.

Hab. Fremantle, Australia (Geo. Clifton, Esq.).

Examined in the dried state.

The height of this sponge is 13 inches, and its greatest breadth

3 inches. At 5 inches from the basal attachment the pedicle divides

and becomes two branches ; at the part from which the lowest of the

plates of the sponge is projected, and thence to the apex, they are

produced in a rather irregnlar series. The form of this sponge is

remarkable and unusual ; but the species in course of description is

not the only one in which we find it. The whole of such sponges

770 DR. J. S. BOWERBANK ON THE SPONGIAD&. [Novy. 21,

appear to be Australian. I have other specimens in my possession of

very much greater dimensions, and among them some rather exceeding

3 feet in length, having plates exceeding 5 inches in diameter; and

one of the largest, at about the middle of the series of plates,

divides, and each stem supports a separate series of plates. The

plates of these sponges are not projected from the pedicles at right

angles to them; they always assume a more or less ascending

direction, so that they form an ascending series of rather irregularly

shaped shallow cups.

The dermal rete is rather more strongly produced than the

skeleton-structures beneath it, and it is quite irregular in form.

Very little of the dermal membrane remains ; the small fragments

that were apparent were furnished with a few dispersed spicula.

The skeleton-structure is rather slender and delicate. The primary

lines vary to some extent in their diameter; and in some there are a

greater number of spicula than in others. The secondary lines of

the skeleton are also variable in the number of their spicula and in

their mode of disposition.

These singtlarly formed sponges are interesting, not only on their

own account, but also for affording us an explanation of a remarkable

series of fossils that are not unfrequently found in a more or less

perfect condition in our diluvial gravel, and which have been con-

jectured by some geologists to have been allied to the Trilobites,

while others have believed them to have been Pennatulee.

I had longitudinal sections made and polished of several of these

fossils ; and on examining them by direct light with a power of 100

linear I found in some of them traces of sponge-structure, but so

indistinct as to afford very unsatisfactory evidence of their real

nature; but in some, as in the specimen represented by figure 4, Plate

LXXIX., I found unmistakable proofs of a central axial column ;

and in this specimen the included sponge was of a nut-brown colour,

while the enveloping one was of a milk-white; and the two were

cemented together by an intervening thin stratum of semitransparent

silex, without any indication of sponge-tissue in it. This peculiarity

is strictly in accordance with the natural laws of the Spongiadee, as

when two living specimens of the same species touch each other, they

unite and become as one sponge; but, however closely two specimens

of different species of sponge may envelop each other, they never

unite and become one inseparable mass, however closely they may

be allied to each other in anatomical structure.

In each section of the brown verticillate fossil sponge represented

by figure 4, when viewed by direct light with a power of 175 linear,

there were unmistakable evidences of a very delicate spongeous reti-

culation; while in the white enveloping sponge traces of a very

different character of reticulate spongeous structure could be dis-

tinctly seen between the leaves of the verticillate sponge. In the

latter sponge there are numerous specimens of foraminated shells of

various species, such as are frequently found embedded in recent

sponges of a similarly complicated structure. The enveloping

spenge does not appear to be always of the same species as the

1876. | DR. J. S. BOWERBANK ON THE SPONGIAD, Fy fa

sponge represented by figure 4. In the specimen represented by

figure 5 (Plate LX XIX.) it is apparently the same as in that repre-

sented by figure 4; but it has not so completely involved the verticil-

late species, the margins of the plates of which are still uncovered.

For the most perfect specimen of these enveloped species of

sponges I am indebted to my late friend Dean Buckland, who could

not imagine what it could be, unless it represented an animal allied

to the Trilobites, the apparent smooth head and striated body

having impreseed that idea upon his mind ; but on my pointing out

to him a small spot on the middle of the smooth end of the mass,

which I conjectured might be the basal end of the pedicle, he pre-

sented it to me that I might, if possible, clear up our doubts

regarding its structure. I accordingly marked it for cutting in such

a direction as to make a section of the supposed pedicle, as well as

through the centre of the plates of the sponge; and the result was the

production of the specimen represented by figure 4, Plate LXXIX.,

completely confirming the ideas regarding the nature of these fossils

that had previously arisen from my examinations and comparisons of

the fossils with the singular verticillate sponges from the Australian

seas.

Very few of these enveloped specimens of verticillate sponges are

in so perfect a state of preservation as that represented by figure 4.

By far the greater number of them appear to have been in a very

young state when thus enveloped by the parasitical sponge; and

their size has been stili further curtailed, and their true form

obscured in the fossil state, by the destructive attrition that they

have undergone in the diluvial gravel, in which they are by no means

scarce. I have in my own collection 33 specimens of various sizes

and states of preservation, among which there is one that is evidently

the termination of a fossil specimen quite as large as the recent one

figured, the greatest breadth of the spongeous plates being two and

a quarter inches.

These fossils, from the general character of the siliceous matter in

which they are embedded, probably belong to the chalk formation ;

but I have never yet obtained one from that deposit, and therefore

the formation whence they are derived cannot be positively deter-

mined. It is a remarkable circumstance that these diluvial fossils

should have their nearest analogues among the recent Australian

sponges, and that the same may be said of the fossil fruits of the

London-clay formation.

OPLITOSPONGIA FUCOIDES, sp. nov. (Plate LXXX.)

Sponge pedicellate ; pedicle long, slender, smooth, ramifying and

expanding into numerous compressed fucoideal branches disposed

in nearly the same plane, so as to be rudely fan-shaped. Surface

uneven, minutely hispid. Oscula simple, minute, dispersed. Pores

inconspicuous. Dermis irregularly fibro-reticulate; rete abun-

dantly punctiunculate, sparingly spiculous. Dermal membrane

abundantly spiculous ; spicula spinulate, smaller, shorter, and more

attenuated than those of the skeleton. Skeleton-fibres smooth,

772 DR. J. 8. BOWERBANK ON THE SPONGIAD&. {Nov. 21,

punctiunculate, abundantly furnished with subfusiformi-spinulate

spicula, radiating irregularly from the centres to the circumferences

of the branches ; spicula very irregular in length.

Colour, in the dried state, red.

Hab. Sharks’ Bay, Western Australia.

Examined in the dried state.

I obtained this interesting species from a dealer in natural-history

specimens. It is 9 inches in height and 7 inches in greatest breadth.

Its mode of growth is very singular, It consists of a number of

separate irregularly shaped fan-like aggregations, by anastomosis of

the smaller branches, all projected in nearly the same plane, the

whole forming a complicated fan-shaped mass of branches, from

many of which, in numerous parts, by a careful examination, minute

leaves of fuci may be seen projected ; but whether these are separate

and independent growths, or projections from an originally enveloped

fucus, it is difficult to decide, as I could not trace any portions of

the stem of a fucus in numerous sections made at right angles to the

surface of the sponge, even when mounted in Canada balsam. From

the very young condition of all these minute fuci, and there being

two species of them, and several other parasitical bodies, such as

little Barnacles, embedded in some of the branches, I am inclined

to believe the small fuci to be parasites on the sponge, and not the

sponge on a fucus.

The dermal surface is furnished with an irregular fibro-reticulate

rete, the fibre of which does not appear to be so profusely furnished

with spicula as those of the skeleton. The minute hispidation of the

surface is produced by the projection of the spicula of the fibres of

both the dermal rete and the skeleton immediately beneath it. This

character is not visible, excepting in thin slices of the sponge made

at right angles to the dermal surface when mounted in Canada

balsam. ‘The fibres of both the surface and the skeleton are very

remarkable ; their surfaces are profusely punctiunculated ; this

character is best seen in the fibres of the dermal rete, the surfaces

of which are usually less abundantly spiculous than those of the

skeleton. These minute dottings of the surfaces of the fibres require

a power of not less than 300 linear, when sections of the sponge are

mounted in Canada balsam, to render them distinctly to the eye.

I have never seen this remarkable dotting of the surface of the

fibres of a keratose sponge in any other species of sponge; and in

the one in course of description it forms a very decisive specific

character.

The structure of the skeleton is very irregular and complicated.

The fibres are stout and rigid, and are profusely furnished with their

defensive spicula. These organs vary to great extent in their length

and diameter ; one of the largest measured ;); inch in length, while

oue of the numerous short ones measured only =}, inch in length ;

the two forms are distributed on the fibres without the slightest

approach to order. This sponge is a very remarkable species of the

genus. It is unlike any of its numerous congeners.

1876. ] DR. J. S. BOWERBANK ON THE SPONGIADE. 773

RAPHIODESMA RADIOSA, sp.nov. (Plate LXXXI.)

Sponge irregularly rameous; branches rather slender. Surface

wneven and irrecular, both strongly and minutely hispid. Oscula

simple, dispersed. Pores inconspicuous. Dermal membrane pellucid,

abundantly spiculous, reticulated ; spicula of the rete of the same form

as those of the skeleton. Tension-spicula acuate, slender, few in

number ; retentive spicula dentato-palmated inequianchorate, con-

cregated in rosette-shaped groups, rather numerous, and, rarely,

simple and contort bihamate spicula. Skeleton-fasciculi numerous,

abundantly spiculous; spicula acuate, rather stout. Interstitial

membranes sparingly furnished with the same tension- and retentive

spicula as those of the dermal membrane.

Colour, in the dried state, light grey.

Hab. Savanilla, South America.

Examined in the dried state.

I received this very remarkable sponge from Mr. Moore, of the

Liverpool Free Library and Museum, for examination and description.

He informed me that it was collected at Savanilla, a sea- port town

on the South-American coast, latitude 11°S., longitude 75° W.

What has been the nature of the basal attachment of this sponge

is very doubtful ; as it is at present, it appears as if it had been

broken off immediately above the basal attachment. The length of

the specimen represented by the figure in Plate LX XXI. is 19 inches ;

and its diameter averages 2 of an inch at three inches above its present

base. The whole of the surface is very uneven, and it is irregularly

studded with numerous conical projections about a line or a line and

a half in height; and these appear to be produced by the occasional

projection of the minute irregular ramifications of the young and

immature branches of the sponge at a. Beside these conical organs,

the surface is abundantly but very minutely hispid; and this affords

an excellent specific character. It is produced by the gradual

radiation of the distal extremities of the fasciculi of the skeleton

immediately beneath the dermal membrane, as represented by fig. 2,

Plate LXXXI. This singular provision of nature for the defence of

the dermal structure of the sponge is very remarkable and especially

characteristic ; but it can only be seen to advantage in a thin section

of the sponge made at right angles to the surface, mounted in

Canada balsam and eo as a transparent object with a micro-

scopical power of about 100 linear. ‘The amount of the projection

of the distal terminations of the spicula of these fasciculi scarcely

exceeds about one third or half the length of a single spiculum ; but

they form a most efficient protection to the dermal structure of the

sponge.

The dermal membrane affords especially valuable specific charac-

ters independently of the remarkable radial groups of defensive

spicula which pass through its structure. It is very pellucid; and

the rete with which it is furnished is strongly but irregularly pro-

duced, and the areas are large and mostly modifications of triangular

or quadrangular forms ; and where any portion of it terminates

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1876, No. LI. 5

774 DR. J. S. BOWERBANK ON THE SPONGIADE. [Nov. 2],

without contact with any other portions of its structures, the spicula

of the termination radiate on the plane of the membrane like those

which are projected through the dermis. This habit of terminal

radiation of the fasciculi prevails in several other species of Raphio-

desma. ‘The tension-spicula are very unevenly distributed ; in some

parts there are very few of them, while in others they occur dispersed

in very considerable numbers.

The rosette-shaped groups of dentato-palmated inequianchorate

retentive spicula are rather sparingly but equably dispersed on the

inner surface of the areas of the dermal network. They very closely

resemble those of the type of the genus, the British species Raphio-

desma lingua, both in the size of the groups and of the individual

spicula of which they are constructed, but they are not nearly so

numerous in each group as in the type specimen.

I have never found these rosette-like groups of inequianchorate

spicula in any other sponges than those of the genus Raphiodesma,

and not in every species of that genus; so that, although they

cannot be considered of generic value, they are imp ortant indications

of the genus whenever they are apparent. A few simple or contort

bihamate retentive spicula were occasionally observed on the inter-

stitial membranes of the skeleton; but their number was so small as

to render their presence of but little value as specific characters.

The structures of the skeleton-fasciculi are longer and more con-

tinuous than in any other species of the genus with which I am

familiar, so much so that the skeleton might very readily be

mistaken by a hasty observation for that of a Desmacidon ; but this

illusion is dissipated by the fact that they do not form a pentiniaie

network of solid fibre as in the last-named genus, but frequently

terminate in radial expansions like those of the dermal membrane

and its external protected groups of defensive radiating spicula. A

few rosette-shaped groups “of inequianchorate spicula “and a few of

the bihamate ones are occasionally found on the interstitial mem-

branes.

This sponge is the only specimen of the species that I have seen;

and it is a very remarkable one. By far the greater proportion of

the known species of the genus are more or less of a solid massive

form; and this variation strongly illustrates the fact that there is

little or no dependence to be placed on external form in regard to

either generic or specific characters.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Prats LXXVITI.

Desmacidon plumosa.

Fig. 1 represents the sponge in its dried state, rather less than half its natural

size.

2, 3. Two small portions of the sponge, of the natural size, exhibiting the

plumous nature of the hispidation of the surface.

4. Two of the subfusiform acerate spicula of the skeleton, x 308 linear.

5. A small portion of the skeleton-structure, x 50 linear,

1876.] THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE, 775

Puate LXXIX.

Chalina verticillata.

Fig. 1 represents the sponge, about half its natural size.

2. One of the depresso-spinulate spicula of the skeleton, x 420 linear.

3. A small portion of the sealariform structure of the skeleton, with

portions of the interstitial membrane, X 123 linear.

4 represents a longitudinal section of a diluvial flint presented to me by the

late Dean Buckland, containing a fossil sponge closely allied to

Chalina verticillata, exhibiting a section of the pedicle and the series

of verticillate plates of the sponge, very closely resembling the recent

sponge, natural] size.

5 represents a small specimen of a fossil verticillate sponge, the margins of

the plates remaining uncovered, while the intervals between them

are filled by the enveloping sponge, natural size.

6. A longitudinal section of a small specimen closely resembling the one

represented by figure 5, exhibiting the immature development of the

verticillate plates of the sponge and a section of its central column,

natural size.

7. A fine specimen of a verticillate fossil sponge, only half of which is

completely enveloped longitudinally by the parasitic sponge, natural

size.

Pruate LXXX.

Ophlitospongia fucoidea.

Fig. 1 represents the sponge, two thirds its natural size.

2. One of the shortest of the spicula of the skeleton-fibre, x 250 linear.

3. An average-sized long spiculum of the skeleton-fibres, 250 linear.

4. A small portion of the skeleton-fibre, exhibiting the great number of the

spicula with which they are furnished, and the mode of their dis-

position, X 80 linear.

Pruate LXXXI.

Raphiodesma radiosa.

Fig. 1 represents the sponge, rather less than half the natural size.

2. The marginal portion of a thin slice of the sponge at right angles to the

surface, exhibiting the radiation of the distal terminations of the

skeleton-fasciculi, projected through the dermal membrane to form

the minute hispidation of the surface, x 61 linear.

3. A small portion of the dermal rete, x 61 linear.

4. One of the rosette-shaped groups of dentato-palmated inequianchorate

retentive spicula, x 360 linear.

5. An acuate skeleton-spiculum, xX 360 linear.

December 5, 1876.

Dr. E. Hamilton, V.P., in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the

Society’s Menagerie during the month of November 1876 :—

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the

month of November were 85 in number. Of these, 36 were acquired

by presentation, 14 by purchase, 4 by exchange, 3 by birth, and 28

were received on deposit. The number of departures during the

same period, by death and removals, was 97. r

776 MR. A. ANDERSON ON THE “‘ RAPTORIAL [ Dec. 5,

The most noticeable additions during the month of November

were as follows :—

1. Four Brazilian Cormorants (Phalacrocoraz brasilianus), pur-

chased Nov. 17. Of this small Cormorant of the New World no

examples have ever reached us before. The birds have been placed

in the Fish-house, next to the American Darters.

2. A Hooded Crane (Grus monachus), deposited by Mr. W.

Jamrach, November 21st, under an arrangement that it is to be pur-

chased on the Ist of January next if doing well at that time.

This species, which is quite new to us, is readily distinguishable

from the allied G. leucauchen (also from Japan) by its smaller size

and the greater amount of white on the neck. Its arrival renders

our series of Cranes very complete, comprising, as it now does, 19

examples belonging to 13 species.

The following extract was read from a letter addressed to the

Secretary by Count T. Salvadori, C.M.Z.S., dated Turin, November

28th :-—

Dr. Beceari has received from Mr. Bruijn, of Ternate, the an-

nouncement of the discovery of a new species of Drepanornis from

the most inland point of Geelvink Bay, New Guinea. This bird is

said to differ from D. aléertist in having the head, the hind neck,

the back, and the breast black. The long feathers on the sides of

the breast are said to be most brilliant. We hope to receive before

long examples of this wonderful new bird.

The following papers were read :—

1. Corrections of and Additions to the “ Raptorial Birds of

North-western India.”’—Part I1.* By Anprew ANnprER-

son, F.Z.S. &ce.

(Plate LX XXII.)

{Received November 6, 1876.]

The acquisition of two very interesting additions—the one an

eastern and the other a western one—enables me to lay some further

information respecting the Raptorial birds of these provinces before

the Society. It is a strange coincidence that both these stragglers

should have been obtained on my old collecting-ground, on the

banks of the Mainpuri Canal, within a few miles of each other, as well

as within the same month.

The numbers and asterisk preceding the names have the same sig-

nificance as before.

The two additions now made bring up my list to fifty-four species.

* For Part IT, see P. Z. 8. 1876, p. 810.

del . [& N Hanhart im

Smit del. et hth M& N Hanhart ium

1876.| BIRDS OF NORTH-WESTERN INDIA.” 777

*41 dis. Potioairus pLuMBEvs. (Plate LX XXII.)

HHaliaétus plumbeus, Hodgson, J. A. 8. B. vi. p. 367.

Poliaétus plumbeus, Jerdon, Ibis, 1871, p. 336.

The accompanying Plate of this little-known Fish-Eagle will enable

ornithologists to readily distinguish its characters from the allied

though very distinct P. ichthyaétus, from which species I have

reason to believe it has not always been discriminated. As the

present example, a mature ¢, making the third recorded occurrence

of this Eagle in the plains*, is identical in every respect with the

pair referred to in ‘ Stray Feathers’, any further description of its

plumage and habits would be superfluous.

It was killed at Ghirar, in the Mainpuri district, on February 9th

of the present year; and had my gun been up at the time, the prize

would have been easily secured, as it remained seated on a tree on

the opposite side of the canal for fully half an hour. Once disturbed,

the bird became very impatient ; and though only taking small flights

and never leaving the canal, it changed its position a dozen times and

entailed a deal of manceuvring before allowing itself to be bagged.

The canal was at low-water mark; and the fish which had congre-

gated in the deep clear pools must have been the attraction to this

place.

Carefully measured in the flesh, the following are the results :—

Length 23°5 inches ; wing from carpal joint 16°5 ; tail from vent 9°6 ;

tarsus 3.5; bill, straight, including cere, 1°7; greatest expanse of foot

—length 5:0, breadth 4:6, centre toe and claw straight 3:1.

The legs and feet were white, washed with light livid blue; the

upper mandible was blue-black, the blue being distinctly visible ; the

cere, gape, and /ower mandible were leaden-blue, the blue being very

distinct and a good deal lighter than the upper mandible ; the irides

were amber-colour, and the claws were black. The pads or soles of

the feet were as rough as a nutmeg-grater, thus admirably adapting

them for the capture of its slippery prey.

In coneluding my remarks, I wish to draw attention to the won-

derful development of the ear-orifice, as well as to the slight differ-

ence there is between the sexes of this Eagle. The females, I should

say, averaged from 24°4 to 25:5 inches in length, with a wing from

18 to 18°5; the males from 23°5 to 24:5, with a proportionately

smaller wing. For convenience of reference, I append dimensions of

the three adult specimens I have had an opportunity of examining

in the flesh, and regarding the sexing of which there is no doubt :—

Wing from =‘ Tail from

Sex. Logality. Length. carpal joint. vent. Tarsus,

10. in. in. in,

a. Kumaon...«... 23°0 725 10°0 oo

6. Mainpuri...... 23°5 16°5 9°6 3:5

Om aon as Ge «. 24°5 18-0 1025 3°4

* One, Etawah (Brooks) ; one, Lucknow Museum (Anderson) ; one, Mainpuri

( Anderson).

t+ Cf. ‘Stray Feathers,’ yol, iii. p. 385,

778 MR. A. ANDERSON ON THE “‘ RAPTORIAL [Dee. 5,

I am not aware whether the nestling- and first plumage of P.

plumbeus has yet been described.

*10. FaLco sAcer, Schl.

This is probably the least to be expected of all the Raptores I have

hitherto recorded from this part of the country. In short, it is the

first occurrence of this noble Falcon known to me so far east of the

desert country of the Punjab ; and as such it makes an exceedingly

interesting addition to my previous lists.

It was on February 28th last, just three weeks to a day after the

capture of P. plumbeus, that the Saker now referred to was obtained.

The plain on which this bird was shot extends for miles along the

banks of the Mainpuri Canal, commencing at the junction of the

Etawah road, at a place called Dhurous.

There are few localities I have worked more thoroughly than this ;

and it offers attractions equally great to the sportsman and natural-

ist. The solitary trees that are studded about this open desert-

looking country are each occupied by the larger eagles and birds-of-

prey generally; and the marshes offer excellent retreats for water-

birds, which in numbers and variety are probably not surpassed in

any part of the world. The dense fringe of brush-wood of young

Sisso-trees that clothe both banks of the canal, afford shelter to our

migratory Thrushes, such as Pitta bengalensis, Petrocossyphus

cyaneus, Orecetes cinelorhynchus, Turdus unicolor and T. atrogularis

(the last-mentioned having occurred in considerable numbers last

winter) ; while the Babool trees that overlook the water are a sure

find for Brooks’s new Leaf-Warbler (Reguloides subviridis), as well

as for the Phylloscopine generally, of which group my list comprises

no less than a dozen species*. The labyrinth of rank high reeds

and rushes which grow in patches where the water has oozed

through the bank, in many places sufficiently dense to hold pigs,

harbours Rails, immense flocks of Passerine birds (including Ploceus

bengalensis, a species not recorded by Jerdon from the N.W. P.),

and several Reed-Warblers, the most interesting being the skulk-

ing Locustella hendersoni, and Sylvia melanopogon, which are

amongst the least-persecuted of birds, owing to the impregnable

nature of the ground they affect. Should you have exhausted the

ornithological treasures of an elysium like this, you have merely to

make a détour of a mile or two to fall in with Blackbuck, or,

better still, to course Fawns, Hares, or the Desert-Foxt.

To return to Falco sacer, it was just as we bad run a hare to

groundt, late on the evening of the afore-mentioned date, and I was

* A Catalogue of the Birds of the Plains proper that I have recently drawn

up for the ‘Provincial Gazetteer,’ contains 443 species; but of course this list

makes no pretension to completeness.

+t Vulpes leucopus is not recorded by Jerdon from the N.W. P.; but it is the

Fox of the large sandy downs of all the districts to the west of Cawnpore. Not

long ago I killed a splendid female of this fine species within a mile of the city

of Futtehgurh.,

{ Jerdon, it will be observed, on referring to his ‘ Mammals of India,’ p. 224,

was well aware of the eccentric habit of this common Indian Hare (Lepus rufi-

caudatus).

1876. | BIRDS OF NORTH-WESTERN INDIA.” 779

meditating with two of my brother officers who were out with me

whether we had time to dig out the animal, that a Falcon was seen

scouring the plain, apparently in search of food. My shikaree soon

produced the bird, the first Saker I had seen in the flesh ; and though

it is pale rufescent, or ‘‘desert-colour”’ generally, the oval spots on its

rectrices, and light-coloured soft parts, as compared with Falcojugger,

convinced me that it did not belong to that species, it was not until

the following morning, when I had an opportunity of comparing it

with several Laggars, that I really felt comfortable in my identification.

The bird proved to be a very old but small male, measuring 18°5

inches in length, with a wing of 13°5, or about the dimensions of an

undersized 2 I’. jugger. From the adult of that species it differed

most conspicuously in the coloration cf its soft parts, the legs, feet,

and cere of the latter being bright orange, while in the former

(Saker) the corresponding parts are of a light dingy yellow ; the bill

too was paler, the basal three fourths of the upper mandible, as also

the whole of the lower one, being of a pearly white tinged with pink.

As the various phases of the plumage of £’. swcer have been so fully

described by Hume™*, I will merely remark in reference to the adult

state of the present specimen, that the head and nape (particularly

the latter) are pure white, with narrow central shaft-stripes, the mantle

is of a uniform pale rufescent hue, the feathers being broadly edged

with rufous of a darker shade, that ad/ the rectrices have large oval

white spots on both webs, with the exception of one of the central

feathers, on which the spots have almost disappeared, and that the

chin, throat, and breast are pure white, with only a few clove-brown

spots across the breast, the markings on the sternum, flanks, abdo-

men, and tibial plumes being more numerous and having the form

of ovate streaks instead of spots.

Before leaving the subject of Ff. sacer, I should not omit to men-

tion that the specimen in question has an abnormally shaped upper

mandible, the tip of the bill, which is very sharp and pointed,

being produced a third of an inch beyond the tooth or notch, and

rounded over exactly as it is in the genus Palgornis. In reference

to this deformity, the following remarks by Mr. Gurney (in epist.)

will be read with interest: —“ May not your #’. sacer with the deformed

bill have been a trained bird that had been turned off when it got

old and past its best? I have known birds of prey acquire a similar

prolongation of the upper mandible in confinement, though perhaps

not to the same extent” +.

The Falcon, however, was in excellent condition, and showed no

sign of previous captivity. Furthermore, it was evidently hunting

on a plain that abounded with Hardwick’s Uromastix, a Lizard

that Jerdon has pointed out, on the authority of Punjab falconers,

as constituting its “favourite food”’ in a feral statef{; and as I can

hardly believe that a Saker that had once been trained to strike such

large game as the Bustard and Crane would revert to reptilian food,

* Cf. ‘Stray Feathers,’ vol. i. p. 152 e¢ seqgq.

+ I possess a female specimen of Pyrrhulauda grisea that has a similar pro-

Jongation of the upper mandible.

¢ Cf. ‘The Ibis’ for 1871, p. 289.

780 ON THE “RAPTORIAL BIRDS OF N.W. INDIA.” [Dec. 5,

I trust Mr. Gumey will pardon my protesting against the belief that

my Falcon was a “ ticket-of-leave”’ bird.

48. Poxriornis TEESA, Frankl.

In the coloured eggs of the White-eyed Buzzard referred to im

my last communication on this subject*, we have a very good illus-

tration of the importance of oology as an element in the classification

of birds, showing that Poliornis forms, as it were, the connecting

link between the genera Buteo and Circus’.

During the past spring I was so fortunate as to obtain two pairs

of even better-coloured eggs than those above alluded to. These I

will endeavour to describe as follows :—(i.) Nest of two eggs, Fut-

tehgurh, 5th April, 1875. These are somewhat undersized, in shape

of a broad oval, and freely marked with reddish-brown specks at the

obtuse end. In one specimen the markings extend more or less all

over the surface of the egg. (ii.) Nest of two eggs, Futtehgurh,

27th April 1876. A full-sized pair; one is a broad oval, the other

somewhat pyriform. The former has a few russet-brown blotches at

one end only, one of the marks being the size of a large pea. The

colouring-matter in the companion egg is confined to the compressed

end, covering about a fifth of the surface, aud consists of delicate

russet-brown veined or map-like markings, which are so characteristic

of the Bunting group.

Admitting my weakness for oological discoveries, [ must not omit

to mention that on April 12th I took a clutch of five eggs of Micro-

nisus badius, which is in excess of the number hitherto recorded.

Another sitting of four, taken three days later, are freely marked

with minute specks of a reddish-brown colour. I venture to say

Mr. Hume is in error in assigning only three eggs to this Hawk as a

general rulet; for, according to my experience, four is the normal

number if the bird is allowed time to lay the full complement.

I have also recently come across two very prolific pairs of Athene

brama, capturing both the @ birds in their nest-holes: the one had

laid six eggs; while the other was sitting on the usual number, four,

but laid a fifth in my hand.

Though not coming strictly within my limits, [ may mention the

capture at Allahabad, on Oct. 10th of the past year, of a 2 Spi-

zaétus nipalensis, regarding which Mr. Cockburn, the Curator of the

Museum at that place, has favoured me with the following particu-

lars :—Length 27:5; expanse 58°5; wing 17°5; tail from vent 12;

tarsus 3:5. Crest rudimentary. ‘This is the first specimen of

this bird that has, to my knowledge, been procured in the Alla-

habad district §$. I knocked it over with a charge of No. 10 shot

while in the act of devouring a Crow-Pheasant.”

* Of. P.Z.S. for 1875, p. 25.

+ Cf. ‘Nestsand Eggs,’ pt. i. p. 51, where the only known eggs of P. liviventer

are described as having a “very few tiny pale brown and purplish brown

specks” on them.

t Cf. ‘Nests and Eggs,’ pt. i. p. 25.

§ Mr. Hume, in his article on Spizattus cirrhatus, ‘Rough Notes,’ p. 206,

records S. nzpalensis from Etawah; but I have not yet met with this species

myself in the Plains

1876. | MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF YARKAND. 781

To Dr. Bonavia, of Lucknow, I am indebted fora third Oudh-killed

specimen of Erythropus pekinensis. 'Though an adult ¢, it has

a few minute specks on the sternum ; and in reference to the differ-

ence in the plumage of the two species of Lesser Kestrels, I may add

that Mr. Gurney agrees with me that the only constant difference

between Erythrapus cenchris and E. pekinensis is the breadth of

grey on the wing.

Athene radiata is, I find, very common in the districts north of

the Ganges ; though somewhat local, in many places it almost re-

places A. drama. I procured a fine series of the former at Shahje-

hanpore in November last, within a radius of two hundred yards of

mycamp. These little Owlets have the habit of sitting in pairs, and

sunning themselves, frequently up to midday, before retiring to their

hiding-places. One shot generally kills both birds. They utter a

peculiar and, to me, a pleasant note, something of a chirp in several

keys, very different from the discordant noise made by A. 4rama.

The following dimensions and colours of soft parts are applicable to

a dozen specimens I have examined :—

Wing from Tail from

Length, —_ carpal joint. yent. Tarsus,

in. in. in, in.

Cte. sens GOU a7 3'0 1:0

iiss oes” SOO 5°9 3°1 ag

I have also secured at Futtehgurh more examples of Aquila pennata,

Accipiter virgatus (only immature ones), and Ephialtes sunia, all

good birds for the locality. Of the last mentioned I have a live spe-

cimen in the grey phase of plumage, which swallows full-grown mice

whole—a feat not a little surprising for a bird weighing only two oz.

2, On the Fishes of Yarkand.

By Francis Day, F.Z.S.

[Received November 20, 1876.]

In the year 1873 an expedition, under Mr. (now Sir) Douglas

Forsyth, was despatched by the Government of India to Yarkand,

having for one of its objects the collection of specimens of Natural

History. For this latter purpose my lamented friend Dr. Stoliczka

was attached to it as naturalist; and after his death the collection of

fishes was conveyed to India, and subsequently forwarded to me in

this country for identification and description.

The illness and subsequent death of Mr. Ford, the eminent artist,

has delayed the execution of the Plates, and, as a consequence, my

portion of the work.

The following notes refer to the entire collection of fishes obtained

during the expedition (except, so far as I know, two specimens *),

* Two specimens of Schizothorax chrysochlorus, obtained during the expe-

dition, were presented to the British Museum. They were named after their

donor, Schizothorax biddulphi.

782 MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF YARKAND. [ Dec. 5,

With them I have compared some types of Steindachner’s excel-

lent paper on Dr. Stoliczka’s ‘Fishes of Tibet’ (Verh. z.-b. Ges.

Wien, 1866), which specimens were given me by Dr. Stoliczka.

Mr. Hume, C.B., has since then obtained a few more skins of

fishes from those regions through the exertions of Dr. Scully. These

have likewise been forwarded to me; and one appears to be at present

undescribed ; it is a very aberrant form of Ptychobarbus.

Order PHYSOSTOMLI.

Family SrrurID&.

1. EXOSTOMA STOLICZK&.

D. 5% P. > V-; A.6, C. 15.

Length of head from 4 in the young* to 5%, of caudal 8, height

of body 7; in the total length. yes minute, situated in the middle

of the length of the head ; the width of the interorbital space equals

half that of the snout, or the distance between the eye and hind nos-

tril. ead depressed, as broad as long, and obtusely rounded.

Mouth inferior ; lips thick, and studded with small tubercular eleva-

tions ; the upper and lower lips continuous at the angle of the mouth ;

but the transverse fold across the lower jaw is interrupted in the

middle. Nostrils close together, the anterior round and pateut, the

posterior tubular: a barbel divides the two nostrils ; it is situated on

a bridge of skin, below which the two nostrils are continuous.

Barbels: the nasal ones reach the hind edge of the eye; the maxil-

lary ones have a broad basal attachment, and reach the root of the

pectoral. Of the mandibular barbels the anterior are situated just

behind the inner end of the lower labial fold; they are shorter than

the outer pair, which latter extend to the gill-opening. Gu/l-opening

situated on the side of the head in front and above the base of the

pectoral fin. Teeth: several rows of pointed ones in each jaw, of

which the outer is slightly the larger, rather wide apart, and with

rather obtuse summits. /J%ns: the dorsal arises midway between

the snout and the commencement of the adipose fin; its greatest

height is one third more than the length of its base; its spine is

rudimentary and enveloped in skin. Adipose dorsal very long and

low. Pectoral nearly as long as the head, having its outer half

horizontal and its inner vertical; its spine is rudimentary, with a

broad, striated, cutaneous covering. Ventral of a similar form to

the pectoral; its first and a portion of its second ray also with a

striated cutaneous covering; the fin commences on a vertical line

falling just behind the base of the dorsal fin; it is rather nearer the

* The remarkable difference in the comparative length of the head to that of

the total length is shown in the following figures :—

3 specimens 4 inches in length. Head 4 to 43 in the total length.

» 42 to 45 i, » 44 to 54 y:

5 » 9:0 to 57 Pa 3) Dtorbs 5

3 , 6:0 to 66 . » . Ok to 52 .

2» fi » » 5g to Og ”

1876. ] MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF YARKAND. 783

snout than the posterior end of the adipose dorsal, and commences

midway between the bases of the ventral and caudal fins; it is half

higher than long. Caudal cut almost square. Free portion of the

tail half higher than long. SA7n taberculated from the head, along

the lower surface of the body, to nearly as far as the base of the

ventrals. Colours: of a dull yellowish green, becoming lightest

along the abdomen. Fins yellowish, with dark edges or bands.

Hab. Basgo, Sneema, and Leh or Ladak on the head-waters of

- the Indus. The longest specimen 7 inches in length.

I propose here to shortly remark upon the distinction between the

six species of Hxostoma at present known.

A. Teeth in jaws pointed.

1. Evostoma labiatum. Lower labial fold uninterrupted. The in-

terspace between the first and adipose dorsal fins equals two

thirds the length of the latter. Anal commences much nearer

the base of the caudal than the base of the ventral. Mishmee

Mountains, East Assam.

. E. blythii. Lower labial fold uninterrupted. Interspace be-

tweeu dorsal fins very slight. Anal commences in last third of

distance between ventral and base of caudal. Head-waters or

affluents of Ganges.

3. E. berdmorei. Snout more pointed. Caudal forked. Tenas-

serim.

4. EH. davidi*. The interspace between the first and adipose dorsal

fins equals the length of the latter. Pectoral reaches the ven-

tral. Eastern Tibet.

5. E. stoliczke. Lower labial fold interrupted. Anal commences

nearer the base of the ventral than that of the caudal. Pectoral

does not extend to the ventral. Upper waters of Indus.

B. Outer row of teeth flattened.

6. EH. andersonit. Lower labial fold interrupted. Bhamo.

Family CypRiniD&.

The majority of the fishes in the collection consist of Carps, those

from the more elevated regions being confined to such as have the

vent and base of the anal fin bounded by a row of tiled scales, and of

the ubiquitous Loaches.

Genus OreEtnus, M‘Clelland.

Only one species exists in this collection, the O. sinuatus, Heckel,

from Leh or Ladak, and which has likewise been captured in Cash-

mere.

Although some of the specimens were obtained in Cashmere, where

the genus Oreinus has representatives, there was no example of one

of these fishes from that locality in this collection.

Having observed upon the great variation in proportions existing

in a species of Lvostoma captured on the Hills, it may be worth

* Equals Chimarrichthys davidi, Sauvage.

784 MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF YARKAND. [ Dec. 5,

while drawing attention to the same fact as occurring in specimens

of this genus. Thus, in examining the following ten examples of

O. richardsonii, Gray, in the British Museum, I found them as

follows :—

4 specimens, in spirit, from 3°3 to 3°8 inches in length. Head

from 4 to 43 in the total.

1 specimen, in spirit, 4 inches in length. Head 4} in the total.

1 ” 9 Z ”» ” 4s ”

1 ” » 9 ” ” 53 ”

l » stuffed, 10 a hs 5 e

1 33 > 15 32 33 54 +B

] +B) 33 18 oe] B) 6 ”

Of the Schizothorax, or more essentially mountain-Barbels, there

are several species.

2, SCHIZOTHORAX CHRYSOCHLORUS.

Racoma chrysochlora, M‘Clell, Cal. J. N. Hist. ii. p. 577. t. xv. f. 3.

Schizothorax biddulphi, Ginther, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1876,

xvil. p. 400.

B. iv. D.7-q P. 18, V. 10, A. % C. 20, L.1. 110 to 120.

Length of head 43 to 51, of caudal 6 to 61, height of body 63 in

the total length. yes: diameter 53 (in a fish 7 inches long), 7 to

9 in the length of head, 2 to 23 diameters from the endof snout, and

the same apart. Upper surface of the head nearly flat; its width

rather exceeds its height, and equals half its length. Snout rather

compressed, and overhanging the upper jaw. Mouth directed for-

wards, horseshoe-shaped, the lower labial fold interrupted in the

middle. The maxilla reaches to below the front nostril. The depth

of the cleft of the mouth equals the width of its gape. A very thin

horny covering to the inside of the lower jaw. Posterior edge of

opercle cut square. Barbels: the rostral ones as long as the eye,

the maxillary rather longer, sometimes twice as long, and reach to

beneath the middle or hind edge of the orbit. Yeeth pharyngeal

5, 3, 2. 2, 3, 5, pointed, and with rather compressed summits. Fins :

the dorsal, which is as high as the body, arises midway between the

end of the snout and the base of the caudal, its last undivided ray

osseous, strong, finely serrated posteriorly, from a little longer than

the head, in a specimen 11-9 inches in length, to 4 the length in the

adult. Pectoral as long as the head excluding the snout ; it reaches

halfway to the base of the anal. Anal, when laid flat, reaches about

halfway to the base of the caudal, which latter fin is forked. Scales:

the row which bears the lateral line consists of larger scales than

those above or below it; those forming the anal sheath are equal to

half a diameter of the eye. Colours: greyish along the back, becoming

yellowish-white on the sides and beneath ; a black mark over the eye,

and a few dull spots on the back.

Hab. Kashgar, Yankihissar, and Yarkand, up to 20 inches in

length.

1876. | MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF YARKAND. 785

Dr. Scully collected four specimens in Kashgar (4043 feet above

the sea), which are 13, 16, 17, and 18 inches respectively in length.

Of specimens from the Yarkand collection which have found their

way into the British Museum, one is 14 inches long, from Kashgar ;

the other 16 inches, from Yarkand.

3. SCHIZOTHORAX PUNCTATUS, Sp. Noy.

B,ays, Diz, P. 20, V. 1, A..2, C..20,

Length of head 3? to 4, of caudal 53, height of body 6 to 7 in the

total length. Hyes, diameter 6% in the length of head, 23 diameters

from end of snout, and 2 apart. Interorbital space flat. The greatest

width of the head exceeds its height. by one fourth, and is 4 of its

length. Mouth anterior, with the upper jaw somewhat the longer ;

the cleft commencing opposite the middle of the eyes, whilst the

maxilla reaches to below the front edge of the orbit. Lower labial

fold interrupted in the middle. A thin striated horny covering to

the lower jaw. Barbels: the maxillary ones equal the diameter of

the eye; the rostral ones are slightly longer. Fins: dorsal rather

higher than the body ; it commences midway between the front edge

of the eye and the base of the caudal fin; its last undivided ray is

strong, coarsely serrated posteriorly, and as long as the postorbital

portion of the head. Pectoral does not quite reach the ventral, which

latter arises on a vertical line below the first articulated dorsal ray,

and extends two thirds of the distance to the anal. Anal rather

above twice as deep as its base is long; when laid flat it does not

extend to the commencement of the caudal. Free portion of the tail

one half longer than deep at its highest part. Scales: those along

the lateral line larger than those above or below it. The tiled row

along the base of the anal fin small, and equalling one third of the

diameter of the orbit. Colours: silvery, covered with largish black

spots.

Racoma nobilis, M‘Clelland, has more fleshy lips, whilst the mouth

appears more transverse, as in Oreinus, and the under jaw much

the shorter.

Hab. Cashmere Lake.

4. SCHIZOTHORAX ESOCINUS.

Schizothorax esocinus, Heckel, Fische Kasch. p. 48, t. ix.;

M‘Clelland, Cale. Journ. Nat. Hist. ii. p. 579; Giinther, Cat. vii.

p- 166. :

Buiy., D.z,.P. 20, ¥..10,.A. 7,,C. 20:

Length of head 4} to 43, of caudal 52, height of body 72 in the

total length. yes: diameter 63 in the length of head, 2 diameters

from end of snout and also apart. Interorbital space flat. The

greatest width of the head equals its height or its postorbital length.

Mouth very slightly oblique, horseshoe-shaped ; the maxilla reach-

ing to nearly below the front edge of the eye. Lower labial fold in-

terrupted in the middle. A horny covering to inside of lower jaw,

786 MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF YARKAND. [ Dee. 5,

Barbels : the rostral ones more than half longer than the eye, reach-

ing to below its first third; the maxillary ones are slightly shorter.

Fins: the dorsal as high as the body ; it commences midway between

the nostrils and the base of the caudal; its last undivided ray osse-

ous, coarsely serrated posteriorly, and Ha bony portion being as long

as the head, excluding the snout. Pectoral does not quite reach the

ventral, which latter fin commences on a vertical line slightly behind

the origin of the dorsal, and extends two thirds of the distance to the

anal. Length of base of anal + of its height; it reaches, when laid

flat, to the base of the caudal, which Jatter fin is deeply forked.

Free portion of the tail as high at its base as it is long. Colours:

silvery, with numerous black spots most distinct in the upper half of

the body.

Hab. Leh or Ladak, on the head-waters of the Indus, Cashmere,

and Afghanistan.

5. SCHIZOTHORAX INTERMEDIUS.

Schizothorax intermedius, M‘Clelland, Cale. Journ. Nat. Hist. ii.

1842, p. UE Giinther, Cat. vii. p. 165.

B. iv., D. =3, P. 19, V. 10, A. 3, C. 20, L. 1. 105.

Length of head 43, of caudal 5 to 6, height of body 6 in the

total length. Eyes: diameter 53 in the length of head, 12 diameter

from the end of snout and also apart. Upper surface of the head

flat; its greatest width equals its postorbital length, whilst its

height equals its length excluding the snout. Upper jaw rather

longer than the lower, and not overhung by the snout. Mouth

horseshoe-shaped, the depth of the cleft equalling the width of its

gape. The maxilla reaches to below the hind nostril. Lower labial

fold interrupted in the middle. A thin, smooth, deciduous, horny

covering to the lower jaw. Barbels four, as long as the eye in the

young, “longer in the adult. Teeth pharyngeal, 5, 3, 2. 2, 3, 5,

pointed and rather crooked at their summits. Fins: dorsal as high

as the body in the young, not quite so high in the adult; it com-

mences midway between the end of the snout or front nostril

and base of the caudal; its last undivided ray strong, rather

coarsely serrated posteriorly, one half to two thirds as long as the head

in the immature, four fifths of its length in the adult. Pectoral as

long as the head excluding the snout, and reaching more than half-

way to the base of the ventral, which latter fin arises below the first

dorsal ray and extends more than halfway to the anal. The length

of the base of the anal equals half its height, which latter equals the

length of the pectoral ; ; if laid flat it almost reaches the base of the

caudal, which is forked. Scales: depth of those in tiled row

equals half a diameter of the eye. Free portion of the tail about as

high at its commencement as it is long. Colours silvery, usually

. without spots; but in some specimens ata Yankihissar there are

minute black spots on the upper half of the body.

Hab. Kashgah, Yankihissar, and Sirikol. M/‘Clelland likewise

obtained it (through Griffith) from Afghanistan, the Cabul river at

1876.] MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF YARKAND. 787

Jellalabad, and Tarnuck river. He sent three specimens to the

East-India Museum.

6. SCHIZOTHORAX oe te eeu hue sp. nov.

Bsiv, Ds <, Pe l8. V2 41,"A.'5 as Gs 1S; le 105%. 5.25/;

Length of head 5 to 54, of Aaa 6, height of body 53 to 6 in

the total length. Zyes: diameter 7 in the length of head, 2} diameters

from end of snout, and 2] apart. Interorbital space flat. The

greatest width of the head equals its length behind the middle of

the eyes; its height equals its length excluding the snout. Mouth

broad, anterior, with the upper jaw the longer, and overhung by the

snout ; the cleft of the mouth nearly horizontal, it extends to below

the hind nostril, and is scarcely above half the extent of its gape;

lower labial fold interrupted in the middle. A thin horny covering

to the lower jaw. Barbels: the rostral ones reach to below the

hind edge of the eye, the maxillary ones to the hind edge of the

preopercle. Fins: dorsal anteriorly nearly as high as the body,

commencing slightly nearer the snout than the base of the caudal

fin, or midw yay between the two; its last undivided ray weak, arti-

culated, and with some very small obsolete denticulations posteriorly

about its centre (absent in some specimens). Pectoral as long as

the head behind the front nostril, and reaching rather above half-

way to the ventral, which latter is shorter than the pectoral,

reaching about halfway to the base of the anal. Anal almost reaching

base of caudal when laid flat, the length of its base being only one

third of its height. Caudal with rounded lobes. Free portion of

the tail rather longer than high. Scales: in the first third of the

body those along the lateral line are larger than those above or below

them, but posteriorly they are of the same size ; the tiled row equal

about half the diameter of the eye. Colours silvery.

M‘Clelland says of SS. edeniana that its spine is slender, soft, and

denticulated at its base, but the reflected fold of the lower lip

is uninterupted. Racoma gobioides, M‘Clell., from the Bamean

river, shows the head almost as short as in this species; but it has a

strong serrated dorsal spine, whilst that fin is on an elevated base.

The anal does not appear to reach above halfway to the base of the

caudal.

Hab. The specimens are from Panja (9000 feet), the waters going

to the Oxus. The dorsal spine approaches that of Ptychobarbus.

7. SCHIZOTHORAX IRREGULARIS, Sp. Nov.

t a cba edeniana, M‘Clell. Cale. J. N. H. ii. p. 579.

B.iy., D. 2, P. 18, V..9, A. 5,.C. 20, L.1. 98, L. tr. 26/.

Length of head 5, of caudal 6, height of body 6 in the total

length. yes: diameter 63 in the length of head, 23 diameters

from the end of snout, and about 2 apart. Interorbital space nearly

flat. The greatest width of the head equals its height or its length

behind the orbit. Mouth narrow; the upper jaw slightly the

longer, and only slightly overhung by the snout. Cleft of mouth

788 MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF YARKAND. [ Dec. 5,

a little oblique, its width equal to its length, and the maxilla

reaching to beneath the front nostril. Lips very thick, lobed in the

centre, and with an interrupted labial fold. Barbels: the rostral

ones reach to below the front edge of the eye; the maxillary ones

are one half longer than the diameter of the eye. Fins: dorsal

anteriorly about two thirds as high as the body below it; its last

undivided ray weak, very feebly serrated posteriorly, whilst the

extent of its osseous portion does not exceed one third of the length

of the head ; the fin commences midway between the front edge of

the eye and the base of the caudal fin. Pectoral as long as the

head excluding the snout, and reaching halfway to the ventral,

which latter is rather shorter and extends rather more than halfway

to the base of the anal. Anal two fifths as long at its base as it is

high, when laid fiat it almost reaches the caudal, which latter is

slightly forked. Free portion of the tail rather longer than high

at its base. Scales: those behind the pectoral region to as far as

the end of the anal, and below the lateral line, are much smaller

than those above the lateral line. The tiled row small, not above

half the diameter of the eye. Colours: silvery, becoming lightest and

glossed with gold below the lateral line.

Hab. The specimen described is stuffed, and 20°5 inches in length.

It was obtained as Tash-kurgan. If this is identical with S. edeniana,

M‘Clell., it is also found in the Cabul river, in the Mydan valley,

and Sir-i-chusmah.

8. ScHIZOTHORAX NASUS.

Schizothorax nasus, Heckel, Fische Kasch. p. 33. t. vi. ; Giinther,

Cat. vii. p. 166.

Bein, Desh. (eV. 101A en. .19 oO 100:

Length of head 42, of caudal 53, height of body 5 in the total

length. Hyes: diameter 5; in the length of head, 13 diameter

from the end of snout, aud also apart. Dorsal profile more convex

than that of the abdomen. Upper surface of the head nearly flat ;

its greatest width equals its postorbital length, while its height

equals its length excluding the snout. Upper jaw rather longer

than the lower and overhung by the snout. Mouth horseshoe-

shaped, its gape equalling its ‘cleft. The maxilla reaches to below

the hind nostril. Lower labial fold HREOC Barbels four ;

the maxillary ones two thirds as long as the eye; the rostral ones

slightly shorter. Fins: dorsal as high as the body below it ; it

commences midway between the middle of the eye and the base of

the caudal fin; its last undivided ray is strong, rather coarsely ser-

rated, and nearly as long as the head. Pectoral about as long as

the head excluding the ‘snout, and reaching above halfway to “the

base of the ventral, which latter fin arises below the last undivided

dorsal ray, reaching halfway to the base of the anal, which is above

twice as high as wide at its base, and nearly reaches the caudal

when laid flat. Seales: depth of those in the tiled row scarcely one

third of the diameter of the eye. Free portion of the tail not quite

1876. | MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF YARKAND. 789

so high at its commencement as it is long. Colours: silvery, with

black spots on the upper half of the body.

This species has a more elevated dorsal profile and shorter barbels

than 8. intermedius.

Hab. Cashmere Lake.

9. PryCHOBARBUS CONIROSTRIS,

Ptychobarbus conirestris, Steindachner, Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien,

1866, p. 789, t. xvii. f. 4; Giinther, Cat. vii. p. 169.

Biv. Di = P. 22, Vs 10, A. 7-8, C219; L. 1, 95, L. tr. 24/.

Length of head 4? to 5, of caudal 73, height of body 6}

to 62 in the total length. yes: diameter from 4} to 5% in

the length of the head, 2 diameters from the end of snout, and

Ij apart. The greatest width of the head equals its postorbital

length, but is slightly less than its height. Mouth horseshoe-

shaped, with the upper jaw a little the longer, and rather overhung

by the snout; the maxilla reaches to below the front edge of the

eye. Lower labial fold very broad, uninterrupted, and with a cleft

in the median line posteriorly. Barbels: a pair at the angle of the

mouth, which reach the posterior edge of the preopercle; in a small

specimen, 3°1 inches long, they only equal } a diameter of the eye

in extent. Teeth: pharyngeal ones in two rows. Fias: the dorsal

commences much nearer the snout than the base of the caudal, its

entire base being equidistant from these two points; it has no

osseous ray, and is as high as the body below it. Pectoral as long

as the head behind the nostrils, and does not reach quite so far as

the ventral, which latter fin arises under the last few dorsal rays

and reaches two thirds of the distance to the base of the anal. The

anal, when laid flat, reaches the base of the eaudal, its base is 23

in its height. Scales: the tiled row small, not one third of the

diameter of the eye. Colours: silvery, darkest along the back and

upper half of body, where most of the scales have black margins,

thus causing small reticulations in the colour. Upper surface of the

head spotted with black ; some spots on the dorsal fin, and some-

times a few light ones on the caudal.

Hab. Head-waters of Indus, Hanli in Tibet, and Chiliscorus.

10. PrycHOBARBUS LATICEPS, sp. nov.

Bayes ab wiSav, SoA. Cs 20, Ll f45,

Length of head 47, of caudal 94, height of body 7 in the total

length. Eyes: diameter 12 in the length of head, 24 diameters from,

the end of snout, and also apart. Mouth anterior, with the lower

jaw somewhat the longer; the depth of the cleft of the mouth

equals half the width of the gape. Upper surface of the head

broad, its width being nearly twice its height. No lower labial fold

under the mandible. Barbels: a maxillary pair as long as the eye.

Fins: dorsal arises slightly nearer the base of the caudal than the

end of the snout; its last undivided ray weak, articulated at its ex-

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1876, No. LIT. 52,

790 MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF yARKAND. [ Dec. 5,

tremity, and not serrated. Pectoral two fifths as long as the head.

Ventral arises below the anterior dorsal rays. Caudal forked.

Scales: are scarcely imbricated, but cover the entire body; those

forming the tiled sheath along the base of the anal fin are two

thirds of the diameter of the eye. Colours: silvery superiorly,

becoming dull white beneath; a few blackish spots along the

back.

This interesting skin has unfortunately had its anal fin removed,

whilst the pharyngeal teeth have not been preserved. The specimen

is 52 inches in length.

It may be considered that as this fish differs from P. conirostris

in the form of its mouth and snout, also in the position of the

ventral fin, it might form a new genus; but we have yet much to

learn of the mountain Barbels; perhaps a more extensive ac-

quaintance will decrease the genera into which they are at present

subdivided.

Hab. Kashgar (4043 feet elevation), the river from which place

eventually joins the Yarkand river.

11. PryCHOBARBUS LONGICEPS, Sp. nov.

Boiva Disy Bs 19) V0 2, Ae 120 qh le a trea

Length of head 32 to 4, of caudal 7 to 73, height of body 5} to 6

in the total length. yes: diameter 7 to 9 in the length of head, 13

diameter from the end of snout, and 2 apart. Mouth anterior, cleft

oblique, commencing superiorly opposite the upper margin of the

eye. Lower jaw somewhat the longer; the maxilla reaches to below

the middle of the eye. The greatest width of the head rather ex-

ceeds its height, and equals half its length. Interorbital space flat.

No lower labial fold under the mandibles. Barbels: a maxillary

pair half as long as the eye. Fins: the dorsal commences midway

between the hind edge of the preopercle and the base of the caudal

fin. Its last undivided ray is osseous, of moderate strength, and

very finely serrated posteriorly ; its osseous portion equals a little

above one fourth of the length of the head. Pectoral half as long

as the head, and reaches halfway to the ventral ; the latter fin com-

mences under the first divided dorsal ray, and does not extend quite

halfway to the root of the anal. Anal twice as high as its base is

long; it does not reach the caudal when laid flat; the latter fin

forked. Scales oval, nearly as wide as high and slightly imbricate ;

the tiled row half the diameter of the eye. Free portion of the tail

rather longer than high. Colours: bluish on the back, lightest

below, dorsal and caudal spotted.

Hab. Yarkand, whence the stuffed specimen described was

brought. It is 31 inches in length. This species scarcely accords

with the definition of Ptychobarbus, the last undivided dorsal ray

being osseous and finely serrated; but the specimen is large, whilst

P. laticeps forms the intermediate form between it and P. conz-

rostris.

1876. | MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF YARKAND. 791

12. SCHIZOPYGOPSIS STOLICZK&.

Schizopygopsis stolicke, Steind. Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien, 1866, p.

785 ; Giinther, Cat. vii. p. 170.

BaivsnDs =, Pls) Val, Ae O10:

7-8? 5-6?

Length of head 5 to 52, of caudal 53 to 53, height of body 7 to

8 in the total length. Hyes: diameter 4 to 5 in the length of head,

1 to 13 diameter from end of snout, and 14 to 2 apart. The

greatest width of the head equals its length behind the middle of

the eyes; and its height equals its length excluding the snout.

Mouth inferior, overhung by the snout; the maxilla reaches to

below the front edge of the eye. A sharp, anterior, horny edge to

the mandible. Barbels absent. Sins: the dorsal commences about

midway between the end of the snout and the root of the caudal;

its upper edge is nearly straight, oblique; the fin is as high as the

body below it, and one third higher than its base is long; its last

undivided ray osseous and finely serrated posteriorly. Pectoral not

quite so long as the head, and reaching rather above halfway to the

ventral, which latter, arising below the middle of the dorsal, is

slightly the shorter, and does not reach the anal. Anal, when laid

flat, reaches the base of the caudal; it is rather above twice as high

as its base is long. Caudal deeply forked. Free portion of the tail

as high as long. Laterad dine: at first descends gently, and, then

reascending, attains the middle of the body opposite the posterior

extremity of the dorsal fin. Colours: olive superiorly, becoming

white on the sides and beneath ; the whole covered with irregular

blackish spots.

The ova are comparatively large. The serrated dorsal spine is

strongest in specimens from Leh.

These fishes appear to be much attacked by parasites, which

occasion yellowish elevated tubercles, not only on the head and

body, but also on the dorsal fin.

One specimen, from Balachi, had a shot (No. 2) imbedded in the

isthmus, where the parts around it had healed.

Hab. Leh or Ladak, Tankse, and fry or small ones from Lukung

and Chagra (15,090 feet), all being waters directly or indirectly

going to the Indus. Some fry from Sirikol, the waters of which go

to the Yarkand river*, Aktash, Upper Kara-kul and Panjah,

tributaries of the Oxus or Amu river. It has also been taken at

Guari khorsum by Schlagintweit. Largest specimen 8°5 inches in

length. There is also a specimen from Balachi, the streams there

being apparently flowing towards the Yarkand river, which goes to

the east.

* Tam very dubious of these specimens, and hardly think they can have been

obtained from waters that flow into the Yarkand river, as the adults have not

been obtained thence. The adult, however, has been taken in the Oxus; and I

find by the diary that on the day the specimens in question were captured the

camp was at Sirikol, a few miles from a yalley where a stream enters the Aksu

viver, a tributary of the Orus.

AO*¥

aes

792 MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF YARKAND. [ Dec. 5,

13. DiptycHus MACULATUS.

Diptychus maculatus, Steindachner, Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien, 1866,

p. 787; Giinther, Cat. vii. p. 171.

? Diptychus sewerzowi, Kessler, Fish. Turkestan, p. 17, t. 4.

foal;

Boiy., D. 2s, P,19;.V.9, Ax, C. 19, Lei, 80-90.

Length of head 5 to 6, of caudal 5 to 6, height of body 7} to 8

in the total length. Eyes : diameter 44 in the young to 6 in the

adult in the length of the head, 14 to 2 diameters from the end of

snout, and 13 apart. The greatest width of the head equals its

height, or its length behind the front edge or middle of the eyes.

Mouth transverse, inferior, having an anterior sharp horny covering

on the lower jaw. Lower labial fold interrupted in the middle.

Barbels: one at each maxilla, having thick bases, and hardly so long

as the eye. Teeth pharyngeal, 4, 3.3, 4, curved at the outer ex-

tremity and pointed. Fins: the dorsal commences rather nearer the

snout than the base of the caudal, its upper edge is straight, it is as

high as the body below it, its last undivided ray articulated. Pec-

toral not quite so long as the head ; it reaches rather above halfway

to the ventral, which latter commences on a vertical line below the

last dorsal ray ; it reaches rather above halfway to the base of the

anal. Anal when laid flat reaches the base of the caudal, its height

is nearly three times the length of its base. Scales: not imbricated,

but scattered over the upper two thirds of the body and pectoral

region, in which latter locality the skin is often rugose : the tiled row

well developed. Free portion of the tail one half longer than high at

its base. Colours: bluish, lightest inferiorly, indistinctly blotched

and spotted along the upper half of the body, often a narrow, dull

band along the lateral line, and a second below it. The dorsal and

caudal much spotted in some specimens.

The very young are destitute of scales; they first appear along

the lateral line. -One specimen from Basgo, 1-1 inch long, has

no barbel on the left side. There are two specimens from the west

of Sirikol: one has an adipose lid, covering the anterior half of the

left eye; the other has a similar lid covering the lower half of the

left eye. Brown tubercles are common on some of the specimens,

and do not appear to be normal. Some specimens from Leh have

the eye small.

Diptychus sewerzowi, from the rivers Aksai and Ottuck appears

to be the above species.

fTab. Specimens were brought from Kurbu, Basgo, Sneema, Leh

or Ladak, Tankse, and Chagra, from waters going directly or indi-

rectly to the Indus; from Pas Robat (9370 feet), and Tarbashi

(11,515 feet), where the waters go to the Yarkand river; also from

west of Sirikol, which goes to the same river. Some specimens are

also labelled as from Chiriscorus.

This fish has also been captured in other parts of Tibet, and like-

wise in Nepal.

1876. ] MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF YARKAND. 793

14. CrrRHINA GOHAMA.,

Cyprinus gohama, Ham. Buch. Fish. Ganges, pp. 346, 393.

Barbus diplochilus, Heckel, Fisch. Kasch. p. 53, t. 10. f. 1.

Tylognathus barbatulus, Heckel, Hiigel’s Reise, iv. p. 376.

Gonorhynchus brevis, M‘Clell. Ind. Cypr. p. 373, t. 43. f. 6.

Crossocheilus gohama, Bleeker, Prod. Cypr. p. 110; Giinther,

Cat. vil. p. 72.

Crossocheilus rostralus, Giinther, J. c.

Crossocheilus barbatulus, Giinther, J. e.

B. iv., D. 4, P. 15, V. 9, A.z, C. 19, L. 1. 38-40.

There are several specimens of this fish from the lake in Cash-

mere ; and, curiously enough, they show the links between H. B.

and Heckel’s species. All have a pair of rostral barbels and

minute mandibular ones (C. barbatula). Some have 53, some 44

rows between the lateral line and base of first dorsal ray. Others

possess 3, 33, and 42 rows between the lateral line and base of ven-

tral fin. The proportions likewise vary with age and other causes.

The localities this fish inhabits, and its mode of frequenting stones,

very much resemble those of Discognathus lamta, H.B., whilst its

jaws are wide (not deep) ; and its under surface is similarly flattened,

but it has no labial sucker.

Before describing the Loaches, I will give my reasons why it ap-

pears to me that genus Diplophysa, Kessler, may probably be a

synonym of Nemacheilus.

It is said to consist of ‘ elongated fishes, strongly compressed pos-

teriorly,” which we perceive in Nemacheilus stoliczke and N. yar-

kandensis ; but in an equally elongated species, NV. tenuis, the free

portion of the tail is not compressed, but as wide as deep.

‘‘The eyes are surrounded with a fotd of skin forming a lid.”

This is also perceived in specimens amongst the species I have enu-

merated from Yarkand; and I have likewise noted that some of the

other fishes from the same cold region have folds of skin more or

less covering the eyes.

“Lips fleshy, the upper more or less denticulated, the inferior

bilobed, and more or less papillated.”’ I have figured the inferior

surface of the head of all the Loaches; and although some, as

N. stoliczke and N. tenuis, have the lips as described by Kessler,

the WV. yarkandensis has not, whilst the three certainly cannot be

separated into distinct genera.

“* Air-vessel in two parts, the anterior enclosed ina bony capsule,

the posterior elongated and free in the abdominal cavity.” This is

the only portion of Kessler’s definition not perceived in my fish ;

the air-vessel in all is enclosed in bone ; and I cannot resist suggesting

a reexamination of Western Turkestan specimens. It would be very

remarkable were the Nemachetli found in Europe, in fact throughout

Asia, even in the Oxus, to have their air-vessels enclosed in bone,

whereas in the river Ili going to Lake Balkash, and the river

Urdjar falling into Lake Ala (Ala kul), they have the same organ

794 MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF YARKAND, [ Dee. 5,

partially free in the abdomen, as is seen in genus Botia. But

granting Kessler’s description to be accurate, I cannot think that

such a fact alone would justify instituting a new genus for the recep-

tion of his species.

The reason for air-vessels being enclosed in bone in some fishes 1s

very obscure; and I sometime since adverted, in the ‘ Proceedings’

of this Society, to the circumstance of such not being infrequent in

Indian Siluride.

I found amongst the Indian genera of Siluroids of the fresh

waters, or those which entered fresh waters, as follows :—

A. Air-vessel free in the abdominal cavity.

1. Rita; 2. Erethistes; 3. Pseudeutropius; 4. Silurus; 5. Olyra;

6. Macrones; 7. Callichrous; 8. Wallago; 9. Arius; 10. Hemipi-

melodus*; 11. Osteogeniosus; 12. Batrachoeephalus; 13. Panga-

sius; 14. Plotosus. Of these, five (no. 9, 10, 11, 12, and 14) are

marine forms, entering fresh waters for predaceous purposes.

B. Air-vessed more or less enclosed in bone.

1. Ailia; 2. Ailiichthys ; 3. Sisor; 4. Bagavrius ; 5. Amblyceps ;

6. Saccobranchus; 7. Silundia; 8. Eutropiichthys; 9. Gagata;

10. Pseudecheneis; 11. Exostoma; 12. Clarias; 13. Glyptoster-

num. All of these are freshwater genera.

Thus the necessity for the air-vessel being enclosed in bone appears

to be restricted to the fishes of fresh waters of the plains or hills.

These thirteen freshwater genera having the air-vessel enclosed in

bone are divisible as follows :—

1. Waters of plains.

a. Large rivers: no suckers on the chest. Arta, dilichthys,

Sisor, Bagarius, Silundia, Eutropiichthys, Gagata.

6. Large rivers: descending to the sea. An accessory air-

breathing apparatus. Clarias.

y. Smaller rivers, tanks, &c. An accessory air-breathing sac.

Saccobranchus.

2. Waters of the plains or hills.

No sucker on chest. Amdblyceps.

Sucker on chest. Glyptosternum.

3. Waters of hills.

Sucker on chest. Pseudecheneis.

Chest adhesive. Hvostoma.

* Lerroneously gaye the air-vessel as enclosed in bone in Hemipimelodus.

The genus was defined by Bleeker; and it was suggested that Pimelodus cenia,

Hi, B., was an example. Not having an estuary or marine species, as 1. jatdus, by

me, I took P. cenia, H. B., as one of the genus; whereas I now find that it belongs

to Gagata, which embraces P. cenia, P. viridescens, P. itchkeca, and two or three

other species. Piimelodus jatius, H.B., has no palatine teeth, as stated in the

‘Fishes of the Ganges; it is a Hemipimelodus, Bleeker; and of it I possess

specimens from the Hooghly ; but I consider such as probably onlya variety of

Arius,

1876. ] MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF YARKAND. 799

As we find genera with the air-vessel enclosed in bone decrease in

number the further we are from Hindustan proper, it is but natural

to conclude that the necessity for this bony capsule is greater in

India than in other tropical countries, and also that it is only useful

for freshwater forms.

When we see that all fishes (except the Nemacheili) from

Yarkand have the air-vessel free in the abdominal cavity, it stands

to reason that heat or cold can scarcely be that which causes its

necessity.

It is certainly remarkable that Siluroid forms do not appear to

thrive in cold climates; whereas the Cyprinine of this collection

have all small scales, or are more or less destitute of any ; whilst the

Loaches of Yarkand and Tibet have none at all, neither have those

recorded from the Oxus or the Jaxartes.

There is one characteristic of the hill-Loaches which seems almost

invariable: the pectoral fins are stiff at their bases, as if employed

for adhesive purposes. I have observed the outer ray in some of the

Loaches of the plains forming a distinct bony ray with an enlarged

and flattened outer extremity; but this is used for the purpose of

assisting them to dig into the sand, in which they will bury them-

selves with great rapidity on the approach of danger.

15. NEMACHEILUS STOLICZK&,

Cobitis stoliczke, Steindachner, Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien, 1866,

p. 793, t. xiv. f. 2.

Cobitis tenuicauda, Steind. I. c. p. 792, t. xvii. f. 3.

Nemacheilus stoliczke, Giinther, Cat. vii. p. 360.

Nemacheilus tenuicauda, Gunther, J. c. p. 357.

BaiveeD?-, Ps 12) W.8iAes CL 15:

Length of head 6, of caudal 6, height of body 8 in the total

length. yes: diameter 8 in the length of head, 3 diameters from

the end of snout, and 2 apart. Snout rounded, slightly projecting

over the mouth. Lips rugose; and in some specimens from Yarkand

the edges are fimbriated: lower lip with a lobe on either side, but

the lower labial fold interrupted in the middle. The greatest width

of the head equals its height, or its length excluding the snout. In

some specimens the preorbital has a free lower edge. Barbels six ;

the maxillary ones reach beyond the hind edge of the eye; the

rostral ones are shorter. fins: the dorsal commences midway

between the eye and the base of the caudal, it is one third higher

than its base is long, and equals the greatest depth of the body ; its

last ray is divided to its base; its upper edge is oblique, with a

rounded anterior angle. Pectoral nearly as long as the head, and

reaching rather above halfway to the ventral; the latter fin arises

on a vertical line below the anterior dorsal rays, is almost as long as

the pectoral, and reaches above halfway to the anal. Anal with a

very narrow base. Caudal slightly emarginate. Free portion of

the tail from twice to two and a half times as long as high at its

base. Scales absent. dir-vessel in two portions, enclosed in bone.

796 MR. F, DAY ON THE FISHES OF YARKAND. [ Dec. 5,

Colours: greyish along the back, becoming lighter beneath, marbled

all over with dark green or black spots or bands. Dorsal, eaudal, and

sometimes outer pectoral rays barred.

In specimens from Sirikol the snout is rather more pointed than

described above.

Hab. Leh or Ladak (11,538 feet); Sneema, Lukung stream

(14,130 feet); and Chagra (15,000 feet), all being waters directly

or indirectly going to the Indus. Also Yarkand (3923 feet) and

Sirikol, where the waters go to the easterly or Yarkand river; and

Aktash (12,600 feet), which is on the Aksi, a tributary of the Gis:

I have a specimen in my collection given me by Dr. Stoliczka ; he

procured it, along with those sent to Steindachner, from Lake Tsu-

mureri in Rupshu (Tibet), on his first visit to that country.

16. NEMACHEILUS EAU EAN DENS sp. nov.

Br. Piety Vv. 8, ASe a C2 15:

Length of head 41, of oe 6, height of body 62 in the total

length. yes: diameter 6 to 7 in the ‘length of the Head 23 dia-

meters from the end of snout, and 2 to 3 apart. Snout rather

elevated in the adult: upper euntice of the head nearly flat; its

greatest width eguals its height or its length excluding the snout.

Mouth inferior, horseshoe-shaped ; lips smooth, lovee labial fold

interrupted in the middle and destitute of lobes. Barbels sixes the

maxillary ones reach (in adults) the angle of the preopercle. Fins:

the dorsal commences midway between the front edge of the eye

and the base of the caudal fin; its upper edge is straight and

oblique ; its height rather exceeds that of the body below it, and is

one fourth more than the extent of its base. Pectoral as long as

the head excluding the snout, and reaching two thirds of the distance

to the ventral. Ventral commences below the first dorsal ray, is

shorter than the pectoral, and reaches two thirds of the distance to

the anal. Anal twice as high as wide at its base. Caudal emar-

ginate, its outer rays being a little produced. Free portion of the

tail at its commencement nearly equals its length in the adult, but is

less in the young. Scales absent. Air-vessel in two portions, en-

closed in bone. Cv/ours: greyish, having in some specimens numerous

fine blackish or dark spots on the body. In some there is a silvery

lateral band.

Hab. Yarkand, Pas Robat, Yankihissar, and Kashgar, all from

waters in connexion with the Yarkand and Yankihissar or Great

Easterly River.

17. NEMACHEILUS TENUIS, sp. nov.

OW Deeley SIRE ches Chala

Length of head 51 to 52, of caudal 7 72 height of body 9 to 10 in

the total length. Eyes : diameter 53 in the length of head, 2}

diameters from the end of snout, and 1 apart. Snout rather com-

pressed and overhanging the mouth; the greatest width of the head

equals its height or its length excluding the snout. In some speci-

1876. ] MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF YARKAND. 797

mens the lower edge of the preorbital is free. Lips thickened and

fimbriated in the adult ; lower labial fold interrupted in the middle,

and rather lobed on either side. Barbels six; the outer rostral pair

extend to below the hind edge of the eye, the maxillary ones to the

opercle in the adult. Fins: dorsal commences midway between the

end of the snout and the base of the caudal fin; its upper edge is

slightly concave, with a rounded upper angle ; it is rather more than

one half higher than the extent of its base or than the body below

it. Pectoral nearly as long as the head, and reaches rather above

halfway to the ventral, which latter commences under the third

dorsal ray ; is as long as the pectoral, and reaches the base of the

anal. Anal twice as high as wide at its base. Caudal slightly emar-

ginate. Free portion of the tail one third as high at its base as it is

long, whilst its breadth equals its height. Seales absent. <Adr-

ecee) in two portions, enclosed in bone. Colours: yellowish white,

its upper surface and sides sometimes with dark blotches and spots ;

dorsal and caudal with dull spots.

This fish is allied to N. dadacensis, Giinther, but is distinguished

by a more elongated body and longer barbels &e.

Hab. Aktash (12,600 feet elevation), where the waters of the

Ak-su pass to the Oxus; and Yankihissar (4320 feet elevation),

where the rivers go to the Yarkand river.

18. NEMACHEILUS LADACENSIS.

Nemacheilus ladacensis, Giuther, Cat. vil. p. 356.

Bein De Eloy We On Ae Cy 19)

Length of head 4, of caudal 5g height of body 53 in the total

length. Hyes: diameter 5 to 53 in the Jength of head, 22 diameters

from end of snout, and 2 apart. Gr eatest width of head equals its

height or its length excluding the snout. Lips moderately thick and

rugose ; lower labial fold interrupted in the middle. Barbels SIX ;

the maxillary ones scarcely reach to below the front edge of the eye,

the longest rostral ones to below the front nostril. ns: dorsal

commences midway between the front edge of the eye and the base

of the caudal fin; it is as high as the body below it and half higher

than its base is long ; its upper anterior corner rounded. Pectoral

as long as the head behind the angle of the mouth, and reaching

nearly to the ventral, which latter fin arises below the commence-

ment of the dorsal fin; it is shorter than the pectoral, but extends

to the base of the anal. Anal twice as high as long, and reaches

above halfway to the base of the caudal, which is emarginate. Free

portion of the tail twice as long as high at its base. Seales absent.

Colours: of a light fawn, with sixteen or eighteen interrupted darker

and sinuous bands passing from the back down the sides; a silvery

lateral band. Dorsal and caudal finely spotted in lines; a darkish

band on pectoral, ventral, and anal.

Hab. Gnari Khorsum, Tibet. The specimen described is the

largest of two obtained by Messrs. v. Schlaginweit, and deposited i in

the Indian Museum. ‘The size of the Batch Museum specimen, and

798 MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF YARKAND. [Dec. 5,

the broken state of its caudal fin, must be accepted as the reason

why my proportion of the free portion of the tail does not agree

with Dr. Ginther’s (nearly 7) ; whilst I find the caudal fin emar-

ginate, and not “ rounded.”

19. NEMACHEILUS GRACILIS, sp. nov.

Briv., D.2, P. 13, V. 8, A. %. Cn17.

Length of head 53, of caudal 64, height of body 61 in the total

length. Hyes: diameter 11 in length of head, 4 diameters from end

of snout, and 23 apart. Snout overhanging the mouth. The

greatest width of the head equals its height or its length excluding

the snout. Lips thickened; lower labial fold interrupted in the

middle and rather lobed on either side. Barbels six; the maxillary

ones nearly twice as long as the eye; the external rostral ones

reach the hind nostril; the other pair are shorter. Fins: dorsal

commences midway between the eye and vertical border of the preo-

percle ; its upper edge is nearly straight ; it is not guite so high as

the body below it, and one fourth less than the extent of its base.

Pectoral as long as the head behind the angle of the mouth; it

reaches rather above halfway to the base of the ventral, which latter

fin arises somewhat in advance of the commencement of the dorsal ;

it is of about the same length as the pectoral, and extends halfway

to the anal. Anal twice as high as wide at its base ; it reaches, when

laid flat, a little more than halfway to the base of the caudal, which

is slightly emarginate. Free portion of the tail half as high at its

base as it is long. Scales absent. Colours: brownish along the

back, becoming yellowish beneath ; dorsal and caudal with dull spots.

Hab. Basgo, on the head-waters of the Indus.

20. NEMACHEILUS MARMORATUS.

Cobitis marmorata, Heckel, Fische Kasch. p. 76, t. xii. figs. 1 & 2;

Hiigel, Kaschm. iv. p. 380.

Cobitis vittata, Heckel, 7. c. p. 80, t. xii. figs. 3 & 4; Hiigel, 7. c.

p. 382.

Nemachilus marmoratus, Giinther, Cat. vil. p. 356.

Beiv:, DiotP. Ul Vaz Ane Cel7-

Length of head 4? to 5, cf caudal 7, height of body 7 in the

total length. yes: diameter 5 in length of head, 2 diameters from

end of snout, and 13 apart. Snout somewhat pointed; and in some

the preorbital is slightly projecting. Lips wrinkled; the lower

labial fold interrupted. The greatest width of the head equals its

height or its length excluding the snout. Bardels: the maxillary

ones reach to below the hind edge of the eye; the rostral ones are

nearly as long. ins: dorsal commences midway between the end

of the snout and the base of the caudal; its upper edge is nearly

straight, oblique, and with rounded angles; its height rather ex-

ceeds that of the body below it; and it is nearly twice as high as its

base is long. Pectoral as long as the head excluding the snout, and

extending halfway to the ventral. Ventral one third shorter than

1876. | MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF YARKAND. 799

the pectoral, and reaching halfway to the anal. Anal twice as high

as long at its base. Caudal cut square, with rounded angles or

slightly emarginate. Free portion of the tail from one and a half to

twice as long as high at its base. Scales absent. Colours: marbled

or irregularly blotched and spotted with brown; fins also more or

less spotted.

Hab. Cashmere Lake.

21. NEMACHEILUS RUPICOLA.

Schistura rupicola, M‘Clelland, Journ. Asiat. Soc. of Beng. vii.

pl. 55. fig. 3, and Ind. Cypr. p. 309, pl. 57. f. 3.

The Cashmere species are almost or quite destitute of scales, and

otherwise agree with M‘Clelland’s fish.

It may, however, be questionable whether N. montana, M‘Clelland,

and some other recognized species are not merely varieties of one

form, as the variations in one locality and also changes with age are

very great.

NEMACHEILUS MICROPS™*,

Cobitis microps, Steind. Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien, 1866, p. 794,

texiliaiso:

Nemacheilus microps, Ginther, Cat. vil. p. 357.

This species is entirely destitute of scales. It was obtained by

Dr. Stoliczka in Tibet, on his first journey ; but no specimens exist

amongst the Yarkand collection.

If we examine the localities whence the fishes which form this

collection were procured, omitting the Cashmere examples, we find

as follows :—

j |

| | Yarkand :

Name of species. eee river, or its eon

of Indus. | Peancnes tributaries.

| | é :

nt ee Se | —

E’xostoma stoliczk@ .....cceceeeees 1

OLeinus SINUATUS . Bo. acssasser és | 1 |

Schizothorax €SOCiNUS ......s00005 ul

CHEYSOCKLOTUS ee cacnwescese + SAP | 1 |

—— UNEETTNEMIUS ....ecceccsereoees “ih 1 1

ULCOULATIS eee wnecenseaesste te | sis 1

Ptychobarbus conirostris ......... 1 |

LQLICODS: owe tuidaces tanec trees: sie 1

LONGUCEDS, Stee secede cseeeneee> | ox | 1

Schizopygopsis stoliczk@ ......... 1 | ]

Diptychus maculatus.......0.00000- 1 1

Nemacheilus stoliczh@ «0.0.0.0... 1 i 1

GT ACUtS teactnee--teekecenesare 1

YArRandensts ....ceceeeeeees ode 1

CALS katecmonarce ee acct onan as 1 1

Totals enna eu eee 8 9 4

* Oreias dabryi, Sauvage, Rey. et Mag. Zool. 1874, p. 3, is closely allied to

this species.

800 MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF YARKAND. [Dec. 5,

Thus we have :—eight species from the head-waters of the Indus,

two of which extend to the Great Easterly or Yarkand river of Eastern

Turkestan, and one to the Oxus of Western Turkestan ; nine species

from the Yarkand river, two common to the Indus and three to the

Oxus; four species from the Oxus, three of which are also found in

the Yarkand river, and one in the head-waters of the Indus.

The foregoing species constitute the fish-collection made in the

cold and inhospitable regions traversed by the Mission; and they are

of interest for the purpose of ascertaining what are the chief charac-

teristics of the fish-fauna, and what relationship it bears to those of

contiguous Asiatic regions, so far as such have been ascertained.

In this inquiry it will be necessary to take a survey of the fishes

of Afghanistan, Western Turkestan, and Hindustan, before pro-

ceeding further respecting those of Tibet and Yarkand or Eastern

Turkestan.

Most of our knowledge of the Fishes of Afghanistan is due to the

labours of Griffith, ane remarked :—“ The Ehamieteristic forms of

Afghan fish are doubtless the small-sealed Barbi and Oreini; and

these far exceed the others in number... . The fish are as distinct

from the Indian forms as the plants are... . By characteristic I do

not mean that these forms are limited to Afghanistan, because they

occur perhaps to an equal extent in the Himalayas, to the streams of

which those of Afghanistan approximate more or less in the common

features of rapids and bouldery beds.”

Having crossed the high range of mountains separating Afghanistan

from the plains of Western Turkestan, he found ‘‘a great change in

the fish to occur, and Salmonide seem to take the precedence of the

Cyprinide. A species of Trout abounds in the Bamean river and

up its small tributaries, derived from the Koh-i- Baba, to an altitude

of about 11,000 feet. A species of Barbus with small scales is like-

wise common in the Bamean river”? (Calc. Journ. Nat. Hist. ii.

Pp. 000).

He observes that Indian species were in the majority in the Cabul

river (a tributary of the Indus) at Peshawur; and in accordance

with the facility or the reverse of access from the plains did he find

a predominance of Indian or Afghan forms *.

The nature of the fishes of Afghanistan appears to be much as

follows :—Absence of Acanthoptery ygian or spiny-rayed families,

except the spineless and widely distributed Ophiocephalus gachua,

Ham. Buch., and the spined eel, Mastacembelus armatus, Lacép., so

common in the [East from the plains to the summits of mountains.

Few Siluroids, but perhaps a Callichrous and Amblyceps. Numerous

Cyprinoids which appear to belong to the following genera— Orei-

* Griffith states that the Cabul river at Jellalabad presents us with two or

three small-scaled Barbi (? Schizothorax) and Oreini, together with certain

tropical forms, as the Mahasir (Barbus) and a Silurus very like, if not iden-

tical with, the Poftah (Cadlichrous). Also the same river at Lalpore possesses a

fish, I believe, identical with the Nepoora of Assam (Ladbeo), and a Gonorrhyn-

chus (es Discognathus). Griffith also mentions a Loach-like Si/urus from near

Jubraiz (? Amblyceps).

1876. ] MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF YARKAND. 801

nus, Schizothorax, Bungia from near Herat, Barilivs, and a Loach

(? Nemacheilus), perhaps Discognathus and Barbus.

The fullest account we possess of the fishes of Western Turkestan

is that lately given by Kessler, from which I have extracted the

following :—

Acantuopteryen. Perca fluviatilis, Linn., obtained exclusively

from the Jaxartes and some of its tributaries. P. schrenckii, Kess.,

from Lake Balkash. Luctoperca sandra, Cuv., from the Jaxartes.

Cottus spinulosus, Kess., very rare in Turkestan, two specimens

from Khojend.

None of these spiny-rayed fishes were captured at so south a

latitude as Kashgar. Out of the four species three came from the

Jaxartes or its tributaries, the other from Jake Balkash.

Stturtp#. Siluris glanis, Linn. Generally spread throughout

Western Turkestan, having been received from the Jaxartes, Oxus,

and Sarekshan or Tarafshan rivers.

Cyprinips. Cyprinus carpio, Linn., from the Jaxartes, Oxus,

Sarekshan rivers. Barbus conocephalus, Kess., from Sarekshan.

B. platyrostris, Kess., from the river Aksu falling into lake Balkash.

B. lacertoides, Kess., from Jaxartes and its tributaries. B. brachy-

cephalus, Kess., from Jaxartes and Oxus. Schizothorax aksaiensis,

from the river Aksai. S. fedtschenkoi, Kess., S. affinis, Kess., and

S. eurystomus, Kess., from the Sarekshan river. 8S. orientalis,

Kess., from a lake on the Alatau mountains, the waters on the

Western Turkestan side of which drain to Lake Balkash. Diptychus

severzowi, Kess., Aksai and Ottuk rivers to 10,000'. D. dybowskii,

Kess., river Aksu. Gobio fluviatilis, Cuv., widely distributed in

Western Turkestan, specimens received from near the towns of Tach-

kent, Khojend, Djisak, and the river Ak Daria. Abramis brama,

Linn., Jaxartes and its tributaries. A. sapa, Pallas, rare, from the

Jaxartes. Acanthobrama kuschakewittschi, Kess., Jaxartes. Pelecus

cultratus, Linn., Sea of Aral. Adéramis chalcoides, Gild., rather

rare, obtained in the Ak Daria and Durman cul. A. zblioides, Kess.,

creeks near Jani curjan. 4. fasciatus, Nord., Sarekshan. A. teni-

atus, Kess., Jaxartes. 4spius rapav, Pallas, Jaxartes and its tribu-

taries. A.-esocinus, Kess., Jaxartes and Oxus. Leuciseus erythro-

phthalmus, Linn., Jaxartes. L. squaliusculus, Kess., from near

Khojend on the Jaxartes and Janykurjan. LZ. rutilus, Linn., Jax-

artes and Aigus Lake.

Cositipin%. Cobitis longicauda, Kess. (scaled), one specimen

from the Jaxartes. C. uranoscopus, Kess., from near Magian, Tash-

kend, Uhodjaduk, and Lake Iskander, the waters of which appear to

drain to the Sarekshan river. C. dorsalis, Kess., creeks near Jany-

kurjan. C. elegans, Kess., and C. tenia, Kess., river near Tashkend,

a tributary of the Jaxartes. Diplophysa strauchii, Kess., river Ii,

falling into Lake Balkash. D. labiata, Kess., river Urdjar, falling

into Lake Alakul.

802 MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF YARKAND. [ Dec. 5,

Satmonip&. Salmo oxianus, Kess., river Darant, falling into

the Kisil-su, one of the upper tributaries of the Oxus.

Esocip®. Esowv lucius, Linn., Jaxartes and its tributaries.

CHONDROPTERYGII. <Acivenser schipa, Lovetsky, Jaxartes,

Casalius river. Scaphirhynchus fedtschenkoi, Kess., Oxus.

The foregoing fishes of Western Turkestan * mainly consist of,

first, those descending from the north or spreading from the east or

west, such as Perca, Lucioperca, Cottus, Gobio, Abramis, Acantho-

brama, Pelecus, Alburnus, Aspius, Squalius, Leuciscus, Acipenser,

and Scaphirhynchus.

Secondly, those common to Afghanistan and Yarkand, as Schizo-

thoraa, Barbus, Loaches (? genus).

Thirdly, those found also in Yarkand, as Schizothorax and Di-

ptychus.

Fourthly, Si/urus (which will be alluded to).

Lastly, Sa/mo, on the slopes of the mountains where the rivers

descend to the Oxus.

The existence of one of the Salmonidee, termed Salmo orientalis by

M ‘Clelland, was well known to Dr. Stoliczka; and an especial object

of his search (as he informed me previous to starting) would be to try

and ascertain what its distribution was. Griffith found this fish ‘in

the Bamean river, a stream that falls from the northern declivities of

the Hindoo Koosh into the Oxus.”’

Kessler does not record any of this family from the Jaxartes, or, in

fact, from the rivers immediately descending from the Tian Shan or

the Alatau Mountains. We are therefore left to surmise that in

the hills whence these fishes were taken is the abrupt termination of

members of the family Salmonidee, which does not’possess a solitary

representative in Hindustan, except the S. levenensis (introduced on

the Neilgherries in Madras).

If we now take a short review of the Freshwater Fishes of India,

we find much as follows :—

ACANTHOPTERYGII.

Genera Ambassis, Badis, Nandus, Pristolepis, Sciena, Gobius and

some allied genera, Rhynchobdella, Mugil, Anabas, Polyacanthus,

Osphromenus, Trichogaster, Etroplus exist in India, but are absent

from the fresh waters of Afghanistan, Turkestan and Yarkand.

Whether existing only in large rivers or distributed more generally

over India, none pass the boundary of the Himalayas.

Mastacembelus and Ophiocephalus are found in India and also in

Afghanistan ; both also ascend for some height the Himalayas and

other hill-ranges.

PHYSOSTOMI.

Siturip®. Genera Erethistes, Macrones, Rita, Pangasius, Pseud-

* T have to thank Mr. F. Carl Craemers for kindly translating some Russian

localities, which I should not otherwise have been able to give.

1876. | MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF YARKAND. 803

eutropius, Wallago, Olyra, Chaca, Clarias, Saccobranchus, Silundia,

Ailia, Ailiichthys, Eutropiichthys, Sisor, Gayata, Bagarius, Pseud-

echeneis, Glyptosternum exist in India, but not in Afghanistan,

Turkestan, or Yarkand.

Callichrous and Amblyceps, which are found in India, appear to

be present in Afghanistan, and the former also in Cashmere.

Exostoma is found along the Himalayas ; Si/urus in Turkestan

and India.

CypRINODONTIDE. Cyprinodon and Haplochilus are found in

India.

Cyprinip%. Genera Psilorhynchus, Cirrhina, Amblypharyn-

godon, Nuria, Rasbora, Aspidoparia, Rohtee, Perilampus, Chela,

Homaloptera, and various genera of Cobitidinee exist in India.

Discognathus, Labeo, and Barilius are common to India and

Afghanistan, but are evidently Indian forms.

Oreinus, Schizothorax, and Barbus are found in India, also in

Afghanistan, and the two last in Turkestan, whilst Schizothoraw is

common in Yarkand. Coditis or Nemacheilus seem to extend every-

where.

Crurerp& and Nororrerrpe. Of the genera belonging to

these families, and which exist in the fresh waters of India, none go

beyond the base of the Himalayas.

The fishes of Yarkand* consist of species of the following

genera :—Schizothorax, found also in Afghanistan and Turkestan ;

one species on the slopes of the Himalayas, and sometimes even de-

scending to the plains. Diptychus, Tibet, Yarkand, and Turkestan.

Schizopygopsis, Vibet and Yarkand. Ptychobarbus, Tibet and Yar-

kand. The remainder are Loaches.

Diptychus dybowskii, Kess., would almost seem to be a Schizo-

pygopsis with an articulated dorsal ray and a pair of maxillary bar-

bels. Perhaps several of these hill-genera will, at some future date,

be properly amalgamated, as has been done with the low-country

Barbels (Barbus).

An examination of the genera of spiny-rayed or Acanthopterygian

fishes clearly shows that, as we proceed inland in India they diminish,

at the Himalayas they cease. ‘Two Indian species + only have been

observed to exist in Afghanistan; and they are amongst the most

widely distributed of their respective genera. Neither of these

extends in the N.E. either to Turkestan or Yarkand. In Turke-

stan, it is true, three genera of this order are represented ; but they

have evidently extended southwards. Yarkand and Tibet appear

to be unsuited for this Order of fishes ; and thence none have been

brought.

The Physostomi include all the Yarkand and Tibet fishes.

* T here omit the genera Evostoma from the Himalayas and Oreinus from

the Himalayas and Afghanistan.

t Ophiocephalus gachua and Mastacembelus armatus,

804 MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF YARKAND. [ Dec. 5,

Among Siluroids the Indian genera Callichrous and ? Amblyceps

have been doubtfully recorded from Afghanistan ; but neither bave

spread to Turkestan, where, however, the Silurus glanis is found,

evidently a wanderer from its more northern home.

It is clear that in India there is a gradual diminution of Siluroids

as we proceed inland until we arrive at the Himalayas. On the

slopes of these mountains we at first obtain a few peculiar genera and

species organized for a mountain-torrent life; but as we rise, even-

tually (as was the case in this Mission) an elevation is attained which,

taken in connexion with the latitude and paucity of food, seems to be

beyond the limit of the Indian Siluroids.

The Siluroids along the slopes of the Himalayas appear to be

mostly confined to the following :—A few, as Macrones and Calli-

chrous, ascend a short distance ; but this may be considered accidental.

Pseudecheneis is a more distinct hill-form, possessing a sucker formed

of transverse folds between its pectorals on the chest, and by the aid

of which it prevents itself being carried away by the torrents.

Glyptosternum has also an adhesive sucker, but of longitudinal folds,

and likewise placed on the chest. These fishes, however, appear to

be more intended for rapid rivers in the plains; but some ascend the

slopes of the Himalayas. I have taken large specimens from the

rivers at the base of the hills in which the suckers were scarcely

visible: whether they had outgrown them, or, owing to the suckers

not having been primarily well developed, they had been unable to

maintain their footing in the hill-streams, of course, one cannot

decide. Amblyceps is a Loach-like form found in the waters of the

plains and also of the hills; it is abundant near Kangra. Hao-

stoma, an example of which exists in the Yarkand-Mission collection,

is also a remarkable form. It has a broad and depressed head and

chest, the latter forming a species of sucker to enable it to sustain a

mountain-torrent life.

This fish (Ewostoma stoliczke) belongs to a genus which has only

been recorded from hilly regions, neither extending to the waters of

the comparatively levels of the high lands, nor deseending any dis-

tance towards the plains. The following SIX species ts known :—

1. #. stoliczke, from the head-waters of the Indus; 2. &. dlythii,

from near Darjeeling, where the waters descend to the Ganges ;

3. If. labiatum, from the Mishmi Mountains and Eastern Assam.

4. E. andersonii, trom near Bhamo on the confines of China; 5.

LH. davidi, from the most easterly portion of Tibet near the

head-waters of the Yang-se-kiang ; 6. H. derdmorei, from 'Tenas-

serim.

The distribution of the foregoing six species of this genus is inter-

esting, because it is suggestive of whether at some remote period the

Himaiayan range, the mountains between Tibet and China, and the

spur or continuation southwards through Burma and Siam, may not

have been connected one with another.

Whilst adverting to this point, I would mention another cireum-

stance: the only Siluroid stated to be found in Turkestan is the

Silurus glanis, Linn. Three other species of the same genus have

1876. | MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF YARKAND. 805

been captured on the hill-ranges of India; and their distribution

somewhat accords with that of Hwostoma.

L. Silurus cochinchinensis, Cuv. & Val.= Silurichthys berdmorei,

Blyth, and (2) Silurus wynaadensis, Day. These fishes, found in hills

up to about 2500 feet, have been obtained in the western ghauts,

Akyab hills, Tenasserim, and Cochin China. They would appear to

be restricted to those mountains which are not far removed from the

sea-coast. How it is that several species of fishes are common to

Malabar and Siam, or the countries contiguous to it, whilst they are

entirely absent from the intermediate districts of India, is a question

which I do not propose entering upon.

3. S. dukai, Day, is from Darjeeling.

Cyprinide form the entire collection of the Yarkand Mission, after

its arrival beyond the head-waters of the Indus. If we examine the

members of this family found on the Himalayas in the same manner

as we have the Siluroids, we find as follows — Discognathus, so re-

cognizable by the sucker on the lower lip, is found some distance

up the mountains, but is rare above 5000 feet. Oreinus*, with its

small scales, broad mouth, and likewise a sucker behind the lower

jaw, becomes more and more common the higher we ascend. The

expedition obtained one species at Leh or Ladak, the head-waters of

the Indus; and it has been found as a genus extending from

Afghanistan along the Himalayan range, and near Bhamo by the

last Yunnan Mission, or the same district as the Siluroid genera Lvo-

stoma and Silurus. It appears to essentially prefer the sides of

hills and impetuous torrents.

Some of the stronger Labeos, Barbels (Barbus), and a Barilius

are found here and there on the slopes and in the side streams of the

Himalayas up to very considerable heights. They, however, are of

Indian forms which, if able to do so, appear to migrate during the

breeding-season to the mountains to deposit their ova in the side

streams which are unreplenished by snow-water. Here the fry are

often compelled to remain until the succeeding year’s rains swell the

waters, washing food into their retreats to enable them to grow, or

else to permit them to descend to the plains.

Once near the summit of these mountains, and beyond districts

where adhesive suckers are a necessity for moderate-sized fishes to

possess to prevent their being washed away, we come upon genera

as rare in the plains of India as are the Indian forms at the summit

of the Himalayas.

Cashmere is a locality traversed by this Mission, a hilly Himalayan

district, and one which it is necessary to refer to. In Hiigel and

Heckel’s ‘Fische aus Kaschmir”’ we find the following species

recorded :—

Oreinus plagiostomus, Heckel; O. sinuatus, Weck. ; Schizothorax

curvifrons, Heck. ; S. longipinnis, Heck.; S. niger, Heck. ; S. na-

sus, Heck.; S. huegelii, Heck.; S. micropogon, Heck.; S. planifrons,

Heck. ; S. esocinus, Heck. ; Cirrhina gohama, Ham. Buch.; Barbus

* This belongs to a group characterized, amongst other things, by a row of

tiled scales along the base of the anal fin, and enclosing the excretory outlets.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1876, No. LIII. 53

806 MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF YARKAND. [ Dec. 5,

tor, H. Buch.; Labeo varicorhinus, Heck.; Nemacheilus marmo-

ratus, Heck. ; Callichrous lamghur, Weck.

These fishes demonstrate relationship with three districts :—

Schizothorax with Afghanistan and East and West Turkestan ; Ore-

ius with the slopes of the Himalayas in their whole extent; Cirrhina,

Barbus, and Callichrous with the neighbouring fauna of Hindustan.

Having examined what are the ingredient parts of the fish-fauna

of Western Turkestan, Afghanistan, Hindustan, Yarkand, Tibet,

and Cashmere, it will be interesting to endeavour to discover if these

localities are possessed of any indigenous forms, and, if so, how far

they extend into contiguous countries.

I do not propose inquiring into whether the great desert region

of Central Asia can or cannot be included in one Tartarian sub-

region ; but, as the zoology of this portion of the globe i is at present

rather obscure, I think it will be more useful to limit one’s self strictly

to ascertained facts.

Dr. Sclater observes (Address, Biological Section, British Associ-

ation, 1875) that Mr. Forsy th’s embassy “to Yarkand has led

naunAliaes into the fringe of the Tartar subregion.” I would, how-

ever, suggest, in an ichthyological point of view, whether the Russian

investigators have not been more on the outskirts of a peculiar region

of which Yarkand may be the centre; for certainly it is richer in

forms of Schizothoracine than Western Turkestan appears to be.

In the cold and hilly districts of Tibet and Yarkand we observe

an absence of spiny-rayed and Siluroid fishes; whilst amongst Carps

we see the genera Schizothoraz, Ptychobarbus, Schizopygopsis,

and Diptychus—fishes belonging to a peculiar division of Carps

(Schizothoracine, or Hill- Barbels), which may be thus defined :—

Carps more or less covered with minute scales, or destitute of any.

A membranous sac or slit anterior to the anal fin, which is laterally

bounded by a row of vertically placed scales, like eave-tiles, and

which are continued along the base of the anal fin.

The fishes composing this are mostly of an elongated form, and

are divisible into :—

a. Those with transverse mouths, as Oreinus, Ptychobarbus, Schi-

zopygopsis, Diptychus.

6. Those with compressed mouths, as Schizothorax.

The genus Oreinus is spread from the Helmund river and Jella-

labad in Afghanistan, along the whole pena and contiguous

ranges of fae to at least the confines of China. So far as I now,

these fishes a appear to be strictly residents of rivers in hilly regions,

neither descending far into those of the plains nor found on the level

plateaux on the summits of the mountains. This accounts for their

absence from the Yarkand collection; and from the foregoing extracts

it appears probable that they are not found to the north of the Oxus.

This genus appears to be on the outskirts of the rest of its group ;

and its mouth armed with a sucker, to resist its being washed away,

makes it well able to sustain a mountain-torrent life.

1876. | MR. M. JACOBY ON NEW COLEOPTERA. 807

The other genera are more or less spread in the following districts.

From the Helmund river and the eastern portion of Afghanistan, the

upper parts of the Oxus, and the eastern portion of Western Turke-

stan, the Tian Shan or Celestial mountains, and also the Alatau

mountains more to the south, they extend along the Himalayan

region, certainly as far as the most easterly part of Assam.

These fishes (Schizothoracine) are confined to cold regions, as a

rule, or at least to localities possessing snow-fed rivers, many of which

rivers end in lakes and do not go to the sea. They extend from

Eastern Afghanistan and Western Turkestan through Tibet, and the

most westerly portion of China, along the Himalayas to the hills in

the Yunnan direction.

Loaches (Nemacheilus) are likewise generally distributed; and it

is remarkable, as I have already observed, that all are scaleless. The

same appears the rule in Western Turkestan.

The conclusion, I think, we may fairly arrive at, after examining

the fishes of Yarkand and the adjoining countries is, that we find a

peculiar group of Carps (Schizothoracine) which has spread almost

due east and west from the cold and elevated regions of Eastern

Turkestan, but of which the southern progress has been barred by

the Himalayas.

If we look to the south we see, as it were, that a wave of tropical

forms of fishes has, at a prehistoric period, expanded over that portion

of the globe where the Nicobars, Andamans, and the most southern

portions of the continent of Asia now are, that this fish-fauna has its

northward progress arrested by some cause at or near where the

Himalayas now exist and mark the divisiow between the fish-fauna

of India and that of Turkestan.

3. Description of new Genera and Species of Phytophagous

Coleoptera. By Marrrn Jacosy.

{Received November 20, 1876.]

Family CrioceRrip2&.

Genus Crioceris, Geoffroy.

1, CRIOCERIS AUSTRALIS, Sp. NOV.

Oblong, fulvous, fuscous below; head a little darker-coloured

than the elytra, finely golden pubescent at its lower half, impunctate

at the remainder, convex between the eyes, the frontal oblique

grooves feebly impressed and a distinct transverse depression above

them ; antennz scarcely half the length of the body, entirely black,

with rather short cylindrical joints, the second of which is the short-

est, the fifth the longest ; thorax coloured as the head, subquadrate,

with its anterior half greatly widened, deeply but not largely con-

stricted behind its middle and transversely grooved near the base,

smooth and shining; elytra much wider than the thorax, a little

53*

808 MR. M. JACOBY ON NEW COLEOPTERA. [ Dec. 5,

constricted before the middle, of a light fulvous colour, scarcely im-

pressed below the base, with only four or five partly mterrupted

punctured strize, of which the first, in shape of an impressed groove,

runs parallel with the suture, while the last is only distinctly visible

tili about the middle of the elytra, the rest of the surface entirely

impunctate, and the lateral margin strongly suleate through its

entire length; body beneath dark fuscous, the abdominal segments

margined with lighter brown, legs black, the whole covered with

golden pubescence.

Length 4 lines.

Hab. Australia.

Although this species seems closely allied to C. obliterata, Baly,

by the obliterated strize on the elytra, it differs in other particuiars

sufficiently to justify its classification as another species.

C. obliterata is excavated between the eyes, while in this species

this space is convex, and the antennee entirely black and shorter than

half the body; the deep impressions near the lateral border in C.

obliterata are here also entirely wanting.

Two specimens are contained in my collection.

Genus LeMA.

2. LEMA PURPURASCENS, Sp. nov.

Elongate, subparallel, subdepressed, shining fulvous, with a

purplish hue ; head with the front obliquely grooved on each side,

covered on the face with yellowish pubescence; labrum, apex of

jaws, and eyes black ; antenne half the length of the body, with

the second joint half the length of the third, the fourth scarcely

longer than the preceding one, the rest elongate, cylindrical, black,

with the exception of the first four joints, which are fulvous ; thorax

with the sides deeply constricted in the middle, and a strongly

marked transverse depression near the base, two shallow fovere are

also visible on the disk near the lateral depression, surface shining,

smooth, with a few punctures near the anterior margin and two

longitudinal lines of punctured striae in the middle; elytra much

wider than the thorax, transversely depressed below the shoulder,

and constricted longitudinally from the shoulder at the lateral

margin towards the middle, each elytron with 10 rows of strong

punctures, the first very short; near the apex the punctuation is

much deeper, and the intervals assume the form of raised costee ;

underside and legs slightly lighter than the upperside, tarsi fuscous.

Length 43 lines.

Hab. Madagascar.

Family Mecatoropin, Lac.

Genus AGATHOMERUS, Lac.

3. AGATHOMERUS DUBIOSUS, Sp. Nov.

Oblong, fulvous ferruginous above, black beneath. This species

1876. | MR. M. JACOBY ON NEW COLEOPTERA, 809

agrees in size, shape, and coloration above entirely with 4. rufus,

Lac., but differs in the following particulars: in rufus the entire

underside and legs are testaceous, with the exception of a few black

spots on the abdomen, while in dubiosus these parts are shining

black, with the exception of the tibize and tarsi, which are ferru-

ginous ; in rufus the scutellum is of the same colour as the body,

while in dubiosus it is entirely black ; and although this species may

only be a variety of rufus, I find no mention made of it in Lacoi-

daire’s description.

Two specimens from Mexico in my collection.

Family Clyturin#, Lac.

Genus MrGaxostomis, Lac.

4. MEGALOSTOMIS BASILARIS, sp. nov.

Short, ovate, subdepressed, flavous, sparingly pubescent above,

strongly beneath. Head black, pubescent, shining, closely punctate,

striated near the eyes, leaving only a narrow space in the middle of

the vertex smooth, two large depressions divided by a raised mid-

dle line in front of the eyes, the latter light-coloured. Antennze

dentate from the fifth joint, reaching to the base of the thorax.

Posterior angles of thorax indistinct, anterior ones produced, the

sides widened from before the middle towards the base, rounded,

the median lobe at the base largely rounded ; the entire surface

closely punctured and covered with whitish pubescence, sparingly

on the disk, closely near the sides; two large red spots occupy

almost the entire sides, but are partially covered with hairs, and

therefore only plainly visible near the base, where the pubescence

is less dense. Elytra a little wider at the base than the thorax,

closely and confusedly punctate, a little finer near the apex, the

punctures showing a tendency to arrange themselves in strize near

the suture ; the whole surface sparingly covered with stiff whitish

hair ; exactly on the shoulder of each elytron is a round black spot,

the extreme base of the elytra, as well as the sutural line, is also nar-

rowly edged with black. Entire underside reddish, densely covered

with white pubescence ; femora and tarsi black ; tibize testaceous.

Length 4 lines.

Hab. Peru.

A single specimen in my collection.

5. MEGALOSTOMIS AMAZONA, Sp. nov.

Ovate, of same shape as basilaris, light brownish above, finely

pubescent, beneath thickly clothed with yellowish hair; head

divided in the middle by a longitudinal raised line, closely punctured

and pubescent, posterior margin of epistome dentate, anterior

emarginate in middle ; jaws and antennee black, eyes brown ; thorax

shaped exactly as in the preceding species, densely covered with

golden yellow hair, which also extends to the scutellum ; elytra

about two and a half times the length of the thorax, reddish brown,

810 MR. M. JACOBY ON NEW COLEOPTERA. [ Dec. 5,

finely but closely pubescent, the base, a narrow transverse band in

the middle, and a round spot near the apex black.

Length 4 lines.

Hab. Amazons.

Two specimens in my collection.

Genus SAxINis, Lac.

6. SAXINIS PROPINQUA, N. sp.

Oblong, parallel, shining violet-blue, beneath moderately covered

with short whitish pubescence. Head finely and sparingly punctured

near the vertex, finely striated round the eyes. Antennze with the

second and third joint fulvous. Thorax broader than long, minutely

punctured on the disk, stronger at the sides and base. Scutellum

broad, triangular, strongly punctured. LElytra rather deeply

punctate-striate, the punctures more crowded near the seutellum,

the interstices raised a little and smooth. A bright red spot on

each shoulder of a rounded, triangular shape, which does not extend

to the lateral margin except at the base, which at that place is per-

fectly smooth. Legs violet-blue.

Length 2 lines.

Hab. Calitornia.

This species is closely allied to S. omagera, Lacord., and also to

S. quadrina, Lac., but is distinguished from the first by its much

finer punctuation of the elytra, and especially of the thorax, by the

antenne having the 2nd and 3rd joints fulvous, and from 8. quadrina

by the different shape of the red shoulder-spot, which is in this

species quadrate, while in the species before us, it is smaller and

triangular.

7. SAXINIS GUATEMALENSIS, 0. sp.

Oblong, parallel, above dark greenish black, shining, beneath

closely covered with white pubescence. Head closely covered with

longitudinal strize, which, towards the mouth only, assume the form

of punctures. Thorax much widened in the middle, very convex

and everywhere closely covered with distinct punctures, which

towards the sides are a little more strongly impressed. Scutellum

with a raised middle line also strongly punctured. KElytra very

strongly punctate-striate, the intervals between the striz also dis-

tinctly punctured. A large nearly square brick-red spot occupies

the shoulders, reaching downwards to about one third of the length

of the elytra and transversely to only a short distance from the

scutellum. Legs densely covered with white pubescence, through

which a coppery reflection is distinctly visible.

Length 3 lines. Collected by Mr. Salvin in Guatemala, at an

elevation of 5000 feet. In my collection.

Family CoLtamMyDID&.

Genus Cutamys, Knoch.

8. CHLAMYS BARTLETTI, Sp. Ov.

Ovate, metallic violet-blue; head deeply excavated, strongly but

1876. ] MR. M. JACOBY ON NEW COLEOPTERA, Sll

not closely punctured ; labrum, palpi, underside of first joint, as well

as the second and third entire joints, of antennze ferruginous. Thorax

with the lateral margin rounded, the posterior deeply sinuate,

rugose-punctate, with a high triangular elevation on the middle of

its disk, the top of which is divided by a shallow longitudinal

channel, the posterior sides at the same time falling off suddenly

towards the base of the thorax, and occupied by another small

rounded elevation not reaching the lateral margin. Sceutellum

acute triangular, impunctate. Elytra with the sutural margin dentate

almost through its entire length, the surface of each elytron contain-

ing three strongly raised curved ridges running nearly in a line with

each other, and connected together by short transverse branches

and here and there by a network of elevated striae ; besides these

three large ridges another short one of an S-shape is situated near

the suture at the base, and joined to the first ridge in its middle.

Body beneath, together with the legs, greenish blue, closely rugose-

punctate ; : list joint of the tarsi ferruginous,

Length 3 lines.

Hab. Peru.

This beautiful species, which was discovered by Mr. E. Bartlett

during his travels in Peru, is easily separated from others by its bril-

liant metallic blue, its size, and the markings of its elytra (which ap-

proach to a certain extent those of C. episcopalis, L ac.), but yet is very

different in its general character. The species is in my collection.

9. CHLAMYS UNICOLOR, Sp. nov.

Ovate-oblong, convex, subcylindrical, narrowed behind, upper and

underside unicolorous bluish olive-green, not shining. Head with a

longitudinal impression ; anterior margin of epistome rounded, the

entire face strongly punctate; labrum shining fulvous; antennz

either entirely or only the basal joints light brown. Sides of thorax

almost straight, converging from base to apex, angles moderately

acute; posterior margin not bisinuate but largely waved, median

lobe moderately produced, its apex bidentate, as usually in this

genus; upper surface closely punctate; a humplike elevation of

moderate size is situated on the disk, divided by a shallow channel

and surrounded on all sides by another narrow depression; each

side of the hump is furnished with 6 tubercles, of which 5 are

situated in a semicircle, while the sixth is contained in its middle ;

scutellum transversely subquadrate, its sides sinuate, narrower at

the base than at the apex, hollowed out in its middle, impunctate.

Elytra distinctly narrowed from their base towards the apex, sides

almost as far lobed as their middle; upper surface coarsely but

widely punctate, forming only one regular stria at the sutural margin,

which latter is finely dentate from the middle to the apex ; trans-

verse irregular costa and a few tubercles are placed without order

on the disk of each elytron. . Underside deeply impressed with

numerous round large punctures, which, however, extend to the

legs only sparingly.

Length 2 lines.

812 MR. M. JACOBY ON NEW COLEOPTERA. [ Dec. 5,

Hab. Amazous.

The peculiar olive-green colour, as well as the small size and the

position of the tubercles on the thorax, will distinguish this species

at first sight from others.

10. CHLAMYS PALLIDA, Sp. Nov.

Ovate, narrowed in the middle, above pale testaceous mixed with

brown. Head testaceous, with the upper portion of a darker brown

closely and rather deeply punctate; flat, without any depressions ;

apex of jaws black, labrum brown shining; antennz entirely fer-

ruginous brown. Thorax mounted at its posterior half by a rather

high elevation of a triangular shape very nearly of the same form as

in C. bartletti, but divided by a wider channel, the edges of

which are strongly sinuate-rugose ; a patch on each side below the

elevation, as well as seven small spots arranged in a half-circle in the

middle of the thorax, dark brown; the whole surface deeply pitted

with brownish punctures , nearly the entire posterior margin dentate,

of a black colour; scutellum pale testaceous, with acute posterior

angles, impunctate. Elytra deeply punctate, confused-reticulate at

their posterior half, the punctures from the base to the middle of

a deep brown, from there of a lighter colour; a distinct costa or

ridge runs from the base in a curved line towards the apex, not quite

reaching the latter, sending off a short branch from the third part

of its length towards the base between the shoulder and the first

ridge ; another short elevation exists close to and a little beneath the

scutellum; the entire apical region punctate-reticulate, and the

sutural margin dentate nearly through its entire length. Body be-

neath of the same colour as the elytra; a rounded spot of a ferru-

ginous colour is situated on the abdomen close to the margin of the

elytra, while the legs in their middle also bear a patch of the same

colour; which occupies the tarsi and claws entirely ; the whole under-

surface deeply punctured,

Length 3 lines.

Hab. Amazons.

In my collection.

11. CHLAMYS EXCAVATA, Sp. nov.

Oblong, subeylindrical, narrowed behind, above entirely ferrugi-

nous, below testaceous ; head deeply punctate, the punctures of a

more or less dark brown colour, labrum fulvous shining, jaws

black; basal joints of the antenne ferruginous, the rest fuscous ;

thorax raised gradually to a hump-like elevation of a rounded shape,

the top of which is divided by a shailow depression, the entire sur-

face closely rugose-punctate, the punctures a little less crowded near

the sides; scutellum bisinuate, smooth. Elytra with an excavated

space of a dark fuscous colour reaching from the base near the

scutellum to nearly the middle of their disk, the commencement

and the end of which is marked by a short pointed tubercle ; exactly

in the middle of each elytron is another fovea of an oblique direction

towards the shoulders ; the entire surface confusely punctate-rugose,

1876. ] MR. M. JACOBY ON NEW COLEOPTERA. 813

the sutural margin dentate in the same way as the preceding

species ; pygidium much more widely punctured, the interstices

plane, and a little shining. Legs and tarsi of the same colour as

the underside; claws fuscous.

Length 23 lines.

Hab. Amazons.

In my collection.

Family EULMoLPIN&.

Genus CHaLcoruyMa, Baly.

12, CHALCOPHYMA STRIATUM, Sp. nov.

Subquadrangular, rounded behind, cupreous or dark greenish ;

antennz, labrum, and tarsi light testaceous. Head very finely

striate, the strize all running towards a depression in the middle

of the head; forehead rather widely punctate, closer towards the

lower portion of the face. Thorax widened in the middle, the

lateral margin bidentate, impressed with very deep punctures, which

are more crowded along the anterior margin, leaving an elevated

space exactly in the middle of the base either perfectly smooth or

with one or two impressions. Scutellum semiovate, impunctate and

shining, Elytra either dark cupreous or greenish with a purple

reflection round their edges each elytron with five or six elevated

and interrupted ridges on its surface, the space between which is

deeply punctured, the punctuation terminating in regular striz

towards the apex. Body beneath black; the legs sometimes dark

bluish, or copper-coloured ; posterior femora near their apex with a

distinet triangular tooth.

Length 2—25 lines.

Hab. Amazons.

In my collection.

13. CHALCOPHYMA TUBERCULATUM, Sp. nov.

Subquadrate, bronze-coloured. Head closely punctured, finely

striate ; antennze very slender, with the first six joints flavous, the rest

fuscous. Thorax deeply rugose-punctate, as well as two large eleva-

tions on the middle of its disk ; several smaller rugosities are situa-

ted near the sides, but are impunctate. Scutellum closely punctured.

Elytra deeply rugose and impressed with large punctures and trans-

verse raised striae, besides which each elytron is also furnished with

a number of longitudinal short tubercules, which are situated as

follows, viz. one on the shoulder, and a second below it in an

oblique direction; four at a little distance from the shoulder running

down towards the apex, and two other rows closer towards the

suture, running parallel with the last one. Legs rather long for this

genus, ferruginous, as well as the last abdominal segments.

Length 27 lines.

Hab, Cayenne.

In my collection.

814 MR. M. JACOBY ON NEW COLEOPTERA. [ Dec. 5,

14, CHALCOPHYMA RETICULATUM, Sp. Nov.

Subquadrate, rounded behind, dark purplish or violet; head

marked exactly in the same way as in (, striata ; antenneze flavous ;

thorax of the same shape as in the preceding species, deeply and

closely punctate, the intervals between the punctures raised and

forming a network in a longitudinal direction ; towards the sides are

some deeper and larger impressions; scutellum smooth, shining ;

elytra with a number of indistinct elevated costae, between which

the space is deeply punctate and rugose. Legs red brown.

Length 27 lines.

Hab. Amazons.

This species is sufficiently distinguished from C. striata by the

reticulate sculpture of the thorax, and the much more numerous

costee on the elytra, which are only now and then interrupted, but

extend in two or three instances through the entire length of the

elytra.

Genus Typoruorus, Erichson.

15. TyPpoPHORUS MEXICANUS, sp. nov.

Ovate, convex, above violet-blue, beneath black with a green tinge.

Head reddish brown, finely and sparingly punctured, with a distinct

triangular groove at its lower half, and a deep curved depression

above each eye; jaws dark brown; antennze more than half the

length of the body, with the first three or four joints reddish, the rest

black, covered with whitish pubescence. Thorax of the same colour

as the head, with the posterior and lateral margin evenly rounded,

the anterior widened in the middle, impressed in the same way as the

head, with minute punctures only visible under a strong lens ; scutel-

lum broader than long, impunctate. Elytra of about double the length

of the thorax, with their sides nearly parallel, violet-blue, impressed

with ten rows of punctures, which diminish a little in size towards the

apex ; below the shoulder is a short transverse depression, usually to

be found amongst this genus. Legs and tarsi coloured as the under-

side.

Length 23 lines.

Collected by Mr. O. Salvin at Guatemala. In my collection.

16, TypopHORUS MELANOCEPHALUS, sp. nov.

Ovate, moderately convex, metallic green or blue. Head greenish

black, strongly and closely punctured ; antennze long and slender,

with the first five or six joints fulvous, the rest dark brown. Thorax

red, a little more strongly punctured than in 7’, mexicanus ; otherwise

of same shape; the middle of the anterior margin is marked with a

short greenish patch which seems to be a continuation of the colora-

tion of the head. Elytra very strongly punctate-striate, with the

usual transverse depression below the shoulder. Underside and legs

black.

Length 3 lines.

Hab. Mexico.

1876.] MR. M. JACOBY ON NEW COLEOPTERA. 815

Although this insect is at the first view only distinguished from

the preceding species by its larger size, the above details, especially

the strong punctuation and dark colour of the head, I think, justifies

the making it a distinct species, moreover as all the specimens in my

collection agree exactly in every particular.

17. TypopHORUS HUMERALIS, Baly, var. rufa.

Ovate, convex, base of the antenne fulvous. Head, very convex

and shining, finely punctured, together with the thorax black. Elytra

unicolorous, rufous, which colour extends sometimes over the entire

thorax.

Length 23 lines.

Hab. Guatemala.

Collected by Mr. Salvin.

As this species agrees in every thing with 7. humeralis of Dr. Baly

(described in the Annals of Natural History, 1459), except the cclora-

tion, I consider it a mere variety of this species, which, to my know-

ledge, has not yet been described.

18. TypoPHORUS QUADRIPLAGATUS, Sp. Nov.

Ovate, moderately convex, light flavous. Head without a groove

near the eyes, which are rather closely approximated, strongly punctate

on the vertex, flavous ; antennee of the same colour, with the excep-

tion of two or three middle joints, which are a little darker. Thorax

of the usual shape, strongly but not closely punctured. Elytra a little

narrower at the base than behind the middle, with ten rows of

strongly punctured strize; the intervals slightly raised, of a light fla-

vous colour ; each elytron ornamented with two black spots, viz. one

on the extreme margin a little before the middle, and a second larger

one in the middle, exactly between the margin and the suture.

Underside dark brown, as well as the last third of the femora; the

rest, with the legs and tarsi, testaceous.

Length 2 lines.

Hab. Amazons.

In my collection.

19. TYPOPHORUS MINUTUS, sp. nov.

Ovate, convex, black-brown, shining. Head very convex, without

any trace of a transverse groove, but with a slight depression in the

middle, upper part distinctly and closely punctured ; first five joints

of antennze flavous, the rest black. Thorax nearly as long as broad,

with the sides much contracted towards the anterior margin, and the

posterior one a little sinuate, more or less distinctly punctured, scu-

tellum oblong, smooth. Elytra strongly punctate-striate ; the first

striee assuming the form of a continuous line towards the apex and

parallel with the suture. Underside and legs black.

Length 2 lines.

Hab. Rio Janeiro.

In my collection.

By its minute size and the uniform coloration of all the parts, which

816 MR. M. JABOBY ON NEW COLEOPTERA. [ Dec. 5,

now and then and in certain lights assumes on the head and thorax

a lighter brown, this species is sufficiently distinguished from others.

Family CHRYSOMELID.

Genus Dorypuora, Illig.

20. DoryPHORA RUGOSA, Sp. Nov.

Oblong-ovate, rounded and widened in the middle, very convex

towards the first third of the elytra, then falling off abruptly towards

the apex. Above blackish blue, variegated with testaceous, below

black, shining. Head deeply and closely covered with punctures

which run together towards the epistome, with a longitudinal middle

groove through its entire length. Antennee rather longer than the

thorax, robust, black, shining, with the third joint the longest and

thinnest. Thorax with the lateral margin slightly rounded and the poste-

rior one sinuate, punctured in the same way as the head, on its surface

more strongly towards the sides, these latter excavated and flattened

and accompanied by a fulvous narrow band, which is much hollowed

out at its inner margin. Scutellum impunctate. Elytra broader

than the thorax, everywhere covered with rugosities and deep impres-

sions distinctly visible to the naked eye; a narrow dentated band of

testaceous colour extends across the middle from one side to the

other, sending upwards three or four branches of the same colour

towards the base; while the posterior half of the elytra is variegated

in the same way, more strongly visible near the suture. The meso-

sternal process comparatively short and straight.

Length 8 lines.

Hab. Columbia.

In the collection of Dr. Baden, in Altona, and my own.

21. DorypHoRA CosTATA, sp. nov.

Ovate, very slightly widened behind, very convex towards the first

half, then suddenly falling off towards the apex, above dark brown,

a little shining, beneath black. Head and thorax withort gloss ;

the first with a rather deep longitudinal impression before the

anterior margin of the eyes, a transverse groove between the antenne,

and a few scattered punctures here and there; labrum brown, shining ;

antennee not reaching quite to the base of the thorax, light flavous,

the first joint much thickened, almost cylindrical, the second very

short, the third the longest, double the length of the fourth, the

rest thickened, cylindrical. Thorax with the sides straight and

parallel, the anterior corners rounded and produced into a point

reaching slightly above the eyes ; posterior margin slightly sinuate,

anterior straight in middle, with a distinct margin which extends

also to the sides, where it is, however, very narrow. The surface im-

pressed with a few strong punctures, which are a little more numerous

towards the sides. Elytra wider at the base than the thorax, assu-

ming their greatest convexity exactly at. the middle, from there

suddenly declining to the apex; each elytron with ten rows of

elevated ridges, of which the first and second are united at a little

fod

1876. MR. M. JACOBY ON NEW COLEOPTERA. 817

distance from the base, and the sixth and seventh at a short distance

from the apex; all the interstices between the ridges deeply im-

pressed with shining green punctures. Legs and tarsi brown. The

mesosternal process is much developed, slightly curved and pointed.

Length 7 lines; width 5 lines.

Hab. Columbia.

This beautiful imsect was collected by Mr. Wallis, and is in the

collection of Dr. Baden, in Altona, and my own.

ENSIFORMA, nov. gen.

Elongate, parallel ; head small, perpendicular ; eyes convex, small ;

palpi clavate, with a short acute terminal joint ; antennze as long as

the body, with the first seven joints (the second excepted) slender,

elongate-triangular, the next three greatly widened at their apex and

broadly flattened, the terminal joint long, and pointed at the apex.

Thorax subquadrangular, narrowed towards the base, the angles

obtuse; scutellum broad triangular. Elytra wider at the base than

the thorax, the sides parallel, punctate-rugose at the surface. Femora

and tibize of equal length and size, the first but little widened in the

middle ; tarsi with the first joint as long as the two following joints

together ; claws bifid.

Type Ensiforma cerulea, sp. nov.

This genus, which bears a close affinity to the genus Diabrotica,

will be easily distinguished from that and other genera by the ex-

treme length of the antenne and their flattened terminal joints.

22. ENSIFORMA CERULEA, 0. Sp.

Elongate, parallel, dark blue above, fuscous below; the head,

thorax, the scutellum, and legs flavous. Head transversely grooved,

between the eyes joined by a short longitudinal groove in the middle

of the face; first four joints of antennze fuscous above, flavous beneath,

the other joints entirely dark brown ; eyes black. Thorax with the

anterior and posterior margins nearly straight, slightly narrowed from

behind the middle to the base, the angles obtuse; above but little

convex, with two shallow depressions on the disk near the sides,

shining, together with the scutellum impunctate. Elytra a little

broader at the base than the thorax, distinctly margined from the

shoulder towards the apex ; closely punctate and partially transversely

rugose, of a dark bluish green colour surrounded at the sides by a

narrow light flavous margin, which widens a little at the extreme

apex ; another short streak of the same colour is situated on each

elytron between the shoulder and the scutellum. Underside, the

breast excepted, fuscous, as are also the fore legs and posterior

femora ; tibize and tarsi of the last two pair of legs dark brown,

covered, as well as the whole underside, with yellowish and rather

long hair.

Length 4 lines.

Hab. Brazil.

One specimen in my collection.

818 DR. A. GUNTHER ON A NEW LIZARD. [ Dec. 5,

4. Description of a new Species of Lizard from Asia Minor.

By Dr. A. GunTueEr.

[Received November 27, 1876. ]

ZOOTOCA DANFORDI.

Similar in habit to Z. muralis. Nasal shields in contact with each

other on the upper surface of the snout ; two small postnasals, one

above the other, followed by two loreal shields. Infraocular shield

forming the margin of the upper lip between the fifth and seventh

supralabials, five supralabial plates being before the infraocular.

Temples covered by very small scales subequal in size, without larger

central plate. Posterior frontals in contact with each other. Supra-

orbitals large, bordered externally by a supraciliary line of granules.

Zootoca danfordi. Not quite twice natural size.

Back covered with smooth roundish granules. Ventral shields

broad, in six longitudinal and twenty-eight transverse series. One

broad preanal, sometimes divided into two, surrounded anteriorly by

six small scutes.

Greenish olive, with black dots, the dots being numerous on the

sides of the body and head, and throat, but isolated and sparse on

the back and abdomen.

Young specimens reticulated with black. The largest example is

3 inches long, without the tail.

Several specimens of this species were collected by C. G. Danford,

Esq., on the Zebil Bulgar Dagh (Cilician Taurus), at an altitude of

4000 feet.

1876. ] MR. W. FERGUSON ON A NEW ASPIDURA. 819

5. Description of a New Snake of the Genus Aspidura

from Ceylon. By Wituiam Ferevson, F.L.S.

[Received November 28, 1876.]

ASPIDURA GUENTHER], Sp. Nov.

The postfrontal enters the orbit, and is in contact with the second

and third labials, preorbital well developed and elongate, the post-

frontal separating it considerably from the superciliary ; the upper

postorbital is much larger than the lower one, and is in contact with

the superciliary, occipital, and first temporal ; six upper labials. Two

pairs of chin-shields, the anterior large, about thrice as long as broad ;

the posterior small, scale-like ; six (seven) lower labials, the four an-

terior of which are in contact with the anterior chin-shields. Scales

in 17 rows, smooth, hexagonal, not elongate, and but very slightly

imbricate; the first row next ventrals broadest, and the next two

rows broader than the others, the length not much greater than the

breadth. Ventral shields 104-118, subeaudal 18-26. The cireum-

ference of the body is about one tenth of the total length, the length

of the tail one eighth. Snout in front of eyes sharply pointed com-

pared with dA. brachyorrhos. The anterior frontal extends back

between the postfrontals further than the anterior ends of the third

labials, whilst in 4. brachyorrhos it is obtuse, and does not extend

beyond the second labials. Colour, a glossy shining metallic dark

olive-brown above, the belly slate-coloured. Three rows of small

indistinct darker spots along the back—one row dorsal, and the others

on the fourth or fifth row of scales from the ventrals, each darker spot

occupying about one scale, and generally whitish spots on some of the

other scales near them. Generally a white collar immediately behind

the head, often broader below, and sometimes extending in a 4 from the

neck along the upper part of the head, covering portions of the

occipitals, and separated by a narrow dark line ; often a white spot

from upper labials below and behind the eye. These white mark-

ings on neck and head are more or less present on all my specimens ;

but occasionally they are indistinct above, and absent on the lower

part of the head. Total length of the longest specimen seen 6:2

inches, the length of tail about 0°7 inch.

Hab. Ceylon.

Dr. Giinther having expressed his doubts as to whether two speci-

mens of this species sent to him by me in March 1872 were not the

young of 4. drachyorrhos, and having asked me to reexamine my

specimens, I am now in a position to say that 4. guentheri cannot

possibly be confounded with any of the other three species known.

A. copii is a large stout snake, and found hitherto only in the district

of Dickoga, at an elevation of about 4000-5000 feet. A. trachy-

procta is also an alpine snake, and never found, that I am aware of,

except in the mountains of Ceylon. A. guentheri cannot be con-

founded with either of these ; and it has scarcely any specific character

in common with A. brachyorrhos, excepting that both have seventeen

820 MR. W. FERGUSON ON A NEW ASPIDURA. [ Dec. 5.

rows of scales round the body. 4. brachyorrhos has never, as far as

I know, been found near the coast of Ceylon, whilst 4. guentheri

occurs close to the coast, and never far from it. A. guentheri is not

the young of any other species of Aspidura; because I have seen

about one hundred specimens, and I have never seen one longer than

about 6 inches, whilst amongst them were several young ones from 13

to 2 inches in length, retaining all the specific characters and coloration

of their parents. A young d. brachyorrhos, the size of A. guentheri

does not in any way differ from its parents or approach 4. guentheri.

A. guentheri differs from A. brachyorrhos markedly in the following

respects—its small size and dark colour, in the number of its ventrals

and subcaudals, its hexagonal-shaped and non-imbricate scales, its

pointed snout, the extension backwards of the anterior frontal between

the postfrontals, the separation of the preocular from the superciliary

by the postfrontal, which runs into the eye, the larger size of the

upper postorbital, and the scales it isin contact with. In twelve

specimens of A. guentheri examined by me, the average number of

ventrals was 109?, subcaudals 205, totals 130,3,, total length 5°83

inches, length of tail 0°72 inch. The lowest number of ventrals, 104,

has the largest number of subcaudals = 26.

Colombo, Ceylon.

August 29, 1876.

Jan.

16.

APPENDIX.

OF ADDITIONS TO THE SOCIETY’S MENAGERIE

DURING THE YEAR

1876.

. 1 Pig-tailed Monkey (Macacus nemestrinus). Presented by the

Rev. W. Ewart.

1 Hooper Swan (Cygnus ferus), 2. Presented by Mr. Montague

Kinesford.

. 1 Weeper Capuchin (Cebus capucinus). Presented by Mr. A.

Kettner.

1 Levaillant’s Cynictis (Cynictis penicillata). Presented by Vis-

count Mandeville. See P. Z.S. 1876, p. 255.

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), $. Presented by

Mr. 'T. J. Dunn.

2 Darwin’s Pucras Pheasants (Pucrasia darwinii), 3 and 9.

Purchased.

. 1 Palm-Squirrel (Secwrus palmarum). Presented by Mr. W. D.

Barker, Jun.

1 Manyar Weaver-bird (Ploceus manyar), Presented by Mr.

W. D. Barker, Jun.

2 Amaduvade Finches (Estrelda amandava). Presented by Mr.

W. D. Barker, Jun.

2 Nutmeg-birds (Munia undulata). Presented by Mr. W. D.

Barker, Jun.

1 Emu (Dromeus nove-hollandie), Presented by Mr. E. J,

Dawes, F.Z.S.

1 Cinereous Sea-Hagle (Zaliaétus albicilla). Deposited.

. 1 Common Marmoset (flapale jacchus), Presented by Master

I. Goodlife.

1 Roseate Cockatoo (Cacatua roseicapilla). Deposited,

. 1 Spotted Cavy (Celogenys paca), Purchased.

1 Central-American Agouti (Dasyprocta punctata). Purchased,

3 Brazilian Caracaras (Polyborus brasiliensis), Presented by Mr.

W. Petty,

. 1 Roseate Cockatoo (Cacatua roseicapilla). Presented by Dr,

Bree, F.Z.8.

1 Coypu Rat (Myopotamus coypus). Purchased.

1 White-spotted Crake (Porzana notata). Purchased. Captured

at sea off Cape Santa Maria. See P. Z. 8. 1876, p. 255,

3 Geoffroy’s Terrapins (Platemys geoffroyana). Purchased.

1 Maximilian’s Terrapin (ydromedusa maximiliant), Pur-

chased.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1876, No. LIY. 54

822

Jan.

Feb.

APPENDIX.

. 2 Gannets (Sula bassana). Presented by Lieut. Col. Dugmore.

1 Leopard (Felis pardus). Presented by Mr. F. Elton.

1 Black Lemur (Lem macaco). Presented by Mr. Dugald

Gilchrist.

1 Rose-hill Parrakeet (Platycercus eximius). Presented by Mr.

J. Smith.

4. 1 Black-faced Spider Monkey (Ateles ater). Presented by

Capt. King.

2 Hawk’s-billed Turtles (Chelone imbricata). Presented by

Capt. Kine.

. 1 Common Curlew (Numenius arquatus). Presented by Mr.

Charles Clifton, F.Z.8.

1 Herring-Gull (Larus argentatus). Presented by Mr. Charles

Clifton, F.Z.S.

1 Common Gull (Larus canus). Presented by Mr. Charles

Clifton, F.Z.S.

2 Black-headed Gulls (Larus ridibundus). Presented by Mr.

Charles Clifton, F.Z.8.

2 West-India Rails (Aramides cayennensis). Presented by Capt.

Crozier. :

. 1 Darwin’s Pucras Pheasant (Pucrasia darwini). Deposited.

2 Chukar Partridges (Caccabis chukar). Presented by Capt. F.

Morison.

27. 8 Darwin’s Pucras Pheasants (Pucrasia darwini). Deposited.

. 1 Grey Ichneumon (Herpestes griseus), Presented by Mr. H.

Churchill.

9, 1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus erythreus), 2. Presented by Mr.

T. O. Davis.

2 Starred Tortojses (Zestudo stellata). Presented by Mrs. Spau.

. | Panda (Alurus fulgens). Purchased. See P. Z. S. 1876, p. 255.

1 Red and Yellow Macaw (Ara chloroptera). Deposited.

2 Call-Ducks (Anas boschas). Presented by Mr. C. Clifton.

. 2 Snowy Eerets (Ardea candidissima). Purchased.

. 1 Swainson’s Lorikeet (Zrichoglossus swainsoni), Presented by

Mrs. G. F. Angus.

. 1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus radiatus), $. Presented by Mr.

E. Darvell.

. | Hobby (Hypotriorchis subbuteo). Presented by Mr. 8. Baton,

1 Common Kestrel ( Zinnunculus alaudarius). Presented by Mr.

S. Baton.

. 1 Red-crested Cardinal (Paroaria cucullata). Presented by Mr.

P. W. Barlow, Jun.

2 Amadavade Finches (Estrelda amandava). Presented by Mr.

P. W. Barlow, Jun.

. 1 Blue-cheeked Barbet (Megalema asiatica). Purchased.

. 3 Burrowing Owls (Pholeoptynx cunicularia). Presented by Mr,

A. O, Lumb.

. 2 Golden Pheasants (Thauwmalea picta), Q. Received in ex-

change.

. 1 Michie’s Tufted Deer (Zophotragus michianus), $. Purchased,

Ningpo district of China. See P. Z.S. 1876, p. 2738, and

p. 757, pl. LXXvI.

5 Darwin’s Pucras Pheasants (Puerasia darwint), 8 3 and 2 9.

Deposited.

5, 1 Red-headed Pochard (Fuligula ferina), 3. Presented by

Capt. Salvin.

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 823

Feb. 16. 2 White-backed Pigeons (Columba leuconota). Purchased. See

Mar. 2

Lio

21.

P. Z. 8. 1876, p. 274.

1 Narrow-barred Pigeon (Macr opygia leptogrammica). Pur-

chased. See P.Z.S. 1876, p. 274.

2 White-necked Storks (Ciconva episcopus). Received in ex«

change.

2 Mill-Francolins (Arboricola torqueola), Presented by Mr. W.

Jamrach.

1 Bay Bamboo Rat (Rhizomys badius). Presented by Mr. J.

Wood-Mason. See P. Z.8. 1876, p. 274.

1 Square-spotted Snake (Oxyrhopus doliatus), Presented by Mr.

J. L. Moore. From Pernambuco.

Geotfroy’s Doves (Peristera yeoffroit), 5 g¢ and 29. Pur-

chased.

1 Tiger Bittern (Tigrisoma brasiliense). Purchased.

1 Sociable Vulture (Vultur awricularis), Presented by My. J.

C. Hobbs.

2 Cape-Francolins (Francolinus capensis), Presented by Mr. J

C. Hobbs.

. 1 Anderson's Kaleege (Luplocamus andersoni), 2. Presented

by Mr. W. Jamrach. See P.Z.S. 1876, p. 274.

3 Rufous-necked Weaver-birds ( Hyphantornis textor), §. Pre-

sented by Mrs. Bates.

1 Mouflon (Ovis musimon), ¢. Deposited.

1 Virginian Eagle-Owl (Budo virginianus). Presented by Mr,

H.W right.

2, 1 Darwin's Pucras (Puerasia darwint), 9. Deposited.

1 Rose-crested Cockatoo ( Cacatua moluccensis). Deposited.

2 Widgeon (Mareca penelope), ¢ and 2. Presented by Mr. C.

Clifton.

1 Common Wild Duck (Anas boschas), Presented by Mr. C,

lifton.

1 Lesser Black-backed Gull (Larus fuscus). Presented by Mr.

C. Clifton.

3 Herring-Gulls (Larus argentatus). Presented by Mr. C,.

Clifton.

2 Common Gulls (Larus eanus). Presented by Mr. C. Clifton.

3 Black-headed Gulls (Larus ridibundus), Presented by My.

C. Clifton.

23. 1 Common Otter (Lutra vulgaris). Received in exchange,

27. 1 Zebu (Bos indicus), 2. Born in the Gardens.

] Brown Monkey (Macacus brunneus), 3. Presented by Mr. T.

G. F. Hesketh, F.Z.8. See P. Z. 8. 1876, p. 332. From Siam.

1 Tyrant Eagle (Spizaétus tyrannus). Presented by Lord

Lilford, javAace

1 Many- -zoned Hawk (Melierax polyzonus). Presented by Lord

Lilford, F'.Z.S.

2 Patagonian Caracaras (Polyborus tharus), pale variety. Pre-

sented by Lord Lilford, F.Z.S. See P. Z.S. 1876, p. 333,

pl. Sv.

2 Adorned Terrapins (Clemmys ornata). Presented by Mr. H.,

H. Black. From Belize, Honduras,

1 American Box-Tortoise (Terrapene carinata). Presented by

Mr. H. H. Black. From Belize, Honduras.

3. 2 Common Pintails (Dafila acuta), $ and 9. Presented by Mr.

E, C. Buck.

54*

11;

20.

AFPENDIX.

8. 3 Spotted-billed Ducks (Anas pecilorhyncha), 2 3 and 1 Q.

Presented by Mr. E. C. Buck.

18 Red-crested Whistling Ducks (Fuligula rufina), 12 ¢ and

6 9. Presented by Mr. E. C. Buek.

1 Cape-Dove (Gna capensis), ¢. Presented by Miss Borrer.

1 Secretary Vulture CLES reptilivorus). Deposited.

1 Ash-coloured Faleon (Hypotriorchis concolor). Presented by

Mr. A. F, Allman. Captured in the Mozambique Channel.

See P. Z. 8. 1876, p. 333.

4 Adorned Terrapins (Clemmys ornata). Presented by Capt.

Cooper, R.N.

. 1 Common Buzzard (Buteo vulgaris). Presented by Mr. W.

Binder.

. 1 Great Frigate-bird (Fregata aquila). Purchased.

3 American Black- backed Geese (Sarecidior nis carunculata).

Purchased. From Maranham, See P.Z.8. 1876, p. 695,

pl. Lxvimt.

1 Crested Hanenest (Ostinops cristatus), Purchased.

1 Gull-billed Tern (Sterna anglica). Purchased.

1 Cayenne Lapwing ( Vanellus cayennensis). Purchased.

1 Yellow -footed Rock - Kangaroo (Petrogale xanthopus), 9°.

Born in the Gardens.

2 Forster’s Milvagos (Afilrayo australis). Presented by Lord

Lilford, F.Z.8.

1 Ogilby’s Rat-Kanegaroo (ypsiprymnus ogilbyr), 2. Purchased.

. 1 Vulpine Phalanger (Phalangista vulpina). Purchased.

10,

1 Jackal Buzzard (Duteo jacal). Deposited.

1 Ring-necked Parrakeet (Pale@ornis torquata). Purchased.

171 Sand-Lizards (Lacerta agilis). Presented by H. Negretti,

sq. From Italy.

1 8-breed Zebu (between Bos indicus and hybrid B. frontalis),

1 Avaucanian Pigeon (Columba araucana). Presented by Lord

Lilford, F.Z.S.

. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 3. Presented by

Miss L. H. Cowles.

. 1 Collared Fruit-Bat ( Cynonycteris collaris). Born in the Gardens.

5. 1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus erythreus), 6. Presented by Mr.

Robert L. Ogilby.

. 1 White-cheeked Capuchin (Cebus lunatus), ¢. Presented by

Dr. Lynn.

1 Knot (Zringa canutus). Presented by Mr. C. Clifton.

1 Aztec Conure (Conurus aztec). Purchased.

2 All-green Parrakeets (Brotogerys tirtacula). Purchased.

aL Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus radiatus), $. Presented by Mr. J.

Shortland.

2 Suricates (Suricata senik), g and 9. Presented by Mr. J.

Thorburn.

2 Green Monkeys (Cercopithecus callitrichus), 2 3. Presented

by Mr. John E. Liardet.

1 Common Badger (Meles taxus). Presented by Mr. John EF.

Liardet.

1 Common Fox (Canis vulpes). Presented by Mr. John E.

Liardet.

1 Hobby (Zypotriorchis subbuteo). Presented by Mr. John

Barnet.

1} American Jabiru (Mycteria americana). Purchased,

28.

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. $25

. 1 Ruddy Ichneumon (Herpestes smith). Presented by Mr. C,

J. Maude.

1 Sclater’s Muntjac (Cervulus sclatert). Deposited.

1 Herring-Gull (Larus argentatus). Presented by Mrs. Batty.

. 1 Lesser White-nosed Monkey (Cercopithecus petaurista), Q.

Presented by Mr. F. Ward.

1 Impeyan Pheasant (Lophophorus tmpeyanus), 9. Deposited.

29, 1 South-American Flamingo (Pheenicopterus igni-palliatus). Pur-

April 1.

oo bo

chased. From Lake Titicaca. See P. Z.S. 1876, p. 333.

3 Sirens (Stren lacertina). Presented by Mr. G. EH. Maingault/

See 12, Lis Ss. 1876, p- ooo.

2 Wheatears (Savicola enanthe). Purchased.

1 Common Marmoset (JZapale jacchus). Presented by Mrs,

Cleaver.

. 2 Cuming’s Octodons ( Octodon cumingi). Born in the Gardens.

3 Ring-necked Parrakeets (Paleornis torquata). Presented by

Mrs. A. Moore.

1 Mandrill (Cynocephalus mormon), 3. Presented by Lieut. V.

L. Cameron. From the Gaboon.

2 Yellow Baboons ( Cynocephalus babouin), $ and 9, Presented

by Lieut. V. L. Cameron, From the Kwanza, See P.Z.S.

187 6, p- A413.

1 Sooty ’ Mangabey (Cercocebus fuliginosus), 2. Presented by

Lieut. V. L. Cameron, From the Gaboon. See P.Z.S.

1876, p. 415.

1 Monteiro’s Galago (Galago monteiri). Presented by Lieut.

V. L. Cameron. From Bailunda. See P.Z.S. 1876, p. 418.

1 African Civet Cat (Viverra civetta). Presented by Lieut. V.

L. Cameron. From the Kwanza. See P. Z.S. 1876, p. 413.

1 Servaline Cat (lis servalina). Presented by Licht. Vik:

Cameron. From the Kwanza. See P. Z.S. 1876, p: 413.

1 Banded Ichneumon (Herpestes fasciatus), Presented by Lieut.

Cameron. From the Kwanza. See P.Z.S. 1876, p. 413.

1 Senegal Touracou (Corythaix persa). Presented by Lieut. V.

L. Cameron.

1 Angolan Vulture ( Gypohierax angolensis). Presented by Lieut.

V. L. Cameron. From the Kwanza. See P. Z. 8. 1876,

. 415,

i Marabou Stork (Leptoptilus crumeniferus). Presented by Mr.

Amzalak, of Angola. From the Kwanza.

3 Broad-fronted Crocodiles (Crocodilus frontatus). Presented

by Lieut. V. L. Cameron. From the Congo. See P. Z.S.

1876, p. 413.

2 Chestnut-backed Colies (Colius castanonotus). Presented by

My. H.C. Tait, C.M.Z.S. From the river Daude, W. Africa.

See P. Z.S. 1876, p. 413, pl. xxxv.

. 3 Wild Boars (Sus scrofa). Born in the Gardens,

1 Little Grebe (Podiceps minor). Presented by Dr. 8. J. F.

Stafford.

1 Sclater’s Muntjac (Cervalus sclatert), $. Presented by Mr.

W. IL. Medhurst.

1 Sonnerat’s Jungle-Fow] (Gallus sonnerati), 9. Deposited.

1 Shining Buzzard-Hawk (Asturina mitida). Purchased.

1 Rusty Buzzard (Urubitinga meridionalis). Purchased.

1 Arabian Baboon ( Cynocephalus hamadryas), 2. Presented by

Mr. G. J. Atkins.

826

April 8.

APPENDIX.

2 Secretary Vultures (Serpentarius reptilvorus). Deposited.

9. 1 Silky Hangnest (Amblyrhamphus holosericeus). Presented by

12.

26.

29.

Mrs. Arabin.

1 Indian Wild Dog (Canis primevus), 3. Presented by Col.

A. C, M‘Master. From the Deccan.

1 Common Paradoxure (Paradoxurus typus). Presented by Col.

A. C. M‘Master. From the Deccan.

1 Small Hill-Mynah (Gracula religiosa). Presented by Mrs.

Smithers.

. 4 Trout (Salmo fario). Presented by Mr. D. Banks.

1 Golden Tench (Tinca vulgaris). Presented by Mr. D. Banks.

. 2Common Boas (Boa constrictor). Presented by Mr. G. W.

Des Voeux.

. 1 Yellow-faced Amazon (Chrysotis vanthops). Presented by

Mrs. Crawley.

. 1 Common Eel (Anguilla vulgaris). Presented by Dr. A. H.Smee.

1 Great Pipe-fish (Syngnathus acus). Presented by Dr. A. H.

Smee.

. 1 Coati (Nasua nasica). Purchased.

2 Silky Marmosets (Midas rosalia). Purchased.

1 Scaup Duck (Fuligula marila), 3. Presented by Mr. H.

Colliver.

. 5 Specious Pigeons ( Colwmba speciosa). Purchased.

2 Cirl Buntings (ELmberiza cirlus), 3 and 9. Purchased.

. 1 Common Otter (Lutra vulgaris). Presented by Mr. J. Herbert.

1 Yarrell’s Curassow (Crax carunculata), $. Presented by Mr.

Aug, Ceiyoto.

. 1 Grey Squirrel (Screws emereus), 2. Presented by Mr. M. E.

Symons.

. 1 Weeper Capuchin (Cebus capucinus), §. Presented by Major

lle

J. R. Seaver,

1 Gray’s Paradoxure (Paradovurus grayi), g. Presented by

Dr. Skipton.

2 Common Thicknees (Gtdicnemus crepitans). Presented by Mr.

J. E. Harting, F.Z.S.

3. 1 Molucca Deer ( Cervus moluccensis), 2. Born in the Menagerie.

5. 1 Collared Fruit-Bat (Cynonycteris collaris). Born in the Mena-

erie.

4 Blackish Sternotheres (Sternctherus subniger). Presented by

Mr. Lionel Hart,

1 Entellus Monkey (Semmnopithecus entellus), 2. Purchased.

2 Bennett’s Cassowaries ( Casuarius bennetti). Presented by the

Rey. George Brown, C.M.Z.S. See P.Z. 8. 1876, p. 413.

1 Lyre-bird (Menura superba). Purchased.

2 Protei (Proteus anguinus), Presented by Sir Bartle E. Frere.

From the Cave of Adelsburg.

. | Common Badger (Meles tarus), ¢, Presented by Mr. W.

Barneby.

1 Black-backed Porphyrio (Porphyrio melanotus). Presented by

Capt. John Gibb. Captured at sea off New Zealand,

1 Bennett’s Gazelle ( Gazella bennettii), 2. Presented by Lieut.

J. BR. King,

8 Common Boas (Boa constrictor). Purchased.

1 White-fronted Capuchin (Cebus albifrons), 3. Purchased.

From Cartagena.

] White-throated Capuchin ( Cebus hypoleucus), ¢. Purchased.

From Rio Magdalena,

Apr. 29,

May

30,

10.

Li:

12.

13.

15,

16.

18,

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. $27

L Hoffmann’s Sloth (Cholopus hoffmanni). Purchased. From

Panama.

6 Virginian Colins ( Ortyx virginiana), 3g and3Q. Purchased.

From Jamaica.

1 Wrinkled Terrapin (Clemmys rugosa). Purchased. From

Jamaica.

1 Dusty Ichneumon (Herpestes pulverulentus). Presented by Dr.

Alex. Jennings.

1 Broad-fronted Crocodile ( Crocodilus frontatus). Presented by

Dr. Alex. Jennings.

. 1 Black-faced Spider Monkey (Ate/es ater), 2. Purchased.

1 Hoftmann’s Sloth (Cholopus hoffmannt). Purchased.

3 Brown Howlers (Mycetes fuscus). Deposited.

1 Brazilian Tree-Porcupine ( Cercolabes prehensilis). Deposited.

. 1 Grey Ichneumon (Herpestes griseus). Presented by Mr. H.

Worth.

. 2 Leopards, young (Felis pardus). Presented by Mr. G. Beale

Brown, lst W.I. Reg.

. 1 Mouflon (Ovis musimon), 2. Born in the Menagerie.

5 Water-Ouzels (Cinclus aquaticus). Presented by Mr. Fred.

Swabey.

. 1 Herring-Gull (Larus argentatus). Presented by Mr. Brazenor.

1 Black-headed Gull (Larus ridibundus). Presented by Mr.

Brazenor.

- 1 Common Raccoon (Procyon lotor). Deposited.

. 1 Vervet Monkey (Cercopithecus lalandii), 3. Presented by

Master O. Billinghurst.

. 1 American Wolf ( Canis occidentalis). Received in exchange.

1 Cape-Zorilla (Ietonyx zorilla). Received in exchange.

1 Tooth-billed Pigeon (Didunculus strigirostris). Purchased.

See P. Z.S. 1876, p. 462.

1 Hoffmann’s Sloth (Cholopus hoffmanni). Born in the Mena-

erie,

1 Bingen Teal ( Querquedula brasiliensis), 2. Purchased.

1 Leucoryx Antelope (Oryx leucoryx). Deposited.

1 Red-crested Cardinal (Parearia cucullata). Presented by

Miss Warre.

6 Chilian Pintails (Dajila spinicauda). Bred in the Gardens.

2 Secretary Vultures (Serpentarius reptilivorus). Presented by

Mr. M. G. Angel.

1 Egyptian Cobra (Naia haje). Presented by the Rev. G. H.

R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S.

1 Common Adder (Vipera berus). Presented by Mr. John

Hartland.

5 Variegated Sheldrakes (Zadorna variegata). Bred in the

Gardens.

1 Passerine Owl (Glaucidium passerinum). Presented by Mr.

H, M,.G. Bird,

1 Maholi Galago (Galago maholi), ¢. Presented by Mr. R. A.

Zeederberg, M.D.

1 Horseshoe Snake (Zamenis hippocrepis). Presented by Mr.

C. Bartlett. J°rom near Gibraltar.

1 Purple-faced Monkey’ (Semnopithecus leucoprymnus). Pre=

sented by Mr. A. J. Keason.

2 Hairy Armadillos (Dasypus villosus). Born in the Menagerie.

1 Weeper Capuchin (Cebus capucinus), 2. Deposited.

828

APPENDIX.

May 18. 1 Great Kangaroo (Macropus giganteus), ¢. Born in the Mena-

June

30.

gerie.

1 Thar Goat (Capra temlaica), 3. Born in the Menagerie.

2 Javan Fish-Owls (Ketupa javanensis). Received in exchange.

1 Diuea Finch (Dinca grisea). Purchased.

2 Pileated Song-Sparrows (Zonotrichia pileata). Purchased.

2 Gay’s Finches (Phrygilus gayi). Purchased.

1 Alaudine Finch (Phrygilus alaudinus). Purchased.

1 Orchard-Finch (Phrygilus fruticeti). Purchased.

1 Falkland-Island Thrush ( Turdus fulklandicus). Purchased.

1 Black-faced Ibis (Geronticus melanotis). Purchased.

. 1 White-backed Trumpeter (Psophia leucoptera). Presented by

Mr. H. Stacey Marks, F.Z.8. See P. Z.S. 1876, p. 463.

2 Hawfinches ( Coccothraustes vulgaris), § and 2. Purchased.

1 Red-backed Shrike (Zanius collurio). Purchased.

1 Geoffroy’s Dove (Peristera geoffroyc). Bred in the Gardens.

. 2Common Jackals (Canis aureus). Presented by My. W. J.

Haddock.

4 Chinchillas (Chinchilla lanigera). Born in the Menagerie.

1 Brazilian Land-Tortoise ( Testudo tabulata). Deposited.

1 Dark-green Maize-eater (Pseudoleistes virescens). Purchased.

2. 1 Common Barn-Owl (Strix flammea). Presented by Mrs.

Knight.

. 1 Silver Pheasant (Luplocamus nycthemerus), Q. Presented by

Mr. W. Miles.

. 1 Silky Marmoset (Midas rosalia), ¢. Purchased.

1 Huanaco (Lama huanacos), g. Purchased.

3 Chinchillas (Chinchilla lanigera). Purchased.

1 Azara’s Fox (Canis azare), 2. Purchased.

1 Blue-fronted Amazon (Chrysotis amazonica). Presented by

Miss M. Jukes.

. 1 Vulpine Phalanger (Phalangista vulpina). Presented by Mr.

C. H. A. Forbes.

2 Barnard’s Parrakeets (Platycercus bernardi). Deposited.

1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macaeus radiatus). Born in the Menagerie.

1 Ocelot (Felis pardalis). Presented by Mr. W. A. Sumner.

1 White-bellied Sea-Eagle (Haliaétus leucogaster). Purchased.

. 1 Black-faced Spider Monkey (Afeles ater), 2. Purchased.

2 Globose Curassows (Craw globicera), $ and 2. Purchased.

From Cartagena. See P. Z.8. 1876, p. 468.

1 Derbian Screamer (Chauna derbiana). — Purchased. From

Cartagena.

1 Rose-billed Tree-Duck (Dendrocygna autumnalis), Purchased.

1 White-throated Capuchin (Cebus hypoleucos), 3. Purchased.

4 Fawn-coloured Field-Mice (Mus cervicolor). Presented by

Col. C. 8. Sturt, C.M.Z.S. See P. Z.S. 1876, p. 468.

1 Soft-billed Duck (Hymenolemus malacorhynchus), 2. Pre-

sented by Acclim. Soc. of Otago, N. Z. See P.Z.8. 1876,

p- 463.

1. 1 Blue Jay (Cyanocitta cristata). Presented by Mr. E. Haw-

kins.

1 Chinese Jay-Thrush ( Garrulax chinensis). Presented by Mr.

E. Hawkins.

2. 1 Suricate (Sericata zentk). Received in exchange.

. 1 Rose-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua moluccensis). Presented by

Mr. G. J. Webb.

June -5.

“I

10.

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 829

9 Spotted-billed Ducks (Anas pecilorhyncha). Bred in the

Gardens.

. | Common Wolf (Canis lupus). Presented by Viscount Hill,

F.Z.S.

2 Black Spur-winged Geese (Plectropterus niger). Received

from Lieut.-General A. V. Cunyngham. From Zanzibar.

See P.Z. 8.1877, pl. vir.

1 Great Barbet (Megalema virens). Purchased.

. 1 Mexican Deer (Cervus mexicanus), g. Presented by Mr.

T. B. Forward.

2 Galapagan Tortoise (Testudo elephantopus). Deposited. See

P. Z. 8. 1876, p. 693.

1 Rhomb-marked Snake (Psammophylax rhombeatus)<° Pre-

sented by the Rey. G. H. R. Fisk. From near Cape-town.

7 Chiloe Wigeon (Mareca chiloensis). Bred in the Gardens.

. 1 Black-faced Spider Monkey (Ateles ater), $. Purchased.

1 Humboldt’s Lagothrix (Lagothrix humboldt’). Purchased.

1 Ocelot (Felis pardalis). Purchased.

1 Tayra (Galictis barbara). Purchased.

1 Golden Agouti (Dasyprocta aguti). Purchased.

3 Flamingoes (Phenicopterus antiquorum). Purchased.

4 Black Larks (Melunocorypha yeltoniensis). Purchased.

6 Japanese Teal (Querquedula formosa), 38 ¢ and 3 9. Pur-

chased.

2 Grey-breasted Parrakeets (Bolborhynchus monachus). Pre-

sented by Miss Thomson.

i Horned Viper (Vipera cornuta). Presented by Rey. G. H. R.

Fisk. From the Cape.

2 Indian White Cranes (Grus leucogeranus). Purchased.

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus). Deposited.

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus). Presented by Mr.

R. W. Sanders.

1 White-throated Capuchin (Cebus hypoleucus). Presented by

Mr. L. E. Jonas.

1 Coati (Nasua nasica). Deposited.

2 Emus (Dromeus nove hollandie). Deposited.

2 Galapagan Tortoises (Testudo elephantopus). Deposited.

1 Glass Snake (Psewdopus pallast). Deposited.

2. 2 Geotlroy’s Doves ( Peristera geoffroit). Bred in the Gardens.

1 Moor-Monkey (Semnopithecus maurus), 2. Purchased.

1 Bay Antelope (Cephalophus dorsalis), Q. Purchased. -

1 Black Sternothere (Sternotherus niger). Purchased.

3. 2 Black-eared Marmosets (Hapale penicillata). Presented by

Mr. Geo. Newton.

1 Black-faced Spider Monkey (Ate/es ater), 9. Purchased.

1 Puma (Felis concolor), 2. Purchased.

1 Cariama (Cartama cristata). Presented by Captain W. C.

Chapman, R.N.

1 Red-backed Shrike (Lanius collurio), 2. Purchased.

1 Chaffinch (Fringilla celebs). Presented by Mr. E. Roberts.

. 2 Vulturine Guinea Fowls (Nemida vulturina). Deposited.

3 Chaplain Crows (Corvus advena). Presented by Mr. J. Huntley.

From Fao, Persian Gulf. See P.Z.S. 1876, p. 693, pl. Ixvi.

1 Rose-vinged Parrakeet (Paleornis docilis), Q. Presented by

Mrs. Haywood.

1 Hyacinthine Macaw (fra hyucinthing). Presented by Mr.

Tlugh Wilson,

830

June 16.

19.

20.

24.

27.

28.

July 1.

APPENDIX.

1 West-Indian Rail (Aramides cayennensis). Purchased.

} Common Boa (Boa constrictor). Purchased.

1 Tree-Boa ( Coralius hortulanus). Purchased.

1 Eland (Oreas canna), 3. Born in the Gardens.

I Sclater’s Muntjac (Cervulus sclatert), ¢. Deposited.

2 Darwin’s Pueras ( Pucrasia darwini), $ and 9. Deposited.

1 Malbrouck Monkey (Cercopithecus cynosurus), 2. Presented

by Dr. Stirling.

2 Tigers (Felis tigris). Presented by Dr. Marchant Jones. From

Amoy, China. See P. Z. 8. 1876, p. 694.

1 Northern Buzzard (Buteo borealis). Presented by Capt. W. J.

Tibbs, 98th Regt.

. 1 Pine-Marten (Martes abietum). Presented by F. Nicholson,

Ksq., F.Z.S.

5 Red-headed Weaver-birds (Foudia madayaseariensis), Pre-

sented by the Misses 8. E. P. and A. Warre.

1 Cape Weaver-bird (Hyphantornis capensis). Presented by

the Misses 8. E. P. and A. Warre.

1 Paradise Whydah-bird ( Vidua paradisea). Presented by the

Misses 8. E. P. and A. Warre.

3 Red-bellied Waxbills (Zstrelda rufiventris). Presented by the

Misses S. E. P. and A. Warre.

1 Java Sparrow (Padda oryzivora). Presented by the Misses

S. E. P. and A. Warre.

1 Common Linnet (Linaria cannabina). Presented by the Misses

S. E. P. and A. Warre.

1 Gerrard’s Squirrel ( Sezres gerrardi). Purchased, From Car-

tagena. See P. Z.S. 1876, p. 694.

1 Central American Agouti (Dasyprocta punctata). Purchased.

From Cartagena.

1 Common Ocelot (Felts pardalis), $. Purchased. From Rio

Magdalena.

1 Red-and-yellow Macaw (Ave chloroptera). Purchased. From

Cartagena.

2 Red-billed Tree-Ducks (Dendrocygna autumnalis). Purchased.

From Cartagena.

1 Hicotee Terrapin (Clemmys decussata). Purchased. From

Jamaica.

1 Common Waxbill (strelda cinerea), Presented by Miss

Barlow.

. 11 Lineated Pheasants (Euplocamus lineatus). Bred in the

Gardens.

9 Amherst’s Pheasants (Zhawnalea amherstie). Bred in the

Gardens.

9 Gold Pheasants (Zhaumalea picta). Bred in the Gardens.

2 Peacock Pheasants (Polyplectron chinguis). Bred in the

Gardens.

1 Bronze-winged Pigeon (Phaps chaleoptera). Bred in the

Gardens.

1 Sumatran Rhinoceros (2hinoceros sumatrensis). Purchased.

See P. Z. 8. 1876, p. 694.

4 Phalangers (Belideus ariel), Presented by Mr. O. C. Stone.

See P. Z. S. 1876, p. 694.

1 Cape-Butfalo (Bubalus caffer). Deposited.

2 African Cheetahs (Felis yubata). Presented by T. L, M. Cart-

wright, Hsq., F.Z.S.

July

aos

10.

14.

18.

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 831

. 2 Peregrine Falcons (Fulco peregrinus). Presented by Mr.

Herbert Wood.

3 Summer-Ducks (Atv sponsa). Bred in the Gardens.

3 Rosy-billed Ducks (Metopiana peposaca). Bred in the Gar-

dens.

1 Grey Parrot (Psittacus erithacus). Purchased.

. 2 Silky Hangnests (Amblyrhamphus holosericeus). Bred in the

Gardens.

1 Macaque Monkey (Mucacus cynomolgus). Presented by Mr.

G. Hollis.

. 1 Moorish Tortoise (Zestudo mauritanica). Presented by Mr.

Milne.

. 1 Great-headed Maleo (Megacephalon maleo). Purchased.

1 Bornean Fireback Pheasant (Zuplocamus nobilis), 2. Pur-

chased.

2 Common Crowned Pigeons ( Gowra coronata). Purchased.

2 Black-backed Geese (Sarcidiornis melanonota), g$ and 9°.

Purchased. See P. Z. 8. 1876, p. 694, pl. rxvu.

1 Saddle-billed Stork (Xenorhynchus senegalensis). Purchased.

1 Indian Python (Python molurus). Purchased.

1 Roseate Cockatoo ( Cacatua roseicapilla). Presented by Misses

Campbell.

1 Hawfinch ( Coccothraustes vulgaris). Deposited.

. 2 One-streaked Hawks (Melierax monogrammicus). Purchased.

. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus). Presented by Miss

Preston.

2 Common Cormorants (Phalacrocorax carbo), Received in ex-

change.

3 Shoveller Ducks (Spatula clypeata). Bred in the Gardens.

2 Summer-Ducks (Atv sponsa). Bred in the Gardens.

2 Royal Pythons (Python regius). Presented by Mr. J. J.

Kendal.

. 2 Striped Hyzenas (Hyena striata). Purchased.

1 Alligator (Alligator mississippiensis). Purchased.

. 2 Vulpine Phalangers (Phalangista vulpina). Born in the Gar-

dens.

1 Talapoin Monkey (Cercopithecus talapoin). Purchased.

2 American White Cranes (Grus americana). Purchased.

1 Green-winged Trumpeter (Psophia viridis). Purchased.

2 Celebean Rails ( Rallus celebensis). Purchased.

1 Greater Sulphur-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua galerita). Pre-

sented by Mrs. Baliol Scott.

1 Common Squirrel (Setwrus vulgaris). Presented by Mr. &

Court Repington.

1 Reeves’s Muntjac (Cervilus reevesi). Born in the Gar-

dens.

1 Common Rhea (Rhea americana). Purchased.

1 Naked-throated Bell-bird (Chasmorhynchus nudicollis). Pur-

chased.

2 Yellow Hangnests ( Cassicus persicus). Purchased.

2 White-bellied Thrushes ( Zurdus albiventris). Purchased.

2 Brazilian Teal ( Querquedula brasiliensis), $ and 9. Pur-

chased.

2 Snowy Egrets (Ardea candidissima). Purchased.

2 South-American Little Bitterns (Butortdes cyanurus). Pur-

chased.

2 Sulphury Tyrant Birds (Pitangus sulphuratus), Purchased.

832

APPENDIX.

July 18. 2 Silky Cow-birds (Molothrus cyaneus). Purchased.

19,

20, 2

1 Silver-blue Tanager ( Tanagra cuna). Purchased.

1 Blue Grosbeak ( Guiraca ¢ yanea). Purchased.

1 Ocelot (Fekis pardalis), 9. Presented by Mr. Zurcher.

2 Central-American Ag outi (Dasyprocta punctata). Purchased.

2 Australian Bustards * (Eupodotis australis), g and 9. De-

posited.

12 Jameson’s Gulls (Larus jameson’). Presented by Mr. A. H.

Jamrach.

1 Shining Parrakeet (Pyrrhulopsis splendens). Purchased.

1 White- ~backed Pigeon (Columba leuconota). Deposited.

2 Dinca Finches (Dinca grisea). Bred in the Gardens.

1 American Thrush (Turdus migratorius). Presented by D. J.

Kemp, Esq.

Common Ravens (Corvus corav). Deposited.

15 Gold Pheasants (Thaumalea picta), Bred in the Gardens.

9 Amherst Pheasants (Thawmalea amherstie). Bred in the

Gardens.

2 Lineated Pheasants (Leplocamus lineatus). Bred in the Gar-

dens.

1 Temminck’s Tragopan (Certornis temminckr). Bred in the

Gardens.

4 Silky Marmosets (Midas rosala). Purchased.

1 King Vulture (Gypagus papa). Purchased.

1 Crested Curassow (Craz alector). Purchased.

1 Razor-billed Curassow (Mitua tuberosa). Purchased.

1 Naked-throated Bell-bird ( Chasmorhynchus nudicollis). Pur-

chased.

1 Ariel Toucan (Ramphastos ariel), Purchased.

1 Green-billed Toucan (Ramphastos dicolorus). Purchased.

4 Sayaca Tanagers (Tunagra sayacd). Purchased.

6 Festive T anagers ( Calliste festiva). Purchased.

9 Green-headed Tanagers (Calliste tric olor). Purchased.

6 All-ereen Tanagers “(Chior ophonia viridis). Purchased.

2 Violet Tanagers (Euphonia Hasek Purchased.

1 Brown Howler (Mycetes fuscus). Purchased.

1 Ocelot (Fels pardalis). Purchased:

2 White-throated Capuchins (Cebus hypoleucos), g and 9°.

Purchased.

1 Black-handed Spider Monkey (Aéeles melanochir), g. De-

posited,

1 Marimonda Spider Monkey (Ateles belzebuth), 2. Deposited.

1 Coati (Nasa nasica). P resented by the Hon. C. W. Finch.

3 Passerine Owls ( Glaucidium passerinum). Purchased.

: ‘ Lesser White-nosed Monkeys ( Cercopithecus petaurista),

and 9. Presented by Mr. Miles.

Brown Bear (Ursus arctos). Purchased. See P. Z. 8. 1876,

p. 695.

Tennent’s Squirrel (Seiwrus tennenti). Purchased.

Mongoose Lemur (Lemur mongoz). Purchased.

Eland (Oreas canna), 3. Bred in the Gardens.

5 Common Kestrels (Zvmeunculus alaudarius), Presented by

Mr. A. Knight.

2 'Figers (Felis tigris), 6 and 2. Presented by H.R.H. the

Prince of Wales.

2 Indian Leopards (2elis pardus). Presented by H.R.H. the

Prince of Wales.

—

———

July 24,

6.59

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. $33

1 Indian Blephant (Elephas indicus), 2. Presented by H.R.H.

the Prince of Wales.

2 Indian Antelopes (Antelope cervicapra), ¢ ¢$. Presented by

H.R.H. the Prince of Wales.

2 Horned Tragopans (Ceriornis satyra), ¢ and 2. Presented

by H.R... the Prince of Wales.

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 3. Presented by

Mr. L. J. Drew.

4 Chilian Pintail (Dajfila spintcauda). Bred in the Gardens.

4 Common Teal ( Querquedula crecca), Bred in the Gardens.

5. 1 Axis Deer (Cervus axis), 6. Born in the Gardens.

. 1 Anubis Baboon (Cynocephalus anubis), ¢. Received in ex-

change.

1 ‘Moocassin Snake ( Zropidonotus fasciatus). Purchased.

1 Argentine Tortoise ( Testudo argentina). Purchased.

1 Brazilian Tortoise ( Testudo tabulata). Purchased.

. 2 Ring-necked Parrakeets (Paleornis torquata). Presented by

Mrs. Doxat.

2 Australian Crows (Corvus australis). Received in exchange.

2 Crested Guinea Fowls (Numida cristata). Bred in the Gar-

dens. See P. Z. 8. 1876, p. 695.

. 1 Small Indian Mynah (Gracula religiosa). Presented by Mrs.

Frederic Watt. f

. 1 Raccoon-like Dog (Nyctereutes procynides), 2. Presented by

Capt. Burgoyne. From China. See P. Z. 8. 1876, p- 695,

1 Common Hangnest (Icterus vulgaris). Purchased. From

Mexico.

1 Sorry Thrush ( Turdus tristis). Purchased. From Mexico.

2 Yellow-headed Troupials (Xanthocephalus icterocephalus ).° Pur-

chased. From Mexico.

1 Black-headed Grosbeak (Hedymeles melanocephalus). Pur-

chased. From Mexico.

1 Orchard-Hangnest (Icterus spurius). Purchased. From Mexico.

2 Blood-stained Finches ( Carpodacus hemorrhous). Purchased.

From Mexico.

1 Wagler’s Troupial (Zeterus waglert). Purchased, From Mexico.

1 Blue Grosbeak ( Gueraca cerulea). Purchased. From Mexico,

2 Rich Black Troupials (Lampropsar dives). Purchased. From

Mexico.

. 1 Senegal Touracou (Corythaix persa). Purchased.

1 Tuberculated Lizard (Jguana tuberculata). Purchased.

4 Scorpion Mud-Terrapins (Cinosternon scorpivides), Presented

by Mr. 8. Devenish.

. 1 White-fronted Capuchin (Cebus albifrons), 3. Presented by

Mr. H. B. Warren.

1 Yellow-shouldered Amazon (Chrysetis ochroptera). Pre-

sented by Mr. H. B. Warren.

. 1 Brown Coati (Naswa nasica). Presented by the Rey. C. Coi-

field.

1 Common Magpie (Pica caudata). Deposited.

7 Common Guillemots (Uria troile). Presented by Sir H.

Dalrymple, Bart.

1 Kittiwake-Gull (Rissa tridactyla). Presented by Sir H.

Dalrymple, Bart.

. 2 Hairy Armadillos (Dasypus villosus). Born in the Gardens.

. 5 Gold Pheasants (Thaumalea picta). Bred in the Gardens.

14.

APPENDIX.

1 Amherst Pheasant (Zhaumalea amherstie). Bred in the

Gardens.

1 Siamese Pheasant (uplocamus prelatus). Bred in the Gardens.

. 1 Leopard Tortoise ( Zestudo pardalis). Deposited.

. 1 Crested Pigeon (Ocyphaps lophotes). Bred in the Gardens.

1 Porto-Rico Pigeon (Columba corensis). Bred in the Gardens.

2 Black Iguanas (Metopoceros cornutus). Purchased.

. 1 Ruddy Ichneumon (Herpestes smithic). Presented by Miss

Bidder.

. 1 Grizzly Bear (Ursus ferox). Purchased. From California.

See P. Z. S. 1876, p. 695.

2 Booted Eagles (Aguila pennata). Deposited.

53 Common Bustards ( Ofvs tarda). Deposited.

1 Kit Fox (Canis velox). Presented by Surgeon-Major Archer. ,

From Honduras.

1 Rufous-vented Guan (Penelope cristata). Purchased. From

Nicaragua.

1 Fugitive Snake (Dromicus fugitivus). Purchased. From St.

Lucia, W. I

1 Hawk-billed Turtle (Chelone imbricata). Purchased.

1 Common Cuckoo (Cuculus canorus). Presented by Mr. J.

Paddy.

. 1 Egyptian Vulture (Neophron percnopterus). Deposited.

2 White-crested Laughing Thrushes (Garrulax Jleucolophus).

Purchased. See P. Z. 8. 1876, p. 695.

1 Yellow-billed Liothrix (Liothrix luteus). Presented by Mr.

W. Prebn.

2 Common Barn-Owls (Strix flammea). Presented by Miss

Hicks.

. 1Spotted Eagle (Aquilanevia). Presented by Mr. W. Prodham.

1 Bengal Pitta (Pitta bengalensis). Purchased. See P. Z. 8.

1876, p. 696.

. | Sun-Bittern (Lurypyga helias). Parchased.

. 2 Green Monkeys (Cercopithecus callitrichus), 2 3. Presented

by Mr. H. Richardson.

2 Russell’s Vipers (Vipera russelli). Presented by Mr. H.

Saunders.

. 1 Sloth-Bear (Melusus labiatus), 2. Presented by Lieuts,

Royle and Gray, R.N.

3 Dark Green Snakes (Zamenis atrovirens). Presented by Lord

Lilford, R.N., F.Z.S. From Dalmatia.

1 Leopardine Snake (Zamenis leopardinus). Presented by Lord

Lilford, R.N., F.Z.S. From Dalmatia.

4 Dahl’s Snakes (Zamenis dahli). Presented by Lord Lilford,

R.N., F.Z.S. From Dalmatia.

. 1 Fieldfare ( Zurdus pilaris). Purchased.

1 Ortolan Bunting (Emberiza hortulana). Purchased.

2 Diuca Finches (Diweca grisea). Bred in the Gardens.

24, 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus). Born in the mena-

erie.

25. 1 Hoffmann’s Sloth (Cholopus hoffmanni). Deposited.

29. 1 Reticulated Python (Python reticulatus). Presented by Dr.

Hampshire. From Penang.

2 Wattled Guans (Aburria carunculata). Presented by Mr. L.

Merinor. See P. Z. 8. 1876, p. 696.

1 Doubtful Toucan (Ramphastos ambiguus). Presented by Mr.

L. Merino.

Aug. 29.

30.

31.

Sept. 1.

14.

16,

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 835

2 White-headed Sea-Eagles (Haliaétus leucocephalus). Pre-

sented by Mr. F. W. Stockwell.

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), $. Presented by

Mr. W. Holman.

1 Adorned Terrapin (Clemmys ornata). Purchased.

2 Arabian Gazelles (Gazella arabica), ¢ and 2. Deposited.

1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus erythreus), 2. Presented by Mr.

A. Stafford Northcote.

2 Salt-water Terrapins (Clemmys terrapin). Presented by Mr.

E. B. Scott From Galveston, Texas.

- 1 Leonine Monkey (Macacus leoninus), 2. Presented by Mr. F.

Barbellion.

1 White-fronted Capuchin (Cebus albifrons), $. Presented by

the Rey. J. Roe.

1 White-throated Capuchin (Cebus hypoleucus), 29. Presented

by the Rev. J. Roe.

. 1 Greater Black-backed Gull (Larus marinus). Presented by

Mr. W. J. Stebbing.

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 2. Presented by

Dr. J. T. Blackley.

1 Long-eared Owl (Otus vulgaris). Presented by the Misses 8S.

K. P. and A. Warre.

2 Salt-water Terrapins (Clemmys terrapin). Presented by Mr.

J. R. Gillespie. From Galveston, Texas.

2 Yellow-billed Dugks (Anas wanthorhyncha), 2 3. Received

in exchange.

2 Plumed Colins (Callipepla picta). Weceived in exchange.

2 Bronze-winged Pigeons (Phaps chalcoptera). Bred in the

Gardens.

2 Common Barn-Owls (Striv flammea). Presented by Mr. T.

May.

. 3 Hybrid Bankiva Fowls (between Gallus bankiva and Gallus

domesticus). Presented by Mr. H. F. Phillips.

. 1 Pig-tailed Monkey (Macacus nemestrinus), 2. Presented by

My. T. Meyrick.

. 2 Black-faced Spider Monkeys (Aleles ater). Purchased.

1 Common Raccoon (Procyon loter). Presented by Mr. H. B.

Whitmarsh.

1 Coati (Nasua nasica), 3. Presented by Mr. C. R. Bree,

F.Z.8.

1 King Parrakeet (Aprosmictus scapwlatus). Presented by Mr.

H. T. Sissons.

2 Perch (Perca fluviatilis). Presented by Master Sclater.

il Perch (Perca fluviatilis). Presented by Master B. L. Sclater.

1 Crowned Eagle (Spizaétus coronatus), juv. Presented by

Sergt.-Major S. Rowe. From Rio Pongas, W. Afriea.

1 Fork-tailed Jungle-Fow] (Gallus furcatus). Presented by

Mr. W. T. Fraser, C.M.Z.S.

. 1 Black-eared Marmoset (Hapale penieillata), 2. Presented by

Miss Woelworth.

1 Burchell’s Zebra (Equus burchelli), 3. Deposited.

1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus radiatus), 3. Presented by Mr. E.

Soy.

1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus radiatus), 3. Deposited.

2 Hairy Armadillos (Dasypus villosus). Purchased.

2 Bussell’s Vipers (Vtpera russell’). Born in the Gardens.

836 APPENDIX.

Sept. 18. 1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus radiatus), ¢. Presented by Mr. C.

E. Green.

1 Grey Ichneumon (Herpestes griseus), §. Presented by Mr. G.

J. Hendry.

19. 1 Common Boa (Boa constrictor). Presented by Mr. F. B.

Bloxham.

1 Red-and-yellow Macaw (Ara chloroptera). Deposited.

20, al Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus radiatus), §. Presented by Mr. R.

K. Meaden.

1 Hog-Deer (Cervus porcinus), . Born in the Menagerie.

22, 1 Striped Hyena (Hyena striata). Presented by Mr. 5,

Barber.

1 Arabian Gazelle (Gazella arabica), 9. Presented by Mz, F. de

Havilland Hall.

1 Red-fronted Amazon (Chrysotis vittata). Purchased,

23. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 2. Presented by

Capt. J. C. A. Lewis.

25. 1 Slaty-headed Parrakeet (Pal@ornis schisticeps). Purchased.

See P. Z.S. 1876, p. 696.

1 Ring-necked Parrakeet (Pal@ornis torquata). Presented by

Mrs. B. Bennett.

5 Perch (Perca fluviatilis). Presented by Master B. L. Sclater.

26, 1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus radiatus). . Presented by Mr. John

Long.

27. 1 Black-cared Marmoset (Hapale penicillata), Presented by the

Rey. 8. R. Long.

28. 1 Riippell’s Spur -winged Goose * (Plectr opterus ee

Presented by M. J. “M. Cornély, C.M.Z.S. See P. Z.8. 1876,

696.

29, 4 Apher cas Darters (Plotus anhinga). Purchased. See P. Z.8.

1876, p. 696.

2 Brazilian Cormorants (Phalacrocorax brasiliensis). Pur-

chased.

2 Boat-bills (Cancroma cochlearia). Purchased.

1 Sun-Bittern (Aurypyga helias). Purchased.

1 Black-necked Buzzard (Buteogallus nigricollis). Purchased.

2 Black-faced Ibises (Geronticus melanopis). Purchased.

_ 1 Stilt-Plover (Himantopus nigricollis). Purchased.

1 Rufous Tinamou (Rhynchotus rufescens). Purchased.

1 Tataupa Tinamou (Crypturus tataupa). Purchased.

1 Undulated Tinamou (Crypturus undulatus). Purchased.

2 West-African Melba Finches (Pytelia citertor). Purchased.

5 Sealy-fronted Finches (Lstrelda syuamifrons). Purchased.

5 Brazilian Teal (Querquedula brasiliensis), Purchased.

3 Bahama Ducks (Pecilonetta bahamensis). Purchased.

1 Red-billed Tree-Duck (Dendrocygna autumnalis). Purchased.

1 Western Slender-billed Cockatoo (Ziemetis pastinator). Re-

ceived in exchange.

2 Chinese Jay-Thrushes (Garrulax chinensis). Received in ex-

change.

1 Grey Struthidea (Strathidea cinerea). Received in exchange.

Oct. 2. 2 Silky Marmosets (Midas rosalia), 6 2. Presented by Master

T. A. Brassey.

1 Green Monkey (Cercopithecus callitrichus), 2. Presented by

Mr. C. L. N. Ingram.

2 Pied Wagtails (Motacilla yarrelli). Purchased.

Octs <3!

16.

21.

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 837

2 Coatis (Naswa nasica). Presented by Mr. J. A. Watson.

1 Entellus Monkey (Semnopithecus entellus). Presented by Mr.

Edwin Penn.

. 1 Vulpine Phalanger (Phalangista rulpina). Presented by the

Hon. Graham M. Sutton.

4 European Terrapins (Clemmys europea). Presented by Mr.

Ewd. Wm. Bonham.

. 2 Tora Antelopes (Alcelaphus tora). Purchased.

2 Scemmering’s Antelopes (Gazella semmering?). Deposited.

1 Horned Lizard (Phrynosoma cornutum). Presented by Mr.

A. N. Shillineford.

1 Crested Pigeon. ( Ocyphaps lophotes). Bred in the Gardens.

. 1 Fieldfare ( Turdus puaris). Presented by Mr. F. Lubbock.

2 Redwings ( Turdus thacus). Presented by Mr. F. Lubbock.

. 2 Brown Bears ( Ursus arctos). Deposited.

1 Weka Rail (Ocydromus australis). Presented by Capt. Jessop.

2 Shore-Larks (Zremophila alpestris). Presented by Mr. A.

Tiewitson.

. 2 Parrot Fruit-pigeons ( Treron viridis). Deposited.

1 Bronze-spotted Dove ( Chaleopelia chalcospilos). Presented by

K. C. Ionides, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Vinaceous ‘Turtle Dove (Turtur vinaceus). Presented by E.

C. Ionides, Esq., F.Z.S.

9 Alpine Newts (Triton alpestris). Presented by Mr. P. L.

Sclater, F.R.S. From Tyrol.

_ 1 Little Grebe (Podiceps minor). Presented by Mr. W. Johnson.

1 Ocelot (Fels pardahs). Deposited.

. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus). Presented by Mr.

Hi. J. Jones.

1 Chacma Baboon (Cynocephalus porcarius). Presented by Mr.

H. 8. Wright.

1 Geoffroy’s Dove (Per estera geoffrow). Bred in the Gardens.

. 1 Pig-tailed Monkey (Macacus nemestrinus), 3. Deposited.

. 2 Indian Cobras (Nata tripudians). Presented by Sir Joseph

Fayrer, C.S.I., E.ZS.

. 1 Tamandua Ant-eater (Tamandua tridactyla). Purchased.

2 Snowy Owls (Nyctea nivea). Presented by Mr. C. L. W.

Gardner.

1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus erythreus), 2. Presented by Mr. M.

Almond.

2 Palm-Squirrels (Serwrus palmarum), 29 2. Presented by Mr.

H. Grey.

1 Herring-Gull (Larus argentatus). Deposited.

1 Pied Wagtail (Motaciila yarrelli). Purchased.

1 Greater Spotted Woodpecker (Picus major). Presented by

Miss Martindale.

1 Common Barn-Owl (Strix flammea). Presented by Mr. C. J.

Sims.

. 1 Collared Peceary (Dicotyles tajacu). Purchased.

1 Tataupa Tinamou (Crypturus tataupa). Purchased.

1 Fuliginous Tanager (Pitylus_ fuliginosus). Purchased.

1 Magpie Tanager (Ci issopis leveriana). Purchased.

4 Black-crested Cardinals (Gubernatrix er istatella). Pavebaced!

2 Ashy-headed Gulls (Larus cirrocephalus). Purchased.

2 De Filippi’s Meadow Starlings ( Stewnella defilippit). Purchased.

1 Grivet Monkey (Cer copithecus griseoviridis) 2. Presented by

Mr Sich:

1 Green Turtle (Chelone viridis). Presented by Master Strover.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1876, No. LV. 5D

338

Oct, 23.

Noy.

24.

25.

26.

28.

31.

APPENDIX.

1 Cape-Hyrax (Hyraxv capensis). Presented by Mr. J. M.

Thornton.

1 Common Hangnest (Icterus vulgaris). Presented by Mr. J. T.

Levett.

1 Merlin (Hypotriorchis esalon). Purchased.

1 African Cobra (Naia haje). Presented by Rev. G. H. R. Fisk.

2 Norwegian Lemmings (Lemnus norvegicus). Presented by Mr.

W. Duppa Crotch.

1 Vervet Monkey ( Cercopithecus laland:). Deposited.

1 Common Crossbill (Lovia curvirostra). Presented by Master

Geo. Godson.

2 Indian Cobras (Nata tripudians). Received in exchage.

1 Ocelot (Felis pardalis). Presented by Mr. H. Fielding.

1 Puma (Felis concolor). Presented by Miss Brassey. From

Santa Fe, Argent. Repub.

1 Sulphur-breasted Toucan (Ramphastos carinatus). Purchased.

From Cartagena.

1 Duck-Falcon (Falco anatum). Purchased. Captured at sea.

2 Black Tortoises ( Testudo carbonaria). Purchased.

1 Common Boa (Boa constrictor). Purchased.

1 Osprey (Pandion haliaétus). Purchased.

1 Sclater’s Tanager (Huphonia sclateri), Purchased. From Porto

Rico.

1 Andean Goose (Bernicla melanoptera). Purchased.

1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus radiatus). Deposited.

2 Senegal Touracous ( Corythaix persa). Deposited.

1 Sun-Bittern (Zurypyga helias). Deposited.

1 Scarlet Ibis (bis rubra). Deposited.

1 Javan Sparrow (Padda oryzivora). Presented by Miss 8. de

Holter.

. 2 Domestic Swine (Sus serofa), 9. Solid-hoofed variety.

Presented by Mr. J. A. de Aldama, FromCuba. See P.Z.5.

1877.

. 1 Persian Gazelle (Gazella subgutturosa), §. Presented by Mr.

T, Fowler.

1 Ringnecked Parrakeet (Palcornis terquata). Deposited.

. 1 Emu (Dromeus nove hollandie). Presented by Mr. W.

Battersby.

1 St. Helena Seed-eater (Crithagra butyracea). Presented by

Mr. A. H. Cocks, F.L,S.

. 2 Esquimaux Dogs ( Canis familiaris), 3 ¢. Presented by Capt.

Allen Young.

4 Visachas (Lagostomus trichodactylus). Presented by Mr. C. F.

Woodgate.

. 1 American Thrush (Twrdus migratorius), Deposited.

6 Double-spurred Francolins (Francolinus bicalearatus). De-

posited.

. 1 Green Monkey (Cercopithecus callitrichus), 2. Presented by

Miss Ridsdan.

4 Redpolls (Linaria borealis). Purchased.

. 1 Raven (Corvus corax), Presented by Miss L. Collier.

. 3 American Red Foxes (Canis fulvus), Deposited.

1 Golden Eagle (Aquila chrysaétos), Deposited,

2 Banded Ichneumons (Herpestes fasciatus). Presented by Mr.

W. N. Bakewell.

3 Chipping Squirrels (Tamias striatus), Presented by Mr. F.

W. Stockwell.

Nov.

Dee.

10.

iif.

12.

13.

29,

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 839

1 Peregrine Falcon (Faleo peregrinus). Presented by Mr.

Chilton Newburn.

] Ped Bat (Plecotus auritus). Presented by Miss E. M.

mee,

2 Redwings ( Turdus iliacus). Purchased.

1 Bubaline Antelope (Alcelaphus bubalis), §. Purchased.

1 Addax Antelope (Addax naso-maculatus), 2. Purchased.

1 Bull-breasted Partridge (Ptilopachys ventralis). Purchased.

1 Hairy-rumped Agouti (Dasyprocta prymnolopha). Born in

the Gardens.

1 Macacque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus). Deposited.

. 1 Chilian Sea-Eagle (Geranoaétus aguia). Deposited.

» 2 Prussian Carp (Carassius vulgaris). Presented by Lord Arthur

Russell, F.Z.8.

4 Brazilian Cormorants (Phalacrocorax brasiliensis). Purchased.

See P. Z. S. 1876, p. 676,

. 1 Indian Leopard (Felis pardus), 3. Deposited.

21. 1 Globose Curassow (Crazx globicera), 2. Purchased.

1 Hooded Crane (Grus monachus). Purchased. See P.Z.8.

1876, p. 676,

» 1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus radiatus). Presented by Mr. E. F.

Mathews.

1 Slender-billed Cockatoo (Licmetis pastinator). Presented by

Mrs. Stevens.

1 Gannet (Sula bassana), Presented by Mr. R. H. W. Leach.

1 Shahin Falcon (Falco peregrinator). Captured at sea near Aden,

Presented by Mr. A. Whyte.

. 1 Grivet Monkey (Circopithecus griseo-viridis), §. Deposited.

1 Indian Muntjac (Cerrulus muntjac), 2. Born in the Menagerie.

. 1 Japanese Deer (Cervus sika), $. Born in the Menagerie.

. 1 Bonnet Monkey (Macacus radiatus), 2. Presented by Mrs.

Aspinall.

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 3. Presented by

Mr. R. Schott y Larios.

1 Duyker Bok (Cephalophus mergens), §. Presented by My. J.

D. Witherspoon.

1 Spring Bok (Gazella euchore), Q. Purchased.

4 Chiloe Widgeons (Mareca chiloénsis),2 ¢ & 2 2. Received in

exchange,

3 Rough-legged Buzzards (Archibuteo lagopus). Received.

. 1 White-throated Capuchin (Cebus hypoleucus), 2. Presented

by Mr. H. B. Whitmarsh.

1 Hairy-rumped Agouti (Dasyprocta prymnolopha). Presented

by Mrs. Booth.

1 Long-nosed Crocodile (Crocodilus cataphractus). Deposited.

. 1 Rufescent Snake (Leptodira rufescens), Presented by Rev. G.

H. R. Fisk.

1 Rufous Snake (Ablabes rufulus), Presented by Rev. G. I. R.

Fisk,

. 1 Snowy Owl (Nyctea nivea). Presented by Mr. John Kendall.

From the West of Ireland. Set P. Z. 8. 1877, p. 1.

. 1 Pateas Monkey ( Cercopithecus ruber),?. Presented by Mr. J.

W. Feather.

1 Brown Capuchin (Cebus fatuellus), $. Deposited,

1 Chiloe Widgeon (Mareca chiloénsis), 2. Received in exchange.

1 Royal Python (Python regius). Deposited. _

1 West-African Python (Python sebe). Deposited.

5o*

840

Dec.

“I

18.

15.

16.

18,

20.

APPENDIX.

. 1 Kinkajou (Cercoleptes caudivolvulus). Deposited.

1 Short-eared Owl ( Otus brachyotus). Presented by Mr. W. K.

Stanley.

2 Crested Guinea Fowls (Numida cristata). Presented by Mr.

D. R. Ratcliff.

2 Wing Parrakeets (Aprosmictus seapulatus). Presented by Miss

E. Rigby

. 1 Australian Crane (Grus australasiana). Presented by Mr. H.

Roberts.

3 Mexican Jays (Cyanocorax luxuosus). Purchased. See P.Z.S.

1877,.p. 15

1 Sykes’s nen (Cercopithecus albogularis), 2. Presented by

"Mr. R. Payne.

1 Silver-backed Fox ( Canis chama), 3. Presented by Mr. R. Ladd.

2 Jardine’s Parrots (Pwocephalus gulielmi). Purchased.

. 1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus erythreus}, §. Presented by Mr.

J. H. Ivory.

2 Orange-headed Ground-Thrushes (Geocichla citrina). Pur-

chased. See P.Z.S. 1877, pr 2.

2 White-throated Jay-Thrushes ( Garrulax albogularis). Pur-

chased. See P. Z.S. 1877, p. 2.

1 Horsfield’s Whistling Thrush (Mytophoneus horsfieldi). Pur-

chased. See P.Z.S. 1877, p. 2.

1 Common Buzzard (Buteo vulgaris). Purchased.

1 Black-headed Gull (Larus ridibundus). Presented by Mr. J.

Smart.

1 Hoftmann’s Sloth (Cholopus hoffmanni). Presented by Mr. L.

R. Dickinson.

1 Vervet Monkey (Cercopithecus lalandi), 9. Presented by Mr.

T. Mash.

1 Red Coati (Nasua nasica), 9. Deposited.

1 Common Paradoxure (Paradoxurus typus). Presented by Mr.

J. B. Wilson.

1 Bungoma Water-Tortoise (Emyda gr anosa). Presented by

Mr. J. B. Wilson. From the river Jumna.

1 Dunlin (Tringa cinclus). Presented by Mr. F. Cresswell.

1 Chinese Eyebrowed Thrush (Leucodioptron canorum). Pre-

sented by Mrs. Arabin.

1 Short-eared Owl (Otus brachyotus). Presented by Mr. J. Lee.

. 1 Greater Sulphur-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua galerita). De-

posited.

1 King Parrakeet (Aprosmictus scapulatus). Deposited.

1 Sealy Ground-Dove (Scardafella squamosa). Purchased.

. 1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus radiatus), 2. Presented by Mr.

Peter Varwell.

1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacusradiatus), 2. Presented by Mrs. Evans.

1 Redwing (Turdus iliacus). Presented by Mrs. A. H. Jamrach.

3 Golden Orioles (Oriolus galbula). Presented by Mrs. A. H.

Jamrach.

1 Snowy Owl (Nycteanivea). Deposited. From Lancaster Sound,

. 1 Yellow-lored Amazon (Chrysotis vantholora). Purchased.

. 6 Greek Partridges (Caccabis saxatilis), Presented by Com-

mander F.M. Burke. From Persia.

2 Black-headed Partridges (Caccabis melanocephala). Pre-

sented by Commander F. Le Burke. From Hedyar, near

Mecca. See P.Z. 8. 1877, p. 2

1 Hey’s Partridge ( Caccabis heyr). ‘Presented by Commander a

M. Burke. From Hedyar, near Mecca. See P. Z.S. 1877, p. 2

Abrainis

brama, 801.

chalcoides, 801.

tblioides, 801.

Jasciatus, 801.

sapa, 801.

teniatus, 801.

Aburria

carunculata, 696.

Acanthion

macrourum, 741.

Acanthobrama

kuschakewitschi, 801.

Accipiter

virgatus, 781.

Acestrura

mulsanti, 16.

Achylodes

busires, 249.

corbulo, 249.

melander, 250,

nearchus, 250.

zotes, 250.

pausus, 250.

thraso, 249.

thrasybulus, 250.

viridiceps, 250.

Acipenser

schipa, 802.

Acrxa

abana, 218.

anteas, 218.

callianira, 218.

erinome, 218, 222.

griseata, 218.

laverna, 218.

mucia, 218.

nicylla, 218.

radiata, 218.

terpsine, 218.

Acridium

tartaricum, 679.

Actitis

incana, 497, 508.

Actiturus

bartramius, 104.

INDEX,

Actochelidon

affinis, 655.

cantiaca, 653.

cantiacus, 658.

Adgialites

semipalmata, 14.

Elurops

dorthesti, 629.

/Elurus

Sulgens, 255.

JEpyceros

melampus, 288,291,298.

Aganisthos

acheronta, 232.

orion, 232.

Agothomerus

dubiosus, 808, 809.

rufus, 809.

Agelecyathus

helene, 429, 480, 434,

442,

persicus, 429, 480, 434,

442.

Agelena

lepida, 558, 626.

Ageronia

amphinome, 229.

chloe, 229.

Serentina, 229.

feronia, 229.

fornax, 229,

Agraulis

anieta, 221,

elephiea, 221.

glycera, 21.

Juno, 221,

lucina, 221.

moneta, 221.

phedima, 221.

pusilla, 221.

thomiola, 221.

Agrias

sardanapadlus, 233.

Aheetulla

dorsalis, 679.

irregularis, 679.

Aix

sponsa, 897, 410, 411.

Alcelaphus

albijrons, 286, 292.

caama, 285, 292.

lichtensteint, 285.

lunatus, 285, 292, 293.

pygargus, 292.

ces

machlis, 1.

Amarobius

distinctus, 567.

Amarynuthis

meneria, 238.

Amblyrhynchus

cristatus, 422, 526.

Amynthia

menippe, 242.

Anzretes

Jjlavirostris, 355.

parulus, 355.

Anartia

amalthea, 228.

Jatrophe, 223.

Anas

acuta, 391.

albeola, 401.

albipennis, 398.

americana, 394,

antarctica, 368, 369.

arborea, 875, 410.

atricapilla, 382.

autumnalis, 373, 874.

bahamensis, 393.

bicolor, 373.

boschas, 879, 880, 409,

410.

brachyptera, 402.

brasiliensis, 390.

ceruleata, 384.

cerulescens, 361.

canadensis, 862.

carolinensis, 385.

carunculata, 377.

caudacuta, 392.

chaleoptera, 380.

842

Anas

chiloénsis, 395.

cinereus, 402.

clangula, 401.

clypeata, 396.

collaris, 373, 400.

coscoroba, 371.

ereccoides, 386.

cristata, 881, 410, 412.

eyanoptera, 384.

discors, 383.

dominica, 405.

erythrophthalma, 399.

fering, 399.

jimbriata, 393.

flavirostris, 386.

fretensis, 388.

fulva, 372.

glacialis, 401.

glaucion, 401.

‘hybrida, 368, 569.

dlathera, 398.

inornatus, 366, 367.

¢picutiri, 391.

jacquini, 376.

jamaicensis, 404.

jubata, 369.

leucogenys, 408.

leucophrys, 390.

leucoptera, 363.

maculirostris, 388.

magellanica, 363, 868.

mariane, 378.

marila, 399.

maxima, 880.

melanocephala, 370,

382.

melanocorypha, 370.

melanonota, 695.

metopias, 398,

moschata, 378.

muralis, 388.

nigriceps, 382.

nigricollis, 370.

notata, 391,

nyrocd, 899.

obscura, 380, 409, 410.

oxyptera, 380.

exyura, 392, 393.

parvirostris, 395.

paturi, 391.

peposaca, 398.

perspicillata, 402.

pictus, 363.

platalea, 396.

puna, 388, 389.

pyrrhogaster, 381.

querquedula domini-

censis, 405.

rafflest, 384.

regia, 378.

INDEX.

Anas

rhodopus, 390.

rubida, 403.

rubidoptera, 390,

rubrirostris, 393.

sibilatria, 395.

sinuata, 373.

specularis, 380, 410,

412.

specularoides, 381, 382.

spinicauda, 392.

spinosa, 405.

sponsa, 397.

strepera, 379, 382, 409,

411.

superciliosa, 497, 503.

torquata, 389.

wrophasianus, 393.

valisneria, 400.

versicolor, 388.

viduata, 376.

virgata, 373.

Anchiphlebia

taygetina, 212.

Anous

ceruleus, 671, 672.

cinereus, 671.

JSuscatus, 669.

inca, 667.

leucocapillus, 497, 498,

504, 670.

UVherminicri, 666.

melanogenys, 670, 671.

melanops, 670.

niger, 669.

parvulus, 671.

plumbea, 642.

rousseaut, 669.

spadicca, 669.

stolidus, 497, 498, 504,

669.

tenuirostris, 670, 671.

Anser

caerulescens, 361, 409.

410.

candidus, 372.

cinereus, 860.

coscoroba, 371.

erythropus, 414.

gambelt, 361, 409, 410.

hyperboreus, 360, 361,

409, 410.

Jubatus, 369.

leucopterus, 363.

magellanicus, 363.

melanocoryphus, 370,

melanopterus, 362.

melanotus, 377.

montanus, 362.

monticola, 362.

parvipes, 362.

Anser

pictus, 363.

poliocephalus,; 366.

pollicaris, 370.

polycomus, 370.

rubidiceps, 367.

Antechinus

minutissimus, 274.

Anteros

bracteata, 288.

Anthocharis

achina, 144.

achine, 150, 151, 152.

amina, 129.

antevippe, 148, 149.

antigone, 143.

arethusa, 154.

auxo, 168.

cebrene, 155.

celimene, 129.

daira, 144.

danaé, 155, 157.

dedecora, 156.

delphine, 152.

eione, 144.

ephyia, 145.

erts, 127.

erone, 132.

etrida, 160.

eupompe, 156.

eurygone, 151.

evagore, 162.

evanthe, 165.

evame, 168, 164.

evenina, 150.

evippe, 155,

exole, 150, 151.

gavisa, 150.

heuglini, 162.

tone, 131, 182.

isaura, 144.

keiskamma, 168.

leo, 138.

liagore, 145.

nouna, 145.

ocale, 154.

omphale, 151.

palttene, 145.

phenon, 165.

phlegetonia, 144.

phleqyas, 180,

procne, 158.

regina, 129.

subfasciata, 127.

theogone, 1bd2.

zear, 149.

zoé, 137.

Anthopsyche

acte, 152.

anteupompe, 156.

dalila, 144.

Anthopsyche

deidamia, 148.

demagore, 162.

epigone, 153.

eucharis, 140.

eupompe, 157.

evenina, 150.

gavisa, 150.

heuglina, 162.

phlegetonia, 144.

pholoé, 129.

procne, 153.

roxane, 150.

speciosa, 132.

stygia, 144.

theopompe, 156.

topha, 163.

Antillia

lonsdaleta, 428, 429,

450, 438, 442.

Antilope

cervicapra, 463.

picticaudata, 697.

Antirrheea

philopemen, 213.

Apatura

agathina, 232.

cherutina, 232.

cyane, 231,

elis, 232.

griseldis, 232.

lavinia, 232.

linda, 232

lucasii, 232.

pavonii, 231,

selina, 232.

zunilda, 232.

Aphrodite

achine, 150.

Aplonis

brevirostris, 494, 495.

tabuensis, 499, 502.

vitiensis, 499, 502.

Appias

drusilla, 248.

alaire, 245.

Apteryx

haasti, 1.

mantelli, 2.

owent, 1.

Aquila

heipna Slots

hastata, 312, 313, 316,

317.

orientalis, 311, 312.

mogilnik, 313,

pennata, 781.

Ara

couloni, 255.

maracand, 255, 256.

militaris, 692.

INDEX.

Arachne

timida, 628.

Aramides

ipecaha, 104, 105.

Aramus

scolopaceus, 102, 275,

276.

Aranea

coarctata, 559,

Arboricola

torqueola, 464.

Aretica

alle, 199.

Arctomys

caudatus, 6383.

himalayanus, 633.

marmotta, 6D.

robustus, 633.

Ardea

sacra, 497, 508.

Argiope

aurelia, 576, 627.

epeiroides, 576.

sericea, 628

splendida, 628.

sticticalis, 576, 627.

Argus

giganteus, 194.

Ariadne

insidiatrix, 547, 626.

Artanes

bigibba, 590, 591, 627.

lugens, 591, 627

Artema

convexa, 628.

Arvicola

blythi, 638.

stoliczkanus, 633.

Asagena

serratipes, 568.

Asealaphia

coromanda, 316.

Ascaris

andersoni, 296, 298.

compar, 294.

cornely?, ate 298.

delphini, 29

inflexa, O04.

leptina, 297.

lumbricoides, 295.

mystax, 298.

perspicilla, 294.

simplex, 297.

Aspidura

brachyorrhos, 819,

820.

copti, 819.

guentheri, 819, 820.

trachyprocta, 819.

Aspius

esocinus, 801,

Aspius

rapax, B01.

Astrangia

epithecata, 429, 480,

439, 442.

minuta, 429, 430, 439,

442.

Astur

cruentus, 500.

magnirostris, 308.

Asturina

natterert, 857, 358.

pucherant, 358.

ruficauda, 858.

saturata, 357.

Atella

arruana, 767.

cervina, 767.

Atelodus

aymardt, 455.

hicornis, 455.

elatus, 455.

kettloa, 455.

leptorhinus, 455.

oswellii, 456.

simus, 455, 456.

tichorhinus, 455.

Athene

brama, 780, 781.

radiata, 781.

variegata, 673.

Atherura

africana, 742, 743.

fasciculata, 739, 742.

macrura, 739, 742, 743.

Atrichia

rufescens,

518, 519.

Atticora

cyanoleuca, 16.

Attus

adansoniti, 621.

bonnetii, 611, 620, 621,

627.

bresnierz, 618.

canescens, 611.

delectus, 610, 627, 630.

drury?, 629.

effigies, 616, 627.

fasciatus, 616.

frischii, 629,

frontalis, 614.

fulgens, 611, 627.

gesneri, 629,

‘hunteri, 629.

illigeri, 629.

interceptor, 616.

lineatus, 618.

memorabilis, 618, 627.

memorialis, 617, 627,

630.

510, 516,

844

Attus

mendax, 615, 616,

627.

mendicus, 614, 627.

monardi, 611, 627.

mouffettiz, 610, 627.

nigrofuscus, 622.

oculatus, 612, 627, 630.

oraniensis, 622.

paykullii, 610, 627.

redit, 629.

regillus, 611, 627, 630.

soldanit, 611, 627.

spiniger, 610, 627, 650. |

staintoni, 610, 620,

627.

tardigradus, 622.

Aythya

americana, 400.

valisneria, 401.

Balanophyllia

helene, 429, 430, 440, |

442.

striata, 429, 4380, 441,

442.

Balearica

regulorum, 277.

Ballus

heterophthalmus, 609.

piger, 609, 627.

Barbus

brachycephalus, 801.

conocephalus, 801.

diplochilus, 793.

lacertoides, 801.

platyrostris, 801.

tor, 805.

Basileuterus

euophrys, 352.

Bathyergus

maritimus, 68.

Belenois

elytie, 258.

niseia, 259.

Belideus

ariel, 694.

breviceps, 694.

Berardius

arnouxi, 8, 469, 474,

475, 479.

Bernicla

antarctica, 361, 367,

368, 410, 411.

canadensis, 361, 362,

409, 410.

chiloénsis, 366, 367.

dispar, 364, 365, 410, |

412.

tnornata, 366, 367.

INDEX.

Bernicla

_., leucoptera, 363.

magellanica, 361, 363,

364, 365, 366, 368,

410, 412.

melanoptera, 361, 362,

410, 412.

occidentalis, 362.

poliocephala, 361, 366,

410, 412.

rubidiceps, 367, 410.

torquata, 361.

Bia

actorion, 216.

Biziura

armata, 406.

dominica, 405.

ferruginea, 404.

rubida, 404.

Beeotis

bacenis, 258.

Bolborhynchus

andicola, 17, 18.

orbignesius, 18.

Bonasa

betulina, 345.

Bos

grunniens, 634, 697.

indicus, 463.

Brachytrochus

simplex, 429, 480, 436,

442,

Brontiades

procas, 249,

Buarremon

melanops, 253.

rufinucha, 254.

Bubalus

caffer, 289, 292.

Bucephala

albeola, 401.

americana, 401.

Buceros

rhinoceros, 518.

ruficollis, 414.

Bueoryus

abyssinicus, 60.

Buphaga :

africana, 281.

Buphagus

antarcticus, 321.

skua, 319.

skua antarcticus, 321.

Cabrita

brunnea, 635.

Jerdoni, 635, 636.

leschenaulti, 685, 656.

Cacatua

galerita, 419.

leadheater?, 419,

Cacatua

moluccensis, 419, 692.

philippinarum, 692.

Caccabis

chukar, 464.

Cairina

moschata, 378, 410.

sylvestris, 378.

Caligo

dentina, 217.

euphorbus, 217.

idomeneus, 217.

Callichrous

lamghur, 806.

Callicore

cluina, 226.

clymend, 226.

lidwina, 226.

neglecta, 226.

Callidryas

argante, 248.

cipris, 243.

eubule, 242.

philea, 245.

rurina, 248.

statira, 248.

trite, 243.

Calliethera

tricincta, 624.

Calliploea

eunice, 251.

grefiana, 251.

infantilis, 766.

iphianassa, 251.

jamesi, 766.

pumila, 766.

seriata, 766.

trimenit, 766.

Calliste

argentea, 354.

argyrofenges, 354,

Sulvicervia, 354.

guttata, 359.

punctulata, 358.

ruficervix, 3d4.

Callithea

degandit, 228.

deputseti, 228.

optima, 228.

whitelyi, 228.

Callithrix

sciureus, 208.

Callizona

fulvescens, 228.

Callosune

amina, 129.

anteupompe, 156.

antigone, 145.

arethusa, 155.

auxo, 168.

casta, 148.

Callosune

cebrene, 155.

celimene, 129.

coliagenes, 128.

daira, 144.

dalila, 144.

danaé, 157.

dedecora, 156.

deidamia, 148.

delphine, 152.

demagore, 162.

ezone, 144.

ephyia, 145.

epigone, 158.

eucharis, 164.

eupompe, 156.

eurygone, 151. ..

evagore, 162.

evanthe, 165.

evarne, 164.

evenina, 150.

exole, 151.

gavisa, 150.

hetera, 130.

tone, 1382.

tsaura, 144.

Jalone, 151.

liagore, 145.

nouna, 145.

omphale, 151.

pallene, 145.

phlegetonia, 144.

phlegyas, 130.

pholoé, 129.

procne, 158.

regina, 129.

stygia, 144.

theogone, 152.

zera, 149.

zoé, 137.

Calcenas

nicobarica, 460.

Camelopardalis

girafa, 290, 292.

Camelus

bactrianus, 696.

Canis

alpinus, 635.

chama, 2.

chanco, 6338.

familiaris, 463.

ferrilatus, 633.

flavescens, 638.

laniger, 638.

mesoimelas, 2, 298.

montanus, 638.

niger, 639.

primevus, 463.

variegatoides, 2.

Capra

hircus, 463.

INDEX.

Capra |

jemlaica, 463, 464.

sibirica, 634. |

Caprimulgus

europeus, 511.

Capromys |

fournieri, 21. |

pilorides, 70. |

Cardium

ornatum, 7

Carpophaga

nove-zealandia, 2.

pacifica, 496, 508. |

paulina, 519. |

pinon, 460.

spilorrhoa, 460. |

sylvatica, 519. |

Carterocephalus

agathocles, 249.

dimidiatus, 249.

Carystus

psittacina, 248.

simulius, 248, 250.

wvanthaphes, 249.

Casuarius

australis, 118, 119, 122, |

414,

becearii, 414. |

bennetti, 2, 121, 122, |

414. |

picticollis, 414. |

uniappendiculatus, |

414. |

Catagramma |

aed

‘

egina, 227.

conosura, 228.

excelsior, 228.

felderi, 228.

pasithea, 228. |

peristera, 228.

celphanta, 227. |

Cataracta |

skua, 319.

Cataractes

parasiticus, 325, 327,

328, 330.

pomarina, 324, 325.

vulgaris, 318, 319.

Catarracta

camtschatica, 324, 325. |

fusca, 319.

Catarractes

parasita, 324.

Catarrhactes

antiquus, 318.

Catasticta

manco, 241.

notha, 241.

sisamnus, 241.

Catharacta

cepphus, 326, 328.

Catharacta

coprotheres, 326.

parasitica, 330.

skua, 319.

Cathartes

aura, 342.

Catharus

fuscatus, 852.

mentalis, 352,

Catoblepas

gnu, 286, 292.

gorgon, 287, 292, 293.

Catochrysops

beticus, 252.

Cavia

aperea, 71.

cristata, 348.

Celerena

andamana, 768.

commutata, 768.

connexa, 768.

divisa, 767, 768.

eucnemis, 768.

mutata, 768.

perithea, 768.

proxima, 768.

sobria, 767.

spreta, 768.

vulgaris, 768.

Cephalophus

grimmia, 283.

Ceratinia

alexia, 207, 250.

anastasia, 207.

baana, 207.

erispinilla, 207.

fluonia, 207, 208.

Frater, 207.

oulita, 206.

semifulva, 207.

statilla, 207.

tigrina, 207, 250.

Ceratodus

forsteri, 24, 26, 27, 28,

315 38; 35; 37.48:

Ceratorhinus

lasiotis, 455.

niger, 451, 455,

sumatrensis, 455.

Cercocebus

Sfuliginosus, 413.

Cercomys

cunicularius, 749.

Cercopithecus

callitrichus, 463.

Cereopsis

nove-holiandiea, 197.

Ceriornis

satyra, 464.

Cervulus

micrurus, 696.

846

Cervulus

muntjac, 758, 762, 764.

reevest, 696, 759, 762.

Cervus

affinis, 634.

axis, 128, 124, 463.

capreolus, 125, 420, 421,

FOL.

cashmeriensis, 638.

columbianus, 201,

dama, 125, 303.

duvaucelli, 306, 307.

dybowskii, 123, 124.

elaphus, 125, 201.

eldi, 306, 307.

humilis, 763, 764.

mesopotamicus, 298,299,

800, 3801, 802, 3038.

mexicanus, 186.

minor, 463, 464.

namoi, 201.

pygargus, 421.

rufus, 201.

rusa, 180.

schomburgki, 304, 305,

306, 307.

simplicicornis, 201.

virginianus, 182, 183,

184, 186, 187.

Cestracion

philippi, 42, 51.

Ceyx

solitaria, "752.

Cheetopelma

egyptiaca, 628.

Chalcophaps

chrysochiora, 116.

Chaleophyma

reticulata, 814.

striatum, 813.

tuberculatum, 813.

Chaleopsitta

sceintillata, 692.

Chalina

verticillata,768,769,775

Chamelimnas

briola, 237.

Chamzepelia

griscola, 17.

Charadrius

Sulvus, 497, 503.

Charis

cecias, 238.

Chasmorhynchus

nudicollis, 517.

Chaulelasmus

streperus, 382.

Chauna

chavaria, 108, 189, 190.

derbiana, 189, 190, 198,

200, “

INDEX.

Cheiracanthium

annulipes, 553, 626.

dubium, 558, 626.

equestre, 553, 626,

isiacwm, 553, 626.

Cheiromeles

caudatus, 704.

torquatus, 704.

Chen

ceérulescens, 361.

hyperboreus, 360.

Chenalopex

egyptiaca, 369, 370,

410.

jubata, 369.

pollicaris, 370.

Chimera

monstrosa, 48.

Chimarrichthys

davidi, 783.

Chiromacheeris

vitellina, 517.

Chiroxiphia

linearis, 517.

Chlamys

bartletti, 810, 812.

episcopalis, 811.

excavata, 812.

pallida, 812.

unicolor, 811.

Chloéphaga

dispar, 364.

inornata, 367.

magellanica, 198, 368.

melanoptera, 362.

poliocephala, 366.

rubidiceps, 807.

Chleetrophus

poliocephalus, 366.

rubidiceps, 8367, 412.

Chlorospingus

atripileus, 354.

auricularis, 354.

calophrys, 354.

Chlorostilbon

prasinus, 17.

Chordeiles

texensis, 511.

Circus

eruginosus, 314.

assimilis, 500.

swainsonit, 314, 316.

Cirrhina

gohama, 793, 805.

Cissilopha

sanblasiana, 209.

Citheris

aurora, 211,

tenuissimum, 553, 626.

cineraceus, 314,315,316.

melanoleucus, 315, 316.

| Citheris

pyropina, 212.

Clangula

albeola, 401, 410, 411.

americana, 401.

glaucion, 401, 410, 411.

Clotho

limbata, 546.

nitida, 559.

Cobitis

dorsalis, 801.

elegans, 801.

longicauda, 801.

marmorata, 798.

microps, 799.

stoliezke, 795.

tenia, 801.

tenuicauda, 795.

uranoscopus, 801.

vittata, 798.

Cobus

ellipsiprymnus, 284,

291, 293.

leechi, 291.

Coceyzus

americanus, 348.

Colius

castanonotus, 4138, 416,

417.

Collocalia

spodiopygia, 19, 491,

501.

vanicorensis, 499, 501,

Coleenis

dido, 220,

julia, 221.

pherusa, 220.

telesiphe, 220.

Columba

albipennis, 17, 18.

castanciceps, 496.

domestica, 464.

leuconota, 274.

maculosa, 18.

rufina, 17.

vitiensis, 496.

Conirostrum

albifrons, 17.

sp. inc., 17.

Conocyathus

sulcatus, 428, 431.

cealandi@, 428, 429,430,

431, 442.

Conurus

illigert, 255.

Conus

aureus, 7538.

baceatus, 753, 755.

gloria-maris, 753.

pauluccie, 752, 755.

reflectus, 754, 755.

Conus

superscriptus, 753, 755.

Coprotheres

pomarinus, 825.

Coracias

garrula, 511, 518.

Corades

cistene, 216.

fulminalis, 216.

Susciplaga, 216.

iduna, 216.

pannonia, 216.

ulema, 216.

Coriphilus

Sringillaceus, 491, 501.

kuhli, 421.

Corvus

capellanus, 694.

cornix, 693.

orru, 459.

(Pica) beecheti, 270.

Coryphilus

Sringillaceus, 692.

Coryphospingus

cristatus, 16.

Corythaix

persa, 413.

Coscoroba

candida, 372.

chionis, 371.

Cotinga

eincta, 517.

Cottus

spinulosus, 801.

Crax

globicera, 200.

viridirostris, 468.

Cricetomys

gambianus, 67.

Crioceris

australis, 807.

obliterata, 808.

Crocodilus

frontatus, 413.

Crossocheilus

barbatulus, 7938.

gohama, 793.

rostratus, 793.

Crotophaga

ani, 17.

Ctenophora

monticola, 571.

Cuculus

canorus, 348, 518.

Cuon

rutilans, 638.

Cyanaleyon

nigrocyanea, 752.

stictolema, 752,

Cyanocitta

argentigula, 268.

INDEX.

Cyanocitta

armillata, 271, 272.

beechett, 269, 270, 271.

crassirostris, 269, 270,

271.

geoffroti, 270.

germana, 269, 270.

jolyea, 271.

nana, 269.

pulchra, 272.

pumilo, 269.

sanblasiana, 269.

turcosa, 271.

viridi-cyanea, 271,

Cyanocorax

beecheyi, 270.

bellus, 272.

cayanus, 272.

cyanomelas, 354.

geoffroii, 270.

incas, 16.

mystacalis, 272.

nigriceps, d04.

ortoni, 272.

uroleucus, 272.

Cyanopterus

discors, 384.

fretensis, 388.

rafflesi, 384.

Cyanurus

beecheii, 270.

crassirostris, 270.

cristatus, 269.

geoffroti, 269,

sordidus, 269.

stelleri, 269.

Cyathohelia

axillaris, 429, 480, 438.

Cybdelis

cecida, 228.

diotima, 223.

thrasylla, 225.

whitelyi, 223.

_ Cyclopsitta

melanogenia, 520.

suavissima, 520.

Cygnus

anatoides, 371.

atratus, 370.

chionis, 371.

coscoroba, 370, 871,410,

412.

immutabilis, 466.

musicus, 370.

nigricollis,37 0,410,412.

olor, 370.

Cylicia

natalensis, 440.

tenella, 429, 480, 440, |

442,

verreauxt, 440.

847

Cynictis

penicillata, 255.

Cynocephalus

babouin, 413.

leucopheus, 413.

Cyprinus

carpio, 801.

gohama, 793.

Cypselus

apus, 509.

Cyrtophora

opuntie, 576, 627.

Dacelo

gaudichaudi, 460.

Dactylomys

typus, 745.

Deedalma

dorinda, 215.

whitelyt, 215, 250.

Dafila

acuta, 391, 410, 411.

bahamensis, 391, 393,

411, 412.

cesio-scapulata, 396.

pyrrhogaster, 581.

spinicauda, 17, 392,

411, 412.

urophasianus, 392, 393.

Danais

eresimus, 206.

hermippus, 206.

moderata, 251,

Daptonoura

leucanthe, 244.

pantoporia, 244.

Dasyprocta

acouchy, 351, 852.

aguti, 350, 351, 352.

albida, 352.

antillensis, 348.

azare, 349, 350.

caudata, 349, 350.

cristata, 348, 349, 351,

352.

croconota, 351.

exilis, 352.

Suliginosa, 349, 351.

isthmica, 347.

leptura, 352.

mexicana, 349.

nigra, 349.

nigricans, 349.

prymnolopha, 351.

punctata, 348, 350.

variegata, 348.

Dasyptilus

pecqueti, 691.

Deanea

favoides, 535, 536,

540,

$48

Deanea

virguitosa, 535, 536.

Delphinus

acutus, 682, 685.

albirostris, 679, 682,

683, 684, 685, 691.

epiodon, 477.

leucopleurus, 682.

tursio, 682.

Deltocyathus

italicus, 428.

orientalis, 428, 429,

450, 431, 442.

Dendrocora

Jissipara, 429, 480, 489,

442.

Dendrocygna

arborea, 375.

arcuata, 372.

autumnalis, 373, 375,

410.

discolor, 375, 410.

eytoni, 372.

fulva, 360, 372, 373,

409, 410.

major, 378.

viduata, 360, 376, 410.

Deroptyus

accipitrinus, 692.

Desmacidon

plumosa, 768, 774.

Diadema

formosa, 252.

nerina, 251.

octocula, 252.

Dizea

candicans, 580, 627.

diana, 580, 581, 627.

globosa, 629.

Dichodon

cuspidatus, 6.

Dictyna

condocta, 556, 626, 629.

conducens, 556, 626,

529.

innocens, 555, 626.

Didonis

aganisa, 229,

biblis, 229.

Didunculus

strigirostris, 462, 496.

Didus

ineptus, 339.

Diglossa

glauca, 253.

personata, 253.

plumbea, 253.

Dinops

cestonti, 719.

Diomedea

melanophrys, 506.

INDEX,

Diorhina

periander, 237.

psecas, 237.

Diplommatina

taviensis, 101.

Diplophysa

labiata, 801.

strauchii, 801.

Diplopterus

nevius, 17.

Diptychus

dybowskii, 801, 803.

maculatus, 792, 799.

sewerzowt, 792, 801.

Dircenna

rhea, 206.

zelie, 206.

Discognathus

lamita, 793.

Dismorphia

nemesis, 244.

Doleschallia

montrouziert, 251.

Dolichonyx

orizivora, 16.

Dolichotis

patagonica, 461, 462.

salinicola, 461, 462.

Dolomedes

Jimbriatus, 597.

hippomane, 629.

Domicella

hypoinochrous, 460.

kuhli, 421.

Dorcopsis

luctuosa, 165, 166, 167,

168; UTA he

Doryphora

costata, 816.

rugosa, 816.

Doryura

berdmore?, 636, 637.

Drassus

egyptius, 552, 626.

alexandrinus, 551, 626.

campestratus, 551, 626.

denotatus, 552, 626,

| Dysdera

crocota, 547.

erythrina, 628.

lata, 547, 626.

maurusia, O47.

Dysopes

abrasus, 712.

albus, 709.

alecto, 709.

aurispinosus, 729.

auritus, 729.

brachypterus, 722.

cecus, 729.

cestonit, 719.

cheiropus, TOA.

fumarius, 710.

geoffroyt, 721.

glaucinus, 714.

gracilis, 731.

holosericeus, 709.

laticaudatus, 729.

leucopleura, 712.

limbatus, "724.

longimanus, 712.

midas, 719.

mops, 726.

murinus, 721,

naso, 731.

nasutus, 731.

migrogriseus, 719.

olivaceo-fuscus, 710.

perotis, 713.

plicatus, 721.

pumilus, 723.

rufus, 713.

riippellii, 719.

temminckit, 707.

tenuis, 722.

ursinus, 709.

velox, 710,

(Molossus) gigas, 713.

( ) ritppelli, 719.

Dysporus

piscator, 504.

sula, 498, 504.

Echimys

infumatus, 551, 626.

listeri, 628.

lyonettii, 628.

mundulus, 551, 626,

ornatus, DD1, 626,

pugnax, 5d2, 626.

senilis, 551, 626.

vulpinus, 552, 626.

Drepanornis

abertisi, 776.

Dromaius

nove-hollandie, 119.

brachyurus, 748, 750.

brevicauda, 748, 749,

750.

cayennensis, T49.

dimidiatus, 747.

Serrugineus, 750.

hispidus, 750.

inermis, 750.

semispinosus, 750.

spinosus, 750.

Eehinorhynchus

echinodiscus, 202.

Drymochzra

badiceps, 20. |

elegans, 202, 204.

transversus, 202.

Eclectus

grandis, 692.

Elainea

albiceps, 16.

gigas, 16.

griseocularis, 17.

implacens, 17.

obscura, 16.

pagana, 16,

placens, 16, 17.

Elaphodus

cephalophus, 757, 758,

760, 764.

Elephas

africanus, 279, 291.

indicus, 463.

Emesis

mandana, 238.

Empidonax

minimus, 517.

Emys

hamiltonii, 751.

Ensiforma

cerulea, 817.

Bntheus

peleus, 247.

Enyo

expers, 560, 626.

longipes, 628.

nitida, 559, 560, 626.

Eos

reticulata, 692.

Epeira

albomaculata, 557.

apoclisa, 577.

armida, 628.

atomaria, 577, 627,

630.

calva, 575.

chloris, 576, 577, 627.

circe, 577, 627.

cornuta, 577.

diversa, 568.

dromedaria, 577, 627.

lucina, 575, 576.

perplicata, 577, 627.

suspicax, 577, 627.

tubulosa, 576.

umbratica, 628.

Ephialtes

sunia, 781.

Epiblemum

paludivagum, 624,

627.

scenicum, 624.

tricinctum, 624, 627.

Epicalia

numilia, 225.

Epimachus

alberti, 752.

magnificus, 414, 752.

INDEX.

Epiodon

australe, 12.

nove-zealandié, 481,

483.

urganantus, 477.

Epiphile

tblis, 225.

lampethusa, 225.

Equus

burchellit, 282, 291,

293.

hemionus, 634.

montanus, 282, 291.

onager, 697.

guagga, 281, 291.

Hresia

acreina, 221.

actinote, 222.

angusta, 222.

clara, 222.

mundina, 221, 250.

nana, 222.

nauplia, 222.

nussia, 222, 250.

pearcei, 222, 250.

perilla, 221.

polina, 222.

Eresus

dufourti, 554, 626.

frontalis, 554.

fuscifrons, 628.

imperialis, 554.

lituratus, 628,

molitor, 628.

petagne, 554, 626.

pharaonius, 628.

semicinctus, 628.

Erigone

alexandrina, 572,

626.

spinosa, 572, 626.

vagans, 628,

Erismatura

cyanorhyncha, 404.

dominica, 405, 411.

dominicana, 411.

ferruginea, 383, 404,

405, 411.

leucogenys, 408.

mersa, 403, 404.

ortygoides, 405, 406.

rubida, 408, 405, 410,

411.

spinicauda, 392.

spinosa, 405.

vittata, 404.

Erycides

charonotis, 248.

corytas, 248.

orasus, 248, 250.

oreides, 248.

849

Erycides

pygmalion, 248.

socrata, 248.

Erycina

aulestes, 237.

colubra, 237.

melibeus, 237.

Erythrauchena

humeralis, 116.

Erythrina

erista-galli, 105.

Erythropus

cenchris, 781.

pekinensis, 781.

Erythrura

cyanovirens, 495.

pealet, 495.

Esacus

magnirostris, 461.

Ksox

lucius, 802.

Eubagis

gisella, 225.

ines, 225.

me@on, 225.

racidula, 226.

salpensa, 226.

serina, 226.

Euchloé

coliagenes, 128.

eucharis, 164.

Jalone, 131.

Eudynamis

taitensis, 491.

taitiensis, 501, 505.

Kueides

aliphera, 220.

heliconioides, 220.

isabella, 220.

lybia, 220,

unifasciatus, 220.

Eugnatha

jiliformis, 575.

Eumomota

superciliaris, 511.

Eunica

amelia, 224.

bechina, 224.

brunnea, 224,

caralis, 224.

carias, 224.

celma, 224.

chlorochroa, 225.

cinara, 224,

clytia, 224.

elegans, 224.

eurota, 224.

mygdonia, 223,

norica, 225.

orphise, 224.

pomona, 224.

850

Eunica

tenebrosa, 224,

tithonia, 223,

Euophrys

plebeja, 629.

vigoratus, 622.

Eupetomena

hirundo, 16, 18.

Kuphonia

jflavifrons, 14,

laniirostris, 17.

violacea, 17.

sp. ine., 17.

Euplocamus

albocristatus, 200,

464.

andersoni, 274.

crawfurdi, 274.

lineatus, 274.

nycthemerus, 274.

prelatus, 274.

Eupleea

dolosa, 766.

guerinit, 766.

Kuptychia

camerta, 213.

erigone, 313.

hesione, 213.

hiemalis, 218.

libye, 213.

ocypete, 215.

rustica, 213.

Eurema

dione, 228.

kefersteinit, 223.

Eurybia

dardus, 235.

donna, 235.

halimede, 235,

lamia, 235.

salome, 235.

Eurygona

eutychus, 236,

Buryopis

acuminata, 569, 626.

quadrimaculata, 569,

scripta, 569, 626.

Euscarthmus

wuchereri, 16.

Exealfactoria

australis, 119.

Exostoma

andersoni, 783, 804.

berdmorei, 783, 804.

blythié, 783.

davidi, 783, 804.

labiatum, 783, 804.

stoliczke, 782, 783,

799, 804.

INDEX.

| Faleo

babylonicus, 311.

jugger, T79.

lunatus, 500.

peregrinus, 311.

sacer, 778, 779.

Farrea

inermis, 536, 540,

irregularis, 539, 540,

perarmata, 538, 540,

Felis

isabellina, 633.

Jubata, 463,

leo, 293.

manul, 633.

pardus, 463.

servalina, 413.

tigris, 463, 694.

uncia, 633.

viverrina, 463.

Filaria

cervina, 201.

tercbra, 201.

Filistata

attalica, 543.

bicolora, 548.

puta, 544, 626.

testacea, 548, 544, 626.

Formicivora

rufatra, 16.

Francolinus

clappertoni, 194.

vulgaris, 464.

Fregata

aquila, 335, 341.

Fuligula

affinis, 399, 400, 410,

411

americana, 400, 410,

All.

cinerea, 402.

collaris, 400, 410, 411.

ferina, 399.

leucophthalma, 399.

marila, 399, 410, 411.

mariloides, 399,

melanocephala, 382.

metopias, 398.

peposaca, 398.

rufina, 361, 399.

rufitorques, 400.

valisneria, 400, 410,

411.

Fulix

affinis, 399.

collaris, 400.

marila, 399.

Galago

maholi, 298, 678.

montetri, 413.

Galbula

albirostris, 510.

Galeopithecus

philippinensis, 730.

Galerida

cristata, 314.

Gallinago

andina, 17, 19.

frenata, 19.

Gallinula

chloropus, 200.

Gallus

bankiva, 464.

Garrulax

leucolophus, 695.

Garrulus

californicus, 268.

cristatus, 268, 269.

Gazella

euchore, 282, 291.

picticauda, 634,

Gecko

verus, 51.

Gelochelidon

anglica, 644.

aranea, 644,

balthica, 644.

innotata, 641.

macrotarsa, 644.

meridionalis, 644.

nilotica, 644,

Geocarcinus

lagostoma, 464.

Geopelia

placida, 116.

tranquilla, 116.

Geophaps

seripta, 116.

Geothlypis

velata, 16.

Globicephalus

melas, 689.

Gnaphosa

conspersa, 550, 626.

lentiginosa, 628.

linnei, 628.

marginata, 551, 626.

plumalis, 550, 551,

626.

procera, 550, 626,

schaefferi, 628.

venatria, 551, 626.

Gobio

fluviatilis, 801.

Gonorhynchus

brevis, 798,

Goura

sclateri, 752.

Grallaria

erythrotis, 357.

monticola, 357.

Grus

antigone, 277.

leucauchen, 776.

monachus, 776.

Gygis

alba, 497, 504, 667.

candida, 667, 668.

decorata, 661.

microrhyncha, 668.

napeleonis, 669.

Gymnopleurus

eruginosus, 679.

Gymnura

rafficsit, var. candida,

425,

Gynecia

dirce, 229.

Gypohierax

angolensis, 413.

Gyps

bengalensis, 310.

Hadrostomus

aglaia, 517.

Halcyon

cassini, 505,

nigrocyanea, 752.

pealei, 491,

recurvirostris, 491.

sacra, 19, 501, 505.

venerata, 501.

Haliaétus

leucogaster, 499,

plumbeus, 777.

Haliplana

anosthetus, 669.

crissalis, 666.

discolor, 665.

JSuliginosa, 666.

lunata, 666.

panayensis, 664.

Hapale

chrysoleucus, 203.

leucopus, 743.

edipus, 203.

ursulus, 208.

Helias

albiplaga, 250.

Heliconius

aglaope, 219.

arcuella, 220,

aristona, 219.

aurora, 220.

bartletti, 219, 250.

elytia, 218.

doris, 219.

estella, 219.

leucadia, 219.

melpomene, 219,

peruviana, 219.

rhea, 218.

INDEX.

Heliconius

sisyphus, 220.

telesiphe, 219.

thelxiope, 219.

wenoclea, 219,

zobeide, 218.

Heliophanus

cupreus, 624.

decoratus, 624, 627.

Jfacetus, 624.

Helix

ambrosia, 266.

angasiana, 265, 267,

268.

barkasi, 100, 101.

beatrix, 265, 268.

biteniata, 268,

boivini, 266.

bougainvillet, 268.

brumeriensis, 489.

casca, 99.

clay?, 101.

comriet, 489, 490.

cyrtopleura, 490.

eyrei, 490.

JSeneriffensis, 489, 490.

Hlindersi, 268.

guadalcanarensis, 489.

malantensis, 488, 490.

merziana, 267.

meta, 266.

moresbyi, 267, 268.

phillipsiana, 490,

pinnocki, 100, 101.

princet, 100, 101.

ramsdeni, 266, 268.

rhoda, 267, 268.

robillardi, 489, 490.

subrepta, 266.

yulei, 267.

Helopus

caspius, 657.

Hemidactylus

bengaliensis, 636, 637.

coct@i, 535, 636, 637.

giaanticus, 636, 637.

leschenaulti, 637.

Hemipimelodus

Jatius, T94.

Herpestes

fasciatus, 4138.

Hersilia

caudata, 560, 561, 626,

629

dd OF

diversa, 561, 626.

Hersilidia

lucasti, 562, 626, 629.

oraniensis, 563.

simonit, 563.

Hesperocharis

catagramma, 241.

Hesperocharis

nereina, 241.

nereis, 241.

Hesperomys

couest, 756, 757.

palustris, 756.

tequina, 755.

(Tylomys) nudicaudus,

EYE

Hetexra

hypesia, 212.

macleannania, 212.

ptera, 212.

Heterochroa

alala, 281.

aricia, 231.

boreas, 231.

calliphiclea, 231.

cytherea, 231.

erosia, 231.

iphicla, 231.

lara, 231.

mesentina, 231.

tizona, 231.

wimenda, 231.

Heterocnemis

nevia, 512.

Heteronetta,

melanocephala, 382,

411, 412.

Heteropelma

verepacis, 517.

Hippotragus

equinus, 288, 292, 293.

niger, 288, 292.

Hirundo

urbica, 509

Holocnemis

flammata, 512.

Hyena

crocuta, 293.

Hyalomma

puta, 260, 265.

Hydrochelidon

albigena, 648.

albistriata, 646.

albostriata, 646,

delalandii, 640.

Jisstpes, 642.

fluviatilis, 640. -

hybrida, 640, 642, 646.

indica, 640.

javanica, 641.

lariformis, 643.

leucopareia, 640.

leucoptera, 640, 641,

642, 643.

melanogastra, 645,

niger, GAL,

nigra, 640, 641, 642.

plumbea, 643.

852

Hydrochelidon

somalensis, 665.

subleucoptera, 641.

Hydrocherus

capybara, 20.

Hydroprogne

caspica, 606.

Hylactes

megapodius, 510.

Hymenolzmus

malacorhynchus, 463.

Hypna

clytemnestra, 233,

Hypotriorchis

concolor, 333.

Hypoxanthus

atriceps, 254.

rivolit, 254.

Hyrax

abyssinicus, 527.

capensis, 528.

dorsalis, 528, 529,

535.

Hystrix

crassispinis, 736, 737,

738.

fasciculata, 738.

javanica, 736.

longicauda, 738.

macrura, T41.

This

melanotis, 107.

Icterus

vulgaris, 518.

Idmais

amata, 188.

amelia, 128.

arne, 136.

ealais, 134, 139.

chrysonome, 129.

dynamene, 138.

eris, 127, 128.

fatma, 128.

fausta, 134.

faustina, 184.

fulvia, 135.

halimede, 133.

hewitsonii, 128.

miriam, 133.

phisadia, 136.

pleione, 153.

tripuncta, 135.

velleda, 128.

vesta, 128, 129.

Inca

mystacalis, 667.

Tridornis

reinhardti, 271.

TIthomeis

mimica, 237.

INDEX.

Ithomia

anchialia, 209.

antisao, 210.

attalia, 209.

chrysodonia, 210.

cidonia, 210.

elaru, 210.

eurimedia, 210.

iledina, 209.

Janarilla, 209.

nephele, 2\1.

onega, 209.

oriana, 211.

phono, 210.

primula, 210.

quintina, 209.

salonina, 210.

sao, 210.

seba, 210.

theudelinda, 211.

timna, 210.

tutia, 210.

zalmiunna, 211.

zavaletta, 210.

Ituna

phenarete, 206.

Javania

insignis, 429, 430, 435,

442.

Junonia

lavinia, 223.

villida, 251.

Kemas

hodgsont, 697.

Krausia

persicum, 439.

Labeo

varicorhinus, 806.

Lachesis

perversa, 628.

Lagenorhynchus

albirostris, 690, 691.

Lagocheilus

hispidus, 101.

Lagomys

auritus, 634.

curzonie, 634.

ladacensis, 634.

tibetanus, 634.

Lalage

nigrogularis, 20.

terat, 494, 502.

Lamellaria

perforata, 101.

Lampides

candrena, 252.

goodenovit, 252.

platissa, 252.

Lampides

strabo, 252.

taitensis, 252.

Lamprolia

minor, 499.

Lamprotornis

bicolor, 495.

Lamprotreron

cyanovirens, 115.

superbus, 114.

swainsoniti, 115.

Laropis

anglica, 644.

Larosterna

inca, 667.

Larus

bicolor, 649.

catarractes, 318, 319.

columbinus, 649.

crepidatus, 326, 328.

fuliginosus, 670.

fuscus, 319.

hemprichit, 496.

keeask, 320, 324.

merulinus, 642.

parasiticus, 318, 324,

326, 330.

polo-candor, 652.

serranus, 672.

sterna, 649.

Lasaia

meris, 239.

Lasiophila

cirta, 215.

orbifera, 215.

phalesia, 215.

Lasiuromys

villosus, 744.

Lathria

fusco-cinerea, 355,

357.

uropygialis, 359,

356.

Lathrodectus

hamatus, 568.

venator, 568.

Latrodectus

argus, 628.

erebus, 567, 626.

martius, 628.

ornatus, 568.

13-guttatus, 628.

Leiurus

berdmorei, 637.

Lima

purpurascens, 808.

Leodonta

zenobina, 241.

Lepidosiren

annectens, 30, 54, 180,

181.

Lepidosiren

paradoxa, 30, 54.

Leptodira

rufescens, 679.

Leptophobia

cinerea, 242.

eleone, 242.

philoma, 242.

Leptopogon

tristis, 254.

Leptoptila

ochroptera, 17.

Leptornis

samoénsis, 492.

Lepus

hypsibius, 633.

oistolus, 633.

puallipes, 633.

ruficaudatus, 778.

tibetanus, 633.

Lestris

antarcticus, 321, 323.

benickit, 327.

boj2, 327.

buffonii, 330.

catarractes, 321.

catharractes, 318,

3l9.

cephus, 331.

chilensis, 328.

coprotheres, 327.

crepidatus, 318, 326,

330.

fuliginosus, 330.

Juscus, 321.

hardyii, 3351.

hartlaubii, 329.

lessoni, 331.

longicaudatus, 331.

microrhynchus, 327.

nigricans, 330.

parasita, 327.

parasiticus, 318, 326,

327, 328, 330, 331.

pomarinus, 324, 325.

pomatorhinus, 325.

richardsonii, 317, 327.

schleepii, 327.

skua, 319.

spheriuros, 324.

spinicaudus, 327.

striatus, 324. _

thuliaca, 327.

Leucippus

chionogaster, 17.

Leuciscus

erythrophthalmus, 801.

rutilus, 801.

squaliusculus, 801.

Leucomelena

norfolciensis, 115.

Proc. Zoor. Soc.—18

INDEX.

Leucopeza

semperi, 14.

Leucosarsia

picata, 116.

Libythea

carinenta, 235.

Licmetis

pastinator, 692.

tenuirostris, 692.

Lima

Jfasciata, T54.

multicostata, TO.

paucicostata, 'T54.

zealandica, 754, 755.

Limicola

platyrhyncha, 674,

675.

sibirica, 674, 675.

Limosa

uropyyialis, 497, 503.

Liny phia

eaxtricata, 572,

630.

nigrina, 572.

Lithofalco

chicquera, 311.

Lithyphantes

ephippiatus, 628.

hamatus, 568, 626.

venator, 628.

Lobiophasis

bulweri, 465.

Lobiospiza

notabilis, 495.

Locustella

hendersoni, 778.

Loncheres

caniceps, 745, 746.

Lophodytes

cucullatus, 408, 409,

410, 411.

Lopholaimus

antarcticus, 115,

Lophophorus

empeyanus, 464.

Lophotragus

michianus, 278, 757,

758, 764.

Lophura

minima, 310.

Lorius

domicilla, 692.

hypenochrous, 460.

hypoinochrous, 460.

solitarius, 501.

Loxoscelis

rufescens, 564, 626.

Leucioperca

sandra, 801.

Lutra

lovii, 736.

76, No. LVi.

626,

Lycena

hanno, 239.

kod, 239, 250.

Lycorea

atergatis, 206.

cleobea, 206.

Lycosa "i

agretyca, GOL.

aha 629.

cambrica, 598.

campestris, 601.

effera, 601.

Jidelis, 604, 605, 627.

galerita, 604.

iniqua, 605, 627.

injucunda, 605, 627.

630.

inopina, 607, 608, 627,

630.

inquieta, 606, 607,

627.

nilotica, 600.

observans, 608, 627.

pelusiaca, 629.

peregrina, 629.

pilipes, 600.

prelongipes, GO.

proxima, 607, 608.

serena, 629.

tarentulina, 601.

ungulata, 603, 627.

Lymanopoda

acreida, 214.

ferruginosa, 213.

ocellifera, 214.

rubescens, 214.

venosa, 214.

Lymnas

zoega, 236.

Lyropteryx

appollonia, 236.

Macacus

arctoides, 352.

brunneus, 332.

erythreus, 463,

fuscatus, 332.

melanotus, 425.

philippinensis, 735.

speciosus, 332, 425.

Macherirbynchus

nigripectus, 414.

Macroglossa

obscuriceps, 309.

Macroglossus

aterrimus, 752.

Macropus

giganteus, 165, 166,

168, 169, 178, 174,

176; Vie.

S54

Macropygia

leptogrammica, 274.

phasianella, 116.

Malacothraupis

dentata, 353.

Manucodia

atra, 459, '752.

chalybeia, 459, 460.

comrii, 459.

viridis, 414, 752.

Mareca

americana, 394, 410,

411.

chiloénsis,108, 378, 395.

penelope, 394.

sibilatrix, 395, 411,

412.

Marpissa

brevipes, 610.

Martes

toufeus, 633.

Mastacembelus

armatus, 800, 803.

Mechanitis

margeus. 208.

methone, 208.

ortygia, 208, 250.

oema, 208.

polymnia, 208.

Megalestris

antarctica, 321.

catarrhactes, 319.

Megaloprepia

assimilis, 115.

magnifica, 115.

puella, 115.

Megalopterus

plumbeus, 671.

stolidus, 669.

tenuirostris, 670.

Megalostomis

amazona, 809.

basilaris, 809.

Magapodius

burnabyi, 503.

macgillivraii, 460.

stairi, 496.

tumulus, 117, 118.

Megistanis

beotus, 233.

deucalion, 233.

Melanerpes

formicivorus, 414.

Melinxea

chincha, 211, 250.

cydippe, 211.

ishka, 211.

orestes, 211,

pardalis, 211.

phasiana, 211

INDEX.

Melursus

labiatus, 463.

| Menemerus

animatus, 622, 623,

627, 630.

heydenii, 622, 627.

interemptor, 623, 627.

vigoratus, 622, 627.

Menobranchus

lateralis, 32.

Menura

superba, 510, 514, 516,

518.

Merganetta

armata, 406, 407, 408,

411, 412.

chilensis, 406.

columbiana, 407, 408.

| leucogenys, 406, 407,

408, 411, 412.

412.

Mergus

brasilianus, 409.

cucullatus, 408, 409.

fuscus, 409.

lophotes, 409.

| octosetaceus, 409, 411.

412.

Merops

apiaster, 511, 518.

ornatus, O11.

| Mesoplodon

floweri,

480, 482, 485, 486.

grayt, 9, 12, 457.

hectori, 12.

layardi, 479, 480, 486.

sowerbiensis, 475, 482,

485, 486.

Mesosemia

Judicalis, 236.

ulrica, 236.

Methona

psidi, 206.

Metopiana

peposaca,

412.

Metriopelia

melanoptera, 17.

Miearia

albini, 628.

cincta, 5d3, 626.

Micropterus

brachypterus, 402.

cinereus, 402, 403.

patachonicus, 402,

403.

Midas

rosalia, 203.

398, 411,

turneri, 406, 407, 411,

8, 478, 479, |

Milvulus

tyrannus, 108.

Mimas

terranea, 310.

Mimetus

monticolus, 571, 626.

Mionectes

oleagineus, 517.

Misumena

buffonii, 629.

Mitrephorus

pheocercus, 517.

Mitua

tuberosa, 198.

Molossus

abrasus, 706, 712.

acetabulosus, 734.

acuticaudatus, 710.

ater, 712.

australis, 728.

aztecus, 731.

bonariensis, 708, 706,

WLb.

brachymeles, 706, 708.

cynocephalus, 731.

ferox, 714.

fuliginosus, 710, 731.

fumarius, 710,711,712.

glaucinus, 703, 706,

714, 715.

Johorensis, 726.

longicaudatus, 710.

longimanus, 703.

nasutus, 706, 711, 712,

(Alay,

nor folcensis, 732.

obscurus, 707, 710.

perotis, 703, 706, 713,

TD:

planirostris, 706, 707.

rufus, 703, 705, 706,

TOO) LO Al Vile,

713, 733;

temminckii, 706, 707.

tropidorhynchus, 710.

ursinus, 709.

velox, 710.

wilcorti, 732.

Momotus

equatorialis, 511.

lessoni, 511.

Monarcha

nigra, 501.

Mops

indicus,

Morpho

achilles, 217.

alexandrovna, 217.

aurora, 216.

ceruleus, 217.

726.

Morpho

didus, 217.

helenor, 217.

lampharis, 2\'7

menelaus, 217.

papirius, 217.

patroclus, 217.

sulkowskyt, 217.

cephyritis, 216.

Moschoneura

ewmelia, 244.

penia, 244.

thermesia, 244.

theugenis, 244.

Moschus

moschiferus, 182, 463,

464, 761.

Mus

aguti, 300,

cervicolor, 463.

crassipes, 633.

tazamaca, 756.

tequina, (5d.

Muscisaxicola

fluviatilis, 16.

rubricapilla, 16.

Musophaga

violacca, 518.

Mustela

erminea, 633.

temon, 633.

Mycteria

australis, 316.

Myiagra

albiventris, 493.

castaneiventris, 20,

Myiarchus

crinitus, 517.

erythrocercus, 16.

Myiobius

nevius, 16.

Myiodynastes

chrysocephalus, 16.

Hetie oli7.

Myiolestes

heinei, 20.

nigrogularis, 20.

Myiozetetes

cayennensis, 16.

Mylothris

lorena, 241.

pyrrha, 241.

Myopterus

daubentonii, 708.

Myristicivora

spilorrhoa, 115.

Myrmecophaga

bivittata, 202.

didactyla, 202,

jubata, 202.

INDEX.

Myrmecophaga

tamandua, 202.

Myro

kerguelenensis, 263,

265.

Myscelus

epimachia, 248.

phoronis, 248.

Mystacina

tuberculata, 486, 487,

488, 534, 535.

Myzomela

jugularis, 19.

nigriventris, 491.

Neenia

inca, 667.

Nanina

ramsayt, 100, 101.

taviunensis, 99, 101.

vitrinina, 100, 101,

Nanotragus

orcotragus, 283.

tragulus, 283.

Napeogenes

corena, 209,

pharo, 209,

pyrrho, 209, 250.

verticilla, 209.

Necyria

saundersit, 236.

whitelyana, 237.

Nemacheilus

gracilis, 798, 799.

ladacensis, 797.

marmoratus, 798, 806.

microps, 799,

montana, 799.

rupicola, 799.

stoliczke, 793,

(EL

tenuicauda, 795.

tenuis, T¢ 93, 796, 799.

yarkandensis, 793, 726,

795,

799.

Nemesia

cellicola, 628.

Neomys

panamensis, 757.

Nestor r

meridionalis, 2, 3.

Nettion

carolinensis, 385,

Nilus

curtus, 596, 627, 680.

Ninox

hypogramma, 673.

solomonis, 675.

teniata, 673.

Notheme

eumeus, 236,

| Notidanus

| (Heptachus) cinereus,

I 44, 48.

Numida

cristata, 695.

vulturina, 294.

Nyctereutes

procynides, 695.

Nycticejus

cynocephala, 731.

Nyctinomus

acetabulosus, 718, 734,

mor

(00.

egyptiacus, 717, 721,

722 798,

aia Clie, 7A),

72), 728.

albiventer, 704, 718,

738, 734, 735.

angolensis, 718, 724,

725, 726.

austr alis, 718, 728.

bengalensis, 721.

bivittatus, 717, 722.

brachypterus, 717, 722.

brasiliensis, 718, 781.

cestoni, 717, 719, 720,

792A, 725,

dilatatus, 721.

gracilis, 718, 730, 731,

732.

hepaticus, 72

insignis, 719.

Johorensis, 718,726,727.

leucogaster, 724.

limbatus, 717, 724.

macrotis, 716, 717, 718,

729, 730, ee

megalotis, 718, 728.

mexicanus, 731.

miarensis, 718, 725.

mops, 718, 726.

Tail yvitoota 731.

musculus, 731.

nasutus, 731.

natalensis, T34.

norfolcensis, 704, 718,

732, 733, 734, 735.

planiceps, 782.

plicatus, 717, 721, 722,

WPAlo

pumilus, 717, 728, 724,

727.

tenuis, 721.

tragatus, 717, 721.

unicolor, "725

ventralis, 719,

(Cherephon) johoren-

sis, 727.

(Dysopes) ventralis,

| 719:

856

Nyctinomus

(Mormopterus) gugu-

laris, 734.

Nymphidium

ascolia, 239,

carice, 239.

melope, 239.

Oceanus

crepidatus, 318.

parasiticus, 318.

Ochthodizeta

JSumigatus, 355.

fuscorufus, 854.

Ochtheeca

citrinifrons, 355.

pulchella, 355.

Oculina

cubaénsis, 429, 480,

436, 437, 442.

Ocyale

atalanta, 629.

(Ecobius

annulipes, 546, 626. |

domesticus, 544, 545, |

546. |

putus, 544, 626, 629.

perspicillata, 402, 410,

411.

templi, 544, 545, 626, |

629.

Oidemia

patachonica, 402.

Olina

ozeca, 229,

Omphalotropis

vitiensis, 101.

Onychoprion

Suliginosa, 666.

melanauchen, 661.

panaya, 664.

panayensis, 664,

Oonops

loricatus, 547, 548,

549.

pauper, 549, 626.

pulcher, 549.

punctatus, 548, 549,

_ scutatus, 547, 549, 626, |

629.

Ophiocephalus

gachua, 800, 803.

Ophiops

bivittatus, 635.

elegans, 639.

Jerdoni, 635, 636.

Oplitospongia

Jucoides, 771, 775.

Opsiphanes

cassié, 217.

wanthus, 217.

INDEX,

Orchesticus

ater, 16. |

Oreas

canna, 284, 292, 293.

Orelas

dabryi, 799.

Oreinus

plagiostomus, 805.

richardsonii, 784.

sinuatus, 799, 805.

Oressinoma

sorata, 213.

typhla, 213.

Oressochen |

melanopterus, 362.

Orestia |

vitula, 237.

Oreecetes

cinclorhynchus, 778.

erythrogaster, 677.

Ortygometra

quadristrigata, 496,

505,

tabuensis, 497.

Oryx

capensis, 289, 292,

293.

Ostinops

atrovirens, 16.

Ovis |

argali, 697. |

aries, 468.

hodgsoni, 634.

nahura, 684.

polit, 415.

vignei, 634.

Oyulina

cubaénsis, 432.

Oxeoschistus

pronax, 215.

Oxynetra

semihyalina, 247.

Oxyopes

alexandrinus,

627.

bilineatus, 609, 627.

Oxyuris

obesa, 297, 298.

609,

Pachycephala e |

albifrons, 493.

Jlavifrons, 498.

graéffei, 494.

icteroides, 494.

intermedia, 494. |

Jjacquinoti, 493, 502. |

torquata, 494, 502. |

vitiensis, 494.

Pachygnatha

argyrostilba,

573, 626,

630. ;

Palxornis

mandibularis, 568.

schisticeps, 696.

Palamedea

chavaria, 189.

cornuta, 189.

Palpimanus

hematinus, 554, 626.

savigny?, 554, 626.

Palythoa

actinella, 274.

Panara

phereclus, 236.

Pandion

haliaétus, 313.

Pandora

prola, 228.

regina, 228,

Panoplites

matthewsi, 16.

Panthalops

hodgsoni, 634.

Paphia

alberta, 234, 250.

appias, 234.

chrysophana, 234.

cyanea, 254.

erythema, 239.

euryphyle, 233.

glauce, 234.

glycerium, 234.

morvus, 234.

nessus, 234.

phantes, 234.

phidile, 233.

tyrianthina, 234.

wenocles, 234.

wenocrates, 234.

Papilio

achine, 149.

@neas, 245.

anata, 138.

anchisiades, 246,

androgeos, 246.

arethusa, 154, 155.

aurora, 164.

autosilaus, 245,

belus, 245.

calais, 188, 159.

crassus, 245.

ctesias, 246.

cutora, 245.

cypred, 138,

danaé, 157.

dolicaon, 245.

eborea, 158, 157.

erlaces, 245.

cucharis, 164.

evippe, 155, 156.

fausta, 134.

isidorus, 246,

Papilio

lycidas, 245.

madyes, 245.

puusanias, 245.

polydamus, 245.

sesostris, 244.

telestlaus, 245.

warscewicztt, 246.

xanthopleura, 246.

zagreus, 246.

Papio

melanotus, 425.

Paracyathus

coronatus, 429, 430,

431, 442.

persicus, 429, 430, 431,

4492,

Paradisea

raggiana, 414, 752.

Paradoxurus

philippensis, 427.

Parra

Jacana, 103.

Parula

pitiayumi, 16.

Patagona

gigas, 509, 518.

Pavo

cristatus, 464.

Pedaliodes

angularis, 214.

pallantias, 214.

paucis, 214,

porina, 214,

zoippus, 214, 250.

Pelecanopus

bergii, 658.

pelecanoides, 658, 671.

poliocercus, 658,

velox, 658.

Pelecanus

onocrotalus, 335, 342.

rufescens, 335, 340.

Pelecus

cultratus, 801.

Pelodes

albigena, 648.

albistriata, 646.

delalandii, 641.

fluviatilis, 641.

hybrida, 641.

indica, 641.

javanica, 645,

leucopareia, 640.

surinamensis, 645.

Penelope

mexicana, 372.

Perca

fluviatilis, 801.

schrenckii, 801.

INDEX,

Pereute

callinice, 241.

charops, 240.

telthusa, 241.

Perisama

calamis, 227.

camelita, 227.

canoma, 227.

chaseba, 227.

comnena, 227.

hilara, 226.

jurinei, 227.

morona, 226,

ochi ipennis, 227.

oppelit, 226.

rhodoptera, 227,

tristrigosa, 227.

vaninka, 227.

vanthica, 226.

Petaurus

ariel, 423.

Petrocossyphus

cyaneus, 778.

Petroica

pusilla, 492.

Petrorhynchus

capensis, 478.

Phaéthornis

guyt, 16.

Phaéton

ethereus, 498, 504, 506.

candidus, 498, 504,

506.

rubricauda, 498,

506,

Pheetusa

astrolabe, 658, 659.

magnirostris, GAA,

regia, 656.

trudeauit, 660.

Phaiomys

leucurus, 633.

Phalacrocorax

brasilianus, 17, 776.

carbo, 335, 337, 339,

340, 345.

cristatus, 336.

luqubris, 330.

Phaps

chalcoptera, 116.

Pharomacrus

mocinno, 511.

Phasianus

crawfurdii, 274.

wallichii, 464.

Philodromus

adjacens, 592, 62

albini, 591.

cinereus, 594, 627.

fubricii, 592.

504,

7, 630.

857

Philodromus

medius, 594, 627.

venustus, 59D,

630.

Phlogcenas

stairi, 496.

Phocena

vulgaris, 689.

Pheenicopterus

antiquorum, 333.

ignipalliatus, 353

minor, 333.

Pholcus

caudatus, 566.

lyoni, 566.

rivulatus, 566, 626.

ruralis, 566, 567.

semicaudatus, 565, 626.

Phonipara

bicolor, 14.

Phractogonus

sealper, 678,

Phrurolithus

erythrocephalus, 568,

hamatus, 568.

lunatus, 568.

Phrygilus

atriceps, 16.

fruticeti, 16.

Phymateus

squarrosus, 679.

Piaya

cayana, 17.

Pica

beecheii, 270.

sanblasiana, 269.

Pierella

astyoche, 212.

dindymene, 212.

hortona, 212.

hyceta, 212.

lania, 212.

lena, 212.

Pieris

achine, 149.

amytis, 155.

danaé, 157.

demophile, 248.

diana, 243.

doxo, 165,

erts, 127.

cunoma, 132.

evippe, 155.

fausta, 134.

halimede, 138.

zone, 132.

mananhari, 183.

omphale, 151.

phisadia, 136,

pisonis, 243.

627,

858

Pieris

polycaste, 156.

protomedea, 128.

titea, 164.

Pimelodus

cenia, 794.

itchkeea, T9A.

jatius, 794.

viridescens, T+.

Pirata

hygrophila, 599.

leopardus, 598, 627.

piratica, 599.

poscatoria, 599.

proxima, 598, 627.

Pitangus

sulphuratus, 509, 517.

Pithecia

leucocephala, 295, 296.

Pitta

angolensis, 518,

OLD:

bengalensis, 696, 778.

cyanura, 518, 514, 517,

519.

Placellodomus

striaticeps, 16.

Placopsammia

darwini, 429, 480, 441,

442.

Planetis

guttatus, 666.

Platalea

qaja, 15.

Platanista

gangetica, 297.

Platycercus

splendens, 501

tabuensis, 500, 501.

Platyplectrurus

hewstoni, 701.

Platypleura

cameroni, 679.

limbata, 679.

stalina, 679.

Plectropterus

rueppelli, 690.

Plexippus

adansonti, 622,

Ploceus

bengalensis, 778.

Plotus

anhinga, 335, 336, 337,

338, 339, 340, 341,

343, 344, 696.

-levaillantii, 336,

339)

nove-hollandie,

387, 839,

Podiceps

calipareus, 17.

517,

627.

337,

336,

INDEX,

Podiceps

rollandi, 17.

Peecilonetta .

bahamensis, 393.

Peecilophysis

kerguelenensis,

265.

Poeocephalus

meyert, 692.

Poloaétus

ichthyaétus, 777.

plumbeus, 777, 778.

Poliornis

liviventer, 780.

Polyborus

tharus, 333.

Polycyathus

atlanticus,

433, 442.

Polyodon

folium, 48.

Polyteles

barrabandi, 692.

Poospiza

cesar, 16.

Pontia

acaste, 156.

arne, 136.

chrysonome, 129.

daira, 144.

dynamene, 138.

ephyia, 145.

eris, 127.

eulimene, 16d.

eupompe, 155.

evagore, 162.

evarne, 164.

fausta, 134.

halimede, 133.

liagore, 145,

pleione, 133.

protomedia, 128.

titea, 164.

witiensis, 497, 508.

Porzana

erythrops, 104, 105.

notata, 255.

Prepona

laértes, 233.

lycomedas, 253.

meander, 233.

preneste, 233.

Procellaria

cerulea, 498, 506.

macroptera, 498.

Procelsterna

albivitta, 671.

cinerea, O71.

tereticollis, 671.

Progne

dominicensis, 14.

262,

429, 480,

Promops

bonariensis, 715.

ursinus, 711.

Pronophila

cordillera, 215.

thelebe, 215.

variabilis, 215.

Prosthesima

curina, 552, 626.

inaurata, 558,

626.

leta, 552, 626.

listeri, 628.

mollis, 553, 626.

nilicola, 552, 626.

pallida, 653, 626.

picina, 552, 626.

tristicula, 552, 626.

Protogonius

equatorialis, 235.

cecrops, 235.

Pseudophiops

theobaldi, 635.

Psittacula

andicola, 18.

Psophia

leucoptera, 463,

Pterocyanea

ceruleata, 384.

discors, 384,

maculirostris, 388.

Pteroptochus

albicollis, 510.

Pteropus

Jubatus, 735.

Ptilonopus

apicalis, 495, 503.

fasciatus, 495, 503.

perouset, 495, 502.

porphyraceus, 502.

swainsonii, 114.

Ptilotis

carunculata, 491,

501.

provocator, 505.

Ptychobarbus

conirostris, 789, 790,

oo!

laticeps, 789, 790,

799.

longiceps, 790, 799.

Ptychopteryx

bohemani, 127.

Pucrasia

macrolopha, 464.

Pufltinus

nugax, 498, 506.

Putorius

larvatus, 633.

Pygosceles

tentatus, 261.

Pyrgus

omrina, 249.

syrechtus, 249.

thestia, 249.

Pyrrhogyra

lysanias, 229.

neerea, 229.

Pyrrhopyga

acastus, 247.

azeta, 248.

gnetus, 247.

hadassa, 247.

Jamina, 248.

lencoloma, 247.

pityusa, 248.

seylla, 247.

thasus, 247.

zimra, 248.

Pyrrhulauda

grisea, 314, 779.

Pyrrhulopsis

atrigularis, 307, 308.

personata, 308,

splendens, 308.

tabuensis, 307, 308.

taviunensis, 307,

308.

Querquedula

andium, 383, 387, 411,

412.

angustirostris, 586.

brasiliensis, 383, 390,

391, 411, 412.

ceruleata, 384.

carolinensis, 3883, 385,

409, 411.

circia, 383.

creccoides, 386.

cyanoptera, 17, 383,

384, 388, 409, 411,

412.

discors, 383, 384, 410.

411.

erythrorhyncha, 390.

Aavirostris, 385, 386,

387, 411, 412.

ipicutiri, 391.

maculirostris, 388.

oxyptera, 383, 385, 386,

387, 411, 412. |

puna, 383, 388, 389, |

411, 412.

torquata, 383, 389,

390, 411, 412.

versicolor, 383, 389,

411, 412.

Racoma

chrysochlora, 784.

gobiotdes, 787.

INDEX.

Racoma

nobilis, 785.

Raia

clavata, 699.

maculata, 699.

Rallus

aquaticus, 270.

gigas, 275.

pectoralis, 496.

rhytirhynchus, 104. |

Ramphastos

cuvieri, 518.

Ramphoceelus

atrosericeus, 16.

Raphiodesma

lingua, T74.

radiosa, 773, 775.

Raphipterus

chilensis, 406.

Reguloides

subviridis, 778. |

Reithrodon |

mexicana, Tb.

Rhampholeon

spectrum, 487, 488.

Rhinoceros

africanus, 454, 455.

antiquitatis, 456.

bicornis, 1138, 280, 291, |

452, 453, 454, 455,

456.

major, 109, 111,

112, 113, 179.

—— minor, 109, 110,

eT: TTS.

deccanensis, 443, 457.

etruscus, 457,

Jfloweri, 450, 454.

hemiteechus, 457.

indicus, 444, 448,

454.

Javanicus, 444, 454.

keitloa, 109, 110, 111,

112, 118, 179, 280,

281, 291, 4538, 455,

456.

lasiotis, 450, 451, 452.

leptorhinus, 457.

nasalis, 450, 454.

niger, 452.

oswellzz, 109, 110, 111,

112, 280.

pachygnathus, 457.

schleiermacheri, 456.

simus, 109, 110, 111,

112, 113, 179, 280,

281, 291, 448, 452,

453, 456.

sondaicus, 444,

447, 448, 449,

453, 454, 751.

445,

450,

859

Rhinoceros

stenocephalus, 450, 454.

sumatrensis, 444, 449,

450, 451, 456, 694.

tichorhinus, 456, 457.

unicornis, 444, 446, 447,

448, 449, 450, 451,

454, 456.

Rhinopoma

carolinense, 731.

Rhipidura

albicollis, 493.

alboqularis, 20.

nebulosa, 493.

personata, 493.

Rhizomys

badius, 274.

Rhynchaspis

clypeata, 396.

maculatus, 396, 397.

mexicana, 897.

Riodina

lysippus, 258.

Rupicola

croced, 517.

Sais

citella, 208.

Salmo

levenensis, 802.

orientalis, 802.

oxvianus, 802.

Saltator

magnus, 16.

Salticus

canescens, 612.

congener, 610.

cupreus, 624.

fulgens, 611.

monardi, 611.

mouffettii, 610.

obscurus, 610.

paludivagus, 624.

repudiatus, 625, 627.

soldanii, 611.

spiniger, 610.

staintonii, 610.

todillus, 625, 627.

vaillantii, 611.

Sarcidiornis

africana, 695.

carunculata, 377, 410,

695.

Jubata, 369.

melanonota, 377, 410,

694, 695.

regia, 377.

Sarkidiornis

Jubata, 369.

Saxinis

guatemalensis, 810.

860

Saxinis

omogera, 810.

propinqua, 810,

quadrina, 810.

Scada

theaphia, 208.

Seaphirhynchus

Jfedtschenkoi, 802.

Schistura

rupicola, 799.

Schizopygopsis

stoliczke, 791, '799.

Schizothorax

affinis, 801.

aksaiensis, 801.

biddulphi, 781, 784.

chrysochlorus, 781, 784,

799.

curvifrons, 805.

edeniana, 787, 788.

esocinus, 785, 799,

805.

eurystomus, 801.

fedtschenkoi, 801.

huegelii, 805.

mntermedius, 786, 789,

799.

irregularis, 787, 799.

longipinnis, 805.

microcephalus, 787.

micropogon, 805.

nasus, 788, 805.

niger, 805.

orientalis, 801.

planifrons, 805.

punctatus, 785.

Sciurus

europeus, 633.

extlis, 735.

gerrardi, 694.

pallidus, 260, 265.

steerii, 735.

Sclerohelia

hirtella, 429, 430, 437, |

442. |

Seyllium

canicula, 48, 699, 700.

Scytodes

tmmaculata, 564, 628.

kochii, 564, 626.

rufescens, 564.

thoracica, 564, 626.

Seena

aurantia, 645.

Selenops

egyptiaca, 585, 627,

630.

omalosoma, 587.

Setophaga

ruticilla, 14.

verticalis, 16.

INDEX.

Siderone

thebais, 235.

Silurichthys

berdmorei, 805.

Silurus

cochinchinensis, 805.

dukai, 805.

glanis, 801, 804.

wynaadensis, 805.

Singa

affinis, 575, 627.

albovittata, 575.

hamata, 576.

lucina, 575, 576, 627.

Siren

lacertina, 333.

Siseme

caudalis, 238.

lucilius, 238.

militaris, 238.

pallas, 238.

Sitta

magna, 677.

Sittace

maracana, 255.

Smyrna |

blomfieldia, 233.

Sparassus

argelasius, 629. |

elerckii, 629. |

cognatus, 588, 627. |

linnei, 588, 589, 590. |

suavis, 588, 627.

walckenaerius, 587,588,

Spatula

clypeata, 396, 410, 411. |

platalea, 17, 396, 411,

412

Spermophila

gutturalis, 16.

Sphanogona

constantia, 242.

salome, 242. |

Sphasus |

alexandrinus, 609.

Spiroptera

dilatata, 295. |

muriei, 296, 298. |

Spizaétus

cirrhatus, 780.

nipalensis, 780. |

Stalachtis

calliope, 239. |

euterpe, 239. |

phlegia, 239.

Steatoda

mandibularis, 568, 626.

signata, 568, 626. |

Steganura

adde, 16.

Stercorarius

antarcticus, 317, 318,

321, 322, 324.

asiaticus, 327, 329.

buffoni, 331.

catarrhactes, 317, 318,

319; 320: 321, 322:

323, 324.

cephus, 331.

cepphus, 331.

chilensis, 323.

crepidatus,3 18,324,326,

328, 329, 330, 331.

longicaudatus, 331.

longicaudus, 330.

madagascarensis, 322.

parasiticus, 327, 330.

pomarinus, 319.

pomatorhinus, 318, 320,

324, 325.

spinicauda, 327, 329.

striatus, 324, 325, 328.

tephras, 327.

Sterna

acuflavida, 653.

acuticauda, 645.

acutirostris, 672.

affinis, 644, 655.

africana, 653.

alba, 663, 667.

albifrons, 648, 659.

albigena, 648.

aleutica, 664.

anestheta, 639, 664,665,

666.

anglica, 644, 645.

antarctica,646,647,648,

664.

antillarum, 661, 662,

663.

aranea, 644,

arctica, 650.

argentea, 661.

atripes, 659.

atrofasciata, 672.

aurantia, 645.

balenarum, 664.

bengalensis, 655.

bergit, 497, 5038, 656,

657, 658, 659.

bernsteini, 657.

boysti, 655.

brachypus, 650.

brevirostris, 645.

ceruleus, 671.

cesia, 648.

camtschatica, 664.

candida, 667.

canescens, 653.

cantiaca, 658, 657, 660.

caspia, 644, 656.

Sterna

caspica, 656.

cassini, 647, 648.

cayana, 655.

cayanensis, 659.

cayennensis, 655.

cinerea, 646, 671.

comata, 654.

cristata, 655, 657.

delamottei, 640.

dougalli, 649, 651, 652,

660.

douglasti, 652.

elegans, 653, 655,

erythrorynchos, 655.

eurygnatha, 654.

exilis, 668, 672.

Jissipes, 641, 642.

fluviatilis, 639, 647, 649,

651, 653.

forsteri, 651, 660.

frenata, 661,

Frobeenii, 660.

frontalis, 658, 659, 660.

fuliginosa, 639, 664,

665.

fuscata, 669.

galericulata, 654, 655,

656.

gouldit, 666.

gracilis, 503, 652.

grisea, 640.

guttata, 666.

havelli, 651.

hirundinacea, 647, 648.

hirundo, 648, 649, 650,

651.

hybrida, 640.

inca, 667.

infuscata, 664, 666.

innotata, 641.

javanica, 640, 645, 646.

leucocapilla, 671.

leucopareia, 640.

leucoptera, 641.

longipennis, 649, 650,

659.

longirostris, 658.

lorata, 663.

luctuosa, 666.

lunata, 639, 665.

macrodactyla, 649.

macroptera, 649.

macrotarsa, G44.

macrura, 647,

651.

magnirostris, 643, 645.

major, 697.

marginata, 661.

650,

maxima, 654, 655, 656, |

657.

INDEX.

Sterna

media, 655.

megarhynchus, 656.

melanauchen, 461, 497,

503, 505, 661.

melanogaster, 645.

melanogastra, 645.

melanoptera, 665.

melanorhyncha, 659,

660.

melanotis, 657.

meridionalis, 648.

minuta, 661, 662, 663.

nevia, 641, 642, 648.

nereis, 668.

nigra, 641, 642, 643.

nilotica, 645.

nivea, 669.

nove-hollandia, 658.

oahuensis, 664.

panaya, 497, 504, 664.

panayensis, 664.

paradisea, 650, 651,

652.

parva, 663.

pelecanoides, 658.

pikei, 650, 651.

pileata, 669.

plumbea, 642.

poliocerca, 658.

portlandica, 650, 651.

pusilla, 663.

rectirostris, 658.

regia, 696.

roseata, 645.

seena, 645.

senegalensis, 648, 649,

650.

senex, 669.

serrata, 666.

similis, 640.

sinensis, 662, 663.

speculifera, 643.

stolida, 669.

striata, 659.

sumatrana, 663.

superciliaris, 662.

surinamensis, 642.

tenuirostris, 670, 671.

tibetana, 649, 650.

trudeaui, 651.

trudeauii, 660.

tschegrava, 656.

unicolor, 669.

velox, 658, 659.

virgata, 646,

vittata, 646, 647.

wilsoni, 648, 649.

Sternula

antarctica, 646.

Jjerdoni, 645.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1876, No. LVII.

S61

Sternula

loricata, 663.

melanauchen, 661.

melanogastra, 645.

minuta, 645, 661, 662.

nereis, 663.

placens, 662.

sinensis, 662.

Steroma

andensis, 214,

beza, 214.

superba, 214.

umbracina, 214.

Stiboges

nymphidia, 309.

Stohda

cinerea, 671.

Strepsiceros

kudu, 284, 291, 293.

Strepsilas

interpres, 497, 503,

500.

Stringops

habroptilus, 1.

Strix

delicatula, 490, 500.

Strongylus

hemicolor, 294, 295,

298.

tubeformis, 298.

Struthio

camelus, 464.

Sturnoides

atrifusca, 494.

Sublegatus

glaber, 17.

griseocularis, 16, 17.

Sula

bassana, 835, 345.

fusca, 335, 340.

Sura

chalybea, 309.

Surnia

Sunerea, 334.

ulula, 334, 335.

Sylochelidon

balthica, 657.

caspia, 657.

magnirostris, 644,

melanotis, 657.

polyocerca, 658.

schillingii, 657.

strenuus, 697.

Sylvia

melanopogon, 778.

Synchloé

monusta, 244.

saundersiz, 222.

suasa, 165.

Synoicus

australis, 119.

862

Tachyeres

brachypterus, 402.

cinereus, 402, 411, 412.

Tachypetes

aquilus, 499, 504.

Tachyphonus

melaleucus, 16.

Tzeniadestes

antarctica, 368.

Talegallus

lathami, 116.

Tanagra

celestis, 16.

darwini, 16.

olivina, 16.

Tanygnathus

albirostris, 692.

Tanysiptera

dea, 752.

galatea, 752.

Tarantula

miniata, 607.

tarentulina, 601, 627.

tremens, 602, 627.

truculenta, 601, 627.

Tatare

longirostris, 492, 501.

Taygetis

chrysogone, 215.

mar pessa, 216.

mermeria, 215.

penelea, 216.

thamyra, 216.

Tegenaria

derhamit, 559.

Jfamiliaris, 628.

pagana, 628.

proxima, 559, 626.

Telegonus

lacydus, 247, 250.

naxos, 247.

ramusis, 247.

Temenis

ariadne, 225.

pulchra, 225.

Tenaris

jamesi, 767.

mylacha, 767.

Teracolus

acaste, 156.

achine, 149, 150.

amata, 137, 188, 139.

amelia, 128.

amina, 129.

angolensis, 154.

anteupompe, 156.

antevippe, 149, 156.

antigone, 148.

arethusa, 154, 155.

auxo, 163.

bimbura, 161, 165.

INDEX.

Teracolus

buxtoni, 130.

calais, 126, 1388, 139.

carnifer, 138, 165.

casimirus, 161, 165.

castus, 148.

cebrene, 155.

celimene, 129.

chrysomela, 135.

chrysonome, 129.

cinerescens, 155, 156,

Maye

citreus, 162.

coliagenes, 128.

eypred, 138.

daira, 144.

dalila, 144.

danaé, 153, 157, 158.

dedecora, 156, 157.

deidamia, 148,

delphine, 152.

demagore, 162.

dirus, 157, 165.

dulcis, 157, 165.

dynamene, 138, 139.

eborea, 153, 158.

eboreoides, 158, 165.

eione, 144.

ephyia, 145.

epigone, 152, 1538, 154.

eris, 127.

etrida, 160, 161.

eucharis, 126, 164,

eunoma, 132,

eupompe, 126, 188, 155,

156; Lov

evagore, 162.

evanthe, 165.

evarne, 163, 164.

eveninus, 150,

evippe, 126, 154, 155.

exole, 151.

Jarrinus, 159, 165.

Jfatma, 128.

Jausta, 126, 128, 183,

134, 1385.

Faustina, 134.

flaminia, 140, 165,

Jriga, 142, 165.

Julvia, 185.

galathinus, 142.

gavisa, 150, 151, 158,

155.

gelasinus, 143.

glycera, 144,

halimede, 126, 183, 184,

156.

halyattes, 145, 148, 165.

harmonides, 146.

helle, 149.

hero, 150, 165.

Teracolus

hetera, 130.

hewitsonii, 128.

hippocrene, 147.

hybridus, 152.

hyperides, 149.

conifer 147.

imperator, 132.

interruptus, 126, 189,

142, 148.

tone, 126, 130, 182, 133.

isaura, 144.

ithonus, 146, 147, 165.

Jalone, 131.

jobina, 131, 1382.

keiskamma, 163, 164.

lais, 145.

liagore, 145.

limbatus, 161.

loandicus, 148, 158.

lucullus, 148. 165.

ly@us, 141, 165.

lycoris, 140, 165.

mananhari, 133.

modestus, 137.

nouna, 145.

ocale, 154.

ochreipennis, 136,

omphale, 151, 152.

omphaloides, 151, 152,

153.

oriens, 154, 165.

pallene, 145.

pernotatus, 159, 160,

165.

phisadia, 136, 137.

phlegyas, 130.

pholoé, 129.

pleione, 133, 156.

procne, 153.

protomedia, 128.

protractus, 137.

pseudacaste, 156, 157,

165.

pseudevanthe, 164, 165.

pseudocale, 154, 165.

puellaris, 136.

purus, 160, 165.

regina, 129, 130.

rosaceus, 134, 165.

sanguinalis, 158.

simplex, 148.

solaris, 135,

stygia, 144.

subfasciatus, 126, 127.

subfumosus, 139, 140

165.

suffusus, 152, 165.

syrtinus, 168.

theogone, 152.

topha, 168.

’

Teracolus

triment, 150.

velleda, 128.

vesta, 128.

vestalis, 185, 165.

wallengrenii, 57.

xanthevarne, 163.

zera, 149.

zoé, 137.

Terias

equatorialis, 242.

albula, 242.

elathea, 242.

flavilla, 242.

pleione, 138.

reticulata, 242.

Testudo

elephantina, 526.

elephantopus, 526, 693.

elongata, 297.

ephippium, 526.

hololissa, 526.

Tetragnatha

jfiliformis, 575, 626.

jlava, 574, 626.

molesta, 574, 626.

nitens, 574, 626.

pelusia, 575, 626.

Tetrao

tetrix, 345.

Tetraogallus

caspius, 676.

caucasicus,67 5,676,677.

tauricus, 675.

Textrix

coarctata, 559, 626.

moggridgti, 559.

Thalasseus

acuflavidus, 658.

affinis, 655.

anglicus, O44.

bengalensis, 655.

bergii, 658.

bernsteinz, 657.

canescens, 653.

cantiacus, 653.

caspius, 656.

cayanus, 655.

cayennensis, 656,

eristatus, 658.

elegans, 654.

galericulatus, 656.

amperator, 656.

pelecanoides, 658.

poliocercus, 658.

regius, 656.

torresti, 655.

Thalassidroma

lineata, 498.

Thalassipora

infuscata, 666.

INDEX.

Thalassites

melanotis, 657.

Thamnophilus

argentinus, 307.

aspersiventris, 18.

melanchrous, 16, 18.

radiatus, 16.

subfasciatus, 357.

Thanatus

albini, 591, 627.

fabricii, 629.

flavescens, 592, 627.

flavus, 592, 627.

lineatipes, 591,

627.

oblongus, 591, 592.

rhombiferens, 629.

Thecla

beon, 240.

gibberosa, 240.

luxurina, 240.

marsyas, 240.

meton, 240.

ocrisia, 240.

paphlagon, 240.

strephon, 240,

Theridion

acuminatum, 569.

denticulatum, 570.

mandibulare, 568.

melanostictum,

626.

rufolineatum,

626.

scriptum, 569.

spinitarsis, 570, 626.

spirifer, 569.

triangulosum, 628.

vagulans, 628.

varians, 570, 626.

Thermone

pais, 236.

Thomisus

diana, 580.

hirtus, 581.

lateralis, 580, 627.

martyni, 629.

peronii, 629.

spinifer, 580, 627.

Thracides

aristoteles, 247.

Thryothorus

martinicensis, 14.

mesoleucus, 14.

Thymele

catillus, 246.

eurycles, 246.

exadeus, 247.

orion, 246.

proteus, 246.

simplicius, 246.

592,

570,

569,

863

Thyridia

ino, 206.

Thyroptera

tricolor, 526, 531, 582,

5338, 534, 535.

Timetes

coresia, 229.

corinna, 230.

erethon, 230.

egina, 230.

hermione, 230.

livius, 230.

marcella, 230.

norica, 230.

tutelina, 230.

Tinnunculus

sparverius, 17.

Titanceca

albo-maculata, 557.

distincta, 557, 626.

Tithorea

harmonia, 211.

neitha, 211.

Tityra

personata, 517.

Todirostrum

cinereum, 16.

Todus

viridis, 511.

Torynophora

serrata, 259, 265.

Tragelaphus

angast, 285, 292, 293.

Treron

sphenura, 464.

Trichoglossus

aureocinctus, 50D.

placens, 520.

subplacens, 519.

Trichys

lipura, 739, 740, 741.

Tringa

Suscicollis, 14.

Trochosa

annulipes, 629.

depuncta, 600, 627.

efiera, GOI, 602, 627.

lynx, 00.

nilotica, 629.

partita, 599, 627.

pellionia, 629.

picta, 600.

pilipes, 600, 627.

urbana, 601, 627, 6380.

virulenta, 600, 627.

Trogon

mexicana, 511.

puella, 511, 518.

Tupaia

belangert, 426.

chrysura, 427.

864

Tupaia

ellioti, 426.

Serruginea, 425, 426.

Srenata, 427.

javanica, 426, 735.

minor, 426.

murina, 427.

nicoharica, 427.

peguana, 426.

speciosa, 427.

splendidula, 427.

tana, 427.

Turdus

atrogularis, 778.

bicolor, 420, 492, 505.

tliacus, 202.

migratorius, 421,

pecilopterus, 464.

tempesti, 420, 492, 505.

unicolor, 778.

vanicorensis, 420, 492, |

505.

vitiensis, 420, 492, 505.

Turnix

pyrrhothorax, 119.

varius, 119,

velox, 119.

Turtur

suratensis, 464.

Tylognathus

barbatulus, 793.

Typhlops

eschrichtii, 679.

Typophorus

humeralis, 815.

melanocephalus, 814.

mexicanus, 814.

minutus, 815.

quadriplagatus, 815. |

Tyranniscus

vilissimus, 517.

Tyrannus

melancholicus, 16, 517. |

INDEX.

| Uloborus

flavus, 574,

signatus, 579, 627.

Upupa

epops, 511, 518.

Uraneis

hyalina, 239.

Uroctea

durandi, 547, 628.

goudoti, 628.

limbata, 546, 626.

Urogalba

paradisea, 510, 518.

Ursus

arctos, 695.

ferox, 695.

isabellinus, 638.

tibetanus, 468.

Vespertilio

plicatus, 721.

Vesperugo

nanus, 532, 534.

pachypus, 532, 5833,

534.

tylopus, 532, 534.

Victorina

epaphus, 230.

steneles, 230.

sulpitia, 230.

Viralva

anglica, 644.

indica, 640.

leucopareia, 640, 641.

nigra, 642.

Vireosylvia

olivacea, 16.

Vitrina

stranget, 100.

Viverra

civetta, 413.

megaspila, 428.

tangalunga, 427, 428,

735.

THE END.

Viverricula

indica, 463.

Vulpes

leucopus, 778.

Vultur

calvus, 310.

Xiphodon

gracilis, 6.

platyceps, 7.

Xysticus

audax, 581, 582, 583.

bifasciatus, 33.

clerckii, 629.

cristatus, 582, 583.

ferus, 583, 627.

hirtus, 581, 584, 627.

lalandi, 629.

peccans, 584, 627.

promiscuus, 581, 627.

subclavatus, 584, 627.

Yienus

insignitus, 616.

saliens, 620, 627, 630.

Zeonia

sylphina, 237.

Ziphius

australis, 12, 13, 467,

469, 470, 471, 474,

475, 478.

cavirostris, 477, 478.

chathamiensis, 467,

478.

indicus, 478.

nove-zealandie, 8, 13,

466, 467, 470, 474,

AT7, 478.

(Dolichodon) layardi,

479.

Zootoca

danfordi, 818.

muralis, 818,

Printed by Taytor & Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.